《Genius Son Sells his Mom to Dad》 Chapter 1 Intrusion of a strange man Chapter 1 Intrusion of a strange man Chapter 1 Intrusion of a strange man ¡°Marry? !¡± ire Bet is shocked and stares at the middle-aged woman wearing a luxurious cheongsam in front of her, her stepmother, Jade Bet! ¡°Right!¡± Jade Patton says. ¡°It¡¯s your father¡¯s opinion that you are not a young girl, and it¡¯s time to get married!¡± "Let me get married? I am just 20 years old this year! " ire Bet roars. She doesn''t expect that her stepmother gives her such an uneptable "generous gift" when she just arrives home. What''s she plotting for? ire Bet sneers, "Then you tell me, what kind of person did my dad find to be my husband? Or I should say, what kind of husband did you find for me? ¡± Jade Patton chuckles: "I can tell you that your fiance is Leo Howard, the president of Orient International Group! It is your pleasure to marry Mr. Howard whoes from the Howard family. Your father has been nning this marriage for a long time, so you have to cherish this opportunity! ¡± Jade Patton will never give her such a good marriage. I''m afraid there¡¯s a pitfall in it "No matter who he is, I will not marry him!" "Your father is the first person who will not agree with your decision! You have to know that it¡¯s not up to you about marrying such a noble family as the Howard family. The consequences of regretting marriage are something you can''t afford! ¡± "Well, I will talk to my dad, and I believe he will support me!" ire is going to leave here after she finishes speaking. "Your father is receiving treatment now and should not be disturbed. Besides, you know that your father''s physical condition is not as good as before. If you are filial, don''t make your father angry, so that he can recover soon. But if he gets angry and his condition gets worsen because you refuse to marry. don''t me me for not reminding you!" "Are you threatening me?" ire Bet asked angrily. "Oh, what if I threaten you? If you don''t marry, I promise you will never see your dad again! Well, we have nothing to say, you marry into the Howard family three dayster. You need to consider carefully the consequences of regretting marriage!" Then Mrs. Bet leaves and ire just stays there like a log. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only There are only three days left for the wedding, and there must be a conspiracy! ...... Gossip Bar. Thinking of being married to a stranger, ire Bet is in a bad mood. Sitting alone at the bar and drinking, waiting for friends Brynn and Kate, at this moment, she suddenly feels powerless...... No, there is something wrong! ire Bet shakes her head hard and immediately realizes that the ss of wine is not hers... Who? Who pours the love-philtre into her ss? ire Bet quickly flees, goes to the hotel upstairs in the bar and asks for a room. Just entering the room, before turning on the lights, ire Bet feels very hot. Suddenly, the door of the room is opened from the outside, and then a ck shadowes in. "Who?!" ire is shocked when she heard the door open. Who breaks into her room?! "A woman?" With a deep, sexy voice, the man suddenly approaches and brings ire Bet into his arms... Chapter 2 Aflame with sexual desire Chapter 2 Ame with sexual desire Chapter 2 Ame with sexual desire "Who are you? Stay away from me!" "You will know who I am!" the sexy voice says in the darkness. Holy shit, what is going on? What does this man want to do! "Asshole, what do you want to do, don''t touch me!" ire Bet struggles, trying to escape the man''s arms. "You''d better be obedient!" The man''s voice is hoarse and charming, and ire couldn''t help but indulge. ire Bet feels her clothes torn apart, and even if she has no sexual experience, she knows what is going to happen at this moment. "If you dare to touch me, you will get into the big trouble. Bastard, stop!" ire Bet continued to struggle. "Trouble? What are you going to do?" Leo Howard raises his eyebrows and his tone was full of jokes. ire feels panic and just wants to scream. But the man sps her directly and threw her on the big bed. ire Bet who is free of the man''s captivity turns over quickly and prepares to escape, but the man''s heavy body just presses down so that she could no longer escape, and be unable to resist... ire feels that his tongue expertly explores her mouth, overwhelming all the shouts that she makes. After that..... ire Bet stares at the man in the dark with tears in her eyes. She tries to see the appearance of the man in front of her, but because the room is too dark, she could not see anything. She could only feel that he is an unusually strong and overbearing man. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. "Who are you, why do you rape me?" "Oh..." The man chuckles, his hand touches her cheek gently, "I like your body, you are so charming, and I just feel very enjoyable." ire Bet pushes the man away and squats from the bed. She says with anger, "I ask who you are!" "Please me, and I will tell you who I am!" Leo Howard says, trying to pull ire Bet back into his arms. Shameless! Scum! "Who wants to please you bastard?" ire Bet wraps herself tightly as she grabs the clothes that have been thrown on the floor. She must escape now, and definitely can''t stay here again! The man seems to have guessed the thoughts in ire''s mind. Heughs and his voice is full of banter and ridicule, as if he is the king who controls everything here, "Do you think you are able to escape? Woman, I advise you to give up this stupid thought!" His fingers touch his thin lips, and he continues to say with an evil smile, "This kind of fierce appearance is not suitable for you. To be obedient, you are much lovely..." His words mean the sexual scene... "You jerk!" ire growls. Although she is weak, she is not a girl without attacking power. She grabs a cup from the side and throws it away. In the dark, the man easily escapes the dangerous cup, raises his eyebrows and wants to continue to flirt with ire, but his smile has not yet reached, and there is a sudden pain in his abdomen. "Woman, how dare you..." "There is nothing I can''t do!" ire Bet interrupts his words, and listens to the man''s snoring satisfactorily, and says with hateful words, "The scum like you should be taught a good lesson." ire Bet quickly puts on her clothes, opens the door and runs out, taking advantage of the unbearable painful moments of the man. Seeing that woman running away, Leo Howard immediately frowns. He is very displeased and yells, ¡°You! Get back here!¡± "I''m not a fool!" ire Bet nces at him, pretending to be serious, "By the way, you know what, although it was my first time, but I know your performance is really bad!" Then she leaves immediately. Escaping from the hotel, ire Bet takes a deep breath and calms down, then habitually touches her neck. But she can touch nothing, which makes her suddenly squat. "Oh! Where is my ancient jade? That''s the passer-by that my father left for me!" Hotel!!! It must have been left in the hotel! But... how does she get it back? That man is still there! Thinking of that man, ire Bet¡¯s tears couldn¡¯t help but fall. Her first time... is gone... And she even didn''t see his face clearly... Chapter 3 Marry her? She does not deserve Chapter 3 Marry her? She does not deserve Chapter 3 Marry her? She does not deserve In the suite rooms of the hotel, Leo Howard is half naked and looks out the window frowning. ¡°Jace!¡± Hearing the boss calling him, a bald man wearing a suites in and says with respect, "boss, are you awake?" Looking out the window, Leo Howard asks, "How is the investigation going?" ¡°The investigation has been made clear, and the results show that it is Miles Smith from the Ocean Group!¡± Jace says with a sullen look angrily, ¡°Thest time he failed in the bidding for the government procurement project, our group finally won the bid, so he plotted and wanted you to have some scandals. This time it is he who poured the love-philtre into your ss and wants to take the opportunity to frame you!" "That guy has even notified the reporters, just waiting for tomorrow to make a headline, and reinventing our Oriental group! Fortunately, you have not followed his way and sessfully left the arranged room. The bastard¡¯s plot failed!" Leo Howard''s handsome face bes a bit gloomy, "This Miles Smith is not the first day in the business world. He even dares to n to ruin me. If we don''t teach him a lesson, he really thinks that I¡¯m a kind cat. It¡¯s ridiculous!" Jace looks up at Leo Howard, "boss, how you would deal with this?" Gently turning the ring on his thumb, which symbolizes rights and authority, Leo Howard smiles dangerously and says, "This person will not appear in this world anymore!" For such a cruel way of dealing with the enemy, Jace seems to be used to it. He nods and says, "Yes, Boss!" After that, Jace suddenly thinks of something, and quickly says, "Well, boss, the woman you want who comes from the Bet family has been promised to marry you. They have signed this document!" Jace hands over a briefcase. Leo Howard just nces at it coldly. He doesn''t pick it up, and puts the shirt on his body. He tells Jace, "Check who has booked the A308 room, and I have to find the woman!" "Yes." After Jace gets his task and leaves, Leo Howard finds that there was an ancient jade under the pillow, and it was clear green and wless. It must be a high-quality jewel which is priceless. Leo Howard bents to pick up the jade pendant and stares at it. His lips twitch with a smile and then he treasures it. This could have been dropped by the woman! He suddenly thinks of that woman, because she is really wonderful! Her body is fascinating and he must find her! After leaving the hotel, Leo Howard catches a glimpse of a handsome man in casual wear who is leaning against Ferrari''s door and waving. Leo Howard walks over to Luke and raises his hand on his shoulder. He says familiarly, "When are you going back. Why don''t tell me in advance?" "The ne arrived this morning. I heard that you are here so I came to see what happened." Unlike Leo Howard''s seriousness and calmness, Luke''s handsome face always has a soft smile, a gentle and elegant appearance, which makes people feel a little pleasant. Leo Howard gets on Luke¡¯s Ferrari after a few words to the people behind him. He smiles and says, "Quinn still misses you all the time. You juste back and leave her abroad. Aren¡¯t you afraid that she will follow you here?" "Don''t make fun of me! There is nothing between me and Quinn." Luke fastens his seat belt and says, "How about you? I heard about something about you. It is said to be a drama!" "It¡¯s really exciting!¡± Leo Howardughs. "I met a little wild cat, and she is hot. It feels...very wonderful!¡± Leo Howard nevercks a woman''spany, but Luke rarely sees any woman he is interested in. Today, Leo¡¯s immersing really makes Luke be curious. However, as soon as he thinks of Leo Howard''s n, Luke couldn''t help but frown and asks," How do you n to treat Miss Bet? Are you really going to marry her?" "Marry her?" Leo Howard sneers out, dismissively saying, "The daughter of that slut is not worthy!" Property ? N?velDrama.Org. With the roar of the engine, Ferrari leaves the dock. Luke holds the steering wheel with both hands and patiently says, "Why should the previous generation''s grudges continue? Miss Bet knows nothing. She is innocent. And I heard that she is a college student who is pure and not as bad as you think." ¡°The daughter of the slut can be pure?¡± Leo Howard looks at the scenery outside the window. His face is expressionless, but his tone is chilling, ¡°The daughter must be the same as her mother., even if she is a virgin, it is not worth pity for her!" Leo still doesn''t know the woman who fascinated him yesterday is just Miss Bet. Chapter 4 Presidents New Wife Chapter 4 President''s New Wife Chapter 4 President''s New Wife Three days passed quickly, the wedding day. Looking at the gorgeous wedding dress on the bed, ire Bet only feels her heart twitching, her fingers gently stroking the surface of the wedding dress, and her heart is sad. Wedding dress, marry? ... These are the most important things for every woman in her life. However, the person she is going to marry to is a stranger she does not know at all. "Your Ladyship, the Howard family ising to pick you up!" Outside the doores the servant''s cold voice, ire Bet is shocked, then tightens her cold hands, and says calmly, "I know!" Downstairs, the Howard family''s housekeeper, Henry, waits impatiently in the drawing room, listening to Jade Bet''s chatter and raising his wrist to look at the time. Jade Bet notices the impatience of the housekeeper and quickly exins with a smile, "You know that it takes time for girls to dress up. Paige, go and urge ire. Don''t let others wait." "Yes, mydyship!" Paige answers, and she turns to go upstairs, but when she looks up, she just sees ire Bet wearing a wedding dress and standing on the stairs. She is just looking downstairs and knows what happened. ire Bet, wearing a wedding dress, makes Henry unable to praise her. He thinks that this girl is like a pure lily, and she is delicate and beautiful. But when he thinks about the girl''s future, Henry could only sigh. Jade Bet hurries up and just wants to say something hypocritical. ire Bet bypasses her and looks at Henry and says inly: "It is time to go!" Looking at ire Bet from a close look, Henry finds that the girl was not only pure, but also beautiful, elegant, calm, and very suitable to be Mr. Howard''s wife. If he can let go of the hatred in his heart, they will live a happy life... Thinking of this, the butler sighs because he knows that it is impossible for Leo to give up the hatred in his heart. Then he smiles at ire Bet and takes her out of the Bet family. The sunshine outside the door is ring. ire Bet groans and finds that, as she has thought, there is no one to wee, no blessings, only a ck Rolls Royce, quietly docks there. Self-deprecatingly smiling, ire Bet pulls her dress and silently gets into the car. About half an hourter, the car drives into a manor in the middle of the mountain. The magnificent house, the majestic momentum, allows ire Bet to hold her breath involuntarily. Although the Bet family is also rich, butpared to the Howard family, it is simply a slum. That is why that Jade Bet has been so ttering to the Howard family''s housekeeper. When the car stops, Henry walks into the house with ire Bet. The strange thing is that the Howard''s servants are very respectful to Henry, but they turn a blind eye to ire who will be Mrs. Howard in the future. Following Henry, ire goes upstairs and stands at the end of the corridor of the second floor. Henry opens a door and smiles. "Ms. Howard, this is your room. Please take a break here first." ire Bet nods and steps in. She looks at the environment inside the room and says, "Thank you, please..." Suddenly, ire Bet¡¯s words are not finished yet, and the door is mmed on, and then the door is locked from the outside. "Mary, what are you doing?" Henry asks a little strangely. "Mr. Howard said, lock this woman in the room, and don''t let her go." The servant named Mary smiles and is happy to leave with the door key. "You..." Henry just wants to say something, but stops. Hearing what they said outside, ire Bet squats and then realizes that she is under house arrest. She immediately ms the door and screams angrily: "You are not qualified to keep me here. It is breaking thew!!!" "Humph, Mr. Howard is thew here! You don''t have to waste your energy. Without Mr. Howard''s order, no one will release you!" ire didn''t know who says dismissively outside. When the voice ends, it is the sound of the pace gradually drifting away. ire Bet knows that they have left, and she understands that no one will help her in this unfamiliar ce. Her body slips and sits weakly on the ground, and ire Bet wraps her hands around her knees. What kind of person is this Leo Howard? Why is he treating me like that? Is he a freak? ire is worried about her future... Just thinking like this, ire Bet sits on the cold ground and gets to sleep... It is dark, ire Bet hears the sound of a car engine outside the window, and she wakes up. She rubs her eyes and runs to the window, trying to see the situation downstairs, but under the dim light, she could only see a stalwart figure. However, the figure is inexplicable and somewhat familiar... Is this Leo Howard?!R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only Chapter 5 A man who like a demon Chapter 5 A man who like a demon Chapter 5 A man who like a demon Turning to Leo Howard, as soon as he enters the door, a servantes forward, taking his coat and greeting him respectfully. Leo Howard pulls his tie and looks a little annoyed by the smell of a strange woman in the house. He frowns and asks, "What about that woman?" "ording to your instructions, she is already in the room." Hearing such an answer, Leo Howard''s look is a bit more dangerous. Turning to ire Bet, her ears presses tightly against the door, listening to the sound outside, and suddenly hears a footstep that is getting closer and closer. She immediately shouts: "No matter who you are, you have to let me go! No matter what background you have, you no right to limit my personal freedom! You can''t do this! Hey,..." When the voice is notpleted, the door is mmed open from the outside. And ire Bet couldn''t control her body and leans forward and throws herself on the man. "Oh, it hurts!" The nose hits a solid chest, and ire Bet feels a pain on her nose, but it hasn''t waited for her to react, she is dragged into the room. Because he doesn''t turn on the lights, ire Bet couldn''t see the other person''s appearance. She hasn''t had time to ask, and she is pushed to the bed. Feeling that the man''s hand is touching on her body, ire Bet is shocked and ms the man''s shoulder, angers: "Bastard, stay away from me!" Leo Howard sarcastically says: "You are a slut, don''t y the role of a virgin woman, you are the same as your mother, you are a shameless woman!" "You are not allowed to insult my family!!!" ire Bet stuns. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only In her impression, her mother is a gentle and docile woman. Everyone around her respects her. When did she hear such inexplicable insults? This man is really annoying! However, what makes ire Bet feel amazed is why this man''s behavior and his voice feel so familiar. However, before ire Bet has enough time to think about it, the wedding dress on her body is dragged down. "You bastard!" ire Bet''s anger almost spurts out and shouts: "Why do you treat me like this?" Leo Howard sneers, clutching ire Bet''s chin and approaching her ear and saying, "This is your duty as my wife!" ire Bet couldn''t help but scream, turning her head away from Leo Howard''s hand which is holding her chin. This man... this man turned out to be her husband... Pulling out ire Bet''s face vigorously, Leo Howardughs dangerously: "ire Bet, you should look at how you get to hell! Because you are her daughter" "Bastard!" With a roar, ire Bet only feels angry, and Leo Howard is still holding her chin, so she bites the back of his hand! How could her mother be such a bad person in the mouth of Leo Howard? Her mother is obviously a very gentle woman. Why is he so filthy to her mother, and why should he torture her? ! Feeling the pain in the back of the hand, Leo Howard suddenly thinks of the woman in the hotel, she also bites him like this, it feels very simr. He doesn''t know why, Leo Howard, he nces at ire Bet, in the dark, the woman in front of him, her eyes is shining, it seems to be tears, and she looks very delicate. Leo Howard suddenly thinks of what Luke has said before. This ire Bet is a college student, very pure... Pure?! The expression in Leo Howard''s eyes softens a little, just wants to be gentle, but finds that there is no hindrance when he enters her body! This shows what? She is not a virgin! Chapter 6 Give herself freely to a man in the morning? Chapter 6 Give herself freely to a man in the morning? Chapter 6 Give herself freely to a man in the morning? After waking up, ire Bet feels so sore and groans when she opened her eyes. When she sees the ceiling, she suddenly remembers that it is not her own room. It is a new home. She is already married. Marry... Thinking of the man who tortured himselfst night, ire Bet only feels a little unwilling, and tears in his eyes are spinning, but it does not fall. ire Bet turns and wants to get out of bed, but as soon as she turns around, she ms into a solid arm. ire Bet is a little surprised when she looks up at the handsome man in front of him. . This Leo Howard looks really handsome. His face is like a sculpture in Greek mythology which means his face is as beautiful as a sculpture. A pair of dark and deep eyes radiates a cold atmosphere and his lips squint. He looks like an evil that is charming and sexy. He is like an emperor in ancient legend, evil and beautiful. People who look at him could not help surrender. This man makes her feel scared! Surprisingly watching Leo Howard, before ire Bet reacts, she hears his slightly ridiculous voice: "Women, what? In the early morning, can''t wait for throwing yourself at me?" As soon as she thinks of the man''s torture, ire Bet suddenly stiffens and looks at the handsome man in front of him, replies coldly: "I won''t." Leo Howard sneers at ire Bet in front of him, and at this time her body is covered with hickeys. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Feeling Leo Howard''s gaze, ire Bet quickly covers her body with the quilt and doesn''t want to be seen by Leo Howard. "You are not the first time; don''t pretend to be a virgin?" Leo Howard watches ire Bet and taunts. Chapter 7 The little wild cat must belong to him. Chapter 7 The little wild cat must belong to him. Chapter 7 The little wild cat must belong to him. Leo Howard is pushed aside, and his face is gloomy, grabbed ire Bet by the neck and snoring: "Woman, do you really think you deserve to be my wife? You are a slut!" "Shut up!" ire Bet is really angry. "Don''t try to challenge my patience." Leo Howard sneers. ire Bet almost can¡¯t breathe as Leo grabbed her by the throat, but still stubbornly confronts his eyes, coughs and saying gloomily, ¡°Leo Howard... Are you going to kill your new wife in the early morning?" Leo Howard looks at the woman''s stubborn look. He feels inexplicably a little sorry for her. Therefore, he loosens his hand holding ire Bet''s neck and says with sarcasm: "Wife? Since you said that you are my new wife, do your best as a wife, dress me!" When ites to the word "wife", Leo Howard''s lips evokes, with a bit of mockery. How this woman is matched as his wife, he is just taking a revenge on her. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire Bet is angry and wraps up in the quilt and wants to stand up again, but because of the excessive movement, she suddenly gets into the pain of her body, and her eyes suddenly bursts into tears, which makes her breathless. Leo Howard sees such a poor ire, so he wants to wipe her tears away. But when he thinks she is that woman''s daughter, he immediately stops his hand. Going to ire Bet¡¯s side, Leo Howard squeezes her chin and says coldly: "Woman, your y is really good, it''s pitiful!" After that, he then picks up the clothes directly, dresses by himself, and leaves the room. Looking at Leo Howard''s departure, ire Bet couldn''t help but rx. She rxes her hand and squeezes the quilt. Then she endures the pain and finally gets out of bed. "Leo Howard, you are a jerk!" Looking at the torn wedding dress on the floor, ire Bet couldn''t help but spit out Leo Howard. She finally finds a piece of clothes that she could barely wear from the closet. When she is dressed, she walks out of the door. The corridor outside the door is empty and the distance is very long. ire Bet thinks that there are not many servants here, but when she gets down the stairs, she knows she is wrong. What catches her eyes is the splendid picture. The crystal chandelier imported from France hangs on the ceiling, shining brightly. The huge chandelier is very wide, which is a small half-size basketball court. Not far from ire Bet, countless servants stand on both sides, clusters at the stairway, and lines up in the middle of the hall. ire Bet looks a bit dazzled and is scared. She didn¡¯t look carefully when she came here yesterday. Now she can¡¯t help but exims, and God, how is this new home so big...and why are the servants so many?! Leo Howard in the hall is walking against ire Bet. He leans over and seems to be holding something in his hand. ire Bet sees Leo Howard at a nce. The ck hair, the fine bangs, a fitted shirt, unbuttoned the two buttons on the neckline, revealing the delicate vicle inside. This man is very handsome. If this person is not so a jerk, she will think that he is an angel, but the result is... he is aplete demon! Devil! ire Bet thinks that she still has something important to do, so she walks down the steps and walks over to Leo Howard. At this time, Leo Howard, the emerald thing he is holding on his hand, is just left by the strange woman that day who is actually ire Bet. Chapter 8 Unprecedented humiliation Chapter 8 Unprecedented humiliation Chapter 8 Unprecedented humiliation "Where is the little wild cat that night, why can''t I find her all the time..." Leo Howard doesn''t notice ire Bet behind him, and he is still looking at the ancient jade Pei in his hand. Thinking of the sexy little wild cat, thinking of her taste, Leo Howard''s lips evokes a sneer, showing his ambition, and the faint favor of no reason to the owner of the ancient jade. Just as Leo Howard is still thinking about the strange woman of that day, ire Bet has already walks over to him. The servants see ire Bet but not stop her, calling: "Mrs. Howard, good morning." Although these people call her Mrs. Howard, most people''s expressions are very contemptuous and disdainful. You know, when ire Betes to Howard''s house, the young master says that they don''t need to treat this ire Bet as the real Mrs. Howard. Yesterday, he let the maid lock her in the room so they understood his attitude. ¡°What are you doing?¡± Leo Howard suddenly turns cold. He turns and takes the jade quickly into his pocket and looks at ire Bet. The tone is not so good. ire Bet catches the shadow of the thing in Leo Howard''s hand, emerald green, but not even the shape. However, she does not care, looks up at the man like a demon in front of her eyes, she says with courage: "I want to go home and see, can you let me handle some things?" Her dad¡¯s physical condition is still unknown, and the house is upied by Jade Patton. She must think of ways to go back! Leo Howard''s eyes narrows and he looks at ire Bet. The smile is a bit sullen: "How could you want to go back so quickly?" Not waiting for ire Bet to nod, Leo Howard continues: "I don''t want to see you, but... my new wife, it is just after getting married, you are rushing back because I can''t satisfy you?" Leo Howard says, taking two steps forward and approaching ire Bet. Looking at her panic-stricken retreat, Leo Howard only feels inexplicably irritated, he stretches out his hand and quickly grabs her wrist, lowers his head in her ear, biting her earlobe and says coldly, "If I Let you leave, it shows that I really can''t satisfy you, huh?" Hearing this sentence, ire Bet, who was scared, suddenly raises her head and says to Leo Howard with anger: "Leo Howard! Why don''t you let me leave? You don¡¯t have the right. We are married, but my body is mine. You can''t limit my personal freedom, I want to leave, you..." "Are you so eager to go back?" Without waiting for ire Bet to finish, Leo Howard interrupts her words, and at the same time ms her, pulling ire Bet into his arms, holding her waist tightly, ignoring the numerous maids and bodyguards in ck on the side. His hand begins to walk around her waist: "Woman, I tell you, if you really want to leave, you can. But you have to please me. If I am happy, you can go back. "" "You...what are you doing?!" Even if ire Bet couldn''t understand what Leo Howard means, his actions have already proved to her. Does this bastard want to do in front of so many people...? Before ire Bet reacts, she feels her body fell directly on the white leather sofa by Leo Howard. "You are a madman!" ire Bet mutters, and then wants to get up from the couch. The man in front of her is simply a demon! How could she sumb to this bastard?! "How can you not understand me? Or do I need them to help you?" Leo Howard stares at ire Bet with a mockery and looks at her stubborn look. He couldn''t help but having a little pity, but thinking of her Mother, what he wants is only to torture her. No matter how much he tortures her, it is not excessive, because this is the retribution she deserves! Thinking of this, Leo Howard sneers, scanning the bodyguards in ck beside him, and says sharply: "Come here, help the woman take off her clothes!"Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. Chapter 9 My wife? You do not deserve Chapter 9 My wife? You do not deserve Chapter 9 My wife? You do not deserve However, those bodyguards in ck suits stand straight and no one dares toe forward. They couldn¡¯t help shaking, and they couldn¡¯t say anything just lower their heads. Even if Mr. Howard does not like this woman any more, she is also a youngdy, Mrs. Howard. If they really take off her clothes, they might die. "Leo Howard, you are a madman!!!" ire Bet trembles, standing up and holding his fist and trying to fight towards Leo Howard. "Crazy?!" Leo Howard grabs ire Bet''s arm and grabs her wrist. The evil smiles: "Well, if that''s the case, then I will take off your clothes by myself." ire Bet is frightened, widens her eyes, and struggles to get rid of Leo Howard''s restraint, but men are far more powerful than women. Just listen to a "stab--" sound... A feeling of humiliation floods her heart like this, and she is so sad... "Leo Howard, you be a beast! Stay away from me!" ire Bet struggles desperately to avoid Leo Howard and roars: "Bastard, what do you do for me?! What do you think of me?!" Leo Howard sneers at ire Bet, pinching ire Bet''s chin, but doesn''t expect ire Bet to bite his hand quickly! "Hiss--" The pain makes Leo Howard rx the ire Bet''s restraint a little. ire Bet is overjoyed and ms Leo Howard away and then leaves the white leather sofa. Leo Howard is pushed away by ire Bet, and the jade in his pocket slips out identally. ire Bet sees something in the shape of a green jade falling out of his pocket. She feels familiar with it, but she doesn''t have time to look at it and flees in a hurry. "Stand up!!!" Leo Howard scolds. ire Bet would never be obedient, and quickly gathers up her coat and runs outside the living room. "Madam, the master orders you to stop." A maid quicklyes forward to stop her, with a gloating face: "You¡¯d better go back." "Go away!" ire Bet trembles, she is so insulted by Leo Howard, and no one helps her, why do these people stop her? "Madam, I am the maid of Howard''s family. Everything follows to the master. Please do not make me embarrassed." The maid says and looks at the other maids. The next moment, everyonees over and stops her. "Woman, without my order, you can''t go anywhere!" Leo Howard''s voice rings behind her, like a sinister snake wraps around her ear, "All you can do is obedient!" "I won''t let you seed, absolutely not, you are dreaming!!!" ire Bet says word by word, and then she turns and wants to cross the maids and runs back to her room. Leo Howard nces, he doesn''t expect the woman still wants to escape, suddenly sneers, "stop her, I''d like to see how long you can stick to it." And he immediately walks over to ire Bet. The maids on the side hear him and quickly surround ire Bet. ire Bet is shocked and walks back, feeling sad. What kind of person she was married to? This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. "Leo Howard, you can''t do this to me. I am your wife!!!" ire Bet growls. "My wife? Hmm! You don''t deserve it!" Leo Howard sneers: "ire Bet, show your nature, don''t pretend to be a virgin. However, you are a slut like your mother!" Leo Howard smirks and there is a jealousy that he doesn''t even know. Leo Howard is angry when he thinks that the woman has been under another man. He looks at ire Bet, his eyes are fierce, and ire Bet is trembling and a little scared. The man¡¯s eyes are really terrible! With Tears swirling in the eyelids, ire Bet is still holding on, and stares at Leo Howard with wide eyes. "I said that I am not such a person. You don''t believe me; I have nothing to do..." "I don''t believe you? Is it?" Leo Howard looks at ire Bet disdainfully and sneers: "I only know that your body is much more honest than your mouth..." ire Bet''s face is stiff and pale, and she already feels the contempt of the maids around her. ire Bet desperately looking around. Leo Howard doesn''t believe her, and no one here will help her. She is alone... The body continues to recede and suddenly touches the stone pir behind her. ire Bet is shocked. She has no choice but to roar at Leo Howard. "Leo Howard, don''te over anymore. If you go any further, I will hit the pir and die!" Chapter 10 Leo Howards Gentleness Chapter 10 Leo Howard''s Gentleness Chapter 10 Leo Howard''s gentleness "Ha??" Leo Howard sneaks, then sneers, obviously do not believe that ire Bet would do that. And he disdainfully says: "You just hit, I want to see if you can finish the act?" ire Bet bites her lip and nces at Leo Howard, then turns sharply and ms into the pirs! "Thump--" a muffled sound, Leo Howard sees ire Bet in front of him slowly fall to the ground, and the top of the column is a blood red color. "What!!!" "A person died!!!! Help!" The maids are already scared and screaming. Some of the maids standing next to the pirs are unfortunately ssh with blood and they are even more heartbreaking. "Shut up!" Leo Howard shouts, his eyes fills with anger. Under hismand, the surrounding maids immediately snort. Looking at the woman who fell to the ground, Leo Howard is upset. This woman really dares to hit the pir? Can it be said that her nature is not the kind of lustful woman? However, she is clearly not a virgin! Thinking of this, Leo Howard''s mood is even more irritating, and all the emotionse up, making him feel upset. "Call the doctor, save her life, or all of you will die!" Leo Howard walks over and picks up ire Bet, who fell to the floor, and walks toward the room. Don''t know how long it took, ire Bet slowly opens her eyes. She still doesn''t understand the current situation, and she feels the pain on her forehead spread to the entire head. "Madam, are you awake?" ire Bet struggles to get up and climbs up. She turns her head and looks at the person who talked. It is a maid-dressed girl, and she is now in her original room. The maides over and wants to change ire Bet''s clothes, but ire Bet waves and asks directly, "What about him?" He? The maid sneaks and says: "Mr. Howard is in the living room. He told me that after you wake up, let me help you change your clothes and take you there." Is he so eager to see her, just to humiliate her? ire Bet smiles ironically. After changing the clothes, ire Bet walks downstairs with the help of the maid, and sees Leo Howard sitting on the sofa at a nce. Before she says something, she hears the man frowning and asks: "Is the wound okay?" ire Bet glimpses, is he caring about me?! "Why don''t you want to go home now?" Seeing ire Bet with some sorrow, and Leo Howard''s expression slowly gets cool. "You... are you going to take me home?" ire Bet is surprised and alert, and Leo Howard wouldn''t want to let her leave, but also want her to please him?! "Follow me!" No matter what ire Bet thinks, Leo Howard stands up straight, turns and leaves, and the action is simple, without hesitation. ire Bet is still shocked in the same ce, and then she reacts. She quickly refuses the support of the maid and quickly chases him up. "Wait for me!" ire Bet yells. Follows Leo Howard go out, ire Bet sees the Phantom Rolls Royce parked in the yard. Seeing him get out of the door, for fear that Leo Howard will drop her directly, ire Bet rushes over and the result is too excited and falling to the ground! "Ah--" ire Bet''s screams haven''t fully emanated, and she feels that she has fallen into a solid embrace, sniffing his faint tobo taste and the French-born man''s Givenchy perfume. "Be careful with yourself!" Leo Howard says, although his tone is not mild, but it is not as cold as before. "No, nothing, I just... a little dizzy..." ire Bet quickly pushes Leo Howard and says, waves her hand. Leo Howard is pushed away and feels a little unhappy. He wants to bring the woman over, but when he thought of her wound, he takes her hand and opens the door directly. He says coldly: "Get on the car! ¡± When she gets on the bus, ire Bet and Leo Howard sit in the back seat. The driver drives in front of her. She is somewhat restrained and upset. Leo Howard doesn''t talk to ire Bet, the atmosphere in the car is so strange and silent.Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire Bet, who feels a little ufortable, opens her mouth: "Leo Howard... You just, why should you save my life? Are you caring about me?" Care her? Ridiculous! Looking at ire Bet, Leo Howard sneers with disdain. He saves her just to be able to torture her better! How could it be... care? This woman is too self- conscious! ¡°Leo Howard?¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t get an answer and calls his name again. The thin lips gently spits out two words, Leo Howard says, "Shut up!" ire Bet is shocked. Because of his deterrence, she has to close her mouth and thinks about his behavior, and what happenedst night. She suddenly loses the good feelings towards him! This demon-like man, perhaps the gentleness that suddenly emerged is just to torture her better! Without thinking so much, ire Bet, who didn''t sleep wellst night and sit in the car at the moment, is only feeling dizzy want to sleep. At the beginning, she still sleeps against the window ss but it¡¯sfortable. As a result, ire Bet changes her posture and leans slowly on Leo Howard''s leg. ire Bet only feels that the things under her head are veryfortable. Leo Howard''s brow wrinkles and he looks at ire Bet''s eyes, gradually getting a bit of lust. Is this woman really sleeping or pretending to sleep? Does she know that this is teasing? Chapter 11 Sleep caused trouble Chapter 11 Sleep caused trouble Chapter 11 Sleep caused trouble Staring at ire Bet''s sleep, Leo Howard wants to push her head. But when he lowers his head, he touches the wound on her forehead. He immediately takes back his hand. Forget it, let this woman sleep for a while... ire Bet is awakened by Leo Howard. She sees Leo Howard''s unusually beautiful face as soon as she looks up. They catch eyes of each other. When ire Bet realizes that, she got red in the face. ire Bet quickly sits up, while the driveres to a sudden brake, so she falls to Leo Howard with her hand just presses on his... Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire Bet immediately withdraws her hand, and stutters, "I, I didn¡¯t mean it, really..." God, she just sleeps, and it causes such a disaster! "You didn¡¯t mean it? Does your mother seduce men like this?" Leo Howard slowly approaches ire Bet, disdainfully says. ire Bet''s original blushing face suddenly bes pale. She bites her lip and says, "I really didn¡¯t mean it. In addition, my mother is not such a person!" ¡°Hmm!¡± Leo Howard sneers, ¡°Your mother is that kind of person, I already knew it!¡± Leo Howard looks at ire Bet coldly and makes ire Bet very ufortable. She turns her head and looks out the window, no longer looking at him, nor expects him to give her a little gentleness. After a while, they arrive at the Bet¡¯s house. ire Bet takes off the car first, followed by Leo Howard. Pushing the big iron gate, ire Bet walks in under the servants¡¯ surprised eyesight and asks, "Where is my stepmother?" "Her Ladyship is in the garden." As expected by ire Bet. After knowing where Jade Patton is now, ire Bet is not in a hurry. She turns around and asks the servant to arrange a seat and tea for Leo Howard, and then says to him, "I will go to my stepmother first. You sit here and take a rest!" Leo Howard doesn''t pay attention to ire Bet, and he turns around and finds a seat to sit down. ire Bet no longer says anything more, walking straight into the garden. Just entering the garden, ire Bet sees that Jade Patton is sitting at the stone table in the garden and drinking tea. It is reallyid-back! Ah! ire Bet frowns and goes straight. She asks, "Where is my father?" Jade Patton doesn''t think that ire Bet would appear in front of him like this, and surprisingly asks: "How can youe back? What have you done to be kicked off from Howard''s house?" After that, without waiting for ire Bet to answer, Jade Patton says disdainfully: "ire, you have to think about your father, this is the first day of your marriage and you is kicked off, if he knows that..." "Enough!" ire Bet interrupts Jade Patton directly and says impatiently, "I am fine, you can rest assured, and I am not kicked off. Where is my father?" Jade Patton glimpses, and then perfunctorily says: "Your father, he is not in good health, and when he is in good health, he will naturallye out to see you!" "My father is not in good health. As a daughter, I should go and have a look at him. Jade Patton, wouldn''t you have deliberately hid my dad?" ire Bet squints coldly at Jade Patton. Standing up, Jade Patton ms the cup on the stone table and makes a crisp sound. She says with dissatisfaction, "ire Bet, what do you mean? Why don''t you respect the elders? I tell you that your father, he is not in good health now, it is inconvenient to see someone. When he wants toe out to see you, he will naturallye out!" "You..." ire is gnashing her teeth. "Miss, that... that Mr. Howard left..." Before ire finishes, she hears the voice of a maid behind her. "Leo Howard is here too?!" Without waiting for ire Bet to answer, Jade Patton screams with great surprise, and directly ignores ire Bet and goes out. ire Bet turns and walks out. As a result, she goes to the living room and sees that Leo Howard has disappeared. So the bastard just gone directly and left her?! ire Bet is angry and rushes straight out of the door, ignoring the sound of Jade Patton and the maid behind her, and immediately runs to the ce where the phantom Rolls-Royce stopped. However, there is no one at the moment, and there is no car! Leo Howard really left her alone?! Chapter 12 Expelled from home, homeless Chapter 12 Expelled from home, homeless Chapter 12 Expelled from home, homeless As ire Bet thinks, behind her is the sound of a big iron gate creaking, and she turns back and sees Jade Patton, who is directing the servants to shut down the big iron gate and lock it. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire Bet is startled and immediately shouts, "Jade Patton, what are you doing? " Jade sneers, "ire Bet, you are abandoned by your husband on the first day of marriage, is it your intention to piss off your father? I tell you, get down your knees, climb back to the Howard family for your father! " Just say so, Jade Patton turns and takes the servants into the vi, ignoring ire Bet! Well, she signed an agreement with the Howard family. If ire has been kicked off at the first day. Who is going to pay for her loss? "You--" ire Bet is so angry that she stares angrily at the back of Jade Patton''s departure. What will she do now? ! She is homeless... She can¡¯t go back to Bet¡¯s house and she doesn¡¯t want to. And the new house... with Leo Howard, she also doesn¡¯t want to go back... She does not know where her dad is or what is going on... ire Bet walks thoughtfully and aimlessly down the road. Not knowing how long she has been walked, perhaps because of her thoughts, ire Bet looks up and sees a figure that resembles her father, and she is startled to see that that figure has entered the crowd before she could respond. "Dad, Dad... "ire Bet hurries up, trying to catch up with the man, but there are too many people, and she loses him. With a sigh of disappointment, the figure reappears, and ire Bet sees him walk into a bar nearby. ire Bet knows that it is a very dangerous ce, and after a walk at the door, she thinks that the man in it might really be her father, she walks in without hesitation. As soon as she enters the bar, she hears the roar of heavy metal music. The dance floor is filled with countless men and women who dressed in trendy clothes, twisting their bodies in session, with a hint of madness. ire Bet ignores that. She looks around, trying to find her father''s figure, but carelessly she bumps into a man. The strong smell of smoke fills her nose. ire Bet coughs a few times and steps back, ¡°Sorry, I...¡± "Hey, do you have eyes?¡± Before ire Bet has finished speaking, she feels someone grabs her arm rudely and he growls. ire Bet, whose arm is so badly scratched by the man, takes a breath and says, "I didn¡¯t mean to... " Because the smell of tobo and alcohol is so strong, ire Bet''s eyes are filled with tears, As she looks pure and weak, and now it seems that she is more pitiful. "It is a beauty, ah ha ha, never mind. If you kiss me, I just let you leave!" The man in front of her, named John, is a punk in the neighborhood. When he sees ire Bet''s face, he sees a sh of light. Then he nces at her whole body with lust in his eye. Then he stretches out his hand and wants to touch ire¡¯s chest. "Please watch how you conduct yourself, sir!" As soon as ire Bet sees the man''s hand stretches out, she throws it away and steps back with a stern rebuke. ¡°Ha ha, you are pretty hot!¡± John does not get angry about it, but heughs happily. "Girl, are youing alone? Would you like us to y with you? "John says, his hand waves, immediately from both sideses over several men with the appearance of a bludger, and all of them are full of acrid smoke and wine smell. ¡°John, today is a good day, this girl is hot enough.¡± When those punks see ire Bet, theyughs. ire Bet steps back and sees the punks in front of hering slowly towards her. She is regrettinging here alone. "Girl, why note and y with us?" John says, once again clutching ire Bet''s wrist and jerking her into his arms. ire Bet stumbles and almost falls, but she manages to keep her feet still. But she still can¡¯t get rid of the man''s hands, "Stop...stay away from me...." "Stop? Today, I promise I¡¯ll make you feel good...¡± John smiles and says. On the other side, in the corner of the bar, Leo Howard stares coldly at the scene on ire Bet''s side, and his eyes are too dark. Chapter 13 Misunderstanding, New Conflict Chapter 13 Misunderstanding, New Conflict When he is at ire¡¯s house, Leo Howard leaves because he had an emergency to deal with, but doesn¡¯t expect to see ire Bet walking in a hurry on the street when hees back to pick up ire Bet. So he followed her and saw her walking into this bar. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. After ire Bet entered the bar, Leo Howard follows in and sees the scene. Because of the distance and the noise in the bar, Leo Howard could not hear what they are talking about, but could see ire Bet pawing with a group of men, from one man¡¯s arms to another. A senseless anger swelling his breast, Leo Howard gnashed his teeth. Is the pure appearance she showed really true? Does she like to y with men at such ces when she is free? ¡°Sir, excuse me...¡± Just then a very hot womanes up to talk to Leo Howard, who has just opened her mouth and is interrupted by a cold voice from Leo Howard, ¡°Go away!¡± Leo Howard¡¯s eyes are icy and the woman turns and runs away. I am afraid all the women here are like this? Seduce man, and then fuck... ire Bet, huh! Pure and innocent? That is ridiculous! ire Bet, she is being haunted by a few of punks. ¡°Girl,e and have some fun with us, and we will make sure you will be pleasant.¡± The men around ire Betughed. ¡°Do not touch me!¡± ire Bet struggles. She grabs a bottle of wine next to her and tries to break it to the punks, but John stops her and tries to hold her. They are close to each other, and John says, ¡°Girl, don¡¯t refuse a toast only to drink a forfeit.¡± Leo Howard looks from the crowd, and from his point of view, he sees ire Bet falls into John¡¯s arms with a fist in his hand. ire Bet, she is so eager toe back to her family, just to getid in this bar?! ¡°Get the fuck out of here!¡± Unable to bear it any longer, Leo Howard steps forward irascible, speaks angrily, stares coldly at ire Bet after his growl, and asks, ¡°ire Bet, what the hell are you doing?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire Bet opens her mouth and tries to say something, but her head is dazed by the fumes and she could not speak for a moment. A few punks are taken aback, immediately looks at Leo Howard¡¯s side, warning, ¡°Hey, are you first time to be here? Don¡¯t disturb us to have fun with this woman.¡± Have fun with this woman? The woman who belongs to Leo Howard? Oh, how dare you! Leo Howard¡¯s mouth suddenly catches a dangerous sneer, ¡°I said get the fuck out of here! Do not you understand?¡± ¡°Well. Then you are looking for death...¡± Not long for the punk to finish, Leo Howard immediately takes a step forward, grabs him by the neck and sneers, ¡°You are the one who is looking for death!¡± He says, and the punk¡¯s hands, only to hear a sound which means a terrible crack in the bone, that son of a bitch neck crooks... unconscious! ¡°You are fucking dead!¡± Several other bullies see this and immediately stares their eyes wide and shouts angrily. They are about to rush forward. Ignoring all the people rushing forward, Leo Howard has ire Bet in his eye and says to her coldly, ¡°ire Bet, you had better give me a good reason.¡± Chapter 14 His woman, no one else can touch her Chapter 14 His woman, no one else can touch her ¡°Leo Howard, that is not true. Listen to me!¡± ire Bet, looking at Leo Howard with a cold face, says. As soon as she sees the gang ready to fight him, she yells, ¡°Be careful!!¡± However, the gangs over there, who are about to hit Leo Howard with bottles in their hand, stop abruptly after hearing the name called by ire Bet, then drop the bottle and run in horror! ¡°Leo Howard, is that the man Leo Howard?! Is there a hell of a demon, a cold-blooded ck emperor called Leo Howard?!¡± ¡°Oh, my God, if we do not get out of here, he is going to kill us!¡± ire widens her eyes in surprised as she watches the gang panics and flees, and she almost thinks she is dazzled. However, just then, Leo Howardes up and jerks his hand out. He grabs her wrist and pulls vigorously in the other direction! ire is unable to stand and falls into Leo Howard¡¯s arms. But instead of a firm hug, he meets her with a sore back that she almost burst into tears. ¡°ire Bet, how can you do that, you said go back to your mother¡¯s house and then actually went to the bar? And hang with these guys, right?¡± Leo enters a private room and tosses ire Bet into it. He ms the door, and says coldly and ironically. ire opens her mouth and is about to exin, but Leo continues saying, ¡°I have underestimated you such a woman, I don¡¯t think you are so scheming. Right, the daughter must be the same as her mother!¡± His voice is cold and bloodthirsty, makes ire Bet feel ufortable. She says, ¡°That is not true. Listen to me...¡± But before she finishes, Leo Howard interrupts without mercy, ¡°Why is the fact not like that? What is the fact? Do you think I am blind? You were just pretending to be a chaste woman in front of me, and then you found an excuse to run into this bar and y with other men? What? Do you mean I can¡¯t satisfy you?¡± Says Leo Howard with his red eyes and his furious hands clutching ire Bet¡¯s jaw, and he forces her to look up at herself. The pain in the jaw, however, sobers ire Bet. She looks at Leo Howard¡¯s dark eyes, and blurts, ¡°Please listen to me. It is not what you think. I saw a man who looked like my father, so I followed all the way in. But I did not find my father, and I identally bumped into the gang...¡± ire Bet tries to exin, but Leo Howard could not help but sneer, with a seductive smile on his lips and a harsh, icy tone, ¡°ire Bet, should I say you are too libertine? You think I am going to believe that shit you are talking about? Do you think I have no eyes?¡± He shakes his hand and throws ire on the couch. ire has been hurt all over by the fall and the wound on her forehead is also pain, she could not help taking a cold breath. ¡°ire Bet, do not count on me to believe you even if you hit the pole again!¡± After finish, Leo Howard crushes her, without any pity!! ire Bet feels dizzy and tries desperately to fight Leo Howard, but no matter how she refuses, he did not care. Leo Howard is furious at the thought that ire Bet is not a virgin and she has just seduced men in a bar. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. He doesn¡¯t allow other people dip their fingers in his woman! Chapter 15 Humiliated! She is under the hammer Chapter 15 Humiliated! She is under the hammer ¡°It is not like that... It is not...¡± ire Bet wants to say something and argue, but her mind is getting fuzzy and her head is getting dizzy. In the dark, ire dreams that her father was killed by Jade Patton, and then Jade smiled and said to her, ¡°That is what will happen to your family!¡± In her dream, her father¡¯s gaunt and lifeless face made ire Bet sad, and she cried by her father¡¯s side, begging him not to die, not to leave her! ¡°My ire¡­.¡± Her father called her name in the dream. ¡°No! Don¡¯t, don¡¯t kill him... please leave my father alone....¡± ire Bet breaks out in a cold sweat, jerks her eyes open, covers her heart and gasps heavily. When she finally regains her senses and calms down, ire Bet finally notices that her surroundings seem to have changed. Why is it so dark and can¡¯t see anything?! Where am I?! ire tries to touch somewhere in the dark, but the ttering sounded, she hears the sound of the chains rubbing, and she feels something tied to her wrists. Oh, my God! ire Bet widens her eyes in surprise. Why is her hand cuffed?! Where is this?! ire Bet loses her mind for a while. Where is Leo Howard?! Does he handcuff her to humiliate her and lock her in a dark cage? The shackles are so heavy that ire Bet sits up so hard that she feels the chill of the metal from behind her back and the soles of her feet. She finds herself handcuffed not only to her hands, but also to her feet, and locked in an iron cage. Oh, my God! Leo Howard really locks me in here?! How could he do this to me.... After careful thinking, ire calms down again. She just thinks it¡¯s funny. There¡¯s nothing Leo Howard couldn¡¯t do. Before she fell into aa at the bar, Leo Howard was the only person she met. When she falls into a coma, who else is there?! When ire Bet forces herself to calm down, a sudden sh of light breaks in, and the ck cloth, which covered the cage, is suddenly lifted. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. The sudden light, which forces ire Bet to squint her eyes, is too harsh for her. ¡°Wow! You see, it¡¯s a woman who is being auctioned...¡± ¡°She is so standard-looking, it will be lucky to buy her.¡± ¡°That girl is mine, and you do not want to rob me!¡± ... There is uproarious, and when ire Bet finally gets used to the light, it is the sound of talking about her. What is going on?! ire quickly nce at the group of people under the tform, all of them, however, are fascinated and they keep looking at ire Bet as if weighing up the goods, which makes ire Bet very disgusted. The crowd¡¯s eyes are so hot. And they stare at her, and then, with the wind blowing, ire Bet feels a chill. Jesus!!! ire Bet looks down sharply before she realizes that she is wearing a pair of gaudy, dewy, gauzy pieces of cloth that barely covers her privacy. ¡°Be quiet, everybody!¡± Suddenly someone speaks with a microphone and his voice rings throughout the auction. Suddenly there is a hush at the auction. ¡°Thest thing we auction today is one night of the girl who is in the cage!¡± As soon as that was said, ire Bet senses that the people on the stage are beginning to get agitated, asking about prices, asking what they could do overnight, and so on. ¡°Ah! I told you to be quiet. I can¡¯t speak if you don¡¯t keep quiet.¡± The moderator paused deliberately. ¡°I tell you, this woman is the best woman in the world, and whoever buys it, it is absolutely worthy!¡± The host directly speaks to the crowd below. Sure enough, as soon as his wordse out, the crowd at the bottom is clearly stirring. ire Bet¡¯s face freezes, and for a moment a sense of shame fills her mind. God, what kind of ce is she now?! What the hell is going on here?! Why is she here, and she is under the hammer?! Chapter 16 Silver Mask, Handsome Man Chapter 16 Silver Mask, Handsome Man ¡°Where the hell is this? Why am I being locked here? You are breaking thew if you do this! Get me out of here! Get me out of here!¡± ire Bet yells and clutches angrily at the bars of the cage, with the chains of her hands shing against the bars and making a sharp ttering sound that makes everyone under the tform more excited. Her present appearance is delicate, soft, stubborn, and people can¡¯t help but want to conquer! The man on the stageughs at ire Bet¡¯s words and raises his microphone to the crowd. ¡°This youngdy says we are breaking thew here, but this is the young master of the Howard family who wants to auction this woman. Do you dare to buy her?¡± Leo Howard?! Suddenly, ire res and feels furious that Leo Howard has sent her here?! How dare he.... How can he do this to her?! Anger res up in her mind, and ire Bet trembles with rage! ¡°I will pay 150 thousand dors for her all night!¡± ¡°Thisdy looks very nice. 200 thousand dors, I will take it!¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°450 thousand dors. How can we afford such a cheap price for the woman from the Howard family?¡± ¡°I will give you 600 thousand dors!¡± The crowd begins to bid, looking at ire Bet with a feverish nce. ire Bet clenches her hands, her nails stuck in her flesh, and she is in pain, but now her heart is more painful. ire Bet doesn¡¯t believe that Leo Howard would be so cruel to her and torture her like this, don¡¯t believe he will...sell her! Humiliates her! ¡°I will give you five million dors.¡± While the crowd is still bidding, suddenly a clear and pleasant voice shocks everyone present. Five million dors! In dismay, ire Bet could not help looking up at the source of the sound. The host on the stage doesn¡¯t really think that ire Bet is so valuable that his eyes bright with excitement and his voice goes up, ¡°This gentleman buys the youngdy for five million dors. Is there anyone who pays more than five million dors?¡± ¡°One time...Two times. Does anyone want to pay higher¡±? asks the host. ire Bet pauses, incredulous that, although she doesn¡¯t want to be auctioned at all, she is horrified by the man¡¯s offer. That is five million dors! ¡°Third time, five million dors! Deal!¡± The host immediately presses the electric bell, and then smiles at the man who makes the offer. ¡°Gentleman, thedy is yours tonight!¡± ire Bet, seeing that the host has the key in his hand, says to the man under the stage, ¡°Sir, this is the key to the cage and the handcuffs. You have the option of untying the youngdy.¡± That moderator¡¯s tone is very ambiguous, the words are also very explicit, which let the people under the stage immediately heckle up. ¡°OK.¡± ire Bet hears the faint sound of a man¡¯s voice, and then she sees someone walking slowly up the stage. He wears a tailored ck suit, with a silver-white mask covers his face only exposes the thin lips, and fine chin, and dark ck eyes. ire Bet could not help but wonder, this man... The man takes the key and approaches ire Bet. ire Bet doesn¡¯t wake up and tremble until she hears the sound of the lock. Chapter 17 She was bought Chapter 17 She was bought ¡°Sir, please let me leave. I am just being cheated. I... Please help me... ...¡± ire Bet stands up and tries to get a man¡¯s hand to beg. ¡°Oh...¡± The man suddenlyughs and looks at ire Bet and says, ¡°Were you cheated?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± ire nods hurriedly, almost bewilders by the smile on his face. ¡°I see.¡± The man nods, and when ire Bet is pleased that he would let go of her, she listens only to his slow quip, ¡°But I am going to give you to the Mr. Campbell.¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire is shocked, looking at him incredulously. Leo Howard sold her, the man bought her, and, as a result, he is going to give her to someone else?! ¡°Oh, hahaha, I don''t know if this woman can satisfy Mr. Campbell. The host on the stageughs unabashedly. ire Bet¡¯s face turns pale and she follows the silver-faced man with heavy shackles. Looking up at the man, ire Bet finds that he is around the same height as Leo Howard, but that the air he breathes is totally different from Leo Howard¡¯s bossiness and coldness, and that he is gentle but strong enough to resist. ¡°Sir, I do not know who is Mr. Campbell...¡± ire Bet bites her lower lip and asks, but the man just pauses and ignores her. Ignores her? ire Bet frowns and looks around. Anyway, she could not ept her fate. She has to run! ¡°I advise you not to waste your time, since I have bought you, you will not escape.¡± As if to guess what ire Bet is thinking, the man¡¯s voice suddenly sounds, and then he reaches out and snaps his fingers, and immediately two men in ck sunsses, in ck suits stands behind her. With bodyguards? ire Bet freezes. That is it, ire Bet. Do you still expect to be saved? Leo Howard, he is just trying to insult her! They are married. How could he have sold her like that? Hmm! Just as ire Bet is disillusioned, she saw a ck limousine, and then the man says softly, ¡°Get into the car.¡± ire Bet clenches her teeth and hesitates. But the bodyguard behind her gives her no chance at all, and gives her a sharp push, as ire Bet staggers over, her body wobbles, and she was about to fall. But the next moment, she doesn¡¯t fall, but falls into a warm embrace. ¡°Throw yourself into my arms on purpose?¡± Above the heades a clear, slightly sarcastic voice of the man, ¡°You are really restless, hum!¡± ¡°Who has thrown into your arms on purpose?? If your bodyguard had not pushed me, I would not have fallen!¡± ire Bet, turning her lips away, sprang to her feet, looks up stubbornly at the man and says, ¡°You... are not deserve my initiative! Hum!¡± The man lowers his head and looks at ire. He could not helpughing. ire Bet is upset when several people get into the car and thinks they are going to send her to Mr. Campbell. Leo Howard, that son of a bitch, the inhumanity guy, one day, she is going to get revenge! ! ! The man sitting next to ire Bet doesn¡¯t notice her little gestures as he looks out the window in a thoughtful way. Soon the car stops at the door of a luxury hotel. ire Bet looks around, her fingers chattering, ready to start. After getting off the car, ire Bet follows the man into the hotel. What can I do? What should I do now? It will be toote to escape... As several people walks up to the elevator to get ready to go upstairs, ire Bet is so quick that she suddenly says, ¡°ah... oops... oops...¡± ¡°What is the matter?¡± The man looks back at ire. ¡°I... I had a stomachache...¡± ire immediately frowns and pretends to be in pain. She looks up timidly at the man and whispers, ¡°I want to go to the bathroom...¡± Chapter 18 The woman ran away Chapter 18 The woman ran away The man frowns, silent for a moment, then narrows his eyes slightly and says, ¡°Go quickly.¡± ire Bet is immediately pleased, but not in the slightest way. She asks the way, and walks slowly toward the bathroom. The man gives a look to the bodyguard around him, who immediately understands and follows ire Bet. ire Bet sneaks back and sees the body of the bodyguard, her heart sinks, damn it! Rapidly entering the bathroom, ire Bet begins to look around the environment. The door is blocked by people, the top of the head is automatic venttion, both sides are small compartments, there is no ce to escape. Just as ire Bet is fretting, she suddenly sees a small window near where the clutter is piled, and her eyes lights up. ... In the presidential suite at the deluxe hotel. There are two men sitting in the living room of the room. One of the men, in his 20s, is wearing a white shirt and two buttons unbuttoned, revealing the delicate corbone inside. The handsome, shapely man, who bought ire Bet, called Juan. The other man is very dumpy, particrly ugly, full of oily, andpared with Juan, the two men are simply two types of people. ¡°You see her at the auction, Mr. Campbell. Do you like the woman I brought for you tonight?¡± Juan smiles, looking at the ugly man in front of him, slightly asks. ¡°I love her! I love her! Ha ha ha!¡± As soon as Mr. Campbell hears Juan¡¯s question, his eyes suddenly lights up. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°Then we talks about the n...¡± Juan takes up a cup of tea, the long finger bounces the cup mouth, sips a cup of tea, says softly. ¡°Of course you can make it!¡± Mr. Campbell always said bluntly, ¡°No problem!¡± ¡°Then I will have to ask you to sign it.¡± Juan says, taking the contract from the bodyguard from his side and pushing it to Mr. Campbell. Mr. Campbell signs the contract, Juan eyes narrows, eyes shing a little bit and other people do not detect the cunning. Just then, the ck-d bodyguardes running who is with ire Bet and he says, ¡°Boss, I¡¯m ipetent and the woman has gone!¡± Juan facial expression is not changed at all, with his eye is very immeasurable; his lip corner cannot help but hook up, ¡°How does she escape?¡± The bodyguard bows his head and says, ¡°I¡¯m ipetent, and she escaped from the window!¡± Ha! Funny! Juan narrows his eyes and smiles. ¡°That woman is very funny... she escapes.¡± Mr. Campbell hears themunication, and his facial expression immediately changes and wails up, ¡°Ah, run? So what? My beauty! I just signed the contract!¡± Juan smiles softly, ¡°Mr. Campbell doesn¡¯t worry, that kind of beauty, we have plenty...¡± He says, gives the bodyguard a cipher, let go find another beauty. The bodyguard immediately leaves, and Mr. Campbell looks at Juan, sighing at ire Bet¡¯s charming and pitiful appearance. Chapter 19 She’s worse than a slave Chapter 19 She¡¯s worse than a ve The vi of the Howard family. Luke is standing in the living room, his face clouds and he walks back and forth, his eyes filled with worry. What is the matter? When Leo Howard goes downstairs, he sees his friend Luke and could not help asking. Luke, looking at Leo Howard in front of him, pauses for a long time before he says, ¡°What about ire Bet? If you send her to a ce like that, she will be dangerous!¡± Leo Howard frowns slightly, not surprised Luke knows about it, but smiles softly, ¡°Well... if it were not unexpected, I am afraid she has already been bought.¡± ¡°Leo, she is your wife anyway... and there is never an end of taking revenge, she is innocent.¡± Luke frowns. He doesn¡¯t object to Leo Howard marrying ire Bet, he just doesn¡¯t approve of the way he retaliates and hurts ire Bet for thest generation, especially now that he has sent ire Bet to the auction, and Luke cannot help her. ¡°Wife? Ha! That is just a reason for imprisoning and torturing her. She doesn¡¯t even look like a ve to me!¡± Leo Howard says coldly, lighting a cigar and taking a swig. ¡°Leo, how can you...¡± Luke doesn¡¯t even know how to persuade his friends. ¡°You do not think I really wanted to marry her, do you? It is just a contract. Do not forget, torturing her is my real purpose!¡± Amid the smoke, Leo Howard¡¯s handsome face gleams, his eyes glints and his words contains a deep hatred, ¡°I hate her mother, so I want revenge. I will slowly torture her!¡± Leo Howard¡¯s temper, what he had decided, is futile, and Luke, knowing he could not stop him, sighs, ¡°Well, I do not care about you or her, but you better be nice to her.¡± ¡°Be good to her? She doesn¡¯t deserve it! Do not do with my business, just deal with your own business!¡± says Leo Howard, smiling to Luke. Luke ignores the words of Leo Howard and suddenly thinks of something, and whispers, ¡°Oh, right, the woman you told me you met at the hotel the other day, I have got news for you.¡± ¡°What news?¡± Leo Howard is startled, and a glimmer of joy appears in his eyes. He could not wait to ask. His men had not heard from her for so long but Luke had found out. Seeing the change in Leo Howard¡¯s eyes, Luke heaves a sigh again, taking out the wrapped photo envelope in his arms and hands it over, saying, ¡°These are the photos taken from the monitor. Look. I am leaving.¡± Luke says and goes out. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°All right.¡± Leo Howard answers. When Luke is far away, Leo Howard returns to the living room. He picks up the envelope on the table and tries to open it. Suddenly the maid calls out in surprise. ¡°Mydy?!¡± Leo Howard¡¯s hand jerks up in surprise. This woman can stille back! Did not they all go to the auction?! The auctioneers are all dead, and this woman gets away?! Leo Howard sees ire Bet in a strange pose andes in very difited... Chapter 20 Show Your Ability Chapter 20 Show Your Ability Putting down the envelope in his hand, Leo Howard sneers, ¡°What is the matter?¡± ire Bet, with her mouth shut, walks slowly, step by step, with all her strength toward Leo Howard, her eyes full of hate, and when she finally gets close to him, she holds out her hand and ps him in the face! ¡°Paw.¡± A crisp p sounds, and the maids are so frightened that she forgets to scream, forgets to breathe, stares, and finds it hard to believe. Leo Howard, their master, unexpectedly pped by his wife without background! Oh, my God!! C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°Leo Howard, I really look up to you! I never thought you would be such a scumbag!¡± ire, with her teeth clenches, is so stubborn that she yells at Leo Howard, ¡°I am your wife, and you... did that to me?! To do something like this to me, are you a human?¡± When Leo Howard doesn¡¯t answer, angry ire goes on yelling, ¡°You are a scum. How dare you sell me, throw me away to a strange man, and trample on my dignity? Do you think... do you think anyone can do this to me? Scum!¡± ire, after yelling, turns to go upstairs. She manages to get out of the hotel bathroom window and escapes. Then she manages to unshackle herself. All the way back, she would have beenpletely exhausted. If she had not been too angry, she would have lost the strength to scold Leo Howard. ¡°ire Bet...¡± Just after ire Bet turns around, Leo Howard screams behind her. ¡°What? Do you still want to insult me?¡± Hearing the voice of Leo, ire gets angry. She turns around in mock contempt and says, ¡°Leo Howard, what else do you want? Are you so poor that you leave your newly married wife out for sale?¡± Leo Howard¡¯s eyes sinks and he is so angry that he takes a step forward and grabs ire Bet¡¯s hand with an outstretched hand, ¡°How dare you hit me? ire Bet, you are the first one!¡± ¡°If you do not mind, there will be a second time!¡± ire Bet sneers, raising her hand and ready to p his face again. Leo Howard wouldn¡¯t make her sess again, grabs her other hand and ms it, sneers, ¡°Do you think I will let you p me twice?¡± ¡°Leo Howard, stay away from me!¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t want to touch him, and quickly struggles, but his strength is so great that she feels really hurt. ¡°Hmm!¡± staring at ire Bet in front of him, Leo Howard¡¯s lips smack a p in the air and couldn¡¯t help but sneer, ¡°I want to auction you tonight, since you have already escaped, Then I can¡¯t waste it!!!¡± After he finishes, ire Bet hasn¡¯t reacted yet, and she only feels that the whole person is being swayed! ¡°What are you doing?!¡± ire Bet suddenly widens her eyes and screams, ¡°Leo Howard, you crazy! Bastard! Don¡¯t touch me!¡± ¡°Dream on! ire Bet, you don¡¯t pretend to be pure in front of me. It¡¯s disgusting! Women like you should be treated like this!¡± Leo Howard sneers, directly ms ire Bet upstairs. When he opens the room, he ms her onto the big bed. ¡°Oh, I have to look at this evening, ire Bet, how much you are kneeling!¡± After that, he directly pressed on her body... Chapter 21 Where Is the Little Wild Cat? Chapter 21 Where Is the Little Wild Cat? After a long time... Finally, Leo squeezes ire¡¯s jaw and says with a cold sneer, ¡°Disgusting woman!¡± Then, Leo Howard throws her off, puts on his clothes and turns away. ire tries not to cry until Leo Howard finally leaves, and she could not help but burst into tears. She really doesn¡¯t want to stay here anymore, Leo is just a monster, and if she keeps staying here, she will be crazy sooner orter. But Jade Patton would not let her go back the Bet family... ire feels very helpless. Dad, dad, where are you... I miss you so much... Take me away, pleasee and take me away... Thinking about her dad, ire sobs softly, raises her hand to cover her mouth and tries not to make any sound. On the other side. In the spacious living room of the Howard family, the lights shine brightly inside. Leo Howard sits on the sofa with a sullen face and doesn¡¯t speak, and the housemaid on the side feels scary, not daring to breathe, and lowers her head to make no sound. ire Bet, what a hypocrite! Leo feels inexplicable anger at the thought of her, pulling his cor nervously. Leo lights a cigar, then sees the envelope on the table before he could open it. So he takes it and opens the envelope. ¡°There is only one back?¡± Leo Howard frowns. The photo was taken from the monitor, but there is only one back. Leo would not have recognized the little wild cat whose first sex he has owned, if the woman in that picture was not wearing a slightly broken evening dress. Turning that stack of photos open, he thinks he can see the appearance of the woman, but the photos have only a back, and are still far away, difficult to distinguish the shape. After several searches those photos, Leo Howard doesn¡¯t find the face of his wild cat, so he simply throws them away, pulling out his phone, flipping out Luke¡¯s phone number and dialing it. ¡°Hello, Leo?¡± In a few moments, the phone is connected and Luke¡¯s voice is heard on the other end. ¡°Are all those pictures you gave me just to brush me off?¡± Leo Howard says in anger and asks, ¡°It¡¯s just the back. I cannot even see her face. What I want is the information about that woman!¡± Luke chuckles. He did it deliberately. ¡°That is all we can find so far, Leo. Don¡¯t worry. I have already sent someone out to pry into. We should have the information soon.¡± ¡°Are you sure?¡± ¡°Mm-hmm!¡± Luke answers immediately. After receiving Luke¡¯s positive answer, Leo Howard hangs up and leaves his phone on one side. He sits on the sofa and leans back, rubs his temples. That little wild cat, her body is so hot, he misses her very much, so he must find her! Thinking that, he stretches his hand involuntarily to his pocket, and wants to take out that piece of ancient jade. But Leo finds it¡¯s empty inside and there is nothing in his pocket? Damn, where is the cat¡¯s jade?! He can¡¯t lose it! ... When ire gets up the next day, she feels her whole body ache to the point of weakness. She lifts her head, tries to sit up straight, and sees the maid rummaging through her room, looking for something. Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. Frowning, ire leaves her alone, climbs out of bed, and reluctantly puts on her clothes. ¡°Mrs. Howard, it is time for breakfast.¡± A maides to ire¡¯s side and whispers, but her face is defiant. ¡°All right.¡± ire nods, ignoring the maid¡¯s disdain, and, after washing up, follows her down the stairs with a nk expression. Downstairs, the maids are looking for something too, looking anxious. ire feels confused, frowning, ¡°What are you looking for?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, the maid replies, ¡°We are looking for the master¡¯s jade.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to hear something about Leo so she stops asking. She picks up the milk and drinks it quietly, thinking of her lost piece of emerald green jade, which her father has left her for her family, and where it has gone. She didn¡¯t find itst time in the Bet family, but she must continue to look for it next time. If she doesn¡¯t find, she may be lost it in the hotel on that day... ire Bet¡¯s scalp tingles at the thought of that. ¡°Did you find it?¡± Suddenly, Leo¡¯s voice rings behind ire, with some anxiety. What jade is so important?! ire turns her head and looks at Leo, just as he looks at her. Their eyes meet, and ire Bet turns her head in panic. As she continues to drink the milk, ire remembers that when Leo asked her to please him in front of the people that day, something seemed to fall out of his pocket, like a emerald green jade! Thinking about it, ire hesitates. Would she like to tell Leo? Taking a bite of bread, ire shouts at Leo, ¡°Hey, Leo Howard...¡± Not expecting ire to call himself, Leo turns and stares at her coldly. ¡°I remember you had something that fell on the couch that day, probably on the couch...¡± ire says softly, ¡°Maybe it is your jade.¡± ¡°What if I cannot find it on the couch?¡± Leo Howard looks at ire coldly. ire Bet is taken aback. She is only kind enough to remind him! Chapter 22 Cherish The Jade Of Claire. Chapter 22 Cherish The Jade Of ire. She couldn¡¯t help curling her mouth. ire says, ¡°You could check it. Maybe it¡¯s a jade pendant, maybe it¡¯s not. After all I didn¡¯t look clearly.¡± ¡°You guys, check it out.¡± Leo asks a couple of maids to look around the sofa, then says in a cold voice to ire, ¡°If I cannot find it, ire, you know the consequences.¡± ¡°.....¡± ire is speechless. This Leo...Come on! It¡¯s none of her business! ¡°I find it, I find it!¡± Suddenly, the maid behind ire exims in surprise, then strides toward Loe with something inside her hand, ¡°Master, your jade!¡± Leo grabs back the antique jade, and smiles. Fortunately, he doesn¡¯t lose the little wild cat¡¯s thing. ire is a little surprised. She turns her head to see what the jade looks like, but as soon as she looks over, Leo immediately puts the jade back in his pocket. It is obvious that it isn¡¯t meant to be seen by ire. ire doesn¡¯t speak anything. It is just a jade, as she said earlier that it¡¯s none of her business! Leo is different as he cherishes the jade. He stares coldly at ire, then turns and goes straight upstairs. ¡°I don¡¯t care for it!¡± ire mutters when Leo goes upstairs, feeling puzzled. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. As a result, just as she mutters, a maides in from outside and says to ire, ¡°Mrs. Howard, there are two people at the door looking for you, saying they are your friends.¡± Who looking for her?! Her friends? ire is confused, but at the same time she thinks of Kate and Brynn, who are probably the only two friends she has. They are her best friends. ire has had no friends since her childhood, only Kate and Brynn are closer to her. And Brynn and ire are simr in their background, so the rtionship is deeper. ¡°It is just, I did not tell them the address, I don¡¯t think so they will be here.¡± ire speaks to herself, then stands up and walks toward the door. As she walks out, she sees two familiar figures. ¡°Kate, Brynn, what are you doing here?¡± ire exims with a surprise, rushing forward and embracing them. It turns out that the two beautiful women standing at the door are ire¡¯s best friends -- Brynn and Kate! Both of the people warmly embraced by ireughs and says, ¡°ire, we have not seen you for a long time.¡± ¡°Yes, I miss you so much!¡± As she pulls the two women toward the room, ire asks confusingly, ¡°How did you find this address?¡± ¡°Come on! With your husband¡¯s reputation and his big house, who can not find it? We can not go wrong ce with our eyes closed!¡± The woman named Kate stares at ire with a smile and some mischief in her voice. ire is stunned and doesn¡¯t know what to say, so she smiles and says perfunctorily, ¡°Well, okay.¡± As three women walks toward the living room, Kate and Brynn looks around, sighing as they see the costumes in the vi. Especially Kate, who holds ire¡¯s hand in envy, says, ¡°ire, you definitely married a right person. This house is so luxurious, you will not have to worry about food and drink for the rest of your life, hahaha...¡± ire smiles reluctantly, but she is not at all happy to think of Leo, the crazy demon. ¡°Hey, ire, where is your husband...¡± Just as Kate is asking, ire sees Leo, who is down the stairs. Kate screams, ¡°Wow, ire, your husband is so handsome!¡± Brynn, who is less excited than Kate, pushes ire and says, ¡°ire, will not you introduce your husband to us?¡± ¡°Um...¡± ire bites her lip and feels awkward. Her rtionship with Leo is not good, even if she wants to introduce, Leo is certainly not cooperating, what does she can do now?! ¡°Hi, mydies.¡± Just as ire is in a quandary, Leo himself hase and smiles politely to them. ire looks up in surprise at Leo and wonders what he is going to do! He doesn¡¯t like me, does he? Why is he being so polite to my friends? Just as ire is surprised, Kate and Brynn shake hands with Leo and make a brief self-introduction. ¡°Please sit down.¡± Leo keeps smiling from beginning to end, very gentlemanly. ¡°Yes, thank you.¡± Kate says, pulling ire, smiling, ¡°Your husband is so polite, hahaha, I think such rich people will not pay attention to us, ire, you have a really worthy marriage!¡± ... ire doesn¡¯t know what to say. She doesn¡¯t know what Leo is thinking. She follows, looking at Leo, Kate and Brynnughing and chatting. After a while, Leo seems to remember something, and he says, ¡°Excuse me, it suddenly urs to me that I still have thepany things to deal with, I can¡¯t entertain you, let ire have a good time with you!¡± He says, and walks up the stairs. Kate and Brynn nods hurriedly and says, ¡°It is all right.¡± At the moment when the two women returns to talk to ire, no one has noticed that Leo¡¯ face suddenly bes expressionless. As he walks up the stairs to the room and closes the door, Leo draws back his smile in his face, his smile bes bloodthirsty, sly and cruel. ire, on the other side, is dumbfounded and wondering why Leo is suddenly so polite. Kate and Brynne over and say with a smile, ¡°How lucky you are that your husband is not only handsome but also so nice.¡± ire just waves her hand, no words, no objections, and no answers. For so long, ire simply takes the conversation elsewhere and begins catching up with her friends. Three girls together have a lot of talk, after all, they are ymates from childhood to grow up and they know all embarrassing things of each other, so they can y jokes without limits. ¡°Do you remember when ire was little, she wore a scarf all day long, always thinking she was a nobledy? At that time, Brynn and I did not care, we thought of you as a silly girl, and today your dreames true, ire.¡± Kate says,ughing again. Chapter 23 Feeling Embarrassed To Beg Leo Chapter 23 Feeling Embarrassed To Beg Leo Brynn also makes asional remarks, listening to Kate joking with ire. ¡°Well, now you just y jokes with me? Who used to go around all day long with sticks and tell people that she was going to be a hero? Who would not believe you are a strong woman now?¡± ire looks at Kate and could not helpughing. ¡°What! Why are you still talking about the things ten years ago! I am already on my way to being a fair maiden, all right?¡± Kate jumps up in a hurry and wishes that Brynn could support her, but Brynn just shakes her head and smiles, ¡°You two have a good argument, I am neutral.¡± ire is surprised. She nces at Brynn inadvertently and feels something is wrong with Brynn today. Without thinking much, several people continue to chat, and time passes quickly. ire feels it doesn¡¯t take very long, but finds that it is toote. Kate also says with dry mouth and drinks some water before leaving, so ire takes the two women to the door. Kate goes to the door, taking Brynn¡¯s hand, and says to ire, ¡°BYE!¡± After that, Kate is about to leave, but Brynn falters, as if she has something to say. This confuses both of them, and Kate asks incredulously, ¡°What is wrong, Brynn?¡± Brynn thinks, and suddenly says, ¡°Kate, you go back first. I have something to say to ire.¡± Kate, ncing at Brynn with a t face, seems a little angry and says, ¡°Well, what secret don¡¯t you have told me?¡± Kate says so, but she is so careless and nods her head and smiles, adding, ¡°Well, I am a generous person, so you two talk your secret. I am going home to bed. Brynn, ire, good night.¡± says Kate and leaves. After Kate leaves, ire pulls Brynn. She doesn¡¯t know what Brynn is going to do, but feels something in her heart. ire smiles and says, ¡°Kate is as careless as she used to be, but now her mind is sometimes refined.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Brynn nods perfunctorily and says, ¡°Let us go inside.¡± As soon as the two women enter the room, Brynn bes very nervous. She takes ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°ire, you must help me this time!¡± Says, even in her eyes also raise tears. ire quickly sits down with Brynn and says, ¡°Don¡¯t worry. What is the problem? Today I see something is on your mind. Is that your stepmother who is making trouble for you?¡± Brynn nods and says, ¡°She kicks me out of the house. What am I going to do?¡± says Brynn, sitting aside, sobbing softly. Brynn, like ire, has a terrible stepmother. Probably because they are in the same situation, ire usually takes care of Brynn. ire thinks and asks, ¡°Where do you live now? How can I help you?¡± ire doesn¡¯t expect that Brynn is sobbing to say, ¡°I am homeless now, ire. Can I stay with you for few days?¡± It was not surprising that Brynn doesn¡¯t know the true situation about ire, but it gives ire a shock. In her rtionship with Leo, it is... ¡°ire, is it not convenient for you? What am I supposed to do?¡± Brynn stammers. Looking at Brynn, ire bites her lip and doesn¡¯t know how to refuse. After thinking about it, she holds Brynn¡¯s hand and says, ¡°Brynn, don¡¯t worry, I understand your situation. Okay, I will talk to Leo about this, okay? After all, we are just getting married, and this is his house, and I have to hear his opinion, don¡¯t you think so?¡± Brynn nods at once. ire asks Brynn to sit in her room for a while, then about to go out to find Leo, but she hesitates again and again. Brynn also notices that ire seems a little nervous, and tentatively asks, ¡°Will your husband let me stay?¡± ire naturally knows that Brynn is sensitive enough to sense something is wrong, so she pats her hand and says consolingly, ¡°Brynn, don¡¯t worry, I will make sure you will stay!¡± With that in mind, Brynn relieves, takes ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°ire, please.¡± ire bites her lip. Leo is so abusive to her that she doesn¡¯t know what Leo is thinking about, but for Brynn, she has to try. Thinking so, ire takes a deep breath, knocks on Leo¡¯s door and pushes it open and walks in. ¡°Just say, what is the matter? Why are youing to me? You are not going to beg me for anything, are you?¡± Leo sneers, coldly speaking to ire. ire looks up at him in surprise. How does he... how does he know she has something to ask him?! With her head down, ire says hesitatingly, ¡°Well... can you let Brynn stay here for a few days? She is really homeless...¡± ¡°Give me a reason for her to stay.¡± Leo speaks coldly. He doesn¡¯t really need to know why Brynn wants to stay. He just wants ire to beg him. ire, who doesn¡¯t know what to say, wrings her fingers and says uneasily, ¡°Help her, Brynn, she is really... really pathetic, and besides, she is my best friend!¡± ¡°That is your reason? ire, you know, my house is not a relief station.¡± Leo sneers, somewhat disdainful. Leo¡¯s reply chills ire¡¯s heart, and when she is overwhelmed and tries to retreat, she hears a sneer from Leo and says, ¡°But it is okay for me to keep her...¡± ¡°Really?¡± ire immediately raises her head and her eyes are full of anticipation. ¡°Mm-hmm, but I have one condition!¡± Leo squints dangerously. ire frowns and raises a scary feeling in her heart, but still asks, ¡°What is the condition?¡± Anyway, she is going to have to fight for Brynn. Leo seems pleased with ire¡¯s answer, with a smile on his lips, but the words he uttered are cold, ¡°It¡¯s not too hard, you just have to use your body to please me until I feel satisfied.¡± ¡°Please you?¡± ire¡¯s face is pale, and the tone of her voice suddenly stiffens, ¡°It is impossible!!¡± Chapter 24 Manic, Leo Out of Control Chapter 24 Manic, Leo Out of Control As soon as she says it, ire feels the cold atmosphere around Leo She feels a little nervous She wants to say something but stops Leo says in a cold voice, ¡°If you don¡¯t want to do that, just go away, you don¡¯t need to present to be a pure virgin Don¡¯t I know who you are?¡± ¡°You...¡± ire tries to argue with Leo, but when she thinks of Brynn, she is ovee, ¡°Well, can we change another condition? Anything in addition to this is okay!¡± ¡°Please me, or leave, and let your friends go away too!¡± Leo suddenly bes furious He doesn¡¯t expect ire to respond to his scolding ire starts back a couple of steps, but atst, after a long struggle of thought, shees forward, clenching her coat and biting her lip, and says, ¡°I...I promise you, but you must let Brynn stay here...¡± ¡°Oh...¡± Leo¡¯s eyes suddenly freezes ¡°ire, you are good Now you finally admit you are a slut?¡± Hearing Leo¡¯s words, ire just wants to dash out the door, but for Brynn, her best friend, she couldn¡¯t resist When he sees ire not leaving, Leo bes furious He walks up to ire, grabs her wrist and throws her to the bed ire clenches her teeth and feels Leo press up She hastily closes her eyes and dares not open them, allowing Leo to do anything But how Leo could be satisfied, he says in a cold voice, ¡°Make loud sexual moans!¡± ¡°..¡± The answer is silence ire ignores the words of Leo, biting her lips and not opening her mouth Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. Leo suddenly fuck her harder without any forey, his voice is cold, ¡°ire, I want you to please me! Now, make loud sexual moans for me, so that your friends will stay!¡± ire¡¯s tears had no reason to fall down, and she would never have promised Leo otherwise, but today for Brynn, she has to open her mouth and make a low moan ¡°You are a slut!¡± Leo is extremely furious and fucks ire hard Atst he says in a cold voice, ¡°I agree to your request.¡± So he calls the maid and tells them to pack up a room for Brynn ire copses on the bed with pale face, and powerless to scold Leo for being shameless But after all, ire is relieved, watching Leo order someone to clean up Brynn¡¯s room Just as ire is feeling a little sad for herself, he suddenly holds her chin in one hand Leo looks down at her, ¡°You should be happy that your efforts are worthwhile, at least your friends are staying here, right?¡± His tone is marked by ridicule and contempt If it is not for Brynn today, she would never have agreed to Leo¡¯s request Leo, still making fun of ire, looks down at her ¡°Next time you please me, you should fit in, or it will not be so easy!¡± ¡°Never again!!¡± ire is tiring not to see Leo again and turn her back ¡°Never again?¡± Leo scorns, ¡°Don¡¯t you see who you are, how dirty! You are not even a virgin but is a slut! That¡¯s all right There will always be times when you need to beg me!¡± ire, flushed with anger, sees Leo dressed, so she gets up and puts on her clothes, ready to leave Leo¡¯s taunts rings out, ¡°ire, when are you going to put down your so-called self-esteem? If you cannot make it, make sure you tell me in advance.¡± ire doesn¡¯t look at Leo, dresses up, and walks straight out of the room, embarrassed, angry, humiliated, miserable, heartache.. ire¡¯s tears falls for no reason..... However, she doesn¡¯t notice that his face is gloomy after she turns away As he sweeps everything from the coffee table to the floor, Leo is furious and punches the wall with a gloomy look ¡°ire, you damned woman, how proud are you to pretend to be a virgin until now? Damn it!¡± Leo is angry, and tonight, without even noticing himself, he is out of control for no good reason .. ire goes downstairs in such a muddle She dresses up and looks back at Leo¡¯s door, which is closed, before she goes to Brynn with a smile on her face Brynn sits in her room waiting anxiously for ire, and she hurries forward when she sees ire coming ire says, ¡°Brynn, don¡¯t worry You can stay here.¡± After that, she smiles at Brynn Brynn is also pleased to hear that, but seeing ire looking a little pale, she asks, ¡°ire, what is wrong with you?¡± ¡°I am fine It is nothing I want to go out for a walk You cane with me.¡± says ire, somewhat powerlessly Brynn feels puzzled, but doesn¡¯t refuse and nods So ire takes Brynn out, leaving the Howard¡¯s house, she is in a bad mood, takes Brynn to walk aimlessly, and happens to be walking down the street next to a park It is getting dark as the two women walks into the park ¡°ire, shall we go back?¡± says Brynn ire shakes her head ¡°Brynn, let us walk again I want to be quiet.¡± She actually wants to say something, because she is very upset, really upset At this moment, in the Howard family¡¯s vi Leoes down the stairs, thinking ire would be in the dining room downstairs by now, but it is nobody Frowning, Leo says, ¡°Get ire and her friend downstairs to dinner.¡± Then Leo sits down at the table and hears the maids politely reply, ¡°Master, Mrs Howard and the youngdy are out.¡± ¡°When did it happen?¡± Leo¡¯s face is sombre Chapter 25 Leo’s Worry Chapter 25 Leo¡¯s Worry ¡°Mrs. Howard has been out since she gets out of the master¡¯s room.¡± The maid, rmed by Leo¡¯s reaction, replies quickly. Leo frowns, rubs his temples andughs at himself. Why does he care so much about ire? Where else could that woman go? But almost an hourter, Leo doesn¡¯t see ireing back, and his face goes gloomy. That fucking woman, she doesn¡¯t run away, does she? Thinking of that, Leo finally ms his fist on the table. ¡°Everybodyes out! If you cannot find Mrs. Howard, you don¡¯t have toe back!¡± ... On the other side of the park, ire and Brynn sit by. ¡°ire, let us go back. It is toote!¡± says Brynn. ire shakes her head. ¡°Let¡¯s stay a little longer...¡± ire feels sick at the thought of going back and seeing the face of Leo and the sneering smile! Just then, the sky suddenly begins to rain, and there is a tendency to rain heavier. ire and Brynn are stunned. Before they could respond, and the whole person bes soaked. Looking out in the dark and heavy rain, Leo¡¯s mood bes more agitated, and his face grows darker when people around him said that they could not find ire. But at this small ce, where can ire go? Thinking of that, he lets a person continue to look for her, and he takes someone to go another way to find her by himself. ire and Brynn are running in the rain at the moment, trying to find a ce to hide, but they are getting soaked. ire holds Brynn¡¯s hand and runs straight ahead, when ire feels an empty hand and finds that Brynn has fainted. ¡°Brynn! Brynn!¡± ire quickly crouches down to check Brynn¡¯s condition, but Brynn doesn¡¯t react at all, which scares ire. ire clenches her fist, carries Brynn on her back and trudges forward. The rain doesn¡¯t stop at all, ire walks more slowly with Brynn on her back. ire is not feeling well. Because she is in the rain, her head is a little groggy, and she would have fainted if there is not Brynn on her back. ¡°Oh! My god.¡± All of a sudden, ire loses her bnce and falls straight forward, and Brynn falls forward with her inertia, too! It happens to be a hillside road in the park, which ire doesn¡¯t notice, and with the inertia, she and Brynn rolls down the hill. The more lethargy of her head and the exhaustion of her strength make ire feel so tired that her eyelids could not be opens and she faints. Not knowing how long it was before ire finallyes to herself, she looks around. The rain has stopped, Brynn is not far away. ire hurries over and looks at Brynn, who is still unconscious. Her breathing is fortunately stable! ire is suddenly relieved, and she looks up at her surroundings. It seems that they are still in the park just now. As ire thinks about how to leave with Brynn, a shlight shes ahead. ¡°Mrs. Howard!¡± She doesn¡¯t know who is shouting, but ire¡¯s side is illuminated by a lot of shlight lights. ire is a little ufortable for a moment, and she rubs her eyes and crumples up to see that it is Leo. ire has not reacted yet, and here Leo hase fast. Looking around, and looking at ire, only to see her wet body and her beautiful figure all exposed. Leo sneers, ¡°I can¡¯t believe you have this kind of interest. Want to spend the night here? I don¡¯t mind fucking you here.¡± ire gets angry and says, ¡°Leo, can you see clearly? This is because I identally fell, just rolled to here!¡± Leo then looks at ire, who is difited, only to see that her clothes are stained with grass and mud on the ground, and that there are several bruises on her arms. But Leo, who doesn¡¯t have a soft spot for the beauty, frowned at ire for a long time before saying, ¡°As my wife, ire, you should know who you are. It is an insult to be so difited. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. It is really gross.¡± ¡°Hmm, difited? Am I embarrassed? I am not embarrassed than you sent me to the auction to be butchered!¡± ire is momentarily irritated and stands up yelling at Leo. She really wants to know why the man in front of her really hates her, to insult her again and again, and her own mother! Leo feels pins and needles in his scalp. ¡°ire, you had better learn to be well-behaved and not touch my bottom line.¡± His voice is so cold that the servants around him shudder so hard to breathe. Then, Leo tells the others directly, ¡°You take Mrs. Howard and her friends back to rest.¡± Then, without looking at ire, he turns away. As soon as they get home, Brynn is taken to her room. Leo looks at ire and says, ¡°Come with me.¡± ire is scary, wondering if she has touched Leo¡¯s bottom line and he is angry. But on second thought, what is more shameless than what Leo did? He did the shameless things, why did not he let her talk about that? Leo walks straight into the room without turning back. ire follows hesitantly and enters the room. Before she could look up at Leo, she hears his voice overhead, ¡°Take off your clothes.¡± ire, stunned and pale, steps back and turns to run. As a result, Leo strides up, pulls ire and jerks her onto the bed. Then It turns out he is on top of her. ¡°You don¡¯t want to take it off? I will take it off for you.¡± Leo¡¯s impassive voice rings in her ear, and he frowns as he sees the wet clothes on her body. ire startles, quickly ps at Leo and shouts, ¡°Leo! What are you going to do?¡± Chapter 26 Flirting Chapter 26 Flirting ¡°Are you kidding me? You are my wife, what I am doing is my right!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire gasps. ¡°Don¡¯t touch me!¡± Leo, who is toozy to exin, yanks all of ire¡¯s clothes open and grabs the towel on the nightstand and wipes the water on her body. When he finishes, he pulls the covers over her and tells someone to bring ire a new dress and a nightgown. However, ire is so tired that she is asleep when the maid brings the clothes for her. Leo, ncing at ire, who is asleep, frowns, but doesn¡¯t say anything. He asks the maid to carefully dress ire¡¯s pajamas and then leaves her room, leaving ire to sleep peacefully in her room. ire has not had such a good night¡¯s sleep since she marries Leo. The next morning, after daybreak, ire wakes up from her sleep. Thinking about what happenedst night, ire is a little confused. Leo is going to bully her. He took off her clothes, but then, somehow, she seemed to be asleep! Shaking her head sharply, ire doesn¡¯t think much of it, sees the new dress already on the nightstand, and takes it and goes into the bathroom. When she is taking a shower, ire thinks of what happenedst night. She is afraid and doesn¡¯t know what happened to Brynn. She is really worried. After a brief cleaning in the bathroom, ire thinks of going downstairs to get something to eat and then going to Brynn¡¯s room to have breakfast with her. However, as she is getting ready to go downstairs, ire suddenly hears what seems to be a small moan in the living room downstairs. She is shocked and goes down stairs quickly. Standing on the stairs and looking down, suddenly, ire almost falls straight down, and in the living room, Leo and Brynn are doing something ambiguous... Brynn sits astride Leo. Loe throws one arm around Brynn¡¯s waist, and one hand holds her chin. The two guys are in a very ambiguous pose. Brynn smiles charmingly and she feeds Leo fruit. ire rubs her eyes again and even squeezes herself to see if she is dreaming. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. She hurriedly covers her mouth in surprise, after she makes sure that it is Leo and Brynn. Oh, my God! What did she see... Her best friend, and her husband... ire sits down at the top of the stairs. Her body is trembling and she copses, tears falling down her eyes. ¡°Why? Why are you doing this?¡± ire leans against the railing and feels unable to ept it for a moment, but it is true! Just then, a thing rushes into her mind. ire suddenly remembers the scene yesterday when she went to ask Leo to let Brynn stay. Leo forced her to please him. She did not agree. Suddenly he said, ¡°Don¡¯t you think about your friend? Well, your friend seems to be more obedient than you.¡± ¡°What did you say?¡± ire did not respond for a moment. ¡°I said, if I asked your friend to please me, she would be more obedient than you...¡± Leo jokes. ¡°Is it because of what happened yesterday...?¡± murmurs ire, looking down at Leo, who is holding Brynn so tightly. Then a judgment is in her mind. ¡°It must be! Leo, I think you has been kind enough to take Brynn in. I don¡¯t think you have the audacity to force Brynn, you son of a bitch!¡± ire is furious at the thought that Leo has done something to Brynn. And over there, after the fruit feed, Brynn just gets off Leo. ire steps down the stairs before she could get angry. Brynn sees ire walk down the stairs, turns around, smiles at ire, as if nothing has happened, and says, ¡°ire, how did you get up sote? I remember you usually wake up early, and you are not ufortable, are you?¡± ire is startled to think that Brynn has been so calm, so flusteres, that she could see nothing at all. ire trusts her friend so much that she looks at Leo, who has a creepy smile on his face. So this confirms her belief that Leo must have forced Brynn! Thinking of it, ire smiles and symbolically answers Brynn¡¯s words, ¡°It¡¯s nothing, I was got wet in the rainst night and had a fever, so I got upte this morning!¡± Brynn looks at ire again and asks, ¡°Since you have a fever, would you like to go back to sleep?¡± She sits next to ire and shows her concern. While Leo stares at ire, smiling, but no words. ire ignores Leo and smiles, ¡°It¡¯s okay.¡± ¡°But you don¡¯t look so good.¡± Brynn naturally doesn¡¯t expect that ire have witnessed her actions just now, so she is not on her guard. ¡°Mr. Howard, I don¡¯t think ir looks very well. Why don¡¯t you take her to the hospital for an examination? I have heard that you have a doctor on duty every day in the hospital.¡± Brynn¡¯s seriousness and concern makes ire more convinced that Brynn is innocent. Leo, however, shrugs and says as if none of his business, ¡°She is aware of her physical condition. You don¡¯t have to worry too much! She is my wife. I will not let anything happen to her!¡± ire is dismissive of his words, but she doesn¡¯t say anything because Brynn is here. In fact, if Brynn were not here, Leo would not have said that, his gentleness is shown to outsiders, so ire simply doesn¡¯t care. ¡°I am all right, but are you all right? Brynn, why did you suddenly pass outst night? It scares me. You should go to the hospital right now.¡± After that, ire looks at Leo again. Brynn smiles and says, ¡°Don¡¯t worry too much. I am fine, probably because I have no appetite these days. I don¡¯t want to eat, so I have hypoglycemia.¡± Chapter 27 Who Was the Man That Night? Chapter 27 Who Was the Man That Night? Brynn waves to ire and tell her not to worry. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. But ire is more worried and says, ¡°Let us go and see a doctor. What if there are somethings else besides hypoglycemia? Right here, Leo can have the doctor give you a full checkup.¡± Brynn refuses again, but eventually is persuaded by ire, so she says yes. Leo doesn¡¯t refuse, and he orders his own doctor to wait for him in the hospital, and then drives Brynn to the hospital. ire is relieved to get back in her room when she sees Brynn¡¯s going to be okay. The matter between her and Leo will be solvedter. Thinking this, it suddenly urs to ire that Brynn has always been afraid to go to the hospital, and that she or Kate has been there with her before. So she worries and goes to the hospital by taxi. Leo and Brynn are already at the hospital, so ire gets out of the car and asks the nurse at the door where Leo is. ire hurries upstairs. The nurse says they are in the endocrinology department on the third floor, but she doesn¡¯t know in which room they are, so ire runs to the third floor, looking for Leo and Brynn. All of a sudden, ire hears a movement in the next ward, a feeling simr to the one she has heard on the stairs before. It is a small moan. ire startles, goes over to the window and tries to look inside. Seeing only the mess in the inner ward, the clothes are thrown out, ire looks back at the bed, and she takes a deep breath. She sees Brynn and Leo lying in bed, naked... This carnal scene... ire is shocked. All of a sudden, Brynn¡¯s loud moan is heard by ire. ire, who has been so distracted, could just response. She looks inside the room again, and her anger res up. Beyond endurance, ire pushes open the door of the room and goes in, shouting, ¡°What the hell are you doing?¡± Leo and Brynn stops and turns their heads in the direction of ire. There is not much expression on Leo¡¯s face, a faint look, but Brynn is a little surprised. ire is gnashing her teeth and ignoring the mess inside the room for a moment, says in a muffled voice, ¡°Brynn, you go out first. I need to talk to Leo.¡± Brynn nods hurriedly, dresses herself and goes out. When Brynn leaves, irees forward, looking coldly at Leo and gnashing her teeth. Leo also looks at her coldly, speechless. ¡°What do you want to do? Will not it be enough to hurt me, and you want to hurt Brynn?¡± ire asks angrily, almost shouts. But Leo shrugs and doesn¡¯t react, just sneers at her and wait for what she would say. ire gets even angrier when he doesn¡¯t talk, ¡°What? Am I right? Do you really want to hurt all the people around me? Do you understand that you are my husband and we are legally married!¡± Legally married?! Leo could not helpughing in his heart. ¡°So? What exactly do you want to say?¡± Leo smiles, and asks provocatively. Leo likes to see ire get angry. She is distraught. ire is shocked. This Leo is so shameless! ¡°So, you are a married man, you have an affair with the best friend of your wife, do you know what you are doing?¡± The air in the room seems to congeal. Looking at ire¡¯s indignation, Leo doesn¡¯t exin anything but finds it amusing. ¡°What? Will my ¡®wife¡¯e and please me with her friend together?¡± Leo says, with his lips crossed, and his voice is full of frivolity. ire grinds her teeth and shudders. ¡°You, you are shameless! How could you be so shameless!¡± Leo approaches ire, strikes her cheek, and says, ¡°Well, you can rece your friend...¡± His hands begin to touch ire. ire shouts, ¡°Leo! You scum, do you know what ethics is?¡± Who has known how many times she has killed him if she can kill him? But what in response to ire is his sneer. Leo growls angrily, ¡°How dare you say that to me, ire? You are not a virgin yet. What qualifies do you have to say such self-respecting things to me? Well, why don¡¯t you tell me to whom you gave your first sex night?¡± ire, pale and embarrassed, could not say that she has been sold her first sex night by her stepmother. She escaped but her first sex night is still taken away by another stranger? ¡°I... I don¡¯t know who he is...¡± ire bites her lip. The man that night, she did not even see his face. Leo is taken aback. ¡°You made love with someone and you don¡¯t know who you made love with? ire, how leching you are, do you think I would believe your exin? Hmm, you are just a slut!¡± ¡°It is your business to believe it or not. I have exined it, and I don¡¯t want to say it anymore!¡± She doesn¡¯t mean what happened that night, and for that man, she doesn¡¯t want to talk about it at all. Leo is annoyed by her words. And he grabs her jaw and says angrily, ¡°You made love with someone and you did not even know who he was? I really underestimated you. It seems that I am right to send you to the auction.¡± ire is flushed and embarrassed by the cynicism of Leo, but could not refute it at all. So simply shut up and keep her head down and stop talking. Looking at ire, Leo is distraught at the thought that she was not a virgin and that shey beneath other men. Chapter 28 Give Your Friend Salary Chapter 28 Give Your Friend Sry Pressing down his anger, Leo stares coldly at ire and suddenly says, ¡°What you see is not necessarily true. I really doubt what you have been doing all these years. You¡¯re a fool? What do you know about your friend? How fool you are so your best friend is so uninhibited that she seduces her best friend¡¯s husband?¡± ire is taken aback. ¡°You mean that Brynn seduced you first? Are you kidding me, do you think I am so gullible?¡± Leo snorts. He just reminds her about that and he doesn¡¯t care to exin anything to her. So he just says softly, ¡°Believe it or not. It is your business.¡± He stops talking and decides to get dressed and leave. ire clenches her lip and looks at Leo for a while. Then she says suddenly, ¡°Give me your wallet!¡± Leo turns his head and looks at her questioningly, but without any hesitation, he throws his wallet directly at ire. He doesn¡¯t know what she is trying to do and doesn¡¯t care. ire takes the wallet, and says in a low voice, ¡°I will go and pay your sex partner outside the door!!¡± ire walks out of the room, looking up at Brynn who is bewildered in the hallway. Looking at Brynn¡¯s face, ire ponders, thinking that Brynn is her best friend from childhood. Would she really betray me? ire is confused in her head. then she goes forward. On Brynn¡¯s side, however, when she sees ire, she runs away in the opposite direction, as if she has met the ghost. ire hurries up and shouts, ¡°Brynn, don¡¯t leave. I have something to say to you.¡± Brynn stops and turns to ire. ire hasn¡¯te yet to say anything, just listen to Brynn cry out, ¡°ire, I am sorry, I should not have done that with your husband, but... you have to believe me, it is not my choice, Leo... Leo forced me!¡± At Brynn¡¯s words, ire is somehow unhappy, but her face is still calm, and she takes a pile of cash out of Leo¡¯s wallet and dumps it on Brynn. ¡°ire, why are you doing this...?¡± Brynn turns pale. ¡°This is your reward.¡± ire says. ¡°It is not easy for a woman to make love with Leo!¡± ire looks at Brynn with a smile that makes Brynn feel a little nervous. Brynn bites her lip, asks, ¡°ire, do you know the truth...?¡± Brynn doesn¡¯t know what Leo has said to ire, but she is nervous and frightened, and sees ire nod, which makes Brynn a little dizzy. ire answers with a sullen expression, ¡°Yes, I know, but, Brynn, I am telling you, Leo is not a good guy, and if you are with him, there is not going to be any good results.¡± After that, ire turns to leave, but she is very sad. She doesn¡¯t realize that she has only put Brynn to the test and has seeded. However, Brynn doesn¡¯t give up, she cries out and exins, ¡°ire, listen to me, it is really not what you think it is. Leo and I are innocent. He forced me. I... I fought back all the time, and then you came, and I swear I don¡¯t lie to you!¡± ire nods, but is still reluctant to remain here, and just walks away. Seeing ire is leaving, Brynn¡¯s pity face suddenly changes. She bes fierce, looking at the distant figure of ire, and she mutters coldly, ¡°ire, we will see the results!¡± ... Feeling a little ufortable, ire leaves the hospital thoughtfully and walks straight toward the taxi. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Then Leo follows. He grabs ire¡¯s hand, pulls her straight into his car, and then closed the door. ire is not surprised that Leo follows her. Taking a snort and holding back the pain in her heart, ire knew all along when she saw the sex scene of Brynn and Leo in the ward from the window. Brynn said she was coerced and she did not want to do that. But if she did resist, she would never have seen that kind of scene. So there is only one answer, and that is what Leo said is credible, and Brynn lied to her. ire is never ambiguous in the rtionship with others, but she is reluctant to ept being cheated and teased by a childhood friend. After getting in the car, ire tosses his wallet back to Leo, doesn¡¯t say anything to him, so she closes her eyes and pretends to sleep. Leo, ncing at ire, sneers sarcastically, ¡°What, is it time to be a virgin again? Or do you miss your friend, or do I need to take you back to the hospital? Or do you want her to marry me?¡± Leo, a business genius and mobster, has the outstanding intelligence and resourcefulness. He understands that ire just said she did not believe in him but actually believed in him in the heart. So she has said those words to Brynn. Leo is pleased with ire¡¯s performance. This woman looks self-respecting, whether it is real or fake. But she is smart enough to analyze things so calmly. ire, hearing the irony of Leo, sneers, ¡°You don¡¯t need to irritate me with Brynn anymore. I am not as casual as you are!¡± Then, as ire looks out the window, she suddenly adds, ¡°Besides, I did not marry you willingly, you forced me to marry you.¡± After that, Leo pulls ire closer to him and orders the driver to stop. Because of inertia, ire is pulled to Leo¡¯s side. Two people look at each other, but this time is not as awkward as thest time. Leo looks at ire in front of him and sees her staring at him,ughing, ¡°Why are you looking at me so intently? Are you afraid I will marry Brynn?¡± Chapter 29 I Did Not Marry You Willingly Chapter 29 I Did Not Marry You Willingly ire tries to escape, but she is held in by Leo¡¯s hands. And Leo forces her to look at him. ire instinctively struggles with thepulsion of Leo. But he doesn¡¯t go too far, just grabs her waist. For ire, such a touch is terrifying. She is scared and struggling to dodge. At that moment, a phone call breaks the tense atmosphere. ire¡¯s cell phone is ringing! ire picks up the phone in a hurry, but when she sees the name on the caller ID, she is stunned and froze. Leo is surprised by ire¡¯s reaction. Just when he is wondering, irees back to her mind, grabs the phone and answers the call. Without many words on the phone, ire hangs up after a few simple responses and then she says to Leo, ¡°I want to get out!¡± ¡°Why?¡± Leo squints and asks, he doesn¡¯t see who the caller was, but his gut tells him it is unusual. ire doesn¡¯t exin much, but simply says, ¡°A friend asked me out for dinner.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t show his distrust and says, ¡°Then tell me where you are going to and I will send you there.¡± When she hears this, ire jumps into a panic and says, ¡°No, no, you go home first. I will be right back after dinner.¡± After that, ire jumps out of the car, turns to a taxi and leaves. Leo stares at the back of ire, thinking of what has just happened to her, and immediately orders the driver to catch up with ire¡¯s taxi. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ... Even if it is not midsummer time, but the temperature of this city is still high. And the dazzling sun shines on Bryce¡¯s face, but he seems not aware of it. At the moment, he doesn¡¯t think about anything, and could not take care of anything else, but waits quietly and anxiously for ire¡¯s arrival. Bryce lowers his head and looks at the photo in his hand. It is ire and Bryce who smile very happy in the picture. The waiter hase several times to ask Bryce what he wants, but he just shakes his head and has no time to worry about anything else, just trying to recall the past. This is a coffee shop called ¡°Carving Time¡±. The decoration is not gorgeous from the outside, but the sign at the door broke into the eyes of Bryce, who chose to meet ire here because of the advertisement in the cafe. Only to see a piece of board on the door. There is a piece of white paper, above which written a few lines of words: Are you stuck in a memory. Do you want to give up something but can not bear it? Are you in the middle of fog? Taste this coffee called ¡°memory¡±. It will let you remember that there was once a person who gives you anything for no return! ¡°ire, I hope this ss of ¡®memory¡¯ will remind you of the time we spent together.¡± Bryce sighs and says to himself. He nces at the fancy watch on his wrist and thinks ire is almost arriving. As soon as ire gets out of the cab, she meets Bryce and doesn¡¯t expect him to wait for her at the door of cafe, instead of inside the cafe. They walk side by side into the cafe. ire raises her head and looks quietly at Bryce, a very handsome and gentle man, who has handsome eyebrows, deep eyes, clean hair and fine bangs. Today, Bryce is wearing a navy blue suit, tall and straight, looking very energetic, which makes ire, who has not seen him for so long, amazed. Seeing ire¡¯s reaction, Bryceughs. He is here to meet her, and especially he had been preparing this very expensive suit, and he wants ire to see her new look at this moment. Bryce is ire¡¯s confidante and they have been friends since childhood. However, he has not contacted her since he went abroad. How does he know her phone number? That makes ire wonder! As if he has seen what ire is thinking, Bryceughs and says, ¡°It is Brynn who tells me your phone number, so I tries and asks you out.¡± Brynn... All right! ire nods, and Bryce takes a deep breath, orders a cup of coffee called ¡®memory¡¯ to her, ¡°ire, I heard that you are married?¡± Now that Brynn has given her the phone number to Bryce, the other things should have been told to Bryce, too. ire is not surprised by what he said and she nods instinctively. Then suddenly she remembers something. When she was a child, she made an appointment with Bryce. When they grow up, they will get married, have their own children and grow old together. Then she looks up at Bryce¡¯s sad eyes. Bryce¡¯s voice is low and sad. ¡°That¡¯s impossible...ire, we agreed to be together. How can you get married? Is it because I haven¡¯t contacted you? It¡¯s all my fault. It¡¯s all my fault...¡± A persistent apology from Bryce makes ire feel even more embarrassed. ¡°Bryce, listen to me. It is not your fault. It is my choice. It really has nothing to do with you. But now that I am married. I am sorry that I cannot witness our agreement with you!¡± ire apologizes with a sense of guilt. She and Bryce were not couples, but they agreed to be together once. However, Bryce is painful to cover his ears with his head down. He doesn¡¯t want to listen. ire sighs and doesn¡¯t know how to exin. But, just then, Bryce suddenly raises his head. As if he has thought of something, he holds ire¡¯s hand. ¡°You tell me, are you being forced by your step-mother? As long as you say yes, I don¡¯t care, I do not mind!¡± Chapter 30 I Just Want You Chapter 30 I Just Want You ire is taken aback and tries to pull back the hand that Bryce has seized, but when she moves, he holds it tighter and she could not pull it out. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire sighs, looks at Bryce in front of her, and remembers their past and agreement. There is some pain in her heart. Bryce, if it is just because of my stepmother, maybe I would still leave with you now, but it is different. My first sex night, everything about me, includes Leo, all stands between us. I can¡¯t do that... Before ire could answer, Bryce is even more desperate, faced with a terrible pain, but clung to her wrist and refuses to let go. Suddenly, he takes ire from the next seat into his arms. Holding on to ire as she struggles and flees, Bryce says in a sobbing voice, ¡°Give me a hug, ire, give me a hug, please...¡± His voice is low and painful, and ire¡¯s frantic struggling hand suddenly stops, and her heart is in a state of agony. She doesn¡¯t know what to do. But now, Leo, wearing dark sunsses, sees the scene through his car window across the street. He clearly sees the look on ire¡¯s face, which is not the way she looked at him.. And she allowed the man to hold her... Leo is furious and his fists are clenched, ¡°ire, who was so indignant about my affair? What are you doing now?¡± For no reason, Leo feels as if something has been suddenly taken from his heart. He doesn¡¯t like this kind of feeling, which makes him angry, furious. He punches the back of the car chair, stares at the two people in the cafe, and rolls up the window. The driver in front the car sees such an expression of Leo, shudders, ¡°Boss, where are we going next?¡± he asks cautiously. He has never seen Leo get so angry about anything so he is scary. Leo doesn¡¯t answer, but continues to think with his eyes closed. He doesn¡¯t know the man who is holding ire, but intuition tells him that the rtionship between them is not simple. Could he be the man that ire gave the first sex night to?! With that in mind, Leo¡¯s anger grows even more intense as he thought of her lying under that man. He won¡¯t admit that he¡¯s jealous. It is a long time before Leo opens his mouth and says, ¡°Drive!¡± The driver is taken aback and doesn¡¯t know where he is going, so he asks carefully again, ¡°Where are we going, boss?¡± Leo shouts impatiently, ¡°I said drive!¡± The driver is so frightened that he dares not speak any more, and then he has to start the car and leave. ... ¡°ire, I can give you anything you want, as long as youe back to me, okay?¡± Bryce hugs ire and speaks more bitterly. Bryce sees that ire didn¡¯t stop him, so he holds her tightly. ire is shocked to see that he is still so obdurate, immediately vigorously pushes aside Bryce, separates the distance between them. Before Bryce could stand up, ire says, ¡°Bryce, the oath I made with you was just a child¡¯s joke. How can we be serious? I have forgotten, and you should forget it!¡± Bryce hears her words, suddenly shakes his head, ¡°No, ire, that is not a joke, that is a solemn promise I made. The whole life should be spent in fulfilling themitment, how can I forget? How could you forget?¡± ire, who feels extremely sad in her heart, looks at Bryce in front of her. She takes a deep breath, and continues, ¡°So what? As for me, that is a joke, I have married. I am very happy now. What¡¯s more, my husband¡¯s family is very rich. You don¡¯t have any money. He does. Do you understand? I am such a superficial woman!¡± ire says, lowering her head and not daring to look at him. She pretends to be calm, drinks a sip of coffee in front of her, and tries to look like she doesn¡¯t care. ¡°Did you marry him for his money? ire, I know you are not like that!¡± Bryce looks incredulously at ire and shouts with a firm voice. Bryce would never have believed that ire, who had lived with him for so long, would be a money- worshiping girl, and if so, he would never have fallen in love with her. ire doesn¡¯t want to say anything more. She is afraid she would not fit in, so she just stands up and packs up and says, ¡°Sorry, I am going home. My husband¡¯s still at home waiting for me.¡± When she has finished, she turns and leaves without any hesitation. Bryce looks at her back and recalls what she has said. He clenches his fist and ms it on the table. ¡°ire, tell me it is not the real you!!!¡± He doesn¡¯t believe that ire is going to be like that. Absolutely not! He is not going to give up. He is not going to give up ire! Bryce finally calms down. Suddenly, he picks up his mobile phone and makes a phone call. On the other side of the phone is an old, elderly man, ¡°Bryce? Ah, just say, why do you want to call me?¡± ¡°Elder, I promise you, I will carry on the family business!¡± Bryce says it almost through gritted teeth, then closes his eyes, hurt and miserable, but unrepentant. ¡°Ah? Great! You finally change your mind? Well, well, no problem, as long as you are willing toe back, I will send someone to set you up!¡± The old man on the other side of the phone seems very happy. After hanging up the phone, Bryce closes his eyes and he leans to the chair and takes a nap, muttering, ¡°If you like power and money, I can give it to you, all of it. ire, I can give you anything you want, but I just want you...¡± ... On the other side, ire, who leaves the cafe, stops a taxi and goes back to the Howard house. As soon as she gets home, a couple of maidses straight over and surrounds ire. ire feels scary and is covered in her mouth before she could shout, while she is tied up and led into a dark room. Chapter 31 Leo’s Plot Chapter 31 Leo¡¯s Plot The room seems to have been deliberately separated by curtains, and ire is on one side. She is surrounded by darkness, but still dimly visible through the cracks. ire looks around, and there is only one chair, most of which was exactly the same as Leo¡¯s room, so she knows where she is. Damn Leo! ire is about to struggle, but suddenly she hears a small voice, a little moan. She listens, and it is--Brynn! ¡°Aha, it is sofortable...¡± Brynn says vaguely. ire frowns. She doesn¡¯t know what is going on now, but it is definitely Leo¡¯s plot. At the thought of that, ire guesses in her heart, wondering if Leo is trying to get her to recognize Brynn¡¯s true purpose?! So ire calms down, only to hear Brynn start scolding her with insulting words. ¡°Leo, I am telling you, ire, that woman is not a good thing. Don¡¯t be fooled by her appearance.¡± Brynn moans softly as she speaks. ¡°Oh? What is that like? What do you want to say?¡± Leo, with his eyebrows raised, thinks it is funny to magnify his voice so that ire could hear it. ire clenches her teeth, and the pain in her heart could not be described in words. The betrayal of her best friend from her childhood holds her breath. ire keeps silent, trying to hear what Brynn is going to say, which makes her nervous for she knows it is not fake. Seeing Leo interested, Brynn smiles and says, ¡°I have been with her for so long, and I know exactly who she is, and I am sure there is something you want to know.¡± The tone of Brynn¡¯s voice is so ambiguous. And ire could see their movements from behind the curtains, and she is disgusted to see Brynn changing her usual gentleness and embracing Leo. ¡°Why should I ask a stranger about my wife?¡± Leo is so polite that Brynn let her guard down. ¡°Mr. Howard, I am so kind. I¡¯m afraid you are being cheated by that bitch. I don¡¯t care if you don¡¯t want to hear it.¡± Brynn speaks and ire clenches her fist in anger. However, just then, Leo chuckles, and ire understands that Leo is making fun of her,ughing at her ignorance. Brynn thinks that Leo is interested in what she said and immediately begins to say. ¡°Mr. Howard, do you know that ire loves money, very greedy for money?¡± ¡°So what?¡± Leo asks, ¡°What does her greed have to do with me?¡± Brynn says, wriggling somewhat, ¡°ire loves money, greedy for money, so she will marry you. She doesn¡¯t treat you with her sincere mind. She is a bitch. I love you sincerely, and I really want to marry you!¡± When Brynn¡¯s voice falls, ire¡¯s heart feels empty. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. She is truly nauseated by Brynn, but Brynn still continues. ¡°Mr. Howard, do you know that ire have a childhood boyfriend who has been promised a lifetime and might have done something about sex? But, you know? It is because that man has no money that she will marry you!¡± Leo, whose purpose is to induce Brynn to say these things, naturally showing his cooperation, says, ¡°How do you know that?¡± ¡°Hmm, the manes to me and asks for ire¡¯s cell phone number. ire was married, but she still met him. I¡¯m afraid they are making love now.¡± Leo asks, ¡°So, you gave him her cell phone number?¡± Brynn nods. ire bites her lip p and feels cold enough to make her shudder. ¡°Besides, I have had enough of ire!¡± Brynn¡¯s words suddenly became bitter, and before Leo asks why, she grits her teeth and says, ¡°You did not see how excessive she was doing in the hospital today. She threw the money in my face just because she is rich. She did not take me for granted.¡± ¡°So...¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and says in a low voice, ¡°What exactly do you want?¡± Brynn says hastily, ¡°What I want is simple. I want you to divorce ire, divorce that bitch, and marry me, okay?¡± ¡°I am gentler than she is, and I listen to your words more than she does. And I will make love with you, no matter how many times, will you marry me? Why did you marry her instead of me?¡± Brynn sniffles in a low voice, scolding, ¡°Why I am nothing but a concubine? I am better than that bitch! Leo, will you marry me?¡± Her voice is low and almost begging. Leo, however, looks impassive, but with a smile on his lips. Suddenly he gets away from Brynn, stands up and puts on his clothes. Brynn is confused, ¡°Mr. Howard, what is the matter? Am I not doing well enough? It¡¯s all my fault. Give me another chance. I can cheer you up!¡± Then she climbs over and tries to get close to Leo, but when she touches Leo¡¯s clothes, Leo ms her hands and she nearly falls off the bed. Brynn is taken aback, but before she could response. Leo suddenly walks over and pulls open the curtains, the other side of which is ire, who has been tied up. Brynn is startled and screams, covering her mouth with both hands. When Leo unties ire, ire finally looks up. Her eyes scan Brynn coldly, and now she had nothing to say. Leo, ncing at ire without even ncing at Brynn, says with a sneeringugh, ¡°The affection between you two is very good indeed, and in that case I shall not interrupt the reunion.¡± There¡¯s so much irony in Leo¡¯s tone. ire bites her lip and ignores him. Immediately after Leo leaves, Brynn puts on her clothes. ire is silent and doesn¡¯t want to say anything. In the end, ire takes the lead. She sighs and steps forward and asks, ¡°Why?¡± Chapter 32 Betrayal, Indistinct Chapter 32 Betrayal, Indistinct She is just the same as Brynn and has a horrible stepmother, so she always took good care of Brynn and she ends up like this. What Leo said is right. She has never had such a feeling before, which makes ire feel that the woman in front of her, whom she has known for nearly 20 years, is so strange. ¡°ire, listen to me. It is not what you think!¡± Brynn bites her lip and tries to argue. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ire is really angry and interrupts in anger, ¡°Exin? What else are you trying to exin, when I did not see or hear anything? Brynn, I think of you as my best friend, my best friend! And I want to share everything with you. I can¡¯t believe you now... For all these years, you thought ire is so stupid, innocent, easy to fool, didn¡¯t you? Say it!¡± ire grits her teeth and could no longer hold back the tears. Brynn is still thinking about how to exin, or how to deceive ire. Brynn doesn¡¯t realize that ire knew all about it and heard all about it. Then she looks up at her coldly, and burst outughing, ¡°Yes, ire, as what you think, you are an idiot and a fool in my eyes!¡± After that, Brynn bes more brazen. She points at ire¡¯s nose without scruple, and begins to scold, ¡°ire, don¡¯t you really think you¡¯re selfish, that we all have to be around you?¡± ¡°I never thought so!!¡± ire growls that she has no idea she was like this in Brynn¡¯s eyes.. She has always regarded Brynn as her best friend. As this time Brynn wanted to stay, even she discarded her self-esteem, forced and humiliated by Leo, she endured, but did not expect... ¡°Why did Bryce always care about you? And then you identally marry a rich man like Leo? Why, ire, do you know how I¡¯ve envied you and hated you all these years?¡± Brynn sobs and roars. ¡°You hate me? Why do you hate me?¡± ire sneers at the irony, more than she saw Brynn with Leo, naked. ¡°Why can¡¯t I hate you? ire, don¡¯t be silly. I made friends with you these years, just because you can help me. Do you think I¡¯m being sincere with you? That is ridiculous!¡± ire feels sad. It seems that a knife is cutting her heart, ¡°Well, I am stupid... I am stupid...I can¡¯t see the purpose of others...¡± ¡°The purpose of others?¡± Brynn sneers, ¡°ire, don¡¯t make yourself sound so good. I am young and pretty enough. Why can¡¯t I have what you have? I¡¯m no worse than you.¡± ¡°Stop it. I don¡¯t want to hear any more¡­.¡± ire feels so bad, covering her ears. She doesn¡¯t want to hear any more. However, Brynn refuses to stop. ¡°Why can¡¯t I say? ire, I am just jealous of you. You have Bryce and Leo, two perfect men. I have nothing!¡± ¡°You know why I am staying? Why am I going to take your husband? What is more, it is not a robbery at all. It is your own inability to keep an eye on your husband, and you even me me?¡± As Brynn¡¯s words grows worse and worse, especially thest sentence. ire res, ¡°Brynn, do you know what shame is?!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk about shame with me. ire, you¡¯re ipetent. Who else is to me? Are not you tired of pretending to be a perfect woman these years?¡± Brynn gives her a sneer. ¡°Why? Brynn, are you really Brynn?¡± ire couldn¡¯t believe it.. ¡°Hmm, ire, are you a fool? Why don¡¯t you understand? I¡¯ve been pissed at you for a long time!¡± Brynn sneers, ¡°ire, I tell you, if you really regard me as a good friend, just divorce Leo and let me marry Leo. You¡¯re my best friend in that situation. Otherwise, it¡¯s the end of our friendship.¡± ¡°You... Brynn, how could you say that¡­? How could you be so shameless?¡± ire is furious. ¡°What, you don¡¯t want to give me Leo?¡± Brynn frowns, and then thinks for a while, smiling at ire. ¡°ire, I know what you care about is our rtionship. Think about it. You give me Leo. Don¡¯t you still have Bryce? He loves you so much, and besides, you can still live here after your divorce. You¡¯re always wee.¡± ire is stunned for a moment, and then she looks up at Brynn with a cold look. ¡°My affair is not your business. As for me and Bryce, it is not your business!¡± ire says in a cold voice, gritting her teeth. Brynn is shocked. She doesn¡¯t expect that ire didn¡¯t agree to her. She suddenly bes furious, says, ¡°ire, you shameless little bitch, you see, one day I will own Leo!¡± Then she opens the door and leaves. ire bites her lips, stops talking and stares at the door. She stands in the room for a long time, feeling cold and shivering. After a long daze, ire finds a maides in and says, ¡°Mrs. Howard, it is time to have a meal.¡± ¡°What?¡± ire is stunned and then nods. ¡°Okay, I will be right down.¡± After a while, ire walks downstairs to the restaurant and finds two figures, Leo and Brynn. ire just wants to turn away. But then she thinks that this is Leo¡¯s house, and she, ire, is the mistress of this house. Brynn...Who is she? Thinking so, ire clenches her fist and goes straight downstairs. When Brynn sees ireing down, however, sheughs and says, ¡°Oh, ire, you areing down. I am going upstairs to fetch you to dinner.¡± Then she asks ire to sit down as if they are still two good friends, as if nothing has happened before. Chapter 33 Jade Discovered By Brynn Chapter 33 Jade Discovered By Brynn ire looks at Brynn, closes her lips and is very upset. Then she says, ¡°Leo, I want to talk to you.¡± Then she goes to the sitting room next to her. Leo looks at ire, smiles, and follows her. ire turns angrily to Leo and asks, ¡°What does that mean? Why is Brynn still here?¡± But when Leo hears this, heughs in mock surprise, ¡°What? Dis not you cry and beg me to keep Brynn? Have you forgotten how you pleased me in bed?¡± ire¡¯s face turns pale and she is immediately ashamed and indignant. Suddenly she realizes that she has fallen into the trap of Leo. But she is powerless to break free. With her head down and her fingers twisted, ire clenches her teeth. ¡°I don¡¯t know much about her yet, so...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t know much about her?¡± Leo sneers, ¡°You¡¯ve been friends all 20 years, and you don¡¯t know much about her, ire. There is no joke funnier than that.¡± ire looks pale. Leo looks at her, then stops talking and turns away to the restaurant. ire has no choice but to follow him with her head down. As soon as she gets to the restaurant, ire sees Brynn standing by, helping Leo pull up his chair, and then sitting next to him. ire is upset, bites her teeth, but doesn¡¯t show anything.Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Instead, she sits opposite them and eats quietly. At the dinner table, however, Brynn seems to be deliberately giving Leo a dish every now and then in a soft tone. It seems that they look like a married couple for years, making ire ufortable. Just then, Brynnughs and says, ¡°ire, just eat.¡± As if she has suddenly discovered ire. ire clenches her teeth and loses her appetite, ¡°Sorry, I don¡¯t want to eat.¡± Brynn gives a cold snort and says, ¡°I see. You are not satisfied just because it is me who pick that dish for you, so you don¡¯t have appetite.¡± Then she begins to cry again. ¡°ire, is that true that you can¡¯t stand me? What have I done wrong to make you hate me so much?¡± How can there be such a shameless person in this world! ! ! When ire hears this, she gets very angry and ps her hands on the table. ¡°What have you done? Do I have to repeat? I just lose my appetite. Why should you care so much?¡± ¡°Well, don¡¯t you just call me dirty? ire, you¡¯re not innocent, either.¡± Brynn responds, and ire gets even angrier. So she looks at Leo and finds that he has not responds to anything at all. So she gives up talking to Brynn. She takes a deep breath, and goes upstairs. As a result, ire, who has just gone upstairs to her room, hears a knock on the door. It¡¯s the maid of the house, ¡°Mrs. Howard, open the door.¡± ire, her scalp tingling, says, ¡°Come straight in.¡± But when the maides in, she raises her eyebrows at ire and says, ¡°Mrs. Howard, I¡¯m here to get some clothes for Brynn to wear!¡± Brynn again! ¡°Take it yourself.¡± The maid gives a little snort and walks past ire with a disdainful face. She takes some clothes out of the wardrobe, and then suddenly says, ¡°There are some people who can¡¯t hold a man, who have no ability. Why are they still living in this world? What a waste of food.¡± ire takes a fright and bites her lip. The maid¡¯s words sticks to her heart. ¡°Do you want your clothes or not? Get your clothes and get out of here!¡± ire is so angry, she says. Who knows that maid is more brazen. ¡°Hmm, no wonder the master doesn¡¯t like you. I say, a woman like you is just a waste in the world!¡± The maid¡¯s words are even worse, and ire suddenly clenches her fist. ¡°You should understand that I am the mistress of the house! What are you? Figure out your position. You¡¯re not in charge here! Now, get out of here!!!¡± The maid is shocked at this. She was used to seeing ire being submissive, but this frightened her. She dares not say anything at once, and hurries out with her clothes in her arms. On the other side, after dinner, Brynn sneaks into Leo¡¯s room, ¡°Leo, to be honest, I really like you. Could you promise me? Will you marry me?¡± Leo could not help frowning, ¡°Shut up.¡± Brynn has no choice but to close her mouth and sit down to look at Leo quietly. Leo doesn¡¯t even look at Brynn and goes to the bathroom. As Brynn looks around the room, she feels bored and begins to observe, thinking that if she wants Leo to ept her, she should behave in the way he likes. At that moment, the maid knocks on the door andes in, smiling at Brynn, she says, ¡°Miss. Brynn, here is your dressed. Mrs. Howard did not want to give it to you at first, which makes me say a few more words to her. It is a littlete. I am sorry.¡± Brynn looks at the maid in front of her and says, ¡°Thank you. That¡¯s ire¡¯s personality. She¡¯s just a little spoiled. Don¡¯t worry about it.¡± Then she smiles at the maid. The maid looks disgusted. ¡°Mrs. Howard wouldn¡¯t be half as sweet as you are. But this time, it seems that she soon ceases to be Mrs. Howard. Maybe I will call you Mrs. Howard soon.¡± Brynn is very happy to hear this, but doesn¡¯t show it on her face, and she symbolically says a few words to the maid. Then let the maid out. After the maid leaves, Brynn continues to observe what is in Leo¡¯s room. Suddenly, an emerald objectes into her sight. Brynn feels a little bit familiar, and when she picks it up, it is an antique jade pendant. And to her great surprise, Brynn recognizes it as ire¡¯s jade pendant!!! ¡°Isn¡¯t this ire¡¯s jade? What does Leo do with it?¡± Brynn is surprised, mumbles, holding the jade pendant. She knows, normally ire thinks this jade pendant is more important than her life, how can it be here in Leo¡¯s room? Chapter 34 Conspiracy Chapter 34 Conspiracy At that moment, Leoes out of the bathroom, and Brynn is so surprised that she drops the pendant. ¡°Who gives you permission to touch my things?¡± Leo lets out a loud roar and hurries over to pick up the jade pendant, which makes Brynn almost fall to the ground. Leo lifts his head. His eyes are cold, and he res at Brynn, leaving Brynn¡¯s words stuck in her throat. ¡°Leo...¡± Brynn just opens her mouth, is interrupted by Leo, only to hear him roar, ¡°Get out of here!¡± Brynn is shocked, and her body trembles. Her expression is somewhat trance. She could not understand that Leo is not so kind to ire. It seems that they have no feelings at all. But why did he value her jade so much. What¡¯s going on here?! Before Brynn has enough time to think, she hears Leo continue yelling, ¡°Don¡¯t let me say it a third time, get out of here! Now!¡± Brynn has another shock and looks at Leo¡¯s face. She doesn¡¯t hesitate, and immediately leaves his room. When she leaves the room, Brynn lets out a long sigh of relief and whisperes to herself, ¡°I never thought it would be so horrible for Leo to get angry. But, whether Loe loves ire or not? It seems not simple.¡± ... The next morning, ire gets up and finds no one downstairs. Leo and Brynn seem to have disappeared all along. ire thinks that it would be tougher if Brynn and Leo were there. ire smiles as thinking that. After taking a shower, ire changes her clothes and goes downstairs for dinner. It seems like a normal day, but when she finishes her meal, she gets a call from Brynn. ¡°ire... ire, I need you to help me, okay?¡± Brynn on the other side of the phone starts crying, making ire a little confused. ire, who thinks Brynn is calling again about Leo, doesn¡¯t hesitate to say, ¡°What is the matter? Are you going to talk about Leo again?¡± ¡°No, no, no.¡± Brynn says hastily, in a hurry. ¡°ire, my stepmother gambles and loses again. She is looking all over the world for me to get me back. Can you help me? For the sake of all our rtionship of these years, it is wrong of me to covet your husband before. Help me, please!¡± As Brynn¡¯s voice grows louder and dumber with a hint of despair, ire feels queer and softhearted. ¡°Where are you now?¡± ire asks. At that point, however, the other side of the phone is reced by a man¡¯s voice, which is rough and harsh. And that man shouts, ¡°In an hour, without 15 thousand dors, Brynn will die!¡± ire wants to ask some more questions, but the man doesn¡¯t give her a chance. He just gives her the address of the transaction and hangs up the phone. ¡°This......What should I do?¡± ire puts down the phone and hesitates. She is very angry at the thought of all the things Brynn has done to discredit her in front of Leo, but Brynn¡¯s life is at stake, and if she hadn¡¯t saved her... Finally, after thinking about it for a moment, ire makes up her mind to save Brynn. After all, she is a good friend for so long. When she makes up her mind, ire pulls out the bank card from her bag and takes the money, ire goes to the ce of the deal alone. It is a bar. There are a lot of people in it. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire thinks it is a cover, but it seems there is something wrong. However, ire couldn¡¯t wait to get Brynn out as quickly as possible. ire is walking back and forth in the bar, but she couldn¡¯t find anyone who looks like he is waiting for her. At that moment, ire suddenly realizes what she is supposed to have been tricked. As she thinks this, ire hurries out of the bar, but just then a crowd of peoplees up and stops her. The leader of that group is a middle-aged man, ¡°Beauty, don¡¯t leave. I see youe in with such a big box. Why are you leaving? Are you scared? Don¡¯t be afraid, I¡¯ll give you a hug!¡± The man¡¯s words are full of frivolity, which makes ire ufortable. She res at him and says calmly, ¡°I don¡¯t want to be here anymore, so I¡¯m leaving. Please get out of the way.¡± ¡°Well, a pretty girles to the bar and leaves without doing anything? That is a really bad bar service. Come on, girl, sit down and have a drink before you go.¡± Although the man says so, but the tone of the flirtation is very clear. The attendantughed too. ire¡¯s face be gloomy as that man pestered her, ¡°No. Get out of my way.¡± But the manughs more rudely, and he grabs ire¡¯s hand and begins to touch her body. ire struggles, but it is of little use. After a while, it seems as if someone has shouted at that man a little while away, and he immediately let go of ire¡¯s hand. ire sees the right moment and runs away as fast as she could. However, ire doesn¡¯t notice that in the second floor of the bar not far away, there are two people quietly watching everything downstairs and taking photos of everything. And this man and woman are Brynn and the other person on the phone, who are conspiring. As ire trots along, her forehead is covered with sweat, and her hair is a little untidy from her hurry. As she runs, she looks back for fear that the men in the bar might catch up, but they don¡¯t seem to follow which slows ire¡¯s pace. When she is sure that no one is after her, ire takes a deep breath, then hastily takes out her cell phone and calls Brynn. Brynn¡¯s phone, however, is off all the time, and after several more attempts ire sighs and stops trying. Chapter 35 Leo’s Punishment Chapter 35 Leo¡¯s Punishment By this time the sun has set, the temperature is not high; even it is a hint of cool. ire closes her eyes and decides to walk down the street again. ire walks aimlessly down the street after saving her money back at the bank, but it is this aimless walk, however, that lifts her spirits a little over thest few days and puts Brynn and Leo¡¯s troubles behind her. It is almost dark before ire returns to the Howard house. As soon as she enters the living room, she sees Brynn and Leo whispering something. ire is a little fidgety, and when she is about to go upstairs, they see her, too. When Brynn sees ireing back, she looks very nervous. She nods at Leo and hurries off. This makes ire even more confused. She thinks for a moment and goes over, about to say something to Leo, only to see him looking at her with a gloomy face. ire shudders for no reason and is about to say something when Leo suddenly throws the envelope on the coffee table in front of ire. ¡°Look what you have done.¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand. She hesitates, but she picks up the envelope and opens it. There is a pile of pictures inside, and ire takes them out, and as soon as she sees them, she freezes. Leo notices ire¡¯s subtle change and thinks she is guilty. As he thinks so, Leo stands up with more anger and shouts, ¡°You go out to seduce some of these men?!¡± The photo shows the men at the bar flirting with her. However, the photographer has a different purpose. The photo looks like ire is very cooperative with their teasing, and even how to leave behind them is also taken to look ambiguous. ire frowns. ¡°It is... it is not what you think it is. They are threatening me. I was saying no!¡± However, when ire looks at Leo, she can see a contemptuous smile on his face. ¡°So you¡¯re telling me that they touched you and you tried to protect your virginity? ire, do you really think I¡¯m so gullible? You¡¯re more promiscuous than I thought!¡± ire refuses to be so insulted by Leo and tries to exin, but as soon as she gets close to him, he just shakes his hand and pushes her away. ire is pushed to the ground by Leo, and her elbow hits the coffee table. It hurts. ire winces in pain and looks up at Leo, who is very angry, and suddenly remembers that Brynn has been acting very unusual and that Brynn has called her out today. She knows all the things. ¡°You are a slut, a whore, with a pure face, so unwilling to be lonely! So you just go out and find other men. ire, do you think I¡¯m blind? It¡¯s clear in the pictures!¡± Leo roars, angry and irritable. ire, who has tried to exin,ughs at his words. Looking at Leo with a cold stare, ire sniffs, ¡°What if I went out looking for other man? That is not as bad as you and Brynn, doing all that crap in front of me, Leo. You make me sick!¡± ire raises her voice and shouts, as she gives up her exnation. It doesn¡¯t matter what Leo does to her anymore, she doesn¡¯t want to exin! However, it doesn¡¯t ur to her that Leo takes a step forward and grabs ire by the neck. ¡°Oh!...Leo...What are you doing!¡± ire is frightened by Leo¡¯s sudden action. His strength is so strong that her breathing bes difficult. Leo, however, doesn¡¯t mind ire¡¯s reaction. He is even more furious. Leo doesn¡¯t say anything, ire says, ¡°Even if you strangle me...Not at all...Change anything...¡± ¡°Very good! Then I¡¯ll strangle you today!¡± Leo says in a cold voice, the strength in his hands gradually increased. ire is breathing harder and harder. She seems to die. If he wants her to die, she would... Thinking this way, ire closes her eyes and tries to end her pain. Suddenly, she thinks of someone...Dad... Dad? she has not seen dad yet. She can¡¯t die! She is still going to find her dad! Thinking so, ire opens her eyes and begins to struggle vigorously to break free, ¡°Leo... let go of me...¡± ¡°Hmm!¡± Leo sneers, ¡°Did not you just want to die? What? Do you regret it?¡± ¡°I... I was framed by... You have to believe me...¡± ire struggles to exin, ¡°I... I can exin. I... have proof...¡± Leo, after listening to ire¡¯s words, gives a snort and suddenly let go of her hand. ¡°Well, if you say you have proof, then give me proof so that I can believe you.¡± ire takes a long breath, a deep breath, rxes for a while, and says, ¡°I have no proof now, but I promise I will find it! Believe me, I didn¡¯t do those things.¡± As Leo squints dangerously, ire stands by, sweating nervously.Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire doesn¡¯t know how long it will take before Leo finally gets up and says to ire, ¡°I will give you three days, three days before you find the evidence. If you find evidence within three days, you¡¯ll be fine. If not...¡± ire immediately adds, ¡°If not, you can strangle me!¡± After that, she leaves without looking back, leaving Leo sitting alone in the living room. But even Leo himself doesn¡¯t notice that his tight nerves suddenly rx a bit. Chapter 36 Shock, Claire is Smart Chapter 36 Shock, ire is Smart ire goes upstairs still in shock and decides how to find the evidence, only to look up and see Brynn standing on the stairs looking at her. Brynn¡¯s face is as if she¡¯s watching a farce. ire takes a deep breath, represses the anger in her heart, and gives Brynn a cold nce, intending to leave. Brynn stops ire¡¯s step and says with a light smile, ¡°ire, what is the matter with you? I really don¡¯t expect you to be such a person ah. You were so angry with me that day; I think it was a fake. I¡¯ll see what you do with your lie.¡± ire res at Brynn. ¡°Brynn, I never find you are so cruel!¡± Brynnughs, pleased, but she still presents to looks puzzled. ¡°ire, what are you talking about? I don¡¯t understand anything. Do you want to smear me when your own affairs are discovered?¡± ire ignores her and strides off, but Brynn says, ¡°But I¡¯m looking forward to hearing from you in three days!¡± ire is taken aback and leaves without looking back. Brynn, gritting her teeth and somewhat concerned, returns to her room, and quickly takes out her cell phone and sends a message to the man who took the photo that day to ask him to be careful these days. After getting the man¡¯s reply, Brynn is relieved. But it doesn¡¯t ur to Brynn that on the first day of the three-day period, ire seems remarkably rxed, eating and drinking as if nothing has happened. Leo ignores ire and asks no questions, which makes Brynn restless. The next day, early in the morning, after breakfast, Leo drives to thepany. Brynn, looking at ire with a calm face, says, ¡°Hey, this is the first day. Why are you so calm, ire? Are you going to give up?¡± Ignoring Brynn, ire is going back to her room. At this moment, a maid runs into the room from the door in a hurry, she says loudly, ¡°Help! Help!¡± ire and Brynn are stunned, and before they could ask what is going on, they hear the maid continue to shout, ¡°There is someone making trouble at the door!¡± No sooner has she spoken than the rioters at the door burst into the parlour. ¡°Everybody gets out of here!¡± The man is dressed casually in ck, with his hat pressed low over his face. ¡°Come out, all of you! Get that bastard Leo meets me now!¡± ire steps forward, frowning, and asks, ¡°What are you trying to do? Leo is not here. You should look for him at hispany. What are you yelling about here?¡± Then Brynnes along. After looking at ire and Brynn, the men look at each other as if to confirm which one is more useful. At this moment, one of them begins to scold, ¡°If we can find him, can wee here? Don¡¯t talk any more, today you have to give us a reason, or we will all die together!¡± After that, the man shows his explosives, which scare ire and Brynn. After several inquiries, ire learns that theirpany is destroyed by Leo, so theye here for revenge. ire is furious and shouts at these people, ¡°You should go to talk with Leo or get out!¡± ¡°This is Leo¡¯s wife. If you want revenge, just revenge on her. I am innocent.¡± says Brynn, who shrinks into the room in fear. ire is stunned. And she is so angry, hard to calm down. The men over there hear Brynn¡¯s words and immediatelye to get ire. ire, frowning, points at Brynn and says, ¡°You¡¯d better grab her. She is the new favorite fancy woman of Leo Howard. Don¡¯t you see she is upying the house now? She is much more useful than me!¡± ¡°ire!¡± Brynn is so angry that she could not speak any words. She doesn¡¯t expect ire to say that to these guys. ¡°ire, what is in it for you? You don¡¯t like Leo, so why don¡¯t you let Leo marry me? Now, however, you are Mrs. Howard. And these people are looking for Mr. Howard. You, as Mrs. Howard, should stand out, right?¡± Brynn says. ire squints her eyes and looks at Brynn, who has sessfully shown how brazen she is these days. ire sneers, ¡°Brynn, did not you say you loved Leo so much that you wanted to give him everything you had? Now they are alling. Where are you going? Why retreat into the room? All that love you said is fake.¡± ¡°You...¡± Brynn¡¯s face turns red with anger. Because Leo is not here, she has no scruples and swears at ire. ire ignores her. She turns her head to look at the men over there, and says with a sneer, ¡°I want you guys to think carefully about what you¡¯re doing.¡± The men wonder why she said that, not understanding what ire meant. ire exins, ¡°Leo is a genius in business world. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. He has supreme authority and status. If you think about it, Leo can destroy yourpany, and he can chase you wherever you hide.¡± The men are silent. It is the first time for them to do such a thing, but they has to admit that what she said is true. After thinking about it, they ask, ¡°What should we do then? If you can¡¯t give reasonable suggestion, then we¡¯ll kill you and bury you with us!¡± ire frowns and says, ¡°I suggest you let me go. Leo probably will not make trouble with you if you don¡¯t kill me. But if you had killed me, as I¡¯m still Leo¡¯s wife, and you know how Leo would retaliate? Do you think you have any chance of survival?¡± When they hear this, they agree with her. After some discussion, they say, ¡°But ourpany was destroyed by Leo. What do you think we should do?¡± ire gnashes her teeth and says, ¡°That¡¯s because you have no ability! That¡¯s just the business. If you are a man, you must do it again, or don¡¯t cry andin here! Threatening women is a shame.¡± The men are frightened by ire¡¯s presence. One of them, after a long silence, suddenly says to ire, ¡°Do you think we will seed again?¡± ¡°Whether you seed or not, I don¡¯t know, but just because of your current reaction, a little frustration will make you give up, it is certainly not possible to do anything! You, now, are nothing but cowards! Go back and think about how to start again!¡± The people are really convinced, after the silence, ¡°Ok, we let you go, but, you have to promise us not to let Leo to revenge on us!¡± ire agrees. The men let go of ire and Brynn, and then run away. Just then Leo, who was in the corner,es out and stares at ire quietly, as if he were thinking about something. ¡°ire...¡± Leo is surprised how calm and courageous this woman is. Leo wants to help them, but when he saw ire so smart like this, he stopped and looked at her quietly. It is hard to express the shock in his heart. Chapter 37 Debunking Brynn Chapter 37 Debunking Brynn ire turns her head and sees Leo. She is shocked and wants to say something, but she doesn¡¯t say anything. But Brynn, who sees Leo next to her, rushes over and begins to cry. ¡°Mr.Howard, do you know those people just scared me so much...I almost died. I almost never see you again.¡± Brynn says, crying as she pulls Leo¡¯s sleeve and wipes her tears with a tissue in her other hand. Leo is a little impatient, throws her away and shouts, ¡°All the useless people get out of here!¡± The maids are so scared that they all fall to their knees, crying for mercy, but Leo never looks back and leaves. Brynn stares at the maids next to her, thinking that I am not a maid, and Leo is certainly not talking about me. Then she follows Leo¡¯s steps. Leo looks at ire and sees that she is still so calm. He has a veryplicated mood now. An ideaes to his mind. ire, if you are not Jodie Elizabeth¡¯s daughter, if you are not so dirty, if you are a virgin... He shakes his head sharply and Leo forces himself to stop imagining impossible things. ... When ire returns to her room, she leaves a message for Kate, who is supposed to meet with her at night. Then ire takes a shower and changes her clothes. Then she packs up her things and gets ready to go out. Leo justes out of his room, and as soon as he reaches the stairwell, he sees ire who seems to be ready to go out. It makes Leo a little curious. He steps forward and begins to sneer, ¡°Hey, ire, where are you going? It is veryte now. You are not looking for another guy, are you? Hmm?¡± ire is pale and frightened, thinks that Leo has misunderstood her again. ¡°Of course not, I am going to do what I am supposed to do these three days.¡± Then she turns away. After listening to this, Leo feels relieved with no reasons. ire meets Kate in a square not far from home, and just when she finds Kate, Kate finds her too. As they sit on a bench and chat, ire tells Kate all about Brynn¡¯s behavior at her home, what Brynn has said to her and what had happened to her recently. Kate listens and jumps up angrily. ¡°How could Brynn do that? You have been kind enough to help her before, but she still betrays you and covets your husband. She is a bitch, damn it!¡± After saying that, Kate repeats a few words of abuse, just feel better. However, she sighs again at the memory of their former intimacy. ¡°Get over it. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. I already got over it. It¡¯s not worth getting mad at someone like that! Besides, I want to ask you to do me a favor today. As you know, Leo and I agreed to find evidence in three days. Today is the second day.¡± Kate, with an anxious expression on her face, asks, ¡°Tomorrow is the third day. What are you going to do? That little bitch, Brynn must have says something to that man. What are we going to do?¡± ireughs and says, ¡°I have my own way...¡± Next, ire says her n, and she asks Kate to help pick up Brynn¡¯s stepmother and get some information about Brynn. After arranging anything for Kate, ire goes back to the bar of that day and goes straight to the owner of the bar, who is the one who took the photo with Brynn. The man has something to hide, pretending not to know who ire or Brynn is. But ire smiles and says, ¡°I am the wife of Mr. Howard, I can pay you double price. Please think clearly, don¡¯t be against Mr. Howard.¡± When the man hears the name of Leo Howard, he is full of doubts. Brynn says at the time that she would have given him much wealth if she had be Mrs. Howard. But now there is the real Mrs. Howard in front of him! As the man ponders, ire continues, ¡°I promise you I will keep you safe. But if you persist, then Leo Howard¡¯s strategy...You know the consequences!¡± When the man hears this, he thinks it over, and agrees to testify for ire.. At the same time, he tells ire that they have a recording habit and he recorded everything they had said that day. ire is overjoyed. Her frowning brows are lifted and she makes an appointment with the guy in the bar to expose Brynn¡¯s scam the next morning. ... The morning of the third day. Early in the morning, ire leaves home, plotting how to gather the evidence, and on the other hand, Brynn continues to denigrate ire. ¡°Leo, I heard ire call a manst night with a very ambiguous tone, maybe she asked the man to take her away.¡± Leo nces coldly at Brynn without answering. Just then a maid runs in from the door and says, ¡°Mrs. Howard is back.¡± Leo just raises his head and looks toward the door. ire walks in with a man, and Brynn is shocked at the sight of the man with whom she is nning this. ire stands by, speechless, and sees the mane forward. That man bows to Leo, and says, ¡°Mr. Howard, I visit you today, as Mrs. Howard has entrusted me with telling the truth about the photo that day.¡± Then the man looks up again at Brynn, who is all over with terror. Leo, ncing at ire, nods to the man, beckoning him to continue. So the man respectfully opens his mouth and says, ¡°The truth is, it was Brynn, thedy next to you, who asked me to take some pictures and then paid me handsomely, so I said yes.¡± ¡°What pictures? Tell me what she said.¡± Leo¡¯s voice is cold and unheated, and Brynn feels scared. The man goes on to say, ¡°She asked me to take some pictures of ire and the men, and make it look like an active seduce!¡± ¡°You... You are bullshit!! You are insulting me!¡± Brynn is so angry and scared so that she shouts at the man. After that, she cries to Leo, ¡°Mr. Howard, you must not believe their lies. This person must have taken ire a lot of money, a lot of benefits, justes to frame me.¡± Chapter 38 don’t Refuse Me Chapter 38 don¡¯t Refuse Me What nonsense! ire sneers, nods at the man.\ He understands, takes out a mobile hard drive and says, ¡°I have been doing this for years, so I have got the habit of recording. Would you like to hear what you said that day, Miss Brynn?¡± Brynn is so frightened that she could not even cry. ¡°I want to listen to this recording.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t even look at Brynn. Then the man inserts the hard drive into theputer and soon the record of the day is called up. ¡°As long as you help me get rid of ire, that bitch, and when I am Mrs. Howard, I will give you an unexpected reward.¡± ¡°OK, Deal.¡± By the time Brynn hears her voiceing out of theputer, she ispletely paralyzed and unresponsive. Then Leo turns his head and looks at her coldly. Tears falls down and Brynn quickly cries and begs Leo, ¡°Listen to me, the truth is not like this, I am wronged, they frame me...Leo, you have to believe that I really do love you. Please believe my sincerity.¡± Brynn has tears in her eyes. ire is tired of looking at her, and this woman is still pretending to be innocent! Leo doesn¡¯t respond, so Brynn turns around and screams at ire. ¡°ire, Leo and I really love each other, and our love can stand the test, so please don¡¯t destroy us again, OK?¡± ire is really speechless. But when Leo hears Brynn, he looks up at ire and wonders how the woman would react. However, just then, two peoplee in through the door. What Brynn doesn¡¯t realize is that it is Kate and her stepmother whoe in. Brynn freezes with surprise. ire steps forward and whispers to Brynn¡¯s stepmother, ¡°Auntie, you must have heard what Bryn just said. She has been living very well with us these days.¡± Brynn¡¯s stepmother, with a sudden change of face, steps forward and gives Brynn a hard p, cursing, ¡°You are an unfilial girl. You have lost all my face! Tell me, what did you do when ire was so kind to you to let you stay here? How dare you say something like that when you covet her husband?¡± No one goes up to help Brynn. Brynn¡¯s stepmother is a strong guy, and she is angry. After pulling Brynn up and giving her another p, she says to ire, ¡°ire, I am sorry about this. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. I will just go back and teach Brynn a lesson. You don¡¯t have to worry.¡± ire nods and advises, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, aunt. I will be fine, but I have to remind you that gamble is not a good thing after all, I hope you don¡¯t gamble again.¡± Brynn¡¯s stepmother nods and smiles. Then she grabs Brynn and pulls her out. Then, after ire sends Kate and the man who testified for her away, she sighs and goes back to the living room. Leo, who has been sitting in the living room without a word, is looking at ire with a smile on his face. ire, who is notfortable with his gaze, looks at Leo and says, ¡°What do you want to say?¡± Leo shakes his head. ¡°Let her off so easily? You are too kind.¡± ire is taken aback when she realizes that he is talking about Brynn and says, ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. As long as you don¡¯t need me to prove anything and touch me again, it is enough!¡± ¡°I can¡¯t touch you anymore?¡± Leo snorts, he smiles seductively and says, ¡°You are my wife, of course I can touch you!¡± Leo says, suddenly pulls ire into his arms, touching her cheek. ire is startled, ¡°What are you... doing?¡± The maids around see the scene and immediately leave the living room. Pleased with ire¡¯s reaction, Leo smiles. Then he trails and kisses along her jaw up to the side of her mouth.... ire frowns and begins to struggle vigorously. ¡°Don¡¯t refuse me!¡± Feeling her struggle, says Leo in a cool voice. However, ire slips out of his arms in the middle of the gap, then runs upstairs without looking back and ms the door shut. Leo¡¯s face is so cold. The damn woman... she... refused so directly! ... When she gets back to her room, ire takes a deep breath. Leo, what a moody pervert! Well, it is all settled, thanks to Kate. Thinking of it, ire hurriedly takes out her phone and sends a message to Kate, ¡°Kate, you have worked hard these two days. If you have time tomorrow, I will treat you to dinner.¡± Kate¡¯s reply is received, and she readily agreed, so the two women agree on a time and ce for dinner. After everything has been arranged, ire looks at the time, and it is gettingte, so she is ready to go to bed. But somehow there is no way to go to sleep. Thinking back these days, it makes ire suddenly realize that she really doesn¡¯t know the people around her. Brynn, for example, is not as gentle as ire usually remembers. And like Leo... She always thinks that Leo is a total psycho and thinks he treats everyone like a monster. But, no, he also has a gentle and kind side. Although indifferent, he is very polite to people, and seems to respect people, not exactly as she thought... Thinking about it, ire finds herselfpletely blind¡­. She thinks about it for half a night before she finally falls asleep. Chapter 39 Kidnapping, Leo’s Supremacy Chapter 39 Kidnapping, Leo¡¯s Supremacy The next morning, ire gets up and cleans up. She goes out on a date with Kate, and sends a message to her that she has gone out. It just doesn¡¯t ur to her that, as soon as ire is out of the house, a van stops beside her. A few men, all dressed in ck and tall,e down from the van and, without saying a word, seizes ire and forces her into the van. ire calls for help, struggles hard, and one of the men in ck is so annoyed that he knocks ire out. Not knowing how long it takes, ire wakes up and finds herself out of the van. She raises her head, looks around, and finds it is an old factory, but fortunately her hands and feet are not tied. As she thinks about it, a shadow falls over her, and a fat, sickly man appears in front of her. He is just the one of the few people who broke into her house the other day and demanded that Leoe out. ire frowns, and the fat man smiles grimly, and says, ¡°Madame, I don¡¯t expect to see you again so soon. Do you know what the purpose of my invitation is?¡± Then he waves his hand and lets all his men go, and sits on a chair in front of ire. ire bites her teeth and asks, ¡°Say it, what do you want to do this time?¡± When she has finished, she finds a chair and pats the dust lightly before she sits down. ¡°Mrs. Howard is really a woman of great experience, and in such a situation you are able to stand in danger fearlessly.¡± The fat man smiles, but the next moment he suddenly says, ¡°As for why I am looking for you, of course it is for mypany. If Leo doesn¡¯t return mypany, I will let you die!¡± His tone suddenly bes more distant. ire is quite helplessly. She has said it thest time, but she doesn¡¯t expect it again. The fat man says to ire, ¡°We can¡¯t catch Leo Howard, so for the time being, my revenge will have to start with Mrs. Howard. I don¡¯t know what Leo Howard would think if you were gone.¡± ¡°Just give up. Leo doesn¡¯t care who kills me. Oh, he wants me to die as soon as possible.¡± Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire says disdainfully. The fat man chokes on ire¡¯s words and doesn¡¯t know what to do. ¡°Hmm! I don¡¯t believe that Leo Howard can ignore his own woman.¡± The fat man thinks for a while, clenches his fist, and says to ire in a cold voice, ¡°I don¡¯t care what you say. You have to give him a call, just say you are here, and let him return thepany to me. And give me an apology. So I will forget it, or you will die.¡± ire,ughing, reminds him again, saying, ¡°You should know something about the situation before you even kidnap someone. You don¡¯t know that Leo and I am just a nominal couple. We have no feelings. I am just a non-essential for Leo. Your threatening is of no use at all.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t believe it; you must be lying to me! Even if he doesn¡¯t have feelings for you, he will mind such a beautiful wife! Anyway, you call him when I tell you to. Don¡¯t dawdle, okay?¡± After that, the fat man dumps his phone on ire, urging ire to hurry. ire frowns and refuses to call. He is angrier, but his main purpose is to deal with Leo, so he has to hold back his anger for a while, and calls Leo himself. Meanwhile, Leo is in his office chatting with Luke about some of thepany¡¯s operations this quarter. Just then, Leo¡¯s cell phone rings. Pick it up, it is ire¡¯s phone, and Leo frowns and answers. But the phone is a male voice on the other end. ire¡¯s phone is held by a man, and Leo¡¯s anger res and his brow furrows. However, before he could speak, he hears the man on the other end of the phone say, ¡°Leo Howard, if you want your wife to survive, let us talk about the terms.¡± After that, he pauses and waits for Leo¡¯s answer. But he doesn¡¯t think of it that, Leo opens his speakerphone and continues to work without saying a word. So he says even more arrogant, ¡°In fact, it is not a big deal, as long as you return mypany, sign a contract, and give me a good authentic apology. I can put your wife back. Otherwise, I immediately kill her now, how about this deal?¡± ¡°Oh, if you are going to kill her, just do it.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t hesitate to say no. ire on the other side of the phone is not surprised by his answer, which upset the fat man, who immediately called out, ¡°Leo, do you want to see ire die? Do you think I am afraid to do it, I¡­.¡± Before he finishes, Leo just hangs up. When Luke hears the whole talk, he says, ¡°Leo, are you sure you are not going to save ire? Anyway, she is your wife! It would not be good for your reputation if others know that, would it?¡± Luke says, watching Leo remain indifferent, so he adds, ¡°If you don¡¯t go, she will probably be killed¡­.¡± Leo sneers scornfully and says, ¡°Even so, it doesn¡¯t matter to me. Just let her take care of herself, and I am not going to interfere!¡± Luke, looking at Leo with no expression, shakes his head and stops talking. On the other side, however, the fat man is in a hurry, walking back and forth in front of ire. After a long time he gives ire a fierce look and says, ¡°I don¡¯t believe he¡¯s noting to save you!¡± ¡°You heard what he said just now, just give up, he will note!¡± ire says. ¡°You!¡± The fat man is so angry that he could not speak. He looks at ire who doesn¡¯t care about that. He is even more annoyed. So he grabs ire¡¯s hair and says coldly, ¡°I will not kill you, but if Leo don¡¯te to save you, I will take off your clothes. What do you think? One dress an hour. I will see how many hours you¡¯llst today!¡± Chapter 40 Salvation Chapter 40 Salvation ire is shocked and furious. ¡°You are so despicable!¡± ¡°Am I despicable?¡± The fat man sneers, and then suddenly begins to nce up and down at ire, with hisscivious eyes fixed on her. ire feels hisscivious eyes and shudders. She knows that he is not a good man, but not that he is so dirty. She res at the man fiercely. ire is upset. She knows that Leo would not save her, but now, what should she do? Escape? ! ire starts to look around and think about the n. But the man seems to understand what ire is thinking, so heughs and says, ¡°Don¡¯t think about running away. There are my men all around here. Don¡¯t be paranoid!¡± ire is overwhelmed. The fat man stares at ire and says sarcastically, ¡°But I feel sorry for you. As the wife of Leo, don¡¯t you feel sad that Leo doesn¡¯te to save you?¡± His tone is very schadenfreude, after all, this kind of rtionship of a couple is rare. ire, though aware of the thoughts of Leo, listens to his words and feels still a little sad. Frowning, ire doesn¡¯t answer and sits down in her chair. But, after a while, ire suddenly feels something wrong, looks up, and suddenly sees the man looking at her with a very creepy look. ¡°You...¡± ire feels a little nervous. The fat man says, ¡°Well, ire, I do feel sorry for you, but when I look at you so closely, I find that you are really in good shape. You have a sexy body...¡± He begins to walk up and looks at ire Bet¡¯s shapely figure. He swallows and says, ¡°Well, if you please me, you won¡¯t need to suffer this kind of torture, and I won¡¯t kill you.¡± ¡°You...you¡¯re shameless!!!¡± ire is furious, her face turns red and she growls, ¡°No way! I¡¯m not going to do such dirty things with you! No way!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to treat you like that, but like you said, Leo Howard isn¡¯t going to save you. What do you think why I¡¯m tying you up for? I deserve something from you!¡± He can¡¯t wait any more. Then he grabs her chest with one hand and tearing at her dress with the other. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire Bet is so shocked that she screams and fights back. Just then, the iron gate of the old factory is kicked open from the outside. The fat man suddenly gets angry, scolds ¡°If anyone bothers me, believe it or not, I¡¯ll kill you all!¡± And then he looks back and he sees -- Leo Howard! The fat man immediately gets up, smiles and says, ¡°It¡¯s Leo Howard. I know you¡¯d be here. Or what would I do with such a beautifuldy?¡± As he says this, Leo chuckles and says sarcastically, ¡°It looks like I¡¯m still early to be here before you¡¯re done.¡± ire is nervous and relieved when she sees Leo Howard. But she just doesn¡¯t expect, the words he said, is so cruel. Moreover, when he has finished speaking, he turns away as if to leave. ire grits her teeth as she refuses to bow to him and says, ¡°Leo Howard! How can you be so cruel! Watching me get bullied?¡± Leo Howard, on the other hand, acts as if he hasn¡¯t heard anything. ire couldn¡¯t resist, so she softens her voice and whispers, ¡°Leo Howard, please save me. I am begging you to save me...¡± As soon as ire finishes her words, Leo Howard turns around quickly and curls his lips with satisfaction. What he was waiting for is her words like that. ire Bet is relieved to see him turn around. Then, before she could respond, she sees the fat man fall down in front of her. ire suddenly raises her head and sees the pistol Leo is holding in his hand. She is shocked. This man, cold-blooded, looks terrible. Leo Howard turns to ire, ignoring her fears. ¡°Beg me earlier next time. Or you will suffer a great loss.¡± With that, Leo Howard walks up to ire, takes off his coat and put it on her body. Then he picks her up and turns to leave. At this moment, for some reason, ire suddenly finds Leo Howard¡¯s arms very warm and reassuring. When they walk out the door, ire Bet finds the men lying on the floor, all of whom has been shot in exactly the same way as Leo Howard. ire, who has never seen such a scene before, is nauseated by the strong smell of blood. ire closes her eyes and starts to wonder when she hears someone reporting something to Leo Howard. So a curious ire opens her eyes and peers out of Leo Howard¡¯s arms to see what is going on. But suddenly she sees two rows of men in ck suits standing in front of her. They are all very serious and respectful to Leo. The head of the ck men says, ¡°Boss, all the people here have been all annihte, all the ces have been investigated, did not find anyone alive!¡± ¡°Well, just clean it up.¡± Leo says and gets into the car with ire in his arms. As the driver drives, Leo and ire sits in the back seat, thinking of the scene just now, ire involuntarily peeks at Leo Howard. Leo Howard wonders, ¡°Why are you looking at me like that?¡± Biting her lip, ire Bet awkwardly asks, ¡°Leo Howard, who are you?¡± Chapter 41 Silly Women, Don’t Cry Chapter 41 Silly Women, Don¡¯t Cry ¡°Who am I?¡± Leo Howard gives a rare chuckle and is not angry. ¡°I¡¯m your husband, ire Bet. What¡¯s wrong? You held me tight just now and now you turn your face and don¡¯t admit it.¡± ire Bet realizes that she has been tricked by Leo Howard again and drops her head. But... ire Bet knows that Leo Howard is powerful. But what she thought is that he is just the president of an ordinary grouppany with special means. Now, she is afraid that Leo Howard still has an important position in the underworld. He¡¯s a member of the underworld. ire Bet identifies it when she thinks of the line of men in ck suits just now. ¡°I... Leo Howard... I never think I will marry a man of the underworld... I... I don¡¯t want to have anything to do with people of the underworld...¡± ire Bet trembles and bites her lip. Leo Howard frowns. He narrows his eyes and stares at her. ¡°ire Bet, I tell you, whether I am a good person or a bad person, since you¡¯ve married me, you¡¯re my woman!¡± ¡°...¡± ire Bet does not speak and bows her head. Leo Howard is upset when he sees her. ¡°ire Bet, don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know what¡¯s going on in your heart. I tell you, in this life you won¡¯t run away from me. As long as I¡¯m here, it¡¯s never possible!¡± ire Bet trembles and shivers violently. His voice is chilling as if ites from an ice cer in hell. ¡°I see... I... I won¡¯t...¡± Leo Howard¡¯s face is gloomy and terrible. ire Bet doesn¡¯t want to cause any more trouble. After all, he saved her today. So she has to say. Leo Howard snorts and stops talking. ire Bet suddenly thinks of what he has done to save her. She thought he would nevere to save her anyway but she doesn¡¯t think of it... After thinking for a moment, ire Bet says, ¡°Leo Howard, today... Are you here to save me? I thought you weren''ting...¡± ire Bet wants to thank him, but she doesn¡¯t realize that before she finishes, she is interrupted by Leo Howard¡¯s indifference. ¡°Well, I saved you just to keep you from dying and to torture you more, and you? Have you ever done anything with that fat man? I¡¯m curious about that. Uh-huh, am I really a little early? Leo Howard stares at ire Bet and says with augh. ire Bet is stunned. She is scared. She is afraid that he will misunderstand her. She quickly exins, ¡°No, I didn¡¯t...¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo Howard asks, seemingly in a tone of disbelief. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire Bet is grateful to Leo Howard for saving her today, but she didn¡¯t expect that he said so. Moreover, he doesn¡¯t seem to believe her very much. She grits her teeth at once and says, ¡°Leo Howard, I tell you, I¡¯ve never done anything to betray you. Please take your suspicions away! Besides, if you came in today earlier, how could I have suffered such humiliation? Don¡¯t go too far!¡± ¡°Oh, are you angry? Are you angry that I came early today and didn¡¯t satisfy you?¡± Leo Howard says with a smile. ¡°You...¡± ire Bet is so angry that she finds she can¡¯t talk to the man at all. ¡°Leo Howard, you¡¯re a devil!¡± ¡°I¡¯m a devil?¡± Leo Howard sneers. ¡°You always say you haven¡¯t betrayed me, but you¡¯re not a virgin. How can you say I¡¯m a devil? ire Bet, you deserve it! You¡¯re a slut!¡± ire Bet gets angry and gnashes her teeth. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m not a virgin. I lost my virginity before marriage. But I tell you I was not voluntary. I was forced. I¡¯m not the kind of person you think. Besides, I haven¡¯t done anything wrong to you!¡± After that, ire Bet sits aside. She¡¯s a little away from Leo Howard. She looks out of the window and grits her teeth. She looks up and stubbornly refuses to let her tears fall. Leo Howard no longer pays attention to ire Bet but he gives a slight sneer. However, that sneer seeds in letting ire Bet¡¯s tears fall uncontrobly. He doesn¡¯t believe in her. If only it hadn¡¯t happened that night. They stopmunicating. The atmosphere in the car is very depressing. ire Bet finally rxes her mood in such a quiet state. Just then, Leo Howard suddenly reaches out his hand and hugs ire Bet¡¯s slender waist. He pulls her into his arms. ire Bet is shocked. She turns around and nces up at Leo Howard. Now, ire Bet can¡¯t understand his emotion in his dark eyes. ¡°Don¡¯t cry!¡± Leo Howard says. He breaks the silence. ire Bet is stunned and realizes that Leo Howard finds her turning her head to shed her tears. Her eyes turn red again at the thought. Leo Howard stops speaking. He looks down and approaches ire Bet. He reaches for her cheek. ire Bet is shocked and blushed by his actions. She is also nervous and uneasy. ¡°Leo Howard...¡± ire Bet is so nervous that her voice changes. Just then, the driver opens the door. He stands outside the car and says respectfully, ¡°Master, We¡¯re home.¡± ire Bet seems to wake up in a dream. When she thinks about what has just happened, she is so embarrassed that she turns around to raise her feet and is ready to rush out of the car. Leo Howard looks calm. He grabs ire Bet and puts a coat on her. He picks her up and gets out of the car. ire Bet cannot tell what kind of mood she is in at the moment. She can only hold her sleeve tightly and let Leo Howard pick her up. When the maid sees that, she immediately realizes that master has feelings for madam. Chapter 42 Take a Shower Together Chapter 42 Take a Shower Together Leo Howard walks towards the room with ire Bet in his arms. Suddenly, a maides up and says, ¡°Master, someone is waiting for madam at the door.¡± As soon as hearing this, Leo Howard¡¯s brows are wrinkled. The maid immediately notices that he is angry and says, ¡°It¡¯s Kate. She said that she had an appointment to have dinner with madam in the morning but she never saw her. She is worried so she came to ask.¡± When Leo Howard hears this, he feels relieved and goes in with ire Bet in his arms. He lets Katee in by the way. ire Bet looks up just in time to see Kate rushing up. ¡°Let me see how you are. Are you hurt? I heard you were kidnapped. Is that true?¡± Kate quickly asks and is going to check to see if she¡¯s okay. ¡°No, don¡¯te over... I¡¯m fine...¡± ire Bet says. Her face is red. She was torn up by the fat man before. Now it is in a mess inside her coat. Kate sees that ire Bet is embarrassed so she doesn¡¯t insist. ¡°Just a moment, please. You take Kate to sit in the living room first. It¡¯s not convenient for madam at the moment. I¡¯ll take her upstairs and change her clothes.¡± Leo Howard says to the maid. Kate then notices that ire Bet seems to be in a ragged dress so she embarrassingly says, ¡°If it¡¯s not convenient today, I¡¯lle to see her another day. I¡¯ll leave now.¡± Leo Howard raises his lips and stops her. ¡°You needn¡¯t mind too much. I¡¯ll take her to change clothes. Now you can sit down in the living room and I¡¯ll have someone pour you a cup of tea.¡± After that, Leo Howard goes upstairs with ire Bet in his arms. Leo Howard goes into the bedroom with ire Bet in his arms. He takes it for granted that he can take off her clothes. ire Bet is shocked and subconsciously blocks herself with her hands. It makes Leo Howard a little unhappy. Looking at her hot figure, Leo Howard doesn¡¯t stop his hands. He continues to undress her. At the same time, he reaches out and gently brings ire Bet into his arms. ire Bet is affected by inertia. She jumps forward unsteadily and falls into Leo Howard¡¯s arms. ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ire Bet is embarrassed and blushed. Her voice is soft and Leo Howard grins, ¡°I¡¯m going to do what you want.¡± After that, Leo Howard is in a good mood and is ready to press her down. ire Bet is shocked and shouts, ¡°No, Kate is waiting for me downstairs!¡± Leo Howard stares at ire Bet and feels a little annoyed that he lets Kate stay. He curses and watches ire Bet change her clothes and leaves. At the same time, Kate is sitting downstairs on the sofa and sipping tea. She doesn¡¯t seem to be in a hurry. Kate is surprised to see ire Bet approaching. She smiles and says, ¡°I thought it would take at least an hour to wait. I didn¡¯t expect you are so fast. Is a few minutes enough?¡± Kate says and looks at ire Bet with a big smile. ire Bet is speechless. Then she realizes what Kate means. She blushes. ¡°Don¡¯t say that. It¡¯s in the living room. There are others here.¡± ¡°What are you afraid of? This is your home. There¡¯s nothing wrong with having sex with your husband in bed.¡± Before Kate finishes, ire Bet covers her mouth and pulls her out of the vi. They sit down in a nearby restaurant. ire Bet and Kate find a ce to sit down in the restaurant and then order some drinks and food. ire Bet then says, ¡°Kate, I wanted to thank you for your help today but I didn¡¯t expect to encounter this kind of thing. So now I¡¯m going to rece wine with drinks. I drink a toast to you. Thank you! ¡± ¡°You¡¯re wee. We¡¯ve been good friends from childhood to adulthood and Brynn has gone too far! But you must remember that in any case I will not do anything sorry for you. I won¡¯t watch you bullied.¡± Kateughs happily. They raise their sses to celebrate. The two chat for a while and Kate suddenly remember the admission to Conservatory of Music of A University and says, ¡°Next month ising soon. It¡¯s time to go to school. Did you receive the admission notice?¡± After Kate reminds her, ire Bet thinks about it and nods. ¡°I received itst month!¡± ¡°If that¡¯s the case, you can sign up quickly so that we can go to and from school together next month.¡± Kate looks very excited. ire Bet nods and suddenly thinks of something. She sighs and says, ¡°Kate, I¡¯m different now. I¡¯m married. I don¡¯t know if Leo Howard will agree with me to go to ss!¡± ¡°You just go to school, not to do bad things. How could he disagree? You just think too much!¡± Kate laughs. She does not know what happened between Leo Howard and ire Bet, nor why Leo Howard disagrees. ire Bet thinks carefully and nods, ¡°Yes, It¡¯s no use hesitating. I¡¯ll try to discuss it with him. I must go to school. Music is my dream!¡± They chat for a while. It¡¯s gettingte. ire Bet takes Kate home by car and goes back to the vi. ire Bet walks into her bedroom and thinks about Kate¡¯s words. ire Bet has a headache at the thought that Leo Howard will not let her go to school. ire Bet thinks for a while but she is still at a loss. She turns to the bathroom to take a bath and get ready for bed. Meanwhile, Leo Howard doesn¡¯t see ire Bet. He asks the maid where she has gone. The maid tells Leo Howard that ire Bet came back and went into the bathroom. She has been in the bathroom for almost an hour. When Leo Howard hears this, he frowns and runs upstairs to ire Bet¡¯s bedroom. When he sees her clothes still in bed and the bathroom light on, Leo Howard puts his heart down and says, ¡°You all go out; nobody cane in without my permission.¡± The maid immediately closes the door and goes out. Leo Howard listens to the rushing watering from the bathroom. His lips immediately draw up a evil smile. Then he takes off his clothes and walks to the bathroom! This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Let¡¯s take a shower together. Chapter 43 Anger, Leo Howard’s Refusal Chapter 43 Anger, Leo Howard¡¯s Refusal The next morning, ire Bet gets up and asks the driver to take her to Conservatory of Music of A University. A University is the top university in A City. Conservatory of Music is a branch of A University specializing in music. It is a well-known aristocratic school in China. Generally, there are only three kinds of people who wille to this school. They are rich in assets. Theye from well-known families. They have at least one listedpany. Or they are from an official family with at least one municipal leader. In addition, there is another kind of person. They have special aplishments and knowledge in music. Of course, they can afford tuition or they can get a full schrship from the school. ire Bet stands at the door. She looks at the decorated university gate and then walks into the school with the materials she needs. Finding the ce to sign up, ire Bet fills out a series of materials and goes to pay for her tuition. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Fortunately, she has a bank card which her dad left for her to go to college. The money in it is enough. However, when she swipes her card, something goes wrong. ¡°Miss Bet, I¡¯m sorry, your bank card has been frozen. Do you think you need to change it?¡± The school staff in charge of the fees looks at ire Bet somewhat helplessly. ire Bet is startled. How could the card her father gave her be frozen? ¡°It¡¯s impossible. Can you try it again? It shouldn¡¯t be frozen. It¡¯s impossible.¡± ire Bet¡¯s voice is tense. However, after trying again, the man shakes his head and tells ire Bet, ¡°I¡¯m sorry but your card has really been frozen. Pleasee back. There are still a lot of people registering today!¡± The students in the queue behind say the same thing. After all, most of these people are spoiled. They have never been neglected. ire Bet has no choice but to apologize and then leaves the school with her belongings. The bank card that her dad gave her to go to college can¡¯t be frozen. If it¡¯s frozen, there¡¯s only one possibility. Jade Patton did it. With that in mind, ire Bet quickly stops a taxi and heads for Jade Patton¡¯spany. It should be called her father¡¯spany. However, ire Bet is stopped at the entrance of thepany. The security guard at the entrance looks strange and ire Bet is confused. The man doesn¡¯t know ire Bet. He says responsibly, ¡°Hello, miss. Can I help you? Do you have an appointment?¡± ¡°I¡¯m looking for Jade Patton and I¡¯m the daughter of the chairman of thepany. My name is ire Bet!¡± ire Bet understands that all this is Jade Patton¡¯s idea and she reced the security guards at the entrance. However, when the security guard hears ire Bet¡¯s name, he shakes his head and says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Mrs. Patton said you have to make an appointment to get in. Pleasee back.¡± ire Bet stares at the security guard. His eyes are dodging. She suddenly realizes that Jade Patton has ordered the security guard at the entrance of thepany. She has to stand at the entrance of thepany and grits her teeth and dials Jade Patton¡¯s telephone. ire Bet seems to hear Jade Patton¡¯s triumphantughter when the telephone is connected. ¡°Ah, it¡¯s you. I heard you are going to sign up for school recently. Why do you call me?¡± Jade Patton knowingly asks, making ire Bet¡¯s even angrier. ¡°Aunt Patton, I want to know why you froze the bank card my father gave me. That¡¯s all my dad left me to go to college.¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t want to argue with Jade Patton and she tries to calm down. ¡°I forgot to tell you in advance. It¡¯s frozen. But you¡¯re married now, right? How could you ask for money from your family? Even if you don¡¯t have a job and need someone to feed you, it should be your husband Leo Howard, right?¡± Jade Pattonughs unabashedly but instead of answering ire Bet¡¯s question directly, she throws another tough question at her. ¡°You...¡± Indignant ire quickly retorts, ¡°It¡¯s my business who I ask for money from but that money is reserved for me by my father. You should give me a reason for freezing my bank ount in private.¡± After that, she stares at the tall building in front of her fiercely and adds, ¡°I¡¯m at the door of thepany right now. You changed the security guard and I am stopped outside the door. I can¡¯t tell you clearly on the phone. I¡¯ming up to talk to you now.¡± ire Bet says and is going inside. However, the security guard still blocks the door and refuses to let her in. ¡°You¡¯d better note up. I¡¯m going to have an important meeting soon. That¡¯s it. Let¡¯s talk about it sometime.¡± Jade Patton hangs up the phone quickly. She sits in her office and fantasizes about ire Bet¡¯s rage. She is in a very happy mood. Hearing the busy voice on the other end of the phone, ire Bet stamps her foot so hard that she is almost half dead with anger. But there is no way out so she has to take a taxi home directly. As soon as she gets home, ire Bet meets Leo Howard sitting in the living room. It¡¯s not a special day. Leo Howard isn¡¯t in thepany at the time. He is sitting on the sofa and looking at her. ire Bet is a little worried. Sure enough, Leo Howard says to her, ¡°Come over.¡± ire Bet has no choice but to bow her head ande up to him. Before she can sit down, she hears Leo Howard asking, ¡°Where did you go this morning? I heard from the driver that you asked him to send you to Conservatory of Music of A University.¡± ire Bet mutters in her heart. She says, ¡°I went to school to sign up and I just received the admission noticest month.¡± Leo Howard sneers, ¡°Can¡¯t you stay at home? Are you going to school to seduce others?¡± ire Bet who is in a bad mood today is angry. ¡°I¡¯m only 20 years old. What can I do when I don¡¯t go to school? I just like music. What¡¯s wrong with learning music? Music is my dream. I want to learn music very much!¡± Leo Howard looks at her and seems to disagree. ¡°My woman just needs to stay at home and wait on me!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire Bet is upset. She doesn¡¯t understand Leo Howard at all. She wants to borrow money from him but now it seems that there is no way to say it. ire Bet bites her lip. Looking at ire Bet, Leo Howard says coldly, ¡°Dress up yourself. There¡¯s a very important dinner party tonight. I need to take you with me. You go upstairs and change your dress ande with me.¡± Leo Howard doesn¡¯t allow her to refuse. ire Bet understands why Leo Howard is at home. ire Bet sighs and she doesn¡¯t respond. Leo Howard speaks to the maid next to him, ¡°Take her upstairs and change clothes, you two!¡± Chapter 44 Banquets, Mishaps Chapter 44 Banquets, Mishaps After a while, ire Bet is dressed and brought downstairs by the maid. ire Bet is wearing a white dress with a well-cut waist, which sets off her slender and tall figure. The front of the dress is carefully designed patterns and the needles are delicate but pure manual production which highlights her good shape. ire Bet is in good shape and the dress is tailor-made for her. Every detail is handled very well. The maid puts up ire Bet¡¯s hair. Her two strands of hair hang down at random on both sides of her forehead and makes her very charming. The back of her hair is more dignified and decent. Plus ire Bet is a beauty. She just wears a light makeup, which is very attractive. Leo Howard looks at ire Bet in front of him. He is somewhat surprised. There is no way to hide the amazement in his eyes. This woman... She usually does not dress up. She dresses up so beautifully today. It¡¯s amazing! Seeing Leo Howard looking at her, ire Bet smiles and asks, ¡°Do I look good in this way? Is it pretty? And where are we going?¡± He did not expect her to be so beautiful. The thought that she was so attractive in front of others and that her first man wasn¡¯t him makes Leo Howard¡¯s eyebrows wrinkle and his face suddenly turns cold. A sour feeling rushes into his heart. Instead of paying attention to ire Bet, he hums and turns away. Seeing Leo Howard¡¯s reaction, ire Bet spits out her tongue and steps on the heel of a ten- centimeter high-heeled shoe. The maid next to her sees that the weather outside seems to be getting a little gloomy so she takes a coat and hands it to ire Bet. ire Bet is in a hurry and doesn¡¯t catch it. ire Bet goes to the door of the car and someone opens it for her. ire Bet looks inside unconsciously and sees Leo Howard closing his eyes as if he is on a break or sleeping. ire Bet sees that the weather is really bad. After thinking about it, she turns back to the vi and takes the coat that the maid just gave her. Then she ns to put it on Leo Howard. ire Bet returns to the car. She looks at Leo Howard and carefully trys to put the coat on him. He suddenly opens his eyes. He grabs ire Bet¡¯s wrist and says coldly, ¡°What do you want to do?¡± ire Bet is shocked by the action of Leo Howard. She shakes her head and exins, ¡°No, I don¡¯t want to do anything. I just look out at the gloomy weather. It¡¯s going to change soon. I¡¯m afraid you¡¯ll catch cold !¡± ire Bet¡¯s tone is innocent but Leo Howard says, ¡°I don¡¯t care what you want to do. But you shouldn¡¯t do it. Don¡¯t meddle.¡± Leo Howard¡¯s voice is very low. He looks at ire Bet but he keeps telling himself in his heart, ¡°She¡¯s the daughter of that man.¡± She¡¯s a slut who¡¯s not even a virgin! ire Bet chokes at Leo Howard¡¯s words. Hearing his merciless warning, she pouts her lips and sits aside without speaking. This odious man mistakes her goodwill for ill intent. She just sincerely wants to take care of him but doesn¡¯t expect to let him so disgusted. It is ridiculous. He¡¯d better freeze to death. When the car starts, the coat is still in Leo Howard¡¯s hands. After a while, ire Bet feels a little cold. ire Bet sneezes suddenly and Leo Howard frowns before noticing her. Leo Howard throws the coat directly to her. He says sarcastically, ¡°First you learn to take care of yourself, then you think about how to take care of others!¡± ire Bet wipes her lips and says nothing. They go to the hotel where the banquet is held. The decoration of thisrge chain hotel is very luxurious. The magnificent hall and the golden gate complement each other. The hall is covered with red carpets. The softness of the carpets is not inferior to that of their vi. ire Bet looks around at the furnishings. Every piece of furniture is of great value. Leo Howard expresses his disdain for ire Bet¡¯s actions and says coldly, ¡°Come on, we¡¯rete. Let¡¯s get in!¡± Then he asks ire Bet to take his arm and they go into the banquet together. At the banquet, there are many people who know and greet Leo Howard. He nods to them while ire Bet is a little reserved. Leo Howard pauses and says to her, ¡°Go around and have a look first. I¡¯lle to see youter.¡± ire Bet¡¯s hand is released. ire Bet has to walk around the banquet by herself. She has nothing to do but eat. She watches the people around her talking andughing. She wears high heels for too long and feels a little ufortable so she wants to find a ce to sit down and rest. But all around are ces where drinks are ced. ire Bet watches for a long time without finding a ce to rest. ire Bet sighs and retreats to the corner. She leans against the wall and rests for a moment. Suddenly, a womanes up from a distance. The woman is wearing a long red dress with jewelry on her body. She looks a bit upstart and her makeup is a bit tacky. When the woman sees ire Bet and looks up and down at her, she realizes that ire Bet is more beautiful than her. She is jealous and unhappy and says, ¡°Don¡¯t you understand the rules of the banquet? Is this where you can lean?¡± ire Bet is stupefied. It is a little strange. She just takes a break in the corner. How could that happen? ire Bet has always been a quiet woman. She nces at the woman, smiles and says sorry. Then she turns to leave. However, the woman refuses to stop. She takes a step forward and blocks ire Bet¡¯s way. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? I said only one word and you¡¯re leaving. Can¡¯t you listen to it? I¡¯m a straight talker. You¡¯re really pampered!¡± ire Bet is speechless and puzzled so she says sorry again before she ns to leave. ¡°I haven¡¯t finished yet. Why are you leaving so soon? You are rude. You must be the kind of woman who seduces men. Tell me, how many men do you want to seduce here when you dress like this today?¡± The woman nces at ire Bet and says disdainfully. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Her words are very unpleasant and her voice is very loud. Suddenly several people around look at ire Bet. Chapter 45 Domineering, Leo Howard’s Charm Chapter 45 Domineering, Leo Howard¡¯s Charm ire Bet is embarrassed. She doesn¡¯t expect that she just stands in the corner and makes such a mistake. But this woman is too much. There¡¯s not a good word in her mouth. It¡¯s terrible! ¡°It¡¯s my business what I wear. Please make sure that not everyone is as dirty as you think, okay? Sorry, I still have something to do. Please don¡¯t block my way this time. Let¡¯s find out who¡¯s not polite before we talk about it!¡± ire Bet frowns and says angrily. However, when ire Bet¡¯s voice drops, the woman bes irritable. She immediately roars and shouts and her mouth is full of foulnguage. At the same time, she sees ire Bet leaving. She immediately goes forward, grabs ire Bet¡¯s clothes and pulls her tightly. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. All the people around her look and point but no one help her. ire Bet looks around in a hurry to find Leo Howard but sees nothing. ire Bet bites her lip and says, ¡°Madam, I don¡¯t know you. What on earth are you going to do?¡± ¡°What did I do? I just want you to pay attention and be polite. What¡¯s the problem? You¡¯re so rude at such a celebrity banquet. I just want to remind you. Is this my fault?¡± The woman says with a sneer that ire Bet ispletely speechless. Who is impolite? ¡°I don¡¯t want to talk to you. Now I want to leave!¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t want to get entangled anymore. She suppresses her anger and whispers. However, her words attract even more dissatisfaction from the woman. She swears to ire Bet, ¡°When you dress like this, you¡¯re a slut. I think you¡¯reck of love. You¡¯re here trying to hook up with men!¡± ire Bet grits her teeth and the woman continues, ¡°I think you¡¯re so ill-bred because your parents are dead!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire Bet with a blushing face looks up at the woman coldly and says, ¡°If you are polite, please don¡¯t insult other people¡¯s parents like that. Thank you!¡± ¡°Ha...¡± The woman seems a little disdainful and gives a lightugh. ¡°Now that I¡¯ve said that, it¡¯s an insult. What can you do to me? Besides, am I not right? I think you look like someone whose parents never taught you! ¡° ire Bet is so angry and she can¡¯t stand it. Shees up and shouts, ¡°Shut up, you can¡¯t talk about my parents like that!¡± The woman suddenly startles as if frightened by ire Bet. When shees back to her senses, she suddenly bes angry. ¡°How dare you shout at me? From childhood to adulthood, no one dares to shout at me. What are you?¡± When she finishes, she hits ire Bet in the face. ire Bet doesn¡¯t notice it. She is pped so hard and she falls to the ground in a hurry and inertia. Her fall draws more attention and Leo Howard looks this way. With a slight fear in mind, Leo Howard seems to hear ire Bet¡¯s voice. It is ire Bet¡¯s business. He thinks andes over. When Leo Howardes over, he sees ire Bet falling to the ground and her other face is red and swollen. She has just been beaten. Leo Howard looks around and his eyes are fixed on the woman who has just hit ire Bet. He immediately sneers. How dare anyone beat his woman? But just as Leo Howard sneers, the womanes over. She throws herself at Leo Howard and crys. She pretends to be delicate, ¡°Master Howard, you must help me. You are the host of this banquet today. This woman bullied me...¡± Leo Howard doesn¡¯t answer. He looks coldly at ire Bet then turns to her. He sneers and says, ¡°Really? Is that the case?¡± ¡°Yes...¡± The woman goes on crying, ¡°You don¡¯t know how excessive she is and how ill-bred she is. Shouldn¡¯t there be an asset rule for attending this banquet? How can anyone let in such an ill-bred woman? Who on earth did it?¡± The woman says this first but is afraid that Leo Howard thinks she is too outrageous so she continues to pretend to be crying. ¡°Ah...¡± Leo Howard snorts softly. He hooks his finger in an unmoving manner and smiles at her and says, ¡°Come here...¡± The woman is excited when she sees that Leo Howard has invited her to go there. She is so excited that she trembles. She rushes to him and looks at the handsome face in front of her. She mutters to herself, ¡°Master Howard...¡± ¡°I help you? Do you think I¡¯m blind?¡± Leo Howard has a gloomy face and says with a sneer. There is a bloodthirsty smile on his lips. Then, before the woman has responded, he raises his foot violently and kicks the woman out! ¡°Ah!¡± People around them scream when they see the scene and the woman who was kicked out is lying in a corner not far away. She is vomiting blood and is obviously seriously injured. Leo Howard walks up to ire Bet with a cold face and pulls her up on the ground. He announces to the audience in a very cold voice, ¡°ire Bet is Leo Howard¡¯s wife. She is my woman. No one can bully her!¡± Leo Howard¡¯s voice is cold and solemn so that the whole audience can not help but look at ire Bet. This is the first time they have seen Leo Howard fight and say this for any woman. ire Bet is stunned. She stares at Leo Howard in front of her. It is incredible. If the people around her don¡¯t look at her, she will suspect that it is just her own hallucination. But Leo Howard ignores ire Bet¡¯s shock and touches her swollen cheek in a cold, somewhat hateful voice and says, ¡°Don¡¯t you know you¡¯re being beaten? ire Bet, are you a pig? You are my woman. No one can hit you. Be brave!¡± ¡°I...¡± ire Bet is aggrieved. Suddenly, her tearse down for no reason. At the same time, she retorts, ¡°If you haven¡¯t left me, can I have been pped like this? Now youe and teach me. Do you know that my face really hurts?¡± ¡°You know it hurts. You¡¯re still so stupid. Next time if someone ps you, you can fight back. Do you hear that?¡± Leo Howard says angrily. He reaches out to ire Bet and rubs her red cheek. ire Bet nods. Her earlobes turn red and she is embarrassed. Although Leo Howard¡¯s voice is overbearing and angry, ire Bet can tell that he is concerned about her! Thinking of this, ire Bet¡¯s earlobes be redder and her heart beats faster when she feels the temperature from Leo Howard¡¯s fingers on her cheeks. Chapter 46 Express love, I will never marry a woman other than you in my life Chapter 46 Express love, I will never marry a woman other than you in my life Suddenly, the lights are dimmed and ire Bet is frightened. She quickly grabs Leo Howard¡¯s arm next to her. Leo Howard frowns in the darkness but does not push her away. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Is it a power off?¡± ire Bet asks in surprise, which makes Leo Howard feel helpless. Leo Howard says coldly, ¡°Although I am the host, today¡¯s party is hosted by Bryce Family. The leader of Bryce Family is very old now. It is high time that he chose heirs. They haven¡¯t said anything about it. I¡¯m afraid he¡¯ll announce his sessor tonight.¡± Leo Howard has just finished talking when a lightes on the tform. ire Bet sees an old man standing in the middle of the tform. Although he looks old, he is in good health. He is standing on the tform and begins to speak to the microphone. ¡°First of all, thank you very much foring to today¡¯s banquet. On behalf of Bryce Group, I thank you for your support and love. Secondly, the main purpose of today¡¯s banquet is to announce Bryce Group¡¯s next sessor, Bryce!¡± Hardly has the old man finished his words when a young manes up on the tform. ire Bet is shocked when she hears the name. When she sees his face, she freezes. The young man on tform is Bryce who grows up with ire Bet! ire Bet rubs her eyes again. She can¡¯t believe Bryce is the heir of Bryce Group. At this point, after the announcement of the sessor, the whole scene is brightly lit. Leo Howard looks at her and finds ire Bet¡¯s anomaly. He frowns and with some doubts he opens his mouth and asks, ¡°What¡¯s wrong with you? What¡¯s going on?¡± ¡°Nothing...¡± ire Bet is shocked and shakes her head violently. Her heart beats fast and she stares at Bryce on the tform. Bryce on the tform also happens to see ire Bet. They look at each other and ire Bet bows her head hurriedly, daring not look at him again. ire Bet remembers her past with Bryce... She remembers that when they were young, they always yed hand in hand. Adults made fun of them when they saw it. Once ire Bet¡¯s aunt asked Bryce, ¡°Bryce, you and ire are always ying together. If you grew up and ire married another man, how would you y together?¡± At that time, Bryce said without hesitation, ¡°ire is mine. I won¡¯t let her marry another man!¡± Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire Bet remembers Bryce¡¯s promise to her. ¡°ire, I¡¯m serious. When I grow up, I¡¯ll marry you. I¡¯ll be good to you all my life.¡± Then Bryce disappeared and ire Bet got the news that he was forced to go abroad. In fact, ire Bet was not so sad after Bryce left that year because she always thought they would meet again even if she was told that Bryce had no longer wanted her. It was not until Jade Patton asked her to marry Leo Howard that ire Bet finally gave up. But she doesn¡¯t expect him toe back. He appears again... Bryce... ire Bet is a little upset. Leo Howard watches her reactions coldly, thinking that she is not happy because she thinks the heir of Bryce Group is handsome. Leo Howard says sarcastically, ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Did you just stare at Bryce to seduce him?¡± ire Bet shakes her head violently, ignoring Leo Howard¡¯s gloomy face. She looks pale. ¡°I¡¯m not feeling well. I¡¯m going to the bathroom!¡± When she finishes, she hurries to the bathroom. Leo Howard looks at ire Bet¡¯s anxious figure, confused and slightly worried. Just then, he finds that Bryce, the new heir on tform, has disappeared. Only the old chairman of the board of directors leads the elders of the family to toast all the people present. Leo Howard waits for ire Bet to return as he handles the toast. He has an ominous foreboding... Leo Howard immediately lowers his ss,ughs and makes an excuse then turns and leaves. He goes to the bathroom. ire Bet runs all over the way to the bathroom. She looks at herself in front of the mirror and begins to wash her face with cold water. She wants to sober herself up. Bryce... How does Bryce who grew up with her be the heir of Bryce Group? Does he deceive her from beginning to end? ire Bet shakes her head forcefully to force herself not to think about it. After washing her face, she wipes the water off her face with a paper towel. She leaves the bathroom. As a result, as soon as she walks out of the bathroom, she sees a familiar figure at the door. It is Bryce. ire Bet is embarrassed. She wants to escape but Brycees and stops her. He smiles and says, ¡°ire, we¡¯re seeing each other again!¡± ire Bet bites her lips and looks up at the Bryce in front of her. She is at a loss as to how to deal with it. She has to scratch her head and say, ¡°Bryce, why don¡¯t you greet the guests?¡± ¡°I am greeting you. You are my guest!¡± Bryce says with augh. ire Bet droops her head. Atst she cannot help asking, ¡°Why do you be the sessor of Bryce Group? I¡¯ve known you for so many years that today I know you¡¯re the son of Bryce Group!¡± If it weren¡¯t for you, I would never be the son of Bryce Group... Instead of answering ire Bet, Bryce mutters, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to marry Leo Howard...¡± ire Bet is silent. She bows her head and stops answering. The atmosphere is awkward. Just then Bryce suddenly raises his head. He grabs ire Bet¡¯s hands and says, ¡°ire, do you know how painful my heart was when I saw you in Leo Howard¡¯s arms?¡± ire Bet wants to get out of Bryce¡¯s hands. She says, ¡°Bryce, stop talking. Now that I¡¯m someone else¡¯s wife, it¡¯s not good for you to do that.¡± ¡°What¡¯s wrong? You should have been mine!¡± Bryce does not let go at all. Heughs. ¡°ire,st time you said you loved money and power. Now I¡¯m in power. I want you to be my wife, okay?¡± ire Bet is shocked that Bryce thinks so. She says, ¡°Bryce, you should understand that since I got married, we can¡¯t be together. Whether you are rich or powerful or whether you are the heir of Bryce Group, it is useless.¡± ¡°No!¡± Bryce exims and he refuses to give up. ¡°ire, I don¡¯t care who you marry. I don¡¯t mind. You can get divorced if you get married. I don¡¯t mind that. I¡¯m going to marry you!¡± ¡°You¡¯re crazy. Do you know what you are talking about now?¡± ire Bet is ashamed to hear Bryce¡¯s radical statement. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m crazy. ire, I¡¯m just mad for you...¡± Bryceughs loudly. Leo Howardes to the bathroom to find ire Bet. Suddenly he hears a voiceing from a short distance around the corner and stops. ¡°ire Bet, listen. I¡¯m sure I will marry you in this life. I don¡¯t care if you¡¯re married or not. I won¡¯t marry a woman other than you!¡± Leo Howard hears Bryce¡¯s affectionate love. ire Bet is the object of his love. Leo Howard¡¯s fist clenches in an instant. He is furious to the extreme. ire Bet, you¡¯re terrific. You can flirt with a man in the bathroom who is the future heir of Bryce Group. You are really capable! You are a slut! Chapter 47 Punishment, Leo Howard’s Anger Chapter 47 Punishment, Leo Howard¡¯s Anger ire Bet doesn¡¯t want to continue to tangle with Bryce. She breaks away from his hand. ¡°Bryce, I¡¯m married. I¡¯m Mrs. Howard. This is an unchangeable fact. Give up and don¡¯t force me anymore. I will never be with you!¡± ire Bet roars and runs away without looking back. Her tears fall silently and her eyes are blurred. Looking at the back of ire Bet, Bryce¡¯s hand clenches into fist and mutters to her, ¡°ire, whatever you say, I will not give up!¡± ire Bet returns to the party. She looks for a long time without seeing Leo Howard. ire Bet doesn¡¯t know people here and is embarrassed to ask others. After searching for more than half an hour, she still can¡¯t find Leo Howard. She has to go home by herself. Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire Bet returns to Leo Howard¡¯s vi. She looks at the locked door and is suddenly at a loss. The door of the vi is locked. This has never happened. What¡¯s the matter? ire Bet steps forward and knocks hard at the door. She shouts several times and no one answers. She gives up. She knows that the door of the vi should be guarded every day. Nobody is here today and the door is locked. Leo Howard did it! Thinking of Leo Howard, ire Bet suddenly puzzles. What does she do wrong again? Why does he do this to her? Although it is midsummer, the wind at night is still cool. ire Bet is wearing only one evening dress so she is even colder. If she stays out all night, she¡¯ll probably freeze to death! ire Bet thinks so and hurries to find a ce to go in. She finds her surroundings locked up and she can¡¯t get in. ire Bet sighs. She finds a low fence and tries to climb it into the vi. ire Bet goes into the vi. She reaches the garden in the vi and wants to go back to her room. But she finds that all the doors in the vi have been locked and she can not enter the house at all. ¡°Leo Howard, you¡¯ve gone too far!¡± ire Bet curses and scolds. It¡¯s cold at night. ire Bet is very cold. Suddenly she sees a light still slightly on in the vi. ire Bet remembers that this is the location of Leo Howard¡¯s room. In the room, Leo Howard is wearing a ck coat and looking through the window at ire Bet. ire Bet is shivering with cold. ¡°Need I help her back to her room for a rest?¡± Asked the maid tentatively. Leo Howard frowns. He is angry at the thought that he saw her with Bryce. ¡°No!¡± She¡¯d better freeze to death. She needs to be sober and know what to do and what not to do. The maid is so frightened that she shuts her mouth and dares not speak any more. ire Bet looks at the lights in Leo Howard¡¯s room above. She shivers with cold. She prays that he can see her and let her in. But she doesn¡¯t realize that the lights in his room suddenly go out. ire Bet is shocked. She sneezes and gnashes her teeth. Leo Howard, you are so cruel! ire Bet no longer has any illusions about Leo Howard. She curls up in the corner and spends the night outside. On the second morning, ire Bet is frozen to wake up. When she wakes up, she looks up and finds that the door is open. She rushes into the room. ire Bet goes back to her room and takes a hot bath. Her body gets warmer. Then she goes to Leo Howard. ire Bet justes into Leo Howard¡¯s room and roars and asks, ¡°Leo Howard, why didn¡¯t you tell me yesterday and left? Do you know how long I had been looking for you? Besides, why didn¡¯t you let me enter the vi?¡± ¡°Do you know that I almost froze to death outsidest night? What did I do wrong to make you do this to me? Do you understand that I am your wife? How can you treat me like this? You took care of me at the banquet yesterday...¡± In the end, ire Bet bites her lip. She really doesn¡¯t know Leo Howard. Yesterday at the banquet, he helped her and cared about her very much. Leo Howard frowns without looking up. He sneers and says, ¡°I protect you in front of outsiders because I don¡¯t want to be humiliated. Don¡¯t pretend to me. You¡¯re not a virgin. You¡¯re a slut. Don¡¯t pretend! That¡¯s ridiculous!¡± ¡°I¡¯m pretending?¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t understand. Why does he mention that? She lost her virginity before marriage. She exined that she was not willing at all. Why does he not believe her? If she can, she doesn¡¯t want to lose her virginity before marriage. ire Bet says, ¡°Leo Howard, you must tell me clearly why you say I am pretending.¡± ire Bet grabs Leo Howard¡¯s sleeve and refuses to let him go! Leo Howard stares coldly at ire Bet in front of him. He gets angry at the thought of what happened yesterday. He says indifferently, ¡°Think about what you did at the party yesterday. I left you there for a reason!¡± ire Bet sees Leo Howard¡¯s eyes cold. He doesn¡¯t seem to be joking. She is suddenly silent. Yesterday at the banquet... ire Bet suddenly remembers her conversation with Bryce in the hallway of the bathroom. She says quickly, ¡°Did you see that Bryce and I were talking yesterday?¡± Leo Howard sneers, ¡°You admit it. You know yourself!¡± ire Bet is embarrassed. ¡°It¡¯s not what you imagine. I¡¯ll exin to you.¡± ¡°I saw it with my own eyes. What do you want to exin? ire Bet, you are my wife. But you flirted with the heir of Bryce Group in the hallway of the bathroom. Do you want to say you are innocent? You¡¯re hypocritical enough!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not what you think. Leo Howard, you must believe me. Nothing happened between Bryce and me. We were just ymates when we were young. I made it clear to him yesterday.¡± ire Bet quickly exins. ¡°Stop pretending! I don¡¯t want to know what you said to another man. I only know you¡¯re a slut. You lost your virginity before marriage and you¡¯re not a virgin.¡± Leo Howard is angry. ire Bet is pale. She opens her mouth to exin something and finds that she can not exin it at all. She lost her virginity before marriage... ire Bet lowers her head and clenches her teeth tightly. Her heart is so bad that she can not breathe. Chapter 48 Please, Lend Me some Money Chapter 48 Please£¬ Lend Me some Money Leo Howard looks at her indifferently. ¡°What else? If you have nothing to say, get out of here!¡± ire Bet is so upset that she never looks up. She takes a few steps to leave. Just as her hand touches the doorknob and she is about to go out, she suddenly thinks of something. She turns to Leo Howard and whispers, ¡°Leo Howard, I do have one more thing to discuss with you...¡± ¡°Say it!¡± Leo Howard cherishes words like gold. ¡°That¡¯s... About my schooling...¡± ire Bet¡¯s words make Leo Howard angry. He says sarcastically, ¡°No, I disagree. It¡¯s good for you to stay at home. Why do you go to school to learn useless things? What¡¯s more, there are so many men in school. If you go to school, you will betray me.¡± ¡°I am not the kind of person you said and I will never betray you!¡± ire Bet exins in a hurry. ¡°Music is my dream from childhood to adulthood. I don¡¯t want to give up!¡± ¡°I¡¯ve known for a long time whether you¡¯re that kind of person or not. In a word, I don¡¯t agree with you!¡± Leo Howard sneers. His tone is very domineering. It¡¯s non-negotiable. ire Bet is helpless. Leo Howard is so domineering. She doesn¡¯t want to give up music. What should she do? She doesn¡¯t want to take his advice! ire Bet says, ¡°Well, then lend me some money...¡± The bank card her father left her for college has been frozen. Jade Patton did not give her money. Now she has to turn to Leo Howard!Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ¡°What do you want to do with money?¡± Leo Howard squints. He has guessed ire Bet¡¯s purpose of asking for money. He wants to hear how she will lie! ¡°I want money...¡± ire Bet opens her mouth and can¡¯t lie. Finally she gets angry. She blushes and growls, ¡°Leo Howard, I want to go to school and learn music. I don¡¯t have the money to pay the registration fee so I want to borrow money from you. You can rest assured that I will give it back to you in the future!¡± ¡°Tell me why I have to lend you money. You¡¯re Bet Family¡¯s daughter. You don¡¯t need to borrow money from me.¡± Leo Howard raises his eyebrows but can¡¯t help smiling. He is satisfied that ire Bet has not lied to deceive him. ¡°My stepmother froze the bank card my father left me. I have no way. Leo Howard, please lend me the money. I¡¯ll give it back to you in the future!¡± ire Bet looks up and says anxiously. However, Leo Howard seems to have no response. He remains silent. ¡°You call yourself Master Howard.¡± ire Bet looks at Leo Howard and says, ¡°Your wife borrows money from you but you are indifferent.¡± Leo Howard moves his lips and sneers, ¡°Don¡¯t push me! That¡¯s no use!¡± He walks up to ire Bet and lifts her jaw with his long fingers. He looks at her up and down with malicious intent. ¡°ire Bet, do you know what a slut should do to live well?¡± Leo Howard adds to his strength. ire Bet¡¯s jaw hurts. She frowns and retorts, ¡°I said I am not!¡± Leo Howard leans forward. He puts his lips on ire Bet¡¯s side face and bites her earlobe with his teeth. ¡°Because sluts satisfy men¡¯s desires. If you want money, please me.¡± Leo Howard opens his mouth and bites ire Bet¡¯s smooth earlobe. He sucks it hard. ire Bet seems to have been shocked. Her heart beats fast and her breathing quickens. ¡°No...¡± Just then, Leo Howard pushes ire Bet away. ¡°It¡¯s not that easy this time,¡± he says. ¡°If you don¡¯t call it out, I won¡¯t agree with you!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire Bet is angry. Her cheeks are red as if they are bleeding. She stares at Leo Howard and says, ¡°What do you think I am? Last time was thest time. Don¡¯t dream that I¡¯ll please you again. It¡¯s absolutely impossible!¡± ¡°Impossible?¡± Leo Howard scorns the sneers. ¡°I think you are just a slut born to please men!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire Bet is very angry. She clenches her teeth violently. Leo Howard insults her like that. She can¡¯t help falling apart. She begins to cry in front of him. Leo Howard is happy to see ire Bet in a mess. But like all men, he frets at the sight of women crying. He shouts, ¡°Enough. Is your family dead?¡± ire Bet bites her lip. She dares not let her tears fall again. Leo Howard is even more upset. He happens to see ire Bet¡¯s bracelet on her wrist. So he brutally takes off her bracelet. He goes to the window and throws it into the garden pool. ¡°Leo Howard, what are you doing?¡± ire Bet is stunned and she begins to growl. The bracelet is left to her by her father and matches the old jade pendant. Leo Howard looks back at ire Bet with a sneer. ¡°You don¡¯t have to cry anymore. If you can get this bracelet back in an hour, I¡¯ll promise you!¡± He finishes and leaves. ¡°Son of a bitch!¡± ire Bet roars. She looks at Leo Howard¡¯s back and growls then she dares not dy any longer. She rushes downstairs and begins to look for the bracelet. ire Bet saw the bracelet thrown into the garden pool so she begins to think by the pool. ire Bet tries the depth of water with something. She finds that the water in the pool is deep. The water may be deeper than her height. She swallows at once. Is she going down or not? ire Bet looks behind and finds that even her servant has disappeared. Now she is alone and no one can help her. Most importantly, ire Bet can¡¯t swim! ire Bet imagines that if she gives up music and continues to live a bad life at Leo Howard¡¯s house, she will be crazy. With that in mind, ire Bet takes a deep breath and jumps into the water. Chapter 49 I’m Looking Forward to Your Counterattack Chapter 49 I¡¯m Looking Forward to Your Counterattack ire Bet stands in the pool. She is surprised to find that the water has just flooded her chest. She breathes a sigh of relief. ¡°Leo Howard, don¡¯t think this problem will be able to stump me. I will seed!¡± ire Bet begins to move slowly in the pool to look for the bracelet. Suddenly, her feet slip and she loses her center of gravity. She has stepped into the deep pit in the pool. ¡°Help...¡± ire Bet shouts. The water in the pool pours into her mouth and nose in an instant, making her even more miserable. ire Bet struggles. Her father¡¯s benevolent face shes through her mind. ¡°Dad...¡± Cold water pours into her mouth and nose. ire Bet closes her eyes and sinks into the bottom of the pool... This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. At this time, Leo Howard frowns as he watches coldly from a distance. He doesn¡¯t know ire Bet cannot swim. He just wants to see her make a fool of herself. But when the pool ispletely quiet, Leo Howard is a little nervous. He says to himself, ¡°Does she have an ident?¡± Leo Howard¡¯s heart beat suddenly quickens. He begins to feel flustered. He walks quickly to the side of the pool and sees that there is still no movement on the surface of the water. He immediately jumps down without thinking about it. ire Bet is a silly woman. His revenge is not over yet. He forbids her to die! Soon, Leo Howard has brought ire Bet back from the pool. ire Bet is wet all over. Her clothes cling to her body and show her figure. He feels only a thirst in his throat. But ire Bet is still in aa. Leo Howard pats her face. After confirming that her life is not in danger, he frowns and tries to carry her into the room. Then ire Bet begins to mutter, ¡°Mom...¡± Mom?! Leo Howard freezes and sneers. This damn woman is still thinking about her slut mother. With that in mind, Leo Howard simply lets go. He throws ire Bet to the ground and does not intend to carry her back to her room. ¡°It hurts.¡± ire Bet is in pain. She coughs and looks painful. Leo Howard takes a look at ire Bet. Ignoring her painful expression, he sneers coldly and turns away. ire Bet is in aa near the pool. She feels cold all over. No onees to save her. Finally, she wakes up because it is too cold. ire Bet wraps her hands around herself. She opens her eyes in a daze. She squats by the pool and begins to tremble and clench her teeth. ire Bet looks around and thinks about falling into the pool. But she does not know who saved her from the water. Suddenly she remembers the bracelet and immediately looks at the time on the watch next to her. The time agreed with Leo Howard has already passed and she has not finished the task. She can¡¯t get her tuition. ire Bet crouches beside the pool. She feels the worst. No one helps her and she has nowhere to go. She doesn¡¯t know what to do. ire Bet cries desperately. Leo Howard is staring at ire Bet in the distance. He moves his mouth disdainfully. The dirty woman is as cheap as her mother. Although Leo Howard thinks so, he goes to ire Bet and stands behind her. ire Bet feels someone behind her. She turns her head and sees Leo Howard. She turns back in a hurry and wipes away the tears from her eyes. She is very stubborn and does not want him to see her fragility. ¡°Can¡¯t you gamble?¡± Leo Howard squints and his tone is full of sarcasm. ire Bet grits her teeth and says, ¡°Even if I don¡¯t depend on you, I¡¯ll go to school. You can rest assured!¡± ¡°You...¡± Leo Howard is instantly annoyed by ire Bet and says, ¡°ire Bet, if you can give in to me, your life will be much better.¡± ire Bet suddenly stands up and says, ¡°I will never give in to you. Give up!¡± When she finishes, she turns to leave. ¡°You are my wife. You can¡¯t leave without my permission.¡± Leo Howard is angrier. He reaches for ire Bet and rips her dress. Her dress is torn to reveal a white and attractive shoulder. ire Bet is shocked. She quickly covers her chest with her hands. She yells, ¡°Leo Howard, you son of a bitch. Rabbits bite when they get angry!¡± Leo Howard listens and immediatelyughs, ¡°Really? Then bite me. I¡¯m looking forward to your counterattack!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire Bet is shivering with anger. But she can¡¯t say a word. Perhaps ire Bet¡¯s stubbornness has moved Leo Howard. He takes a credit card out of his pocket and throws it in front of her. But he can¡¯t help ironically saying, ¡°Anyway, you are my wife. I can¡¯t let you go prostitution for money, which will damage my honor!¡± After he finishes, he turns and leaves. ire Bet is stunned. She watches Leo Howard¡¯s long, straight figure away before she regains consciousness. ire Bet stares at the credit card on the ground for a long time. Finally she picks it up and holds it in her hand. She says to herself, ¡°is this submission? It is... It¡¯s not... No, not really. ire Bet, you just give in temporarily.¡± Someday, she¡¯ll give him back the humiliation Leo Howard gives her! ire Betforts himself. She clenches her fist and cheers herself on. Then she puts the credit card back in her pocket. Chapter 50 A Passionate Kiss Chapter 50 A Passionate Kiss The next day, ire Bet goes to school early in the morning. But when she goes to pay the tuition fee, she is told by the staff that the tuition fee has been paid for her. ire Bet opens her eyes and asks in some surprise, ¡°Who helps me pay my tuition fee?¡± The staff member justughs and says, ¡°It¡¯s a man. He¡¯s quite handsome.¡± ire Bet is somewhat puzzled but she sees the irony of the staff member¡¯s eyes. She pauses and turns away. Although ire Bet does not know who helps her pay her tuition fees, she is happy. She can return the credit card to Leo Howard. To be honest, ire Bet is not at all willing to owe Leo Howard. ire Bet goes back home. The maid does not wee her. ire Bet gets used to it and asks, ¡°Where is Leo Howard?¡± The maid nces at her and says, ¡°How can you call Master Howard directly?¡± ire Bet frowns and can¡¯t help raising her voice. ¡°Where¡¯s Leo Howard?¡± When the maid sees ire Bet angry, she points upstairs and says, ¡°Master Howard is resting.¡± ire Bet ignores the maid and goes to the door of Leo Howard¡¯s room and knocks. No one responds. ire Bet¡¯s face turns red with shyness as soon as she opens the door. It turns out that Leo Howard is lying on the big bed naked. He has strong muscles. He is sleeping soundly. He has a strong man¡¯s breath and strength. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire Bet quickly closes her eyes. When she turns to leave, Leo Howard speaks. ¡°Stop!¡± His voice is sluggish but full of anger. It seems that he is dissatisfied with being disturbed while he is sleeping. ire Bet stops. She turns her back to Leo Howard¡¯s naked body and says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± Leo Howard sits on the bed. He doesn¡¯t seem to want to wear clothes. He says coldly, ¡°what are you doing in my room? Say it quickly.¡± ¡°I...¡± But before ire Bet finishes, Leo Howardins, ¡°Come in and say it.¡± ire Bet enters the room. She looks at the ground instead of Leo Howard¡¯s naked body. She takes out the credit card and says, ¡°I don¡¯t need it. Somebody paid my tuition for me.¡± ¡°Who?¡± Leo Howard frowns and nces sharply across ire Bet¡¯s cheek. ¡°I don¡¯t know but it¡¯s none of your business.¡± ¡°Is it your lover?¡± Leo Howard sneers. ire Bet is angry. She turns her head and points to Leo Howard. ¡°Do you think I¡¯m the same as you? I¡¯m not that kind of person.¡± ire Bet finds herself seeing Leo Howard¡¯s naked and healthy body. Her face and neck turn red and she can not speak any more. Leo Howard nces at ire Bet and mocks, ¡°Are you blushing? This money is nothing to me and you deserve it.¡± ¡°You¡¯re the woman of Howard Family so you deserve it.¡± Leo Howard emphasizes but the ironic tone makes ire Bet feel humiliated rather than respected. ire Bet dissatisfies, ¡°Do you regard me as your wife?¡± ¡°Wife? You are paranoid. I just regard you as my ve!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire Bet grits her teeth and feels that there is only endless humiliation in front of Leo Howard. She turns and leaves angrily. But Leo Howard suddenly says coldly, ¡°Don¡¯t you return my credit card?¡± ire Bet is so angry that she is just going to throw the credit card back to him. But he says coldly, ¡°If you don¡¯t hand it to me personally, I won¡¯t admit you give it to me.¡± ire Bet takes a deep breath. She restrains her violent desire to kill Leo Howard and then walks towards him lying on the bed. ¡°Take it quickly.¡± ire Bet looks at him in disgust and hands it over. Leo Howard takes his eyes back from the ceiling. He reaches for the credit card but there is a tease in his eyes. He reaches out and grabs ire Bet¡¯s white arm. ¡°What are you doing?¡± ire Bet is shocked. Leo Howard does not speak. His breathing bes rapid and he suppresses ire Bet under himself. He puts his hands on her arms and looks down at her. His eyes are full of lust. ire Bet doesn¡¯t want to see Leo Howard¡¯s lustful eyes. Her eyes nces inadvertently across Leo Howard¡¯s lower abdomen. She moves away in a panic, struggles and tries to escape. Leo Howard looks at ire Bet and sees her trying to break free from his bondage. He shackles her around the waist and sneers, ¡°The credit card is given to me. But I can¡¯t suffer losses. It¡¯s not too much to have sex with you once.¡± ire Bet just wants to argue but Leo Howard brutally kisses her red lips. His kiss bes more and more fanatical and the savage and hot breath prates ire Bet¡¯s lips and teeth and goes straight into her lungs, making ire Bet feel hot. Next, Leo Howard¡¯s offensive bes even more intense. He raises her teeth with his tongue and kisses her tongue. Reason keeps ire Bet resisting. Her delicate body is struggling under Leo Howard¡¯s body but it makes Leo Howard more excited. ¡°You are very attractive!¡± Leo Howard finally lets go of ire Bet¡¯s mouth but kisses ire Bet¡¯s jaw all the way from his lips. Then he sucks ire Bet¡¯s neck. ¡°Shout!¡± Leo Howard says in a husky voice as he kisses ire Bet on the neck. ire Bet closes her eyes. She is paralyzed and has no room to resist. The only thing she can do is to clench her teeth and not let Leo Howard seed. ¡°Why are you always camouging? Aren¡¯t you tired?¡± Leo Howard growls, kisses ire Bet¡¯s vicle and tears her clothes apart. Her breastse out. ¡°Do you like this?¡± He says in a rough and cold voice. ¡°Are you waiting for this? Sluts should like this!¡± Leo Howard sneers and tears off all ire Bet¡¯s clothes. ire Bet feels desperate. She feels humiliated and sad. The temperature in the room gradually increases. Just then, the door suddenly opens... Chapter 51 Young man standing in the light Chapter 51 Young man standing in the light ire Bet is shocked. She turns her head and looks in the direction of the door. A tall and handsome man appears in the backlight. The young man has a warm smile on his face. But when he sees clearly what is happening in the room, his smile is a little embarrassed and he says embarrassingly, ¡°Excuse me.¡± The man turns to leave but Leo Howard pulls the sheet over ire Bet and says, ¡°Wait a minute.¡± The young man does not turn around and wonders, ¡°brother, what¡¯s wrong?¡± Leo Howard says, ¡°Why do you suddenly appear here?¡± The man shrugs his shoulders and spreads his hand. ¡°I just got off the ne to give you a surprise.¡± After that, he puts the door on and the footsteps are fading away. Leo Howard looks at the dazed ire Bet and frowns, ¡°what are you doing? Dress up and go downstairs.¡± ire Bet res at Leo Howard and says, ¡°You tore my clothes just now.¡± Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. Leo Howard finds a white shirt from the wardrobe and throws it to ire Bet. ¡°Put it on.¡± ire Bet puts the big white shirt on her and feels it has a very elegant fragrance. It smells very good. It smells a little like Leo Howard. She frowns at the thought. ¡°That man just called your brother. Is he your brother?¡± ire Bet asks. Leo Howard nces at her coldly and says, ¡°Yes, his name is Ling Howard.¡± ire Bet is shocked when she suddenly feels a kind of sadness in her heart. She finds that she knows little about Leo Howard. She doesn¡¯t even know Leo Howard¡¯s family. Fortunately, ire Bet has long been used to it. ... Downstairs. Ling Howard leans on the sofa and crosses his legs with a smile on his lips. He is sunny and handsome. The maid is attracted to him. Ling Howard is very cheerful and smiles at everyone. Dressed Leo Howard and ire Bet both go downstairs. Ling Howard greets Leo Howard warmly. But when he sees Leo Howard¡¯s gloomy face, his words are swallowed in his stomach. There is a moment of silence. Ling Howard coughs twice and says, ¡°I did disturb you just now. You don¡¯t have to be so angry.¡± Ling Howard smiles cheekily. He sits next to Leo Howard and puts his hand on Leo Howard¡¯s shoulder. ¡°Your girlfriend is beautiful.¡± Leo Howard takes Ling Howard¡¯s hand from his shoulder and whispers, ¡°You don¡¯t study abroad well. What are you doing back home?¡± Ling Howard exins, ¡°I¡¯ve graduated from the foreign school.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo Howard asks. Ling Howard says, ¡°I don¡¯t lie to you. Ie back to continue my study. I¡¯ve already found the school.¡± Leo Howard interrupts him and frowns, ¡°I think you cane back and work in our family. What¡¯s the point of reading so many books? You¡¯re smart. After two years of work, you will surely achieve something.¡± When ites to business, Ling Howard¡¯s usual smile disappears instantly. Ling Howard says, ¡°Okay. I have nothing to say. Don¡¯t you introduce your girlfriend to me?¡± Ling Howard looks ire Bet over with a smile on his face. ire Bet also finds that the handsome man has no Leo Howard¡¯s hegemony. He is sunny and easy-going. The two brothers lookpletely different. ire Bet is the first time to see Ling Howard. They haven¡¯t talked yet but ire Bet has a crush on the man. Leo Howard nces at ire Bet and says, ¡°She¡¯s not my girlfriend.¡± ire Bet lowers her head and knows that Leo Howard will not let go of any opportunity to humiliate her. But then Leo Howardughs and says, ¡°She¡¯s my wife.¡± ire Bet and Ling Howard are shocked. ire Bet does not show it but pats herself on the chest. Ling Howard opens his eyes wide. His eyes go back and forth over them. He says unbelievably, ¡°What?¡± Leo Howard doesn¡¯t say anything. Ling Howard punches him hard and says angrily, ¡°You didn¡¯t even tell me about your marriage! Are you kidding me?¡± Ling Howard is first surprised and then a little angry. Leo Howard pats him on the shoulder and says, ¡°My marriage with her involves some family matters so it¡¯s rather hasty. I know you value your studies so I don¡¯t want to disturb you.¡± Ling Howard seems to have been deceived. He sits there breathlessly and says, ¡°How many times will you get married in your life? You didn''t tell me.¡± Leo Howard looks at ire Bet and they are silent. The atmosphere bes quiet. But Ling Howard seems quick to reassure himself by waving, ¡°Come on, it¡¯s all over.¡± Leo Howard smiles at his brother and knows that Ling Howard can not be angry with him all the time. They have not seen each other for several years and have a good chat. They forget ire Bet. ire Bet listens to theirughter and suddenly realizes that she is an outsider. So she quietly leaves her seat and walks towards the door. ire Bet walks out into the garden outside the vi and watches the fish swimming in the fish pond. ire Bet squats down and holds the fish in the pond with her hands. She only holds a handful of clear water and helplessly lets them run away from her fingertips. ire Bet sees a figure behind her in the reflection. She turns to look and a pure and bright smile comes into her eyes. ¡°Sister-inw is a sentimental person.¡± Ling Howard jokes. ire Bet doesn¡¯t know what to say. She asks casually, ¡°what do you want to learn?¡± Leo Howard pushes his hands in the air as if there were rhythms in the air. His fingers are whiter and more flexible than Leo Howard¡¯s. ¡°Music.¡± Ling Howard says, ¡°Though I have known music before, I am prepared to study hard this time.¡± ire Bet looks at Ling Howard in surprise and asks him, ¡°Is it the music school in A City?¡± Ling Howard nods. ire Bet is like finding a confidant. She says happily, ¡°I just went through the admission formalities.¡± ¡°Really? I didn¡¯t expect sister-inw to like music too!¡± Ling Howard is equally happy. ¡°It¡¯s good to be with you,¡± he said. ¡°I¡¯m afraid I won¡¯t be able to adapt to domestic life.¡± Chapter 52 Suspicion of Leo Howard Chapter 52 Suspicion of Leo Howard ire Bet is infected by Ling Howard¡¯s sunshine. She says, ¡°If only your brother could be so outgoing.¡± Theyugh at the same time. Although they have not known each other for a long time, they have a good rtionship. On the second floor of the vi, Leo Howard opens the curtains and looks at ire Bet who is laughing happily. He has never seen ire Betugh so happily. Now she is talking andughing with his brother, which makes Leo Howard very upset. Although ire Bet is a dirty woman, she belongs to him. His eyes be fierce. Leo Howard closes the curtains and goes downstairs. He bluntly breaks into the conversation between Ling Howard and ire Bet. He frowns at ire Bet and murmurs, ¡°It¡¯ste. You should go to bed.¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t know what happened to Leo Howard. She sleeps in separate rooms with Leo Howard and Leo Howard never cares about her bedtime. Today he asks for it. ire Bet is about to retort but Leo Howard turns to Ling Howard and says, ¡°You must be tired just after you get home. Go and have a rest. I¡¯ve already had your room cleaned up!¡± Ling Howard looks puzzled at Leo Howard and ire Bet. He feels strange but does not speak. He nods. Leo Howard says a few words and pulls ire Bet into the room. ¡°What are you going to do?¡± When ire Bet enters the room, she yells, ¡°why do you want to control everything?¡± ire Bet has no scruples. She doesn¡¯t have to disguise herself in front of Ling Howard. She throws Leo Howard¡¯s hand aside. ¡°You are a control freak, neurotic, scum.¡± ¡°ire Bet, you were flirting with Ling Howard just now,¡± Leo Howard sneers. What do you think I am?¡± ire Bet turns to walk out of the room. ¡°You¡¯re neurotic.¡± ¡°You want to leave?¡± Leo Howard suddenly grabs ire Bet¡¯s hand and brutally hits her against the wall. He puts his arms on the wall and res at her. He says grimly, ¡°You are so dirty. Can¡¯t you stand loneliness when you see a man? You seduced my brother. How lewd are you?¡± ire Bet clenches her teeth and turns her head in resentment. ¡°Do you think I¡¯m the same as you?¡± ire Bet sneers. Leo Howard snorts and presses his whole body against ire Bet¡¯s trembling body, making it difficult for her to move. ire Bet shouts. Her delicate body explodes with tremendous force to push Leo Howard away. ¡°Ling Howard and I were just talking normally,¡± she roars. Leo Howard doesn¡¯t expect ire Bet to push him. His eyes are fierce in a sh. He presses ire Bet¡¯s shoulder and says angrily, ¡°You have to remember your position. Dare you resist me? You want to die...¡± Before Leo Howard finishes, ire Bet suddenly turns her head and bites Leo Howard hard on the hand that holds her shoulder. ire Bet feels only a slight muffling noise. Leo Howard¡¯s slender, cold hand is bitten by her teeth. Warm blood flows from between her lips and teeth. Leo Howard has not been treated like that. Let alone she is a lewd woman. By this time he is furious and pushes ire Bet against the wall. ire Bet feels a bump on her back and she is cold and almost faints. She looks up and finds Leo Howard¡¯s broad palm ready to hit her in the face. ¡°ve, you want to die!¡± Leo Howard¡¯s voice is cold and violent. ire Bet feels that Leo Howard¡¯s palm is fierce. She shrinks back with her eyes closed but behind her is a cold wall. ire Bet is afraid but Leo Howard¡¯s hand is hovering in mid-air. It trembles but does not fall. She looks up and finds Ling Howard beside her. He grabs Leo Howard¡¯s wrist. They seem to be competing. Their wrists are shaking at the same time. Ling Howard suppresses his face but still smiles with great effort, ¡°Brother, if something happens, you canmunicate well and not beat people.¡± Leo Howard can¡¯t get rid of Ling Howard¡¯s hand. He just lets go and says to Ling Howard indifferently, ¡°This is family matter. Don¡¯t worry about it.¡± Ling Howard listens to Leo Howard and the cheeks that are always full of smiles suddenly drop cold. ¡°Elder brother, am I not a family member?¡± Leo Howard frowns and says to Ling Howard, ¡°It¡¯s a matter between us. Ling, you don¡¯t know anything. Do you know who this woman is, she...¡± ¡°I know.¡± Ling Howard blinks and his eyes look clean. Leo Howard takes a cold look at Leo Howard and ire Bet. Ling Howard says, ¡°Whoever she is and whoever her mother is. Now she¡¯s my sister-inw. You must have misunderstood something before. Your suspicious nature has not changed at all.¡± Ling Howard sees that Leo Howard is silent so he calls out the maid loudly and asks her to deal with Leo Howard¡¯s wound. ire Bet also flees. ¡°Leo Howard is an asshole. I will get revenge one day!¡± ire Bet is angry. ... On the second morning, ire Bet wakes up in a nightmare. She opens her eyes suddenly. A smiling face looks down at her and releases the hand that holds her nose. ire Bet sees that the man is Ling Howard and pulls the quilt up in horror. She wonders, ¡°Why are you here?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t wake you up so I have to pinch your nose,¡± says Lin Howard, smiling with his eyes narrow. Ling Howard sits on ire Bet¡¯s bed. ¡°Get up quickly. Today is the opening ceremony.¡± ire Bet looks at him and says, ¡°How can I get up if you don¡¯t go out?¡± Ling Howard immediately ps his head and walks out in a swing. Hees to the door and stops suddenly. He scratches his head with his hands and his back to ire Bet. He asks, ¡°Why don¡¯t you sleep with him in the same room?¡± Why not sleep with Leo Howard... ire Bet is stunned. She and Leo Howard are not a normal couple at all. He married her just to torture her. But ire Bet still doesn¡¯t want to let Ling Howard know. After a while, she looks at the back of Ling Howard and says, ¡°I, I like to talk in my sleep. I am afraid of disturbing his sleep, so we...¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°Oh, that¡¯s what it is!¡± Ling Howard smiles as if he suddenly knows something. He goes out without turning his head and there is a glimmer of cunning in his eyes. Chapter 53 Trick in a Car Chapter 53 Trick in a Car The breakfast process is not as awkward as ire Bet imagines. It¡¯s all because of Ling Howard¡¯s existence. He sometimes jokes with Leo Howard and turns to ire Bet. His talent for humour keeps the maidsughing. After breakfast, Ling Howard invites ire Bet to hang out with him. ire Bet remembers what happenedst night and is afraid of suspicious Howard Leo. So she refuses. Leo Howard reads the magazine on the sofa. He looks at ire Bet¡¯s every move. When he sees ire Bet rejecting Ling Howard, he feels a sense of satisfaction. But Ling Howard pulls ire Bet out of the room and ire Bet has to follow Ling Howard out. Leo Howard looks angrily at the doorway where they disappears and the magazine he is reading is brutally smashed to the ground. Ling Howard is undoubtedly an interesting person. His humor always makes ire Betugh. She feels much morefortable than staying at home. It is not until noon that they return home. Lin Howard sweats a lot. He goes in and takes a bath. However, just as Ling Howard disappears, Leo Howard looks coldly at ire Bet and says in a low, fierce voice, ¡°You know you¡¯re wrong, slut?¡± ire Bet hears Leo Howard scold her and says angrily, ¡°You clearly saw that I was pulled out by him. And is it wrong for a sister-inw to take his brother out to familiarize himself with the environment?¡± Ling Howard sneers, ¡°You¡¯re like your mother. I hate innocent slut.¡± Leo Howard walks towards ire Bet. He looks down at her with disdain and indifference in his eyes. ire Bet steps back and says, ¡°I forbid you to talk about my mother. Are you a good person? You are not qualified to speak of others!¡± ire Bet opens her eyes. She looks straight into Leo Howard¡¯s eyes without any sign of weakness. Leo Howard says angrily, ¡°you are a dirty and cheap slut. What qualifications do you have to talk about me?¡± Blood fments begins to appear in Leo Howard¡¯s eyes. He¡¯s going to teach ire Bet a lesson. But then the bathroom door opens. Ling Howard rubs his dripping hair with a towel, looks at Leo Howard and ire Bet, smiles and says, ¡°Sister-inw, don¡¯t you take a bath and dress up? It¡¯s the opening ceremony in the afternoon.¡± Leo Howard and ire Bet know that Ling Howard pretends to be careless but in fact he is easing the atmosphere. Leo Howard snorts and sees the wound he has been bitten by ire Betst night. He is even more upset. ire Bet also gives him a cold look and walks back to her room without looking back. Leo Howard and Ling Howard suddenly fall into silence. Ling Howard frowns. ¡°Why do you care so much about thest generation¡¯s grudge?¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Leo Howard takes a deep breath and sits on the sofa. He is silent for a long time before he says to Ling Howard, ¡°You¡¯re too young to understand.¡± Ling Howard shakes his head,ys the towel on his shoulder and sways back to the room. ... After lunch, Leo Howard and ire Bet both seem happy. Because the opening ceremony in the afternoon can formally make them music school students. Leo Howard looks at them and finds himself expelled. Although he thinks these are just children¡¯s things. Leo Howard still feels ufortable. Suddenly he says, ¡°I¡¯ll take you both.¡± It¡¯s not Leo Howard who drives. He and ire Bet sit in the back. Ling Howard is in the co-driver¡¯s seat. His eyes are always curious about everything outside the window. ire Bet feels ufortable. Suddenly she feels a cold in her leg and then very painful. It turns out that Leo Howard¡¯s hand is on her knee. He pinches her roughly. ire Bet does not expect Leo Howard to bully her on such asions. She res at Leo Howard and pulls his hand away. But Leo Howard gives a grim smile. He approaches ire Bet and roughly bites her earlobe with his teeth. He says in a hoarse voice, ¡°Slut, would you be excited on such an asion?¡± ire Bet feels that she is breathing hard and can not help but gasp. ire Bet turns to stare at Leo Howard and whispers, ¡°You¡¯re a pervert, Leo Howard.¡± Leo Howardughs indifferently and says like a devil, ¡°Are you a lewd woman qualified to speak of me?¡± Leo Howard growls but his hand falls under ire Bet¡¯s clothes at the same time. ¡°Stop, Leo Howard.¡± ire Bet¡¯s waist is roughly rubbed by Leo Howard but she dares not shout at him at this time. Leo Howard seeds. He touches her with both hands. This time, he does not kiss ire Bet roughly. Leo Howard blows hot air in her ear and whispers, ¡°Well, how¡¯s my technology? Can¡¯t help it? Then you shout, slut.¡± Leo Howard curses ire Bet in her ear. His hands wander unscrupulously under ire Bet¡¯s clothes. The cruel thing is that her body is gradually warming up under the bullying of Leo Howard. Leo Howard¡¯s goal is to embarrass her. ire Bet clenches her teeth but a delicate gasp slips between her lips and teeth. Ling Howard suddenly turns his head. He looks at ire Bet and asks, ¡°What¡¯s wrong with you?¡± ire Bet who is bullied by Leo Howard¡¯s hands says calmly, ¡°I may have caught a cold. It¡¯s very dull in the car.¡± Ling Howard continues to look out of the window. At that time, Leo Howard again gets to the ear of ire Bet and says, ¡°you are disguised as a bitch.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t try to hook up with other men especially Ling. Be good.¡± Leo Howard teaches ire Bet as she grasps her breast. ire Bet does not speak. She grabs Leo Howard¡¯s hand and squeezes his wound. She whispers, ¡°You¡¯re a pervert and neurotic. Get out of here.¡± Leo Howard is in pain. He takes back his hand. When he is ready to bully ire Bet, the car suddenly stops. They arrived at the Conservatory of Music. ire Bet is so happy that she hurries out of the car. She and Ling Howard head for the university. Leo Howard in the car looks at ire Bet¡¯s back, dark and malicious. Ling Howard is a little worried about ire Bet. Her face and neck are still red. ¡°Sister-inw, are you all right? How about going to the hospital?¡± ire Bet waves her hand and calms her breath. ¡°Maybe it¡¯s because I¡¯m in a new school and I¡¯m nervous now.¡± Ling Howardughs and says, ¡°Sister-inw, you don¡¯t have to be nervous. I¡¯m here.¡± Chapter 54 Meeting Again, Things in the Hall Chapter 54 Meeting Again, Things in the Hall Ling Howard and ire Bet sit in the new student area of the hall and listen to the music. Ling Howard holds his hand on the hypothetical keys in the air. His slender fingers move flexibly. He imitates musicians, throws his hair around and attracts the attention of several girls around. ire Betughs. Ling Howard is very good. They sit in silence for a moment. The opening ceremony begins. An old man with a white beardes up. He is the dean of the college. He addresses the freshmen and then leaves. ¡°Let¡¯s wee Qi Elizabeth, president of the Student Union!¡± A voice sounds behind the scenes, causing a small disturbance among the new students. Before entering the school, the students have heard that the president of the Student Union is not only a highly aplished musician but also a great beauty. Nowadays, many people are looking forward to seeing her. The second generation of the rich and the sons of the officials are thinking about how to get along with her. Soon, a beautiful woman in a red dresses onto the stage. She has long ck eyshes, a fair face and scarlet lips. Qi Elizabeth, unlike most girls, is very tardy. But ire Bet looks at the woman and her face changes. Because Qi Elizabeth pped her at that banquetst time and was kicked by Leo Howard and vomited blood. This woman is very hypocritical. ire Bet has some dissatisfaction in her heart. Ling Howard suddenly chuckles and says, ¡°I don¡¯t think she looks as good as you.¡± ire Bet blushes and looks at him. ¡°You¡¯re kidding.¡± In fact, she is very happy. Qi Elizabeth speaks on stage and then announces that the next step is the oath of new students. Every new student has a corresponding number. They get the draft for the oath first and then they take the oath in groups. Qi Elizabeth is in charge of distributing drafts. She identally sees ire Bet and recognizes her. She remembers the day. A malice rises in her heart and a malicious smile rises from her lips. ire Bet also sees Qi Elizabeth. She fears that she will be entangled by this mad woman. When she is upset, she sees Qi Elizabething. To ire Bet¡¯s surprise, Qi Elizabeth has a kind smile on her face. Qi Elizabeth walks up to ire Bet, nods slightly and says, ¡°Miss Bet, I¡¯m sorry about thest time. I think I did something wrong. I apologize to you today.¡± ire Bet is an outspoken person. Now that Qi Elizabeth has offered to apologize, she can ept it. So she smiles and says, ¡°I was too excited at that time. You are my senior, and please take care of me more.¡± Qi Elizabeth grabs ire Bet¡¯s hand. ¡°Of course.¡± Qi Elizabeth says, ¡°I almost forget to give you the draft. Later you read the draft.¡± Qi Elizabeth puts the draft in ire Bet¡¯s hand and points to the other freshmen who are ready to go on stage and says, ¡°Come on, now you should go on stage too.¡± ire Bet nods and they walk up the stage together. Qi Elizabeth holds her hand intimately as she walks up the steps. But ire Bet¡¯s feet suddenly hurt. She shouts in the quiet hall. She looks down and Qi Elizabeth¡¯s high heels are stepping on her feet. ire Bet frowns and looks up at Qi Elizabeth. She finds herughing ironically. Before she can respond, Qi Elizabeth releases ire Bet¡¯s hand and shouts, ¡°What¡¯s wrong with you? Don¡¯t you know it¡¯s a hall? You¡¯re rude.¡± There is a rustling sound under the stage. People stare at ire Bet with dissatisfaction. ire Bet suddenly realizes that Qi Elizabeth is ying a trick on her. She is very angry and pushes Qi Elizabeth, ¡°You are too much!¡± Qi Elizabeth pretends to lose her centre of gravity and falls to the ground. She falls in a good posture. This woman disguises herself very well. Qi Elizabeth suddenly cries out, ¡°You¡¯re so presumptuous that you hit me,e on.¡± The students from the student union also join in. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. At this time, the guards finallye out. They are going to take ire Bet out of the hall. But someone stands by ire Bet and waves the guards away. The man is wearing a ck tuxedo. He is tall. He¡¯s peaceful but tough. It¡¯s not someone else. It¡¯s Bryce. He gently pulls ire Bet beside him and gently asks, ¡°It¡¯s all right, ire.¡± ire Bet is also amazed at why Bryce is here and is about to ask. ¡°Are you still camouging?¡± Bryce says to Qi Elizabeth on the ground. ¡°You¡¯re the president of the Student Union, and it¡¯s damaging to your reputation.¡± Qi Elizabeth has not been taught in this school. She immediately stands up and sneers and says, ¡°what are you? Are you looking for women in the hall?¡± ¡°And you, ire Bet. If Leo Howard knows you are out with other men, what will he do to you? Master Howard will not like to share a wife with other men.¡± Qi Elizabeth points to Bryce and ire Bet and mocks. Bryce frowns. He has never met such a rude woman. Qi Elizabeth yells and brazenly calls in the guards. Bryce sneers and says to the guards beside him, ¡°Come here and drag this mad woman out.¡± The guards nod and without any hesitation they start. Bryce throws Qi Elizabeth an indifferent look and scorns, ¡°Qi Elizabeth, you get the position of president by your body. Do you think we don¡¯t know?¡± ¡°Who are you?¡± Qi Elizabeth is tied up by guards. Her face is filled with fear and shame. Bryce says impatiently, ¡°I am the chairman of this college.¡± Bryce waves and the guards pull Qi Elizabeth out. The hall is quiet for a moment. Bryce pats ire Bet on the shoulder tofort her. He smiles at the students and says, ¡°Now go on taking an oath. If someone breaks the order, I will punish him.¡± Although Bryce smiles and speaks calmly, it still makes people feel that there is a sense of killing, which makes the hall more solemn at once. ire Bet steps on stage and begins to read the oath with the rest of the team. But when she sees the words on her draft, she almost trembles with anger. Chapter 55 The Secrets of Ling Howard Chapter 55 The Secrets of Ling Howard You are a cheap, dirty, ill-bred woman! You¡¯re a bitch without a mother! ire Bet turns pale with such a vicious remark on the note. Bryce apparently senses something wrong with her. He hurries up to see it. He is very angry. ire Bet is trembling with rage. The words hurt her. She tears up the note and then turns to step down. Bryce stops her. Bryce calls in the staff. He takes another draft and hands it to her. He touches ire Bet¡¯s head lovingly. ire Bet blushes. She is embarrassed. Ling Howard looks at them in a bit of surprise. Atst, ire Bet hurries off the stage and rxes. Ling Howard wants to ask about Bryce. But ire Bet seems a little unhappy so he doesn¡¯t ask her. ire Bet seems to have noticed the weirdness of Ling Howard. She thinks he must have seen her with Bryce, especially when Bryce touched her hair. She closes her lips tightly. They have different minds. The long opening ceremony is finally over. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Ling Howard stretches himself hyperbolically as he steps out of the hall. His bright eyes look around. ire Bet is puzzled. She grabs Ling Howard and says, ¡°Hey, I feel you¡¯re mysterious today. Are you looking for someone?¡± ¡°No!¡± Ling Howard squints and waves. ¡°There must be. Speak up!¡± ire Bet stares at the sh in Ling Howard¡¯s eyes andughs. ¡°Actually, sister-inw, I¡¯m looking for Qi Elizabeth.¡± Ling Howard is suddenly a little angry. ¡°She¡¯s gone too far. I must find her and teach her a lesson.¡± ire Bet nces at him and says, ¡°where did you go? I was helpless on the stage. If it weren¡¯t for...¡± Ling Howard goes on to say, ¡°If it weren¡¯t for the beautiful man who appeared, you would be embarrassed, right?¡± ire Bet does not answer. Then Ling Howard suddenlyes up and says mysteriously, ¡°But who¡¯s that man?¡± ire Bet says, ¡°Don¡¯t get me wrong. Bryce and I are just...¡± Ling Howard doesn¡¯t seem to care about ire Bet¡¯s rtionship with Bryce at all. He says to himself, ¡°he is called Bryce. He is Bryce Family¡¯s heir. I didn¡¯t expect him to be very handsome.¡± Ling Howard smiles unconsciously. ire Bet feels his smile is a little weird. But she doesn¡¯t think much about it. However, what she doesn¡¯t expect is that Ling Howard speaks directly, ¡°Bryce is pretty good. I like him very much. I¡¯m attracted to him!¡± ¡°Ah?¡± ire Bet is shocked. ¡°What do you mean? You can¡¯t...¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it obvious what I mean?¡± Ling Howard looks at ire Bet in amazement, scratches his head, smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m not impressed with people as beautiful as you. That¡¯s not because you are my sister-inw. Hey, you know!¡± ire Bet looks at him and says, ¡°do you like men?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Ling Howard nods and whispers, ¡°Sister-inw, you should keep your voice down. Nobody knows about it except you!¡± ire Bet is horrified. She looks at Ling Howard, pats him on the shoulder and says, ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t tell anyone about it.¡± ¡°Thank you, sister-inw!¡± Ling Howard is about to ask more about Bryce when hees across a tall woman with a pair of willow eyebrows locked and her eyes cold. Her name is Siri. She is a teacher in this Conservatory of Music. ¡°Are you Miss Bet, please?¡± Siri smiles. ire Bet nods and responds with a smile. ¡°I am. Who are you, please?¡± Siri smiles and politely responds, ¡°I am the chief teacher of this college. Now there are some things to deal with you. If you can, follow me.¡± ire Bet is a little strange because she has just arrived here. She fears that Qi Elizabeth will frame her so she looks at Ling Howard. Ling Howard signals ire Bet not to worry. ire Bet nods and agrees. They go to the office. Siri opens the door and leaves. ire Bet sees Bryce pacing back and forth in the office. It turns out that Bryce has Siri bring ire Bet. Bryce turns to see ire Bet. Instead of worrying, he smiles at her. He hurries to ire Bet, takes ire Bet¡¯s hand from Ling Howard and gently supports her on the sofa. Ling Howard is ignored. He is a little jealous. ire Bet says, ¡°Bryce, I...¡± ¡°How do you feel?¡± Bryce asks with concern. ire Bet blushes and reaches out to stop him from approaching. ¡°Bryce, that¡¯s not good.¡± Bryce looks at Ling Howard who is staring at him and feels a little embarrassed. But he coughs twice and says, ¡°I¡¯m worried about you. You look so bad!¡± ire Bet shakes her head and frowns, ¡°I¡¯m all right. I am now Leo Howard¡¯s wife. I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s not appropriate for you to do so.¡± Bryce nces at Ling Howard with a slight chill in his eyes. To his surprise, Ling Howard has no Leo Howard¡¯s gloom or tyranny. He gives him a warm sunny smile. ¡°Hello, I¡¯m Ling Howard, Leo Howard¡¯s brother.¡± Ling Howardughs. Bryce nods to him, too. Instead of doubting him, he greets him with a faint smile. Bryce thinks there is something wrong with the atmosphere. He shakes his head and finally turns to ire Bet and says, ¡°ire, I just think of you as my sister now. I said I wanted to protect you. You are someone else¡¯s wife and my sister. I am sincere!¡± ire Bet sighs helplessly and does not answer. She looks around at Ling Howard and she finds that his smile is dull and his eyes are slightly wooden. ire Bet stops andughs. She thinks Ling Howard is jealous. She is a little speechless. Chapter 56 Jealousy, Crazy Jealousy Chapter 56 Jealousy, Crazy Jealousy These three people chatted in the office for a while, and Ling seems to feel as if he has suddenly be an unwanted presence. He left the office with the excuse of fresh air. After Ling left, Bryce grabs ire''s hand and sit next to her, anxiously asking, ¡°Has anything happened since youst came home?¡± ire frowns. ¡°Bryce, you said you thought I was your sister now. ¡° Bryce pauses, startles, as if he were not happy, but in a sh his eyes are filled with tenderness, ¡°ire, I cannot let you get hurt just because I think of you as my sister.¡± ire says, ¡°Leo''s good to me, so you do not have to worry.¡± Bryce''s eyebrows are all twisted together and he bes furious. ¡°ire, when are you going to stop lying to me? I heard some rumors about you.¡± Bryce''s anger, however, makes ire feel the long-lost warmth, and that there are people caring about her. But she soon sobers up in the warmth, ¡°The rumor is hearsay, is not it?¡± Bryce said, ¡°You are a very tough person, I have always known that, but you do not have to be strong enough to put yourself in the fire.¡± After saying that, Bryce reaches out to touch ire''s cheek, and his action is no less gentle than. ire throbs a little, but do not look away. ¡°Do you even think I am that dirty woman? How can you tough me?¡± Bryce shudders with his outstretched hand resting in the air, and he smiles wryly. ire looks out at the sky and it is getting dark before she knows it. ire apologized. ¡°It is getting late. I should get back.¡± When she had finished, she was ready to get up, and Bryce hurries to help. ¡°I¡¯ll send you home.¡± ire gently refuses. ¡°Forget it. Ling is probably downstairs. He will just take me back.¡± Bryce frowns. ¡°How can I let someone else take you back when you are like this?¡± It is clear from his words that he does not seem to have much affection for Ling, or at least mistrust. ire exined, ¡°Ling is a very nice boy, not like other... ¡° Bryce frowns. ¡°Other men? Do you mean me?¡± ire waves hurriedly. ¡°Of course not, it¡¯s just a figure of speech.¡± Unexpectedly, Ling suddenly enters the door. The conversation was probably heard by Ling. ire looks at Ling awkwardly, only to find that he looks innocent and even says to ire, ¡°Let Bryce give us a ride.¡± ire could not refuse. They go downstairs together, with a smile on Ling¡¯s lips from time to time. As he walks on the steps, he slips carelessly and loses his center of gravity and falls forward. Bryce suddenly reaches for Ling''s arm and jerks it to steady Ling. And Ling¡¯s body is a moment back is steady fall into Bryce''s arms, intentionally or unintentionally. ire gapes, and then chuckles, while Bryce holds ire in one hand and holds Ling, a big boy in one hand. Bryce gives a white look at Ling and says unhappily, ¡°Ling, are you going to lie here and sleep?¡± Ling pulls himself out of Bryce''s arms embarrassedly, ¡°Maybe the opening ceremony was too tough, and that makes me really tired.¡± ire is already in a funk, and Bryce just frowns and sighs. Bryce drives off without saying a word after sending ire home. As soon as ire gets out of the car, she sees a pair of cold eyes staring at her. ¡°Brother, we are back.¡± Ling is always a happy person, even if he sees Leo''s cold face. I really surrender to Ling. ire thinks, but without looking at Leo, she walks past him. She does not forgive Leo so quickly for all the bad things he did during the day. As she passes Leo, he suddenly reaches out and pulls ire into his arms. ire struggles frantically, screaming. ¡°Leo, what is wrong with you? Did not you take your medicine at night, you sick jerk? ¡° ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo suddenly roars out, pointing to where Bryce''s car has disappeared, and asks, ¡°Slut, do you think I am blind? Are you brought back by another man at night? Do you think my ce is a nest for a bitch like you?¡± ire hardly bothers to exin it to this psycho, so she bends down and bites Leo''s hand. Leo has been preventing her from doing so for a long time, and he holds her jaw with his hands like a pair of pliers, ¡°Not only are you a slut, but also a mad dog who loves to bite.¡± ire''s jaw is pinched so hard. She is painful, and she looks up and pants, and her face flushed. Ling is already stunned. He knew there was some tension between his brother and ire, but he did not expect it to be so intense. Ling frowned and said, ¡°What are you doing, brother? And you scold her for such malicious remarks, are you drunk? You...¡± ¡°Leave it alone, she is a slut, and she is out there all day hooking up with men. Well, you are not even left alone¡­¡± Leo uses more strength, so ire is too painful to say a word. Ling sees the scene just to feel astonished. ¡°I do not know what you are talking about, brother. She did not do anything to be sorry for you.¡± Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. Leo sneers, ¡°Oh, yeah? One man and one woman spent more than an hour alone in Bryce''s office, which is said to be that they did not do something to be sorry for me?¡± Ling stops, squeaks, knowing that he could not exin it even he has ten mouths to speak, but he hurries, ¡°Whatever you think, you must let go of her.¡± Leo throws down a sentence to Ling, ¡°You go back to rest, I do not want to talk to you more.¡± And he then lets go of ire''s jaw. As soon as ire is released, she taps Leo and shouts, ¡°What is wrong with you, Leo? Why are you so shameless? You must die! You...¡± Leo ignores it, but picks ire up in the middle of her arms and suddenly reaches her ear and says softly, ¡°Listen to me tonight and I will forgive you.¡± The sudden gentleness of voice softens ire''s heart, but she frowns, ¡°What do you want me to do?¡± Leo picks ire up, leaves the house and puts her in the car. ¡°Do not make any noise, or you will make a big joke.¡± ire is puzzled, especially when Leo finally left her a charming and gentle smile, which was so strange that she felt terrible. However, Leo ms the door shut and goes away in Ling''s dumbness. Chapter 57 Leo’s Trap Chapter 57 Leo¡¯s Trap Leo''s crazy steps on the elerator which make ire feel a little uneasy. ¡°Leo, where are you taking me to?¡± But he does not answer. The car turns around in a roar and finally stops at the door of a nightclub. Leo opens the door, yanks ire out of the car, and takes her to the club easily. The shing lights make ire lose sight of what is going on at the club, but when she does, her face turns red. In the hall where the lights are alternating and the atmosphere is warm and ambiguous, couples of men and women hug each other. Men''s eyes are full of sexual desires and drunkenness, with the music of passion and intoxicating rhythm, being restless to women. And those women do not only refuse, but also arbitrarily twist their waists, their hair messy, eyes drunk, taking off their own clothes. Their mouths are continually giving out exhortations and chanting. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire does not expect the scene to be so promiscuous. She surprises, bows down and curses Leo, and turns away. But how could it be that simple? Leo makes a snap, and the winking guards in ck have rushed up and shut the door. Leo sneers, yanking ire and snorting, ¡°What? Isn¡¯t that what you like? ¡° ire grinds her teeth, turns her head over. ¡°Leo, I am your wife, your wife! I am not who you think I am.¡± But Leo ignores it. He pushes ire suddenly, and he steps into the middle of the club. ire turns back, but suddenly four or five tall shadows appeared in front of her. The men who surround her are tall, dressed in ck suits, dark sses, grimly looking, with their hands behind their backs. Those steel sculptures generally stand to keep ire from leaving. ¡°What are you doing? In such public ce...¡± ire says angrily. ¡°In such public ce? But actually this is not, lovely.¡± ire looks back and sees a woman with short hairing up with a ss of red wine and her waist twisted. ¡°Since you are here, do not pretend to be aloof, huh?¡± The short-haired woman lifts her ss gracefully and drinks. The blood-red wine makes her lips more delicate. ire frowns and looks at the woman, who is almost dressed in bikini, ¡°I am sorry, but I am not one of you.¡± She turns to leave, but is pushed into the middle of the crowd by her ck-d bodyguards. ire, of course, is not a match for these ck-d bodyguards, so she shouts to Leo, ¡°Leo, are you just going to stand by? Do you have the heart to watch me get bullied? Bastard.¡± Leo is sitting on the sofa on the edge of the field,ughing with a dancer, regardless of ire, even if she screams her throat out. ire gnashes her teeth and squeezes her little fists. ¡°What do you want?¡± ire turns her head and stares at the short-haired woman. The woman with short hair smiles and says, ¡°Do not worry. We are just inviting you to have fun with us.¡± The woman with short hair smiles darkly, and all the other women behind her look at each other and laugh too, and the smiles make ire angry and nauseous, ¡°What do you want to y?¡± The woman with short haires up and says, ¡°Of course just a game.¡± The short-haired woman holds up her ss, ¡°Drink if you lose.¡± ire pats off the short-haired woman''s hand and shakes her head. ¡°I do not y games and I do not drink.¡± The woman with short hair sneers, ¡°Don¡¯t pretend to be innocent, ire. You are either ying a game today or you are not leaving.¡± ire finally knows that all this was designed by Leo and that he wants to insult her in front of everyone. But now that she is in deep trouble, there is no other way. She is angry, ¡°What do you want to do?¡± The short-haired woman smiles contentedly, then points to two cuboids on the table and says, ¡°The game is very simple, we roll cuboids, whose points are small, who drinks.¡± Then she picks up a cuboid and shakes it. ire sighs, and takes one to shake too, unwillingly. Two people shake for a while, and short hair womanughs wickedly, ¡°Open it.¡± ire takes a look at the rolls. The points are three, four, six. She gets rxed, thinking that 13 is not small. But the woman with short hairughs and opens the cuboid cup; points are four, five, five. ¡°Drink it.¡± The crowdughs gloatingly. A ss of wine is brought before ire. ire frowns and has to fill her stomach with a ss of red wine. Then there are a few more sses of red wine poured into her stomach, and all she felt is a burning me in her belly and a buzzing sound in her head. But ire was conscious, and she realizes it is not right. She puts the ss firmly on the table and stares into the eyes of the short-haired woman. Short hair woman sneers, ¡°Can you afford to lose?¡± ire suffers a huge loss, but does not want to give up. The alcohol makes her very bold, so she hits the table on the big voice, ¡°Let¡¯s y a bigger one. Drinking is nothing much. Losers get pped.¡± The crowds look at her in astonishment, not knowing that she has the guts to y and make the punishment more severe. ire adds, ¡°But I will make the rules. I am not going to y like you, who dares not to lose and cheats.¡± The short-haired woman looks startled, knowing that she would lose face if she does not, so she nods, ¡°Whatever, I do not believe I cannot beat you . ¡° ireughs. ¡°Now that you say you are not a cheater, so you still use your cuboid. We are still ying the previous game.¡± The short-haired woman clenches her cuboid and looks at ire hesitantly, wondering what she intends to do. ire sneers, ¡°It is just a slight change in the rules, and now it is that the bigger one loses, and the smaller wins.¡± ire smiles smugly.¡°What? Scared? Do not go out just to be ashamed if you cannot afford it.¡± The short-haired woman clenches her teeth and shakes the cuboid. It is clear that ire still has the smallest number of points, but this time she is the winner. But the short-haired woman is shocked again. ire just raises her hand, but she does not take the p off. ¡°I know someone makes youe to insult me, but what I am going to say is, you should forgive when you can forgive.¡± After saying that, ire turns her head away and leave. No one stops her this time. The alcohol makes her dizzy. She just wants to get out of this ce quickly. Leo looks at ire''s swaying back. His two saber eyebrows congeal together, and his eyes disturbed. He snorts toward the short-haired woman, ¡°Useless!¡± Chapter 58 Claires Means Chapter 58 ire''s Means ire just wants to get out of this mess. But when shees to the door, one strong hand holds her waist, and the other hand rests on her waist. ¡°Luke?¡± ire looks up and recognizes the man with a soft smile around his eyes. But then she finds that his hand hold her waist unflinchingly. ¡°What? Fight again?¡± Luke cocks his head, smiles with relieving, and slowly lowers his hand from her waist. ire is about to say thank you, but suddenly Luke holds her hand. ¡°Go on, go inside.¡± Luke takes her back to the club. ire, drunk and powerless, has no strength to resist. So she follows him and goes in again. The woman with her short hair is sitting on Leo''s knee, her two white thighs shaking wildly. Her hands have caught Leo''s neck, and she had a pretty face, ¡°Leo, do you have the heart to see her bullying me like that? I will not talk to you anymore.¡° Leo does not seem to hear what she was saying, just being cold. ire, who is used to such a scene, is still angry, and she directly turns her head away. Luke let go of ire''s hand with a light cough, looking at her with aforting nce, and then smiles wryly at Leo. ¡°You are just¡­.making me feel¡­¡± Luke thinks for a long time and cannot think of a suitable adjective, so he gives up.This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°Leo, you are going too far.¡± ¡°Do not mind if you should not. Have not you heard from thest person I asked for?¡± Leo was always thinking about the little wild cat that day. Luke frowns slightly. ¡°I will tell you if I hear something, but what you are ying now?¡± He looked at ire, who is standing a little wobbly, and at Leo, who was just flirting with others. ¡°ying what? You do not know what this bitch did out there, and now she is even going to seduce my own brother.¡± Luke smiles softly. He walks over to ire''s side, fingers the hair on her forehead and whispered, ¡°No way! How can such a lovely girl go too far? Are you mistaken, huh?¡± Luke holds ire''s hand as he speaks and pulls her to his side. Luke goes on, ¡°Leo, you do not know to cherish such a good woman, I feel so regretful.¡± Luke takes ire''s hand and slightly stiffens the strength. Leo snorts, not answering, unhappily. It¡¯s not clear if it¡¯s because Luke and ire are too close, or ire has just left. The short-haired girl looks at ire gloomily over Leo''s neck as she rubs on Leo''s chest with her white breasts. But ire is so calm, like that Leo is not her husband. Leo, tired of pushing away the girl, lies down on the couch, takes a ss of wine, and then looks at ire through the shaking ss. Short-haired girl sees this, bites her teeth, suddenly says to Leo, "Leo, I just unfortunately lost, please give me another chance. This time I will y bigger." ¡°As you wish.¡± Leoughs. Leo leans slightly and pulls ire from aside. ire is on fire, but Leo says, ¡°Do you dare?¡± ire pats off Leo''s hand which is grabbing her wrist, and sneers, ¡°Well, I will see how a cheater can beat me.¡± The short-haired girl squints at her and says, ¡°I am afraid you cannot afford to lose!¡± ire''s heart is filled with anger and drunkenness, and she hits the table, ¡°Come on!¡± The short-haired girl strokes her thighs with her hands, her fingers sketching out her ultrashort dress, and smiles, ¡°If anyone loses, take off clothes and run out. OK?¡± Luke looks at the short haired woman and ire miraculously. Leo is very interested. He lights a cigarette and seems to be just waiting for the show. ire''s swallows the spit, her blood rushing up, ¡°Do it! I am not afraid of you!¡± The short-haired girl says OK and then whispers something to Leo''s ear. Leo ps his hands, and soon a tray is presented with two bottles of wine on it. Two bottles of wine are opened and ced on the table, and the short-haired girl says to ire, ¡°This is the real thing. Do not cry out if lose.¡± ire breaths heavily, as if she knows what the short-haired girl is up to. But the more she is afraid of something, the more ites. The short haired woman points to two bottles of wine and says, ¡°Whoever finishes first wins. If lose, then run naked.¡± The short-haired girl smiles smugly. ire freezes for a moment. She bites her teeth and is about toe forward, but Luke pulls her back. Luke says to Leo, ¡°This is too much. I think ire is drunk now. Do not go too far.¡± Leo looks at ire who is rolling her eyes, sneers and says, ¡°Fill two sses. Let the rest go.¡± He is sure ire is going to lose. The short-haired girl fills two sses of red wine and says, ¡°OK, just these two.¡± ire''s eyes shes suddenly, and she walks up in Luke''s worries and Leo''s sneer, calmly taking the ss from the short-haired girl. ¡°Please!¡± The short-haired girl smacks ire''s ss proudly. ire has no face. At this point, there is a dancer ready to countdown, ¡°three, two, one, start!¡± As soon as the words fall, the short-haired girl is about to drink a ss of wine into her mouth. But ire suddenly reaches out her hand and snaps the ss from the short-haired girl''s hand. ¡°Bang!¡± The wine ss falls to the ground, shatters into a ss g, the wine in the cup naturally falls on the ground. The short-haired girl is shocked to see what ire is up to. ire smiles, knocks down two bottles of wine on the table, and then she drinks her ss of wine slowly. It takes almost ten minutes for everyone to see her finish the drink. ¡°I win.¡± ire puts the ss down on the table, then sneers, and walks away. She has no interest in the short hair girl¡¯s taking off her clothes and running out. There is only loud music in the club, and the rest of them are still in silence. They looked at ire''s thin back and find that the girl is not as weak as they think. ¡°Get back in the car and wait for me.¡± Leo shouts to the wavering ire, as the emperor is commanding. Chapter 59 Are you jealous? Chapter 59 Are you jealous? The short-haired girl looks at ire''s back and tries to run away. ¡°You seem to have forgotten one thing, youngdy!¡± Leo says coldly, the voice is not big, but lets the people who are ready to leave all consciously stop. The short-haired girl turns around and says, ¡°I, I am just getting ready to fuck away.¡± ¡°Ah.¡± Leo smiles. He closes his eyes slightly, rubs his eyes with his fingers, and sighs. ¡°Miss, you are so forgetful. Do you need me to remind you? ¡° Short hair girl remembers it with her heart jumping wildly, almost begging to say, ¡°Please, please¡­¡± Leo leans forward suddenly, looking at the woman in front of him coldly, and then says loudly, ¡°Strip this woman off and throw her out.¡± The people around him are shocked, but someone moved. Finally, the first man could not resist the temptation of touching her body, goes forward, followed by several men rushing to the front, scrambling to grab the short hair girl to drag out. The short-haired girl screams like a dying beast, but her voice is drowned in the dull air in the nightclub. Luke takes a deep breath, clears his throat, raises his voice, and says, ¡°Leo, for ire and others, you have gone too far.¡± Luke has sorrow in his eyes. He is Leo''s best friend, and he is the only one who can say that to Leo. Leo opens his eyes and says coldly. ¡°Because they are dirty and indecent.¡± Luke smiles wryly and shakes his head. ¡°Is your cleanliness this far? Even dirty things can be clean.¡± Leo reaches out and interrupts him, ¡°They are born to be insulted. Her mother is a shit too.¡± Luke pours a ss of wine for him. He looked at the red wine flowing down the cup and says slowly, ¡°I do not believe you have no feelings for ire. You probably do not realize that you have a smile on your lips when ire won.¡± Leo pauses, looking at Luke in surprise. Luke pours himself another half a ss of wine, holding it in his hand, and nods. ¡°I have been watching you.¡± Leo disdains, shaking his head, ¡°Why were you watching me? I think you should look at that bitch a little bit more. Yeah. Are not you afraid I would get mad at you for being so close to her?¡± ¡°Maybe I am asking if you are jealous, and now I am sure you are.¡± Luke avoids Leo''s eyes. Leo shakes his head and frowns. ¡°Do not you know me, Luke? Even if it is rotten, it is dirty, that is mine. No one can touch. ¡° Of course Luke does. He keeps pouring. Luke moves his fingers as if he is reliving ire''s tender touch, and then pretends to be astonished, ¡°Leo, you will not punish me, right?¡± Leo shrugged, ¡°That depends on whether you go too far.¡± Leo gives Luke a familiar smile. The smile is overbearing. Luke thinks for a while and says to Leo, ¡° Are not you surprised at her performance today? I am impressed. It is valuable for a woman in her age to have such courage and wisdom . ¡° Leo sighs slightly, disdaining to say, ¡°It seems that she often mixes up in the night club, really has no difference with her mother.¡± ¡°You know I did not mean that.¡± Luke exined. Leo says darkly, ¡°You denied it before. I said you were watching her, right? ¡°He stares at Luke, trying to see something in his eyes. Luke sighs and feels unable to speak to Leo. He says sadly, ¡°then I am not wrong, you are jealous!¡± The two men are silent, silent for a long time, and burst intoughter. ¡°And you are the only one who can talk to me like that.¡± Leo points at Luke and smiles a rareugh. Luke shrugged, drink thest sip of wine, and jokes, ¡°That is because I am useful, and I have to find that little wild cat for you. Just wait for my good news.¡± ¡°Maybe you are looking for a little wild cat for exchange for that bitch.¡± Says Leo, with a nk expression. Luke finally gets up and leaves. Leo closes his eyes and drinks a few sses of wine. He feels tired and walks out the door. Leo opens the door, and a puff of wine takes the whole car. ire waits for him in the car, leaning against the window on one side, and falls asleep. Her cheeks are red and her neck is more delicate in the soft light of the car. In particr, her earlobe, small and round, white with a few provocative pink, arouses Leo''s sexual desire. Leo closes the door, and holds ire, who is asleep,es around, bends down and bites her earlobe. ire wakes up, still vaguely conscious, and struggles as she feels Leo''s teeth clenching her earlobe, a pair of punches raining down on Leo''s back. Leo''s teeth are slightly forced. ire¡¯s entire earlobe is sucked into his mouth, and his hands presses ire''s waving hands. ¡°Get off me, asshole, asshole!¡± ire squirms wildly, but it does not help. Her cursing, in the dull air of the car, stimtes Leo''s sexual lust over and over again. Leo presses ire hard under his body and his tongue rages over her earlobe, her neck, and then pries her lip and teeth, tangling directly with ire''s tongue. ire struggles and says, ¡°Get out of here. You are dirty!¡± ire just feels the nausea in her chest. Leo suddenly sneers, ¡°You do not have the right to call me dirty, bitch.¡± ire sneers, ¡°You''re hanging out with those women. You are going to kiss me with the mouth you just used to kiss another woman. What the hell do you think I am?¡± Leo is still pressing ire, feeling the warmth of her body through the thin clothes, which makes him horny. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. ¡°Are you jealous? Hmm? ¡°Leo leans over again, his hands rushing all over ire''s body. The sound of the torn clothes continued, and the seductive scene fills the whole carriage with the cruel sound. ire is still struggling, and she somehow managed to push Leo away. ¡°Jealous? I¡¯m jealous of those women? You bastard!¡± Chapter 60 Sympathy and Hatred Chapter 60 Sympathy and Hatred With the strength of her drunkenness, ire pinches Leo''s firm chest and, remembering the insult he has inflicted on her tonight, her eyes are red and she is going to cry. But she bites her lips so hard that he swallows the tear. Leo shakes his head after he is pushed aside, driving away his drunkenness, clutching a pair of ire''s little fists, but he is already furious. Leo gasps and pushes ire hard. Leo tears her clothes madly. Finally, under her paralytic condition, she was severely had by Leo. Throughout the process, Leo has been rudely ravaging her, trying to make her shout out. ire keeps clenching her teeth, and does not open her mouth, and then she is sweating, aching, and finally passes out. Leo takes ire home, holding her in his arms and walks toward the room, watching her snow-white body which her torn clothes could not hide, and the heat returns to her heart. When he gets back to the bedroom, Leo strips ire off, and throws her in the tub filled with hot water again. ire is almost awakened by the intense pain and sees Leo''s demonic face, which was so full of lust. She does not struggle, but watches it all coldly and without a single sigh. Leo senses something wrong with ire, squeezes her face hard and forces ire to look at him. But ire closes her eyes. Leo is about to get angry when a few tears burst through ire¡¯s closed eyes, crossing his cheeks, and hit her white, delicate corbone. Leo gets stuck, only feeling a bummer, gets up and, regardless of ire, goes back to bed. ire lies alone in the bath; her body begins to tremble When the warm water finally turns cold. ire thought she was dying, and the trance of alcohol and cold headache make her feel like she could pass out at any moment. She wraps herself in a bath towel, goes out of the bathroom, sees a bed vaguely, and fell asleep. The next day, as soon as ire gets up, she sees Leo lying on the bed, looking at herself coldly. ¡°You are getting bolder. You think you deserve to sleep in the same bed with me?¡± The cold tone of Leo''s voice reminds ire of what happenedst night. She picks up the pillow and hits Leo hard, yelling, ¡°Asshole! You bastard!¡± Leo waves impatiently away the pillow and sneers, ¡°I can have you, but I will never allow the woman who has been had by another man in the same bed with me. Do not you get tired of pretending like that, bitch? ¡° ire smiles scornfully. ¡°How clean you are. You were flirting with those women. You think I am blind? ¡° Leo says coldly, ¡°You do not have the right to be jealous.¡± ire nods. ¡°Whatever! Leo, I am telling you, I cannot stand you anymore. I am going to divorce you, motherfucker!¡± Leo say, ¡°Divorce or not divorce, that¡¯s not your decision.¡± ire eximed, ¡°You...¡± She is so angry that her white breasts are trembling. Only then does she realize that she is wearing nothing. Her face flushed, and she snatched the sheets from Leo to cover her. But then, Leo, who has been robbed of the sheets, shows himself naked, and ire turns her head in a hurry, afraid to look again. The radian that is on Leo¡¯s mouth disappears. He says in cold sound track, ¡°You are not virgin originally; I do not know how many men have yed you, why pretend!¡± ¡°I did not!¡± He humiliates her again, and ire exins angrily, ¡°Except for you, except for my . . . my first time that identally took away by someone, I have never had sex with any man!¡± ¡°Is that so?¡± Leo sneers, ¡°ire, I am telling you, even if you are dirty, you are mine. Other men touched you, and I will kill them all. You had better tell me who that man is.¡± ¡°I... I do not know...¡± ire shakes her head anxiously, trying to get the whole thing out of her head. Leo looks at ire''s discontented posturing, says, ¡°ire! I will give you one more chance to tell me who that man is . ¡° Leo is poking at ire''s weakness with every word, but she still insists, tears rolling around her eyes, ¡°I really do not know, do not ask, that day I did not know anything, he burst in, I really do not know anything... I did not mean to, I did not... ¡° Leo bites his lip and smiles, ¡°Do not know anything? The man who broke in? Ha! Well, ire, if I find out, it is not just you, your lover is going to die.¡± ¡°I really do not know . He is not my lover either.¡± ire says sadly. Leo ignored her, dressed himself and walked out, saying coldly before leaving, ¡°ire, I will give you time to think about it, but you had better not y me as a fool, you know the result! ¡° ire stands up from her bed, pointing at Leo''s back, but could not speak for a long time. About her first time, the strange man, she really did not know who he was... After Leo left, ire gets up and suddenly finds herself naked. That is when she screams, ¡°Leo, you bastard ripped my clothes off again. How am I going to get out? Come back here, you sick pervert! ¡° No one answers, only the sound of Leo walking down the stairs. Just as ire is at her wit''s end, a maides up impatiently with ire''s clothes in her hands and throws them on the bed, her eyes full of scorn and ridicule. ire ignores her and dresses herself and goes downstairs. Leo''s been out the door and Ling''s on the couch staring at ire. ire walks over and wonders, ¡°What is wrong with you?¡± Ling shakes his head and shouts, ¡°What is the matter with me? I still wonder what happened to you and my brother? ¡° ire, with a wry smile, says, ¡°You are his brother, you do not know what he is like? He is a pervert.¡± Ling sighs, ¡°I think my brother was angryst night. Did he do anything to you?¡± ire, looking at Ling''s sincere concern, smiles, ¡°What else could he do? Forget it!¡±This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Chapter 61 Being framed and drugged Chapter 61 Being framed and drugged Ling wants to say something else, but ire suddenly puts on an excited smile and says, ¡°today is the first day of ss. We can¡¯t bete. Let¡¯s go as soon as possible.¡± ¡°... All right!¡± Ling has no choice but to say. Then they arrive at the school as soon as possible. However, shortly after they enter the college, they hear amotion. They raise their eyes and see a group of studentsing in the distance. The students look up and down at Ling and ire. ire looks at them and says, ¡°if you can, please get off the road. We¡¯re going to ss.¡± One student smiles and says, ¡°wait a moment. I have something to give you before this!¡± Then he takes a badge out of his pocket and hands it to ire. ire frowns and asks, ¡°what is this?¡± The man says with a strange smile, ¡°don¡¯t you know the badge of the student union?¡± As soon as ire hears about the student union, she knows that Qi must have done it. She frowns. ¡°I¡¯m not from the student union.¡± But the man says, ¡°the president invited you to join the student union. You are so eager to refuse. Is it because you are afraid of our president?¡± ire sneers, ¡°I¡¯m afraid of her? She¡¯s just a woman of no breeding!¡± ire is furious at the thought of her abusing her parents. The man looks unhappy. He pauses and suddenly finds amotion behind the crowd. He turns around and sees that Qi, the president, hase in person. Qi holds her arms and says, ¡°ire, can you be afraid?¡± ire is a stubborn person. When she hears Qi¡¯s words, she sneers and says, ¡°I will be afraid of you? I will join the student union. It¡¯s no big deal.¡± Ling next to her wants to dissuade ire from being impulsive. Qi asks her to join the student union. She must be trying to frame her up. ireforts him, ¡°we can be flexible.¡± Seeing ire¡¯s confidence, Ling can only ept it. Qi gives a sinister smile and says to ire, ¡°after the morning ss, the members of the student union are going to have lunch together. Don¡¯t bete.¡± ire raises her head and says, ¡°I will do what I said. I want to see what you can do with me.¡± Ling looks at the back of the group and sighs, ¡°sister inw, you are so impulsive. Why do you promise that woman?¡± ire closes her mouth. She shrugs her shoulders and says, ¡°I can¡¯t help it. If they really want to trouble me, we can¡¯t stop them.¡± Ling nods helplessly. He whispers, ¡°I don¡¯t know if I can see Bryce today.¡± After that, his face is full of expectation. ire quips, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to care so much about appearance.¡± Ling smiles shyly. The morning passes quickly. Ling stretches. ire is a little tired. But in order to make the ¡°appointment¡± in the afternoon, she keeps up her spirits. The dining room where the student union dines is inside the conservatory. Although it¡¯s a student¡¯s restaurant, it¡¯s also decorated magnificently, no less than the treatment of a five-star hotel. ire takes a seat at will and says with a sneer, ¡°that woman is very rich.¡± Ling looks around and doesn¡¯t find Qi. He says, ¡°after all, her family is also arge family. And, if she doesn¡¯t spend a lot of money, she can¡¯t reach these people.¡± Ling looks at the members of the student union near them. They talks for a while and the food is served. ire begins to eat and drink. It urs to her that it is not her money. At this time, in a corner of the restaurant, Qi isughing with a group of senior members of the student union. When Qi sees ire eating, she chuckles. ire suddenly feels a little dizzy after she is full. She is unsteady and holds her hand on her forehead. ¡°Sister inw, you may have eaten something unclean. I¡¯ll take you to the hospital.¡± Ling soon discovers something wrong with her. ire nods, only to find a pair of clean hands on her shoulders. ire looks back in a trance and finds that Siri, who took her to Bryce¡¯s officest time, is looking at her with concern. ¡°Miss Bet doesn¡¯t seem very well. Let me take you to the office first. I¡¯ll get you a doctor.¡± Ling hurries to catch up, but Siri refuses. ¡°It may not be convenient for a man to go. Mr. Howard doesn¡¯t have to go with us.¡± This woman seems to be a subordinate of Bryce. She should be trustworthy. Ling says, ¡°sister-inw, you can go with her. I wille to youter.¡± Siri doesn¡¯t say much more. She leaves with ire. When they gets to the office, ire¡¯s mind is in a mess, and her whole body is extremely hot. The expression of concern on Siri¡¯s face finally disappears. She pushes ire down on the sofa and goes out. She doesn¡¯t seem to have the intention of calling a doctor. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire just feels like her head is about to explode. Her body bes extremely itchy because of the extreme heat. Especially inside her body, there is a fire running. The door of the office is opened and Brycees in. He is in a hurry and squats beside ire as soon as hees in. Bryce sees ire¡¯s face is a little red, and he takes out his cell phone to call the doctor. But ire grabs Bryce¡¯s cell phone and throws it away. She says, ¡°I¡¯m hot, Brother Bryce. I¡¯m hot. Help me...¡± Bryce feels incredible. He doesn¡¯t know why she suddenly bes so active. ire unconsciously says, ¡°help me... Brother Bryce...¡± She puts out her arms around Bryce¡¯s neck. Bryce is stunned. He likes ire, so his eyes are full of desire. He holds ire tightly and feels that her body is so hot that he can¡¯t control himself. ¡°I... Brother Bryce, I¡¯m so hot...¡± ire¡¯s hot breath stimtes Bryce, making him more unable to control himself. ¡°ire...¡± At this time, at the door of the office, one ear is listening to the voice of the two. Ling initially wonders if it is ire¡¯s voice, but when ire calls Brother Bryce again and again, he is shocked as if he had been hit by a lightning strike. Chapter 62 Their ambiguity is discovered Chapter 62 Their ambiguity is discovered ¡°How is it possible? How could that be?¡± Ling slowly straightens up. The sound in the office is still pouring into his ears. Ling shakes his head hard. His sister-inw... ¡°ire, I supported you before. I thought it was my brother¡¯s paranoia. You are a slut like your mother. You¡¯re hiding from my brother that you¡¯re with other man.¡± Ling bites his teeth. He is disappointed and turns away. However, ire and Bryce in the office don¡¯t notice him at all. ire closes her eyes. She says, ¡°I¡¯m so hot... Help me...¡± Bryce is stunned to hear ire say help. All of a sudden, he stops undressing, and his body stiffens. Bryce finally notices ire¡¯s abnormality. Her body is so hot and she¡¯s confused. She is given an aphrodisiac. His eyes be cold. Bryce thinks that Qi must be dissatisfied with her, so she is harmed. Then he immediately calls Qi. ¡°Hello...¡± There is a posturing female voice on the phone. ¡°I¡¯m Bryce. You¡¯d bettere to my office as soon as possible!¡± Bryce says coldly, suppressing his anger. After a while, Qies in. Bryce goes over to re at Qi and sneers, ¡°I¡¯m sorry to disappoint you. What you hope to happen hasn¡¯t happened after all.¡± Qi pretends to know nothing. She shakes her head. ¡°Chairman, I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± Bryce interrupts Qi and roars, ¡°do you think I¡¯m a fool? Give me the antidote to the aphrodisiac quickly.¡± Qi doesn¡¯t think that Bryce didn¡¯t enjoy ire but wants to find an antidote for her. In fact, this time her n isn¡¯t just to tarnish ire. She wants to please Bryce. What happened at the opening ceremonyst time makes Qi quite sure that Bryce absolutely likes ire. Qi is still in a daze. Bryce raises his hand and pretends to hit her. It is the first time he wants to hit a woman. Qi is shocked. She says nothing and takes out the antidote. Bryce takes the antidote and says to Qi, ¡°if there¡¯s something wrong with the antidote, I¡¯ll punish you.¡± Qi has been scared pale by Bryce. She tries to defend herself, but Bryce interrupts. ¡°Now get out of here and don¡¯t dirty the office.¡± Qi dares not speak. She runs away quickly. Bryce mixes the antidote with water and feeds it to ire. The antidote works. The heat of ire¡¯s body gradually recedes. She stops panting or talking nonsense. After a while she falls into a deep sleep. The moonlight slowly rises outside the window, and ire finally wakes up in a groan. Bryce holds her in a hurry and says, ¡°ire, are you better?¡± ire rubs her forehead with her fingers until her vision is clear. When she sees Bryce, she shrinks in surprise. She lowers her head and blushes. ¡°Brother Bryce, I don¡¯t mean to. I don¡¯t know what happened...¡± ¡°It¡¯s not your fault, ire.¡± Bryce pats ire on the head with a warm hand. ¡°You are framed by Qi. Rest assured, I will punish her.¡± ire remembers that it is probably because Qi has put aphrodisiac in her lunch and it caused her abnormality. She is angry, too, but... ¡°But even then, we did something. What should I do? I...¡± ire is afraid that Leo will know about it. Bryce smiles softly and says, ¡°ire, is your Brother Bryce the kind of person who takes advantage of the situation? You can rest assured that nothing has happened to us.¡± ire lost consciousness under the influence of the drug. She doesn¡¯t know what happened to her and Bryce. But as Bryce says, nothing happened to them. Then ire calms down a little. She looks out of the window at the moonlight and says anxiously, ¡°it¡¯s sote. I should go back now. Brother Bryce, see you next time.¡± Bryce wants to stop ire and takes her home, but he doesn¡¯t want to be misunderstood. He is afraid to give ire more trouble, so he gives up. When ire gets home, she sees the gloating eyes of the maids at first sight. A maides up to her. When she sees ire in a daze, she sneers, ¡°Master Howard asks you to go straight upstairs to find him. Take care, madam.¡± The maid¡¯s words are full of ridicule and teasing. ire stares at the maid and walks into the vi. As soon as she enters, she sees Ling standing far away. He looks at her indifferently and goes back to his bedroom. ire is shocked. Suddenly she is afraid, but she goes to Leo¡¯s room. Leo sits at a desk with his back to ire. He doesn¡¯t turn back when he hears her footsteps. He says coldly, ¡°now, do you want me to say it, or do you want to say it yourself?¡± ire thinks it is because of what happened tonight. Although she has a clear conscience, Leo is suspicious. She doesn¡¯t know what he will do. ¡°What do you want me to say?¡± Leo sneers and turns around. He cocks his legs and looks at ire coldly. ¡°You¡¯re sote today. You¡¯ve been in Bryce¡¯s office for a long time.¡± ire is embarrassed. She calms down and says, ¡°I¡¯m your wife. Please don¡¯t frame me without knowing anything.¡± ¡°I frame you? Ha ha!¡± Leo seems to find the word funny. He looks at ire and sneers, ¡°so I¡¯ll give you another chance to say it yourself.¡± ire sighs, ¡°this time I understand your suspicions. But I am framed. Qi gave me an aphrodisiac. Nothing happened to me and Brother Bryce. He¡¯s not the type to take advantage of the situation.¡± ¡°Brother Bryce! You are very intimate with him. Maybe when you have sex, you will be more intimate. ire, do you think I¡¯m a fool? Or are you stupid?¡± ire stamps her feet and yells out, ¡°I¡¯m a victim, too. I can¡¯t help it if you insult me.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Leoes forward. He suddenly reaches out and grabs ire by the neck. His face is grim. ¡°You were not a virgin when you married me. You are a slut. What qualification do you have to say that you are not that kind of person?¡± Chapter 63 Anger, severe punishment Chapter 63 Anger, severe punishment ire¡¯s neck aches from Leo¡¯s rough palm. She waves her hands to push Leo away, but her actions infuriate him even more. Leo clenches his teeth and snorts. He grabs ire by the neck and presses her against the wall. ire feels an overwhelming sense of suffocation. She is in pain. She struggles, but her throat can only make a whine. The cold fear fills ire¡¯s body. She¡¯ll be strangled by Leo. ire opens her eyes. There is even blood in the corners of her eyes. Leo still hasn¡¯t let go. But when he realizes that ire¡¯s struggle is getting weaker and weaker, he finally reluctantly lets go of her. She falls to the ground against the wall as if she has lost her support. ire holds her neck in her hands. She bends down and coughs violently. The burning pain almost makes her want to spit out all her organs. This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Leo looks at ire like death. ¡°Do you want to lie?¡± His tone is not sympathy but has more bitterness and indifference. ¡°I am framed!¡± ire tries to raise her head and says it word by word, then she coughs violently again. Her voice is like a scattered needle. Leo is very impatient. He looks at ire coldly and says, ¡°do you want to protect your lover? Are you afraid I will hurt him?¡± Leo squats down as he speaks. He looks at ire coldly, holding her chin in his hands. ire feels even worse. ire is coughing and swinging her head. Her hair is umonly scattered with sweat. A few strands of hair stick to her wet cheek. She looks very embarrassed. ¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± ire stares at Leo with nopromise. Leo lets go of her and she falls back. ¡°Bryce, did you have sex with this man before we got married? He is still in love with you after you get married. It seems that his technique in bed is very good.¡± ire is almost driven mad by Leo. She cries out, ¡°asshole! I have nothing to do with him. Why don¡¯t you believe it?¡± Leo sneers and says, ¡°what¡¯s your qualification to be believed?¡± ire says, ¡°I¡¯ve known him since I was a kid and always treated him as a brother. He told me that he had no other feelings for me. Even if we are close, we are brother and sister.¡± Leo pretends to suddenly understand. ¡°Brother and sister? You betrayed me and told me that you and he are brother and sister.¡± ire is going to argue with him. Leo hits the wall with a blow, and the loud noise makes ire look pale. Leo gnashes his teeth and says, ¡°Ling has heard and seen what happened. Do you think every time you cheat, you will not be noticed?¡± ire is so shocked that she can¡¯t speak. She remembers Ling¡¯s disgust and contempt when she came in. She remembers Bryce¡¯splicated look. Did something really happen? ire¡¯s eyes widen incredibly. But she soon regains consciousness. It¡¯s impossible. Bryce has always been a gentleman. It is absolutely impossible for him to do such a thing. ire grits her teeth and shakes her head. ¡°There must be some misunderstanding.¡± But Leo doesn¡¯t care about ire¡¯s exnations at all. He is sure ire has betrayed him. Leo¡¯s cold hand suddenly reaches out and grabs ire¡¯s wrist. Before ire can respond, he drags her to the door. ¡°Let go of me, Leo. What are you doing, you bastard!¡± ire struggles desperately, holding Leo¡¯s legs in her hands. Leo bends over and puts ire on his shoulder. ire pounds him on the chest and he goes out. Ling and the maids look at it indifferently. No one helps ire. She feels very desperate. Ling is usually humorous and concerns about ire. His face is frost at this time. His eyes are filled with sarcasm. ire can¡¯t resist. She is thrown into Leo¡¯s car. Leo starts the car. He drives the car as fast as he can to vent his emotions. Soon, the screeching sound of brakes rings through the night sky. Leo has driven his car to the busy street. He shoulders ire roughly and walks into thest nightclub. But this time his purpose is different. The madam in the nightclubes up with a smile. ¡°Master Howard, what do you want to y today?¡± When sheughs, her makeup is falling down. Leo throws ire on a sofa near the bar. ¡°Master Howard?¡± The madam asks again. Leo sneers and looks at ire holding her forehead on the sofa. ¡°I have a new princess for you.¡± Princess means a nightclub girl. Madam remembers ire who came to the barst night. She seems to be in a bit of a quandary and she says, ¡°Master Howard, are you kidding me?¡± ¡°Do you think I¡¯m joking with you?¡± Leo looks at the madam. His eyes are like knives that make the madam shudder. ¡°What does Master Howard mean? What should we do?¡± The madam keeps smiling. ¡°She should do what other princesses do. I believe you have the ability to discipline her.¡± Leo¡¯s face is expressionless. A nightclub is a disintegrator of dignity. Women have no dignity here! The madam nods and asks cautiously, ¡°is Master Howard going to watch?¡± ¡°No!¡± Leoughs. ¡°Of course not. As long as you don¡¯t kill her, you can do anything to her. You can get a princess for free, and there are other benefits.¡± ¡°I see. Don¡¯t worry, Master Howard.¡± The madam is relieved atst. She takes a look at ire. Her thin clothes are soaked with sweat, revealing the beautiful body inside. She is beautiful, pure and attractive. As Leo says, this time the madam takes a big advantage. Chapter 64 Being humiliated and helpless Chapter 64 Being humiliated and helpless When the madam looks at ire, Leo leaves. The madam sits next to ire. She looks at ire at close range and smiles, ¡°you are a beauty indeed.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire immediately says nervously, ¡°what did Leo say to you?¡± The madamughs, ¡°it seems that you don¡¯t know you are sold here by your master to be a princess. Ha ha!¡± ire¡¯s whole body tenses suddenly, and she says in horror, ¡°what? A princess?¡± The madam squints and nods. ire suddenly feels herself waking up and rushes out the door. Last time Leo sold her to an auction and she was miserable. This time he even lets her be a princess. ire would like to rush back and kill Leo now. But she has no chance. Several tall men in ck stop her. They push her down on the sofa under the direction of the madam. ire huddles tightly on the sofa. She puts her arms around her chest to protect herself and looks at the people in ck carefully. The madamughs, ¡°Miss Bet, you can¡¯t leave. I can¡¯t bear the consequences.¡± ire says angrily, ¡°you¡¯re breaking thew. I¡¯ll call the police.¡± The madamughs, ¡°you call the police? Miss Bet, don¡¯t tell jokes. This is not a clean ce.¡± ire breathes quickly. Her body is shivering and she is at a loss. The madam says with a meaningful smile. ¡°Here, you can indulge a little bit. Isn¡¯t it too hard to hide all the time?¡± ire is angry and swears, ¡°shut up, you old witch! Do you think everyone is as shameless as you?¡± The madam sees ire resist and scold her so she hits ire¡¯s delicate face. ire only feels pain in her face so she turns sideways. The madam says viciously, ¡°bitch! No one dares to fight me here. Who gave you the courage to do so? Who do you think you are?¡± Then the madam nces at the bodyguards in ck. The bodyguards pull ire¡¯s hand as hard as they can to make her face the madam. The madamughs with pride. She lights a cigarette and begins to smoke. Then she sprays the smoke on ire¡¯s face. ire coughs violently. As soon as she moves, the big hand holding her hair is even harder. She weeps with pain. The madam touches ire¡¯s smooth and white cheek. She gently puts her fingers around her hair and ys with it in her hand. She approaches ire¡¯s face, pretending to sympathize with ire and sighing, ¡°Miss, this is not a good ce. It doesn¡¯t work out here.¡± ire grits her teeth. Her body trembles slightly. Her stubbornness makes the madam very unhappy. ¡°What a pretty girl. If you are obedient, you can suffer less. Do you think so?¡± ire sneers, ¡°bitch!¡± The madam doesn¡¯t get angry this time butughs. She nods. ¡°Yes, women are lewd here. But do you think you are pure? Master Howard left you here to give you a chance. What you should do is...¡± Before the madam has finished, ire raises her voice and says, ¡°stop dreaming, old witch!¡± ire¡¯s voice is loud but hoarse. Her voice goes through the music of the nightclub to the ears of the people around her, including the madam. The madam is so angry that her facial features twist together. She grabs a red wine ss and pours the whole ss of red wine on ire¡¯s face. ¡°Let me tell you, little slut. You can offend anyone here except me. The people who offend me are going to be miserable.¡± Then she says to the ck bodyguard next to her, ¡°lock Miss Bet in the back room so she can figure it out.¡± So ire is dragged by several men into a small room behind the bar. It¡¯s dark in that small room. There is no light or chair. There is nothing there. When ire is thrown in, she can¡¯t hear the loud music outside. The small ck house is so small that ire walks a few steps and meets a cold wall. She has to sit down and hold her body with her hands. She keeps shaking, not knowing whether it is because fear or cold. ¡°Leo, you bastard, pervert, beast. One day, I will give you back the humiliation!¡± ire curses Leo. She clenches her fist and her teeth and shivers with rage. ire suddenly thinks of Bryce. If only he were here. It¡¯s just that she¡¯s daydreaming. ire falls asleep in a daze and is suddenly awakened by the chill. She is shivering with cold. She can¡¯t stay here all the time. ire feels that if she resists, her body will not be able to stand the torture. Thinking about it, ire has a n in mind. She immediately gropes to the door of the small ck house and smashes the wooden door with her fist. ¡°Is there anyone? Open the door! Let me out!¡± Suddenly a small hole appears in the door, and there are mocking eyes there. ¡°What are you shouting? You¡¯re looking for death.¡± The man answers her in a rough voice, and the little hole is shut in a sh. ire is surprised and tries to hit the door again. ¡°I want to go out.¡± ¡°Miss Bet, are you sure you want to go out?¡± The small hole is opened again, and the voice of the manes in from outside. ¡°You know what it means to go out.¡± ¡°I¡¯m going out. Call her over.¡± ire says, pounding the door. The man closes the hole and sneers, ¡°Miss Bet, wait a minute.¡± After a while, ire sees the madam again. This time, the door is opened decisively. The strange smell and loud music in the nightclub rush in. ire¡¯s heart is beating wildly when she thinks about what she will do next. She pats herself on the chest and looks up. She sees the madam leaning against the door. Her eyebrows are weird. ¡°Oh, Miss Bet, what can I do for you?¡± ire resists the urge to curse her and says calmly, ¡°I¡¯ve got it. I can do what you say.¡± Chapter 65 Asking for help, Bryce’s here Chapter 65 Asking for help, Bryce¡¯s here The madam bursts outughing. She puts her hand on ire¡¯s shoulder and says in a strange voice, ¡°Oh, Miss Bet, you¡¯re smart. You figured it out so quickly. Well, hurry up and get dressed!¡± ire is stunned. She asks, ¡°Get dressed? Do you mean to start tonight?¡± ¡°Beautiful women like Miss Bet can charm men just by changing their clothes.¡± The madam says as she pulls ire out. She takes ire to a dressing room and roughly opens the door. She points to a group of dancers who are making up inside and says, ¡°Get out of here, all of you. Miss Bet is going to make up here.¡± The dancers are used to it. They don¡¯t care and go out with their butts twisted. ¡°I¡¯ll make up for you myself today. Every new girl here is dressed up by me. I promise you¡¯ll be able to charm those menter.¡± There is excitement on the madam¡¯s face. ire nods. The madam is relieved to see ire is very clever. She pushes her into the bathroom while she keeps watch outside. After ire goes in, she has to wash her whole body thoroughly, and then she is forced to change into the clothes of a nightclub princess. She is wearing a ck miniskirt, a white halter and stiletto heels. Her fingernails are painted with bright red nail polish by the madam. Her straight and fair legs are set off more sexy. The madam looks at her with satisfaction. She keeps praising her, "I¡¯ll make up for you. I promise you¡¯ll be the star of the club tonight.¡± ire doesn¡¯t dare to react in any way. She is afraid of being detected so she keeps pretending to smile. Finally, the makeup is over! Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. ire looks at herself in the mirror. She is a hot and sexy beauty in the mirror. She has to admit that the make-up technique of the madam is good. It¡¯s just that she¡¯s nervous and doesn¡¯t have time to appreciate her make-up. Thinking that she will be a princesster, ire is so nervous that she shivers. The madam obviously finds out, too. She looks down and says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter, Miss Bet? Are you dissatisfied?¡± ire reluctantly smiles. ¡°I get nervous with a lot of people.¡± Then she turns to see the mobile phone that the Madam puts on the dresser. Before she speaks, ire says quickly, ¡°I¡¯m so nervous. Can you bring some red wine? I want to calm down. Otherwise, I will not perform well.¡± The madam hesitates for a moment and says, ¡°wait a minute.¡± Then the madam goes out with a bunch of keys, and she even locks the door before she leaves. ire is speechless. She takes the madam¡¯s cell phone and looks at the door. Although the door is locked, it is made of printed ss. Thinking of this, ire immediately raises a chair and smashes it violently. The printed ss breaks and ire hurries out of the hole. The madam at the corner hears the sound and turns back. ire is shocked. She has to turn around and runs to the other side, only to find a public toilet at the end of the road. ire rushes into a cubicle and locks the door. She takes the cell phone and wants to make a call, but she doesn¡¯t know who to call. After thinking for a while, she thinks maybe only Bryce can help her. There are footsteps and the shouting and swearing of the madam outside. ire makes a lot of calls in the extremely nervous mood, but they are all wrong. ¡°Hello.¡± When she is about to despair, she hears Bryce¡¯s maic voice. ¡°Brother Bryce, I am...¡± Bang! Before ire finishes speaking, the door of the toilet is kicked open. A strong hand reaches out and takes ire¡¯s phone. ire leans desperately against the wall. The madam takes over the cell phone and stares at ire. ¡°Do you think I have a good temper? Miss Bet, you¡¯re dying.¡± Then she ps ire in the face. Five finger prints appear on ire¡¯s face, and she feels very painful. The madam gets a man to stop ire¡¯s mouth. She ties her up and begins to tear her hair and kick her belly and calves. ire¡¯s eyes are blindfolded with tears and dazed with pain. ¡°No one here is qualified to y a trick on me. How dare you!¡± The madam scolds angrily and kicks her. ire is so painful that she doesn¡¯t even have the strength to struggle. ¡°Bitch, you belong to Master Howard. Do you know that I will be punished if you run away?¡± ire now remembers Leo¡¯s cruel and cold smile. She wants to kill him. Her hatred of him reaches a climax. ire feels sad. Leo, I will never let you go! One day I will get even with you! The madam beats her for a long time. She seems tired and stops. She looks at ire¡¯s swollen and bleeding calves. The madam sighs and whispers, ¡°Miss Bet, I don¡¯t want to embarrass you. Why are you doing this? Since Master Howard sent you here, you have to ept it!¡± ire whimpers, ¡°stop dreaming!¡± The madam says a lot, but ire keeps repeating it. She¡¯s angry again and wants to continue to teach her. Just then, there is a loud noise at the door. Before the madam can react, her fat body flows out. Everyone is shocked. They see a man in a suit standing at the door. It¡¯s Bryce. ¡°Brother Bryce...¡± ire sees Bryce and immediately rxes. Bryce steps forward to untie ire. He looks at her with heartache and holds her tightly in his arms. He says softly, ¡°it¡¯s ok now. I will deal with these things. You rest first.¡± After that, Bryce walks slowly to the madam who is still groaning on the ground. He steps on her fat arm. ¡°How dare you!¡± Bryce¡¯s tone is full of chilling. ¡°President Bryce, I didn¡¯t want to do that.¡± The madam¡¯s face suddenly changes with pain. ¡°Master Howard asked me to do it...¡± Bryce is shocked to hear the name and turns to ire. Chapter 66 The truth Chapter 66 The truth ire looks down and doesn¡¯t speak. Bryce gets angry and kicks the madam. Then he picks up ire and walks out the door. They are silent all the way. Bryce presses his lips, but his eyes are full of anger. ire says apologetically, ¡°Bryce, I¡¯m sorry, I...¡± Bryce frowns. ¡°Why do you say sorry? It¡¯s him who should say sorry. Now let¡¯s go to him.¡± Bryce puts ire in the car. In spite of her objections, he drives to Leo¡¯s vi. ¡°You wait for me in the car. Today, I must ask that bastard to apologize to you.¡± Bryce clenches his fist. He is furious to the extreme, but when he speaks to ire, he is very gentle. ire shakes her head desperately. ¡°Don¡¯t go. I¡¯ll go back myself. I¡¯m fine now.¡± When Bryce hears ire say that, he bursts into a rage. ¡°You are not fine. You¡¯ve got a bad injury! Leo is a jerk!¡± ire looks at Bryce in shock. It is the first time she sees Bryce angry. He¡¯s worse than Leo. ire grabs Bryce¡¯s warm, strong hand. She says with tears and smiles, ¡°Bryce, I know you care about me, but I don¡¯t want you to argue with Leo and get hurt.¡± Bryce ps ire¡¯s hand. ¡°He can¡¯t hurt me. Don¡¯t worry.¡± After that, Bryce goes straight to Leo¡¯s vi. ire is upset so she follows him. ¡°Leo, you son of a bitch,e downstairs.¡± Bryce growls.Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. After a while, Leo opens the door andes out. He frowns and sees Bryce. His expression bes more terrible. ¡°It¡¯ste. Are you crazy here?¡± Leo takes a contemptuous look at Bryce. ¡°I didn¡¯te to you, but you came to me¡± With that, he sees ire. He sneers. ¡°ire, are you not a princess? Youe back. I don¡¯t remember that I agree with you toe back.¡± ire is about to speak when Bryce stops her with his eyes. He says softly, ¡°I will deal with it. ire, just watch. I¡¯m going to make this bastard apologize to you today.¡± Leo looks at Bryce and says, ¡°Bryce, do I need to apologize to her? Don¡¯t forget what you did in the office this afternoon.¡± Leo¡¯s tone is terrible, but Bryce is not afraid. He says coldly, ¡°I have a good character and I have never done anything sorry to ire. If you don¡¯t believe me, I can¡¯t exin. But anyway, she¡¯s your wife!¡± ¡°Wife?¡± Leo says scornfully, ¡°she doesn¡¯t deserve the title! She¡¯s just my ything!¡± Bryce can hardly believe Leo is so vicious. He is furious. ¡°Are you human? You bastard!¡± Leo puts his hands behind him. ¡°I don¡¯t have to be tolerant of the slut and her lover. Besides, it¡¯s also my family¡¯s business. What does it have to do with you?¡± Bryce finally can¡¯t help but lean forward and hit Leo in the face with one blow. Bang! With a dull sound, Leo is hit by Bryce¡¯s fist and steps back two steps. Leo¡¯s calm eyes gradually be cruel. His eyes are frighteningly ck. He wipes the blood from the corner of his mouth with his hand. ¡°I¡¯m going to kill you.¡± With that, Leo rushes up at the same time and hits Bryce in the face. ire is stunned. What she worries about most happens. She rushes up at once to persuade them, ¡°stop fighting! It¡¯s all my fault!¡± Thinking of what happened just now, ire squats down feebly. She holds her head in her arms and begins to sob. They are suddenly quiet. Bryce endures the pain andes to hold ire¡¯s shoulder. He whispers, ¡°ire, we stop fighting. Don¡¯t cry.¡± Leo gets up, too. He sneers. ¡°I think you¡¯d better stay away from my wife.¡± Bryceughs angrily, ¡°now you know she¡¯s your wife?¡± Leo frowns and doesn¡¯t answer. Bryce shouts sarcastically, ¡°listen, Leo, you¡¯d better be nice to ire in the future. Otherwise, I will get ire sooner orter, because you are not good enough for her.¡± Leo¡¯s eyes are cold, and he wants to rush up again, but he is caught by Ling. Ling pulls Leo and points to Bryce and swears, ¡°shameless bastard, aren¡¯t you ashamed here? I heard what you did in the office. Do you want to lie to us?¡± ¡°And you, ire, I was sincere to you and thought you were my sister-inw, but you cheated. No wonder my brother said you are a slut. I think he is right.¡± Ling says maliciously. In fact, his mood is veryplicated, but he is angry when he thinks about what Bryce and ire did. ire is stunned and looks at Bryce in shock. She can¡¯t remember what happened at that time. Did Bryce really do something bad to her? Bryce sighs and says, ¡°I thought nobody saw it, so I didn¡¯t want to say it. Since you are sure that ire and I have done something bad, I have to exin it to you from the beginning to the end.¡± ire has hope again, but the other two just look at Bryce suspiciously and don¡¯t believe him at all. ¡°Ling, do you know that ire and Qi were in conflict at the college?¡± Bryce asks him. Ling nods. Bryce continues, ¡°and then they invited ire to join the student union. In fact, they just wanted ire to eat the meal they prepared, because there was an aphrodisiac in the meal.¡± Leo interrupts, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. After all, you haven¡¯t been given an aphrodisiac.¡± Bryce ignores him. ¡°Yes, but I didn¡¯t know at the time. After all, I like ire, and I don¡¯t want to conceal it. At first I didn¡¯t notice ire¡¯s abnormality. Ling may saw us at that time. But in the end I found out that ire had been drugged, so I calmed down quickly.¡± Ling asks, ¡°didn¡¯t you do anything?¡± Chapter 67 She doesn’t like me Chapter 67 She doesn¡¯t like me Bryce gives a wry smile, ¡°ire regards me as her brother. It¡¯s impossible for her toe to me. When I realized it, I didn¡¯t do anything against ire¡¯s will. Later, I asked Qi for an antidote. This is the whole story.¡± Neither Leo nor Ling speaks. Bryce waves. ¡°You may not believe me, but that¡¯s the truth. I still need to apologize to you and ire!¡± Bryce bends down sincerely. Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. Hearing Bryce¡¯s exnation, Ling believes it. He rushes to ire and says, ¡°sister inw, I¡¯m sorry. I really made a mistake.¡± ire smiles and shakes her head. ¡°It¡¯s not your fault. It¡¯s just a misunderstanding, and you didn¡¯t do anything to hurt me.¡± Bryce and Leo stand face to face. ¡°Leo, if you¡¯re nice to ire, I can give up. I know ire doesn¡¯t like me.¡± Leo is stunned. He murmurs to himself, ¡°does she like me?¡± No one answers him, including himself. Leo pulls ire into his arms, then he picks her up and walks back to the vi. ire is surprised by Leo. But she¡¯s upset about what happened, and now she hates Leo. ire pounds Leo on the shoulder with both hands, swearing, ¡°son of a bitch, let me go. Get out of here!¡± But her voice is getting smaller and smaller. She can¡¯t push Leo away. She suffered a lot tonight so she is tired and her voice is hoarse. Leo ignores her and still hugs her. But this time, Leo¡¯s eyes are less cold but more silent. Leo brings ire into the room. ire thinks that Leo is going to do something to her, so she starts to struggle. This time she struggles violently and breaks free from Leo¡¯s arms. When ire is about to fall to the ground, Leo immediately falls into bed. They fall on the bed together and Leo kisses her on the forehead. ire is a little surprised because it is a soft kiss. She has hardly experienced it before. She forgets he is a devil and her pain. She opens her mouth and is a little surprised. Leo props his arms on the bed and looks down at ire. The corner of his mouth trembles slightly, then he opens his mouth to say something, but he doesn¡¯t say a word. ire is surprised and confused. However, Leo¡¯s body suddenly falls down and he kisses her eyes gently. He kisses her wetshes with his lips. ire is at a loss and has to close her eyes. ire closes her eyes and thinks that maybe he knows he made a mistake. As Leo kisses ire, he puts a hand around her waist. He is gentle, but because the madam hurt her waist before, Leo¡¯s touch makes her whole body shrink in pain. Leo stops abnormally. He strokes ire¡¯s waist more softly. There is a bruise on the white and smooth skin. ¡°Does it hurt?¡± ire opens her eyes as if she didn¡¯t hear clearly. She finds Leo looking at her waist and gently touching it. They don¡¯t turn on the light so ire can¡¯t see his eyes. She just shakes her head. ¡°I said, does it hurt?¡± Leo asks softly again. His tone is not as domineering and cruel as before. ire shakes her head again, and then she whispers, ¡°it doesn¡¯t hurt.¡± Leo bends down and kisses ire¡¯s bruise on the waist. His moist lips touch ire¡¯s skin. ire feels as if she had fallen into a feather with the warm and slightly heated breath. She feels as if she were melting and her body became more and more light. The pain seems to go away. Then a faint me stirs up in her heart. Leo¡¯s kiss sets her body on fire. Leo kisses ire¡¯s waist and his breathing gets heavier. His hands touch ire¡¯s white, straight legs under her miniskirt. Her legs are as white and soft asnolin. Leo feels the edge of her miniskirt. His rough hands make ire feel like an electric shock. Her breathing bes moist and heavy. Leo¡¯s hand goes into ire¡¯s skirt... But when ire is a little addicted, Leo suddenly stops. He frowns. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± ire asks softly as if she were a cat. Leo stands up and doesn¡¯t answer. He just has his back to ire. Leo takes a deep breath and says, ¡°you still have a lot of injuries.¡± ire doesn¡¯t speak. She feels that all of a sudden everything has be incredible. Then Leo says, ¡°every time I want to be gentle, I lose interest in you when I think of your mother.¡± That¡¯s true, or that¡¯s what Leo wants to say. ire doesn¡¯t lose her temper or fight back as she used to. She just whispers, ¡°I don¡¯t know much about them. Neither my father nor my mother ever told me, but I seem to know vaguely that it¡¯s something very bad.¡± Leo sighs, ¡°you and your father need to bear the consequences for what your mother did. Your father may hate your mother more than I do now.¡± Leo rarely talks so much to ire. Before ire can respond, he goes out. Leo seems to know about her father. She doesn¡¯t have time to ask him. ire wants to chase him, but she is in pain, so she doesn¡¯t do it. ¡°I¡¯ll ask him tomorrow.¡± ire thinks for a long time in the dark, and finally she falls asleep. Chapter 68 The jade plate reappears Chapter 68 The jade te reappears The next day, when irees to the college, she finds something unusual. Most of the students hide from her as if she were a monster. And in ss, there is no one around her except Ling. ire is confused. After school, ire knows the truth. She hears that Qi¡¯s family suddenly went bankrupt. Of course, the students think ire got back at her. They didn¡¯t expect ire to be so cruel. ¡°This woman is very cruel.¡± ¡°She¡¯s the wife of Master Howard. Don¡¯t associate with her in the future.¡± ¡°Although Qi is a bit excessive, she should not retaliate against her family.¡± When ire hears it, she is surprised. Did Leo do it? ire goes home and asks Leo, ¡°I want to ask you something!¡± Leo sits on the sofa and nces at ire. He lights a cigarette. ¡°Say it.¡± ¡°They said I did it, but I didn¡¯t. Did you do it?¡± Leo spits out a bunch of white smoke. He doesn¡¯t answer. ¡°It¡¯s none of your business.¡± ire says, ¡°well, it¡¯s none of my business. You mentioned my fatherst night. How is he doing?¡± Leo obviously didn¡¯t expect ire to suddenly change the subject. He frowns. ¡°You belong to Howard Family now.¡± ¡°I¡¯m his daughter anyway. I need to know about him.¡± ¡°Then you shouldn¡¯t ask me. You should ask your stepmother.¡± Leo takes a smoke and ire coughs. ¡°She¡¯s not my mother. I don¡¯t admit it. You¡¯re my husband. Can¡¯t you tell me? Why keep it from me?¡± ire has someints. Leo snuffs out the cigarette and stands up. ¡°I don¡¯t know about your father, and I won¡¯t tell you if I know. Are you satisfied with this answer?¡± Leo¡¯s tone is cold again. ire clenches her teeth and says nothing. Leo, you son of a bitch! When ire and Leo are talking in the living room, Ling has already entered Leo¡¯s study. He sits in the chair that Leo used to sit in. He turns over the papers on the desk. Most of them are company documents, and Ling feels bored. Even on Leo¡¯s bookshelf, there are all books aboutpany management, not even a literary work. Ling thinks the study is an office. Ling opens a cupboard beside the desk. There he finds the only thing worth ying in the study. It¡¯s a simple jade pendant. It¡¯s elegant and ancient and should be priceless. But Ling doesn¡¯t care about its price. He only thinks the jade pendant is pretty, so he can¡¯t help wearing it on his neck. The warm jade sticks to his chest. He feels veryfortable. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that my brother has these things!¡± Ling ys with the jade pendant and says to himself. Just as he is thinking about it, footstepse from the stairs. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. Ling shivers. He almost jumps up from the chair and tries to run out of the door. But just as he opens the door, Ling sees Leo¡¯s cold face. ¡°Didn¡¯t I tell you not to enter my study without my permission?¡± Leo frowns. Ling is embarrassed. He nods. ¡°I¡¯m bored and just looking around. Why are you so nervous?¡± Leo ignores him and waves. Ling walks out with a sigh of relief. As he goes downstairs, he sees ire watching TV and ignoring him. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± Ling feels puzzled and looks at the TV screen. A familiar face appears in the news broadcast. It is Qi, the president of the student union. He is shocked when he sees the headline. ¡°A family business in this city went bankrupt, and the eldest daughter was suspected of suffering and committing suicide.¡± Ling reads the headline word by word. ¡°The news has been broadcast. It must be true. But Qi looks shameless. She actually killed herself.¡± ire is a little sorry after the shock. Although Qi and she had conflicts and she always embarrassed ire, she should not die. ire hopes that Leo didn¡¯t bankrupt her family, or she will feel guilty. ire sighs at her suicide. ¡°Sister inw, you are so kind. She really shouldn¡¯t have died. It seems that she can¡¯t stand the blow.¡± Ling is also a little sorry. ¡°Well, it¡¯s none of our business.¡± ire turns off the TV and looks back at Ling. But soon ire¡¯s eyes change. She finds a jade pendant on Ling¡¯s body. It¡¯s not the most important. She feels that the jade pendant is simr to the one she has lost before. But how could it be on Ling? Ling also notices the confusion in ire¡¯s eyes. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± This is her jade pendant... Chapter 69 Leo’s hegemony Chapter 69 Leo¡¯s hegemony ire is about to ask him when Leoes downstairs. He carries a box in his left hand and grabs Ling in his right. He pulls him out. ¡°Brother, what are you doing?¡± Ling is confused by Leo, but he can¡¯t resist him. ire follows them out and finds Leo and Ling arguing. ¡°I won¡¯t go!¡± Ling is very excited. He breaks free of Leo¡¯s hand. ¡°After you came back, you got into a lot of trouble. You don¡¯t study here or help me manage the company. You¡¯d better leave and don¡¯t disturb me.¡± Leo releases Ling¡¯s hand, but he doesn¡¯t want him to be far away. ¡°I bought you a ticket. You go now.¡± Even if Leo speaks to his brother, he still seems to be giving orders. Ling has no courage to lose his temper. Ling frowns and yells, ¡°give me a reason.¡± Leo seems to be very dissatisfied with Ling. He says coldly, ¡°do I need to give you any reason? What I say is an order. Even if you are my brother, you have to do it. You can¡¯t question it!¡± Ling almost jumps up, ¡°Leo! Who do you think you are and why can youmand me?¡± Instead of getting angry, Leo smiles. He pats Ling on the shoulder and says, ¡°listen, this is the best choice. Besides, you like to learn music. I can find the most advanced conservatory for you abroad. As long as...¡± ¡°I refuse!¡± Ling expresses his opinion before Leo finishes. Leo seems to be helpless. Although it seems that he is indifferent to Ling, Lin is his brother anyway. He cares about him, too. Leo sighs and approaches Ling¡¯s ear to say something. Ling is surprised. He says in a loud voice, ¡°then I should stay. I won¡¯t leave.¡± Leo freezes. He stares at Ling with his dark, cold eyes and says, ¡°don¡¯t try to challenge my bottom line. You know I hate people who bother me.¡± Ling wants to fight back, but Leo pushes him into the car and warns him, ¡°as long as you dare to get out of the car, this is not your home!¡± Ling is shocked. He has no choice but to sit there and gasp angrily. ¡°Let me say goodbye to my sister-inw.¡± Ling finallypromises. This is hisst request. ¡°No way!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t agree to such a simple request. He drives in the direction of the airport and ignores Ling¡¯s shouts. ire doesn¡¯t expect it to happen so fast. She hasn¡¯t asked about the jade pendant or said goodbye to Ling. At the thought of this, ire rushes out the door and takes a taxi to the airport. And Ling is taken to the airport by Leo. During the security check, he finds the jade pendant on his neck. ¡°Why are you wearing it?¡± Leo asks, pointing to the jade te. It is the only connection he has with the strange little wild cat, and it is almost taken away by Ling. How could he not be angry? Ling has no choice but to return the jade pendant to Leo. He says dejectedly, ¡°I just think it¡¯s good- looking and fun.¡± Ling doesn¡¯t want to resist anymore. He has no choice but to get on the ne to fly abroad. After Ling leaves, Leo touches the simple jade pendant with his hand and smiles. Every time Leo sees the jade pendant, he will think of the little wild cat in the hotel that day. Especially when he scratches the smooth and warm jade pendant with his fingers, he always feels like touching the soft skin of the little wild cat, which makes him excited. Just then, he sees ire get out of the taxi and rush here. He stops smiling and puts the jade pendant in his pocket. ire gets out of the taxi and runs to the airport, but she sees Leo at the gate of the airport. Leo¡¯s face is expressionless. He looks at ire who is panting. He frowns and asks, ¡°Why are you here? What do you want to do?¡± ire wants to ask about the jade pendant directly, but she doesn¡¯t want Leo to know. She asks, ¡°has Ling left?¡± Leo smiles. ¡°I thought youe to me, but you came to him. Are you reluctant to part with him?¡± ire doesn¡¯t know if Leo is teasing or questioning her. She is thinking about the jade pendant and she doesn¡¯t say goodbye to Ling. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. ire is about to ask about the jade pendant when she hears a sharp sound of the car braking. The sound almost cracks her eardrum. As ire frowns and turns, a group of people in ck rushes down from a van. Theye at ire and Leo with machetes! ire freezes with fear. Leo protects her in front of her and kicks over several men in ck. ire looks at their machetes. She doesn¡¯t know who Leo has offended. The other side is so willing to kill Leo. Leo is fighting with those people in ck, but they are just nuts. No matter how many times they are knocked down by Leo, they will still stand up. At this time, another van rushes over. Leo knows they must be partners, so he yells at ire, ¡°follow me, let¡¯s go!¡± With that, Leo takes ire and runs to his car. ire knows they can¡¯t fight all the time. She takes her cell phone out of her arms and asks for help. ¡°Stupid woman, why didn¡¯t you think of it before?¡± Leo says with a groan. The de in his hand collides with two knives of a ruffian, making a sharp metallic sound. ire sees a ruffian trying to cut Leo¡¯s back with a machete, but he can¡¯t deal with it! ire is shocked. She pushes Leo away and rushes forward. The man¡¯s machetees towards ire¡¯s hand. At this time, Leo also reacts and kicks the man¡¯s belly with all his strength. ire gets cut. There is a long and narrow cut on the back of her hand. Blood is constantly seeping out of it. Red blood and white skin are particrly striking. At this moment, Leo is deeply shocked. He looks at the woman in surprise. He can¡¯t believe it. She rushes up for him without hesitation! Chapter 70 Get hurt for him Chapter 70 Get hurt for him Leo doesn¡¯t understand the woman in front of him. Leo is still in a daze when ire bends over and holds the wound on the back of her hand. Is this woman really the slut he always thinks she is? The man who was kicked away by Leo gets up and rushes again. Leo has responded. He puts ire in his arms again. When he kicks him away, they rush out of the crowd. ¡°Don¡¯t let them run away!¡± ¡°Stop!¡± ¡°Get him!¡± Those gangsters are catching up again. But at this time, Leo¡¯s subordinates finally arrive. Five luxury cars stop at the gate of the airport. A group of bodyguards in suits rush out of the car. Some of them protect Leo and ire while others rush to fight against the gangsters. A man who seems to be the leader of this group of bodyguards walks up to Leo and bows to him, ¡°young master, we arete.¡± Leo stares at him coldly and points to the gangsters. ¡°Damn it, kill them!¡± The man nods and leaves a few people behind and rushes over. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. ire watches them fight. She looks at Leo doubtfully and says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± Instead of answering ire, Leo grabs ire¡¯s soft little hand. He looks at the red cut on ire¡¯s delicate back of hand and turns to the people around him and says, ¡°bring the doctor.¡± The man nods and drives off. Leo takes off his tie and wraps the wound on ire¡¯s back. But she is still bleeding. ire¡¯s face turns pale. Leo picks up ire and gently puts her in the car. He lights a cigarette quietly and watches them fight coldly. ire looks at Leo¡¯s side face and indifferent eyes through the window. He seems to be used to the scene. He seems indifferent. ire¡¯s been staring at Leo. She does not know that the wound on the back of her hand has been bleeding. The tie can¡¯t stop her bleeding. The dark blue tie is soaked in blood and bes cold and heavy. ire feels the blood fall on her knees. ire suddenly feels scared and faints. Leo sees ire fall back. He is so nervous that he helps her to lean on his shoulder. At this time, the man outside the window suddenlyes to the front of the car and bows down respectfully, ¡°master, it has been solved.¡± Leo gives him a cold look and nods. ¡°Clean it up. If the police ask you, you know how to answer.¡± The man nods, ¡°I have been a subordinate of you for a long time. I know how to deal with them. Where are you going now?¡± Leo takes a look at ire who has fainted and says, ¡°I¡¯ll stay here now. The personal doctor will be here soon.¡± With that, the man turns to clean, but Leo stops him. ¡°What else can I do for you, young master?¡± The man in ck bows respectfully. He seems afraid of making mistakes in front of Leo. But it¡¯ste because he¡¯s made a mistake. Leo looks at him coldly and suddenly sneers, ¡°although I didn¡¯t look at the time, I estimated it. I know how many minutes it took you to arrive here. Do you want to say it yourself or let me say it?¡± It seems that he is just asking amon question, but the man suddenly kneels down. ¡°Eleven minutes in all. We¡¯rete.¡± He used to be brave when he was fighting, but now he kneels on the ground and dare not look at Leo. His voice is shaking. ¡°Do you know what to do? You don¡¯t have to die. Get out of my sight.¡± Leo says coldly. The man was a littlete and almost killed him or ire. He doesn¡¯t need bodyguards who can¡¯te in time. Before long, Leo¡¯s personal doctor arrives. He simply bandages ire and tells Leo she is OK. Sure enough, ire wakes up on the way. She looks at Leo in a daze. Leo feels ire looking at him. He nces at her and says, ¡°why do you look at me?¡± Then ire really wakes up. After a moment of silence, she says, ¡°I heard your conversation with your bodyguard just now.¡± Leo continues to turn the steering wheel, ignoring ire. ire frowns at Leo and whispers, ¡°who are you? I feel like you¡¯re terrible.¡± Leo nces at her and says, ¡°since you know everything, why do you ask me?¡± ire asks, ¡°are you really a member of the underworld?¡± Leo snorts as if he has admitted. Seeing Leo¡¯s reaction, ire stops talking. When they get home, she says, ¡°Leo, I want to divorce you.¡± ¡°What?¡± Leo looks at ire coldly. ¡°This is the second time you have asked me for a divorce. I will never divorce you. I will pester you all my life.¡± ire says angrily, ¡°Leo, you are a member of the underworld. I don¡¯t want to be involved. And I don¡¯t want to be hunted again. You can¡¯t guarantee my safety at all.¡± Leo suddenly stops and stares at ire coldly. ¡°ire, don¡¯t think you can do anything you want after you get hurt for me.¡± With that, Leo picks ire up. He kicks the bedroom door and puts ire on the bed. Chapter 71 Seeing him take a bath Chapter 71 Seeing him take a bath ire huddles under the quilt and says angrily, ¡°Leo, you pervert. Why do you do that every time you go home?¡± Leo just unbuttons his suit and shirt to reveal his strong body and says, ¡°pervert? You¡¯re my wife. That¡¯s what you should do.¡± ¡°Go away!¡± ire roars. ¡°You did a good job today. I should reward you. Don¡¯t you want to sleep with me? Don¡¯t you enjoy it every time?¡± Leo smiles and raises his eyebrows. ire blushes at the thought that she has been teased by Leo many times. By this time, Leo has rushed like a hungry wolf. He presses ire under his body and strokes her smooth skin. He kisses ire¡¯s pink lips and smooth neck. The two are intertwined in an instant, and ire finds that she soon bes hot because of Leo¡¯s movements, and her breathing is gradually moist. But ire grits her teeth and doesn¡¯t want to moan. Leo doesn¡¯t force ire to call out this time. He ys with ire¡¯s charming body. Her white skin almost makes Leo dizzy. The temperature in the room gradually increases. Their clothes are thrown under the bed. At this time, ire¡¯s hand is identally pressed by Leo. ire can not help but moan loudly because of the sharp pain from her wound. Leo soon realizes that her moan doesn¡¯t seem to be enjoyable. He sees ire grinning with pain. ¡°You still have injuries. You¡¯d better have a good rest.¡± Leo frowns. ire says nothing but watches Leo walk out naked. ire falls asleep in bed. She doesn¡¯t wake up until supper. They are quiet at dinner. Leo leaves after dinner. He pays no attention to ire. ire falls on the sofa after dinner and doesn¡¯t know what to do. She inadvertently thinks of her father. His father is very ill, but she hasn¡¯t seen him for a long time. She doesn¡¯t know how he is. ¡°Damn Leo. He knows it but doesn¡¯t tell me. Son of a bitch!¡± ire shakes her fist a few times. ire can¡¯t help but run upstairs and decide to ask Leo! Leo doesn¡¯t close the door. ire opens the door and hears the water. Her steps don¡¯t hesitate at all. The next moment ire sees Leo in the bathroom with his head up to let the hot water wet his hair. She sees Leo¡¯s delicate corbone, eight abs and long, powerful legs. ire is shocked when such a perfect figure appears in the hazy water mist. This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Leo turns to see ire and smiles, ¡°am I much better looking than other men?¡± ire frowns and is about to retort. Leo suddenly reaches out and pulls her in. ¡°It¡¯s a good time for you toe to me at this time.¡± Leo puts ire in his arms as he speaks, letting ire get wet by the water from the shower head. ire struggles. ¡°I didn¡¯t know you are bathing. You didn¡¯t close the door.¡± Leo puts his arm around ire¡¯s waist and whispers, ¡°this is my room. Why should I close the door? And you¡¯re my wife. Are you afraid to look at my body?¡± ire feels suffocated for a moment. The water from the shower makes her squint. Her breathing bes short. Her chest is wet with hot water and she has a light fragrance. Her clear body makes Leo crazy. ire hears the familiar voice again. In the water mist, she hears Leo¡¯s eager and hot gasp again. It makes her feelfortable. She thinks of what will happen next. She blushes and closes her eyes. Leo is more excited to see ire¡¯s shy face and her closed eyes. Leo lifts ire¡¯s legs and lets her soft and smooth legs wrap around his strong waist. At the same time, he puts her on the wall and kisses her red lips. The warm water flows freely between the two people. No matter the hazy water mist or the ttering water, it makes the narrow bathroom full of irresistible temptation. ire has never been so eager. To be exact, she never wants Leo so much. But Leo identally touches ire¡¯s wound when he kisses her. When ire waves, the hot water falls on her wound. ¡°It hurts.¡± ire can¡¯t help calling out. Leo frowns. He thinks about why ire calls out for pain before he starts. Then Leo sees hot water and froth make the wound on ire¡¯s hand red. And it¡¯s a little swollen. Leo sees ire¡¯s aggrieved eyes. He sighs and picks up the wet ire and puts her on the bed. Then he carefully undresses ire and wraps her in a bath towel. ire thinks Leo is out of order today. Before, even if she was hurt, Leo would do what he wanted coldly and violently. But today he is considerate and changes her clothes. ire thinks she is dreaming and looks at Leo in disbelief. Leo ignores her and walks out the door. ire sighs, ¡°sure enough, I¡¯m not dreaming. The reality is always cruel!¡± ire teases herself, and she gets out of bed in pain. She is ready to find medicine for herself. ire thinks that thest time she hurt her foot, she also applied the medicine to herself. She can¡¯t help feeling a little sad. Chapter 72 He applies the medicine to her Chapter 72 He applies the medicine to her She thinks it is a tragedy to marry Leo. No wedding, no freedom, no dignity. But when irees to the door, she suddenly feels that she is dreaming. Because she sees Leo standing at the door with a reproachful look. He has a household medicine chest in his hand. ¡°Go back to bed and sit down.¡± Leo says to ire with some indifference. ¡°I¡¯ll apply the medicine to you.¡± ire is a little overwhelmed and stunned. But when she sees Leo¡¯s cold eyes, she pouts and sits on the bed. Leoes to ire and squats down. He opens the household medicine chest and skillfully picks up the cotton and tweezer. He dips them in alcohol and disinfects her. Then he dips a cotton swab in some light colored ointment and lightly applies it to the back of her injured hand. ire feels a little cold and doesn¡¯t feel the pain she imagines. She thinks that the boys are all clumsy in doing these things, but she didn¡¯t expect that Leo is very skilled. Now ire wonders if he¡¯s a physician. Leo seems to notice ire¡¯s strangeness and surprise. He says quietly, ¡°as you saw today, I often fight. I learned these life-saving techniques.¡± ire says ¡°um¡±. When ites to Leo¡¯s ufortable identity, she doesn¡¯t know what to do. Obviously they can¡¯t get divorced. Leo adds, ¡°you owe me twice...¡± ¡°What?¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand Leo. ¡°Twice.¡± Leo says, ¡°you haven¡¯t satisfied me twice. Once in bed and once in the bathroom. You have to pay me back double when your injury is cured. I believe you may be more active than I am.¡± ire remembers that she has shown enjoyment before. She didn¡¯t expect him to use it to mock her. ire¡¯s face bes gloomy. Leo says coldly. He doesn¡¯t wait for ire to answer or refute. He says to ire, ¡°I¡¯m going to bed now. It¡¯s time you leave.¡± ire is driven mad by Leo¡¯s moodiness. She gives him a resentful look and goes back to her room. ire slept a long afternoon so she can¡¯t sleep at all now. She lies in bed thinking about what happened today and before. ¡°I should have the gangster stab him to death.¡± ire kicks the quilt helplessly. But time can¡¯t be reversed, or she will choose not to see Leo in her whole life. ... ire wakes up almost in shock the next day. She doesn¡¯t dream of being chased or bullied by Leo. She dreams that she iste. This is a nightmare for ire who likes to learn music. Fortunately, after she wakes up, she rubs her eyes hard and finds that there is still time. She simply cleans herself up and rushes out of the door. ¡°Stop!¡± She hears Leo¡¯s cold voice as she passes the living room. ire thinks he is going crazy again. She turns her head and looks at Leo discontentedly without speaking. Leo wants to teach ire a lesson, but he is not in the mood to talk. He just asks coldly, ¡°what are you going to do?¡± ire pouts. ¡°I¡¯m going to school. I¡¯m going to bete.¡± Then she goes out of the door. ¡°Stop!¡± Leo roars angrily. ire turns helplessly and is about to get angry. ¡°You¡¯re injured today. You don¡¯t have to go to school.¡± Leo says lightly. ¡°But I just entered the school, I......¡± ire is still going to leave. She looks anxiously at the watch on her wrist. ¡°I¡¯ve called your headmaster and asked for your leave.¡± Leo says. ¡°Then I will go, too. Recently, there are all music science courses. Even if my hand is hurt, it doesn¡¯t hinder my study.¡± ire shakes her head and refuses. Leo says coldly, ¡°as a wife, should you let your husband eat breakfast alone?¡± ire stops talking. She sits on the chair and chops up the bread on the te with a fork and eats breakfast quickly. She seems to be expressing her dissatisfaction with Leo or wanting to finish early and go to school. But shortly after Leo starts eating, ire puts her fork down and says, ¡°I have to go.¡± This time Leo doesn¡¯t stop her. ... ire walks on the road and recalls yesterday¡¯s scene. She feels a little scared. Seeing the long and narrow cut, ire feels that she has suffered a lot. Then she thinks of Leo¡¯s underworld identity again, which makes her feel a little cold. In her impression, the underworld is full of ruthless people. She is Leo¡¯s wife. If someone catches her and threatens Leo, the consequence must be... ire is suddenly in a panic. But all of a sudden ire hears the car tires rubbing on the ground. She turns to see a caring towards her. The driver is ring his horn wildly! It turns out that when she was just distracted, she identally walked onto the road! She hurries to the sidewalk, but identally sprains and falls on it. She feels a sharp pain! ire bursts into tears and struggles to get up to stop several cars, but no one pays attention to her. What should she do? ire grits her teeth. She can¡¯t get to school in this state. If there¡¯s no car for her... Just as ire is worried, a white Porsche stops in front of her. ire wonders if someone can help her. The door is opened. ire sees a pair of elegant and sexy legs and a small pink suit. She raises her face and sees a smiling face and long ck hair like a waterfall. The girl gets out of the car and gracefully walks up to ire and says, ¡°can I help you?¡± ire is not stubborn. She nods and thinks the girl is beautiful and kind. There are still many good people in the world. ¡°I¡¯ll take you to the hospital.¡± The woman gently helps ire into her car. ire talks to the girl a lot on the way. But she only knows her name. Her name is Emma.C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Chapter 73 The unexpected woman Chapter 73 The unexpected woman ¡°I may leaveter. Do you have any friends or rtives to pick you up? It¡¯s not convenient for you to move now.¡± Emma¡¯s voice is as soft as cotton. ire thinks for a while and finally thinks that her friends and rtives are different from her. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± She seems to sense ire¡¯s embarrassment. ire knows she¡¯s going to drag Emma down if she doesn¡¯t get someone to pick her up. She reluctantly smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯ll call my husband.¡± Emma praises her, ¡°you get married so young. You are really happy.¡± ire doesn¡¯t answer. Only she knows how she feels. Leo answers the phone soon. ire briefly exins to him what happened and the hospital she is going to. The tone of Leo on the other end of the phone is cold. It seems that even if ire dies, it will not affect his mood. Because Leo never asks ire if she is seriously injured. ire feels a little frustrated. But soon she tells herself that she can be depressed for anyone except Leo. Otherwise, sooner orter, she will be driven mad by that moody psychopath. Leo finallyes. He looks at ire sitting in the hospital corridor and says angrily, ¡°you can even fall when you walk. I don¡¯t know what you can do.¡± ire has long been used to Leo¡¯s indifference and sarcasm. She doesn¡¯t care because she called Leo at Emma¡¯s request. She doesn¡¯t want to drag her down. After all, Emma and ire are not familiar. It¡¯s kind of her to send her to the hospital. ire turns to look at Emma subconsciously. She sees Emma standing like a statue. Her lips tremble slightly and she stares at Leo. ire thinks Emma is a little strange and asks her, ¡°Emma, what¡¯s wrong with you? Do you know Leo?¡± In front of outsiders, ire still affectionately calls Leo. Emma doesn¡¯t answer her. ire thinks she is abnormal and gives her a little push. Emma¡¯s body shakes wildly. She suddenly steps back and says, ¡°I don¡¯t know him. I don¡¯t know him.¡± ire frowns. She can feel Emma¡¯s tension and reaches for Emma. She wants to find out. She didn¡¯t expect Emma to break free of her hand. She runs out of the hospital shouting. Seeing Emma leave in a panic, ire says to Leo, ¡°I think Emma might be a woman you¡¯re out there with. She looks sad.¡± ire doesn¡¯t mind Leo¡¯s life out there. Because ire has no sense of belonging. Instead of ming Leo, she feels that Emma is aggrieved. Leo frowns at where Emma disappears. He seems to be thinking about something and not paying attention to ire at all. ¡°Can¡¯t you admit it? You are Master Howard. You have a lot of women. It is normal so you don¡¯t need to cover it up.¡± Then Leo turns to ire. He says without expression, ¡°ire, are you covering up the truth about your jealousy?¡± ire sneers. ¡°I¡¯ve never met anyone as cheeky as you. I¡¯ve never been jealous because of you. You said we are just nominal couples. We get along like enemies. Why do we pretend to be lovers?¡± Leo looks down at ire and says coldly, ¡°you¡¯d better shut up now.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t mention the girl but wants to quarrel with ire. He looks down at ire. ire¡¯s foot injury is still in pain, or she will have left long ago. Leo says coldly, e home with me.¡± ire shakes her head. ¡°No, I have to go to school today.¡± In fact, ire doesn¡¯t want to go to school now. But she wants to provoke Leo so she has to go to school. ire instinctively resists Leo. Leo does what he usually did. He picks up ire. Whether she yells or hit him with her fist, Leo gets her into the car tough! ¡°Leo!¡± ire roars, but Leo starts the car as if he hasn¡¯t heard it. It is not until the car stops that ire realizes that Leo has taken her to school. After getting out of the car, ire watches Leo¡¯s car go away, and then she gets back to her senses. ¡°Maybe he¡¯s not normal today.¡± She frowns and does not continue to think. She limps into the school. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. After entering the ssroom, she is a little sleepy. She falls asleep. She doesn¡¯t wake up when everyone leaves. After a while, a gentle man in a suit walks slowly into the ssroom. He stands at the door and looks quietly at ire on the desk. He watches her for a long time. There is a deep feeling and a little regret in his eyes. That man is Bryce. He tries not to disturb ire and slowly walks up to her and sits down. He doesn¡¯t make a sound. He is even quieter than a cat. He reaches out and strokes ire¡¯s hair gently. He is afraid to disturb the quiet and sad beauty. He puts ire¡¯s hair behind her ears and looks quietly at her earlobes. Bryce¡¯s favorite are her eyes and earlobes. Her eyes are not the purest or the most beautiful, but they can devour him like a sea. And her round and soft, smooth and full earlobes are really almost perfect. He watches her quietly until she wakes up. ire rubs her eyes and looks at him puzzled. She says doubtfully, ¡°Why are you here? Am I dreaming?¡± Chapter 74 Unrequited love Chapter 74 Unrequited love Bryce smiles and shakes his head. He says to ire, ¡°you¡¯re toozy. You haven¡¯t been awake for a long time after ss. I didn¡¯t want to wake you up so I kept waiting for you.¡± ire stretches and nods thoughtfully. She notices something strange in Bryce¡¯s eyes. ire hasn¡¯t seen it in Bryce¡¯s eyes for years. ¡°Brother Bryce, what can I do for you?¡± ire¡¯s voice is calm. It seems that she also has a hunch that something bad is going to happen. Brother Bryce¡­¡­ Every time Bryce hears ire call him Brother Bryce, his heart will return to many years ago. They were together at that time. Their lives were as good as fairy tales. But now Bryce hase to understand that Brother Bryce is just a recognition of his identity. Whatever he does, he can only be her brother. ¡°Brother Bryce?¡± ire rarely sees Bryce so frustrated. Bryce stops remembering. He shows a warm smile like sunshine. ¡°ire, Ie to see you this time because I am ready to leave and wants to say goodbye to you.¡± Bryce says with difficulty, looking into ire¡¯s eyes. For the first time in his life, he feels it so hard to speak. He needs patience, strength and insight. ¡°Where are you going?¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. ire frowns. ¡°I am going abroad.¡± ¡°ire, I wanted to leave quietly and leave you no reason to be sad. But I¡¯ve been thinking about it these days. I care about you most here. So it¡¯s my wish to see you before I leave.¡± Bryce speaks slowly, trying to make the most of the time. ire blinks. Her eyshes are already wet. She closes her mouth. After a while, she says, ¡°Brother Bryce, don¡¯t be so sad. We can see each other by ne.¡± Bryce smiles and shakes his head. He knows it is not a geographical distance. That¡¯s the distance between their hearts. ¡°Take good care of yourself after I leave. If you have problems that others can¡¯t solve, you can call me. Although I am far away from you, I will try my best to help you.¡± Bryce says with a smile. The man maintains a clean and warm image in front of ire until the end. ire can¡¯t help recalling the past. In the pure and beautiful childhood, Brother Bryce is like his patron saint and her idol. She also remembers that in her entanglement with Leo, Bryce repeatedly protected her from being bullied. He rescued her from the nightclub. He even gave up gentleness for her and fought with Leo. Even when he was despised by Leo, he still wanted Leo to respect her and love her. ire wants to snuggle up in Bryce¡¯s arms as a child, but she manages to hold back. There is always such ayer of alienation between them. At this time, a figure appears quietly outside the ssroom. His cold eyes are watching everything in the ssroom. He sees ire and Bryce looking at each other. Leo sneers and finally disappears into the shadow. Once again, he feels betrayed by ire. Is this slut always learning to be naughty? ... Bryce leaves. ire is on her own way home. She limps along with some difficulty. But before long, the car behind her suddenly honks at her, and then the windshield falls, revealing Luke¡¯s face. He smiles and says, ¡°Hey, Mrs. Howard, do you want me to give you a ride?¡± ire doesn¡¯t say no. She knows it is hard for her to walk home and nods to get in the car. ¡°Thank you, Luke.¡± ire doesn¡¯t think Luke is annoying. Last time at the bar, Luke helped her out. In her mind, Luke is a handsome and cultured young man. Luke smiles and turns the steering wheel and says, ¡°I heard Leo say a lot about you recently, such as what happened before...¡± What happened before? What is it? ire frowns and waits for Luke¡¯s words. ¡°You can fascinate Bryce and marry Leo. You are really good.¡± ire thinks Luke is insulting her. ¡°I was with Bryce. He came to see me for thest time because he was going abroad. You misunderstand us. I still appreciate and respect Luke before. I hope Luke is not that kind of person. What you say will cause me a lot of trouble.¡± Luke is silent for a while and continues, ¡°I just listened to Leo. He was angry. And I heard that Bryce promised not to see you again the other night, but you are alone today. If it was me, I would be angry. Besides, that has happened before.¡± Of course, Luke is talking about ire being drugged. ire doesn¡¯t think it is her fault. She smiles bitterly and shakes her head. ¡°Luke, Bryce and I are only brother and sister. Please make sure you understand this. I don¡¯t love him at all.¡± Luke suddenly saya, ¡°are you in love with Leo?¡± ire is stunned again. She didn¡¯t expect Luke to ask such a stupid question. She frowns and says, ¡°if any woman really falls in love with Leo, I think she just falls in love with his money. Of course, I won¡¯t fall in love with them. I even hate him.¡± Luke suddenly quips, ¡°you know him well. You¡¯re right. People who really know him know that Leo is a psychopath and a pervert.¡± ire is a little confused about Luke¡¯s attitude. Did Leo let him test her? ire asks directly, ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not a coincidence to meet Luke here. What¡¯s Luke¡¯s opinion on me?¡± Chapter 75 Dispute and jealousy Chapter 75 Dispute and jealousy Luke sighs and says, ¡°Before I praised you in front of Leo, especially in the nightclub when you won the bet. Let me think about what I see in you. Courage, wisdom, generosity, kindness and, of course, beauty.¡± Luke says a lot, but the point is the first word. Before? In other words, has it changed? ¡°Now I don¡¯t understand you. I don¡¯t know if you are true or not...¡± ¡°...¡± ¡°Leo is probably the same as me. If you are in disguise, you are a terrible woman...¡± ¡°Men¡¯s conventional conspiracy theory.¡± ire turns to look out of the window. She says indifferently, ¡°please stop, Luke.¡± Luke didn''t stop because he was going to see Leo and show him some important information. ire doesn¡¯t make a scene in front of the person she doesn¡¯t know very well. It¡¯s just that what she expected happens when she gets home. ¡°Dare youe back? Slut!¡± Leo sits on the sofa with a cigarette between his fingertips. He doesn¡¯t even look at ire, but his eyebrows are cold. ¡°It seems that I have nothing to exin.¡± It¡¯s no use reasoning with Leo. Then ire turns and goes upstairs. From the beginning to the end, she just nces at Leo. The temperature in the room is rising, but this time it¡¯s not lust, it¡¯s emotion. Leo sits up from the sofa to grab ire¡¯s wrist. ire struggles to get rid of his hand. Leo¡¯s other hand is firmly around her neck. For a moment, ire feels the stifling cold filling her body. Luke didn¡¯t expect Leo to be so cruel to a woman. He rushes to separate Leo from ire. ¡°Leo, you¡¯re at home. You¡¯re not dealing with business. You don¡¯t have to be so grumpy.¡± Luke pushes Leo onto the sofa and says to ire, ¡°go back to sleep first.¡± ire¡¯s heart is shocked and angry, and she res at Leo mercilessly without flinching. Leo looks at her and says grimly, ¡°your mother has passed on all the skills of seducing men to you. Sure enough, you are ascivious woman. A slut is a slut after all.¡± ¡°You!¡± ire grits her teeth. She tries to refute but is stopped by Luke. ¡°Luke, if you step in again, I¡¯ll be rude to you!¡± Leo mes him. When Luke hears Leo roar at him, he doesn¡¯t get angry but smiles meaningfully. All of a sudden, he puts his hand on Leo¡¯s shoulder, and then he whispers, ¡°you said you don¡¯t want me to care about you, but you asked me to look for the little wild cat.¡± Leo says, deadpan, ¡°but you haven¡¯t found her after so long.¡± Luke pouts and says, ¡°Do you think I¡¯m here to see you two quarrel?¡± Then his eyes be thoughtful. ¡°I have the information. I went here as soon as I got it.¡± Luke pulls a folded envelope out of his arms. Leo holds the envelope in disbelief and can¡¯t wait to sit on the sofa and watch it and ignore ire. ire leaves and ignores what they call ¡°little wild cat¡±. Leo suddenlyughs. He looks at the picture and says, ¡°so it is. No wonder she panicked when she saw me.¡± Luke gets interested and wants to have a look at Leo¡¯s ¡°little wild cat¡±. Leo says, ¡°Luke, it¡¯s toote. I think you should leave.¡± He wants him to leave. Luke has no choice but to leave without saying anything. Just after he leaves, Leo thinks of ire. He gets up with a sneer and goes upstairs and knocks on ire¡¯s door. ¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± ire murmurs discontentedly but does not intend to open the door. Leo¡¯s voicees through the door, ¡°I¡¯ll give you five seconds. If you don¡¯t open the door, I will punish you as you deserve.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Leo¡¯s voice is so cold that ire knows that she will be punished if she opens the door this evening. She clenches her teeth and decides not to open the door anyway. She still leans against the door to listen to the outside. Five seconds passes quickly. ire is relieved to hear that there is no sound outside the door. After a while, ire is going to take a bath and rx, or she will bete for ss tomorrow. The wound on the back of her hand is scarred. ire fills the bathtub with hot water and then lies down contentedly. Everything is quiet except for the sound of slow water waves. The heat rises and shrouds the bathroom in a haze. The bathroom is like a fairnd. ire wants to be able to do this all the time. She really doesn¡¯t want to face Leo and all the mess. ire soon falls asleep, but suddenly she hears the door open. She is shocked and then screams loudly. Soon the bathroom door is opened. Leo¡¯s cold face appears in front of ire. ire holds her chest in her arms, but Leo still sees her naked body because there is no bubble in the bathtub. Leo sneers and says, ¡°you¡¯re very good at camouge.¡± ire has heard that many times. ¡°How did you get in? Do you want to scare me to death?¡± ire seems really scared. Her voice is a little shaky. Leo looks at ire as if he¡¯s looking at an idiot and says, ¡°I have the key to my own home. You¡¯re stupid. Is that what sluts have inmon? They will never think that they will be found cheating outside.¡± ire is aggrieved. She raises her voice and says, ¡°I exined that Bryce was just saying goodbye. Since you said you saw it, you should know that we didn¡¯t do anything.¡± ire¡¯s eyes widen. She doesn¡¯t understand why he always doubts her. ¡°You didn¡¯t do anything? I saw you look at each other affectionately. I don¡¯t know what you did after that. Do you want me to keep watching my wife with another man?¡± Chapter 76 Who is his new lover? Chapter 76 Who is his new lover? ire Bet is so angry that she is a little shivering. ¡°Leo Howard, Bryce has said that he would leave me. This time he goes abroad because of the promise he gave youst time. He will stay away from me. Please don¡¯t make trouble again.¡± ¡°Make trouble?¡± Leo Howard says coldly, ¡°Listen, ire Bet, I know clearly what you are doing. I don¡¯t believe a word what you say.¡± ¡°A leopard cannot change his spots. You are always swaying.¡± Leo Howard leaves away after he says. ire Bet is surprised. She thinks that Leo Howard would not let go this opportunity to oppress her, but he just mocks her and leaves. But even so, ire Bet still feels angry and powerless. She shouts at Leo, ¡°You jackass!¡± ...... Not sleep well overnight, the next day ire Bet sees a woman¡¯s back as soon as she goes out. It seems that the woman feels ire¡¯s gaze. The woman turns around, and her eyes suddenly became very surprised. She opens her mouth slightly. ¡°Why are you here?¡± Both people ask each other almost at the same time, they are surprised. Especially ire Bet, she never imagines that the Emma she saw yesterday would appear here. When the two face each other, the door open then Leo Howard walks out from inside. He also wears pajamas. After leaving the door, he naturally catch Emma¡¯s shoulders. His lips even kisses the hair on Emma¡¯s ear. He closes his eyes and enjoys the smell of Emma. Leo Howard doesn¡¯t care about ire¡¯s incredible look. It seems that ire Bet doesn¡¯t exist. He warms up with the woman. Emma¡¯s face is slightly ruddy. When she sees Leo Howard continue to kisses her neck, she gently pushes Leo Howard away and suggests that ire Bet is still watching. Leo Howard raises his eyes and looks at ire Bet, his eyes full ofziness and a bit of coldness. ¡°Who is she?¡± Emma points to ire, ¡°Should you introduce her?¡± ire Bet only thinks it is funny. Emma knew that Leo Howard is her husband yesterday. Why is she a different person today? ¡°She is my wife.¡± Leo Howard grabs Emma¡¯s waist and his hands are slowly rubbing through the slippery pajamas. Emma is a little surprised and doesn¡¯t know what to do. ire Bet closes her pale mouth, and finally she doesn¡¯t say a word. She has nothing to say. At this time Emma stares at Leo Howard, ¡°Leo Howard, you don¡¯t tell me that you have a wife, you should tell me earlier.¡± Leo Howard holds her shoulder and says, ¡°Emma, I like you.¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Emma shakes her head. ¡°No, Leo Howard, although I know that it is you who took me for the first time, but I definitely can¡¯t allow myself to be a junior, destroying other people¡¯s families, I can¡¯t do it.¡± After talking, Emma turns and leaves. But Leo Howard pulls Emma directly into his arms just after she takes a step. He holds Emma tightly and says softly, ¡°Emma, my marriage with ire Bet is just because of the benefits. She is nothing in my eyes, so there¡¯s no such thing as destroying the family. I love you.¡± Leo Howard says and hooks Emma¡¯s soft green silk with his fingers. There is no coldness in his eyes, ire feels the strangeness. ire Bet never thinks that Leo Howard would have such a gentle time. However, he is gentle with another woman in front of her. Leo Howard ignores ire Bet, but calls the maid and says to her, ¡°Prepare a room for Emma. Besides, you need to set up other household goods.¡± The maid nods. She nces at ire Bet with her jeering and gloating eyes at first, and then she bends over to Emma respectfully, ¡°Emma, this way, please...¡± Emma looks at ire Bet, who is expressionless. Leo Howard pats her gently on the shoulder and says, ¡°Go ahead, it¡¯s OK.¡± Emma nods and goes downstairs with the maid. ire Bet looks at it all. She doesn¡¯t cry. She is just frustrated. She never betrays Leo Howard, although she is always ridiculed or even physically tortures by Leo Howard because of misunderstanding, and she endures it. But this time, ire Bet can¡¯t live with Leo Howard and his lover. ire Bet goes back to the room, takes out her suitcase and thinks about the past while carries her clothes in the trunk. The humiliation in her heart is like a dagger, stabbing in her heart. But ire Bet does not frown andment. She is surprisingly quiet from the beginning. She is carrying her suitcase and leaving when Leo Howard appears in front of her again. ¡°What are you doing?¡± Leo Howard is in front of ire Bet. The ceiling has a light pulling and his shadow became long. He looks colder in the backlight. ¡°It¡¯s obvious.¡± ire Bet wraps around Leo Howard with her suitcase. But the next moment, ire¡¯s wrist is pinched by Leo¡¯s cold hand. The suitcase let go in a painful meal. Leo Howard throws the suitcase aside and looks at ire, ¡°Do you think that the Howard Family is where you can do anything? ire Bet, you can¡¯t help but think too much about it. Well, do you think I will let you go easily? ¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t turn around, but says coldly, ¡°Oh, Leo Howard, I never wants to be here. I lived a good life in the past, but you suddenly break into my life, bring me here, torture me, ravage me and spoil me. ¡± ¡°I ask you. What did I do to apologize to you?¡± ire Bet raises her voice slightly. Leo Howard presses ire¡¯s shoulder and forces her body to face him, then squeezes her chin hard and say, ¡°You¡¯re sold to me. I paid for it. I¡¯ll do what I want; you have to understand this all the time.¡± ¡°What¡¯s more, I¡¯m afraid you don¡¯t need me to say anything more. On the first night of your marriage, you let yourself go into the abyss. You should me that your mother brought you to the world.¡± Chapter 77 Don’t leave, his threat Chapter 77 Don¡¯t leave, his threat Leo releases ire Bet and continues to say, ¡°So you¡¯d better be obedient and don¡¯t make me angry!¡± ire ignores what Leo Howard had said. She has made up her mind before, so she gives up her suitcase and goes straight to the door. Leo says coldly, ¡°ire Bet, don¡¯t you want to know about your father? If you don¡¯t want to see him, you can go. Even if you go back home, no one will tell you about your father. Ha...¡± Threat, aplete threat. But when she hears the words of her father, ire Bet seems to be bound by some kind of power. She missed her father she hadn¡¯t seen for a long time. In these circumstances, the feeling of missing turns into sadness and anger which is difficult to resolve. ire¡¯s body trembles, but she still clenches her lips tightly, without saying a word. She turns and looks at Leo Howard with a sharp look. Leo Howard just pretends to organize his suit. While he ps the folds on the suit, he says, ¡°I know your father¡¯s situation, but if you make me unhappy, I will not tell you. If I can¡¯t find you, I have to vent my grievances to your father...¡± ¡°Stay or leave, you can do whatever you want.¡± Leo Howard leaves when he said these words. ire Bet stands still in the spot and feels dizzy at the moment. How could this be? Soon after, the maid¡¯s voice sounds, ¡°ire Bet, the music school send you a document today, please look over!¡±C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Music school? file? ire Bet takes the file and has an unpredictable hunch in her heart. After opening the file, she finds that it is a music school notice of suspension! There are a lot of messages written on the document, but the general idea is that ire Bet is expelled from the Conservatory of Music. For the reasons, it was all inexplicable. In particr, the competition with Qi Elizabeth has also been included. ire Bet feels ufortable. She doesn¡¯t expect Bryce to leave. Music school¡¯s chairman changed people. So quickly, she is hit by all directions. But who do it? ire Bet doesn¡¯t understand, is it Leo Howard? He not only insults her at home, but also makes her have no ce to stand outside. ire Bet feels more and more disheartened, but she is not willing to bow in front of Leo Howard. She says to herself, ¡°You want to see my wolverine, and I won¡¯t let you see.¡± This breakfast is undoubtedly tormented for ire Bet, but she still goes. Throughout the breakfast, Leo Howard and Emma talks andughs, and even the maid seems to be infected with their happy atmosphere. ire eats breakfast alone in quiet, as nothing has happened. Anyway, in ire¡¯s mind, they are just humiliating, not jealous. After using the meal, Leo Howard does not forget to tell maid that she has to take care of Emma after he leaves. No matter what Emma wants, she needs to meet her in the first ce. At this time, Emma smiles to ire Bet, ¡°ire, why don¡¯t you go to the music school today?¡± ire Bet thinks Emma cares her, but she doesn¡¯t expect to look up and she found Emma¡¯s face as arrogant and disdainful. This is clearly provoking and mocking her. ire Bet frowns and wants to get away from her, but Emma¡¯s sways body to block her way. ¡°Hey, ire, why are you so rude? You don¡¯t talk to others. No wonder Leo Howard is so disdainful to you, even the music school has to fire you.¡± Emma¡¯s posture is not to be overwhelmed. ire has nausea in her heart, thinking that the woman is still as pitiful as a little rabbit. Leo Howard walks away and she shows her true colors. She and Qi Elizabeth and Brynn turn out to be all the way. ire Bet takes a deep breath and doesn¡¯t want to have any arguments with this woman. She just sneers, ¡°What kind of person am I, don¡¯t need you to evaluate it. Don¡¯t forget that you are just a mistress now, why you can¡¯t know yourself? ¡± Instead of paying attention to ire Bet says that she is a mistress. Emma says, ¡°I don¡¯t think you know what you are doing. You actually say such an unpleasant word to your savior.¡± Emma sent ire Bet to the hospital yesterday. ire is shocked and thinks that Emma¡¯s appearance has be extremely dramatic, just like a concert. ire is sure that she must be counted by the woman in front of her. She thinks that even if she does not wrestle, it also hurts her. Because in this way Emma can y. ire feels angry when she thinks it. She grits her teeth and looks at Emma, who face with a smile ¡°You count me!¡± Emma doesn¡¯t deny it. Instead, she smiles proudly. She says, ¡°You can¡¯t keep your husband, and you can¡¯t me me.¡± ire Bet sneers, ¡°If you have the ability, you just grab him, I don¡¯t care.¡± ire is telling the truth. She really does not care, although she feels humiliated. It is only because she is the wife of Leo. She has no feelings for Leo Howard. Emmaes to the spirit. She looks at ire Bet up and down. She says, ¡°ire Bet, I don¡¯t know why Leo Howard still with you, but you can rest assured that I will let Leo Howard divorce you sooner orter.¡± When ire Bet hears the word of divorce, she thinks it would be nice if she could really get divorced. But Leo still hangs on her. After the conversation with Leo Howard, ire has been entangled in his father¡¯s business and her mood is naturally bad. ¡°In any case, you can only be a mistress. Even if Leo will don¡¯t want to see me. I am also his nominal wife. He loves you, but you are just a mistress without identity. Emma, Being able to stand with Leo Howard in front of outsiders can only be me, you will wait for the next life! You will not have a chance! ¡± These words ire don¡¯t want to say, but when she sees Emma¡¯s arrogant, she is unhappy so she ms back. In fact, she doesn¡¯t care what was going on with Leo Howard. After ire Bet drops the sentences, she pushes Emma and stand up the stairs. Emma looks at the back of ire Bet, with a glimmer of cold in her eyes. No one knows what she thinks. Chapter 78 A conspiracy Chapter 78 A conspiracy Coffee shop. Emma walks into a box deep in the corridor. Under the dim light, a handsome man is nesting in a soft sofa, smoking a cigar. His brows are wrinkled, and he seems to be thinking about something. At this time, after the man sees Emma walks in, his tight corner of his mouth also pulls a slight arc. ¡°Stand there, don¡¯t move.¡± The man issues an order. Emma naturally stand at the door and deliberately adjusts a good angle to show her slim figure and smiles to the man. Emma is wearing a light blue suit dress today. The slim and graceful calf is wraps in a seductive ck silk. The man looks at her for a while andughs. ¡°Do you see enough?¡± Emma snorts and says, twisting her hair with her hand, the charm of iparable. ¡°Hey,e here.¡± The man pats the position beside him. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Emma walks without thinking, not only approaches the man, but also fall into his arms. The man smiles again, then pushes away Emma without a trace. He shifts the topic, ¡°Leo Howard doesn¡¯t bully you? What was the situation atst night? ¡± Emma smiles and approaches the man again. Her arms moves up from his chest like a flexible snake, by passing his neck and softly entangles the man¡¯s neck. ¡°Of course, everything is going well.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good! ¡± The man is very satisfied with Emma¡¯s answer, but he gets up straight and avoids her seduce, ¡°It seems to be doing well. Whether Leo Howard or Luke, they are too innocent, as they are finding a woman would take such a long time.¡± ¡°Not they are too innocent, but you are too powerful. You can actually think of making a fuss about this. Juan is Juan, it is always so powerful!¡± Emma chuckles. Her evaluation of the man is very high, but the man is too smart, so He did not like himself at all, and her seduction was never of any use to him. And this handsome, shapely man about Leo¡¯s age is the man who was in the auction - Juan! Juan hooks his lips and then he says, ¡°But you have to hurry, after all, you are not the little wild cat that Leo Howard is looking for!¡± ¡°Of course I know, I will do what you want, I will let ire sessfully divorce Leo!¡± Emma smiles and she is determines to win. ¡°That¡¯s good, but when you be the real ire Bet, don¡¯t forget that I am your real master behind you!¡± Juan says faintly. His tone is light, but it Is obviously unquestionable Threats and warnings. Emma nods and says, ¡°I don¡¯t care who is my husband, I know who I am!¡±Juan doesn¡¯t answer, he snorts and continues to smoke the cigar in his hand, thoughtfully. Emma turns her head and looks at the handsome man in front of her. She asks some puzzled words, ¡°I have been ignorant. You hate Leo Howard. You have to deal with him. Why do you have to let him divorce ire?¡± Juan nces at her. It seems that the woman is pure and shivering. She is so weak, and she is witty, brave and stubborn... ¡°My business, I still can¡¯t ask you!¡± Juan says, annihting the cigar in his hand and leaves the box. The he does not look at Emma. Emma stares at the back of Juan¡¯s departure. She voice is cold, ¡°I must divorce Leo Howard and ire Bet. I want on more than just ire¡¯s position, Leo¡¯s heart, I must get it. ¡± ¡­ ire Bet looks at the checkered tablecloth on the table. The coffee in front of her is not moved at all, and the heat is almost exhausted. Kate sits opposite ire Bet, with her elbows on the table, looking at the coffee in front of her, putting her lips on the cup, drinking a small sip, and watching ire Bet in a daze. ¡°You let me out just for sitting in a daze?¡± Kate puts the cup on the table a little harder and tries to interrupt ire¡¯s cranky thoughts. ire Bet looks up. She looks like a little dull. ¡°The little princess who used to be, Why be such person? Hey, Princess ire Bet, you should say something, what was happened? ¡± Kate is very worried. She wants to see something from ire¡¯s eyes, but only sees arge bleak color. ire Bet decides not to tell Kate about her father and Emma because she couldn¡¯t bear to say it. ¡°I was fired by the music school...¡± ire Bet sighs, ¡°You will sit with me for a while.¡± Kate nods, not speaking, just watches ire quietly. When ire Bet thinks about it, she identally ms her head and sees a womaning out of the box, exactly Emma. ire Bet thinks that she could be considered unlucky. She feels a little more rxed but sees the woman who brings her shame. She bits her teeth and stares at Emma, holding the coffee cup. The fingers are a little pale. Kate sees ire looking at Emma, and asks, ¡°Hey, who is that woman? Do you know her?¡± ire Bet is watching Emma in a daze, and she subconsciously replies, ¡°She is Leo¡¯s mistress.¡± Kate takes a sip of coffee in her mouth. She doesn¡¯t respond at the moment. After two seconds, she is suddenly shocks and couldn¡¯t help it. A sip of coffee sprays directly onto ire¡¯s clothes. ¡°I don¡¯t get it wrong? ire Bet! ¡± ire quickly calms down and looks at her indifferently. She nods. ¡°The first time I saw him, I thought he was a gentleman. And I was still happy for you. Later, Brynn¡¯s file happens. I think he should have converged. Now he has a mistress. How can the turtle be bastard? ¡± ¡°Divorce!¡± Kate gnashes her teeth, ¡°ire, you have to divorce the bastard!¡± ire smiles, and if she could really get divorced, how could she go to this point? At this time, Emma is also attracted by Kate¡¯s movements and at a nce she sees ire across Kate. Emma sneers and walks over, ¡°You are tracking me? ire Bet, you really have a good idea.¡± ire Bet screams coldly, ¡°You really think highly of yourself. Even if I want to track people, I won¡¯t follow a mistress.¡± Emma¡¯s expression bes cold. She points to ire, ¡°if Leo Howard knows that you follow me. What do you think he would do? I haven¡¯t seen Leo¡¯s anger yet, I believe it will be terrible. You should see more.¡± Kate hears the woman mention Leo. She is already holding up ire. She stands up and says to Emma, ¡°If Leo Howard knows you are in a room secretly, I don¡¯t know what he would do, guess, what reaction he will have?¡± Chapter 79 Behind the scene Chapter 79 Behind the scene Emma is a little surprised, but also because of her guilty conscience. She couldn¡¯t think that they are observed carefully and she more certain that ire Bet is tracking her facts. Emma turns her head and dismisses, ¡°There is no evidence, and if you have heard of the entangled past between me and Leo. I am afraid that Leo Howard will only believe me, not you. ire Bet.¡± ire Bet doesn¡¯t know what happens between Emma and Leo, and she doesn¡¯t want to know, just says, ¡°Emma, if you really have the confidence to take Leo Howard, you can try it, but he doesn¡¯t care anyone. He only y with you, you still take it seriously.¡± Emma wants to talk, but Kate robs the words, ¡°Young couple make contradiction, and you just take to be used as a prop just, you don¡¯t think too highly of yourself. Ridiculously, this year, mistress¡¯s IQ has be so Low. You don¡¯t know what the most important quality of mistress is self-knowledge? ¡± When Kate speaks, she makes a loud speech about mistress. At this time, everyone else in the cafe laughs at Emma. They have a strong sense of irony. Emma can¡¯t speak better than Kate and ire Bet. So many peopleugh at her. She blushes and walks out of the cafe without saying a word. Emma is so angry that she curses ire Bet in a low voice. She looks up and sees several figures across the street, suddenly she sneers again. ¡°Wait for me, you little bitches!¡± Emma takes a look at the coffee shop and walks across the street. ¡­ Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. In the coffee shop. ¡°ire Bet, you aren¡¯t such a bear before!¡± Kate still thinks that Leo is too unfair to ire Bet. ire naturally has her own difficulties, but it¡¯s inconvenient to tell Kate. She says calmly, ¡°well, I can¡¯t tell you many things. I¡¯ll deal with them myself. Thank you foring with me today.¡± Kate is helpless, so she sighs and walks out of the cafe with ire. As soon as they get out of the door, they hear a rush of footsteps. Then a group of shadows rushes to Kate and ire like the wind. They both feel a pain in their wrists after a big shock. When they react, they find that the little gangsters have robbed their bags. They look at each other at the same time, and then rushes towards the little gangsters at the same time. Those punks are familiar with the terrain here. They turn left and right in the alley, but ire and Kate are not weak women, they can always catch up with them. After a while, the gangsters enter a dead end and could not escape any more. ¡°Return the bag, asshole.¡± Kate yells at the group of hoodlums who have no way to escape. But then Kate and ire find something wrong, because when the gang turns around, they have a sinister smile on their faces. Kate notices something wrong and pulls ire away. But there is also a sound of disordered footsteps behind her, as Kate expected. Several gangsters have stopped her. Kate regrets at this time. How could they catch up with these guys? They just want to lead them to this remote alley. ¡°In broad daylight, what do you want to do?¡± Kate is not afraid of it. She looks around at the little gangsters who are going up. The cold eyes and strong aura make those guys stop. ire is not surprised by Kate¡¯s performance, because Kate seems to be weak, but when she was in school, she was the eldest sister of the flying car party. She is not only good at driving, but also doesn¡¯t necessarily fall behind in fighting with men. Her minions were also overpowered by her. But ire Bet is still worried that Kate would never turn over in the face of so many people. In a moment of anxiety, ire sees Kate take out her mobile phone behind her. She thinks that there is a little gangster behind her, so she is close to Kate. When the phone gets through, Kate pretends to talk to the bully¡¯s leader. She says in a loud voice, ¡°what do you want to do when you lure us into this alley?¡± The little leader squints at the two women and says, ¡°Naturally, I y the game between men and women.¡± At this time Kate adds, ¡°it¡¯s not far from coffee shop. Someone must have seen what happened at the door before. Aren¡¯t you afraid of being caught?¡± ire understands Kate¡¯s intention. She wants to report her location. ire sees that the gangsters don¡¯t notice and she thinks it would be enough to dy for a little longer. But at this time, the gangster lead a group of people surrounds them. Kate says immediately, ¡°Wait! You¡¯re going to be strong. It¡¯s better for us to volunteer to do what you want us to do.¡± Kate smiles, with a little shame on her face. Unexpectedly, Kate is so open. Looking at her funny smile, his heart is hotter. He says with a shady smile, ¡°it¡¯s better if you are willing. If we arefortable, we will give you your bag.¡± Kate sneers, ¡°But I need someone wants topete with me and win me, I can give whatever you want.¡± Kate stands in front of ire Bet and says to the leader. As soon as the speeches out, all the people look at each other. The leader bits his teeth fiercely and says, ¡°Today I will let you know the severity.¡± Then the head lets the crowd disperses, and hooks his fingers towards Kate. Kate walks two steps forward, and suddenly she kicks her foot at the little head, but she is directly blocked by the head with his hands. ¡°You know a little boxing. But I¡¯m showing you something today.¡± It¡¯s obvious that the leader is kicked and hurts by Kate¡¯s foot. Naturally, he is dissatisfied. The leader fists to Kate, with the whirring wind. ire looks the scene on the sidelines. She is worry about Kate. While Kate is running out of energy, ire hears the engine of the deafening motorcycle rolling. All the gangsters are shocked. When they don¡¯t respond, the roaring engine stops. In a sh, arge group of men with suits and helmets rushes into the street. Motorcyclists more than these little gangsters. Naturally, the little leader feels that the situation is not right. He retreats to one side, because he sees that the motorcyclists nods respectfully to Kate and shouts respectfully, ¡°Boss! We¡¯rete.¡± Kate nods, then looks at the leader and says with a smile, ¡°Now we can have fun.¡± Chapter 80 His house arrest Chapter 80 His house arrest When the leader sees that the atmosphere is not right, he begs for mercy and says, ¡°Well, it¡¯s really offensive, but it¡¯s not our idea. It¡¯s someone who ordered us. It¡¯s not our fault.¡± Is it directed? ire and Kate know it must be Emma. She suffers a loss in the coffee shop, so she buys the gang and wants to revenge them. But Kate doesn¡¯t give up. She sneers, ¡°now it¡¯s toote to know what¡¯s wrong.¡± Then Kate makes eye contact with a member of the motorcyclist party beside her. The man nods, and then arge group of motorcyclists take off their helmets and put them on their motorcycles, and walks towards the group of little gangsters. ire sees that things are getting worse. She takes Kate and says, ¡°Isn¡¯t that too much? It¡¯s not good to make a big deal.¡± Kate frowns to ire and says, ¡°ire, you heart is too soft. Whether you are facing Leo or this group of scum, they are all responsible for themself. No wonder we are.¡± ire says, ¡°Fortunately, we don¡¯t have an ident. Besides, Emma should be the first to catch. It¡¯s the woman who really does harm.¡± Kate is very angry, but she couldn¡¯t bear to throw it at ire. She just says, ¡°I just teach them a lesson, don¡¯t make a big deal.¡± Then the group of hoodlums begins to howl one after another, which make people feel cold. But ire knows that it is Kate¡¯s biggest concession. If she isn¡¯t here, these punks would have been much worse. But ire angers with Emma all the time. When she gets home, ire goes to Emma¡¯s room. Emma is humming a song while talking andughing with the maid. She is dressing up in front of the dressing mirror, while the maid is constantly ttering. As soon as ire enters the door, she hears the maid says, ¡°Emma is much more beautiful than ire Bet and the skin is so good. No wonder Leo loves you so much.¡± Emma draws eyebrows and thinks that it is ought to be right. When she sees ire Beting to the door from her dressing mirror, she couldn¡¯t help wondering, because she sees that ire still has her bag in her hand, her clothes are intact. She has not been bullied at all? Emma secretly curses the group of little gangsters who don¡¯tplete the task, costing her money in vain. ire stands behind Emma and says in a loud voice, ¡°Emma, I don¡¯t expect you to use such a vicious means. Besides, if you want toe to me, don¡¯t bother my friends.¡± ¡°It¡¯s really like a hostess. You¡¯re only a grasshopper after autumn. See how many days you can hop, huh¡± ire doesn¡¯t care about her teasing of her mistress¡¯s identity at all, but says angrily, ¡°Emma, although your vicious n has failed this time, if you want to have another time, something is really going to happen, I will never be kind to you.¡± Emma turns around and pretends to be innocent, ¡°ire Bet, I don¡¯t understand what you are saying from the beginning to the end. Please don¡¯t frame people casually.¡± ¡°There¡¯s no one else here. Why do you make a disgusting appearance? Next time, Emma, I can¡¯t be bullied.¡± ire ispletely engulfed in anger. ¡°Leo, you are back...¡± Emma is going to speak when she hears the maid¡¯s voice on the stairs. Then Leo Howard¡¯s footsteps come up. Emma blinks as if she thinks of something. She sneers and hits herself in the face! ¡°Emma, you!¡± Before ire finishes speaking, Leo appears at the door. Naturally, ire points to Emma and scolds her. Leo frowns and says in a loud voice, ¡°ire Bet, what are you doing?¡± After that, Leo Howard walks to Emma and holds her tightly in his arms. Emma snuggles up in Leo¡¯s arms, like a poor little white rabbit, shaking her body and saying, ¡°I don¡¯t know why, she ps me in the face... ¡± ire, in a hurry, exins, ¡°It¡¯s not like this, it¡¯s her...¡± Before ire Bet has finished speaking, she is pushed away by Leo and hits the cold and strong wall. She only feels that the whole viscera are shaking. The sharp pain makes her lean against the wall and feels difficult to move. Leo Howard hugs Emma more tightly. When he sees the five red fingerprints on Emma¡¯s face and her slightly red and wet eyes, he snaps at ire, ¡°What else can I say? You¡¯d better apologize at once.¡± He doesn¡¯t believe her! ire suddenly feels sad and sneers. Looking at her like this, Leo Howard is even more angry, ¡°ire Bet, you asks for it.¡± The more he sees ire Bet, the angrier he feels. Then he raises his hand and ps her in the face. ire seems to have known that what would happen. She is already discouraged and looks at the p in the face. She doesn¡¯t avoid it, but closes her eyes and stubbornly raises her face to let Leo Howard hit her. Leo doesn¡¯t expect ire to react like this. He is stunned, and finally doesn¡¯t fan that p. Emma stands behind Leo Howard and smiles proudly. She has to wait for Leo Howard topletely smash ire Bet. So when Leo Howard doesn¡¯t hit, she feels a little sorry. At thinking of it, Emma puts away her proud smile and begins to cry in a low voice, covering swollen face with her hands. When Leo Howard hears Emma¡¯s grievance, he naturally feels heartache. He puts his arms around Emma and says softly, ¡°How else would she be punished? You have the final say, Emma.¡± Emma thinks for a moment and says in a soft voice, ¡°I don¡¯t want you to hit people, but the woman is excessive. I don¡¯t want to see her.¡± Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. Leo Howard nods. He summons the maid and the bodyguard outside and says to them, ¡°Take ire Bet into the room, and don¡¯t let her step out of the room without my order.¡± ire Bet is still sneering, throwing into the bedroom by Leo Howard¡¯s assistant, under house arrest? Oh! At the same time, Leo¡¯s assistant stand outside ire¡¯s room and watches. She is now a prisoner. Maybe she has been a prisoner of Leo all her life. ire Bet feels powerless. She feels that she is going to lose her soul. She is lying on the bed in the dark room, but she feels numb. Chapter 81: 81 Being beaten and his indifference Chapter 81: 81 Being beaten and his indifference ire doesn¡¯t turn on the light. There is darkness around her. She doesn¡¯t know how long it has passed. It is only when ire wakes up that she realizes it has been a day. The door has never been opened, and Leo has no one bring her food or water. ire feels that if she has been locked up here, she will die sooner orter. She can now feel that she is so weak that her feet are shaking even when she gets out of bed. ire holds the wall and walks out the door. She knocks at the door and no one pays attention to her. So she opens the door. Even if she is guarded outside, she must go out, or she will die. To ire¡¯s surprise, the bodyguards and maids are gone. She thinks she will be under house arrest all her life, but it is only this day. ire¡¯s face is in a trance, and her vision is almost blurred. Her dry lips are extremely pale, and her eyes are distracted by the absence of spirit. As she walks out of the house, ire looks up and sees Emma. Emma is smiling and dressed up. She is wearing a red skirt and thin stockings. Red high heels make her look a lot taller in front of ire. ¡°Mrs. Howard, I haven¡¯t seen you in a day. Why are you so haggard?¡± Emma covers her red lips with her hands in an exaggerated way, pretending to be extremely surprised. ire stands by the door a little feebly. She looks coldly at Emma who looks down on her. ¡°Emma, what else do you want to do? You¡¯ve won. You¡¯re Mrs. Howard. I don¡¯t want topete with you for this identity. Don¡¯t think of me as your imaginary enemy!¡± Emma stands with arms akimbo. Even if ire says that, she still doesn¡¯t want to let her go. ¡°Really? Yesterday you let me remember that you are the mistress of this house.¡± ire is biting her teeth. She says coldly, ¡°Emma, don¡¯t pester me. Don¡¯t make me hurt you.¡± Emmaughs, ¡°Oh? You want to hurt me? I want to see what you, an old woman who is not liked, can do to hurt me.¡± Emma deliberately touches her swollen cheek with her fingers. She pped herself, but it cost ire even more. It isn¡¯t her injury, it is a sign of her victory. ire looks at her red and swollen face and gives a sneer. Then ire suddenly raises her hand weakly. She ps Emma hard in the face. There is a crisp sound. Emma¡¯s cheeks are red and swollen. It hurt even more when ire ps her. ire sneers. ¡°Aren¡¯t you trying to frame me? Didn¡¯t you say I hit you? Then I hit you. Bitch.¡± Emma looks at ire with disbelief. The pain in her cheek makes her want to cry. She steps back, covering her face, ¡°Bitch! You dare to hit me. You...¡± ire clenches her teeth and sneers, ¡°don¡¯t provoke me. I have warned you many times.¡± Unfortunately, Leo, who justes back, sees this scene. Leo rushes to Emma. He touches Emma¡¯s cheek with pity. He frowns and whispers, ¡°are you OK, Emma.¡± ire knows she is really unlucky this time. She hastily exins, ¡°Leo, it¡¯s not like that.¡± ¡°No? ire, tell me what it¡¯s not like?¡± Leo growls angrily, and then he says to his entourage, ¡°Catch this bitch!¡± ire watches several tall ck bodyguardse over. She has no strength to resist. She doesn¡¯t even have the energy to exin. She is so weak that she will fall as soon as she loses her support. Several bodyguards in ck press ire on the shoulder, holding her still. Then Leo says to Emma who is sobbing, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. You¡¯ve been wronged, but I won¡¯t let her go this time. You can return what she did to you.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve always been clear about rewards and penalties.¡± Leo stares at ire coldly. Emma doesn¡¯t want to hit her at first, but ire knows the woman can¡¯t wait to p her in the face. Sure enough, after Leo persuades Emma, she goes to ire and raises her hand. ire feels humiliated but she can¡¯t move. She just closes her eyes. Emma is not willing on the face, but in the heart she is very happy. She ps ire four or five times in a row. ire is biting her teeth. She vows that she will give these ps back to Emma. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. After a while, ire opens her eyes. Her eyes are indifferent. Leo suddenly gets nervous. He stops Emma. ¡°Enough, Emma.¡± Leo pulls Emma over. Emma pretends to be innocent and says, ¡°What¡¯s the matter, Leo?¡± Leo hesitates for a moment. He smiles softly, ¡°Although this woman is very hateful, your hand will hurt if you continue to hit her.¡± After that, Leo and Emma enter the room. ... ire goes back to her room. She doesn¡¯t even know how she gets from the door to her bedroom. She has no idea how pathetic she is now. She has hardly any thoughts. She sees the bed and falls directly on it. Her weakness makes her shiver even more. She bends her knees and hugs her legs tightly. She curls up and falls asleep. It seems that her pain will be less in this way. ire doesn¡¯t even know whether she is in aa or sleeping. She just has a long dream and dreams that she is in the dark. Cold, deep, endless darkness. There are many cold hands tearing at her clothes in the dark. They p her in the face and trample on her. She has no dignity. She is yed with like a stray dog that has been abandoned. Finally, ire is rescued by a phone call. After she is awakened, she still recalls the dream. The atmosphere of despair and terror still envelopes her. It takes a long time for ire to react and pick up the phone. ¡°Hello, Kate...¡± ire¡¯s voice is hoarse. Kate on the other side of the phone is notfortable after hearing her voice. ¡°ire, what¡¯s the matter with you? Why does your voice sound so weak?¡± Kate is worried about ire. Chapter 82 Kate is angry Chapter 82 Kate is angry ire doesn¡¯t want Kate to worry, so she says, ¡°nothing. I just wake up.¡± Kate is not a careful person. She says, ¡°it¡¯s noon. Don¡¯t sleep. Come out, I have something to discuss with you. You go out quickly and call me when you¡¯re ready.¡± Then Kate hangs up. ire hangs up in a daze. She lies in bed for a long time and then gets out of bed weakly. She takes a bath first. ire feels her standing feet shaking when she takes a bath. She hasn¡¯t eaten for a long time. She feels like she is going to faint at any time. The warm water runs through Emma¡¯s swollen cheeks. She is very sore. ire feels terrible. Her body is in pain and her spirit is insulted. But fortunately, ire, who has always been strong, still insists. After the bath, she looks at her swollen face in the mirror. She thinks that if Kate with a bad temper sees her, she will be angry. She will get into trouble. With that in mind, ire decides to make up and hide the wounds. Although she can¡¯t make up after she gets hurt, ire endures the pain and makes up. This is ire¡¯s first time wearing heavy makeup. She thinks she can¡¯t bother Kate any more. And she can¡¯t tell Kate about the pain. She can recover slowly by herself. Looking at the heavy makeup in the mirror, ire tries to give herself a smile. She tries to adjust the most natural smile. When she is ready, she goes downstairs. Kate wants to meet ire at a cafe, but ire refuses, because now she just wants to eat and drink to fill her stomach. ire barely speaks after she sees Kate. She is in a trance. After seeing ire¡¯s haggard appearance, Kate doesn¡¯t mention what she wants to discuss with her. When all the food is on the table, ire finally recovers. She smiles bitterly and chews the food. Both the waiter and Kate are shocked to see her eating. Although ire¡¯s makeup is quite heavy, her dress and temperament are obviously not like that of an uneducated woman. The surprised people didn¡¯t expect ire to be so rude when she is eating. While ire is eating, Kate keeps an eye on her. She speaks to her asionally, but ire doesn¡¯t have time to answer. She just eats. Kate frowns. When ire is full Kate asks her, ¡°what happened?¡± ire freezes. She wipes her mouth with a tissue and looks at the mess shamefully. She shakes her head and says, ¡°nothing, I¡¯m just hungry.¡± ire is covering up so Kate is upset. She cries, ¡°ire, do you think I¡¯m a fool? I¡¯ve known you for more than ten years. You don¡¯t eat this way. How many days have you not eaten?¡± ire knows she can¡¯t cheat Kate. She thinks and says, ¡°two days. I didn¡¯t have a good appetite the other two days.¡± ire thinks she has a natural smile and wants to cover up her inner grievance. But when ire smiles, Kate sees the injury on her face. ¡°What¡¯s the matter with your face? ire, have you ever treated me as a friend? Tell me!¡± Kate roars. ire shakes her head and says nothing. Kate is a little angry. She goes on, ¡°you¡¯re not what I thought you were. I wants to discuss revenge with you, but I didn¡¯t expect you to be what you are now!¡± When ire sees Kate¡¯s disappointment, she thinks of the grievances and insults she has suffered today. She wants to recover herself and not rely on others, but eventually she begins to choke and cry. Kate knows she is going too far. She takes ire¡¯s hand and says softly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I just don¡¯t want you to go on like this. You have to work hard for your own happiness. You can¡¯t keep giving in. ire used to be weak and kind, but she has courage.¡± ire nods. She clenches her teeth and doesn¡¯t let herself cry because of Kate¡¯sfort. Kate sighs in a low voice, ¡°just cry if you want to. To be honest, I haven¡¯t seen our princess ire cry yet.¡± The strong ire haven¡¯t given in to others. Even with Kate, the eldest sister of the motorcyclist party, she is not weak. ire takes a deep breath and finally calms down. ¡°It¡¯s moreplicated than you think,¡± she says. It involves my parents, Bet Family and Howard Family. Do you think I don¡¯t want a divorce? I¡¯d love to divorce, but I can¡¯t. Even if I say my grievance, we can¡¯t solve the problem.¡± They talk for a long time. Then ire sees that it is gettingte and gets up and says to Kate, ¡°I¡¯m going back. Thanks to you today. I feel better.¡± Kate suddenly stands up. She says incredulously, ¡°what? Are you going home? Even if you don¡¯t get divorced, you don¡¯t need to live in that hellish house every day. At least you need to stay tonight. You¡¯re beautiful, so maybe you¡¯ll be in danger at night.¡± ire shakes her head and says, ¡°no, I need...¡± Kate takes ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°listen to me, or I¡¯ll be angry.¡± Kate makes a phone call. Two motorcycles soon appear in front of the restaurant. They are members of Kate¡¯s Biker party. ire and Kate get on a motorcycle respectively. They go back to Kate¡¯s apartment. When ire arrives, she goes straight to her room to sleep. But she doesn¡¯t sleep as well as she thinks. ire has been having nightmares. She wakes up many times this night. ire has to keep sleeping. When she wakes up from the nightmare again, she finds that the sunshine outside the window has already shone in. Although she doesn¡¯t sleep well, she falls asleep. ire feels like she is reborn. She stretches a huge stretch against the sun. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. She rubs her eyes and finds the surroundings strange. She remembers that she came to Kate¡¯s apartmentst night. She turns to see Kate. But there is no one in bed. Kate is not at home. ire searches the whole apartment and doesn¡¯t see Kate. And there are even beer bottles in the living room. ire suddenly remembers that Kate said yesterday afternoon that she would drink beer before doing something. So she can¡¯t help thinking of Leo. She is shocked. Does Kate go to Leo for revenge? The more she thinks about it, the more frightened she bes. Kate can¡¯t beat Leo at all. If she is right, Kate is in danger now. But where should she go to find her? Is she going to call Leo? No! Chapter 83 Revenge Chapter 83 Revenge This morning Emma said she was going to thepany to deal with business. But she neveres back. Leo can¡¯t get through to her. Leo¡¯s okay, but Emma¡¯s missing. Leo took pains to catch the little wild cat. How can he stand her missing now? He lets almost all his people out. He will find Emma at any cost. He is the dark top of the city. If he wants to find someone, he can. Even if Emma hides, he can dig her out. But Emma is now tied to a post by a rope. By convention, Kate should have shut her up, but she doesn¡¯t. Kate wants to hear Emma¡¯s voice in pain. She will beat her for ire and herself who was almost killed by her until she begs for mercy. Behind Kate stand arge group of motorcyclists. They wear racing suits and helmets. Kate is dressed the same way. But she is wearing boots and leather skirts and she looks very sexy. ¡°Aren¡¯t you very proud?¡± Kate holds her helmet in one hand and ps Emma in the face with the other. She leaves five very visible fingerprints on Emma¡¯s delicate face. Coincidentally, the p is in the same position as ire hit her that day. Emma¡¯s face has gone down, but she didn¡¯t expect to be hit by Kate today. She looks up at Kate and says, ¡°bitch.¡± Then Kate ps Emma again. This time it¡¯s still the same position. Emma is dizzy with a loud p. But she¡¯s still scolding Kate. Kate thinks it is funny. She says to the people behind her, ¡°isn¡¯t it strange? Now even a bitch is so stubborn. I want to see how long you can hold on.¡± Emma doesn¡¯t know how many ps and kicks she has suffered. Kate puts on her boots to beat Emma. The bottom of that boot is very hard. When she kicks Emma on the body and bones, Emma is in agony and almosta. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Kate sneers. She steps on Emma¡¯s hair and says, ¡°bitch? Why don¡¯t you speak?¡± Emma looks up at Kate. She tries to smile and says, ¡°believe me, sooner orter you will be worse than me.¡± Kate¡¯s reason finally disappears. She can¡¯t help kicking Emma in the thigh. Emma shivers and moans. She can¡¯t make a sound. Just as Kate is about to hit her, the door of the abandoned factory suddenly opens. A group of people in ck led by Leoe in. Emma looks at Leo and sneers. People in ck behind Leo even have guns in their hands. Most of the motorcyclists are college students. They have never seen such a scene. Soon they are beaten on the ground by the people in ck and thrown out. Kate shivers. She knows she is dying. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to find her so soon. ire is right. She can¡¯t beat Leo. Leo almost ignores Kate. He goes straight to Emma and picks her up. Heforts her as if there is no one beside them. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll deal with it.¡± Leo says in a hoarse voice. Emma takes a look at Leo and sneers at Kate. She seems to be proving the uracy of her earlier prediction. Then she cries in Leo¡¯s arms. The louder she cries, the more miserable Kate will be. Leo stands by with Emma in his arms and takes a look at a man in ck. The man walks over to Kate and hits her in the face. Kate is not weak. She sidesteps and even kicks the man in the stomach. ¡°You have good skills. ire told you to do it, didn¡¯t she?¡± Leo sneers. Kate spats and says, ¡°I did it. It has nothing to do with ire.¡± Leo is angry and his voice is cold and grumpy. He says, ¡°kill this arrogant bitch.¡± The man is embarrassed after being kicked. Hearing Leo¡¯s words, he takes out a gun directly from his waist. He aims it at Kate. Kate hasn¡¯t seen a gun, but she knows the power of it. When she sees the ck muzzle, she reluctantly stops resisting. The man in ck takes back the gun with a wicked smile. He hits Kate in the face with one blow. Kate is thin. She is beaten and flows out and falls to the ground. Her mouth and nose begin to bleed at the same time. She looks miserable. Kate is lying on the ground. She wipes a handful of blood and tries to stand up. But the man steps on her chest and kicks her. The man¡¯s fists and feet are hard. Kate can¡¯t bear it at all. After a while she feels like she is going to lose consciousness. She groans vaguely and finally faints. But Leo doesn¡¯t want to let her go. He doesn¡¯t look at Kate andforts Emma. He says coldly, ¡°go on.¡± A man grabs Kate. Another man takes Kate¡¯s ice water and pours it on her head. Kate is awakened by the cold water. She is shaking. She doesn¡¯t curse orpromise. She has no strength at all to resist. She is half dead. ¡°You deserve it!¡± The manughs and throws Kate on the ground. Just then, ire bursts in from the outside of the factory. When she sees the scene, she freezes. ¡°ire, why are you here? Get out of here.¡± Kate¡¯s voice is weak, but she is still worried about ire. The man in ck is going to hit her again. ire kneels down and climbs up to Leo. She begs him, ¡°it¡¯s all my fault. Leo, punish me. Don¡¯t hurt Kate any more.¡± ire cries loudly. She grabs Leo¡¯s pants. In the past, no matter how much grievance and humiliation ire suffered, she would not kneel in front of Leo without pride. This time she has to do it for Kate. Chapter 84 You have to take my punishment Chapter 84 You have to take my punishment Leo looks at ire in disgust. He is surprised. In his mind, ire is a slut. She usually pretends to be pure, but she kneels for her friend. Leo is shocked. He has a little pity for her. But Emma is still crying in his arms. He puts Emma down to let her in the car first. Leo assures her, ¡°I won¡¯t let her go. You go to the hospital first.¡± Emma doesn¡¯t dare to disobey Leo too much, so she can only agree. ire thinks she and Kate will be tortured, but Leo just stands there. He smokes quietly and then leaves with a group of people in ck. After everyone leaves, ire believes that Leo has let her go. Several motorcyclistse in at this time. They call an ambnce to take Kate to the hospital. When Kate gets to the hospital. ire sees Emma in aa in another hospital bed. She¡¯s here, too! ire grits her teeth. But just as she is going to see Kate, a group of people in ck rush in and drag ire out. ire knows these are Leo¡¯s people. She doesn¡¯t know what Leo wants to do to her, but she can¡¯t resist. ire is sent home by the men in ck. In the big living room, the huge chandelier gives out a dim light. Leo is sitting on the sofa with his legs up and a cigarette in his hand. Leo has been staring at the dying cigarette end. He seems to be waiting for it to go out, and then he smokes. The men in ck and the maids leave. Leo throws the cigarette end in the ashtray. But it¡¯s still fuming. ¡°What are you going to do?¡± ire looks at Leo calmly. She can¡¯t be angry with this shameless but powerful man. Leo walks up to ire and throws her directly on the sofa. ire is just about to struggle when Leo grabs her chin. ¡°You¡¯re very capable!¡± ire is pinched hard by him. She moans, ¡°it hurts...¡± ¡°You know the pain!¡± Leo sneers. ¡°You¡¯re my woman. No matter how I treat you, even if it¡¯s pain, you have to suffer.¡± Isn¡¯t she suffering enough? Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. ire sneers scornfully. She¡¯s tired of Leo¡¯s tone. She doesn¡¯t want to struggle anymore. Leo is not satisfied. ¡°You should be obedient. Do you know why? Since you want to know about your father, I¡¯ll tell you today.¡± ire has waves in her eyes. Leo seems to have found her weakness. She stares at him. Leo has a bloodthirsty smile on the corner of his mouth. He says slowly, ¡°your father is now in a private hospital. Almost no one can see him but Jade and I.¡± Then he adds, ¡°your father¡¯s illness is worse than you think. No hospital can keep him alive except mine. Do you understand?¡± ire is shocked. ¡°Why? Can I see him?¡± ¡°No!¡± ¡°Why?¡± ire asks. Leo shrugs. ¡°It¡¯s simple. Because Jade knows how topromise with me. But you don¡¯t please me. Why should I let you see your father? Your father loves you very much. He calls your mother¡¯s and your names every day. But I don¡¯t want your father¡¯s wishes toe true.¡± Leo¡¯s heart is still full of hatred from the previous generation. This is what ire hates most. She does not understand why a man with such a cool and wise mind should remember the hatred of the previous generation. It¡¯s funny and pathetic. ire¡¯s face is expressionless. She knows she has no choice now. ¡°What do you want me to do?¡± ire looks at her knee. She really doesn¡¯t want to see the humble her in Leo¡¯s eyes. ¡°It¡¯s very simple. Please me!¡± ¡°...¡± ire is speechless. She moves her lips with disdain and feels sad. The man in front of her is missing Emma, but when Emma is injured, he makes her please him! Does he want to humiliate her? ire sneers and closes her eyes. She whispers, ¡°OK!¡± Leo didn¡¯t expect her to agree. He freezes and suddenly clenches his teeth. He says angrily, ¡°ire, you¡¯re too coquettish. I don¡¯t want to touch you!¡± After that, Leo pushes her away. He gets up to tidy up and leaves the vi. It isn¡¯t until Leo leaves that ire finally opens her eyes. She sneers scornfully. The pain in the body is no match for the pain in the heart. But she doesn¡¯t care. The big living room is very quiet. Even the maid who used to taunt ire is full of pity in her eyes. ire lies on the sofa for a long time. Theplicated look in her eyes finally disappears and bes calm. But her eyes are more dim. She stands up. There is finally a sound in the living room which is as quiet as a cemetery. She takes a breath and clung to her ragged clothes. She walks past the maids who have pity on her. She doesn¡¯t need any pity. It¡¯s the least valuable thing in the world. ire returns to her room and takes a quiet bath and cleans herself up. Anyway, now she can¡¯t be vulnerable. Kate is still in aa. Leo goes to the hospital to visit Emma, but Kate and Emma are in the same ward. ire is worried something will happen. Chapter 85 Why not divorce Chapter 85 Why not divorce ire quickly goes to the hospital after dressing herself up. She finds out Kate is not in the ward. There is no one in her bed. Emma beside is lying in Leo¡¯s arms crying. ¡°I was hurt so badly. It is ire who did it. Leo, you didn¡¯t punish ire. You said she is just your nominal wife. In fact, you love her, don¡¯t you?¡± ire thinks Leo will be impatient, but she didn¡¯t expect him to hold Emma gently. He says, ¡°she¡¯s just a slut. You are the only one I love most.¡± Emma doesn¡¯t believe him. She pretends to leave. She pushes Leo away. ¡°In that case, she almost killed me. Why don¡¯t you punish her? I see. I¡¯m just a mistress. OK, I¡¯ll leave.¡± Then Leo gently hugs Emma in her arms. He pats her on the back and says, ¡°Emma, it¡¯s my fault. Don¡¯t get angry.¡± This action changes ire¡¯s view of Leo. Leo knows women better than anyone. He knows that at this time, what Emma wants is not truth but love. ire is surprised that Leo can do it for a woman. But at the same time, ire is surprised. Why? Emma and Leo have such a good rtionship. Why doesn¡¯t Leo divorce her? If Leo dys, how should Emma be the young hostess? ire doesn¡¯t understand. When she is in a trance, she identally touches the doorbell and makes a sound. Leo and Emma look at the door at the same time. Emma is closer to Leo when she sees ire. She seems to be proving that she is more attractive than ire. Leo frowns at ire. His eyes are full of disgust. ire wants to turn around and leave. She doesn¡¯t want to insult herself. But Leo stops her. ¡°Stop!¡± ire turns her back to Leo and says nothing. ¡°Kate was transported to another ward. I don¡¯t want to see that crazy woman. She¡¯s like you.¡± Leo says coldly. Emma points to ire and says, ¡°ire, I remember everything you did to me today.¡± She identally touches her wound while she is talking. She cries with pain. Leo hurries tofort Emma, and ire takes the opportunity to leave. Leoforts Emma for a while, and he suddenly thinks of something. He holds Emma¡¯s shoulder and stares into her eyes and says with a smile, ¡°I suddenly want to give you a gift. You must be surprised.¡± Emma blinks and asks, ¡°you give me a present because I am hurt? You are too insincere.¡± Leo smiles and says, ¡°of course not. It¡¯s a gift, but actually I want to give it back to you. It¡¯s a surprise.¡± Leo suddenly takes a wooden box out of the suit. The wooden box is well packed. Although it¡¯s ck and doesn¡¯t have a red ribbon, it¡¯s like a box with a proposal ring. Emma says in surprise, ¡°you haven¡¯t divorced ire. Are you going to propose to me? If so, it is too soon.¡± Leo touches Emma¡¯s brow. He says, ¡°do you want to guess? This is what belongs to you.¡± Emma shakes her head in a daze. She thinks it isn¡¯t a proposal ring, so she loses most of her interest. She wants to ept Leo¡¯s proposal as soon as possible. Leo shakes his head and sighs, ¡°sure enough, you forget it. Be prepared to be surprised.¡± Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. After that, Leo carefully opens the small wooden box. At the bottom of the ck wooden box lies a simple jade pendant. The jade pendant seems to radiate soft and weak light. It¡¯s ancient and delicate. Leo looks at Emma expectantly, but Emma is stunned. She doesn¡¯t know what this jade pendant is. But Leo doesn¡¯t think Emma¡¯s reaction is abnormal. He thinks it is such a surprise that she frezes. In fact, Emma knows nothing about this jade pendant. But Emma, who is often in the vanity fair, is not flustered. She quickly recalls and remembers what Leo has said. Emma is wondering if this jade pendant belongs to the girl Leo is really looking for? Leo¡¯s expression confirms this. Emma¡¯s expression changes. She smiles and looks at the jade pendant, pretending to be surprised. ¡°Why is it here? I can¡¯t find it all the time.¡± Emma is right. Leo smiles and says, ¡°have you forgotten the scene of our first meeting? You identally dropped it when you resisted. I keep it all the time and hope to find you one day.¡± Emma hugs Leo. Her heart pounds with tension. But she is happy and tters. ¡°Leo, I¡¯m so happy.¡± Emma tries to make her voice vibrate with excitement. ¡°That¡¯s good.¡± Leo hugs Emma¡¯s soft body. He sniffs at her hair and rubs his head against her long hair. Finally Emma pust the jade pendant on her neck. She blushes and says, ¡°thank you.¡± ... Soon ire finds Kate¡¯s ward. At that time Kate is looking at the white ceiling on the top of the hospital. She keeps kicking the quilt. She looks bored but energetic. ¡°Kate, are you feeling better?¡± ire sees Kate¡¯s energy so she forgets her worries. Even if she thinks a lot, it doesn¡¯t make sense. Kate is more energetic when she sees ire. She smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m fine. I was in pain but I feel better after the break. Don¡¯t worry about me.¡± Kate has a good constitution. The pampered Emma can¡¯tpare with her. After chatting for a while, ire is a little hungry, so she goes downstairs to buy something for Kate. Chapter 86 Seeing the jade pendant again Chapter 86 Seeing the jade pendant again They eat happily when irees back from shopping, but after a while ire suddenly feels sick in her stomach. She puts down her lunch box and runs to the bathroom and vomits. She doesn¡¯t eat much so she is retching. ire feels as if her stomach has shrunk to the size of her fist. The severe pain leaves her cold and pale. ire washes her face with water after she vomits. She sits beside Kate¡¯s bed in a daze. ¡°What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Kate asks worriedly, ¡°ire, are you ok?¡± ire waves. She looks at the food aside and says, ¡°you can eat it. Suddenly I have no appetite. I don¡¯t want to eat!¡± With that, ire gets everything Kate needs for hospitalization ready and gets up to leave. To leave the hospital, she has to go through Emma¡¯s ward, so ire is afraid of encountering Leo and being embarrassed by him. So she walks very fast. Fortunately, she doesn¡¯t run into Leo before leaving the hospital. As she breathes a sigh of relief, she suddenly finds Leo standing beside a parked car on the side of the road. ire is nervous. She subconsciously turns and is about to leave, but Leo stops her. Leo is standing there. It seems that the whole space is frosted by his existence. ire¡¯s already bruised body trembles even more. ¡°Are you sure you want to run?¡± Leo¡¯s cold words hit ire exactly like an arrow. She can¡¯t get away. In that case, she doesn¡¯t have to dodge. ire clenches her teeth and closes her eyes and walks up to Leo with a wry smile. ¡°Get in.¡± Leo says coldly. ire is reluctantly led to the car by Leo. But he doesn¡¯t embarrass her. He just takes her home. ire goes straight to sleep because of a stomach upset. But in the second half of the night, ire feels trapped by something. ire suddenly opens her eyes and sees that Leo is pressing on her. ¡°Ah!¡± ire screams. She tries to resist, but her resistance makes Leo¡¯s invasion easier. ire has no choice. She forgets that this is Leo¡¯s home, and Leo has the key to any room. Even if she locks the door, he cane in. Leo¡¯s eyes glow at night. He is like a greedy wolf, which makes ire feel cold and scared. It doesn¡¯t make sense whether she obeys or not. ire is tortured by him for almost a night. Atst, ire¡¯s body is almost numb, but Leo refuses to let her go. The night is long. She is cruelly tortured. But ire doesn¡¯t know if she should be happy that she doesn¡¯t die in the end. But she is exhausted to the extreme. Even so, ire gets up early. Since Leo doesn¡¯t make her under house arrest or restrict her behavior, she is going to the hospital to apany Kate.This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. As soon as ire arrives downstairs, she finds that Leo has taken Emma home. Emma lies in Leo¡¯s arms and looks at ire with pride. ire suddenly feels confused. She doesn¡¯t know what she is feeling or what Leo is thinking. He seems to like Emma but he doesn¡¯t want to let her go. It¡¯s ridiculous! It¡¯s not too much to describe Leo in any viciousnguage. Fortunately, nothing happens. ire visits Kate the next day, but when she gets home, she meets Emma. ire identally sees a jade pendant around Emma¡¯s neck. And that jade pendant is the same one Lin wore before. It is exactly the same as the one she lost. What¡¯s going on? ire is shocked and suddenly thinks there must be something wrong with it. So she stops Emma in a loud voice. Emma turns impatiently to look at ire. She says sarcastically, ¡°Mrs. Howard, what¡¯s up?¡± ire ignores Emma¡¯s taunts. She points to jade pendant around Emma¡¯s neck and asks, ¡°how did you get this jade pendant?¡± ire speaks loudly and her reaction is intense. Emma suddenly thinks that does this jade pendant belong to ire? Really? Emma suppresses her doubts. First of all, she should hint that this jade pendant belongs to her. It¡¯s not surprising that there are several identical jade pendants in the world. Thinking about it, Emma calms down. She looks up and says, ¡°where does ite from? You should ask my ancestors. What¡¯s the matter?¡± ire frowns. She is confused but shakes her head and says, ¡°nothing.¡± Then she turns and walks away. ¡°Wait a minute, do you have a jade pendant exactly like it?¡± Emma asks suddenly. ire is also thinking about many of the details of her jade pendant. But Emma says it is from her ancestors, so she just nods and goes upstairs. Emma is relieved. She looks at the jade pendant angrily. She didn¡¯t expect to get into trouble the first day she puts it on. She is almost exposed. ¡°What an ominous thing.¡± Emma looks at the jade pendant. She thinks maybe ire is the one Leo has been looking for. She¡¯s pretending to be her now. However, Leo, Luke and ire may not know about it. Emma doesn¡¯t know exactly what happened between ire and Leo. Why doesn¡¯t Leo know ire is the ¡°little wildcat¡± he¡¯s looking for? Emma is confused and upset. If she is exposed, she can¡¯t get Leo and will die. ire will suddenly be strong and step on her feet. ¡°I must not let this happen. No way!¡± Emma clenches the jade pendant. She makes up her mind to find out the whole story of that day. She has to kill ire to make sure she is safe. Chapter 87 You must live well Chapter 87 You must live well Because thest time ire saw her meet Juan, this time Emma has a new ce. It¡¯s still a box in a cafe. Juan has been waiting in the box. Emma looks sexy as usual, but Juan still doesn¡¯t care about her. She can¡¯t seduce Juan. Emma shrugs and tells him everything about jade pendant. Juan is shocked and he didn¡¯t expect such a story. He thinks for a while and then has an idea. He says to Emma, ¡°I¡¯ll help you find out. Luke has been investigating it. In that case, I will investigate him. It¡¯s a lot easier than investigating Leo. Don¡¯t act rashly!¡± ¡°OK!¡± Emma nods. ¡°Thank you. I¡¯ve almost finished what you asked me to do. I believe there will be an oue soon!¡± ¡°That¡¯s the best!¡± Juan smiles and his eyes are smug. He wants ire! Emma and Juan talk for a while and leave. She goes back to the vi before Leo goes back, but Leo finds out at a nce that she doesn¡¯t wear the jade pendant. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Have you lost it again?¡± Leo holds Emma in his arms and they sit on the sofa together. Leo frowns and touches Emma¡¯s delicate cor bone with his fingers. Instead of resisting, Emma sits up straight. She smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m afraid I¡¯ll lose it again. You picked it upst time. If someone else picks it up, they won¡¯t give it back to me.¡± Leo takes a puzzled look at Emma. This jade pendant may be a heirloom. It¡¯s strange that she puts it away instead of wearing it. Emma seems to notice the doubt in Leo¡¯s eyes. She says with a smile, ¡°I¡¯m going to exchange this ancestral jade pendant for your wedding ring, so I have to take good care of it now.¡± Leo nods thoughtfully. Emma thinks they can¡¯t go on talking about it, so she suddenly changes the subject. ¡°By the way, are you going to marry me? Although you are really good to me, I am just a mistress now.¡± ¡°You have to give me a status!¡± Emma stresses. Leo is annoyed that Emma mentions it, but he doesn¡¯t show it. He looks at Emma¡¯s expectant eyes and says, ¡°I¡¯ll do it sooner orter, but not now.¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Emma says, ¡°why don¡¯t you divorce ire even if she did that. What am I?¡± Leo looks at Emma and thinks. He tortures ire. If he wants to marry Emma, he should divorce ire. But Leo is reluctant. He doesn¡¯t know whether he is reluctant to give up such a good toy or whether he doesn¡¯t want to be separated from her. Leo doesn¡¯t know, so he is silent. Emma knows Leo, so she doesn¡¯t go on asking him and she doesn¡¯t lose her temper. She just wants Leo to stop paying attention to the jade pendant. As long as Juan helps her, she¡¯ll be Mrs. Howard sooner orter. Emma has a smile that Leo can¡¯t even detect. ... ire returns from the hospital to her bedroom. She feels tired and sicker. ire doesn¡¯t know what¡¯s wrong with her body. ire feels dizzy as soon as she enters the bathroom. She closes her eyes and falls to the ground. Unfortunately, ire¡¯s head hits the bathroom wall when she falls. She has a gash in the head. She¡¯s bleeding but now she¡¯s unconscious. The passing maid hears a loud noise in the room. She wonders if something has happened. No one opens the door after the maid knocks, so she goes in. She immediately finds ire in the bathroom. ire falls in the blood. The blood dyes her face red. The maid panicks. She immediately calls for someone to carry ire downstairs and she tells Leo. Emma says coldly to the maid, ¡°you can bandage her. Why are you so rmed?¡± Leo goes to the maid. He looks at ire¡¯s forehead injury and takes ire from the maid. He ignores Emma¡¯s jealous eyes and goes out. He drives her to the hospital. ire is seriously injured this time. If shees to the hospitalte, she may die. Even so, the operation time is not long. Leo is waiting outside during the rescue. It isn¡¯t until ire is out of danger and back in bed that he feels rxed. Leo doesn¡¯t understand why he is worried about ire. Is he really a psychopath like ire says? Why does he worry about her? After ire¡¯s treatment, the doctor talks to Leo about the details of the rescue. ire is very weak. She¡¯s been overworked recently and suffering too much mentally and physically. She doesn¡¯t get enough nutrition, so she fainted. Her head hit the wall and she lost too much blood. She almost died. These situations are no longer important after the operation. In addition, the doctor tells Leo an incredible news. ¡°Your wife is pregnant!¡± Leo is sitting next to ire¡¯s bed, and the words of the doctor are still in his mind. When ire wakes up, Leo smiles but says sarcastically, ¡°you¡¯re so stupid that I can¡¯t believe it. You fell in the bathroom. You know what? You almost died!¡± ire frowns and says weakly, ¡°I don¡¯t know what happened recently. I¡¯m very weak and I always want to vomit. I think I¡¯m going to die!¡± Leo is angry. He immediately orders her, ¡°you must live well from today on!¡± Chapter 88 Is she pregnant? Chapter 88 Is she pregnant? ire is surprised, but can¡¯t help sneering. ¡°I live well? After I married you, I am ruined by you every day and used as a ve by you. I want to die. You nowmand me to live. You might as well torture me. At least I won¡¯t worry.¡± ¡°You...¡± Leo wants to get angry, but suddenly he doesn¡¯t know what to say. Because ire is right. He is really ruining her and torturing her. ¡°It¡¯s different now.¡± Leo turns his head and looks out of the window. He has his back to ire. ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Because you are not alone now. The doctor says you are pregnant.¡± Leo suddenly turns around and stares at ire. ire seems to hear something incredible. Her eyes are as big as brass bells. Is she pregnant? She is very young and doesn¡¯t expect that she is pregnant. Is the previous nausea, vomiting, weakness and fatigue due to pregnancy? ire can¡¯t believe that something so far away suddenlyes to her. She feels like she is dreaming. And it¡¯s a nightmare! ¡°So you have to live well. After all, you are my wife, and you are pregnant with my baby. I won¡¯t let anyone hurt you.¡± Leo says in a rare soft voice. Hees to ire. He strokes her bandaged wound with his hand. He says gently to her, ¡°you are not just you now. You have to be careful. The doctor says that you not only broke your head, but also nearly miscarried.¡± ire is stunned. She almost falls into Leo¡¯s dark eyes again. Once they be tender, it seems that they can drown her. All of a sudden, Emmaes to the door and is stunned. She hears the frightening news. Emma is surprised, but she soon calms down. She leaves the hospital quietly and calls Juan quickly. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Say it directly!¡± Juan¡¯s voice on the phone is deep, but it is obviously impatient. It seems that he doesn¡¯t want to receive Emma¡¯s call. ¡°Something very serious happened. I have to see you right away.¡± Emma says coldly, ¡°it¡¯s serious. ire¡¯s pregnant!¡± ¡°What?¡± Juan on the phone is shocked and stunned. He growls, ¡°ire¡¯s pregnant? Is this true?¡± She is pregnant with Leo¡¯s baby. Emma frowns. ¡°I heard it. It¡¯s true! Help me think of a solution!¡± Juan is silent. His mind is full of ire. He thinks for a long time and says, ¡°ire has just been diagnosed with pregnancy. Now you can bribe the doctor in the hospital and make him say it¡¯s misdiagnosed.¡± ¡°Misdiagnosis?¡± Emma exims, ¡°that¡¯s impossible. Even if it¡¯s misdiagnosed, she¡¯s really pregnant and her abdomen will get bigger and bigger.¡± Juan clenches his teeth and fist. ¡°ire has only been married to Leo for more than a month. You can bribe the doctor and make him say she was pregnant a month ago. What will Leo do? They will divorce!¡± Emma is stunned. Sheughs wildly, ¡°my God! This is a good n. It¡¯s great! You¡¯re too smart!¡± Then they hang up and Emma sneers, ¡°ire, you¡¯re going to die this time.¡± Juan hangs up and lies on the sofa. ire is pregnant. She is pregnant with Leo¡¯s baby. The woman he wants can¡¯t have the baby of other men! ... Leo sits on ire¡¯s bed. ire has her back to him. The feeling between them is very strange. It¡¯s depressing but not as rude as it used to be. At this time, a knock breaks the dead silence. A doctor is standing at the door with a list in his hand. He looks at Leo and says, ¡°are you Mr. Howard?¡± Leo nods. The doctor takes a look at ire in the hospital bed and then at Leo. He bends over and says with a smile, ¡°Mr. Howard, I have something to tell you. Could youe out with me if it¡¯s convenient?¡± Leo takes a look at the document in the doctor¡¯s hand. He doesn¡¯t speak and stands up. He goes out and closes the door of the ward. It seems that he doesn¡¯t want to disturb ire. ¡°Is it about ire¡¯s pregnancy? What¡¯s the problem?¡± Leo asks in doubt and he is nervous. The doctor first bows to Leo, and then he says apologetically, ¡°Mr. Howard, some of the diagnostic information is wrong. I¡¯m here to inform you.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°Oh? What¡¯s wrong with the fetus?¡± Leo frowns. His expression is very cold. The doctor is frightened by him. He smiles and says, ¡°No. The fetus is healthy but there is a problem with the timing of pregnancy. It is a young doctor just now. He doesn¡¯t have much experience. We only found out when we reviewed the data.¡± ¡°You are too nagging. Say the point.¡± Since there is no problem with the fetus, Leo is relieved. ¡°At the beginning, we diagnosed ire as one month pregnant. In fact, she has been pregnant for two months. There is no other problem. Take care of pregnant women.¡± The doctor stoops down again and takes out a new diagnosis for Leo to sign. Leo nods and signs. The doctor breathes a sigh of relief and is ready to leave. Leo suddenly freezes when he opens the door. She¡¯s two months pregnant? He suddenly feels as if his head has been hit by something. Two months! ire only marries him for more than a month. How could she be two months pregnant? She can¡¯t have conceived his baby. Leo suddenly grabs the doctor and pushes him against the wall. He asks in a cold voice, ¡°is there any mistake in the diagnosis this time?¡± The doctor blinks and shakes his head desperately. ¡°This time I went to check it myself. There can be no problem with it. New doctors make mistakes. He...¡± ¡°Get out of here!¡± Leo pushes the doctor and opens the door angrily. He goes to ire¡¯s hospital bed. His cold eyes cut ire¡¯s flesh and blood like knives. ire sighs. Although she doesn¡¯t know why Leo suddenly bes like this, she is used to it. Leo is a madman. He is moody. ire doesn¡¯t want to talk to him right now. ¡°Who is the father of the baby?¡± Leo finally can¡¯t stand it. His cold words are like a rolling de and pierces ire¡¯s heart exactly. It¡¯s urate, vicious and deadly! Chapter 89 Who is the father of the baby? Chapter 89 Who is the father of the baby? ire is shocked and looks up at Leo¡¯s horrible eyes. All of a sudden she loses hernguage and sits up. She tightly pulls the quilt and shakes her head. ire doesn¡¯t know if the shaking of her head means she doesn¡¯t understand Leo¡¯s question or she really doesn¡¯t know. She is stunned and frightened. Isn¡¯t this baby Leo¡¯s? Leo has a wry smile on his lips. It seems that he is making fun of himself. ¡°Well done! ire, you marry me for more than a month, but you are two months pregnant. You say you¡¯re not a slut? You tell me, now...¡± Leo growls. His moving Adam¡¯s apple represents his anger. ire is still shaking her head. Now her brain is nk. She is thinking, but she doesn¡¯t know the answer. She immediately grabs her hair and looks up. ¡°It¡¯s a misdiagnosis. It is likely to be misdiagnosed.¡± Leo sneers, ¡°except for the recent period, I rarely leave my semen in your body, because you don¡¯t deserve it. You¡¯re a slut. I will never let you have my baby. Usually you pretend to be pure, but you¡¯re pregnant with someone else¡¯s baby. What else do you have to say?¡± ire suddenly remembers that the stranger robbed her of her virginity in the hotel. Is it the stranger? Content rights by N?velDr//ama.Org. If this baby is really the stranger¡¯s, what should she do? He took away her virginity and made her pregnant with his baby. What¡¯s more, she¡¯s Leo¡¯s wife now! ire feels that hell seems to be in front of her, and Leo is standing behind her angrily. If he pushes her gently, she will fall off the cliff. ¡°I don¡¯t know. It must be a misdiagnosis. Believe me. Let me have another diagnosis, Leo. I¡¯m begging you.¡± Leo still keeps the sneer that makes her despair. He can¡¯t believe ire any more. And this sense of gain and loss makes Leo extremely irritable and want to go crazy. Leo grabs ire¡¯s hand. He pulls her head over and says, ¡°slut, tell me who the father of this baby is. Maybe I will punish you less, or you will regret.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know. I really don¡¯t know.¡± ire struggles. She says hurriedly, ¡°No. We can divorce. Can you let me go? Leo, please, let me go.¡± Leo pushes ire away. He looks down at ire and says scornfully, ¡°divorce? Stop thinking about it. Stay with me and get punished. You have to have an abortion.¡± ¡°Abortion?¡± ire is scared. He even lets her have an abortion? With that, Leo turns to go. ire thinks of the baby in her stomach and immediately takes his hand and begs, ¡°please, Leo. The baby is innocent. I¡¯ll kneel for you. As long as you don¡¯t hurt my baby, I can promise you anything.¡± Leo looks at ire in disgust and says, ¡°do you think I will let you go again? ire, I give you many opportunities, but you betray me. You deserve it.¡± Leo pushes ire away again. He goes out and says coldly, ¡°sooner orter I¡¯ll deal with this baby. Behave yourself.¡± ire falls on the bed. She wants to cry but can¡¯t. Her mood is extremelyplicated. Her baby... She weeps in silence and bites her lips. She must keep her spirits up. Anyway, she has to protect her baby. ire clenches her teeth and makes up her mind to keep the child. Whoever his father is, he is innocent. He is her baby. When ire is despairing, she hears footsteps. She looks up and sees Bryce who has gone abroad! ire thinks there is something wrong with her eyes and rubs them. She says in disbelief, ¡°Bryce?¡± Bryce smiles and nods. He sits next to ire and frowns. ¡°I heard you are in hospital, so Ie to see you.¡± ¡°I¡¯m fine. I¡¯m just a little weak.¡± ire smiles reluctantly. But Bryce looks into her eyes and asks, ¡°ire, are you hiding something from me?¡± ire clenches her teeth and thinks she can¡¯t cheat him. She¡¯s really desperate now, so she tells Bryce about it. Bryce is surprised to hear that. He frowns and says, ¡°that is to say, you don¡¯t know who the baby¡¯s father is now? But are you sure it¡¯s not Leo?¡± ire doesn¡¯t tell him she was raped in the hotel. She just shakes her head and says, ¡°I think this baby is Leo¡¯s, but the diagnosis time is wrong. I say it is misdiagnosis, but Leo doesn¡¯t trust me. I don¡¯t know what to do now.¡± Bryce doesn¡¯t know what to do. ire is Leo¡¯s wife after all. If her baby is really not Leo¡¯s, Leo really has the right to ask her to abort. Bryce has no right to take care of it at all. Leo hates his rtionship with ire. ¡°Why not divorce?¡± Bryce doesn¡¯t understand why ire has been patient with him. ire says with a wry smile, ¡°Bryce, do you think I¡¯m a masochist? It¡¯s just that I can¡¯t divorce him.¡± Bryce grabs ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°you can tell me. Maybe I can help you. I will do my best to help you.¡± But at the thought of her father, ire shakes her head and says, ¡°no, thank you, Bryce¡± ¡°Are you cheating? Mrs. Howard, is this man your baby¡¯s father?¡± Emma suddenlyes in and sees Bryce holding ire¡¯s hand. Bryce releases ire¡¯s hand and looks at Emma unhappily. ¡°I¡¯m ire¡¯s brother. Although you don¡¯t know, you have to be polite.¡± Emmaughs and says, ¡°brother? I think you are her baby¡¯s father. It¡¯s ridiculous.¡± ire and Bryce look at her coldly at the same time. But Emma continues to swear. Bryce can¡¯t stand it and grabs Emma by the neck. ¡°Bryce, don¡¯t do that. She will die.¡± ire yells hard, but Bryce doesn¡¯t seem to hear. At that moment, ire realizes that Bryce who is always gentle wants to kill her. She wants to stop Bryce, but she is too weak. She can¡¯t get out of bed. Chapter 90 Forced abortion Chapter 90 Forced abortion At this time, Emma¡¯s throat has made a click. Her body is as cold as a stone. Her face is as white as a sheet of paper. ire thinks Emma will die at any time. She is scared. Emma is dying. Bryce might think he¡¯s overdoing it, so he lets go. Emma falls to the ground. Emma coughs violently. She is really close to being killed by Bryce. She thinks Bryce is really scary. Emma gets up and runs away. Bryce¡¯s face is still a little gloomy. He looks at Emma¡¯s back and sneers scornfully. He turns to smile at ire. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°Bryce, I¡¯m scared. If you kill her, you will be sentenced.¡± ire looks at Bryce reproachfully. Bryce sighs and ps ire on the shoulder. ¡°I can¡¯t stand her bullying you all the time and saying that. I didn¡¯t hold back. I¡¯m sorry it worries you.¡± ire says, ¡°I know you care about me, but...¡± Bryce pats ire on the head like they did when they were young and says, ¡°I see. I¡¯ll remember it next time.¡± ire looks at Bryce¡¯s warm smile and doesn¡¯t me him for his recklessness. After all, he is so impulsive because he cares too much about her. Bryce touches ire¡¯s hair, but he doesn¡¯t know what to say. ire¡¯s situation seems more complicated than he thinks. And ire has been reticent about the reason why she insists on staying with Leo, which makes Bryce helpless and sighs again and again. When they are speechless, Kate suddenlyes in from outside. They exchange greetings. Kate asks ire so she tells her she is pregnant. Kate is furious. She wants to fight Leo and kill him! Just then, Emma runs to Leo in fear. Leo smiles gently at Emma when he sees her. But Emma puts her arms around his neck and says, ¡°Leo, you need to to avenge me.¡± Leo holds Emma in his arms and gently asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter, kitten?¡± ¡°I went to the hospital to visit ire, but I saw Bryce. I came in just in time to see them holding hands and talking.¡± Emma has tears in her eyes. Leo says coldly, ¡°What? What did they do to you?¡± Emma cries and says, ¡°when they saw me, Bryce came and pinched my neck. I was almost killed by him!¡± Emma leans against Leo¡¯s chest but she smiles smugly. With that, calm Leo is furious again. Even Emma can feel how angry Leo is this time. ... ire is awakened by a loud noise. Leo breaks in. Leo pulls ire out of the quilt. ire has five red fingerprints on her soft wrists. She is in a terrible pain. ire res at Leo and shouts, ¡°Leo, you bastard. What are you going to do to me?¡± She has been holding back, but this moment she breaks out. She forgets the fate of her father and the baby in her stomach. She roars. Leo stares at her indifferently and says, ¡°what do I want to do? My wife was cheating. ire, isn¡¯t Bryce abroad? Tell me why he¡¯s here and so close to you.¡± ire knows it must be Emma¡¯s revenge. She told Leo she saw her and Bryce. But ire has no courage in front of Leo. Because she¡¯s not even sure who her baby¡¯s father is. Her father¡¯s fate is also under Leo¡¯s control. ire restrains her disgust and anger at Leo. She just smiles bitterly and says, ¡°why keep pestering him? I am hurt and he justes to see me. It¡¯s simple. What do you want to hear?¡± Leo approaches ire and says, ¡°it¡¯s not what I want to hear, it¡¯s what you did. Now it seems that the baby must be Bryce¡¯s.¡± ire¡¯s eyes widen in horror. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to say that all of a sudden. ¡°No matter who the father is, he can¡¯t be Bryce. He and I haven¡¯t done what you think.¡± ¡°Oh? Then tell me who the father of this baby is?¡± ¡°I...¡± ¡°Are you going to give birth to Bryce¡¯s baby in the name of my wife?¡± Leo is finally furious again. ire feels almost dragged out of the room. Leo drags her straight to the obstetrics and gynecology department! ire is close to the wall. She must not let her children be killed. At this time, the obstetrics and gynecology department bes a mess because of Leo. Even a woman who has just had a baby screams with fright. The doctors stand in front of Leo, but no one dares to let Leo out. ¡°Mr. Howard, you¡¯re embarrassing us. After all, the operation needs to be registered in line.¡± A doctor with a mask says vaguely. He wants to push him out with his hands. But Leo doesn¡¯t move. ¡°Mr. Howard, since this youngdy doesn¡¯t want to have an abortion, why do you force her? He is a life.¡± The doctors can¡¯t touch Leo so they have to persuade him. ire looks at them and feels warm. But there is no hope in her heart. Leo has always been a bully and he¡¯s furious now. It is impossible for him to give up his n because of the persuasion of several unimportant doctors. Sure enough, Leo looks at the doctors with a sneer. He says coldly, ¡°are you finished? If so, operate on her and kill the baby in the slut¡¯s stomach.¡± Leo points to ire. His fingers are like a cold sword and make her shiver involuntarily. The doctors look at each other, but no one is going to operate. One of the directors says, ¡°Mr. Howard, it¡¯s against the rules of the hospital. We have to get her consent. You break the rules of the hospital.¡± Chapter 91 Bullying, luring to kill the baby Chapter 91 Bullying, luring to kill the baby Leo stares at the doctor and says, ¡°consult? Well, her body and soul belong to me. I agree. As for the rules of your hospital, if you finish the operation soon, it will recover soon. Otherwise, I can make this hospital disappear in the world tomorrow.¡± Leo takes a look at the crowd, and even the people at the door can not help but step back. They only feel that the man¡¯s aura is too cold. The doctors don¡¯t know what to do. This hospital is a private hospital. Leo can really get it out of business tomorrow. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. But if they force ire to have an abortion and something happens to her, they¡¯re responsible. They don¡¯t want to joke about their future. ¡°What are you worried about? If you do what I say, you will not have any trouble. On the contrary, I will give you a lot of benefits.¡± He is bullying and luring them. It¡¯s tempting and it¡¯s a reasonable choice. But these doctors have professional ethics. Not all doctors value money. The director is embarrassed. He looks at Leo and says, ¡°Mr. Howard, please pay attention to your words. In any case, we will not agree to your terms.¡± Leo gets angry atst. He sneers and says, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll do it if you don¡¯t do it.¡± Then Leo rushes to ire. ire struggles. She uses almost all her strength. At this time, the baby in the delivery room suddenly begins to cry. Leo turns around and sees that the baby¡¯s two little feet are moving. They look very lovely and beautiful. Leo is like being hit by something indescribable in the softest part of his heart. Leo lets go of ire. The ward bes quiet. Only the baby is still crying tirelessly. Leo finally releases irepletely. He closes his eyes and opens them again. He res at ire angrily and turns away. Anyway, ire manages to escape. ire falls to the ground and is helped up by the doctors and nurses who are pitying her. ire thanks them and goes back to her ward crying. At that time Emmaes to the hospital. She wants to see ire brought back after the abortion, only to find that ire is in good condition and goes back to the ward herself. Emma can¡¯t be more angry. She thinks, ¡°if I don¡¯t kill her baby, I can¡¯t marry Leo. Although Leo now believes that he is not the father of the baby, I will destroy the truth or it will be exposed sooner orter. I must lead her out and kill her baby.¡± Emma thinks so, but she keeps calm. ire sees Emma in her ward. She looks at Emma coldly and says, ¡°what are you doing here?¡± Now ire¡¯s mood is extremely bad, so that question makes Emma feel chilly. ire knows that all the pain she has suffered before has something to do with Emma. Emma is distracted, so she yells, ¡°get out!¡± Emma is expressionless and shrugs. She says faintly, ¡°Leo is waiting for you downstairs. He said he had something to tell you. It¡¯s probably about the baby in your stomach.¡± Although Emma wants to lure ire to go with her, she can¡¯t change her attitude at ordinary times, or she will be exposed. ire is surprised to hear that. Is Leo going to let go of her baby? After all, if he wants to kill her baby, he would not have let her go just now. ire is a little happy. ire has no doubts and follows Emma downstairs. Emma sneers. She thinks ire is stupid. Emma walks slowly downstairs and asks ire to walk in front of her. ire doesn¡¯t notice it. She doesn¡¯t know that Emma behind her suddenly has vicious eyes. Emma finally pushes ire¡¯s back. ire is unsteady and falls straight down the stairs. At that moment, ire feels desperate. She forgets to breathe. Her child is dying! When Emma iscent, a dark figure suddenly passes by her. He rushes to ire and holds her. The figure is Bryce. When he went to visit ire, he found that she was not in the ward. He saw her follow Emma downstairs and he felt something is wrong. He was worried about ire, so he kept following her. Before Emma pushed her, Bryce had already guessed Emma¡¯s viciousness. So he saved ire in time. ire takes a deep breath when she is on her feet. She is relieved at once. She wanted to die just now. ire lets Bryce let go of her and she rushes angrily to the surprised Emma. She ps Emma in the face. The crisp sound reverberates in the corridor. ire looks at Emma and says, ¡°bitch, you¡¯ve been bullying me and insulting me. Now you want to hurt my child. You deserve it!¡± Emma doesn¡¯t have time to react. ire ps her again. She uses all her strength and her hand turns red. Emma weeps with pain. She covers her face and stares angrily at ire. ¡°Slut, you dare to hit me.¡± Chapter 92 Failure Chapter 92 Failure Emma raises her hand to p ire, but Bryce stops her. ¡°You didn¡¯t seed in hurting her. Do you want to hit her in front of me now?¡± Bryce¡¯s voice is extremely cold. It seems that he can kill Emma directly in the next moment. Emma shakes her head and says innocently, ¡°I didn¡¯t hurt her. She walks carelessly. Why do you me me?¡± Bryce sneers, ¡°I¡¯ve been looking at you. You pushed her. You should be pped because you make a mistake. How dare you fight back? You¡¯ve been beaten and you¡¯re a woman, so I don¡¯t beat you. But you¡¯d better apologize to her soon.¡± ¡°Do you want me to apologize for this slut? You are a qualified lover.¡± Emma satirizes ire and angers Bryce. Bryce can¡¯t help but p Emma in the face. This is the first time he hits a woman! Emma is in a lot of pain. She points to them and says, ¡°I¡¯m Leo¡¯s favorite woman now and his future wife. Sooner orter, you will be punished by Leo. You can¡¯t escape.¡± Leo dotes on Emma so she says it. Bryce ignores Emma¡¯s threats and doesn¡¯t want to listen to her again. He kicks Emma down the stairs. Emma groans in pain. Her delicate body is healed before, and now she¡¯s hurt again. She can¡¯t even get up. ¡°ire, let¡¯s go. Stay away from this crazy woman.¡± Bryce looks at her coldly and leaves with ire. Emma falls to the ground. She struggles to her feet against the wall. She looks at ire and Bryce¡¯s back and bites her teeth. But her anger can¡¯t hurt Bryce and ire and can only make her more anxious. Emma finally stands up. Her legs hurt. She closes her eyes and falls to the ground. She¡¯s in aa. Bryce helps ire to the ward. He feels ire¡¯s body still shivering. ire is shaking. She doesn¡¯t expect her to be so vicious. She doesn¡¯t want topete with Emma for Mrs. Howard¡¯s identity. She doesn¡¯t mean to murder her. But Emma is desperate to hurt her and even murder the innocent baby in her stomach! Bryce can¡¯t stand her and stops. ire sees Bryce¡¯s abnormality. She also stops and asks him, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Bryce?¡± Bryce takes ire¡¯s hand and says seriously, ¡°ire, leave with me. If you are with Leo all the time, you will not be tortured to death by him, but will be forced to death by Emma. Leave with me!¡± ire freezes. She weeps and smiles bitterly, ¡°thank you, Bryce. But I¡¯m sorry I can¡¯t promise you. I can¡¯t leave.¡± Bryce pulls ire in front of him and says softly, ¡°ire, look me in the eye. Do you know how much I care about you? If you stay here, not only you and your baby will be hurt, but I will also be hurt. It hurts me to see you hurt, you know?¡± ire weeps and looks into Bryce¡¯s eyes. Her reflection and his heartache are in his dark eyes. It seems that there is no one else in his eyes but them. ire¡¯s heart pounds. She turns her head at once and does not dare to look into his eyes. She longs for someone to be nice to her. It¡¯s not like it is now. Bryce holds ire¡¯s face and lets her look at him. He says with a wry smile, ¡°ire, I was very worried just now when you were pushed down by that crazy woman. It¡¯s like losing the most important thing. Can you understand that?¡± Of course ire understands. Because at that moment she thought of the baby in her stomach. She felt desperate and suffocated at any time. But what can she do? This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Jade sold her to Leo and she bes Leo¡¯s wife. Leo threatens her with her father. She can¡¯t resist at all. If she met Bryce a few years or months ago, will it have been different? Unfortunately, it¡¯s useless to think so much now. ire lowers her head and doesn¡¯t want to see Bryce¡¯s affectionate eyes. She is afraid that she knows the pain in Bryce¡¯s heart. She is also afraid that she can not bear the grievance and leaves with Bryce. ire shakes her head again and says, ¡°I know, Bryce. I know that but I will not leave with you. My decision is very serious. Please understand me!¡± Bryce¡¯s eyes suddenly dim. It seems to be covered with ayer of smoke. ¡°ire, you¡¯re stupid. Why do you treat yourself like this?¡± Bryce mumbles to himself. His heart aches to the extreme. ire takes a deep breath and smiles, ¡°I¡¯m fine, Bryce. You just treated Emma that way, Leo will punish you. Leave now!¡± Bryce is moved. He thinks this silly girl always cares about others. She doesn¡¯t know she is the victim of the farce. Looking at ire¡¯s brave smile, Bryce¡¯s heart is more and more painful. He can not help holding her tightly in his arms. ire feels her chest tighten and she is surrounded by Bryce¡¯s warm arms. She can¡¯t break free at all. She hasn¡¯t felt such warmth for a long time. Bryce¡¯s arms are different from Leo¡¯s rudeness and frivolity. He surrounds ire like the sun and makes her heart tremble. Chapter 93 His satire and his protection Chapter 93 His satire and his protection ire lets her body rx and enjoy the warmth. But just then, heavy footstepse from the corridor. ire is familiar with the rhythm of the footsteps. It¡¯s Leo. ire freezes. She pushes Bryce away and straightens her hair. She sees Leo slowly walk over with his hands behind him. His eyes are like knives, and he walks slowly, but every step is like stabbing a knife into ire¡¯s heart. Leo holds out his hands behind him and ps. Heughs sarcastically. ¡°It¡¯s moving. Are you brother and sister with deep feelings or something?¡± ire knows Leo misunderstands them again. But this time she really doesn¡¯t want to exin. She doesn¡¯t speak. Bryce arranges his clothes and is calm. Everyone knows he likes ire so he doesn¡¯t have to hide it. But for ire, he says to Leo, ¡°do you misunderstand our hug? How dirty is your mind?¡± Bryce¡¯s temperament is not inferior to Leo¡¯s. He is more stable than Leo. Instead of looking at Bryce, Leo looks at ire and says, ¡°are you pregnant with Bryce¡¯s baby so he¡¯s happy? He oftenes to the hospital these days.¡± ire raises her head and looks at Leo coldly. ¡°It has nothing to do with Bryce. Don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± Leo says, ¡°it¡¯s funny. It turns out that no one wants your baby.¡± With that, he looks at Bryce. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. Bryce takes a step forward and says calmly, ¡°you are a calm person. Why do you pester us like a child? I¡¯m chasing ire and don¡¯t mind yourments. But I never did anything bad to ire. Her baby is not mine.¡± Leo also takes a step forward. Both of them look at each other directly and never back down. ¡°You don¡¯t dare to admit it. Why don¡¯t you be careful when you have an affair with this bitch? Now she¡¯s pregnant with your baby but you don¡¯t admit it. You say you are aboveboard but you let me down. Are you human? That¡¯s your baby!¡± Leo points to ire¡¯s abdomen. ¡°I don¡¯t want to talk to you anymore!¡± Bryce is speechless. Leo is quite paranoid and he can¡¯t communicate with him. Leo is angry and says to ire, ¡°I shouldn¡¯t let you go. I should have killed this baby before.¡± Bryce smiles faintly. ¡°Someone has done it for you. It¡¯s just that crazy woman¡¯s not feeling well now.¡± Leo knows that Bryce is talking about Emma, and he snaps, ¡°what did you do to her?¡± Bryce retorts, ¡°you should ask her what she did to ire. ire is your wife, asshole.¡± Leo just thinks Bryce is angry. He says scornfully, ¡°now you know ire is my wife? You¡¯re with my wife every day. What do you want to do?¡± Bryce sighs, ¡°Mr. Howard, I think you¡¯d better see your little mistress.¡± Leo takes a look at the stairway and frowns. ¡°You¡¯d better pray that Emma doesn¡¯t have an ident. Or I will punish you.¡± Leo stares at them and leaves. After Leo leaves, Bryce grabs ire¡¯s hand and tries to take her away. He wants to take her out of this hell. ¡°ire, you can¡¯t stay here. Leo and Emma are crazy. Don¡¯t be silly. Leave with me!¡± For the first time Bryce is so outrageous. ire is shocked. ¡°Bryce, let me go.¡± ire gets rid of Bryce¡¯s hand. She turns to her ward. ¡°Bryce, leave me alone. Just let me bear it. Please, don¡¯t force me anymore!¡± ire chokes. She wants to leave, but what about her father? She can¡¯t leave at all. Bryce looks at ire¡¯s thin back and is heartbroken. He doesn¡¯t understand why she refuses to leave. But he will never give up. ... Emma is in aa in the stairwell, and she is seriously injured. Leo picks her up before she wakes up. Emma cries in Leo¡¯s arms. She wakes up feeling pain. She puts her hands on Leo¡¯s shoulders and her head on Leo¡¯s chest. Her tears wet Leo¡¯s shirt. ¡°This is the second time, Leo. Can you bear to see me beaten like this. ire hurt me! I¡¯m going to kill her!¡± Emma pushes Leo away and rushes toward the ward. She runs to ire¡¯s ward. Before ire speaks, Emma wants to p her. ire is shocked and thinks she wants to hurt her baby again. She pushes her and shouts, ¡°don¡¯t come here!¡± Emma is seriously injured and she falls to the ground after being pushed. However, at this time, Leo comes and sees ire push Emma to the ground. ¡°ire, what are you doing?¡± Leo roars. When Emma sees Leoe in, she cries again. ¡°Leo, she bullies me again.¡± After helping Emma up andforting her, Leo sneers at ire and says, ¡°ire, you slut. Don¡¯t you even know who you are?¡± ire shivers. She doesn¡¯t know what to say. Leo is partial to Emma. Whatever she does and says is wrong! ¡°Exin it. Are you not willing to make excuses now?¡± Leo is bloodthirsty and sneers. With that, he calls and calls up some ck bodyguards downstairs. ¡°ire, I won¡¯t let you go!¡± ire protects her stomach and says in horror, ¡°Leo, what are you going to do?¡± ¡°What am I going to do? I¡¯m afraid you know better than I do. Should I let my wife have Bryce¡¯s baby?¡± Chapter 94 Twists and turns Chapter 94 Twists and turns ire is shocked. She guesses right. She immediately gets out of bed and tries to run out, but Emma stops her. ¡°ire, you¡¯d better know yourself. You should have an abortion!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t speak. He looks at them indifferently. As soon as he thinks that ire is pregnant with Bryce¡¯s baby, his heart can¡¯t calm down. ire yells, ¡°Leo, you can punish me. You can beat me and scold me. My baby is innocent. Don¡¯t be so cruel.¡± ¡°I¡¯m cruel? ire, ask yourself. How many times have I forgiven you? But you don¡¯t correct it. You want to give birth to Bryce¡¯s baby. Do you want to witness the crystallization of your love?¡± Leo sneers and orders to the bodyguards whoe in, ¡°now let her miscarry.¡± With that, the two men walk over and rudely drag ire out of bed. They¡¯re taking her to the obstetrics and gynecology department. ire cries, ¡°let me go!¡± Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Leo doesn¡¯t speak. At the thought of her carrying Bryce¡¯s baby, he can¡¯t pity her! ire rebels violently and struggles desperately. She exhausts all her strength. But because of this, there is blooding from her crotch. ire freezes. She stops resisting. Is her baby going to die? She doesn¡¯t want her baby to die. Just then, the door is suddenly kicked open from the outside. ¡°Let her go!¡± Bryce rushes in. It turns out that he hase again. Bryce is worried about ire, so he wants toe back and see her. He didn¡¯t expect her to be bullied again. Bryce sees ire¡¯s pale face, messy hair and blood. His eyes suddenly turn red at this moment. ¡°Asshole!¡± Bryce rushes up and knocks down the two men with two punches. He¡¯s holding ire. ¡°ire, are you ok?¡± The two men take the opportunity to attack Bryce, but Leo stops them. Leo looks at Bryce indifferently. He says scornfully, ¡°Bryce, can I be bullied at will? You are in charge of my family affairs many times. What on earth do you want to do?¡± Bryce sees that the two men don¡¯t hit him for the time being, so he helps ire to the bed. He growls in a furious voice, ¡°Leo, are you human? How can you do this to ire?¡± Leo says coldly, ¡°what else should I do? Should I let this slut give birth to your baby in my house?¡± ¡°I said he isn¡¯t my baby!¡± Bryce sees Leo being unreasonable, and he can¡¯t contain his anger. He kicks Leo. Leo has fought many times so he can¡¯t easily be hit by Bryce. He dodges his attack. He sneers and says, ¡°I want to see what you can do to resist me.¡± They begin to fight. ¡°You¡¯re a jerk. You don¡¯t deserve ire.¡± Bryce growls. Leo sneers, ¡°you bastard. You have an affair with my wife. You want to have children!¡± Just as they are fighting, Luke suddenly appears. ¡°She¡¯s dying. You¡¯re still fighting!¡± Luke stands at the door of the ward, looking at the two inside and shouting. Leo coldly warns him, ¡°Luke, don¡¯t meddle. I warn you this is my family matter.¡± Luke shrugs. He ignores Leo¡¯s warning and frowns, ¡°even if it¡¯s your family matter, you can¡¯t let her die.¡± He goes straight to pick up ire and strides out the door. He¡¯s going to let doctors save her! Bryce is shocked. He ignores Leo and runs out with Luke. The noisy ward is suddenly quiet. Leo is breathing heavily at the moment, but he doesn¡¯t notice. He just sits on a chair and looks out of the window. He closes his eyes in some pain. Only the pale face of the woman is in his heart. He is wondering if he is going to see ire. Maybe he cares about ire, but he doesn¡¯t want to admit it. At this time, the most depressed and angry person is Emma. She doesn¡¯t know ire¡¯s strengths. Bryce loves her so much and even Luke favors her! Thinking about it, Emma bes angry. She is so jealous that she doesn¡¯t find her fingernails pinching her palms. It takes Leo a long time to calm down. Then he looks at the bed in front of him. The bed is empty now. There are even bright blood stains on the white bedding. Leo clenches his fist and takes a deep breath. He closes his eyes. The air around him seems to have suddenly cooled. Others dare not approach him. Even Emma just looks at Leo in shock and doesn¡¯t dare to provoke him. Leo sits in the ward for a long time. He smokes a cigar. The thought of ire¡¯s desperate eyes and pale face make his heart ache. How can he be heartbroken for that slut? He sneers and puts out the smoke. He stands up and walks straight out. Hepletely ignores Emma next to him. Chapter 95 His care Chapter 95 His care ire is sent to the operating room for treatment. Bryce and Luke are waiting anxiously outside the operating room. They stand on either side of the door of the operating room. During that time, Bryce keeps looking into the operating room. He seems to want to see ire directly through the door. Luke thinks Bryce is funny. He coughs and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect the heir of Bryce Family to be so infatuated!¡± Bryce gives Luke a confused look. He remembers that he had been holding ire anxiously to the doctor. Instead of discussing his identity, he says, ¡°thank you for your help. If Leo and I continue to fight, ire will be in danger.¡± Luke says, ¡°are you qualified to say thank you to me? I saved ire, Leo¡¯s wife. It¡¯s Leo who should say thank you to me.¡± Luke squints and smiles as he speaks. He¡¯s different from Leo. His smile seems pure and without irony. Bryce is stunned. But he soon smiles with relief. He says, ¡°you¡¯re right. But as ire¡¯s brother, I should thank you.¡± Bryce is not at all angry at Luke¡¯s words. He is a gentleman. Bryce and Luke have always been gentle. So after a simple conversation, although they don¡¯t say it verbally, their impression of each other is better. As Bryce is about to ask Luke something else, the door to the operating room finally opens. The attending doctor takes off her mask and looks at Bryce and Luke. She smiles and says, ¡°the baby and adult are safe. But the patient needs more rest. The patient is still in aa and should be taken care of carefully.¡± They look at each other and breathe a sigh of relief. After all, if ire dies, they and Leo will be in trouble. ire is sent back to the ward. Bryce wants to stay to guard ire, but Luke refuses. ¡°Your rtionship with ire is ambiguous in the eyes of others, so you have to go back. If Leo misunderstands you again, it¡¯s not good for you and ire.¡± Luke says. Bryce looks at ire¡¯s pale face and says, ¡°who will take care of ire?¡± Luke chuckles, ¡°I¡¯ll take care of her. Don¡¯t worry.¡± Bryce thinks for a while and thinks Luke is a reliable person, and he really shouldn¡¯t stay. ire is in a coma. If he fights with Leo again, it will disturb her rest. ¡°OK!¡± Bryce says. Somethinges to his mind when he leaves. He asks, ¡°I¡¯m actually curious which side are you on?¡± Lukeughs and says, ¡°you¡¯re funny. I just appreciate ire and am willing to take care of her. I¡¯m not on either side.¡± Bryce nods thoughtfully. He looks back at ire¡¯s pale face and says, ¡°I¡¯m leaving. Call me if you have any news.¡± With that, he leaves reluctantly. Luke is at ire¡¯s bedside, waiting for her to wake up. But ire seems to have nightmares. She can¡¯t sleep well and frowns. She¡¯s been turning over. Luke cannot help but feel her forehead. When his hand is about to touch ire¡¯s skin, he remembers that she is his brother¡¯s woman. He can¡¯t touch her. Luke hesitates for a moment and slowly takes his hand back. To his surprise, ire suddenly opens her eyes the next second. She grasps his hand tightly and sits up in panic. She shouts in a hoarse voice, ¡°my baby!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t get excited. You¡¯ve just had an operation. The doctor says you shouldn¡¯t be excited.¡± Luke lets ire lie down andforts her in a soft voice. ire seems to be in a sad mood. She is delirious. She keeps mumbling, ¡°my baby...¡± Luke sympathizes with the haggard and poor ire. He represses the impulse to hold her in his arms. Heforts her tenderly, ¡°don''t worry. Your baby is OK.¡± Hearing this, ire turns to Luke. She freezes and holds on to his sleeve. She looks at him anxiously and asks, ¡°is that true? Is my baby OK?¡± ¡°It¡¯s true.¡± Luke reaches out and pats ire on the back, trying to calm her down. He didn¡¯t expect ire to be calmer than he expected. She lets go of Luke¡¯s sleeve and slowly lies down on the bed. ire touches her stomach and says, ¡°that¡¯s great.¡± Luke sees ire smile and quietly takes back his hands that are still in the air. He asks with concern, ¡°how do you feel?¡± Hearing this, ire justes back to her senses. She looks at Luke and nods politely, ¡°I¡¯m ok. Thank you.¡± ire met Luke several times, but because he and Leo are close friends. She didn¡¯t expect him to come to see her today. ire only remembers that before she was unconscious, two bodyguards called in by Leo pulled her and her thighs bled. She thought her baby was going to die. Just now she saw Leo mocking her in her dream. Heughed at the death of her child. ¡°Great. Have a good rest. If you want to eat and drink, you can tell me at any time.¡± Luke says gently. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire looks at Luke in surprise. She doesn¡¯t understand why Leo¡¯s friend is so nice to her. Does Leo feel guilty and let his friend take care of her? No, ire won¡¯t believe that Leo will be nice to her any more. Thest time she believed him, she was almost pushed down the stairs by Emma! So she will never believe Leo again! Chapter 96 Don’t touch Claire Chapter 96 Don¡¯t touch ire The look on ire¡¯s face is seen by Luke. He seems to know what she is thinking. Luke exins, ¡°even though Leo did that to you, he has his own difficulties!¡± ire sneers. ¡°What kind of difficulties does he have? He has a lover now and he nders me and doesn¡¯t believe me. What difficulties does he have?¡± ire is angry. Although Luke can understand ire¡¯s mood, he still wants to fight for a chance for his friend. So he tells her about Leo and Emma. Luke says that Leo and Emma first met in a hotel. They had sex unexpectedly and Leo fell in love with Emma. But Emma left directly. Then Leo kept looking for her. He finally found Emma not long ago. ¡°That¡¯s what happened. They met in the hotel. So Leo is especially nice to Emma after he found her.¡± ire listens quietly. She finds Luke¡¯s tone exnatory. He seems to be exining that Leo is good to Emma only because of that night. But what matters to ire most is that the experience of Leo and Emma in the hotel is so simr to that of herself and the stranger. She was robbed of her virginity in the hotel. Should she say that there is no wonder in the world? ire is lost in thought after listening. Luke thinks ire is ufortable and can¡¯t help asking, ¡°what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± ire regains her mind and shakes her head with a smile. ¡°I¡¯m fine. I¡¯m just thinking about the past.¡± She¡¯s not going to tell Luke about her experience. ¡°Speaking of the past,¡± Luke suddenly thinks of something. He adjusts his posture and lowers his voice and says to ire, ¡°Leo told me about your father. Do you want to know?¡± ¡°What?¡± ire almost jumps out of bed, but Luke holds her down a little earlier to calm her down. ¡°Say it quickly! What happened to my father? Tell me!¡± Luke coughs and whispers, ¡°I heard him say he seems to have put your father in a hospital. Your father is fine now. You don¡¯t have to worry too much.¡± He is afraid ire will not believe what he said, so he adds, ¡°Leo is a very cautious person. I only heard the news. There is nothing else.¡± Hearing this, ire calms down gradually. Leo has already told her about her father. It seems that he didn¡¯t lie. Her father is fine now. ire is relieved. But neither Luke nor ire notices that there is a person standing outside. She listens to all their conversations. That¡¯s Emma. Leo leaves Emma, so she doesn¡¯t go back with him. She wants to hurt ire again and she doesn¡¯t leave. But she didn¡¯t expect to hear such news. That¡¯s how ire and Leo met. ire is the little wild cat Leo is looking for! Thinking about it, Emma is more and more scared. If Leo knows it wasn¡¯t her but ire that day... No way! She must not let her discover the truth of that day! Emma¡¯s eyes are cold. Shees up with a trick. Early the next morning, Emma calls Juan. She can¡¯t wait any longer. If ire doesn¡¯t die and Leo knows the truth, she will be miserable! ¡°Hello? Why do you call me all of a sudden? What happened?¡± The phone is soon connected, and therees Juan¡¯s maic low voice. Although his tone is very light, he is disgusted. Obviously, Juan doesn¡¯t want to get in touch with Emma. He doesn¡¯t even want to talk to her. As soon as Emma hears Juan¡¯s voice, she calms down and smiles, ¡°can¡¯t I call you? I want to talk about ire.¡± ¡°Say it.¡± Juan says after hearing Emma mention ire. Emma is very dissatisfied with his attitude, but Juan is her master, so she can only bite her teeth and say, ¡°ire was going to have an abortion yesterday, but Luke saved herter. Her baby is not dead.¡± Emma is furious at the thought that ire is not dead. But she continues, ¡°and I overheard their conversation. ire is the little wild cat Leo is looking for!¡± ¡°Really?¡± Juan¡¯s tone is a little ironic. ¡°Leo is really stupid. The woman he has been looking for is beside him, but he regards you as his little wild cat. But that¡¯s good.¡± ¡°Although Leo now regards me as his little wild cat, now we know that ire is the person he is looking for. In order to prevent things from going public...¡± Emma¡¯s eyes turn cold. ¡°Why don¡¯t we kill her?¡± Just kill ire and she will be Leo¡¯s wife! ¡°Shut up! Don¡¯t think about it!¡± Just when Emma thinks Juan will agree with her proposal, Juan roars, ¡°Emma, I warn you that you can seduce Leo and be his wife. I won¡¯t stop you. But don¡¯t forget who gave you your present identity!¡± Juan¡¯s voice is so cold that Emma can not help shivering. ¡°If you hurt ire, I will kill you directly!¡± Emma is frightened by Juan¡¯s cold voice. She didn¡¯t expect Juan to protect ire. Emma is shaking with rage, but she takes a deep breath and smiles, ¡°I¡¯m just kidding! Since you care so much about ire, I won¡¯t hurt her.¡± She just wants ire to die miserably! Juan sneers. ¡°That¡¯s the best.¡± With that, he hangs up directly. After the phone is hung up, Emma clenches her teeth and ms the phone to the ground. ¡°Bitch! Even Juan is protecting you. You are a slut. You seduced so many men around you!¡± The more Emma thinks about it, the more angry she gets. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Juan forbids her to hurt ire, but she must let ire die! Thinking about it, she quickly picks up the mobile phone on the ground and makes a call. She¡¯s going to hire a killer. She¡¯s going to kill ire! Chapter 97 He’s here Chapter 97 He¡¯s here Soon it is evening. Luke sits in ire¡¯s ward and watches ire sleep quietly. He can not help sighing. ire¡¯s face is very pale, but there is a morbid beauty in it, which makes him want to love her. But Luke knows that this woman has more than mour. Luke admires her for being strong and unyielding so he has a different feeling for her. It¡¯s not friendship or love. He just doesn¡¯t want ire to get hurt. But Luke can¡¯t do a lot for ire. He can only apany her quietly now. The hospital is quiet in the middle of the night. Luke is a little tired, too. After a while, Luke is a little sleepy. When he wants to rest on his chair, he suddenly hears the door ring. This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Although the sound is very light, it is still obvious in such a quiet environment. Luke thinks Leo is upset and finallyes to see ire. But when he just wants to go and open the door, a ck figure hits him. Luke feels as if he has been hit by a huge stone on his chest. His insides are shaking and he falls to the ground. All his bones are about to spread. Luke looks up and sees a man in ck with a bright bay in his hand. The bay looks dazzling in the light of the ward. It is extremely cold and murderous. The man in ck apparently didn¡¯t expect anyone else in the ward. He rushes to ire with his bay. Is this a killer? Luke is suddenly nervous. He covers his chest and rushes over. He kicks the man in ck on the wrist with the bay. He must not let ire get hurt! The man in ck didn¡¯t expect Luke to get up after he is hit hard. He hits him in the wrist. The bone of the man in ck is broken by kicking. He is in pain and his bay is off. ¡°Help! Security!¡± Luke calls out to the security guard outside the hospital. He is in great pain to stop the killer. But it is quiet outside the hospital and there is no response. At this time, the killer is obviously angry and thrusts the bay straight at him! Luke can¡¯t avoid it for a while and can only avoid the bay hurting his important parts. Luke feels only a sharp pain. The bay pierces his shoulder, and then the blood flows down the de. ¡°Luke!¡± ire in the hospital bed is finally awakened by the fight between the two men. But when she wakes up, she sees Luke stabbed by the assassin in ck. She can¡¯t stop it. ¡°It seems that you are her lover. Then you should die!¡± The killer in ck ignores ire who wakes up behind him. He holds the bay tightly and says to Luke viciously. Originally, ire is the only target of the killer, but now he mistakes Luke for Bryce. Because of Emma¡¯s previous request, the killer knows that if he kills Bryce, he will get more money. ¡°ire, he¡¯s a killer! Get out of here!¡± Luke sees ire wake up and quickly holds down the killer in ck. He ignores his injured shoulder and shouts at ire. ire finally understands that Luke is protecting her. She is not only moved but also frightened. She wants to get up and help Luke, but she is weak and unable to move! She tries to stand on the ground but is out of strength and fell. ¡°ire!¡± Luke is shocked to see ire almost fall. He lets go of his hand. The killer in ck kicks Luke in the stomach and rushes over with the bay. He has to kill Luke. Luke is relieved to see the killer in ck charging at him. As long as the killer in ck wants to kill him, ire is more likely to survive! Thinking about it, Luke manages to stand up and fights with the killer. ire looks at Luke fighting with the killer. She feels moved and is about to cry. Luke really doesn¡¯t have to do this for her! ¡°Luke, you leave! He must want to kill me, I...¡± ire screams when she sees Luke seriously injured. ¡°I can¡¯t escape, but you can¡¯t die! You can escape!¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Luke roars. He seems angry at ire¡¯s words. ¡°I¡¯m a man. Why am I running away? ire, don¡¯t forget you have a baby! You...¡± Before Luke finishes, he is hit by the killer in ck. Luke is unsteady and falls to the ground. At that moment, the killer is about to stab Luke in the back with his knife in both hands. If he does, Luke will die. Then he can easily kill ire. He can get enough money to live half his life! Thinking about it, the killer¡¯s eyes are greedy and vicious. It¡¯s even more piercing than that sharp bay. ¡°No!¡± ire looks at the scene in despair. She wants to help but she can¡¯t. Tears blur her eyes and her heart beats fast. She and Luke are not very familiar, but he is going to die to protect her. At this time, ire hopes that there will be miracles in the world! Just as the assassin in ck is about to stab Luke in the heart, suddenly the door of the ward is kicked open, and then a man appears to block the killer¡¯s fatal blow! The man is Leo! ire sees the appearance of the man who suddenly appears, and she feels happy and sad. Fortunately, Luke is finally saved, but the person whoes is Leo. Why is he here? Does he want to continue to hurt her baby? ire clenches her fist and thinks. Leo kicks the bay in the killer¡¯s hand. The killer shivers when he sees the man suddenly appears. As long as you are in this business, you have a fear of this man from the bottom of your soul, because he is the underground emperor of this city, the true father of the underworld, Leo! Chapter 98 Claire’s mine Chapter 98 ire¡¯s mine ¡°It seems you want to die.¡± Leo takes a look at Luke. His best friend falls to the ground. His anger bursts out. His anger seems to set the whole ward on fire. Although Leo is usually very indifferent to Luke and he often ridicules him, he regards Luke as a true friend in his heart. Otherwise Luke won¡¯t know about ire¡¯s father. Leo can¡¯t tolerate others to hurt his own things like friends! The killer¡¯s feet begin to shake. Although he is facing the city¡¯s underground emperor, he has the will to survive and can not give up. What¡¯s more, he knows Leo won¡¯t let him go. Thinking of this, the killer falls to the ground and picks up the bay to stab Leo in the neck. But Leo sneers scornfully. He grabs the assassin¡¯s wrist and twists it! His bones seem to have been crushed by Leo and make a crisp sound. ¡°Ah!¡± Then the killer shows a look of pain. His face turns pale with great pain and he gives a scream. But just when Leo thinks he is going to give in, the killer suddenly takes out another dagger and tries to stab Leo¡¯s hand! As soon as Leo lets go, he sees the killer in ck suddenly turns around and rushes to ire. ¡°Be careful!¡± Leo shouts subconsciously and rushes to ire. ire just feels like she is dreaming. Does Leo care about her? But when Leoes to ire, the killer in ck sneers. He turns around and passes Leo like a fish and rushes out of the door! ¡°Ah!¡± Then Emma screams at the door. ¡°Damn it!¡± Leo knows that the killer has tricked him. He rushes out and hugs Emma who followed him to the hospital. ¡°Emma, take care of Luke. I¡¯ll leave for a moment.¡± Leo looks at the frightened Emma and says softly. He goes straight after the killer in ck. After Leo leaves, Emma watches Luke, who is seriously injured and unconscious, and ire, who has not been killed. She is angry. That killer is useless! He can¡¯t even kill a pregnant woman! Now Leo must have gone after the killer. If he knows she hired the killer, she will be punished! What should she do? Thinking about it, Emma hurriedly runs to the far corner. She takes out her cell phone and makes a quick call to Juan. When the phone is connected, Emma says quickly, ¡°I hired someone to kill ire. The killer failed. Now Leo¡¯s going after the killer. Juan, I beg you to help me. If Leo finds out, our n will fail!¡± ¡°What? You tried to kill ire without telling me?¡± Juan is furious and his voice grows colder. Emma¡¯s hands tremble with fear, but she grabs the phone and says, ¡°she¡¯s OK! But now Leo¡¯s going after the killer. If he knows I hired the killer, our n will fail! I beg you to help me!¡± ¡°Emma, you¡¯re useless. You almost bring me a lot of trouble!¡± Juan is obviously pissed off by Emma. She almost ruins their n and almost kills his ire! Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m useless. Juan, I beg you to help me. If I die, Leo can¡¯t divorce ire. You can still use me. If I¡¯m exposed, your n will fail!¡± Emma cries, but her eyes are vicious. Although she is very unconvinced, she has to beg for mercy in order to be Leo¡¯s wife. As long as she lives, she won¡¯t give up killing ire! ¡°I¡¯ll have the killer killed. But Emma, if I know you hurt ireter, I¡¯ll kill you!¡± Juan hangs up and sends someone directly to deal with it. Emma is relieved to hear Juan say that. She looks viciously at the far ward. ire, you¡¯re lucky this time! ... The peaceful night in the hospital is a mess. At this time, Leo has called for people toe here to catch the killer alive, and then he follows the escaping killer. The killer hurt his friend. He will make him regret living in this world! As long as Leo is here, he can¡¯t escape! Soon, Leo¡¯s peoplee. They surround the dying killer. But just then there is a harsh sound. A shot rings out. The loud shot is particrly loud in the quiet night. The escaping killer suddenly stops and falls. Leo¡¯s eyes are cold. The killer is dead. Someone checks the fallen killer and makes sure there is no danger. Leoes over. The killer in ck has died. Leo searches him almost all over, but he doesn¡¯t find anything to show his identity. That is to say, the clue is interrupted. Leo frowns and doesn¡¯t speak. He really doesn¡¯t understand that if the target of the other party is the underground kingdom of him and Luke, just now he can shoot him directly without killing the killer. That is to say, the target of the killer is not him. Since it¡¯s not him, it¡¯s probably Luke! Leo sighs and says to his people, ¡°take a picture of him and search as much as you can for who he is and who is behind him!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± His men shout. At this time, in the darkness not far away, a man in ck kneels down to the man beside him and says respectfully, ¡°boss, the task is finished!¡± This man is Juan. He nods and smiles after the killer is killed. ¡°Leo, soon ire will be mine.¡± Juan sneers and looks coldly at Leo in the distance. Chapter 99 Juan, please help me Chapter 99 Juan, please help me Leo soon returns to the hospital. He¡¯s going to see Luke. Fortunately, when he gets to the ward, nothing happens. And by this time, Luke hase to life and his shoulders have been bandaged. ire is still in the bed. Her little face is still pale. Leo has people outside the ward and says to Luke, ¡°what happened?¡± ¡°I¡¯m here with ire. In the middle of the night, the killer in ck broke in. We fought and he was fierce. I guess his goal is me! But he may also be for the organization!¡± Leo frowns and asks, ¡°but Luke, why are you here with ire?¡± His tone is cold. He seems to be ming Luke. Luke gives a wry smile. ¡°Leo, I¡¯m seriously hurt. Do you me me?¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo is impatient. "You almost die for a slut. Is ire worth your life to protect?¡± Leo is furious and points to ire and questions Luke. ire is insulted by Leo and embarrassed. Luke realizes ire¡¯s embarrassment andughs, ¡°are you kidding me? Shouldn¡¯t I save your wife? And I¡¯m fine, aren¡¯t I?¡± Leo clenches his teeth. ¡°You know if I think she¡¯s my wife. And I don¡¯t need your meddling.¡± Luke gets up discontentedly and says, ¡°I think ire is my friend, so Itake care of her. Can¡¯t I?¡± Leo squints in surprise. He seldom sees Luke angry, but he didn¡¯t expect that now he is angry for ire! Leo stops talking. He is angry and jealous. That¡¯s impossible! Leo nces at Luke and says, ¡°whatever, but since you are seriously injured now, take good care of yourself. I¡¯ll go first.¡± With that, he leaves here directly. At this time, Emma is pacing anxiously outside the ward. Although Juan promised her to kill the killer, she still hasn¡¯t heard from him. What should she do? If Leo finds out the truth, she will be severely punished! Emma is very nervous. She doesn¡¯t even see Leo walk out of the room. ¡°Little wild cat?¡± Leo calls Emma once, but she doesn¡¯t hear. Seeing this, Leo is a little upset. He walks over to put his arm around her shoulder and patiently asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± ¡°Ah!¡± Emma screams in a low voice. When she sees Leo, she throws herself directly into Leo¡¯s arms and hugs his neck and sobs, ¡°Leo, it¡¯s so nice to see you are OK. You don¡¯t know how nervous I was just now. If something happens to you, I don¡¯t know what to do.¡± Seeing Emma¡¯s thoughtfulness, Leo immediately gives up his displeasure. Then he thinks of the woman lying on the bed in the ward. Why doesn¡¯t she worry about him? He saved her. That slut just wants to hook up with other men. How could she be worried about her husband? Thinking about it, Leo bes more and more unhappy. He looks at the ward coldly, thinking when the woman will be submissive! After Leo and Emma leave, Luke looks at Emma¡¯s back thoughtfully. Just now Luke saw her behavior. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Luke thinks Emma is a little strange. It seems that she is not worried about Leo but about something else. She seems to be worried that she will have no future tomorrow. She is nervous and anxious. Luke has been in business for many years, so he can see her selfish eyes at a nce. Emma must have secrets. Emma hasn¡¯t heard from Juan and Leo¡¯s attitude is uncertain, which makes her even more frightened. Emma doesn¡¯t sleep all night. The next morning she calls Juan and asks him toe out. As soon as she gets to the gate of the appointed ce, Emma is covered with a ck bag from behind. Before she can respond, her mouth is covered so she can¡¯t scream. The next second, her hands and feet are tied and she is taken to a room. The man ties her to a chair and leaves. Emma can not help shivering when she hears the door closed. Who kidnaps her? What makes Emma even more frightened is that she clearly feels that there are other people in this room, but no one speaks. After a few minutes, the door gradually opens and the ck bag that has been on her head is taken down. The next second, she is pped in the face. Emma has five red fingerprints on her snow-white cheek! She hears Juan¡¯s cold voice, ¡°how dare youe to see me?¡± ¡°I said you can¡¯t hurt ire. How dare you go against me? Emma, don¡¯t forget who is supporting you.¡± Juan¡¯s eyes are fierce. If Emma isn¡¯t useful, he will kill her. Emma is stunned directly. She is dizzy. Emma kneels directly in front of Juan with the chair. She cries, ¡°Juan, please help me! Leo and Luke seem to have suspected that I hired yesterday¡¯s killer! I beg you to help me!¡± ¡°You are so disobedient. You should have died.¡± Juan takes a step back to avoid touching Emma. His face is somber and he says viciously, ¡°Emma, if ire gets hurt, today is your day of death!¡± Hearing this, Emma shudders. Now she hates ire even more. She has never suffered such grievance from childhood, let alone kneel down! Her eyes are full of cruelty, but when she looks up at Juan, she pretends to be poor and says sadly, ¡°ire is OK! Juan, please, I know I¡¯m wrong. I shouldn¡¯t have disobeyed you and sent the killer! Please give me another chance! Please...¡± Chapter 100 Here comes her adulterer Chapter 100 Herees her adulterer Emma cries and crawls to Juan to ask for his forgiveness. Juan snorts and takes a step back. He doesn¡¯t look at Emma on the ground. Seeing this, Emma hates ire even more! If it isn¡¯t for ire, I won¡¯t be like this! I me you! I will make you pay 100 times! Even though Juan ignores her, Emma lowers her head and grits her teeth. After a long time, Juan snorts coldly and sits down on the sofa. He looks down and says, ¡°for the sake of your sincerity, what do you want me to do?¡± Juan¡¯s tone softens. Emma stands up in a hurry. She looks at Juan sincerely and thinks for a while. ¡°Juan, I¡¯ve thought about it on my way here. We can frame Bryce. Bryce has been pestering ire. Since you like her, it can solve a big problem for you.¡± Juan sneers and stares at Emma. He says, ¡°you have a lot of bad ideas.¡± Unfortunately, this woman has a vicious heart like a viper. Juan doesn¡¯t want to have more contact with such a person. ¡°Do you think how to frame Bryce?¡± Emma thinks Juan is praising her. She says proudly, ¡°we can send another killer to kill Leo or Luke. This time the killer needs to say that he¡¯s send by Bryce. This is the perfect truth.¡± After thinking about it, Juan nods, ¡°well, it¡¯s a good idea. I¡¯ll arrange it for you. Just wait for the order.¡± Then he stands up to leave. When hees to the door, he turns his head and stares at Emma without expression. He warns her, ¡°if you hurt ire again this time, I¡¯m sure you won¡¯t be as lucky as you are today.¡± Then he turns and leaves. A man behind Juan says to Emma before he leaves, which makes Emma almost go mad. ¡°If it isn¡¯t for our fear that Leo will be suspicious if you are injured, you won¡¯t be able to leave today.¡± He unties the rope for her and leaves. When Emma is the only one in the room, she screams and is extremely jealous of ire. She keeps smashing things in the room. ire! Why are so many good men around you! The whole world is protecting you! This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Everything in the room is about to be smashed. Emma looks at the messy room and sneers, ¡°ire, I won¡¯t let you go!¡± ... One day, Leo goes to the hospital to see Luke. When the car is on the way, a reckless van suddenly rushes over and is going to hit Leo¡¯s car directly. Fortunately, Leo quickly turns the steering wheel. The car is not hit. Without hitting Leo¡¯s car, the owner jumps out of it. He picks up a baseball bat and smashes it on the window of Leo¡¯s car. The ss window cracks. Leo mutters a curse. He quickly opens the door and kicks the man! This time the killer is not afraid. When he sees Leo, he has no psychological influence. Instead, he is fierce like a cow. He is kicked to the ground by Leo, and the next second he gets up very quickly. He yells and rushes to Leo. ¡°Damn it. He¡¯s crazy!¡± Leo already knows what¡¯s going on at this time. Before he went backst time, Luke reminded him to be careful. The killer is probably for organization. If that is true, he will surely be attacked a second time. He didn¡¯t expect that he will be attacked again so soon! Leo¡¯s left hand has been stabbed in a few pieces of ss and is bleeding at the moment. He shakes his hands and stares at the assassin who rushes at him. When the killer is about to rush in front of Leo, he suddenly squats down and extends his hands to the killer¡¯s waist. Then he quickly moves up and controls the killer¡¯s arms. With a little effort, the baseball bat in the killer¡¯s hand falls to the ground. Leo grabs his arms and bends him. He raises his feet and kicks the killer in the head with his knees. After a while, the killer is defeated by Leo. ¡°Tell me who sent you!¡± Leo pushes the killer to the ground and shouts at him. ¡°No! Leo, you scum! I¡¯ll kill you!¡± The killer vomits blood but he doesn¡¯t want to answer. ¡°Really?¡± Leo steps on the crotch of the killer and listens to the killer¡¯s scream with satisfaction. He stoops and says viciously, ¡°don¡¯t you want to say it?¡± ¡°Ah!¡± The killer screams. The assassin suffers a great deal of pain and says vaguely, ¡°I say! It¡¯s Bryce!¡± ¡°Who? Bryce?¡± Leo raises his voice to confirm. ¡°Yes! It¡¯s him!¡± In the hospital, Luke is talking to ire, but the door is suddenly kicked open, and Leo rushes in with a gloomy face. The suit with dirt and his bleeding left hand scare the two of them. ¡°Leo, why are you like this? What happened?¡± Luke hurries up to check on Leo¡¯s injury. Luke thinks Leo is scary. Leo pushes Luke away and says coldly, ¡°Luke, you go out. I have something to say to this slut.¡± Seeing Leo like this, Luke can¡¯t leave. If he leaves, ire will suffer. ¡°Calm down first. We can communicate. You don¡¯t have to be so angry.¡± Leo nces at him coldly and sneers at him expressionless, ¡°you are seduced by this slut only after one night with her. You¡¯re defending her.¡± ¡°Leo, it¡¯s not what you think. Calm down.¡± Luke is calm, though he¡¯s guilty. He never loves ire. He just thinks she is pitiful and he admires her stubbornness. Leo sneers. He points to ire in bed and looks at his friend and yells, ¡°calm down? I can¡¯t calm down! She let her adulterer kill me! Shall I wait for her adulterer to kill me before I react?¡± Chapter 101 Finding out something wrong with her Chapter 101 Finding out something wrong with her Luke is stunned. He looks at the angry Leo and asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± ire is weak and hard to talk, but she res at Leo angrily and shouts, ¡°Leo, what do you mean? You¡¯d better exin it clearly!¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°I don¡¯t need to exin! My injury is the best evidence!¡± Leo walks up to ire with his left hand up and forces her to see clearly, ¡°look, this is the evidence that your adulterer murdered me! Slut! You are eager to be with your lover soon after you married me. You are eager for your adulterer to kill me.¡± ¡°ire, I don¡¯t know you are so vicious! You want to kill your husband!¡± The blood on Leo¡¯s left hand has coagted. His bloodstains and wounds are terrible. ire pushes his hand away and roars, ¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about! I didn¡¯t do that! Leo, you¡¯re crazy.¡± But ire¡¯s temples keep jumping. Intuition tells her that something must have happened; otherwise Leo won¡¯t be so angry. But she didn¡¯t do what Leo said! ¡°Ha ha...¡± Hearing this, Leoughs. Heughs madly, horribly and tremblingly. He ps ire with his bloody left hand and sneers, ¡°ire, you don¡¯t have to pretend anymore. Every time I see you pretending to look like that, I feel sick!¡± With that, he doesn¡¯t listen to ire¡¯s exnation and says to Luke standing at the door, ¡°find Bryce! How dare he find someone to kill me? I¡¯ll let him know today that I¡¯m not easy to mess with!¡± Hearing this, Luke understands that the killerst night was sent by Bryce. And he sent a killer to kill Leo today. It seems that this is possible. Bryce ispeting with Leo for ire, so he may threaten Leo like this. Thinking about it, Luke shakes his head. He hopes it isn¡¯t what he thinks, and if it is, Bryce pisses Leo off. Leo will punish him severely. Luke can only pray for Bryce in his heart. Leo is the father of the underworld. He quickly finds Bryce through his underworld rtionships and catches him. At the same time, ire, who is unable to leave the hospital, is arrested by Leo and ced under house arrest at home. He is afraid that she will secretly meet Bryce when he doesn¡¯t notice. ¡°Leo, you¡¯re crazy! I am a person! I¡¯m your wife! Leo, why do you lock me up!¡± ire is locked in the glove room and keeps pping the door and yelling at the door. Leo sneers and says cruelly, ¡°if I don¡¯t lock you up, should I wait for you to let your adulterer kill me? Ha ha, you can stay here. I will bring Bryce¡¯s body back to you!¡± ire knows Leo has power and he belongs to the underworld. She cries out, ¡°I haven¡¯t done what you said! Bryce is not like that! He is innocent! Don¡¯t trouble him!¡± ¡°Are you defending your adulterer? Do you care for him?¡± Leo gets even angrier when he hears that she is defending Bryce. He doesn¡¯t know why he is so angry. Every time ire mentions the names of other men, he is extremely upset. ire knows her exnation doesn¡¯t work. Leo says she is a slut and doesn¡¯t believe her. She can only bite her teeth and say, ¡°believe it or not, I really didn¡¯t let Bryce murder you. That killer wanted to kill me that night! If I have an affair with Bryce, the killer wouldn¡¯t hurt me! Someone must have framed me and Bryce! If you don¡¯t believe it, you can ask Luke...¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo kicks the door angrily, ¡°you keep mentioning Bryce! You slut! How dare you say you don¡¯t have an affair? How dare you say you didn¡¯t do it this time? ire, do you think I¡¯m a fool?¡± Leo is angrier. He would like to open the door to kill ire¡¯s baby, but at the thought of her pale and haggard face before leaving hospital today, if she miscarries, she will die. Thinking of this, Leo is even more upset. Can¡¯t this slut not mention other men? Can¡¯t sheply? Anger takes over his sanity, and Leo opens the door and blocks ire¡¯s mouth in spite of her resistance. He humiliates her in the glove room. Emma waits a long time. She wants to see Leo, but Luke stops her from going in. ¡°Luke, let me in and have a look. Leo won¡¯t me you. It doesn¡¯t matter.¡± Emma pleads with Luke. Luke ignores her at all. He doesn¡¯t like Emma since he found out that she is abnormalst time. Emma speaks for a while. Luke doesn¡¯t make way so she leaves unhappily. After Emma leaves, Luke suddenly remembers something. He¡¯s been looking down at Emma on the second floor. He finds a very strange thing! Emma¡¯s back is not the same as the back in the photo! Emma is not normal. ¡°What are you looking at?¡± Leoes to Luke and whispers. Luke looks at Leo¡¯s direction and hides his concerns. Luke tells Leo what he just found. ¡°Leo, Emma is not normal!¡± But Leo says scornfully, ¡°you haven¡¯t had a good rest these days. You think too much.¡± ¡°It¡¯s true. I have confidence in my eyesight, and I will never mistake it!¡± Luke says it seriously. However, Leo waves and doesn¡¯t speak. Chapter 102 Is the little wild cat a fake? Chapter 102 Is the little wild cat a fake? In the evening, Lukees to the ce where Bryce is being held. He is shut up in a cold, damp house. Luke frowns as he walks in and sees Bryce covered in wounds. It seems that he has been taken good care of. Bryce feels someonee in and look up. He has an embarrassed smile when he sees Luke. He used to be gentle but now he¡¯s in a mess. Luke admires Bryce. He sighs in his heart, but he jokes, ¡°man, you¡¯re bold. You dare to find someone to kill Leo.¡± Bryce looks up. Although he looks embarrassed at the moment, he has dignity. He sneers and says sarcastically, ¡°unfortunately, if I want to kill him, he must be dead now.¡± ¡°You mean that you didn¡¯t do it?¡± Luke raises his eyebrows, but he doesn¡¯t believe it. Bryce snorts and says, ¡°what kind of person do you think I am when I¡¯m angry?¡± Hearing this, Luke lowers his head thoughtfully and says slowly, ¡°you will seed once. You will not fail twice.¡± ¡°Ha ha, you are right.¡± At this time, Bryce can stillugh. Luke looks at him and shakes his head helplessly. He doesn¡¯t know whether to say that he is optimistic or that he has a n in mind. In fact, he can make friends with Bryce. It¡¯s a pity that their positions are different, which makes Luke unable to have a frank and pleasant conversation with him. After a long chat, Luke says to Bryce, ¡°if I let you go, how can you repay me?¡± Bryce is happy to hear that. There is a mysterious smile on the corner of his mouth. He stares at Luke quietly and says, ¡°as long as you want, as long as I have.¡± Suddenly, they look at each other and smile. Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. The next day- It is stuffy and smelly in the glove room, which makes ire, who is not in good health, even weaker. ire thanks Luke gratefully for the breakfast sent by him. ¡°You don¡¯t have to thank me. This may be a misunderstanding. I¡¯ll help you find out as soon as possible and let you leave the glove room.¡± Luke stands at the door, suppressing the urge to pull ire out of the dark glove room. But he can¡¯t be in a hurry. If Leo gets angry again, ire will suffer. ire¡¯s face is cold. She shakes her head and says weakly, ¡°don¡¯t help me anymore. Leo will me you. Don¡¯t worry about me. I¡¯m fine here.¡± She says she is fine? No matter who hears such a voice, they can¡¯t ignore it. What¡¯s more, Luke has always been very polite, ¡°don¡¯t worry, I do what I say.¡± Suddenly there is a rhythmic p behind Luke, ¡°your feelings move me. ire, I didn¡¯t expect you to have the ability to seduce all the men you see. Who else are you not seducing?¡± Luke looks back and sees Leoughing eerily. He is afraid that he might misunderstand him, so he quickly exins, ¡°Leo, don¡¯t misunderstand me, I just came to bring her breakfast.¡± ¡°Enough! Luke, as I said, I don¡¯t need you to meddle or pretend to be kind. I haven¡¯t discussed with you what happenedst night!¡± Leo is terrible. It seems that if someone speaks, Leo won¡¯t let him go. Luke sees that Leo is serious and he is silent. ¡°Wait for me in my study. I¡¯ll see youter. ¡° Leo stares at ire coldly. His eyes seem to be trying to cut ire alive. ¡°It seems that I¡¯m so kind to you. Even if you¡¯re locked up at home, you have the ability to seduce men. Slut, Bryce can¡¯t satisfy you. You even seduce my friend.¡± ire¡¯s body and mind are haggard. At the moment, she has no more strength to confront Leo. Even so, she still exerts all her strength to say to Leo, ¡°get out!¡± She¡¯s fed up with Leo¡¯s nervousness. Every time he sees her with another man, he misunderstands. She is very weak now. She is afraid that her baby will die identally. He still doubts him. ire suddenly feels so tired that she doesn¡¯t even bother to argue and exin to him now. ire leans weakly against the wall. She hasn¡¯t look at him since he came. She is weak and loses all her stubbornness. Leo can¡¯t help but feel a flutter in her heart. Is this woman really angry with him? Thinking of this, Leo thinks it is too easy to be cheated by this woman. Now all the evidence is rted to her. Every time, she is caught by him on the spot. It¡¯s normal for her to keep silent. What can she say? Such slut should be locked in such a room and tortured. She deserves it! Back in the study, Leo nces coldly at Luke standing by. He hits Luke straight. Luke doesn¡¯t hide. He deserves it. After Leo punches him, he kicks the sofa next to him angrily and says to Luke with a fierce face, ¡°you¡¯d better exin to me why you let Bryce go.¡± Luke¡¯s mouth is bleeding, but he calmly walks up to Leo and says seriously, ¡°Leo, I found a very important fact.¡± Leo says coldly, ¡°say it.¡± Luke is Leo¡¯s most trusted person. Otherwise, he won¡¯t listen to his exnation here after knowing that he let Bryce go. ¡°Everyone knew then that we were looking for the little wild cat.¡± Seeing Leo sitting on the sofa, Luke sits down opposite him. ¡°What does it have to do with letting Bryce go?¡± Leo¡¯s mood is still unstable. He res at Luke angrily and threatens, ¡°you¡¯d better make it clear to me.¡± Luke ignores Leo¡¯s anger and says what he thinks, ¡°I suspect someone has leaked the news and told it to your enemy. He made someone pretend to be the little wild cat, and then this series of assassinations happened.¡± Chapter 103 Are you hiding something from me Chapter 103 Are you hiding something from me ¡°It¡¯s impossible.¡± Leo vetoes directly, ¡°if that¡¯s the case, how could Emma know about the jade pendant, and how could the killer say that he was sent by Bryce?¡± ¡°If it¡¯s true, Emma was sent by Bryce. But it doesn¡¯t make sense at all. Why is she so bad for ire?¡± ¡°I...¡± Luke is silent. Leo doesn¡¯t realize what he said just now shows that he knows Emma has been bullying ire. It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t find out. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Luke is meditating and doesn¡¯t find the meaning in Leo¡¯s words. ¡°Anyway, you let him go. Luke, even if we¡¯ve been friends for more than ten years, you have to give me an ount.¡± Leo looks at Luke in a domineering position with deep eyes. After a long silence, Luke looks up at Leo and says confidently, ¡°Leo, don¡¯t worry, I will find the evidence for you.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll wait for your good news. Otherwise...¡± Leo gives Luke a meaningful look. Next second, he seems to think of something important. He says with a cold face, ¡°I hope you can stay away from that slut in the future. She is not a good woman and is not worth your approach.¡± Luke is silent. ... With Juan¡¯s help, Leo believes that Bryce is behind the killer. Emma is in a good mood because Leo has starts to love her again. One day, Emma is cutting fruit for Leo. Her cell phone suddenly rings. Emma inadvertently nces at the screen. When she sees the name, she suddenly bes nervous. She picks up her cell phone and hurries to the garden. ¡°Juan, why are you calling me?¡± Emma looks around the garden for fear of being found. Juan¡¯s voice is low and maic. He immediately says, ¡°Luke now suspects you and investigates you. Be careful, and let¡¯s not get in touch for the time being.¡± He hangs up before Emma responds. Emma is terrified. She wants to keep talking to him, but she can only hear busy tone. Emma stands with her cell phone. She is at a loss. Does Luke doubt her? Why? They¡¯ve found Bryce. Why does he doubt her? Does that mean Leo knows too! ¡°Emma, who are you calling?¡± A lowughes from behind. Emma is so scared that her cell phone falls to the ground. Luke looks at the cell phone on the ground. He smiles mysteriously. ¡°What are you afraid of? As long as you don¡¯t do anything bad, you are not afraid of ghosts knocking at the door in the middle of the night.¡± ¡°You...¡± Emma is calm. She must not expose herself. The next second she smiles innocently and slowly picks up her cell phone from the ground. ¡°Luke, what are you talking about? I don¡¯t understand. I juste out for a walk and meet you.¡± Luke ignores her at all. He says directly. ¡°Don¡¯t pretend. You¡¯re not the little wild cat Leo is looking for. Who are you? Is the person who just called you the one who sent you close to Leo?¡± Sure enough, he doubts her! Emma is shocked, but she seems calm. She pretends to be innocent, ¡°Luke, are you ok? Don¡¯t talk nonsense. I¡¯m the little will cat Leo¡¯s looking for. What¡¯s more, it was Leo who spent the night with me in the hotel that day. Even if I¡¯m suspected, it should be Leo who doubts me. Luke, it¡¯s not good that you don¡¯t trust Leo.¡± Although Emma is smiling, her hands on her back are shaking a little. ¡°Really?¡± Luke doesn¡¯t believe Emma at all. Instead, he confirms his inner thoughts, ¡°but the evidence I see is not like this. It...¡± ¡°Evidence? What evidence?¡± Emma is scared but she can¡¯t show it. She can only pretend to say, ¡°Luke, what evidence do you have that I¡¯m not the little wild cat? Don¡¯t insult me!¡± Luke sneers when he sees Emma¡¯s calmness. I¡¯ll see how you pretend. Luke takes a picture out of his arms. He shakes it at Emma and smiles mysteriously, ¡°here¡¯s the evidence.¡± Seeing the picture, Emma turns pale with fear. Shees closer and finds it is just a back image. She immediately relieves, ¡°what? It¡¯s just a back image.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not just a back image for me.¡± Luke smiles confidently. ¡°It doesn¡¯t prove anything, but one day I¡¯ll expose you.¡± Emma chuckles, pretending that she don¡¯t understand. ¡°It¡¯s better to be careful when you talk. Don¡¯t nder people. That¡¯s not good for you.¡± Leo stands upstairs and listens to their conversation. This afternoon is so quiet that he can hear the conversation. Leo¡¯s white, powerful fingers beat rhythmically on the edge of the handrail. He looks at them and loses himself in thought. Emma manages to get rid of Luke. The maid tells her that Leo tells her to go to his room. Normally, Emma will be overjoyed to hear it. But now Emma is panicking. Is Leo doubting her? Emmaes uneasily to Leo¡¯s room door. She taps on the door and hears, e in.¡± Emma opens the door and finds the room extremely dark. It turns out that Leo draws the curtains of the room and doesn¡¯t turn on the light. The dim light only allows Emma to see Leo standing in front of the curtain. ¡°Leo, why don¡¯t you turn on the light? It¡¯s so dark.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t stop her. When the room lights up, Leo turns and stares at Emma. His words make Emma shiver. ¡°Emma, are you hiding something from me?¡± Chapter 104 I must find out Chapter 104 I must find out ¡°No...¡± Emma is horrified. Leo stands there motionless like a God. Leo doesn¡¯t speak and looks at her coldly. Emma swallows her saliva and walks slowly to him. She puts her soft arms around his neck and says, ¡°I have nothing to hide from you. I told you everything about myself. I didn¡¯t cheat...¡± Leo pulls Emma down expressionless. He looks directly into Emma¡¯s eyes and questions her, ¡°you¡¯d better not cheat me. If I find out...¡± Emma is really scared this time. She throws herself back into Leo¡¯s arms and sobs, ¡°Emma didn¡¯t cheat Leo. Luke doesn¡¯t believe me. Why don¡¯t you believe me? I didn¡¯t really...¡± Hearing Emma¡¯s cry, Leo is upset. Although the slut is bullied and humiliated by him every time, she never cries in front of him. Wait, why does he think of the slut again? Leo pushes Emma away and impatiently says, ¡°that¡¯s enough. Don¡¯t cry every time.¡± Emma is embarrassed when Leo pushes her away. She freezes. She cries more bitterly. There¡¯s a bit of cunning in her eyes, ¡°Leo, do you forget that day in the hotel, you went to my room by mistake and forced me to have sex with you. You took away my virginity. You were rude...¡± ¡°Then I jumped out of the window and escaped. I wanted to forget, but then I found you. I gave myself to you. I didn¡¯t expect you to doubt me now!¡± Emma says, ¡°I¡¯m not your wife now, but I¡¯m with you! What else do you want me to do?¡± Hearing this, Leo¡¯s face softens. He pats Emma on the back and says softly, ¡°OK, don¡¯t cry. I know you dare not lie to me.¡± However, Emma is not satisfied. Although she stops crying, her voice is still very aggrieved. ¡°Leo, you still don¡¯t believe me.¡± ¡°I believe you.¡± Leo says patiently, but he is a little dissatisfied with Luke. Emma knows the details of that day. How could she not be the little wild cat? He wants to see what evidence Luke can show him. Emma smiles at Leo¡¯s affirmation. She puts her arms around Leo¡¯s neck and kisses him. Suddenly something emerald falls off her. Emma is kissing Leo, but Leo sees the familiar object and stops. Emma is upset when Leo stops. She asks Leo in disbelief, ¡°Leo, what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Leo stares at the jade pendant on the ground. Suddenly, somethinges up in his mind. He calmly says to Emma, ¡°your jade pendant has fallen.¡± Emma looks down and sees the jade pendant. She is very disdainful but pretends to be surprised and says, ¡°God, it fell to the ground!¡± With that, she stoops to pick it up and pretends to take it back carefully. ¡°Don¡¯t you see if it¡¯s broken? Is it not important to you at all?¡± Leo¡¯s face isplicated. Emma can¡¯t see what he thinks at the moment. He looks mysterious. Emma is nervous. She¡¯s not sure if Leo is questioning her. She says easily, ¡°I saw it when I picked it up just now. It¡¯s OK.¡± ¡°The jade pendant is really important to me. It¡¯s the only thing my mother left me. If you had not found it in the hotel that day, I would never have seen it again. Leo, you are so kind to me. I love you so much!¡± Emma jumps into Leo¡¯s arms with a happy face. Leo stares at Emma for a moment and then stops guessing. It seems that he is too sensitive and suspicious. Emma is the little wild cat. The little wild cat is her. He shouldn¡¯t have doubted her. Emma doesn¡¯t know Leo¡¯s psychological activities at all. She just feels that she has escaped a disaster. Fortunately, she is smart, or she will be exposed. ... This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire happens to pass by the door. She stops and listens to Emma and Leo. She is lost in thought. Because Luke promises Leo that he will prove that Bryce is innocent and that he will contact her as little as possible in the future, ire is taken out of the glove room by Leo and lives in her room. She didn¡¯t expect to hear that when she passes Leo¡¯s room today! What Emma said is very simr to her meeting with the stranger in the hotel. And Emma¡¯s jade pendant was also lost in that hotel! What does this mean? Is there such a simr story in the world? How could it be? ire remembers recent events. Last time Luke told her about it at the hospital, she was worried about the baby and she was weak, so she didn¡¯t think too much. Now she hears what Emma said, so she thinks there are too many doubts! These two things are too simr. And... First, why does Emma change her attitude so much? She even hates herter. Emma must have a secret and she¡¯s deliberately close to her! Second, why did Emma and she both lose their virginity in the hotel? The jade pendant was also lost that day. When she questioned Emma, she said she had worn the jade pendant for several years. Third, Leo said just now don¡¯t hide something from him. Does Emma have a secret? There must be something wrong. ire thinks that there is a secret to be discovered by her. She decides to find the person who knows the most about it - Luke! She has to find him and ask about it! Chapter 105 She is the little wild cat Chapter 105 She is the little wild cat ¡°Why do youe to me? It¡¯s not good to be known by Leo.¡± When ire finds Luke, he chuckles and asks. ire says, ¡°Luke, I want to ask you about thest time you told me in the hospital that Leo and Emma met in a hotel.¡± Why does ire suddenly ask about it? Luke is investigating Emma recently and finds more and more doubts. ire suddenly asks about it. He has a bad premonition. Luke puts down his coffee seriously and puts his fingers together. He looks at ire and says, ¡°to be honest, I¡¯ve told you everything in the hospital. Leo really cares about that little wild cat, but I think...¡± ire is nervous. She looks at Luke calmly and asks, ¡°but what?¡± Luke doesn¡¯t answer. He looks ire in the eye and asks unconsciously, ¡°but why do you ask about it?¡± ¡°Because I think Emma is very strange today, and Leo¡¯s attitude towards her is not very good. I think they quarreled. Last time you said Leo cared about Emma. If so, why does he treat Emma like this today?¡± ire makes a random excuse and wants to ask Luke the truth. Sure enough, Luke thinks for a while and decides to tell ire about the investigation of Emma. ¡°I doubt that Emma is not the little wild cat Leo is looking for.¡± Hearing this, ire¡¯s face changes, and her premonition bes stronger and stronger. She stares at Luke and asks, ¡°you say Emma is not the little wild cat that Leo is looking for? Why do you say that?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t prove that Emma is not the person Leo is looking for, but I will find out her real identity, and...¡± Luke suddenly realizes that he has said too much. He shouldn¡¯t have let ire know too much. But ire is thinking. She hears only half and doesn¡¯t know what Luke is talking about. She is thinking that Emma is not the little wild cat Leo is looking for. If Emma is really not the person Leo is looking for, it must be someone else. She was robbed of her virginity by a stranger in the hotel that day. She lost the important jade pendant and it was picked up by Leo. The only one who¡¯s had this experience is ire herself! This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Otherwise, why are the two things so simr? Why does she have the same jade pendant? ¡°Luke, is that the Taiping hotel? Is the ce she said East Lake?¡± ire asks, suppressing her shock. Luke freezes and stares, ¡°how do you know? Leo and the little wild cat did meet at Taiping hotel in East Lake!¡± ¡°It¡¯s July 8th, isn¡¯t it?¡± ire bites her lip and continues. She sits up straight and doesn¡¯t let herself shiver. Luke is surprised that ire knows about it. But he nods, ¡°it¡¯s July 8th!¡± ire feels her head is about to explode. She is shocked. It was Leo who took her virginity! However, she married Leo wrongly and is humiliated and embarrassed because she is not a virgin. ire feels like she¡¯s been hit by lightning. So her baby must be Leo¡¯s! ire is stunned and at a loss. Her face is a little white and she doesn¡¯t speak. ire doesn¡¯t respond, so Luke looks at ire in disbelief. She looks like she¡¯s been hit hard. ¡°What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Luke sees her abnormality and asks. ¡°It suddenly urrs to me that I has something important to do. I¡¯ll go first.¡± She says after regaining her mind. ire is in aplicated mood. Her mind is in a mess. She goes home before Luke keeps her. But ire didn¡¯t expect to see Leo and Emma in the hall as soon as she gets home. ire is cold. She didn¡¯t want to admit that the brutish man was the stranger who had sex with her that night. Emma lies on Leo, and Leo enjoys Emma spilling her soft hair on his chest. They seem to love each other very much. They look at the door when they hear the noise. When Leo sees it is her, he doesn¡¯t hesitate to look back. But Emma looks at ire with a smile in her eyes. Her eyes are full of ostentation. ¡°You are really abnormal. You can have sex all over the ce.¡± ire looks at the scene and can¡¯t help sneering. ¡°Slut, you¡¯re back from hooking up with men?¡± When ire finishes, Leo pushes Emma away. He looks at ire coldly. ¡°Get out of here before I get angry!¡± Looking at Leo¡¯s handsome face, ire thinks of the night in the hotel. Her heart seems to be crushed by a big stone and she can¡¯t breathe. She looks at Leo as if she is looking at a ghost. Leo also notices her abnormality and frowns, ¡°don¡¯t you get out of here? Do you want to be humiliated by me here once?¡± ire seems stimted and begins tough, ¡°why am I leaving here? The woman next to you should get out of here. I¡¯m your wife! I am the real hostess in this house!¡± ¡°Slut, you don¡¯t deserve topete with her! You seduce men everywhere. You don¡¯t deserve to be compared to Emma who gave me her virginity.¡± ¡°Virginity, haha. It¡¯s ridiculous!¡± ire can¡¯t helpughing. How sad it is! Leo¡¯s eyes be cold. ire¡¯sughter challenges his bottom line. Leo looks at ire coldly and orders, ¡°since you don¡¯t leave,e and serve me well. I only say it once, otherwise...¡± Leo¡¯s breath is dangerous and irresistible. ire must have been shaking with fear before. But she doesn¡¯t today. ire has only slept with Leo. The baby in her belly is also his! ire stares at Leo and roars angrily, ¡°do you care about her so much because of what happened in the hotel?¡± Chapter 106 What is your purpose? Chapter 106 What is your purpose? ¡°Son of a bitch, tell me, do you care so much about her because of the night in the hotel?¡± ire roars. Hearing this, Emma¡¯s heart pounds. ire mentions it all of a sudden. Does she know about it? ¡°What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Leo is furious at the moment. The woman not only ignores his orders, but also abuses him. Yeah, that¡¯s great! He doesn¡¯t care about her these days. This woman is so bold. Leo raises his hand and ps. Next second, two strong bodyguardse in. Leo orders with a cold face, ¡°drag this woman to my room!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± The two men answer loudly. ire sneers and looks at Leo. ¡°Leo, you¡¯re a bastard. You¡¯re a fool. You¡¯re smart but you don¡¯t know anything. Ha ha...¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°You¡¯re a crazy woman!¡± Leo is angry and asks the two bodyguards to take her into the room. When ire is taken to the room, the two bodyguards close the door and leave. ire can¡¯t help crying in bed. She touches the baby in her stomach with her right hand. She says sadly in her heart, ¡°my baby...¡± Fate loves to y tricks on her. It¡¯s ridiculous. It turns out that Leo is the only one from the beginning to the end! It¡¯s so sad! ire is crying when she hears a knock on the door. She sits up and wipes her tears. She calms down and opens the door. ¡°Why are you here?¡± ire wants to close the door as soon as she sees the woman outside. ¡°Wait!¡± Emma stops ire from closing the door. She stares at ire and seriously says, ¡°I have something to tell you.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to talk to you. I think you will hurt me.¡± ire leans against the door. She doesn¡¯t want Emma in. When ire refuses to let her in, Emma gives up the idea. She doesn¡¯t want to go in anyway. She raises her chin and says proudly, ¡°I just want to ask you a question. What do you mean by what you just said to Leo on the first floor? Do you know anything?¡± ¡°What?¡± ire blinks. ¡°You mean I scold you?¡± ¡°ire, you!¡± Emma points to ire. But she thinks she is in the hallway, so she puts her hand down. She res at ire and says, ¡°you know what you said!¡± ire sees Emma so angry for the first time. She should have enjoyed it, but she really has no interest today. ire says directly to Emma, ¡°you came to Leo in the guise of me. What is your purpose?¡± Sure enough! She knows everything! Emma is desperate. Her n is about to fail! ¡°Emma, just say it. What is your purpose of approaching Leo?¡± ire leans against the door and says with a sneer. Emma is stunned, and her face bes worse. She pretends that she can¡¯t understand. ¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about. I¡¯m going back to my room.¡± With that, she leaves quickly. She flees back to her room. As soon as she closes the door, she sits on the ground shivering. ire finally knows about it. ¡°What should I do?¡± ire will tell Leo the truth. Even if Leo doesn¡¯t believe it for a while, he will be suspicious of her. He didn¡¯t trust her before. Emma doesn¡¯t have much confidence to dispel Leo¡¯s suspicion again. He is a terrible man. If such a terrible man finds out that she is close to him for another purpose, Leo will never let her go! Emma can¡¯t imagine the consequences. Why not kill her? ¡°No...¡± Emma chokes. ¡°I can¡¯t do that.¡± Juan doesn¡¯t let her hurt ire at all. Last time she was insulted by Juan. If she hurts ire again, Emma believes Juan will kill her. What should she do! Emma is so anxious that she keeps pacing back and forth in the room. Suddenly she stops. There is something sinister in her eyes. She makes a cruel decision. When Leo finds out the truth, she will die. When Juan finds out that she hurt ire, she will die. She¡¯s going to die anyway. Emma decides to kill ire before everyone finds out! Then the truth will be buried forever. When ire dies, Leo will marry her. When she bes Mrs. Howard and Leo protects her, she doesn¡¯t have to be afraid Juan will kill her. Yes! That¡¯s what she should do! This time, she can only seed but not fail! Thinking about it, Emma calls her ex boyfriend. He is a hoodlum leader. She can¡¯t get Juan to help her, so she has to find her own connections. To be on the safe side, Emma goes to her ex boyfriend that night. When Emma shows up in a famous car and dressed in fashion, the little hooligans around are in heckling. ¡°Be quiet! Call her sister-inw!¡± Although the hoodlum leader is very fierce, he is very happy. This woman is very beautiful so he is very proud. ¡°Sister-inw!¡± They are cheering. Some hoodlums also celebrate by shaking the beer hard and opening it. Emma puts her hand over her face. She is disgusted. Who is your sister-inw? If I has nothing to ask of you, I will not havee to such a ce. ¡°Ha ha, Emma. It¡¯s too noisy here. Let¡¯s go inside.¡± The hoodlum leader nods happily in front of Emma and reaches out to guide her. Emma lowers her head and doesn¡¯t want too many people to recognize her. She quickly follows the hoodlum leader and goes in. As soon as they enter the room, the hoodlum leader closes the door. He ms Emma on the wall and lowers his head to kiss her. Emma covers his sausage mouth with one hand. She resists the nausea and smiles and says, ¡°I just came in. Can¡¯t wait?¡± Chapter 107 Emma starts her plan Chapter 107 Emma starts her n The hoodlum leader is not unhappy after being pushed away by Emma. He says with a smile, ¡°we haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time. Youe to me this time. We need to remember how we felt when we were in love.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll satisfy youter.¡± Emma walks slowly to the bedside. She touches the quilt and says with disgust, ¡°you¡¯ve lived in this house for too long. The quilt is still the quilt of that year. Have you never made a girlfriend in all these years?¡± The hoodlum leader is not like other hoodlums. On the contrary, his hair is still natural ck. He has good features. He is not handsome but not ugly. He¡¯s a bit dirty. Emma was willing to be with him. Apart from this characteristic, he was very good to Emma. He did everything for her. Later Emma didn¡¯t want to be poor, so she broke up with him. Today, when Emma called him, the hoodlum leader immediately agreed to Emma¡¯s terms. ¡°Because I¡¯ve been waiting for you toe back. Emma, you don¡¯t know how much I miss you.¡± He says, putting his hands on Emma. Emma doesn¡¯t stop him. Seeing that Emma is irresistible this time, the hoodlum leader continues to touch her. With Emma¡¯s gasp, the hoodlum leader presses her under him at the same time. After they have sex, Emma leans against the head of the bed. She asks deadpan, ¡°do you have any cigarettes?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The hoodlum leader offers her cigarettes. Emma smokes and just says, ¡°you help me kill a woman. When it¡¯s done, I¡¯ll give you a lot of money.¡± ¡°Which woman upset Emma? Tell me. When I kill her, I will make her die miserably.¡± The hoodlum leader is very fierce. At the moment, his fierce breath makes him like a real hoodlum leader. ¡°A woman who always bothers me.¡± Emma takes a smoke. Smokees in from her mouth and out of her nose. He can see through the smoke the cruelty and hatred in her eyes. ¡°Ha ha, OK! I will do it. Emma, wait for my good news.¡± The hoodlum leaderughs. He kisses Emma excitedly and wants to have sex again. Emma stops him. ¡°Stop. I¡¯ll go backter.¡± If she goes back toote, Leo will doubt her. She doesn¡¯t want to do that. ¡°OK. Emma, you¡¯re living a good life now. Are you with a rich man?¡± The hoodlum leader looks at Emma carefully. He wants to see something in her eyes. Hearing this, Emma¡¯s eyes flicker. She doesn¡¯t know how to answer. The hoodlum leader says to himself, ¡°I know it¡¯s normal that you will marry the rich in the future. I¡¯m a hoodlum leader. I can¡¯t protect myself, let alone give you happiness and the future.¡± Atst, the hoodlum leader looks at Emma affectionately, and his eyes seem to drip. ¡°Enough! Don¡¯t pretend. I have goose bumps!¡± Emma picks up the ashtray and tries to smash it on the hoodlum leader. The hoodlum leader is faster than her. He grabs the ashtray before she smashes it. He grins indecently. ¡°I¡¯m just kidding. Don¡¯t take it seriously.¡± In this way, the two work together. ... One day, ire receives a call. Bryce has an ident and is in the hospital. ¡°What!¡± ire jumps out of bed. She immediately asks the address and puts on her clothes and rushes out. Emmaes out of a corner. The light shines on her cheek. She picks up her mobile phone and dials a number. She smiles and says to the other end of the phone, ¡°she has gone out. Get ready!¡± Then she hangs up. She follows ire out the door. The smile on her face makes her look ferocious. ire has just run out of the house when a taxi passes by. ire runs to the middle of the road and stops it. ire gets on the taxi and urges the driver to drive quickly. ¡°Sunshine Hospital, hurry up!¡± The driver starts the car in silence. The car suddenly stops on the way. A manes out of the copilot. ire finds out there is another guest on the copilot. She doesn¡¯t think too much and just urges the driver, ¡°hurry up! I¡¯m in a hurry.¡± Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. However, no matter what ire says, the driver is as unmoved as if he were deaf. ire is very worried. Her voice is also a little excited, ¡°Hey, why...¡± Before she has finished, the door next to her is suddenly opened. Before ire reacts, a man covers her mouth with a cloth. When ire faints, the man kicks her into the car. Then he gets in the car and sits in the copilot. The car goes on. When ire wakes up, she finds herself in an old house. There is nothing around her. ire sits there for a while, then a shrillugh echoes in the empty house. ¡°Ha ha, ire, you deserve it!¡± Emmaughs and ps, and the hoodlum leader follows her. Emma did it! ire looks up at Emma with disdain. She is at a disadvantage but still scolds her, ¡°Emma, your makeup is ugly. It¡¯s disgusting.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Emma takes the mirror out of her bag. She looks in the mirror smugly and says happily, ¡°I¡¯m happy today. I made up for myself. After all, today is a good day.¡± Emma has more than a little make-up. It¡¯s just a heavily made up face. Her ugly makeup and ferocious smile make ire feel like she sees a ghost. ire can¡¯t help spitting. A crisp p echoes in the empty house. ire can feel the blood in her throat. ire turns around and res at the hoodlum leader who hits her. However, when the hoodlum leader sees ire dares to stare at him, he ps her in the face. ire¡¯s face is red and swollen on both sides! Chapter 108 Juan saves her Chapter 108 Juan saves her The hoodlum leader retreats with satisfaction. He says viciously, ¡°little bitch, stop swearing.¡± ¡°You have a good make-up.¡± Emma approaches ire with a sad face. She touches ire¡¯s swollen cheek with her hand. She says in a sympathetic tone, ¡°you were right just now. You will die today. It¡¯s up to you to be disgusted and die or to be killed.¡± She raises her hand to give ire a p. If she ps ire, ire¡¯s cheeks will bleed. ire closes her eyes but Emma doesn¡¯t p her. She raises her hand and rubs her hair. She smiles at ire with that disgusting face. ¡°It¡¯s OK. I will not you. I will hurt.¡± ¡°Hit her.¡± ¡°OK.¡± The hoodlum leader whistles, and the next second, several hoodlums rush in from the door. They look at ire lewdly. Their eyes are like those of beasts when they prey. It¡¯s creepy. ire hears the hoodlum leader¡¯s lewd words, ¡°I heard you have a baby in your stomach. My brothers are here to serve you tonight. They will kill your baby first and then you.¡± They are allughing when he finishes. Emma¡¯s treacherousughter is the most harsh. Even a fool knows what¡¯s going to happen! ire can¡¯t help shivering. Is this what human beings should do? How insane Emma is to do such a thing! ire stares at Emma¡¯s face which is distorted by her over excitement. She doesn¡¯t really know Emma until today. She has no humanity! Several hoodlums are approaching, and they are about to put their hands on ire. At the critical moment, ire shouts, ¡°wait!¡± Hearing this, Emma waves her hand. The hoodlums spit and shout, ¡°bitch, hurry up. Don¡¯t let us down.¡± But they don¡¯t dare to disobey Emma¡¯s orders and back away. Emma raises her hand and looks at her fingernails. She doesn¡¯t look at ire and says arrogantly, ¡°what do you want to say to me?¡± At the moment she is very arrogant because she has the final say. ire stares at Emma. She sees through her vanity and disgusting desire. She says, ¡°you want to be Leo¡¯s wife. I¡¯ll give it to you. As long as you let me go, I will divorce Leo immediately.¡± ¡°Let you go? Ha-ha. Did you hear what she said?¡± Emma pretends to be very surprised. She stares andughs, ¡°ire! I don¡¯t just want to be Leo¡¯s wife right now. I want you to die! You can¡¯t live until tomorrow!¡± Her heavily made up face suddenly bes extremely twisted and ferocious. She¡¯s like a grumpy ghost. She stares at ire with a vicious look and orders a couple of hoodlums next to her, ¡°hit her hard. I want to hear her scream. I want her to kneel down and beg me!¡± The hoodlumse up and beat ire up. ire doesn¡¯t understand why Emma is so crazy. When the first punches, ire knows they are serious. No! She has unborn baby in her stomach! ire is kicked to the ground, trying to curl up. She tries not to let those hoodlums hurt her baby in the stomach. Her eyes are full of fear and uneasiness. ire yells at Emma, ¡°Emma! Stop them! As long as you don¡¯t hurt my baby, I promise you anything!¡± Emma doesn¡¯t listen to her. She touches her ears with her hands and blows her nails which she thinks are beautiful. She says casually, ¡°why is it so noisy? Let her shut up!¡± A hoodlum ps ire in the face when he hears the order. He is strong and fierce. ire is beaten for a long time. She has a sharp pain after being pped. She faints before she can scream. A hoodlum asks, ¡°she passed out. What should we do?¡± Emma snorts and shrieks, ¡°pour water on her. When she wakes up, it¡¯s time for you to enjoy her.¡± Emma won¡¯t let ire go easily. Whether she faints or not, she has to wake her up. She wants her to be abused when she¡¯s awake! Emma is going to make her miserable! ¡°Wait.¡± Just as the hoodlum is about to walk out of the room, Emma stops him. She smiles cruelly. It¡¯s creepy. ¡°Bring me spice water.¡± If ire is still awake at the moment, she will be shaking all over. Emma is not a human being. Just as the hoodlum leaves the room, he is kicked back from the outside. He falls to the ground and covers his chest with a constant wail. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± Emma looks at the door in shock. When she sees the man in front of her, her soul is greatly shocked and her body can not help shivering. Emma¡¯s fingers are shaking. She points at the man and says, ¡°Juan!¡± Before she finishes, the group behind Juan rush towards Emma and those hoodlums. After a while they put everyone on the ground. ¡°No! Juan, you can¡¯t do this to me!¡± Emma is pinned to the ground. Her heavily made up face is rubbing on the ground. Emma keeps screaming and struggling. Juan gives Emma a cold kick and looks down at her. His voice is cold. ¡°I told you not to hurt her. You dare to disobey my order again. Do you think I dare not kill you?¡± Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°No! Juan, I have difficulties! Please don¡¯t kill me. If you kill me, there will be no more suitable person to get close to Leo!¡± Emma is put on the ground, trying to negotiate terms with Juan. But Juan turns a deaf ear and doesn¡¯t look at her. He walks straight to ire who is lying on the ground. Chapter 109 Sir, please respect yourself Chapter 109 Sir, please respect yourself Juan gently holds ire. He smiles and says softly, ¡°honey, we finally meet again. Do you know how much I miss you?¡± But when Juan sees ire¡¯s bruises and bruised, bleeding cheeks, his eyes are so cold that ice can fall out. Emma is still howling, ¡°Juan! You can¡¯t do that to me! I¡¯ve done a lot for you! Don¡¯t kill me!¡± Juan is furious. He walks to the door with ire in his arms. His face is cold and bloodthirsty. He says to his men, ¡°kill her.¡± ¡°No, Juan! If you dare to kill me, you will be punished! You will regret it! You will die miserably. Ah!¡± Emma lets out a scream. The whole empty house is quiet. It bes quiet all around. The next morning, when ire wakes up, she finds herself in a strange room. ire¡¯s first reaction is to feel her stomach. She feels her baby alive. She is relieved. ire begins to look around. She recalls what happened before she fainted. Emma was very cruel and wanted to kill her. She hit her. But now she lies here in peace. What happened? Who saved her? Is it Leo? But she never came to this strange room before! ire looks around. She finds the room particrly beautiful. It¡¯s like a greenhouse garden. There are all kinds of rare and strange flowers and nts around her. There is a bed in the middle of the room. The room is surrounded by white walls. What surprises ire most is the transparent ss on the ceiling! When you sleep at night, you can definitely see stars all over the sky. The scene is unbelievably beautiful. ¡°Does it look good?¡± A low, maic voice suddenly sounds. ire is startled. She looks back and sees a handsome, mature man standing at the door. He looks at her with a smile. ire sees such a handsome man for the first time, but she is not tempted. She asks key questions, ¡°who are you? Why am I here?¡± Juan looks at ire who is watching him warily. He chuckles and reminds, ¡°the auction.¡± Auction? ire recalls what happened that night at the auction. She doesn¡¯t know who wore the silver mask that night and spent 30 million to buy her. Shepares the man that night with the handsome man in front of her. They are very simr! ¡°You?¡± ire is not sure. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s me.¡± Juan smiles confidently. He admires ire¡¯s face with satisfaction. It is a very pleasant thing for him. ire doesn¡¯t feel right. Why does the man bring her here? ¡°Did you save me and bring me here?¡± ire stares at Juan, trying to see something in his face. ire is sitting on the bed. Her cheeks are almost recovered, but her slightly bulging face makes her very lovely. And she just wakes up and doesn¡¯t open her eyespletely. Her slightly sleepy look makes him want to tease her. Juan resists the urge to walk over and touch her face. He leans against the door and smiles at her. He says something that almost makes ire spit blood. ¡°Guess?¡± ¡°Please speak seriously!¡± ire is speechless. This man looks mature and sexy on the surface. Why is what he said so childish? Juanughs and doesn¡¯t speak. He goes to the bedside and sits down. ire immediately leans towards the corner of the bed vigntly. However, she forgets that there is no wall on the other side of the bed. She almost falls out of bed because of herrge movements. ¡°Be careful!¡± Juan grabs ire at once. It is an emergency, so he pulls her hard. ire jumps into Juan¡¯s arms. Juan feels ire¡¯s fragrance and her soft body in his arms. He unconsciously puts his hands around her waist to bring her closer to him. Their posture is so ambiguous that ire suddenly pushes Juan away. She says unhappily, ¡°Sir, please respect yourself.¡± Juan is rejected by her, so he is not very happy. He looks at ire and says coldly, ¡°I paid 30 million to buy you, but you escaped. You are the first woman to escape from me!¡± ire feels Juan¡¯s displeasure. She knows she ran awayst time so he lost a lot of money. She¡¯s guilty and speechless. She can only pout and pretend to look casually at the flowers and grass. Juan is very interested in the lovely ire. He immediately says, ¡°ire, I¡¯m interested in you. How about being my woman?¡± ¡°But I¡¯m not interested in you.¡± ire refuses without thinking. Juan pinches ire¡¯s chin and forces her to look at him. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± ire is nervous. She is afraid that the strange man has a strange idea about her. Juan sees ire¡¯s reaction. She is very sensitive. Juan smiles. ¡°You¡¯re a cute kitten. Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll make you like me. No, I¡¯ll make you fall in love with me.¡± This man is not normal. ire is speechless. She just wants to get out of here. ¡°I¡¯m going back. You let me go.¡± Juan stops smiling. He says seriously, ¡°you can¡¯t leave. I¡¯m not going to let you leave me again.¡± ¡°Do you want me under house arrest?¡± ire is angry. Why is this man as crazy as Leo? ire pushes Juan¡¯s hand away and says angrily, ¡°I have nothing to do with you. I am free. You have no right to house arrest me and limit my freedom.¡± ¡°No.¡± Juan holds ire down. He exins patiently, ¡°I¡¯m not limiting your freedom. You just can¡¯t leave me. You can only stay in my manor. You are not allowed to go anywhere else.¡± What¡¯s the difference between this and house arrest!Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ire mutters to herself. ire knows she can¡¯t fight with him. She doesn¡¯t speak and wanders around the manor. She observes the surroundings carefully. There is only one gate here. She doesn¡¯t know whether there is an electronic lock or a fingerprint lock on the door. She needs to watch itter. She can¡¯t be in a hurry. She can only find a chance and slowly find a way to escape! Chapter 110 A handsome man is bathing Chapter 110 A handsome man is bathing In the early hours of the morning, there are only a few lights in Leo¡¯s vi. Leo just gets home from work. Leo thinks ire is quiet these days. He passes ire¡¯s room on the way back to his room. But he finds ire not in the room. ¡°Is this slut outside with other men?¡± Leo is slightly upset. He turns around and finds that Emma¡¯s room is open not far away. Leo approaches and sees that there is no one on the empty bed! Where did they go? Leo immediately calls for the maid. He is angry. He looks at the trembling maid and asks, ¡°where have they gone?¡± The maid is very nervous and doesn¡¯t dare to look at Leo. She shivers and says, ¡°ire and Emma went out this morning together. They haven¡¯te back yet.¡± They went out together. Leo frowns. Did they get on well and go out together? He doesn¡¯t want to mind. They couldn¡¯t go far. Leo works all day and is tired. He beckons the maid to leave. He goes back to his room to have a rest. Leo sleeps until the next afternoon. He gets up and asks the maid. The maid replies that they have not come back. Leo looks at the weather outside. He has a foreboding. Something must have happened. He quickly picks up his cell phone and calls them. Sure enough, both of them can¡¯t get through. Leo is in a trance with his cell phone. He¡¯s getting nervous. Something must have happened to both of them! Leo calls Luke quickly. He simply tells Luke what happened and orders him to find them. He calls a lot more and tells his people to start looking for ire and Emma. ... In order to escape, ire lies that she is allergic to flowers and grass and wants to leave the room. Juan says it¡¯s a pity that he designed this room for ire, but he finds another ce for ire. This afternoon, ire is lying on the sofa watching TV when Juan suddenly steps down the stairs. He is surrounded only by a bath towel. The drops on his body prove that he has just taken a bath. Juan goes straight to the bar. ire nces at him and shouts, ¡°Hey! You pervert! Why don¡¯t you put on your clothes before you go downstairs!¡± Juan seems to realize that someone is there. He turns to look at ire who covers her face with her hands and doesn¡¯t dare to look at him. He chuckles, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I forgot you are at home. I¡¯m sorry to scare you.¡± Juan¡¯s muscles are clear. He has eight abdominal muscles in his abdomen. He is strong and powerful. ire takes a look and covers her face and dares not to look at him again. She cries out, ¡°stop it! Go upstairs and get dressed!¡± ire is interested in his ABS, but she covers her face shyly. Juan chuckles and walks slowly to ire. He removes her fingers from her face. ire sees Juan¡¯s perfect figure in front of her. She is so frightened that she covers her eyes with her hands again. ¡°Ah! What are you doing!¡± ire¡¯s reaction amuses Juan. He suddenly wants to see ire¡¯s blushing face. He immediately forces her hands away and holds them up. ire can¡¯t cover her face again. However, ire doesn¡¯t open her eyes to see Juan¡¯s figure this time. She has only seen Leo¡¯s body before. ire closes her eyes tightly. Her eyshes are dancing. Her cheeks are red like an attractive red apple. He wants to taste it. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Juan swallows subconsciously. He resists the urge to kiss her. He teases, ¡°you¡¯re more interesting than I thought.¡± His flirtatious words are very ambiguous. ire is not stupid. She knows what Juan means. That¡¯s what a man says when he¡¯s interested in a woman. ire opens her eyes and doesn¡¯t look at him. She says angrily, ¡°please don¡¯t do that. I¡¯m married. Please let me go!¡± Hearing this, Juan¡¯s smile suddenly disappears. He lets go of ire¡¯s hands and looks out into the garden. ¡°I know it. I also know that your husband is Leo!¡± ¡°Do you know Leo?¡± ire looks at Juan in surprise. Juan has hate in his eyes. He says coldly, ¡°we don¡¯t just know each other!¡± ire is startled by Juan¡¯s sudden coldness. She quickly responds and says, ¡°now that you know I¡¯m married, let me go. I will go home, or my husband will worry about me.¡± ¡°Will he worry about you?¡± Juan¡¯s words stimte her heart, ¡°I know the rtionship between you and Leo very well.¡± ire doesn¡¯t ask Juan why he knows so much. She is miserable and speechless. Leo doesn¡¯t really worry about her. He only worries about Emma. He just wants to torture and humiliate her! He will suspect that she is having an affair with another man and that she is seducing men everywhere. Thinking about it, ire is heartbroken. Even her excuses for rejecting others are seen through. ¡°Anyway, Leo and I have nothing to do with you. I¡¯m married and I¡¯m his wife. I¡¯m under your house arrest now. It¡¯s against thew.¡± ire looks at Juan coldly, hoping he can change his mind about her. Juan turns around and looks at ire¡¯s eyes. He says indifferently, ¡°you can divorce. I don¡¯t mind if you¡¯re a married woman.¡± ¡°But I mind!¡± With that, ire feels a little ambiguous. She means that she minds Juan approaching her. She doesn¡¯t mind the fact that she is married. She secretly looks at Juan¡¯s face and finds that he doesn¡¯t care. He shrugs and says, ¡°I don¡¯t care. You can¡¯t go anywhere. Stay here.¡± Then he goes to the wine cab to get a bottle of wine and goes straight up to the second floor. It isn¡¯t until Juan leaves that ire is relieved. She doesn¡¯t realize that now she doesn¡¯t reject being Leo¡¯s wife. In other words, she seems to have been used to the fact that she married Leo. Chapter 111 Emma is dead Chapter 111 Emma is dead She didn¡¯t go homest night. He must have misunderstood her. ire is upset. She has to get out of here! There are only two bodyguards at the gate of the house. ire thinks about it and decides to put laxatives in the midnight snack and let them have diarrhea. When ire first hands them midnight snack, the two bodyguards refuse. To show her sincerity, she takes a bite to convince them that there is no medicine in it. Two bodyguards ept ire¡¯s midnight snack. ire quickly takes the antidote when she returns to the room. If she doesn¡¯t take antidotes, she will definitely have diarrhea. She puts a lot ofxatives in midnight snack! She finishes all this and waits for the medicine to take effect. Sure enough, half an hourter, the two bodyguards take turns to go to the toilet. At first they take turns, and atst they rush to the toilet. ire keeps watching andughing. She walks out of the unguarded gate. Two bodyguardse back from the toilet and find ire missing. They tell Juan about it immediately. Juan smiles after listening to the two bodyguards. He doesn¡¯t get angry andughs happily. ¡°She¡¯s very interesting. She can get away from me twice. But there won¡¯t be a third. Next time I¡¯ll tie you to my side forever.¡± ... Luke gets a call from Leo and rushes to Leo¡¯s vi. He didn¡¯t expect to have no news until dark. ¡°Both of them disappeared at the same time. It¡¯s been so long. Something must have happened to them!¡± Luke is worried and keeps pacing back and forth. And Luke is worried about Emma hurting ire. If she is mad, he believes she will do something out of control. ¡°I know. Stop it! Can you stop? I¡¯m dizzy.¡± Leo sits on the sofa and sps his fingers. He looks calm but he¡¯s worried. He doesn¡¯t know where they are. ire¡¯s still pregnant! Why does he always think of the slut who seduces men everywhere? The baby in her stomach is not even his. Why does he think of that slut? He is very upset. Suddenly someone says ire is back. The next second, ire appears at the door. Leo is very angry to see ire. ¡°You slut. You didn¡¯te backst night. Which man did you go out with? You¡¯re pregnant, but you didn¡¯t stay at home!¡± irees back in a hurry. She suffers a lot of grievances but she is scolded by Leo as soon as she comes in. She is very sad. ire retorts coldly, ¡°you know I¡¯m pregnant. Why do you treat a pregnant woman like this?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t kill the baby in your stomach. You should kneel down and thank me! Did you go to see Bryce?¡± Leo stares at ire. His worry turns into anger. ¡°So what? I¡¯ve been missing for a long time. Do you care about me?¡± The first thing the man does is to suspect that she has an affair with another man. ire is furious. She almost died, but Leo is satirizing her. Leo just wants to speak but finds ire in a men¡¯s sportswear. Leo is angrier. He goes over to grab ire¡¯s cor and roars, ¡°you bitch still want to deny it! See what you¡¯re wearing!¡± With that, he gives ire a shove. ire almost falls to the ground. She looks at her sportswear in shock. She forgets it! The clothes she was wearing that day were torn and soiled, so Juan found a suit of his sportswear for ire. She just wanted to run away so she forgot it. Now she really can¡¯t exin. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°It¡¯s not what you think. Emma hurt me!¡± ire yells at Leo. She is away from Leo and afraid that he will hurt her baby. When ites to Emma, Leo remembers the point. He stares at ire and asks her, ¡°where is Emma? She disappeared at the same time as you. Why hasn¡¯t shee back?¡± Hearing this, ire is surprised. ¡°Hasn¡¯t Emmae back yet?¡± Leo squints. ¡°Do you know where she is?¡± ire is just about to speak when someone reports, ¡°boss, Emma has been found. But...¡± ¡°But what? Say it quickly!¡± Leo¡¯s roar startles the man. He says quickly, ¡°but she¡¯s dead.¡± All of a sudden, everyone is shocked by the news. Emma is dead! ire¡¯s heart pounds when she hears the news. She takes two steps back subconsciously. God! Leo sees ire¡¯s move. He thinks she is guilty. He immediately grabs ire¡¯s neck and roars, ¡°did you do it?¡± ire gets caught in the throat. She ps Leo on the arm, but he doesn¡¯t let go. ¡°I didn¡¯t...¡± However, Leo doesn¡¯t believe it at all. He has more and more strength in his hands, and ire has less and less oxygen in her lungs. She gradually feels that she is not breathing properly. ¡°Bitch! Slut! Do you think I will believe you! I didn¡¯t expect you to be so vicious! You killed her!¡± Leo has blood in his eyes. He wants to strangle ire. ¡°Leo, don¡¯t do that. Let¡¯s go to the scene.¡± ire¡¯s face grows paler and paler. She is worried that her baby will be hurt. Luke quickly stops Leo. Leo snorts and throws ire aside. He quips, ¡°ire, you wait to go to jail!¡± After that, Leo leaves immediately and goes to the ce where Emma¡¯s body was found. ire uses one hand to protect her stomach and the other to cover her chest. She leans against the wall to breathe the fresh air greedily. She almost choked. ire leans back against the wall in a daze. Emma died? And Leo even misunderstands that she killed Emma. How could it be! Emma wanted to kill her. If she has not been saved by that man, Leo would not have seen her today. Thinking of the man who spent 30 million to buy her, ire suddenly thinks of one thing. Since the man came to the scene and saved her, does that mean that Emma¡¯s death is rted to him? Chapter 112 It is Bryce again Chapter 112 It is Bryce again Leo rushes to the scene. An hour is cut to half an hour by him. But when he arrives at the door of the old broken house, he suddenly stops. ¡°Leo, what¡¯s the matter?¡± Luke asks him. Leo stares at the door in front of him. He thinks of the night in the hotel. That woman was as naughty and stubborn as a little wild cat. Her back when she left and the jade pendant she left make him unforgettable. It all seems to have happened yesterday. Leo doesn¡¯t believe his little wild cat is dead. ¡°Nothing.¡± Leo takes a deep breath. He adjusts his mind and says with a cold face, ¡°go in.¡± Even though Leo is ready, he feels very sad when he sees Emma¡¯s body with his own eyes. Next to Emma¡¯s body are the bodies of four gangsters. They are covered with knife marks. He knows at a nce that they was cut to death. Emma lies face down on the ground. She is covered with rags from her clothes. A bold man turns her over. Everyone turns around subconsciously when they sees it. ¡°Damn it!¡± Leo¡¯s roar of rage breaks out, and he kicks the man next to him. His eyes are bloodshot. ¡°Who did it?¡± Emma died miserably. Her heavily made up face is twisted by fear. She has a scar on her neck. She was probably strangled alive. It¡¯s not the worst. There are all kinds of scars on her skin. She was brutally beaten. In the face of Leo¡¯s burning anger, the man can only stand up silently and hide. Everyone is silent. No one dares to speak or look at Emma¡¯s body on the ground. It can only be described as horrible. Just when the atmosphere of the dpidated house is so oppressive, a manes in quietly. Luke stops him and asks with his eyes what¡¯s going on. The man obviously feels something wrong with the atmosphere in the room. Just as he is about to whisper it to Luke, he hears Leo roar, e and tell me!¡± The man has to try to suppress the fear in his heart. He makes his voice sound less shaky. ¡°Boss, we just caught a man nearby. He¡¯s furtive and seems to know something. Shall I bring him over and ask him?¡± ¡°Bring him here.¡± Leo¡¯s face is terrible. He seems to want to kill anyone close to him. Less than half a minute after Leo finishes, a man is forced into the broken house. The man kneels on the ground. Leo looks at him coldly. ¡°What do you know?¡± That man may have been scared by Leo. He is shivering and can not say a word. Leo gestures with his eyes and the man is beaten. His screams echo in the broken house, ¡°ah! I say!¡± Hearing what he says, Leo¡¯s men stop. They press him and make him look up at Leo. ¡°In fact, we did it. Because this girl always bullies my boss¡¯s woman. So my boss asked us to kill this woman!¡± The man is shaking all over. Leo is terrible. Normal people can¡¯t help but fear when they face him. ¡°Who¡¯s your boss?¡± ¡°Bryce!¡± ¡°It¡¯s Bryce again!¡± Leo steps on the man¡¯s face. The man screams. Leo¡¯s face is cold, ¡°Bryce, ire! I will punish you! I won¡¯t let you go!¡± Why did Bryce kill her? He must have been for ire, the little bitch, the wicked slut! Don¡¯t me me! I will let you know who is more ruthless! ¡°Leo, I think there must be a misunderstanding.¡± Luke hesitates for a moment and finally decides to persuade Leo. It¡¯s a coincidence! He hasn¡¯t investigated Emma¡¯s nder of Bryce. This time, when they came here, there was a witness wandering around and being caught! She has been dead for a long time. Why is he here now? This is not reasonable at all. As soon as he started investigating, Emma died. It¡¯s like someone killed her on purpose. Even if Luke finds something, he can¡¯t confirm it. These doubts lead Luke to determine his inner thoughts. There must be someone behind Emma who wants to frame Bryce. He wants to me them and has a bad idea for them! Luke suddenly thinks there might be a big secret. It¡¯s dark and invisible. Luke feels terrible. With that in mind, Luke dares to persuade Leo. But at the moment, Leo is furious. He turns around and gives Luke a big punch. He yells at him, ¡°Luke, are you still human?¡± And before Luke can react, he grabs his cor and forces him to look at Emma¡¯s body on the ground, growling, ¡°Luke, look at her. Look at the woman you¡¯ve talked to! Emma, she was still alive in front of you the day before yesterday, but now she is dead! She is lying on the ground now. She was killed!¡± Leo seems to have lost control, but only he knows that he¡¯s just sad that the woman who made him unforgettable died! Content is property of N?velDrama.Org. His little wild cat is dead now! Luke silently bears Leo¡¯s anger. In fact, he just needs someone to vent. One day, Luke will show Leo the truth. After Leo leaves, the empty old house bes silent. Suddenly, in a dark corner, there is a slight sound of footsteps. Juan¡¯s handsome and evil face is gradually illuminated by the sunshine outside the window, and his hands are in his pocket. He has an evil smile, ¡°Leo, you deserve it. Our game is just beginning.¡± Chapter 113 I didn’t kill her Chapter 113 I didn¡¯t kill her ire goes back to her room and cleans herself and changes. It¡¯s early morning. She wants to sleep in bed. But when she closes her eyes, she thinks of Emma¡¯s face in the broken house, which is full of makeup and twists like a ghost. ire shakes her head violently. She tries to get rid of the shadow in her mind. It takes her a long time to fall asleep. But what she didn¡¯t expect is that in her dream, she sees Emma turn into a fierce ghost and escape from hell to kill her and her baby. That feels very real. She¡¯s as helpless and scared as she was in a broken old house! ¡°Ah!¡± ire suddenly wakes up from her dream. She shudders at the thought of the scene in her dream where Emma is about to drag her into hell. She cannot help rubbing her skin and curls up in the corner of the bed. ire strokes her belly with her hand and her heart thumps. The dream is so real that ire wakes up to think that Emma might turn into a ghost to find her. After all, Emma really died. Although she didn¡¯t kill her, she was there that day. Besides, Emma hates her so much. More importantly, it doesn¡¯t matter to revenge her, but the baby in her stomach can¡¯t be hurt. ire is thinking. The door of her room is suddenly kicked open from the outside. She jumps with fright. She has a nightmare and now she hears someone kick the door. Is Emma really here? She just keeps thinking that if she doesn¡¯t do anything bad, she will not be afraid of ghosts knocking at the door in the middle of the night! ¡°ire!¡± She hears a roar. Then a manes in. ire is scared. She sees Leo rush in angrily. Hees quickly to her and ps her hard. ire is at a loss. She res at Leo angrily and shouts, ¡°Leo, you are crazy! Why do you hit me?¡± ¡°Why do I hit you? You slut. Emma is killed by you now! Are you happy?¡± Leo¡¯s eyes are bloodshot and look terrible. ire can¡¯t help shivering. She leans towards the corner, but she retorts, ¡°I didn¡¯t kill Emma! It¡¯s none of my business!¡± ¡°You didn¡¯t kill her, but she died because of you!¡± Leo¡¯s sanity is dominated by anger. Seeing ire flinch, he takes her and tries to humiliate her. ire certainly doesn¡¯t¡¯ want to. Leo is angry now. What if he identally hurts her baby? She is not alone now. She has an unborn baby in her stomach. ire is full of maternal love so she won¡¯t let anyone hurt him. ire¡¯s struggle angers Leo. He puts ire under him. He controls her legs with his feet. He clutches her hands and bends over to start biting her lips. ¡°Leo, you bastard! Make it clear to me! Why do you say Emma died because of me? I didn¡¯t kill her!¡± ire is under control but she speaks of her inner dissatisfaction. Leo¡¯s kiss is aggressive. He bites ire¡¯s lips red and swollen. He stops to look at her coldly. ¡°Emma was killed by Bryce. I won¡¯t let you and Bryce go!¡± With that, Leo wants to tear ire¡¯s clothes with one hand. When ire hears Leo, her brain is nk. Why is Bryce the killer? It has nothing to do with Bryce. It has something to do with the man who spent 30 million to buy her! ¡°No! It¡¯s not Bryce! The murderer is someone else, and I know who the murderer is!¡± ire doesn¡¯t care what Leo wants to do next and quickly defends Bryce. However, when Leo hears ire¡¯s words, he stops and bes angrier. Now this bitch is defending Bryce! Leo looks at ire savagely and says disdainfully, ¡°don¡¯t pretend! You say that the murderer is not him. Who is the murderer?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire just wants to say the man¡¯s name, but suddenly she realizes that she doesn¡¯t know what his name is! He didn¡¯t tell her! ire doesn¡¯t speak, so Leo sneers. His tone is full of sarcasm. ¡°Can¡¯t you find a good reason to cheat me?¡± ¡°No!¡± ire quickly retorts, but after a while she can¡¯t find any good reason. She can only mutter, ¡°it¡¯s a man in a silver mask. He spent 30 million to buy me at the auction that day!¡± ¡°Haha.¡± Leo bursts outughing. Heughs wildly and ire is at a loss. Leo suddenly looks down at ire. His eyes are crazy and bloodthirsty. He seems to want to eat her alive. ¡°ire, you¡¯ve got such a funny reason to save your lover. Slut, don¡¯t you think before you lie?¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Before ire can exin, Leo grabs her by the neck angrily. He presses on her and roars. ¡°Slut! Bitch! I me you! You and Bryce killed Emma! I will make you pay for it!¡± ire is choked by Leo. She feels suffocation again. She keeps pping Leo on the arm, but it doesn¡¯t work. This time Leo doesn¡¯t n to strangle ire. He lets go and rapes her. ¡°Cry out for your mercy!¡± Leo rapes ire without orgasm. He res at her. He wants her to cry like Emma and beg him to let her go. Leo wants to see ire crying under him. However, ire stares at the ceiling and bites her lips to endure Leo¡¯s rough treatment. Leo is angrier. When will this woman be obedient? There is a woman he can¡¯t conquer in the world! Leo is upset and ends it quickly. He puts on his clothes and wants to leave, but ire holds his hand. ¡°Leo...¡± ire¡¯s voice is hoarse because she has just suppressed herself too much. ¡°Say it!¡± Leo flings ire¡¯s hand off rudely. But he stops and seems to want to hear what ire is going to say. Chapter 114 She’s the woman you’re looking for Chapter 114 She¡¯s the woman you¡¯re looking for ire coughs and sits up. She looks at Leo and says seriously, ¡°you really care about Emma. Have you ever thought that she is not the one you are looking for at all?¡± Leo turns and looks into ire¡¯s eyes. His face is cold, and a strange smile rises from the corner of his lips. He says, ¡°do you want to say that you are the one I am looking for?¡± Now Leo thinks ire wants him to let Bryce go so she lies to him. ¡°I...¡± ire wants to say yes, but she suddenly thinks of Leo¡¯s character. If she says yes now, Leo will say she lies to him. She will be humiliated by him again. Because Leo doesn¡¯t trust her at all! ire turns and looks away. She says casually, ¡°No. I just want to tell you not to be confused by the surface of things. What you believe may be deceiving you.¡± Leo suddenly chuckles. He goes to the bedside and holds ire¡¯s chin. He forces her to look at him. ¡°I have my own judgment. I only know that I will believe others but I will not believe you. You¡¯re a slut who lures men around!¡± With that, he shakes ire¡¯s chin away and leaves the room. ire falls on the bed. She looks coldly at Leo¡¯s back. She whispers, ¡°Leo, one day you will know the truth. Then I will make you regret what you said today!¡± After Leo leaves, ire lies in bed and can¡¯t sleep. She keeps her eyes open until dawn. ire dresses and goes downstairs for breakfast. Shees to the hall and finds breakfast on the table, but she doesn¡¯t see Leo. When ire sits down, she asks the maid who is cleaning the vase nearby, ¡°where¡¯s Leo?¡± The maid sneers, ¡°young master is out. He is not so idle as you.¡± ire seems to be used to it. She shrugs her shoulders indifferently. Leo doesn¡¯t let her out. It¡¯s not that she doesn¡¯t want to go out to work. Leo must have gone out to deal with Emma¡¯s funeral. He was nervousst night. He may have gone out without sleeping. This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. ire is upset at the thought of it. Leo, you know what? I¡¯m the woman you¡¯re looking for! After breakfast, ire suddenly thinks of what Leo saidst night. Last time he thought Bryce wanted to kill him, and this time he thinks Bryce killed Emma. Leo won¡¯t let Bryce go. She has to warn Bryce to be careful recently. ire packs up and is ready to go out. She doesn¡¯t notice at all that she is being followed. Shees to Bryce¡¯spany and finds him still at work. She knows he doesn¡¯t know about it. ire is worried and pulls him into the office to talk about it. After ire and Bryce enter the office, the person who has been following her leaves. ¡°That¡¯s it. Now Leo misunderstands that you killed Emma. Be careful not to be caught by him!¡± ire tells Bryce about it in his office. She doesn¡¯t say that Emma wanted to kill her. She doesn¡¯t want Bryce to be affected. If he fights with Leo, he will suffer. ire knows about Leo¡¯s power. After listening, Bryce thumps the table, and he says angrily, ¡°I can¡¯t stand his misunderstanding! Last time he used me of trying to kill him! This time it happened! Who on earth hates me so much? I think the whole thing is directed and acted by him!¡± Bryce is angry. He stares at the table as if he is thinking about something. ¡°It¡¯s impossible!¡± irees up to him and tries to calm him down. ¡°Emma is very important to him. He wouldn¡¯t use Emma¡¯s death to get you in trouble. Someone must be setting you up!¡± ire thinks of the man in the silver mask. But she knows that now she can not doubt him. She needs evidence and the man saved her. ¡°Yes, I also think of the possibility. These days, I have been looking for clues about thest event. However, those people seem not to exist in the world at all. They have no information. They¡¯re gone! It¡¯s so strange!¡± Bryce¡¯s hands cling to the table as if he is thinking about something. ire never thinks of it. Bryce is serious so she knows it¡¯splicated. She persuades him, ¡°anyway, you can leave this ce and don¡¯t get caught by Leo! When it¡¯s over, you cane back!¡± ¡°Do you want me to hide like a mouse? This is absolutely impossible. I¡¯m not afraid of death!¡± Bryce stands up impatiently. He paces back and forth. All of a sudden he stops and says seriously to ire, ¡°it¡¯s OK. Believe me. I will soon prove that I didn¡¯t do it.¡± ¡°I believe you, but...¡± Looking at Bryce, ire has an ominous premonition. She knows Leo. She knows he will not let him go. But Bryce is so confident that ire can¡¯t say what she is worried about. It is afternoon when Leo gets home. As soon as he gets home, he sees a man sitting on the sofa. Leo suspects ire and Bryce have an affair and it¡¯s special, so he asks this person to follow ire before going out. Because he thinks ire will feel guilty and meet Bryce. They will definitely discuss what to do next. Leo sees the man at home. This means ire did go out to meet Bryce. Leo¡¯s face suddenly turns cold. He gives the man a cold look. When the man sees him, he stands up immediately. He walks up to him respectfully and shows him a picture. Leo takes the picture in his hand and looks at it. He flings the picture to the ground. His face turns blue. He is furious to the extreme. ¡°You killed Emma and flirted in the office! ire, you¡¯re slut!¡± The picture shows ire holding Bryce¡¯s hand and walking into the office. Chapter 115 Am I not important in your heart at all? Chapter 115 Am I not important in your heart at all? When ire gets home, she finds that the maids are not in the hall. There are two bodyguards in front of the gate. Leo sits on the sofa and looks down at something. As soon as ire enters the room, she is frightened by the oppressive atmosphere. She feels like something is going to happen. Two bodyguards tie her hands behind her after she enters the room and forces her to kneel in front of Leo. ire is forced to kneel violently. Her knees hurt. She can not help but take a breath of cool air and roar at the two bodyguards standing behind her, ¡°what are you doing?¡± But they are silent. No one pays attention to her. ire has to look at Leo. She is so frightened by him that she can not help backing away. Leo lowers his head and puts his hands on his chin. When ire looks up at his face, Leo just looks at her. ire sees the horrible side of Leo¡¯s face. There is a strange smile on his face. He doesn¡¯t sleep all night, and his eyes are really bloodshot. There¡¯s still stubble near his lips. Leo suddenly turns her eyes to see ire. ire is shocked. Leo at the moment is like the killer in the movie. ire thinks that he is stimted to get angry with her, but Leo doesn¡¯t. He just looks at her with a strange smile. After a while, Leo asks quietly, ¡°did you see Bryce just now?¡± Leo has always had a feud with Bryce and it¡¯s a critical moment. ire certainly can¡¯t tell him the truth. She can only shake her head and say, ¡°I didn¡¯t. I just went out to rx.¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Hearing this, Leo once again turns his eyes. There is a strange light in his eyes. Before ire finds out, the light disappears rapidly. ¡°Really? I think if you did, you could see him for thest time.¡± ire is not used to Leo¡¯s calm face. She has known Leo for so long and has never seen him treat her so peacefully. And what Leo said makes ire pay more attention. She looks at him nervously and asks, ¡°what do you mean by that?¡± Leo stands up to leave. He says casually. ¡°Nothing. I said I would never let him go.¡± The calmer Leo is, the more upset ire is. What he said makes ire¡¯s heart thump. She can¡¯t help asking, ¡°you mean you want to kill him?¡± Leo turns around and gives ire a strange smile and he walks out slowly. Looking at Leo¡¯s back, ire yells behind him, ¡°Leo, you¡¯re crazy! Who is the murderer has not been found out yet! You¡¯re going to kill Bryce! Bryce is innocent! You can¡¯t kill him!¡± However, she can only see the back of Leo. ire wants to catch up, but two men are pressing her behind her, so she can¡¯t move. ire can only bite her teeth and scream before Leo goes far, ¡°it¡¯s really not Bryce who killed Emma! I can go to the man with the silver mask and confront him.¡± ire doesn¡¯t go on because Leo has gone far. She can not see him. The two men who press her let her go. ire sits on the ground for a long time. She reflects on what has just happened. No wonder Leo is so calm to her today. He wants to kill Bryce! No! She can¡¯t let Leo kill Bryce. She wants to prove that Bryce is innocent! Yes! She¡¯s going to the man in the silver mask. Only he can prove that Emma was not killed by Bryce! Thinking about it, ire immediately gets up from the ground and rushes out. She makes her way back to Juan¡¯s estate. The security guard at the door recognizes her. One of the security guards is the one she druggedst time. He goes in immediately and tells Juan. After a while, the bodyguard returns to the gate and leads ire in. The atmosphere should be awkward, but ire is worried about Bryce at the moment, so she has no time to think about anything else. Juan is sitting in front of theputer in his study. Gray casual clothes add a little leisure to his handsome. When ire gets in, he stops working. He touches his chin with one hand and smiles at ire. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you toe back.¡± ire is a little embarrassed. But she thinks about her purpose today. She says seriously, ¡°I have something to ask you.¡± ¡°Oh?¡± Juan looks a little surprised. He points to the sofa and says, ¡°sit down first. What makes you go back to where you escaped?¡± Hearing Juan¡¯s sarcasm, ire moves her lips. She says seriously, ¡°I¡¯m here today to ask you how Emma died. Last time you saved me. Then why did she die?¡± ¡°Emma.¡± When ites to Emma, Juan shrugs his shoulders. He says cruelly, ¡°she wanted to hurt you and kill you. I can¡¯t keep her alive.¡± Hearing this, ire is shocked. She stares at Juan and asks, ¡°did you kill her?¡± Juan nods. ¡°God! No! You have toe with me to meet Bryce and Leo! Leo misunderstands Bryce now. He wants to kill Bryce!¡± ire says and rushes to Juan. She grabs him by the arm and tries to pull him up. ¡°You need to exin that Bryce didn¡¯t do it!¡± Juan is a little angry. He breaks away from ire¡¯s little hand and says in a slightly sad voice, ¡°do you care about Bryce?¡± Hearing this, ire stares at Juan in a daze. She doesn¡¯t know how to answer. Seeing this, Juan smiles and shakes his head. He says, ¡°I refuse.¡± ire is upset. Now it¡¯s an emergency. Why is this man still joking? It¡¯s important to save people now! ording to Leo¡¯s reaction before he went out, he will never let Bryce go. If Juan is willing to rify earlier, Bryce will be less dangerous! ¡°Although I don¡¯t know your name, I beg you to help me. If you don¡¯t help me, Bryce will die!¡± ire begs him. She almost kneels down and pleads with Juan. Seeing ire so humble, Juan can¡¯t helpughing. ¡°You¡¯re afraid Leo will kill Bryce. Don¡¯t you worry that Leo will kill me when he knows that I killed Emma? Don¡¯t I matter at all in your mind?¡± Chapter 116 Death! Chapter 116 Death! Juan looks straight into ire¡¯s eyes and lets her see the love in his eyes. ire freezes. She thinks Juan is just joking when he says he likes her. Why is he so serious? They are silent for a long time. ire murmurs, ¡°but...¡± Suddenly Juan is attracted by a picture on theputer. When he sees the content clearly, he smiles and says to ire, ¡°you don¡¯t have to beg me. It¡¯s toote.¡± ire¡¯s mood is interrupted. She stares at Juan and wonders, ¡°what do you mean?¡± Juan looks at theputer screen and beckons to ire. ire approaches him curiously. She looks at theputer and says, ¡°how could...¡± ire can¡¯t speak when she looks at theputer screen. At the same time, Juan carefully turns on the stereo so that she can hear the news reporter¡¯s report clearly. ¡°It is revealed that Mr. Bryce, president of Bryce Group, has just died in a car ident. The young and promising president is the object of admiration of many youngdies in the city. It¡¯s a pity that he died young because of the traffic ident. He is only 25 years old. We found it at the scene of the ident...¡± A tear drips down Juan¡¯s back. Juan looks up at ire and finds that she has tears on her face. Her tears are falling like thread. Howe... ire covers her mouth to keep quiet. She sits slowly on the ground and panics. Her eyes have no focal length. Her mind echoes the scene she has just seen. ire doesn¡¯t believe that the man in the news is Bryce! ¡°It is impossible! Bryce can¡¯t be dead! He promised me to grow old with me!¡± ire shakes her head in disbelief. She wants to get rid of everything in her mind. Seeing ire like this, Juan can only sigh in her heart. He tells the truth cruelly. ¡°Leo has killed him.¡± ¡°No!¡± ire screams. She shoves Juan away and rushes out. Juan can¡¯t catch up with her. The bodyguard standing outside the door looks at ire and asks Juan if he needs to chase her. Juan waves. Let her go. Looking at ire¡¯s back, Juan can¡¯t help thinking. He mutters, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect Leo to be so cruel and quick.¡± ire stumbles back to Leo¡¯s vi. Along the way she thinks about Bryce¡¯s death and is shocked. As soon as she gets home, she sees the hall is very busy. Champagne, red wine, beauty and Leo! ire¡¯s eyes turn red when she sees him. She rushes up and pulls Leo out of a group of women and yells, ¡°did you do it? Is it true in the news? In fact, the news is full of lies. Bryce¡¯s not dead, is he?¡± ire loses her mind in anger. There is no logic in what she says. Leo is a little upset when she pulls him out. He pushes ire¡¯s hands away and says scornfully, ¡°you see the news. Is it a fake?¡± ¡°You did it! Leo, you jerk!¡± ire yells at Leo. Her tears can¡¯t help falling again. She feels aggrieved for Bryce. Why did Leo kill someone so nice to her and innocent? On the contrary, ire hates her ipetence even more! Leo seems to have killed an enemy. He is in such a good mood that he doesn¡¯t care about ire¡¯s roar. He straightens his cor and sneers, ¡°so what? Bryce killed Emma. He should pay for it!¡± ire is enraged by the cheerful expression on Leo¡¯s face. She jumps on Leo and hits him angrily. ¡°He is innocent! He is innocent from beginning to end! Leo! You hate me! Why kill him? Why?¡± Leo snorts and pulls ire off. He sneers scornfully, ¡°slut, is your lover dead so you¡¯re sad? You are so lewd. Are you afraid you won¡¯t find a second lover?¡± Hearing this, ire only feels humiliated. She ps Leo in the face and shouts loudly, ¡°Leo! You pervert! I¡¯ll kill you!¡± Leo has never been pped in the face. Now ire¡¯s madness makes his good mood disappear. Regardless of the others present, Leo grabs ire and throws her on the sofa. He presses on her. After a while, Leo takes off ire¡¯s clothes. He rapes ire in front of the crowd! Around several beauties and maids exim and then cover their faces. Several bold people directly find a good ce to sit down and watch. The sound of the water echoes in the hall, and ire¡¯s eyes are red with tears. Her tears keep falling. She tries to bite her lower lip to stop herself shouting. This is the second time Leo humiliates her in front of the crowd! ire closes her eyes and ignores the jeering eyes. She just feels so miserable!This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Leo, I will never let you go! I will avenge you! Sooner orter, I will treat you like you treat Bryce! When Leo finishes, he says coldly to ire, ¡°get out of here.¡± ire¡¯s lower lip is bleeding. She bends down to pick up the broken clothes. She holds them against her breast and flees in the eyes of the crowd. Leo, you give me all my embarrassment today! One day I will give them all back to you! ire spends the next few days in her room. Leo is busy with Emma¡¯s funeral, so he doesn¡¯t have time to deal with her at all. ire calms down and figures it out. She wants to leave Leo. She doesn¡¯t want to be with this inhuman bastard and let him insult her. If she stays with Leo, she will be driven mad by him! As for her father, she will find her own way to find him. She doesn¡¯t want to count on Leo. He dares to kill an innocent man! Just as ire is packing up to leave, she suddenly gets a call. ¡°Hello, Kate. What¡¯s the matter?¡± Chapter 117 Mad woman Chapter 117 Mad woman ¡°ire, how are you?¡± Kate deserves to be her only good friend. The first thing she says is to ask her how she is doing. ire is moved, but she says easily, ¡°Kate, I¡¯m fine. Why do you call me?¡± Kate seems to be hesitant. After a long time she says slowly, ¡°Bryce will be sent to the crematorium tomorrow. I want to see him for thest time today. I want to ask you if you want toe with me.¡± When ites to Bryce, ire chokes. She pretends to be calm. ¡°OK, I¡¯ll go with you now.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll wait for you in the old ce.¡± ire hangs up and looks at the packed room and the suitcase at the door and sighs. She has to wait until she came back. If she goes straight with her suitcase, Kate will worry about her. After meeting in the old ce, they go to the hospital by car. Theye to the morgue. The doctor pulls Bryce¡¯s body out of the freezer. When ire sees Bryce¡¯s body, she can¡¯t help holding Kate and crying. The man who was alive in front of you the other day is now a body without temperature and he can never stand up. He will not appear in your life from now on. He can¡¯t share your happiness and sorrow. It¡¯s all gone. Only experienced people will understand that kind of pain. And this pain is brought to her by Leo. She hates Leo! Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°Well, ire, stop crying. If you cry any more, I want to cry too.¡± Bryce is always cheerful. She can¡¯t help feeling sad now. Although she and Bryce are not so familiar, they are also friends. In addition, ire¡¯s crying makes people cry. Atst they cry together. They don¡¯t stop crying until the doctor asks them out. After leaving the morgue, Kate keeps persuading her, ¡°ire, you need to be strong. He can¡¯te back to life. We need to live a good life for Bryce. This is the biggest reward for him!¡± ¡°I know everything you say. Kate, thank you. If it wasn¡¯t for you, I wouldn¡¯t havee alone to see Bryce for thest time.¡± ire holds Kate¡¯s hands. She is her only good friend. She has to protect her anyway. ¡°I dare note myself. Bryce is our friend. Of course we need to see him for thest time.¡± Kate suddenly thinks of an important thing, ¡°you¡¯d better leave Leo as soon as possible. He has no humanity. He killed the innocent Bryce. He may be cruel to you in the future!¡± ire just told Kate about Bryce¡¯s death. Kate is very angry. She looks at ire seriously. She decides to let ire leave Leo anyway. Hearing this, ire suddenly remembers that Bryce has warned her so many times before. He told her to leave Leo, but she didn¡¯t listen to him. Now she knows how stupid she was. If she has listened to Bryce earlier, he would not have died. She¡¯s responsible for Bryce¡¯s death! ire takes a deep breath. Now she can¡¯t me herself. In order not to let Kate worry about her, she can only say what she thinks, ¡°in fact, I packed my bags before you called me. If you didn¡¯t call me, I would have left Leo¡¯s house.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Kate is excited. She grabs ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°you¡¯re finally determined to leave Leo! I thought it is difficult to persuade you. Hurry up and get your luggage and move to my house!¡± ire smiles grudgingly. It¡¯s toote. Bryce is dead. They havee to the gate of the hospital. Just as Kate tells ire to go back to pick up her luggage, the window of a car beside the road suddenly drops. There is a cold face in it. ire and Kate are shocked. When they see the man in the car, they are very angry. Leo is not in a good mood either. He stares at ire and says coldly, ¡°ire, do you want to leave me? Stop dreaming. You are my wife. Don¡¯t want to leave me for the rest of your life!¡± Before ire can speak, Kate stands in front of her and yells at Leo, ¡°Mr. Howard! It¡¯s the 21st century. Everyone is free! In today¡¯s society, marriage is free. You can¡¯t decide!¡± In the face of Kate¡¯s roar, Leo turns a blind eye. He bypasses Kate and looks at ire directly. He says in a nonchnt voice, ¡°is she the one who hurt Emma for you?¡± ire is pale. She immediately understands what Leo means. He wants to threaten her with Kate! Emma bullied ire so Kate hit Emma. After such a long time, she didn¡¯t expect Leo to remember it! Leo taught Kate a lesson, but he suspected that Bryce killed Emma, so he killed Bryce. Now Emma is dead. Leo may have hurt Kate who hurt Emma. ire¡¯s body bes cold. No! She¡¯s lost Bryce. She can¡¯t lose Kate, her only good friend! Just now she vowed to protect Kate. She must not let Leo hurt Kate! Kate tries to argue, but ire stops her. She says quietly, ¡°Kate, stop talking.¡± Kate looks back at ire in shock. She doesn¡¯t know why she is suddenly weak, ¡°ire!¡± ire¡¯s face is cold. She looks down at the ground. She doesn¡¯t dare to face Kate who is angry. Leo knows she knows him. He asks the driver to take her to the car. Kate is left in ce. They return to the vi. Leo throws ire on the bed. He has sex with her. But ire¡¯s lethargy makes Leo bored. He stops and stares at her and says angrily, ¡°ire, don¡¯t try to leave me! You killed Emma. I won¡¯t let you go! I will torture you to death!¡± Emma... ire sneers. She stares at the ceiling andughs, ¡°Leo, you care so much about Emma. Isn¡¯t it because of the night in the hotel? But Leo, do you care about Emma or the night in the hotel? Stupid, ha ha.¡± ireughs wildly. Leo thinks she is crazy. He throws her aside and leaves the room. Mad woman! Chapter 118 An indenture to self her Chapter 118 An indenture to self her ire stays up all night. She is staring at the ceiling in the dark room. There is nothing in her mind. The decision she has to make has already been made. The next day ire gets up and drags her suitcase out of the room. She takes a look at the direction of Leo¡¯s room. She stops. If she leaves now, it will be difficult for her to find her father. She can search Leo¡¯s room before she leaves. She wants to see if there is a valuable clue. ire puts the suitcase in the room. She sneaks into Leo¡¯s study. Leo is out of the house so ire doesn¡¯t have to worry about his sudden appearance in the study. ire takes a deep breath and begins to search Leo¡¯s study, but after a long time, she doesn¡¯t find anything useful. She wants to find out about her father¡¯s address. In the study, however, there is only Leo¡¯s desk except for books. ire stays in front of this desk. She observes the shape of the desk carefully. She finds it no different from a normal desk. ire squats down and strokes it. Atst she finds a different ce! There is a lock outside the drawer on one side of the desk. If there¡¯s nothing very important in it, why does Leo lock it? ire is excited. She finds a wire in his study and rubs it on her head and then she tries to unlock it. ire tries several times, and finally she manages to unlock the lock. ire throws the lock aside and quickly opens the drawer. She takes everything out of the drawer. There is only one document bag. The document bag is carefully locked in the drawer by Leo. It proves it¡¯s important! ire opens the document bag trembling. She takes out the document and reads it. But ire freezes. Her hands can¡¯t help shaking. ire stares at the content on the paper: Party B is willing to transfer ire¡¯s custody right, supervision right and personal freedom right to Party A at a price of 200 million dors. ire has nothing to do with Party B since then. ire is at the disposal of Party A. Even if Party A makes ire a maid, Party B has no right to interfere. There are long terms under the agreement, but ire reads only the first part. Agreement, 200 million dors, custody... This is an indenture to sell her. Her stepmother Jade sold her to Leo for 200 million! Good job, Jade! ire stares ahead. She is shocked and angry. The paper in her hand is crumpled by her. She wants to turn all her anger into power and rush home and p Jade¡¯s vainglorious face! ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that I am worth so much money. I¡¯m worth 200 million dors. Ha ha.¡± ire can¡¯t help laughing. She always thinks she married Leo and is Leo¡¯s wife. She didn¡¯t expect it is just a cover! If she doesn¡¯t see this agreement today, she doesn¡¯t know that Jade sold her to be a ve! After a long time, ire¡¯s anger gradually subsides. She spreads out the paper that has been crumpled into a ball and continues to read the contents of the agreement. Maybe there¡¯s something else she doesn¡¯t know. As expected, ire finds a bigger joke when she reads the whole agreement. It turns out that she and Leo are not married at all. They have never been married! Marriage is a lie! It¡¯s a cover! They don¡¯t even have a marriage license! It¡¯s just a game to sell herself from the beginning to the end! She is a real maid! No wonder Leo doesn¡¯t like her all the time and says she doesn¡¯t deserve to be his wife! Ha ha... ire recalls that there is no wedding on the day she married him. She was locked up that day. Leo didn¡¯t mention going to the Civil Affairs Bureau. She didn¡¯t think about it because she was troubled by something else. All of a sudden, ire thinks the world is ridiculous! Emma is dead. Bryce was killed by Leo. She¡¯s not married to Leo at all! She¡¯s just his maid! Ha-ha! ireughs. Tears fall from her cheek to the ground. The marriage she wants to protect is fake! Just then, the document bag in ire¡¯s hand falls to the ground. A piece of paper falls out. Seeing this, ire quickly wipes her face and bends down to pick up the paper. At the moment, she feels that as long as it is in this document bag, it is a big secret she doesn¡¯t know! ire simply reads the paper. Next second, she is shocked to the extreme. The anger and hatred in her eyes reach the peak! God! ire weeps immediately. Anger drives her mad. She pushes theputer on Leo¡¯s desk to the ground. The LCD breaks after theputer screen falls to the ground. ¡°Leo! I hate you! I hate you so much!¡± At the moment ire is insane and clutching the paper in her hand. Her eyes are horrible and crazy! Death notice! ire sees her father¡¯s death notice! That¡¯s her father¡¯s name! This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. She¡¯s been looking for his father for so long! It turns out her father died a month ago! And she never knew! Leo lies to her that her father is in the hospital now. He threatens her with her father. Ha ha... It turns out these are fake! ire just feels the whole world copse. She is concerned about her father. She didn¡¯t expect her father to have died. She didn¡¯t see him before he died! ire cries and roars. Leo! I hate you! I hate you so much! Meanwhile, the door of the study is opened from the outside. Leo looks at the mess in the study and ire crying. Chapter 119 He killed them all Chapter 119 He killed them all ¡°ire, what are you doing?¡± Leo can¡¯t help roaring. ire turns her head slowly and looks at Leo. Her expression is dull. There is still hatred and madness in her eyes. Leo is stunned by her eyes. Then he seems to think of something and looks at his desk. He sees the open drawer and the two things ire holds tightly. One is Jade¡¯s agreement to sell ire to Leo as a ve, and the other is ire¡¯s father¡¯s death notice. It¡¯s all obvious. Leo steps over the obstacles on the ground to ire. He grabs her cor and yells, ¡°who let you in my study?¡± There is hatred and madness in ire¡¯s face again. She jerks Leo back. She ms those things in her hand on his face. Sheughs, ¡°Leo! I didn¡¯t expect you to lie to me from the beginning to the end! We are not married at all. There¡¯s only one agreement to sell me to you as a ve! You told me my father was alive. But he died a month ago! Leo! How do you exin to me?¡± Leo is nearly knocked down by ire. She throws those things in his face. She seems to be insulting him. He bes angry. Leo sneers scornfully. He shouts, ¡°did I cheat you? No, that¡¯s because you¡¯re stupid. Do you think I would marry a slut¡¯s daughter? ire, do you know why I¡¯ve been torturing you? Because your father couldn¡¯t stand torture and died, I transferred all the hatred to you!¡± ¡°What do you say?¡± ire¡¯s eyes are wide. She looks at Leo in shock and says incoherently, ¡°you killed my father?¡±ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Leo sneers and says nothing. ire¡¯s pupils suddenly dte. Her sanity is once again possessed by anger. She quickly picks up the keyboard on the desk and tries to smash Leo. ire¡¯s eyes are red and she cries, ¡°Leo! I¡¯ll kill you!¡± Leo was almost knocked down by ire just now. It is an ident. Now he won¡¯t be knocked down by ire. Leo reaches for ire¡¯s keyboard. He grabs her keyboard and pushes ire back. But ire¡¯s body falls back because of inertia. ire falls to the ground and her back hits the desk. She feels a sharp pain. Her arm touches the pieces of ss on the ground. Her hand is hurt and bleeding. ire is in tears. She has no strength to stand up. She thinks Leo killed her father. She feels the sky is falling. ire cries like a wronged baby. She is so sad that she is dying. Bryce and her father were killed by Leo! But she can¡¯t get revenge! Now ire doesn¡¯t just hate Leo. She has to make him suffer and pay! Looking at the suffering ire, Leo is touched for a moment, but at the same time he has reason. ire, I suffered a thousand times more as a child than you do now! Leo can¡¯t help sneering. ¡°Now that you know it, I might as well tell you directly! ire, your mother was lewd and ruined my father¡¯s and my mother¡¯s marriage, which led to my mother¡¯s death. So I won¡¯t let your family go. I tortured your father after your mother died. I will torture you after your father died. Don¡¯t try to run away from me for the rest of your life. I will slowly torture you to death!¡± ¡°Leo! You bastard. You have no humanity! You must die!¡± ire has tears on her face. She raises her head and growls at Leo. ¡°You are not qualified toment on me.¡± Leo sneers scornfully. He calls some maids, ¡°help me drag this bitch back to her room! Lock her up and make her never leave her room!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Several maidse in and drag ire out. There are many pieces of ss in the study. As they drag ire by, ire¡¯s feet are scratched. ire¡¯s hands and feet are bleeding but she can¡¯t feel the pain because her heart is more painful. After ire is dragged away, Leo sits in the chair in the study. His cold eyes are fixed on the two pieces of paper on the ground. His heart is numb. In fact, he received ire¡¯s father¡¯s death notice the day before. He sighs slightly and closes his eyes wearily. He has killed Bryce. He doesn¡¯t care that ire misunderstands him. And he can torture ire with it. He wants her to suffer. His mother died, so he¡¯s going to make her family pay! ... After ire is dragged back to her room, the maid bandages her and shuts her up alone. Someone comes in to deliver food to her at dinner time. The room is dark and the lights are not on. ire feels cold and shivering. She curls up. But no matter how thick the quilt on her body is, she can¡¯t warm her cold heart without temperature. ire falls asleep in the dark. She has a nightmare. Leo kills her father, Bryce and many others in front of her. ire is so scared that she keeps kneeling for mercy. She cries and stops him. Her forehead is bleeding but Leo doesn¡¯t stop. Leo has a bloody smile. He stares down at her and satirizes her. ¡°It¡¯s no use. I tortured your father after your mother died. I killed Bryce after your father died. Bryce is dead now. ire, you¡¯re the only one.¡± Leo wants to kill her! As Leo approaches with a bloody knife, ire shakes her head and keeps retreating. She reaches the cliff. ire identally falls off the bottomless cliff. Leoughs. ¡°No!¡± Chapter 120 She jumps Chapter 120 She jumps ire opens her eyes and looks at the familiar ceiling. She knows she is dreaming! The room is still dark. ire sits up and turns on the light. She can¡¯t help covering her eyes with her hands when the light is on. It¡¯s dazzling. When ire gets used to the brightness of the light, she slowly lowers her hand. She looks at the empty room and suddenly feels sad and lost. She can¡¯t help but cover her face and cry. She knows it isn¡¯t a dream. It is true. Her mother, her father and Bryce are all dead. They are all killed by Leo! ire cries. She doesn¡¯t sleep all night. She gets out of bed to open the curtains when the sun rises. She goes to the balcony to see the garden and the sky on the first floor. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. The garden is peaceful andfortable. The flowers and nts in the garden are illuminatedzily by the hot sun. They are full of life. But ire doesn¡¯t feel the warmth at all. She is as cold as hell. She shivers with cold. ire feels like a walking corpse at the moment. She has no emotion or perception. What¡¯s the point of living? Why not die? Thinking about it, ire smiles. She stands outside the balcony fence and looks at the sunny sky. She closes her eyes and opens her arms. She falls slowly towards the sun. ¡°Ah!¡± The maid who is cleaning the garden sees it. She can¡¯t help shouting and rushing into the room, ¡°she¡¯s dead!¡± Leo¡¯s vi is in a mess. All the servants don¡¯t know what happened at first. In the end, they all know ire¡¯s suicide! Leo is shocked when he hears the news. His mind is nk for a moment. His heart seems to be gripped. The next second he grabs the maid and roars, ¡°where is she now?¡± The maid is also frightened by the news. ¡°She¡¯s in the garden,¡± she says, shaking. Leo shoves her away and rushes to the garden. Leo¡¯s heart pounds. He doesn¡¯t know why he is nervous. He doesn¡¯t realize that he is afraid of losing something important at the moment. Leo runs to the garden and sees ire lying on the ground. Her crotch is bleeding. He is in a panic. He squats down and picks up ire. He shouts to the servants who are at a loss, ¡°call the doctor!¡± One of the servants responds and calls the emergency number. ire doesn¡¯t seem to have lost consciousness. She reaches for Leo with all her strength. She says to him in a very small voice, ¡°Leo, let me die.¡± ire is terribly pale. Her lips are white without a trace of blood. Her eyes are half open and she frowns. She is in pain and seems to die at any time. ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo roars angrily at ire. He grabs ire¡¯s little hand and picks her up. He yells, ¡°ire, you can¡¯t die without my permission. I won¡¯t let you die!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t know if he¡¯s afraid ire will die and he can¡¯t torture her or losing her. He picks her up and rushes to the gate. He drives ire to the hospital. On the way, Leo anxiously holds ire¡¯s hands. ire lies in the back of the car. Leo keeps looking back at ire as he drives. He is afraid that she will die. Leo runs a few red lights so he gets to the hospital soon. He stops at the hospital gate and rushes in with ire in his arms. Leo finds ire with her eyes closed and unconscious. He is flustered. He runs and growls at her, ¡°ire! Wake up! I won¡¯t allow you to die! Do you hear me!¡± ¡°Where is the doctor? Call the doctor!¡± Leo just rushes into the hospital and shouts with a red face. The nurse sees them and calls the doctor to prepare for the operation. Some nurses have pushed the bed over. They say to the flustered Leo, ¡°Sir, put her on the bed. We¡¯ll take her to the operating room immediately!¡± Leo immediately puts ire down. He runs after the nurse to the operating room. He keeps yelling at ire, ¡°ire! You must not die! Do you hear me! If you dare to die, I will never let go of all the people around you! You can¡¯t die!¡± ire¡¯s hand moves a little. Leo keeps holding her hand so he feels it. A nurse stops him at the door of the operating room and refuses to let him in. Leo stops running and sits in a nearby chair and breathes heavily. He puts his fingers in his hair and forces him to calm down. He calms down for a long time before he finds out that today he is a little abnormal. He seems too worried about ire. No. He¡¯s just afraid that the slut¡¯s dead so he can¡¯t get revenge. Yes, it must be! Nothing else! ... ire is in the operating room all day. Leo has been waiting outside the operating room. But the longer time passes, the more worried Leo bes. Just as Leo is restlessly trying to rush in, the light in the operating room finally goes out. ire is pushed out to rest in the general ward. Leo wants to follow. A doctor stops him. ¡°Are you the patient¡¯s family?¡± Leo just wants to say no, but he thinks the doctor might have something to say. He admits, ¡°yes. What¡¯s the matter?¡± The doctor shakes his head and says in a slightly reproachful tone, ¡°you are too careless. How can a pregnant woman jump off a building? Fortunately, the pregnant woman is in good health. But her baby almost died.¡± Leo freezes and doesn¡¯t speak. The doctor sighs and pats Leo on the shoulder. He continues, ¡°don¡¯t worry too much. Don¡¯t let her do such a risky thing in the future. She needs a period of rest. She can¡¯t walk around until the baby in her stomach is stable.¡± Chapter 121 Don’t kill her baby Chapter 121 Don¡¯t kill her baby Leo thanks the doctor and stays alone in front of ire¡¯s bed. During that time, Luke also visits her at the hospital. He offers to take turns guarding her, but Leo refuses. Luke has to give up. However, ire does not wake up after several days. Leo is worried so he asks the doctor. The doctor shakes his head and says, ¡°I can¡¯t help it. The patient doesn¡¯t want to wake up. She chooses to sleep. We can¡¯t wake her up.¡± Leo frowns and stares at ire. Can¡¯t you bear the blow? Two more dayster, ire doesn¡¯t wake up. Leo agrees to take turns with Luke. Luke knows she¡¯s upset, so whenever he¡¯s with her, he tells her what¡¯s in his heart. He tells her what¡¯s going on outside. Many days has passed. ire opens her eyes and feels her hand under pressure. She tilts her head and sees ck hair. It turns out that someone is sleeping on her hand. Feeling ire¡¯s movement, the person holding her hand wakes up immediately and says to her with a little surprise, ¡°you wake up!¡± ¡°You...¡± ire stares at Leo. He loves to be clean, but now he has scum near his mouth. He has heavy ck eyes. However, ire is still not moved to see such a Leo. She looks at him coldly and expressionless. She decided tomit suicide but was saved. She wakes up and sees Leo! ire wants to die! She didn¡¯t die. Ha-ha. Suddenly ire pulls the needle from her wrist. Leo quickly stops her. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± ¡°I want to get out of here.¡± ire says, deadpan. Her hands are held by Leo, so she coldly orders, ¡°let go.¡± ¡°Where do you want to go?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to a ce without you!¡± ire says, gritting her teeth. Leo doesn¡¯t let go, so she stares at him. ¡°Are you going to let go or not?¡± Why is this woman so angry when she wakes up? Leo clenches his teeth and says, ¡°I said I won¡¯t let you escape. Stop dreaming!¡± ire knows Leo is a bully. She lets go of the idea. She lies back in bed and says indifferently, ¡°you can¡¯t stop me. I don¡¯t want to live.¡± Leo is very angry. He took her to the hospital and saved her. Is that how she rewards him? Leo looks at ire and tries to intimidate her, but he doesn¡¯t. He thinks of ire¡¯s baby. Leo immediately changes his mind. He looks scornfully at ire¡¯s stomach and says with a sneer, ¡°ire, you don¡¯t want to live, so you killed yourself. But have you ever thought about the baby in your stomach? You didn¡¯t die after you jumped off the second floor. But do you know that your baby almost died?¡± Though Leo is mocking ire, he finds her weakness. ire is shocked. God! She forgets her baby! ire feels her stomach unconsciously. Her heart is filled with shame. She thinks she will be free if she dies. She forgets baby in her stomach. Baby, mom is sorry for you again! Leo quietly watches ire¡¯s expression change. He says with satisfaction, ¡°your baby is OK. Now he¡¯s in your stomach. But do you want him to die? If you want to die, you are scolding yourself. Does a mother who kills her baby have human nature? ire, right?¡± ire freezes. Leo is right! If she only thinks about herself and ignores the unborn baby, she is no different from the cruel Leo! She¡¯s going to live for her baby! Leo knows ire is convinced and he smiles. He knows ire will notmit suicide because of her baby. But as long as Leo remembers that ire¡¯s baby is not his and maybe Bryce¡¯s, he¡¯s upset. ire smiles and lowers her head to touch her stomach. Leo looks at her and smiles. His eyes are bottomless. People can¡¯t see what he¡¯s thinking at the moment. Although ire wakes up, she is not fully recovered. She needs to rest in the hospital for a while. However, Leo has been taking care of ire. Leo is gentle and considerate. ire doesn¡¯t seem to know him. Does she live in a dream or does Leo take the wrong medicine? Leo gently blows the porridge in the spoon and reaches it to her mouth to feed her. ire thinks the world is crazy. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°This is the porridge that I personally asked the kitchen to cook carefully for you. Eat it.¡± Leo looks at ire and whispers. His face is still very handsome. He looks cold and closes his lips, but his face is soft. ire moves her mouth and turns her head. She rejects Leo. ¡°I¡¯m not hungry. Tell me what your purpose is.¡± ire thinks Leo must want to hurt her. ¡°What if I tell you I have no purpose?¡± Leo is smiling. If he says he is scared by her suicide, will she believe it? At that moment he is really afraid of her death! He finds out that he is afraid of losing her! ¡°You don¡¯t need to pretend!¡± ire doesn¡¯t believe him. She has known Leo for a long time. Leo is treacherous and vicious. There must be an unknown purpose for him to do so. Maybe he wants to hurt her baby in her stomach! Leo bes unhappy. Does he have to threaten ire? But she hasn¡¯t recovered and her face is pale. Leo gives up on those terrible ideas. What if she jumps again? He can¡¯t let her die! At this time, Leo doesn¡¯t realize that his attitude towards ire is changing a little bit! Chapter 122 I’m afraid of losing you Chapter 122 I¡¯m afraid of losing you Leo bites his lips and frowns. He looks aside and doesn¡¯t seem to want to continue the discussion. ¡°Believe it or not, you need to know that I¡¯m trying to be nice to you. I will not harm you.¡± ¡°Nonsense!¡± ire can¡¯t help but scold him. ¡°Leo, get out of here! What qualifications do you have to say these words to me? Why should I believe you? Will you be nice to me? Leo, you¡¯re ridiculous!¡± ire is angry so Leo has to be tough. He says to her, ¡°ire, I know you won¡¯t believe what I¡¯m saying now. Believe it or not, you are my woman.¡± ire is very disdainful. She turns and doesn¡¯t want to see him. Leo sighs in his heart. He knows he can¡¯t ask ire to forgive him. What he says today is the biggest concession. Leo calmly stands up and says, ¡°since you don¡¯t want me to feed you porridge, you drink it yourself. Don¡¯t let yourself starve. I¡¯m going to deal with business.¡± With that, he turns and leaves. When Leo leaves, ire turns her head and looks quietly at the porridge on the bedside cab. That porridge and small dishes are her favorite. But ire has no expression. After a while, she can only choose to drink it. She doesn¡¯t have to eat, but her baby needs to eat! ire looks at this luxurious superior ward. She is very sad. She must get out of here. She must leave Leo and this city. ire is so upset that she decides to go out for a walk. She takes the needle off the back of her hand and puts on her coat and leaves the room. ... When Leoes back, there is no one in the ward. He panicks immediately. He asks the nurses but no one knows where she has gone. ire hasn¡¯t recovered yet. She needs rest. Can¡¯t she wait to escape from him? Looking at the empty ward, Leo feels a deep sense of frustration. Once again, he feels the feeling of losing something important. Leo can¡¯t help roaring. The nurse next to me is startled. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°Find her! If she¡¯s really missing, I¡¯ll tear down the hospital!¡± Leo yells at the nurse. The nurse is frightened and cries. She nods quickly and leaves. Leo is angry. Many nurses on duty know about it. If the patients in the senior ward are missing, they are responsible. So many nurses are looking for ire in the hospital. Finally, a nurse finds ire in the garden. She invites her back. ire is teaching a child to draw on the ground with a branch. The child is also hospitalized because of illness. ire thinks he is cute and wants to y with him. They are having a good time when they are interrupted by a nurse. She wants to pull her away. ¡°What are you doing? Even if you are a nurse, you can¡¯t be so rude to the patient!¡± ire tries to get rid of the nurse. She finds that she is too weak to struggle with a healthy person. The nurse seems to be more angry than she is. When ire struggles, she tells ire discontentedly, ¡°you¡¯re not polite! Why don¡¯t you tell the nurse on duty that youe out for a walk? Do you know that your behavior bothers us! Now many people don¡¯t work and are looking for you everywhere! Do you know?¡± ire freezes. It¡¯s normal for a patient toe out for a walk. She doesn¡¯t understand why they are so rmed and look for her everywhere. When the nurse takes ire back to the ward, she gets the answer and knows why they are so nervous. Leo loses his temper in the hospital. Leo sits angrily by the bed. There is a chair beside his feet. It¡¯s obvious that he kicked it angrily. He looks up at ire and says coldly, ¡°you¡¯re back!¡± ire thinks he¡¯s familiar. He¡¯s going to lose his temper. She subconsciously backs away and worries about Leo¡¯s rage. ¡°If I don¡¯te back, will you throw a tantrum at the innocent and tear down the hospital?¡± ire asks, straightening up. Leo stands up and walks indifferently to ire. ¡°ire, you know I¡¯ll worry about you. Why did you leave?¡± ire says scornfully, ¡°will you worry about me?¡± Leo holds ire¡¯s chin and forces her to face him. He says angrily, ¡°do you know how worried I was just now? What do you want me to do if you leave me or have an ident?¡± ire freezes. Leo means... Has he mended his ways? He killed her father and Bryce and forced her to jump off the building. Has he mended his ways now? ireughs and looks into Leo¡¯s ck eyes. She feels that he is suppressing his anger. It¡¯s ridiculous! ire shakes off Leo¡¯s hand and says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t try to fool me! I won¡¯t be fooled by you. Leo, stop pretending. You killed my dad and Bryce. I will never forgive you. Anyway, we¡¯re not married. Sooner or later I will leave you!¡± ire is cold. She won¡¯t forget what Leo did to her. She won¡¯t forget that he killed her father and Bryce. That hatred is deeply engraved in her soul. She will never forget! ¡°Don¡¯t think about it! I won¡¯t let you leave me. Since we are not married, we can get the marriage certificate in a few days!¡± Leo roars and wants to hold ire. Chapter 123 I want you to marry me Chapter 123 I want you to marry me However, ire steps on Leo¡¯s foot before hees closer. She pushes him hard and keeps him away. ¡°Don¡¯t dream! You want me to marry you? It¡¯s impossible!¡± With that, ire turns to leave the room. But he takes her hand directly. ire looks back at Leo and yells, ¡°you bastard! What do you want to do?¡± But what ire didn¡¯t expect is that she sees Leo¡¯s serious expression. He stares into ire¡¯s eyes and seriously asks, ¡°don¡¯t you want to marry me?¡± ire blurts out, ¡°I don¡¯t want to marry someone like you!¡± ¡°Then you may be disappointed. No one can stop me!¡± Leo bes cold again. He turns and leaves the ward. ire freezes. She clenches her teeth and makes up her mind to leave him! For the next few days, Leo still takes care of ire. ire thinks he is ridiculous. She ignores him. She only eats food from Luke. ire¡¯s attitude to Luke makes Leo jealous. ire will asionally smile at Luke and listen to him. They get along well. But ire is cold with him. She is expressionless and cold. One day, Lukees to see ire. He brings the pears she likes. ¡°Where¡¯s Leo?¡± Luke sits down and looks around. He doesn¡¯t see Leo. When ire was in aa, the two of them took turns guarding her. But since ire woke up, Leo has stopped Luke from staying with her. But Luke asionallyes to see ire. And he knows ire wants him toe over a lot. ¡°Don¡¯t mention him.¡± ire is not very happy. She curls her mouth and says, ¡°wash a pear for me.¡± ¡°Wait. I¡¯ll peel it for you.¡± Luke takes the fruit knife out of the drawer and peels the pear. Looking at Luke¡¯s serious face, ire feels warm. Only Luke is not afraid of Leo¡¯s anger andes to see her. Kate once came to see her, but Leo was there. They almost quarreled. Thinking of this, ire says to Luke gratefully, ¡°thank you, Luke.¡± It¡¯s simple but meaningful. Luke chuckles. He hands the pear to ire and says with a smile, e on. We are friends.¡± Yes, they are friends. Luke can¡¯t call such feelings love. For him, ire can only be a very important friend. ire ps Luke on the shoulder andughs, ¡°thank you, big friend!¡± Theyugh. The atmosphere is very harmonious. Leo¡¯s hand on the doorknob doesn¡¯t turn. He listens to theirughter quietly. After a while he finally turns the doorknob. But as soon as he goes in, theughter stops. The two people in the ward look at him together. ire looks at him and then turns to eat the pear. Leo has a lunch box in his hand. His face is cold and he doesn¡¯t speak. The atmosphere bes awkward. Luke gets up quickly to ease the atmosphere. He smiles and says, ¡°Leo, you¡¯re back.¡± He takes the lunch box from Leo. He opens it and cheers, ¡°it¡¯s chicken soup. ire, it must taste good.¡± ire says coldly, ¡°put it there. I have no appetite.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Luke knows what happened to ire and Leo. He says nothing and closes the lunch box. He says to ire, ¡°I put it here. You can eat it when you want to. I have something to talk to Leo.¡± They are stunned. They don¡¯t know if Luke ising to the hospital to visit ire or talk to Leo. Luke walks up to Leo and whispers to him, ¡°let¡¯s go out and talk.¡± Leo looks at his friend and his emotions areplicated. He feels Luke is very nice to ire. After they leave the room, Luke¡¯s rxed expression disappears. He looks at Leo seriously and says, ¡°Leo, I have a new clue about the little wild cat and a series of things that happened before.¡± Leo knows that Luke really wants to talk to him. He looks at him seriously and asks, ¡°what¡¯s your clue?¡± In fact, Leo thinks about what happened in this period of time these days. He finds a lot of strange things. For example, Emma¡¯s expression and ire¡¯s words. ¡°That day we found a man outside that old and broken house.¡± Luke takes a deep breath and intends to exin to Leo in detail. He says, ¡°I find out that on the night of Emma¡¯s death he was drinking with some of his buddies. They drank all night so he had no chance to kill Emma.¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Hearing it, Leo frowns. He looks at Luke and says, ¡°you mean he didn¡¯t kill her but he lied that he killed her?¡± Leo remembers that night he confessed that Bryce sent them to kill Emma. Leo doesn¡¯t dare to keep thinking. He was so angry that night that he didn¡¯t even think about the credibility of his words. ¡°Yes.¡± Luke nods and continues, ¡°I find out he might have lied, so I send someone to investigate him. I find out he has nothing to do with Bryce. And I find another thing!¡± ¡°The killer who tried to kill youst time has something to do with him. They know each other! I think they may be partners. They want to frame Bryce!¡± Leo is shocked at the news. He stares at Luke in disbelief. Has he wronged Bryce? Chapter 124 Has he wronged Bryce? Chapter 124 Has he wronged Bryce? Leo asks, ¡°is the source right?¡± He remembers ire saying that the killer wasn¡¯t Bryce but someone else. But he was so angry that he didn¡¯t listen to her at all. He misunderstands her! Damn! He did it wrong! No wonder ire hates him so much and refuses to forgive him! Luke pats Leo on the shoulder and says seriously, ¡°I personally investigated it so it¡¯s absolutely true. I know it¡¯s hard for you to ept now, but it¡¯s true.¡± However, no matter what Luke says, Leo just looks down at the floor and doesn¡¯t speak. ¡°Think about it for yourself, and I¡¯ve found some doubts about the little wild cat. I¡¯ll keep investigating. I¡¯ll get back to you.¡± With that, Luke sighs and leaves the hospital in silence. It¡¯s getting dark. Leo holds a position and doesn¡¯t move. After a long time, he slowly raises his head and looks at the ward in front of him. Leo walks in slowly. ire is lowering her head and stroking her stomach. Her smile with maternal love is more beautiful than all the sceneries in the world. Leo looks at her. He opens his mouth to say something, but his throat seems to be stuck in something. ire looks up and sees Leo standing at the door. She frowns a little and doesn¡¯t want to talk to him. ire has ignored himpletely these days. No matter what he does, she will never forgive him. Leo walks slowly to the bed and sits down. He wants to reach out and touch ire¡¯s stomach, but he hesitates. ¡°ire, can I touch him?¡± ire immediately protects her stomach with her hands. She snorts, ¡°No.¡± Leo¡¯s hand stops in mid air. He slowly takes his hand back and looks at ire¡¯s stomach. He says seriously, ¡°ire, don¡¯t worry. No matter whose baby he is, I will bring him up. I¡¯ll think of him as my own baby.¡± It¡¯s apensation for Bryce. ire raises her eyebrows. She sneers scornfully in her heart. He is your own baby! But she¡¯s not going to tell the truth. She stretches and says, ¡°I¡¯m tired. I want to sleep.¡± ¡°OK. Good night. Have a good dream.¡± Leo covers ire. He even tidies up the four corners of the quilt. Leo has learned how to take care of others these days. ire turns a blind eye to it. She said that one day she will make him regret what he has done. ire doesn¡¯t break her promise. She does what she says. After ire has breakfast the next day, Leo says, ¡°since you don¡¯t want to see me, I won¡¯te to the hospital. I¡¯ll find a thoughtful nanny to look after youter.¡± ire just snorts after listening. It¡¯s a good thing for her. She is annoyed to see him. The nanny¡¯s name is Michelle. Leo tells her a lot after shees to the hospital. He leaves the hospital reluctantly. ire can¡¯t helpughing. Leo, you deserve it. Suddenly a man appears in the ward. ¡°You?¡± ire stares at Juan. She doesn¡¯t know what to say. Juan hasn¡¯t seen ire for a long time. She is thinner than before. Her face is still so pale. Juan puts the gift he brings to the bed and reaches out to ire¡¯s face. ¡°You¡¯re thinner. I¡¯m heartbroken.¡± ire gets rid of Juan¡¯s hand. She seems to have got used to his jokes. She says directly, ¡°Why are you here?¡± Juan is wearing a ck suit and tie. He is sitting by the hospital bed at the moment. He is very handsome. He is like an angel whoes to the world. ¡°Why can¡¯t Ie here?¡± Juan smiles. He jokes, ¡°Leo is very careful about you. I can¡¯te in to see you. Now he¡¯s gone. Don¡¯t you wee me?¡± The man killed Emma easily. He is very powerful. ire is alert and says, ¡°why do youe to see me when you are so busy?¡± ¡°No, you¡¯re not right. You are my dear. How can I note to see you when you are in hospital?¡± Juan looks at ire and says it honestly. ire is speechless. She says impatiently, ¡°now you see me. You can leave.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you leave with me?¡± ¡°Why should I leave with you?¡± ire stares at Juan warily. Although hees here alone, he is a man. She can¡¯t beat him. Juan stands up and puts his hands in his pants pocket. He says casually, ¡°I thought you want to leave Leo.¡± What Juan said reminds ire! She has been thinking about how to leave Leo after her recovery these days. But that¡¯s what will happen after she gets well. She¡¯s in the hospital now so she hasn¡¯t thought about leaving now. But if the man in front of her can help her, even if she is in the hospital now, she can change to another hospital to take care of her body slowly. ire is excited. She looks at Juan expectantly and asks, ¡°can you take me out of here?¡± ¡°Of course.¡± ire¡¯s reaction satisfies Juan¡¯s vanity. Although many people usually look at him with such eyes, ire is different. She is the woman he likes. ire is thrilled to hear Juan. She finally hears a good news after so many days! ¡°But...¡± Juan suddenly stops. He looks at ire seriously and asks, ¡°I can help you get out of Leo. How do you thank me?¡± Sure enough, he has ns. She calmly looks at Juan and asks, ¡°what do you want?¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°I want you.¡± Juan has a charming smile. He is domineering when he says that. Chapter 125 This man is really treacherous Chapter 125 This man is really treacherous ¡°No way.¡± ire refuses without thinking. ¡°Really?¡± Juan smiles and reminds her, ¡°you have to think about it. You know how hard it is to leave Leo.¡± ¡°I...¡± ire suddenly doesn¡¯t know what to say. Yes, it¡¯s very difficult to leave Leo. She¡¯s done things like that before. Every time she was caught by Leo and imprisoned for a while. She doesn¡¯t want to experience that frustration any more. She¡¯s leaving Leo anyway this time! But she doesn¡¯t want to be with the man in front of her. ire decides to talk to him about the terms. ¡°I can¡¯t promise you that. But as long as you take me away from Leo, I can promise you anything else!¡± Hearing this, Juan says regretfully, ¡°but I just want you, and I don¡¯t want anything else, my dear ire!¡± Damn! This man is really treacherous! ire scolds in her heart and thinks about it in her mind, and finally she makes a decision, ¡°well, as long as you can promise me, I owe you a favor. If you need me to do something for you, I will do it! I will never break my promise! Is that ok?¡± ¡°Can you do anything?¡± ¡°Yes! I will do it no matter how difficult it is. But I can¡¯t be your woman!¡± ire raises her chin and ps her chest, promising. Juan is amused by her behavior. This woman is so cute and interesting. He likes her more and more. ¡°Well, I promise you.¡± Juan holds back his smile and pretends to be serious. ¡°I¡¯ll try to arrange it. You have to follow my instructions.¡± Hearing this, ire is relieved. She looks at Juan gratefully and says, ¡°thank you!¡± Juan grabs ire¡¯s chin and bends over to look at her. ¡°I would rather you kiss me than thank me.¡± ire is speechless. ¡°Get out of here.¡± This man is too fond of flirting with her. ire doesn¡¯t know his name yet. She immediately asks, ¡°what¡¯s your name? Or what should I call you?¡± ¡°Do you want to know?¡± Juan says, pretending to be mysterious. ire nods. ¡°I¡¯ll tell you when you¡¯re my woman.¡± ire hits him with a pillow. She really doesn¡¯t understand this man. He is sometimes serious and sometimes naughty. He usually wears a ck suit and tie. He looks mature and reliable. But ire doesn¡¯t know that only she has seen Juan like this. They are talking when Juan¡¯s cell phone rings. His face changes when he hears the phone ring. He looks at ire and says seriously, ¡°I¡¯m leaving. I¡¯ll bring you some delicious food next time we meet.¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. Before ire can respond, he leaves the ward. ire looks at the door of the ward and can not help murmuring, ¡°this man is so strange. Who is he?¡± Shortly after Juan leaves, Luke suddenly pushes the door in. He looks a little worried. He goes up to ire and asks her, ¡°ire, I only ask you one thing. Answer me honestly.¡± Luke is serious so ire is a little nervous. She says, ¡°OK.¡± ¡°Where were you on the night of July 8th?¡± ire is shocked by Luke¡¯s question. July 8th! Leo took her virginity in a hotel that day! Why does Luke suddenly ask her this? ire looks at Luke in disbelief. She doesn¡¯t know what to say. ¡°ire? What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Luke shakes ire¡¯s shoulder and says anxiously, ¡°ire, please answer me honestly. It¡¯s important to me.¡± What does Luke know? ire suppresses her shock and pretends to be calm. ¡°Nothing. I just woke up. What does July 8th mean? I don¡¯t understand.¡± ¡°Where were you on the night of July 8 this year? Tell me!¡± Luke asks again patiently. ¡°It was the birthday of a friend of mine. I drank with my friends.¡± ire is a little confused. She wants to ask him what he knows, but Luke doesn¡¯t want to exin it to her at all. When ire finishes, Luke is stunned. He looks ire in the eyes seriously and says, ¡°ire, I¡¯m not kidding right now. I need you to answer me seriously. Where were you on the night of July 8th?¡± He bes very excited. ire swallows. Atst she decides to lie. ¡°I drank with my friends that day. I drank too much that night so I don¡¯t remember anything. If you don¡¯t believe it, you can ask Kate! What happened after that night that I don¡¯t know?¡± ¡°You...¡± Hearing this, Luke backs up disappointed. He seems to have lost all his strength. He says weakly. ¡°Nothing. I just want to ask you.¡± Something must have happened to Luke! ire would like to ask him what happened, but she can¡¯t. She¡¯s afraid Luke will find out she¡¯s lying! ¡°Are you ok?¡± Luke is disappointed. ire can¡¯t help caring about him. ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s concern, Luke perks up. He says with a reluctant smile, ¡°I have something else to do. You can continue to rest.¡± With that, he leaves without looking back. Luke is not normal. ire is a little suspicious of him. He must know something. Otherwise, he would not ask her about it all of a sudden and leave in a daze. ire thinks for a moment and then lets go. It doesn¡¯t matter if Luke knows it. She is about to leave the city. She wants to keep the secret in her heart forever. It doesn¡¯t matter if it¡¯s discovered now. Chapter 126 Almost being raped Chapter 126 Almost being raped Luke walks out of the ward and quickly takes his cell phone out of his pocket to make a phone call. The phone is soon put through. Luke asks eagerly, ¡°are you sure?¡± ¡°Luke, I¡¯m sure it¡¯s her. When do you want me to give you that video?¡± ¡°You¡¯d better bring it to me now!¡± ¡°Okay, Luke.¡± Luke hangs up and stops to look in the direction of ire¡¯s ward. He has aplex mood. It¡¯s you. After Luke leaves, ire is worried so she wants to go out and have a look. By the time she gets to the door of the ward, however, Luke has left. ire¡¯s mood isplicated. She goes back to the bed but she doesn¡¯t notice someone in the hallway is staring at her. ... In the middle of the night, ire falls asleep. There is only a light at the head of the bed in the ward. In the weak light, the door of the ward is opened from the outside. After a while, a fat figure stoops stealthily andes in. That figure looks like a man. He stoops and looks around. He walks slowly towards ire¡¯s bed. Ray¡¯s eyes glow with excitement. The sleeping beauty is so lovely. She has a good figure and a good face. Her pale face makes her look like a sleeping beauty at the moment. He wants to kiss her and wake her up. The familiar beauty is his treasure. He didn¡¯t expect to see her here today. Ray has long loved ire. Thest time he drugged her in a bar, he thought he could get her virginity, but she was saved. Ray was so angry that he was unhappy for several days. Today, when Rayes to the hospital to apany his new female partner to miscarry, he sees ire he has been missing. He wants to have sex with ire for a long time. He wants to rape ire in the dead of night. This woman is so beautiful. He fell in love with her after seeing her a long time ago. He wants her. Unfortunately, she married Leoter. Leo is so terrible that Ray dare not hurt ire. Because Leo can easily shut down bigpanies. But why dare Raye to ire today? Because he really likes ire. The walls of his room are full of her photos. He specially arranges this ward tonight so that he can sleep with ire. Michelle has been called away and she won¡¯t be back for a while, and he puts medicine in ire¡¯s food tonight. ire wants to go to bed after supper. The medicine works so he has enough time. What makes Ray more confident is that he finds out that Leo is going to an important business party tonight, and he won¡¯te to ire suddenly. After all preparations, Ray goes to ire¡¯s bedside and his eyes show the greedy eyes of wild animals. He opens his mouth wide, and his mouth seems to be able to shed saliva. He reaches out and rubs ire¡¯s skin. He can¡¯t help eximing, ¡°great! The skin is soft, stic and smooth. I want to touch it.¡± Then he puts his hand to ire¡¯s face and says, ¡°look, it¡¯s white and tender. The little lips are very attractive.¡± Ray swallows. He doesn¡¯t n to rape ire so soon. He wants to touch ire¡¯s smooth skin. He wants to slowly feel the beauty of every inch of ire. This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. After touching ire¡¯s face, Ray suddenly lifts ire¡¯s quilt and exposes her body in sick clothes. But now ire is under the control of drugs. She is sleeping so she can¡¯t feel her body being touched. Ray stares at ire¡¯s body for a long time. He seems to want to see her figure. After watching her for a long time, he shows a treacherous smile and leans down to unbutton ire¡¯s clothes. More and more buttons are undone. Ray blushes and his heart beats faster. He looks at ire¡¯s chest. Just as Raypletely unbuttons ire and wants to see her breasts, the door of the ward is suddenly kicked open. Someone yells, ¡°you are too bold! Stop it!¡± Ray is interrupted so he turns around unhappy. He res at the man angrily and says discontentedly, ¡°who are you? How dare you interrupt me! Do you know who I am?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care!¡± Luke strides forward and punches Ray hard. Ray is beaten back. If he hasn¡¯t arranged for someone to secretly watch ire in the hospital, he doesn¡¯t know that this will happen tonight, let alone have time to stop it! Luke is furious at the thought that ire is going to be raped by another man. He pushes Ray to the ground and hits him hard in the face. ¡°Asshole! How dare you hit me!¡± Ray is furious when he is knocked down. He wants to fight back, but Luke is faster than him. Luke punches him in the face. As long as Ray wants to turn his face and re at Luke, Luke punches him and makes him turn his face. Ray¡¯s fat body constantly wants to struggle, but the fat people are mostly weak. He is the only son in his family and has been spoiled so he has no strength. He has not been beaten on the ground and so wronged. ¡°Do you know who I am! If I find out who you are, I will not let you go!¡± Before Ray finishes, he cries in pain. After a while, Luke subdues him. Ray is wounded and lies motionless on the ground. Luke stands up with satisfaction. He nces at ire in the bed and looks away. He covers her with a quilt and looks at her face. He watches ire carefully to see if she is OK. After confirming ire is ok, Luke turns angrily. He stares at Ray on the ground and snorts, ¡°you¡¯re too bold. You dare to touch Leo¡¯s woman. I think you want to die!¡± Chapter 127 It’s you Chapter 127 It¡¯s you Luke is seldom so angry as he is now. He is usually gentle and polite and has never lost his temper. ire never sees Luke like this. The domineering temperament and cold look make him look like another person. None of Leo¡¯s friends is cowardly. Ray¡¯s face is red and swollen with rage. He has never been humiliated. He has been doted on since childhood, but the man in front of him dare to beat him! ¡°I will not let you go!¡± Ray wants to stand up and go out. ¡°Wait! Did I say you could leave?¡± Luke kicks Ray¡¯s ass. Ray falls to the ground again. Ray is embarrassed. He shouts, ¡°bastard! How dare you kick my ass! I didn¡¯t do anything! Why are you beating me!¡± ¡°You didn¡¯t do anything?¡± Luke¡¯s face turns cold. He kicks Ray¡¯s ass again and says scornfully, ¡°don¡¯t think you¡¯re the president of apany so I¡¯m afraid of you. If I tell Leo what happened tonight, you¡¯ll die miserably!¡± Ray is angry, so he wants to teach the crazy man in front of him. He wants to intimidate him so he says, ¡°Leo is nothing! My father¡¯s friend is the mayor! As long as my dad says a word, I can get Leo out of the city!¡± ¡°Oh?¡± Ray hears two voices at the same time. Hearing another voice in the room, Ray raises his head in fright. He looks at Luke in front of him in a panic and then hesitates to look behind him. A tall man is standing at the door of the ward. Ray kneels and looks at him. The figure of that man is as holy as a God. Ray is too scared to stand up. Ray doesn¡¯t see the man¡¯s face, but he feels that he has a deep fear of the man. He can¡¯t help being ashamed of himself! Ray shouts, ¡°who are you!¡± With that, the light in the ward is turned on. Next second, Ray¡¯s small eyes are wide open. He points to the man at the door and falters, ¡°it¡¯s you!¡± Leo sneers and walks up to Ray. He steps on his raised arm and listens to Ray¡¯s screams with satisfaction. He says proudly, ¡°yes, it¡¯s me.¡± Few dare say such things behind his back. Ray says in front of him that he will let him leave the city. Leo hears that for the first time. ¡°Ah! Leo, please let me go. I just said that unintentionally! Ah!¡± Ray¡¯s hand is stepped on by Leo. He feels a sharp pain. His bones are rubbing against the hard sole of the shoes. The pain is beyond words. Ray feels like his hand is not his own! Ray is not as smug at the moment as he was when he came in. He¡¯s being trampled by Leo. He is in great pain. ¡°Really! Leo, please forgive me! I deserve it!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t want to let Ray go, so Ray ps himself. He cries, ¡°Leo! I already pped myself! Please let me go! I will kneel for you!¡± Ray hits himself in the face and kneels. He looks ridiculous. But he has no choice but to do so at the moment. Everyone knows what will happen if you offend Leo. You will be deprived of fertility or beaten to death. At least the rest of your life will be miserable. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. So despite Ray¡¯s confusion, he still has an idea in his heart, which is to beg for mercy! If Leo is in a good mood, he will let him go. Ray is angry at the same time he begs for mercy. He arranged everything. He knows Leo has to attend an important party tonight so he can¡¯t be here at all. However, all these arrangements are destroyed at this moment! Why? Ray is begging for mercy, but Leo¡¯s face is still terrible. He no longer steps on Ray¡¯s hand. The next second he raises his feet slightly and steps on Ray¡¯s crotch! ¡°Ah!¡± The shrill scream echoes throughout the ward. Ray curls up tight. He covers his crotch with one hand and screams with pain. His tearse down. Raypletely underestimates the importance of ire in Leo¡¯s mind. Before, if a man hurt ire, he would only sneer and not move. But now he doesn¡¯t allow anyone to hurt ire. If someone hurts ire, he¡¯ll make that person pay! Now Ray¡¯s life is ruined. ¡°Get out of here!¡± Leo roars. Even if Ray is in severe pain now, he has to climb out of this ward. His heart is full of fear at the moment. He is afraid that Leo will regret and kill him. But what Ray didn¡¯t expect is that when he crawls out of the ward with great pain, he is dragged to another direction. We don¡¯t know where he is dragged or what his fate will be. After Ray is dragged away, the ward is quiet again. Leo clenches his fist. Actually, he just wants to kill Ray here, but he thinks ire is still here. If she sees such a bloody scene, she will be afraid. Thinking about it, Leo looks at ire in bed and finds her sleeping peacefully. She is as quiet as if nothing has happened. There was a lot of noise just now. Why doesn¡¯t she wake up? Leo finds out she¡¯s not normal. He hurries to see ire. Chapter 128 You’ve changed a lot Chapter 128 You¡¯ve changed a lot ire is unbuttoned. Her chest almostes out! ¡°What happened?¡± Leo¡¯s voice is hoarse. He seems to be suppressing something. His anger is chilling. He just got a call from Luke before he rushed over. He left the important party. But he has no idea what has happened before! Now Luke has calmed down. He says calmly, ¡°she¡¯s OK. She is drugged so she¡¯s sleeping now. She will soon wake up.¡± ire is pregnant now. Pregnant women cannot take medicine. How can he drug her? What¡¯s worse, he doesn¡¯t know what medicine it is and how much it is! Bastard! Leo pounds the wall. His eyes are filled with anger. He would like to rush out and kill ray! Luke sighs as if it wasn¡¯t him who just stormed in. Heforts Leo, ¡°don¡¯t be angry. ire is fine.¡± Hearing this, Leo suppresses his anger. He nces at Luke and says sincerely, ¡°thank you. If you didn¡¯t inform me in time, I would...¡± If Luke doesn¡¯t tell Leo, it doesn¡¯t seem to make a difference. Luke has stopped Ray¡¯s behavior. Leo is justte. He didn¡¯t expect that he is out of duty! Leo is deeply frustrated. He doesn¡¯t go on. His thanks already contain a lot of meaning. ¡°I just do my duty. What¡¯s more, I have arranged people everywhere recently to investigate the little wild cat. It¡¯s just happened to be seen by my people today.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t want to tell Leo that he has a special guard for ire. He is afraid that Leo might misunderstand him. ¡°Have you found out who the little wild cat is?¡± Leo says and ties ire. Luke turns his head away. Luke says seriously, ¡°not yet. I¡¯ve already investigated it. I believe that in a few days, the truth wille to light. I¡¯ll let you know then.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo buttons ire and looks at Luke and asks seriously, ¡°do you mean you already know who it is?¡± Leo is as sensitive as ever. Even though Luke has guessed who it is, he says on the surface, ¡°yes, I know who it is, but now I can¡¯t tell you. I said I will show you the evidence.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t want to say it, so Leo doesn¡¯t force him. He nods and says, ¡°well, investigate as soon as possible and tell me the result.¡± Luke nods. They stop talking. The ward is quiet. ¡°Why are you so interested in the little wild cat?¡± Luke suddenly asks, ¡°I remember you believed that the little wild cat was Emma not long ago. Now you believe that Emma is not the one you are looking for?¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Hearing this, Leo just looks at ire sleeping quietly. His eyes are soft, and he says absently to Luke, ¡°I just remember what someone said. What I believe is not necessarily right. Sometimes it¡¯s good to listen to other people¡¯s opinions.¡± Luke smiles and looks at Leo. ¡°Leo, I find you¡¯ve changed a lot these days.¡± Since ire jumped. ¡°Yes, I think so.¡± Leo says softly and reaches out to remove ire¡¯s hair from her forehead. It iste at night, and the two men have their own thoughts. They stand in the ward watching ire for a long time before they leave. ... When ire wakes up the next day, she sees Leo beside her and frowns, ¡°Why are you here? Didn¡¯t you say you won¡¯te back?¡± Leo hands over a bowl of porridge to feed ire. ¡°I miss you, so I¡¯m here.¡± ¡°No, I have my own hands.¡± ire pushes the spoon from Leo. She grabs the bowl and has porridge. It¡¯s the first time ire hasn¡¯t turned down food from Leo. Leo freezes, but he quickly responds. He says happily, ¡°ire, you¡¯re finally willing to eat my food.¡± In fact, ire is stunned. Maybe it¡¯s because the nanny feeds her like this that she¡¯s used to it. She doesn¡¯t care. She just hates Leo. She doesn¡¯t hate food. Speaking of Michelle, ire looks around the ward and asks, ¡°where is Michelle?¡± Thinking of the irresponsible nannyst night, Leo says indifferently, ¡°I let her go back. I¡¯ll take care of youter.¡± ire knows something happened when she hears that. Michelle just spent a day with her. ire likes the nanny. She is as kind to her as the aunt next door. ire is afraid that Leo is not happy with Michelle. She looks into Leo¡¯s eyes and asks, ¡°why do you want her back? What happened?¡± ¡°What can happen?¡± Leo asks. He looks at ire seriously and says, ¡°I want to see you so I take care of you myself. Come on, darling, you¡¯d better drink the porridge quickly.¡± Leo¡¯s attitude convinces ire that something has happened. But no matter how she asks, Leo doesn¡¯t tell her. ire is upset. Bryce is an example. ire can¡¯t believe Leo. He says it is ok, then something must have happened. Leo doesn¡¯t want to tell ire because he doesn¡¯t want to leave her bad memories. She doesn¡¯t need to worry about these things. She just needs to take care of herself. But ire is stubborn. She stops eating porridge and asks Leo what happened. Leo has a bad temper. They are about to fight when Leo interrupts her, ¡°I remember I have something to do. I have to go.¡± He gets up and leaves. Chapter 129 What happened last night? Chapter 129 What happenedst night? Leoes out of the ward just in time to meet Luke. He leaves it to him. Lukees in with a puzzled face, and when he sees ire sitting in bed sulking, he can¡¯t help feeling like a peacemaker. It¡¯s like a fight between a couple. But at the thought of his purpose, Luke bes serious. He sits by the bed and looks at the porridge. He asks her, ¡°don¡¯t you have breakfast?¡± ¡°I have no appetite.¡± ire says angrily. Luke looks at ire and thinks aboutst night. He can not help but sigh in his heart. He asks directly, ¡°ire, do you know Ray?¡± ¡°Ray?¡± ire hears the name for the first time. She is a little curious, ¡°who is he?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you really know him? Didn¡¯t Leo tell you aboutst night?¡± Luke is surprised by ire¡¯s answer. ire is confused. He seems to realize that he has said something he shouldn¡¯t have said. ¡°What happenedst night?¡± ire is thrilled to hear Luke. She looks at Luke and expects him to say what happenedst night. She asks Leo for a long time but he doesn¡¯t tell her. Luke is very nice to her so he will tell her. Maybe she will know why Leo suddenly lets Michelle go back. Luke is helpless and has to tell ire aboutst night. Luke doesn¡¯t say Ray wanted to rape ire. ¡°That¡¯s it. Ray was the one who tried to rape youst night. You sleep fromst night until this morning. Is there anything wrong with your health?¡± Luke finishes and looks at ire with concern. But ire thinks it is incredible. She was almost rapedst night! ¡°Luke, thank you so much. You saved me every time. I don¡¯t know how to repay you!¡± ire looks at Luke gratefully and doesn¡¯t know what to say. Although Luke¡¯s description is very simple, ire realizes the thrill ofst night. After all, the protagonist is herself! ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. I¡¯m your friend. I should do that.¡± Luke smiles and says casually. ¡°Don¡¯t be modest!¡± ire punches Luke in the arm andughs, ¡°thanks, man!¡± Luke is like a buddy or a considerate brother to ire. ire really wants to thank Luke from the bottom of her heart. One thinges to ire¡¯s mind. She looks at Luke and seriously asks, ¡°by the way, do you know why Michelle was suddenly transferred by Leo? Is something wrong?¡± Luke didn¡¯t say anything about Michelle just now. After hearing Michelle¡¯s name, Luke is puzzled for a while before he realizes who ire is talking about. After thinking about it, he murmurs, ¡°maybe because Leo doesn¡¯t think she cares for you so Ray has a chance.¡± ¡°Michelle cares more about me than Leo!¡± ire yells in defense of Michelle. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Luke can¡¯t help chuckling. ireughs awkwardly. ¡°I¡¯m serious!¡± ¡°Well, I know.¡± Luke¡¯s smile suddenly turns bitter. He looks at ire and he¡¯s a little sad. ¡°I hope you can tell me one thing.¡± ire is enjoying Luke¡¯s care. She says directly, ¡°OK, no matter what you ask, I¡¯ll tell you the truth.¡± ire¡¯s directness makes Luke more silent. He ponders for a while and looks at ire with his dark eyes. He says firmly, ¡°on the night of July 8th, the woman sleeping with Leo in the hotel is you, right?¡± He is asking her, but he is quite sure. Hearing this, ire¡¯s face changes. She looks away uneasily and says awkwardly, ¡°Luke, I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± ¡°ire, you don¡¯t have to pretend in front of me.¡± Luke says in a distressed voice, ¡°I know everything. I investigated everything about you.¡± This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. ire¡¯s heart pounds. She looks at Luke in surprise and asks incredulously, ¡°what do you know?¡± Luke takes a deep breath and sits up straight. ¡°I know everything. For example, on July 8, you were in the hotel, who is the father of your baby and you are the little wild cat.¡± ire is embarrassed. She listens quietly to Luke. She doesn¡¯t understand. She knows these things. She was ready to be exposed by Luke yesterday. But she doesn¡¯t understand what he means when he says jade wanted to sell her virginity! She finds out again that Jade has set her up! ire is cold and her body is shivering. She wants to tear Jade¡¯s vicious face! This woman has been hurting her! ire is sick! ire is pale. Luke thinks she is shocked, so heforts her. ¡°ire, don¡¯t worry. I haven¡¯t told Leo about it yet. I want to confirm your idea. If you don¡¯t want Leo to know, I can help you hide it from him!¡± ire doesn¡¯t care if Leo knows. ire lies powerless in bed. She is disgusted at Jade¡¯s viciousness. Jade threatened her to marry Leo with her father. But she didn¡¯t expect that Jade didn¡¯t want her to marry Leo at all. She just used her as a tool to make money. She sold her to Leo as a ve! At that time, ire hated Leo and thought jade was disgusting! She doesn¡¯t know until today that the woman is more disgusting than she thinks! She wanted to sell her virginity a long time ago! Chapter 130 I’ll never forgive Leo Chapter 130 I¡¯ll never forgive Leo Jade¡¯s greed shocks her! ire is thinking that if Jade shows up in front of her right now, she will kill her! ¡°ire! Are you ok?¡± Luke reaches out to ire with concern. He thinks she is shocked by the revtion of her secret. ire pushes Luke¡¯s hand away and smiles in disguise, ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Luke says uneasily, ¡°don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll definitely ask your advice before I decide whether to tell Leo about it. After all, it¡¯s your own secret. If you don¡¯t want to say it, I will respect you.¡± ire shakes her head and says, ¡°it¡¯s OK. I¡¯ve already told him. I don¡¯t care if he believes it or not. I don¡¯t need his trust now.¡± ¡°I have evidence now that you are the little wild cat.¡± Luke says anxiously. Hearing this, ire looks up at Luke. After a while she smiles confidently, ¡°do you think I need Leo¡¯s trust now? Do you think I want to be his wife?¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± Luke can¡¯t understand. He looks at ire suspiciously. Maybe Luke doesn¡¯t know the fact that Leo isn¡¯t married to her. ire thinks, but she says easily, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. Luke, just remember that Leo and I are enemies from now on! I will never forgive him for what he did to me!¡± Hearing this, Luke is lost in thought. After a while he looks at ire thoughtfully. He tries to defend Leo, ¡°but Leo has changed a lot for you now. Can¡¯t you try to forgive him? After all, the past has passed. Living in the past will only make you more miserable.¡± ¡°Though the past has passed, it has happened!¡± ire suddenly sits up. She throws the pillow behind her on the ground and stares at Luke angrily, ¡°how can I pretend not to care! How can I forget and forgive? Bryce and my father are dead. I¡¯ll never forgive Leo!¡± ¡°Calm down!¡± In the face of ire¡¯s sudden anger, Luke is a little unprepared. He stands up tofort ire, but she is more angry. ¡°Luke! Don¡¯t talk about him in front of me!¡± ¡°I hate him! I will never forgive Leo until I die!¡± ire is getting angry. Atst she seems to think of something. She pulls up her sleeve and shows Luke her arm. ¡°Look! This scar on my arm is what he left when he bullied me! And this, this...¡± ire suddenly turns pale. She bends down to cover her stomach. She groans in pain. ¡°My stomach hurts.¡± Luke is relieved just now, but her voice scares Luke to call the doctor in a hurry. Doctors and nursese quickly. The doctor is inside to check on ire. Luke is pushed out of the ward by a nurse. Luke is waiting anxiously. He keeps ming himself. He knows ire hates Leo, but he wants to defend his friend. If something happens to ire and the baby, Leo won¡¯t let him go! Fortunately, the doctores out soon this time. Luke is eager to go in and see ire¡¯s condition, but he is stopped by the doctor outside the ward. ¡°Don¡¯t go in now. She needs a rest.¡± The doctor says in a reproachful tone, ¡°I told you many times not to provoke her. It¡¯s extremely bad for the baby in her stomach! Do you want her baby to die?¡± The doctor says it very seriously. Luke quickly bows his head to admit his mistake. It¡¯s his fault. He knows ire is in hospital but he makes her face it. Luke understands that his behavior is just fueling the fire. Luke is sincere. The doctor says regretfully, ¡°it¡¯s a pity that after the final examination today, if the fetus is OK, she can go home for rest. I didn¡¯t expect anything to happen to her again.¡± Then the doctor leaves. Luke stands awkwardly outside the ward. He thinks for a long time and calls Leo. After all, Leo is the father of the baby. He has the right to know his baby¡¯s safety, although he doesn¡¯t know the truth yet. Leoes running in a hurry with a shopping bag in his hand. It should be something for ire. Seeing this, Luke can¡¯t help joking, ¡°you¡¯re busy but youe to the hospital every day. Why don¡¯t you get a nanny to look after ire? You don¡¯t know how to look after pregnant women.¡± ¡°I like it.¡± Before Leo can breathe, he asks, ¡°is she OK?¡± ¡°She¡¯s OK. The doctor said she is a little emotional, so the baby in her abdomen is unstable. Just pay attentionter.¡± Luke exins lightly. Hearing this, Leo nces at Luke and doesn¡¯t mean to me him. He just nods. He trusts Luke. Luke knows Leo trusts him so he doesn¡¯t know what to say for a while. He thinks whether to tell him that ir is the little wild cat. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . But he thinks about Leo¡¯s character. If he knows the truth, he will be very nice to ire because of guilt. He may act aggressively to get her forgiveness. ording to ire¡¯s reaction to Leo, telling the truth at the moment will only make things worse. Luke sighs in his heart. He decides not to tell the truth until things get better. Leo is wearing a ck suit under the corridor light. He is supposed to be serious and cold, but now he is carrying a shopping bag in his hand and looking into the ward. Luke is really sorry for their feelings. Chapter 131 Here comes Jade Chapter 131 Herees Jade After this incident, Leo rearranges Michelle to take care of ire. He also arranges two bodyguards outside the ward in case thest thing happens again. ire lives in the hospital. Leo and Lukee to see her asionally when they are free. What ire didn¡¯t expect is that a person appears in the hospital and provokes her, so she can get even with her. Jade storms into the ward. She looks like she¡¯s going to teach ire a lesson. Jade¡¯s heavily made up face is slightly ferocious. She points at ire and scolds her, ¡°I heard that you little bitch want to leave Leo. You are too bold. You were bought by Leo for 200 million dors. You are not free!¡± It turns out that Jade hears that ire wants to escape Leo, so shees to teach ire a lesson. Is Jade afraid she will run away so she won¡¯t get the money? ire is thinking about how to punish Jade. She didn¡¯t expect her toe. ire sneers and says coldly, ¡°Jade, you sold my personal freedom to Leo. Even if you are my stepmother, it¡¯s against thew. I haven¡¯t gone to the police station to sue you yet. How dare youe and question me?¡± Jade snorts and says arrogantly, ¡°I¡¯m your only elder now. I have the right to transfer your custody to someone else. Even if I break thew, you can¡¯t beat me.¡± At this point, ire thinks of her dead father. She believes that Jade is responsible for her father¡¯s death! ire stares at Jade coldly and says without expression, ¡°Jade, did you kill my father?¡± ¡°I killed him? How is that possible? Your father was sick. He died of illness. It¡¯s none of my business. Don¡¯t nder me!¡± Jade is a little flustered, but she pretends to be calm. ire is more convinced of what she thinks. Her eyes get colder and colder and she sneers, ¡°Jade, one day you will be punished.¡± After listening, Jade seems to hear a joke. Sheughs and covers her mouth. ¡°I have lived so many years without punishment. The only punishment is to have an ipetent husband and a depressed stepdaughter!¡± ire clenches her fist and stares at Jade. She bites her lips and is furious. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Jade is stillining about her hard work. Finally, she threatens, ¡°ire, Leo spent 200 million dors on you. You have to be Leo¡¯s maid all your life. You can¡¯t escape!¡± ire sneers. She gets out of bed and slowly approaches Jade. She has a mysterious smile. ¡°Really? I want to know why it¡¯s not possible.¡± ire is very docile today. Jade thinks she is going to win. She looks at ire who is getting closer and closer and smiles defiantly. ¡°If you want to leave Leo, I don¡¯t wee you. I¡¯ll see where you dare to go without a ce to live!¡± Look, her house has be Jade¡¯s own. Jade looks down on her, and now her father is dead. She has no ce in that family. ire¡¯s eyes are cold. When Jade says those words arrogantly, ire suddenly reaches out and shoves her. Jade is pushed to the ground by ire because she is wearing high heels. Jade falls to the ground and feels a lot of pain. She res at ire angrily. ¡°You little bitch dare to push me!¡± ire looks down at Jade on the ground and snorts, ¡°I pushed you, so what?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to kill you little bitch!¡± Jade gets up from the ground in anger and tries to hit ire. ire stands there calmly and says, ¡°if you dare to hit me, I¡¯ll ask the bodyguards outside toe in. You saw them just when you came in. Leo specially arranges for them to protect me here. Do you dare to hit me?¡± ire is arrogant in front of Jade for the first time. In the past, even if she was unhappy, she would tolerate her for her father¡¯s sake. Jade hasn¡¯t been treated like that. Jade is furious and stares at ire. She shouts, ¡°are you threatening me?¡± ire raises her chin and looks at Jade haughtily. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m threatening you.¡± I don¡¯t just want to threaten you, I want you to pay for what you¡¯ve done before. I¡¯m going to kill you! This is ire¡¯s decision that has been made in her mind for a long time. But Jade doesn¡¯t care. She knows Leo doesn¡¯t like ire. Leo can¡¯t have arranged for bodyguards to protect ire. He must have let them watch her. Jade spits on the ground disdainfully, ¡°you threaten me? You¡¯ve just been married for less than two months. If you dare to hit me, I¡¯ll make you pay back ten times!¡± As soon as she finishes, she raises her hand and tries to p ire in the face. ire has expected that Jade will react in such a way that she dodges her p, but her cheek rubs against her palm. Jade is not satisfied and wants to p her again. ¡°How dare you push me? It¡¯s killing me!¡± ire calmly looks at Jade trying to p her in the face. She stares at the door without saying a word. ¡°Stop!¡± Jade hears a roar and her arm is grabbed from behind and she is thrown to the ground. She bares her teeth in pain. ¡°Who asked you toe here?¡± Leo stares coldly at Jade on the ground and roars. ¡°Leo...¡± Jade is stunned. She looks at Leo in horror and is speechless in shock. Chapter 132 She did it on purpose Chapter 132 She did it on purpose Then Jade seems to think of something. She turns to ire and says viciously, ¡°did you call Leo?¡± ire stands up straight. She stares coldly at Jade on the ground without saying a word. The smile on the corner of her mouth betrays her good mood. Yes, she did it on purpose. Because Leoes to see her at this time of day. ire counts the time and asks Jade to hit her. It¡¯s a little hard for her to punish Jade, the disgusting woman, on her own. But Leo can do it for her. Jade also sees ire¡¯s smile on the corner of her mouth. Her face is ferocious, and she is trying to say something nasty to scold her. Leo suddenly kicks her foot. ¡°I respect you as ire¡¯s stepmother, so I treat you politely. Now you dare to hit ire. You¡¯re dying!¡± ¡°No, I didn¡¯t do it.¡± She is embarrassed after she was kicked to the ground. Jade gets up from the ground and shakes her head at Leo in horror. ¡°I didn¡¯t! I¡¯m just kidding! I¡¯m kidding ire.¡± She cheekily deceives Leo with such absurd lies, so when Jade finishes, Leo points to the door and roars, ¡°do you think I¡¯m a fool? Get out of here now! I don¡¯t want to hit women!¡± Leo is terrible at the moment. Jade is scared to death. She can¡¯t offend Leo, a rich man. She nods quickly. ¡°OK, I¡¯ll leave now.¡± Jade turns to leave, and ire, who has been watching quietly, says softly, ¡°wait a minute.¡± ire finishes and Jade stops. She wants to go out, but when she thinks of Leo, she doesn¡¯t dare to leave. So Jade turns around a little hesitantly. In front of Leo, she patiently asks ire, ¡°is there anything else?¡± ire doesn¡¯t look at Jade. Instead, she faces Leo and raises her chin to show him her face. ¡°She hit me. Do you just let her go?¡± Leo looks at the fingerprints on ire¡¯s face. He is distressed but he says hesitantly, ¡°she¡¯s your stepmother. I don¡¯t hit women.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°She is my stepmother! Then why did she hit me? Why did she sell me to you without my consent? I don¡¯t need to feel sorry for such a stepmother. Are you thinking about the deal so you don¡¯t want to hurt her?¡± ire presses Leo. Her eyes are cold and seem to see him through. ire remembers that when Kate pped Emma, he pped Kate and her. Now why doesn¡¯t he want to do that? Is Leo lying to her? Feeling ire¡¯s anger, Leo remembers what the doctor has told him. ire can¡¯t be emotional, or it¡¯s not good for the baby and her. So he looks at ire and says, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll listen to you. Jade¡¯spany can¡¯t go public any more. If you want, I can let her go bankrupt.¡± Leo looks reluctant so ire is angry. Why does he look so embarrassed? Is she pressing him? ireughs sarcastically. She says coldly, ¡°enough. Leo, don¡¯t pretend in front of me. I know you won¡¯t do that. I don¡¯t need your insinceremitment. Leo, get out with her. I don¡¯t want to see you. I don¡¯t want to hear you say how important I am to you.¡± ire is so angry that she doesn¡¯t realize her tone is jealous. She doesn¡¯t know she is jealous of Emma. When ire finishes, Leo grabs her hand and says seriously, ¡°ire, calm down. I¡¯m serious! If you don¡¯t believe it, you can read the news. I will keep my promise!¡± Jade has been listening to their conversation. She says to Leo discontentedly, ¡°President Howard, you are unreasonable. Anyway, we are rtives. I gave ire to you. You can¡¯t be ungrateful!¡± At the same time, Jade is surprised. She has long heard that Leo doesn¡¯t like ire. She doesn¡¯t think so. It¡¯s obviously Leo¡¯s fawning on ire! Jade looks at ire jealously. She used to hate ire because she is so beautiful and she is the center of public attention. Later she sold ire to Leo, hoping that she would be miserable. Unexpectedly, she lets Leo fall in love with her! Leo doesn¡¯t know what Jade thinks. Hearing her sharp voice, Leo looks back at her displeased, ¡°get out of here! You hit ire. You deserve it!¡± Leo¡¯s tone is serious! At that moment, Jade¡¯s eyes are red with anger. She res at Leo angrily and shouts, ¡°Leo, you can¡¯t do this to me. You are ungrateful!¡± Jade¡¯s roar echoes in the ward. When she wants to say something horrible, two bodyguards at the door come in and take her out. ¡°Wait!¡± ire shakes off Leo¡¯s hand and walks coldly to Jade. Her voice is cold. ¡°Stop.¡± The two bodyguards turn to face ire. ire walks up to Jade and sneers. She says, ¡°Jade, do you think yourpany will only go bankrupt?¡± ire raises her little white hand and hits Jade hard in the face. ¡°This p is for my father! You didn¡¯t let me see him, so I couldn¡¯t know his condition. I didn¡¯t even know he was dead! My father died because of you!¡± Chapter 133 Teach her a lesson Chapter 133 Teach her a lesson ire¡¯s words make Jade shiver. Now ire is a bully. She is determined to trample on Jade¡¯s soul and dignity. When ire finishes, she ps Jade hard! ¡°This p is for myself! I didn¡¯t expect you to have wanted to sell my virginity. Ha ha, you didn¡¯t seed, so you sold me to Leo. Are you happy when you spend the money you made by selling me? Do you sleep well every night?¡± ¡°I...¡± Jade has been pped and dizzy. She wants to say something but she doesn¡¯t know how to say it. ire ps her in the face twice and shakes her hand. She orders the two bodyguards, ¡°hit her! I want her to kneel in front of me and kowtow for mercy!¡± ire is cold. Atst she is able to vent her resentment. She¡¯s been putting up with Jade, this disgusting woman, for years! The two bodyguards know Leo likes ire so they don¡¯t hesitate. One puts Jade¡¯s hands behind her, the otheres up to her and raises his strong arm to hit Jade¡¯s heavily make up face. ¡°Ah!¡± Jade¡¯s screams echo in the ward. It¡¯s so harsh that people can¡¯t help getting goose bumps. However, ire just watches Jade kneel in front of her and scream. She has said that Jade must pay for what she did. She¡¯s just keeping her word. Jade has not been humiliated, let alone begged for mercy. She doesn¡¯t even want to bow to her ire and apologize! Jade grits his teeth. She would rather be beaten than beg ire for mercy. Soon, Jade¡¯s cheek is bruised. She has been swearing. She curses ire. She calls ire a bitch. Her scolding is irritating. ire is trying to shut her up when Leo, who is quiet for a long time, suddenly takes her hand and walks out. ire frowns, but she doesn¡¯t say no to Leo. After all, she is tired of listening to Jade¡¯s shrill voice. When they reach the door, Leo lets go of her hand. He turns to ire and asks in an uncertain voice, ¡°did you just say that Jade sold your virginity to someone else?¡± ire means she was a virgin before she came to his house, butter he found out she was not a virgin. What¡¯s going on? Leo thinks there is only one possibility. Jade was so greedy that she sold it twice. ire is no longer a virgin when she is with him. It is logical, but he is upset, so he asks ire. ire is addicted to the pleasure of revenge on Jade. Her heart thumps when she hears Leo. She just scolded jade, but she forgot that Leo was by her side! ¡°I...¡± ire is thinking about how to exin it to Leo. Finally, ire says, ¡°yes, as you said, Jade sold my virginity to other man. Now you know why I hate her so much. Are you going to let her go easily?¡± It¡¯s not about that. Leo shakes his head. He looks at ire and says guiltily, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, ire. It turns out that I misunderstood you all the time. I thought you had something to do with Bryce. I thought the baby in your stomach was his.¡± Leo suddenly can¡¯t go on. He has always misunderstood her as a slut! At the moment, Leo¡¯s mood is veryplicated. Whether he misunderstood ire or not, it¡¯s true that ire¡¯s virginity was not given to him. It¡¯s also true that ire¡¯s baby is not his. Leo suddenly doesn¡¯t know how to deal with ire. After ire is hospitalized, he ns not to care who the baby¡¯s father is. As long as ire doesn¡¯t run away by suicide. But now he knows ire¡¯s virginity has been sold and she may have been raped. He doesn¡¯t know what to do. He feels guilty. He hates that he can¡¯t protect ire. All kinds of emotions upy his mind. ire can¡¯t feel Leo¡¯splex emotions. She just looks away and says casually, ¡°it¡¯s OK. It¡¯s all over. It¡¯s none of your business.¡± ire¡¯s heart beats a lot faster as she speaks. After all, she¡¯s lying to Leo. She doesn¡¯t want to tell him about that night. Leo thinks ire is pretending not to care, so he feels more guilty. He can¡¯t help but hold ire in his arms. He puts his head on her shoulder and whispers, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I misunderstood you. I didn¡¯t protect you.¡± Is that what he thinks? ire shivers a little. Her cold heart seems to be infused with something warm. She feels at ease. ire doesn¡¯t push Leo away. Leo puts his hot face on her neck. There is a tear in the corner of his eye. Is Leo crying? Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. For a while, ire¡¯s throat seems to be stuck with something, and she wants to say something but can¡¯t. They hug each other quietly in the corridor. They hug for a long time regardless of the eyes of the people around them. Luke just walks to ire¡¯s ward and sees it. He can¡¯t help smiling. He thinks he can finally tell Leo the secret that ire is the little wild cat. ... That night, Luke invites Leo out for dinner and wants to talk about it. ¡°Why do you suddenly want to invite me to dinner?¡± Leo sits down and casually asks Luke. And Luke easily lifts the document bag in his hand. He says ostentatiously, ¡°I have found out who is the little wild cat. Do you want to see it?¡± ¡°Really?¡± Hearing this, Leo¡¯s eyes brighten and he can¡¯ help getting excited. But the next second, his eyes suddenly dim. He says dejectedly, ¡°I don¡¯t want to see it. Forget it.¡± Chapter 134 The truth behind the little wild cat Chapter 134 The truth behind the little wild cat ¡°Oh?¡± Luke sits up straight and puts the document bag on the table. He looks at Leo curiously and says, ¡°don¡¯t you always want to know who the little wild cat is? Why don¡¯t you want to know now? It¡¯s not your style.¡± Leo nces at Luke and shakes his head. ¡°I owe ire too much now. I don¡¯t want another woman. No matter who the little wild cat was that day, I don¡¯t care. I just want ire now.¡± Thinking of his insults and torments to ire, Leo regrets it. It turns out that he misunderstood her all the time. When she is desperate and even wants to die, he suddenly finds out that he doesn¡¯t want to lose her! Hearing this, Luke is deeply shocked. He looks at Leo in disbelief and murmurs, ¡°Leo, you really have changed. You have be so affectionate and righteous. I don¡¯t even know you.¡± Leo puts on a charming smile and says scornfully, ¡°no matter how I change, I¡¯m still me. I¡¯m your best buddy. Don¡¯t you admit it?¡± Luke can¡¯ helpughing when he hears Leo. He looks at Leo, who suddenly matures, and says, ¡°Leo, you¡¯re really in love with ire.¡± ¡°...¡± Leo nods in silence as an answer. He didn¡¯t cherish her before. Now ire¡¯s heart is broken, but he¡¯s bing more and more inseparable from her. Thinking of this, Leo sighs, ¡°we don¡¯t often eat together. We need to have a good time tonight. We are going to the barter.¡± ¡°No.¡± Luke waves. He raises the document bag again and says with a smile, ¡°don¡¯t you really want to know who the little wild cat is?¡± Leo frowns. Just when he wants to say no, Luke suddenly opens the document bag and hands the documents inside to Leo. Leo looks at a picture of ire in a red dress. In the picture, she is mature, attractive and beautiful. Seeing Leo attracted by ire¡¯s picture, Luke raises his chin and says softly, ¡°you¡¯d better take a look first. I promise you won¡¯t regret it.¡± Leo reads the document. To Leo¡¯s surprise, the more he reads, the more shocked he is! There is a picture of the little wild cat¡¯s back in those documents. Leo continues to read and finds another photo below! This picture shows a fat man. Obviously he is the man who wanted to rape ire that night. This picture is taken by the monitor and it is exactly the same angle as the little wild cat. Ray in the picture is at the door of the little wild cat¡¯s room. He can see Ray in the picture is about to knock on the door. Leo doesn¡¯t understand when he sees this, but when he continues to read, he ispletely stunned. ording to the document, Ray imed that he was the guest of the room at that time. However, the staff confirmed that the guest of the room was not the man, but a woman named ire! ire! Leo is shocked. ¡°What¡¯s going on?¡± Leo stares at Luke in shock. He doesn¡¯t seem to believe what he sees. Does that mean ire is the little wild cat? Leo doesn¡¯t believe it. God. How is that possible? The woman he has been looking for is by his side and he doesn¡¯t find it! But Luke calmly takes ire¡¯s picture and points to it and says to Leo, ¡°look at the background of this picture. Is it just the background of the hotel?¡± Hearing Luke¡¯s words, Leo finds that the environment in the photo is indeed a hotel! ¡°Luke, what¡¯s going on?¡± Leo looks at Luke eagerly and wants him to exin. Luke takes a deep breath and takes a drink. He points to the photo and says, ¡°I found this photo at a friend¡¯s house. He said that he saw such a beautiful woman in the hotel that day, so he secretly took a picture and put it at home as a picture to enjoy.¡± ¡°After listening to him, I learned that ire was in the hotel on July 8, but we don¡¯t know it. Then I started an investigation into ire. Guess what?¡± When Luke says that, there is a little excitement on his face. He says happily to Leo, ¡°I found that ire and the little wild cat we are looking for are exactly the same! I took her picture and asked the staff. One of the staff immediately recognized ire! That night Ray was in the ward, so I suddenly thought of him on the monitor!¡± Luke has a drink after he finishes. He looks at the stunned Leo and smiles, ¡°do you think you and ire are predestined? The little wild cat you¡¯ve been looking for is her!¡± Luke is excited but Leo freezes. He gives a wry smile and looks at Luke. ¡°Luke, how should I face ire? I used to treat her like that and even misunderstood her.¡± So ire¡¯s virginity was given to him. Luke hesitates. Then he looks at Leo seriously andforts him, ¡°it¡¯s OK. Leo, there¡¯s still time. As long as you treat her well and let her gradually feel your sincerity, ire will forgive you!¡± Maybe it¡¯s impossible. Leo lowers his head and puts his hands in his hair. He looks at the table in a daze. He is at a loss. ire won¡¯t forgive him! This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. At this moment, Leo suddenly remembers ire¡¯s attitude during the day. She may have known that her virginity has been given to him! But she lied. Chapter 135 Claire, I’m sorry Chapter 135 ire, I¡¯m sorry Leo is desperate. He thinks ire is unhappy with him for buying her and killing Bryce because of Emma. Leo thinks she can forgive him as long as he treats her well. After all, Bryce and Emma are not very important people to ire. But! Now Leo knows that the little wild cat is ire. So ire¡¯s virginity was given to him. What¡¯s more, ire¡¯s baby is his! He can¡¯t ept the fact. And when ire knows that she is the little wild cat and Leo is the man that night and her baby¡¯s father, how sad and unbelievable she is! Leo knows this fact is hard to ept, let alone he has humiliated her and misunderstood her! Leo thought of Emma as the little wild cat. He misunderstood that she was a slut and that she had an affair with Bryce. He dare not think of all this! He¡¯s a jerk! For a while, Leo falls into deep regret. Even he can¡¯t forgive himself, let alone ire! Luke can¡¯t bear it. He knows that Leo will react like this when he tells the truth, but that¡¯s the reality. Sooner orter, you have to face the reality. No matter how you escape, the reality is always in front of you. The best way is to face it bravely. Luke can¡¯t helpforting him. ¡°Leo, you don¡¯t have to me yourself. The facts are in front of you. You can confess to ire and talk to her. I believe she is not a unreasonable person.¡± ¡°Luke, she won¡¯t forgive me.¡± Leo is very haggard at the moment. He has lost confidence. He looks at Luke and gives a wry smile. ¡°I know your kindness. I need to think for a while.¡± ¡°All right.¡± Luke nods. He has done what he can. The result depends on Leo himself. A dinner ends with Leo¡¯sck of appetite. Seeing that he is in a bad mood, Luke proposes to go to the bar for a drink. They were going to drink and celebrate. As soon as Leo arrives at the bar, he keeps drinking. No matter how Luke persuades him, it is useless. Luke drives him home and leaves. ... When Luke leaves, Leo opens his drunk eyes. He can¡¯t sleep yet. He has to confess to ire. ire can¡¯t sleep because of this morning. As soon as she closes her eyes, she will think of Leo crying on her neck. It seems that Leo¡¯s tears are still on her neck. ire sighs and decides to forget it. She¡¯s going to hate Leo for life. She can¡¯t be shaken by such a trifle! ire closes her eyes. The ward is quiet. When she is about to fall asleep, the sudden noise at the door wakes her up. ire has goose bumps at the thought of what Luke said. Does the pervert want to insult her again? ire turns her head warily to the door. In the dark, she sees a shaky figureing in. He is obviously a drunkard. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire is worried. Where are the two bodyguards at the door? Why don¡¯t they stop him? When the manes to ire¡¯s bed, she finds out it is Leo! She was very scared just now! ire is relieved but confused. Why does Leo drink so much? Since she met Leo, he rarely drinks or gets drunk. Leo doesn¡¯t seem to be conscious. He staggers to ire¡¯s bedside and leans slowly and puts his arms around ire¡¯s shoulders. He seems to want to kiss her. ire can¡¯t stand the smell on him, so she pushes him away. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to be unsteady and fall to the ground. ire jumps out of bed and turns on the light. She squats on the ground and kicks Leo and whispers, ¡°are you ok?¡± Leo mutters in a hoarse voice, ¡°ire, I¡¯m sorry.¡± Hearing what he says, ire just says coldly, ¡°it¡¯s toote to say that now.¡± ire wants to lift Leo up, but he¡¯s too heavy. He falls to the ground again. ire frowns. Before she can react, her arm is suddenly caught. There is something hot and soft on her lips. ire moves her mouth. The next second, her head is suddenly pressed by Leo and her waist is hugged by him. He puts her close to his body. Leo uses his tongue to open ire¡¯s teeth and tastes her sweetness. This is the taste of the little wild cat that day. Their temperature rises rapidly. Something seems to be moving inside them. He strokes ire¡¯s body with his big hand. Atst he reaches into ire¡¯s sick suit and murmurs, ¡°little wild cat.¡± Little wild cat? ire shivers and suddenly wakes up. She breaks free of Leo. But Leo doesn¡¯t want to let her go. He holds her tighter. Leo looks drunk, but his eyes are clear and bright. ire thinks he is pretending to be drunk. ¡°Let go of me! Don¡¯t pretend to be a fool!¡± ire pushes Leo hard, but she finds that she can¡¯t push him, so she is a little disappointed. They can¡¯t lie on the ground all the time. What¡¯s more, what does Leo mean by the little wild cat? Does Leo think she¡¯s Emma? Chapter 136 Why don’t you tell me the truth Chapter 136 Why don¡¯t you tell me the truth ire is in a mixed mood when she thinks about it. Leo puts his arms around ire. He looks into ire¡¯s eyes. He seems to question her or to ask her unwittingly, ¡°ire, are you little wild cat?¡± ¡°...¡± ire freezes. She looks at Leo and doesn¡¯t know how to answer. Does Leo find out that she is little wild cat? ire doesn¡¯t answer, so Leo turns over and presses her. He looks her in the eye and asks, ¡°are you the woman in the hotel that day? That lost jade pendant is yours, isn¡¯t it? Little wild cat?¡± Leo is excited and has clear eyes. At the moment, he looks normal except for the smell of wine. ire¡¯s mind is nk. She is as stiff as if she has been struck by lightning. So Leo knows everything. That¡¯s why he drinks so much and then confronts her. But Leo, are you sad and miserable after knowing the truth? Has your conscience been greatly condemned? Do you feel the pain? Do you feel sorry for me? ire stares at Leo without saying a word. Her eyes are cold. ¡°Tell me!¡± Seeing ire avoiding him, Leo is excited and continues to kiss ire with his head down. He puts his big hand in her dress and tries to tear it off. He seems to want to have sex with her here. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°If you don¡¯t say it, I¡¯ll make you say it.¡± Leo looks cold. ire¡¯s clothes are about to be torn off by him. Her white and tender shoulders are exposed. Leo puts his face on her shoulder. He bites her sensitive parts. Gradually his lips slip from her shoulders to her chest. At night, the floor is extremely cold, and ire¡¯s heart is also cold. She is eager to push Leo away, but Leo is as motionless as a stone. She can¡¯t push this man at all! ire is helpless and angry. She remembers that she is pregnant so she can¡¯t have sex. It¡¯s bad for her baby. She growls angrily, ¡°yes, I am the woman in the hotel that day. The jade pendant is mine. I know Emma is not the woman you are looking for. I know that. But Leo, what¡¯s the use of that?¡± ire¡¯s roar makes Leo stop. He stares at ire with pain and anger. ¡°Then why didn¡¯t you tell me?¡± Leo questions her. ¡°What¡¯s the use of telling you?¡± ire looks at Leo deadpan and sneers, ¡°will you believe me? Can you believe me? Ha-ha. It¡¯s ridiculous. Leo, do you know how much I hate you? I hate that it¡¯s you from the beginning to the end. I hate that the baby in my belly is yours. I hate that you never believe me. I hate that you hurt my father and Bryce. I wish I could tear your bones, eat your flesh, drink your blood and tear you to pieces!¡± ire begins to struggle. She tries to push Leo away, ¡°Leo! Get out of here! Don¡¯t touch me!¡± ¡°...¡± Leo doesn¡¯t talk. He listens quietly to ire¡¯s almost hysterical roar. His eyes are clear in the dark. He looks serious. He is not a bit drunk at the moment. In fact, on the way to the hospital, he had almost sobers up. He just doesn¡¯t know how to exin it to ire, so he pretends to be drunk to get close to her. The atmosphere is silent for a moment. Leo sighs. He dresses her gently and lifts her to bed. He says helplessly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, ire.¡± He thinks a lot. He understands that something has happened and he can¡¯t change it. But he is not an irresponsible man. He knows ire¡¯s baby is his and her virginity is given to him. Leo thinks he can¡¯t let ire down. So he decides that no matter how much ire hates him, he should take the responsibility and face all the me bravely. He¡¯s done too much wrong to ire. He can¡¯t go wrong again. But ire doesn¡¯t think so. Leo already knows the truth. She thinks it¡¯s the best time to break up. ire sneers and quips, ¡°you don¡¯t have to say sorry. You make me leave you now, which is the best compensation for me. Don¡¯t say these words. I don¡¯t need them all.¡± Why is she leaving again! ¡°ire!¡± Leo interrupts ire. He stares at her and says seriously, ¡°yes, I know. I admit what I did to your father and Bryce is very sad for you. I am sorry! But I am your baby¡¯s father after all. Can¡¯t you forgive me and give me a chance for our baby¡¯s sake?¡± ire throws a pillow on Leo. She says viciously, ¡°Leo! Don¡¯t make me sick! Didn¡¯t you say you hate me? Didn¡¯t you say you are going to get even with our family? Didn¡¯t you say you will never let us go? What are you doing now? Are you the father of the baby? Do you forget thest time you tried to abort me in the hospital and you misunderstood Bryce and me?¡± ¡°Leo! You are shameless! I look down on you!¡± ire¡¯s usations and indignation make Leo¡¯s face more and more gloomy. He¡¯s even a little shaky. ¡°You¡¯re right. It¡¯s my mistake. I deserve it!¡± Leo is pale. He looks at ire and his eyes are full of pain and struggle, ¡°but I didn¡¯t know what happened to you! I didn¡¯t know you are little wild cat and your virginity is given to me, so I misunderstood you. Now that I know I¡¯m wrong, won¡¯t you give me a chance?¡± ¡°Leo, why don¡¯t you die? I told you that Emma is not the little wild cat you are looking for. I told you Bryce and I are innocent. I told you I¡¯m not the slut you think! Now you tell me you know you¡¯re wrong. You are not worthy of my sympathy!¡± Chapter 137 Intoxicating kiss Chapter 137 Intoxicating kiss ire looks cold with rage. Her words hit Leo¡¯s heart deeply and pierce his bones, which makes him miserable. Leo wants to say something, but he finds something stuck in his throat. He is speechless and miserable. He even has difficulty breathing. Leo¡¯s eyes are reddish. He says to ire in agony, ¡°but I forgive what your mother did to my family. You...¡± He means I¡¯ve let go of the hate and given you a chance. Why can¡¯t you let go of hatred and give me a chance? Hearing this, ire is stunned for a moment, but then she thinks that they are two different things, and she sneers at Leo with cold face, ¡°this is your fault! My mother¡¯s grudge with your family is the matter of the previous generation. I don¡¯t know what happened. Why don¡¯t you let them go? You use it to negotiate with me now. You don¡¯t deserve it!¡± ¡°...¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Leo steps back two steps in amazement. He looks at ire in front of him as if he doesn¡¯t know her. Or he doesn¡¯t really know ire or care about her. So he doesn¡¯t know ire hates him that much. Does he really deserve it? Is he going to give up? It¡¯s impossible! He will never give up! ¡°No!¡± Leo looks up at ire and says firmly, ¡°ire, no matter how much you hate me now, I won¡¯t give up on you! Believe me. I¡¯m willing to do my best topensate you! It doesn¡¯t matter if you don¡¯t forgive me. I¡¯ll wait! Even if you let me wait for a lifetime, I will wait until you are willing to forgive me!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t pretend in front of me. I don¡¯t believe it!¡± ire turns. She doesn¡¯t want to see Leo look remorseful and aggrieved. Leo, why didn¡¯t you think of this when you hurt me, killed my father and Bryce? You¡¯re pretending to be miserable in front of me now. When I was hurt by you, I was more painful than you! Does it hurt? I just want to make you miserable. You deserve it! ... They part unhappily. The next day, Leo stilles to see ire at the hospital and he is more enthusiastic than before. Now ire is upset to see him. Didn¡¯t they make it clearst night? Doesn¡¯t he give up? Leo wants to return the jade pendant to ire today. She wants to ignore Leo, but when she sees this jade pendant, she is very sad. It¡¯s the heirloom her father left her and the only thing he left her. Now her father is dead, and she lives alone in the world. As soon as ire picks up the jade pendant in Leo¡¯s hand, she can¡¯t help crying, ¡°Dad...¡± Seeing ire cry, Leo feels sad. He wants to hold her in his arms andfort her, but he knows that ire will not ept his touch now. ¡°Go away!¡± ire growls. Leo is embarrassed and wants to tell ire about her father. ¡°Actually, when you saw your father¡¯s death notice that day, I just learned about his death. I¡¯m sorry about your father. Don¡¯t be too sad.¡± He pats ire on the back. That¡¯s not what he said that day! Leo¡¯s words bring ire back to her senses. She wipes her tears and pats Leo¡¯s hand off. She looks cold. ¡°Don¡¯t touch me! I don¡¯t need yourfort. I remember exactly what you said to me!¡± ¡°I said it that day because I was angry. I was lying...¡± Before Leo finishes, ire coldly interrupts. ¡°Leo, have you said enough? If I were you, I would not stay here and say these words! Get out of here! I don¡¯t want to see you!¡± ire¡¯s face is cold. No matter what Leo says at the moment, she will not believe it. His bad habits have been engraved in ire¡¯s mind. When ire finishes, Leo turns around dejectedly and leaves. She is frustrated to see that he finally leaves. If you has listened to me earlier and believed me, this will not have happened. ire holds the jade pendant in her hand and she feels lonely and unwilling. She lowers her head and cries in silence. Dad, I miss you so much. ire¡¯s sadnesssts only a moment. Her body is suddenly held down. A strong figure presses on her and kisses her lips. He is sometimes gentle and sometimes domineering. He slowly tastes the taste of her mouth as if he were going to eat her. ¡°ire... Don¡¯t cry... Don¡¯t drive me away...¡± Leo mumbles. He feels ire¡¯s body skillfully. He wants to make her sexually aroused before she pushes him away. ire groans and suddenly gets excited. Damn it, she is seduced by Leo. But when ire thinks of the baby in her belly, she is shocked and starts to push Leo. ¡°Leo, go away. Do not...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, ire. I won¡¯t do that. I know you have our baby in your stomach.¡± Leo says softly. At the moment, he just wants her to forgive him. Yeah, their baby. Before ire reacts, Leo¡¯s movements are more gentle. Her consciousness gradually blurs. She has never seen such a gentle and careful Leo. ire can¡¯t help pandering to him. Leo is surprised and he kisses her more tenderly. They gradually indulge in the kiss. Chapter 138 Escape plan Chapter 138 Escape n Although the kiss that day is fascinating and Leo continues to be nice to ire for the next few days, ire still ignores him as if their kiss that day doesn¡¯t exist. At the same time, ire uses herself of not controlling herself and making Leo seize the opportunity. They remain deadlocked and silent. At the same time, ire gradually recovers. Atst she is about to leave the hospital. ire is worried about the news that she will be discharged the next day. She promises Juan that she will wait for his news in the hospital. Now she is about to leave hospital, but she still hasn¡¯t heard from Juan! Is he going to break his promise? She must not go back to Leo¡¯s vi. If she goes back, she will never have a chance to escape! No matter whether Juan will help her or not, she must run away and can¡¯t stay with Leo any longer. ire is anxiously looking forward to the miracle, and she keeps looking at her mobile phone. ire¡¯s abnormality is discovered by Leo. He asks her with concern, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Are you not feeling well?¡± ¡°Nothing!¡± ire rejects Leo¡¯s concern. Why is this man so troublesome! He is around her like a fly all day. All of a sudden ire sees a cell phone number that she doesn¡¯t save call her. ire answers the phone quickly. Sure enough, she hears a maic voice in the handset, ¡°I¡¯m ready. A ck car will be waiting for you at the hospital gate at 3 p.m. You can get in the car directly.¡± ¡°OK!¡± ire responds immediately and smiles. She is very excited. Juan seems to have something else to do. After that, he hangs up. However, this does not affect ire¡¯s good mood. She puts down her mobile phone and smiles. Seeing that she is in a better mood after receiving a call, Leo can¡¯t help asking, ¡°who called you?¡± ire remembers that Leo is here. Her good mood suddenly disappears. She replies casually, ¡°nothing. Kate will pick me up tomorrow and we will have a good time. It¡¯s boring that I¡¯ve been in hospital for so long.¡± Hearing this, Leo frowns. He doesn¡¯t agree with ire. ¡°It¡¯s not good that you have a good time just after you leave the hospital. You¡¯re still pregnant.¡± ¡°It¡¯s none of your business!¡± ire takes a look at Leo. She wants to satirize him, but she suddenly remembers an important thing! It¡¯s almost half past one, which means she can leave here in an hour and a half! Her time is running out! But Leo follows her like a fly. ire has a headache at the thought of it. This content provided by N(o)velDrama].[Org. ire thinks for a while and suddenlyes up with an idea. She looks at Leo and pretends she¡¯s not feeling well, ¡°you¡¯re right. I haven¡¯t recovered yet. You can apany me to the garden.¡± When ire finally agrees and offers to take a walk together, Leo is excited and immediately agrees, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll go out with you now.¡± ire not only took the initiative to cater to him that day, but also offers to take a walk today. Does this mean that his efforts are not wasted? ire is moved by his efforts. After they leave the ward, Leo walks beside ire. The warm sun shines on them. There are patients and nurses walking by. They look at them enviously. Leo is handsome and ire is beautiful. She¡¯s pregnant so she looks gentler. They think they are a good match. Even Leo thinks so. This is the first time they have walked together harmoniously. Thinking about his attitude toward ire before, Leo feels guilty. He must make it up to ire. But ire doesn¡¯t think so. She is now full of joy. She¡¯ll be able to leave Leo soon and never have to put up with this jerk again. ire smiles but suddenly she¡¯s a little sad. She doesn¡¯t want to leave the city. She doesn¡¯t want to leave Kate and Leo. But ire rejects the idea. What¡¯s wrong with her recently? Is Leo so nice to her that she hesitates? No way! She has sworn that she won¡¯t let Leo go! She will never regret it! ire can¡¯t help but think it is ridiculous. Isn¡¯t she willing to leave Leo? Stop kidding. She¡¯s so happy! ire grunts and forgets these thoughts. It¡¯s almost three o¡¯clock in the afternoon. ire grows anxious. How can she send Leo away? ire suddenly feels a little cold, so she stops to touch her arm. She says to Leo sheepishly, ¡°I feel a little cold all of a sudden. Can you go back to the ward and bring me a coat?¡± ire rarely asks for him. Her attitude has eased. Leo is sure that ire has been touched by his efforts! Excellent! Leo doesn¡¯t think too much. He looks at ire happily and sits her in a chair by the side of the road. He laughs happily and says, ¡°wait for me here. I¡¯ll be back in a moment.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire agrees and Leo happily turns and walks away. ire looks at Leo¡¯s back and smiles. She looks around and decides to leave at once! Chapter 139 Leo’s accident Chapter 139 Leo¡¯s ident When Leo gets to the elevator, he thinks that he has forgotten to ask ire if she wants water. He goes back to ask ire. But what Leo didn¡¯t expect is that when he goes back to the ce where he has just separated from ire, he can¡¯t see her! He panics and looks around. He doesn¡¯t see ire¡¯s back. Fear slowly upies Leo¡¯s heart. Does she escape? Thinking of this, Leo anxiously pulls the nurse aside. He points to the chair ire has just sat in and asks, ¡°where is the patient who was sitting here?¡± The nurse is startled by Leo. She points in the other direction and falters, ¡°I don¡¯t know, but I saw her go in this direction just now. She just left.¡± Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Before the nurse finishes, Leo lets go and runs in the direction ire left. At the same time, he has a foreboding. This is the direction of the hospital gate! Leo doesn¡¯t think too much. He runs to the hospital gate. He is anxious and keeps looking around. He sees a woman like ire getting into a ck car! The woman is wearing a hospital gown and there is a ward number on it. She¡¯s ire! She¡¯s going to run! At that moment, Leo just feels his heart is about to jump out. He didn¡¯t expect that he just leaves for a while, but ire leaves him and get into someone else¡¯s car! ¡°ire,e back! Do you hear me! I won¡¯t let you go!¡± Leo pushes away the people in front like crazy. He dashes for his car. He can¡¯t let ire leave him! He¡¯s going to get her back! Leo starts the car to chase ire¡¯s car before closing the door. ire gets in the car and sees Juan. She says hello to him with a smile, ¡°Hello, we¡¯ve met again.¡± Juan smiles at her and holds up the drink in his hand and asks, ¡°would you like some water?¡± ire is so tired from running that she takes Juan¡¯s drink and smiles, ¡°thanks!¡± ¡°You¡¯re wee.¡± Juan looks at the rearview mirror. He finds an interesting thing, ¡°but your husband is catching up.¡± ire looks in the rearview mirror, too. When she sees Leo¡¯s white car chasing after her, her heart seems to be stirred by something. She slips out. He¡¯s bound to be furious. She seems to imagine him getting angry. ire frowns and bows her head. But when she turns to Juan, she says, ¡°he¡¯s never my husband!¡± They are not married at all. ¡°Ha ha.¡± ire¡¯s words delights Juan. He elerates and smiles happily. ¡°You finally admit that he is not your husband. Well, since you says that, I¡¯ll y with him!¡± With that, Juan speeds up and drives skillfully. Leo follows closely. Hepetes with Juan at 250 mph. He just wants ire back! Juan feels Leo¡¯s arrogance and momentum. He is a little surprised. ¡°Leo drives so fast. Does he want to die?¡± He also increases his speed. He won¡¯t let Leo take ire back. ire is shocked when she hears Juan. She looks back and feels a little uneasy. Will Leo have an ident? But she doesn¡¯t want to go back to him! If he has an ident, she should be happy! Why does she worry? Damn! When Juan sees ire¡¯s abnormality, he immediately says, ¡°close your eyes and have a rest. Just give me half an hour!¡± ¡°OK!¡± ire agrees. She doesn¡¯t look at Leo and closes her eyes to rest. But ire¡¯s heart still thumps uneasily. She can even hear her heart beating when she closes her eyes! Why is she so worried about Leo? Forget it! Don¡¯t think about it! ire shakes her head and tries not to think about unhappy things. Now it¡¯s the best chance to leave Leo. If she doesn¡¯t take the chance, she can¡¯t leave him. When Leo sees the car in front suddenly speed up, he understands that the other side has already known his intention. He continues to improve his speed! He doesn¡¯t know he is killing himself! At the moment, Leo yells at the car in front, ¡°ire! ire! Come back!¡± Leo honks his horn angrily. He ignores the harsh noise and continues to do so. He hopes the traffic in front can give way to him. Now Leo thinks these vehicles are all rubbish in the way. Leo is so anxious that he wants to rush out and kill people! ¡°Why are there so many cars today!¡± Leo¡¯s eyes are bloodshot and he is staring at ire¡¯s car. He is too focused to notice the retrograde van. But Leo doesn¡¯t care. He just wants ire toe back to him and never leave him! When Leo reacts, he feels a white light in front of him. The next moment Leo feels like his whole world is upside down. ¡°Bang!¡± The van ms into Leo¡¯s car. His car turns over and flows into theke by the road. Leo watches ire¡¯s car go away. He hates to the extreme. ire, you¡¯re cruel. You still want to leave me. Juan is shocked to see Leo¡¯s car ident. He wants to turn around and tell ire, but when he sees her with her eyes closed and she doesn¡¯t notice it, Juan suddenly has a selfish idea. Maybe it¡¯s better not to let ire know. If she knows Leo has a car ident and she wants to go back, what can he do? He manages to take her away from Leo. He can¡¯t easily let her go back! Chapter 140 Inexplicable fear Chapter 140 Inexplicable fear ire follows Juan back to the estate and lives there. But she¡¯s been upset and ufortable since she is in the car as if something big is going to happen. This foreboding apanies her all the way. Seeing ire¡¯s face is not very good, Juan asks, ¡°ire, are you ok?¡± ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± ire says to Juan with a smile, holding back the feeling of breathlessness. ¡°You say you are ok...¡± Before Juan finishes, he sees ire close her eyes and slowly fall to the ground. ¡°ire!¡± ... When ire wakes up, the setting sun is shining in the room. She stares at the ceiling and recalls what happened before she fainted. She doesn¡¯t understand why she suddenly felt unable to breathe. ire takes a deep breath and is much morefortable. At the same time, she mes herself for thinking too much. She must be so excited because she left Leo that she would have such an illusion. ¡°Are you awake?¡± Juan opens the door and brings in a bowl of porridge. He looks at ire with concern but jokes, ¡°you just fainted on the ground and scared me.¡± ire gives Juan a look and nods gratefully. ¡°Thank you so much today.¡± ¡°You¡¯re wee.¡± Juan hands ire the porridge. The door is knocked suddenly. Juan is a little surprised. He looks apologetically at ire and says, ¡°eat the porridge and have a good rest. I have something to do.¡± ¡°It¡¯s OK.¡± ire takes the porridge and says. Juan nods and turns away in a hurry. After Juan leaves, ire feels bored in the room alone. She thinks that she didn¡¯t visit the housest time. She can visit it today. Because she likes the decoration style of Juan¡¯s manor very much! ire wanders about the manor. Suddenly, shees to a half open door and hears Juan¡¯s voice. She wants to go in, but all of a sudden she is attracted by the contents of the conversation. ¡°Are you sure he is in a car ident?¡± Juan asks coldly. ¡°Yes! I personally confirmed it! He is in the hospital now. He¡¯s seriously injured and may die.¡± Who may die? ire is curious and leans against the door panel. She doesn¡¯t notice that she identally hits the door panel and makes a slight noise. ¡°Who is there?¡± Juan stares warily at the door. His bodyguardes to the door and ms it open. Then they all find ire standing at the door. ire looks at the two people in the room and she says awkwardly, ¡°hello.¡± When Juan sees her, instead of rxing, he asks, ¡°Why are you here? Didn¡¯t I let you have a good rest in the room?¡± ire feels the atmosphere in the study a little oppressive. She understands that she has made a big mistake. She bows her head awkwardly and apologizes, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I overheard you. It¡¯s boring for me to stay in the room alone, so I hang out. I¡¯m sorry.¡± ire suddenly thinks of the conversation. She asks curiously, ¡°what were you talking about? Who is going to die in a car ident?¡± Juan holds his breath nervously. He thinks about whether he has mentioned Leo¡¯s name just now. After confirming that he didn¡¯t mention it, he is relieved and says casually, ¡°nothing. One of my uncles just had a car ident. He seems to be in danger and is being rescued now.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ire nods and thinks she shouldn¡¯t be here. She says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Keep talking. I¡¯ll hang out.¡± Then she turns and wants to leave. ¡°Wait!¡± Juan stops her. ¡°You don¡¯t have to go. I¡¯ve just finished the work. Why don¡¯t we eat something?¡± ire looks back at Juan. He isn¡¯t joking, so she is relieved and smiles, ¡°OK, I¡¯m hungry, too.¡± Juan smiles and tells his assistant to go to the kitchen and bring the food back. ire has no doubts. When shees to Juan, she asks with interest, ¡°I haven¡¯t known your name yet. Are you really not going to tell me your name?¡± Hearing this, Juan chuckles and shakes his head. ¡°Listen, I¡¯ll just say it once. My name is Juan!¡± ¡°Juan?¡± ire says with a smile, ¡°that¡¯s a nice name.¡± ¡°I think so.¡± They smile at each other and talk for a while. ire suddenly thinks of a very important thing, so she says to Juan, ¡°Juan, although I appreciate your help, I want to go abroad. I want to give birth to my baby. It¡¯s not safe at home!¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. Leo is very powerful. ire knows that if she stays at home, she will probably be caught by him. Hearing this, Juan is a little surprised. He looks at ire incredulously and says, ¡°do you want to have Leo¡¯s baby? Don¡¯t you hate him?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ire nods in agreement, but when she looks up at Juan, her eyes are full of seriousness. ¡°The baby is innocent. I want to have it!¡± It turns out ire still wants to have Leo¡¯s baby. Juan is jealous. ire hates Leo but she wants to have his baby. He has difficulty taking ire away from Leo. If he¡¯s with ire in the future, will he raise Leo¡¯s baby? Juan is distracted. He bows his head and ponders for a long time. He is thinking about whether to let ire stay or send her abroad. ¡°Can¡¯t you stay at home?¡± After pondering for a while, Juan decides to get a chance for himself. ¡°No way! Leo is stubborn and possessive. In the future, he will try his best to find me! I don¡¯t want to be found by him, let alone disturbed by him. Please help me again!¡± ire looks at Juan pitifully and begs for his sympathy. Chapter 141 Goodbye, Leo Chapter 141 Goodbye, Leo Looking at ire begging him like a kitten, Juan feels funny. You don¡¯t know. Leo may not have a chance to disturb you in the future. He may not live to that time. But Juan can¡¯t say that to ire. He thinks for a long time and finally chooses topromise, ¡°OK, but I¡¯ll go with you. You¡¯re not safe as a woman. I¡¯ll stay with you until the baby is born!¡± Hearing this, ire is shocked. She stares at Juan incredulously and says, ¡°are you going to apany me abroad?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Juan replies immediately. For a while, ire looks at Juan withplicated eyes. She didn¡¯t expect that the man is trustworthy. He used to say that he liked her, but ire didn¡¯t believe it. Now it seems that he really likes her. Although ire can¡¯t be with Juan, she appreciates him. After all, it¡¯s not safe for her to be abroad alone. She looks at him gratefully and says, ¡°thank you! I¡¯ll pay you backter!¡± Juan shakes his head and looks affectionately at ire. He whispers in a maic voice, ¡°I don¡¯t want you to thank me. I want your heart and you!¡± ¡°...¡± ire stares at him in surprise. This man is so bold! But she can¡¯t be with him! Her heart is hurt and she can¡¯t ept other men! Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Juan¡¯s eyes are zing. ire feels a little hot on her face. She quickly finishes her meal and makes an excuse to leave. ¡°I haven¡¯t changed my clothes. I¡¯ll go back first. You can call me at dinner.¡± After ire leaves, Juan¡¯s assistant says to him in shock, ¡°boss, this is not a proper decision for you. We have arranged so many people to deal with Leo and his underground kingdom. Now the n has just started and Leo has an ident. This is a good opportunity. If you go abroad, what about the n?¡± Juan waves and signals him not to continue. He understands it, but he looks in the direction ire is leaving and says casually, ¡°pause the whole n. Wait for me to return home.¡± ¡°Boss, but...¡± Juan interrupts him directly. The assistant can only shut up. He is thinking that boss really likes that woman, otherwise he will not give up the premeditated n for her. ... Juan is very efficient. The next day he finishes all the work and books two flights to France. ire is absent-minded at the airport. Juan looks at her and can¡¯t help persuading her, ¡°you can regret now.¡± Hearing this, ire raises her cold little face and looks at Juan. She says stubbornly, ¡°no, I¡¯ve made up my mind. I won¡¯t regret it.¡± Juan smiles and nods. Before long, he and ire get on the ne to France. And ire is still upset when she gets on the ne. She doesn¡¯t know what is wrong with her. She has that foreboding all day. What¡¯s the matter with her? At this time, the ne has not yet taken off, but she feels more and more uneasy, ufortable and suffocating. ire is getting paler and paler. Juan says with concern, ¡°ire, are you ok?¡± ire covers her chest and waves. She frowns and smiles, ¡°I¡¯m fine. I may be airsick. I want to have a rest.¡± When ire says that, Juan nods helplessly and says, ¡°OK. If you don¡¯t feel well, let me know.¡± In the hospital, Luke stands outside the operating room anxiously and keeps walking back and forth, while Leo has been rescued in the operating room all day! Luke hears the doctor saying that Leo is dying. He is very anxious. ¡°Leo, you must wake up!¡± Luke frowns and says. Just then, the door of the operating room finally opens. The doctores out and tells Luke regretfully, ¡°I¡¯m sorry for your loss.¡± ¡°What?¡± Luke is shocked. How could Leo easily die? The doctor knows he can¡¯t ept the fact, so he puts his hand on his shoulder andforts him. ¡°It¡¯s impossible!¡± Luke is sad and angry. He rushes into the operating room and looks at Leo on the bed. He yells, ¡°Leo, you can¡¯t die. ire has escaped. She has left. If you can¡¯t wake up, she and your baby will leave you forever. You must wake up. You must get her back!¡± With Luke finishes, Leo¡¯s fingers move a little. The doctor sees it and finds that Leo¡¯s heart is beating again! The doctor immediately pulls Luke away and tells the nurse to continue the operation. God, it¡¯s a miracle in the medical world! Everyone is excited. They forget their tiredness and begin to rescue him again. ire leaves in spite of her difort. Her ne has taken off. At thest moment of leaving thend, ire looks at the sky and suddenly remembers the day when she first met Leo. They didn¡¯t know each other but were drugged at the hotel at the same time and they had a wonderful night. ire thinks that if things weren¡¯t so dramatic and Leo didn¡¯t hate her mother, he wouldn¡¯t hate her, humiliate her, misunderstand her and her father and Bryce wouldn¡¯t die. But these things have happened. Fate is such a wonderful thing. Looking down at the city, ire strokes her belly and can¡¯t help but say to herself, ¡°goodbye, Leo! I will take care of our baby!¡± At this time, ire doesn¡¯t know that one day, she will be sold to Leo by the baby in her belly! Chapter 142 The talented and lovely Conan Chapter 142 The talented and lovely Conan Six yearster, in a vi in Paris, ire reaches out of the quilt. She stretches and yawns. She rubs her long ck hair and sits up from the bed. ire gets out of bed and puts on her shoes. She¡¯s in a big pajama but she¡¯s still in good shape. Her hair is a bit messy. ire goes to the mirror and looks at herself. ¡°Time flies. I¡¯m getting old.¡± ire sighs as she touches her face. She has been in France for six years. Now ire is 26 and has a five-year-old son. Thinking of her mischievous but intelligent son, ire¡¯s worries disappear. She happily changes and goes to the first floor for breakfast. But when ire sees the empty table, she stops smiling. She wonders where his son has gone. Usually he makes breakfast and sets it on the table. Her son has been cooking since he was three years old. From then on, he makes every meal himself. asionally ire wants to cook for him, but he will stop her at the kitchen door. His reason is very simple, ¡°Mom, the food you make is too bad, so don¡¯t abuse your stomach.¡± So every day ire gets up and sees breakfast on the table and her son. Besides, her son makes breakfast for her regrly every day. She gets up just in time for a hot breakfast. But she doesn¡¯t see the scene today. She does not see breakfast and her son at the table. ire never worries about her son. She can¡¯t help but think of a serious problem. Is he ill? Thinking about it, ire rushes to her son¡¯s room. She opens the door and finds no one in the room. There are neat quilts on the bed and everything in the room is arranged as usual. ¡°Where has he gone?¡± ire mutters as she walks into her son¡¯s room. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . When irees to the desk, she sees an open notebook. It has a pen on it and seems to have words. ire is curious and reads it. She is shocked after reading it. It says, ¡°Mommy, I¡¯m going back to Daddy. Don¡¯t worry. Your son will not be abducted. When you see this note, I¡¯m back in city A. If you miss me,e to me. Love, Conan.¡± ire¡¯s hands can¡¯t help shivering. Her son is very mischievous. She knows that he often disappears and likes to y pranks. But ire knows her son has a high IQ. He is young but he has two degrees. He is smart and calm. Sometimes he knows what ire doesn¡¯t know and can solve it. ire has always believed and never worried about him. She thinks a child should be naughty, so she is not strict with him. ¡°Conan!¡± ire takes the notebook and shouts. Her shoulders are shaking with anger. He actuallyes back to find Leo! Leo is a jerk. She can¡¯t get her son to contact him. irees to France because she doesn¡¯t want to contact Leo! She didn¡¯t expect her son to return home without consulting her. If Leo finds out Conan is his son, the consequences are unimaginable! ire shivers at the thought of it. She knows she can¡¯t be angry now. She should book a flight home as soon as possible. She must stop her son in time! ire hurries back to her room and packs a few clothes. Before going out, ire suddenly thinks of Juan who has been taking care of them for six years. She also writes a note for Juan and she rushes out. ... In City A, Conan¡¯s short body jumps out of a taxi. He is wearing a pair of big sunsses. His little face is covered in sunsses. He looks a little funny. Conan reaches out to block the hot sun overhead. He pouts and thinks the sun is really big here. The next moment he looks coldly at the tall building in front of him. Then he quickly regains his childlike smile and swaggers into Howard Group. If ire were here just now, she would be surprised that her son¡¯s eyes were exactly the same as Leo. If she knows it, she must teach him a lesson. He shouldn¡¯t learn Leo¡¯s coldness andck of humanity! Conan enters Howard Group. He is short but well dressed. His face is half covered in sunsses and looks mysterious. His small mouth and exposed face prove that he has beautiful features under his sunsses. So when Conan walks into Howard Group, he immediately attracts most people¡¯s attention. Moreover, he is not timid when walking. ¡°Why are you here alone? Where¡¯s your mom and dad?¡± When Conanes to the front desk, the receptionist greets him. ¡°Hello.¡± Conan stands in front of the front desk and looks up at the receptionist. He has a sweet smile. The receptionist is very happy. Shees out quickly and pulls Conan in. She bends down to look at him and reaches for Conan¡¯s face. ¡°What¡¯s your name?¡± The receptionist contentedly touches Conan¡¯s smooth little face and admires it. Whose child is he? He looks so good. He is young but he is handsome. When he grows up, he will definitely attract many girls. Conan is helpless. Every woman touches his face when she sees him. It makes his face uneven. Chapter 143 My daddy is Leo Chapter 143 My daddy is Leo But it doesn¡¯t matter. Every time he has a solution. Conan pretends to be in pain. He pouts and says wrongly, ¡°Conan is in a bit of pain.¡± ¡°Ah, I¡¯m sorry.¡± The receptionist indulges in her satisfaction. She doesn¡¯t notice her strength at all. She doesn¡¯t doubt Conan¡¯s words, so she says to him apologetically, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Your name is Conan. It¡¯s an interesting name. Do your parents who named you love watching Dective Conan?¡± The receptionist just wants to talk to the handsome boy for a while, but Conan bes unhappy after hearing her. His mommy loved watching Dective Conan when she was pregnant with him. She liked the little detective so much that she gave her son the name at will. His mother is not responsible. He doesn¡¯t know whether it is good or bad. Although he dislikes his mother, he has to praise her in front of outsiders. He smiles and says to the receptionist, ¡°you¡¯re so smart. You guessed it right! My mommy is great, isn¡¯t she?¡± He reaches out his index finger and thumb to his chin and makes a cool gesture. He says the ssic line, ¡°there is only one truth.¡± N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. ¡°Ha ha...¡± Conan¡¯s lovely appearance amuses the receptionist. Conan feels a sense of aplishment when the receptionistughs. Every time, he can use his appearance to deceive women who like cute babies. Fortunately, he is young. If he grows up, he can¡¯t stop them. Conan is intoxicated for a while. He suddenly remembers his purpose. He says in a lovely voice to the receptionist, ¡°I¡¯m going up to find my daddy. Can you let me up?¡± ¡°Huh?¡± The receptionist looks at Conan in surprise and asks curiously, ¡°who is your daddy?¡± ¡°My daddy is your president.¡± Conan looks naive when he says it. Fortunately, the receptionist doesn¡¯t drink water, otherwise she will definitely spray it out. The kid says he is the president¡¯s son! If she doesn¡¯t lose memory, the president is unmarried this year and has a fiancee. But she has never heard that his fiancee is pregnant, let alone has such a big son! The receptionist looks at Conan in shock and asks incredulously, ¡°you say you are the son of our president, but our president is not married!¡± It¡¯s good that he¡¯s not married. He has a chance to make up with his mom. ¡°I¡¯m really the son of your president,¡± Conan said, pretending to be pitiful and aggrieved.¡± After he and my mother gave birth to me, he sent me and Mommy abroad. I came back a few days ago. If you don¡¯t believe it, you can ask him.¡± ¡°Really?¡± The receptionist looks dubiously at Conan. She feels it impossible for a child to lie. He is so cute that he can¡¯t lie. ¡°It¡¯s true. I know my daddy¡¯s cell phone number.¡± As Conan speaks, he says Leo¡¯s personal mobile number. Then he takes off the big sunsses. His delicate featurese out. He is a handsome boy. Especially his eyes are very simr to Leo''s! He¡¯s so much like Leo! Conan¡¯s eyes prove his rtionship with Leo. The mobile number he says is really Leo¡¯s private mobile number! This mobile number is rarely known. She didn¡¯t know it, but she works at the front desk so she came across the phone number. The receptionist hugs Conan excitedly and lets him go. She says excitedly, ¡°you are really the son of our president! You¡¯re so good. It turns out your genes are inherited!¡± The receptionist says a lot to Conan excitedly. The news is so shocking! Their president is not married yet, but he has such a big son! Conan¡¯s heart is full of satisfaction. There is nothing in the world that he can¡¯t do. But Conan gradually can¡¯t stop the receptionist¡¯s enthusiasm. He whispers, ¡°can I get my daddy?¡± The receptionist realizes her excitement. She apologetically releases Conan and reaches for his face again. She says with satisfaction, ¡°the president didn¡¯t have a meeting today. His office is on the 23rd floor. You can go to him directly.¡± ¡°Thank you. It¡¯s very kind of you!¡± Conan smiles sweetly at the receptionist. The smile satisfies her. The child is so lovely! If only she can have such a cute baby! She really likes him! Conan ignores the surprised eyes of those around him. He makes it to Leo¡¯s office. ¡°Wait!¡± Just as Conan wants to open the office door, a shrill voice stops him. Conan frowns. The voice is mean. He knows that the owner of the voice must not be so easy to deal with. Sure enough, a woman in a beautiful uniformes out of the desk outside Leo¡¯s office. She looks well groomed. Although her uniform is traditional, she deliberately lifts her skirt up and the buttons on her chest are not fastened. As long as she bends slightly, her chest will show. His daddy has a fiancee, but his secretary still wants to seduce him. He deserves to be Conan¡¯s daddy. Chapter 144 The first meeting of father and son Chapter 144 The first meeting of father and son ¡°Who are you?¡± The secretary approaches Conan and looks at him suspiciously. She got a call from the receptionist just now. She said a boy who imed to be the president¡¯s son woulde up to the president. At first the secretary thought the receptionist was joking, so she didn¡¯t take it seriously and hung up. How can the president have a son? It¡¯s a big joke. But what the secretary didn¡¯t expect is that there is a little boying up! She approaches Conan and sees that the little boy¡¯s eyes are very simr to the president¡¯s. Although only their eyes are very simr and their faces are not, this boy is really like the reduced version of Leo. The secretary is desperate. She wants to fall in love with Leo. Even if they can¡¯t get married, it¡¯s a happy thing to be Leo¡¯s mistress! But what she didn¡¯t expect is that a little boy with eyes like Leoe to Leo! ¡°Are you really the president¡¯s son?¡± The secretary asks in a trembling voice. When she sees his cold eyes, she believes it. ¡°Yes, I am.¡± In the face of his mommy¡¯s rival, Conan is cold and perfunctory. The secretary thinks everyone knows Leo is unmarried. How could he have such a big son? Just as she is thinking, Conan opens the door of Leo¡¯s office. The secretary looks up and follows him in surprise. She looks at the cold man at the desk and looks down in chagrin. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, president. I didn¡¯t stop him.¡± Leo hears the noise and looks out the door. He sees the secretary as usual. He wants to lower his head and go on working, but he catches a glimpse of a small figure at the door. He is dressed in ck children¡¯s clothes. Arge pair of sunsses hangs on the cor of his chest. He is smiling. What attracts Leo¡¯s eyes most is his eyes, which make him feel familiar. While Leo is looking at Conan, Conan is also looking at the legendary daddy in front of him. He is wearing a straight white shirt. The sleeves on his wrists show the meticulousness of his personal life. The suit coat that matches his ck suit pants is on the hanger next to him. He has handsome features and the same eyes as him. But Leo looks more mature. This man is entitled to be his daddy. He just wants to see why Daddy, who abandoned him and his mommy, hasn¡¯t looked for them for so many years and whether he deserves to be his father. A man and a boy look at each other in silence and no one speaks first. ¡°Are you Leo?¡± After a long time, Conan breaks the silence. He speaks French. In fact, he wants to challenge his daddy and see how his English is. As Conan speaks, he swaggers to the sofa and jumps up easily. He pats the sofa and feels its softness. He nods in his heart. It turns out his daddy¡¯s taste is good. Conan¡¯s words and deeds are all seen by Leo. He finds the little French speaking boy very interesting. He thinks he grows up in France. He asks patiently in French, ¡°who are you?¡± ¡°Get me something to eat and drink. I just got off the ne. I¡¯m hungry.¡± Conan is lying on the sofa with his legs up. He looks a little funny. Leo is very interested in the child. He ignores his rudeness and orders the secretary, ¡°do what he said.¡± The secretary freezes. Leo doesn¡¯t drive the little boy out but orders her! Before she retorts, she sees Leo¡¯s eyes. She can only helplessly lower her head and say yes. She is upset when she goes out. Is this little boy really the president¡¯s son? Even if they are not father and son, they must have other rtionships! After the secretary closes the door, there is a sudden silence in the office. Conan looks carefully at Leo¡¯s office and walks around. Leo pauses and smiles as Conan strolls around the office. He doesn¡¯t stop him. Conan looks at the books on the shelf and mumbles. He thinks his daddy is a typical businessman. He can¡¯t help feeling a little bored. Leo hears Conan mumbling in front of the bookshelf. He seems to hear him speak English. It turns out that the child just spoke French to amuse him. Leo can¡¯t helpughing and asks him in English, ¡°can you understand these words?¡± Hearing this, Conan is a little flustered. He just spoke English by ident and is found. And few people know that he has a high IQ. He seldom shows it in front of others because he is afraid that he will be caught by arrogant scientists for research. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . But he thinks there¡¯s only him and his daddy in this office. It doesn¡¯t matter if he¡¯s found out. Conan nods and thinks nothing happened. He says proudly, ¡°of course, I¡¯m five years old this year.¡± It¡¯s normal for children of this age to understand words. Leo thinks for a while and then calmly says to Conan, ¡°it¡¯s good that you know so many words.¡± Conan is mocking in his heart. I know more than that. You will be surprised. Conan finds the office boring, so he goes back to the sofa. The secretary brings in hamburgers, drumsticks and pudding. Conan frowns. Does this stupid woman think that all children like to eat junk food? He has eaten a lot of junk food in France and he doesn¡¯t like it. Chapter 145 I am your own son Chapter 145 I am your own son Leo sees Conan frown and knows he isn¡¯t satisfied with the food. He doesn¡¯t eat junk food. His secretary is not careful enough. Outsiders will think he can¡¯t manage subordinates. Leo is unhappy and yells at the secretary, ¡°why do you bring it in? Can¡¯t you order a meal?¡± The secretary has never been scolded by Leo. The sudden reprimand makes her pale. Although she doesn¡¯t understand why Leo is angry in front of a child, she says in panic, ¡°I¡¯m sorry! I¡¯ll order a meal right away!¡± She rushes out of the office with the food. At the same time, she is sure that the little boy must be very important to the president! Otherwise, he would not scold her for such a small thing. After the secretary left, Conan happily walks to the chair in front of Leo¡¯s desk. He puts his little hands on the table and looks at Leo. Leo sees his eyes clearly. He feels his eyes are familiar and he seems to have seen them somewhere. Leo recalls himself in the mirror when he woke up this morning. He suddenly looks at Conan and says, ¡°you are...¡± His eyes are the same as his own in the mirror! Who is this little boy? He even has exactly the same eyes as he does. They look so alike! But the little boy has only eyes like his. Leo thinks his face is strange. Seeing his daddy looks very expectant, Conan smiles at him and says sweetly, ¡°my name is Conan. I am your son!¡± Hearing this, Leo can¡¯t help chuckling. He says to Conan, ¡°I¡¯m not married. I don¡¯t know I have such a big son!¡± And he hasn¡¯t slept with any other women in recent years. No woman can conceive of his children. ¡°Don¡¯t you believe me?¡± Conan stares at him angrily. ¡°Why should I believe you?¡± Leo asks lightly. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°I...¡± Conan is speechless. It seems that he underestimated his daddy. But it doesn¡¯t matter. He was well prepared before hees here. Conan points to his eyes and says confidently, ¡°do you think my eyes are familiar?¡± ¡°Just a pair of eyes like mine doesn¡¯t mean anything.¡± Leo says casually, ¡°how do you know you¡¯re my son?¡± ¡°My mommy told me.¡± Conan puts his hands on the back of his head and says arrogantly. Leo frowns. Although he is interested in Conan¡¯s poise, he is more interested in what Conan says, ¡°who is you mommy?¡± ¡°My mommy is your wife!¡± Conan says firmly. ¡°Really?¡± Leo thinks Conan is ying a prank. He smiles and says softly, ¡°I don¡¯t have a wife. I have only one fiancee, but I¡¯m not married yet.¡± Tracy is his fiancee. They were engaged five years ago but he doesn¡¯t marry her. Recently she begins to urge him to marry her. ¡°No, you have a wife. Her name is ire. She¡¯s my mommy!¡± Conan refutes Leo and stands up and looks at him seriously. ¡°ire?¡± When Conan finishes, Leo is even more amused. He has never heard of the name, let alone that he has such a big son with this woman. He says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I haven¡¯t heard the name and I don¡¯t know the woman.¡± Leo¡¯s reaction makes Conan think he¡¯s shirking responsibility and he won¡¯t admit what happened to him and his mommy. Conan¡¯s affection for him disappears. How can he pretend that he doesn¡¯t know his mommy? ¡°Do you forget that six years ago you had a one night stand with a woman and gave birth to me? Do you forget all those days?¡± Conan shouts angrily at Leo. Conan blushes when he gets angry. Leo thinks he¡¯s messing around so he doesn¡¯t care what he says. Leo looks at Conan¡¯s face and suddenly reaches out and pinches it. He admires it in his heart for its softness, but he says, ¡°don¡¯t be angry. I really don¡¯t know the woman you say. Six years ago I had a car ident and selective amnesia. Maybe there¡¯s the woman you¡¯re talking about.¡± ¡°What?¡± Conan¡¯s face is pinched by Leo. He ps Leo¡¯s hand angrily. Why does a man like to pinch his face? Leo suddenly falls into a trance. He remembers that someone has patted his hand several times and doesn¡¯t like him. Who is it? Leo can¡¯t remember the woman¡¯s face. If he forces himself to recall what happened six years ago, he will only have a headache or even a palpitation! Conan doesn¡¯t know what Leo thinks. Now he is very angry. He finds out that his daddy is an ungrateful heartbreaker. He investigated Leo while he was in France. He knows he had a car ident and he has a fiancee. But he doesn¡¯t know that Leo lost his memory. There are two possibilities. Leo lies or the investigation report is false! No matter which one is true, Conan is not happy. Even if he really lost his memory, how could he not think of his mommy for so many years? Doesn¡¯t he love his mom? Conan angrily jumps out of the chair and firmly says to Leo, ¡°ire is really your wife. If you don¡¯t believe it, give me some time. I will make you convinced!¡± Chapter 146 Conan loses his temper Chapter 146 Conan loses his temper Leo doesn¡¯t want to remember what happened six years ago because he has a headache. Hearing Conan¡¯s words, he smiles indifferently and says, ¡°then I will tell you that I have no wife. If I get married, I will tell you.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll be back!¡± Conan stamps and turns angrily away. Then the secretary brings in the ordered meal. She looks at Leo and Conan at a loss. Leo waves and beckons her out. ¡°Yes, president.¡± After the secretary closes the door and leaves, the office is as quiet as ever. Leo stares at the chair Conan was sitting in and is distracted. In fact, what Conan says is nothing more than a joke to him, but what matters most to him is that Conan¡¯s eyes are simr to his. Did he really have a one night stand with ire and give birth to Conan? But he really forgets what happened six years ago. The doctor reminds him not to force himself to recall. He may recover his memory at any time. He never remembers that memory in these six years. He asks his friend Luke. He says nothing important has happened in those days. So Leo doesn¡¯t care about that memory. But now suddenly there is a little boy who ims to be his son. Leo begins to care a little about the missing memory. Who is ire? Conan angrily exits Leo¡¯s office. He doesn¡¯t notice the maning towards him. The man is looking down at the papers and doesn¡¯t notice that there is such a child in thepany. They run into each other. ¡°You!¡± Conan looks up angrily at the man who doesn¡¯t look at the road. He wants to say something but realizes that he is wrong. If he cares, he is not a gentleman. Conan bypasses the man and wants to leave. ¡°Wait!¡± Luke stops the little boy who hits him. The moment he just bows his head, he ispletely stunned. The little boy¡¯s facial features are so simr to ire¡¯s! His face, nose and mouth are like ire¡¯s and his eyes are like Leo¡¯s. Luke understands what is going on. But he doesn¡¯t know why the boy is here alone. He stops Conan who wants to leave. Conan is in a bad mood and is suddenly held. He frowns and says discontentedly, ¡°uncle, who are you?¡± Thebination of Leo¡¯s expression and ire¡¯s face has a surprising beauty. Conan embodies this different beauty. Luke¡¯s mood isplicated. He hasn¡¯t heard from ire for six years. Today, suddenly there is a boy who looks like her and Leo. ire, are youing back? Luke suppresses the excitement in his heart. He squats down and looks kindly at Conan. He smiles kindly, ¡°Why are you here alone? Where¡¯s your mother?¡± Conan only has close contact with Uncle Juan in France. He has no contact with other men. Luke¡¯s kindness stuns him. He subconsciously replies, ¡°my mommy is not here right now.¡± ¡°Where¡¯s your mommy?¡± Luke treats him like a normal kid and coaxes him. However, Conan is not a normal child. Hearing Luke¡¯s words, he is alert but he pretends to be naive. He says in a lovely voice, ¡°my mommy said she will pick me upter. Who are you, uncle?¡± ire is really back! Luke¡¯s heart suddenly thumps. He doesn¡¯t know why he is so excited. Maybe it¡¯s because he spends a lot of time and energy looking for her in these six years and she suddenly appears today. He looks overjoyed. Luke smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m your mommy¡¯s good friend. My name is Luke. You can call me Uncle Luke.¡± ¡°Uncle Luke?¡± Conan tilts his head. He remembers that his mommy only mentioned Daddy and Aunt Kate. She hasn¡¯t mentioned who else is her friend. Conan is still alert, but he pretends to be naive and asks, ¡°Uncle Luke, do you know who my mommy is?¡± ¡°I know.¡± Luke seems really in a good mood. He suddenly picks up Conan and turns around. He smiles and says, ¡°your mommy is ire. I am her good friend.¡± Conan is overwhelmed by Luke¡¯s sudden enthusiasm. He says the name of his mom and he picks him up and turns around. No one but Uncle Juan has ever done such an intimate act to him. Conan¡¯s vignce disappears. He smiles sweetly and says happily, ¡°Uncle Luke, you are really a friend of my mommy.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Luke holds Conan high andughs. When he wants to put Conan down, Conan¡¯s stomach suddenly makes a sound. The pleasant atmosphere suddenly bes awkward. Conan says shyly to Luke, ¡°Uncle Luke, I¡¯m sorry. I just got off the ne. I haven¡¯t eaten anything since yesterday.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°Haha. No problem. Uncle Luke will take you to eat.¡± Lukeughs. He puts the papers under his arm and puts off the important work. He wants to put Conan on the ground, but he holds him in his arms. He walks happily to the elevator and asks Conan, ¡°what would you like to eat? It¡¯s my treat!¡± Conan is moved by Luke¡¯s sincerity. Now he really believes Luke is a good friend of Mommy. If not, he will not be so kind to him. He thinks for a moment and then says, ¡°I want to eat the most delicious and expensive things here!¡± ¡°Haha! OK!¡± Lukeughs. ire¡¯s son is as interesting as she is. Chapter 147 Conan’s prank on Luke Chapter 147 Conan¡¯s prank on Luke In an upscale restaurant, Conan gobbles up the food on the table. When he is full, he leans back on the chair and pats his slightly bulging stomach contentedly. Luke is surprised at Conan¡¯s appetite. He smiles and says, ¡°how long have you been hungry? Doesn¡¯t your mommy cook for you at home?¡± At home, Mommy really doesn¡¯t cook for him because he does. Of course, Conan won¡¯t tell people about Mommy¡¯s embarrassment even if he is a good friend of Mommy¡¯s. Uncle Luke will be shocked if he tells the truth. Normal people can¡¯t ept the fact that a five-year-old can cook. Conan sits up straight and says seriously, ¡°Mommy cooks for me at home. As soon as I got off the ne, I came directly to find Daddy, so I didn¡¯t eat anything. Mommy said Conan is growing so I need to eat more.¡± Luke shakes his head and smiles. ¡°Uncle Luke doesn¡¯t me you for eating too much. I can buy you a lot of food. By the way, you said you just got off the ne. Have you juste back from abroad? Where¡¯s your mommy? Will she pick you upter?¡± Conan thought Uncle Luke was a bad guy just now, so he made excuses to perfunctory him. He didn¡¯t expect him to ask him about it. Conan has a good idea. He lowers his head and grabs at the corner of his coat. He pouts and says apologetically, ¡°actually, Mommy hasn¡¯te back. She had something to do temporarily, so she let me come back first.¡± ¡°What?¡± Hearing this, Luke is shocked. She let such a small child fly alone. Is this really good? What if he is abducted identally! Seeing Luke¡¯s shocked expression, Conan chuckles in his heart, but he says seriously, ¡°Uncle Luke, don¡¯t worry. I came back with mommy¡¯s friends in France. Don¡¯t worry about me being abducted. Mommy will be back tomorrow. I have Daddy here, so I¡¯m not afraid.¡± When ites to his daddy, Conan is upset. He forgets about Mommy. He is unforgivable! After hearing Conan¡¯s words, Luke nods slightly. He thinks the little boy is smart. He knows what he is worried about before he says it. Such an unobstructed chat shows that his mind is clear. The future of such a child is promising. Luke thinks for a moment and says the point, ¡°Conan, when I saw you today, were you from your daddy¡¯s office? So you and your Daddy met?¡± When ites to Leo, Conan is unhappy. He pouts and turns his head. He says in a typical five-year- old voice, ¡°no, Daddy said he doesn¡¯t know my mommy. He doesn¡¯t know ire. He doesn¡¯t believe me, but I¡¯ll show him the facts!¡± Hearing this, Luke is shocked, because only he knows that Leo has lost his memory because of a car ident six years ago. He remembers everything before but forgets what happened to him and ire. The doctor says he doesn¡¯t want to remember that time, so he selectively lost it. No one else can help him. He can only rely on himself. At the same time, Leo has the aftermath of the crash. His body hasn¡¯t recovered and there is congestion in his brain. He can¡¯t go through the same thing; otherwise he may have another ident and be directly unconscious. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . These things are only fully understood by him who knows the whole thing. Luke doesn¡¯t mention it to anyone afterwards. Thinking about Leo, Luke thinks for a while. He looks at the unhappy Conan and thinks of an idea. So Luke says seriously to Conan, ¡°uncle and your daddy are good friends, too. Your daddy doesn¡¯t believe you, but I do. You don¡¯t have a ce in City A right now. How about going to my house? When your mommy returns home, let her pick you up.¡± Unlike his unreasonable daddy, the uncle in front of him is very nice to him. Conan says happily, ¡°OK. I¡¯m worried about having nowhere to sleep. Thank you, Uncle Luke!¡± ¡°You¡¯re wee.¡± Luke smiles and reaches out to touch Conan¡¯s little head. Conanughs. He¡¯s not used to Luke¡¯s enthusiasm. He feels like Uncle Juan. He hasn¡¯t felt his father¡¯s love from childhood. He wants to know how it feels to be loved by his father. But his daddy doesn¡¯t believe him and his mommy. In this way, Luke cheats Conan into his own home and raises him. ... At the door of Howard Group, a fashionable womanes down from a red Ferrari. She is wearing a skirt and a red blouse. She has a big chest and a big butt. Her long white and thin legs attract passers- by¡¯s eyes. She takes out a transparent little sun umbre and props it on her head. She raises her chin and walks confidently into Howard Group. The receptionist¡¯s face changes when she sees her. When she gets to the front desk, she says in a loud voice, ¡°good morning, Mrs. Howard!¡± Tracy walks past the front desk and snorts arrogantly. She has pungent perfume. After she leaves, the receptionist can¡¯t help but reach out and pat herself on the chest. She is thinking that luckily she has not been near her; otherwise she will have fainted because of the perfume on her body. Tracy is Leo¡¯s fianc¨¦e. She is known to all the employees of thepany. At first she is called Miss Wilson. She¡¯s gentle in front of Leo, but she¡¯s really hot tempered. She asks them to call her Mrs. Howard in private. In Leo¡¯s absence, they call Tracy Mrs. Howard. If Leo is there, Tracy must be gentle and obedient. People who know the truth know that Tracy is the daughter of Wilson Group. After Leo¡¯s car ident, hispany was hit by various kinds of pressure because of too many enemies. He worked with Wilson group to get through the crisis. He promised to be engaged to Tracy, so Tracy became Leo¡¯s fiancee. Chapter 148 Leo’s fiancee Chapter 148 Leo¡¯s fiancee Tracy goes straight to Leo¡¯s office. As she passes the front desk of the secretary, she takes a deliberate look there. After the secretary nods, she opens the door of Leo¡¯s office. ¡°Leo.¡± Tracy opens the door of the office and closes it gently. She stands in the same ce with a slightly apologetic look and carefully says, ¡°Leo, do I disturb you?¡± Leo looks up at Tracy with a t look, and then he looks back at theputer screen. He says, expressionless and nd, ¡°why do youe to me?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t respond so Tracy is relieved. The next second she flows from the door like a butterfly to Leo¡¯s desk. She says worriedly, ¡°Leo, I heard today that a child came to thepany and said he was your son. Is it true?¡± N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Hearing this, Leo frowns and looks at Tracy displeased. He says unhappily, ¡°who did you hear about it?¡± Few people know about it today, and he has ordered that they are banned from spreading it around. It is only a few hours before Tracy knows it and rushes to thepany. What does this mean? Leo is not happy that his privacy is being watched all the time. Tracy is shocked and her face changes. She rushes over when she hears the news. She doesn¡¯t think about it. Now she doesn¡¯t know how to exin it to Leo. After thinking for a while, Tracy thinks those things don¡¯t matter at all. The truth is more important than it. Tracy says to Leo, ¡°somebody told me anyway. Leo, tell me if this is true. Is it a woman who purposely lets this little child approach you?¡± And she hears that the little boy¡¯s eyes are very simr to Leo''s! So Tracy panicked and canceled her date with her best friend and rushed to thepany. But Leo frowns instead of answering Tracy. He stares at Tracy discontentedly and says coldly, ¡°you¡¯ve arranged people around me?¡± Tracy¡¯s behavior is equivalent to challenging his bottom line. ¡°Ah.¡± Tracy panics. Her face is pale and her eyes roll uneasily. She looks around and doesn¡¯t dare to look into Leo¡¯s eyes. She says vaguely, ¡°Leo, what are you talking about? We are talking about the boy.¡± Tracy¡¯s reaction confirms Leo¡¯s spection. He says discontentedly, ¡°Tracy, you are my fiancee, so I allow you toe to mypany. But I didn¡¯t expect you to arrange people around me. You are too bold!¡± As he speaks, he stands up and looks at Tracy. He yells at her, ¡°Tracy! This is a ce for work, not for love! Who on earth is the person you have arranged for me?¡± Tracy¡¯s behavior has hit his bottom line. He doesn¡¯t care if she asks his staff to call her Mrs. Howard. After all, they are engaged and will get married sooner orter. But now Tracy has someone around him watching him. He hates the feeling of no privacy. What¡¯s more, it¡¯s a ce only for work! Leo even wonders if she has arranged for the temporary workers in his family. Leo¡¯s anger scares Tracy. They¡¯ve been together for a long time, and it¡¯s the first time Leo¡¯s mad at her. She questions him regardless of time and ce, so he does this to her. Tracy cries out in horror. Her tears dilute her delicate make-up. Tracy shakes her head and cries, ¡°Leo, I¡¯m sorry. It¡¯s my fault. I swear I won¡¯t do it again. Please forgive me.¡± She confesses her mistake before Leo speaks. She has been crying and seems to have been greatly wronged. It has to be said that Tracy¡¯s strategy is sessful. Seeing this, Leo can¡¯t say anything cruel. He waves impatiently and says, ¡°stop crying. Take the person who is arranged by my side away. I will not pursue it.¡± Hearing this, Tracy looks at Leo with tears in her eyes. She asks cautiously, ¡°the little boy...¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know him.¡± Leo is in a bad mood and sits back in his chair. He taps the table with his left hand rhythmically and says, ¡°he said something that hasn¡¯t happened. He may have mistaken his identity. Besides, it¡¯s not something you should be concerned about.¡± Leo¡¯s tough attitude makes Tracy unable to ask any more, because she knows that if she asks any more, Leo will be in a bad mood again. She doesn¡¯t want their feelings to go away. Tracy can only be obedient. She nods and wipes her tears. She smiles and says, ¡°I see. I¡¯m sure I won¡¯t make today¡¯s mistake again. By the way, Leo, Have you had lunch? Let¡¯s go to lunch first.¡± ¡°No.¡± Leo stares at theputer screen and hits the keyboard with his hand. He says casually, ¡°I have something to do. If you are hungry, go to lunch first.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Tracy nods dejectedly. She is obedient on the surface but sheins in her heart. Every time she wants to ask Leo out to eat, she is rejected by him. They are lovers, but in fact they are not even friends. Ordinary friends often go out to eat. Leo is her fiance, but he rejects her for various reasons. They have been engaged for five years. Leo doesn¡¯t have a sexual need for her. They are not very close. Sometimes Tracy even wonders if Leo doesn¡¯t like her. Why doesn¡¯t he want to touch her? Tracy understands that they are engaged because of their career. Her father admires Leo¡¯s talent, so he promises to marry her to him. Chapter 149 Change of Leo Chapter 149 Change of Leo But now she and Leo have known each other for five years. In these five years, she has used various methods but Leo is not enthusiastic about her. Their rtionship is very t. Tracy even suspects that his sexual orientation is abnormal. Tracy freezes for a moment. Leo ignores her so she leaves the office in frustration. But as soon as she opens the door, a figure suddenly falls in her direction. Before Tracy reacts, the person falls directly on her. She can¡¯t help eximing. ¡°You?¡± Tracy frowns. It¡¯s the secretary who should be at the front desk. Why is she at the door? Did she just eavesdrop at the door? Tracy guesses the secretary¡¯s purpose and her face changes. She asks her, ¡°what are you doing here?¡± ¡°I...¡± The secretary stands up. She is so scared by Tracy that she doesn¡¯t know what to say. She takes a look at Leo. Leo sits in front of theputer expressionless and continues to work. He pays no attention to what happens here. ¡°Huh? Exin it to me, or I won¡¯t let you go!¡± Tracy stares at the secretary and scolds her. She vents her anger to the secretary. Leo ignores them so the secretary bites her lip. Before she speaks, Tracy chides her, ¡°what are you looking at? Don¡¯t you hear me?¡± This little bitch usually wants to seduce Leo. At this critical moment, she dares to peek at Leo. She is bing more and more disrespectful. If Leo is not there, she wants to p the little bitch. The secretary is worried. Now Tracy scolds her so she¡¯s not happy. She res angrily at Tracy and says, ¡°why do you insult me so arrogantly? You said that as long as I can report all the people and things that the president usually contacts to you, you can let me stay beside the president. Are you going to break your promise now?¡± Anyway, she overheard their conversation just now. She knows Leo is angry because Tracy has arranged for someone around him. She¡¯s the one Tracy arranged. She is worried about whether she can stay as a secretary. Now she can¡¯t stand Tracy scolding her so arrogantly. She¡¯s going to tell the truth in front of Leo. She is not afraid of being fired. Anyway, sooner orter, she will be fired. She can¡¯t stand this hypocritical woman today. She is mean but obedient in front of Leo. She looks down on such a woman the most! ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Tracy¡¯s face changes when she hears the secretary. She nces uneasily at Leo. He seems to be attracted by the secretary¡¯s words. Tracy turns around and says, ¡°don¡¯t nder me! I didn¡¯t do it. What evidence do you have?¡± ¡°Of course I have evidence!¡± The secretary proudly raises her mobile phone as she speaks. She smiles and says, ¡°do you want me to show the president the message I just sent you? Oh, and the ones I sent you before.¡± ¡°You!¡± Tracy res angrily at the secretary. She didn¡¯t expect that the image she has kept in front of Leo has been destroyed by the secretary. She is so angry that she wants to hit her! Just then Leo growls angrily, ¡°get out of here, both of you!¡± Leo¡¯s voice resounds throughout the office. The two women at the door stop and look at him at a loss. ¡°Don¡¯t let me say it a second time!¡± Leo¡¯s anger has been suppressed to the extreme. His face is somber as if it will burst at any moment. He is working but the two women are quarreling. What a nuisance! After Leo finishes, Tracy and the secretary go out quickly. They shut the door and are afraid Leo will punish them. After Tracy and the secretary go out, the office finally returns to peace. Leo takes a deep breath and calls the personnel department to ask them to change his secretary immediately. ... Luke takes Conan home. They stop at the door of a room. Luke opens the door and says apologetically, ¡°Conan, I¡¯m sorry. I have the room tidied up. I don¡¯t know if you like it.¡± As soon as the door opens, Conan sees the blue walls and the bed full of dolls. In one corner of the room, there are a lot of robots and toys for children. Conan can¡¯t help pouting. He doesn¡¯t love toys. His room in France is simple and doesn¡¯t have a lot of toys. Conan tries not to show his helplessness. He looks up at Luke and says naively, ¡°Uncle Luke, I like ying theputer. Do you have aputer for me?¡± ¡°You like ying theputer?¡± Luke feels incredible. He thinks children like these toys. He didn¡¯t expect that he likes ying theputer. ire¡¯s way of education is really different! ¡°I like ying theputer best. Theputer is the most interesting toy in the world.¡± Conan smiles naively. Luke nods. Computer is really a toy worth exploring, because it has many uses. There are games in theputer and you can search for information. It¡¯s also a good idea for ire to prepare this for her son. Luke moves theputer in his study to Conan¡¯s room. Before he leaves, he carefully reminds Conan, ¡°don¡¯t y theputer too long. It has radiation and is not good for you.¡± Conan wants to say that of course he knows, but he thinks that if he says that, his IQ will be exposed. So Conan asks a question that a child of this age will ask. He looks at Luke curiously and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, what is radiation?¡± Chapter 150 It’s hard to pretend Chapter 150 It¡¯s hard to pretend Luke chuckles and bends down. He reaches for Conan¡¯s little head. He says with a smile, ¡°radiation is a monster that can eat people, so you can¡¯t face theputer for too long. It will eat you.¡± ¡°...¡± Conan¡¯s mouth twitches. Does Luke think he¡¯s a fool? It¡¯s tiring to have a high IQ, and Conan has to show his peers¡¯ reaction from time to time. Even if he feels disdainful, he needs to show an expression of sudden realization. ¡°I see. Will it get up and eat me when I go to bed at night?¡± ¡°No, if you are afraid alone, you cane to the next room. I¡¯ll sleep with you.¡± Luke believes in Conan. He feels Conan¡¯s head. For a moment he feels like Conan is his son. Unfortunately, he is still unmarried. Leo has urged him several times but he is not interested in other women. Conan can¡¯t help but breathe a sigh of relief after Luke leaves. Fortunately, he has been used to hiding his intelligence and his psychological quality is high enough, otherwise he will be very tired. When Conan is alone, his eyes be sharp. He turns on theputer with a smile. He uses the Inte to see his house in France. Conan sees his mommy in the surveince video. ire sees the notebook on the desk and rushes out of the house. Conan thinks that by this time she should have returned home. ... By the time ire returns to America, it is already dark. When she faces this familiar and strange country and breathes the air she hasn¡¯t smelled for a long time, her mood is veryplicated. She has been away from America for six years. She thought she would nevere back, but she didn¡¯t expect she wille back with her son. This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ire stands there and looks at peopleing and going. She decides that when she catches Conan, she will never spare him! She wants him to know that only his mommy is good to him! His daddy is nothing! Because it iste, ire stays in a hotel. Her son taught her someputer skills. She uses her computer to see in the surveince video that Conan does go to Leo¡¯spany. ire is nervous as soon as she confirms the fact. She is thinking what she can do if Leo wants her son. Conan is naughty and he must have told Leo his identity. Leo will definitely keep him and won¡¯t let him go anywhere! So her son must be with Leo now! No way! She must not give her son to him! Leo is a jerk! ire is upset. How can she resist Leo? She can¡¯t beat Leo. What should she do? ire browses Howard Group¡¯s website at will. Suddenly a headline catches her attention! The headline is ¡°Howard Group is looking for a secretary for the general manager¡±. ire is excited and sits up straight. She finds that her qualification meets the recruitment requirements. ire immediately puts on a happy smile. She finds a good way to get into Howard Group! ire quickly types on the keyboard, and she makes a resume for herself. She posts a resume online and prints it out for tomorrow¡¯s interview. The next morning, ire gets up and dresses up. She doesn¡¯t beautify herself. She is defacing herself. ire puts on a slightly dull and tacky make-up and a dark gray business suit. She looks like an old woman. When everything is ready, ire looks in the mirror and finds that there is something missing. She sees the sses by the side. Yes, she should wear the sses. So when ire appears in Howard Group¡¯s reception room, people look at her disdainfully. A beautiful young woman sees her andughs sarcastically. She says in a voice ire can hear, ¡°look at her. She¡¯s old and ugly. She dares to apply for the secretary of the general manager. Does she take the wrong medicine?¡± The woman next to her immediately agrees, ¡°yes, I think she not only take the wrong medicine, but also is ill here.¡± She points at her head. ¡°...¡± ire resists the urge tough. She points at her own head. Does she mean she is ill? She doesn¡¯t understand women¡¯s intelligence. ire sits up straight. No matter how others talk about her, she doesn¡¯t care. The people who talk about her are even unhappy. ¡°She¡¯s still pretending!¡± ire is still in her seat. Soon it is her turn. ire looks straight ahead. As she passes the women, she hears them bet that she will be kicked out in a few minutes. ire smiles and walks into the application room. The interviewer is looking down at ire¡¯s resume. He looks up and frowns at her dress. He is obviously not satisfied with ire¡¯s personal image. However, ire sits opposite the interviewer and introduces herself confidently. During the whole process, the interviewer asks some questions and nods frequently. Finally, he looks at ire with regret and says, ¡°Miss Bet, we appreciate your personal talent. If we can, we would like to recruit talents like you, but your image...¡± He stops and looks at ire sadly. ire smiles on the surface, but she¡¯s worried. How does she approach Leo if they don¡¯t hire her? Her son is still with him! Damn! Chapter 151 Unexpectedly becoming the secretary of the president Chapter 151 Unexpectedly bing the secretary of the president ire looks at the interviewer and tries to get thest chance for herself. ¡°I know my personal image doesn¡¯t meet your standards, but there is no specific requirement for appearance in the recruitment information. You said just now that my qualifications and talents are worthy of being your general manager¡¯s secretary. I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll do my best! Please give me a chance!¡± The interviewer says in embarrassment, ¡°it¡¯s not that we don¡¯t want you. Our general manager has special requirements... Mrs. Howard, why are you here?¡± As the interviewer speaks, he stands up and walks to the door. Mrs. Howard£¿ ire looks at the door in disbelief. She sees a well dressed womane in. Tracy waves impatiently to the interviewer and says arrogantly, ¡°go ahead. I juste here to have a look.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Tracy is the president¡¯s fiancee. Of course the interviewer listens to her. Tracy and Leo are engaged for a long time and will definitely get marriedter. These subordinates can¡¯t offend the future Mrs. Howard. So he asks Tracy to sit where he was and asks his assistant to pour her tea. Hepletely ignores ire. Tracy sits arrogantly in the best position in the conference room. She says to the interviewer indifferently, ¡°go ahead. Leave me alone.¡± ¡°OK.¡± The interviewer nods frequently. When he sits down and looks at ire, he says with some dissatisfaction, ¡°Why are you still here? I told you we won¡¯t hire you. Get out of here.¡± ire stands up disappointed and walks out in silence. She has to find another way to get close to Leo. But to ire¡¯s surprise, the interviewer just called the woman Mrs. Howard. The president of the company is Leo. They... Thinking of this, ire¡¯s heart suddenly slows. She feels strange and even sad. Is Leo married? Over the years, ire never inquired about Leo. She doesn¡¯t know if he is married. And on the way back, ire had no idea that Leo might get married. She has been single for years and doesn¡¯t want to get married. Maybe Leo is still Leo after all. It¡¯s normal for him to get married. Wait! If he gets married, why does he kidnap her son? He will have his own children in the future, but she only has one son! ire is filled with anger. She must find Leo as soon as possible and ask him to return her son! ¡°Wait!¡± When ire is in a hurry to leave the conference room, a woman stops her. ire stops and thinks she¡¯s listening wrong. Is that woman calling her? ire looks back in disbelief. She looks at the well-dressed woman in surprise. Tracy nods and raises her chin and says proudly, e here.¡± ¡°...¡± ire goes back in silence. She looks at Tracy and asks faintly, ¡°what¡¯s the matter, please?¡± Now thepany doesn¡¯t hire her. Is she going to humiliate her? Tracy has no idea what ire is thinking. She smiles contentedly and stands up. Shees up to ire and looks at her. She¡¯s ugly and dresses vulgar and old. Leo is definitely not interested in this kind of woman. Tracy scores with satisfaction. ire looks at her suspiciously. What¡¯s Leo¡¯s wife doing? She calls her back and looks at her in silence. She looks like she¡¯s picking out clothes. ¡°What can I do for you?¡± ire takes a deep breath and asks patiently. Tracy nods contentedly. She looks at ire and smiles and says, ¡°I rmend you to be the secretary of the president. What do you think?¡± ¡°President¡¯s secretary?¡± ire and the interviewer are surprised at the same time. Everyone in this meeting room is stunned. A woman who can¡¯t be a general manager¡¯s secretary can be a president¡¯s secretary. That¡¯s a good thing! ire is surprised and doesn¡¯t know what to say. The news is too sudden. She wanted to look for opportunities again and face today¡¯s failure. She has given up being a secretary. She didn¡¯t expect Tracy to give her such a big surprise. If she¡¯s secretary to the president, she can get close to Leo! Excellent! She can find her son Conan in a short time. Then she will take him out of city A and go to a ce without Leo and nevere back! ire is surprised. She doesn¡¯t know how toment on Leo¡¯s wife. She¡¯s so cute! ¡°Are you too happy to speak? If you want to thank me, just listen to me. I can guarantee you a satisfactory job!¡± Tracy raises her eyebrows with a smile on her face. She seems to be saying that you should kneel down to thank me for my gift. ¡°No problem!¡± ire nods quickly. Of course she will not refuse such a good opportunity. ¡°I promise you.¡± Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. A woman is most afraid that her husband has other women outside. ire understands why Tracy chose her. Because her dress today can make every woman feel at ease! That¡¯s exactly what ire wants! As for Leo, she used to hate him. Six years passes, and her hatred never diminishes! Chapter 152 Don’t be too happy Chapter 152 Don¡¯t be too happy Because of Tracy¡¯s rmendation, ire bes the secretary of Howard Group¡¯s president. Tracy is happy, too. She is not as mean as usual. She smiles smugly at ire and says, ¡°you can start work today.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire is relieved. But she suddenly thinks of a fact! If she starts work today, she will meet Leo today. ire is nervous and scared at the thought of meeting Leo. Maybe she¡¯s not ready to face him again. She is afraid that she will not be able to escape from him after meeing him again. ire can¡¯t imagine how angry Leo was when she ran away from him. She dare not think of it. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Leo must be furious! At the thought of Leo¡¯s anger, ire unconsciously hates it. Then she thinks of her son. ire is determined to get her son back! Forget it. Leo, I¡¯m not afraid of you! I¡¯m not the ire I was six years ago! ... However, when ire is taken to the front desk of the secretary outside Leo¡¯s office, she does not see Leo. She sees a woman full of resentment. This woman is Leo¡¯sst secretary. When she sees ire, she smiles sarcastically and then she begins to feel sad as if she has thought of something. She tells ire thepany¡¯s whole process indifferently. Then she takes her back to the front desk of the secretary and tells her something about her work. ire follows the former secretary with sincerity. The former secretary can not help sighing at her honesty, ¡°you are obedient. It¡¯s a pity that I didn¡¯t expose Tracy in front of the president before I left.¡± ire doesn¡¯t know the truth, but she smiles politely and doesn¡¯tment. The former secretary sighs again. She puts a notebook in ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°I¡¯ve told you everything. Next you can only rely on yourself.¡± ire takes the notebook and looks at it suspiciously. She can¡¯t help reading it. The former secretary reminds her, ¡°the president likes to drink unsweetened coffee. It¡¯s better to be bitter, but it can¡¯t be too bitter.¡± ¡°He eats in thepany when he is busy. You¡¯re responsible for his lunch. He only eats food from a few restaurants. I¡¯ve written those contacts on it.¡± She pauses and says, ¡°if Tracy asks you to call her Mrs. Howard, you mustn¡¯t!¡± ire remembers the first two points, but she can¡¯t understand thest one. ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Because...¡± The former secretary looks around. She approaches ire mysteriously and says quietly, ¡°because she¡¯s not the president¡¯s wife at all. She¡¯s just the president¡¯s fiancee!¡± Hearing this, ire is relieved. She breathes a sigh of relief. Then she wonders why she is relieved. Whether Tracy is Leo¡¯s wife has nothing to do with her. ire stops thinking and smiles at the former secretary and says, ¡°I see. Thank you.¡± The former secretary is more worried. She waves casually and says weakly, ¡°you are much older than me. Are you married? Tracy won¡¯t be alert to you. She is a hypocritical woman. I really want to give her a good beating.¡± ire can¡¯t help chuckling at the tone of the former secretary¡¯s voice. ¡°Why do youugh?¡± The former secretary res discontentedly at ire. She says seriously, ¡°don¡¯t be too happy. That woman has a bad temper. She¡¯ll embarrass youter. You¡¯d better be careful yourself!¡± It has to be said that the former secretary is quite interesting. Although she is a bimbo, ire agrees with her. Tracy¡¯s manner makes people dislike her. She lets others call her Mrs. Howard in private, which shows that this woman is full of vanity. Such a person is really unattractive. ¡°I see.¡± ire stops smiling and says seriously, ¡°would you like to have lunch with meter?¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m upset to stay here. The president may be busy today. You stay here to prepare lunch for him.¡± The former secretary waves and packs up to leave. ire¡¯s heart pounds when she hears that she is going to prepare lunch for Leo. She doesn¡¯t see Leo all morning. She thinks she is ready to face him again, but now she is so scared. ire takes a deep breath and cheers herself up in her heart. At that moment, the internal phone on the front desk of the secretary rings. The former secretary¡¯s face changes when she hears the telephone ring. She looks at ire in panic and says hurriedly, ¡°I forgot to prepare coffee for the president this morning. He must be urging now! I have to leave first. You solve it!¡± With that, she leaves in a hurry. ¡°...¡± ire is also shocked by the unexpected news. She coughs softly and picks up the internal phone that has been ringing all the time. She says softly, ¡°Hello, president.¡± ¡°Why do you take so long to answer the phone?¡± Leo suddenly stops. He asks suspiciously, ¡°who are you?¡± ire¡¯s heart thumps when she hears the familiar voice she hasn¡¯t heard for a long time in the microphone. Her hands tremble a little. Sheforts herself in her heart many times. ire stabilizes her voice and calmly says, ¡°Hello, president. I¡¯m the new secretary. My name is Angie. Today is my first day at work.¡± Chapter 153 Seeing Leo again six years later Chapter 153 Seeing Leo again six yearster The new secretary. Leo is silent. The personnel office is very efficient. He made the order yesterday and today they find him a new secretary. ¡°Come in first.¡± With that, Leo hangs up. ire looks at the phone and feels lost. Doesn¡¯t Leo recognize her voice? Even after six years, her voice hasn¡¯t changed. Does he recognize it long ago but he is pretending? ire looks at Leo¡¯s office door and is a little nervous. As long as she opens the door, she can see Leo, whom she hasn¡¯t seen in six years. What will Leo look like the first moment he sees her? Will he be angry or forbearing? Will he p her directly and humiliate her severely? ire thinks she thinks too much. Leo owes her. She doesn¡¯t owe Leo! If Leo beats her or even her son, she will fight back! ire opens the door to hell with trepidation. ¡°Are you the new secretary? What¡¯s your name?¡± Leo puts down his work and says thoughtfully as he turns the pen in his hand. He didn¡¯t expect the personnel department to arrange such an interesting woman for him. She is wearing a dark gray business suit and thick ck sses. Her hair is tacky and she looks ugly. This woman is at least thirty or forty years old. Does the personnel department want him to have less contact with beauties or get married earlier? ire doesn¡¯t know what Leo is thinking. She freezes when she hears Leo. He asks her what her name is. Is her makeup so good that Leo can¡¯t recognize her? ire thinks that is good. She doesn¡¯t have to worry about what Leo will do to her. Since Leo can¡¯t recognize her, she will naturally change her name and identity to survive. ire suppresses her emotions and nods. She stoops to Leo and says politely, ¡°my name is Angie. Hello, president.¡± Leo nods. Angie is a good name. Leo wants to reach for the cup, but he finds that there is no coffee in it. He tells her, ¡°make me a cup of coffee.¡± ¡°Yes, president.¡± Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ire goes to get Leo¡¯s cup. When she approaches, she finds that after six years, Leo¡¯s temperament has changed. He bes mature and less domineering than before. His face bes soft and not as hard as before. He sits there quietly and looks like a sessful man. He exudes the charm of a mature man. They have a brief conversation and ire feels he isn¡¯t as domineering as he used to be. She no longer has pressure when she talks to him. Leo has really changed a lot. ire knows a lot of these men in France. Only when his heart is really quiet can he have such mature temperament. Such Leo is very popr with women, such as the former secretary who has left. Any woman who faces such a boss all day can¡¯t help falling in love with him. Unfortunately, ire is not that kind of woman. She knows Leo¡¯s cruelty, indifference and temper. But why has Leo changed so much? Is it because of Tracy? Leo changes himself and softens himself for his fiancee. Otherwise, how could Leo have changed so much? At the thought of it, ire is a little jealous. Anyway, Leo really changes a lot. Why does he always be better for other women? Why is he only good to other women? Why is he cruel to her? Thinking about what happened six years ago, ire still has trouble breathing. By the time ire regains her mind, the coffee is ready. She remembers the words of her former secretary and takes a small bottle out of the drawer. ire brings the coffee to Leo and puts it on the table. ¡°President, what else can I do for you?¡± ire asks in a low voice. Leo is busy working and doesn¡¯t respond to her in time. He doesn¡¯t look up until he has read a document. He reaches for the cup and sips his coffee. Leo is suddenly surprised. The taste of this coffee is exactly what he likes! Leo raises his eyebrows and asks ire curiously, ¡°how did you do it?¡± At the same time, Leo thinks the secretary is strange. He doesn¡¯t like her at first sight. She is tacky but not self abased. She doesn¡¯t try her best to please him like other women. Angie seems to be keeping a distance from him. Leo is very satisfied with such a secretary. At least he can work at ease. His office won¡¯t be as noisy as it was yesterday. But Leo didn¡¯t expect the secretary to know his taste. She just made his favorite taste. Because he¡¯s always picky about coffee. Few people can make the coffee he wants. The former secretary practiced for a long time before she managed to make the coffee he wanted. ire sneers in her heart. She bows her head slightly and says calmly, ¡°the former secretary reminds me that you like unsweetened coffee. It has to be bitter but it can¡¯t be too bitter. So I put some honey in it.¡± In fact, ire lived at Leo¡¯s house for a while so she knows his habits. She saw his servant grind coffee for him, so she learned that Leo likes coffee with honey. His taste hasn¡¯t changed over the years! Chapter 154 Lying and being found Chapter 154 Lying and being found ¡°Oh?¡± Leo thinks for a while and nods with satisfaction. He praises her, ¡°well done. Keep working.¡± ire gets Leo¡¯s approval. ¡°Thank you for yourpliment.¡± ire nods and thinks of something. She reminds him, ¡°it¡¯s almost lunchtime. Do you want to eat in thepany or out?¡± Leo looks down at his work. He frowns and says, ¡°today I have lunch in thepany.¡± ¡°Yes, president.¡± ire goes out of the office immediately and orders. Less than ten minutester, a man goes upstairs carrying a box. ire is surprised. He is efficient! The man puts the box down. ire picks it up and is ready to go to Leo¡¯s office. But the man stops her. ¡°Miss, please wait.¡± ¡°Ah?¡± ire looks back and asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°You haven¡¯t paid yet!¡± The man smiles and says, ¡°maybe you are new here. You need to pay in cash on the spot!¡± ¡°...¡± What? ire looks at him in shock. Isn¡¯t the restaurant working with thepany and checking out at the end of the month? ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Please wait for a while. I¡¯ll give you the money.¡± ire puts down the box and wants to get her bag. But when she reaches halfway, she suddenly thinks of something. She got off the ne yesterday and went straight to the hotel to check in. She hasn¡¯t gone to the bank to get the money. She doesn¡¯t have any dors now. She has only a few euros! ire takes back her hand in embarrassment and smiles. She blinks and coughs, ¡°do you ept euros?¡± ¡°Ah?¡± The man is a little shocked. His mouth moves. ¡°Are you kidding?¡± I¡¯m not kidding! ire is helpless. She has to say, ¡°wait. I¡¯ll find some money for you!¡± ire opens a door at will and goes straight in. Where should she look for dors? She has juste to thepany. It¡¯s not good to borrow money from others! ire is thinking when suddenly a maic voice sounds. The man says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± ire is shocked to hear the voice. She immediately looks at Leo and finds that she identally opened the door of Leo¡¯s office! ¡°Nothing, president. I¡¯m in the wrong door.¡± ire is embarrassed, but she tries to keep a calm smile on her face. She wants to open the door and go out, but as soon as it opens, she catch a glimpse of the man waiting outside. Seeing this, Leo can¡¯t help but feel funny, ¡°what happened? Who¡¯s out there?¡± ¡°Nothing!¡± ire¡¯s face changes. She turns quickly to see Leo, but she finds him in front of her. In a short time, Leo¡¯s tall figure has covered her. To make herself look vulgar, ire wears a pair of t shoes. Now Leo stands in front of her and smiles. His eyes are deep and he looks down at her, which makes ire feel stressed. ¡°Nothing?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t believe ire at all. He wants to pull her away from the door. ¡°Wait!¡± ire looks at Leo in embarrassment and quickly stops him. ¡°Actually...¡± ¡°What?¡± Leo chuckles and asks her. ¡°I¡¯m short of money. Can you lend me some money?¡± ire says without thinking. ¡°Money?¡± Leo is even more surprised. ¡°Why do you borrow money? Do you have no money?¡± Of course I have no money. I just returned home. I have a lot of euros but I don¡¯t have dors! Why should I pay for you? You are going to eat those foods! Of course, she doesn¡¯t dare say that to Leo. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire hesitates and lies to Leo, ¡°a friend of minees to me to borrow money, so...¡± ¡°Why does he borrow money from you? How much does he want to borrow?¡± Leo asks and seems interested. ¡°A hundred dors? Yes, a hundred dors!¡± Leo is surprised. ¡°Only a hundred dors?¡± ire, ¡°¡­¡± ire is speechless. ¡°Yeah, he¡¯s poor, so now he needs a hundred dors. Please lend him the money, president.¡± ire is ashamed but she stares pitifully at Leo. ¡°I see.¡± Leo whispers and shrugs, ¡°there are two hundred dors on the table. Take it. You don¡¯t have to pay back!¡± ¡°Thank you, president.¡± ire looks at Leo¡¯s desk and finds that there are two hundred dors on it. She immediately gets out of under his shoulder and goes to get the money. But when ire¡¯s hand touches the money, Leo says in a maic voice, ¡°why hasn¡¯t lunch been delivered today? It should have been delivered by now.¡± ire¡¯s hands tremble and she blushes immediately. Leo is a nuisance! ¡°Maybe it¡¯s out there. I¡¯ll go out and have a look. Don¡¯t worry, president.¡± ire takes the money and wants to turn away. She can¡¯t stay here. Leo nods and walks back to his desk. He says lightly, ¡°I¡¯m not worried. I just hope you will be honest and don¡¯t tell me such a lie that will be seen through at a nce! I don¡¯t need an idiot secretary!¡± ¡°...¡± ire opens the door to leave. She pauses. Damn. She is found by him. You¡¯re an idiot! Your family are idiots! Damn asshole! ¡°I see. President, I won¡¯t do that in the future!¡± ire grits her teeth and says. She scolds Leo in her heart. Chapter 155 Return my son to me Chapter 155 Return my son to me ¡°199 dors?¡± ¡°Yes, miss!¡± ire looks at the man in surprise and takes back a dor coin. Leo, you bastard. She thinks there will be a lot of money left, but now there is only one dor left. ire calms down after the man leaves. She turns and picks up the box and goes into the office to deliver lunch to Leo. ire sets the meals on the table in the living room. She understands why the lunch is worth two hundred dors. It looks delicate and delicious. Leo walks over and sits down. He takes a look at ire and thinks of something. He asks lightly, ¡°what do you have for lunch?¡± The money he gave ire just now can only buy one person¡¯s meal. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. She has only one dor! She can¡¯t even afford a hamburger! ire shrugs. ¡°I don¡¯t like to eat at noon. I can eat fruitter.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t like eating?¡± Leo frowns. ¡°People should eat on time. Health is important. You¡¯re ugly so you don¡¯t need to keep fit!¡± What? ire is enraged instantly. Damn man. Is she ugly? Fortunately, she deliberately defaces herself, or she will die of anger! ¡°President, eat it.¡± ire says helplessly. She wants to strangle him. With that, ire is ready to leave. But just then, Leo suddenly stands up. He says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t leave. Eat up the food. If you can¡¯t finish it, don¡¯t leave this office!¡± ¡°...¡± ire looks at the food on the table in shock. What did Leo just say? He lets her have lunch? What does he eat? ¡°No. I can¡¯t eat it.¡± ire is a little surprised by Leo¡¯s sudden behavior. What does Leo want to do? Why does he suddenly treat her so well? What is his purpose? ire¡¯s subconscious escape discontents Leo. She seems to touch some of his bottom lines. He suddenly takes ire¡¯s arm and presses her to the chair. He orders her, ¡°eat it! If you can¡¯t finish it, you don¡¯t have toe to work tomorrow!¡± ire is stunned by Leo¡¯s sudden behavior. His disposition has not changed. He¡¯s still irritable! ¡°I...¡± ire wants to say something, but Leo immediately says, ¡°shut up. Eat it!¡± ¡°...¡± ire is helpless but Leo is watching her so she has to eat. She has to pick up the bowl and lower her head for lunch. Leo suddenly calms down when she bows her head to eat. When he sees that she wants to leave, he suddenly wants to lose his temper. He can¡¯t help trying to force her and keep her. The atmosphere is awkward, so ire says cautiously, ¡°president, you can eat it, too. I can¡¯t eat all by myself.¡± ¡°No. I don¡¯t want to!¡± Leo turns back to his desk and sits down. He is also a little surprised at what he has just done. ire looks at Leo. He begins to work. She doesn¡¯t want to eat lunch any more. Her boss is working but she is eating as an employee. This is unreasonable! ire eats quickly and cleans the table. She leaves Leo¡¯s office. ire goes back to her front desk. Leo¡¯s sudden concern, rage andpulsion are really strange! He has changed a lot in these six years, but... Forget it! ire sits quietly for a while. She thinks Leo doesn¡¯t have lunch and is still working. He must be hungry. So she goes downstairs and goes to a nearby bank to get money. Then ire buys some bread at a nearby store. ire is back on the 28th floor. She goes to the door of Leo¡¯s office and knocks gently. After Leo responds, ire walks in with a stic bag. ire goes to his desk alone and puts the bag on it. Leo is surprised and raises his eyebrows. ¡°What is this?¡± ¡°Bread!¡± ire says softly. She is afraid that Leo isn¡¯t happy, so she says, ¡°you just said that health is very important. People can¡¯t live without food. I¡¯m afraid you¡¯re hungry, so I bought you some bread!¡± Leo is a little surprised and smiles. The new secretary is not obedient. She dares to contradict him with what he said. ¡°Well, I see!¡± Leo takes the bread out of the bag and bites it. ire is relieved. She breathes a sigh of relief. Fortunately, he doesn¡¯t refuse! She feels something is wrong. She justes to give him something to eat out of kindness. She doesn¡¯t care whether he eats or not. Why is she nervous? ire takes another look at Leo. This man is as handsome as her son when he eats! ire freezes at the thought of her son. She says casually, ¡°president, the former secretary told me this morning that a boy who imed to be your son came to thepany the other day. Is this true?¡± Leo pauses and frowns. He says displeased, ¡°the subordinates have no right to ask about the boss¡¯s affairs¡± ¡°I...¡± ire is depressed. ¡°I¡¯m just curious. I heard his eyes are very simr to yours.¡± ire asks carefully. She is afraid that Leo will find something, but she can¡¯t help wanting to know about her son. Leo is bored. He yells at ire, ¡°that¡¯s not what you should know. Get out of here!¡± ¡°...¡± ire is speechless and has to shut up and leave. She decides to look for opportunitiester. But Leo, give me my son back! Chapter 156 What if he’s your son? Chapter 156 What if he¡¯s your son? Leo finishes his bread and asks ire to make him coffee. ire couldn¡¯t helpining. Where are you, my son? Mommy is here to serve this nasty man every day. I am so depressed! Meanwhile, the office door is knocked. ¡°Come in.¡± Leo thinks ire is back after making coffee, but when he looks up, he sees Luke standing at the door, ¡°Why are you here?¡± Luke raises his eyebrows and jokes, ¡°What? Are you unhappy to see me?¡± He says, walking toward the sofa and sitting down. Leo doesn¡¯t answer, and continues his work without saying a word. Luke knows Leo very well. When he doesn¡¯t want to talk about the topic, he wouldn''t say it even if someone pries his mouth open. Luke rxes, looks around, and suddenly curiously says, ¡°Why don¡¯t I see your enthusiastic secretary assistant today? I remember when I used toe here, she has already prepared coffee for me.¡± ¡°I have changed my secretary.¡± Leo says slowly. ¡°Is it? I doesn¡¯t notice when I came in...¡± Then, Luke looks at Leo who only has his job in his eyes, and asks, ¡°You and Tracy have been engaged for so long. When will you get married? When he says that, Luke remembers the kid in his house, Conan, and his mother, ire. After all these years, does Leo still not remember her? ! Hearing the words, Leo is a little surprised. He stops working, rubbing his eyebrows with his hands, and says tiredly, ¡°Why do you mention this? Tracy keeps asking me in my ears recently. I¡¯m annoyed.¡± Luke smiles. He looks at Leo and says, ¡°After all, she has been waiting for you for so many years. You really don¡¯t make a n for your future?¡± Leo gets up from his chair, walks to the small refrigerator in the office, takes out two bottles of beer, and gives one to Luke. He sits down on the sofa opposite him and says, ¡°If I really want to say anything, then my n is to disengage her!¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. ¡°What?¡± Luke is surprised, so he hurriedly puts down the beer in his hand, ¡°Leo, you know, the company was able to recover thanks to the help of Tracy¡¯s father back then. If you break your engagement, you just dismantle the bridge immediately after crossing the river.¡± ¡°I know.¡± Leo says in a low voice. He suddenly pours the beer into his mouth. Then he looks at the table and says nothing more. At that time, because of the car ident, he almost died and was unconscious. Thepany fell into crisis, encountered double suppression by the businessmunity and underworld, and was almost wiped out. Thinking of it, he doesn¡¯t seem to be so embarrassed in his life. When he got better, he resumed his career. At that time Tracy¡¯s father appeared to help hispany run again, so he was engaged to Tracy. But even so, he has not had sex with Tracy since his engagement. On the one hand, he is not interested in Tracy. On the other hand, he wants to break off his engagement because he always has the image of an iplete woman in his mind that he couldn¡¯t catch for any reason. Thinking of this, Leo takes another sip of beer. Luke looks at him in silence, thoughtful for a moment. Then he thinks of Conan in his house, and then asks Leo in a low voice, ¡°Well, It¡¯s been six years. Do you remember anything from your lost memory?¡± Leo gives Luke a puzzled nce and replies, ¡°No, why do you suddenly ask that?¡± ¡°It is all right.¡± Luke knows that in his mind and he has a smile on his face, ¡°It does not matter if you can¡¯t remember. Let that memory go away. Maybe it is a good thing!¡± Leo frowns and loses his thoughts. If it wasn¡¯t for the sudden appearance of the little boy yesterday, he might not have remembered the memory six years ago. It is just that little boy... ¡°Luke, six years ago, did I have a woman?¡± ¡°Ah...¡± Luke is surprise, and then says, ¡°No... No. Why do you ask that?¡± In spite of the slightest qualms in his heart, Luke¡¯s face doesn¡¯t show anything. ¡°I have told you everything that happened in those years. Do you need me to repeat it?¡± Leo trusts Luke very much. He nods slightly but he couldn¡¯t help asking, ¡°Yesterday a little boy came here, and he actually said I was his daddy... and he was five years old. The time is just right...¡± Sure enough, Leo asks him! Luke has been prepared before he came. Conan came out of his office just yesterday and must have confessed his identity, but he couldn¡¯t tell Leo the whole story. Leo has a blood clot in his brain that could go wrong any minute. He doesn¡¯t want to stimte his memory. He is more afraid he will have another ident. Luke pretends to be surprised and asks curiously, ¡° A little boy? Five years old? Who is he? Why did he come to you?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± Leo shakes his head, recalling the conversation with Conan, whispers, ¡°He said his name is Conan and his mother¡¯s name is ire... Do you know that?¡± Luke has already prepared the answer. He immediately bursts intoughter and shakes his head, ¡°what ire? I have never heard of this name. Maybe the woman who admires you deliberately arranges a little guy to approach you.¡± ¡°Is that right? But his eyes are very simr to mine.¡± Leo falls into yesterday¡¯s memory again. ¡°Even if his eyes are very simr to yours, what does that mean? I, as your best friend for years, have not heard of this woman named ire!¡± Luke pretends to be indifferent. He looks down at his watch and says positively, ¡°We need to stop talking. I still have other things and need to leave now.¡± ¡°okay.¡± Leo replies casually, and Luke makes sense. If even his best friend doesn¡¯t know it, then probably this thing is a fake. With that in his mind, the problem is solved, and Leo feels rxed. Luke is about to leave. Just before he is about to open the door, he suddenly thinking of something. He turns to Leo and asks gravely, ¡°Leo, what would you do if that little boy were really your son? After all, you are now engaged, will you abandon him and his mom?¡± Chapter 157 Luke’s Doubt Chapter 157 Luke¡¯s Doubt Leo is taken aback because he never thinks about it. If I do have a son, then... Leo has just rxed, and suddenly Luke makes him nervous again. Leo frowns, hesitating, ¡°Luke, or ... how about you help me investigate?¡± What? Help you investigate it? Luke feels helpless. He isying a lie. And is he going to exin that lie? He doesn¡¯t want to do that and he will deceive Leo which will make him distracted. So he refuses and says, ¡°I have been working very busytely. I do not have time to investigate it for you, and I can tell you, there is no such a woman. That is all, I will leave now!¡± Then Luke turns to leave, and the next second the door is suddenly opened from the outside. irees in with a cup of coffee, and is taken aback when she finds a person standing behind the door. More importantly, this person is still an old friend she hasn¡¯t seen in a long time... Her hand with the coffee trembles a little because ire is surprised. The man is Luke! ! ! Luke sees ire, too. ire¡¯s deliberately ugly appearance makes him suddenly feel familiar, but in the impression, he has never contacted a woman who seems to be in her thirties. Luke easily observes that ire seems frightened. He says in doubt, ¡°You... have I seen you before?¡± Does Luke recognize her?!! But even Leo doesn¡¯t recognize her. ire is surprised, because she always thinks she is disguising herself so well that she wouldn¡¯t be discovered by anyone! She is a little frightened, and ire still couldn¡¯t help lowering her head, and deliberately lowers her voice, ¡°Sir, I¡¯m sorry ... you may have recognized the wrong person. Ie to work today, and I have never seen you before.¡± No, her voice was also a little familiar. Although ire¡¯s voice is deliberately lowered in an attempt to change a tone, Luke still remembers her voice, so he is bing increasingly familiar to the woman. Above all, why does she look so afraid of him? ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . This woman must be weird! Luke makes a conclusion in his heart. He wants to say something, but is preempted by Leo behind him, ¡°Luke, what are you doing here? She is a new secretary. Would you tell me you like this kind of Woman?¡± Hearing Leo¡¯s ridicule, Luke reluctantly defends, ¡°No. I just feel she¡¯s a little familiar.¡± ¡°Familiar? Is she your little lover before?¡± Leo smiles on his face, but still feels slightly unhappy. He doesn¡¯t know why he is unhappy when he saw that Luke was attracted by his little secretary and he seemed to be very interested in the new secretary. She is his secretary. Leo decides to kick him out, ¡°Don¡¯t you say you have more work to do, and what are you doing here?¡± Luke feels Leo¡¯s difort and is so speechless that he could only give up his questioning of ire and says helplessly, ¡°Well, since Leo doesn¡¯t want to see me, then I¡¯ll leave here quickly.¡± After saying those words, Luke opens the door again and goes out. This time he really leaves. After confirming Luke has gone away, ire puts down the big rock in her heart. She was scared to death just now because she thought she would be recognized by Luke. ire has a deep understanding of Luke¡¯s observation ability, and six years ago, the person who knew her best was Luke. That is why ire has been so scared. What if Luke recognizes her in front of Leo? ire takes a deep breath. She holds the coffee in her hand and asks Leo, ¡°Sir, Excuse me, where do I put your coffee?¡± Leo looks at the desk and lets her to put it over there. ire takes the coffee in a watchful way and then leaves the office. When she leaves, she notices that there is a bottle of beer in Leo¡¯s desk that Luke has not had time to drink. ire only takes a look, then quietly exits the office, but she is thinking about something else. They actually drank during the day. Does that mean that something important is just being discussed? ire calms down. She turns on theputer and searches for all things that has happened to Leo and Luke over the past six years. She could no longer be passive. To avoid being discovered by Leo and Luke, she has to master all their information in order to turn passivity into initiative, and remain on the best side. Know the enemy and know yourself, and you can fight a hundred battles with no danger of defeat. In this way, ire is collecting the information of Leo and Luke for the past six years, and the day passes. When she leaves work at night, ire decides she could not stay at the hotel since she is already working at Leo¡¯spany. In addition, she doesn¡¯t have enough money, so she immediately finds a good-priced apartment near thepany and settled in. ... Lukees home after a long day¡¯s work, and as soon as he enters the door he sees the living room in a mess which is caused by a naughty, Conan. Luke is silent, and thinks the boy is terrible, so he immediately puts down his office bag, takes off his coat, and calls Conan¡¯s name. ¡°Luke!¡± Conanes out from under the sofa, holding a SpongeBob puppet in his hand, responding loudly to Luke. Luke is startled by Conan, who was under the sofa to pick up something. Luke throws the zer aside and bends down to pick up Conan who stayed alone all day at home. He takes him to hisp, carefully wipes the sweat from his forehead, and whispers, ¡°Are you still used to it at home today? Because I have to go to work, I have no time to y with you, will you me me?¡± Little naughty Conan enjoys his service and says with satisfaction, ¡°No, I also want to thank you for buying so many toys for me. These toys are really fun!¡± That is not truth! Conan spent the whole day using theputer and he made a mess of the living room when he found Lukeing back. What if he finds that he is not acting like a normal child? A person is called a professional actor only if he is disguised in all aspects! He knows this! When Luke hears Conan¡¯s words, Luke picks up Conan with satisfaction and says happily, ¡°Come on, I will take you to a restaurant!¡± Chapter 158 A strange woman Chapter 158 A strange woman ¡°Wow! Great!¡± Conan cheers happily. He looks like a happy child. Luke smiles. Sure enough, the child is the child. They are easy to satisfy. That¡¯s great. Luke takes Conan to the restaurant for dinner. While waiting for the dish, Luke asks casually, ¡°Conan, didn¡¯t you say that your mommy will return home today? It¡¯s been a whole day and I haven¡¯t heard from your mommy.¡± Hearing this, Conan puts his hands on the table and holds his face. He looks aside and seems to be thinking about how to answer, ¡°I think she has a lot of things to do and is very busy, so she dyed the time to return home. Uncle Luke, don¡¯t worry. My mommy won¡¯t get lost.¡± Luke suppresses his smile. He is amused by Conan¡¯s naive remarks. He dares toe back alone. Does he have to worry about ire being lost as an adult? Luke gives a slight cough and says seriously, ¡°in that case, do you have your mommy¡¯s mobile number? I¡¯ll call her and let her know you¡¯re here, so she won¡¯t worry.¡± Conan thinks and nods. Then he recites ire¡¯s cell phone number. ¡°You remember your mommy¡¯s cell phone number!¡± Luke is slightly surprised that Conan can recite ire¡¯s cell phone number without stopping. ¡°Of course.¡± With a proud smile, Conan says triumphantly, ¡°Mommy said that in order to prevent me from getting lost when I went out, she asked me to recite her mobile phone number.¡± ¡°Your mommy is so smart.¡± Luke believes Conan and praises. And Conan is very happy. ire didn¡¯t say that. He was born smart, so he remembers ire¡¯s cell phone number. What¡¯s more, he has long known that his mommy has returned to the United States and works in Howard Group! Conan is aputer geek, so he knows ire¡¯s whereabouts clearly, but Conan can¡¯t tell Luke about it. Luke calls ire but ire doesn¡¯t answer. After a while, he regretfully puts down his cell phone and says to Conan, ¡°your mommy didn¡¯t answer the phone.¡± Hearing this, Conan shrugs and pouts, ¡°maybe she¡¯s busy. You can call her when she¡¯s free.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s the only way.¡± Luke says helplessly. Just then, the dish is served. Conan orders his favorite dish. Luke brings him food. Conan cheers with joy. Luke looks at Conan with a smile, but he¡¯s a little frustrated. Conan is really Leo¡¯s son. If he hides him and doesn¡¯t tell his best friend, is he too much? But if he tells Leo, Conan¡¯s mother, ire, will be involved. If Leo asks him, he has to tell the truth. Leo¡¯s body may not be able to stand it. When Leo was just out of the hospital, he saw ire¡¯s picture and asked him who she was. He thought she was familiar and began to recall. Then he had a headache and fainted. Since then, Luke has taken all the ire rted things from Leo¡¯s home. The doctor said it¡¯s better not to remind him of the past. So today he lies to Leo. Even if one day he really recalls and mes him, he is not afraid. Luke looks at the lovely Conan. He tries to forget his troubles and make him happy. ... The next day, ire arrives at thepany early. She sorts out what she needs for work today. An angry woman rushes over from the elevator. The woman goes to the front desk and puts her bag on the counter. She yells angrily at ire, ¡°where¡¯s Leo? I want to see him!¡± ire frowns. The woman in front of her is wearing famous brand clothes. She has orange hair and a lot of makeup. Her strong perfume is disgusting. ¡°Do you have an appointment, miss?¡± ire says calmly, holding back the difort in her stomach. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ¡°Appointment? I need an appointment?¡± The womanughs as if she has heard a joke. She suddenly lowers her head and res at ire, ¡°do you know who I am? Do I need to make an appointment to see him?¡± ¡°Miss.¡± ire wants to take a deep breath, but the air is still filled with the smell of perfume, which makes her unable to breathe. She immediately feels sick and says seriously, ¡°if you don¡¯t make an appointment, you can¡¯t see our Sir.¡± ¡°Who do you think you are? You are just a secretary. How dare you stop me!¡± The woman points at ire and scolds her. ¡°...¡± ire is helpless. She looks at the woman coldly and is enraged by her. Damn! Shees to thepany early in the morning and is scolded. And it¡¯s about Leo. Why should she help Leo? Why doesn¡¯t this woman go straight to Leo? ire stands up and looks at the woman. They look at each other. The woman is fierce and ire is angry. Atst the woman loses. She res discontentedly at ire and says angrily, ¡°what are you looking at! Haven¡¯t you ever seen a beautiful woman?¡± ire looks at her for a long time and calmly picks up the phone and makes an internal call. Seeing ire ignore her and make a phone call, the woman knows she wants to inform others. She says in a flustered voice, ¡°what are you going to do? I¡¯m Brown Group¡¯s daughter! If you want to do something to me, I will punish you!¡± ire takes the phone calmly. When the phone is connected, she says directly, ¡°there¡¯s a woman making trouble in the Sir¡¯s office. Call a security guard here.¡± ¡°You!¡± The woman is angry, too. She wants to smash ire with her bag, but she thinks it is valuable, so she puts it down. She yells angrily, ¡°how dare you call security?¡± Chapter 159 Do you like me? Chapter 159 Do you like me? When ire puts down the phone, she looks at the woman without expression. She says calmly, "subjectively speaking, it¡¯s impossible for you to see the Sir without an appointment. No one can do that. Objectively speaking, I can call the police to arrest you because you are making a lot of noise here. I respect you so I just called security.¡± ¡°Now you have three minutes. If you can leave in three minutes, I will not pursue your behavior today. What¡¯s more, your behavior is really stupid. Do you think you can see Leo in this way? Idiot. What¡¯s the point of youing here to make trouble?¡± ¡°You...¡± The woman calms down after ire teaches her a lesson. She snorts coldly and says haughtily, ¡°today I will leave. I¡¯lle to him next time!¡± With that, she turns and leaves. After the woman leaves, ire quickly runs to the tea room and takes a breath of fresh air. She can¡¯t continue to stay there because the perfume of the woman is too strong. After ire¡¯s breathing is smooth, shees out of the tea room. Unexpectedly, when she reaches the door, she sees a tall and upright figure leaning against the front desk of the secretary. Seeing iree out, Leo smiles and praises her, ¡°you were smart just now!¡± Actually, he was in the office just now. He had too much work yesterday, so he took a rest in the company. He didn¡¯t expect to see it this morning. Leo heard the sound outside and opened the office door. He looked at them all the time but neither of the women noticed him. Now Leo thinks this new secretary is really interesting! Leo is in a good mood but ire is not. She doesn¡¯t care why Leo overheard their conversation. She immediately satirizes him, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that Sir¡¯s private life is so rich that the woman came directly to thepany.¡± ¡°Oh? Don¡¯t you like it?¡± Leo chuckles. That woman is just the daughter of the Sir of Brown Group. She is not his lover at all. ¡°I dare not. You are the Sir of thispany. You can fire me easily. I dare notment on your private life.¡± ire coolly walks back to her ce and turns on theputer to continue working. Why does the secretary sound a little jealous? Leo looks at ire¡¯s face and seems to want to see something in her face. But ire¡¯s working hard so he can¡¯t see what she thinks. Leo doesn¡¯t want to guess after thinking for a while! He asks directly, ¡°what is my itinerary today?¡± ire looks down at Leo¡¯s itinerary. She replies softly, ¡°you are free this morning. You need to attend an important business meeting at 3pm.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Leo nods and wants to leave. He suddenly thinks of something and looks back at ire. ¡°If someone makes trouble here in the future, you can deal with it as before. But stop attacking me physically and mentally.¡± ire still looks down and pouts, ¡°you don¡¯t deal with your private life. Why should I solve it for you?¡± Her voice is very small, but Leo hears her. Leo, who wants to leave, suddenly turns around and looks at ire with a calm face. He says seriously, ¡°Angie, are you dissatisfied with me?¡± ¡°No.¡± ire immediately raises her head and looks at Leo with cold eyes. She says softly, ¡°I just want to give you a piece of advice. A man should do things by himself, let alone a man like you. You should be responsible. You have a fiancee. It¡¯s not good to be known!¡± ire looks older than he is, so it¡¯s normal for her to suggest that. But Leo thinks she¡¯s a little jealous and dissatisfied with him! Leo smiles thoughtfully and looks at ire and says, ¡°Angie, do you like me?¡± ire is not drinking water, or she will spray it on his face. They just haven¡¯t seen each other for a few years, but he bes arrogant and narcissistic. How can I like you? Despite her disdain, she can¡¯t say that in front of Leo. She lifts up her heavy sses and points to herself. She says seriously, ¡°yes, Sir. I like you. And then?¡± She means I¡¯m ugly. Even if I like you, will you abandon your fiancee and stay with me? Leo wants to make fun of ire, but she is serious so he doesn¡¯t think it is fun. So he says seriously, ¡°your cold joke is really good. Keep working hard.¡± ire can¡¯t helpughing when she sees Leo like this. But Leo suddenly turns around and says, ¡°besides, that woman is not my lover!¡± Then he turns and enters the Sir¡¯s office. ire is shocked. What¡¯s the meaning of this damn man¡¯s sudden exnation? ... Nothing happens in the morning. At noon, when ire wants to go in and ask Leo where he wants to have lunch, a man suddenlyes. ¡°Mr. Luke...¡± ire falters and nods to Luke. She doesn¡¯t dare to look up at him because she is afraid he will recognize her. Why is he here again? In order to prevent yesterday¡¯s incident from happening again, ire intentionally makes herself uglier today to prevent being recognized by others. Luke looks at the woman who lowers her head every time she sees him and orders her, ¡°look up at me!¡± ire bites her lip and hesitates to look up at him. If she looks at him, she is afraid that he will recognize her. If she doesn¡¯t look at him, he will be more suspicious.Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Chapter 160 Luke’s here again Chapter 160 Luke¡¯s here again ire hesitates for a moment and straightens her back. She looks at Luke firmly and says, ¡°Mr. Luke, what can I do for you?¡± ¡°...¡± Luke circles ire. The woman is wearing a tacky ck suit. Heavy sses cover most of her face. She doesn¡¯t look like a woman who has socialized with him. ¡°Mr. Luke?¡± ire pretends to be confused and asks the distracted Luke. In fact, she is very nervous! She wants to run away and lets Luke never see her again so he won¡¯t doubt her real identity! Luke stares at ire¡¯s face for a while. He reaches out and takes ire¡¯s sses off. ire is stunned. She quickly raises her hand to grab it and shouts, ¡°Mr. Luke! Please don¡¯t do that. That¡¯s my sses!¡± However, Luke just raises his hand and looks at ire again. The woman looks a little younger without sses. Her face is good but her skin is rough. She really looks like a woman of thirty or forty. He really doesn¡¯t know such a woman. He hasn¡¯t associated with such a woman in his impression. But every time he sees ire, he feels she is so familiar that he can¡¯t help but take off ire¡¯s sses. ¡°Give it back to me!¡± ire Is so anxious that she stumbles and falls forward. ire shouts and falls into a man¡¯s arms. Her body is very soft. Luke is stunned. He can even smell the faint fragrance of her. It¡¯s an unexpected good smell. Luke doesn¡¯t react or push ire. ¡°I¡¯m sorry!¡± ire falls into the arms of a man for the first time. What¡¯s more, the man is Luke. She panicks and breaks away from Luke. She looks down and says awkwardly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I didn¡¯t mean to.¡± Luke is a little frustrated. He realizes his gaffe and he is embarrassed. He gives ire the sses back and says apologetically, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I just think you look like an old friend of mine, so I took off your sses without permission. I¡¯m sorry...¡± ¡°It¡¯s OK.¡± ire takes her sses and backs away from Luke. Seeing ire like this, Luke can¡¯t help chuckling. He smiles and says, ¡°it¡¯s my fault. I¡¯ll treat you to dinner next time aspensation.¡± N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. ¡°No...¡± Before ire finishes, a low and angry voicees from behind her. ¡°What are you doing?¡± ire¡¯s heart thumps. She turns uneasily and sees the angry Leo. Luke sees him, too. He raises his hand with a smile and says, ¡°Leo.¡± Leo looks at Luke angrily. He is dissatisfied with what he has just done. Then he looks at ire. ire turns her face and mutters in her heart. He is really strange. It is not my fault. The atmosphere is a bit awkward, and Luke eventually bes a peacemaker. He walks past ire to Leo. He puts his arm on his shoulder and says with a smile, ¡°don¡¯t be upset like someone owes you money. Come on, let¡¯s go to lunch.¡± Then he looks at ire and says, ¡°would you like to go to lunch with us? I just promised you. This is my compensation to you.¡± Leo gives him a light nce. His eyes are terrible. Luke is shocked. Why does Leo care so much about this new secretary? This is not normal! When they have lunch in the canteen, Luke fully understands that Leo really cares about the new secretary. For example, he treats ire politely and helps her pull a chair and asks her what she wants. Even when ire identally knocks over the water ss, he hands her the tissue in time. However, these basic social etiquette make Leo¡¯s face more gloomy. He doesn¡¯t say a word on the surface, but they can feel the chill from him. Most importantly, Luke is very familiar with Leo, so he sees it all. They have their own concerns. After lunch, Leo stands up and says, ¡°I have a meeting this afternoon.¡± ire looks at Luke sitting next to her and then at Leo who has left. She can only stand up and follow him. Before she leaves, she says to Luke apologetically, ¡°thank you today, Mr. Luke. We have an important meeting this afternoon, so I have to go first.¡± Luke waves and ire turns and leaves. Looking at ire¡¯s figure, Luke feels familiar again. He should have seen the figure but he can¡¯t remember it now. This woman is strange. He must find out! ... ire follows Leo and sits in the back seat. There is a special driver to drive. In the car, ire feels the cold breath from Leo¡¯s body. She doesn¡¯t dare to be too close to him. She keeps a subconscious distance from him. Leo nces at her andughs at her. ¡°You¡¯ve only been together for a while. Do you like him?¡± ire is confused. ¡°Sir, I can¡¯t understand what you¡¯re talking about!¡± Leo is disdainful. Today, when he opened the door, he saw ire fall into Luke¡¯s arms. When she came out just now, she deliberately stayed with Luke for a while. He has guessed what the woman is thinking. He dismissively warns her, ¡°I have read your information. You¡¯re not married, are you? I don¡¯t care who you like, but don¡¯t forget that you are my employee now. I don¡¯t want my employees to think about anything else at work. You¡¯d better behave yourself!¡± Chapter 161 I’m not a coquettish woman Chapter 161 I¡¯m not a coquettish woman ire freezes. It takes her a long time to understand Leo. She reflects on what happened today. Does he suspect that she likes Luke? ire doesn¡¯t know whether to cry orugh. Leo hasn¡¯t changed over the years. He thinks she likes every man she sees. Why does Leo have to look down on a woman! ire can¡¯t help sighing. She exins, ¡°Sir, I think you misunderstand something. Today is my second meeting with Mr. Luke. I don¡¯t like him. You don¡¯t need to worry. I¡¯m not the kind of woman who likes a man at will.¡± Leo responds coldly, ¡°I hope you do as you say.¡± Leo¡¯s face eases, so ire exhales gently. Whenever and no matter what her identity is, she is so tired to get along with Leo. The atmosphere is a little quiet. ire takes a stack of papers from her bag for the meeting. She¡¯s going to give Leo some details. ire is reading the document carefully. Leo thinks this ugly woman is a little different. He is attracted by her preupation. When ire finishes, Leo suddenly asks her, ¡°Angie, why haven¡¯t you got married yet?¡± They are talking about business, but Leo suddenly asks her about it. ire freezes. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. ire hesitates. Can she choose not to answer? ire doesn¡¯t speak and Leo knows he is too abrupt. He is also shocked by what he said. But he just wants to know about her. ¡°Well, you don¡¯t have to answer.¡± Leo is not happy with his abnormality. He sits up straight and closes his eyes. He doesn¡¯t want to talk to her again. ire can¡¯t help touching the sses on her nose. She looks at Leo in confusion. She doesn¡¯t understand what happened to him today. Does he take the wrong medicine? Leo has changed a lot and be more and more abnormal in six years here. ire doesn¡¯t know him anymore. The business meeting is held in another promisingpany. It¡¯s a little far away so they set out ahead of time. This time, several business owners will talk about the development trend, future and innovation of the industry at the meeting. To be honest, they are just chatting together. By the time ire and Leo arrive, there are already one or two business owners waiting in the conference hall. At first they exchange greetings. ire doesn¡¯t care and stands quietly. After a while, the door is opened from the outside. ire looks ahead, but when she hears a familiar voice, she can¡¯t help looking at the door. ¡°I¡¯m sorry I¡¯mte.¡± The man whoes ines up and nods to them. He smiles softly and is calm and confident. After greeting several business owners, he sits down. ire has been staring at him in shock. The man¡¯s movements are so familiar and real. But why? Why is Bryce still alive? ire is shocked. She can hardly believe her eyes. God! So he¡¯s still alive! Isn¡¯t Bryce dead? ire has the urge to run over and ask him. That year she saw his body and confirmed that he had died. Is there something in the world that brings people back to life? Or are there two people in the world who are exactly the same? What happened? ire stands in shock and loses her mind. Maybe because ire¡¯s been staring at Bryce. Bryce sees her looking at him. Although he is a little confused, he looks at her politely and smiles. He is so gentle and refined. Leo feels it, too. Seeing ire like this, he can not help but frown and get angry. He thinks ire likes Bryce. He can not helpughing at her in a low voice. ¡°Take notes carefully. Don¡¯t be distracted!¡± He almost believes her. He thinks she doesn¡¯t really like Luke, but he didn¡¯t expect that she not only likes Luke but also stares at Bryce. Why does she like every man she sees? He underestimated her! The more Leo thinks about it, the more angry he gets, but he can¡¯t lose his temper now. He doesn¡¯t know that his jealousy is more than anger. Hearing Leo¡¯s warning, ire immediately returns to her senses. By this time the meeting has begun. She can only take notes grudgingly. She¡¯s thinking a lot. She can¡¯t calm down! She thinks of Bryce¡¯s death six years ago and the living Bryce in front of her. ire¡¯s doubts are unanswered. She rushes out of the room when the meeting is suspended. She runs to the tea room to drink water and calm down. ire leans against the wall after drinking water. When she calms down and wants to leave, she suddenly sees an unexpected persone in. Yes, it was Bryce! ire stares at Bryce in front of her. She opens her mouth slightly and wants to say hello, but she doesn¡¯t know what to say. ¡°Hello.¡± Bryce says politely, ¡°you¡¯re Sir Howard¡¯s secretary, aren¡¯t you? I saw you standing behind him in the meeting just now.¡± ¡°Yes, I am.¡± ire freezes for a long time before regaining her mind and staring at him. Bryce can¡¯t help smiling and walks over to make a cup of coffee. He asks with a smile, ¡°Miss, have you seen me before? Otherwise, why do you always look at me with such eyes?¡± Chapter 162 Is Bryce still alive? Chapter 162 Is Bryce still alive? ¡°No!¡± ire waves quickly. She panics and says, ¡°I haven¡¯t seen you before, but you are really like a friend of mine before, so I can¡¯t help it...¡± ¡°Really? Can I hear your friend¡¯s story?¡± It takes time to make coffee. Bryce faces ire and puts his hands on his chest. He talks gently to her. Bryce doesn¡¯t look down on ire because of her appearance but treats her politely. Bryce is as gentle as ever. ire wants to ask him what happened that year, but she is afraid he will recognize her. Bryce camouged herself so it¡¯s normal Bryce doesn¡¯t recognize her. If she venture to ask him, he will doubt her and she may expose her identity here. What¡¯s more, Leo is still around here! ire hesitates for a moment and chooses to hold back. She shakes her head and says lightly, ¡°he is very simr to you, but he has already passed away.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry to remind you of something sad.¡± Bryce looks sorry. ¡°It¡¯s OK.¡± ire shakes her head and smiles. ¡°Anyway, it¡¯s been so long. I¡¯ve epted the fact for a long time. You don¡¯t have to be sorry.¡± Anyway, she knows he¡¯s still alive. Seeing ire like this, Bryce smiles. He walks up to her and hands her a business card and says with a smile, ¡°this is my business card and it has my mobile number on it. Since you said that I look like your dead friend, we are predestined. If you think of that friendter, you can call me. At least I can chat with you.¡± Does Bryce mean to be friends with her? ire looks at Bryce¡¯s business card and is surprised. She wants to reach for it, but suddenly she thinks of their rtionship six years ago. No, she doesn¡¯t want to go back. Now she just wants to find her son and go back to France and never come back! ire grits her teeth and politely refuses, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I can¡¯t take your business card. I¡¯m just a secretary. I can¡¯t ept your kindness.¡± Bryce is surprised. He is just expressing courtesy but he didn¡¯t expect the woman to turn him down! She doesn¡¯t take the card at all but simply states her position. That¡¯s interesting! ¡°All right.¡± Bryce takes the business card back and smiles and says, ¡°you¡¯re good. Sir Howard has an interesting secretary. What¡¯s your name?¡± ¡°My name is Angie!¡± ire didn¡¯t expect Bryce to ask her name. She is startled and almost blurts out her real name. Fortunately, she corrects it in time. ¡°Angie. It¡¯s a good name. I used to have a friend with a nice name!¡± Bryce smiles and nods. Then the coffee is ready. He turns to get the cup. ire is a little shocked. What does Bryce mean? ¡°Thank you for yourpliment. I have to go first.¡± ire says nervously. She escapes immediately before Bryce replies. ire walks so fast that Bryce has no time to keep her. He looks at her back and suddenly feels familiar. ¡°Have I seen her before? Why do I think this secretary is a little familiar?¡± ... ire runs back to the conference room. Leo is still sitting in his original position. When he sees her come in with aplex expression, he can not help frowning. Why does she look like this? Leo is confused and sees Brycee inter. He suddenly feels angry and stares at ire displeased. He growls in a low voice, ¡°what did you do just now?¡± ire is confused. Leo¡¯s words puzzle her. She immediately replies, ¡°I went to the tea room just now.¡± With that, ire¡¯s face changes. She suddenly realizes her mistake. A secretary goes to the tea room but doesn¡¯t prepare coffee for her boss. She made a big mistake! No wonder Leo is so angry. She wants to strangle herself! ¡°Sir, I¡¯ll prepare coffee for you. Wait a minute.¡± ire says guiltily. Before Leo responds, she turns around and leaves quickly. ire¡¯s behavior makes him more angry! This woman went to the tea room for so long, but she didn¡¯t prepare coffee for him! Seeing the coffee in Bryce¡¯s hand, he even thinks that it is probably ire who prepared it for Bryce. And Bryce went out after ire just in the middle of the meeting. Did they stay in the tea room? What did they do in it? Leo is furious. They stayed in the tea room for so long. One is his new secretary, and the other is his business partner for many years. Leo really thinks... This new secretary is so capable! Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. Leo is sullen until the end of the meeting. After these business owners wave goodbye, ire watches Bryce¡¯s car leave and is suddenly frustrated. Leo sees ire¡¯s moves. He bes even angrier. ire gets in the car and closes the door. All of a sudden she is pulled by Leo and pinned under him. He puts his arm around her neck! ire is startled. She looks at Leo in surprise. ¡°Leo, what do you want to do? Are you going to sexually harass me?¡± Leo¡¯s eyes are angry and cold. He looks down at ire and says scornfully, ¡°I sexually harass you? You don¡¯t deserve it!¡± ire¡¯s neck is pressed by Leo¡¯s arm. Although she is suffering, she has no difficulty in breathing. She doesn¡¯t know what is wrong with him. She yells angrily, ¡°since you don¡¯t want to sexually harass me, why are you pressing me?¡± With that, she wriggles and tries to break free of Leo. Chapter 163 You’d better behave yourself Chapter 163 You¡¯d better behave yourself But the more ire struggles, the angrier Leo gets. He presses her harder! ire suddenly chokes. She gradually gives up her struggle. She says vaguely, ¡°Leo... What do you want to do... Let go of me...¡± ire no longer struggles. Leo continues to maintain his strength and sneers. ¡°My secretary can¡¯t be coquettish. You¡¯d better behave yourself! Don¡¯t seduce men outside!¡± ¡°...¡± This damn man! Is she coquettish? ire is angry, but now she can¡¯t breathe. She resists the pain and twists again. She ps him on the arm and tries to get him to let go of her. ire¡¯s face changes from red to white and then to blue. Leo is still cold. His face is expressionless and his eyes are cold. Leo doesn¡¯t let go until ire seems to faint. He orders coldly, ¡°this time I¡¯m just warning you. If you dare to do something dirty next time, I will not spare you as easily as today!¡± ire can breathe. She immediately turns over and coughs violently. She tries to breathe. She almost fainted just now! This damn bastard! He still suspects her of having an affair with another man as often as he had six years ago. He is still so domineering and cruel! Leo, I¡¯m really fed up with you! If it isn¡¯t for her son, she doesn¡¯t want to be around this bastard! After ire is able to breathe calmly, she looks at Leo coldly and sneers, ¡°Sir Howard, are you qualified to control my private life? Do you have anything to do with me seducing men or doing dirty things outside? You don¡¯t seem to be qualified to take care of me!¡± She isn¡¯t ire that year or Mrs. Howard! Why does he do that to her? ¡°What did you say?¡± Hearing this, Leo looks at ire angrily. His anger hasn¡¯t gone away yet, and he is enraged by her provocative words. ¡°I said...¡± ire takes a deep breath. The cold in her eyes disappears. She smiles at Leo and challenges, ¡°I¡¯m just your secretary, not your lover or your pet. I don¡¯t need you in charge of my private life. It¡¯s none of your business who I¡¯m with or who I¡¯m in bed with. Do you understand?¡± Leo is furious. There seems to be fire in his eyes. How dare this woman defy him! He should teach the new secretary a good lesson! Leo suddenly pulls ire¡¯s arm. Even if they are still in the car and there is a driver in front of them, he presses her hard under him again. Leo grabs ire¡¯s hands and presses her. He doesn¡¯t give her any chance to struggle. Then he kisses her on the lips. The kiss is like a storm. It¡¯s aggressive and unreasonable. It¡¯s fierce and domineering. ¡°No...¡± ire can¡¯t refuse and can¡¯t push him away at all. Soon ire¡¯s lips are red and swollen from Leo¡¯s bite. Leo just wants to punish her and scare her. He didn¡¯t expect that he has a desire for her. His body urges him to want more. ¡°Don¡¯t...¡± Feeling his hot hands, ire suddenly wakes up. No, she can¡¯t. She can¡¯t let Leo do this to her, and she doesn¡¯t want to! ire struggles violently, but she doesn¡¯t know that she arouses Leo¡¯s desire to possess her. Leo gasps. He says painfully in a sexy and hoarse voice, ¡°don¡¯t move!¡± It¡¯s impossible! I don¡¯t want to be treated like this! ire has no idea how ufortable Leo is. She still keeps wriggling. After a while she feels something is wrong. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. She is not a virgin. At that time she bes stiff and does not dare to move again. But Leo is very ufortable at the moment. He bites his teeth and suddenly lowers his head to kiss ire¡¯s lips again. ire bites her lower lip and doesn¡¯t let herself groan. Leo, you bastard! We¡¯re in the car now! ire is ashamed and angry. She wants to struggle but she¡¯s afraid to stimte Leo. She can only bite him on the tongue. Leo moans. Soon the smell of blood fills their mouths. He feels pain and lets go of ire. ire sits up and smooths her clothes. She stares at him in anger and shame! They¡¯ve just done that so the atmosphere is no longer scary. It¡¯s a little strange and ambiguous. Leo no longer does anything to ire, but only he knows that if they are not in the car, he will have sex with this woman! The cares back to thepany, and now it¡¯s time to get off work. ire gets out of the car and goes straight back to her apartment. Leo looks at ire¡¯s back and ponders. ... ire goes back to her apartment. She looks down for the key when the elevator door opens. Suddenly she looks up and sees Luke standing at the door of her apartment. ¡°You...¡± ire is shocked. She freezes and doesn¡¯t know how to react. Why is he here? Luke seems to have waited a long time. He smiles slyly when he sees her, ¡°Hi, ire. We haven¡¯t seen each other for six years.¡± ire£¬¡°¡­¡± He recognizes her! ire freezes at Luke¡¯s words and doesn¡¯t dare to move. He finds out her real identity! How does he find out? Chapter 164 What happened six years ago Chapter 164 What happened six years ago ire is stunned, so Luke takes out his cell phone and makes a phone call. Soon the cell phone in ire¡¯s bag rings. ire stares at Luke. She is speechless for a moment. ¡°Why do you know my mobile number in France?¡± ire is a little pale. She no longer struggles and asks weakly. She has an American mobile number. She didn¡¯t expect Luke to know her mobile number in France. It shows that Luke has fully known her identity and recognized her. ¡°As long as I investigate, there is no secret I don¡¯t know.¡± Luke smiles cunningly. Hees happily and puts his arm around ire¡¯s shoulder. ¡°Come on, let me know why you went abroad without telling me. Do you know I miss you so much?¡± As Luke gnashes his teeth, he takes ire¡¯s key and drags her into her apartment. As soon as theye in, Luke takes her to the sofa. Then he goes across to her and interrogates her, ¡°tell me what happened!¡± Luke stares at ire. She points awkwardly at the kitchen and says cautiously, ¡°would you like some water? I¡¯ll pour you a ss of water.¡± She wants to get up from the sofa. ¡°Sit down!¡± Luke pulls ire back to her seat, and at the same time he stares at her clothes and grins eerily, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to cheat me. You¡¯ve be bold these years.¡± ire is ufortable with Luke¡¯s smile. She didn¡¯t expect Luke to recognize her so soon. She is embarrassed. She¡¯s not ready to face Luke as she was! But she will face him sooner orter! ¡°You know what happened to Leo and me. He hurt me. Should I stay with him?¡± ire rxes and says seriously. ¡°But...¡± Luke hesitates for a moment and thinks it is be better to tell ire what happened. ¡°But Leo had already repented at that time. Why can¡¯t you give him a chance? What¡¯s more, he hasn¡¯t touched a woman in the past six years. Since he had that car ident six years ago...¡± ¡°What? Car ident?¡± ire is initially dismissive of Luke¡¯s words, but atst she is shocked. Why did Leo have a car ident six years ago? Why doesn¡¯t she know anything? ire¡¯s shocked look surprises Luke. He looks at ire suspiciously and asks, ¡°don¡¯t you know that Leo had a car ident six years ago? I thought you knew he was in a car ident but insisted on leaving.¡± In the end, Luke can¡¯t go on. He remembers that Leo almost died six years ago. It is painful. At that moment he was very afraid that his only best friend would leave him. But ire doesn¡¯t even know it! ¡°Car ident? Luke, tell me!¡± ire asks in shock. In fact, when ire hears about Leo¡¯s car ident, she suddenly remembers the scene that he followed her car six years ago. ire¡¯s mood isplicated. When Luke sees ire like this, his dissatisfaction with her disappears. Even though he mes her, ire didn¡¯t know about it at the time, so he should forgive her. Luke sighs and decides to tell ire what happened. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. ¡°...That¡¯s it. When Leo finally woke up, the doctor said he had a blood clot in his head. It affected his brain nerves. What¡¯s more, he forgot what happened to him and you. The doctor said he didn¡¯t want to think about it, so...¡± Luke frowns at the memory. He looks sad. That memory is painful. ire is a little shocked. She looks ahead and after a long time moves the corners of her mouth. Is this Leo¡¯s retribution? She is a little guilty when she hears that he almost died. But when she finishes listening, she returns to her original state. ire doesn¡¯t feel guilty. She just thinks it might be Leo¡¯s retribution. If he doesn¡¯t kill her father and Bryce, he won¡¯t be like this! So ire doesn¡¯t feel sorry for Leo at all. She won¡¯t stop hating him for that. This is his retribution! Thinking of her hate for Leo, ire suddenly remembers that she saw Bryce today. She perks up and asks Luke urgently, ¡°Luke, tell me what happened to Bryce? Why did I see him today?¡± ¡°You saw Bryce today?¡± Luke is a little surprised. He looks at ire and thinks of Bryce. He suddenly sighs and says, ¡°there are some things you need to know sooner orter. It¡¯s better to tell you directly!¡± ¡°In fact, Bryce¡¯s car ident six years ago was arranged by himself. His death was also arranged by him. When I knew that Leo wanted to kill him, I immediately informed him as soon as possible. It was a secret between the two of us. The others didn¡¯t know it.¡± When Luke finishes, ire frowns and asks, ¡°no! I saw Bryce¡¯s body in the morgue and confirmed his death. Why does he suddenlye alive? And if that¡¯s true, why didn¡¯t he tell me?¡± Luke sighs and says, ¡°Bryce told me not to tell you. Just in case, the less people know about it, the better. What¡¯s more, we didn¡¯t have time to let you know. As for the body, we need to disguise it. You know Leo was angry. We did it to prevent Leo from killing him.¡± Chapter 165 The truth of the accident Chapter 165 The truth of the ident ¡°I see.¡± After listening to Luke, ire rxes. It turns out that the truth is soplicated. Bryce¡¯s not dead, so she¡¯s less stressed! But she misunderstood Leo! But anyway, Leo really wanted to kill Bryce! Luke suddenly asks, ¡°have you forgiven Leo?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire freezes. Although Leo didn¡¯t kill Bryce, Leo did kill her father. Father is more important in her heart than Bryce! What¡¯s more, Leo¡¯s hurt to her before can¡¯t be easily forgotten and forgiven! ire shakes her head and says coldly, ¡°Bryce is not dead, but it doesn¡¯t mean I don¡¯t hate him. My hatred for him is ingrained. Even six yearster, I still remember his hurt to me, and even if he didn¡¯t kill Bryce, he also killed my own father! I will never forgive him!¡± ire¡¯s words prove how much she hates Leo! Luke can¡¯t help sighing. Heforts her, ¡°don¡¯t say that. Leo is suffering for you.¡± ¡°Ha ha, is he suffering? I didn¡¯t see it!¡± ire sneers. Apparently she doesn¡¯t believe Luke. Leo is a jerk. How could he suffer? He¡¯s always free and doing whatever he wants. He is totally indifferent to her ideas and dignity. He misunderstands her and insults her at will! Even now that he has lost his memory, he has a fiancee. Is he suffering?ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire doesn¡¯t believe it, so Luke shakes his head helplessly. He knows that there are many misunderstandings between them and that they can not be eliminated in a short time. Time will give them answers. The atmosphere is depressing. Luke jokingly says, ¡°you saw Bryce today. Did he recognize you?¡± ire remembers talking to Bryce in the tea room today. She sighs, ¡°No. I¡¯m so well disguised. He didn¡¯t recognize me.¡± Luke chuckles and looks at ire. She is still wearing heavy ck sses and tacky clothes at the moment. No one will associate a woman in her thirties with that beautiful and stubborn woman six years ago. So he chuckles, ¡°at first I was cheated by you. If I didn¡¯t think you were suspicious, I wouldn¡¯t want to investigate you. I didn¡¯t expect it!¡± Luk is making fun of her. ire is a little embarrassed. She looks around and dares not look at him directly. She blushes and says awkwardly, ¡°in order not to let Leo recognize me, I have to dress like this. I didn¡¯t expect him to forget me!¡± If she knew, she wouldn¡¯t have dressed like that. But now she can¡¯t change the truth! What¡¯s more, Leo just loses his memory temporarily. What if one day he suddenly regains his memory? When ites to Leo, ire remembers the purpose of her return. She sits up straight and says seriously to Luke, ¡°Luke, have you ever seen a five-year-old in Howard Group?¡± ¡°Child?¡± Luke¡¯s face changes. He immediately thinks of ire¡¯s son Conan. Now Conan is ying at his house. Luke thinks for a moment and decides not to tell ire he is at his house for the time being. He asks, pretending to be confused, ¡°no, I haven¡¯t!¡± ¡°What?¡± ire is a little pale. Luke is Leo¡¯s best friend, but he doesn¡¯t know. Leo didn¡¯t tell him about the child at all! What should she do? Does Leo hide her son? Luke doesn¡¯t even know about it! ire is getting more and more upset. When Luke sees ire worried, he unconsciously touches his nose and coughs. He asks with concern, ¡°ire, what¡¯s the matter with you? Are you ok?¡± ¡°I¡¯m fine...¡± ire shakes her head pale. She decides to tell Luke about her son. ¡°After I went abroad, I decided to give birth to this baby. Even if I hate Leo, the baby is innocent, let alone he is my own son!¡± ¡°But that little bastard came back to Leo without my permission. When I found out that he was missing, I understood why he had been asking me about his own father a few days ago. I always thought he is a kid, so it¡¯s normal for him to be mischievous. I didn¡¯t expect him to do it!¡± ire also says that her son tried to ask her about Leo and then went back to City A alone. Luke bursts outughing after listening to the whole process. ¡°My God, that kid is so smart! He will have a great future in the future!¡± Luke can¡¯t help admiring. He deserves to be ire and Leo¡¯s child. ¡°...¡± ire is speechless and stares at Luke. She can¡¯t help smashing him with the pillow on the sofa. She says angrily, ¡°what are youughing at¡± ¡°Ha ha...¡± Lukeughs and says, ¡°your son is so cute. I can be his godfather. I like such an interesting son!¡± ire looks at Luke unhappily. ¡°I can¡¯t promise you. He has the final say.¡± In fact, her son is in charge in their family. She can only listen to him! But ire thinks about the fact that Conan is missing. She suddenly feels sad. She looks down dejectedly. ¡°But Luke, what should I do now? I can¡¯t find Conan, and I don¡¯t know where he went. I only find out that he went to Howard Group, but I can¡¯t ask Leo. I¡¯m afraid to be doubted by him. What should I do? Can you help me?¡± Chapter 166 This woman is familiar Chapter 166 This woman is familiar The cheerful atmosphere is momentarily saddened by ire¡¯s words. Luke¡¯s smile stiffens at the corner of his mouth. He leans against the sofa unnaturally and thinks for a moment before he says slowly, ¡°I will do my best to help you find your son. But will you leave after you find him?¡± ¡°...¡± ire suddenly looks up. There is a determined light in her eyes. She says solemnly, ¡°Yes, I¡¯ll leave America after I find my son. It¡¯s impossible for me to meet Leo again!¡± ¡°You have met him now. You are his secretary!¡± Luke looks ire in the eye and lets her see the situation. ¡°It¡¯s only temporary. As long as I find my son, I will leave sooner orter!¡± ire says firmly, and then she pleads with Luke again, ¡°Luke, please help me find Conan. I¡¯m worried about him!¡± N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. ¡°...¡± This time Luke is silent. He ponders for a long time and turns to ire and says seriously, ¡°don¡¯t worry. I will help you find your son!¡± ¡°Thank you, Luke!¡± ire nods and smiles gratefully. In her heart, Luke is still the good friend who is always good to her and helps her as much as possible. Fortunately, Luke doesn¡¯t like her, or she will be troubled. Friendship is the most reliable rtionship. But this time ire is wrong. She didn¡¯t expect Luke, who has been supporting her, to start lying to her. Luke doesn¡¯t say Conan is in his house to prevent this. Because Conan told him ire woulde back to find her son. So Luke has an idea. What if ire finds her son and takes him away and neveres back? His choice proves to be right. As long as he conceals the fact that Conan is in his house, ire will stay in the United States for another day. Luke thinks helplessly, Leo, I can only help you keep ire in this way. It¡¯s up to you to make up in the end. Then they talk about ire¡¯s life in France. It¡¯s getting dark. Luke looks at his watch and suggests, ¡°I haven¡¯t seen you for six years. Let¡¯s go out for dinner and celebrate.¡± ire nods and smiles, ¡°OK, let¡¯s go.¡± When ire picks up her bag and stands up, Luke suddenly stops her, ¡°wait! Are you going out dressed like this? People will think I¡¯m dating my mom!¡± Hearing this, ire looks down at her dress and moves her mouth awkwardly. ¡°Wait a minute. I¡¯ll get dressed.¡± ire says helplessly and turns to the room. Since they are going out for dinner, she can¡¯t disgrace her old friend. After changing clothes anding out, ire picks up her bag on the sofa and casually says, ¡°let¡¯s go.¡± With that, ire wants to go out. But she finds something wrong with Luke. She looks at Luke puzzled and finds him looking at her in surprise. ire takes off her tacky clothes and puts on a simple white top and a pink skirt. Her hair is now spread over her shoulders. Slightly curled hair tail appears mature with a little cute. She takes off her heavy ck sses and puts on a light make-up. She is no longer old and ugly. ire now shows her original appearance. She is lovely and charming and sexy. Luke finds out that ire has be more beautiful and charming instead of getting older in the past six years. She has a delicate face and a good figure. She is a goddess level charming woman that every man wants to have. In short, men can¡¯t help but look at her more and want to possess her. ¡°Are you shocked by my beauty?¡± The look on Luke¡¯s face makes ire want to tease him, and she can¡¯t helpughing smugly. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Luke takes back his eyes. He coughs softly and pretends to be serious. ¡°Let¡¯s go out for dinner.¡± But when Luke walks around ire, he smells her faint perfume. Luke inhales deeply. The smell of the perfume floats on his nose and makes his heart itch. ire¡¯s beauty shocks Luke. ire is as charming as a mature woman now. For a moment, Luke suddenly thinks that it will be a good thing if he can be with her. But ire is his good friend¡¯s woman. He can¡¯t have that idea! Lukeughs at himself and shakes off his dirty thoughts. ... Luke and ire go to the restaurant for dinner. After ordering, they unexpectedly meet two people, Leo and Tracy! ¡°Luke? Why are you here? Who is she?¡± Leo walks over to greet Luke and sees ire sitting opposite him. The beautiful ire immediately attracts Leo. But he thinks the woman is familiar. He seems to have seen her before! Leo¡¯s been staring at ire. Tracy is unhappy and looks at ire coldly. ire shrugs and doesn¡¯t care. Anyway, Luke said before that Leo has lost her memory, so she doesn¡¯t have to worry about his reaction when he sees her. Luke is also surprised to see Leo and Tracy here. He says hello with a smile and introduces them carefully. ¡°She is an old friend I haven¡¯t seen for many years. She just came back from abroad a few days ago. Her name is ire. ire, he¡¯s a good friend of mine for many years, Leo. The one next to him is his fiancee, Tracy.¡± Chapter 167 You look like a person Chapter 167 You look like a person When Luke finishes, ire smiles politely at them, even though she has known them for a long time. Leo nods at her. Tracy, though disdains, smiles politely at ire in front of Leo. ¡°Hello.¡± ire knows what Tracy thinks. She doesn¡¯t care about the disdain in her eyes. After greeting, she ignores them. Leo is born cold. Tracy is hypocritical. ire is indifferent. Luke can only be a peacemaker. Luke says warmly to Leo, ¡°since we meet, let¡¯s have dinner together.¡± Tracy wants to say no, but Leo nods and says, ¡°OK!¡± ¡°...¡± In this way, they have dinner together. Luke and ire are sitting together. Leo and Tracy are sitting together. Tracy tries to lean in Leo¡¯s arms. ire can hardly go on eating. At the same time, she is not happy. She really wants to pull Tracy away and yell at her. But she holds back. Leo sits down and looks at ire. He asks Luke puzzledly, ¡°Luke, I don¡¯t remember you have such an old friend you haven¡¯t seen for many years. Are you sure she¡¯s not your old girlfriend?¡± ¡°I hope so.¡± Luke smiles regretfully and shakes his head. ¡°It¡¯s a pity she¡¯s really just an old friend of mine, not my girlfriend.¡± ire is a little ufortable. Luke says this too vaguely. ire looks at Luke puzzled. She doesn¡¯t know if he is pretending or serious. ire isn¡¯t relieved until Luke looks back at her. But Leo believes that they have indirectly stated their position. Leo suddenly feels a little upset. He doesn¡¯t know why he is like this. Is he jealous? Is he unhappy that Luke doesn¡¯t tell him he has a girlfriend or is he envious that Luke knows such a beautiful woman? Leo doesn¡¯t know. He can¡¯t understand what he is thinking. And there seems to be a voice in his head telling him that this woman is special to him. Leo thinks he¡¯s seen this woman. Could it be a picture? Leo is lost in thought. Suddenly he has a headache. He holds his head violently and frightens three others. ¡°Ah! Leo, what¡¯s wrong with you?¡± Tracy can¡¯t help but scream. She quickly holds Leo¡¯s body and bends down to check the condition of Leo. Luke is the most nervous. He storms out of his seat and runs to Leo. He shakes his shoulder and asks worriedly, ¡°Leo, Leo! Do you have a headache?¡± Luke can¡¯t help ming himself. Leo may have thought of that memory after seeing ire. He remembers the doctor¡¯s warning. Leo has a blood clot in his head. Before he recovers his memory, he can¡¯t force himself to recall what happened during that time. Thinking of this, Luke is nervous. If something happens to Leo, it¡¯s his fault! However, when everyone is worried, Leo raises his hand and shakes his head, ¡°I¡¯m ok. I just have a headache. I¡¯ve been too busy with my work recently. Now I¡¯m fine.¡± He says, looking up at them. He¡¯s just a little pale. ¡°Are you really OK?¡± Finally Luke asks uncertainly. ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± Leo pushes Luke away and stands up to show that he¡¯s really OK. They are relieved. Only Luke and ire know that Leo has a blood clot in his head. Leo doesn¡¯t know it. Luke didn¡¯t tell him about it to keep him from worrying. So ire and Luke are relieved to learn that Leo is really OK. If anything happens to him, he will be in danger. The dishes are soon served. Tracy dares not to lose her temper again. They have a good time at dinner. Leo and Tracy never recognize the beautiful ire as the ugly secretary. ire can¡¯t help feeling happy after they leave. Luke looks at her confused and asks, ¡°ire, what are youughing at?¡± ¡°Ha ha...¡± ire squints andughs in the direction of Leo. ¡°Don¡¯t you think he¡¯s funny like this?¡± As she speaks, ire is inexplicably upset. She has a rare chance to live in peace with him. Six years ago, there was almost no such thing. ... The next day, ire goes to work as usual. She¡¯s still dressed ugly. So when Leoes to the company, he is shocked to see ire. ire looks up and sees Leo. She nods and says, ¡°good morning, Sir.¡± Leo stops when ire speaks. Why does he think her voice is a little familiar? Leo walks slowly to ire. He looks quietly at this ugly secretary Angie. For a moment he thinks she is like a person, but he can¡¯t remember who she is. Leo can¡¯t help but walk up to ire and raise her chin. ire¡¯s chin is so smooth that Leo is surprised. His eyes brighten and he feels ire¡¯s chin again and again. ¡°Sir, what do you want to do?¡± Their posture is extremely ambiguous. ire pushes Leo¡¯s big hand away and looks at him incredulously. Copyright N?v/el/Dra/ma.Org. She¡¯s getting more and more confused about Leo. He always does something strange to her after losing his memory. Instead of being unhappy, Leo wants to touch ire¡¯s face again. This time he touches ire¡¯s thick sses directly. ire is aware of Leo¡¯s attempt. She jumps out of the chair in fright. She backs uneasily and looks at Leo warily. ¡°Sir! What do you want to do to me?¡± Leo smiles and looks at ire thoughtfully. ¡°Angie, I didn¡¯t expect your skin to be good. If you dress well, maybe you are a beauty.¡± Chapter 168 She is teased by him Chapter 168 She is teased by him With that, Leo looks at ire. Leo¡¯s eyes make ire shiver. Is he teasing her? He is shameless! He has a fiancee but he flirts with another woman! She snorts and says scornfully, ¡°I don¡¯t need you to worry. I like what I am now. I don¡¯t need to dress up.¡± ¡°Oh? Is there a woman in the world who doesn¡¯t want to be beautiful?¡± Leo chuckles and obviously doesn¡¯t believe ire. ¡°Everyone has their own preferences. Sir, you should understand that.¡± ire sneers at him. Leo can hear ire taunting him, but he doesn¡¯t care. He raises his eyebrows and says with a smile, ¡°Angie, you¡¯ve always been against me and dressed so ugly on purpose. Don¡¯t you just want to attract me? I tell you frankly today that you are honored to have sessfully attracted my attention.¡± ¡°...¡± ire¡¯s mouth twitches a little. He is insane. He is so narcissistic. It has to be said that ire now knows that Leo is narcissistic. He is liked by many women, so he subconsciously thinks that all the women close to him like him. At the same time, ire makes a conclusion in her heart. Leo must have been stupid because of the ident. ire doesn¡¯t answer and sits back in the chair. She says coldly, ¡°I seriously tell you that I am a mother with a child. I¡¯m sure I won¡¯t like a Sir like you. How do you think of me is your business. Now I have to work. Sir, pleasee back.¡± Leo squints. ire¡¯s behavior has aroused his strong desire for possession and control. So before she turns around, he bends down quickly and holds her chin again with his big hand and kisses her. Leo relishes ire¡¯s sweetness with satisfaction. He lets her go and says, ¡°I don¡¯t care what you think. I want you to remember that as long as you are my secretary, you belong to me. I don¡¯t allow you to talk to me coldly.¡± With that, he turns and enters the office without looking at ire. ¡°...¡± ire stares angrily at Leo¡¯s back. What¡¯s he doing? Why doesn¡¯t she know Leo is so naive? It¡¯s really pissed her off! ire wipes the part that Leo just kissed and thinks angrily. But because ire is angry, Leo doesn¡¯t have coffee this morning. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Lukees to talk to Leo. When he passes the front desk of the secretary, he sees ire unhappy, so he asks with concern, ¡°ire, what happened? Why are you not happy?¡± ire takes a look at Luke, and her face softens. She doesn¡¯t want to mention Leo, so she just shakes her head and says, ¡°I¡¯m ok. I almost got bitten by a dog when I went out this morning.¡± ¡°What?¡± Luke is surprised. He frowns and asks anxiously, ¡°is the public security so bad in your community? Do you want to change the house?¡± ire wasn¡¯t nearly bitten by a dog. She was bitten by the dog, Leo. Seeing Luke worried about her, ire shrugs and says, ¡°it¡¯s OK. It¡¯s a male dog in the heat who wants to bite. Don¡¯t worry. By the way, why are you here?¡± ire¡¯s words sessfully distract Luke¡¯s attention, and he realizes, ¡°well, I¡¯m here today to talk to Leo about something.¡± ire nods. Something suddenly urs to her. She looks at Luke seriously and says, ¡°Luke, don¡¯t call me ire in thepany. Call me Angie. As long as you see me dressed like this, you have to call me Angie, otherwise it will cause other people¡¯s misunderstanding.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Luke smiles and nods. He sees ire still dress up like an old, ugly woman in her thirties. She is not at all like the beautiful woman yesterday. He can not help but feel a little sorry and says helplessly, ¡°why do you dress like this? Why not dress like yesterday? Anyway, Leo lost his memory and won¡¯t be able to recognize you.¡± ire looks at her dress and pouts. She says to Luke, ¡°no, if I look good, thepany won¡¯t let me in and Leo may not recognize me. Besides, if Tracyes to thepany to find Leo and sees such a beautiful secretary, she can¡¯t agree. She will take a knife out of her bag and stab me to death. You should know that she rmended me as Leo¡¯s secretary because I am ugly.¡± ire¡¯s words make Lukeugh. She has a lovely look. Despite her ugly appearance now, Luke finds ire attractive. He can¡¯t helpughing. ¡°Okay, it makes sense. Just do what you say.¡± Seeing Lukeughing all the time, ire snorts and then she thinks about something. She looks at him seriously and asks, ¡°by the way, how about that? Have you ever asked Leo about my son?¡± ¡°Ah.¡± Hearing this, Luke stopsughing. He gradually puts away his smile and says seriously, ¡°no, I¡¯m coming to Leo today to talk about it. Don¡¯t worry. I will do what I promised you. You can continue to be a secretary at ease.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire nods regretfully. Now she can only trust and rely on Luke. No one else can help her. Seeing ire disappointed, Luke wants to make herugh. A low voice suddenlyes from the side, ¡°Luke? Why are you here?¡± Leo frowns and walks out of the office. He wants toe out and ask why ire has not brought in the coffee when he sees his friend and his secretary talking together. They¡¯ve only met a few times but have such a good chat! Luke looks back at Leo. Before he speaks, Leo asks suspiciously, ¡°did you know each other before?¡± Chapter 169 Don’t seduce other men Chapter 169 Don¡¯t seduce other men Leo remembers when Luke and Angie first met, he said he seemed to have met her before. Do they really know each other before? Luke is a little surprised. Then he smiles naturally, ¡°Miss Angie and I didn¡¯t know each other before. I just passed by and saw her in a bad mood, so I came here for a chat.¡± So they don¡¯t know each other? But they don¡¯t talk like two people they just meet. They look like old friends. Leo frowns and nces at Luke. He says suspiciously, ¡°I don¡¯t remember you being so kind. She is my secretary.¡± Leo¡¯s words roughly show his possessiveness for ire. He means Luke can¡¯t like the people around him. As an old friend of more than ten years, how could Luke not understand Leo? He chuckles and shakes his head and says, ¡°we just talked for a while. Don¡¯t worry. Let¡¯s go in and talk about something.¡± With that, he puts his hand on Leo¡¯s shoulder and walks into the office. ¡°Wait.¡± Leo is motionless and expressionless. He lightly orders ire, ¡°make me a cup of coffee.¡± With that, he turns and walks into the office with Luke. Leo no longer doubts Luke¡¯s rtionship with ire. Since Luke said he doesn¡¯t know her, he can¡¯t go on asking. He can only let go of his doubts for a while. As Luke walks, he turns to ire and shouts, ¡°I want a cup of coffee, too. Thank you.¡± When they all turn around, ire makes faces behind Leo. She is waiting for him to say that. He flirted with her this morning. If he doesn¡¯t tell her, she decides not to prepare coffee for him. ire goes to the tea room. She makes Leo¡¯s coffee hot on purpose. She thinks in her heart, you teased me! Burn you! ire quickly brings two cups of coffee into the office. One is warm and the other is very hot. ire puts them down and leaves the office quickly. Outside the office, ire is in a good mood. She goes back to her seat and continues to work. Luke stays inside for about an hour. He says goodbye to ire before he leaves. Leo quietly watches Luke¡¯s every move. After Luke gets into the elevator, Leo goes to the front desk of the secretary and looks at ire, who is working with her head bowed. ire doesn¡¯t know how long Leo has been standing there. When she looks up and sees his face, she is shocked. ¡°Sir, why are you here?¡± Does hee to her for the coffee just now? However, Leo just looks at her quietly and says, ¡°do you know Luke well?¡± ire thinks Leo is going to scold her. She didn¡¯t expect him to ask about Luke. She can¡¯t help pouting and says, ¡°No. What¡¯s up? Do you want to say anything more?¡± Sure enough, as ire thinks, Leoes to scold her. But it¡¯s not about coffee, it¡¯s about Luke. Leo sneers at her. ¡°Do you like Luke and seduce him?¡± Leo¡¯s words anger ire. This bastard is crazy again. In the morning, he suspects that she likes him. Now he suspects she likes Luke. There is no cure for him. ire says impatiently, ¡°Sir, do you think I¡¯ll seduce every man I see? Look at me. Am I like a flirtatious woman?¡± ¡°If I were as flirtatious as you say, I would have dressed up pretty and seduced the rich. I don¡¯t need to be a secretary here.¡± With that, ire points to her dress andughs at herself. ¡°Really?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows suspiciously and says scornfully, ¡°you¡¯d better not like him. Even if you really like him, you won¡¯t be together because he already has a girlfriend. I saw that womanst night. She is beautiful and elegant. She¡¯s a good match for Luke. You can¡¯t match her. Don¡¯t be delusional.¡± Last night? This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. The beautiful woman he saw with Lukest night is her! ire wants tough but she can¡¯tugh in front of Leo. She can only resist and pretend to be serious and say, ¡°yes, thank you for your kindness. I will obey. I won¡¯t like Mr. Luke. Please rest assured!¡± Hearing ire¡¯s promise, Leo nods. Finally, he warns ire, ¡°you should remember that you are my secretary. You can only belong to me. You can¡¯t like other men.¡± This possessive bastard. Although ire is very disdainful, in order to avoid unnecessary quarrels, she says seriously, ¡°yes! I see, my Sir! I already have a child so I won¡¯t like any other man. Even if I am shameless, I have to think about the future of my child. You can rest assured!¡± ire is rarely submissive. Leo smiles with satisfaction. But he thinks of what she means and can¡¯t help but ask, ¡°why don¡¯t you choose to remarry? Isn¡¯t it hard for a single mother?¡± ire¡¯s good mood disappears after Leo finishes. She thinks of what Leo has done to her before. She replies unhappily, ¡°nothing. I met a scum so I don¡¯t want to believe in any man. I don¡¯t need you to care about me.¡± ire is satirizing Leo. However, Leo loses his memory and can not hear the irony in ire¡¯s words. He looks at ire curiously and asks, ¡°do you have a story? Would you mind telling me?¡± He wants to know about her past? ire is speechless! Chapter 170 He wants to know her past Chapter 170 He wants to know her past In fact, Leo just wants to know ire¡¯s past. He has an inexplicable interest in the new secretary. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . But ire doesn¡¯t think so. When she sees his indifference, even though she knows he loses his memory, she feels angry. She says indifferently, ¡°it¡¯s none of your business. Is it really good for the boss to be so curious about his subordinate¡¯s family affairs?¡± ¡°You...¡± Leo doesn¡¯t know why ire is so cold all of a sudden. He wants to say something, but he thinks that ire might not want to mention the sad thing. He can¡¯t force her so he has to stop asking. He says, ¡°work hard.¡± Then he turns and enters the office. ¡°...¡± ire bites her lips and looks at Leo¡¯s back resentfully. Her heart is full of grievances. Leo, do you think you lost your memory so it didn¡¯t happen? It¡¯s impossible! For a moment, ire suddenly feels that it will be good for Leo to recover his memory. She wants Leo to live with guilt and pain forever. She is not happy to see him happy. ... The day passes quickly. Leo hasn¡¯t embarrassed ire since they quarreled at noon. ire doesn¡¯t want to be in trouble. They don¡¯t talk even at the end of the day. ire¡¯s apartment is near thepany so she only needs to walk for a few minutes. The sun is about to set. ire walks slowly along the road and looks at the shops on the side of the road. She thinks it is nice to take a walk home after a day¡¯s work. She is very satisfied. But her son is not with her. ire has been home for two days but she has no news of her son. She is getting more and more anxious. She has been doting on her son. She doesn¡¯t know if Leo will treat her son well. Is he full and warm? Will he miss her? Conan never left ire. ire never left her son, too. They have lived together for many years and are used to each other. ire is upset about Conan¡¯s disappearance. ire doesn¡¯t notice a man following her. When ire goes to a ce with few people, the man suddenly jumps up and grabs ire¡¯s bag on her shoulder. ¡°Stop!¡± Before ire reacts, a loud female voice rings behind her. ire feels a gust of wind. When shees back to her senses, she sees a woman in neutral dress chasing the robber. Seeing this, ire runs after her. Someone robs in the daytime! It¡¯s unbelievable! ire is robbed for the first time so she is worried. She can¡¯t help quickening her pace! But unfortunately, she seldom exercises. After running for a while she is exhausted and stops. The woman is about to catch up with the robber. She can only pray in her heart that the heroine will catch him! She doesn¡¯t notice it when she runs. When ire stops, she finds the back of the neutral looking woman familiar. She seems to be someone. ire runs to the two people who are running farther and farther. But soon she can¡¯t see them. ¡°...¡± When ire can¡¯t find them and wants to go home, a familiar figure suddenlyes running from a distance. ire narrows her eyes and finds that she is the woman who just chased the robber for her. To her surprise, this woman is Kate she hasn¡¯t seen for many years! ¡°Kate¡­¡± ire looks at Kate getting closer and can¡¯t help calling her name. ¡°Here you are!¡± Kate runs to ire and puts her bag in ire¡¯s arms. When she hears ire, she looks at ire in disbelief and says, ¡°do you know me?¡± ¡°I am...¡± ire wants to say who she is, but she thinks she is dressed like this so Kate can¡¯t recognize her. But it turns out that ire¡¯s hesitation is unnecessary. Just now Kate didn¡¯t see who the robbed woman was. She went after the robber at once. Now she looks at and recognizes ire, ¡°ire! It¡¯s you!¡± ¡°Do you recognize me?¡± ire is a little surprised and looks at Kate incredulously. God! This is the first time someone can recognize her just by looking at her dress like this! ire can¡¯t help looking at Kate excitedly. However, Kate is not as excited as ire thinks. She can not help frowning and scolding her with disgust, ¡°how can I not recognize you? Why are you dressed like this? Are you too poor to buy clothes and cosmetics?¡± Kate and ire have been friends for more than a decade. What¡¯s more, she knows ire. Even if ire looks ugly, she can recognize her! This is the nature of women! ire looks at her dress when she hears Kate. She can¡¯t helpughing. ¡°I have a reason. It¡¯s a long story!¡± ¡°Come on!¡± Although they haven¡¯t seen each other for many years, their friendship has not changed. Kate has always been very forthright. She puts her hand on ire¡¯s shoulder and takes her to the mall. She frowns and says, ¡°take off this ugly dress first! Otherwise don¡¯t say I know you!¡± ¡°Kate, I¡¯ll go myself!¡± ire resists as she is dragged by Kate. However, it doesn¡¯t make any difference. Kate is still a bossy girl. ... At the mall, Kate first takes her to take off her make-up. Then she asks her to make up again and takes her to many clothing stores to buy clothes. ¡°Try this one!¡± Kate takes a suit and hands it directly to ir. She casually takes other clothes and keeps saying, ¡°and this, this, this...¡± Chapter 171 They meet again Chapter 171 They meet again Kate seldom smiles since they met. ire looks at Kate in silence. She feels a little strange to her. But Kate really cares about her. ire is carrying a lot of clothes. Kate stops picking clothes and pushes ire straight into the fitting room. ¡°...¡± ire feels sad as she tries on her clothes. What happened to Kate? Why has she changed so much? ire tries on a lot of clothes but Kate is still unhappy and shakes her head. ire can¡¯t help but ask her in the fitting room, ¡°Kate, what¡¯s wrong with you? Are you angry that I abandoned you six years ago?¡± ire thinks for a long time. Kate can only treat her like this because of the misunderstanding that hasn¡¯t been exined six years ago. Kate is picking out ire¡¯s clothes outside the fitting room. She stops and looks displeased at the fitting room. After a long time she admits in a low voice. Sure enough! If Kate doesn¡¯t figure out one thing, she¡¯ll stay cold until you offer to exin it to her. Over the years, ire still knows her. ire puts on a dress and walks out of the fitting room. She comes up to Kate and says in a sorry whisper, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Bryce¡¯s death hit me too hard. I was afraid Leo would hurt you, so I abandoned you and got on Leo¡¯s car.¡± Then ire tells Kate about her worries. Atst she happily takes Kate¡¯s hand and says mysteriously, ¡°you know what! In fact, Bryce is not dead. He arranged the ident that year! I only know it recently and...¡± ire stands in the clothing store and takes Kate¡¯s hand. She tells Kate everything. Atst she looks at Kate expectantly. She hopes that she will be moved. After hearing ire¡¯s words, Kate¡¯s long-standingint disappears. She sighs softly and is helpless. But the looksts only a moment. The next second she shakes ire¡¯s hand and pushes her. She says seriously, ¡°I see. You look aggrieved. People will think I bullied you!¡± ¡°Ha ha...¡± Although Kate is still unhappy, ire knows she has forgiven her. She can¡¯t helpughing. Kate looks a little ufortable. She hands ire the clothes on her hand and says, ¡°go and try them on! You wear too shabby. I don¡¯t know how you¡¯ve lived these six years!¡± Although she is ming, she is caring and smiling. ire understands her. Kate finally forgives her so she feels relieved and jumps when she walks. Although Kate gives the dress to her at will, and ire is very satisfied. She goes out of the fitting room and wants Kate to have a look. She didn¡¯t expect Kate to look discontentedly in a certain direction. ire wants to ask her what¡¯s wrong. But when she follows Kate¡¯s eyes, she sees two unexpected people. They see ire, too. The manes straight up to her and greets her politely, ¡°Miss Bet, I didn¡¯t expect to meet you here. Isn¡¯t Luke with you?¡±N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Leo is shopping with Tracy today. He didn¡¯t expect to meet the beautiful woman who had dinner with Lukest night. It seems that this woman alsoes out to buy clothes. When shees out of the fitting room wearing the clothes in the shop, Leo is immediately attracted by her. She is so beautiful. Leo can only describe this woman as amazing. She looked mature when he saw herst night. Today she changes into a lovely dress. She is like a shy little woman in her early twenties. She looks cute and yful. ire has two different temperaments and is in great shape. Leo is really attracted by ire. ire is surprised that Leo will say hello to her. Knowing that he doesn¡¯t recognize her, she politely replies, ¡°Hello, Mr. Howard. Long time no see. Luke is busy today, so he isn¡¯t with me.¡± They just met this afternoon. Seeing ire like this, Tracy beside Leo is not happy. She sees Leo looking at a woman like this for the first time. He never looks at her like that. When she saw irest night, she was hostile. Today, she looks good and attracts Leo. Tracy is more hostile. This woman is the natural enemy of all women! Before Tracy can say anything, Leo says, ¡°Miss Bet, are you alone?¡± ¡°No, I...¡± ire is interrupted by a crisp voice before she finishes speaking. ¡°No! She came out with me!¡± Katees up and stands between ire and Leo. She puts her hands on her waist and stares at Leo with hostility. Leo¡¯s vision is blocked by the woman who suddenly rushes out. In the face of hostile Kate, Leo frowns slightly. He looks at ire puzzled and asks, ¡°She¡¯s...¡± ire panics. She hasn¡¯t told Kate that Leo has lost her memory. ording to Kate¡¯s dissatisfaction with Leo, they may fight here! ire pulls Kate and shakes her head. She motions to her not to be impulsive. ire is serious. Despite Kate¡¯s discontent, she listens to her friend¡¯s prompts. So Kate can only bite her teeth and stand beside ire without looking at Leo. This makes Leo even more embarrassed. ire is upset. Although she wants to ignore Leo, she can¡¯t disgrace Luke. She has to smile and say, ¡°She¡¯s my friend. She has a strange temper. You don¡¯t have to pay attention to her. We are leaving first.¡± With that, she pulls Kate to pay. ¡°Wait!¡± When they have no objection, Tracy beside Leo suddenly speaks. Chapter 172 Tracy’s provocation Chapter 172 Tracy¡¯s provocation ¡°Stop!¡± Tracy stares angrily. ire and Kate are stunned. They turn and look at her in surprise. Tracy points to ire¡¯s clothes and says, ¡°I liked your clothes the other day. You can¡¯t take it away. It¡¯s mine!¡± ¡°...¡± ire immediately frowns and looks at Tracy. This woman is a troublemaker. If it isn¡¯t for Luke¡¯s sake, she wants to ignore them. But if they fight now, Luke will be embarrassed. Luke helps her a lot. ire doesn¡¯t want to embarrass him with such a small thing. ire hesitates for a moment and picks up another dress. She whispers, ¡°I can buy this. I tried it just now. I like this dress!¡± She lets go of Kate¡¯s hand and turns to go aside. ¡°No! Stop!¡± Tracy doesn¡¯t n to let ire go. She points at the dress in ire¡¯s hand and says sharply, ¡°that dress is what I¡¯ve long liked, and you can¡¯t take it away!¡± ¡°...¡± ire raises her eyebrows. She can¡¯t stand it. If she doesn¡¯t realize Tracy¡¯s real purpose, she¡¯s too stupid. So she points to another dress and asks directly, ¡°do you like this dress, too?¡± Sure enough, Tracy raises her chin proudly and says, ¡°yes, I like it, too!¡± ¡°OK!¡± This time everyone can see Tracy is trying to embarrass ire. ire¡¯s beauty makes her jealous, so she deliberately wants to embarrass her. ire is not angry and sneers. She shrugs and says softly, ¡°in that case, I¡¯ll wait for you to pick the clothes first, and then I¡¯ll pick them.¡± This belongs to N?velDrama.Org - ?. She gives in so Tracy¡¯s vanity is satisfied. But someone is angry. Kate has a bad temper. She is very angry and wants to p Tracy. But ire pulls her and doesn¡¯t let her do that. ire gives Kate a look. ire has a purpose. She knows Leo. Tracy¡¯s behavior disgraces him. She has long seen his face as ck as charcoal. So Leo pushes Tracy¡¯s hand away and immediately turns and leaves the stop. Leo is very angry and ufortable. Tracy is stupid. He is ashamed. She doesn¡¯t know that others have seen through her tricks and are making fun of her. After Leo leaves, Tracy knows he is really angry. She reacts immediately. He sees what she has just done. She was so rude in front of Leo! Leo must have hated her! ¡°Leo, I¡¯m wrong. Wait for me.¡± Tracy shouts and rushes out in a panic. Before she leaves, she turns around and gives ire a vicious look. ¡°...¡± ire chuckles. She is very happy to see Leo angry and ashamed! After they leave, Kate¡¯s anger is released. She immediately looks at ire discontentedly and says angrily, ¡°why did you stop me just now? If you didn¡¯t stop me, I would rush up and tear their faces!¡± ¡°Leo lost his memory.¡± ire shrugs and shakes her head helplessly at Kate. Then she tells Kate about Leo¡¯s memory loss. ¡°So you are responsible for his ident.¡± Kate nods after listening. ¡°Well, yes...¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to admit it but has to. She recalls Leo¡¯s angry face when she fled the hospital six years ago. ¡°So I don¡¯t want Leo to remember, let alone go back to the scene six years ago...¡± As she speaks, she goes to the cashier to pay. Kate knows what happened six years ago. She understands what ire is worried about. She immediately takes her little hand and says firmly, ¡°ire, don¡¯t worry. I will never embarrass you!¡± ¡°Kate, that¡¯s very kind of you!¡± ire can¡¯t help smiling. Her best friends alle back to her. She has no regrets. She just wants to find her son now! Then they go to dinner. ire talks to Kate about Conan as she walks. She tells Kate about her life abroad in recent years and why she has returned home. After listening, Kate¡¯s eyes are shining. She looks at ire excitedly and shouts, ¡°Wow, he¡¯s a genius! Bring it to me when you find your son! I want him to be my son! I can be his godmother!¡± Godmother... Godfather... ire seems to remember Luke saying he is going to be Conan¡¯s godfather. Why are her good friends interested in it! ire immediately smiles and nods, ¡°OK, when I find him, you can ask him if he would like to recognize you as his godmother.¡± ¡°How dare he deny it?¡± Kate stares and says, ¡°if he dares not to recognize me, I must teach him a good lesson. Don¡¯t forget who I am!¡± ire chuckles. Kate is bossy so she can handle anyone. Kate is in a good mood. She is hungry so she says, ¡°let¡¯s go to dinner. By the way, the noodle shop we used to go to and still open! You must not have eaten such delicious noodles for a long time. It happens that I want to eat it too. Let¡¯s eat it together.¡± Thinking of the old taste, ire nods, and they stand by the side of the road waiting for a taxi. Suddenly a well-dressed man appears beside them. The man is going to leave. When he sees ire, he stops and looks at her carefully. ire thinks he is waiting for a taxi, too. At first she doesn¡¯t pay attention to him. Later she finds out that the man is looking at her all the time, so she thinks something is wrong! He... Chapter 173 Meeting acquaintances at dinner Chapter 173 Meeting acquaintances at dinner Who is this man? Why does he keep looking at her? ire is a little nervous. It¡¯s dark now. Although the street lights light up the road, she feels a sense of crisis in her heart. He¡¯s tall and ire hasn¡¯t seen him before. If he wants to, he can beat them both. ire secretly pinches Kate¡¯s arm next to her, and Kate looks at ire puzzledly. After receiving the hint from her eyes, she looks at the man. Kate stares at him at once. She wants to ask him but the man speaks first. He takes a business card out of his coat pocket and nods politely to ire and says, ¡°Hello, miss. I¡¯m an agent for CBB. My name is Robert. Here is my business card. Please have a look.¡± ire freezes. She hesitates for a moment and takes the card. ire looks at the card casually under the street light. It sayspany and personal information. The only thing she cares about is that it is apany that trains artists. But why does he give her the card? ire hasn¡¯t heard the name of thepany and doesn¡¯t know why the man wants her to give her a business card. She looks at Robert in surprise and says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°I think you are beautiful and elegant. I¡¯d like to invite you to be an artist in ourpany. I¡¯m not a liar. If you don¡¯t believe me, you can take this card to ask your friends or take it to the relevant department for investigation. It¡¯s a regrpany. I did not deceive you!¡± Robert is careful and thinks of all ire¡¯s concerns. But... ¡°Artist?¡± ire looks at the business card in her hand and then at the well-dressed man in front of her. She is not suspicious of him. She just thinks it is funny. She has never thought of bing an artist. Kate immediately grabs ire¡¯s arm in excitement after listening to Robert. She whispers excitedly in her ear, ¡°ire! Artist! This is a good opportunity. You can quickly be popr! And I¡¯ve heard about thispany. It¡¯s a greatpany and has a good reputation in the industry. You¡¯re lucky!¡± ¡°Kate¡­¡± ire shakes her head. She grabs the excited Kate and says helplessly, ¡°I¡¯m not interested in being an artist.¡± ¡°ire...¡± Kate tries to persuade ire, but she is stopped by ire again. She shakes her head firmly, indicating that she has made up her mind. Kate has to pout in disappointment and stop talking. ire turns to look at Robert and says apologetically, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I never want to be an artist. And I¡¯m 26 years old this year. Artists need to be young. I don¡¯t want to and don¡¯t fit. Thank you for your appreciation. I¡¯m sorry!¡± With that, she bows her head slightly and politely refuses Robert¡¯s invitation. Robert looks at ire in surprise. He didn¡¯t expect that she is 26 years old. She looks like in her early twenties. But Robert doesn¡¯t give up. He pushes the card back. He thinks of something and smiles, ¡°keep the card. I think you¡¯ll need it sooner orter!¡± ire looks at the card in her hand. She wants to say no again but she finds out that Robert has left. She can¡¯t see him. So she has to put the card in her bag at will. Just then a taxi passes by. They take a taxi to the restaurant. They get off the taxi. Before they get to the door, ire finds an acquaintance by ident. ¡°Luke? Why are you here?¡± ire smiles and says hello, only to find Luke alone. Luke hears her voice and turns to look at her. He says hello to ire and Kate, ¡°ire, Kate, hello. Why are you here?¡± ¡°We like the noodles here.¡± ire is in a good mood to see Luke. She is smiling when she is talking. ¡°You haven¡¯t said why you¡¯re here. Are you alone?¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯m alone. I like the noodles here, too. It seems that we are predestined. Let¡¯s go in together.¡± Luke says politely. ¡°OK.¡± ire responds cheerfully. When she takes Kate¡¯s hand, she finds Kate unhappy. ¡°Kate, what¡¯s the matter with you? Are you not feeling well?¡± Hearing this, Luke stops and looks at Kate with concern. Kate is even more upset when she sees Luke looking at her. She whispers to ire, ¡°isn¡¯t he Leo¡¯s friend? Why do you look familiar with him?¡± Kate and Luke only meet a few times, but maybe because of Leo, she doesn¡¯t have a good impression of him. ire chuckles and whispers to Kate, ¡°it¡¯s OK. Luke is a good man. He often helps me and sometimes helps me deal with Leo. He is very kind.¡± But Kate is still unhappy. She snorts, ¡°I don¡¯t believe it. Even if the people around Leo are not as bad as he is, their temper will not be very good. I hate Leo and Luke. I don¡¯t like them.¡± Kate is outspoken. ire doesn¡¯t know what to say. ire can only sigh, ¡°well, I don¡¯t care what you think of him. You must not lose your temper in front of him. After all, he really helped me a lot.¡± Kate gives Luke a scornful look. Although she is still cool, her attitude has changed. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ire is relieved to see this. She smiles at Luke who is waiting for them. ¡°Let¡¯s go. She said there is something wrong with her stomach. I think she is too hungry. Let¡¯s hurry in.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Even though Luke knows they are talking about him, he doesn¡¯t care and nods softly. At the same time, he slows down and waits for them. At dinner, Kate doesn¡¯t give ire any trouble. Instead of staring at Luke angrily, she ignores him. Luke is not angry. He has a good temper. Luke, ire and Kate have dinner together. Luke wants to drive them home. ire¡¯s house is near, so he drives ire back to her apartment first. ire stands downstairs to say goodbye to Luke and Kate. Sheughs happily. ¡°Be safe. Good night.¡± ¡°Good night.¡± Luke and Kate speak in unison and look at each other. Kate pouts and disdains. ire is surprised. She looks at them. Suddenly there is something different in her eyes. Chapter 174 His tricks Chapter 174 His tricks Imagination is beautiful. It isn¡¯t until ire leaves that Luke starts the car. ire isn¡¯t there so Kate stops pretending. She can¡¯t help but pat Luke on the shoulder and say, ¡°shut up when I talk. Don¡¯t speak with me at the same time!¡± Kate saw ire¡¯s face just now. Luke is still in a good temper. He smiles gently. ¡°I¡¯ll pay attention next time.¡± ¡°You want to have another time?¡± Kate stares at Luke discontentedly. ¡°I¡¯ll never eat with you again! Don¡¯t even think about it!¡± ¡°OK...¡± Luke shrugs helplessly. But Kate is even less happy. She immediately says angrily, ¡°I warn you not to bully ire. If I find out you¡¯re not nice to ire, I won¡¯t let you go!¡± Hearing this, Luke can¡¯t help chuckling. The serious atmosphere disappears with Luke¡¯s chuckle. Kate says angrily, ¡°what are youughing at?¡± Luke doesn¡¯t answer and looks intently at the traffic ahead. After a while he turns to Kate and smiles and says, ¡°I think you¡¯re cute!¡± ¡°What?¡± Luke¡¯s smile is as gentle as the spring breeze. For a moment Kate looks at Luke¡¯s smile and loses her mind. When she regains her mind, she finds that she is attracted by his smile. She scolds herself in her heart and continues, ¡°I¡¯m not cute. I am handsome! Don¡¯t think I¡¯ll change my impression of you if you praise me. Stop daydreaming!¡± Kate always speaks arrogantly, but Luke doesn¡¯t care. He just chuckles. It isn¡¯t until Kate gets home that she stops nagging and educating Luke. Luke pats the steering wheel and watches Kate hop up the stairs happily. This woman is really... ... The next morning, ire goes to work as usual. Because of what happened yesterday morning, Leo doesn¡¯t even look at ire when hees to thepany. ire doesn¡¯t care and continues to work. In the afternoon, ire brings coffee to Leo. Leo finishes his work and stands up to rest. He sees iree in. They look at each other. ire takes a look at Leo and lowers her head to put the coffee on Leo''s desk. Then she turns and wants to leave. ¡°Wait.¡± ire is just about to leave when Leo stops her. Leo walks up to ire and quietly looks at ire¡¯s face. He feels that she is familiar and as if he has seen her. Leo thinks of the beautiful woman he sawst night. The woman¡¯s name is ire. Her name is Angie. Their faces are simr, but their figures... Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Looking at ire¡¯s body wrapped in shabby clothes, Leo can¡¯tpare the mediocre secretary in front of him with the womanst night. Leo doesn¡¯t think they are simr. If he can take off her sses... Leo reaches out and wants to remove ire¡¯s thick ck sses. Fortunately, ire has been prepared for a long time. When Leo¡¯s hand is about to approach her face, ire suddenly backs away and looks at Leo warily. She asks, ¡°Sir, what do you want to do?¡± ¡°What do I want to do...¡± Leo mumbles. He looks down and seems to be thinking. Hees closer to ire. ¡°I want to remove your sses. Are you willing or not?¡± ¡°Sir, why do you want to remove my sses? It¡¯s not good for you to care too much about the personal situation of your subordinate.¡± ire looks warily at Leo who is getting closer. But she retreats to the edge of the desk and is unable to continue. ¡°Then why don¡¯t you let me see it? Your stubborn resistance is suspect. Do you have a secret?¡± ire puts her hands on the table. Leo looks at her and suddenly hugs ire¡¯s waist. He holds her body close to him. Leo is near ire¡¯s ear and says in a husky, maic voice, ¡°huh?¡± Leo¡¯s warm breath gently sprays in her ear. ire can¡¯t help shivering. She bites her lip and says, ¡°you¡¯re weird. Why do you have to remove my sses?¡± He doesn¡¯t answer. He puts his head on ire¡¯s shoulder and snifs the faint fragrance on her. He closes his eyes with pleasure. His lips touch her neck unintentionally. It itches. ire¡¯s body trembles a little. Each of her cells feels different and makes her want more. ire knows what¡¯s wrong with her. She blocks Leo¡¯s chest and tries to push him away. Leo is smarter than her. Before she pushes him away, he holds her tightly in his arms and keeps her from breaking free. Last time they were in the car. This time... Leo¡¯s lips kiss ire¡¯s neck and corbone. ire grits her teeth and continues to push Leo. However, her body is more honest than her. After Leo kisses her , her legs soften and she leans against Leo as if she has lost her strength. Leo puts her on the table and puts her back against it. He puts his face on her neck and corbone. At last he kisses ire¡¯s sweet lips. After a while, Leo silently removes ire¡¯s sses. Then he looks up and holds it proudly. He means he wins. ire is dizzy. When she sees Leo¡¯s triumphant expression and her sses, she immediately understands why Leo does this to her. He¡¯s making fun of her! He wants to remove her sses! This damn man! Chapter 175 I don’t like you Chapter 175 I don¡¯t like you ire stands up angrily and pushes Leo away. Leo has got her sses so he lets her push him away. ¡°Leo, you bastard!¡± ire is so angry that she wants to p Leo. Her hand is stopped by Leo in midair. Leo grabs her hand and looks thoughtfully at ire¡¯s face. After ire¡¯s sses are removed by him, he sees her features clearly. But he feels different. The secretary¡¯s face is really older. She has wrinkles and traces of time. Leo coolly returns ire¡¯s sses. He says disappointedly, ¡°you don¡¯t have to be so angry. Here you are.¡± ¡°...¡± Of course, Leo doesn¡¯t see ire¡¯s real face. Because yesterday ire went home and put glue on her face. Shepletely changed her appearance. Leo doesn¡¯t see anything in her face today. But what¡¯s important now is not that she doesn¡¯t look like the beautiful womanst night, but that Leo ys a trick on her! ire stares angrily at her sses in Leo¡¯s hand. Her eyes turn red and she roars, ¡°are you kidding me to remove my sses? You bastard. What do you think I am?¡± Seeing ire¡¯s eyes red, Leo is stunned and can¡¯t speak, ¡°I...¡± ire angrily throws the sses away and says, ¡°I don¡¯t want the sses! Ha-ha. I didn¡¯t expect you to flirt with a secretary with a child. You are shameless!¡± ire taunts him. Leo knows he is wrong, but he is not happy with ire¡¯s words. He says discontentedly, ¡°it¡¯s just a kiss. You don¡¯t have to be serious. I didn¡¯t really do anything to you. Besides, I don¡¯t like you.¡± ire sneers. ¡°Just a kiss? You¡¯d better not like me! I thought you just like flirting with women. I didn¡¯t expect your private life to be so dirty!¡± Six years passes, but he is still like this! ire is really angry. Now she seems to return to the scene when she was humiliated by him six years ago. She feels so sad and angry that she shivers all over. ire raises her hand and tries to p Leo in the face, but he catches her by the wrist. Leo pushes ire¡¯s hand away and his face is cold. He says scornfully, ¡°don¡¯t overestimate yourself. I can¡¯t stand a woman like you!¡± ¡°Asshole!¡± ire stares at Leo and bites her teeth and leaves. She ms the door shut as she goes out. They part in discord again. ire goes to the tea room and pours the coffee. It suddenly urs to her that she is always enraged by Leo and quarrels with him. Sooner orter she will be fired. She can¡¯t find Conan! ire returns to her seat in anger and frustration. She thinks for a moment and goes on working. ire has been working. When she is about to leave work, the internal phone rings suddenly. She answers the phone without thinking. ¡°There¡¯s a party tonight. You go with me.¡± ire hears Leo¡¯s low voice. ire is still mad at him. After a long time she replies, ¡°I see.¡± Then she hangs up. Work and personal life should be separated. They leave thepany together after work. The party is held in the most expensive hotel. The price of a dish is several thousand dors. Ordinary people can¡¯t afford it. ire thinks it isn¡¯t food but money! They are so rich! This time Howard Group has a contract with the Sir of a well-knownpany. ire and Leo arrive early. The Sir is a few minuteste but when he sees ire, he is not satisfied. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ire pouts. She doesn¡¯t want to look so ugly, but the Sir¡¯s eyes are so annoying! Before ire finishes worrying, the apparently drunk Sir waves at her and says, ¡°you! Come here!¡± ire takes a puzzled look at Leo. After getting his consent, she goes to the Sir. ¡°Hello, what can I do for you?¡± ¡°Drink the wine!¡± The Sir points to the ss he has used. It¡¯s full of wine. Will ire use the ss he used? ire takes a look at Leo first, but she sees Leo shrug and be cold. ire grits her teeth. Doesn¡¯t he want to help her? This contract is hard won. Many employees work hard for it. If she refuses and annoys the Sir to break the contract, she can¡¯t afford the consequence. ire thinks for a moment. She really doesn¡¯t want to use the ss he used, so she sits down beside the Sir with a smile. She takes a new ss and pours herself wine. ¡°I think a toast to you, Sir.¡± Then she drinks the ss of wine. When the Sir sees ire drinking, he can¡¯t helpughing, ¡°great! Sir Howard, you have a good secretary. Let¡¯s keep drinking!¡± Then he pours ire another drink and asks her to continue. ¡°...¡± ire is speechless. ire looks at Leo. He is staring at her coldly. She is so angry that she has another drink. Her temperature goes up and there seems to be a fire in her stomach. ire¡¯s directness makes the Sirugh. He touches ire¡¯s thigh with his hand and looks at ire¡¯s chest with a smile. He¡¯s obviously drunk! ire¡¯s face suddenly changes. She has goose bumps all over her body and is too nervous to move. ire dodges and tries to leave but is caught back by the Sir. Just then Leo jumps up and kicks the Sir. ¡°Bang!¡± The chair falls to the ground with the Sir. Chapter 176 Leo gets angry Chapter 176 Leo gets angry ¡°How dare you touch my woman?¡± Leo growls coldly. Leo is furious and steps on the crotch of the president. In the endless screams, something breaks in response. ¡°...¡± ire is shocked by Leo¡¯s sudden move. She hurriedly pulls him away and doesn¡¯t let him lose his temper. Leo is pulled away by ire. He res at the president lying on the ground. Then he takes ire¡¯s hand and leaves the box. ¡°Leo! Do you know what you¡¯re doing!¡± ire is shoved into the car and yells at him. ire gets angry and thinks Leo is crazy. She knows the contract doesn¡¯te easily. Many people work hard for the contract. There are many people in thepany who have been busy with this contract for a month! Although she just enters thepany, she saw the reports submitted. She knows the contract doesn¡¯t come easily. And now? This contract is all destroyed! ire can¡¯t help but say angrily, ¡°you psycho. You can stand it. You hit the president. This contract is over!¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo is angry, too, and he yells at ire. Then he gets in the car and fastens his seat belt and starts the car. ire turns and stares at Leo. She doesn¡¯t understand why he doesn¡¯t feel ashamed after destroying their efforts for a long time. She roars, ¡°I won¡¯t shut up! Am I wrong?¡± ¡°...¡± Leo only feels angry and can¡¯t vent. He stares at the road ahead and says nothing. This woman is harassed but doesn¡¯t care. Doesn¡¯t she know that women should love themselves? He protected her but she mes him! It¡¯s unreasonable! This damned woman! Leo doesn¡¯t speak, so ire thinks he doesn¡¯t want to admit it. When she wants to go on speaking, Leo suddenly ms on the brakes and stops directly on the side of the road. Then he stretches his arms and opens the door next to ire. He orders coldly, ¡°get out of the car.¡± ¡°What?¡± ire doesn¡¯t respond for a moment and asks subconsciously. ¡°Get out of the car!¡± Leo says coldly and bends over to untie ire¡¯s seat belt. He pushes her straight out of the copilot¡¯s seat. After pulling ire out of the car, Leo ms the door shut. Then he starts the car and leaves without looking at ire! ¡°...¡± ire stands on the side of the road and looks at Leo¡¯s car in a daze. After a long time ire reacts. Leo leaves her on the side of the road and leaves! ire is angry. ¡°Asshole, Leo, you pervert!¡± ire is walking alone in the middle of the night. The more she thinks about it, the angrier she gets. Leo has no humanity. He leaves her in the middle of the night. ire tries to call a taxi as she walks. It¡¯s very busy and there are many cars on the road, but she can¡¯t get a taxi. She can only walk back. It¡¯s absolutely true that people will choke when they drink water when they are unlucky! ire walks in high heels. Because it is dark, she goes to the crack in the ground. Her heels are stuck in and can¡¯t move. ire subconsciously leans forward and sprains! ¡°Ah...¡± ire angrily pulls high heels out of the crack andins. Damn it. What should she do? She¡¯s sprained and can¡¯t get a taxi. Is she going to sleep on the street today? ire feels speechless. Suddenly a car stops on the road not far from her. ire turns around and finds that the man who gets off the car is very familiar! ¡°Miss Bet?¡± Bryce walks up to ire and squats down to check on her situation. He asks with concern, ¡°is your foot hurt?¡± It¡¯s Bryce! He is an angel! ire is moved to tears. She points to her foot and says pitifully, ¡°I sprained my foot.¡± Bryce frowns at ire¡¯s words. He¡¯s close to ire¡¯s foot and gently presses it. ire inhales in pain. ¡°Is it painful?¡± Bryce looks softly at ire and asks. ¡°Yes!¡± ire nods. She wants to cry with pain. It¡¯s good that Bryce shows up at the critical moment, otherwise she doesn¡¯t know what to do tonight. Hearing this, Bryce frowns and looks at ire¡¯s feet. He says uneasily, ¡°you hurt your foot. You need to go to the hospital and bandage it.¡± With that, he picks up ire on the ground and goes to his car. ire is held in Bryce¡¯s arms and is immediately surprised. Bryce has a hint of mint. She used to like to smell it. She didn¡¯t expect that the smell is still there after such a long time. Bryce doesn¡¯t know what ire is thinking. He picks her up and drives her to the hospital. He treats her well and takes care of her all the way. ire is very moved. The doctor examines her and tells her not to touch water before her foot recovers. After listening to some notes, they can leave. Bryce drives ire back to her apartment. ire smiles gratefully at Bryce and says, ¡°thank you so much tonight. If you don¡¯t help me, I might be sleeping on the street tonight! Thank you. I¡¯ll treat you to dinner next time!¡± With that, ire opens the door and wants to get out. ¡°Wait!¡± Before ire goes out, Bryce stops her. He quickly unbuckles his seat belt and walks to the door next to ire. He says, slightly displeased, ¡°don¡¯t thank me. No matter who sees a woman sitting on the side of the road at night, he will not ignore her. Don¡¯t move. Let me carry you upstairs. Don¡¯t hurt your foot again.¡± Then he gently lifts ire out. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ¡°...¡± ire keeps her eyes on Bryce¡¯s side face. She blushes a little. She causes him trouble today. She can walk upstairs. She just spraines her foot. Her other foot can walk. Chapter 177 I really miss you Chapter 177 I really miss you ire gently pushes Bryce and whispers, ¡°I¡¯m putting you in trouble today. You don¡¯t have to take me upstairs. I can...¡± However, ire wants to refuse, but Bryce turns a deaf ear and insists on carrying her upstairs without saying a word. ire feels in the arms she has been in many times this evening. She is moved and helpless. She sighs in her heart and suddenly feels depressed. Bryce is so nice to her but she hides her identity and doesn¡¯t tell him. She shouldn¡¯t have done it. What¡¯s more, after so long, what happened between them has passed. Fortunately, he does not die. He is still alive. She also has this valuable friend. In that case, she doesn¡¯t have to avoid it! But she hesitates a little. After going upstairs, Bryce puts ire at her door. He whispers, ¡°you¡¯re home. Your foot is hurt so you must not touch the water and eat spicy food. You... l have to go. Take care...¡± With that, Bryce nods at ire and turns to leave. ire watches Bryce walk to the elevator. Something seems to have stuck in her throat. Her mouth keeps opening and closing. Finally, as Bryce is about to walk into the elevator, ire can¡¯t help shouting in a low voice. ¡°Bryce¡­¡± Her voice is low and small. In the quiet corridor, Bryce hears ire¡¯s voice clearly not far away. Bryce pauses and slowly turns to look at ire, but by this time he has entered the elevator and the door is closing. Bryce is slowly obscured by the elevator door. ¡°...¡± ire leans weakly against the door. She is dismayed to see that she is alone in the corridor. It is quiet and silent. ire¡¯s depressionsts only 30 seconds. The door reopens and Bryce appears in the elevator. As soon as the elevator door opens, he walks quickly toward ire and holds her tightly in his arms. He whispers, ¡°ire...¡± ire is unprepared and suddenly held by Bryce. He still has the familiar smell of mint. This time he holds her tight and he seems afraid that ire will disappear the next second. Bryce holds ire tight. There are a lot of heartache, nostalgia and deep feelings in this embrace. After a long time, ire recovers from shock. She feels Bryce¡¯s embrace in silence. Her hands are hanging by her side and she doesn¡¯t respond. Bryce is still so affectionate to her. ¡°ire, ire, you finally admit...¡± Bryce can¡¯t help saying. ire is surprised. It turns out that Bryce won¡¯t be so nice to a woman he has only met twice. He knows she is ire. Bryce holds ire quietly for a long time and sighs, ¡°in fact, when I saw you beside Leo in the tea room that day, I recognized you. I¡¯ve been waiting for you toe to me. I didn¡¯t expect you didn¡¯te to me and I didn¡¯t hear from you. I didn¡¯t expect to meet you tonight. I miss you so much...¡± Then Bryce gives ire another hug and says affectionately, ¡°ire, I really miss you for six years!¡± ¡°I haven¡¯t married for you. Even though I know you are not in America, I have been waiting for you to come back, because I know you wille back! You will not abandon your country. You will never forget the happy memories we once had here. ire, you are a nostalgic person. How can you give up? And I also believe that as long as I am willing to wait, you wille back and continue to be with me.¡± ¡°ire... It¡¯s nice of you to be back!¡± ¡°Bryce¡­¡± ire whispers Bryce¡¯s name but doesn¡¯t respond to his feelings. Over the years, Bryce hasn¡¯t given up on her. What can she do? ire¡¯s heart is too tired to bear more injuries. She can¡¯t be with Bryce or make amitment to Bryce. She¡¯s too tired to love anyone. They have been in this position for a long time. Bryce reluctantly lets go of her. With a little reluctance in his smile, he says, ¡°ire, it¡¯s nice of you to be back.¡± He says so much but ire doesn¡¯t say she misses him. It is enough to prove her position. He didn¡¯t expect that after all these years, ire doesn¡¯t choose him. But fortunately, it¡¯s not Leo at least, because now Leo has lost his memory. No matter why ire is with Leo, he believes in ire¡¯s choice. ire smiles, too. They haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time and she thought he is dead, so they have a lot to talk about. ire thinks and smiles. ¡°It¡¯s not good to stand outside. Let¡¯s get into the house.¡± Then she takes out the key and opens the door. When theyes in, ire says, ¡°you go to the sofa first. I¡¯ll pour you a ss of water.¡± ¡°No!¡± Bryce stops ire and says eagerly, ¡°you sit on the sofa. I can pour water. Now you hurt your foot. Don¡¯t walk around.¡± ¡°It¡¯s too much trouble. ire looks down at her swollen heel. She can¡¯t even wear slippers. Atst she compromises, ¡°OK, please.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say that.¡± Bryce shakes his head and chuckles. He picks up ire and puts her on the sofa, then he turns and walks into the kitchen. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire sighs in her heart. Bryce is very kind to her and cares about her. For a while ire is upset. Bryce soones out of the kitchen. He pours himself and ire a ss of water. Hees to her and sits on the sofa. He hands the ss in his hand to ire and says, ¡°would you like some water?¡± ire is thirsty, too. She takes the water in Bryce¡¯s hand and thanks him. Bryce is upset at ire¡¯s words. He whispers unhappily, ¡°don¡¯t be so polite to me. I¡¯m your brother. Shouldn¡¯t elder brother take care of younger sister?¡± ¡°...¡± Chapter 178 Six years later, I’m still here Chapter 178 Six yearster, I¡¯m still here Well, ire just wants to stay away from Bryce so she thanks him. To make the atmosphere less awkward, ire changes the subject. She says in a slightly reproachful tone, pared to this, you pretended to be dead and didn¡¯t tell me. This is the worst.¡± Bryce smiles and says awkwardly, ¡°it was my fault that I didn¡¯t inform you in advance. It was an emergency at that time. I apologize here.¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ¡°Do you think I¡¯ll let you go?¡± ire stares at him and ms Bryce on the shoulder angrily. She says angrily, ¡°it was a car ident! It was death and body. You make me worry in vain! I feel guilty for six years!¡± Bryce wants tough but holds back. He says solemnly, ¡°OK, it¡¯s my fault. I deserve to die. Tell me how you want to punish me. I have no regrets.¡± When he finishes, ire can¡¯t continue to scold him. Bryce is very kind to her. If she asks for anything more, she is too much. She can only pretend to say angrily, pared to this, you live well is the bestpensation for me!¡± There is nothing more important than life. Feeling the concern in ire¡¯s words, Bryce stops smiling. He suddenly says seriously, ¡°I will live for you.¡± ire knows it is Bryce¡¯s promise, but she pretends she can¡¯t stand it and shivers. She is thinking, fool, there are many good women in the world. You don¡¯t have to love me all the time. I¡¯m not worth it! Bryce smiles. He doesn¡¯t want to continue to discuss the topic, so he changes the topic, ¡°by the way, why did you return home this time? Why are you still with Leo? I remember you left six years ago to escape from him.¡± ire thinks for a while and tells the truth again. She has said it to several people these days. ire tells Bryce that Conan asked her about his dad and he came back to find his dad without permission and why she wanted to go back with him. Bryce listens and thinks for a while before he understands ire¡¯s words, ¡°you mean you¡¯re here with Leo because you suspect he¡¯s hiding your son and you¡¯re going to find clues from him?¡± He is the only one who does not praise her son¡¯s intelligence and boldness after listening. ire nods and replies, ¡°Yeah, or I don¡¯t want to be around that bastard. I hate him very much.¡± ire doesn¡¯t find out that when she speaks, she is disgusted but a little duplicity. Bryce is relieved. He says seriously, ¡°don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll help you find out about your son. If you don¡¯t want to be around Leo, you can leave right away. As long as you are not wronged, I am willing to do anything! Luke and I will help you find your son.¡± ire hears Bryce¡¯s concerns. She looks at Bryce gratefully and thinks of one thing, st time I asked Luke and he told me about you. When did you be good friends? Why don¡¯t I know?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Bryce knows that he has identally exposed something. He coughs and says awkwardly, ¡°it¡¯s a long story. I met Luke by chance. In a word, he helped me a lot. If he didn¡¯t helped me with the car ident six years ago, I wouldn¡¯t cheat Leo sessfully.¡± Unfortunately, Leo lost his memoryter. ire has some regrets in her heart, but she can¡¯t help joking, ¡°your characters are very simr. You all love to help others. Ha-ha. I mean you¡¯re both very gentle.¡± ire¡¯s words make Bryce happy as if he has been greatly appreciated. He smiles happily and says, ¡°yes, I¡¯m quite in tune with him.¡± Then they have a good chat. ire will not feel embarrassed as long as he doesn¡¯t mention his love. They talk for a long time. It¡¯s gettingte. Bryce looks at ire¡¯s foot before leaving and can¡¯t help but say, ¡°it¡¯s going to take a long time for your foot to recover. How about Ie to your house these days and bring you something to eat?¡± ire freezes and quickly refuses, ¡°No. I can order. You are busy. I don¡¯t want to give you any trouble. I¡¯ll be sorry.¡± Bryce thinks about it and thinks he¡¯s really busy these days. He says helplessly, ¡°well, I¡¯lle to see you if I have time.¡± With that, he stoops and lifts ire¡¯s injured foot to his thigh. He frowns and says, ¡°don¡¯t move. I¡¯ll rub it for you. So you can recover faster and walk earlier.¡± ire stops struggling at Bryce¡¯s words. If she recovers slowly, it will dy her search for her son. So ire obediently lets Bryce¡¯s hand gently rub her feet. From time to time she makes a sound of pain. Every time she makes a sound, Bryce stops and asks if she¡¯s OK. The next time he rubs the ce, he will unconsciously lighten his strength. Looking at Bryce, ire can¡¯t help thinking that maybe it¡¯s good to have such a considerate and tender boyfriend, but unfortunately, she doesn¡¯t love Bryce. She doesn¡¯t want to dy his great life. Bryce rubs ire¡¯s foot. After that he looks at the time and says, ¡°it¡¯s toote. You¡¯d better rest early. I¡¯m going back.¡± ¡°Well, thank you so much today. Without you, I can¡¯t think of the consequences.¡± ire thanks him from the bottom of her heart again and smiles sincerely. Bryce sighs and knows it¡¯s impossible for her not to thank him. He can only reach out and rub ire¡¯s hair and say, ¡°I¡¯ll be by your side as long as you need me.¡± Chapter 179 I’ll sleep in your house tonight Chapter 179 I¡¯ll sleep in your house tonight ire smiles and doesn¡¯t respond. It is reallyte, and Bryce says a few words and leaves. After Bryce leaves, ire is relieved. It is so painful that she doesn¡¯t know how to deal with Bryce. Thinking about it, ire decides to make it clear the next time she sees him. They can¡¯t be together. He can¡¯t keep pestering her. ... Leo doesn¡¯t feel right after pushing ire out of the car and driving away alone. So he goes back to ire, but he doesn¡¯t find her there. He circles around but doesn¡¯t see ire. He can¡¯t help worrying. Leo calls ire quickly but can¡¯t get through. Leo helplessly calls the personnel department and asks for ire¡¯s home address. The personnel manager gets the call from Leo. He panicks and finds ire¡¯s information. Leo takes ire¡¯s home address and drives to ire¡¯s apartment to find her. After parking, Leo enters the elevator and presses ire¡¯s floor number key. After a while the elevator arrives and Leo goes upstairs. Because he is worried about ire, he doesn¡¯t see the man who is about to leave when he gets down the elevator. They pass by but don¡¯t see each other¡¯s face. Leo only feels that the figure of the man is familiar. When he wants to look back, the elevator door is closed. Leo looks back suspiciously and finds ire standing at the door of her apartment looking in his direction. Leo knows himself. He knows ire doesn¡¯t know he ising. Something shes through his mind at that moment. Is ire standing at the door to see the man leave? Did the man stay at ire¡¯s house just now? A man and a woman? How long did he stay? What did they do? Leo feels suspicious and even jealous for a while. He feels very ufortable and unhappy. ire also sees Leo in front of the elevator. She frowns slightly and tries to close the door quickly. This bastard! He left her on the side of the road. What is he doing here? However, Leo moves faster than her. Seeing that she wants to close the door, he strides over and stops it before she closes it. He goes straight in and shuts the door. ¡°You!¡± ire looks at Leo¡¯s actions and stares at him angrily. She roars, ¡°Why are you here? Get out of here!¡± ¡°Why can¡¯t Ie here? Why can otherse but I can¡¯t?¡± Leo is not happy. He is still thinking about the man just now. ire says bluntly, ¡°yes, others cane but you can¡¯t! Get out of here, or I¡¯ll sue you for trespassing!¡± ¡°No!¡± Leo is angry with ire and stubborn. He thinks of the man who just left and says, ¡°is the man who just left your boyfriend?¡± What? ire res at the rascal angrily and says impatiently, ¡°he¡¯s a friend of mine!¡± ¡°Friend?¡± Leo scorns and satirizes, ¡°your friend came to your house sote. A man and a woman... You are so popr!¡± Bastard! ¡°Do you think I¡¯m like you?¡± ire is angry. She turns around and doesn¡¯t want to see Leo. She raises one foot and limps to the sofa to sit down. She doesn¡¯t have the strength to stand and quarrel with this jerk. Leo finds that ire walks in a strange way. Seeing her foot hurt, he frowns and asks, ¡°what¡¯s wrong with your foot?¡± ire is so angry that she wants to breathe through her nostrils. She immediately mocks, ¡°you left me, so I fell and sprained when I walked!¡± Leo is relieved. It turns out that her foot is hurt. He knows why the man came here just now. ire hurt her foot so she asked him to take her home. But when Leo thinks about it, he is unhappy again. Why would she rather call her friend than let him go back to pick her up. Can¡¯t hepare with her friend in her heart? ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Thinking of this, Leo can¡¯t help but satirize her, ¡°you¡¯re so stupid that you sprain when you walk. You can only me yourself.¡± It¡¯s his fault, but he mes her! ire is more angry. She points to the door and roars, ¡°get out of here! I don¡¯t want to see you!¡± She wants to get rid of him again. Leo is not happy either. He says coldly, ¡°I¡¯m your boss. Please pay attention to your wording!¡± Boss? ire totally thinks he¡¯s talking nonsense. She taunts him. ¡°My president, it¡¯s off-duty time. You have no right to manage my private life.¡± But to ire¡¯s surprise, Leo smiles coldly. He looks at ire thoughtfully and asks seriously, ¡°did I say you¡¯re off work now?¡± It¡¯s eleven! Can¡¯t she get off work? How shameless he is! ire looks at the time and growls, ¡°you didn¡¯t tell me to work overtime tonight. Do you want to exploit employees? I have an industrial injury now. You don¡¯tpensate me and don¡¯t let me off work! Do you have a little humanity?¡± ¡°I¡¯m your boss. I want you to work overtime!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t listen to ire at all. ire almost jumps up and scolds him, but her foot hurts and she can¡¯t. She can only scold Leo, ¡°I don¡¯t care. You can deduct my sry. If the worstes to the worst, I resign.¡± ire doesn¡¯t notice when she speaks that they are very childish and just like two children arguing. So when Leo hears ire, he chuckles. He goes to the sofa next to ire and lies down and says, ¡°I don¡¯t care, too. I¡¯m not leaving tonight. I¡¯m going to sleep in your house.¡± ire doesn¡¯t believe him and quips, ¡°if you want, you can sleep on the sofa. I have only one bed. I will not give it to you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay. This sofa is very good.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t care. With that, he closes his eyes as if enjoying himself. Chapter 180 Accident in the bathroom Chapter 180 ident in the bathroom Keep pretending! ire turns a deaf ear to Leo. He is a president. He will not sleep on a small sofa in such a small house. ire thinks it¡¯s impossible. She doesn¡¯t care why he¡¯s here tonight. She doesn¡¯t want to guess or care. Anyway, he¡¯ll leaveter. ire ignores him and ns to take a hot bath and go to bed. She takes off her clothes after entering the bathroom. ire limps and tries to jump into the bathtub, but she steps on the water on the floor and falls to the ground. ire cries out in pain again. Damn! Usually she walks on the water on the floor with two feet, but today she hurt one foot, so she can only limp. Now she falls straight to the ground. What¡¯s more, it¡¯s hard for her to get up. ire¡¯s scream catches Leo¡¯s attention. He is drunk today, so he was dizzy on the way here. He is afraid that he can¡¯t drive back, so he wantsto sleep at ire¡¯s house for one night. But he didn¡¯t expect to hear ire screaming in the bathroom as soon as he closes his eyes. She sounds frightened. Leo opens his eyes and worries about ire, so he gets up quickly and goes to the toilet. Leo goes to the toilet door and opens it without thinking. He shouts, ¡°Angie! What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± He opens the door as he shouts. ¡°...¡± When he sees ire lying naked on the ground, he is stunned. ire is stunned to see Leo suddenly open the door. Then she screams, ¡°ah...¡± ¡°You pervert! Why do youe in!¡± ire hurriedly covers her body. She mps her legs and puts her hands on her chest. She keeps shouting, ¡°get out! Get out of here!¡± Now Leo is fully awake. He looks at the beauty and smiles awkwardly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry...¡± Then he closes the door again before ire hits him with something. ire is relieved when the door closes. She breathes a sigh of relief and holds the bathtub and tries to get up from the ground. She has only one foot on the ground and it is slippery so she struggles to get up from the ground. She manages to stand straight. Before she gasps, she identally touches her injured foot. She is in pain and suddenly falls to the ground. She can¡¯t help screaming again. This time, however, ire falls into the bathtub. She can stand the pain but the bathtub is full of water. Her upper body is submerged after she falls. Her nose, ears, eyes and mouth are filled with water. Even ire¡¯s screams are drowned.Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ire¡¯s lower body is outside the bathtub and her upper body is inside. She wants to wriggle and sit up. She wants to hold on to the walls of the bathtub and prop up, but it is too slippery for her to find a support point. At first, she is unprepared and drinks some water. After a while, ire begins to have difficulty breathing. She feels like she is going to drown. Leo stands at the door for a while and wants to leave. He suddenly hears ire¡¯s scream again, but this time itsts only two seconds and soon disappears. Leo stands at the door hesitating. He doesn¡¯t know whether to keep opening the door. If he goes in now, it¡¯s not appropriate. If he doesn¡¯t, he¡¯s afraid of her ident. Leo thinks for a moment and knocks at the door. He whispers, ¡°Angie? What¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°...¡± No one answers him. Is she angry with him? But she shouldn¡¯t be silent. Leo is more worried than hesitant. He doesn¡¯t get a response so he can¡¯t help raising his voice and asking again, ¡°what happened to you? If you¡¯re OK, let me know.¡± ¡°...¡± There is still no response. ire is drowning at the moment. She can¡¯t hear the sound outside because the water filters it. What¡¯s more, her heart is full of panic and uneasiness, so she turns a deaf ear. This time Leo still hasn¡¯t received a response. He is more worried. Does she really have an ident? ire has no reason not to answer him. Thinking of it, he ms the door open. Sure enough, when he opens the door, he sees ire¡¯s feet kicking outside the bathtub. Her body is struggling in the bathtub. Seeing this, Leo¡¯s heart almost jumps out. His brain is about to explode. He rushes over and pulls ire out of the water. ire¡¯s face is almost purple fromck of oxygen! Leoys her body t on the ground. He presses ire on the chest and lets her to spit out the water she has just drunk. ire still doesn¡¯t wake up after vomiting some water. Leo leans down and opens ire¡¯s mouth, continuing to deliver oxygen to her. After a few artificial breaths, ire frowns and gradually wakes up. ire coughs violently. Leo lets go of her mouth. He asks ire to spit out water from her throat and stomach and breathe fresh air. ire wakes up dizzy. She slowly props herself up. When she regains consciousness, she sees Leo in front of her! ¡°Ah!¡± She screams again and almost subconsciously puts her hands around her chest. She jerks back and points to Leo and blurs, ¡°Why are you here!¡± With that, she looks down and sees that she is still naked. ire feels like she is going to explode! She suddenly recalls the situation before she drowned. She felt that she was almost dead. Then, it seemed that someone came in and was anxious to get her out of the bathtub. Later, she saw a face that was closer and closer to her. Then She passed out. Looking at the situation, it is estimated that Leo saved her. Chapter 181 Desire Chapter 181 Desire ire is a little moved, but she hasn¡¯t recovered from the fear of drowning. She is naked and ashamed in front of a man. She doesn¡¯t know how to face Leo. She immediately pushes Leo and shouts, ¡°get out! Get out of here!¡± This woman... He saved her, but she is cruel to him... Leo sighs helplessly. He thinks of ire¡¯s foot injury and can¡¯ rest assured that she continues to bathe alone in the bathroom. So he reaches out and picks up ire and walks out of the bathroom. ¡°Ah! What are you doing? Let go of me!¡± ire is picked up naked. She feels very ashamed. She keeps pounding Leo on the chest and trying to get him to put her down. However, Leo just looks down at her discontentedly. He says impatiently, ¡°don¡¯t make any noise! Do you want to drown in the bathtub again?¡± Leo¡¯s voice is irresistible. It sounds serious. He just saved ire, so she freezes. She is hugged by Leo and shuts up. But Leo feels different. He looks down and sees ire naked. He can not help tightening his throat, and suddenly his body feels something. He goes to ire¡¯s room. He has a naked woman in his arms. She has smooth skin and soft body. His hands can not help but exert a little force and hold her delicate skin. Leo¡¯s body can¡¯t help wanting. The beast in his heart cries out and wants her! He was in a hurry to save her just now, so he didn¡¯t think much about it. Now he has her in his arms, so he has to think about something else. Leo struggles with desire and goes to ire¡¯s room. Heys her down heavily. When his hands try to leave, he identally touches ire¡¯s chest. ¡°Damn it!¡± Leo can¡¯t help cursing in a low voice. The touch makes him unable to resist the desire in his body. The beast in his heart rushes out of the cage and roars at his prey. ire, who is lying in bed, feels Leo¡¯s difference. She pulls the quilt to cover herself in fear. She doesn¡¯t want Leo to stare at her. However, it is toote. After Leo curses, his body suddenlyes up and presses ire¡¯s body heavily. Leo kisses ire¡¯s lips. The kiss is urgent and hot. ire can¡¯t resist it. She wants to push Leo away, but she is under him and at a disadvantage. She is too weak to fight him. Leo quickly takes ire. He kisses ire eagerly and soon lets her give up her resistance. She panders to him obediently under him. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Maybe thanks to Leo for saving her just now or she is still dizzy, ire takes the initiative to hug Leo¡¯s neck and make him closer to her. Just as dry wood meets fire, they get hot soon. They keep asking each other for more. ire takes the initiative for the first time, so Leo is excited. He works harder to please ire. However... ire looks at Leo, who is sitting on her, in a daze. He is taking off his trousers quickly and is ready for thest step. Suddenly she wakes up. Wait! What is she doing? Damn! For a moment, ire¡¯s brain explodes. All of a sudden she wakes up! No way! She can¡¯t have sex with Leo! They are enemies! She hates Leo very much! Why should she give her body to him because he saved her once? At the same time, Leo takes off his clothes. He bends down and wants to go on. Almost at the same time, ire kicks him. Leo¡¯s face changes and suddenly bends over to cover his abdomen. He looks at her in pain and wonder. ¡°You...¡± ire manages to stop Leo and quickly pulls the sheet to cover herself. Then she jumps out of bed and vigntly keeps a distance from Leo. Leo clenches his teeth and growls, ¡°what are you doing!¡± ire stares at him and roars, ¡°I want to ask you what you want to do! Are you taking advantage of others?¡± ¡°...¡± Leo is angry. This damned woman! ire immediately opens the closet and looks for her clothes. Then she takes the clothes and runs to the room. After she changes her clothes, she lies on the sofa consciously. She doesn¡¯t want to go to bed tonight. There¡¯s a jerk in her house. She has to watch out for him all the time. ... Leo manages to calm down. He is angry and didn¡¯t expect the woman to kick him. She was so active and enjoyed it. Was she teasing him? Leo is so angry that he wants to kill people! This damned woman! He sees a familiar dress in the open closet. He frowns and takes it out. He finds out that it is the dress ire tried on that day at the mall. He is more depressed at the thought of the beautiful woman. Why does Angie have a dress that that woman bought? Because Tracy and ire quarreled about the dress that day, he has a deep memory of it! Leo takes it and thinks for a while. He puts it back in its ce and thinks... Leo is sleeping alone in bed. He is very angry. He doesn¡¯t go out to see ire. He is afraid that he will p the woman to death if he is not careful. Who will kick a man at that time? This damned woman! He won¡¯t let her go! ... When Leo gets up the next day, he sees ire sleeping on the sofa in the living room. He thinks about it and goes back to the room and covers ire with a quilt. Then he leaves the apartment. ire wakes up to find herself covered in a quilt. She rubs her eyes and thinks vaguely that she didn¡¯t take the quilt out before going to bed... At the thought of it, ire jumps up. Because she is so excited, she identally rubs her injured foot. ire falls back. Chapter 182 What if no one wants to marry you in the future? Chapter 182 What if no one wants to marry you in the future? When the pain gets better, ire gets up from the sofa. She limps to the door of the room and summons enough courage to open it. However, after ire opens the door, the room is empty. It turns out that he left long ago. ire is a little disappointed. The idea is thrown away as soon as ites out. Why is she disappointed? Maybe she is sorry for what she didst night. He left before she apologizes to him. Yes! But today her foot is injured and she can¡¯t go to work. ire takes her cell phone and hesitates to call Leo for leave. She thinks for a while and gives up. First, what happenedst night makes her not know how to deal with Leo. Second, she doesn¡¯t know what to say when she calls him. So ire puts down her cell phone and is absent from work. Anyway, he knew yesterday that her foot is hurt. Even if she doesn¡¯t call him, he knows it. By noon, ire is hungry but she doesn¡¯t want to go out and doesn¡¯t know the ordering number. She hasn¡¯t ordered after returning home. Every time she eats out. ire is so hungry that she calls Kate and asks her toe to her house quickly to save her. Kate deserves to be her good friend. ire just hangs up, and Katees quickly. Because she hears that ire has a sprain, she buys a lot of food specially. ¡°Wow! Kate, I love you so much! You know me!¡± ire says happily, holding arge number of snacks. Kate nces at ire and opens the lunch box and puts it in front of her. ¡°Eat it. Didn¡¯t you say you are hungry?¡± ¡°OK!¡± ire is in a good mood. She has a quick meal and belches with satisfaction. Kate can¡¯t help kicking her and saying, ¡°can you be as noble as a girl? You are beautiful but rude. What if no one wants to marry you in the future?¡± Only Kate in the world is not qualified to say that. ire can¡¯t help but whisper in her heart, but she says, ¡°I learned it from you. You can¡¯t me me. What¡¯s more, if no one marries me, you can marry me, otherwise I will be lonely forever. I want to live with my son!¡± ¡°Enough.¡± Kate shakes her goose bumps and can¡¯t help but say, ¡°I marry you? I¡¯m not a lesbian. Don¡¯t be interested in me and your son. He will live with his wife in the future. Go away, you old woman.¡± ire can¡¯t help making fun of her. ¡°My son hasn¡¯t admitted that you¡¯re his godmother. You consciously label yourself. Are you ashamed?¡± ¡°Sooner orter he will admit that I am his godmother. Don¡¯t you agree?¡± With that, Kate reaches out and tickles ire. ¡°Ha ha, Kate, no! I¡¯m ticklish. Ha ha...¡± ire rolls on the sofa begging for mercy. When they are ying, the doorbell rings suddenly. ire and Kate look at each other and see in their eyes that they are asking, who is it? But they don¡¯t know whoes at this time. ire remembers that Bryce said yesterday that he woulde to see her when he was free. She urges Kate to open the door. ¡°Maybe it¡¯s Bryce. Go and open the door for him.¡± ¡°Hey, why me...¡± Kate is reluctant and wants to refuse, but the next second she suddenly remembers ire¡¯s foot is hurt. She says, ¡°well, it seems I should take my bag and leave. I can¡¯t disturb you and your Bryce here...¡± Kate speaks in ire¡¯s tone and picks up her bag to leave. ire quickly stops her and grabs Kate¡¯s bag. She says seriously, ¡°don¡¯t leave. You haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time. We are all good friends, so we should get together. Hurry up. He may have been waiting outside for a long time.¡± Kate reluctantly puts down her bag and goes to the door to open it. But she didn¡¯t expect it isn¡¯t Bryce. When Kate sees the man outside, she closes the door directly. ire looks at the door in confusion. Why does Kate suddenly close the door? Doesn¡¯t she want him in? She shouts at her on the sofa, ¡°what¡¯s the matter with you? Let Bryce in!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not Bryce!¡± Kate shouts scornfully at ire, ¡°it¡¯s your Mr. Luke!¡± Well, she finally understands why Kate closes the door. Last time Kate didn¡¯t get angry with Luke because of her. This time she might...ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . It happens that the doorbell rings again. Kate still doesn¡¯t want to open the door. ire feels helpless and has to get off the sofa. She limps over and tries to open the door. When ire wants toe over, Kate stops her. ¡°No! I will open the door. Don¡¯t move.¡± With that, she reopens the door, and Lukees in from the outside with a gentle smile and says hello to her. Kate snorts and turns to the sofa. Luke is not angry. He smiles and raises his hand. He bought ire a lot of food. ire freezes. When Lukees up, she asks, puzzled, ¡°how do you know I hurt my foot? You bought a lot of things. You are too careful.¡± Luke puts those things down and smiles, ¡°Bryce told me. He specifically ordered me to buy these things. He said he is busy recently. He¡¯ll take you out when he¡¯s free.¡± ¡°OK...¡± They¡¯re really familiar, or he won¡¯t know it. But ire is happy that Lukees to see her. She wants to go to the kitchen and pour water for Luke. She asks, ¡°what would you like to drink? I¡¯ll get it for you.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m not thirsty.¡± Luke refuses with a smile. ¡°He must not be thirsty. If he is thirsty, he can pour the water himself.¡± Before ire speaks, Kate says coldly. Chapter 183 You can try me Chapter 183 You can try me The atmosphere is a bit awkward. ire is upset. She doesn¡¯t understand why they don¡¯t like each other. Even if there are misunderstandings, they canmunicate well and solve problems. But now Kate doesn¡¯t give Luke a chance at all. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Kate lies on the sofa ying with her cell phone arrogantly. Luke keeps that modest and polite smile. ire is upset and sits down. She now feels Luke¡¯s troubles between her and Leo that year. ire says casually, ¡°did you two have lunch? Would you like to go out for lunch?¡± ¡°We have had lunch.¡± Kate and Luke say in unison. With that, Kate stares at Luke discontentedly. She hates him speaking with her at the same time. Last time he promised her not to do it again. This hypocritical bad man! ¡°...¡± ire is helpless. Are theying to see her or are they bothering her? She¡¯s a patient! A few minutester, ire wants to ignore them. Just then, ire¡¯s phone rings. She almost throws away her cell phone when she picks it up! It¡¯s Leo! ire calms down and answers, ¡°hello.¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t youe to work?¡± Leo¡¯s low voice is a little angry. ire pouts discontentedly when she hears it. She says, ¡°my foot is hurt because of you. I was injured at work. I¡¯ll take a few days off.¡± Hearing this, Leo is silent for a while. After a long time he says unhappily, ¡°why didn¡¯t you call me?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire wants to scold him, but she remembers that she kicked himst night so suddenly she doesn¡¯t want to scold him. ¡°I thought you knew it.¡± Leo gets angry when she finishes. She hurt her foot but she kicked him hard. He says viciously, ¡°if your feet recover,e to work right away.¡± Then he hangs up angrily. ¡°...¡± ire freezes. She listens to the busy tone in her cell phone for a while and puts it down. Well, it¡¯s impossible for her to get along with Leo. They are all in a bad temper. The two of them are fit to split up. Kate doesn¡¯t find it interesting to stay here. She says she will visit her next time and leaves. After Kate leaves, Luke also says that he has something to do and leaves after Kate. So ire can only watch them leave quickly. She stays at home all afternoon and falls asleep unconsciously. By the time she wakes up, it is already dark. It¡¯s very dark in the room. The lights of passing carse in asionally. ire sees that the house next door is bright but her house is dark. At this time, she feels very lonely. She hasn¡¯t had that mood for years. ire remembers how she felt when Jade married her father and her father died. When she woke up, it was dark and she was the only one in the big house. The feeling of being abandoned hurt her. She never feels lonely after she gave birth to Conan. Conan, where are you? Mommy misses you so much. ire curls up and sits quietly in the dark. When ire almost forgets the time, the doorbell rings suddenly. She limps towards the door. Because she can¡¯t see in the dark, she is cut and her injured foot is touched. So when ire limps to the door, she almost falls. She turns on the light and opens the door. When she sees the man outside, she can¡¯t help screaming, ¡°Why are you here?¡± Leo nces at the room and is not satisfied with her reaction. ¡°Why can¡¯t it be me? Are you surprised to see me? Is your lover here?¡± Leo is talking nonsense. ire wants to ignore him. She stands in the doorway to keep Leo out. ¡°President Howard, what do you want to do here tonight?¡± ¡°Can¡¯t Ie here?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and sneers. ¡°...¡± ire is speechless. Leo pushes ire away and says unhappily, ¡°good dogs don¡¯t get in the way. Let me in.¡± You are the dog! ire is angry and can¡¯t help retorting, ¡°how can you call a woman a dog? You¡¯re shameless!¡± Hearing this, Leo gives her a cold look and suddenly smiles. His smile makes ire tremble. ¡°Yeah, you¡¯re not a dog. A dog doesn¡¯t kick people at that time!¡± Leo mentions what happenedst night, so ire can¡¯t help being embarrassed and blushing. It was really her faultst night. She calmed down and thought that if Leo was hurt, he might kill her. She asks cautiously, ¡°I was wrongst night. Are you ok?¡± ¡°You can try me.¡± Leo sneers. Then he says coldly, ¡°bad woman, if you are more cruel next time, I will not have children.¡± Although ire knows Leo intends it, she can¡¯t helpughing at his acting. They quarrel for a while. Finally Leo impatiently pulls ire to the sofa and orders her to sit down. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± ire looks at Leo uneasily. She doesn¡¯t know why hees here today. However, Leo just starts to take off his coat without saying a word, and then he starts to lift his sleeves. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± Leo upsets ire. She wriggles and tries to back off but is stopped by Leo. ¡°Don¡¯t move!¡± With that, Leo squats down in front of ire. He looks at her injured foot carefully and reaches out to lift it to his knee. ¡°...¡± ire freezes. What is he doing? Chapter 184 I’m still staying here tonight Chapter 184 I¡¯m still staying here tonight Leo is a president, but he touches her feet. Before she can respond, Leo gently massages her sprain. ire just thinks the whole world has changed! She must be dreaming, right? Only in a dream can Leo be so gentle and good to her. ire is shocked. Leo squats quietly on the ground and rubs her foot. The scene is incredibly beautiful. She can¡¯t believe Leo is so nice to her. Time seems to stop at this moment. ire can¡¯t help holding her breath and doesn¡¯t dare to use too much force. She is afraid of destroying the precious time. ire sees Leo calm and serious. Her heart seems to beat with great force. She watches Leo squat down and rub her foot. He is gentle and doesn¡¯t make her feel ufortable. Time flies. However, the dream is over. When Leo finishes massaging her feet, ire slowly regains her mind. She frowns and doesn¡¯t know Leo¡¯s current attitude. So ire clenches her teeth and whispers, ¡°Why are you so nice to me all of a sudden?¡± ¡°What?¡± Leo seems tough at a big joke. ire is a little confused. Leo says impatiently, ¡°I want your foot to recover soon. We are going on business tomorrow. The ne will leave at 8 o¡¯clock tomorrow morning. If your foot don¡¯t recover, you have to climb to the airport.¡± ¡°...¡± ire stares at Leo and suddenly bes speechless. ire instantly realizes that he did it for work. She should be angry with Leo for teasing and using her just to hope she can go on a business trip. But she is inexplicably disappointed and not in the mood to do anything. She ignores Leo and turns a deaf ear to what he says. ire holds the pillow in her arms and puts her face in it. Leo is confused. Usually when he says that, ire will be angry at him and they will quarrel. He didn¡¯t expect her to be quiet and a little unhappy today. To distract ire, Leo pretends to be casual and asks, ¡°did you have dinner? You seem to have just woken up.¡± Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ire remembers that she hasn¡¯t had dinner yet. The food she had at noon has been digested. She feels a little hungry at once. ire looks at Leo and pouts and slowly shakes her head. Seeing this, Leo can¡¯t help smiling smugly, ¡°in that case, let¡¯s order.¡± ¡°No.¡± ire stops him unhappily. ¡°I can cook at home. I don¡¯t want to eat out.¡± With that, she gets up from the sofa and limps to the kitchen. ¡°Oh? Can you cook?¡± Leo looks at ire with interest and follows her. ¡°Of course. Do you think I¡¯m like you?¡± ire replies disdainfully. Leo chuckles and says, ¡°women should cook. It¡¯s normal that men can¡¯t cook. You don¡¯t have to compare with me.¡± ¡°...¡± ire pouts and doesn¡¯t want to talk to him again. Leo is a typical male chauvinism. He thinks women should do housework and men should work outside. This kind of stereotyped thinking is really unpleasant. ire wants her boyfriend to cook, too. Then she can enjoy it. They can both work. This is Leo¡¯s character. ire hates many of his shorings. However, when Leo watches ire limp, he really wants to carry her. When Leo thinks of ire¡¯s adorable skinst night and looks at ire in his pajamas at home, he suddenly has a sense of leisure. ire is still in ugly make-up because she¡¯s afraid that Leo will suddenlye to her house, but she can¡¯t wear professional clothes at home. So she wears pajamas and shows her good figure and white skin. Leo is content to watch ire cook in the kitchen. She¡¯s not as old as she looks in thepany at all. If he ignores her face and only looks at her figure, she looks like a young woman in her twenties. Leo secretly makes up his mind that he will take ire to dress up when he is free. She must be a rare beauty after dressing up. Leo believes in his own judgment. While ire is busy in the kitchen, Leo sits at the table and looks at her pleasantly. He feels that it seems nice to have someone make dinner for him when hees home after a day¡¯s work. Although it¡¯s a little t, Leo enjoys it. No woman ever waits at home for him toe back and make dinner for him and then they ate and slept together. Leo suddenly finds out that he thinks too much. He casts off the strange ideas in his mind. He feels that he is possessed. He wants to marry an old woman. He¡¯s crazy. ire quickly cooks three dishes and one soup. Her cooking is average so Conan doesn¡¯t let her cook. She can¡¯t stir up other people¡¯s appetites with her cooking. ire hasn¡¯t cooked for years. Although ire is reluctant, she can¡¯t help peeping at Leo and wants to see how he reacts to her cooking. However, Leo eats quietly and doesn¡¯t speak. Is it delicious or not? ire hesitates but dares not to ask. If she asks him, he will think she cares. No way! She can¡¯t ask him! If she asks, she loses! Leo says inly after eating, ¡°not bad.¡± Is it good or bad? Although Leo¡¯s expression is calm, ire is secretly happy. She thinks he is praising her. When ire is happy, Leo says, ¡°I¡¯ll stay here tonight. We are going to the airport tomorrow morning. I will set out with you at that time, so I will not spend so much time on the road.¡± Chapter 185 I want to buy a ring for my future wife Chapter 185 I want to buy a ring for my future wife ¡°No way!¡± Before Leo finishes, ire interrupts him, ¡°you can¡¯t live here!¡± Thinking of that painful experience, she feels unable to live with him. ¡°Why?¡± Leo looks at her puzzled. ¡°Because...¡± ire pauses. She can¡¯t say frankly that she¡¯s afraid he¡¯ll eat her. ire says in a slightly euphemistic way, ¡°because it¡¯s not good for a man and a woman to spend the night together. It¡¯s not good to be known.¡± ¡°We did thatst night. What¡¯s wrong?¡± Leo replies quickly. With that, he suddenly thinks of something and smiles meaningfully, ¡°are you afraid that I will treat you as I didst night?¡± ire blushes at the thought ofst night! She looks down and whispers yes. But her shamests only a few seconds. ire suddenly looks up and says seriously, ¡°anyway, we¡¯re just the boss and the employee. You have a fiancee and I have a son. And it was an identst night. If you live here tonight and it¡¯s known to others, it¡¯s not only bad for your personal image, but also bad for my reputation...¡± Leo chuckles and looks at ire thoughtfully. He smiles and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t do that to you again. I guarantee no one will know it and it will not affect your reputation.¡± He¡¯s so unreasonable! ire is angry. She wants to politely reject Leo. Now it seems that she can only lose her temper. She throws away her chopsticks and says, ¡°I don¡¯t like you staying here, can¡¯t I?¡± She finally loses her temper today. Leo is happy to see ire finally be energetic, but he says seriously, ¡°of course not. Your boss lives in your house because of work, but you don¡¯t want to. Is there anyone like you as a subordinate?¡± This bastard! He can only force her with his identity! ire gets angry and says to Leo, ¡°now that you mention that you are the boss and have money, you can stay in a nearby hotel. Why do you have to live in my little house? What is your purpose?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t think so. He wants to argue with ire and seriously ask, ¡°since there is a ce where I can eat and sleep for free, why should I pay for a hotel? I¡¯m not stupid.¡± Don¡¯t you have a lot of money? Damn! Leopletely pisses ire off. She ps the table and stands up and looks down at Leo in his chair. She sneers at him. ¡°President Howard, are you kidding me? You are the president of a publicpany. Your business is all over the country and even abroad. You told me you came here to save money? I don¡¯t believe it!¡± Compared with ire¡¯s angry look, Leo seems to be calmer. He casually taps on the desk and says lazily, ¡°you know ourpany so well, but I¡¯m going to get married. I want to buy a wedding dress and the biggest diamond ring for my future wife. I want her to have the biggest wedding in the world. After I marry her, I will make her carefree and not go out to work in the future. I¡¯ll keep her all my life...¡± ¡°So I have to save money! Are you still going to drive me away now?¡± ¡°...¡± ire is speechless. She finds Leo increasingly unreasonable. She doesn¡¯t realize that Leo has such potential before! He¡¯s just a bastard who does everything to achieve his goal! ire doesn¡¯t speak, so Leo smiles, ¡°if you don¡¯t speak, I think you agree...¡± In the middle of the conversation, Leo¡¯s cell phone suddenly rings. He pauses and takes out his cell phone and says impatiently, ¡°hurry up. If it¡¯s OK, I¡¯ll hang up.¡± ¡°...¡± After a while, Leo, who is in a bad mood because he is interrupted, suddenly changes his face. He asks uncertainly, ¡°what do you say? Tracy¡¯s hurt?¡± ire¡¯s heart pounds. She has a foreboding feeling, but she watches Leo make a phone call quietly. Leo looks serious. He asks which hospital she is in and wanted to leave. He says anxiously to ire, ¡°Angie, something¡¯s wrong with my fiancee, so I¡¯m going to see her. You can think I said nothing just now. Thank you for the dinner tonight. I am leaving.¡± Then he opens the door and leaves without looking back. ¡°...¡± ire watches Leo leave in shock. She can¡¯t ept the fact. At first, she didn¡¯t take what Leo said seriously, but now Leo¡¯s words and deeds make her serious. Leo just said that he will be good to his future wife. Leo said that he will hold a grand wedding for his future wife. He also said that he will support her for life and give her carefree living conditions. Those words hit ire¡¯s heart like needles at the moment. Yeah, Tracy is his fiancee now and definitely his future wife. Leo just seemed to yearn when he was talking. He must like Tracy very much. Otherwise, he would not react so much and leave in such a hurry when he heard about Tracy¡¯s ident. ire is a little upset. She doesn¡¯t understand what is wrong with her. She is a little upset when she thinks of Leo¡¯s kindness to Tracy. Is she possessed? ire is in a bad mood. She cleans up the dishes on the table and goes to the bathroom for a bath before going to bed. Because she sleeps too long in the daytime, she can¡¯t sleep at night. ire is lying in bed, tossing and turning. She is thinking about the scene where Leo left. ire puts her face in the quilt and tries to hypnotize herself to stop thinking about him.Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. Chapter 186 Her humiliation and unwillingness Chapter 186 Her humiliation and unwillingness But it doesn¡¯t work, and even though ire hates herself and Leo, she can¡¯t be happy. ire rolls in bed for hours. Thinking of flying tomorrow morning, she gets up in the early morning and packs. When her luggage is almost packed, it is almost dawn. She lies on the bed and has a little rest, but sleepinesses at this time. Unconsciously, ire falls asleep. Fortunately, ire set the rmst night, otherwise she will definitely sleep until noon. When the rm goes off, ire jumps out of bed. She gets up in a hurry to wash her face and brush her teeth and change clothes. When she is ready, it is almost time to start. She thinks of Leo sayingst night that they are going to the airport together. She doesn¡¯t know if it counts. Does he go directly from the hospital to the airport? ire doesn¡¯t know Leo¡¯s schedule. She takes out her mobile phone and calls Leo. Unexpectedly, no one answers. ire calls again, but no one answers. ire murmurs discontentedly. Atst she reluctantly puts down her mobile phone and picks up her luggage to go out. Anyway, he is an adult and can go to the airport by himself. ire doesn¡¯t care about him. ire takes a taxi to the airport. When she arrives at the airport, it is already 7:10, and she is about to check in. ire takes out her cell phone again to call Leo. No one answers the phone. ¡°Damn Leo, what are you doing?¡± ire stares angrily at her cell phone. He¡¯s going on a business trip but he hasn¡¯te yet and doesn¡¯t answer the phone. What a jerk! Time flies. Seven fifteen, seven twenty, seven thirty... The boarding time is almost over. ire is very worried at the moment. During this period, she calls Leo countless times, but Leo seems to disappear. He doesn¡¯t answer the phone and doesn¡¯te. ire is very anxious when she watches the line of people checking tickets. In the end, she reluctantly calls the number that has been called countless times. It¡¯s thest time! If he doesn¡¯t answer, she will go home! Fucking business trip! Maybe God hears ire¡¯s angry roar. This time someone finally answers, but she hears a woman¡¯s voice. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. ¡°You are...¡± ire looks at the screen of her mobile phone with some uncertainty and thinks she has the wrong number. It¡¯s right! The woman smileszily. ¡°Leo goes out to buy me breakfast. What¡¯s the matter with you? You call your boss so many times. It seems that you don¡¯t listen to the warning I gave you.¡± The woman¡¯s voice is a little familiar, and through what she said, ire recognizes her. ¡°Tracy? Is that you?¡± ¡°Call me Mrs. Howard!¡± Tracy scolds discontentedly. She says haughtily, ¡°stop calling. Leo has to take care of me at the hospital. He doesn¡¯t have time to go on business or talk to you.¡± With that, Tracy gives ire no chance to speak and proudly hangs up. ¡°...¡± ire stares at the screen of her mobile phone and is furious. Leo! What the hell are you doing! You¡¯re going on a business trip but you don¡¯t call me! I called you, but your woman humiliated me. Leo, you bastard! ire stands alone in the huge waiting hall. She has only one suitcase by her side. asionally a few passers-by pass by. She is so angry that she is about to cry. If there aren¡¯t many people here, she will cry in spite. Leo, I don¡¯t believe you anymore! ire is more upset than angry. She seems to have returned to those awkward days. For six years ire has lived a rxed life and has not been humiliated in this way. ire stands there for a long time and calms down. She leaves the airport with her suitcase and takes a taxi home. On the way back, ire receives a call from Leo. ire looks at her mobile screen. She wants to hang up but she answers for no reason! ¡°...¡± ire puts her phone close to her ear and doesn¡¯t say a word. ¡°Angie?¡± Leo can¡¯t hear her voice and asks uncertainly. ire responds in a low voice and stops speaking. It¡¯s him, not Tracy! ire is upset, but she is surprised that it is Leo who calls her, so she whispers. Leo is relieved to hear her voice and continues, ¡°Tracy had a car ident and I have to take care of her in the hospital. Our business trip is dyed.¡± As Tracy said, Leo is willing to give up today¡¯s business trip to apany her. However, the exnationes toote. She has been waiting at the airport for an hour! ire answers casually and hangs up before Leo speaks. She looks down quietly at her injured foot. She puts on her shoes to walk today. Though she isme, she is not so embarrassed as before. Leo certainly doesn¡¯t know she has to endure the pain to carry her suitcase downstairs and to the airport. He must not know what she suffers. He doesn¡¯t know six years ago or six yearster. He may only be concerned about Tracy, who is hospitalized for injuries. ire is still upset when she gets home. ire goes home and throws the suitcase aside and goes to bed. She didn¡¯t sleep all night and is in a bad mood so she falls asleep soon. It is afternoon when she wakes up again. ire can¡¯t walk around because of her foot injury, so she turns on herputer and surfs the Inte. When she is browsing the web, suddenly a video appears in the middle of the screen, and ire sees Conan in the video. ¡°Conan!¡± ire sees her son for the first time these days. She immediately cheers up and throws away all her unhappiness. She is ecstatic to see Conan in the video and asks eagerly, ¡°Conan, where are you now? How are you doing?¡± Chapter 187 I just want my dad Leo Chapter 187 I just want my dad Leo Conan in the video is still dressed in cool clothes. He looks very energetic. He looks at his haggard mommy in the video and asks with concern, ¡°Mommy, what¡¯s wrong with you? Why do you look so weak? I¡¯m fine now. How are you, Mommy?¡± ire hears Conan say he is fine so she ispletely relieved. To keep her son from worrying, she smiles and shakes her head. ¡°No, I¡¯m not weak. I didn¡¯t sleep wellst night and the room is very dark, so my face look weak.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Conan knows Mommy isforting him, so he nods knowingly. He is slightly dissatisfied. He gave Mommy to Daddy but he doesn¡¯t take good care of Mommy! If he has a chance, he must teach Daddy a good lesson and make him dare not be bad to Mommy! Conan discovers the change in ire¡¯s face. He says with a little disgust, ¡°Mommy, why are you so ugly? Haven¡¯t you seen Daddy these days?¡± Hearing this, ire touches her ugly face. She smiles at Conan and says, ¡°you don¡¯t understand. This is Mommy¡¯s special tactic. I pretend to be ugly. Look.¡± ire pulls the glue off her face. Conan can¡¯t help waving and frowning. He says disgustingly, ¡°it¡¯s disgusting! Don¡¯t show it to me, Mommy!¡± ¡°How dare you think Mommy is ugly!¡± ire is not satisfied and takes back the glue. ire goes to the bathroom and takes all the glue off her face. She goes back to theputer and looks at her son. Suddenly she asks, ¡°Conan, where are you now? Let¡¯s go back to France. I want to get out of here. I don¡¯t want to stay in America.¡± Conan is very happy to see his beautiful young mommy. Mommy is so beautiful. But when he hears what mommy says, he immediately bes serious and shakes his head, ¡°No. I want Daddy. I will not go back for the time being!¡± Conan bes stubborn so ire says helplessly, ¡°if you want Daddy, Mommy can find you a Daddy!¡± But Conan shakes his head and says stubbornly, ¡°I just want my Daddy. Mommy, I know you¡¯ve be Daddy¡¯s secretary. This is a chance for you two to make up. Come on. I support you!¡± A chance to make up... ire is disappointed at the thought of this morning. She has no chance for a long time. What¡¯s more, a lot of things happened between her and Leo! ire doesn¡¯t want to show her negative emotions to her son, so she persuades him, ¡°Conan, stop! Let¡¯s go back to France. Don¡¯t you miss the good life in France? Don¡¯t you miss the life we can travel at any time?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Conan nods seriously. Before ire is happy, he says, ¡°but I want Daddy and Mommy to make up!¡± ¡°...¡± What ire just said is in vain. Conan is as stubborn as she is. He will not change his decision. ire knew it a long time ago. ire wants to say something more, but Conan suddenly bes anxious and says to ire anxiously, ¡°Mommy, I have something to do and I can¡¯t talk to you. Bye.¡± Conan kisses her and the video disappears. The childes and goes all of a sudden. ire doesn¡¯t speak and is depressed. She hasn¡¯t asked where he is. Is he with Leo or somewhere else? Thinking of what Conan said to her just now, ire is helpless. Her son wants her to be with Leo, but... How could it be? He hurt her six years ago. Leo¡¯s amnesia and his fiancee Tracy. If there is no ident, they will get married. Because many things have changed in the past six years. And she and Leo can never be together! But it is her son¡¯s only request for her, so she can¡¯t refuse. His son will try to achieve his goal. ire is upset. Forget it. Don¡¯t think too much! Let nature take its course! ... Conan quickly turns off the video call because Luke is back. He doesn¡¯t want Luke to find out that he is still in touch with Mommy, so he has to cut off the short video call. It doesn¡¯t matter. He has a lot of time in the future. Lukees to Conan¡¯s room every day when he gets home. To prevent his boredom, he found a nanny to take care of Conan and take charge of his three meals a day. Luke walks into Conan¡¯s room and sees him ying with hisputer. He can¡¯t help smiling and touching his head. He asks gently, ¡°Conan, are you happy at home today?¡± He just made a video call with Mommy, so he is very happy! ¡°Yes.¡± Conan smiles naively. He nods happily at Luke and asks, ¡°Uncle Luke, why are you back so early today? Aren''t you busy?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Luke strokes ire¡¯s head. He must be bored at home these days. He doesn¡¯t work this afternoon so hees back to take Conan out. Children are yful by nature. They can¡¯t stay at home too long. So Luke smiles and says, ¡°Conan, shall we go out this afternoon?¡± ¡°Really?¡± Conan is so happy to hear that. He hugs Luke¡¯s arm excitedly and shakes it, ¡°great! Conan can finally go out and y!¡± He hasn¡¯t yed outside these days after he came to America! Today Luke would like to take him out. Conan is happy from the bottom of his heart. Anyway, he likes ying at his age, even if his psychological age has exceeded his actual physical age. Conan is happy. Luke knows he¡¯s really bored these days. He picks him up and smiles, ¡°let¡¯s go out for lunch first and then I¡¯ll show you around!¡± Chapter 188 Concealment and dilemma Chapter 188 Concealment and dilemma ¡°Oh yeah!¡± Conan cheers excitedly. Luke walks out with Conan in his arms. On the way, he remembers that children of this age can¡¯t live without their mothers. He can¡¯t help but ask, ¡°Conan, do you miss Mommy?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Conan blurts out. Luke immediately raises his eyebrows. ¡°In this case, why don¡¯t you usually say you want to see your mommy?¡± ¡°Haha...¡± ire smiles shyly. He says cleverly, ¡°I know Mommy hasn¡¯te to me because she¡¯s busy. I¡¯ll wait for Mommy to pick me up. If I lose my temper, Mommy will worry.¡± He is aputer hacker, so he knows ire¡¯s whereabouts well. He knows what she has done and who she has contacted. The only thing he can¡¯t figure out is why Luke doesn¡¯t tell Mommy about him. Why does he deliberately hide it? Does he have an ulterior purpose? But Luke is very kind to him. Conan specifically investigates him and he is really a good man, so he doesn¡¯t understand. He doesn¡¯t dare to ask because he is afraid of revealing. Since Luke doesn¡¯t want to say it, Conan thinks he has his own problems. He doesn¡¯t mind that he keeps hiding. And Conan agrees with Luke. He doesn¡¯t tell Mommy about him so Mommy can¡¯t find him. She will stay in the United States and have more contact with Daddy. Conan even thinks Luke might have the same idea. Does he want Daddy and Mommy to make up? Conan and Luke don¡¯t know each other¡¯s thoughts. When Luke hears Conan is sensible and concerns about Mommy, he feels guilty. It¡¯s his fault. A child who misses Mommy can¡¯t see his mommy. He identally hurts Conan in order to make Leo and ire reconcile. Even though Conan seems naive and carefree, Luke still feels deeply guilty. He must apany the child more and make up for him. Luke takes Conan to the noodle shop that ire, Kate and he all love. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Before they go in, Luke exins to Conan, ¡°this is the noodle shop that your mommy and Uncle Luke like. The chef here makes super delicious noodles. I like it for many years. I¡¯ll take you to taste it today.¡± Thinking of thatst time they had dinner together, Luke thinks of Kate, who was dissatisfied with him but endured all the time. He can¡¯t help chuckling and says to Conan, ¡°in fact, besides your mommy and I, a good friend of your mommy also likes it. Her name is Kate. Your mommy and she have been friends for more than ten years. Next time you see your mommy, you can ask her to take you to see that aunt. She¡¯s really a lovely woman.¡± Even Luke doesn¡¯t realize how proud he is when he speaks. He seems to be introducing his valuable things to others. He doesn¡¯t understand, but the clever Conan does. He nods and jokes, ¡°Uncle Luke, you must like aunt Kate, don¡¯t you?¡± ¡°No!¡± Luke freezes and quickly retorts. He likes Kate? He never thinks about it. He has been single for many years and has forgotten what it feels like to like and love! Seeing Luke look embarrassed, Conan stops joking. ¡°I¡¯m just kidding. Don¡¯t get excited.¡± They have entered the noodle shop when they talk. Kate is eating noodles happily. Suddenly she hears someone mention her name. She sees Lukee in with a five-year-old boy. She is so shocked that she forgets to swallow the noodles in her mouth. Luke also sees Kate sitting inside. Because of Conan¡¯s joke, he is stunned to see Kate for a moment. Then he takes Conan to say hello. ¡°Hi, you¡¯re here, too.¡± But Kate puts down her chopsticks directly. She says displeased, ¡°did you mention my name just now? Are you speaking ill of me?¡± Usually he doesn¡¯t care. Now he¡¯s with a little kid, but Kate is pissed off at him. The woman is really outspoken. Luke smiles habitually. When he wants to exin, Conan next to him says, ¡°are you Aunt Kate? We didn¡¯t speak ill of you just now. We were saying Uncle Luke likes you!¡± His words shock them. Luke and Kate look at each other almost at the same time and then look away and dare not look at each other again. Luke is a little nervous. He unconsciously clenches Conan¡¯s hand. Although he mes Conan, he doesn¡¯t hate it. Kate is initially shocked by Conan¡¯s words. Then she thinks he is just joking. How could a man like her? What¡¯s more, if Luke likes her, she¡¯s going to throw up! How does it feel to be liked by someone you hate? Kate looks at Conan carefully and finds that the boy is familiar. She asks curiously, ¡°is this your son? Aren¡¯t you unmarried? Has the child¡¯s mother escaped?¡± Kate didn¡¯t have much contact with Luke before, so she doesn¡¯t know about his personal affairs. Luke suddenly freezes. He just told Conan Kate is ire¡¯s good friend. If he doesn¡¯t exin Conan¡¯s identity to Kate now, he will have a big problem. First, if Kate knows Conan¡¯s identity and tells ire, his n will fail. Second, he just told Conan that Kate is his mommy¡¯s good friend. He doesn¡¯t know if Conan will expose it. If he now admits that Conan is his own son, Conan will misunderstand him! Damn it! Chapter 189 Don’t tease my secretary Chapter 189 Don¡¯t tease my secretary Luke quickly filters through the various dangers in his mind and finally exins vaguely, ¡°this is the son of a friend of mine. He is staying at my house for a few days. Did youe here just now? Let¡¯s have lunch together.¡± Kate stares at him. Who is going to have lunch with you? But she thinks of the lovely Conan beside Luke. She can¡¯t scold Luke in front of the child, so she says helplessly, ¡°OK, you can sit down, but you have to treat me to this meal!¡± ¡°No problem.¡± Kate and Conan don¡¯t react very much. Luke is relieved and smiles happily. Kate sits up uneasily when she sees Luke¡¯s smile. It suddenly urrs to her that Conan joked that Luke likes her. Although she doesn¡¯t take it seriously, Luke doesn¡¯t take a direct stand. Kate can¡¯t help but wonder if Luke really likes her or doesn¡¯t take it seriously. This damn man. Doesn''t she deserve him? But Kate won¡¯t go on thinking about things she doesn¡¯t understand. A minuteter she throws away her doubts. Two adults and a child have a harmonious lunch. During the whole process, Kate finds Conan lovely. His little face is red and she wants to squeeze it. Kate really does it. Watching the two of them y together, Luke¡¯s mood is inexplicably happy. He asks happily, ¡°Conan, do you want to go to the yground? It¡¯s a nice day today. It¡¯s suitable for ying.¡± ¡°OK!¡± Conan cheers happily. Before he finishes, Kate pinches his face again. Ah, what a bore! Conan can¡¯t help thinking that if it isn¡¯t for Uncle Luke¡¯s happiness, he wants to expose himself. He¡¯s smart so he knows what Luke¡¯s worried about. He doesn¡¯t exin because he wants the man, who is about thirty, to get married earlier. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Although Kate looks careless, she also yearns for the yground. When she hears that they are going to y there, she cheerfully shouts, ¡°I¡¯m going to y too!¡± ¡°OK, let¡¯s go together.¡± Luke is happy Kate smiles at him. Seeing this, Conan is worried. Uncle Luke, don¡¯t make it too obvious. You will scare the girls away. But thanks to Kate¡¯s natural insensitivity to feelings, she doesn¡¯t feel Luke¡¯s abnormality. All her attention is now attracted by Conan, the cute little child. So a man, a woman and a child rush to the yground happily. Screams and cheers fill the lively yground. They y roller coasters, bungee jumping, bumper cars, pirate ships and haunted houses. Luke is worried that Conan will be scared, but he didn¡¯t expect Conan to enjoy it so they have fun. They don¡¯t go back until evening. Luke invites Kate to dinner and drives her home, and Luke and Conan slowly get home. After spending the afternoon together, Kate has made some changes to Luke. At least she is not so hostile to him. In a word, they are all happy and satisfied today. ... On the other side of the city, only ire is depressed. She is alone at home for a few days. Bryce once visits her and is relieved to learn that her foot is about to recover. A few dayster, ire¡¯s feet are about to be able to walk normally, so she begins to go to work. She wants to quit, but after a video call with her son that day, she calms down. Anyway, she needs Leo¡¯s trust first. Then it is convenient for her to take her son away from him. Otherwise, it¡¯s always troublesome. After ire goes to work, Leo just nces at her lightly and doesn¡¯t react very much. ire¡¯s ready for it. He takes care of his fiancee who is injured in a car ident, so he doesn¡¯t have time to take care of her, an old ugly secretary. ire consciously goes back to work. She hasn¡¯te in a few days but her work is piling up. Almost noon Lukees to Leo. They have a lot of business and a lot of things need to be negotiated by the two of them, so they have a close rtionship. Seeing ire busy, Luke smiles and walks over to lean on the front desk. He asks with a smile, ¡°ire, is your foot healing?¡± He¡¯s been busy these days and hasn¡¯t been to see ire. ¡°I¡¯m fine. I can already go to work.¡± ire says as she reads the files on herputer. ¡°OK. By the way, Leo doesn¡¯t tell me about your son. I have no way. But don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll find a chance to go to his house. I promise you that I will do it.¡± Luke says sincerely. In fact, he is very guilty. These days, he does a lot of guilt and lies for Leo¡¯s life-long happiness! Leo,e on. I don¡¯t want to keep lying! Luke mutters to himself. ire freezes when she hears Luke. Then she says thoughtfully, ¡°I see. It¡¯s OK. I¡¯ll find a chance to ask him. After all, you¡¯re under a lot of pressure.¡± ire seems to understand him, but Luke is frustrated. When is his efficiency so low? He does his best for Leo! Luke is thinking and talking to ire in a rxed way. Fortunately ire is working on a simple file so her work is not dyed. The two have been talking. So when Leoes out and sees that they are chatting intimately, he is slightly upset. Why does Luke always flirt with his secretary? Doesn¡¯t he already have that beautiful woman? Luke feels Leo¡¯s anger and looks back. Then he smiles and waves to ire and walks into Leo¡¯s office. Chapter 190 Leo, do you like her? Chapter 190 Leo, do you like her? After they sit down on the sofa, Leo is still unhappy. He asks impatiently, ¡°Luke, do you like my new secretary?¡± ¡°What?¡± Luke freezes and looks at Leo in disbelief. He smiles and says, ¡°Leo, what are you thinking? How can I like her! I just happened to see her and say hello to her. Why do you care so much? Do you like her and care about her after you get along for a few days?¡± Leo is teased by him and immediately says unhappily, ¡°I don¡¯t.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good!¡± Although Luke knows what Leo thinks, he continues to pretend. He puts his hand on Leo¡¯s shoulder and says with a smile, ¡°neither of us like her. Why are you not happy? Cheer up! Leo, we¡¯re going to talk about something importantter!¡± ¡°...¡± Leo nces at Luke lightly and shuts up. Luke can¡¯t helpining in his heart. You like her but you won¡¯t admit it. You liked her six years ago. Six yearster you lost your memory and you still like her! He has been suffering. Luke seems to be really busy these days. He tells Leo something important and stays for half an hour before leaving. ire wants to ask him if he would like to have lunch with her, but he is in a hurry so she doesn¡¯t want to disturb him. At noon, Leo says he will not eat with her today. He¡¯s going to the hospital and apanying Tracy. She needs him to eat with her? ire pouts scornfully and can¡¯t help asking him about Tracy¡¯s health. ¡°She¡¯s fine. Today she¡¯ll be discharged and I¡¯m going to pick her up.¡± Leo says as he puts on his coat. ¡°By the way, reschedule the ticket to City B and arrange the itinerary.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire nods and is a little upset. After Leo leaves, ire wants to p herself. What happened to her? She¡¯s not happy for Leo. Who he wants to be with is his business. She shouldn¡¯t think too much! Maybe the grievance she suffered at the airport that day hasn¡¯t dissipated, so her mood is so depressed. If Leo dares to tease her again this time, she must teach him a lesson! ire is hungry when she thinks. Luke is too busy to have lunch with her. Leo is going to pick up his fiancee. ire doesn¡¯t want to have lunch alone. She doesn¡¯t have much work in the afternoon. Bryce helped her when her foot hurt. She can treat him to lunch in return. So ire calls Leo to ask for leave in the afternoon. Leo is silent for a while. He thinks he doesn¡¯t have time to go to thepany in the afternoon, so he allows it. Before hanging up, he says, ¡°remember toe to work tomorrow.¡± ¡±... Yes.¡± ire hangs up gloomily. This strange man! After sessfully asking for leave, ire calls Bryce at ease. He answers soon. Bryce whispers, ¡°ire? Why do you call me?¡± Hearing Bryce¡¯s voice, ire smiles and says, ¡°Bryce, are you free this noon? I want to invite you to lunch and thank you for helping mest time.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be so polite and repay me. But lunch...¡± Bryce is rummaging for something. He is silent for a moment and says, ¡°I¡¯m free this afternoon. We can have lunch together. Where are you? I¡¯ll pick you up.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good!¡± ire breathes a sigh of relief. ¡°Come and pick me up if you have time. I¡¯ll wait for you at home.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Bryce patiently waits for ire to hang up before putting his phone down. After hanging up, he takes a look at the pile of papers on the desk. He stands up decisively and puts on his coat and leaves. ire hangs up and goes home and changes. She removes the glue from her face. Now that she wants to thank Bryce, she can¡¯t look so ugly. ire gets ready and Bryce¡¯s car arrives her apartment. When she gets in the car, Bryce asks kindly, ¡°what would you like to eat? I¡¯ll take you!¡± ire ties up her seat belt and smiles at him. ¡°I¡¯ve booked a restaurant. Let¡¯s eat there.¡± With that, ire says a name and Bryce immediately starts the car. Because ire treats Bryce, she asks him to order first. Bryce is a gentleman, so he asks ir to order. ire has no choice but to look at the menu. She looks down and doesn¡¯t see Leo and Tracy at the restaurant door. They seem to have juste out of the hospital. Tracy looks great and doesn¡¯t look like she just has a car ident. She holds Leo¡¯s arm and they seem to love each other. ire and Bryce don¡¯t see them. Leo sees ire first. He freezes and bes unhappy when he sees Bryce sitting opposite ire. What¡¯s wrong with this woman? Isn¡¯t she Luke¡¯s girlfriend? Why is she eating out with Bryce now? Is she coquettish? Leo is a little upset. He goes over to say hello and satirizes her, ¡°Miss Bet, I didn¡¯t expect to see you again today. Don¡¯t youe out with Luke today? Have you changed your date?¡± He¡¯s satirizing ire. She was with Luke the other day, but today she¡¯s with Bryce. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Hearing Leo¡¯s voice, ire looks up at him. When she sees Tracy holding his arm, she is not happy either. Although his words don¡¯t sound wrong, ire knows him and recognizes his sarcasm. The man must misunderstand that she is seducing another man. ire says angrily and reluctantly, ¡°Luke is my friend. Mr Bryce is also a friend of mine. Is it too much for me to eat out with my friends? Do I get in the way of Mr. Howard?¡± Chapter 191 Will you stay with me? Chapter 191 Will you stay with me? Leo lost his memory and forgot everything about ire, including Bryce. Now he and Bryce are just business partners and not familiar, so when he sees Bryce, he chooses to ignore him and talks directly with ire, which is enough to show that he cares about it. Although Leo just wants to speak for his friend, he hears ire¡¯s words and knows that the beautiful woman is angry. He wants to say something to ease the awkward atmosphere, ¡°Miss Bet, don¡¯t say that. Last time I saw you together, I thought you two were lovers. Now it seems that I misunderstood it.¡± You keep pretending! ire knows what Leo is thinking. What he says sounds casual, but in fact he is secretly satirizing her for being coquettish! Even so, ire doesn¡¯t want to lose her temper. She can only say coldly, ¡°of course you misunderstand. Mr. Howard, please ask me next time. If there is such a misunderstanding again, we are all not happy.¡± Leo is embarrassed, too. He is satirized by a woman for the first time. When Leo wants to say something and leaves, Tracy, who is hostile to ire, can¡¯t help satirizing, ¡°how can it be a misunderstanding? That day, you and Luke were too ambiguous and gave us a chance to misunderstand. You me us now?¡± Tracy has always been hostile to ire. Last time Leo got angry with her at the mall for ire. Since then Tracy has hated ire in particr. Now they see her with another man. They ask her for Luke, but she insults them. What makes Tracy even angrier is that Leo exins to her, but she¡¯s still domineering! Tracy wants to take this opportunity to mock her. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . After Tracy finishes, the atmosphere bes extremely awkward. ire and Bryce look coldly at Tracy at the same time. Leo¡¯s face is not very nice and he doesn¡¯t say a word because his woman starts the conversation. It¡¯s about Leo and ire, but Tracy speaks. Bryce can¡¯t let ire be bullied, so he sneers, ¡°someone is impure but mes others. Isn¡¯t that a thief shouting to catch a thief?¡± ¡°You!¡± At first Tracy satirizes ire. She gets angry because someone helps her. She thinks of something and suddenlyughs. She looks at ire and satirizes, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect many men to speak for you but you don¡¯t. Are you too guilty to speak?¡± No matter what Bryce says, Tracy ignores him. She stares at ire, who is silent, and embarrasses her. Bryce wants to argue, but ire gives Tracy a light nce and reaches out to Bryce. She waves him to stop. Seeing ire¡¯s gesture, Bryce also realizes that he can¡¯t fight with a woman. He can only shut up! ire says coldly to Tracy, ¡°are you finished? If so, we¡¯ll order. We are hungry. Do you want to eat with us?¡± She means get out of here! Leo looks terrible. He pulls Tracy, who still wants to swear, to the other side of the restaurant and sits down. At the same time, Leo is silently watching ire when he doesn¡¯t speak. He suddenly finds that the woman¡¯s voice is so simr to someone¡¯s. Although they look different, they don¡¯t make much difference. He looks at her carefully and finds it. Leo suddenly finds something, so he pulls Tracy, who is angry, to the other side and eats quietly. Bryce knows what happened to them. He wants to be angry with Leo but is stopped by ire. ire shakes her head and says to him helplessly, ¡°Luke should have told you about his amnesia. It¡¯s really unnecessary for you to be serious with him.¡± ¡°So what?¡± Bryce is very disdainful, ¡°it can¡¯t change his nature. I advise you to leave that bastard as soon as possible, or you will have the same fate as six years ago.¡± ¡°Well, I see. Let¡¯s stop talking about him. Let¡¯s eat first.¡± ire says casually. She has different ideas. Bryce told her not to be Leo¡¯s secretary before, but she didn¡¯t think so. Now Bryce suddenly mentions what happened six years ago. ire thinks about it and thinks that Bryce is right. Six years ago, ire didn¡¯t listen to Bryce, so she almost killed him. Fortunately, Bryce responded quickly enough to avoid his death. She had a terrible life six years ago. This time ire feels she needs to think about Bryce¡¯s words. ... Tracy and Leo leave after lunch. After what happened just now, they may be embarrassed to meet later. At least they won¡¯t be able to say hello to each other as before. ire and Bryce leave the restaurant after lunch. Bryce drives ire back to her apartment and they chat on the way. The atmosphere is pretty good. ire suddenly mentions her business trip a few dayster. Bryce is silent when he hears about Leo. Bryce suddenly stops talking. ire can¡¯t continue. They are silent all the way. When they get to ire¡¯s apartment, Bryce says, ¡°ire...¡± Bryce is hesitating. ire stops opening the door. She looks back at Bryce in bewilderment and asks, ¡°Bryce, what do you want to say?¡± ¡°I...¡± Bryce looks hesitant and blushes a little. After a long time he says, ¡°ire, shall we be together? We can stay away from Leo. I can take you and your son. I will treat him as my own son. We can go to France or your favorite country to live together. I can realize all your dreams!¡± Chapter 192 The most anticipated person appears Chapter 192 The most anticipated person appears ¡°ire, I¡¯ve never forgotten you in six years.¡± Bryce looks at ire affectionately and decides to say it to her again. ¡°...¡± ire listens quietly and looks out the window. Bryce can¡¯t see the expression on her face and doesn¡¯t know what she is thinking. ire is silent for a long time and whispers, ¡°Bryce, you know we can¡¯t be together. Whether six years ago or six yearster, we can¡¯t be together. I don¡¯t have that feeling for you, you know? I only think you are a good brother to me.¡± With that, ire sighs and opens the door directly. When she gets off, she turns to Bryce and says, ¡°Bryce, I hope you are happy!¡± With that, she closes the door gently and turns away. ¡°...¡± Bryce stares at the steering wheel and feels extremely frustrated. ire doesn¡¯t want to choose him. Even if she is single now, she doesn¡¯t want to. Bryce freezes for a long time and smiles bitterly. He murmurs, ¡°my happiness is you...¡± Because of Bryce, ire is in a bad mood. She bites her lip and goes into the elevator seriously. As soon as the elevator door opens, ire takes out the key and tries to open it. When shees to the door, she finds it is open! God! ire frowns nervously and warily. She thinks of closing the door before she went out today. So why is the door open? Is there a thief? ire takes a deep breath and gently opens the door. She stoops and walks slowly into the house. She looks around warily and is surprised to find the furnishings in the room neat. They arepletely untouched. Is there no thief? What happened? If a thiefes into her house, it will be a mess. Why is her house so tidy? ire looks around and gets an exnation. When she looks at the balcony, she identally sees a familiar figure. Is he an acquaintance? Who has the key to her home? She never gives anyone the key to her house! Knowing it is an acquaintance, ire stops bending. She straightens up and puts on her slippers and goes to the balcony to see who the man is. When shees near and sees the familiar side face, she is shocked! Her steps suddenly stop. It¡¯s Juan! He¡¯s back home, too. When did it happen? He didn¡¯t call her in advance. ire looks at Juan¡¯s lonely back. The smoke drifts from his front to his back. Juan is smoking on the balcony. His figure seems very lonely. ire can¡¯t bear it for a while. She has never seen Juan smoke for six years. At the moment, he even smokes, and his back looks so miserable... Hearing the sound behind him, Juan slowly turns back. He looks lonely and says, ¡°you didn¡¯t tell me you went back to City A. I didn¡¯t find you both when I went to your house in France.¡± ¡°I...¡± ire touches her head awkwardly and smiles, ¡°I left you a note. Conan was disobedient so I left in a hurry. I didn¡¯t have time to call you. Sorry...¡± ¡°Sorry?¡± Juan looks really depressed. As he approaches ire, he says in a low voice, ¡°you¡¯ve been so polite to me for six years. ire, we¡¯ve been together for so many years, and I always think I have a ce in your mind. I didn¡¯t expect...¡± Juan suddenly stops. ire is nervous and doesn¡¯t dare look Juan in the eye. She lowers her head and murmurs, ¡°I¡¯ve always regarded you as my good friend. It¡¯s my fault that I didn¡¯t inform you in time. I¡¯ll never do that again.¡± Hearing it, Juan chuckles andughs at himself, ¡°I don¡¯t think there will be another time. Would you like to go back to France?¡± ¡°Yes! Of course!¡± ire raises her head sharply and looks at Juan and says seriously, ¡°when I find Conan, we¡¯ll go back to France!¡± ¡°We?¡± Juan says dejectedly, ¡°including me? I always thought that I worked hard for six years and could move you. I didn¡¯t expect you doesn¡¯t like me at all. Friend? I have taken good care of you for six years. Are we just friends in the end?¡± With that, Juan smiles for a while. He suddenly puts his arm around ire¡¯s waist and lets her close to him. He looks down quickly and wants to kiss ire. ire is startled by Juan¡¯s sudden move. Looking at his approaching face, ire puts her hands on Juan¡¯s chest and pushes him away. At the same time she turns her head and shouts, ¡°Juan, no! I really just think of you as a very good friend! I remember your kindness and devotion to Conan and me in the past six years. I swear I will pay you back what I owe you! But please don¡¯t do it!¡± Feeling ire¡¯s strong refusal, Juan¡¯s movement stops. He stops looking down to kiss her and holds still. After hearing ire¡¯s words, he sighs and is lonely and sad. He puts ire in his arms and sighs, ¡°ire, I don¡¯t want your reward. I don¡¯t want to be your friend. I want to marry you and be with you forever. I want to have a lovely baby with you.¡± ¡°ire, I love you.¡± ¡°...¡± Juan¡¯s affection makes ire unable to push him away and refuse him. She knows that Juan and she have lived in France for six years and that he has taken care of them for six years. He is gentle and careful. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. At first she felt strange. Then Juan taught her to speak French. When she gave birth to Conan, he acted as a nanny and took charge of ire¡¯s daily life. He took care of her until she recovered. When Conan was very young, sometimes ire was busy so he took care of him. Juan watched Conan grow up. He¡¯s Conan¡¯s second father. There¡¯s only Juan from start to finish! Chapter 193 I want to live with you forever Chapter 193 I want to live with you forever Unfortunately, though ire is grateful for what Juan has done, she can¡¯t fall in love with him. She can¡¯t like anyone. Bryce and Juan love her and their personalities are totally different, but ire can¡¯t like them. They don¡¯t have love so they can¡¯t be together. She doesn¡¯t like them. She can¡¯t drag them down. But Juan is so good to them that ire can¡¯t pay him back. So when Juan says that, ire is silent. She can not bear to hurt a benefactor who has taken care of them for six years. Without Juan, she couldn¡¯t have left America and lived in France. ire can¡¯t hurt Juan. She can¡¯t even be as cruel to him as she is to Bryce. ire¡¯s silence is rejection. Juan holds her quietly for a while and reluctantly lets her go. They don¡¯t speak, so the atmosphere is a bit awkward for a moment. ire doesn¡¯t know what to say. She doesn¡¯t even figure out how to deal with Juan. Juan is upset and doesn''t want to talk anymore. He is hurt by ire! They don¡¯t talk. This is their first quarrel. In the evening, ire makes Juan¡¯s favorite dish by herself. But Juan is cold and almost heartbroken by ire. While sleeping, ire asks Juan if he sleeps in a hotel or in her house. Juan says at the moment, ¡°I¡¯ll go home. I¡¯ll leave when you¡¯re asleep.¡± He has a house in America. She is silly for a while, but it is good that Juan speaks. ire turns back to her room and goes to bed. ire tosses and turns and can¡¯t sleep. If she has something on her mind, she can not be able to sleep. ire lies in bed for an hour. She is thinking what Juan is doing. Didn¡¯t he say not to leave until she falls asleep? When will he leave? Has he left yet? As she is thinking, the door of the room suddenly opens. ire is so scared that she closes her eyes and pretends to sleep. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. Juan walks gently to ire¡¯s bedside and looks at her with her eyes closed. He lies at ease beside her and reaches out to hold her. ire is shocked by Juan¡¯s movements, but she feels that Juan just holds her quietly and does nothing else. She rxes and wonders what Juan wants to do. Juan holds ire gently. He looks at ire¡¯s longshes and quiet face. He feels even more heartbroken. The woman he takes care of for six years finally belongs to someone else. At the thought of it, Juan feels reluctant. His voice is low and maic. Now it¡¯s hoarse because of his grief. He whispers, ¡°I thought you had treated me as a family for six years, but I didn¡¯t expect that you still came back to Leo...¡± ¡°ire, what do you want me to do?¡± ¡°Tell me what I should do.¡± ¡°...¡± ire closes her eyes tightly and does not dare to move or answer. ire feels sorry for Juan, because he does so much for her. Juan doesn¡¯t get a response and sighs. ire feels heartache. But it seems like it¡¯s what Juan wants. ire¡¯s silence means she¡¯s asleep, so he can say what he¡¯s holding in his heart. Juan goes on, ¡°ire, you know what? Six years ago, I had a chance to beat Leo and let him down and lose his fortune. I can make him disappear from business and underworld...¡± ¡°But you know what? I gave up such a good chance for you. I want to be with you and create a happy family with you. I want to be with you forever. However, you don¡¯t know all this. You don¡¯t know that I¡¯ve let go of someone I hate so many years for you. I gave up my n and my revenge on Leo. I have vited my principles...¡± ¡°You have no idea. How can you know? You don¡¯t know what I did, what I gave up and that I love you deeply...¡± ¡°I was very angry, disappointed and unwilling to learn that you returned to the United States. You went back home without consulting me. Do you know how sad and angry I was? I¡¯ve tried so much and done so much, but you still want toe back to Leo! What am I then?¡± ¡°ire! I have no ce in your heart!¡± Juan is getting more and more emotional and angry. ire can¡¯t bear it for a while. She almost wants to hold Juan back and say sorry in his arms again and again. She knows that Juan hates Leo for a long time, but she doesn¡¯t know that Juan hates Leo so much and even ns for revenge for a long time. She doesn¡¯t know that Juan has paid so much for her in the corner she doesn¡¯t know. But she doesn¡¯t say sorry. Even if she does wake up tofort Juan, so what? It will only make him more sad and make them more embarrassed. It¡¯s good for him to say it. At least he doesn¡¯t have to hold it in his heart anymore. ire prays silently in her heart, leaving Juan to hold her still. When ire thinks he has something else to say, Juan suddenly stops. He hugs her for a long time and then he bows his head and kisses her on the forehead and gets up and leaves the room. ¡°...¡± It isn¡¯t until she hears the door close that ire opens her eyes and looks guiltily at the door. Juan... Sorry... Juan, who leaves the apartment, sees several people in ck downstairs. Behind them is a long ck Lincoln. Everyone¡¯s looking at Juan. Seeing himing down the stairs, someone immediately follows him and asks respectfully, ¡°boss, what¡¯s the situation now? What about Leo?¡± As Juan walks toward the car, he says coldly, ¡°now that I¡¯m back, the n has to start again. Everyone needs to be on call. I could beat Leo six years ago, and I can do it now, but don¡¯t do anything for the time being. I have more important things to do!¡± Chapter 194 Does he recognize her? Chapter 194 Does he recognize her? ¡°Yes! Boss!¡± Before getting on the car, Juan looks at ire¡¯s floor withplicated eyes. Then he bends down and sits in the car with a strange smile on his lips. ... ire can¡¯t sleep well all night because she feels guilty. When she gets up in the morning, she sees herself haggard like a ghost in the mirror. She doesn¡¯t even bother to change her dress and goes out wearing a pair of thick ck sses. irees to thepany. As soon as she gets out of the elevator, she sees Leo who also happens toe out of the president¡¯s elevator. They look at each other. ire nods at him and wants to go to her job, but Leo stops her. ¡°President, what can I do for you?¡± ire is not happy with him at the thought of their unexpected meeting at noon yesterday. ¡°ire¡­?¡± Leo says in a derative tone as he walks slowly toward ire. ire wants to nod, but suddenly she feels something is wrong. She looks at Leo in shock and doesn¡¯t speak. What did Leo just call her? ire? Does Leo¡¯s memorye back? Does he recognize her? In front of ire¡¯s stunned face, Leo shows a yful smile. Hees to ire and quickly takes off her sses before she can react. Looking at the same face as the beautiful womanst night, Leo can¡¯t help chuckling. He satirizes her, ¡°ire, it¡¯s you. Your face is really changeable. It can be ugly or beautiful. Will you be an old woman when I see you tomorrow?¡± Leo¡¯s words are full of ridicule. ire is stunned and immediately understands what happened. Leo recognizes her real identity and knows that she is ire and ire is his secretary, Angie. ire doesn¡¯t know how he recognizes her, but why does he scold her? She likes to make herself ugly. What¡¯s wrong? But fortunately, he doesn¡¯t remember what happened six years ago! ire doesn¡¯t care when she is exposed. She snorts and says scornfully, ¡°it¡¯s my freedom how I dress up. President, you care too much.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo disagrees. ¡°You¡¯re ire, aren¡¯t you? If youe to work as Angie, I can use you of fraud. Do you think it has nothing to do with me?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire clenches her lower lip and knows she is wrong. She doesn¡¯t go on, but she doesn¡¯t want Leo to talk to her in that tone, ¡°but you can¡¯t make fun of me.¡± ¡°You yed a trick on me.¡± Leo is getting closer to ire. They are only one step away. He is domineering and powerful. Maybe she didn¡¯t sleep wellst night. ire is bluffed by Leo. She doesn¡¯t know how to refute. ire doesn¡¯t speak. Leo sneers and looks at her tacky outfit and says, ¡°change into normal clothes tomorrow. Take off your hair and this pair of sses.¡± ¡°No!¡± ire is not satisfied with Leo¡¯s bullying. She bes stubborn. Since Leo cares so much about her appearance, why does she stay here? She resists, ¡°it¡¯s my freedom how I dress up. You are not qualified to decide my dress!¡± In fact, ire is more concerned that Leo only likes her beautiful appearance rather than herself. She doesn¡¯t need such a boss! Leo doesn¡¯t know what ire is thinking. He smiles meaningfully and looks at her. ¡°Thepany stiptes that employees should be decent in their personal image and should not be sloppy or damage thepany¡¯s image. You¡¯re damaging thepany¡¯s image.¡± ¡°Why am I not very decent? I¡¯m also very well dressed. You haven¡¯t said anything for a long time. Today, why do you force me to change my clothes when you know my real identity? President, do you like my beautiful appearance? Am I beautiful? Do you like me?¡± ire satirizes him. Her words are full of disdain and provocation. Leo¡¯s face changes a little and he says scornfully, ¡°I like you? Stop joking. I have a fiancee. How can I like you? Why do you have to be ugly if you can be yourself? Do you want to attract my attention in this way and make me feel that you are a different woman?¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. This bastard is talking nonsense again! ire can¡¯t help sneering. Since he has always said that she seduces him, she will make him dare not to say that in the future. Bastard! ire changes her face and says seriously, ¡°Yeah, I just want to get your attention, so what? President, are you crazy about me and want to see me dressed up? As for your fiancee...¡± At this point, ire sneers. Leo sees the haughty look on her face for the first time. ¡°Is your fiancee comparable to me?¡± ire¡¯s words arouses Leo¡¯s interest. He suddenlyughs happily and says, ¡°so you like me?¡± ¡°...¡± ire feels deeply speechless. Doesn¡¯t he like his fiancee very much? She nders his beloved fiancee, but instead of being angry, he asks her with interest? ire doesn¡¯t know what Leo is thinking. Damn! What does he mean? ire says awkwardly, ¡°I¡¯m just making metaphors. Can¡¯t you tell by your intelligence? Besides, president, please recognize the reality. If I really want to seduce you, I won¡¯t dress so ugly. Don¡¯t say it¡¯s my special tactic. Through my understanding of men, you ask yourself if you will like such an ugly woman.¡± ¡°What¡¯s more, I¡¯m not stupid. I don¡¯t mean to be so ugly to seduce a man with a fiancee. I should dress normally to have a good chance. Leo, don¡¯t look down on me! I don¡¯t like you!¡± Chapter 195 I don’t like you Chapter 195 I don¡¯t like you ¡°I just want to prove one thing. I don¡¯t like you at all and I don¡¯t want to seduce you! I¡¯m not ugly and I can find a man. I can¡¯t want to seduce a man with a fiancee. Don¡¯t look at me like this, I¡¯m seeking truth from facts!¡± ire says in one breath. She doesn¡¯t change her face and shows a smug expression. Leo looks at ire with a little surprise. He didn¡¯t know his secretary is so articte before. After hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo seems to think of something. He nods with relief and pats her on the shoulder. He smiles and says, ¡°I see. Since you don¡¯t like me, you cane to work in your normal clothes tomorrow. Don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t like you either.¡± ¡°...¡± ire is speechless. Is what she said useless? Ah! Why is it so difficult tomunicate with him! ire is frustrated. She doesn¡¯t want to change back to her normal dress now. She doesn¡¯t want Leo to care about her appearance. Why can¡¯t he face her in a way that he can ept her no matter what she looks like? What¡¯s more, if she recovers, she has to deal with Tracy. ire is in a bad mood at the thought of her! After thinking about it, ire decides to fight for more for herself. ¡°President, I don¡¯t want to change...¡± ¡°You have to do that. This is an order!¡± Leo says domineering. ¡°Excuse me, why?¡± ire looks at him calmly. ¡°Because I¡¯m your boss!¡± Leo says it in a domineering way. However, when ire hears this, she suddenly bursts into anger! Since you have to be so tough and use your identity to suppress me, I¡¯ll let you do it! ire res angrily at Leo and says, ¡°in that case, I¡¯ll apply for leaving now! I quit!¡± ire doesn¡¯t believe Leo cares so much about her appearance! Hearing this, Leo says seriously, ¡°I don¡¯t approve.¡± N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Even if Leo says that, ire still wants to leave. ¡°It¡¯s no use that you stop me. Anyway, I quit! I¡¯ll deliver the resignation letter to your officeter.¡± With that, ire bypasses Leo and returns to her seat. She takes the pen and paper and begins to write. Leo looks at ire coldly and kindly reminds her, ¡°even if you write it, it¡¯s useless. I won¡¯t take it.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not up to you!¡± ire res at him and lowers her head to write. ¡°Really?¡± Leo smiles. ¡°In that case, I¡¯d like to see how you can give this letter to me. As long as it¡¯s not handed to me for a day, you can¡¯t leave!¡± ire is wondering what he means when Leo suddenly walks straight to the office and doesn¡¯t even look at her. ire pouts. He may be thinking of a bad idea. It doesn¡¯t matter. Even if he doesn¡¯t ept it, she must give it to him. Three minutester, she enters Leo¡¯s office. ire angrily throws the resignation letter to him and says angrily, ¡°resignation letter! I¡¯m not going to do this boring job!¡± However, Leo does not take it. The resignation letter falls to the ground. He just raises his eyebrows. ¡°I said that as long as this letter isn¡¯t delivered to me personally, you don¡¯t really quit.¡± ire just wants to say that she doesn¡¯t care and doesn¡¯t want to be paid, but Leo stops her. ¡°If you want to leave directly, believe me, there is no enterprise in the United States willing to ept you. I¡¯ll find you...¡± He¡¯ll find her? ¡°You!¡± ire stares at him. Leo is so overbearing! She wants to say something more, but when she thinks about what Leo did before, she knows that he can really do what he say. If she annoys him, the consequences will be unthinkable. In particr, if he remembers what happened six years ago, the consequences will be even more serious! ire doesn¡¯t want too many tragedies to happen. What¡¯s more, her son is with him. She dares not to say anything at the thought of it. Staring at the resignation letter on the ground, ire is bored! When she hesitates to pick it up, Leo doesn¡¯t look at the resignation letter on the ground and says lightly, ¡°give me a cup of coffee.¡± ¡°...¡± Coffee? Now it¡¯s important that she resign! ire is speechless and whispers, ¡°I¡¯m quitting now.¡± Leo saysfortably. ¡°I know. Coffee first.¡± ¡°No! I¡¯m going to quit!¡± Hearing this, Leo nces at her displeasantly. ¡°I¡¯ve just said what I should say. Don¡¯t let me repeat it. You are still my secretary now! Give me a cup of coffee!¡± ¡°...¡± ire is very angry but finally turns to pour him coffee. ire makes coffee and brings it to Leo. She thinks for a moment and decides to pick up the resignation letter on the ground and hand it back to Leo. She says stubbornly, ¡°I¡¯m going to resign. President, please have a look.¡± Leo sneers, ¡°I don¡¯t agree!¡± ¡°Why! Employees have the right to resign! You have no right to control my freedom!¡± ire ispletely angry this time. She doesn¡¯t understand why Leo cares so much about her resignation! Leo doesn¡¯t care about ire¡¯s anger at all. He quips at her. ¡°I know you¡¯re here because Tracy rmended you, but you may not have read the staff¡¯s rules and received the right induction.¡± ire is confused by Leo¡¯s words. ¡°What do you mean?¡± she says, puzzled. Leo says casually, ¡°there is a rule that if you leave voluntarily after less than three years of work, you need to pay ten times the liquidated damages, which is one million dors. You¡¯ve signed the agreement, so this employee handbook takes effect immediately.¡± With that, Leo looks at ire thoughtfully and smiles, ¡°give me a million dors and you can leave.¡± Chapter 196 Leo suspects her Chapter 196 Leo suspects her ¡°You!¡± ire says angrily, but she doesn¡¯t know how to refute Leo. Leo is right. After Tracy¡¯s rmendation, she was hired directly. She hasn¡¯t read the employee handbook at all and doesn¡¯t know there is such a rule. This time she is miserable! ire is helpless and angry, but she can only pick up the resignation letter and turn around to leave. ¡°Wait a minute.¡± As ire walks halfway, Leo says slowly. Hearing his voice, ire turns angrily and says, ¡°what?¡± Leo is very happy to see ire¡¯s angry face, but he solemnly orders, ¡°be ready after work. Tomorrow we are going to City B on business!¡± Leo reminds ire of their business trip! But to prevent thest thing from happening again, ire says unhappily, ¡°if you stand me up this time and don¡¯t call me in advance, I won¡¯t go on business again!¡± Leo nods. ire turns around and goes out. The day passes. irees home from work at night. She simply packs up and lies in bed thinking. There seems to be traces of Juan lying on the bed. He hasn¡¯t called her since he leftst night and hasn¡¯t contacted her. ire can¡¯t help but wonder if she hurts him so much that he doesn¡¯t want to contact her anymore. They are all back home and they should celebrate. They can eat together. Why do they be what they are now? ire turns over and is angry. It¡¯s all emotional fault! If only there are not so much love in the world! Thinking of this, ire thinks of Leo¡¯s deep love for Tracy. She feels a little depressed and reluctant. Not everyone in the world can find a happy love. They have to love each other. ire thinks vaguely and falls asleep. When the rm clock rings the next day, she stands in front of the mirror and is upset. In the end, she dresses up normally. Now that Leo has discovered her real identity, she doesn¡¯t have to go on pretending. What¡¯s more, she finds it troublesome to make herself ugly every day. Leo is more reliable thanst time. Hees to ire¡¯s apartment and picks her up. When Leo sees ire dresses normally, he can¡¯t help but chuckle. She is wearing a white T-shirt and slim jeans. Her hair is tied up at will. Although she is not as amazing as she was when she went out, Leo is very satisfied with her appearance. Sure enough, she looks much more agreeable and youthful. ire sees the smile on his face and can¡¯t help but dislike it. She puts her luggage in the trunk unhappily. She says directly after getting on the car, ¡°you are not a gentleman. You don¡¯t help a girl with her suitcase. You¡¯re terrible. Oh, you¡¯re not a gentleman at all. You¡¯re a jerk.¡± You¡¯ve always been like this! Jerk? Leo chuckles. Is that what she thinks of him? He can not help sneering, ¡°you are usually careless. I think you are strong. Even if you can¡¯t take it, you can tell me. I can help you.¡± Leo wants her to ask him. ire is furious. ¡°Drive now. It¡¯s not good to bete.¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ¡°Don¡¯t worry,¡± Leo say casually, ¡°the ne leaves at eleven. We can go for breakfast. What would you like to eat?¡± Eleven o¡¯clock? ire is angry. She stares at Leo and says angrily, ¡°since it¡¯s eleven o¡¯clock, why did you ask me to get up so early?¡± ¡°I want to have breakfast with you.¡± Leo says casually, ¡°I¡¯ve never had breakfast with you. It¡¯s a chance today.¡± ire doesn¡¯t believe him and says scornfully, ¡°I¡¯m not ugly today, so you say that!¡± ¡°ire¡­¡± Leo suddenly calls ire¡¯s name. He gives her a meaningful nce and smiles, ¡°I didn¡¯t find you so narcissistic before. Since you are so narcissistic, why did you dress up so ugly?¡± ¡°I¡¯m not narcissistic!¡± ire retorts without even thinking. She is not narcissistic. She just cares that Leo only likes her appearance. She stares at Leo seriously and challenges him, ¡°Dare you say you don¡¯t like me dressed like this? You still like beautiful women.¡± ire¡¯s words are obvious enough. However, as a man, Leo doesn¡¯t notice ire¡¯sint at all. Leo says calmly as he drives, ¡°you are right. I do like you to dress like this, but if you really want to be ugly, you can. Anyway, I didn¡¯t dislike you for being so ugly before. You can dress as you like.¡± Leo¡¯s words make ire¡¯s heart beat faster. Does he mean that he doesn¡¯t mind her appearance? ire suddenly remembers that when she was dressed as an ugly woman before, Leo flirted with her and kissed her. Is what he said true? Doesn¡¯t he mind if she¡¯s dressed up properly? She thinks about what Leo just said and thinks that is what he means. ire¡¯s misunderstanding disappears. She can¡¯t help blushing. She turns her head and doesn¡¯t dare to let Leo notice her changes. She cares that Leo cares about her appearance. It has nothing to do with her, but she is not happy. Now she¡¯s in a good mood! ire doesn¡¯t respond, so Leo can¡¯t help but raise her eyebrows and ask, ¡°aren¡¯t you really going to tell me why you dressed so ugly on purpose? Or are you close to me for another purpose? Or do you want something?¡± Other purpose? ire freezes. She takes a look at Leo and finds him staring at her suspiciously. Is he doubting her? Chapter 197 Will you be a mistress Chapter 197 Will you be a mistress Is he doubting her? ire takes a deep breath and tries to calm down. She says quietly, ¡°I did it to get into thepany. Now thepetition is so fierce. There must be many beautiful women who want to be secretaries.¡± ¡°But there are many women who do bad things because of their career advancement and their admiration for their superiors. For example, internal information of thepany is leaked. For example, they just want to seduce their superiors rather than concentrate on work. For example, the working environment is broken. As a boss, you certainly don¡¯t like your secretary to do this.¡± ¡°So I purposely made myself look ugly and honest and naive. Don¡¯t you think I was likely to be hired?¡± When ire finishes, Leo can¡¯t helpughing. Ha ha, his secretary is so interesting. It is the first time he has heard of the idea. Although he once had the kind of secretary she said, and even her former secretary tried her best to attract his attention, he knows but never cares. Women like powerful people. Leo has long been used to being surrounded by such women. Leo¡¯sughter confuses ire. ¡°What are youughing at? Isn¡¯t that so? I think I¡¯m smart.¡± ¡°Smart?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leoughs even more happily. This is the first time ire has seen Leough happily. Usually he is as serious as an iceberg. Now he looks approachable and warm. The morning sun makes Leo look like he is gilded. Hisughter softens his face and makes him handsome. For a moment, ire is surprised. But Leo¡¯s next words break her imagination, ¡°but I remember you were rejected by the interviewer when you applied. Tracy rmended you as my secretary so you could enter thepany. You say you are smart?¡± ¡°...¡± Well, she thinks too much. Leo looks very handsome, but his character is very poor. Why does Leo know so much about her interview? Did he investigate it on purpose? ire thinks for a moment, but decides to fight back. She says uneasily, ¡°I was so ugly that the interviewer turned me down. I remember the interviewer said that the manager of yourpany wanted beautiful woman. I didn¡¯t expect a manager in yourpany who likes beautiful women and doesn¡¯t work hard.¡± ire angrily refutes Leo. Leo¡¯s face changes slightly, but he is just not satisfied that the manager gave ire such a chance to contradict him. Leo adjusts his mood and says to ire seriously, ¡°this is your fault. Can¡¯t you think differently? Some bosses like their secretarys to look good. So they are happy at work. Who wants his secretary to be an ugly woman?¡± ire is dismissive of Leo¡¯s words. She nces at Leo andughs, ¡°that¡¯s because men are lecherous, or you won¡¯t give such a woman a chance. Now there are many mistresses because of office romance.¡± ire¡¯s words gets Leo thinking. He thinks for a moment and looks at ire seriously. His eyes twinkle. ¡°So, will you be a mistress?¡± ¡°...¡± ire¡¯s heart suddenly beats fast and rhythmically. Leo¡¯s words make her stiff. It seems that her blood is flowing back all over her body, and ire feels her brain is very hot. What does Leo mean? He already has a fiancee. Does he want her to be his mistress? Or is he suspecting that she wants to be a mistress? But she can¡¯t bear both. What¡¯s more, she doesn¡¯t want to be a mistress at all! Why does she want to be a mistress? She should be a wife! Even though she and Leo don¡¯t have a marriage license at all! This makes ire a little frustrated! ire feels disdainful and sneers. She gives Leo a meaningful look and says with a smile, ¡°president, stop kidding. I have a son. I¡¯m not going to be a mistress.¡± ¡°Not necessarily!¡± Leo knows he¡¯s a little over the top, but he goes on. He looks ahead and says to ire, ¡°after all, you¡¯re a single mother and you work hard. Who knows if you will be a mistress? Where is the father of the child? He is too irresponsible. He asked you to raise your child alone.¡± Leo is challenging ire¡¯s bottom line. How can he seriously say that she wants to be a mistress? Is he dirty or does her behavior make him think she is a dissolute woman? ¡°President, I think you misunderstand.¡± ire is angry but smiles meaningfully. She looks at Leo and says, ¡°why should I be a mistress? Whose mistress do I want to be? I don¡¯t think it¡¯s good for us to discuss this. People will think I have an affair with you.¡± ¡°...¡± Leo takes a look at ire and stops talking. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ... The conversation makes them unhappy. They have breakfast and fly to City B together. City B is a coastal city, where the main industry is coastal scenic spot tourism. Especially in summer, many tourists go there. It is afternoon when they get off the ne. Leo says they can go to the hotel to have a rest first and discuss cooperation tomorrow. ire follows him unhappily to the hotel. As soon as she wants to rest, Leo knocks on her door. ¡°What?¡± As soon as she is going to sleep, Leoes to disturb her, and her face is not very good. ¡°Let¡¯s go swimming.¡± Leo says happily. Chapter 198 It doesn’t feel as good as yours Chapter 198 It doesn¡¯t feel as good as yours ¡°What?¡± ire is stunned. ¡°Swimming? Didn¡¯t you say I can have a day off today?¡± ¡°The n can¡¯t keep up with the change.¡± Leo pulls ire out. ¡°Let¡¯s go. It¡¯s a fine day and suitable for swimming.¡± With that, he grabs ire¡¯s cor and wants to go out. ¡°Wait,¡± ire refuses to move. She anxiously stops him. ¡°I didn¡¯t bring my swimsuit!¡± Leo turns back and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry! I¡¯ll buy it!¡± So Leo buys ire a swimsuit and drags her to the beach. It¡¯s a hot summer day. The sun is good in the afternoon. The sea is neither too hot nor too cold. When ire and Leo appear on the beach, they immediately arouse a lot of exmation and many people¡¯s eyes. ire is in good shape. She has big hips, long legs, thin waist and big chest. Besides, she has beautiful features. Many men can¡¯t help staring at her figure and drooling. Leo is president of Howard Group. He is noble, mature and charming. He often exercises so that he is strong and has abdominal muscles. Leo is expressionless and immediately attracts the attention of many beautiful women. A handsome man and a beautiful woman are well matched, but to everyone¡¯s dissatisfaction, they don¡¯t look very happy. Leo is satisfied but when he finds out that the men are staring at ire, he is not happy. He nces at the men who are staring at ire¡¯s figure. Do these guys really think he doesn¡¯t exist? Damn! On the contrary, ire is in a good mood when shees to the beach. Looking at the beach with so many people and the vast sea, ire feels that all the troubles in the world have disappeared. ire¡¯s unhappiness at being dragged by Leo disappeared. She runs happily to the sea and leaves Leo behind. Leo can only shake his head and follow her. People who have been to the seaside know that many people are ying in the shoal. ire can¡¯t swim, so she can only stay in the shoal. But there are so many people that ire has to go a little further to a shoal with fewer people. Leoughs at her. ¡°You can¡¯t swim but you can run so fast. Should I say you¡¯re stupid or stupid?¡± ire blushes and yells, ¡°it¡¯s none of your business!¡± Leoughs again. He swims to ire and says, ¡°I¡¯ll teach you how to swim.¡± ire finds out that since Leo lost his memory, he has be fond ofughing. ire is in a good mood watching himugh. Maybe it¡¯s because he forgot her and the hatred! ¡°No...¡± ire stops him and says awkwardly, ¡°I just like to soak. I don¡¯t need to learn how to swim.¡± ¡°Now that we¡¯re here, don¡¯t just soak.¡± Leo pulls ire over. When he touches ire¡¯s smooth skin, he¡¯sfortable. Leo is naked and only wears one swimsuit. Such close physical contact makes her blush. ire reaches out in panic to block Leo¡¯s chest. She falters, ¡°don¡¯t... Don¡¯t bother...¡± As she speaks, her body suddenly stiffens. Her face changes and she gives Leo an awkward peek. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Leo is looking down at her, too. Finally, they all look where ire is touching. It¡¯s his left chest! What makes ire blush is that her fingers just press on Leo¡¯s nipple. Leo¡¯s heart beats rhythmically. ire clearly feels Leo¡¯s heart racing. ¡°Comfortable?¡± Leo startles ire with a mocking voice. ire takes back her hand and looks awkwardly aside and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t mean to.¡± ¡°I know. You mean it.¡± Leo is in a good mood and can¡¯t help teasing ire. ¡°I didn¡¯t!¡± ire is ashamed. Finally, she straightens up angrily and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t mean to. It¡¯s not comfortable!¡± ire straightens her chest. They¡¯re close and Leo is taller than ire. He looks down and sees ire¡¯s chest. Leo nods meaningfully and says, ¡°well,pared with yours, mine is notfortable.¡± Leo¡¯s outspoken words make ire¡¯s face even redder. She doesn¡¯t want to talk to this pervert, or she will be polluted by him. ire turns around and wants to leave. She didn¡¯t expect a shell in the sea. ire steps on the shell and falls. ¡°Ah!¡± ire screams when she falls. When ire thinks she is going to drown for a while, Leo quickly puts his hand around ire¡¯s waist and keeps her face from touching the water. ire is frightened so her hands move hard. She makes an unconscious stroke in the water. Her legs are moving and Leo¡¯s hands are supporting her. She swims a distance forward. Seeing this, Leo chuckles and says in a joking voice, e on, keep this posture. I¡¯ll teach you how to swim.¡± ¡°...¡± ire blushes. When she doesn¡¯t understand Leo, Leo patiently exins, ¡°keep your hands in this position. Yes, you have to push your legs like this.¡± ire gets it. Leo wants to teach her how to swim. She thinks Leo is joking and teasing her or something. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to seriously teach her how to swim. His hands on her waist do not move. ire is relieved but her limbs are stiff. Maybe she¡¯s not used to swimming in this position. Leo teaches her several times, but ire still doesn¡¯t get the point. Leo looks at her and says, ¡°I¡¯ll show you.¡± With that, he suddenly jumps out and swam in the water like a fish. ire watches Leo¡¯s strong arms stretch out of the water alternately and his handsome features loom in the water. He looks handsome. Chapter 199 If you kiss me, I will satisfy you Chapter 199 If you kiss me, I will satisfy you Leo doesn¡¯t swim far andes back. ire only looks at Leo¡¯s face and arms and forgets how he swims. So when Leo cpmes back and asks her, ire shakes her head in confusion. Leo sighs and looks at ire in disgust. ¡°I¡¯ve never seen a woman as stupid as you. You don¡¯t learn to swim from others. Let¡¯s go to the deep water and I¡¯ll show you how to swim.¡± ¡°Ah...¡± ire is stunned. While talking, Leo has led her to the deeper sea. At first, ire can still touch the ground. Gradually, the water level rises to her chest, her neck, and then to her nose and mouth... Finally, ire can¡¯t get to the ground anymore. She has to hold Leo¡¯s arm tightly to keep herself from sinking. ire¡¯s reaction deeply pleases Leo. Her skin clings to Leo¡¯s. Even though the water filters it, Leo can¡¯t help but feel her smooth skin. But ire is holding on to his arm. Her eyes look around at the water in horror. She is afraid of sinking. ire¡¯s reaction makes Leough. He suddenly wants to y a trick on her and let go of ire¡¯s hand. ire¡¯s reaction is intense. As soon as he tries to release his hand, ire seems to have the ability to foretell. She raises her hand and attaches to Leo like an octopus. She¡¯s no longer reserved and now she¡¯s shouting, ¡°Leo! Don¡¯t let me go! If you dare to let me go, I hate you forever!¡± Hearing this, Leo chuckles and raises his eyebrows. ¡°How dare you threaten me? Believe it or not, I¡¯ll let you go now.¡±Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. With that, he reaches out to pull her hand off his neck. Feeling Leo¡¯s strength, ire¡¯s face turns white with fright. She hugs Leo and says shamelessly, ¡°no! Please! I am wrong! Please don¡¯t let me go!¡± ire is only wearing a swimsuit and her body is close to Leo¡¯s. Leo can even feel the two soft balls clinging to him clearly. ire begins to shiver with nervousness. Her chest is shaking and rubbing against Leo¡¯s chest. Now their posture is a little ambiguous. ire faces Leo and sticks it to him. Her hands are tightly around Leo¡¯s neck and her thighs are unconsciously around Leo¡¯s waist. Fortunately, the current water level still allows Leo to stand on the ground, otherwise, he will not be able to support ire¡¯s weight. He has a scared beauty in his arms and she is close to him. Leo¡¯s eyes darken and there¡¯s a reaction somewhere in his body. Leo suddenly thinks of a way to y a trick on ire. He smiles wickedly and says, ¡°now that you know you¡¯re wrong, what should you do?¡± ¡°What should I do?¡± ire looks at Leo with tears in her eyes and asks in bewilderment. Her eyes tickle Leo. She¡¯s really afraid of water. She didn¡¯t know how to swim when she was young and seldom touches water when she grows up. Since she drowned in the bathtubst time, she suddenly feels that she is afraid of the deep water. Because of this fear, ire is flustered. For the first time, she gives in to Leo. And this effect is exactly what Leo wants. He wants to conquer the woman in front of him. She is as stubborn and cunning as a little wild cat. Now he finally gets the chance. Leo smiles and raises her eyebrows at ire. He says teasingly, ¡°kiss me and I promise not to let you go.¡± ¡°...¡± Leo¡¯s words bring ire back from fear. She looks at Leo and says discontentedly, ¡°Leo, don¡¯t go too far! You brought me here without my permission and dare to ask for it!¡± Look, the little wild cat is stubborn again. This is not what Leo wants. He raises his eyebrows arrogantly and responds. And then he wants to pull ire¡¯s little hand off again. This time, ire doesn¡¯tpromise as easily as she didst time. She clenches her teeth and braces hard. At the same time, her hands are tightly encircled with all their strength. She doesn¡¯t give Leo the chance to separate her hands. However, ire, who seldom exercises, can¡¯tpare with Leo, who often exercises. Leo¡¯s hands are strong and ruthless, and soon, her hands begin to feel weak. ire curses Leo and her tears are about toe out. ¡°Leo!¡± ire¡¯s voice has a little cry. Leo raises his eyebrows and seduces her again. ¡°Are you really not going to kiss me? Just give me a kiss and I¡¯ll let you stay close to me. If I¡¯m in a good mood, I can take you ashore. You kissed me anyway. What are you afraid of?¡± Leo¡¯s words are tempting. ire was adamant and didn¡¯t want to kiss Leo. Now Leo has pulled her hands off. If he wants to, he can let go at any time. ire bites her lower lip and looks at Leo uneasily. She asks cautiously, ¡°just a kiss?¡± She finallypromises! Leo smiles happily and proudly, ¡°yes, just a kiss.¡± ¡°...¡± ire hesitates for a moment and looks around at the endless water. Her fear of water defeats Leo¡¯s threat. ire closes her eyes and kisses Leo lightly on the lips and wants to leave. But as soon as her lips leave Leo¡¯s, Leo''s big hand suddenly pushes the back of her head and lets her lipse back. Their lips stick together. Leo nibbles at ire¡¯s lip. ire opens her eyes and stares at Leo. She¡¯s yelling angrily in her heart, asshole! You said just a kiss! Because they are in the sea, ire doesn¡¯t dare to push Leo away. She will fall into the water and they will be in danger. ire has no choice but to cling to Leo¡¯s neck and try not to fall. Leo hugs ire¡¯s slim waist and strokes her back with the other hand. Chapter 200 The accident happens Chapter 200 The ident happens Fortunately, the ce is remote and few touristse here, otherwise they are ashamed. They stand in the sea and kiss for a few minutes. Leo reluctantly lets go of her. ire is breathless from the kiss, and she leans against Leo¡¯s arms to breathe. Leo takes her ashore. Theyes behind a stone. Leo has her back against the stone. There is lust in his eyes and he kisses ire deeply again. ire is still in shock. She subconsciously follows Leo¡¯s kiss and hugs his neck. This time, Leo is finally able to touch her adorable skin. Their bodies are close and they kiss. Leo bites ire¡¯s lower lip. While she is in pain, Leo¡¯s tongue slips in and makes ire¡¯s soft tongue move together. Lust pervades them. ire¡¯s asional moan is an encouragement to Leo. Leo vows that he would like to have sex with ire here if he doesn¡¯t suddenly hear someone¡¯s voice in the distance. A man and a woman¡¯s voicese from afar. They separate quickly. ire looks at Leo for a moment in confusion before she realizes what is going on. She is seduced by Leo again. God! Why does she have so little self-control. She is seduced by his kisses many times! She used to be different! Leo is remorseful and pats her on the face. He gazes into her eyes and says, ¡°I¡¯ll swim in the sea for a while. Will you go ashore and wait for me first?¡± With that, before ire can reply, Leo kisses ire¡¯s lips again and jumps into the sea. ¡°...¡± ire stares at Leo¡¯s back as he swam farther and farther away. It takes a long time for her to react. ire pats herself on the cheek and perks up. She secretly makes up her mind that she will never do it again! She can¡¯t be easily seduced by Leo again! The voice of the man and the woman is getting closer and closer. When theye to the rock and see ire behind the rock, they can¡¯t help but shock. They look like lovers. They may think it¡¯s remote and want toe here. They didn¡¯t expect anyone else here. They leave disappointed after seeing ire. ire coughs and cheers herself up. Then shees out calmly. ire goes to the beach and finds a shade. She sits with her hands on her knees. She can¡¯t help looking at the sea and looking for Leo. Leo is probably far away, and ire can¡¯t see him. ire is bored when she sees a young womaning to swim with a three or four year old. At first ire doesn¡¯t notice them and didn¡¯t expect them toe this way. ire is still looking further into the sea. When she looks in the direction of the young woman and child again, she is shocked. She stares at the young woman¡¯s actions with disbelief. She actually pushes the swimming child into the water! Obviously she wants to drown him! ire jumps up subconsciously and shouts, ¡°no!¡± With that, ire rushes over. It seems that the young woman didn¡¯t expect someone to be here. She is also shocked. When she sees ire running towards here, she quickly shrieks, ¡°don¡¯te here!¡± ir pauses. She sees that the young woman does not stop. The child is struggling in the sea. ire is heartbroken and seems to be back to the moment she drowned. The feeling of pain and despair is known only to drowned people! ire keeps walking that way and persuades the young woman, ¡°don¡¯t do that! That child is innocent. You can¡¯t hurt such a young life!¡± Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ¡°It¡¯s none of your business! Get the hell out of here! Don¡¯te!¡± ire tries to approach and persuade the young woman, but the young woman refuses ire¡¯s kindness like a hedgehog before she approaches. She stares at ire warily. ¡°If you get close, I¡¯ll keep pressing him in the water!¡± With that, the young woman presses the child deeper into the water. ire is worried and is about to cry! She also has a son. She can¡¯t understand why a mother can hurt her children so cruelly. She wants to persuade the young woman, ¡°don¡¯t get so excited. Let¡¯s have a good talk. You are the mother of this child. Think of him raised by you. You can¡¯t sleep for him for countless nights, but you still love him.¡± ¡°Think of his eyes not opening when he was born. How lovely he is. He has grown up now. You pamper him and take care of him. You are afraid that he will fall. He is your treasure! Are you willing to drown him like this? He is your child!¡± ire¡¯s every word is her inner thought of Conan, and even she is moved by herself. The young woman¡¯s face moves at first and her strength lightens subconsciously. The struggling child raises his head out of the water. But as soon as the young woman sees the child¡¯s face, she suddenly reaches out to press him down again as if she are stimted by something! The child is unprepared and drinks and struggles in the water. ire is heartbroken. Meanwhile, the young woman screams, ¡°Gary! I hate you! I hate you!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t pretend to be kind here! What do you know! You don¡¯t know anything! His father has an affair with a rich and beautiful woman and abandoned me and the child! You don¡¯t understand the pain! The child is very much like his father. I¡¯m going to kill him! I don¡¯t want to see him again!¡± The young woman¡¯s face is terrible when she speaks. She is furious. ire can¡¯t help being afraid. In this way, the child could die... Chapter 201 I won’t let you die Chapter 201 I won¡¯t let you die ire stares at the young woman. She doesn¡¯t understand the young woman¡¯s pain, but... When ire sees the child who is no longer struggling in the water, her heart leaps to her throat! And the young woman is still angrily telling her sad experience. She doesn¡¯t notice that the child is no longer struggling. ire¡¯s brain is congested. The moment she sees the child pass out, she rushes over almost without thinking. She ignores the young woman who isining and runs to the child! The young woman didn¡¯t expect ire to run over. She freezes for a moment and then screams, ¡°don¡¯t come here! I...¡± She wants to threaten ire with her child, but when she sees that the child is no longer struggling, she freezes. ire runs over and picks up the child who has sunk in the water. She yells at the young woman angrily, ¡°how can you be so selfish! Even if he is like his father, he is your own son! How can you hurt him!¡± With that, ire picks up the child and wants to leave. She wants to take the child away from this inhuman mother! She takes a look at the child. His eyes are rolled back and his mouth is slightly open and his face is livid. She is shocked and heartbroken. She hugs the child and steps out of the water. The young woman seems to have been stupefied by the fainting of her child. When she sees ire¡¯s action, she suddenly rushes over and tries to take the child in ire¡¯s arms. ¡°No! You can¡¯t take him! He¡¯s mine! It¡¯s up to me whether he lives or dies!¡± ire is pushed by the young woman and nearly falls into the sea. She stares at the angry young woman in disbelief. She thinks she¡¯s crazy! ¡°Are you crazy? You still think about it! Don¡¯t you see that he¡¯s dying! He must be treated quickly or he will die!¡± ire backs away and doesn¡¯t give the young woman a chance to touch the child in her arms. But the young woman doesn¡¯t listen to her. Her eyes are horrible and she stares at the child ire is carrying. She gives ire a cold look and bursts outughing. ¡°I¡¯m crazy! I was tormented by his father and him and I went crazy! I advise you to return him to me. Even if you save him now, as long as I am his mother, he will die one day!¡± The young woman¡¯s eyes and words make ire feel cold all over. She stares at the young woman in shock! She can¡¯t seem to believe she said that! This woman is really crazy! This is simply inhuman behavior! ire freezes for a moment. The young woman pounces on ire¡¯s arms, trying to take the child from her arms! Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ire sees a figure. The next second, the young woman is in front of her! ¡°No!¡± ire tries to back off and wants to keep her distance from the young woman. Unlike onnd, however, ire suffers from water resistance. She retreats quickly and falls back quickly because of the unstable center of gravity! ¡°...¡± The sea covers her all at once. From her nose, mouth, eyes and ears, the water quickly enters her brain. ire identally takes a sip of water. When she opens her eyes and sees a piece of water, ire can¡¯t help panicking. When she thinks about the scene in the bathtub that day, her fear suddenly spreads all over her body! She forgets it is shallow water. This effect is exactly what the young woman wants. When she sees ire in the water, there is a trace of malice in her eyes. She suddenly bends down and grabs ire by the neck. She keeps cursing, ¡°you¡¯re meddling! Go to hell!¡± ire has a child in her arms who can¡¯t move and her neck is suddenly pinched. She is more frightened and can hardly think with her brain. She has only one idea. She must protect the child in her arms and not let him go! So ire gives up the chance to push the young woman by hand. She drowns and is strangled so she is soon out of breath. Her brain is about to explode and her lungs are starved of oxygen. ire can only struggle powerlessly at first, but atst she doesn¡¯t have the strength to struggle. At that moment, ire thinks of death. She recalls all the experiences of her life, including happy, unhappy, aggrieved and ted. And Leo and Conan. ire suddenly has the idea that if she is alive, all hatred will not matter... This is ire¡¯sst thought before she faints. ire¡¯s eyes darken and she faints. ... Leo can¡¯t find her when hees back. He is puzzled when he sees a crazy and mumbling woman not far away. He sees the young woman bend and reach into the water as if she is holding something. Leo wants to turn around but suddenly sees something. He looks at the young woman again. Leo has good eyesight and sees the familiar figure in the water! Leo¡¯s heart pounds as if he has been running for a long time. His eyes are bloodshot and he runs fast over there. He shoves away the crazy woman who is holding ire¡¯s neck and swearing. He picks up ire¡¯s body. When he finds that ire is still holding a child in her arms, he is stunned and wants to pull the child out of her arms. Unexpectedly, ire don¡¯t let go! ¡°Ah! What do you want to do!¡± The young woman ispletely driven mad. She rushes over and tries to stop Leo, but Leo gives her a cold look and kicks her out. Leo takes ire and the child to the shore. He firstys ire t on the ground and then releases her hand as hard as he can. He puts the child aside at will. Instead of caring about the child, Leo quickly presses ire¡¯s chest with both hands. He is very calm when he does this series of movements, but he is very worried. ire¡¯s face is a little ck. Because of theck of oxygen, she is foaming at the mouth. Leo quickly presses ire¡¯s chest and yells at her, ¡°damn stupid woman, you can¡¯t die! Do you hear me! I won¡¯t let you die like this!¡± "I¡¯m happy for you too, because I know you¡¯re not such a sleepy person, and you didn¡¯t have sexst night. I think maybe you¡¯re pregnant." "Pregnant?" Jane heard her words and thought it was not impossible. She was not such a sleepy person before. The situation in these days was quite different from usual, and Laura reminded her about her menstruation periods, which always started on time every month, but has not started this month. But before talking about it, she wanted to confirm it. She didn¡¯t want to be too happy before confirming it. Chapter 202 Leo saves her Chapter 202 Leo saves her Leo ignores the familiar feeling in his heart. Pressing her chest can¡¯t wake her up, so he lowers his head and gives ire artificial respiration. He repeats these two rescue actions. ire spits the water out of her mouth. Leo stops. At this time, someone finds something wrong here and rushes over. When he sees the situation clearly, he quickly takes out his cell phone and calls the emergency number. ¡°...¡± When ire opens her eyes again, she smells the pungent disinfectant. This is the smell of hospitals. Is she not dead? ire recalls the feeling of dying before she fainted. Now it¡¯s a good feeling to be reborn. ire suddenly feels that it is good to be alive. As long as she is alive, it is a very happy thing. ire suddenly remembers the crazy young woman and the child before she fainted. Where is the child? ire sits up from bed and looks around anxiously. She wants to find the child! Is he still alive? Did she save him? ire can¡¯t find the child in the room so she wants to take the needle off her hand and get out of bed. Just then, the door of the ward is opened from the outside. Leoes in and sees ire trying to pull the needle from her wrist. He stops her immediately, ¡°ire! What are you doing!¡± With that, he takes the porridge in his hand and rushes over. He puts the porridge down at will and stops ire. He frowns and looks at ire. ¡°You don¡¯t wake up easily. Why don¡¯t you lie in bed? Where are you going?¡± ¡°Where is the child?¡± ire ignores Leo. She grabs Leo¡¯s arm anxiously and asks in a panic, ¡°is the child still alive? Where is he?¡± Leo thinks of ire holding the child while she was drowning. He hesitates and says dejectedly, ¡°that child may die. The doctor said he drank too much water. If he is not rescued in time... I only know it. Now the doctor is still trying to save him. Maybe he still has hope to live.¡± Leo¡¯s words are like a blow to ire¡¯s head. She looks at the door in disbelief and mumbles, ¡°how could this happen?¡± ire loses her mind for a while. She suddenly thinks of something. She holds Leo¡¯s hand tightly and begs him, ¡°Leo, please help me to ask how the child is now!¡± ¡°I...¡± Leo frowns and doesn¡¯t seem to want to go. Other people¡¯s business has nothing to do with him. But after ire¡¯s repeated entreaties, Leo has no choice but to touch her head and whisper, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll go. You have to make sure you¡¯re lying in bed and not going out, you know?¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire nods quickly. Leo tells her to go back to bed and have porridge. He is relieved and leaves the ward. After Leo leaves, ire lies in bed and thinks. This time Leo saved her again. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. He saved her twice. Every time she drowns, Leo saves her. In other words, ire owes Leo two lives. Thinking of Leo¡¯s tenderness, ire feels warm. It turns out that Leo is also very good after amnesia. ire always thinks Leo is a jerk. He is cruel and ruthless and has no merit. She didn¡¯t expect such a man to save her twice. ire can¡¯t help changing her impression of Leo. In fact, Leo is not as bad as she thought. ire sees that porridge on the table is her favorite. She smiles and picks up the bowl and begins to drink. Leoes back soon. Seeing ire has finished eating the porridge, he is satisfied and sits beside ire¡¯s bed and says, ¡°the child has been rescued. He is in the ward. If he can wake up, he will be fine. The doctor said he will check his body for any seque after he wakes up.¡± Because ire is worried about the kid, Leo¡¯s news is very detailed. He tells her in great detail when hees back. ¡°The mother has been taken away by the police. Don¡¯t worry.¡± Before ire can ask, Leo says her concerns. She looks at Leo gratefully and says to him for the first time, ¡°thank you, Leo.¡± ire¡¯s words surprise Leo. Then he smiles and kisses ire on the forehead. He smiles and says, ¡°as long as you¡¯re OK.¡± ¡°...¡± ire looks at Leo¡¯s smile and suddenly feels that Leo is very handsome. In her eyes, Leo has changed. No, to be exact, Leo has really changed a lot. All of a sudden, ire thinks selfishly that it will be nice if Leo lost his memory all the time. He had better not remember what happened to them and keep it. ire prays to God in secret. But what she doesn¡¯t know is that not only does Leo change, but also her own mentality gradually changes. ire has a day off at the hospital. The next day she returns to the hotel. The original trip is dyed for a day because of ire¡¯s sudden hospitalization. The next afternoon, ire follows Leo to discuss cooperation projects. This time Leo wants to develop thepany¡¯s projects into the tourism industry here. This time the partner is the boss of the local tourist. For this business, Leo brings ire over to negotiate. When theye to the head office, Leo and ire think the head of thepany will receive them. But they didn¡¯t expect that a beautiful girl with good figure receives them! She looks about twenty-two. Her lips are red and she is tall. She is wearing tight ck leather. Her brown curls are scattered behind her. Her walking posture is confident and bold. She smiles when she sees Leo. She walks up to Leo like a strong woman and reaches out to greet him politely. ¡°Hello Leo. My name is Fiona.¡± Chapter 203 A beauty Chapter 203 A beauty Leo reaches out and shakes hands with Fiona. He smiles and says, ¡°Hello, Fiona.¡± Fiona naturally smiles, ¡°President Howard, actually I¡¯m not a manager. I¡¯m the daughter of President Thomas. He and my mother are traveling abroad these days and have no time to receive you, so he asked me toe here. I hope President Howard doesn¡¯t mind.¡± Leo is a little surprised. He didn¡¯t expect that the beauty in front of him is the daughter of the president who works with him. They thought she was a manager and didn¡¯t think Fiona was the daughter of President Thomas. But can she stand the test of negotiation and cooperation? Fiona proves her ability with practical actions. She smiles and takes back her hand. She takes Leo and ire to the reception room. As she walks, she straightens her back and says, ¡°I¡¯ve learned about President Howard¡¯s intention to cooperate with ourpany. Actually, President Thomas told me that there is no problem with the project conditions. This time we mainly want to let you know about our tourism industry, so that you can understand our business development.¡± ¡°...¡± Fiona¡¯s words are basically useless. She doesn¡¯t mention cooperation or request or any dissatisfaction with Leo¡¯s terms. She hoists Leo in midair. She does not refuse or ept. It seems that whether the cooperation project is sessful depends on Leo¡¯s words and deeds. Is this a test for him? Leo frowns but is calm on the surface. He asks casually, ¡°when will President Thomase back? We will only stay here for a few days. I¡¯m afraid...¡± Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Before Leo finishes, Fiona turns to him and says with a smile, ¡°President Howard, don¡¯t worry. President Thomas will be back in a few days. During this period, I will be responsible for acting as the guide of President Howard in City B and taking you to visit our scenic spots.¡± With that, she opens the door of the reception room and holds out a hand to signal Leo to enter. Leo goes straight in. ire wants to follow Leo in, but Fiona stops her. She smiles politely, but she is obviously unhappy and says, ¡°excuse me, are you President Howard¡¯s secretary? I have something to talk to President Howard. I wonder if it¡¯s convenient for you to wait outside.¡± She is outspoken and firm. ¡°...¡± ire looks at Fiona, puzzled, and then at Leo, who is walking in front. Leo is already in. When he hears her, hees back and looks at Fiona and asks faintly, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°Nothing.¡± Fiona looks at Leo with a smile and says, ¡°I just said that I need to talk to President Howard about the cooperation project alone. Is it convenient for your secretary to avoid it?¡± Since it¡¯s about work, why does ire need to avoid it? ire feels that this woman definitely doesn¡¯t just want to talk to Leo about the partnership project. Leo raises his eyebrows and says indifferently, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. She¡¯s a capable secretary. Let her in.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Fiona looks at ire for a moment with a strange look, and she recovers. She says with a smile, ¡°in that case,e in.¡± With that, she takes back her hand and doesn¡¯t stop ire. But after ire goes in, Fiona just sits there quietly. She doesn¡¯t talk about cooperative projects as she just said. She just sits there and chats with Leo. Fiona doesn¡¯t even look at ire. ire doesn¡¯t care. She sits up straight and looks ahead. Leo knows Fiona¡¯s intentions. It turns out that she is upset about him letting ire in. He feels funny. Soon someone brings them a cup of coffee and a cup of tea. The coffee is brought to Leo. Fiona then exins, ¡°I¡¯ve heard that President Howard likes coffee for a long time. I¡¯ve asked someone to prepare coffee for you. I don¡¯t know if you like it.¡± Fiona¡¯s words let Leo and ire know that she already knows Leo. But what does it mean for a woman to know so much about a man? Leo and ire are not stupid. They all vaguely guess what Fiona wants to do. But ire thinks it¡¯s funny that Fiona knows that Leo likes coffee, but she doesn¡¯t know that Leo is picky about coffee. Leo won¡¯t like it if its temperature and sweetness are not right. As ire expected, Leo picks up the coffee and takes a sip. He frowns and recovers quickly. He puts the coffee down and says, ¡°not bad.¡± This briefment makes Fiona think it is apliment. She smiles happily, ¡°I¡¯m d you enjoy it.¡± ¡°...¡± Leo smiles and doesn¡¯t speak. ireughs in her heart. She saw Leo frown just now. She knows he is unhappy with Fiona¡¯s casual coffee. They are talking about cooperative projects, so he can only give Fiona ament. In ire¡¯s mind, ¡°not bad¡± means average. It¡¯s not anment at all. Fiona, however, ispletely unaffected. She continues to chat with Leo andpletely ignores ire. Fiona smiles happily and says politely, ¡°I heard that President Howard has been engaged for six years but has not been married. Is it true?¡± Leo freezes. Fiona¡¯s words are obvious. If he doesn¡¯t understand, he¡¯s a fool. Fiona likes Leo but doesn¡¯t dare say it. She can only hint gently. Leo feels helpless. He knows but can only pretend he doesn¡¯t. He says inly, ¡°yes, I¡¯m not married. Why does Miss Thomas ask it?¡± ¡°Ah, nothing.¡± Fiona smiles happily. Chapter 204 His intimacy and doting Chapter 204 His intimacy and doting Fiona quickly waves and says, ¡°I¡¯m just curious. It¡¯s strange why President Howard has been engaged for so many years but hasn¡¯t been married yet.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing.¡± Leo smiles naturally on the surface, but in fact, he is impatient with Fiona. His voice grows colder. ¡°I¡¯ve been busy with my career all these years. I don¡¯t have time to form a family for the time being. On the issue of marriage, I think I¡¯d better stabilize my career first.¡± Fiona smiles happily at Leo¡¯s words. She can¡¯t help but cover her mouth and smile, ¡°President Howard, yourpany is very big now. Is your career unstable? You are so humorous.¡± Fiona gets the answer and stops asking. She can¡¯t ask Leo why he doesn¡¯t get married, which will cause Leo¡¯s antipathy. Fiona is not stupid. She likes Leo but she doesn¡¯t panic in front of him. On the contrary, Fiona is smart. No matter in career or emotion, she can take the absolute advantage to lead the prey into the trap step by step. That¡¯s why her father is so relieved to give her the cooperation project. Fiona stops asking, and Leo¡¯s impatience decreases. He smiles at Fiona and says, ¡°I would like to work with yourpany more than this. As long as we decide on this cooperation project, I don¡¯t have to worry about my career. We can get married early, can¡¯t we?¡± There¡¯s something in Leo¡¯s words. Fiona doesn¡¯t understand Leo. Does he want her to talk about cooperation projects quickly and then he can give her a chance to see if they can get married or does he just want to talk about cooperative projects and hurry home to marry his fiancee? Fiona thinks for a moment and decides not to think about it. It doesn¡¯t matter. This is just the beginning. She is not worried. Then she has more time to let Leo know her real charm. She can learn more about his ideas. When it¡¯s time to eat, Fiona stands up confident. Shees up to Leo and invites him warmly, ¡°it¡¯s time for dinner, President Howard, would you like to have dinner with me?¡± Fiona is tall and has a great figure. After all, she is a beautiful woman. Although she is wearing tight leather armor, he can see her cleavage and navel. Leo will not refuse such a beautiful woman. What¡¯s more, she is the target of the cooperation project. Leo, of course, can¡¯t turn her down. He stands up at once. He¡¯s one fist taller than Fiona. Even if Fiona is wearing high heels, she is not taller than Leo. Leo smiles and says, ¡°OK.¡± They¡¯re almost the same height and they¡¯re a good match. When they finish, they leave. ¡°...¡± ire stares at the two of them and is at a loss. She wants to scold for a long time. Fiona ignores her. ire thinks she is jealous, so she doesn¡¯t care. But Leo doesn¡¯t call her. What does he mean? ire sits angrily in her seat. He looks at Leo¡¯s back and doesn¡¯t want to move. She suddenly wonder if Leo has ignored her. If he forgets her, she won¡¯t spare him! Sure enough, ire watches Leo and Fiona leave the reception room talking andughing and never looking back. ¡°...¡± ire¡¯s eyes turn red.Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Leo, you bastard! As ire curses Leo in her heart, Leo suddenly walks back to the door. He frowns and looks at ire confused. ¡°ire, why are you here?¡± ¡°...¡± ire watches Leoe back and call her. She feels angry and happy. For a moment she doesn¡¯t know what to say. She mes Leo for not paying attention. But hees back, which shows that he values her. If she doesn¡¯t me Leo, she feels aggrieved. After all, when he just left, he only looked at Fiona and didn¡¯t look at her at all! At this time, Fionaes back. She stands behind Leo and puts her hands around her chest. She looks at ire indifferently. She seems to resent Leo¡¯sing back for a secretary. She is dissatisfied with a secretary¡¯s negligence and her bosses back to find her. There is no ire in Fiona¡¯s investigation, so she doesn¡¯t know what happened to ire and Leo. She mainly investigated Tracy. That woman can¡¯t beat her at all. But Fiona feels a sense of crisis when she looks at the embarrassed female secretary sitting in her seat. When she investigated, she didn¡¯t find out that Leo has such a beautiful secretary. ire¡¯s temperament and delicate features make Fiona a little jealous. Although ire just sits there quietly, she is conspicuous. ire has mature and elegant female charm. She is a rival who makes every woman feel the crisis. Fiona wonders why such an extraordinary woman bes Leo¡¯s secretary. ire¡¯s silence displeases Leo. He strides up to ire and pulls up her arm and says, ¡°let¡¯s go to dinner.¡± There is casual affection and intimacy in his tone. After her drowning and what happened in the hospital, Leo stops making fun of ire. Although his attitude is still so domineering, it is much better than before. ire doesn¡¯t notice this subtle change in Leo. She is still angry that Leo just ignored her and left, so she follows Leo in silence. Leo still holds ire¡¯s hand as they walk out of the reception room. Fiona sees it and asks casually, ¡°President Howard, you have such a good rtionship with your secretary. Is she yours...¡± Fiona stops in the middle. She¡¯s looking at Leo and ire meaningfully. Her meaning is obvious. She is asking if ire is Leo¡¯s mistress or if Leo doesn¡¯t marry because he has such a beautiful little woman. Chapter 205 Secretary is a burden Chapter 205 Secretary is a burden Fiona has an idea. ire is probably not Leo¡¯s secretary, but his mistress. He takes the opportunity of business trip to take her out to y in the name of secretary. Smart people tend to think of many possibilities, but sometimes smart people are very unpleasant. Hearing Fiona, Leo lets go of ire¡¯s hand. He is surprised that he is so close to ire in public. He shouldn¡¯t have done it. He calms down and says seriously, ¡°Miss Thomas, you think too much. She¡¯s just my secretary. Maybe because she¡¯s new here, she¡¯s timid and a little stupid. I have to look at her myself.¡± You¡¯re stupid! ire stares discontentedly at Leo behind him and pouts. If Fiona isn¡¯t there, ire will have refuted him. Hearing this, Fiona looks at ire with strange eyes. She smiles meaningfully. ¡°Since she is so stupid, why doesn¡¯t President Howard change a secretary earlier. Won¡¯t she give your job any trouble?¡± ¡°...¡± Look, Fiona¡¯s clever and jealous words make Leo not want to talk. Fiona has been satirizing him. Leo will have lost his temper and left if it hasn¡¯t been for the cooperation project. But Leo is Leo after all. Even if Fiona satirizes him, there is no woman in the world who can make him speechless or even out of control except ire. Leo is angry for a while and smiles. He takes a look at ire and says with a little disgust, ¡°she was rmended by my good friend. If I fire her, she will cry before my friendes to me. I dare not fire her.¡± Leo¡¯s words are innocent, but the irony is obvious. He obviously wants ire to take all the responsibility. They walk into the elevator. ire nips Leo on the back as Fiona turns. She seems to be angry at what he just said. Leo¡¯s arm hurts but he finds it funny. It happens that Fiona turns to talk to him again, and Leo quickly bes serious and cold. Fiona has disdain in her eyes. She gives ire a faint nce and smiles and says to Leo, ¡°Oh, she¡¯s rmended. President Howard, where would you like to have dinner? It¡¯s a coastal city and abounds in seafood. I know a restaurant has a good lobster. Would you like to try it?¡± Leo is a gentleman. He nods and says softly, ¡°Miss Thomas is thendlord and the native here. I should listen to Miss Thomas.¡± Leo¡¯s words satisfy Fiona¡¯s vanity. She smiles smugly and keeps touching Leo¡¯s body. She keeps teasing Leo as she speaks. But today Leo¡¯s attitude towards Fiona is so peaceful that he can even be called an absolute gentleman. Instead of refusing, he happily responds to Fiona¡¯s physical contact and verbal teasing. ire can only chew her teeth behind them. Leo isfortable but she is misunderstood and despised by Fiona because of his nonsense. She enters thepany on her own. No, even if Tracy rmended her, shouldn¡¯t he respect her in front of other women? And this woman thinks of her as a rival! Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Leo¡¯s words are totally ruining her image. ire is mad with rage. She keeps cursing Leo behind his back. After leaving Fiona¡¯spany, ire says she is not feeling well and wants to go back first. But Leo embarrasses her again. He asks confusedly, ¡°you told me you wanted to eat seafood before you went out today. Why are you not feeling well now? Tell me what¡¯s wrong.¡± ¡°... I have a stomachache!¡± ire is speechless. Does Leo take the wrong medicine today? Why does he keep embarrassing her? Doesn¡¯t he know Fiona just wants to be alone with him? She should avoid it now. Even if Leo doesn¡¯t want her to leave, ire doesn¡¯t want to stay! Fiona looks at her as if she is going to eat her. She has a strong dislike for her. When ire finishes, Leo looks at her strangely and says, ¡°I remember you don¡¯t have stomach trouble.¡± ¡°...¡± In this way, all ire¡¯s methods are denied by Leo. ire stares at Leo angrily. She has no idea what happened to him today. Doesn¡¯t he see Fiona¡¯s eyes horrible? Even so, you should see me in pain! ire wails in her heart. She says bluntly to the confused Leo, ¡°president, can¡¯t I not go? I don¡¯t want to eat today. I¡¯ll go tomorrow.¡± As she speaks, ire looks pitifully at Leo. She doesn¡¯t believe Leo still doesn¡¯t understand her meaning. Today, however, Leo does take the wrong medicine. Not only does he not receive ire¡¯s prompt, he angrily uses her, ¡°ire, what¡¯s the matter with you? I¡¯m your boss. Why is it so hard for me to ask you to go to dinner? Do you obey when I fire you?¡± ¡°...¡± ire is speechless. Leo is crazy. Leo is stupid. ire keeps telling herself in her heart that she doesn¡¯t know whether Leo really doesn¡¯t understand her eyes or pretends not to. Anyway, ire can¡¯t see the meaning of his heart, because Leo behaves as usual! But ire doesn¡¯t think he¡¯s normal. So ire can only follow Leo and endure Fiona¡¯s contempt and neglect all the way. ire is angry. She will not have been humiliated if it has not been for the cooperative project. Damn asshole! She¡¯s pissed off! Chapter 206 Claire’s jealous Chapter 206 ire¡¯s jealous Along the way, Fionaughs happily. She points to the roadside scenery and exins to Leo from time to time, ¡°Leo, look, this is the downtown and the most prosperous street of City B. People gathered heree from various countries and regions. People who can live here are worth millions of dors...¡± ¡°Look, Leo, this is the most famous tourist attraction in City B. There are many people there. It¡¯s the peak season. Many peoplee to visit...¡± Fiona calls Leo from President Howard to Leo. ire doesn¡¯t know why she is so cheeky. Fiona keeps talking to Leo. Even if there is no topic, she can find out the topic. ire doubts whether she is from the propaganda department or the marketing department. She is very articte. ire loses to her. And Leo doesn¡¯t care about her. She has to keep a warm attitude and keep talking since she gets on the car. Leo impatiently hands Fiona a bottle of water. Seeing this, Fiona thinks that Leo is caring for her. She blushes a little and takes the water shyly. She whispers, ¡°Leo, thank you.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to thank me. If you¡¯re tired, drink water and have a good rest. I¡¯ll remind you when we arrive.¡± Leo says patiently. In fact, his patience is about to be worn away by Fiona. If she continues to nag, Leo will go crazy. However, what Leo says bes another concern in Fiona¡¯s ear. She drinks happily and feels that the water is sweet. She looks at Leo happily and says, ¡°it¡¯s OK, Leo. I¡¯m not tired. Let me continue to tell you about the scenic spots in City B...¡± ¡°No.¡± With hisst patience, Leo says, ¡°you don¡¯t have to say it. It¡¯s going to be a long time. Don¡¯t worry about it.¡± ¡°OK...¡± Fiona was excited before. Now she feels like she¡¯s nagging. Her coldness copses in a sh. She coughs softly and sits up straight. She immediately bes as cold as when they first met. ¡°...¡± ire is speechless and falls in the back seat. She suddenly has a little sympathy and understanding for Leo. If she gets along with such a moody person, she will be mad, too. In the following time, Fiona, although asionally speaking, is not as frequent as in the car. In order to keep the atmospherefortable, she is speaking alone throughout the meal. ire clearly feels that Leo¡¯s patience is rapidly decreasing. They finish the meal in a hurry and leave. ording to the etiquette, Leo sends her to dinner, so he should take her home. Fortunately, Fiona is tired after talking all day. On the way home, she is able to sit quietly. It isn¡¯t until they send Fiona home that Leo and ire are relieved. ire¡¯s reaction is strongest. At the moment when the car starts, she lets out a painful cry, ¡°my God, she finally left! It¡¯s killing me!¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo¡¯s impatience disappears in half, and he feels funny, ¡°Why are you ufortable? It¡¯s me who faces her.¡± ¡°It¡¯s all your fault!¡± Hearing this, ire¡¯s fallen body suddenly sits up. She stares at Leo in the driver¡¯s seat hatefully and says angrily, ¡°it¡¯s all because of you! Don¡¯t y dumb! I wanted to go back to the hotel but you didn¡¯t allow me. You forced me to suffer!¡± Leo is in a good mood after hearing ire¡¯sint. He can¡¯t helpughing and gloating, ¡°if I let you go, who will relieve me? Are you willing to let your boss die in the fierce bombing?¡± ¡°Stop!¡± ire is so angry that she thumps the back of Leo¡¯s seat and shouts, ¡°it¡¯s all your fault! You said that I can enter thepany only by rtionship. You¡¯re happy to see me embarrassed, aren¡¯t you?Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. Leo, you scum! Asshole!¡± ¡°I¡¯m scum? Asshole?¡± Leo freezes at ire¡¯s words. He says unhappily, ¡°I thought you would thank me. Didn¡¯t you see her hate eyes? If I didn¡¯t say that, you would have been treated as a rival by her and hung up to fight before frying.¡± ¡°It can¡¯t be so horrible!¡± ire is still angry, but Leo¡¯s words clear up her misunderstanding of him. She angrily mes Leo, ¡°you attracted her violent bombing. You are the culprit. If you don¡¯t provoke women everywhere, she won¡¯t treat me as a rival!¡± ire is unlucky and depressed. When Leo hears what she says, he is happy. He throws away his unhappiness. He looks back at ire with interest and jokes, ¡°are you jealous?¡± Huh? She? ire¡¯s jealous? ire seems to hear a big joke. She angrily takes a sugar out of her bag and takes it apart and puts it in her mouth. She proudly says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry! I eat sugar. I¡¯m not jealous!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t believe it and continues to tease ire. ¡°I¡¯m just kidding. Why are you so serious? Am I right?¡± ¡°When Fiona said today that you are my mistress, I really wanted you to be my mistress. ire, isn¡¯t my advice great?¡± ¡°... Leo!¡± ire never thought that such a reckless remark can be spit out of Leo¡¯s mouth so easily. Doesn¡¯t he ever think of how much harm he will do to others when he says it! ire is really angry this time. She shouts Leo¡¯s name angrily. Atst she finds out that she doesn¡¯t know how to scold him. She has to pat the door and yell at Leo, ¡°stop! I want to get off!¡± Leo is surprised. He takes a look at ire from the rearview mirror and asks in surprise, ¡°ire, what are you doing? Are you angry?¡± Is he blind? ire¡¯s eyes are red with anger when she sees Leo refuses to stop. She ms the door and says angrily to Leo, ¡°Leo! You shouldn¡¯t have made such a joke! Last time in City A, I said I would not be mistress of anyone! Why are you making fun of this! Have you ever thought about how I feel?¡± Chapter 207 What happened to Leo? Chapter 207 What happened to Leo? ¡°I don¡¯t care what your attitude is when you say it. I don¡¯t want to hear the word mistress from you anymore. I don¡¯t want to be your mistress! I don¡¯t want it! You don¡¯t deserve it!¡± ire almost roars. Leo says unhappily, ¡°ire, since you know it¡¯s a joke, why are you so angry?¡± Leo¡¯s words stop ire. She looks a little unnatural, but she says angrily, ¡°I don¡¯t like you kidding anyway. I¡¯ll think you don¡¯t respect me!¡± ¡°...¡± Leo nces at ire through the rearview mirror. He sneers and asks, ¡°ire, when you talk like this, have you thought about me?¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± Although ire is still angry, she is very rational. Leo¡¯s words make her feel weird and disharmonious. She looks at Leo doubtfully as if to find out the answer from him. However, Leo doesn¡¯t n to say it again. After he says that, he looks at the front carefully and drives. When they get to the hotel, Leo hands the car to the park man without saying a word and walks straight to the hotel door. ire follows him, but he walks fast. ire has no choice but to trot. After they reach the floor, ire wants to say something else to Leo, but Leo enters the room alone. He ms the door shut and leaves ire alone in the hallway. ¡°...¡± ire watches in shock as Leo closes the door. She can¡¯t help but touch her nose and wonder why he goes crazy again. ire doesn¡¯t know why Leo is angry. If he is angry at what she said in the car, she doesn¡¯t me him, but instead he mes her? Who says the wrong thing first? Will she have been so angry if he hasn¡¯t told her to be his mistress first? Who doesn¡¯t think about other people¡¯s feelings? Is it right to let a woman with a child be another¡¯s mistress? What¡¯s more, the man has a fiancee! Who doesn¡¯t pay attention to whom? ire gets angry the more she thinks about it. She opens her room door and ms it shut. She takes a bath and goes to bed in anger. ... The next day, ire gets up and dresses. She goes downstairs and has breakfast. After breakfast, she goes back upstairs and knocks on Leo¡¯s door. However, Leo may still be angry about yesterday. ire knocks but no one opens. Why is he angry about a little thing? She doesn¡¯t pursue as a woman, but he is still angry as a man. ire knocks again, but no onees to open the door. ire has to give up the chance to wake up Leo. ire turns back to the room and wants Leo toe to her. Anyway, he must take her with him to negotiate cooperation projects. It doesn¡¯t matter if he doesn¡¯t bring her. ire doesn¡¯t care. To ire¡¯s surprise, Leo doesn¡¯te to knock on her door. ire spends the whole morning ying with theputer absently and ncing at the door from time to time. Towards noon ire can¡¯t help but get up and leave the room and knock on Leo¡¯s door again. This time, Leo still doesn¡¯t open the door. What¡¯s he doing? ire can¡¯t help frowning. She stares at the door frame. Is he angry or ill? ire knocks on the door again and shouts, ¡°Leo, open the door. I have something for you.¡± ¡°...¡± However, no one in the room responds to her. After a long time, ire bes impatient. She stares at the doorframe and growls in her heart, okay, Leo, you ignore me, and I ignore you! ire goes back to her room and ms the door again. She wants him to know that she will be angry, too. Until night Leo still doesn¡¯te to her and doesn¡¯t call her! ire stares at the cell phone and the door. Atst she is so anxious that she paces the room up and down impatiently. Is Leo crazy? She doesn¡¯t care about it as a woman, but he is angry all day for this little thing! ire stares at her cell phone and wants to call and scold him. But she thinks he will think she cares about it. He will be very proud! He will certainly have another chance to mock her. ire thinks stubbornly, no, I can¡¯t call him! So ire spends the whole day in a tangle. Her mood changes from iprehension and impatience at the beginning to impatience, anger and anxiety, and finally to worry. Is Leo really sick? He can¡¯t get up so he can¡¯t open the door when she knocks? Is he so ill that he can¡¯t stay awake or answer the phone? ire is getting more and more anxious. If so, it¡¯s already evening. Has Leo been in aa all day? God! Is his life in danger? Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. At the thought of this, ire can¡¯t stay in the room any longer. She runs to the front desk on the first floor and exins the situation to the receptionist incoherently. Because she is so worried, ire speaks quickly. ¡°I really came with Mr. Howard! I¡¯m not a liar, and I don¡¯t mean to embarrass you. Please open room 1348. I haven¡¯t seen him all day today. Mr. Howard may be ill in the room. Please help me! The hotel should have a registration. If you don¡¯t believe it, you can check...¡± ire is getting more and more worried. She doesn¡¯t notice at all that she is flustered at the moment. She doesn¡¯t notice that it is the first time she has been so rude in front of outsiders. The receptionist is a little overwhelmed. After a long time she calms down. She smiles andforts ire. She says softly, ¡°don¡¯t worry, Miss Bet. We¡¯ll arrange someone to open the door for you. Just a moment, please.¡± She picks up the phone and makes a call. ire calms down a little when she hears the receptionist. After the receptionist calls, she can¡¯t wait to ask, ¡°is it ok now?¡± Chapter 208 Jealousy and anger Chapter 208 Jealousy and anger The receptionist smiles and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry. Someone wille and take you upter. Please wait a moment.¡± ¡°Well, hurry up!¡± ire clenches her teeth and clenches her fist. She didn¡¯t expect that she will be so worried about Leo. ire is anxious but has to wait for the waiter toe to the front desk with the key to Leo¡¯s room before taking ire upstairs. During the whole process, ire is so anxious that she wants to kill people. Every time she wants to lose her temper, she has to bear it. On the surface, she is calm. In fact, she is very worried. If it isn¡¯t for etiquette, she wants to grab the key from the waiter and run. So ire has to keep urging the waiter, ¡°hurry up, he¡¯s going to die...¡± ¡°Miss, don¡¯t push me any more. I¡¯m fast enough...¡± The waiter is almost pulled by ire. He is also speechless. He sees such a guest for the first time. When they finally get to Leo¡¯s door, ire keeps urging, ¡°open the door. Hurry up!¡± She says that many times along the way. The waiter quickens his movements but it is more difficult to open the door. He tries several times to get the key in. ire is very worried. When the waiter opens the door, ire pushes it open and runs quickly into the room. She looks around quickly but there is no one on the sofa or in the bed! To her surprise, ire doesn¡¯t see Leo fainting in bed in agony. She searches the whole room, but she still doesn¡¯t see his figure. ire even goes into the bathroom and rummages through the closet, but she still doesn¡¯t see him! The waiter keeps standing at the door and watching ire rummage through the room. Hees up at the moment and says hesitantly, ¡°Miss, do you make a mistake about the room? Or do you get the situation wrong? There is no such guest in this room as you said, and no one faints in it.¡± Atst there is a slight disdain in his tone. ¡°...¡± ire calms down gradually at this time. She is sure that she doesn¡¯t go to the wrong room. When she came over, she specially looked at her room. It is next door. This situation can only exin one truth. Leo is not likely to fall ill in the room at all. The only possibility is that he went out early in the morning, but when he went out, he didn¡¯t tell her at all! ire doesn¡¯t have time to think about why Leo did it. Facing the dissatisfied look of the waiter, ire says awkwardly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Maybe I misunderstand. My friend may have gone out early in the morning. I¡¯m sorry to bother you.¡± ire¡¯s words make the waiter more contemptuous. Finally he says patiently, ¡°it¡¯s OK. Don¡¯t do it next time, or our work will be very difficult.¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°I¡¯m so sorry...¡± ire repeatedly stoops to apologize and is embarrassed. ire doesn¡¯t dare look into the waiter¡¯s eyes at the thought of what she said at the front desk. ire¡¯s attitude is sincere so the waiter can¡¯t criticize her. He says only a few words and leaves. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°...¡± Leo£¿ No sooner has the waiter leaves than Leoes into the room. He frowns when he sees ire standing solemnly in the middle of the room. ire hears the sound and looks at the door. When she sees Leo holding Fiona, her face turns cold. Leo! Were you out for a day to date a beautiful woman? Good job! No wonder he didn¡¯t inform her. He went out on a date, but she is worried that he will faint in the room. She¡¯s as anxious as a fool here. ire immediately thinks that she must be blind, so she will worry about him like a fool! ire stares at Leo coldly and says nothing. She¡¯s furious and giving off negative energy. She wants to tear Leo¡¯s face. ¡°ire, did you get kicked in the head by a donkey?¡± ire doesn¡¯t speak with a cold face and keeps staring at Leo. He doesn¡¯t feelfortable so his tone is unfriendly. ¡°Yes, I was kicked to be stupid!¡± ire says with a wry smile. She was so worried about him just now, but he scolds her as soon as hees back. At that moment, ire only feels that her kindness has been eaten by the dog. Leo doesn¡¯t seem to hear ire¡¯s sarcasm. He nods thoughtfully andughs, ¡°you¡¯re stupid!¡± ¡°... Leo!¡± ire¡¯s anger fills her mind. She res angrily at Leo and wants to say something, but she is interrupted by Fiona in Leo¡¯s arms. Fiona looks at Leo and says, ¡°Leo, why is this secretary in your room? Does she really have nothing to do with you?¡± She looks pitiful and her voice sounds very aggrieved. After a whole day of getting along, Fiona has beenpletely tamed by Leo. She is not as arrogant and confident as she was yesterday. Today Fiona is in Leo¡¯s arms. She puts one hand around Leo¡¯s waist and the other on his chest. Her face rests on Leo¡¯s shoulder. They look close. Leo looks at Fiona and reaches out a hand to touch Fiona¡¯s face. He coaxes her, ¡°of course she has nothing to do with me. I won¡¯t lie to you.¡± ¡°You are bad!¡± Fiona says softly. She pats Leo¡¯s hand shyly. In fact, she holds it gently. Realizing her intention, Leo immediately holds her hand and smiles, ¡°can¡¯t wait?¡± Chapter 209 I’m no worse than your fiancee Chapter 209 I¡¯m no worse than your fiancee ¡°¡­¡± ire is just looking at them coldly. But when she sees Leo smile at Fiona, ire suddenly feels sad. Her heart is like being stabbed with a knife, and then the knife slowly turns and pulls out. ire¡¯s unhappiness and embarrassment are at the extreme. She is as unprepared as being pped in the face in the public. Good! They perform their love in front of her. Are they making fun of her and hating her? She¡¯s nosy. She is so bored that she is worried about whether Leo will faint in the room. She¡¯s mean, so she¡¯s here to watch them perform love in front of her! It¡¯s not Leo¡¯s fault. It¡¯s her fault! ire¡¯s heart is cold. She can¡¯t look at the two people at the door any more. She turns her face away and ns to leave the room without looking at them. But when she passes them, Leo, who has been flirting with Fiona, seems to see her. He looks back in surprise and asks, ¡°ire, why are you leaving now? You haven¡¯t exined to me why you are in my room. Did you put something dirty in my room?¡± The consequences can be big or small. When it is small, ire just came to his room to get something and left. When it¡¯s big, it¡¯s likely that ire put aphrodisiac in it! Fiona¡¯s first reaction is to turn around and despise ire. Her eyes are full of contempt. ¡°Is there any woman in the world who is shameless to this extent?¡± They seem to p ire in the face with words. ire¡¯s face turns cold. He looks at Leo and her eyes are cold and desperate. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to think I am such a terrible woman. If I had known that, I would have done what you said and lived up to you.¡± ire¡¯s breath is frightfully cold, and what she says is even colder. Even Fiona is shocked by ire¡¯s words, and her back is cold. However, Leo doesn¡¯t seem to feel ire¡¯s cold attitude. He says casually, ¡°well, you can get it for me now. Let me have a good night. I don¡¯t mind if you bring it to me tomorrow. I can ept your appearance.¡± Leo¡¯s words are wild! ire is angry. Leo¡¯s words are enough to make her lose her temper. If Fiona isn¡¯t there, she wants to p him and scold him for being shameless! Even if ire is angry, she tries to control her temper. She takes a deep breath andughs. ire looks meaningfully at Leo and Fiona and suddenly smiles, ¡°thank you, president. I don¡¯t know how your fiancee Tracy will react if she knows you have a woman in City B.¡± Before they can react, ire smiles and nods at them and leaves the room. Fiona watches ire straighten up and leave. She recollects what she had just said and pouts. She looks at Leo and whispers, ¡°Leo, will she really tell your fiancee?¡± Fiona knows Leo has a fiancee, but she doesn¡¯t care. They are engaged for six years but not married. She looks down on such a woman. So Fiona thinks she can make Leo fall in love with her as long as she works hard. Fiona is absolutely confident, both emotionally and professionally. But ire¡¯s words just now worries Fiona. Her rtionship with Leo is not very stable. If ire now tells Leo¡¯s fiancee about them, it¡¯s hard for her to seduce Leo. Fiona¡¯s worry is on her face. She looks at Leo anxiously. Leo looks at ire¡¯s figure and lowers his head to think about something. Hearing Fiona¡¯s words, he looks down at her restless face. He looks serious and saya, ¡°it makes sense. You go back today. I¡¯ll see you tomorrow.¡± Hearing this, Fiona¡¯s face changes. She thought Leo will sleep with her tonight. Is it because of what ire just said? Fiona is aware of the seriousness of the matter. Although she hates ire¡¯s meddling, Leo¡¯s reaction at this time makes her understand that his fiancee has a certain position in his heart, otherwise he will not be afraid that ire will tell Tracy about it. She doesn¡¯t know if ire will really tell Tracy about it. Fiona feels it is time to show her sincerity. Otherwise, Leo may be worried that his fiancee will find out about their affair and give up her. They spend a day together. Fiona manages to maintain the rtionship and makes Leo feel good about her. She can¡¯t just give up the good man in front of her. These thoughts sh through Fiona¡¯s mind. She is silent for a while and then looks up and says to Leo seriously, ¡°Leo, I know what you¡¯re worried about. My family is no worse than Tracy¡¯s! Why don¡¯t you break up with Tracy and stay with me?¡± ¡°In fact, to be honest, my father has approved the cooperation project for a long time. It¡¯s just that I¡¯ve been refusing. That¡¯s because I like you and I want to see you and be with you. So I told my father to ask you toe to City B in person. On the surface, I hope you can learn more about the development of our industry. In fact, it¡¯s an opportunity I created for the two of us to be together.¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ¡°Leo, I love you. I want to be with you and marry you! As long as you choose to be with me, Thomas Group and I belong to you!¡± Fiona¡¯s words are firm and confident. Her face is full of pride. She¡¯s telling Leo that she¡¯s no worse than Tracy. He doesn¡¯t need to worry about his fiancee. If he is with her, he will not lose anything. Chapter 210 Don’t touch me Chapter 210 Don¡¯t touch me When Leo hears Fiona¡¯s words, he is stunned at first, then he calms down quickly. ¡°I remember what you said. We yed all day today. You must be exhausted. Go back and have a rest, will you?¡± Leo¡¯s voice is low and seductive. Fiona is intoxicated. She blushes and leans against Leo and nods. Finally she kisses Leo on the cheek and whispers in his ear, ¡°Leo, I¡¯ll wait for you.¡± With that, Fiona takes a look at Leo. She looks charming. Leo smiles like he is fascinated by Fiona or not. He puts his arm around Fiona''s waist and takes her to the elevator door and says, ¡°go back.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Fiona smiles happily and stands in the elevator waving to Leo. If there is such a handsome and rich man for you, every woman is easy to fall, including Fiona. They only spend a day together, but she finds that she has fallen in love with the man named Leo. At the moment when the elevator finally closes, Leo¡¯s smile suddenly cools down, and he turns away without expression. As he passes ire¡¯s door, he stops and looks at the closed room. His eyes are deep and he is thinking about something. He stands for a long time. He turns to face ire¡¯s door and reaches out to knock, but when his hand reaches into the air he suddenly puts it down. Leo puts his hand back in his pocket and walks back to his room. ... After ire says that to Leo, she raises her chin and walks proudly back to her room. She clenches her fist throughout the process, indicating that she has been holding back her anger. It is not until the door is closed that ire¡¯s disguise ispletely removed. She leans weakly against the door and slowly slips to the ground. ire looks ahead and gives a wry smile. Her eyes are astringent and her heart seems to be heavily pressed by a stone, so that she can not breathe at all. She is so upset, but she can¡¯t cry. Seeing Leo looking at Fiona seriously and they are close together, she is inexplicably upset and a little embarrassed. Is Leo still the kind of person who seduces women at will after losing his memory? He was nice to her a few days ago and kissed her and hugged her, but now he does it to another woman. She thought he was better the other day. She didn¡¯t expect it to be her illusion. Leo is still Leo. He¡¯s still that crazy bastard. She can¡¯t hope for Leo. Look, she¡¯s embarrassed now. She deserves to be teased by him. ire is leaning against the door,ining. She sits on the ground with her legs together and her knees in her arms. She puts her chin on her knee and mentally educates herself. At the moment, Leo is standing outside the door. Atst, both of them stay in their rooms and spend the night in silence. The next day, ire wakes up quickly. Hearing someone knock on her door, ire opens the door without thinking. When she sees Leo outside the door, she wants to close the door. ¡°What are you doing?¡± Leo quickly stops ire. He puts his hand in the door panel to keep ire from closing the door. ¡°...¡± ire looks at Leo¡¯s hand calmly and says coldly, ¡°let go.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t seem to see ire¡¯s cold attitude. He stands at the door and sees ire dressed up. He takes her hand and says casually, ¡°let¡¯s have breakfast, and then we¡¯re going out for a day today.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to go. I¡¯m not feeling well.¡± ire refuses without thinking. At the same time, she tries to take her hand out of Leo¡¯s big hand. Unexpectedly, Leo holds it tightly. ire can¡¯t take it out. ¡°You let go of my hand!¡± However, Leo turns a deaf ear to ire¡¯s struggle and dissatisfaction. He looks at ire deeply and says nothing. What are you looking at? Are youparing with me who can watch for a long time? Seeing Leo refuses to let go of her, ire looks at Leo scornfully. One person stands in the door and the other person stands outside the door. But they don¡¯t look at each other for long. About a minuteter, Leo suddenly steps in and closes the door. Seeing this, ire res and roars, ¡°what are you doing?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t say a word. ire is hugged and kissed by him unprepared. Leo puts one hand around ire¡¯s waist and one on the back of her head. He presses her to him with a little force. Leo nibbles at ire¡¯s lip and seems to be punishing her. ire feels the itch on her lips. But this is not the point at the moment! At the moment of being kissed by Leo, ire¡¯s brain is suddenly nk, and she is stunned for a long time before responding. Leo is kissing her! ire feels sick at the thought of the intimacy he had with Fiona yesterday and the fact that he is kissing her lips at the moment. He must have kissed Fiona yesterday! He kissed another woman yesterday but kisses her today. Leo, you bastard! ire wants to push Leo away. She doesn¡¯t want to kiss this psycho! Leo is pushed by ire. When she thinks she can push him away, he suddenly grabs ire¡¯s hands. He turns and pushes her to the wall and imprisons her between him and the wall. Leo is rude. ire is hit on the wall by him. Her back hurts so much that she exims. Leo takes the opportunity. His tongue gets into her mouth and catches her tongue. When Leo¡¯s tongue kisses ire, she thinks that he has done this to other women, so she feels even more disgusted!Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ire bites Leo¡¯s tongue subconsciously. Chapter 211 She is kissed by Leo Chapter 211 She is kissed by Leo The smell of blood soon fills their mouths, and Leo reluctantly lets go of ire. As soon as Leo lets her go, ire stares at him and says angrily, ¡°Leo! I¡¯m not such ascivious woman. Please don¡¯t do this to me!¡± Leo chuckles. He looks calm and whispers, ¡°are you jealous?¡± ¡°Why am I jealous?¡± Leo¡¯s eyes are a little confused. He looks at ire calmly and says softly, ¡°why don¡¯t you be jealous?¡± ire thinks Leo is unreasonable. She looks at him contemptuously and says, ¡°Leo, are you overestimating yourself? I said I will not be jealous or like you! Don¡¯t even think about it!¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo suddenly realizes. The next second he bes domineering as usual and says, ¡°since you don¡¯t want to have such a rtionship with me, let¡¯s be clear. I still look down on you. You are just a secretary of mine. In that case, secretary, can I have dinner with you now?¡± ¡°...¡± ire stares at Leo and is speechless with rage. He does it again! But Leo is her boss. She¡¯s Leo¡¯s secretary now. Anyway, she can only follow Leo. Seeing ire¡¯s attitude eases, Leo snorts. He turns and opens the door and leaves. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ire follows Leo downstairs for breakfast. Since what happened in the room, Leo has been indifferent and no longer teases ire. He doesn¡¯t even look at her. ire pouts and feels relieved. She can ept Leo¡¯s indifference as long as he doesn¡¯t do anything to her that will be misunderstood. But she is a little depressed. After eating breakfast with ire, Leo sets off to pick up Fiona. When Fiona floats out of the house and happily opens the door, she sees ire in the back seat and freezes. She points unhappily at ire and asks Leo, ¡°Leo, why is she here today?¡± She didn¡¯t follow them yesterday. Fiona¡¯s here so Leo¡¯s not serious anymore. His fingers beat the steering wheel rhythmically. He starts the car and looks at the road ahead and says casually, ¡°I will go shopping with you to buy clothester. She can follow us and help you with your clothes.¡± Fiona finallyughs when she hears Leo. She happily hugs Leo¡¯s arm and says, ¡°ah! Leo, you¡¯re very kind to me. You are willing to go shopping with me to buy clothes!¡± Fiona thinks Leo will lose interest in her after what happened yesterday. She¡¯s ready that Leo won¡¯t come and take her out today. She didn¡¯t expect to see his car stop at her door in the early morning and he says he will go shopping with her to buy clothes. Many men hate shopping. If a man is willing to apany you shopping, he is sincere to you. Fiona can¡¯t help being ecstatic. Leo must have chosen her, so today he will go shopping with her to buy clothes. ire sits in the back and looks at them without expression. She thinks it is funny. As expected, such a hot beauty is in line with your taste, so you smile at her as soon as you see her but say nothing to me. I¡¯ve seen you through. ire is disdainful in her heart. She tries to get rid of her unwillingness and slight affliction, leaving only her unhappiness and hatred. Leo takes Fiona to thergest local mall. Because it¡¯s a tourist attraction and it¡¯s well decorated, the price is very high. A thing is worth tens of thousands of dors. If he takes Fiona to buy clothes, Fiona will definitely buy expensive clothes, at least $100000 for a piece. ire thinks Leo will spend millions of dors on Fiona today. ire can¡¯t help butugh at the fact that he spends so much money on a woman. However, ire didn¡¯t hear what Fiona said yesterday, so she doesn¡¯t know the particrity of the cooperation project of the business trip in City B. She believes that Leo undoubtedly chooses her and wants to be with her. Sometimes rich people don¡¯t need to say anything sweet. They just need action. Fiona is intoxicated. Being with Leo has always been her dream! Fiona is so happy that she buys a lot of clothes. What¡¯s more, Leo seems to buy them all and Fiona is excited. Looking at a big bag of clothes, Fiona is happy. Leo is satisfied. ire is in pain. Yes, they are both happy, but she can only carry Fiona¡¯s shopping bag and follow them awkwardly. There are so many clothes that ire hangs some on her shoulders. Fiona keeps buying clothes, so ire is soon covered in shopping bags. At first ire is rxed and seems to hold back no matter how much they bully her. Soon she finds her naive. Fiona gives full y to women¡¯ nature of shopping. Shees to a store and picks out five or six clothes and asks ire to carry the shopping bags. Fiona picks a few shoes at the third store. Leo pays and Fiona happily takes Leo¡¯s arm and leaves. ire follows them in shock. She stares at some shopping bags on the ground and then looks at the people walking in front of her and can¡¯t help shouting, ¡°Leo, I can¡¯t take so many!¡± They stop. Fiona looks at her teasingly. Leo looks at her expressionless and says lightly, ¡°don¡¯t you say you are my secretary? A secretary should do such a thing. You can hold them in your mouth.¡± ¡°Leo! Don¡¯t go too far!¡± ire can¡¯t help shouting at him. ¡°You have hands. Why don¡¯t you help me!¡± Hearing this, Leo snorts coldly. He still has a cool attitude towards ire. He says sarcastically, ¡°because you are just a secretary! If you can¡¯t take so many, first take them back to the car, and then run back to take them.¡± Chapter 212 Leo is a bully Chapter 212 Leo is a bully ¡°...¡± ire stares at Leo angrily. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to be so vengeful. Because of that thing this morning, he has hated her till now! She won¡¯t let Leo seed! ire straightens up. Though she is covered with shopping bags, she strides past Leo with arrogance. Seeing ire¡¯s attitude, Fiona says to Leo, ¡°Leo, this secretary is so arrogant. Why not fire her? You can exin it to your friends.¡± Seeing Fiona is angry, Leo smiles, ¡°you have to look at things from a different perspective. Don¡¯t you think it¡¯s fun to y with her like this?¡± Fiona smiles as soon as Leo finishes. She pokes Leo in the chest with her fingers and says softly, ¡°Leo, you¡¯re too bad!¡± Leoughs. ¡°I¡¯m so bad. Don¡¯t you like me?¡± Fiona is too shy to watch Leo again. Leo takes Fiona to sit down at the milk tea shop. ire takes a bunch of shopping bags to the car and runs back. By the time ire arrives at the milk tea shop, she is exhausted. ire¡¯s hands are empty. Before she can sit down, Leo stands up and says to Fiona, ¡°let¡¯s keep going.¡± ¡°Wait for me to sit for a while!¡± ire holds the chair. She hasn¡¯t had a break yet, but Leo says they¡¯re going to keep going. Is he teasing her on purpose? Leo proves with facts that he is deliberately teasing her. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. Leo turns around and says coldly, ¡°the secretary should be ready to listen to the boss¡¯s orders. Do you dare not listen?¡± ¡°But I...¡± At least he should give her time to drink water! ire wants to curse, but Leo doesn¡¯t give her a chance. He turns around and leaves with Fiona. ire is angry. She ps her chest with one hand and supports the chair with the other. She¡¯s so thirsty. She wants to drink water. She sees a cup of coffee in Leo¡¯s seat. She hesitates for a while, but she is so thirsty that she picks up the coffee Leo has just drunk and drinks it. ire finishes half a cup of coffee. ire is not thirsty and follows Leo. Leo sees ire¡¯s action in the store around the corner. He shows an inconspicuous smile and then he turns his head and casually responds to Fiona. ¡­ ¡°I can¡¯t walk. If you want to fire me, I don¡¯t care. I quit!¡± When ire runs to the parking lot for the third time and puts those shopping bags down but Leo and Fiona give her a lot more, she surrenders. ire¡¯s body is once again covered in shopping bags. She stands angrily in ce and drops the shopping bags on the ground. She strides to the seat by the side of the road. No matter how much Leo scolds her, she doesn¡¯t want to walk. He¡¯s too much! He teases her several times. Even if Leo has money, ire doesn¡¯t have the strength to y with him! When Leo hears ire, he looks at ire with a smile and asks, ¡°do you want to quit?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ire nods without thinking. ¡°OK.¡± Leo nods! ire is shocked by Leo¡¯s attitude. She stares at Leo incredulously and wants to see something in him. But Leo just smiles at her. His eyes seem to say, you know it. A million dors! The cue in Leo¡¯s eyes shocks ire. Her fatigue seems to be half gone. Yeah, if she¡¯s going to quit, she¡¯s going to pay one million in liquidated damages. But she doesn¡¯t have that much money now. Seeing ire finally wake up, Leo smiles and asks, ¡°do you still want to quit?¡± ¡°You are cruel!¡± ire fully understands Leo¡¯s cunning. No wonder he is good at business. He has many ideas. ¡°If you don¡¯t want to quit, get up quickly and carry these shopping bags!¡± Leo stops smiling and orders seriously. ¡°...¡± ire gives him a resentful look. Then she reluctantly picks up and hangs the shopping bags she has just dropped on the ground. She¡¯s so unlucky! Fiona has been looking at ire ironically. She says coldly, ¡°someone really overestimates herself. If you knew it, you shouldn¡¯t have done it.¡± She hears ire and Leo talking just now, but she doesn¡¯t know it is because of a million dors, so she agrees with Leo about why she doesn¡¯t quit. This female secretary must like Leo, otherwise she will not be willing to be his ve when she is abused by Leo. Fiona figures out how to get ire away from Leo. ire pouts behind them. She turns a deaf ear to Fiona¡¯s words and follows them. She ignores their intimate gestures. Otherwise she will be furious today. Leo and Fiona show their love in front of her from time to time. She feels so sick that she has goose bumps all over her body. When ire thinks about the kiss this morning, she feels sick. But this time, instead of going shopping with Fiona, Leo decides to go to lunch. ire forgets the time. She thinks it is evening! But when ire gets on the car, she finds that she is still suffering. The trunk and the back seat have been filled with Fiona¡¯s shopping bags. ire manages to squeeze into the back seat. She is already sweating. Next Leo doesn¡¯t tease ire. He changes his way. He ignores her directly. When ordering, he only asks Fiona. When serving, he only helps Fiona arrange napkins. Leo¡¯s attitude towards Fiona is quite different from that towards ire. ... Well, he¡¯s still trying to embarrass her. Damn asshole! Chapter 213 I’ll give you a million dollars Chapter 213 I¡¯ll give you a million dors ire gradually can¡¯t stand their affectation. The more she looks, the more she feels sad. Sometimes she looks at Leo¡¯s gentlemanly actions, and she really wants to push him away and yell at him to stop being so nice to Fiona! But she doesn¡¯t have that qualification. She¡¯s just a secretary. Now ire finds herself so humble. She has no family background. She is just an ordinary woman doing ordinary things. She works during the day and goes home at night to take care of her child. ire seems to suddenly see the distance between herself and Leo. She looks so small. Wait! What is she thinking? Why does she suddenly feel so insecure about herself? When has she been so humble! ire doesn¡¯t want to lose! She can¡¯t feel insecure because of Leo¡¯s different treatment! ire keeps cheering herself on in her heart. She bows her head to eat. Since they ignore her, she also ignores them! ire feels morefortable thinking about it. She¡¯s in a better mood so she eats more. ire turns all of today¡¯s grievances into motivation and treats food as an outlet. She eats it hard. As a result, she eats most of the dishes on the table. Fiona looks at ire a little shocked. She is a little surprised. Is this woman a pig in herst life? Why can she eat so much? Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. But Leo doesn¡¯t care. He calls in the waiter and orders some more. Then he says he will go to the toilet. Fiona nods and smiles, ¡°OK.¡± Fiona cleans her mouth gracefully with a napkin after Leo leaves. She looks at ire, who is still eating with her head down, and can¡¯t help sneering, ¡°are you a pig? You look ugly when you eat. Aren¡¯t you ashamed? Leo and I are ashamed, but he doesn¡¯t want to tell you.¡± ire nces at her and doesn¡¯t want to talk to her. ¡°Hey!¡± Seeing ire ignore her, Fiona feels embarrassed. She pats the table and says, ¡°I¡¯m talking to you! Do you hear me!¡± ¡°I hear you, and then what?¡± ire responds coldly. She doesn¡¯t want to talk to the woman who seduces other people¡¯s husband, that is, the legendary mistress! What¡¯s more, Fiona¡¯s family is in good condition. ire doesn¡¯t understand why a woman with such good conditions wants to be a mistress. Fiona fully demonstrates her capital as a mistress. Seeing ire finally respond to her, her sense of superiority is greatly satisfied. She snorts and takes a check out of her bag and hands it to ire. She says proudly, ¡°this is a million dors. It¡¯s enough for you to live a carefree life for a few years. Please don¡¯t show up beside Leo. You don¡¯t deserve him.¡± ¡°...¡± ire stops eating. She swallows thest piece of meat and looks at the check in confusion and asks, ¡°what do you mean?¡± Wait, what does Fiona think she is? Does Fiona think she¡¯s a little bitch who seduces Leo? ire is confused. She can¡¯t understand the woman in front of her at all. Fiona doesn¡¯t think ire is happy with the price. She displeases and throws the check on the table in front of ire and says, ¡°aren¡¯t you satisfied? I¡¯ve heard that you are Leo¡¯s secretary because of your rtionship, and Leo wants to fire you but you don¡¯t want to leave.¡± ¡°I know the mind of a woman like you. You stay with a good and rich man like Leo either for money or for him. I don¡¯t allow this to happen. I¡¯m not afraid to tell you that Leo will definitely take me back to City A in the future. At that time, he will publicly admit the rtionship between the two of us. As for you... I advise you to take the money wisely and leave now. You will be more miserable in City A!¡± Fiona¡¯s sarcasm gives ire no room to refuse. ire understands immediately after hearing Fiona. Fiona thinks she¡¯s troublesome and wants to get rid of her. She thinks she¡¯s that kind of woman. She says Leo will take her back to city A. ire thinks it is funny. Her IQ is too low! ire puts down the cutlery and slowly picks up the tissue and wiped her mouth. She smiles at Fiona. ¡°Miss Thomas, are you sure Leo will give up his fiancee and take you home?¡± ire looks a little quiet and ignores her all the time, but in fact she¡¯s very outspoken. Fiona is a little unnatural when she hears ire¡¯s words, but she quickly restrains. She raises her chin and says confidently, ¡°of course, this is what Leo himself said to me!¡± After saying this, Fiona feels guilty for a while. In fact, this sentence is made up by herself. Leo never promises her that. She isn¡¯t sure what Leo is thinking. Leo¡¯s behavior this morning gives her a glimmer of affirmation. Leo probably thinks so. Even if he doesn¡¯t tell her in person, Fiona can feel it. Fiona is so sure because she thinks Leo can spend so much money and time shopping for a woman because he likes that woman. That¡¯s why Fiona dares to pretend and say this shameless thing in front of ire. When ire hears Fiona, she suddenly stops smiling. She feels inexplicably depressed. Considering Leo¡¯s attitude towards Fiona, it¡¯s not impossible. But ire doesn¡¯t understand. Doesn¡¯t Leo like Tracy? Since Tracy had a car ident in City Ast time and Leo cared about her, ire thinks so. ire thinks Leo must like Tracy, but Fiona¡¯s words make her doubt her cognition. Otherwise, Leo is aplete jerk in love. He can give up his fiancee who has been with him for six years for the sake of a hot girl who suddenly appears. Another possibility is... Chapter 214 Are you leaving me? Chapter 214 Are you leaving me? Another possibility is that Fiona is actually lying. Leo didn¡¯t say that to her at all. She makes it up! But ording to Leo¡¯s ambiguous attitude towards Fiona, ire suddenly can¡¯t understand the situation. ire is confused. Fiona is very pleased to see ire hesitate. The woman does have an idea about Leo that she shouldn¡¯t have. She must be hesitating about the price now. Fiona sneers and takes a $500000 check out of her bag and throws it in front of ire. She quips, ¡°I¡¯ll give you a million and a half dors at most. I advise you to be wise. I have made the biggest concession!¡± ire looks at Fiona¡¯s check. She suddenly smiles eerily. ¡°Miss Thomas, the money¡­¡± ¡°ire, what are you doing?¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. Before ire finishes, she is suddenly interrupted by a low voice. ire and Fiona look at the direction of the voice in shock at the same time. They identally see Leo with a dark face. When ire tries to exin, Fiona calls out, ¡°Leo! Youe back so soon!¡± ire is interrupted again. She res discontentedly at Fiona but finds her pale with fright. Leo ignores Fiona¡¯s startled expression. He looks coldly at the check in ire¡¯s hand and asks, ¡°what are you doing?¡± Seeing Fiona¡¯s fear and Leo¡¯s anger, ire thinks something interesting will happen today. She may be able to give back all the anger she gets today. ire can¡¯t helpughing in her heart. She takes back her outstretched hand. She waves the check to Leo and says simply, ¡°as you can see.¡± ¡°Do you know what you¡¯re doing?¡± ire¡¯s reaction stimtes Leo. Leo yells at ire. ¡°Why are you so fierce?¡± ire is puzzled. Her discontent is also aroused by Leo. She is deliberately targeted by Leo today. She hasn¡¯t had a good rest all morning. Now when he sees Fiona giving her the check, he doesn¡¯t me Fiona but yells at her! ire¡¯s face is red with anger. What does she do wrong! Why does she have to be treated so special by Leo! ire is angry but Leo is more angry. He points to the check in ire¡¯s hand and growls, ¡°what do you mean by these two checks?¡± There is a bit of heartache and disappointment in his eyes. He wants to eat ire. ire is very upset. She can not help biting her teeth and says angrily, ¡°I want to ask you what you mean! Your woman took the check and told me to get out of here. Now...¡± ire wants to fight with Leo, but somethinges to her. She immediately takes the checks back and stares at him, ¡°President Howard, now I promise her. I¡¯ll take the money and get out of here. Don¡¯t you always look down on me? You don¡¯t want me to be your secretary. Well, I¡¯ll give you the liquidated damages now and pay you 50% more. I quit. Bye!¡± With that, ire throws those two checks on Leo. She stands up and angrily wants to leave. But Leo stops her. He squints and asks incredulously, ¡°do you agree to her terms? Are you leaving me?¡± ire doesn¡¯t look back so she doesn¡¯t see the heartbreak and chill on Leo¡¯s face. She looks up and looks ahead. She doesn¡¯t let her feel aggrieved and shed tears. She takes a deep breath and says firmly, ¡°yes, I won¡¯t do this job. You can go to whoever you like, and I won¡¯t y with you any more! You and your little lover can continue to love each other!¡± ire throws Leo¡¯s hand away. ire breaks free and strides out of the restaurant. After ire leaves, Leo stands cold. Fiona¡¯s mood changes from fear to confusion. She stands up and walks to Leo and shakes his arm. She asks softly, ¡°Leo, what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Leo coldly throws Fiona¡¯s hand away. He looks coldly at Fiona and asks, ¡°why did you give her the money?¡± Leo is really angry. Fiona feels anxious again. She bites her lower lip and hesitates for a moment. She says innocently, ¡°Leo, you said you don¡¯t like the secretary. I see you are cold to her today. I think she doesn¡¯t want to quit so you are upset. I do it for you. I like you and don¡¯t want to see you upset, so I gave her money and let her leave you.¡± ¡°Besides, she has promised to leave. Leo, don¡¯t be angry.¡± With that, Fiona takes a step closer to Leo and reaches out to hug Leo¡¯s arm again. Leo gives her a light nce and pushes Fiona¡¯s hand away. He says unhappily, ¡°you don¡¯t have to decide my business. In the future, don¡¯t make your own decisions like you do today.¡± ¡°...¡± Leo¡¯s little action shows a lot of things. Fiona feels cold. She knows that her behavior today really disappoints Leo. At the same time, she is reluctant and dissatisfied with ire. She is just a secretary. Why is Leo so serious? He can find another secretary. Fiona is smart. She sees the way Leo gets along with ire just now and feels that their rtionship is definitely not simple. Fiona has a hunch that this secretary is different to Leo. At the thought of such a possibility, Fiona has a trace of hostility to ire. What¡¯s more, ire¡¯s beauty makes all women envious, let alone the consequences of such a woman staying with a man. Fiona has to watch out for ire. That¡¯s why she just offered ire money and asked her to leave. Now it seems that she is right. Fortunately, she just forced ire away. If she stays with Leo, she doesn¡¯t know what the consequences will be. She is just a secretary. She can¡¯t beat her! Chapter 215 Kiss and punishment Chapter 215 Kiss and punishment Even if Leo isn¡¯t happy with her now, Fiona thinks it¡¯s worth it. It¡¯s OK. As long as she works hard, she will change Leo¡¯s attitude towards her. Fiona thinks happily, but she doesn¡¯t know what Leo is thinking. He stops touching Fiona and smiling at her. He no longer has an affair with her. They are not in the mood to continue eating. Leo pays and coldly offers to send Fiona home. Despite Fiona¡¯s reluctance, on the surface she agrees. And she mes ire. If she didn¡¯t lose her temper, Leo won¡¯t finish today¡¯s trip ahead of time. She tried to develop her rtionship with Leo. Now it seems impossible. Leo doesn¡¯t care what Fiona is thinking at all. He drives Fiona home without saying a word with a cold face all the way. He sits in the car and waits for her to call the servant to remove all the things in the back seat. He says goodbye coldly and drives away. Leo returns to the hotel and heads straight to ire¡¯s room. He stands at the door and knocks. The door is soon opened from inside. Leo quickly pushes the door and walks in. In less than two seconds, he dodges in and kicks the door shut. ire is pushed to the wall by Leo. The next second, Leo leans over and kisses ire¡¯s pink lips exactly. ire is stunned. She angrily returned to the hotel and found that she was not full. She called to order. Just now the doorbell rang and she thought it was the waiter, so she opened the door without thinking. But what she didn¡¯t expect is that Leo, who is supposed to be dating a beautiful woman, suddenly appears outside the door and quickly enters her room. His behavior freezes ire. By the time she reacts, Leo¡¯s tongue has broken into her mouth and danced with her soft tongue. ire can¡¯t help moaning. Then she suddenly regains her mind. She ps Leo on the arm and signals him to let her go. But Leo¡¯s like crazy. He kisses ire punitively. He bites ire¡¯s lips and pesters her with his tongue and forces her soft tongue to follow him. ire is angry with Leo and hasn¡¯t forgiven him. How dare hee back and kiss her. What happened? ire thinks Leo is crazy. What he has done these two days is unreasonable. She doesn¡¯t understand what Leo wants to do. Anyway, no matter what he wants to do, ire doesn¡¯t allow him to kiss her after kissing another woman! She doesn¡¯t care if she bit Leo¡¯s tongue in the morning. She can¡¯t push Leo away so she bites it hard again. The smell of blood soon fills their mouths again. But this time Leo doesn¡¯t care. He still kisses ire domineering. To prevent ire from biting it again, Leo reaches for ire¡¯s cheek and keeps her mouth open. This position makes Leo more unbridled to entangle ire¡¯s soft tongue. The scene is extremely ambiguous. At the same time, Leo reaches into ire¡¯s cor with one hand. He tears her clothes off roughly. Soon ire¡¯s underweares out. Leo keeps ire between him and the wall. He rubs her chest with his big hand. After a while, ire doesn¡¯t have the strength to push Leo away. She doesn¡¯t have time to hate Leo or think about a fight they had in the restaurant not long ago. ire¡¯s brain is nk. She can only subconsciously cooperate with his movements. They roll from the door to the sofa and then to the bed. While they are in bed, ire is naked. Though Leo¡¯s clothes are a little messy, he doesn¡¯t take them off. It seems that Leo really wants to eat her this time. ire suddenly bes conscious. She feels that they should not do it. She can¡¯t sleep with Leo. She doesn¡¯t want... ¡°No...¡± ire exims subconsciously. But Leo ignores her. He puts his face close to ire¡¯s ear and gasps in her ear. He bites ire¡¯s earlobes and says in a hoarse voice, ¡°do you know you¡¯re wrong?¡± ¡°What?¡± Leo finally talks to her. ire regains consciousness a little, but she is still confused. She subconsciously asks, ¡°what did I do wrong?¡± ¡°What did you do wrong?¡± Leo kisses ire¡¯s neck. He looks up at ire and says seriously, ¡°why did you say you were leaving me at the restaurant today? Why did you ept Fiona¡¯s checks?¡± Hearing Leo¡¯s angry words, ire wakes uppletely. Regardless of their current posture, she res at Leo¡¯s eyes and says angrily, ¡°I want to ask you what¡¯s the matter! Why are you so angry? You shouldn¡¯t ask me. You should ask Fiona! She offered me the checks! I didn¡¯t ask her! Why are you angry at me!¡± ire¡¯s desire is now reced by anger. She pushes Leo away and wraps herself in a sheet.Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Leo is pushed away unprepared. He quickly takes ire¡¯s hand and asks her, ¡°even if she gave you, you can¡¯t ept them. You are my secretary. Why do you listen to others?¡± ire is confused. She growls at Leo discontentedly, ¡°why can¡¯t I ept it? Should I stay there and watch you show love? I should get out of there. I shouldn¡¯t stay there and disturb you!¡± ¡°You...¡± Hearing this, Leo¡¯s eyes are shining and his face is a little moved. He looks at ire and asks seriously, ¡°do you care so much about Fiona and me because you like me?¡± Chapter 216 Kiss me and I’ll tell you Chapter 216 Kiss me and I¡¯ll tell you ¡°You are insane!¡± Just as Leo finishes, ire¡¯s heart beat can¡¯t help speeding up half a beat. Her eyes are inexplicably guilty. She falters, ¡°I don¡¯t like you! I¡¯ve said it several times. I can¡¯t like you! I won¡¯t be jealous because you¡¯re with other women!¡± With that, Leo suddenly chuckles. He approaches ire and can¡¯t help kissing her. He looks at her with deep eyes and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t say you are jealous, but you admit it yourself. You just like me.¡± ¡°This is...¡± Leo¡¯s attitude has changed too much. His rage turns to gentleness. The change leaves ire at a loss. Her brain is nk. Leo sees ire¡¯s embarrassment. He smiles smugly and regains the look of two days ago. He says positively, ¡°ire, you just like me.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t!¡± ire counters subconsciously. At the same time, she dodges back warily and wants to keep a distance from Leo. Leo is so strange that she can¡¯t get used to it at all. In these days, Leo has been cold to her since thest time Leo asked her to be his mistress and ire refused him. The next day he dated Fiona. The next morning he came to her room and kissed her. After she refused, Leo angrily targeted her in the mall and questioned her in the restaurant. ire thinks Leo is crazy to do these things, but now Leo suddenly tells her that she likes him. ire thinks Leo is really crazy. ire can¡¯t help but reach out and touch Leo¡¯s forehead. Its temperature is normal. She mutters to herself, ¡°you don¡¯t have a fever. Where did you hit your brain and get damaged?¡± ire¡¯s words make Leo angry. He looks at ire without saying a word and kisses her deeply. After the kiss, Leo hugs her tightly but doesn¡¯t go on. They hug each other across the sheet. It¡¯s a strange feeling. The atmosphere is a bit awkward. ire pushes Leo and curiously asks, ¡°Leo, you don¡¯t have a fever or get kicked in the brain. Do you have a physiological period these days? You are so cruel. You did that to me in the morning!¡± Leo is not indifferent to ire now. Hearing ire¡¯s words, he chuckles and smiles, ¡°you want to know?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ire nods. ¡°Then kiss me.¡± ¡°...¡± ire¡¯s face is ck. Leo does it again. ¡°No?¡± Leo seems to be in a better mood. He lies on his side beside ire. He supports his head with one hand and holds ire in his arms with the other. ire puts her hands on Leo¡¯s chest. She shakes her head and refuses, ¡°I don¡¯t kiss you!¡± ¡°Then I won¡¯t tell you.¡± With that, Leo shows an expression that asks her to beg him. ire is really angry at Leo¡¯s appearance. This time she isn¡¯t in the water so she won¡¯tpromise. She takes Leo¡¯s big hand and says, ¡°I¡¯ll bite you!¡± With that, ire bites Leo on the back of his hand. For a moment, Leo¡¯s back of hand is bitten by ire with a row of teeth marks. Leo suddenly cries out with pain, but instead of taking his hand back, he lets ire bite him. ire proudly opens her mouth and looks at Leo defiantly. Seeing this, Leo smiles treacherously, ¡°how dare you bite me. You¡¯ll never know why I¡¯m angry with you and so nice to Fiona.¡± ¡°... You threaten me!¡± ire stares at Leo angrily and almost gnaws her teeth. ¡°Then kiss me.¡± Leo is childish again. The look of Leo makes ire speechless. She turns around and ignores Leo. ¡°I¡¯m going to bed.¡± Leo sighs. He turns ire around and makes her face him. He bows his head and kisses ire, and then he says helplessly, ¡°if you don¡¯t kiss me, I¡¯ll kiss you, OK?¡± ire snorts. She wants to say something, but suddenly she realizes that their rtionship suddenly bes very ambiguous. They now hug and kiss each other in bed. She is naked but Leo is dressed. It¡¯s weird! So she bes Leo¡¯s mistress! Ah, she doesn¡¯t want it! ire suddenly shivers and shoves Leo away. She looks at Leo cautiously and doubtfully, ¡°Leo, why are you suddenly so nice to me? Do you have any conspiracy?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t understand what happened to ire. He is pushed away so he is upset. He frowns and asks, ¡°conspiracy? What conspiracy can I have?¡± There must be a conspiracy! Leo is abnormal. They¡¯ve known each other for many years, and ire thinks he must be nning something. ire looks at Leo and says, ¡°Leo, do you want to seduce me to be your mistress?¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°Mistress?¡± Leo thinks for a while and shakes his head solemnly. ¡°No, I don¡¯t want you to be my mistress.¡± ¡°If not, why are you so kind to me? What about your Tracy?¡± ire looks at Leo puzzled. ¡°You¡¯ll knowter.¡± Leo quietly looks at ire. He seems to have something hidden in his deep eyes. ire can¡¯t understand or see it. ¡°As for Tracy, she¡¯s just a nobody. You just have to remember that.¡± Leo says. ire doesn¡¯t believe Leo¡¯s words. Their rtionship at the moment is a little more than that of normal superiors and subordinates. They are more like lovers. It¡¯s a strange metaphor, but ire doesn¡¯t like it. If she continues to maintain such a rtionship with Leo, she will unconsciously indulge and forget her intention to approach Leo. She goes back to America to find her son, not to maintain this ambiguous rtionship with Leo. Despite Conan¡¯s absence, ire doesn¡¯t want to be so close to Leo. Leo killed her father. She must not forget that! Chapter 217 It’s not good for a man and a woman to be alone Chapter 217 It¡¯s not good for a man and a woman to be alone Thinking of this, ire breaks away from Leo¡¯s arms and says with an unnatural look, ¡°it¡¯s hot. Don¡¯t hold me any longer.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo just smiles, but this time he doesn¡¯t force ire. He gets up and gets out of bed and goes to the bathroom for a bath. ire looks at Leo¡¯s shadow in the sunset and calms down. She grabs the sheet with her hand and lies on the bed for a while before she gets up and dresses. ire can not help blushing a little as she watches the clothes strewn from her bedroom to the sofa. At the same time, she makes up her mind that she will not easily fall into Leo¡¯s attack. Leo takes ire out to dinner after taking a bath. His attitude is neither too warm nor too cold. Regardless of their ambiguous rtionship, ire likes this way of getting along. As long as they don¡¯t quarrel every time they meet, how nice it is to get along peacefully. After dinner, Leo takes ire back. Leo says he has to do something at night so he leaves her alone in the room. If she¡¯s bored, she can go out but don¡¯t go too far. ire is not used to Leo, so she urges him to leave. Leo leaves for hours. By the time hees back again, he has drunk a lot. Fortunately, he is still awake. ire takes him to the bathroom for a bath, but Leoes out and says he doesn¡¯t want to leave. ¡°Hey.¡± ire looks at Leo angrily. ¡°President, you have your own room. Why do you sleep in my room? What¡¯s more, I have only one bed in this room. You are not allowed to sleep in my bed!¡± Leo wipes his hair with a towelzily. As soon as ire finishes, he goes straight to the sofa and sits down. He sayszily, ¡°can I sleep here?¡± ¡°Do you have a fever?¡± ire stares at Leo incredulously. ire is not used to Leo¡¯s gentleness. Although she thinks it¡¯s good for them to get along peacefully, she¡¯s used to Leo¡¯s bullying and unreasonable. She can¡¯t get used to such a gentle Leo at all. Leo nces at ire casually and stillnguidly says, ¡°you know if I have a fever. I¡¯m so tired today. I¡¯ll sleep here.¡± ¡°No way!¡± ire refuses without thinking. She decides to keep her distance from Leo. ¡°You can¡¯t sleep here. A man and a woman share a room. I doubt if I¡¯m safe, so you have to go out!¡± ire says firmly. However, Leo doesn¡¯t care. He lies on his side on the sofa and supports his head with one hand. He looks at irenguidly and orders, ¡°I order you as your boss that I sleep here tonight!¡± ¡°You!¡± ire is angry. She points at Leo and says angrily, ¡°I¡¯ve given you the liquidated damages. I¡¯m not your secretary now.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leozily lengthens the ending. He looks at ire thoughtfully and says, ¡°that money doesn¡¯t seem to belong to you, and I didn¡¯t allow you to take it.¡± Leo is outspoken. ire¡¯s face turns red. She really shouldn¡¯t have epted Fiona money, but she didn¡¯t do anything wrong at the time. She wanted to leave there, but Fiona gave her an excuse to leave in time. She took Fiona¡¯s money and quarreled with Leo, so she would not be bullied by Leo again. After thinking about it, ire still doesn¡¯t want topromise in front of Leo. She raises her chin and says with dignity, ¡°it¡¯s my freedom whether I ept or not. Why do I need your permission?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not your freedom, of course,¡± says Leo. ¡°Before you quit, you are still my employee. As long as you don¡¯t quit, I will decide what you should do and what you shouldn¡¯t do every hour, every minute and every second. I don¡¯t allow you to take other people¡¯s money, let alone be bullied by others. And if you really want to quit, you have to pay your own money to quit. Don¡¯t let me look down on you, ire.¡± When Leo finally says her name, he especially entuates the pronunciation of each word and says it word by word. ire knows Leo is trying to stimte her, but she can¡¯t help protesting loudly, ¡°do you think you¡¯re a bully president? What¡¯s more, the employee handbook doesn¡¯t say that I have to use my own money to quit. You¡¯re talking nonsense! You look down on me? It¡¯s ridiculous.¡± ¡°You know I¡¯m the president?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and chuckles, ¡°since you know that I am the president of thepany, you know that I can change any rule of thepany at any time. I can call thepany right away to have this added. So you can¡¯t quit. It¡¯s all up to me.¡± Leo¡¯s tone reminds ire of his cruel contempt for her six years ago and warns her never to run away from him. As a result, ire left him. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. After many years, Leo¡¯s habit still hasn¡¯t changed. ire can¡¯t helpughing. He didn¡¯t expect that she will leave again. ire knows it¡¯s no use arguing with Leo. She shrugs and says coldly, ¡°I¡¯ve given you the money anyway. You can¡¯t deny it.¡± ¡°But I didn¡¯t take the money.¡± When ire finishes, Leo puts out herst hope. ire stares at Leo in shock. She falters, ¡°those checks... Did you leave them in the restaurant?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Leo nods seriously. ¡°...¡± ire ispletely speechless. Although she is a little distressed by the checks, ire doesn¡¯t care when she thinks that the money doesn¡¯t belong to her. He throws away $1.5 million. She doesn¡¯t understand the rich. ire doesn¡¯t speak, so Leo thinks she¡¯spromised. He smiles smugly. ¡°Now can I sleep here? My little secretary?¡± Chapter 218 Let’s get married Chapter 218 Let¡¯s get married ¡°I don¡¯t care.¡± ire nces scornfully at Leo and turns into the bedroom. She knew long ago that Leo is not so easy to deal with. She doesn¡¯t naively think she can get away from Leo easily. That year she suffered a lot to escape Leo. Now she can¡¯t handle Leo with two checks. Fortunately, she has been prepared so she is not so disappointed. ire lies in bed and thinks for a while before falling asleep. ... When she wakes up again, she finds herself lying in a warm embrace. ire is shocked, and then she thinks about whether she is living in a dream. She smells a familiar smell. The feeling of skin contact is so real. ire lies quietly for a while and finds it is not a dream. This is the sense of reality! ¡°Are you awake?¡± There is a low voice over her head, and then her head is rubbed like a pet. ire looks up in shock at the familiar face. He has shallow scum near his lips. ire freezes. It takes her a long time to figure out the situation. She pushes Leo and shouts, ¡°Leo! Why are you in my bed?¡± When she went to bedst night, she clearly remembered that Leo was sleeping on the sofa. Why is he in her bed after dawn and sleeping with her in his arms? ire is about to break down. She shouldn¡¯t leave Leo in the room. If he wants to do something bad to her, she has no ce to cry. ire¡¯s reaction is intense but Leo is much calmer. He rubs his eyebrows and lies t on the bed. He sayszily, ¡°don¡¯t make a fuss. The sofa is so hard that I have to sleep in your bed. And your bed is so big that there¡¯s no problem sleeping for two.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not the point!¡± ire ispletely speechless. She pushes Leo and seriously says, ¡°you¡¯re just my boss. We can¡¯t be so close. President, how can you lie on your secretary¡¯s bed at will? It¡¯s totally unreasonable!¡± With that, ire throws the pillow at Leo. Leo¡¯s head is smashed by a pillow. The pillow rolls and falls to the ground. ire realizes how excited she is. She is too rude to Leo. She just warns Leo that he is her boss, but now she¡¯s not polite. Leo freezes for a while and then suddenly turns over and presses ire under him. He sps ire¡¯s hands with both hands and looks at her with deep eyes. Leo looks down at ire with a serious expression. He watches quietly for a long time and then slowly says, ¡°ire, shall we be together?¡± The sky seems to be thundering, which makes ire at a loss. For a moment, her brain is nk. She can¡¯t remember anything and doesn¡¯t know how to react. Leo¡¯s words are like a mine exploding in her heart. ire didn¡¯t expect Leo to say that to her! Leo shouldn¡¯t have said that! Even in the next life, ire can¡¯t think of it! Leo looks at ire quietly and patiently waits for her to answer. ire wants tough after the shock. Is Leo stupid? He said that to her. Otherwise, Leo is nning something she doesn¡¯t know about. He said he would marry her six years ago, but he just wanted to get back at her. She found out by herself that the marriage turned out to be a fraud! They didn¡¯t even have a marriage license! ire has been cheated once. She won¡¯t believe Leo again! ire¡¯s eyes grow cold. Leo¡¯s eyes are deep. ire can¡¯t see what kind of beast lurks behind the deep pool. ire looks at the enigmatic man and suddenly thinks of something. She understands why Leo has such a good attitude towards her recently. From the beginning, he sets a trap and waits for her to jump. He just wants her to be his mistress. ire suddenly smiles like a rose with thorns. ¡°President, are you still not clear headed? As far as I know, you already have a fiancee. Now you say you want me to be with you. I¡¯ve long said I won¡¯t be a mistress. You don¡¯t seem to be acting properly, do you?¡± ire is smiling, but her eyes are cold. Leo looks at her and gently shakes his head. ¡°No, I don¡¯t want you to be my mistress. I want you to be with me. We two get married.¡± Marriage is a wonderful word. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. If ire didn¡¯t know Leo six years ago, maybe she will be moved by Leo¡¯s words today. But a lot has happened and she¡¯s known Leo for a long time. No one knows what Leo is like better than her. He is the kind of person who does everything to achieve his goal. She has experienced his inner ruthlessness and inhumane means for a long time. Leo is an unpredictable and poison like man. ire looks at Leo coldly and asks, ¡°what do you want to do? You¡¯re going to break up with Tracy when you get back to City A and announce to everyone that we¡¯re together and about to get married?¡± ire¡¯s words are full of satire. Leo is not stupid. He knows ire doesn¡¯t believe him at all. In front of ire, Leo just looks at her quietly and seriously. After a while, Leo bursts outughing. The atmosphere is serious but suddenly changes. Leo turns over andughs beside ire. ire is confused. She looks at Leo who isughing, but she is still alert. She sits up quietly to see what he wants to do. Leo stopsughing and looks at ire. He says incredulously, ¡°ire, you believe it. I¡¯m just kidding. Why are you so serious?¡± ¡°It¡¯s ridiculous. We get married? How does your brain grow? I¡¯ll marry a woman like you? Have you read Cindere?¡± Leoughs wildly. His tears are about to fall. Chapter 219 We can’t be together Chapter 219 We can¡¯t be together ire is embarrassed. She doesn¡¯t know what expression to use to face Leo. If she¡¯s angry, Leo is right and it shows that she¡¯s serious. But if she is not angry, she is reluctant to be teased by Leo! In the end, ire raises her feet angrily and kicks Leo off the bed, ¡°Leo! Get out of here!¡± ire gets up angrily and pushes Leo out of the room. When they open the door in pajamas, they see Fiona standing at the next door. ¡°...¡± For a moment, all three of them are stunned. ire is the first to respond, but she doesn¡¯t exin. It¡¯s Leo¡¯s problem anyway. Because of Leo¡¯s bad behavior, ire decides to make it more troublesome. ire stops pushing Leo and takes his arm. She says softly, ¡°honey, I told you not to worry. Look, Miss Thomas saw it!¡± With that, ire is disgusted by herself. Leo raises his eyebrows and looks at the woman leaning against his arms. He keeps calm and lets her keep pretending. Fiona is stunned for a long time. She points to ire tremblingly and looks at Leo in tears. She asks incredulously, ¡°Leo, she and you... Why do youe out of the same room...¡± Leo shrugs and says as easily as ire did in the restaurant yesterday, ¡°as you can see.¡± Hearing this, ire beside him can not help chuckling. She leans her face against Leo¡¯s chest and doesn¡¯t dare to be seen by Fiona. Fiona thinks ire is shy, so she is more angry. She stomps angrily and points to ire and shouts, ¡°you! Why are you still here? You took my money yesterday and promised me you would leave! You¡¯re disgusting. You take other people¡¯s money but you stay here. You are shameless!¡± ire can¡¯t go on pretending. She stopsughing and lifts her face from Leo¡¯s arms. She tries to say it casually. ¡°It¡¯s none of my business. I gave it to president in the restaurant yesterday. He didn¡¯t ept it so I couldn¡¯t help it. Since he didn¡¯t receive the money, it means that I didn¡¯t receive the money. Of course, I can¡¯t leave.¡± ire¡¯s cheeky words enrage Fiona. Seeing ire still in Leo¡¯s arms, she rushes up desperately to pull ire out of Leo¡¯s arms. When ire sees Fionaing angrily and wants to hit her, she immediately runs to Leo¡¯s back smartly and regards Leo as a meat wall. ire dodges so Fiona can¡¯t pull ire behind Leo. She says angrily to Leo, ¡°Leo, look at this bitch. Punish her quickly!¡± So, a y of two women and one man is staged. Leo stops the angry Fiona. He says inly and helplessly, ¡°Miss Thomas, please don¡¯t make trouble here any more. I made it clear to your fatherst night. Miss Thomas and I have no future. I believe your father has told you the story.¡± Leo¡¯s words attract Fiona¡¯s anger. She says wrongly, ¡°that¡¯s why Ie here. Leo, why did you do this to me? Don¡¯t we get on well these two days? Why do you deny me easily because we have no future? Don¡¯t you like me?¡± Yesterday, when she went back, she saw that Leo was not in a good mood. In order to make him happy, she asked her father to approve the cooperation as soon as possible, which can make Leo feel more rxed. Fiona also prayed in her heart. She hoped that Leo would like her better when she learned that she had contributed to the cooperative project. But to her surprise, her father went out that night and came back drunk. Fiona thought he was sessful when she saw that he was drunk. But early in the morning, her father told her that Leo and she couldn¡¯t be together and urged her to let go. Fiona was shocked. Fiona also came to the hotel angrily to ask Leo about it. But she didn¡¯t expect to see Leo and ire come out of the next room untidy as soon as she came here. This scene really stimtes Fiona. She didn¡¯t expect that the woman not only didn¡¯t leave Leo, but also seduced him to sleep with her. Fiona can¡¯t help but suspect that Leo¡¯s sudden regret is probably due to this bitch. N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Leo shakes his head and says sincerely, ¡°we spent two days together, but I found that we two really don¡¯t fit. Feelings can¡¯t be forced. Miss Thomas, you are excellent. You can definitely find better men.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t believe it!¡± Fiona retorts loudly. At the same time her tears have fallen. She looks at Leo pitifully and says, ¡°I don¡¯t believe you. You were gentle with me the day before yesterday. You went shopping with me warmly yesterday. You must like me, don¡¯t you? So you pay so much for me...¡± ¡°It must have been because of this bitch. She seduced you so you said that to my father. Leo¡­¡± Finally, Fiona cries. She reaches out and tries to pull Leo¡¯s cor. She seems to have suffered a lot. ire looks at Fiona and can¡¯t bear it. Although she calls her a bitch, she really seems to like Leo. However... Facing poor Fiona, Leo coldly puts his hands behind him and doesn¡¯t let Fiona touch him. He says firmly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, Miss Thomas. What I do to you is only what a gentleman should do to a woman. And you¡¯re the daughter of President Thomas. I¡¯m his partner so I should treat you well. If my actions cause unnecessary misunderstandings to Miss Thomas, I would like to apologize deeply.¡± Chapter 220 I’m just playing Chapter 220 I¡¯m just ying ¡°How could this be...¡± Fiona ispletely stunned by Leo¡¯s words. She is a woman of self-respect. She won¡¯t allow her to be so embarrassed, let alone her high self-esteem. Countless thoughts are spinning in Fiona¡¯s mind. In the end, Fiona looks pitifully at Leo but is a little firm and indifferent. She wants to make onest effort. ¡°You can¡¯t do that to me. We have cooperative projects. If you refuse me, I can persuade my father to give up working with you. In this way, you will lose a lot of money.¡± Fiona¡¯s real face is revealed, but she doesn¡¯t care. For this rtionship, she is not afraid to threaten Leo with cooperative projects. Hearing this, Leo squints and says coldly, ¡°Miss Thomas, don¡¯t worry. I signed a contract with your fatherst night. I¡¯m sure he won¡¯t be willing to pay high liquidated damages.¡± ¡°And your father knows about my family. I told him about my feelings for Miss Thomas and he was very understanding. In order to get along with each other peacefully, I advise Miss Thomas not to be so stubborn.¡± ¡°How could this be...¡± Fiona is desperate. Her straight waist can¡¯t hold up. She looks at the ground dully and can¡¯t believe it. Fiona¡¯s appearance suddenly hurts ire. She seems to see herself six years ago. At that time, she took everything for granted like her. But a lot of things happened that she didn¡¯t expect. She couldn¡¯t ept the end. She pulls Leo¡¯s arm behind his back and tells him to stop talking. Leo feels the swing of his clothes. He nces sideways at ire. He knows it is time for the farce to come to an end. Leo takes ire¡¯s hand and says coldly to Fiona, ¡°I¡¯ve made it clear. Miss Thomas, please stop pestering me. I hope you can find your happiness soon. Goodbye.¡± With that, Leo pulls ire into the room. He closes the door without looking back and leaves Fiona outside. Leo is determined, but ire recognizes his cruelty. She knows Leo will not be so nice to a woman for no reason. He has seen many women of good figure. He won¡¯t like a woman he just met. ire thinks of herself again. Fiona¡¯s tragedy happens in front of her. Maybe Leo frames her in his heart, so he treats her so well. This deep cognition makes ire feel cold in her heart. She should be awake. She can¡¯t continue to be cheated by Leo. She may return to the tragedy of six years ago! Thinking about it, ire throws Leo¡¯s hand away. She sneers at him. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to be so cruel. You abandoned such a good woman. At least she really likes you.¡± Hearing this, Leo takes a look at ire. He doesn¡¯t care about her indifference and goes straight to the sofa. He says lightly, ¡°so what? I don¡¯t like her. If I am responsible for every woman in the world who likes me, I will have many women in my family now.¡± Leo is right, but he is cold. ire keeps a distance from him. She looks at him indifferently and asks, ¡°in that case, why do you give her hope? Why are you so nice to her? Don¡¯t you know it¡¯s a fatal temptation for any woman? Since you don¡¯t like her, you shouldn¡¯t give her such an illusion.¡± ¡°I give her hope?¡± Leo sneers. Heughs. ¡°I thought she was a smart woman and understood that I was just ying with her. I didn¡¯t expect her to take it seriously. It¡¯s not fun.¡± Leo¡¯s words make ire cold. It turns out that he is just ying with a woman, so he is so nice to her. He just wants to have fun. What about her? Is ire such a woman in his eyes? ire feels extremely cold all over. It takes a lot of effort for her to force herself to say, ¡°Leo, I see you completely. You¡¯re a total jerk. You don¡¯t deserve to be liked!¡± ire¡¯s words stun Leo. He doesn¡¯t understand why ire is so angry all of a sudden. He thinks about what he just said and suddenlyughs. He looks at ire teasingly and asks, ¡°are you serious? Didn¡¯t you say you don¡¯t like me?¡± In fact, he just wants to flirt with ire. He wants her to admit that she likes him. He doesn¡¯t look down on her. But ire thinks Leo is frivolous. Her heart ispletely cold. She was just wondering if Leo would do the same to her, but now Leo himself admits it. Leo means that he also treats her as a ything. He asks her now if she is serious! Good! It turns out Leo is teasing her all the time! She thought Leo was better after losing his memory! Now it seems that she is blind! She shouldn¡¯t believe him! ire shivers with anger. She points to the door and almost yells, ¡°Leo! get out of here! I don¡¯t want to see you again!¡± N?velDrama.Org exclusive content. Leo really doesn¡¯t understand what ire is thinking this time. His face is not very good either. Leo stands up and walks up to ire. He looks down at her and asks, ¡°ire, why are you so angry? How I deal with Fiona is my business. Since you don¡¯t like me, why are you so angry?¡± ire stares at Leo. Her eyes are reddish with anger. How dare this bastard me her so bluntly! Chapter 221 I’ll return you all my hate Chapter 221 I¡¯ll return you all my hate ire yells at Leo, ¡°you tease women! Can¡¯t I be angry? Also, can you stop thinking that any woman likes you! Okay? Not every woman in the world will like you. If she likes you, she must be blind! Or she is cheated by you bastard!¡± ¡°ire!¡± ire¡¯s usation disappoints and breaks Leo¡¯s heart. He grabs ire by the shoulder and forces her to look into his eyes. ¡°Is that what you think of me? Although I tease other women, I don¡¯t do that to you.¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± ire pushes Leo away and keeps him from touching her. She stares at Leo with red eyes and roars, ¡°stop disgusting me! Are you going to tell me you like me so you won¡¯t tease me? Leo, that¡¯s enough. I¡¯ve seen hypocrites, but I¡¯ve never seen a hypocrite like you!¡± ¡°I...¡± ire¡¯s resistance breaks Leo¡¯s heart. He almost says that he likes her, but when he sees the hatred in ire¡¯s eyes, he doesn¡¯t say it. Leo looks aside and mocks her, ¡°Do I like you? Stop joking. I don¡¯t like a woman who has a bad figure and looks ugly. ire, do you think what I said this morning meant I liked you? I advise you not to think too much. Your ending will be the same as Fiona¡¯s.¡± Finally, Leo looks straight at ire and smiles cruelly. He says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t me me for not reminding you. When you cry and beg me, I won¡¯t answer you!¡± With that, Leo strides out of the room. He goes back to his room and closes the door and punches it heavily. Leo¡¯s face is ck. He must be furious so he said that words to ire. That¡¯s not what he thinks! Part of the reason he¡¯s been so nice to Fiona these days is that he wants Fiona to approve the cooperation project herself. Besides, he wants to see ire jealous. He wants to hear her own admission that she likes him. ire is a stubborn woman. Even if she doesn¡¯t say it, Leo is happy to see that she cares about him. ire not only followed them all the time and didn¡¯t talk, but she didn¡¯t me him. Besides, her asionalint was refuted by him. Leo began to worry. ire¡¯s indifference made Leo thought she didn¡¯t like him at all. He was afraid ire didn¡¯t like him, so he was so angry when he saw ire took Fiona¡¯s money. He didn¡¯t expect ire to ept the money and try to leave quickly. He was more anxious, so he hurriedly ended his date with Fiona and came back to punish ire. Leo doesn¡¯t understand what he thinks. Whenever he sees ire, he can¡¯t help but tease her and want to see more of her. Recently Leo wonders if she likes him. This kind of curiosity makes Leo, who is possessive, unable to stop at all, so the farce happened. But Leo doesn¡¯t understand ire¡¯s attitude. Sometimes her ambiguous attitude makes him think ire likes him, but sometimes ire pushes him away like a hedgehog. Every time he tries to get close to her, she will finally run away. Leo doesn¡¯t feelfortable. The more ire rejects him, the more Leo is possessive and wants to keep ire with him and possess her. Today, he wanted to tell ire what he thought, but the hatred in her eyes made Leo flinch. What did he do to make ire hate so much? Before everything is clear, Leo doesn¡¯t want to tell ire about his concerns so quickly and he doesn¡¯t allow him to say it in that situation, so he said those words angrily. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Ah... Leo feels that he has changed since ire appeared. He didn¡¯t have so many concerns before. ... Since Leo says that and leaves, ire seems to have fallen into an ice cave. Every cell in her body seems to be dead without any sense. Gradually she knees on the ground. She suddenly wants to cry. She is so aggrieved! She doesn¡¯t want to be teased or despised by Leo! Why is she insulted by him six years ago and now she is teased by him? ire¡¯s hatred is at its peak! Dad, I¡¯m sorry. Dad... ire¡¯s tearse down quietly. She doesn¡¯t cry as much as she thinks. Her hands are on the ground and clench. Her eyes are filled with hatred and grievances. If there¡¯s a chance, she must let Leo give her all he owes her back! ... Leo has rarelye to ire since they quarreled. His partnership is approved so they have no reason to stay in City B. But Leo doesn¡¯t mention going back to City A and ire doesn¡¯t ask him. ire is bored in the room. She decides to go out and y. She has been to this city with many tourist attractions for so long but she hasn¡¯t gone out to y. ire gets up early this day. She wears casual clothes and her hair is tied at will. She goes out in high spirits. She makes a n for the whole day. She will go to the most characteristic buildings in the city first. In the afternoon she will go to the famous ancient city of the city. In the evening, she will take a boat to watch a program on an ind in the middle of the sea. She hears that it is the sign of the city. Every visitor to the city will go to the ind and feel the characteristics of the city. In order to have a good time, ire looked up a lot of informationst night, so she didn¡¯t sleep well all night. When she gets up this morning, she has deep shadow round her eyes. But... Chapter 222 Why is it you again? Chapter 222 Why is it you again? But it doesn¡¯t affect ire¡¯s mood. Even if she is alone, she can have a good time. She used to travel alone. Sometimes shees with Kate. So ire spends the whole day alone. Although she wants to go rafting, she is so afraid of water that she doesn¡¯t go. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. At dusk, she caught the steaming ship and sat down panting. Next to her, a woman holding a baby calls out, ¡°you are so lucky. If you miss the ship, you will miss the show on the ind. You have to wait an hour for the next ship. This program is the most famous program in our area. A lot of tourists want to watch it...¡± This woman may be native, so she speaks dialect. ire is a little out of touch with the local enthusiasm. She smiles and nods as she looks at the ship. There are many people on this ship. Maybe as the woman says, all the guests on the ship go to watch that show. It¡¯s the tourist season now, so there are many people. There are so many people that ire doesn¡¯t notice the one who is following her all the time. When shees to the ind, ire realizes the particrity of the program and why so many people come here by ship. Because the first show on this ind is specially for single men and women! It¡¯s seven o¡¯clock in the evening, and night ising. Many people don¡¯t have dinner to catch the ship. It has to be said that tourism developers are really attentive. They specially hold this activity in this special environment and special season. The activity content is eating. Yes, it¡¯s eating. However, the most attractive part of this activity is that people are divided into two groups. They go to a separate small square to eat. When you eat, you will be prompted to have someone to eat with you. If you choose yes, a nk in front of you will rise slowly. You will see a person sitting opposite. If you choose no, nothing will change. You still eat by yourself. A lot of people want to experience it. Even if its purpose is known, many people want to try who they will meet. Even ire is excited by the rules of the event. ire signs up with interest. There are many positions but the space is not closed. This is for the convenience of those who have not participated in the activity. Although it¡¯s a bit strange to be surrounded for dinner, it doesn¡¯t stop people from trying to experience this chance encounter. ire is in line and soon it is her turn. She devotes herself to the atmosphere of the event and does not notice the person who is watching her silently behind her. When ire is taken to a separate ce by the waiter, she orders as if she were in a restaurant. There are people sitting on her left and right, but they are separated by a nk. She feels a little lonely sitting in that secluded position. While she is eating, the electronic screen on the table suddenly lights up. It says whether you want to have dinner with another person. ire takes part in this activity to experience the new feeling, so she directly chooses yes. ire wants to jump up and run. Leo! How could it be him! Leo seems to have expected it. When he sees ire, he has a meaningful expression. ¡°...¡± ire is surprised. She sits uneasily in her chair. She looks at a te of seafood in front of her and suddenly loses her appetite. There are thousands of people on the ind. ire never thinks she will meet Leo. Leo smiles at her and says, ¡°we are so lucky, my little secretary!¡± ¡°...¡± ire lowers her head to eat the seafood on the te and doesn¡¯t want to take care of Leo. She is ready in her heart. When she sees Leo in the future, she will try to ignore him and keep a distance with him. She doesn¡¯t want to get close to the scum. ire eats in a hurry and leaves. Leo keeps looking at her. After she leaves, he gets up and leaves. Almost everyone didn¡¯t expect that they finish so soon. Other people are talking and eating, but they leave. Leo follows ire all the time. When no one is around, Leo grabs her hand and frowns. ¡°ire, why are you walking so fast?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t touch me!¡± ire subconsciously wants to get rid of his hand. Leo already has experience, so it¡¯s not easy for ire to get rid of him. ire stares at Leo¡¯s hand in disgust and says angrily, ¡°what do you want to do? Don¡¯t you hate me? Don¡¯t you dislike me for my poor figure and ugly appearance? Aren¡¯t you ashamed to be so close to me?¡± ire¡¯s words make Leo sigh. He looks at ire and says seriously, ¡°I was angry. Why are you serious? What¡¯s more, so many days have passed. Are you still angry about that?¡± ire sneers at Leo. She taunts him, ¡°I¡¯m not the worm in your stomach. How can I know which one of your words is serious and which one is joking. And I¡¯m sorry I¡¯m not kidding!¡± ¡°Okay,¡± Leo is not angry at ire¡¯s taunts. He coaxes her, ¡°don¡¯t be angry. Can I take you to y as compensation?¡± Leo¡¯s words make ireugh. He teases women at will and belittles others. Does he know how to respect others? He quarreled with her the other day but now he thinks nothing happened. Does he care or does she show that she is a little woman so she doesn¡¯t care about anything? ire is pissed off by Leo, but Leo doesn¡¯t care. No matter how much she taunts and embarrasses him, Leo tolerates her temper. This frustrates ire deeply. What she says seems to be beating on the soft tofu without rebounding at all. ire is cold but Leo is warm. ire backs down, but Leo moves forward. They chase each other all night, and finally ire surrenders. Chapter 223 Testing Leo again Chapter 223 Testing Leo again ¡°OK, President Howard, I¡¯m wrong. Please don¡¯t do that. Let¡¯s go back.¡± ire shakes her hand held by Leo helplessly and says weakly, ¡°we¡¯ve been in City B for so many days. We should go back. Tomorrow I¡¯ll book two tickets back to City A and then we¡¯ll go back to work, OK?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry,¡± Leo turns back and smiles at her. ¡°We seldom travel. We¡¯ll y for another two days and then go back.¡± ¡°President, you are too headstrong.¡± ire can¡¯t help sneering. ¡°What does it matter?¡± Leo stops and looks down at ire. There is a sh in his eyes. ire looks up into his eyes and seems to see the stars all over the sky. Leo says vaguely, ¡°as long as you are with me, I can be headstrong.¡± ¡°...¡± ire looks at Leo quietly. For a moment her heart pounds with Leo¡¯s words. Half of his face is in shadow under the light. ire is fascinated by the subtle beauty. No! Leo just thinks of her as a toy. They just do it for the time being. No! ire never thinks they have that rtionship. All this is Leo¡¯s wishful thinking. ire turns around and doesn¡¯t look at Leo. She says unnaturally, ¡°president, please don¡¯t joke. I¡¯m just your secretary. If Tracy knows about it, she will definitely cut me with a knife.¡± ¡°Ah.¡± Leo looks up at the sky and suddenly sighs. Then he looks at ire and says lightly, ¡°don¡¯t say something unpleasant on such a good night. Let¡¯s go back to the hotel by ship.¡± With that, he holds ire¡¯s hand and they cross their fingers. This way of holding hands is too ambiguous. ire can¡¯t get rid of him. Leo is a bully and unreasonable bastard. He says that. He has a fiancee waiting for him at home, but he¡¯s ying outside with other women. If she were Tracy, she would have broken up with such a man. ire knows Leo¡¯s ws so she doesn¡¯t care about their intimacy. Whatever he does, ire is on guard. He is just ying with her. Don¡¯t take it seriously! At the same time, ire is also worried. Why didn¡¯t she learn Taekwondo before? So she has the strength to beat Leo and not be as passive as she is now. She has to endure his teasing her. ire is secretly troubled. When she finds her son, she must leave Leo early! It¡¯s a nice day today. ire looks at Leo¡¯s side face on the ship and asks in a low voice, ¡°president, don¡¯t you really remember a boy came to thepany a few days ago and said something strange?¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ire wants to say if the boy said you were his father, but she is afraid Leo will doubt it, so she doesn¡¯t say it too clearly. ¡°Boy?¡± Leo looks at ire confused. He has long forgotten Conan. If ire doesn¡¯t mention him, he almost forgets. Leo thinks about it and says casually, ¡°it seems that there is such a child. What¡¯s the matter?¡± Leo finally answers her question! ire is excited. Her hand held by Leo is going to sweat. She looks at Leo seriously and asks, ¡°do you know where he went?¡± ¡°Why do you ask it?¡± Leo looks at ire¡¯s face puzzled. Something shes through his mind. Leo calmly asks her, ¡°do you know him?¡± ¡°No!¡± ire says it subconsciously. She realizes that she is too emotional. She coughs to cover up her embarrassment. She says solemnly. ¡°I don¡¯t know him, but he is the son of a friend of mine. The other day he said he wanted to find his father and then he ran away from home. I heard from my friend that he has been to yourpany. She knows I work in thatpany so she lets me ask you.¡± ire¡¯s exnation isplete and sincere. Leo has to believe her. He thinks about it carefully and nods, ¡°there is such a strange little boy who came to thepany. I think he¡¯s familiar. Who is your friend? Do I know her?¡± Leo is telling the truth, but ire thinks that he abducted her son, so Leo¡¯s words are not very convincing. ire is a little desperate. Leo lies to her! Conan went to hispany to find him and disappeared. ire specifically investigated the surveince video at the door of Leo¡¯spany. She saw Conan enter thepany and nevere out again. And she doesn¡¯t know much aboutputers. Her son taught her only a few simple operations. She doesn¡¯t learn to enter apany¡¯s system, so she can¡¯t investigate where Conan went after entering thepany. But ire is sure Conan was taken away from thepany. He was taken to the car and left Howard group. ire is sure Conan wouldn¡¯t be taken away by people he doesn¡¯t know because Conan only lets acquaintances and people he can trust approach him. No one else can get close to him. He learns how to defend himself. He really bought a watch like Conan did with poison needles in it. Once Conan went out to y and ire wanted to beat him when she found out. Conan took it out. To reassure ire, he used a fresh apple as a demonstration. The needle in his watch bounced out and hit the apple exactly in the middle. In less than a minute, the apple turned ck. From then on, ire rarely worries that Conan will be captured by bad people. ire believes that Conan was taken by Leo. But now Leo doesn¡¯t admit it! He lies to her! Chapter 224 I’ll do this to you when there’s no one Chapter 224 I¡¯ll do this to you when there¡¯s no one ire is desperate. She turns her head displeased and says inly, ¡°she¡¯s just an ordinary friend of mine. You certainly don¡¯t know her.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo obviously doesn¡¯t believe ire. He sees ire suddenly in a bad mood. He seems to see through her. He says quietly, ¡°but if I don¡¯t know your friend, why did her son go to mypany? Why didn¡¯t he go to someone else?¡± ¡°...¡± Leo is right. ire can¡¯t make up a good excuse for the moment. She thinks for a moment and says coldly, ¡°maybe her son is ill.¡± Conan, who is yingputer in Luke¡¯s vi, suddenly sneezes. He rubs his arm and looks for the air conditioner remote. He thinks the temperature is too low. Leo takes a meaningful look at ire and doesn¡¯t go on asking. Just then the shipnds. He takes ire and goes out. ire is pulled by Leo and stares at his back. She secretly determines that she will find a chance to expose Leo. She wants to know how long he wants to hide her son! In fact, ire is most worried about whether Leo takes good care of Conan and whether he treats him as his own son. After all, he didn¡¯t know Conan before. Will he be nice to him? Isn¡¯t Leo curious about Conan¡¯s biological mother? He doesn¡¯t look for her. ire and Leo return to the hotel. Before they part, Leo can¡¯t help kissing ire on the forehead. ire goes back to the room and quickly goes to the bathroom to rub her forehead. She thinks he is too amorous. He was with Fiona the other day. Now he does this to her! Leo wasn¡¯t like this before he lost his memory. At least at that time, he was single-minded about the little wild cat. But she is the little wild cat! ire looks at herself in the mirror and suddenly ps her face hard. She tells herself to stop thinking about that bastard! She¡¯ll bepletely influenced by Leo! But it doesn¡¯t work. The next day Leo knocks on her door and wants to take her out. ire¡¯s revolt doesn¡¯t work and Leo pulls her out of the room. They spend two days in City B. During this period, they go rafting, boating, going to the aquarium and watching movies. It seems that in these two days they do a lot of things that lovers do. In these two days, ire constantly hints in her heart not to indulge! They are not lovers! They are just passers-by who meet by chance! They will be separatedter! Fortunately, ire has enough willpower. She keeps hypnotizing herself in her heart so she isn¡¯t seduced by Leo. ¡­ In City A. ire looks at the familiar city after getting off the ne. She shouts in her heart, I am finally liberated! But before they leave the airport, Leo takes her hand. They walk side by side. Leo developed this habit in the two days in City B. ire¡¯s heart rejoices at the shout. But Leo¡¯s actions leaves her speechless. She says unhappily, ¡°president, we are in public now. We¡¯re in City A! Is it good for you to do so?¡± Leo is always expressionless in front of outsiders. Hearing ire¡¯s words, he nces sideways at ire. There is a smile in his eyes but he says calmly, ¡°there are many people here. It doesn¡¯t matter.¡± ¡°...¡± ire looks down at her hand that Leo holds. She can¡¯t help worrying and looks around to see if anyone is following them. It doesn¡¯t matter if Leo is exposed, but she¡¯s an ordinary woman. If she is reported and surrounded by paparazzi, she will be in trouble. Last time they came to the airport, Leo parked his car in the parking lot. He tells ire to wait in ce and he goes to get the car. When ire gets in the car, Leo says they will go for dinner first and then he will drive her back to her apartment. In these two days, whether ire agrees with Leo or not, she does what he says. ire develops a habit these two days. Whatever Leo says, she does as she is told. It¡¯s no use protesting. Fortunately, nothing happens when they are eating and going back. ire is afraid that acquaintances will see her with Leo. Leo sends ire downstairs to her apartment. This time he kindly helps her carry her luggage upstairs. He smiles and says to her, ¡°have a good rest today. Start work tomorrow.¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°OK.¡± ire responds casually. She takes out the key and turns to open the door. ire¡¯s insipid reaction causes Leo¡¯s dissatisfaction. He takes ire and bows his head to kiss her. Then he lets her go with satisfaction and says with a smile, ¡°go in.¡± ¡°... Leo!¡± ire can¡¯t help shouting at him atst. ¡°This is City A. I often meet people I know. Can you hold back a little? If it¡¯s seen, we can¡¯t exin it! If we have gossip, I¡¯ll be in trouble! I don¡¯t want to be called mistress on the street!¡± ¡°If you still have a little respect for me, please don¡¯t do something misleading to me casually in the future, OK?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo bes serious. After a long time, he says something makes ire speechless, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll do this to you when there¡¯s no one.¡± ire¡¯s going to be pissed off by Leo! She gives Leo a helpless look and turns to open the door. She goes into the house without looking back and ms the door shut and leaves Leo outside. The moment ire closes the door, Leo stops smiling. His eyes are a little dim. He stands at the door for a long time before turning away. ire starts work the next day. Everything is regr. But when Leo walks out of the elevator, she can¡¯t help but straightening her back and looking at theputer in front of her. Fortunately, Leo is as cold as before. He gives ire a light nce and goes straight to his office. Leo is finally back to normal, so ire is relieved. But she is inexplicably depressed. Chapter 225 Severe humiliation Chapter 225 Severe humiliation ire sits quietly for a while before getting up to make coffee for Leo in the tea room. She brings it into the office and puts it on Leo¡¯s desk. When she goes in, Leo is looking through the papers piled up when they were on business trip. He never looks up at ire. ire walks out of the office and leans against the door as if she has lost her strength. She¡¯s getting more and more depressed and a little bit overwhelmed. Leo is finally back to normal. He no longer smiles at her or flirts with her. ire should have been happy. She¡¯s been hoping that Leo will do it these days. But why can¡¯t she ept the fact when ites? She¡¯s such a fool. She knows they are just ying. All that happened in City B is because Leo is bored. She knows it. She has been warning herself like this these days. But she feels inexplicable heartache. ire sits back in her seat in dismay. She is clumsy in sorting out the umted work these days. Sometimes she is in a trance. If the elevator doesn¡¯t ring suddenly, ire will have been in a daze. She looks in the direction of the elevator and sees Tracy by ident. She¡¯s almost forgotten about Tracy. Now she feels inexplicably guilty when she sees her. Tracy doesn¡¯t seem to be in a good mood. As soon as she gets out of the elevator door, shees angrily to ire. The hate in her eyes seems to tear ire apart. Tracy has a file bag in her hand. She walks up to ire and suddenly raises her file bag and throws it on ire. Before ire can react, she ps ire in the face. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. She shouts, ¡°you bitch!¡± With that, she raises her hand and tries to p ire on the other side of her face. ire is unprepared when she is pped in the face for the first time. If she is pped twice, she is a fool. ire quickly gets up and steps back. She stares at Tracy warily and says angrily, ¡°why do you hit me?¡± ¡°You are a shameless bitch!¡± Tracy finds out that ire is different today. She finds that the old ugly secretary turns out to be beautiful after a few days¡¯ business trip to City B. And this beautiful woman is the one she hated a few days ago. At first Tracy is shocked. She suddenly realizes and sneers at ire who has changed from ugly to beautiful. She sneers at her, ¡°you pretend to be ugly and win my trust and seduce my Leo! You shameless bitch! Bad mistress! I¡¯ll teach you today not to seduce other people¡¯s boyfriends!¡± With that, Tracy puts her bag aside. She raises her arm and rushes to ire. She seems to want to hit her. ire doesn¡¯t understand why Tracy scolds her. She knows that when Tracy sees her, she will be angry and scold her, but she didn¡¯t expect Tracy to scold her as a mistress! ire can¡¯t stand it. ire dodges when Tracy rushes in, but the front desk is too small so ire has no way to go. Behind her is the wall and in front of her is only Tracy, angry. ire hesitates. She resists and grabs Tracy¡¯s arm. She res at Tracy angrily and says, ¡°what do you mean? Why do you call me a mistress? When did I be a mistress?¡± ire hates being called a mistress. She is upright. She won¡¯t do such disgusting things. Will ire be someone else¡¯s mistress? Stop kidding. Tracy¡¯s eyes are red with anger. She can¡¯t hit ire so she kicks ire¡¯s foot. She screams, ¡°stop pretending! Don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know you seduced my fiance in City B. You shameless bitch! You seduced my boyfriend while I was away. You¡¯re disgusting!¡± Tracy not only kicks ire¡¯s calves and thighs with her heels, but also spits on ire¡¯s clothes. She expresses her dislike of ire in the most vulgar way. ire feels sick. Her face turns ck. She shoves Tracy away and stares at her coldly. She says angrily, ¡°do you have any evidence? Why do you say I seduced your boyfriend?¡± In fact, ire would like to say that Leo seduced her! When ire was in City B, she thought that if Tracy knew Leo was pestering her, she would not let her go. At the same time, she was d that she had no acquaintances in City B and no one would recognize them. But ire didn¡¯t expect the day toe so soon. She is at a loss. But she doesn¡¯t want to admit what Tracy says. That¡¯s not true. She didn¡¯t seduce Leo! Tracy stares coldly at ire. She sneers and picks up the file bag she just threw on ire and throws it in ire¡¯s face again. ire dodges and the file bag falls to the ground. The pictures inside it slip out. ire looks down on the ground subconsciously. She sees in these pictures that she is held in Leo¡¯s arms and they are holding hands. They were photographed in City B. There is a picture of her and Leo eating in the restaurant yesterday. Seeing these pictures, ire¡¯s face turns pale. She is stiff and nk. She doesn¡¯t know how to react. The people who take pictures of them are very skilled. She can see their intimacy from every angle. No matter who sees these photos, they can¡¯t help but misunderstand that they have a special rtionship. However, what makes ire cold all over is that she seems to enjoy it. How could this happen? She is very disgusted. Now she can¡¯t exin to angry Tracy. How can she retort that she was actually forced? Chapter 226 The pictures are exposed Chapter 226 The pictures are exposed In the face of Tracy¡¯s angry face, she is speechless now. How can she retort that she is actually forced? ire lowers her head indifferently. Seeing ire¡¯s reaction, Tracy sneers. She says bitterly, ¡°bitch, what do you want to say? You are a dirty woman. You¡¯ve set this trap from the beginning and won my trust and seduced Leo. Tell me why you got close to Leo!¡± ¡°¡­¡± ire clenches her lower lip. She is pale and speechless. All the embarrassment and shame pour into her heart at the moment. The look she enjoys echoes in her mind. She feels deeply betrayed by herself. Faced with Tracy¡¯s questions, she has nothing to say. She can¡¯t even argue. Seeing ire bow her head and refuse to admit it, Tracy gets even angrier. She rushes up and tries to p ire a few more times. As soon as she raises her hand, a voicees out of the office, ¡°Tracy, what are you doing?¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°Leo!¡± Tracy is stopped. She turns and looks at the source of the voice. Her ferocious expression suddenly bes pitiful. Her eyes are so red that they seem to tear at any time. She says pitifully and righteously, ¡°Leo, I¡¯m teaching this woman who seduced you. How shameless this bitch is! She has seduced a married man!¡± Leoes slowly. He sees ire with her head down and depressed and several pictures on the ground. Even though he is far away, he hears Tracy¡¯s words and her expression that she wants to kill ire. He knows what happened. Leo stops. He keeps a few steps away from them. He says coldly and expressionless, ¡°you don¡¯t have to worry. How can you make trouble in thepany?¡± ¡°Leo!¡± Tracy wants to pretend that she is hurt and needs to beforted, but Leo¡¯s words immediately exposes her. She stares at Leo incredibly and shouts angrily, ¡°Leo! What do you mean? Do you want to protect this bitch?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t protect her.¡± Leo¡¯s reaction is calm. He looks at ire who doesn¡¯t dare look up at him and says lightly, ¡°it¡¯s not a big deal!¡± ¡°Leo!¡± Tracy walks up to him in shock and shakes Leo¡¯s arm. She shouts, ¡°How can you say that? I¡¯m your fiancee. You even let me not mind those mistresses who seduce you. Have you ever thought of me as your fiancee?¡± ¡°It¡¯s two different things.¡± Leo calmly looks at the angry Tracy and casually says, ¡°don¡¯t make trouble here.¡± ¡°I¡¯m making trouble?¡± Leo¡¯s words make Tracy cry. Her tears are streaming down. She looks at Leo wrongly and says, ¡°you say I¡¯m making trouble. Leo, we¡¯ve been in love for six years. You let me ignore the women who seduce you. You even say I am making trouble. Leo, you weren¡¯t like that before. You¡¯ve been seduced by this bitch to help her, haven¡¯t you?¡± ¡°Stop it! I¡¯ll give you an exnation!¡± Leo says. He has made up his mind to break the engagement. ¡°You are cruel to me! I¡¯m going back to tell my dad you have an affair. You don¡¯t love me anymore.¡± Tracy cries. Tracy thinks Leo¡¯s impatience represents dissatisfaction with her. At the same time, Tracy hates ire in her heart. Leo¡¯s heart must have been seduced by her, otherwise he will not treat her like this! There have been many women who like Leo for so many years, but Leo let her deal with them and he didn¡¯t interfere. Now he not only deals with it but also yells at her. Leo¡¯s protection of ire makes Tracy hate ire even more! ¡°¡­¡± ire says nothing and clenches her fist. She bites her lower lip hard and turns pale. Hearing Tracy¡¯s words, Leo frowns and quietly looks at Tracy who is crying. ¡°Tracy, don¡¯t threaten me with your father. I don¡¯t care!¡± Leo looks terrible. He looks at Tracy with cold eyes. ¡°If you want to end our engagement soon, that¡¯s great. That¡¯s what I mean!¡± ¡°You...¡± Leo¡¯s words are cold and piercing. Tracy can¡¯t help shivering. She stops crying and grabs Leo¡¯s hand quickly. She shakes her head and begs him, ¡°don¡¯t... Leo, I know I¡¯m wrong. I will never threaten you with my father again. Don¡¯t be angry. I don¡¯t dare to...¡± Leo is cold. This time he doesn¡¯t get rid of Tracy¡¯s hand again, but his face is still terrible. He says coldly, ¡°go home first. I¡¯ll give you an exnation.¡± ¡°But...¡± Tracy panics when she hears that Leo is going to drive her away. She stares at ire and looks pitifully at Leo and says, ¡°but this woman seduced you...¡± ¡°She didn¡¯t seduce me. These pictures are misunderstandings.¡± Leo says impatiently. Feeling Leo¡¯s displeasure, Tracy opens her mouth and finally can only close it quietly. Leo is angry so she can¡¯t go on. She is afraid Leo will break their engagement. Tracy has been working hard for six years, and she doesn''t want to fail because of ire, the woman who suddenly appears. But when Tracy sees ire¡¯s good figure and beautiful face, she is a little jealous and dissatisfied. Today Leo defends her, so Tracy hates ire even more. Tracy doesn¡¯t believe it is a misunderstanding. She¡¯s not without eyes. They are very close in the picture. How could it be a misunderstanding? Especially the woman¡¯s expression convinces her. Tracy is thinking, ire, wait for me. I will not spare you! Chapter 227 The eve of the storm Chapter 227 The eve of the storm After Tracy leaves, Leo looks at ire who is still standing in the corner with her head down. He sighs and asks softly, ¡°are you ok?¡± ire shakes her head and looks up at Leo. She looks at Leo seriously and firmly and says, ¡°president, I want to quit.¡± She thought about it just now. Tracy knows it so she won¡¯t let her go. She approaches him just to find her son. She doesn¡¯t want to be infamous and scolded for being a mistress in the street. She doesn¡¯t want it. Before everyone knows about it, she wants to leave Leo. At least she won¡¯t be so miserable. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo purses his lips. He shakes his head seriously and says firmly, ¡°you can¡¯t leave. I will not ept your resignation.¡± ¡°¡­¡± The scene is exactly the same as it was six years ago. ire thinks helplessly, Leo, why are you so domineering? You know there is no result. At that time, ire wanted to leave, but Leo refused to let her go. It seems that she should try her best to leave this time. ire sighs softly. Her voice is a little determined, ¡°Leo, if I want to leave, you can¡¯t stop me.¡± ¡°I have the final say!¡± Leo is full of majesty. ire can¡¯t help but flinch from his terrible eyes. But she can¡¯t. ire straightens up and says seriously to Leo, ¡°if you don¡¯t believe it, we can try!¡± ire¡¯s determined face hurts Leo¡¯s heart. He strides up to ire and reaches for her chin. He forces her to look at him and says, ¡°you can¡¯t leave. This is an order!¡± ire raises her hand and holds Leo¡¯s wrist. She looks at him bravely. ¡°Now everyone has freedom. I have the right to choose. You can¡¯t decide it.¡± ¡°Just for me, can¡¯t you?¡± Leo looks at ire affectionately. His words have a rare affection. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°...¡± ire is shocked by Leo¡¯s words. Is that true or false? No, it must be fake. Most of their ambiguity is caused by Leo. She is misunderstood by Tracy because of him. She can¡¯t be silly any more. ire pushes Leo¡¯s hand hard and says coldly, ¡°president, don¡¯t be kidding. I¡¯m just an ordinary woman. I¡¯m not worthy of your love.¡± With that, ire wants to get out of here. ¡°I¡¯m not kidding!¡± Leo stands there and suddenly shouts. ¡°...¡± ire looks back and resolutely leaves the mess. ¡­ In the bathroom, ire washes her face with water. Her face is livid and more embarrassing. She can¡¯t stand it. Why does she stay for Leo? Is she crazy? She will leave as soon as she finds her son. However, some say ire has an affair with Leo. They often have an affair in the office or at the front desk of the secretary. They say ire deliberately pretends to be ugly to attract Leo¡¯s attention in order to seduce him. They say ire is a bitch from a bar, so she¡¯s insidious. They say ire often seduces men so she¡¯s experienced. Anyway, in the afternoon, the scandal about ire has spread all over thepany. Someonees to see her at the ce where she works and makes fun of her from time to time. Then they leave quickly before Leoes out. ire is angry, but she can¡¯t lose her temper. If she exins, she appears guilty and admits it. So ire can only be whispered and mocked by them. This day reallyes andes so fast! Leo¡¯s office is on a separate floor. No other employees are present. At that time, only she and Leo, and Tracy were present. The news spreads so fast that ire knows who spreads it. She didn¡¯t expect Tracy to have many acquaintances in thepany. In a short period of time, she lets the story spread throughout thepany and lets everyone know. ire is upset all afternoon. She can¡¯t sitfortably in her seat and can hardly work. Leo may have known about it. He doesn¡¯te out of the office all afternoon, so many women are more arrogant. ire is surrounded by a crowd when she takes the elevator after work. They¡¯re all behind ire. ire is the only one standing in front. Though their voices are small, ire hears them. In the end ire can¡¯t stand it. She turns and stares coldly at the people who are talking about her. The female colleagues stop talking at once. They look at ire and they have disdain in their eyes. ire looks at them quietly for a while and slowly says, ¡°you can speak loudly. I¡¯m so sorry for your ears.¡± With that, ire turns back to face the elevator door. They are stunned by ire¡¯s words. After a long time someone whispers, ¡°this woman is sick.¡± ¡°Of course, otherwise she would not have been so bold to seduce other¡¯s boyfriend.¡± They whisper and finally stop talking about ire. ire finally feels quiet but she isn¡¯t happy. The storm is about to break out in her heart. She wants to lose her temper, but she knows it is no use losing it to people who can only whisper. The best way is to clear up the rumor and let those who scold her shut up. In this case, only one person is suitable toe out to rify, but that person does note out but hides in the office for the whole afternoon. ire¡¯s patience is running out. If Leo doesn¡¯t exin the misunderstanding clearly, she will quit her job and nevere to work again! Chapter 228 The domineering Juan Chapter 228 The domineering Juan However, ire can still hear someone talking behind her back when she goes to work the next day. They even start pointing at her and talking loudly to make her hear. This is worse than yesterday. ire is even more upset when shees to her desk and finds it in a mess. All the papers she set up before work yesterday fell on the desk or on the ground. ire¡¯s bad moodsts from yesterday to today. When she sees the scene, she almost cries. It¡¯s all Leo¡¯s fault. ire makes up her mind to discuss it with Leo when hees. If he doesn¡¯t rify, she will. She will not bear any consequences. At least before she leaves, she has to return her innocence. She is not sure what she will do then. ire makes up her mind. She pretends to be calm and tidies up the things on the table. Then she turns on theputer and sits in the seat waiting for Leo. However, she waits all morning and Leo doesn¡¯te to thepany. ire thinks he doesn¡¯te back. She goes into the office and finds him not in it. ire is in a worse mood. She sits in her seat and is not in the mood to work at all. Fortunately, no one comes up to trouble her today, so that ire¡¯s bad mood is not close to the state of copse. However, ire is disappointed that Leo doesn¡¯te to thepany. ire is in a terrible mood. Leo still doesn¡¯te to thepany this afternoon. A little hope in her heart is extinguished. ire gets up and packs up and leaves thepany. She ignores people who point at her and talk about her when they see her. ire walks out of Howard Group with her head up and chest up. As soon as ire gets out of thepany, a ck elongated Lincolnes to thepany¡¯s door, and a window falls down in the back seat. ire sees a familiar face. ¡°Get in the car.¡± Juan says inly to ire. ire stands and thinks. Atst she gets in the car door that the driver has opened for her. Looking at Juan sitting next to her, ire says awkwardly, ¡°Juan, long time no see.¡± Juan looks at her calmly for a long time. He suddenly smiles. ¡°ire, you¡¯re determined to stay with Leo. In the end you¡¯re like this.¡± ire is embarrassed to hear the taunt in Juan¡¯s words. Juan may have known her embarrassment in thepany, otherwise he will not appear at the door of thepany on this special day. He may have been waiting for her here for a long time. Although ire feels guilty about Juan, she can¡¯t help but seriously exin to him, ¡°Juan, I think you may have misunderstood. I stay with Leo to find Conan. I suspect Leo hides Conan, so I became his secretary.¡± ire¡¯s words cause Juan¡¯s dissatisfaction. He looks at ire and mes her, ¡°so why don¡¯t you ask me for help? If I help you, it¡¯s much better than being his secretary. You¡¯re being talked about in private now. You are so stubborn that you can¡¯t stand it. But you put up with it for a day.¡± ¡°ire, can¡¯t you forget Leo?¡± ire is shocked by Juan¡¯s words. She exins quickly, ¡°no! You¡¯re not right. I put up with it in the hope that Leo will return my innocence. They are not telling the truth. I don¡¯t want to leave now. In that way, they will think I run away because I¡¯m guilty!¡± Compared with ire¡¯s panic, Juan is much calmer. He looks at ire with the eyes that see through everything and says lightly, ¡°does Leo rify for you now?¡± ¡°No...¡± ire is disappointed! Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Juan shows an expression that he has seen through for a long time. He looks at ire as if he is sympathetic or disappointed. ¡°So why don¡¯t you listen to me earlier and leave him? Now you¡¯re like this. Are you willing?¡± She is not willing, but... Juan helps her so many times that ire can¡¯t pay him back in her life. She understands that as long as she asks Juan for help, he will be desperate to help her solve the problem, but she doesn¡¯t want to owe Juan any more! She has hurt him once. She can¡¯t continue to be sorry for him! ire takes a look at Juan who is looking at her affectionately. She turns her head and says reluctantly, ¡°I don¡¯t want to rely on you every time. I want to solve problems on my own.¡± ¡°Why can¡¯t you rely on me?¡± Juan is emotional. For the first time since ire gets on the car, he bes excited. Juan looks at ire and seriously says, ¡°I don¡¯t care if you rely on me or cause me trouble. As long as you say it, I can do anything!¡± Because of this, ire doesn¡¯t want to rely on Juan. She shakes her head awkwardly and says firmly, ¡°Juan, I don¡¯t want to owe you more. Although it will be difficult for me to solve it myself, I believe that as long as I try my best, I will get what I want. Juan, don¡¯t hope for me. Give me up.¡± ¡°ire¡­¡± Juan looks down in dismay. This powerful man with numerous assets and numerous subordinates shows his vulnerable side in front of ire. Juan looks down and is silent for a while. He looks up and says firmly, ¡°I will not give up on you. As you say, as long as I try my best, I will get what I want.¡± ¡°This is different. You can¡¯t force feelings.¡± ire looks at Juan and says heartily. ¡°You don¡¯t have to say that.¡± Before ire can finish, Juan interrupts ire. Juan bes as cold as ever. He says firmly, ¡°ire, I don¡¯t care why you stay with Leo. I¡¯ll take the time to prove that you made the wrong decision. But I want to remind you that everything Leo has now will one day be mine, including his property and you!¡± Chapter 229 Conan has a plan Chapter 229 Conan has a n Juan says it looking into ire¡¯s eyes. ire sees in Juan¡¯s eyes the love, the stubbornness and the confidence. Thinking of Juan¡¯s hatred of Leo, ire sighs silently. She hates Leo, too, but she can¡¯t be as cruel as Juan. She can only make Leo regret and pay for it. Before, if Juan told her that he wanted to revenge Leo, she would agree and try to help Juan. But in the present situation, ire just sympathizes with Juan. She knows that part of the reason Juan says that is because of her. Juan hates Leo. Now he hates him more because of her. ire thinks Juan is tired. People who are hated by others are not affected, but people who hate others are hurt. She would like to tell Juan not to hate Leo more because of her, but she is not qualified to me Juan. Juan seems to think the same way. He looks at ire seriously and says, ¡°ire, haven¡¯t you always hated Leo for killing your father and Bryce? We can work together against him at this opportunity.¡± With that, Juan thinks he is crazy. He has always been arrogant and independent. He never thinks he will invite a woman. But he is so jealous of Leo. Obviously he hurts ire, but he can keep ire with him. But he pays a lot for ire, but ire doesn¡¯t even look at him. Juan thinks he must be mad with jealousy.? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ire is also shocked by Juan¡¯s words. Just when she thinks about it, Juan says it. ire wants to blurt out that she doesn¡¯t want revenge! ire is horrified by her ideas. Why does she think that? Since when has her hatred for Leo been decreasing? Is it when she learned Bryce isn¡¯t dead or is it because of their rtionship in City B? ireughs at her innocence and shakes her head and says, ¡°Juan, actually Bryce is not dead. He set up the car ident that year. Juan, I don¡¯t want to do something terrible. I hate Leo, but I don¡¯t want him to be extremely miserable.¡± Juan thinks ire is defending Leo. He feels desperate. He looks visibly depressed. ire finally chooses Leo. Now she wants to give up revenge. He killed her father! Juan says disappointed, ¡°ire, I know. You don¡¯t have to say it.¡± What does he know? ire looks at Juan confused and wants to hear what he wants to say, but Juan leans wearily on the soft leather seat. He closes his eyes and doesn¡¯t want to go on. ire stops asking. She thinks he knows her difficulties so he doesn¡¯t want to talk about revenge. Juan sends ire downstairs to her apartment. ire wants to invite him to dinner, but Juan says he has something to do and refuses. ire stands downstairs and watches the car drive away. She thinks their happy time hase to an end. Since they came back to America, Juan is no longer gentle with her or smiling at her. They seem to have returned to the time when they first met six years ago, but now they have friendship and mutual understanding. ire can¡¯t bear to see her good friend look so lonely. She wants to help, but she¡¯s not qualified. If only Juan doesn¡¯t like her. ire goes back to the room and sees herputer screen on. ire is surprised. She turned off the computer before going out. Why is it on now? When she approaches, Conan¡¯s little figure suddenly appears in the middle of the screen. ire is stunned and reacts that Conan controlls herputer and sends her a video call. ¡°Conan, you finally sends your mommy a video call. How are you doing recently?¡± ire looks at her son. It seems that all the unhappiness in these days has disappeared. ire smiles happily. She sits in front of theputer and looks at her son in the video. His face is ruddy and he doesn¡¯t lose weight. It seems that he doesn¡¯t worry about food and clothing. ire is happy but Conan in the video looks at his mommy seriously and asks, ¡°Mommy, I¡¯m fine, but why do you lose weight and look so depressed?¡± ire almost cries. Her eyes are red and she looks at Conan who is worried about her. She feels warm and moved and says, ¡°Conan, Mommy is OK. I haven¡¯t had a good sleep because I can¡¯t find you recently. Conan, tell me where you are. Mommy will pick you up and take you home!¡± Conan shakes his head gravely at ire¡¯s words. He¡¯s a kid but when he¡¯s serious, he¡¯s like an adult. Conan says solemnly in a childish voice, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t lie to Conan. Conan knows everything. I know you are set up by that bad woman. She keeps Daddy by her side and doesn¡¯t let Daddy go to Mommy.¡± ¡°Wait...¡± ire is shocked at Conan¡¯s words. She can¡¯t respond at all, so she has to interrupt Conan¡¯s words. She asks hesitantly, ¡°Conan, did you just say that Daddy is kept by that bad woman? Is it because of the bad woman that your daddy didn¡¯te to thepany today?¡± Does she misunderstand Leo? ¡°Yes.¡± Conan replies clearly. He looks angry. ¡°Mommy, she¡¯s too bad. She spread rumors about you in thepany and deliberately refused to let Daddy go. She embarrasses you in thepany! She¡¯s a bitch!¡± Hearing Conan say something that doesn¡¯t fit his age, ire coughs and teaches him, ¡°Conan, don¡¯t say that. It hurts your image. Do you forget how Mommy usually teaches you?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Conan immediately straightens up. He says solemnly, ¡°Mommy told Conan that if I meet someone I hate, I can¡¯t scold her but deal with her with practical actions!¡± Chapter 230 You can’t beat my mommy Chapter 230 You can¡¯t beat my mommy ¡°Good!¡± ire nods contentedly and smiles happily. She hasn¡¯t talked to her son like this for a long time. She misses being with her son. She wants to find her son and keep him with her for the rest of her life. ire wants to ask him where he is. Conanughs triumphantly. He says mischievously, ¡°so I fought her back with practical action. I believe it won¡¯t be long before she regrets treating Mommy like that.¡± Conan¡¯s words catch ire¡¯s attention. She asks curiously, ¡°what did you do?¡± ¡°Haha...¡± Conan smiles treacherously. Whenever he shows this expression, it means someone is going to be unlucky. Conan pretends to be mysterious and says, ¡°tomorrow you will know it. She dares to bully my Mommy because she doesn¡¯t know who her son is!¡± Conan makes ireugh. She looks at her son happily and shakes her head and says, ¡°don¡¯t involve me, or I¡¯ll spank you.¡± ¡°No, trust your son, Mommy.¡± Conanughs happily. ire shakes her head helplessly andughs with him. Her son makes her love and hate. Sometimes he goes too far. ire remembers that when they were in France, he made a woman¡¯s mouth swell like a ham sausage. Her parents didn¡¯t recognize her when she got home. What¡¯s more, she couldn¡¯t eat or drink water for several days. As soon as her lips touched something, she hurt to death. When ire knew it, she taught Conan a lesson. He was too much. But ire didn¡¯t like the woman who swore. What¡¯s more, that woman scolded her that day. Conan was so angry that he helped her. So ire is helpless with Conan. Looking at her lovely son in the video, ire is in a good mood and talks to him. They haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time, so they have a lot to talk about. Atst ire suddenly remembers the question she was going to ask Conan. She looks at him seriously and asks, ¡°where does your daddy hide you? Mommy is looking for you. Do you know how long Mommy hasn¡¯t eaten the meal you made? My face is very bad now because I didn¡¯t have the meal you cooked.¡± ire threatens and pretends to be pitiful, but Conan listens and pretends to be surprised and looks aside. He panics and says to ire, ¡°Mommy, Daddy ising back. I¡¯ll hang up first. Goodbye, Mommy!¡± Conan says it quickly and the video is interrupted. Conan¡¯s little figure disappears from the screen. ¡°¡­¡± ire stares at the screen in shock. After a long time she says angrily, ¡°little viin. I will teach him a lesson when I find him.¡± ire calms down and feels upset. She misunderstood Leo. It turns out that he is not what she thinks. Tracy somehow forced Leo to stay with her, so she misunderstood Leo. ¡­ The second day. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ire doesn¡¯t go to work because of the rumors in thepany. She decided yesterday that if Leo doesn¡¯t rify for her, she won¡¯t go back to work! So ire doesn¡¯t get up until noon at home. She is woken up by the telephone. ire reaches out of the quilt and touches the cell phone on the desk. Then she says in azy voice, ¡°hello.¡± He is stunned at her voice and asks, ¡°did you just wake up?¡± ire wakes up at the familiar low voice. ire asks, ¡°Why do you call me?¡± Leo seems to be browsing the files. ire can hear the paper turning. Leo says discontentedly, ¡°my secretary doesn¡¯te to work. Can¡¯t I call and ask?¡± Of course he can, but... ire thinks of yesterday and is angry. She says angrily, ¡°yesterday you didn¡¯te to thepany but I didn¡¯t call you.¡± Leo stops flipping the files. He says patiently, ¡°are you ming me? I¡¯m the boss and you¡¯re the employee. No matter what the boss does, employees should feel that he is right.¡± ¡°OK, my boss. Keep working. I will not disturb you.¡± ire can¡¯t stand his theory. She is in a bad mood and wants to hang up. ¡°Wait.¡± Leo yells. ¡°What?¡± ire doesn¡¯t take her phone away and wants to hear what Leo wants to say. If he doesn¡¯t deal with the rumors about her spread by Tracy, she¡¯ll ignore the bastard. Leo is silent for a while and says, ¡°you get up and get dressed first. I¡¯ll pick you up at your apartment later. Let¡¯s go to lunch.¡± ire wants to say no, but she thinks about it. Will hee to her in person to admit his mistake? In that case, she will mercifully give him a chance! But ire won¡¯t let him go easily. She sneers at him. ¡°President, do you dare to have lunch with me? If your fiancee or one of thepany¡¯s employees identally sees it, I will really be considered your mistress.¡± ¡°...I¡¯ll take you to another ce to eat.¡± Leo finally chooses topromise. But ire isn¡¯t happy. She raises her voice and says, ¡°why do I have to listen to you? I won¡¯t go. Someone doesn¡¯t care about fame, but I do.¡± In the face of ire¡¯s sarcasm, Leo can¡¯t keep calm. He says helplessly, ¡°ire, I admit I didn¡¯t handle it properly so you are misunderstood. Please believe me that I have solved all the problems now. No one will scold you behind your back.¡± ire¡­ ire¡¯s heart pounds... Chapter 231 Leo’s confession of love Chapter 231 Leo¡¯s confession of love ire¡­ ire¡¯s heart pounds. She coughs to hide her heartbeat. She says discontentedly, ¡°president, don¡¯t be so close. Next time your fiancee finds out, she might cut me with a knife. I know she has a bad temper. I dare not approach you. President, please let me go. Don¡¯t bother me any more!¡± ¡°I left my resignation letter on your desk yesterday. Please forget me. I don¡¯t want an office romance!¡± ¡°ire!¡± Leo roars. He says domineering, ¡°I said I will not allow you to resign. If you want to quit, give me a million dors. Don¡¯t lose your temper like a child next time.¡± He says she is like a child! ire is furious. She growls discontentedly, ¡°Leo, don¡¯t go too far! I was scolded as a mistress by your fiancee because of you! I told you I will never be a mistress. I don¡¯t want to have that rtionship with you!¡± ¡°I have rejected you many times! You pester me but I suffer. Have you ever thought about how I feel! Have you ever thought about the fact that you already have a fiancee! Leo, please let me go. You can have all kinds of beauties. Why bother me! Are you blind...¡± Before ire finishes, Leo hangs up. ire hasn¡¯t finished venting. She res angrily at the phone and tries to throw it aside! ire lies on the bed looking at the ceiling angrily. After a long time she calms down. She gets up, washes her face, brushes her teeth and changes her clothes. ire looks at herself in the mirror. Why does she change? Is she going out for lunch with Leo? She doesn¡¯t want to. If she is photographed by paparazzi again, she want to die! ire stands still for a while. The doorbell rings suddenly. ire is shocked. It¡¯s only a dozen minutes since they called. Is it Leo? And it¡¯s not lunch time! ire walks uneasily to the door. She looks at the man outside through the mirror on the door. She does see Leo¡¯s ck face. ire can¡¯t help shivering. As she hesitates to open the door, Leo suddenly looks into the mirror and looks at her. He seems to know that she is looking at him through the mirror. ire clearly sees Leo saying, open the door. Then he ms the door again. ire has to open the door. ¡°Why are you here? I¡¯ve made it clear...¡± As soon as ire opens the door, Leo strides in and closes it. Leo grabs ire¡¯s arm and hits her against the wall and kisses her hard. What ire wants to say is blocked by Leo. Her hands are tightly bound. ire has absolutely no room to struggle. Leo¡¯s kiss is crazy and sentimental. He sucks the sweetness of ire¡¯s mouth quickly and greedily. His strong tongue dances with ire''s soft tongue. ire can¡¯t fight and can only let Leo attack. Soon ire¡¯s strength is drained by Leo. She leans powerlessly against Leo. If Leo doesn¡¯t put his arm around her waist, she may fall to the ground. They kiss for a long time. Finally Leo takes her to the sofa and presses her on and continues to kiss her lips, ears and corbones. Leo pants a little and puts his head on ire¡¯s shoulder. His voice is hoarse with desire. ¡°ire, do you miss me these two days?¡± I want you to die soon! ire shouts in her heart, but she just wants to breathe oxygen and has no strength to scold Leo at all. Leo holds ire tight in her arms. They lie on the sofa and close to each other. Leo puts his mouth to her ear and whispers, ¡°I miss you so much...¡± Leo¡¯s words give ire goose bumps. Her heart beats fast and she blushes. She is shaken by Leo¡¯s remark. ire calms down and pushes Leo. She says angrily, ¡°I don¡¯t miss you! President, please find out. I made it clear on the phone. I don¡¯t want to be your mistress. We seem to be having an affair now...¡± Before ire finishes, Leo kisses her again. He gently sucks ire¡¯s lips for a long time. Leo looks into ire¡¯s eyes affectionately. He says seriously, ¡°ire, I like you.¡± ¡°Boom.¡± ire seems to have been hit by lightning. Her brain is nk. Her heart thumps and she seems to rejoice in Leo¡¯s words. ire is stunned. She stares into Leo¡¯s affectionate eyes and feels it is a dream. This is the first time Leo has said he likes her. Last time in City B he said he wanted to be with her, she was shocked by him. But ire didn¡¯t expect Leo to say he likes her! How could it be! Leo is cruel and ruthless. How could he like her! ire thinks the world is kidding her. She may be dreaming, otherwise how could she hear such absurd words. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. She subconsciously tries to push Leo away, but Leo holds her tighter. He says affectionately in her ear, ¡°ire, I really like you. Since you drowned in City B, I found that I have already liked you...¡± ¡°Then I joked that I wanted us to be together. Although I said I was joking, I really think so...¡± ¡°ire, shall we be together? You can give me some time to break my engagement with Tracy. Then we¡¯ll be officially together, ok?¡± Chapter 232 I was forced by you Chapter 232 I was forced by you Leo¡¯s voice is low, maic and seductive, and ire almost wants to nod and promise Leo. However, she must not! At this critical moment, ire remembers thest time she saw her father. At that time her father was in poor health and needed to be hospitalized. Then Jade moved her father to another hospital without her knowledge. She never saw her father again. ire thinks of her father and his death notice. Leo¡¯s concealment and betrayal, as well as the fact that he killed her father, hit ire hard. She can¡¯t promise Leo. They are enemies! Even if she promises him, Leo will still insult her as before after recovering his memory. ire doesn¡¯t want it! ¡°No!¡± ire shoves Leo away. Leo is unprepared and is pushed to the ground by ire. ire is emotional. There is hate in her eyes. ¡°I don¡¯t want to be with you even if I die!¡± ¡°ire¡­¡± Leo sits on the ground and stares at ire. He can¡¯t ept ire¡¯s excitement for a moment. He knows ire might turn him down, but he didn¡¯t expect ire to be so excited. There is even hatred in her eyes. What happened to her? ire is emotional and delirious. She thinks of what happened six years ago. In her mind, Leo insulted her and killed her father. What happened six years ago leaves ire with a deep scar. Now it¡¯s ripped open and bleeding. She can¡¯t ept it for a moment. She looks ahead in a daze. Gradually she curls up her legs and hugs herself. Her eyes are unfocused and looking somewhere. ire¡¯s battered look hurts Leo¡¯s heart. He gets up from the ground and sits on the sofa. He thinks for a moment and holds ire in his arms. He puts his head on her head painfully. This time ire doesn¡¯t push Leo away. Maybe the past is too painful, so she shivers a little. She is so cold from foot to body that she can¡¯t help holding Leo. She puts her face close to Leo¡¯s arms and tears fall from the corners of her eyes. Leo feels the moisture in his arms and holds ire harder and tries to make her feel warm. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. At the same time, Leo is skeptical. What did he say just now that makes ire so excited? Doesn¡¯t he know ire enough? He seems to need to investigate this woman. ¡­ They hug for nearly half an hour. ire graduallyes out of her memory. She calms down and regains her mind. She finds herself in Leo¡¯s arms. ire thinks of Leo¡¯s words and her fierce reaction. She thinks Leo will doubt her. Who will have such an abnormal reaction when they are liked? But Leo lost his memory so he may not be able to find out. ire thinks uneasily about how to deal with Leo. He said he likes her. ire can¡¯t ept the reality and feels it is troublesome. Bryce likes her. Juan likes her. Leo likes her this time, too. Should she check her luck about love today? Leo, do you know how much impact your words have on me? ire thinks helplessly. Finally she nudges Leo and whispers, ¡°president...¡± She finally has a reaction. Leo¡¯s sad heart suddenly rxes. He holds ire¡¯s face and watches her carefully. He asks with concern, ¡°are you ok?¡± ire looks at the gentle Leo and feels a headache. She coughs and takes Leo¡¯s hand off. She says in a euphemism, ¡°president, we can¡¯t be together. Don¡¯t do that.¡± ire¡¯s words stun Leo. He looks at ire in confusion and asks, ¡°why?¡± ¡°Because...¡± ire thinks about it and decides to be honest, ¡°because you¡¯re my boss. What¡¯s more, I don¡¯t have that feeling for you at all. I am an ordinary woman. I don¡¯t deserve a good man like you. Do you know what I mean?¡± ¡°No,¡± Leo frowns and says, ¡°what you say doesn¡¯t matter. If you don¡¯t want to have an office romance, you can stay away from work. You can stay at home and I¡¯ll raise you. You say we don¡¯t match. ire, you said people are free now. People are free to choose whom to marry.¡± Leo says a lot, but ire doesn¡¯t think he says the point. She stares at Leo and says rightfully, ¡°but I don¡¯t like you. This is the most important!¡± ¡°You don¡¯t like me?¡± Leo suddenly puts his hand behind ire¡¯s neck. He bows his head and kisses ire¡¯s lips. He gives ire a soft kiss. It isn¡¯t until ire lies powerless on him that Leo smiles and says, ¡°you enjoy it. There¡¯s no way you don¡¯t like me!¡± ire retorts loudly, ¡°you force me. If I were as strong as you, I would not be bullied by you.¡± ¡°But...¡± Leo looks at ire meaningfully and makes her feel guilty. Leo smiles and says, ¡°even if I force you, why do you seem to enjoy it?¡± Leo says it deliberately slowly. ire¡¯s heart is itchy. She blushes and says angrily, ¡°I won¡¯t promise you anyway! Don¡¯t think about it!¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll keep pestering you until you promise!¡± Chapter 233 Claire, I love you Chapter 233 ire, I love you With that, Leo presses ire and kisses her again. This time Leo¡¯s big hand goes straight into ire¡¯s clothes. ire is seduced by Leo, but she¡¯s still awake. She falters, ¡°look... You force me...¡± With that, she pushes Leo symbolically, but she can¡¯t move Leo at all. Leo lowers his head and bites her nipple and says vaguely, ¡°don¡¯t speak...¡± ire can¡¯t help groaning. She shuts up shyly. Her voice is so seductive that she blushes. At the same time, she hates in her heart why she deosn¡¯t resist. She is always suppressed by Leo and in a passive state. She can¡¯t even resist. She doesn¡¯t want to do this with Leo! When ire is thinking about how to stop Leo, Leo stops. He kisses ire affectionately for a long time before he lets her go. His voice is hoarse and maic from desire. ¡°I¡¯ll take a bath.¡± With that, he stands up and doesn¡¯t do it to her. ire stares at Leo¡¯s back. She wants to ask why he stops suddenly, but Leo has walked into the bathroom and solved his own physical problems. Leo lets her go. Leo didn¡¯t do that before. He insulted her at any time and didn¡¯t think about how she felt. ire recalls what Leo just said. Does he really like her? He falls in love with her after losing his memory? ire thinks it is funny and incredible. It must be her delusion. Leo¡­ Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ire is sitting on the sofa thinking. Leoes out in half an hour. He has only a bath towel around his lower body. He wipes his hair with a towel andes over. ire can¡¯t help asking him, ¡°Leo, you just...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry.¡± Before ire finishes, Leo interrupts with a smile. ¡°I won¡¯t touch you without your consent, so you can¡¯t say I force you.¡± ¡°...¡± ire¡¯s heart pounds. She is shocked. Leo surprises her too much today. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to say he likes her and think about her feelings. ire is suddenly a little moved by Leo. Six years ago, Leo didn¡¯t know how to be considerate. Thinking of the past, ire wants to shed tears. The shock and grievance in her heart suddenlyes up. ire¡¯s tears flow down like a broken dike. Leo, who is drying his hair, is shocked. He throws the towel aside and sits next to ire and asks her, ¡°stupid woman, why are you crying? People will think I bully you.¡± ire is moved. Although she knows it is probably fake, she will believe it even for a second. Whether Leo is ying with her or not, he can resist the desire for her, so ire feels that she is not ashamed to cry. No matter how much Leoforts her or ridicules her, ire cries all the time. She says, ¡°Leo, thank you...¡± ire¡¯s words stun Leo who is ming her for a few seconds. He sighs and reaches out to hold ire in his arms. He coaxes her, ¡°fool...¡± The softer Leo is, the more ire wants to cry. Her tears have been running. ire holds Leo in her arms and cries out, ¡°asshole! Don¡¯t be so nice to me! I will be moved!¡± Hearing this, Leo chuckles. He smiles contentedly and pats ire on the back. Leo smiles helplessly and says, ¡°don¡¯t you like that I¡¯m good to you? Do you want me to yell at you?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± ire nods. Leo smiles, but this time he doesn¡¯t me ire again. They embrace quietly. When ire realizes something is wrong, she suddenly takes her hand back. When Leo is confused, ire¡¯s stomach suddenly makes a sound. This makes Leo want tough. He raises his eyebrows and asks deliberately, ¡°are you hungry?¡± Leo hears the sound and ire angrily smashes the pillow. She yells, ¡°you¡¯re hungry! Your stomach is making a sound! It¡¯s not me!¡± ¡°Okay,¡± Leo doesn''t expose ire. He looks at ire yfully and says with a smile, ¡°I¡¯m hungry. Now can my little secretary cook for her boss?¡± ire stands up in shame and runs quickly to the kitchen. When ire closes the kitchen door, she leans against it and takes a deep breath. She touches her chest and knows her heart is beating so fast. God. Today her rtionship with Leo is moving too fast! Although she refuses Leo, Leo doesn¡¯t care. He still treats her in an ambiguous manner. Although ire knows he is probably ying with her, she can¡¯t push Leo away. She says she is forced but she knows she enjoys it a little. ire doesn¡¯t want to admit that she has that nasty idea. She can¡¯t do that. Leo is her enemy. She can¡¯t be bullied by her enemies. ire doesn¡¯t know how to deal with Leo or refuse him to let him not treat her that way. She wants to break up with him, but she hasn¡¯t found her son yet, so she can only bear it. Well, whether Leo really likes her or not, she has to make good use of the rtionship. She wants Leo to take her back to his house. She wants to see if he¡¯s hiding Conan in his house! She must be efficient. She can¡¯t go on like this with Leo! Chapter 234 He leans over and kisses her Chapter 234 He leans over and kisses her ire convinces herself in her heart so her guilt eases. She happily cooks for herself and Leo. By the time shees out of the kitchen, Leo is dressed and sitting on the sofa reading magazines. ire looks at Leo¡¯s side face. She finds him very handsome. She suppresses the evil in her heart and says, ¡°president, lunch is ready.¡± Leo puts down the magazine and walks up to ire. His behavior is very natural. ire feels like they¡¯ve been together for years. No It must be an illusion! Since Leo said he likes her, ire can¡¯t help thinking. She needs to hypnotize herself. Leo is her enemy. She has to hold back that inexplicable thought! ¡°What are you thinking?¡± When ire mes herself, she hears Leo¡¯s question. ire regains her mind and finds herself carrying a bowl of rice. Leo must think she¡¯s weird. To cover up her embarrassment, ire eats and says vaguely, ¡°I¡¯m eating.¡± ¡°...¡± Leo takes a look at her and stops talking to her. Leo¡¯s attitude finally returns to normal. If he serves her or is gentle with her, ire can¡¯t eat! It is already afternoon when they finish their lunch quietly. Leo says he¡¯s going back to thepany. ire nods and waves with a smile. ¡°Goodbye, president.¡± ire¡¯s words stun Leo who is wearing his coat. He stops and looks at ire and asks, ¡°don¡¯t you come with me?¡± ire points to herself and asks in bewilderment, ¡°do I have to go, too?¡± Leoes up and grabs ire. He says angrily, ¡°I have to work overtime because of you. As a secretary, you¡¯re off before your boss gets off work.¡± ¡°But...¡± ire wants to talk about the rumors in thepany but is interrupted by Leo. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ¡°Shut up. This is your boss¡¯s order. You have to do it.¡± Leo says ferociously. ¡°Yes, boss...¡± ire reluctantly gets dragged out of the house and onto the car by Leo. When the car enters thepany¡¯s underground parking lot, ire doesn¡¯t want to follow Leo. She stops and says seriously, ¡°president, you go up first. If we two go together, it¡¯s not good to be seen.¡± Leo frowns. He says discontentedly, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? I¡¯ve let them stop talking about it.¡± ¡°No way.¡± ire is determined. She says solemnly, ¡°though they don¡¯t say it, what do they think? I don¡¯t want to be called a mistress where I can¡¯t hear it. You know I hate this kind of thing the most.¡± ire seems determined, so Leo gives up. He says helplessly, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll listen to you.¡± ire watches Leo enter the elevator. A dozen minutes after he leaves, ire walks into the elevator that the employees use. During this period, other employees enter the elevator. When they see ire, they freeze and nod at her. They walk into the elevator without saying a word and don¡¯t talk about it. ire is a little surprised by the change in their attitude. She remembers that Leo said he solved it. Although she doesn¡¯t know how he did it, she is d no one regards her as a mistress. When the elevator finally reaches the top floor, ire walks happily to her secretary¡¯s desk. ire breathes a sigh of relief as she looks at the still tidy table. No one is against her. ire sits down to work for a while. The door of Leo¡¯s office suddenly opens. ire thinks she hasn¡¯t made coffee for Leo yet. She wants to stand up but she sees an unexpected person. The woman freezes when she sees her. Then her face changes. She seems afraid or angry. She angrily walks up to ire and threatens her, ¡°I¡¯ve stopped spreading your rumors in thepany as your friend told me! But please let your friend do what he says and don¡¯t show others my photos!¡± Then she takes a contemptuous look at ire and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you have a background and someone helps you. But ire, you¡¯re lucky this time! If you annoy me next time, I won¡¯t let you go easily!¡± Tracy threatens her and turns to leave. ¡°¡­¡± ire stands confused. She has no idea what is going on. What is Tracy talking about? Her friend? Photos? Anyway, Tracy doesn¡¯t bother her anymore, which is the best thing for ire. The bad luck of these days finally disappears. ire¡¯s mood rxes. She goes to the tea room and makes Leo a cup of coffee. When Leo sees it, he can¡¯t help asking, ¡°what happened? Why are you in such a good mood?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a secret.¡± ire smiles at him and leaves the office yfully. Leo is fascinated by her smile. He freezes for a moment. By the time he gets back to his senses, ire has left the office. Leo shakes his head helplessly. He seems to really like this woman. But ire¡¯s good mood disappears when she works overtime. ire has finished her work but Leo doesn¡¯t leave so she can¡¯t leave. So ire has to sit in her seat bored. Leo finishes his work at 11 p.m. andes out of the office. He looks at the front desk of the secretary but doesn¡¯t see her. He can not help frowning. Didn¡¯t the woman say she would wait for him? Leo walks over unhappily and finds ire asleep on the table. Seeing this, Leo can¡¯t help smiling. He walks into the front desk of the secretary and quietly admires ire¡¯s face. He can not help bending down and kissing her and tasting her sweetness. Chapter 235 Kate loses her temper Chapter 235 Kate loses her temper After the kiss, ire wakes up from a dream. When she sees Leo¡¯s face in front of her, she is shocked and subconsciously wants to hide. Leo reaches out and holds the back of her head and deepens the kiss. ire just wakes up and is still in a daze. Her body unconsciously matches Leo¡¯s rhythm. The kiss is getting hotter and hotter. Fortunately, Leo restrains. He realizes that they are in the company so he stops. He taps ire on the cheek and whispers, ¡°let¡¯s go home.¡± ire is fully awake at this time. She feels where Leo has just tapped her. She thinks she is too careless. She fell asleep. Otherwise, Leo won¡¯t have a chance. They¡¯re in thepany! ire looks at the time and finds that it is over eleven in the evening. She breathes a sigh of relief. It¡¯s sote that no one will see them. Although ire¡¯s apartment is close to thepany, Leo insists on driving her home. ire thinks it is sote that she is not safe on her own, so she doesn¡¯t refuse. When Leo sends her downstairs, he gets out of the car. ire sees Leo¡¯s action and is startled. ¡°President, why do you get off the car? Don¡¯t you go home?¡± Leo nces at her and says lightly, ¡°I¡¯ll stay at your house tonight.¡± With that, he walks into the building. ¡°No, wait!¡± ire quickly pulls Leo. She says anxiously, ¡°president, it¡¯s not good. Who are you? Why do you live with me!¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo turns to look at her and asks, ¡°who am I?¡± ¡°Ah, no...¡± ire realizes that she has said the wrong thing. She is just flustered to stop Leo, so she says what she thinks. She calms down and says seriously, ¡°a man and a woman are not suitable to live together. President, go home. You can drive anyway. It¡¯s convenient.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. We don¡¯t live in the same room.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t care. So that¡¯s the problem! ire is upset. She doesn¡¯t want to have this kind of rtionship with Leo. Sooner orter, Tracy will find out. But now she can¡¯t find a good excuse to convince Leo. ire doesn¡¯t speak so Leo says, ¡°I¡¯ve been busy all day today so I don¡¯t want to drive home. Anyway, your house is close to thepany. I¡¯ll go straight to thepany tomorrow.¡± There is a trace of weariness in his voice. ire looks at Leo¡¯s face in the light. She finds his handsome face a little tired, so she can¡¯t refuse. ire hesitates for a moment and makes the biggest concession. ¡°OK, but this time you can only sleep on the sofa. You can¡¯t sleep in my bed!¡± ¡°The sofa is hard...¡± Leo frowns and wants to refuse, but ire interrupts him. ¡°If you don¡¯t agree, I won¡¯t let you in!¡± ¡°... All right.¡± Leo follows ire. No sooner have they entered the room than Leo says he is hungry. ire thinks they haven¡¯t eaten since lunch. After Leo finishes, she is hungry too, so she goes to the kitchen and cooks noodles. They have a midnight snack. Leo smiles contentedly in his heart as he eats. The biggest reason he stays here tonight is that he wants to be with ire. This house is small but it feels like home. ire cooks and they eat quietly. This feeling ofpany makes him attached. If he can, he really wants to spend his life with ire. But ire doesn¡¯t think so. She just wants to find her son and end their strange rtionship as soon as possible. After eating, ire takes a bath and quickly goes back to her room and locks the door to prevent Leo froming in. Leo takes a bath and tries to open ire¡¯s door. He finds the door locked by her. Leo smiles helplessly and goes to sleep on the sofa all night. The next morning, ire is woken up by the doorbell. As she passes the living room, she takes a look at Leo who is still sleeping. She walks quickly and pats him and says, ¡°get up quickly. It¡¯s almost time to go to work.¡± With that, ire goes to open the door. ire thinks that only the housekeeper of the apartment or the aunt living opposite will knock on her door so early. She thinks she just needs to stand at the door and talk. But ire didn¡¯t expect it to be Kate! ¡°Kate, why are you here?¡± ire opens the door and looks out in shock. ¡°Why can¡¯t Ie?¡± Kate says discontentedly. She reaches out and opens the door and walks in the house. ¡°I spent the night with my friend at KTVst night and fell asleep identally. I was kicked out this morning. You live nearby, so I...¡± ¡°Fuck! Why is Leo here? ire! What¡¯s the matter!¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Kate walks into the house and tells ire about her experience yesterday. But before she finishes, she sees an unexpected person in ire¡¯s house. She subconsciously swears and angrily asks ire. But ire ispletely stunned. Kate has entered the house before she stops her. ire ispletely flustered. She looks at Kateing in and at Leo, who is just getting up in azy posture. She is very anxious. Leo is her boss and Kate has been her best friend for many years. What¡¯s more, they are enemies. ire feels that she can¡¯t exin. ¡°Kate¡­ I...¡± ire wants to find an excuse to cheat Kate. Before she finishes, Kate interrupts her. ¡°ire, you don¡¯t have to say it!¡± Kate waves and signals ire to shut up. She strides to Leo and looks down at Leo, who is lyingzily on the sofa. She uses him, ¡°Leo! Did you force ire to do something she shouldn¡¯t?¡± Chapter 236 What is your relationship with him? Chapter 236 What is your rtionship with him? ¡°ire?¡± Leo freezes, but he doesn¡¯t care. He is scolded as soon as he wakes up, so he bes unhappy. His attitude to anyone is cold except ire. He says sarcastically, ¡°who are you? Do I know you?¡± ¡°You!¡± Kate is too angry to speak. She thinks of Leo¡¯s amnesia. When she saw Leo just now, she was so excited and thought he forced ire and humiliated her as before! Kate is still celebrating that she¡¯s lucky today, or she doesn¡¯t know her good friend has been bullied! When Kate thinks of Leo¡¯s amnesia, she freezes, but when she sees Leo¡¯s apathy and disdain, she is angry. Kate says bluntly, ¡°Leo! You lost your memory...¡± ¡°Kate!¡± ire interrupts Kate when she hears that she wants to talk about what happened six years ago. ire forces Kate into her room when Leo is confused. ire closes the door and mes Kate seriously. ¡°You were impulsive! You shouldn¡¯t say he lost his memory. If you said it, he would doubt why you knew so much, and then both of us would be exposed! In this way, he will not let me go!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk to me about that!¡± Kate knows she almost said the wrong thing, but she is clear headed. She res at ire angrily and asks her, ¡°to be honest, why does Leo appear in your home? Did he force you?¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ire takes a deep breath and tries to calm down. She says seriously to Kate, ¡°it¡¯s not what you think! In fact, yesterday we workedte and Leo was too tired. It happened that my apartment was close to thepany, so Leo proposed to stay in my house for one night. We are innocent. He didn¡¯t force me!¡± When Kate hears ire, though she believes it, she can¡¯t help shouting, ¡°I think he has that idea for you! There are many hotels around here. Why didn¡¯t he stay in a hotel but stay in your kennel all night?¡± Kate says her house is a kennel. ire wants to argue, but now they can¡¯t argue. She has to bear it and exin to Kate patiently. ¡°He had a fever then. If he stayed in the hotel, I was afraid no one would know that he had a fever at night, so I agreed to let him stay in my house for one night. Nothing happened to us. You have to believe me!¡± ire cheats Kate to get rid of her misunderstanding. Leo¡¯s difort ispletely made up by her! But she can only do that. If she doesn¡¯t cheat Kate, she believes Kate will quarrel with Leo again. She doesn¡¯t want to make trouble. Life like that is a real hassle. So ire would rather cheat Kate than see her lose her temper. After listening to ire, Kate believes herpletely, but she can¡¯t help but say, ¡°you are so kind. Aren¡¯t you afraid? You can¡¯t do thatter! Next time no matter what he says, even if he is dying of illness, you can¡¯t take care of him! Just let him die in the street. There will be one less viin in the world!¡± ¡°OK, I see. I swear I¡¯ll never do that again! Don¡¯t be angry.¡± ire shakes Kate¡¯s shoulder helplessly and tters her. Kate snorts and reluctantly says, ¡°I spare you this time. You can bring anyone to your house except Leo. Don¡¯t you know who he is?¡± ire interrupts when she hears that Kate still wants to teach her a lesson. She opens the door and says, ¡°OK, please forgive me. I can¡¯t stand it.¡± ire whispers, ¡°you can¡¯t talk nonsense when you see Leoter. Give me some time. I¡¯ll get rid of him and then we¡¯ll have breakfast, OK?¡± At ire¡¯s ttering tone, Kate really lets her go this time. She stops and stands in front of ire¡¯s room and says unhappily, ¡°I won¡¯t go out with you. I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t help talking nonsense when I see Leo. Hurry up. I¡¯ll wait for you in your room.¡± ¡°Thank you darling!¡± ire kisses Kate gratefully, but Kate pretends to dislike her. ire walks to the living roomughing. When irees to the living room, she stopsughing. She sees Leo dressed and standing by the sofa wearing a tie. ire leans against the wall and looks at Leo quietly. She thinks that as long as a person is handsome, no matter what he does, he will look handsome. Leo gets dressed and sees ire. He looks at her naturally and asks, ¡°have you appeased your friend?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ire feels a little guilty when she sees Leo doesn¡¯t care. She thinks Leo will ask her who Kate is and why she says that to him. ire is grateful for Leo¡¯s tolerance for the first time. She approaches Leo and says to Leo as gently as she can, ¡°president, do you want to go to work first? My friend and I have something to do. I may be going to thepanyter.¡± ¡°Won¡¯t you have breakfast with me?¡± Leo raises her eyebrows and looks at ire. ¡°No.¡± ire refuses without thinking. She says sarcastically. ¡°President, you are not a child. Do you need someone to eat breakfast with you?¡± Leo smiles and stares at ire¡¯s pink lips. He says meaningfully, ¡°don¡¯t you know if I¡¯m a child?¡± ¡°Stop,¡± Kate is still in the room so ire isn¡¯t in the mood to y with him. She pushes Leo out and says, ¡°hurry up. I¡¯ll go to workter.¡± Chapter 237 Leo likes me Chapter 237 Leo likes me Leo is pushed out by ire. ire closes the door before he can speak. ¡°...¡± Leo is speechless. ire is relieved after sending Leo away. She tries to raise a happy smile and walks towards the room. After changing her clothes, ire and Kate go out for breakfast. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. During the whole process, looking at her best friend, ire has been hesitant to tell Kate that Leo likes her. If she says it, will she be too shocked to eat? Kate may not believe Leo likes her. After all, Kate¡¯s impression of Leo has always been bad and she seldom associates with Leo who has lost her memory. She has no idea how much Leo has changed. But if she doesn¡¯t say it, she doesn¡¯t know how to deal with Leo. If she tells Kate, Kate can give her ideas on how to end her strange rtionship with Leo. ire has been thinking so she is absent-minded when she is eating. ¡°What are you thinking?¡± Kate is ire¡¯s good friend for more than ten years. She sees ire thinking at a nce. ire hesitates for a moment and decides to tell Kate about it. She wants to know what Kate thinks of the ambiguous rtionship. ¡°I want to say something to you, but you have to promise that before I finish, you have to keep calm and give me a rational view, OK?¡± ¡°Come on.¡± Kate says impatiently. ire puts down her spoon. She calms down and says, ¡°Leo said he likes me.¡± Kate squirts the porridge out of her mouth. Fortunately, ire is prepared. She dodges so the porridge doesn¡¯t spray on her. ire frowns and says, ¡°didn¡¯t you say you wouldn¡¯t get excited?¡± ¡°No...¡± Kate is probably choked. She pats her chest and calms down. She looks at ire incredulously and asks, ¡°what did you just say? Leo said he likes you? Is it the Leo this morning?¡± ¡°Keep it down!¡± Kate is so excited that her voice is loud. Several guests in the breakfast shop look at them at once. ire is so ashamed that she wants to get into a hole in the ground. She should have told Kate at her home. Kate is a straightforward woman. She¡¯ll let everyone around know about it. ¡°Really? Does Leo really say he likes you?¡± Kate also realizes that her voice is too loud. She leans forward and asks incredulously. ¡°It¡¯s true.¡± ire nods seriously. ire admits, and Kate looks straight ahead. ¡°Oh my God...¡± ¡°Let me calm down. I need time to ept the terrible news.¡± With that, Kate sits up straight and coughs. She stares at the food on the table in shock. About two minutester, Kate makes a sound. Her expression returns to normal. She looks at ire and says seriously, ¡°ire, I think you¡¯re in trouble.¡± What rubbish. ire can¡¯t help but look at her and say seriously, ¡°what do you mean?¡± ¡°In short, whether Leo likes you or not, you¡¯re in trouble. ire, you have to quit soon. If you don¡¯t have money, I¡¯ll keep you for life.¡± Kate waves and says it seriously. ¡°Kate, what are you talking about?¡± ire looks at Kate speechlessly. ¡°I want you to help me figure out how to deal with Leo.¡± ¡°I asked you to resign. That¡¯s what I think!¡± Kate¡¯s face is grim. ¡°Leo is a jerk. He has no humanity. Now he says he likes you. Why does he like you? Because you¡¯re beautiful?¡± ¡°I think he must have a plot, so he said it to you on purpose. What¡¯s more, he has a fiancee. This kind of man is the worst. He can abandon his fiancee for you and abandon you for other women! ire, I advise you to leave him early. That¡¯s how I advised you that year!¡± ¡°But I haven¡¯t found my son yet. I don¡¯t want to leave Leo now. If I leave, I can¡¯t find my son.¡± She agrees with Kate and knows she is right, but she can¡¯t leave now. She has her own concerns. Kate frowns at ire¡¯s words. She thinks for a while and can¡¯t help thinking of Luke. At the thought of the man, Kate says to ire cheerfully, ¡°you can ask Luke for help. He¡¯s your friend and Leo¡¯s good friend. With his help, you can leave!¡± How could it be so simple? She has asked Luke to help. If Luke can get information from Leo, he will have been able to get it for her. But this time Leo is cunning and unwilling to reveal anything about Conan. Even his friend Luke knows nothing about it. ire shakes her head and says wearily, ¡°no, I¡¯ve asked Luke for help. It doesn¡¯t work at all. I need to do it myself.¡± Kate freezes for a moment at ire¡¯s words. Then she reacts and says in disappointment, ¡°that man is so weak. He doesn¡¯t look like a really good man.¡± ¡°Luke¡¯s not like that.¡± ire exins to Kate helplessly. All of a sudden she finds out that she is off topic. She says seriously, ¡°how should I deal with Leo? Now he is so kind to me that I can¡¯t adapt at all, but I can¡¯t refuse him. As soon as I refuse, he will pester me even more. I can¡¯t get rid of him.¡± ¡°I see.¡± Kate nods thoughtfully and is silent for a moment. Sheughs as if thinking of something. ¡°It¡¯s good that he¡¯s good to you. You don¡¯t suffer. As long as he doesn¡¯t humiliate you, I don¡¯t care.¡± Chapter 238 Are you in love with Leo? Chapter 238 Are you in love with Leo? ire nces at Kate helplessly and says, ¡°it¡¯s not that simple. If a man is nice to you and kisses you and hugs you, and he will do some intimate actions to you that only lovers can do, can you feel at ease?¡± Kate thinks for a moment. She is a careless woman and gets along well with men so she doesn¡¯t mind. She nods and says, ¡°maybe... I can...¡± With that, Kate suddenly thinks of Luke. She imagins herself and Luke as ire and Leo. If Luke tells her one day that he likes her and treats her well, she can¡¯t ept it. It is disgusting to think about it. Kate immediately shakes her head desperately and says firmly, ¡°no, I can¡¯t ept it!¡± Seeing that Kate finally understands her feelings, ire sighs and says, ¡°give me some advice. What should I do?¡± Kate hesitates and scratches her head impatiently. In the end, she gives ire a suggestion that is not a suggestion. ¡°You can treat him well and expose him. I know men have a disease now. When they like a woman, they are willing to do anything. When they get that woman, they lose interest and break up at will.¡± ire says speechlessly, ¡°bad idea. Is there anything else?¡± ire can¡¯t be nice to Leo. She can¡¯t ept herself like that. She can¡¯t lose her conscience. She can¡¯t be nice to her enemy. Kate holds her chin with one hand and looks up at the ceiling for a moment. She says simply, ¡°no.¡± ¡°...¡± ire ispletely silent this time. What she says is rubbish. Kate is very careless. She can¡¯t give her good advice. ire shouldn¡¯t have asked her. ire looks disappointed so Kate feels guilty. She wants to say something tofort her. ¡°In fact, what I said is not unreasonable. Whether or not he¡¯ll break up with you, on the other hand, if Leo really likes you and you treat him well, he might tell you about your son.¡± ¡°But if you don¡¯t do anything, nothing will change. You will still be haunted by him and you will never find your son.¡± What Kate says seems to make sense. ire thinks for a moment and nods hesitantly, ¡°well, I¡¯ll go back and think about it first...¡± ¡°OK, it¡¯s up to you.¡± Kate can go on eating porridge at ease now. Suddenly she thinks of the key. She looks at ire and asks seriously, ¡°why did Leo suddenly say he likes you? Does he change his temper after losing his memory and then fall in love with you?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡± ire shrugs helplessly. She says casually, ¡°Leo really changes a lot after losing her memory. He¡¯s not as domineering and aloof as he used to be. Now he is gentler than before. If only I know why he likes me. Then I can know if he really likes me.¡± ¡°Haha, please stop.¡± Kate waves and interrupts ire, ¡°you¡¯re not in the right tone. It sounds like you like him. ire, to be honest, do you like Leo now?¡± Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. Kate¡¯s face is stern and seems to see through ire. ire is shocked and apparently frightened by Kate. She likes Leo? How is that possible? ire shakes her head without thinking and says with a smile, ¡°Kate, don¡¯t be kidding. How could I like Leo? He killed my father. I can like anyone but Leo.¡± ¡°Is that true?¡± Kate is still serious. She keeps staring into ire¡¯s eyes. Looking at Kate¡¯s expression, ire feels a little guilty. She pretends to be calm and says aloud, ¡°it¡¯s true, of course. I didn¡¯t lie to you. If I want to lie to you, why do I tell you that Leo likes me?¡± ire has a point. Kate stares at her suspiciously for a moment. She says solemnly, ¡°that¡¯s good. If I find out you like Leo, we¡¯re no longer friends. You can¡¯t like this inhuman bastard. He may recover his memory at any time.¡± ¡°ire, you have to remember Leo killed your father. You can never forget your hatred! If he treats you well, you can ept it. As long as he doesn¡¯t force you, it doesn¡¯t matter. If he forces you, you can tell me. I will kill him!¡± Kate¡¯s words are heartless. ire has a heavy heart. She actually understands why Kate is so excited. They know each other very early and she took Kate back to her home. Kate knows her father, too. Her father loves her so much that he treats her friends very well. Her father is straightforward, so Kate likes him, too. They get along well. Sometimes they went fishing together. Kate and her father are friends. When Kate learned that her father had been killed by Leo, she burst into tears. ire saw Kate cry for the first time. She had known Kate so long, but she hadn¡¯t seen her cry. When Kate finishes, she thinks of the past and is sad. ire perks up andforts her. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t like Leo. Take it easy. Don¡¯t give it a second thought. Hurry up and have breakfast.¡± ¡°OK...¡± They are not in the mood for breakfast. They eat for a while and say goodbye. ire is going to work and Kate has something to do. After they say goodbye, Kate looks at ire¡¯s back. Just now she looked at ire¡¯s face and felt like she had met someone who looked like ire. Chapter 239 How much do you charge for a night? Chapter 239 How much do you charge for a night? After they say goodbye, Kate looks at ire¡¯s back. Just now she looked at ire¡¯s face and felt like she had met someone who looked like ire. But Kate thinks about it. She has never met a woman or a man of ire¡¯s age. Kate can¡¯t figure it out so she stops thinking. ire arrives at thepany more than an hourter than usual. Fortunately, she told Leo in advance, so Leo doesn¡¯t respond when he sees her. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. During the day, there are a lot of people in thepany, so Leo doesn¡¯t do anything intimate with ire. He has been working in the office. When ire goes in to make coffee for him, she sees him working hard. She can¡¯t help thinking. In fact, regardless of his private life, Leo is very responsible for his work. He is not with some dirty women. Nothing happens on this day. In the evening, irees home. As soon as she sits down, the doorbell rings. ire goes to open the door in confusion. Why is her doorbell always ringing recently? She doesn¡¯t have many friends. Who¡¯s here? ire opens the door and sees Leo. ire sighs helplessly and says weakly, ¡°president, what are you doing here?¡± Doesn¡¯t he have his own house? Why does hee to her house often? ¡°Can¡¯t Ie here?¡± Leo walks into the house. He wants to go back to his vi, but he doesn¡¯t want to go back when he thinks of facing the empty and cold house. He misses ire¡¯s little house and the taste of her food. By the time he gets back to his senses, he has driven to ire¡¯s apartment. Leo smiles helplessly and has to go upstairs. But ire doesn¡¯t wee him. Leo touches ire¡¯s head and says naturally, ¡°I¡¯m hungry. Did you cook?¡± ¡°No,¡± ire pushes Leo¡¯s hand away andins, ¡°president, do you think my home is a hotel? I have to charge!¡± ¡°Oh?¡± Hearing this, Leo raises his eyebrows. He looks at ire thoughtfully and jokingly says, ¡°how much do you charge for a night?¡± ire blushes at once. She pushes Leo and says angrily, ¡°I don¡¯t mean that! I¡¯m asking you not to come here again. It¡¯s not convenient for me.¡± ¡°Why is it inconvenient? You are at home alone. I¡¯m at home alone, too. It¡¯s good that we live together.¡± Leo says casually. He strides to the sofa and takes off her coat. Leo is talking nonsense. ire follows Leo and stares at him discontentedly, ¡°please don¡¯t take it for granted. I have a child and you have a fiancee. It is immoral of us to do so!¡± Hearing ire, Leo stops. He turns and looks at ire seriously and asks, ¡°you mean I can be with you if I don¡¯t have a fiancee? Don¡¯t worry. Give me some time. I will break my engagement with Tracy and live with you, including your son.¡± When does she say that! ire res at Leo angrily and says, ¡°I don¡¯t mean that. I already have a son. I¡¯m not fit to be with you at all. Don¡¯t you mind your woman and another man¡¯s son living with you?¡± Hearing this, Leo is stunned. Then he smiles and says casually, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. Since I like you, I like everything about you. I don¡¯t care what happened to you in the past and why you were separated from your child¡¯s father. I just want you to be with me.¡± With Leo finishes, ire¡¯s heart pauses. She almost thinks her heart will stop beating. Leo doesn¡¯t care if she had sex with another man or if she and his son live with him. Six years ago, Leo was not so tolerant at all! When he knew six years ago that he was not the father of the child, he forced her to have an abortion. ire shivers and retorts, ¡°even if you don¡¯t care, my son will care. How could he call a man who has no blood rtionship with him a father?¡± Although ire makes it up, she doesn¡¯t want to admit that Leo doesn¡¯t care about these things, so she can¡¯t help but say no to Leo. Leo has changed a lot. Although ire knows it might be fake, she can¡¯t help but feel shocked. The better Leo treats her, the more ire wants to escape. She doesn¡¯t want to admit it and doesn¡¯t dare to face it. ire¡¯s words stun Leo. He says in shock, ¡°ire...¡± Maybe ire is stimted. She feels it is time to make it clear to Leo. ire straightens up and looks into Leo¡¯s eyes. She says seriously, ¡°Leo, to be honest, I used to live in France. My son was naughty and went back to America with my friends. This time I went back to America to find my son. After I find him, I will return to France. I don¡¯t want to stay in America.¡± ¡°Why?¡± Leo frowns and is shocked. ¡°No reason.¡± ire is rxed when she finishes. She continues solemnly, ¡°I just like life abroad, but you can only develop in America, so we can¡¯t be together at all. Please don¡¯t treat me so well in the future. Please forget our rtionship. It¡¯s good for you and me.¡± Then ire bites her lower lip. Her mood isplicated. Although she wants to say that to Leo for a long time, when she sees Leo¡¯s depression, she can¡¯t bear it. She¡¯s too weak and can¡¯t bear to see others hurt by herself. Chapter 240 You will always be my woman Chapter 240 You will always be my woman After listening to ire, Leo looks down. ire can¡¯t see the look on his face. The air is filled with an indescribable atmosphere. Neither of them speaks. Leo lowers his head and seems to be thinking about what ire said, and ire doesn¡¯t know what to say. She closes her eyes and thinks it is best to make it clear so Leo will let her go and stop pestering her. ire is sad to think that Leo will be cold again. However, this mood does notst for a long time. Leo, who has been thinking with his head down, suddenly looks up and smiles. Leoughs wildly. There is fanaticism in his eyes. He looks at ire and says confidently, ¡°ire, I think you underestimated me. Do you think I am a cowardly man who dare not pay for his woman?¡± Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. With that, Leo walks up to ire and hugs her waist. He looks down and stares at ire. Leo¡¯s eyes are full of confidence. He quietly looks at ire and seems to want to show her his determination. Leo looks at ire and arrogantly says, ¡°you, ire, can only be my woman. You will always be!¡± ire seems to be standing in a strong wind. Leo¡¯s words are overbearing, and ire can¡¯t avoid them. ire¡¯s heart seems to have been hit hard. It begins to jump. Her heartbeat is so loud that ire suspects Leo can hear it. She looks into Leo¡¯s deep eyes and feels drawn in. She can not look away at all. They look at each other for a while. Their brows are pressed together. Their noses are pressed together. Their lips are pressed together. Leo takes ire to the room. He puts her on the bed and presses on her. ire is still addicted to the shock Leo gives her. They kiss fiercely. Leo exudes desire. At thest step, Leo gives ire a big kiss and asks in a hoarse voice, ¡°ire, can I?¡± Hearing Leo¡¯s voice, ire is back to her senses. She opens her eyes in confusion and looks at Leo, who is full of lust. He seems to suffer a lot. He remembers that he has promised her that he will not touch her as long as she does not agree. ire is moved to see this. She is moved by such an affectionate man. For a moment she seems to like the man who respects her opinion at the most critical moment. But why is she moved? ire ponders the question in bewilderment. She suddenly shivers and thinks about what she and Leo are doing and their rtionship! God, when does she start to be attracted to Leo? Is she seduced by his eyes when she looks at him? ire does not hesitate to let go of her hand around Leo¡¯s neck. She pushes Leo and says painfully, ¡°no!¡± ¡°No?¡± Leo represses his lust and asks in a hoarse voice. ire is fully awake at the moment. She recalls her funny performance and feels unhappy. She almost wavers. At this moment, ire is disgusted with herself. She says contemptuously to Leo, ¡°why do you touch me? Please don¡¯t touch me again before you break up your engagement with your fiancee!¡± ire¡¯s words are so heartless that she feels a little guilty. She doesn¡¯t control herself but she mes Leo. ire suddenly hates her weak willpower even more. Leo freezes at ire¡¯s words. His eyes are dim and he looks depressed. He says in a hoarse voice, ¡°I see.¡± With that, he leaves ire and walks quickly to the bathroom. The sound of the water soon sounds. ire lies in bed and remembers Leo¡¯s painful expression before he leaves. He must be in pain, but she said no, so he let himself continue to suffer. ire is not a virgin. In France, she heard her neighbours talk about it. She heard that men are animals with lower bodies. The men there will not be patient at this time. If so, it proves that the man loves the woman very much. Because desire is like a volcano about to erupt. Anyway, it¡¯s a very painful thing. Although she can¡¯t feel the pain of men as a woman, she will feel pain when her desire can¡¯t be satisfied. ire feels more guilty and looks at the ceiling for a long time. She covers herself and can¡¯t help crying. Since when has she been unable to resist Leo¡¯s temptation? ire knows that when she is touched by Leo, she can not resist her subconscious reaction and actively cooperates with him. At the beginning, she can cheat herself that Leo forces her. She can¡¯t resist, so Leo does whatever he wants. Leo stopped suddenly twice. If Leo doesn¡¯t respect her opinion, she doesn¡¯t realize that she is getting used to Leo¡¯s touch. If Leo doesn¡¯t stop, she may not realize that she has sex with Leo. She hates her cowardice. She hates that she is not strong enough. ire begins to cry under the cover. She suddenly remembers Kate¡¯s words. Do you like Leo? What does it feel like? She can¡¯t refuse Leo¡¯s touch. Does she like him? Chapter 241 Is he going to restore his memory? Chapter 241 Is he going to restore his memory? ire has never been in love and doesn¡¯t know what love is. She doesn¡¯t like Leo at all. She only hates Leo. Leo killed her father. Her hatredsts for six years. How could she forget it because Leo is so nice to her for only a few days? Yes, it must be. She doesn¡¯t like Leo at all! ire hypnotizes herself in her heart. Leo takes a bath andes back. Leo goes back to bed and sees ire in the quilt. He lies next to ire and holds her. He pulls off her quilt and says in a hoarse voice, ¡°Why are you covering it? Don¡¯t you feel bad?¡± With that, Leo sees the tears on ire¡¯s face and freezes. ¡°What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± ire smells Leo¡¯s mature masculinity. The anxiety in her heart suddenly rxes. She turns to look at Leo and shakes her head. ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to say so Leo doesn¡¯t ask. He puts his chin on ire¡¯s head and says softly, ¡°well, you¡¯re tired. Have a good rest.¡± ¡°¡­¡± ire lies in Leo¡¯s arms and is silent. She recalls what Kate said. Maybe she should take the initiative to be nice to him and let him tell her about her son earlier. So she doesn¡¯t have to go on suffering. ire is thinking, but Leo is staring at her face. He didn¡¯t notice before. Now he is close to her and feels familiar with the face. Where on earth has he seen it? Leo recalls people he has met before and thinks he is familiar with ire. He can¡¯t help but want to get close to her and get to know her. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. It¡¯s like the closer he gets to ire, the more he can find that answer. But it turns out the closer he gets to ire, the more he feels like she¡¯s a mystery he can¡¯t see. He is confused. This vague feeling confuses Leo. He must have met this woman. But no matter how he thinks about it, he can¡¯t remember where he has seen her. Leo subconsciously thinks of the memory he lost. There seems to be a voice in his mind telling him that that memory is important to him and that he must remember it. He didn¡¯t have such a strong feeling before, but now it¡¯s so strong that he can¡¯t help looking for the truth. He looked for it but found nothing. Few people know about it. Luke says it doesn¡¯t matter so Leo can¡¯t see anything. Leo is thinking about whether he should follow his idea or see the reality. He can¡¯t help but wonder if the vague idea is true. Looking at ire¡¯s face at the moment, Leo¡¯s memory can¡¯t help floating to six years ago. He tries to remember everything about ire. Suddenly his brain hurts like it was going to blow up. Leo suddenly covers his head and lets out a painful groan. ire indulges in her world and warns herself. She feels Leo¡¯s sudden abnormality and his painful voice. ire can¡¯t help looking up at Leo. ire is startled. Leo is now curling up slightly and covering his head with his hands. He gives a cry of pain. Thinking of Leo¡¯s illness, ire reacts quickly. Luke warns her not to remind Leo of what happened six years ago. If he thinks about it, the blood clots in his brain will block his brain stem. He¡¯ll have a splitting headache and die ofck of oxygen! But she didn¡¯t mention the past just now. Did Leo forcibly recall the past? ire panics at the thought that Leo might die. She quickly sits up and touches Leo. She asks anxiously, ¡°Leo, what¡¯s wrong with you? Do you have a headache?¡± ire looks rmed. Leo looks miserable. He keeps moaning in pain. It seems that his head is going to explode. His body can¡¯t help shaking violently. ire is scared. She holds Leo and says, ¡°Leo, hold on. I¡¯ll call. Wait a moment! You must hold on!¡± ire hurries out of bed to find her cell phone. She is so frightened that she falls to the ground by ident. But ire doesn¡¯t care. She gets up at once and staggers to the living room. She rummages through her bag to find her cell phone and runs quickly back to the room. She is holding Leo nervously as she makes an emergency call. It¡¯s more than 10 o¡¯clock in the evening. There should be a doctor on duty. Soon someone answers the phone. ire says, ¡°Hello, is this the emergency center? My friend is ill. He is in great pain now. Yes, he was ill before. Don¡¯t ask so much! Come here quickly! The doctor said he can¡¯t get sick or he will die! I¡¯m at...¡± When ire calls, the doctor wants to ask about Leo¡¯s condition in detail. ire makes a brief introduction. When she sees Leo roaring with pain, she is anxious and interrupts the doctor. She gives an address directly and asks them to send an ambnce quickly. ire hangs up and holds her cell phone. She looks at Leo in agony at a loss and is extremely anxious. What should she do? She has no idea about Leo¡¯s condition. She doesn¡¯t know what will happen when he gets sick. Leo only had a pain in the restaurant for a whilest time and it was not as serious as it is today. Who can help her at this time? Luke! ire suddenly thinks that Luke is the only one who knows Leo¡¯s condition best. At this critical moment, she should inform him first! ire nervously calls Luke, but he seems busy and doesn¡¯t answer the call immediately. Chapter 242 Is he going to restore his memory? (2) Chapter 242 Is he going to restore his memory? (2) The phone rings for a while and ire is very anxious. She¡¯s pale and she¡¯s shouting in her heart, Luke! Answer the phone! Just as the phone is about to automatically hang up, Luke finally answers the phone. He says apologetically, ¡°ire? I¡¯m sorry. I just...¡± ¡°Luke! Come to my house quickly! Leo is suddenly ill! He seems to be in pain! I¡¯ve made an emergency call! Come to my house quickly!¡± ire interrupts Luke before he finishes. Luke freezes after listening. Then he asks anxiously, ¡°what? How could this happen? Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll go to your house now. Wait for me!¡± As Luke says this, he picks up the car key and walks out. He asks ire to hold the phone and let her talk to Leo constantly and distract him. ire sits decisively by the bed and touches Leo¡¯s shoulder. She says anxiously, ¡°Leo, look at me! I¡¯m ire. Can you hear me?¡± ¡°No, you should say something to him that he usually cares about and is attractive, or he will ignore what you say!¡± Luke can¡¯t help saying it when he hears ire. ¡°I...¡± ire freezes at Luke¡¯s words. She has to say what he cares about. ¡°What does Leo care about? I don¡¯t know!¡± ire is immediately confused. How does she know what Leo cares about? She doesn¡¯t know him! ire is flustered but Luke is calm. He says positively, ¡°what he cares about most is you! Just tell him something about the two of you!¡± ire is shocked by Luke¡¯s words. She subconsciously wants to contradict Luke, but she thinks she shouldn¡¯t care about these little details now. Leo seems to explode at any moment, so she hesitates. ire recalls what happened to them and what Leo cares about most. What Leo cares about most is... He likes her? He wants to be with her? But ire can¡¯t say that in front of Luke. Luke seems to feel ire¡¯s concerns. He says calmly, ¡°I¡¯m driving now and I¡¯ll be at your house soon. You can talk to him about what attracts him. I¡¯ll hang up first.¡± Before ire reacts, Luke hangs up. ire hears a busy tone. She puts her phone aside impatiently. Looking at the very painful Leo, ire is anxious and helpless. She lies next to Leo and puts his head on her chest. She pats him on the back with her other hand and tries to reduce his pain. But it doesn¡¯t work. Leo¡¯s pain has not diminished. He seems to be fighting the disease and can¡¯t hear ire. ire is worried by Leo¡¯s trembling body, but she can¡¯t do anything. She can¡¯t say those mushy words. Thinking of Leo¡¯s expression of suffering from desire and the expression of suffering at the moment, ire wants to ease his pain and make him feel better. ire has been hesitating. Atst she bites her teeth and says, ¡°Leo! You must hold on! You can¡¯t be knocked down by illness! Blood clots are nothing! You¡¯ve always been in high spirits! These are nothing!¡± ire¡¯s words seem to have gone with the wind. Leo doesn¡¯t listen at all. He gradually stops shaking and his hands covering his head drop weakly. ire thinks Leo listens to her, but when she looks down, she sees that Leo is pale and frowns. He seems to faint at any time! ire is worried and decides to try. She can lie to him! She yells at Leo, ¡°Leo! Listen! I promise you! As long as you hold on, I¡¯ll be with you after you and Tracy break up! You can do whatever you want!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll just say that once. You must hold on! If you die, what I just said doesn¡¯t count!¡± ire stares anxiously at Leo¡¯s expression. He looks rxed and his pain is less. ire is relieved. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. But the ambnce hasn¡¯t arrived yet, so she¡¯s still worried. She looks at Leo and keeps saying, ¡°if you hold on, we can go out and y like we did in City B. You can teach me how to swim. We can go eat delicious food...¡± ire keeps talking to Leo. It seems to work. Leo no longer looks miserable. But a few minutester Leo closes his eyes and stops making a sound. ire is stunned by Leo¡¯s reaction. She thinks Leo can¡¯t hold on and is dying. She bursts into tears. ¡°Leo! Don¡¯t die!¡± ire can¡¯t help shouting. She has been crying and is very sad. Just then the ambnce arrives. The doctor and nurse carry the stretcher and quicklye to the bedside. They put Leo on that stretcher and carry it away quickly. ire has been crying. She grabs the doctor¡¯s hand and begs, ¡°doctor! Please help him! He¡¯s dying! Please!¡± The doctor gives her a reassuring look. He pushes away her hand and checks Leo¡¯s condition. A nurse says to ire, ¡°are you a family member of the patient? Pleasee to the hospital with us.¡± With that, she walks out quickly. ire seems to have hope. She wipes her tears and quickly follows them out. ire is worried. She doesn¡¯t notice that she is panicked by Leo¡¯s illness. When ire gets downstairs, Luke just arrives in his car. He strides to ire and asks her. ire is pale and shakes her head. She says weakly, ¡°let¡¯s go to the hospital first.¡± Chapter 243 Is he going to restore his memory? (3) Chapter 243 Is he going to restore his memory? (3) ¡°OK!¡± Luke nods and looks at the ambnce and says, ¡°you take the ambnce to the hospital first. I¡¯ll be thereter.¡± With that, he gets in the car and starts it. ire quickly gets into the ambnce, too. When theye to the hospital, there are few people and only the staff on duty. But when they see the patient, they push the car responsibly. The doctors and nurses push Leo to the operating room. ire has to wait outside the operating room. She stands for a while and Luke arrives. They sit outside the operating room and wait anxiously for the doctor¡¯s notice. Because the situation is special, Luke doesn¡¯t ask ire why Leo has a sudden attack. Even though he has told ire about it, he is prepared for Leo to be like this. Although he doesn¡¯t want to admit it, he knows Leo. He¡¯s smart and paranoid and he¡¯s bound to doubt ire¡¯s identity. He will certainly force himself to recall what happened six years ago. Since knowing that ire appears in front of Leo with her original face, Luke has had such psychological preparation. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. But he is worried about his friend. He does not forget the doctor¡¯s warning that year. The atmosphere is a little heavy and nobody speaks. Both of them are waiting anxiously. An hourter, the door of the operating room finally darkens, but they don¡¯t rx. An operation usually lasts several hours. Why is it so fast today? Is Leo dead? The door of the operating room opens. The doctor takes off his mask and gloves and walks to ire and Luke. He sighs and says, ¡°your friend has been ill for many years. He lost his memory and has a blood clot in his brain. Although it does not affect his normal life, as long as his cerebellum is exercising violently due to emotional problems...¡± ¡°Normally, if he forces himself to recall certain memories, he will have a headache. The blood clot hit his brain stem and caused the present situation...¡± ¡°We know it. Please say the point. How is my friend now?¡± Luke impatiently interrupts the doctor. ¡°All right.¡± The doctor sighs and shakes his head helplessly. ¡°We can¡¯t operate on your friend. The brain is the most important organ of human beings and every nerve in it is very important. Usually we don¡¯t dare to operate on the head because the risk is too high. In short, we can¡¯t treat him because the risk is too high. He may be in danger if he has an operation. What¡¯s more, his blood clot is too difficult to take out...¡± When ites to the end, the doctor can¡¯t bear it. ¡°The patient¡¯s condition is temporarily stable after rescue, but you must remember not to stimte him, or he may die.¡± The doctor nags and talks to ire and Luke for a long time. Finally he says, ¡°he has been transferred to the senior ward as you requested. Go and see him.¡± ¡°OK, thank you.¡± Luke nods seriously. He takes ire to Leo¡¯s ward to see him. What the doctor said just now is deeply imprinted on ire¡¯s mind. Her heart is throbbing. Fortunately, Leo is fine this time, or she should be med. Leo¡¯s amnesia and his forced recollection of what happened six years ago are due to her. ire knows it. So when ire sees Leo lying on the bed and he frowns and is pale, she can¡¯t help but feel heartache. Now she forgets her vow. She walks slowly to the bed and reaches for Leo¡¯s forehead. As he stops frowning, ire takes her hand back and looks at him quietly. ire sees Leo so quiet for the first time. Usually he is domineering and treacherous. ire thinks he¡¯s a devil. Now she is not used to seeing him as quiet as a child. Luke stands quietly behind ire. He looks at ire thoughtfully. After a long time he says, ¡°ire, do you want to go back to have a rest? It¡¯s toote now. You are a girl. You can¡¯t stay upte.¡± ¡°It¡¯s OK.¡± ire shakes her head. She looks at Leo and says without looking back, ¡°I¡¯ll be here with him tonight. I¡¯ll go back when he wakes up. You go back to rest. I will stay here.¡± ¡°Well, be careful. You can call me at any time.¡± Luke nods. Hees up to ire and pats her on the shoulder. ire rarely takes the initiative to be nice to Leo. Luke is happy and even a little relieved. After their business trip to City B, their rtionship develops rapidly. Are they likely to make up? In that case, Luke won¡¯t stay here. He stands for a while before leaving the hospital. ire doesn¡¯t care about anything else. She stares at Leo and is in a mixed mood. She doesn¡¯t even notice that Leo has a ce in her heart. She often looks at Leo subconsciously. Sometimes his every move affects her mood. She doesn¡¯t know it. ire hasn¡¯t been in love so she doesn¡¯t know what the mood is or what she should do with it. ire looks at Leo quietly. She takes his cold hands and wishes him to wake up soon. ... The next day ire is woken up by something inexplicable on her head. She wants to look up, and the thing moves with her. When she sees the situation clearly, she finds that Leo has woken up. At the moment, he reaches out and strokes her head. Seeing her awake, Leo smiles. He says in a low voice, ¡°you¡¯re awake.¡± ¡°You... You...¡± ire is so stunned that she doesn¡¯t know what to say. She finds her hand still holding Leo¡¯s. She takes her hand back in shock and says awkwardly, ¡°you finally wake up. How do you feel? Do you still have a headache?¡± Chapter 244 Is he going to restore his memory? (4) Chapter 244 Is he going to restore his memory? (4) Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leoughs happily. He looks at ire meaningfully and says, ¡°do you care about me?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t! I just want to ask you!¡± ire retorts gravely, but she blushes. Leoughs but doesn¡¯t expose her. He says, ¡°did you stay with me all night in the hospital?¡± ¡°So what?¡± ire is a little embarrassed. She gets up from her chair and panicks, ¡°I¡¯m going back first. I¡¯ll call Luke to see youter.¡± ¡°Won¡¯t you stay with me for a while?¡± Leo just woke up and his voice is maic. Now he looks at ire affectionately and what he says is very demagogic. ire tries not to look at him and to calm down. She turns her head and says scornfully, ¡°why should I apany you? I stayedst night because you fainted in my house. I stayed to see if you were dead, or I wouldn¡¯t be here.¡± ¡°Really...¡± Leo looks forward thoughtfully and lengthens the ending. ire¡¯s a little guilty. She can not help thinking of what she said to himst night. He was in pain. He may have forgotten, hasn¡¯t he? Seeing his attitude today, ire is not sure what he thinks. But he doesn¡¯t say anything, so ire doesn¡¯t say anything. After saying goodbye to Leo, she goes back to her apartment. Luke gets ire¡¯s call and brings Leo breakfast. When he sees Leo, who looks rxed in bed, he is relieved. It seems that there is nothing wrong with him. Luke raises his breakfast and jokes to Leo, e on, celebrate your survival. Have some breakfast.¡± Leo squints at Luke and casually asks, ¡°Luke, are you hiding something from me?¡± Luke didn¡¯t expect Leo to question him directly. His hand stops in the middle of the sky and he puts his breakfast on the table. He says naturally, ¡°what can I hide from you?¡± ¡°About six years ago...¡± Leo stares at Luke and seems to want to see something out of him. He says aggressively, ¡°I think you¡¯ve concealed my lost memory, otherwise why don¡¯t I forget everything that happened before but the memory before the ident?¡± Luke is suddenly nervous. His psychological quality makes him not show his abnormality in front of Leo. He calms down and frowns and says with some displeasure, ¡°I remember I¡¯ve told you so many times. Six years ago, nothing special happened. Why do you cling to that memory?¡± ¡°As for why you forgot that memory, the doctor told you. It¡¯s because you¡¯ve been hit so much that your brain unconsciously forgets something for a certain period of time.¡± Leo asks calmly, ¡°I didn¡¯t say something special. Why do you tell me directly that it¡¯s special?¡± ¡°...¡± Luke doesn¡¯t know how to answer. He looks at Leo seriously and Leo looks at him calmly. Two good friends have a silent argument over what happened six years ago. Their eyes seem to be fighting and no one admits defeat. Luke tries to blurt out and tell him the truth several times, but thinking of what the doctor saidst night, Luke doesn¡¯t say it. After a long time, Luke says frankly, ¡°I don¡¯t know what you mean by something important and I¡¯m not your bodyguard. I can¡¯t watch your every move all day. How do I know if you have any important memories that you need to care so much about?¡± Luke¡¯s words are frank. No matter how Leo asks him, he won¡¯t say anything about ire. Leo frowns at Luke¡¯s words. He stares solemnly at Luke¡¯s face changes and doesn¡¯t give him a chance to lie. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Finally, Leo gives up questioning him. Luke really doesn¡¯t seem to know anything. Even if he asks him, he will not answer. Leo mutters, ¡°as you say, I really knew ire many years ago, but you don¡¯t know?¡± Leo finally stops asking him, so Luke takes a breath of relief. On the surface, he asks calmly, ¡°ire? Is it about ire? What do you mean?¡± Luke¡¯s words gets Leo off guard. He looks ahead and exins, ¡°I don¡¯t know. I think ire is familiar. It seems that I knew her many years ago. When I see her, I have an indescribable sense of familiarity.¡± ¡°So you ignored my advice and forced yourself to think about what happened six years ago? Do you want to die?¡± Luke says angrily. However, Leo has been thinking about ire. He goes on, ¡°I think I should have known ire before, or I won¡¯t have felt that way. It¡¯s strange that I have read about her but I don¡¯t have any information about her in America. It seems to have been deliberately erased. As for me, you don¡¯t even know about me, let alone other people.¡± Leo¡¯s words worry Luke. He looks at Leo and asks seriously, ¡°haven¡¯t you found any information about ire¡¯s presence in America?¡± ¡°Yes,¡± Leo says gravely, ¡°all her information seems to have been deliberately erased. The only thing I can find is that she is an American who has lived in France for a long time. What happened to her before she was twenty years old seems nk. It¡¯s really suspicious. By the way, didn¡¯t you say she was your friend a long time ago? Do you know anything about her?¡± Hearing this, Luke bes confused. Did someone secretly help ire erase what happened before she was twenty? Chapter 245 The secret behind her Chapter 245 The secret behind her If so, what is the purpose of this person? Luke feels that this person seems to deliberately keep ire from being found. Why? Luke doesn¡¯t understand. The current situation does not allow him to spend too much time thinking about other things, or he will be exposed in front of Leo. Since someone has deliberately set up such a situation, he will go on. So he doesn¡¯t have to worry about whether Leo will get sick after knowing about ire. Luke thinks for a moment and shakes his head. ¡°I don¡¯t know. I met ire in France. I didn¡¯t investigate her on purpose.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo looks sorry. Seeing this, Luke can¡¯t help making fun of him. ¡°Do you like ire? The first time I see you care so much about a woman.¡± ¡°So what?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and looks proud. ¡°I like her. But you were with her before. Do you have anything to do with her?¡± Leo asks him so Luke shakes his head quickly. ¡°No. Last time I told you that she and I are just friends. We are not lovers.¡± At the same time, Luke smiles happily in his heart. Leo finally admits that he likes ire. They may make up soon. Hearing Luke¡¯s words, Leo nods with satisfaction. ¡°That¡¯s good. If you really like her, even if you are my good friend, I will not be merciful.¡± ¡°No,¡± Luke says quickly. Speaking of the people they like, he somehow thinks of a woman. He suddenly thinks of a question, ¡°are you serious about ire? I don¡¯t think Tracy will let go easily.¡± ¡°I¡¯m serious, of course. Do I look like a joker?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and says, ¡°as for Tracy, I¡¯ll find an opportunity to make it clear to her.¡± ¡°I hope so.¡± Luke says reluctantly. They no longer confront each other and resume their daily chat state and joke with each other. They talk for a while and Luke says he is leaving. Leo stops him and says discontentedly, ¡°wait, I¡¯m going to be discharged too.¡± Luke looks at him in surprise and asks, ¡°you went to the hospital yesterday. Don¡¯t you stay in the hospital for a day?¡± ¡°No,¡± Leo pulls out the needle from the back of his hand and says casually, ¡°I¡¯m not seriously ill. I don¡¯t need to be hospitalized.¡± With that, he stands up and dresses and is ready to leave with Luke. Luke can¡¯t stop him. He has to helplessly watch him change clothes and remind him, ¡°you can not have a good rest, but in the future you can never force yourself to remember again, or you may die next time.¡± Leoughs confidently, ¡°don¡¯t worry. I have a long life.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t listen to him, so Luke shakes his head. Leo has always been stubborn. Luke has a hard time persuading him so he stops. Leo changes his clothes and they leave the hospital together. ... irees home feeling exhausted. Maybe she was too nervousst night, so she feels very tired now. Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ire takes a bath and goes straight to bed to sleep. When she wakes up, it is already night. She turns around and finds herputer screen on. Is Conan looking for her? ire goes to the bathroom to wash her face. When shees to theputer, she sees Conan smile smugly. He says, ¡°Mommy, how did you feel at work yesterday? No one dares to speak ill of you behind your back, right?¡± Thinking of what Tracy said to her the day before yesterday, ire thinks quickly. She stares at her son and seriously asks, ¡°Conan, was it you who threatened Tracy? She said something very strange to me that day.¡± Conan smiles proudly. His eyes are bright. He says to ire, ¡°I did it. Mommy, do you love me more? Do you want to kiss me?¡± Looking at Conan¡¯s sly smile, ire says gravely, ¡°tell me what you did to her. She let me go easily.¡± ¡°Haha...¡± Conanughs treacherously. ¡°Nothing. I sent her a picture of her cheating. I warned her that if she continued to frame you, I would show all those photos to Daddy.¡± ¡°Cheating?¡± ire freezes. ording to Conan¡¯s IQ, ire never doubts that he will say the wrong thing. But now Conan¡¯s words make her wonder. She asks puzzledly, ¡°do you mean she dated another man or...¡± ire stops. After all, she is facing her five-year-old son. Even if he is precocious, ire should not say that to a child. But Conan is blunt, ¡°yes, Mommy, you guessed right. It¡¯s a sport that only adults can do. Generally speaking, it¡¯s mating.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense!¡± ire yells. ire blushes at Conan¡¯s words. It seems that her son¡¯s IQ and EQ have reached another level. How should he y with his peers in the future? Hearing ire¡¯s rebuke, Conan looks pitiful. ¡°I¡¯m telling you the truth...¡± ire knows that he is telling the truth, but the news is so shocking. ire didn¡¯t expect Tracy to cheat as Leo¡¯s fiancee. Isn¡¯t she afraid of being discovered by Leo? Even if she met Bryce six years ago, Leo would be furious. Chapter 246 Sleeping with Luke Chapter 246 Sleeping with Luke Does Tracy dare to do this because Leo is always busy with his work or doesn¡¯t care? Does Leo know about it? Because ire has been thinking, she and Conan chat casually and then interrupt the video. If Leo doesn¡¯t know about it, ire thinks she¡¯s discovered a great secret. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. As soon as Conan hangs up the video, he hears a noise at the door. He thinks Luke is back so he pretends to be happy. He runs out and shouts, ¡°Uncle Luke, you¡¯re back... Sis Kate? Why are you with Uncle Luke...¡± Before Conan finishes, he realizes what is going on. Luke is drunk and is lying on Kate¡¯s shoulder, and Kate is born strong and brings him back. Kate is exhausted at the door. She grabs Luke¡¯s body and breathlessly says to Conan, ¡°hurry up and help your uncle Luke. I¡¯m exhausted...¡± ¡°OK...¡± Conan runs to Luke. In fact, he just grabs Luke¡¯s arm and holds him symbolically. Conan doesn¡¯t have the strength to lift Luke. Kate is exhausted when Luke is lifted onto the sofa. She sits next to Luke and lies on the sofa. She shouts, ¡°shit, I¡¯m dying of exhaustion...¡± Conan looks at them. Luke is drunk and Kate kindly sends him home. Kate seems to drink a lot too. Maybe she¡¯s a heavy drinker so she¡¯s not drunk. Sure enough, Kate calms down and kicks Luke angrily. She says angrily, ¡°are you a man? You can only drink very little!¡± Conan pretends to be curious and asks, ¡°Sis Kate, what happened to you? Why do you drink so much?¡± Kate is more angry. She res at Luke angrily and says, ¡°your Uncle Luke asked me to drink with him when he saw me. If I had known he could only drink a little, I would not have apanied him!¡± Kate calms down afterining. She says to Conan, ¡°Conan, take care of your Uncle Luke. I¡¯m leaving. I¡¯ll y with you next time.¡± As soon as Conan wants to nod, he sees Luke reach for Kate¡¯s hand and say, ¡°don¡¯t go...¡± When Conan sees the scene, he smiles and whispers to Kate, ¡°I think you can apany Uncle Luke. I am sleepy. I¡¯ll go back to my room and go to bed first.¡± With that, Conan runs back to his room. ¡°Ah!¡± Kate can¡¯t stop him. She looks at Conan¡¯s back and murmurs, ¡°this child is so bad...¡± After that, Kate thinks Conan is familiar, but she drank a lot of wine today and she is dizzy, so she doesn¡¯t remember who Conan looks like. Although Kate is drunk, she is calm. Outsiders think she¡¯s awake, but only she knows her perception is getting weaker. Luke is still holding her hand. Kate shakes it hard and finds that she can¡¯t shake it at all. Kate¡¯s eyes widen. Is he pretending to be drunk? Kate kicks Luke and he still doesn¡¯t respond. She has to give up the idea of waking him up. He seems to be really drunk. Kate sees that there is no quilt on the sofa and it isn¡¯t big enough. She can¡¯t let Luke hold her hand all night. Kate has to drag Luke to his room. Luke¡¯s room is on the second floor. When Kate drags him to bed, she is exhausted. She falls on the bed by ident. Kate falls in Luke¡¯s arms. She smells the masculinity and the perfume on Luke. Kate likes the smell. She can not help lying in Luke¡¯s arms and sniffing the perfume. After a long time, Kate is back to her senses. She wants to break away from Luke¡¯s arms, but Luke holds her tight. Kate freezes and then gets angry. She uses all her strength to break away from Luke¡¯s arms and hits him on the arm. She scolds him, ¡°fuck, you want to touch me when you¡¯re drunk. It¡¯s impossible!¡± ¡°...¡± Luke is asleep and no one answers her. Kate stares at him for a moment and calms down. She wants to stand up but she is dizzy. Kate falls into Luke¡¯s arms again. Luke holds her subconsciously. Kate doesn¡¯t have the strength to fight this time. She is weak and dizzy. Kate is sleepy so she doesn¡¯t think too much. Naive Kate and Luke hug and sleep together all night. ... When Kate wakes up the next day, she opens her eyes and sees her most hated face. It takes her several seconds to realize what is going on. ¡°Ah! Fuck!¡± Kate screams and jumps. She gives Luke a kick. Luke is woken up by Kate¡¯s scream. Before he can react, he is kicked out of bed. ¡°... Ah!¡± Luke has a pain in the back of his head. He touches the back of his head and stands up. Suddenly a pillow hits him in the face. ¡°...¡± The pillow falls to the ground. Luke looks at angry Kate speechlessly and asks confusedly, ¡°it¡¯s morning. Why are you so angry?¡± Chapter 247 I’m Claire’s son Chapter 247 I¡¯m ire¡¯s son ¡°You bastard!¡± With that, Kate throws another pillow at Luke. This time Luke is ready. He ducks and rubs the back of his head. Now he feels dizzy and his throat is dry. Luke ignores Kate. He turns and walks out of his room. He goes to the kitchen to drink water and feels better. Kate is ignored by Luke and she follows him angrily. She yells, ¡°Luke! Are you human? You¡¯ve been holding me all night! Don¡¯t you want to admit it now?¡± Luke wakes up after drinking the water. He looks at Kate and wonders why she is here. After hearing Kate¡¯s words, he raises his eyebrows in bewilderment. ¡°Do I hold you all night?¡± At Luke¡¯s words, Kate bes more angry. She points at Luke and says angrily, ¡°how dare you pretend to lose your memory! Can¡¯t you admit it? Are you a man?¡± Luke looks at his messy clothes and remembers that she was standing on the bed. He understands what is going on. He remembers that he was worried about Leo and upset and then went to the bar yesterday for a drink. He saw Kate and asked her to drink together. He may be drunkst night and hugged Kate all night. But if it¡¯s just like this, he didn¡¯t do anything to her. Why is she so angry? It seems that Kate will lose her temper if he doesn¡¯t apologize. So Luke pretends to be apologetic and says, ¡°I see. I am wrong. I¡¯ll treat you to dinner. Please forgive me.¡± Kate angrily says, ¡°what do you think I am? Do you only invite me to dinner?¡±Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°What do you want?¡± Luke says helplessly. ¡°At least you have to provide me with food for this month!¡± Kate says seriously. She¡¯s poor now so she can ckmail Luke. Luke chuckles. He thought Kate was going to ask for something, but he didn¡¯t think it is still about food. He says, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll do it.¡± Kate snorts and lets Luke go. Actually she woke up a little flustered. She¡¯s usually careless, but actually she hasn¡¯t slept in the same bed with a man. Everyone thinks she is very open, only she knows she is still a virgin. She lets Luke go easily because she knows she is wrong. She was drunkst night, too. She can¡¯t just me Luke. Luckily Luke didn¡¯t eat her. They are talking when Conanes down from the second floor in pajamas and sleepy eyes. He looks at Luke and Kate confused and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, Sis Kate, what are you doing in the early morning?¡± When Kate sees the lovely Conan, her anger dissipates. She runs up to Conan happily and rubs his little face. ¡°Good morning, Conan. Do you miss me in these days? I miss you very much.¡± ¡°...¡± Conan is shocked by Kate¡¯s reaction. Her attitude yesterday and today is too different. Kate thinks Conan is cute. She doesn¡¯t remember what she did to Conan when she was drunkst night. Kate rubs Conan¡¯s face and suddenly feels that Conan is a little familiar. Kate lets go in confusion. She puts her hands on Conan¡¯s little shoulder and looks at his face carefully. When they first met, Kate thought Conan was Luke¡¯s son. Even if she thought Conan looked familiar, she just thought he looked like Luke. She was too careless to think about it. The second time they met wasst night. She was drunkst night and didn¡¯t realize Conan was familiar. Even if she realized it, she was dizzy. Kate looks at Conan carefully this morning and finds that he really looks like a person. Who is it? ¡°Sis Kate, what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Kate keeps staring at Conan, so he asks in confusion. Kate doesn¡¯t answer Conan. She stares at Conan for a long time and thinks Conan¡¯s face and eyes are strange. She feels familiar with his eyes and face. Kate reaches out and covers Conan¡¯s eyes. She seems to think of something and take back her hand. Kate finally finds it byparison! Damn it! No wonder she thinks Conan is so familiar. His face looks like ire! Thest time she saw ire, she wondered why she thought she had seen a face simr to ire¡¯s. She is not sensitive, so now she thinks it¡¯s Conan! God! Why does she find out now? Kate stares at Conan in shock and asks incredulously, ¡°what is ire¡¯s rtionship with you?¡± ire said she is looking for her son. Her heart pounds. Is this child who looks like ire her son? But why is ire¡¯s son at Luke¡¯s house? What¡¯s his rtionship with Luke! Kate thinks Conan is ire and Luke¡¯s son! She calms down and thinks it is possible, otherwise why is Conan at Luke¡¯s house? Conan reacts quickly. Kate watches him for so long to see who he looks like. Conan knows he can¡¯t continue to hide his identity. He has to admit, ¡°Sis Kate, you guess right. I¡¯m Mommy¡¯s son. My mommy is ire.¡± ¡°God...¡± Kate¡¯s feet are soft and she almost falls to the ground. She looks at Conan in shock. Chapter 248 When did you fall in love Chapter 248 When did you fall in love Kate is sure that Conan is the son of ire and Luke. When did they start to fall in love? No wonder ire said Luke is a good man and she doesn¡¯t mind that Luke is a good friend of Leo. It turns out that they have this rtionship! Why doesn¡¯t ire tell her? Kate can¡¯t ept the thought that Luke and ire are lovers and they have a son. Even her heart aches. Luke keeps watching them in silence. Kate doesn¡¯t look happy. He exins, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I didn¡¯t tell you that Conan is ire¡¯s son because I have difficulties.¡± Kate thinks Luke admits his rtionship with ire. Kate lets go of Conan¡¯s shoulders and looks sadly at Luke. ¡°When did you start?¡± ¡°What do you say?¡± Kate¡¯s sad expression and her words bewilder Luke. Is he not awake enough to understand what Kate is talking about? Kate¡¯s face is pale. She falters, ¡°you... You and ire... When did you start?¡± ¡°...¡± After hearing Kate¡¯s words, Luke¡¯s face changes, and Conan can¡¯t help wanting tough when he is listening. They think almost at the same time that Kate is so imaginative that she misunderstands that Luke and ire are lovers. Of course Luke can¡¯t let Kate misunderstand them. He says awkwardly, ¡°ire and I don¡¯t have the kind of rtionship you think. Conan is ire¡¯s son, but not mine.¡± ¡°Ah!¡± Kate¡¯s face changes. She stares at Luke in disbelief and says, ¡°you mean Conan isn¡¯t you and ire¡¯s son?¡± ¡°No...¡± Luke wants tough. Kate is so cute. She thinks he and ire are lovers. ¡°No...¡± When Kate realizes that she misunderstands them, she is embarrassed. She subconsciously wants to bow her head and admit her mistake, but she seems to think of something. She suddenly looks up and stands up. She hits Luke and res at him angrily, ¡°why didn¡¯t you exin to me earlier? Do you think it¡¯s fun to tease me?¡± With that, Kate gives Luke another shove. Luke is pushed back by her. Atst he raises his hand and surrenders, ¡°I¡¯m wrong. I should have told you earlier. Don¡¯t be angry. Don¡¯t hit me.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not you who¡¯s embarrassed!¡± Kate doesn¡¯t want to let him go. She continues to push him angrily. Finally, Luke can¡¯t back up. He suddenly reaches out and takes Kate¡¯s hand and says, ¡°OK! Don¡¯t make any more noise!¡± Luke has always been gentle with Kate. He loses his temper all of a sudden so Kate can¡¯t get used to it. Sometimes you treat someone well but she doesn¡¯t ept it. As long as you are cruel to her, she will be obedient. Kate is such a person. So when Luke loses his temper, Kate freezes and shuts up. Kate doesn¡¯t lose her temper any more, so Luke is relieved. He says to Conan, who is standing still and confused, ¡°Conan, you can brush your teeth, wash your face and change your clothes first. I¡¯ll take you out for breakfastter.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Conan senses the atmosphere is wrong and wants to leave. Luke gives him a chance to leave. After Conan leaves, Luke says to Kate, who is still in a trance, ¡°go back to your room and tidy yourself up.¡± ¡°OK...¡± Kate answers subconsciously. When she turns around, she suddenly realizes that it is wrong! Why does she listen to Luke? And now the most important thing is why Conan is here! Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ire says she hasn¡¯t found her son yet, but Luke doesn¡¯t tell ire. Why? Kate suddenly turns around and stares at Luke. She says in bewilderment, ¡°no, you¡¯re lying to me! Tell me why ire¡¯s son is in your house. Didn¡¯t you say ire is your friend? Why don¡¯t you tell her?¡± ¡°Kate¡­¡± Luke feels guilty and helpless. He doesn¡¯t know if he should tell Kate the truth. He thinks for a moment and can only say, ¡°I have difficulties. I don¡¯t tell ire because I don¡¯t want her back to France. I want to keep her in America. As long as she can¡¯t find her son, she won¡¯t leave.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Kate doesn¡¯t believe him. She asks him, ¡°do you dare to say that you have no other ideas? Is there no ulterior purpose for you to do so?¡± Luke is just ire¡¯s regr friend. Why does he decide if ire should leave? She¡¯s ire¡¯s good friend for years, but she don¡¯t do it. Why does Luke do it? So Kate doesn¡¯t believe what he says. Intuition tells her that Luke must have another purpose. He may have a crush on ire so he doesn¡¯t let her find her son. Kate is even less happy when she thinks about it. Her heart feels as if it is about to blow up. Hearing Kate¡¯s question, Luke frowns and hesitates. He does have another purpose, but he can¡¯t tell Kate. Kate hated him before and she probably hates Leo, too. Luke isn¡¯t sure Kate will agree with him. Luke doesn¡¯t speak, so Kate is more angry. She pushes Luke and yells, ¡°am I right? Are you afraid to speak? Luke, you hide someone¡¯s son, but you don¡¯t admit it! You bastard!¡± Chapter 249 I want Leo and Claire to be together Chapter 249 I want Leo and ire to be together ¡°...¡± Luke shuts up and makes a final struggle. Should he believe Kate? There is a voice in his heart that tells him not to tell her! But another voice tells him Kate is a good girl and that he shouldn¡¯t hide anything from her. Kate pushes Luke, but he doesn¡¯t respond and just keeps his head down and doesn¡¯t dare to look at her. Kate thinks Luke admits. She angrily pushes Luke against the wall and yells at him, ¡°why don¡¯t you react? Are you a man? Have you eaten the dignity of a man? Tell me! If you don¡¯t, I¡¯ll tell ire that her son is in your house now!¡± ¡°OK, I will say it.¡± Under Kate¡¯s pressure, Luke finally makes up his mind. He looks up at Kate and says seriously, ¡°but promise me that you won¡¯t get excited and tell anyone about it after you hear my exnation.¡± ¡°Hurry up!¡± Kate nces at him and says angrily. ¡°Promise me first.¡± Luke looks serious and it seems really important. Kate is also aware of its seriousness. Katepares her best friend with the truth and reluctantly says, ¡°I can promise you, but you have to tell me the reason, or I won¡¯t promise you!¡± Luke thinks about it and says, ¡°the reason is that I want ire to stay in America. Anyway, I won¡¯t hurt her.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t nag. Tell me!¡± Kate impatiently pulls Luke to the sofa. She sits next to Luke and stares at him seriously. Luke thinks she agrees. He has to nod helplessly. He didn¡¯t expect that in the end he is defeated by his emotions. He would rather believe Kate. What¡¯s more, he doesn¡¯t want to cheat the girl. Luke organizes his thoughts and looks Kate in the eye. He says solemnly, ¡°I¡¯ve told you about why I leave Conan in my house and refuse to tell ire, and that¡¯s the truth. I didn¡¯t cheat you.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense! Say the point!¡± ¡°The point is that I want ire and Leo to clear up the misunderstanding. I know their feelings so I know there is a big misunderstanding between them. I can¡¯t tell ire that her son is at my house. I want to give them a chance and exin their misunderstanding.¡± Luke says seriously. Kate is very excited after listening. She says disapprovingly, ¡°nonsense! Leo killed ire¡¯s father. Is this a misunderstanding? What¡¯s more, Leo has lost his memory. How does he exin it?¡± Luke touches his forehead helplessly and says, ¡°didn¡¯t you promise me not to be excited?¡± ¡°These are two things. If you go through it, don¡¯t you get angry? What¡¯s more, she has been your good friend for many years!¡± Kate stands up excitedly. She stares at Luke angrily. ¡°Don¡¯t do this...¡± Luke tries to calm her down. He goes on, ¡°I know Leo lost his memory, but it¡¯s good. He gets to know ire again and likes her. Even if one day he recovers his memory, he will not be too dissatisfied with ire. At least they love each other, right?¡± ¡°How do you ensure that Leo will continue to be good to ire when he recovers his memory? What¡¯s more, why is he dissatisfied with ire? He hurt ire!¡± Kate is still angry. Luke is very tired at Kate¡¯s words. How can he tell her that Leo almost died because of ire? Although Leo has hurt ire, he believes that as long as ire gives Leo a chance topensate her, they can make up. So he says it is the best opportunity. Leo lost his memory and has changed a lot. ire knows that he lost his memory and she will treat him in a different way. Luke really wants Leo and ire to make up. There doesn¡¯t have to be so much resentment in the world. It¡¯s not easy to live. We shouldn¡¯t be so tired. He is their good friend and really wants them to be happy. But Kate doesn¡¯t understand. Kate is emotional now, so he can¡¯t exin it simply. Luke is very upset. Luke thinks for a while and decides tomunicate with Kate. He tells Kate because he wants her to help him. Luke frowns and gradually calms down. He thinks carefully. At present, the most important thing is to eliminate Kate¡¯s misunderstanding of Leo. He looks at Kate seriously and says, ¡°Kate, I can exin it to you, but you have to calm down before we can continue the discussion, OK?¡± ¡°What do you want to exin? You have made it clear. Men are bad! You tease and trample on women! You don¡¯t think about how other people feel!¡± Kate¡¯s words are heartless. She says coldly, ¡°what were you doing when ire was bullied and tortured by Leo? What were you doing when her baby was about to be killed by Leo? What were you doing when ire¡¯s father was killed by Leo? Now you tell me you want them to clear up the misunderstanding. It¡¯s ridiculous! You have not been insulted. Your father was not killed. Why do you make this decision for ire?¡± ¡°You don¡¯t deserve it!¡± Kate¡¯s words are so heartless that Luke can¡¯t refute them.? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Chapter 250 She’s going to tell Claire the truth Chapter 250 She¡¯s going to tell ire the truth Yeah, Kate makes sense, but... Luke stands up and looks at Kate. Even if he and Kate break up, he should make it clear to Kate. He says sternly, ¡°but what do you know? That year Leo misunderstood ire, so he treated her like that. He didn¡¯t know ire was the little wild cat and he was the father of her baby! It¡¯s a misunderstanding!¡± Content property of N?velDra/ma.Org. ¡°Now I just want to tell them what happened and stop them hating each other. They canmunicate well. Why do they have to break up?¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± Luke¡¯s words catch Kate¡¯s attention. She ignores Luke shouting at her. She looks at Luke and says incredulously, ¡°do you mean Conan is ire and Leo¡¯s child?¡± Kate finally realizes the most critical problem. Luke nods and says, ¡°yes, Conan is their child. Now you know why I did it.¡± ¡°No...¡± Kate retreats in shock. She is stunned. How is this possible? Conan is ire and Leo¡¯s child. Why has she never heard ire mention it? Why? If what Luke says is true and Conan is ire and Leo¡¯s child. Will ire... Kate is confused. She looks back at Luke in shock. She suddenly turns and runs to the door and shouts, ¡°no! I don¡¯t believe it!¡± With that, Kate runs out quickly. ¡°Kate, where are you going?¡± Luke sees Kate doesn¡¯t believe it and she runs like she has been hit. He is very worried. Kate is emotional now. What if something happens to her? Luke is worried and follows Kate. Kate runs outside and gets into a taxi. Luke follows her and can¡¯t stop her. He drives his car and follows Kate¡¯s taxi. Luke is getting nervous. He¡¯s a little familiar with Kate¡¯s direction. Luke doesn¡¯t know why he thinks this direction is familiar until they arrive. Kate arrives at ire¡¯s apartment! Kate quickly gets out of the taxi and runs upstairs. Luke has no choice but to stop and follow her upstairs. ... ire is dressed up and ready to go to work. She hears the doorbell ring when she puts on her shoes. ire opens the door and finds Kate standing panting at her door and looking angry. ¡°Kate, what¡¯s the matter? What happened?¡± Kate looks serious, so ire has a bad feeling. ¡°ire!¡± Kate puts her hand on the door panel and looks at ire. She asks her, ¡°tell me if Conan is the son of you and Leo!¡± ¡°Conan?¡± ire is nervous. Why does Kate know her son¡¯s name? She stares at Kate and asks hesitantly, ¡°what happened? Tell me quickly!¡± ¡°Tell me quickly!¡± Kate doesn¡¯t answer ire and asks seriously. ire is nervous. Does Kate know anything? She looks at the corridor and says cautiously, ¡°I¡¯ll exinter. Come in first.¡± Then ire pulls Kate. As soon as ire wants to close the door, she hears a voice, ¡°ire! Wait!¡± Hearing someone call her name, ire strangely opens the door and takes a look. She finds Luke running out of the elevator. Luke runs to the door and stops ire from closing it. He goes into the house and closes the door. He looks at angry Kate and says to ire, ¡°I have something to tell you today.¡± Luke thought about it on the road. Katees to ire¡¯s house so he can¡¯t cheat ire. He can only tell her the truth. He knows ire. She should be calmer than Kate when she knows the truth. With that, Luke pulls Kate aside and whispers, ¡°I¡¯ll tell ire the truth. Don¡¯t talk.¡± ¡°No! Why!¡± Luke¡¯s words annoy Kate even more. She pushes Luke¡¯s hand away and walks up to ire and says, ¡°ire, I have something to tell you.¡± ire sees that they are fighting. In spite of her confusion, she smiles and says, ¡°sit down on the sofa first. I¡¯ll pour you water.¡± With that, ire changes her shoes and goes to the kitchen to pour two sses of water. She goes back to the living room and puts the water in front of them. She sits down and says, ¡°say it. I will listen.¡± While ire is pouring water, Kate and Luke fight with their eyes. When they hear ire, they turn and look at her seriously and say in unison, ¡°I¡¯ll tell you...¡± Kate and Luke look at each other and say in unison again, ¡°I speak first!¡± ¡°No! Let me say. You bastard don¡¯t deserve to talk to ire!¡± Kate says angrily. ¡°I say it. You are so emotional. You are bound to distort the truth.¡± Luke retorts. ¡°No! I say it! We...¡± ¡°Stop! Don¡¯t argue. I¡¯ll go to workter!¡± They are arguing all the time and don¡¯t tell ire anything. ire interrupts them impatiently. ire looks at Luke and says, ¡°Luke first.¡± Chapter 251 You like him Chapter 251 You like him ¡°Why do you let him say it first? ire, I...¡± Kate refutes ire but is interrupted by her serious eyes. Luke doesn¡¯t care about her. He looks at ire and says solemnly, ¡°ire, what I¡¯m going to say next may be a little incredible to you. You have to be mentally prepared.¡± Is there anything she needs to be prepared for? ire doesn¡¯t care in her heart but she says seriously, ¡°OK, I see. You can tell me.¡± ¡°Actually, Conan lives in my house now.¡± Luke says directly. ire is stunned when Luke finishes. She is so shocked that she suspects something is wrong with her ears. She asks incredulously, ¡°what did you just say? My son lives in your house?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Luke is serious. He is not joking. ¡°...¡± ire freezes. She always thinks Conan is at Leo¡¯s house. She didn¡¯t expect him at Luke¡¯s house! In this case, why didn¡¯t he tell her earlier? She asked Luke to help her find her son. Luke promised her and said he would, but he didn¡¯t. She didn¡¯t expect Luke to tell her Conan is staying at his house! After a long time, ire regains consciousness. She looks at Luke and asks, ¡°so why didn¡¯t you tell me before?¡± ¡°Because...¡± Luke wants to answer, but Kate interrupts him. She shouts with arrogance. ¡°He didn¡¯t dare to say it because he was guilty!¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± After learning that her son is at Luke¡¯s house, ire gradually recovers from shock. Although she still can¡¯t understand why Luke does it, they know each other for a long time, so she chooses to believe Luke. But Kate is her best friend for many years and ire wants to know what she thinks, so she calmly looks at Kate, who is aggrieved, and wants to hear the truth. Kate doesn¡¯t answer ire. She looks at ire gravely and asks, ¡°ire, tell me honestly, is Conan the son of you and Leo?¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ire is stunned. Kate asks her this question for the third time. She doesn¡¯t tell anyone that Conan is Leo¡¯s son, including Kate. She wants it to be buried by time, but if she remembers it correctly, people who know she is the little wild cat must have known about it. ire can¡¯t help but look at Luke and wonder if he told Kate. Luke feels ire¡¯s eyes. He shrugs helplessly to show that he is forced. Seeing Luke¡¯s face, ire knows what is going on. It must be Luke who told Kate about it. Forget it. Now that Kate knows it, she can¡¯t keep it from her. She has to admit, ¡°yes, Conan is Leo¡¯s child.¡± ire confesses. Kate sits on the sofa in shock. Her eyes are slightly dull and she murmurs, ¡°how could...¡± Kate seems to have been hit. ire asks Luke with her eyes, but Luke shakes his head. He doesn¡¯t know why Kate reacts so much to the news. Kate is stunned for several seconds. Before ire asks her what is wrong, she suddenly jumps up from the sofa. She grabs ire¡¯s shoulder and looks serious and terrible. She stares at ire and asks, ¡°so don¡¯t you hate Leo? Have you forgotten how Leo killed your father?¡± ire is shocked by Kate¡¯s reaction. She asks in shock, ¡°Kate, what are you talking about? How can I forget that Leo is my enemy of killing my father? When did I lie to you? Of course, I hate Leo.¡± When ire finishes, Kate still doesn¡¯t trust her. She continues, ¡°why do you still have his son? Don¡¯t you think it¡¯s disgusting to have an enemy¡¯s child?¡± With that, ire and Luke both understand why she is so excited. It turns out that she is worried about it. ire pulls Kate¡¯s hand off her shoulder andughingly says, ¡°I thought something was going on. It turns out you are angry about it...¡± ¡°What? Isn¡¯t it a big deal? You gave birth to Leo¡¯s son. Doesn¡¯t it mean you don¡¯t hate him?¡± Kate is outspoken. ire sighs and helplessly exins to Kate, ¡°Kate, I know you care about me. I know you hate Leo. I hate Leo, but this kid is innocent. After all, he is also my own son. How can I hurt him?¡± Kate¡¯s nerves rxes when she hears ire¡¯s words. She suddenly realizes, ¡°you¡¯re right. I didn¡¯t think about it. I thought you gave birth to Leo¡¯s son because you like him.¡± Kate¡¯s voice is so small that ire can¡¯t hear it. ire asks confusedly, ¡°what do you say?¡± ¡°Ah, nothing.¡± Kate shakes her head and looks at Luke sitting by. Thinking of what he said before, she says, ¡°ire, you now know where your son is. You should pick him up ande back to France with him, right?¡± ire doesn¡¯t react until she hears Kate. The newses so suddenly. She¡¯s ready for a long fight with Leo. She didn¡¯t expect Luke to say her son is at his house. ire freezes. It turns out she misunderstood Leo all the time. She thought Leo lied to her. She didn¡¯t expect that he was telling the truth. ire is supposed to be in a good mood at the thought that she is going back to live in France, but she is a little reluctant. It seems that she doesn¡¯t want to leave America. Before ire speaks, Luke stops her. ¡°No, ire, you can¡¯t go back to France.¡± Chapter 252 I want my mommy and daddy together Chapter 252 I want my mommy and daddy together ire and Kate look at Luke. He says, ¡°you still have something to do in America.¡± ¡°Why not? You are so naive. Do you want ire to let go of her hatred? Don¡¯t think about it!¡± Kate sneers. ¡°Kate, this is ire¡¯s own business. Why don¡¯t you let her decide?¡± Luke looks at Kate and contradicts her. ¡°You are naive. The victim is not you. Of course you don¡¯t care. You don¡¯t care about ire, but I care about her! Who else in the world cares about her life?¡± ¡°Kate!¡± ¡°Luke! What do you want to do? Do you want to fight with me?¡± Kate jumps up and pulls up her sleeve and looks at Luke viciously. They begin to quarrel again. ire has a headache. She has to be a peacemaker and speaks impatiently, ¡°stop arguing! I have a headache!¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ¡°No way!¡± Kate is naturally straightforward. She can¡¯t keep a secret. Kate gives Luke a provocative look and says, ¡°ire, I have a secret to tell you. Luke said he wants you to let go of the hate and exin the misunderstanding with Leo!¡± ¡°What?¡± ire looks at Kate in shock. After she hears Kate, she takes a look at Luke and asks, ¡°is what she said true?¡± Today is a very chaotic day. Luke didn¡¯t expect Kate to tell the secret. Should he say she¡¯s cute or stupid? Luke¡¯s little affection for Kate fades. He nods displeased. ¡°Well, she¡¯s right.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ire¡¯s first reaction is this. She doesn¡¯t understand why Luke, who has been between her and Leo, has this idea. Does he feel tired? But ire thinks it makes sense. She¡¯s between Luke and Kate and wants them to get along. At least they don¡¯t quarrel like enemies when they meet. Maybe she has the same idea as Luke. But to ire¡¯s surprise, the misunderstanding between her and Leo is too deep. Whether there¡¯s a misunderstanding or not, it¡¯s a fact that Leo killed her father. How can she let go of her hatred and make up with Leo? ire suddenly understands the strange conversation between Kate and Luke. Luke guesses ire¡¯s thoughts. He looks at her seriously and says, ¡°ire, I know your concerns. Because of your father, you can¡¯t let go of your hatred of Leo. But as far as I know, you only saw your father¡¯s death notice. You didn¡¯t see Leo kill your father. How can you conclude that Leo is the one who killed your father?¡± ire frowns at Luke¡¯s words. She looks at Luke displeased and says, ¡°Leo admitted it himself. Do you mean I wronged him?¡± ¡°He confessed to you himself?¡± Luke is clearly shocked. He mutters incredulously, ¡°no, Leo is not that cruel. There must be a misunderstanding...¡± Luke is shocked but ire is much calmer. She straightens up and says seriously, ¡°Luke, I know you care about me, but Leo himself admitted it. He must have told you that he hates my family. You should know better than me whether he is like that.¡± ire is not in a good mood when she mentions what happened. But Luke doesn¡¯t give up. He looks at ire quietly and tries to persuade her, ¡°I don¡¯t know if Leo really did that and he didn¡¯t tell me, but I believe him. He has lost his memory now. We can¡¯t ask him. But can I ask you to give Leo a chance?¡± ¡°I believe you remember how Leo treated you before you went abroad. He has already regretted it. What¡¯s more, even if he doesn¡¯t lose his memory, you should put down the hatred. People can¡¯t live in the shadow of the past all the time.¡± Luke looks sincere, but ire doesn¡¯t listen. How could she let go of her hatred? She can¡¯t do it. She can¡¯t forget how Leo told her he was going to get back at her family. Whenever ire thinks about what happened in those days, she will feel heartache. Although Leo has lost her memory and changed a lot now, she can¡¯t forget her father. It doesn¡¯t change the fact that Leo killed her father. If Luke¡¯s story is true and Leo doesn¡¯t kill her father, someone must show up with evidence and say to her that Leo is not the murderer and she wrongly med him, otherwise ire will never let go of her hatred for Leo. But her father is dead. No one can prove that Leo didn¡¯t kill. That¡¯s why ire will never forgive him. ire bites her lip and doesn¡¯t speak. Kate says scornfully, ¡°ire, don¡¯t listen to him. All he said is bullshit. He¡¯s not you. How can he understand your mood!¡± ire doesn¡¯t respond. Luke is anxious and continues, ¡°ire...¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Kate yells at him. Hearing this, Luke gives Kate a disgruntled look. Because of today¡¯s dispute, his affection for Kate has completely disappeared. He wants to say something, but a child¡¯s voice interrupts him. ¡°Stop. I want my mommy and daddy together.¡± Almost everyone looks at the source of the voice. They see Conan walking in, shaking the key in his hand. ire is emotional. When she sees Conan, she rushes over excitedly and hugs her son whom she hasn¡¯t seen for a month. Chapter 253 Reunion of mother and son Chapter 253 Reunion of mother and son She is so excited that her tears almoste out! They usually meet by video phone. They are separated for a long time. This is their first real meeting. ire holds her son tightly. She says happily, ¡°Conan, mommy finally see you.¡± ire holds Conan and says, ¡°Conan, are you losing a lot of weight? I feel like you are little...¡± ¡°Stupid Mommy, I¡¯m very little.¡± Conan hasn¡¯t seen ire for a long time and misses her very much. He doesn¡¯t usually tell her, but he reaches out and holds ire. ¡°OK, I¡¯ll cook more for you. You need to eat more.¡± ire is so excited that she doesn¡¯t know what to say. She holds Conan in her arms and her eyes are moist. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. Conanughs and doesn¡¯t expose ire. Even if they live together, he has to cook by himself. ... A farce ends with the arrival of Conan. In front of Conan, Kate and Luke can¡¯t go on arguing. They watch Conan and ire embrace for a while before Luke eases the situation. ¡°Let¡¯s go out for breakfast. We should all be hungry.¡± ¡°OK!¡± Conan says cheerfully. ire responds to her son¡¯s words. A lot happened this morning. ire hasn¡¯t figured it out yet. ire picks up Conan happily. Led by Luke, they go out for breakfast. After breakfast, ire asks Conan toe home with her. After a while they go to Luke¡¯s house to pick up Conan¡¯s luggage. Luke says he has something to do. He takes them home and leaves. Kate wants to leave, too. After what happened this morning, she begins to hate Luke. Luke and Kate split up. Luke takes ire and Conan downstairs and leaves. ire takes Conan¡¯s little hand. After they leave, ire says angrily to Conan, ¡°you already know I live here, right? How could you have the key to my apartment?¡± Conanughs and spits out his pinkish tongue. ¡°You¡¯re right. Ha ha, I didn¡¯t mean to. I want to help you and daddy create more opportunities to get along. If I show up, I¡¯ll stand in your way. I don¡¯t want it!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you miss me?¡± ire says angrily. ¡°I miss you and daddy, but you are stubborn. If I don¡¯t create opportunities for you to get along, how can you give me a funny sister?¡± Conan says with a smile. ¡°You¡¯re not polite!¡± ire taps Conan on the head. Conan knows ire won¡¯t hit him hard, so heughs more mischievously. They walk out of the elevator, talking andughing. ire wants to take the key out of her pocket, but Conan exims, ¡°Mommy, look! It¡¯s daddy!¡± ire just takes the key out. Hearing Conan, she almost drops the key on the ground. She looks at her door subconsciously. Sure enough, ire sees Leo leaning on the door. Leo sees them, too. He doesn¡¯t look happy. He seems to have been waiting here for a long time. Then Leo suddenly sees Conan, who is led by ire. He frowns immediately and seems to think of something. ire is shocked by Leo¡¯s eyes. She ignores Leo and squats down and whispers to Conan, ¡°Conan, listen, you can¡¯t talk nonsense in front of your daddy, or I¡¯ll be angry.¡± ¡°Why?¡± Conan asks, puzzled. It¡¯s a good time for them to meet. They have been together for a long time. Daddy should believe that he is his son and Mommy is his wife. Conan doesn¡¯t want to listen to ire because he wants his daddy. He wants his daddy to be with mommy. But ire doesn¡¯t care what Conan thinks. She threatens him, ¡°no reason! I don¡¯t care what you think. If you talk nonsenseter, I¡¯ll go back to France by myself. You can¡¯t get your daddy!¡± ire¡¯s words work. Conan is not convinced, but he pouts and says, ¡°OK.¡± By this time, Leo is impatient andes over. He looks at ire and Conan. He asks in bewilderment. ¡°ire?¡± ¡°President, what can I do for you?¡± ire quickly gets up and tries to smile at Leo. Leo looks at ire and Conan. He thinks their features are very simr. He can¡¯t help asking, ¡°is this your son?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± ire smiles stiffly. At the same time, she keeps praying that Leo will not recognize Conan as his own son! But Leo looks at those eyes that are simr to his, and he suddenly remembers that the boy came to thepany to find him and said he was his son. Leo instantly remembers what happened that day. He clearly remembers the little boy¡¯s performance and every word that day. He said he was his son, but Leo said he didn'''' know him. The boy said that, ¡°my daddy is you and your wife is my mommy. My mommy¡¯s name is ire.¡± He remembers everything. No wonder he felt familiar when he first heard the name ire. No wonder he feels familiar every time he sees ire¡¯s face. He has seen a simr face on the boy that day! It seems that all the mysteries are solved in a sh. Before Leo can rx, a new mysteryes up. Why did the boy say that he is his daddy and name his mommy? Chapter 254 Mom is the best in the world Chapter 254 Mom is the best in the world In addition, Leo remembers what ire said. She asked him several times if a boy had ever been to thepany, but Leo didn¡¯t care. Now it seems that ire was looking for her own son. But in that case, why did ire say that she was looking for her friend¡¯s son, not her own? Too many mysteriese to Leo¡¯s mind and he can¡¯t adapt. Leo looks at Conan. He wants to ask something, but ire interrupts him nervously. ¡°President, have you had breakfast? You haven¡¯t said why youe to my house.¡± ire smiles stiffly. She tries to make her smile look more natural, so that Leo won¡¯t see her confusion. ire¡¯s words pull Leo back from the question. He looks at ire and replies absently, ¡°you didn¡¯t come to work at nine o¡¯clock today. I called you but you didn¡¯t answer. I thought something was wrong with you, so I came to your house to find you. I didn¡¯t expect to ring the doorbell but no one opened. I was worried about you, so I called the locklockpany...¡± Suddenly the elevator door opens. Two people from the lockpany are shocked when they see them in front of the elevator. ire is stunned to hear Leo. ire turns slowly when she notices someone in the back. When she sees the locksmith carrying a work box, her face changes. ... ire asks the locksmith back. She walks angrily to the living room. When she sees the father and son sitting leisurely on the sofa and enjoying their tea, she immediately gets angry. ¡°Leo, why do I have to deal with your own business?¡± ire says angrily. Leo is talking to Conan. He finds Conan clever and he has a good time talking to him. Hearing ire¡¯s words, he looks upzily at ire and says, ¡°you are my secretary. You should do these things for me.¡± Go to hell! ire scolds him in her heart but her anger soon disappears. When she sees Leo and Conan talking happily, she can¡¯t help but freeze. They really look like a father and son, but... Did Conan just say something to Leo in her absence? Leo ignores ire. He says to Conan, ¡°are you ire¡¯s son? I don¡¯t think so. ire is a stupid woman. How could she have such a clever son? What¡¯s your name?¡± ¡°My name is Conan,¡± Conanughs proudly. He smiles, ¡°of course, I¡¯m mommy¡¯s son, but all my clever genes are inherited from my father, which is my father¡¯s credit.¡± Hearing Conan¡¯s words, Leo raises his eyebrows. He remembers that Conan said he is his daddy. He can¡¯t help asking, ¡°who¡¯s your daddy?¡± ¡°My daddy is...¡± Conan turns his eyes. As soon as he tries to name the man, ire¡¯s voice sounds coldly from behind him. Property ? 2024 N0(v)elDrama.Org. ¡°Conan, what are you talking about?¡± ire thinks she is lucky to be back soon. If shees backter, the consequences will be disastrous. ¡°Mommy, you¡¯re back so soon.¡± Conanughs naively. He turns and holds ire¡¯s arm and pulls her between himself and Leo. Conan says in a lovely voice, ¡°Mommy, I¡¯m talking about your IQ with this uncle.¡± ¡°...¡± ire¡¯s face turns ck when Conan finishes. She stares at him displeased. Does Conan retaliate because she doesn¡¯t let her tell his daddy? ire smiles coldly and says, ¡°really? I thought you were talking about who your daddy is. I told you that your daddy was mentally ill and was killed by another patient in the hospital. Don¡¯t talk about your daddy with outsiders in the future, or others will treat you as a monster.¡± ¡°Really?¡± When ire finishes, Conan wants tough. He peeks at Leo and keepsughing in his heart. If ire didn¡¯t threatened him, he would haveughed. Ha ha, she said his daddy was mentally ill. She not only called Leo a psychopath, but also said she chose a psychopath as her husband. ¡°Of course, baby, you can¡¯t forget it any more.¡± ire is smiling, but she strangles Conan in her heart countless times. She must find a chance to teach him a lesson. She wants him to know that only his mother is good to him! Daddy is nothing! Leo is still there, but ire and Conan start arguing. Finally Leo coughs and expresses his sense of being. He looks at ire and then Conan. He says thoughtfully, ¡°ire, your rtionship with your son is quite interesting. Have you always taught him like this?¡± Leo feels sorry. He wants to hear Conan say who his daddy is. If he just said that he is his daddy as seriously as that day, Leo would dare to admit that he is his son. Anyway, he told ire that he would treat her son as his own son. No matter who his biological father is, Leo doesn¡¯t mind. And he also wants to know why Conan came to him that day and why he insisted in front of him that he is his daddy. Leo looks into Conan¡¯s eyes. If he didn¡¯t see ire before, he will doubt that Conan is his son and ire is his wife. It¡¯s a good thing. Leo thinks it¡¯s a matter of time. He likes ire and wants to marry her. As for whether Conan is his son or not, he doesn¡¯t mind at all. Chapter 255 Conan is a prophet Chapter 255 Conan is a prophet Maybe Conan is a prophet. He foresees the future and thinks he is his father. ire grunts when she hears Leo. She scolds Leo in her heart that he is Conan¡¯s father but is not responsible. ire says, ¡°yes, even though my son doesn¡¯t have a father, I can make him grow up healthy and happy, so don¡¯t look down on women, let alone look at me contemptuously.¡± ¡°I¡¯m strong.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s proud tone, Conan and Leo can¡¯t helpughing in their hearts. They know ire is able at work but not able to live on her own. Conan knows that. He has been taking care of his mommy since he was little. Leoughs without speaking. He reaches out and touches Conan¡¯s head and asks meaningfully, ¡°do you remember going to mypany some time ago?¡± Leo says it to Conan. Conan can¡¯t help being happy when he hears what he said. He thought his daddy was born with a bad memory. He forgot not only what happened six years ago, but also what happened not long ago. Conan is happy but he looks simple. He blinks and looks at Leo and says naively. ¡°Yes, I remember you invited me to lunch and the food was delicious.¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Conan naively shows that children like to eat. Leoughs and puts his big hand on Conan¡¯s head. He whispers, ¡°do you remember you said I was your daddy?¡± ire is shocked. She looks nervously at Leo. She is afraid Leo will recognize Conan. If so, Leo can do nothing as long as she doesn¡¯t admit it. But Conan has been to his Leopany before. ire can¡¯t exin it. Conan smiles smugly and mischievously, ¡°that¡¯s because...¡± ¡°Conan!¡± ire is afraid Conan will tell the truth. She quickly stops him. ¡°Don¡¯t you always say you want to eat dumplings? I¡¯ll take you to eatter.¡± This is the second time ire has interrupted Conan. Leo can¡¯t help frowning. He looks at ire confused and asks, ¡°ire, why don¡¯t you let him go on? What can¡¯t I know?¡± ire looks into Leo¡¯s eyes. She is flustered and her heart pounds. She is afraid of exposing her guilt. ire swallows and tries to stay calm. She says awkwardly, ¡°maybe his biological father looks like you, so he went to yourpany that day. I¡¯ve already med him. President, please don¡¯t continue to ask.¡± ¡°Really?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows. He looks mysterious and no one else knows what he thinks. After a long time, he smiles, ¡°maybe you¡¯re right. But didn¡¯t you say he is your friend¡¯''s son? ire, did you hide anything from me?¡± ¡°No.¡± ire feels more guilty. She doesn¡¯t even dare to look into Leo¡¯s eyes. ¡°I said that because I didn¡¯t want you to misunderstand me. If I said that, what would you think of me?¡± ¡°Oh? What can I misunderstand?¡± Leo stares at ire and asks meaningfully. ¡°...¡± ire is speechless and scolds him in her heart. Why do you have so many questions? ¡°Mommy, uncle, are you showing your love in front of Conan?¡± When ire doesn¡¯t know how to answer, Conan speaks. ire looks at Conan with relief and thinks he knows how to save her. Conan¡¯s words make Leo smile. He looks at the innocent Conan and knows there is something else in his eyes. He finds the boy more interesting. Leo stops asking ire. He touches Conan¡¯s head and says with a smile, ¡°do you know what show love is?¡± ¡°Yes,¡± Conan blinks and naively says, ¡°showing love is flirting.¡± Luckily ire isn¡¯t drinking at the moment, or she¡¯ll spray. A child says such a thing. But she thinks Conan is right. Leo nods happily and praises him. ¡°Yes, this is what Mommy taught you?¡± ¡°No,¡± Conan says, shaking his head. ¡°One uncle taught me before.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t deal with these uncles in the future. You will learn to be bad.¡± Leo nods. ¡°Why should I listen to you? Mommy said I can¡¯t believe anyone but her.¡± Conan still looks innocent. ire almost faints. She praised him just now but now he satirizes her. Leo looks up at ire and asks Conan, ¡°what can I do to make you listen to me?¡± Conan¡¯s little eyes turn and he seems to be thinking about something. After a long time, he says happily, ¡°if you are my daddy, I will listen to you.¡± Conan is ready to be beaten by ire at any time. In order for daddy and mommy to be together, he can do anything! Sure enough, ire hears Conan and stands up decisively. She grabs his ear and yells, ¡°Conan, do you know what you¡¯re talking about?¡± ¡°Mommy, it hurts.¡± Conan exims. His tearful little eyes look at Leo and he wants him to sympathize with him. Leo freezes at first. Then he thinks the boy is really interesting. Seeing his pathetic little eyes, Leo smiles. Leo takes ire¡¯s hand and stops her, ¡°he¡¯s just a kid. You don¡¯t have to be angry. Just now you said Conan wants to eat dumplings. I happen to know a restaurant. Let me take you out to eat.¡± Chapter 256 Mommy is so mean Chapter 256 Mommy is so mean ¡°President! Children cannot be spoiled!¡± ire looks at Leo angrily. ire is the woman he likes, but Conan is pathetic. Leo is not good at being a peacemaker. He puts his arm around ire¡¯s waist and sits her in hisp. ire falls into his arms. Leo whispers in ire¡¯s ear, ¡°stop it, will you?¡± Leo¡¯s low voice rings in her ear. ire¡¯s heart is tickling. Realizing Conan is here, she blushes. She quickly leaves Leo¡¯s thigh and says awkwardly, ¡°president, don¡¯t do that. My son is still here!¡± Conan smiles insidiously. He covers his mouth and chuckles, ¡°Mommy is shy.¡± ire knows Conan is pretending. She res at him angrily and says, ¡°Conan! Shut up!¡± ¡°Haha, mommy is blushing.¡± Conan¡¯s little eyes narrow into a line. He looks very happy. ¡°You!¡± Conan begins to be naughty. ire knows he does it in front of Leo on purpose, but ire is more angry about it. ire tries to teach Conan a lesson, but Leo takes her hand. ¡°Don¡¯t lose your temper. You¡¯re not even as good as your son.¡± Leo says helplessly. ¡°Leo, how long do you know each other? Are you defending him?¡± ire stares at the father and son and is very angry. Leo doesn¡¯t know the truth, but they both satirize her. If Leo knows the truth, she will be killed by them! Leo shrugs and says helplessly, ¡°I know him longer than I know you. He came to thepany earlier than you...¡± Before Leo finishes speaking, ire stares at him. He says quickly, ¡°even though he is your son, I can¡¯t watch a child being bullied by you. You are too mean. How can you be his mommy?¡± I am forced by you! ire thinks angrily in her heart. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Fortunately, Conan doesn¡¯t talk anymore. Leo makes fun of her. ire has to shut up. ire is worried that Conan will inadvertently reveal their identity. At that time, even if she exins more, Leo can not help doubting. Leo stands up and picks up Conan and walks downstairs. ire walks beside him and asks, ¡°president, why are you so nice to him? I never hold him.¡± Leo is holding Conan¡¯s soft body. He somehow wants to be close to Conan. Hearing ire¡¯s words, he nces at her andughs at her. ¡°You say you are his mommy. No Mommy is so mean to her son.¡± ¡°What?¡± ire res at Leo and says, ¡°he¡¯s grown up and has hands and feet. He can walk by himself. Conan,e down!¡± With that, ire orders Conan. ¡°No, I want this uncle to hold me. Mommy doesn¡¯t hold me, but this uncle holds me.¡± For the first time, Conan is held in the arms by his own father. Even though he will be scolded by his mommy, he doesn¡¯t want toe down. ¡°Conan!¡± ire stares at him. She reaches out and tries to pull Conan out of Leo¡¯s arms. Leo dodges and doesn¡¯t give ire a chance. He says helplessly, ¡°well, don¡¯t be so strict with your child. Give him the right to rx asionally.¡± He seems to mean that she is too mean as a mother. Well, she¡¯spletely lost this time. If she continues to stop Conan, Leo will only feel that she is abusing her child again. If he takes Conan, it¡¯s not worth it. But looking at Leo and Conan¡¯s intimacy, she feels ufortable. She has been with Conan for five years. She is his mother. Why can Leo do what he wants when he appears? He¡¯s going to have to suffer to get his son. But seeing Conan¡¯s expression of enjoyment and Leo¡¯s smile, ire bes more and more unhappy. Then ire is even less happy. When they get in, Leo puts Conan in the passenger seat, while ire sits in the back seat. ¡°Hey.¡± ire, who is not willing to be lonely, shouts. She pulls Conan and says, ¡°follow me to the back. You will only affect Uncle Howard¡¯s driving here.¡± ¡°Ah? I won¡¯t affect Uncle Howard¡¯s driving. I¡¯ll sit still.¡± Conan blinks and says naively. ¡°Conan.¡± ire looks into his eyes calmly and there is a little threat in her eyes. This time she doesn¡¯t dare to bite her teeth and roar, or Leo will speak for Conan. To ire¡¯s surprise, even if she is calm, Leo will still speak for Conan. He looks at the twisted mother and son and says lightly, ¡°OK, ire, you hold him. You two can sit in the copilot together.¡± ¡°...¡± He is right. Then ire and Conan sit in the passenger seat. ire finds out after a while that Conan has a conspiracy to do so. He just wants her to sit with Leo. He¡¯s getting more and more mischievous. He has too many bad ideas. How to find a girl to like him later! ire holds Conan and secretly pinches Conan¡¯s little arm as a warning. Conan looks at his mommy wrongly. Isn¡¯t he doing good deeds? Why does Mommy me him? ire silently stares at Conan and beckons him to behave. If he does that next time, she won¡¯t let him see Leo. Conan has to sit still in tears. The atmosphere in the car is a little stiff. Leo nces at them and asks, ¡°your son is five years old. He is old enough to go to school. Why don¡¯t you send him to school?¡± ¡°He...¡± ire takes a look at Conan. Because of his natural intelligence, Conan has finished all the books he should have read. Chapter 257 Three members of one family Chapter 257 Three members of one family He¡¯s about to get a doctorate so he doesn¡¯t have to go to school at all. And he can¡¯t stand the low IQ of his peers. ire tried to send him to kindergarten, but in less than one morning, a teacher called her to say Conan was determined to leave and the kindergarten would not ept him. Hearing this, ire left her job and rushed to kindergarten. Later she learned that a child thought Conan was new and wanted to bully him, but he was teased by Conan. Conan told the public about his bad habit of sleeping at night and wetting his bed. The child was teased and cried by Conan. Then the teacher asked him to take an active part in the activities, but Conan just stood aside indifferently. He was not at all keen on the activities that children liked. When the teacher asked them to have lunch, Conan disliked the children who ate beside him with rice grains all over their mouths, so he put a cockroach in his bowl. ire was invited to the kindergarten by the teacher. The teacher told her that such a bad child could not be educated in kindergarten and persuaded her. ire wanted to hang Conan up and beat him. Of course, ire gave him a lesson when they got home. Conan, with a rare expression of seriousness, said proudly, ¡°they are stupid. I can¡¯t help trying to tease them. Mommy, I can¡¯t stand being with them. If you send me to kindergarten, I will be crazy!¡± ¡°...¡± Well, in the end, ire tried several times but Conan didn¡¯t change. ire had no choice but to let him study at home and y by himself. ire closes her eyes. As she reopens her eyes, she looks at Leo awkwardly and says, ¡°he¡¯s still young. I want to send him to school when he grows up.¡± Leo looks at ire and stops talking. He can¡¯t interfere in their family affairs. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Seeing this, Conan looks at ire with a smile. His little eyes are full of pride. ire stares at him, but she is helpless. In fact, it¡¯s good that he doesn¡¯t go to school. She saves a lot of money. ire has already had breakfast, but when they arrive at the restaurant introduced by Leo and ire takes a bite, she knows she will have more today. Conan also likes dumplings here. He keeps eating with his head down. He always wants to taste the dumplings here. When they were abroad, sometimes ire wanted to eat it, but he couldn¡¯t do it. Now he knows the taste. He can make better dumplings than here! They have a good time eating. Outsiders will think they are a family of three. Two of them know their rtionship, only Leo doesn¡¯t. It¡¯s almost noon after eating the dumplings. They don¡¯t have to have lunch. ire and Conan are full. Leo smiles at their faces and drives them back to the apartment. As soon as ire gets out of the car, she says to Leo, ¡°president, you can go back to work quickly. Today, I ask for leave. I¡¯ll go back to work tomorrow.¡± ¡°Shall I take you upstairs?¡± Leo sits in the driver¡¯s seat and asks. ¡°No, I¡¯m with Conan.¡± ire takes Conan¡¯s hand and says with a smile. Seeing this, Leo says goodbye to ire and Conan and watches them go upstairs. Leo thinks as he drives. Why is his name Conan? Who is his biological father? Why does he look like him? ire¡¯s description is a bit exaggerated and untrustworthy, and Leo is dubious and doesn¡¯t care. But why does he have the same surname as her mother? Leo doesn¡¯t believe his father¡¯s and mother¡¯s surnames are the same because the odds are too low. And Leo thinks ire¡¯s exnation may be false. So why did ire cheat him? He seems to have forgotten something. But Leo can¡¯t remember what it is. Leo recalls his conversation with ire this morning. All of a sudden he has a sh of inspiration. He ms the brakes and parks in the middle of the road. Despite the swearing of the car owner behind, a voice echoes in Leo¡¯s mind. When I find my son, I will go back to France. When I find my son, I will go back to France... Leo stares at the steering wheel. Suddenly he turns the steering wheel and goes back. Why does he forget such an important thing? Is ire cheating him to go back to France without telling him? Leo remembers what ire said when she rejected him. He remembers that she firmly said that she would leave him. Every conversation he has with ire came to him, and Leo thinks it is possible. As long as he thinks that ire might leave, Leo feels his heart ache! There¡¯s a voice in his heart telling him not to let ire go, absolutely not! Otherwise he will regret it! Leo speeds up on the road like crazy. No matter whether there is a red light in front or not, Leo turns a blind eye. Soon, Leo returns to ire¡¯s apartment downstairs. Before the car stops, Leo hurries upstairs. Conan is telling ire that Leo is good and he wants her to be with Daddy soon. ire stares at him angrily. Suddenly the door rings. ire has to get up and open the door, and Conan takes back his words. ire opens the door and they are both unprepared. All of a sudden, a man bursts in and holds ire in his arms. Conan subconsciously puts his hand on his watch. When he sees the person, he smiles again. Leo runs so fast that his heart thumps. He holds ire tightly in his arms and feels her body. He gradually reassures her and orders her, ¡°don¡¯t go!¡± ire is stunned by the sudden situation. She is held by Leo in a daze and does not move. Chapter 258 You can’t force me Chapter 258 You can¡¯t force me After a long time ire says, ¡°president, what happened? Why do youe back all of a sudden?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s voice, Leo gently lets go of her. He strokes his favorite cheek with his big hand and rubs her face gently. His deep eyes are a little different. ire doesn¡¯t understand what happened to Leo. He doesn¡¯t speak. She can¡¯t help but say cautiously, ¡°Leo? You...¡± Before ire finishes speaking, Leo suddenly blocks her mouth with a kiss. He puts one hand around ire¡¯s waist and one on the back of her head and lets her be closer to him. He deepens the kiss. For the first time, Conan sees his daddy kissing his mommy. He widens his eyes and watches for a while. He sneaks back to the room consciously and gives up the space to his mommy and daddy. It seems that it won¡¯t be long before daddy can be with mommy again. ire doesn¡¯t know what is going on, so she has no choice but to let Leo control her. She is kissed by Leo for a long time before Leo stops. Leo puts his forehead close to hers. The breath from his nose is sprayed on ire¡¯s mouth. She can not help but move her lips. Leo stares into ire¡¯s eyes and says seriously, ¡°ire, you are not allowed to leave! You have to stay with me all your life!¡± ire is puzzled by Leo¡¯s words. She can¡¯t help pushing Leo and asks, ¡°Leo, did you take the wrong medicine? Why do you say that?¡± Leo lets go of ire and looks at her and says solemnly, ¡°you said you¡¯d go back to France if you found your son.¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°...¡± ire freezes. She suddenly remembers that she has said such a thing. If Leo doesn¡¯t mention it, she will forget. Why does she forget? Isn¡¯t she longing for it all the time? Why doesn¡¯t she want to leave now? Why? ire is a little flustered. She doesn¡¯t even dare to look at Leo again. Seeing this, Leo reaches out and strokes her face. He makes her look into his eyes. Leo says affectionately, ¡°ire, promise me not to leave me, OK? Promise me.¡± Leo¡¯s low voice somehow seduces ire. Every time she hears Leo speak to her in such a low, hoarse voice, ire can¡¯t help but want to obey him absolutely. If she is not clear headed, she may nod and agree. But she can¡¯t. She can¡¯t forget who Leo is to her. ire doesn¡¯t respond so Leo taps her on the cheek. He puts his forehead close to hers again and looks her in the eye. He whispers, ¡°ire, will you promise me?¡± ¡°...¡± ire doesn¡¯t answer. ¡°If you don¡¯t answer, I think you agree.¡± Leo releases ire with relief. He smiles happily. ¡°ire, you can¡¯t leave me all your life. You promised me that.¡± ¡°When did I agree?¡± ire stares at Leo when she hears him. At the same time, she is flustered. She finds herself change. Her determination to return to France has be less determined. She wants to stay in the United States as if there is something worth caring about here. She can¡¯t do that. She said she would go back to France after finding her son. Why? When on earth has she changed? ¡°Your silence means your acquiescence. I think you agreed. You must not repent.¡± Leo says. ¡°You are unreasonable!¡± ire is flustered, but she can¡¯t help trying to contradict Leo. ¡°I even want to force you!¡± Leo is overbearing. That year he bought her for power and money and humiliated her at will. Does he want to control her like he did six years ago? ire looks at Leo coldly and asks calmly, ¡°president, haven¡¯t you thought about other people¡¯s feelings? You can¡¯t force me. You can¡¯t do that.¡± ¡°Can¡¯t I force you?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and doesn¡¯t believe it. He puts his hand behind ire¡¯s neck and kisses her on the lips. He says meaningfully, ¡°ire, you are voluntary.¡± ¡°Me!¡± ire stares at Leo. You force me. When did I volunteer? ire wants to retort, but it suddenly urs to her that her son is still here. They have been standing here for so long. Thinking of this, ire pushes Leo away and looks into the living room. Conan is not there. Leo detects ire¡¯s abnormality and looks into the living room. He finds Conan, who is supposed to be sitting on the sofa, not there. ire¡¯s actions remind him that he was so worried and scared when he came in that he didn¡¯t think of Conan here. Usually ire is alone at home and he is used to flirting with ire, so he didn¡¯t think much about it at that time. Now that kid is making room for them. Leo finds ire¡¯s son interesting. He smiles at ire and says, ¡°your son is very interesting.¡± ire nces at him and says proudly, ¡°he¡¯s my son.¡± At the same time, sheins in her heart. Conan doesn¡¯t help her when she is teased but runs away! ire has to teach him a lesson! ire pushes Leo away and goes straight to the sofa. She says, ¡°president, you stay in my house instead of going to work. Is that really good?¡± Just now he came back suddenly for some reason. Now he knows ire won¡¯t leave, so he¡¯s relieved. Leo thinks of something. He walks up to ire and casually says, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. There is a lot of work. I can go back to thepany and work. But you...¡± Leo looks at ire quietly and pauses. Chapter 259 He doesn’t need his father’s love Chapter 259 He doesn¡¯t need his father¡¯s love ire is most afraid of this. Leo¡¯s eyes make her particrly ufortable. ire asks uneasily, ¡°me? What happened to me?¡± Leo looks at her seriously for a long time. They have a long stand off. Leo chuckles and says, ¡°nothing. I just want to ask you where you found your son. Do you have any other friends in America?¡± ire is angry but helpless at Leo¡¯s actions. Does Conan inherit him so he likes to y tricks on people? He is serious one second, but he smiles at you the next. ire doesn¡¯t like to y tricks on people. ire gets nervous when Leo finishes, but she thinks she doesn¡¯t need to hide. She has friends in America like Kate and Bryce. But ire can¡¯t tell Leo. She can only vaguely say, ¡°yes, I do have friends in America. Before, my friend saw that my son looked like me, so he took him over and didn¡¯t tell me for a while. He came to my house several times and found that I was not at home and didn¡¯t have my cell phone number, so he had to wait until today to hand over my son to me.¡± ¡°Just like that?¡± Leo asks in surprise. Property ? N?velDrama.Org. ire looks at Leo and asks, ¡°or else it?¡± She can¡¯t say Luke took her son. Thinking about the reason why Luke took Conan, she has a headache. She knows that Luke is kind, so she doesn¡¯t me him. But she can¡¯t tell Leo, or he will suspect and she may be exposed. Leo thinks a lot had happened. ire looks calm so he can¡¯t doubt it. He can only say helplessly, ¡°well, what are you going to do in the future?¡± ¡°Future?¡± ire freezes. She hasn¡¯t thought about it yet. ¡°You said you refused me because you went back to America just to find your son. Now you find your son and you can¡¯t go back to France. Can you be with me?¡± Leo looks at ire and asks earnestly. ire doesn¡¯t really think about these things. When she was in France, she wanted to live in peace. She didn¡¯t want to marry anyone. She just wanted to quietly watch Conan grow up and get married. Then she could live a good life. This is the future she ns for herself, but unexpectedly, she underestimates Conan¡¯s demand for paternal love. She didn¡¯t expect Conan to be so eager to be with his daddy and he is so naughty. So her happy life is broken. She really doesn¡¯t figure out what she is going to do in the future. There will be many changes. Who can guarantee that things will remain the same? ire shakes her head helplessly and says regretfully, ¡°I don¡¯t know. Let it be.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you try with me?¡± Leo asks again. ire nces at Leo. She firmly refuses. ¡°No. I have made up my mind that I will never marry again in my life. I¡¯ll raise Conan. As long as he lives well, I¡¯m satisfied.¡± If Conan are here at the moment, he will be moved by ire¡¯s maternal love, but he is not here. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo can¡¯t help frowning. He looks at ire and says seriously, ¡°but Conan needs fatherly love. I am not his natural father, but I promise I will treat him as my own natural son.¡± Your own son? You deserve it? Even if it¡¯s true, she paid a lot for Conan. She looked after him at night when he couldn¡¯t sleep and cried. She raised Conan. She¡¯s been taking care of Conan! What did Leo give? He¡¯s here pretending that he¡¯s sacrificed a lot! ire doesn¡¯t need it! Leo doesn¡¯t deserve it! ¡°No, he doesn¡¯t need paternal love.¡± ire says coldly and firmly. ¡°Why not?¡± Leo frowns. He thinks of his childhood experience. He criticizes ire, ¡°you say I don¡¯t care how others feel. Have you considered your son¡¯s feelings? Do you want to make him feel inferior and ridiculed all his life?¡± ¡°Leo!¡± ire is upset by Leo¡¯s words. She suddenly gets up from the sofa and stares down at Leo angrily, ¡°this is my family business. It¡¯s none of your business!¡± ¡°Because it¡¯s your family business and I like you, I have to interfere!¡± Leo stands up, too. At first ire looks down on Leo, but now he looks down on ire. ire looks up at Leo, but she¡¯s not afraid at all. She yells, ¡°why? Leo, you¡¯re just an outsider in my eyes! As long as I don¡¯t agree, you have no right to interfere in my family affairs! You are not even my friend. Why are you here to educate me?¡± ¡°ire!¡± Leo roars and looks serious. He seems really angry. ¡°Why are you angry with me? You don¡¯t grow up in a single parent family. You don¡¯t understand the bitterness of children who grow up in a single parent family. You are very selfish now. You don¡¯t think about your son at all! ire, you are too childish!¡± ¡°...¡± ire purses her lips and stares at Leo. She tries to hold back her tears. She doesn¡¯t grow up in a single parent family? Ha? Ha ha, it¡¯s so funny. Who made her lose her mother when she was young? Doesn¡¯t she grow up in a single parent family? Even though her father married Jade when she was in college, she was still a child without a mother¡¯s love. Chapter 260 Deep pain Chapter 260 Deep pain Jade was mean and wanted to get her out of the house. She embezzled the property of her family. She didn¡¯t feel maternal love! Then her father was killed by him. He¡¯s the killer, but he¡¯s here to me her. He said she doesn¡¯t grow up in a single parent family and doesn¡¯t understand her son¡¯s suffering! Leo, you lost your memory, but you can¡¯t do what you want! I won¡¯t forgive you! ire tries to calm herself down. Only in this way can she restrain herself from pping Leo in the face. It¡¯s shameful! ire sneers and nces at Leo. She satirizes him, ¡°Leo, you¡¯re so domineering, because you want me to be with you. Don¡¯t think about it! I will never be with you!¡± ire¡¯s words are like a loud p in Leo¡¯s face. Leo looks at her coldly and asks, ¡°ire, do you think I¡¯m such a terrible person?¡± ¡°Yes, I think you are.¡± ire has found her son so she doesn¡¯t have to obey Leo. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ¡°...¡± Leo inhales and looks aside. He bites his lips and stops talking. At the same time, his heart hurts. Although he was a little selfish just now, he is really thinking about Conan. He likes ire, and ire obviously likes him a little. He doesn¡¯t understand what has been standing in the way between him and ire. There seems to be fog in front of Leo. He wants to reach out and poke it, but he¡¯s stuck in it and can¡¯t catch ire. What should he do to ire? Leo is silent for a long time and says, ¡°in that case, I have nothing to say.¡± Leo looks at ire seriously. ¡°I don¡¯t care what you are worrying about, but I have the patience to wait for you to tell me. I¡¯ll be waiting for you, ire.¡± ire nces at him and chuckles, but she doesn¡¯t speak. She¡¯s said it countless times. Leo doesn¡¯t listen to her. Now she has found her son. Whether she continues to work depends on her mood. As for the one million dors? Go to hell! Leo can sue her. If he dares to do so, their feelings will disappear. They are doomed to break up again. Leo is not in the mood to continue. He walks straight to the door. Before opening the door, he turns to look at ire again, warning, ¡°remember toe to work tomorrow, and don¡¯t let me find out that you have the idea of running away, or...¡± Leo doesn¡¯t continue. He snorts and opens the door and goes out. ire quietly looks at Leo¡¯s back. She is silent and thinking. There is a strange light in her eyes. After Leo leaves, Conanes out of the room. He hears the quarrel just now. He knows the love history of Mommy and Daddy, including all the truth. He mes his mommy for being stupid and hopes that Daddy can recover his memory and wake up his mommy. Of course, he can tell mommy the truth, but Mommy will only think that he makes up a lie for Daddy. Daddy has to tell Mommy the truth himself. Now he can only try to give his daddy and mommy the opportunity to get along alone. They quarreled just now but it can enhance their feelings. His stupid mommy is still clinging to the past. Sometimes, even Conan doesn¡¯t believe that he was born by mommy. She is too stupid. His IQ must be inherited from his father. Conan stands at the stairway and looks at ire, who is in a daze in the living room. He¡¯d better not annoy her at this time. He runs quickly back to the room. ire¡¯s back to her senses. She goes back to the room and looks at Conan, who is ying with the computer. She wants to teach him a lesson but she¡¯s not in the mood right now. At night, Conan is in ire¡¯s arms. He looks up and naively says to ire, ¡°Mommy, can you be with Daddy for Conan? Conan wants Daddy and Mommy to be happy.¡± Conan¡¯s words upset ire. But ire calms down when he finishes. ire smiles with relief. She touches Conan¡¯s head and asks tentatively, ¡°Conan, what if Mommy insists on taking you back to live in France?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll go back to America again until you¡¯re willing to be with Daddy.¡± Conan is outspoken. He has no disguise in front of ire. ire sighs. As expected, Conan is stubborn and he will not change his decision. She understands Conan¡¯s mood. As a child, he certainly wants to be loved by both his father and his mother. She thinks about what Leo said today. She thinks she is really selfish. She forces Conan to live in a world without her father¡¯s love. Leo is right. ire also wants to find Conan a daddy, but Conan only needs his own daddy. Conan¡¯s biological father is Leo. This is the key to the problem. She can¡¯t ept Leo. Everyone knows what rtionship Leo has with her. However, some people hope that she and Leo can forget the past and start again, such as Luke and her son. It¡¯s not easy to forget the past. She can forget all the bad things Leo did to her, including humiliation, but not the hatred of killing her father. Her father apanied her for twenty years. How does she forget? Only she knows her pain. But if she doesn¡¯t give Leo a chance, Conan will have to live forever without a father. It¡¯s too cruel for Conan¡¯s health. Leo killed her father, but Conan is her son. ire is in a real dilemma. ire is silent for a long time and sighs. She says, ¡°I see.¡± Chapter 261 Conan’s idea Chapter 261 Conan¡¯s idea ire¡¯s words move Conan. He breaks free from ire¡¯s arms. He sits in bed and looks at ire and asks earnestly and cheerfully, ¡°Mommy, have you agreed to Conan¡¯s request? Are you willing to be with Daddy atst?¡± ire covers Conan and says unhappily. ¡°When did I say that? I mean I¡¯ll stay with you in America for a while without taking you back to France. When you want to go, Mommy will go back with you.¡± Hearing this, Conan pouts and kicks wildly. He says arrogantly, ¡°I won¡¯t want to go. Mommy, if you¡¯re not with Daddy, I¡¯ll never want to go. I want Daddy. I want Daddy...¡± With that, Conan begins to beg ire in her arms. Conan is naive and stubborn. ire should have been angry, but she can¡¯t be angry after hearing him. ire¡¯s nose is a little sour. She choks and says, ¡°don¡¯t make any noise. Go to bed quickly. Tomorrow, Mommy will take you out to y.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ire¡¯s words sessfully distracts Conan¡¯s attention. He looks at ire with a little excitement and asks, ¡°with whom? Shall we go out with Daddy?¡± ¡°No!¡± ire pushes Conan''s head away with one finger. She says impatiently, ¡°you only care about your daddy. Do you still care about your mommy?¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°Haha...¡± After being med by ire, Conan smiles with no guilt. He looks at ire and says seriously, ¡°who says I don¡¯t care about my mommy? Look at my sincere eyes. Aren¡¯t you the only one who reflects in my eyes?¡± Conan is young but has a high Eq. He¡¯s like his daddy. Although ire is dissatisfied, she is still amused by Conan¡¯s words and deeds. She smiles and says, ¡°OK, don¡¯t y tricks. Fall asleep quickly. We¡¯re going out tomorrow.¡± ¡°OK...¡± Conan looks down. He stays in ire¡¯s arms for a while and looks up and says, ¡°but Mommy, you haven¡¯t told me who we¡¯re going out with yet.¡± ¡°A good friend of mine for many years. You will like her very much.¡± ire says with a smile. She promises Kate to show her her son after she finds him. Although they have met today, the atmosphere today was not very optimistic and ire didn¡¯t say much. Tomorrow ire will ask Kate why she went to Luke¡¯s house. Has their rtionship developed to the point that she does not know? As Kate¡¯s best friend, ire seldom sees Kate fall in love. She is not young but not married. ire is worried about Kate. Kate seems to have some idea about Luke. If she can, ire will help Kate and get her married earlier. Anyway, Luke is nice. ire falls asleep as she thinks happily. The next day they sleep until they wake up naturally. ire is woken up by Conan. She rubs her hair and sleepily goes to the bathroom to wash her face and brush her teeth. By the time shees out, Conan has dressed himself. ire can¡¯t help smiling. It¡¯s good to have a son with high intelligence. She doesn¡¯t have to worry about everything. ire lets Conan in to wash his face and brush his teeth. She changes her clothes and takes out her cell phone to call Kate. She wants her to go out with them today. However, Kate says she is not avable. ire hangs up and wrinkles her nose. Is Kate angry with her? Does she get angry because she didn¡¯t tell her Conan is Leo¡¯s son? ire thinks about it and thinks it is possible. Kate is very kind to her important friends. Whether they are right or wrong, she will defend them. Although she looks a little silly, Kate is righteous. She is not sensitive but straightforward. She is forthright and informal. She does not allow her friends to betray her, including to cheat her maliciously. So ire understands Kate a little. She is used to her temper. ire takes her phone back and thinks optimistically. It¡¯s okay. She can coax Kate with food. ire urges Conan. As soon as she puts down her mobile phone, it suddenly rings. ire looks at it in surprise and wonders if Kate is sorry. However, ire is in a bad mood when she sees the call reminder. It turns out to be Leo. ¡°Leo? What do you want?¡± ire doesn¡¯t work in thepany so she doesn¡¯t call him president. ¡°Why don¡¯t youe to work?¡± Leo asks. ire raises her eyebrows. She decides not to go to work after Leo left yesterday. She expects Leo¡¯s reaction. She says defiantly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I won¡¯t go to work in the future. I said you can¡¯t stop me if I want to leave.¡± ¡°You want to leave? You want to leave without paying me the penalty. Can you afford the consequences?¡± Leo¡¯s voice is clearly upset. ¡°Really?¡± ire sits casually in bed and says, ¡°but I learned yesterday that there is no penalty for employees leaving thepany. Obviously you made it up and threatened me! Leo, I don¡¯t believe your threat. It doesn¡¯t work for me!¡± ¡°...¡± When ire finishes, Leo is silent. Then ire hears Leo making a call. He seems to pick up another phone and make a phone call. ire can¡¯t help wondering. Although she doesn¡¯t know what Leo wants to do, she listens quietly and doesn¡¯t hang up. The phone is soon put through. ire doesn¡¯t know what they say. She just hears Leo say simply, ¡°I want a rule in ourpany¡¯s employee handbook right now. Anyone who has been in thepany for less than one year needs to pay $1 million in liquidated damages if he wants to leave. Do you hear me clearly?¡± After a while, Leo hangs up and slowly says to ire, ¡°now it¡¯s true. ire, where¡¯s your penalty?¡± Chapter 262 Conan helps them Chapter 262 Conan helps them ire listens to the whole process and says angrily, ¡°Leo! You are shameless!¡± ¡°I am shameless.¡± Leo confesses, ¡°but for you I can change thepany¡¯s rules or be the enemy of otherpanies. I don¡¯t care. ire, you can¡¯t leave me!¡± Leo¡¯s powerful words linger in ire¡¯s ears. She clenches her lower lip in anger. Her heart is angry again, and she has a different mood. ire might have been moved by Leo¡¯s words before, but now Leo is threatening her! ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ire is shaking with rage, and her voice can¡¯t help shouting, ¡°Leo! Don¡¯t go too far!¡± ¡°Do I go too far?¡± Leo¡¯s tone is unpredictable and domineering. Leo asks, ¡°ire, ask yourself if I¡¯m bad to you. Why do you always hide from me? Am I a beast that scares you so much?¡± You are a beast! You¡¯re a jerk! ire doesn¡¯t scold him. She just hangs up. At this time, Conanes out of the toilet. He looks at ire and asks, ¡°Mommy, who called you? Why are you so angry?¡± ¡°A bastard!¡± ire says angrily. There is a sh of light in Conan¡¯s eyes. There is a little smile on his lips but he doesn¡¯t speak. It must have been Daddy who called mom, so she is so angry. It shows that Mommy cares about him, otherwise why does Mommy have to be angry with a stranger? As soon as ire finishes speaking, the doorbell rings. She freezes for a moment and wonders who it is. Then she goes out of the bedroom and goes to the door. ire sees Leo out of the door through the lens! ire is startled by the sudden appearance of Leo. She hung up less than a minute ago, but Leo shows up at her door. What happened? ording to the situation just now, he should be working in the office of thepany. Why is he here! ire turns and leans against the door. She doesn¡¯t dare to open the door for fear that Leo will drag her away. ire doesn¡¯t open the door, so Leo keeps ringing the doorbell. Finally Conan can¡¯t helping out and asking, ¡°Mommy, why don¡¯t you open the door? Isn¡¯t someone ringing the doorbell?¡± ire nces at Conan in rm and says, ¡°there is a bad guy outside. Mommy can¡¯t open the door!¡± ¡°Bad guy?¡± Conan takes a puzzled look at ire, but he knows that it is Daddy outside, otherwise ire won¡¯t be so afraid. Thinking that Daddy is outside, Conan wants to open the door. He thinks of a way and says, ¡°Mommy, since it¡¯s a bad guy, let¡¯s call the police. It¡¯s not good to bete.¡± With that, Conan takes ire to the bedroom. ¡°No, we can¡¯t call the police.¡± ire calms down and swallows. She stops Conan and says, ¡°we can¡¯t call the police.¡± Conan raises his eyebrows and takes a look at the distance between him and the door. Conan suddenly runs to the door. Before ire can respond, he opens the door. ¡°Conan!¡± ire watches in shock as Conan runs to the door and quickly opens it. She can¡¯t stop him. Looking at Leo¡¯s figure at the door, ire is angry and annoyed. Conan helps him. She has to beat him and teach him a lesson! Leo takes a grateful look at the little Conan. Then he stares at ire and stands there without saying a word. A silent war is about to begin. Finally, ire goes to the door and tries to close it again. Leo holds ire¡¯s hand on the doorknob and pulls her out of the door with a little effort. ¡°Leo, it is day. What do you want to do?¡± ire turns anger into stubbornness. She stares at Leo and says defiantly. ¡°Follow me to work.¡± Leo takes ire¡¯s hand and tries to drag her to the elevator. Thinking of Conan, ire can¡¯t help shouting, ¡°Leo, are you crazy! My son is still at home!¡± Hearing ire, Leo stops. He looks at Conan and ire. Atst he says seriously, ¡°would you like to go to work with me?¡± ire thinks Leo is really crazy. He does such a thought-provoking thing to get her to work. ire can¡¯t understand Leo¡¯s thoughts, but now she can¡¯t refuse Leo at all. She can¡¯t let Leo do what he wants. ire thinks for a moment and says firmly, ¡°I can go back to work, but you have to raise my sry by 80%, or I won¡¯t go back!¡± 80%! ire¡¯s sry is quite good. Now her monthly ie is equal to that of the owner of a small shop! But Leo agrees without thinking. ¡°Well, you can improve as much as you want.¡± He can even support her. ire didn¡¯t expect Leo to agree easily. She wants to embarrass Leo, so she can¡¯t help but say, ¡°besides, I have to sleep until I wake up naturally and go to work every day. Can you agree?¡± She¡¯s totally embarrassing him. No employee dare to tell the boss about his requirements. Leo doesn¡¯t speak, so ire adds, ¡°if you agree, I¡¯ll go back to work. If you disagree, today I¡¯ll say on the street that the president of Howard Group forces others to work.¡± ire looks determined and arrogant. She wants Leo to step back. However, Leo is calm. When ire finishes, he nods and says, ¡°OK, I agree.¡± ¡°You...¡± This time, ire is shocked. She makes a lot of unreasonable demands, but Leo agrees. How could Leo be so good? Chapter 263 The mother is unqualified Chapter 263 The mother is unqualified He is willing to bow his head in order to get her back to work. ire really can¡¯t understand Leo¡¯s idea, but Leo agrees so she can¡¯t continue to embarrass him. ire is very satisfied and can¡¯t help smiling, ¡°OK, but we just got up and didn¡¯t have breakfast. I¡¯ll have breakfast before I go to work.¡± No matter what ire asks, Leo calmly agrees. Leo beckons Conan toe and take them to breakfast nearby. In the car, ire takes Conan to sit in the back seat. Conan whispers in her ear, ¡°Mommy, do you know you were so cocky that people wanted to beat you up?¡± ire nces at him and reaches out and makes a movement to sew his mouth. There is a threat in her eyes. Conan makes a movement to sew his mouth, too. He sits quietly aside and stops talking. It¡¯s a little too quiet now. Leo takes them to a nearby breakfast shop for breakfast. After breakfast, Leo looks at Conan and asks, ¡°Conan, Mommy will go to workter. How about you? Do you want to go to work with Mommy? You don¡¯t need to be alone at home and bored.¡± Going to work with Mommy? He¡¯ll stand in their way between Mommy and Daddy. Conan shakes his head and refuses, ¡°no, I¡¯d better stay at home alone and wait for Mommy toe home.¡± Although it¡¯s for Mommy¡¯s sake, Leo only thinks Conan is smart and sensible. He thinks the child is a talent. Leo smiles and asks, ¡°do you want to be at home alone? What do you have for lunch? What do you do when you are hungry?¡± After Leo asks, Conan just smiles, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. I¡¯ll order myself.¡± Conan¡¯s words make Leo frown. He asks uneasily, ¡°what if you were kidnapped by the delivery man? Your mommy will be worried about you.¡± At Leo¡¯s words, Conan nces at ire. She is having breakfast and doesn¡¯t worry about him at all. ire calmly eats breakfast and turns a deaf ear to Leo¡¯s words. When they were in France, Conan was at home alone. He cooked and yed by himself. If she takes him to work, he will give her trouble. ire doesn¡¯t speak and Conan naively says to Leo, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. This is not the first time. I will protect myself.¡± ¡°This is not the first time?¡± Conan¡¯s words make Leo more worried. At the same time he looks at ire discontentedly and thinks that she is so unreliable that she often leaves her son at home alone and goes to work without any guilt. He said that a woman can¡¯t take care of her child alone. If she is not free, she should at least have a babysitter to look after the child. ire is not qualified as a mother. But it¡¯s toote to have a babysitter today. He can¡¯t find the right person until tomorrow. ire can safely keep the child at home, but he can¡¯t. Leo insists, ¡°Conan, you cane to mypany today. Mypany is very big. You can go anywhere you want.¡± Conan wants to refuse, but when he hears that he can go anywhere he wants, he suddenlyes up with an idea. Conan smiles slyly. ¡°OK, thank you Uncle Howard!¡± At the same time, Conan iscent. He can carry out his n. He wants the wholepany to know that ire has a lovely son. He wants to let Leo¡¯s fiancee know by the way that her position is no longer stable. Since Leo is willing to let a child go to thepany and allow him to hang around, it shows that he is very important. His eyes are very simr to Leo¡¯s, so Conan believes that he can create a storm in the company. In this way, the chances of harmony between Mommy and Daddy are greatly increased. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ire turns a deaf ear to Leo, but Conan¡¯s words stun her. She looks at Conan and wants to know what he wants to do. Conan usually doesn¡¯t like to go where there are many people. At first he refuses, but now he suddenly agrees. He must be trying to y tricks. However, in the face of ire¡¯s eyes, Conan just gives her a naughty smile, which makes ire feel ominous. But Leo is there, and she doesn¡¯t ask much. After breakfast, Leo takes them to thepany. Although they take the president¡¯s elevator directly, when they walk into Howard Group, they attract a lot of people¡¯s attention. Feeling other people¡¯s surprised eyes, ire suddenly understands why Conan agreed. It turns out he wants to show off! His face is like ire¡¯s. His eyes are like Leo¡¯s. No matter where the three of them go, they will be mistaken for a family of three. A lot of employees begin to talk in private. Some suspects ire is Leo¡¯s mistress and shees to thepany with her son to show off. Some wonder why Conan looks like them and what their rtionship is. Everyone is doubting and discussing, but in front of Leo, they can¡¯t make a sound. They doesn¡¯t dare to discuss it quietly until Leo leaves. The explosive news is so shocking. After a while, the wholepany know that Leoes to the company with a child simr to him and ire, but they don¡¯t know why he does it. Leo sees their thoughts in their eyes and is a little smug. It¡¯s a good feeling. Some people think they are like a family. Suchments give him great satisfaction. Anyway, ire will be his wife sooner or later. Leo and Conan are very satisfied. Only ire is unhappy. She regrets it. She shouldn¡¯t have let Conan come here. She didn¡¯t think of the possibility before! God, she used to be considered a mistress. Now Conan¡¯s appearance convinces them that she is a mistress. Chapter 264 Father and son playing tricks on Mommy Chapter 264 Father and son ying tricks on Mommy Whether she was Leo¡¯s wife or not, he has a fiancee now. He takes them to thepany. There are a lot of Tracy¡¯s spies in thepany. ire thinks she¡¯ll be in trouble for some time toe! Tracy is sure toe and embarrass her when she knows it. No matter how she exins it, she can¡¯t exin why Conan looks like them. ire has a headache at the thought of what might happen. They reach the floor where they work. ire finally doesn¡¯t have to put up with the surprise of the employees. ire has Conan stay with her and not go anywhere. Leo looks at ire¡¯s small Secretary Desk and says to Conan, ¡°Conan,e to my office. It¡¯s spacious andfortable and it has food.¡± ¡°Really? Great!¡± In order not to be around ire and not to be med by her, Conan quickly smiles happily. ¡°Come here.¡± Leo smiles and waves to Conan, but ire stops him. ¡°Leo! Enough. Is he my son or your son? How can you care more about him than I do!¡± ire says discontentedly. Conan looks back and forth between Leo and ire. He thinks I¡¯m the son of both of you. Don¡¯t argue. Leo chuckles and jokes, ¡°if I can, I¡¯d like him to be my son.¡± You¡¯ll be mine then. ire nces at him. He is shameless! ¡°Conan,e here.¡± ire stares at Conan and threatens him with her eyes. She can¡¯t control Leo, but can¡¯t she control Conan? Conan hesitates. To be honest, he really doesn¡¯t want to go there. Conan looks reluctant. ire says angrily, ¡°don¡¯t you listen to me?¡± Maybe Conan thinks that he has done a lot of pranks recently and always makes Mommy angry. Atst Conan wants to go to ire. However, as soon as he takes a step, Leo holds his hand. Conan looks up at his daddy in surprise. Leo assures him and says seriously to ire, ¡°I¡¯m going to take him into my office. This is the boss¡¯s order. If you feel bored outside, you can work in my office.¡± With that, Leo takes Conan and walks into the office without looking back. ¡°Leo!¡± ire stands up angrily from her position and roars at Leo¡¯s back. Leo doesn¡¯t care about her at all. He walks into the office without looking back and closes the door. ire stares at the door and is very angry. Conan and Leo ignore her! They are both domineering and yful. She¡¯s going to be pissed off by them! Does she still have a ce? ire is angry but helpless with Leo. All her methods are now blocked by Leo. ire has no idea. What should she do? Does she have to be so passive? ire thinks about it all morning but doesn¡¯te up with a solution. It isn¡¯t until lunch that Leo and Conane out of the office. ire doesn¡¯t know what they talked about. They look more like a father and son. ire has been with Conan for five years. She is very angry now. Her son is about to be taken away! Leo takes Conan to the front desk of the secretary and ignores her anger. He says lightly, ¡°you¡¯ve been angry all morning. You must be hungry. Let¡¯s eat out.¡± Conan happily echoes Leo¡¯s words. He smiles happily at ire and says, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t be angry. If you keep angry, you will be an old woman with wrinkles. Let¡¯s go. Uncle Howard said he will treat us to a big meal.¡± ¡°...¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ire res at them. They know she is angry but they don¡¯t listen to her. They seem to be coaxing a child! Don¡¯t get the situation wrong! They can¡¯t hear ire¡¯s roar because they have reached the elevator and are waiting for ire. ire takes a deep breath and tries to calm down, or she will die of anger one day. She chooses to ignore them. As long as she ignores them, they won¡¯t go too far. Then, as ire thinks, as long as she ignores their words and deeds, she is not very angry. It seems that ignorance is a state. ire thinks she should always ignore them. But Conan seems to have been born to torture her. When she chooses to ignore them, Leo and Conan are nice to ire at lunch. They serve her and ask her if the food is delicious. The result is... ¡°OK, you can do whatever you want. Continue to have lunch. Leave me alone!¡± ire shouts. Leo and Conan look triumphant. They were bored in the office, so they bet who can get rid of ire¡¯s anger first. It seems that they both won at the same time. ire knows she is being teased again. She can¡¯t help but heave a sigh. What did she do wrong? They have lunch in harmony. But by this time, the storm has gradually hit the three of them. When they get back to thepany, ire get used to their bad character. She treats thempletely as air and lets them do whatever they want. Whenever there is a disagreement, ire chooses to shut up. Because she knows they will tease her together. ire feels that her ce in Conan¡¯s heart has changed. She has a hard time raising him, but she is not as good as a daddy he has been with for two days. She¡¯s so sad. The three of them return to thepany. There is something strange about the faces of the employees. They seem to be sympathizing or gloating. Chapter 265 Tracy’s here Chapter 265 Tracy¡¯s here ire is confused but walks quietly beside Leo. The elevator reaches the floor where they work. As soon as the elevator door opens, they see Tracy sitting in the middle of the corridor. She brought in a chair and was sitting there facing the elevator. Sheys down her legs as soon as she sees them. She looks angry but doesn¡¯t lose her temper. She comes up to them and looks at Leo and smiles, ¡°Leo, you¡¯re back.¡± Leo¡¯s smile fades when he sees her. He nods deadpan, ¡°yes.¡± Tracy looks at Conan in the middle and sneers. She looks at Leo and asks, ¡°is this your son?¡± Leo looks at Tracy coldly and asks, ¡°Why are you here?¡± However, everyone knows why Tracy came to thepany. What¡¯s even more chilling for Leo is that she knows about it in just one morning. What does it prove? It proves that there are many of her spies in hispany. Hispany bes Tracy¡¯s tool for monitoring him. Tracy¡¯s words and deeds are equivalent to challenging Leo¡¯s bottom line. Tracy gives ire a cold look and despises her. She looks at Leo and sneers, ¡°Leo, I have something to talk to you. Are you free now?¡± Leo says coldly, ¡°I happen to have something to talk to you.¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Tracy nces down at Conan and says arrogantly, ¡°let¡¯s go.¡± She turns around and heads for Leo¡¯s office. Things are getting worse. ire¡¯s heart is heavy. She didn¡¯t expect Conan to juste to thepany to y, but Tracy knows about it. She didn¡¯t think of it. She forgot that Conan looks like them and that¡¯s why things havee to this point. ire looks uneasily at Leo. Leo looks at ire calmly and reassures her. Then he squats down and touches Conan¡¯s head andforts him, ¡°Conan, don¡¯t worry. Uncle and aunt want to talk. Will you y with mommy first?¡± Conan knows what is going to happen, but he is not afraid at all. He smiles calmly and naively, ¡°Okay, don¡¯t worry about Conan.¡± ¡°Good.¡± Leo smiles and stands up to take a look at ire. Then he goes into the office in silence. When Tracy and Leoe into the office, Conan and ire stand still. ire¡¯s a little flustered. What should she do? If she has known this would happen, she shouldn¡¯t have let Conane to the company. She¡¯s in trouble again. But Conan is calm. He takes ire¡¯s hand and smiles mysteriously. ¡°Come with me, Mommy.¡± With that, he takes ire and runs to the front desk. He turns on ire¡¯sputer. Less than a minute later, Conan takes out a pair of headphones and plugs them into the console. He and ire put on the headphones. Then Conan quickly hits the code on the keyboard. In less than a few seconds, soundes out of the headphones. Conan smiles treacherously. ire wants to ask what he is doing. Suddenly she hears a sharp roar from her headphones, ¡°Leo! Who is the woman and the child outside? Is she your mistress?¡± ire freezes. Tracy is the owner of the shrill voice. She gives Conan a suspicious look. Conan smiles treacherously and motions with her eyes to continue listening. ire has to listen carefully. Tracy¡¯s reaction is intense but in response to her voice is a broken ss. Leo may m the ss down angrily. Leo says angrily, ¡°Tracy! I want to ask how many spies you have arranged in ourpany! I don¡¯t know that Wilson Group is so powerful that it has reached into mypany!¡± ¡°Leo...¡± Tracy is obviously shocked by Leo¡¯s reaction. She freezes for seconds. Then she reacts and yells at Leo, ¡°Leo! Don¡¯t talk nonsense. Why do you and ire have such a big son? Is she your old lover? You can¡¯t forget her, can you?¡± Hearing the conversation, ire can imagine how intense the scene is. ire imagines their wonderful expressions and her heart beats fast. It¡¯s the first time for her to do this kind of furtive thing. At the same time, she looks forward to how Leo will respond to their rtionship. Will he admit it or deny it directly? Leo grunts after hearing Tracy. He quips, ¡°aren¡¯t you very capable? Why don¡¯t you check if ire and I have an old rtionship? You¡¯d better find evidence. When you find out that ire¡¯s son is my son, me me!¡± ¡°Evidence? Isn¡¯t the photo of thest time you went to City B evidence?¡± Tracy has a bad temper. Usually, she is willing to be obedient because she likes Leo. In fact, she is a runaway wild horse at home and no one can tame her. Now Leo dares toe to the company with her lover and son and disgrace her. Tracy, of course, can¡¯t stand it. Today, even if they quarrel, she wants Leo to exin it to her. ¡°Really?¡± Leo¡¯s voice sounds much calmer and more confident. He says with a smile. ¡°What if it¡¯s true? Miss Wilson, are you going to break up with me?¡± ¡°Break up?¡± Tracy seems to have been hit. She yells, ¡°Leo, have you made this n for a long time? You purposely went to City B on business with this woman and today you purposely brought your lover and son to thepany. You want to force me to tell my father to break up my engagement with you.¡± Chapter 266 They are like a family Chapter 266 They are like a family ¡°Leo, I¡¯m engaged to you. You¡¯re cheating!¡± Leo says coldly, ¡°so what? Tracy, do you think I¡¯m going to marry a woman who¡¯s wary of her fiance? Stop dreaming. If you want to cancel the engagement, I can agree at any time! Although Wilson Group helped me, I won¡¯t let you ckmail me at will!¡± ¡°Leo!¡± Tracy sounds like she is hit. ire can¡¯t stand hearing this. ording to Leo, she is a mistress who breaks other people¡¯s engagement. She doesn¡¯t want to embarrass herself. ire tries to pull the headphones off, but Conan stops her. He shakes his head and motions for her to continue listening. Seeing this, ire has no choice but to continue listening to the quarrel between the two people in the office. ¡°Leo! I know men like freshness and nostalgia, but I don¡¯t mind. I won¡¯t break my engagement with you! I believe that after a while, you will be bored with that old woman! Then you wille back to me!¡± Tracy finally chooses topromise. Her voice is determined and approaching. Conan may have put the monitor at Leo¡¯s desk. ¡°I don¡¯t care. As long as I don¡¯t break my engagement, I¡¯m your fiancee!¡± Their voices gradually be clear. Leo sneers and warns, ¡°if I find out again that you arrange spies in mypany, you don¡¯t need to talk nonsense. I will tell your father directly that I want to cancel my engagement with you! Tracy, I want you to know what my bottom line is!¡± ¡°Leo...¡± Tracy¡¯s voice bes soft and aggrieved. ¡°Get out of here! Stay away from me!¡± Leo sounds disgusted. It seems that Tracy tries to seduce him but fails. Leo says coldly, ¡°I warn you not to hurt them. If I know, I¡¯ll get back at you and Wilson Group!¡± ¡°Leo! Is that woman really important to you?¡± Tracy says incredulously. ¡°It¡¯s none of your business!¡± Leo says coldly. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°...¡± Atst they talk but ire pulls the earphone off and doesn¡¯t want to listen any more. It doesn¡¯t make any sense what it turns out to be. Tracy will hate them. Every woman can¡¯t stand her husband having a mistress. What¡¯s more, that woman has a son! Every woman is not indifferent to it. Even ire can¡¯t ept this matter of principle. ire doesn¡¯t care if they will get divorced or Leo values them. ire is afraid her son will be hurt by Tracy. She looks at Conan, uneasy. Conan may feel ire¡¯s uneasiness. He also takes off the headphones and takes ire¡¯s hand. He seems to give her strength in silence. ire bends and puts Conan in herp. She hugs him and thinks, Conan, Mommy won¡¯t let you get hurt. Mommy will definitely protect you. Conan hugs ire in silence. He guesses ire¡¯s concerns, but he is especially confident in his own safety. With his intelligence, ordinary people can¡¯t hurt him at all. Conan is just worried that because of it, Mommy and Daddy have a gap. Just then the door of the office is suddenly opened. ire releases Conan and looks in the direction of the office. Tracyes out angrily. She looks at the front desk of the secretary and stares at ire. She seems to be threatening her! Then her high heels hit the floor hard. She swaggers to the elevator. After Tracy leaves, Leoes out of the office. He recovers the gentleness he has only when he faces ire and Conan. He doesn¡¯t know that ire and Conan have heard everything that happened. It seems that nothing happened just now. Leo smiles and says to Conan, ¡°do you want to y in my office? There¡¯s the book you didn¡¯t finish reading this morning.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Conan smiles happily. He climbs off ire¡¯sp and runs to Leo. Since Leo thinks nothing has happened, he can pretend that he doesn''t know anything and continue to maintain a rxed rtionship between them. ire watches anxiously as Conan follows Leo into the office. Before he leaves, Leo reassures her with his eyes and smiles. However, only ire knows how worried she is about Conan¡¯s safety. She knows what kind of woman Tracy is. She is vengeful and possessive and vain. You can¡¯t offend such women because they will use the most despicable means to achieve their goals. She has to find a way. ... ire thinks all afternoon but doesn¡¯te up with a way. She wants to leave Leo directly, but she thinks of Conan¡¯s request. But if she doesn¡¯t leave, she can¡¯te up with a good solution. ire is upset. They have dinner together in the evening. In this way, ire has the illusion that they are a family. Although it¡¯s true, she can¡¯t admit it! After dinner, Leo wants to go back to the apartment with them, but ire refuses. Leo has been so close to themtely. Others will talk about them. Their behavior today is misunderstood. She can¡¯t make people think she¡¯s Leo¡¯s mistress. She knows Leo¡¯s mind. He hopes for such a result. So she can promise to be with him, but ire can¡¯t. She has to control how often Leo meets them, or sooner orter they will really be together. At that time, she will hate herself. Chapter 267 Conan’s godfather is back Chapter 267 Conan¡¯s godfather is back ire is adamant and Leopromises. He takes ire and Conan to the door and turns back to the elevator. He smiles and waves goodbye to them. ire smiles and waves. She takes a deep breath when the elevator door closes. Leo finally leaves. She spends a lot of energy dealing with him. ire takes out the key and opens the door. She looks down and changes her shoes, but she doesn¡¯t see Conan freeze when hees in. After she changes her shoes, Conan suddenly rushes to the sofa and shouts happily, ¡°Godfather! You¡¯re back home, too!¡± ¡°Ha ha, Conan, long time no see.¡± A maic voice bursts outughing. ire freezes at the sound. She slowly looks up and watches in shock as Juan picks up Conan happily. He¡¯s holding Conan high and turning around. They haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time and are very happy. ire sees them in the distance like a beautifulndscape. ire¡¯s a little nervous. She doesn¡¯t know why Juan chooses toe to her at this time. Juan is tired and puts down Conan. He squats down and pinches Conan¡¯s nose. He smiles and says to Conan, ¡°Conan, you are not obedient. You went back to America without telling Mommy and Godfather. Should I spank you?¡± Only in front of Juan, Conan is like a real child, because Juan gives him the rare father love when he is young and lets Conan have the goal of looking forward. For Conan, Juan is like his father. Of course it was when he didn¡¯t know he has a biological father. Although heter knew that Leo is his daddy, Conan¡¯s respect for Juan is still indispensable. Now Juan is holding his nose. He pushes Juan¡¯s big hand with his little hand and says, ¡°godfather, I know I¡¯m wrong. Don¡¯t pinch. I can¡¯t breathe.¡± ¡°Then I should punish you.¡± Juan says seriously. ¡°Godfather...¡± Juan is serious, so Conan looks at him tearfully and tries to make him feel sorry for him. ¡°Ha ha, don¡¯t be aggrieved. People will think I hit you.¡± Juanughs and lets go of the hand that is pinching Conan¡¯s nose. He puts him on hisp. Juan doesn¡¯t look like a boss at the moment. He is as amiable as a father to Conan. ire freezes for a long time. She walks slowly towards them and says, ¡°Juan...¡± With that, Juan smiles and looks at her. He says apologetically, ¡°ire, I¡¯m sorry. I broke into your house again without permission. Are you angry?¡± Juan¡¯s words remind ire of the embarrassing topic they hadst met. She wants to talk but is interrupted by Conan. ¡°Again?¡± Conan looks at Juan suspiciously. ¡°Godfather, have you been back home for a long time? So why don¡¯t youe to see Conan earlier?¡± Juan rubs his hair punitively and scolds him, ¡°because you are naughty and ran to Mommy¡¯s friend¡¯s house. Your mommy and Godfather can¡¯t find you.¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°Haha, I¡¯m wrong.¡± Conan smiles mischievously. He sticks out his tongue to show his innocence. ¡°...¡± ire stands by and doesn¡¯t know what to say. Juan takes a look at ire, and there is a strange sh in her eyes. He asks quietly, ¡°have you had dinner?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ire nods awkwardly. When she faces Juan, she always feels that she can not lift her head and is very sorry for him. What will he think if he knows they had dinner with Leo just now? However, Juan¡¯s expression does not change. He says regretfully, ¡°It¡¯s a pity I¡¯ve been waiting for you toe back so I haven¡¯t had dinner yet. ire, can you cook dinner for me?¡± ¡°Ah?¡± ire is a little surprised. Before ire can speak, Conan says, ¡°Godfather, you let Mommy cook dinner for you. Don¡¯t you ever know her cooking?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say that.¡± Juan says a little reproachfully, ¡°your mommy is really good at cooking. You are picky.¡± ¡°What? Her cooking...¡± Conan wants to retort, but when he sees Juan''s eyes, he shuts up. Only Juan in the world can subdue Conan. They are talking all the time and ire is standing there and a little embarrassed. Juan and Conan used to talk like this, but now she thinks she¡¯s redundant. ire says helplessly, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll make dinner for you. But I can¡¯t guarantee the taste.¡± ¡°It¡¯s OK. As long as you make it, I¡¯ll eat it.¡± Juan smiles mildly at ire. ¡°Can I cook you a bowl of noodles?¡± ire tries to talk to him in the same tone as before. ¡°I don¡¯t mind.¡± Juan says with a smile and looks at her affectionately. ire is disappointed to see that. The way they talk can go back to the past, but they can¡¯t go back or think that nothing has happened. ire is a little frustrated but she doesn¡¯t know what to say. She has to turn around and walk into the kitchen and cook dinner for Juan. Looking at the way they get along, Conan feels a little strange. He feels that they are speaking less naturally than before. Why does Mommy look so stiff? Conan is confused but doesn¡¯t think much about it. He continues to chat with Juan and asks when he returned home. Juan turns his attention to Conan andughs and chats with him. irees out of the kitchen with two dishes. Juan jokes, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to care about me. You don¡¯t really just give me a bowl of noodles.¡± ¡°Come on,¡± ire tries to get back to her normal voice. She doesn¡¯t want the atmosphere to be too awkward or Conan to see the difference. She jokingly says to Juan, ¡°if I only made you a bowl of noodles, Conan won¡¯t spare me. He cares more about you than me.¡± Chapter 268 Claire, stay with me Chapter 268 ire, stay with me Juan smiles and touches Conan¡¯s head. He says happily, ¡°Conan is very smart. You should praise him.¡± Conan, touched by Juan, smiles smugly and agrees. ire pretends to be unbearable. She says, ¡°you eat first. I¡¯ll go to the room and change.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Juan calmly picks up the bowl and starts eating. Conan sits on the other side watching him eat. They chat from time to time. Seeing this, ire goes back to her room. No matter what Juan is here for today, they are getting along like they were in France. She has no reason to refuse Juan¡¯s arrival. ire puts on her pajamas and waits in the room for a while before she is ready to go out. As soon as she reaches the corridor, she sees Juaning in surprise. ¡°Juan, you...¡± ire is a little surprised. Why isn¡¯t he eating? Juanughs at ease. He says to ire, ¡°ire, I have something to discuss with you. Let¡¯s go into your room.¡± ¡°OK...¡± In spite of the foreboding, ire takes Juan into the room and asks him, ¡°what¡¯s the matter?¡± ire doesn¡¯t believe Juanes to her apartment and avoids Conan and talks to her for no reason. ire asks Juan so he says, ¡°I want to get Conan and you to my house.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ire doesn¡¯t respond. She looks at Juan in shock and doesn¡¯t seem to believe what he says. Why do they have to move to his house? Juan is much calmer. He raises his eyebrows and looks at ire and asks in surprise, ¡°didn¡¯t you say you will go back to France when you find Conan? As far as I know, you found him yesterday. I don¡¯t think you want to go back to France so I¡¯d better get you to my house. We can take care of each other.¡± She did, but... Thinking of Conan¡¯s request, she can¡¯t leave. Conan wants her to make up with Leo. Although ire is reluctant, she can pretend in front of Conan. She is thinking about how to turn down Juan¡¯s invitation. Juan says, ¡°are you going to tell me that you are in love with Leo in this period?¡± ire inhales and looks at Juan in shock. Juan seems to be threatening her. If she refuses Juan, it means she likes Leo and doesn¡¯t want to go with him. But if she doesn¡¯t refuse, she¡¯s really leaving Leo forever. She knows Juan. He hates Leo and will definitely not allow her to see Leo again. ire is in a dilemma. ire is silent and Juan taunts her. ¡°ire, am I right? Are you in love with Leo? Didn¡¯t you say he is the one you hate the most?¡± ¡°...¡± ire bites her lip and hesitates to say yes to Juan. In fact, Juan has a point. Why doesn¡¯t she leave? She has long decided that she will leave Leo as soon as she finds her son. Despite Conan¡¯s request, she knows that she will never be able to be with Leo in her life. But if she agrees to Juan¡¯s request, she looks very... ire suddenly thinks of the question she has been thinking about in the afternoon. She¡¯s been thinking about how to protect Conan. Now Juan hase and made the offer. He¡¯s helping her! Thinking about it, ire is in a good mood. But then she thinks that if Conan leaves, she doesn¡¯t have to stay with Leo. ire says firmly to Juan, ¡°OK, I promise you. Conan and I will move to your house.¡± Juan smiles happily at ire¡¯s words. He says, ¡°in that case, just pack upter. You move to my house tonight.¡± ¡°Ah, it¡¯s too fast.¡± ire is surprised. She wants to leave a message for Leo. Although they often quarreled before, they should say good-bye. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Juan says firmly, ¡°yes, you two don¡¯t have a lot of luggage anyway. We¡¯re free today so we can pack and move. I don¡¯t have toe tomorrow.¡± ¡°OK...¡± ire has no choice but topromise. In fact, Juan is right. She has no reason to refuse him. She doesn¡¯t have to say goodbye to Leo. Maybe he won¡¯t let her go at all. Leo is a bossy bastard. He will certainly force her to stay. He¡¯ll definitely have a fight with Juan then. ire gives up the idea of saying goodbye to Leo. ire beckons Conan and tells him they are moving to Juan¡¯s house. Conan says happily, ¡°Wow, great! I can live with Godfather! Conan wants to eat the food made by Godfather!¡± ¡°OK...¡± Juan happily touches Conan¡¯s head and his eyes are a little smug. Atst he wins. Juan believes that as long as he persuades ire with Conan, ire has no reason to refuse all his requests. Now it seems that his choice is right. ire and Conan pack up. Juan helps ire with the suitcase and they go out together. When they arrive at Juan¡¯s vi, it is over 10 p.m. ire and Conan take a bath and go to bed. Juan says good night to them with a smile. Conan happily asks Juan to kiss his forehead before going to bed. In bed, Conan is in ire¡¯s arms and says excitedly, ¡°Mommy, we¡¯re reunited with Godfather. Are you happy? Conan is very happy. We don¡¯t have to go back to France and we can live with Godfather as before.¡± ire looks at the happy Conan and is in a mixed mood. Chapter 269 I’ll keep him for the rest of my life Chapter 269 I¡¯ll keep him for the rest of my life If only the reality is as simple as Conan says. They can live as they did in France and she and Juan are still friends. But now Juan doesn¡¯t just see her as a friend. Their rtionship has changed since Juan said he liked her. Although ire is still used to joking with him on the surface, sometimes Juan¡¯s deep affection makes her stop. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. It¡¯s embarrassing, but Conan doesn¡¯t know. She doesn¡¯t want Conan to know. What will he think if he knows that his godfather liked his mommy? He¡¯ll be in a dilemma between Leo and Juan. She doesn¡¯t want Conan to be like that. ire looks at the happy Conan and doesn¡¯t want to break his fantasy. She says, ¡°have you ever thought about what if we live in your godfather¡¯s house and he has a girlfriend in the future? If he takes her home and she sees us, she will misunderstand.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you feel guilty if your godfather is single all his life?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Conan says casually, ¡°Godfather won¡¯t be single. He has us. When I grow up, I¡¯ll raise my godfather all my life!¡± Conan¡¯s words are toocent. ire gives him a helpless look and teaches him, ¡°what you said is too simple. You don¡¯t need to support your godfather. He has more money than you.¡± Conan says arrogantly, ¡°Godfather is just richer than me now. When I grow up, I will be more promising than my godfather. If he isn¡¯t married at that time, I will take care of him when he is old.¡± ¡°You¡¯re so kind to your godfather,¡± ire says with jealousy. ¡°I¡¯ve never seen you so kind to me. What¡¯s more, do you really want your godfather to be single all his life? You have to introduce him some girls.¡± ire actually wants Juan to give up on her. She and Juan will not be together at all. ¡°Ha ha, Mommy, Daddy will take care of you. I¡¯m redundant.¡± Conan smiles treacherously and says, ¡°Godfather is very good to us. I can¡¯t make him really single. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll help Godfather find a girlfriend!¡± Hearing Conan, ire reaches out and pokes him on the forehead. She says, ¡°you¡¯re young but you talk like an adult. When you grow up, you will be like an old man.¡± ¡°Haha, Mommy, don¡¯t worry. I have my own measure.¡± Conan iscent. He rubs his little face against the pillow and yawns. He says sleepily, ¡°Mommy, I¡¯m sleepy. I will sleep first. Good night, Mommy.¡± ¡°Good night.¡± ire kisses Conan on the forehead and quietly watches him close his eyes and fall asleep. But she is in a dilemma. How can she persuade Juan to give up? She doesn¡¯t know love orfort. ire finally decides to let it be. Maybe Juan will figure it out for himself. ire is relieved. She looks at Conan, who is sleeping soundly, and falls asleep. By the time they get up the next day, Juan has the servants make breakfast. ire and Conan can have a warm breakfast downstairs. After breakfast, Juan smiles and asks Conan, ¡°Conan, where do you want to y? I¡¯m free today. I can go out with you.¡± Conan¡¯s little head turns and seems to be thinking. He murmurs, ¡°amusement park or scenic spot of City A? Godfather, I¡¯m not familiar with America. I don¡¯t know where to have fun. You can take me anywhere.¡± ¡°OK,¡± Juan nods with a smile. He puts down the newspaper he is reading and says to Conan, ¡°I¡¯ll take you out to have a good time today. We eat first and then we¡¯ll go out.¡± ¡°OK!¡± Conanughs happily. He jumps out of the chair happily and says to Juan, ¡°I¡¯m full. Let¡¯s go now!¡± Hearing Conan¡¯s words, Juan takes a look at ire and says to Conan reproachfully, ¡°why don¡¯t you wait for your mommy? You mommy haven¡¯t finished breakfast yet.¡± ¡°Ah,¡¯ ire is surprised to hear Juan¡¯s words. She points at herself and asks incredulously, ¡°am I going too?¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t you go?¡± Juan asks. ¡°... All right.¡± ire thinks she has no reason not to go. She wanted to stay at home at first. When they were in France, Juan often went around Conan. Sometimes ire went with them. Sometimes they went out without her. So ire thinks Juan wants to take Conan to the famous amusement park in City A. She didn¡¯t expect him to let her out with them. ire puts down her sandwich and says to Juan, ¡°let¡¯s go. I¡¯m full, too.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Juan smiles happily. He picks up Conan and tells the servants to get things ready. Then he goes to the garage with Conan in his arms. At the same time, Juan thinks that is the only way he can keep ire by his side. He believes that it won¡¯t be long before she will like him. ... In this way, Juan takes ire and Conan to all the amusement parks in City A. ire and Conan are exhausted. Conan tells Juan that he wants to y again next time he has a chance. Juan agrees. The next day, Juan is busy at work. ire and Conan are bored in the vi. They seem to be in France now. They only go out when Juan is free. When Juan doesn¡¯t have time, they do their own things. Conan ysputer all morning in his room. Atst he can¡¯t help running to ire andining. Chapter 270 Irresistible anger Chapter 270 Irresistible anger ¡°Why don¡¯t you go to work, Mommy? What about Daddy?¡± Conan looks at ire and says with some dissatisfaction. ire takes a look at Conan and thinks he doesn¡¯t know what happened to her and Leo. ire finally decides not to tell him the truth. ire says casually, ¡°I¡¯ve resigned. I won¡¯t go to your daddy¡¯spany again.¡± ¡°Why?¡± Conan is shocked. He grabs ire¡¯s dress and says, ¡°Mommy, why did you resign? Didn¡¯t you promise to be with Daddy?¡± At the same time, Conan has several guesses in mind. First, what Tracy said that day makes Mommy and Daddy estranged. Second, Mommy doesn¡¯t let go of her hatred, so she takes the opportunity to break up with Daddy. He won¡¯t allow this to happen! In the face of Conan¡¯s questions, ire only feels a headache. She doesn¡¯t want to lie to him but she has to lie. ire says solemnly, ¡°because yesterday your daddy called me and told me not to go to work. We went to thepany the day before yesterday and angered your daddy¡¯s fiancee. He told me not to go to work for a while tofort his fiancee.¡± Then ire says sorry in her heart. In order for Conan to believe her, she has to frame Leo. She has to make Conan¡¯s impression of Leo worse. So he won¡¯t make her reconcile with Leo! Conan doesn¡¯t believe ire at all. He nces at ire and says, ¡°Mommy, you¡¯re lying. You were with me yesterday. You didn¡¯t receive any call at all!¡± ¡°Have you been watching your mommy? How do you know if I answered the phone when I went to the bathroom?¡± ire says, pulling up her sleeve. In case Leo calls her, she shut down yesterday. When she turned on at night, she saw dozens of missed calls from Leo! ire can even imagine Leo¡¯s angry face. ire¡¯s words confirm Conan¡¯s conjecture. She really wants to keep it from him and stay away from Daddy. There¡¯s a bit of cunning in Conan¡¯s eyes. He lowers his head slightly. After a long time he looks up and says, ¡°Mommy, I don¡¯t believe it, unless you call Daddy now and Daddy tells me by himself.¡± He won¡¯t give in to a liar! ire is flustered. Conan looks serious. She knows that he really doesn¡¯t believe what he says. But his distrust gives ire courage. She gives Conan a look and says angrily, ¡°how dare you not believe me. You are too bold. Your godfather protects you. But if you annoy me, I¡¯ll hit you!¡± Conan pouts and cries. He says wrongly, ¡°Mommy, you bully Conan. You¡¯re so bad. I just want to hear from Daddy. Why don¡¯t you let me call him? Why...¡± ire starts crying before Conan hits him. She is unprepared and touches Conan¡¯s face and asks, ¡°Why are you crying? I haven¡¯t hit you yet. Don¡¯t cry!¡± Conan still cries bitterly. He looks at ire in tears and chokes, ¡°I can stop crying, but I want to hear Daddy¡¯s voice...¡± He means he wants to call Leo. ire¡¯s hand gives a pause when she hears Conan. She puts down her hand and says helplessly, ¡°then keep crying, I won¡¯t call you daddy.¡± ¡°Mommy, you don¡¯t love me.¡± Conan weeps pitifully. He looks at ire in tears. ire¡¯s a little guilty. She is afraid that she will agree to Conan¡¯s request. She turns and says firmly, ¡°I don¡¯t love you. Does your daddy love you? I won¡¯t call him even if you¡¯re hoarse.¡± Conan knows it¡¯s no use crying. He stops crying and looks up and says, ¡°I¡¯ll call Daddy myself.¡± With that, he wants to go to the door. ¡°Conan!¡± ire stops him immediately and shouts, ¡°stop!¡± With that, ire pulls Conan. She squats down and looks at him and says softly, ¡°don¡¯t call Daddy. Now Daddy is working. Don¡¯t mess with Daddy.¡± It works. Conan is happy, but on the surface he says pitifully, ¡°Mommy, will you help Daddy? When do you go to work?¡± ire is speechless. She just wants to cheat Conan, so she makes up a lie. Now her son is so pitiful that she feels guilty. But she can¡¯t take back what she said. ire has to find another way to convince Conan. While ire is thinking, Juan, who has been standing outside for a long time, hears their conversation in the room. He holds the doorknob tightly and his face is livid. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Daddy, Daddy¡­ Juan thinks the word is ironic. What is Leo? He gave Conan paternal love and Leo just gave Conan a gene. He¡¯s nothing at all! Now how dare he rob him of his ce in Conan¡¯s heart! Juan hates Leo. He is reluctant. His six-year efforts are snatched by Leo who suddenly appears! He wants to take ire. Now he even wants to take Conan. Does he think Juan is weak? Juan¡¯s volcano erupts. He finds out about ire and Leo. Now even Conan is willing to be close to Leo. What is he? He is afraid that Leo will find Conan, so he took Conan and ire to his vi before yesterday. He didn¡¯t expect Conan and Leo to meet. Chapter 271 Daddy vs Godfather Chapter 271 Daddy vs Godfather Now Conan just wants his dad. He really wants to hear Conan call him daddy. He doesn¡¯t expect that what he says about daddy isn¡¯t about him. He wants to revenge Leo even more. He¡¯s going to destroy Leo as soon as possible. In this way, ire and Conan will return to him without hesitation. The three of them will return to their happy and carefree days in France. Juan¡¯s anger is about to explode. When he hears Conan insist on calling Leo and ire is speechless, he opens the door of the room and walks in. He sees ire crouching in front of Conan and holding his hand. She tries to give him an excuse. Juan smiles and says to Conan, ¡°Conan, I am back.¡± He opens his arms and is ready for Conan to pounce on him. In the past, when Juan came back and made this gesture, Conan would rush forward happily and jump into Juan''s arms. However, just now they had a quarrel about Leo. Although Conan keeps his head, he still forces ire to make a decision. Juanes in at this time. He just helps ire. Conan is helpless, but he still respects Juan. Heughs and says to him, ¡°godfather, you are back at last.¡± But he doesn¡¯t rush over as cheerfully as usual. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ¡°...¡± Juan keeps his arms open. Conan doesn¡¯t jump on him so he is embarrassed. His psychological quality has been good for so many years. Even though Juan is in an awkward situation, he keeps smiling happily. He walks up to Conan and holds him in his arms and asks, ¡°Conan, did you have lunch? Ie back specially to have lunch with your mommy. Do you want to eat out or at home?¡± ¡°At home. It¡¯s not good to eat out many times.¡± Conan says, frowning. Conan lets go of his frustration and keeps himself in a rational state. At the same time, he decides to take a chance to ask ire again. ¡°Well, I¡¯ve got the servants cooking. When I returned home, I bought you a set of very suitable gifts. Would you like to see it with me?¡± Juan gets up and picks up Conan. He asks him with a smile. When Conan hears of the gift, his depression disappears. He looks at Juan excitedly and says, ¡°yes, godfather, I want to see the gift you give me!¡± Everything Juan gives him is to his taste, so Conan is so happy. ¡°Let¡¯s go. It¡¯s in my study.¡± ¡°Oh yeah! Godfather is the best!¡± Conan shouts happily. ire is relieved to see Juan holding Conan and leaving. She doesn¡¯t have to think of a way to convince Conan. Sometimes it¡¯s a sin to have a son with a high IQ. His IQ is higher than yours, so it¡¯s hard for you to lie. ... Leo sits in the office and he looks angry. Luke is serious and sits by. The two men sit for a long time and no one speaks first. ire has been missing for two days. Yesterday, Leo found out that ire didn¡¯te to work, so he went to her apartment to find her. He didn¡¯t expect no one to open the door after he knocked. He was so worried that he called the lock company, but the room was empty. Even the furniture was put in order as if no one had lived in this house! Thendlord came to check the house. When he saw Leo, he asked who he was. Leo was furious and asked him to tell all the facts. Thendlord was shocked by Leo. He stammered that the client who had lived here had moved out. He just came here today to check whether the furniture in the house was damaged. Hearing thendlord¡¯s words, Leo was totally furious! Didn¡¯t the woman promise him not to leave? Yesterday she was here but today she ran away! Leo was so angry that he kicked on the door. Thendlord looked at his door in fear. He was reluctant but he didn¡¯t dare to say it. Leo lost his temper at ire¡¯s apartment door. He thought she had cheated him, but he was not willing to let her escape! Leo thought about it and left angrily. He went to Luke¡¯spany and asked where ire was! Luke was stunned for a while, then he understood what Leo was talking about. When he learned that ire finally escaped, he felt helpless and distressed. ire, why did you do this? She escaped from Leo six years ago. Now she ran away again. She hurt Leo over and over again. She was too cruel. Looking at the furious Leo, Luke had no choice but to say, ¡°Leo, I don¡¯t know where she is now. You calm down first. Let¡¯s wait until tomorrow. Maybe she¡¯ll be back tomorrow.¡± Leo didn¡¯t believe Luke. He was in such a bad mood that he wanted to kill people. He couldn¡¯t ept the fact that ire left him suddenly. They had a chat yesterday. But Lukeforted him so Leo had to bite his teeth and calm down. He was willing to give Luke another day. If he couldn¡¯t find ire in one day, he would do it by himself! Luke thought ire was just having trouble and didn¡¯t want to tell Leo. He wanted to know the situation by himself. So Luke called ire¡¯s French number as soon as he got home. He didn¡¯t expect that her French number had been cancelled. Luke had no choice but to call ire¡¯s US number. It was off and no one answered. After putting down the phone, Luke¡¯s heart was cool. This scene was exactly the same as it was six years ago. Six years ago, ire suddenly disappeared. She didn¡¯t answer the phone and there was no one where she used to live. Her friends were worried about whether she had been kidnapped by bad people. Luke had no choice but to go to Kate. Kate sneered andughed at him. ¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about, ire¡¯s not here. If ire suddenly disappeared, she just wants to leave Leo as she did six years ago. I support her. I¡¯m not going to help you find her. Forget it!¡± Kate¡¯s behavior disappointed Luke. He was heartbroken but he knew Kate was just speaking from ire¡¯s point of view. Chapter 272 How dare you betray me Chapter 272 How dare you betray me Kate didn¡¯t help, so Luke looked for information through other channels. He asked all his friends and wanted to find ire at all costs. ire and Conan couldn¡¯t disappear for no reason. Luke started his investigation near her home. Then he just had to wait for the news. So now Leo and Luke are in the office and waiting for thest word. As time goes by, Luke looks at his watch from time to time. The air pressure around Leo is getting lower and lower. Luke can¡¯t help feeling stressed. There is a drop of sweat on his forehead. If his people can¡¯t tell him the news in time, Leo may do something. Six years ago, he was speeding for ire and had a car ident. What about now? More than ten minutes have passed. Leo moves. He raises his wrist and looks at his watch. He says in a low, knell like voice, ¡°Luke...¡± Luke is nervous to hear Leo call his name. Suddenly his cell phone rings. Luke breaths a sigh of relief and answers the phone quickly. He listens to the news reported to him by his people. But the news disappoints Luke. Luke hears everything that happened. He seriously puts down his phone and looks at Leo and says nothing. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± There¡¯s a little anticipation and tension in Leo¡¯s voice. ¡°...¡± Luke moves his mouth and quickly organizes the information he hears in his brain. He tries to tell Leo the news in a way that Leo can ept. ¡°... As far as I know, ire is now with a friend of hers. We don¡¯t have to worry about her safety.¡± After thinking for a while, Luke says. Hearing this, Leo raises his eyebrows. His face is a little unhappy. He asks in a deep voice, ¡°which friend? Who is she with? Why is she there?¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°Leo...¡± Luke takes a nervous look at Leo and says, ¡°ire and Conan got into someone¡¯s car the night before yesterday. My people didn¡¯t see who he was. But ire didn¡¯t resist, so this person was definitely someone she trusted. He¡¯s probably her friend...¡± ¡°Say the point!¡± Leo interrupts Luke impatiently. Luke pauses and says seriously, ¡°I think ire took Conan to her friend¡¯s house for a while. We don¡¯t have to worry about her safety...¡± ¡°Which friend! Man or woman!¡± Before Luke finishes, Leo suddenly stands up angrily. He ps the table with his big hand and roars. ¡°... Man. As for which friend, my people say they don¡¯t know...¡± Luke says with difficulty. His people have been investigating for a day but only find out about it, so he gets frustrated after answering the phone. Such a little news was not enough to eliminate Leo¡¯s anger or persuade him. After Luke hangs up, he knows Leo will be as furious as he is now. Sure enough, after hearing Luke¡¯s words, Leo kicks his desk and it goes awry. Items on the desk fall to the ground. All kinds of sounds sound, but Leo doesn¡¯t care. His face is horribly ck. ¡°It¡¯s a man!¡± Leo¡¯s words almoste out of his teeth. Anger almost upies his mind. Leo¡¯s eyes are red, and the powerful low pressure is terrible. Even Luke dares notfort him. Leo¡¯s heart aches even more after he loses his temper. He trusts ire but she said good night to him and left with someone else! Good job! No wonder she didn¡¯t let him upstairs the night before yesterday. She had this idea! And ire has a male friend he doesn¡¯t know. Who is he? Is it Bryce? At the thought of this possibility, Leo nces coldly at Luke and orders, ¡°check for me if Bryce has taken ire away!¡± Why does he mention Bryce? Luke is stunned to hear the name, then he understands that Leo suspects ire¡¯s only male friend first. Luke says firmly, ¡°Leo, I know you¡¯re angry now, but it¡¯s no use being angry. We need to find evidence. My people have met Bryce. They¡¯ll recognize Bryce!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t listen to Luke at all. He nces at Luke coldly and asks irresistibly, ¡°Why are you so sure? What if Bryce asked someone else to pick her up? Don¡¯t talk nonsense. Hurry up and check for me!¡± ¡°Leo...¡± Luke wants to say something more, but Leo interrupts him. ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo storms up to Luke. He looks down at Luke and says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know you are socializing with Bryce. I¡¯m not interested in what you¡¯ve done, but finding ire is the most important thing! If I find out you¡¯ve concealed something from me, Luke, even if you¡¯ve been my friend for more than ten years, I won¡¯t be kind to you!¡± Luke is shocked by Leo¡¯s words. It turns out Leo already knows about his rtionship with Bryce. He thinks he arranges perfectly and will not be found by anyone. Now that Leo says that, Luke can¡¯t go on, or Leo will think he¡¯s hiding something. Even if Bryce doesn¡¯t do anything, he will be revenged by Leo. In order not to make it worse, Luke agrees, ¡°Okay, I see. I¡¯ll do my best to help you find ire.¡± ¡°This is the best!¡± Leo snorts and turns to the counter in the office to take out a bottle of red wine. He opens the wine and drinks with Luke to calm his anger a little. ire is a naughty little wild cat. When shees back, he must teach her a lesson. Leo doesn¡¯t allow anyone to betray him or disobey him in this way. He warned ire! Chapter 273 Returning to Leo Chapter 273 Returning to Leo ire, do you think I can¡¯t find you after you run away? Leo looks cold. He shakes the ss of red wine in his hand and drinks it up. He gets up and says to Luke, ¡°let¡¯s get to work!¡± ... After thest time Conan forced ire, he threatens to call Leo if she doesn¡¯t go to work as long as he is free. He wants her to work for Leo¡¯spany and make up with Leo. ire is so upset by Conan that she doesn¡¯t even want to lie to her. She chooses to ignore him. But after all, he is her son. Conan is smart. Atst Conan threatens her, ¡°Mommy, since you don¡¯t want to go to work, I will go to see Daddy myself. It¡¯s no use putting away your cell phone. Don¡¯t forget I have aputer!¡± ¡°...¡± Atst ire is impatient. She says coldly, ¡°Conan, shut up. I¡¯ll go out to work, but I just don¡¯t want to live in your godfather¡¯s house and spend his money. I don¡¯t want to make up with your daddy! Forget it!¡± ire finally agrees. Conan smiles smugly. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter as long as you are willing to work in Daddy¡¯spany.¡± Is ire really going to work for Leo¡¯spany? It is impossible. The next day Juan learns that ire is going to work. He says, ¡°why do you go to work? I can support both of you. You don¡¯t have to go out to work.¡± Compared with this, Juan is more worried about whether ire will go back to Leo! ire shakes her head and says, ¡°I have hands and feet. I can¡¯t spend your money. Don¡¯t stop me. If I don¡¯t go out to work, Conan will keep pestering me!¡± When ire finishes, Juan gives Conan a critical look. These days, he asionally hears Conan talk about his daddy and he keeps urging ire to go to Leo¡¯spany. Now ire seems to have been convinced by Conan. He is angry. He manages to get ire back. How can he let his previous efforts go in vain because of such a small thing? It seems that he has to find a chance to educate Conan. Juan is upset, but he calmly stops ire. ¡°Don¡¯t listen to Conan. You can stay at home. If you feel bored, you can go out and y more with Conan.¡± ¡°No,¡± ire frowns and refuses, ¡°I have to go out to work. I am very young. I¡¯m healthy and have hands and feet. How can I stay at home all day? I have to go out to work. Don¡¯t stop me.¡± More importantly, she doesn¡¯t want to stay at home and listen to Conan! When they were in France, Juan also stopped ire from going out to find a job. Atst he chose to compromise. ire is a stubborn woman. If you let her stay at home, it¡¯s better to kill her directly. Juan understands ire¡¯s nature. If they are in France, he can agree with ire. But they are in America. What if shees back to Leo again? ire is determined. Juan asks her tentatively. ¡°Where do you go to work?¡± ¡°The original ce, of course. It¡¯s a waste of time to find another job. I have to readjust...¡± ire says and nces at Conan. She secretly winks at Juan and beckons him to cooperate with her. Juan is a little angry that ire is going back to Leo¡¯spany. When he sees her blink, he understands immediately. She wants him to cooperate with her. Juan knows ire has other intentions. He says, ¡°OK. Now that you say that, I have to respect your opinion.¡± ¡°...¡± Conan bows and takes his breakfast seriously. He feels funny. His mommy is too stupid. She thinks he doesn¡¯t know he is pretending. Since she wants to y tricks, he will pretend, too! Conan has a quiet breakfast. Before ire leaves, he smiles at her and says, ¡°Mommy, be careful on the way. I¡¯ll wait for you at home. Don¡¯t forget to tell me about Daddy. Love you!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll take her to thepany. You stay at home. Don¡¯t run around, you know?¡± Juan squats down and says to Conan. Conan nods and smiles happily. Seeing this, ire and Juan are relieved to go out. In the car, Juan calmly asks ire, ¡°do you really want to go to Leo¡¯spany?¡± His tone is nd but he is testing ire. ire rxes and leans back. She says happily, ¡°how can I do this? I managed to leave him. I¡¯m not going back! I can¡¯t stand Conan¡¯s nagging. I have to lie to him that I am going to work for Leo¡¯s company.¡±N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Juan chuckles. He looks at ire in the rearview mirror and asks, ¡°now that you¡¯ve lied to Conan, what are you going to do in a moment? Where are you going?¡± ire ponders for a moment. She thought about itst night. She says seriously to Juan, ¡°of course I have to find a job. I want to do my previous work. I said I can¡¯t spend your money. Anyway, I want to make some pocket money.¡± ¡°Do you want to do advertising design?¡± Juan asks in disbelief. When Juan hears ire, he ispletely relieved. As long as ire doesn¡¯t go back to Leo¡¯s company, everything is negotiable. ire nods happily and says, ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s all I can do. I don¡¯t want to be a secretary again.¡± She looks miserable. It seems that she suffered a lot in Leopany. Seeing this, Juan smiles and is in a better mood. ¡°In that case, my friend¡¯spany is looking for a designer. You can enter directly.¡± His friend? ire freezes. She quickly refuses, ¡°that¡¯s not good...¡± Juan looks at ire in the rearview mirror andughs, ¡°you can do it. Don¡¯t you have confidence? What¡¯s more, don¡¯t you say it¡¯s troublesome to find a job? There¡¯s such an opportunity right now. Why don¡¯t you try it directly?¡± Chapter 274 Meeting Leo Chapter 274 Meeting Leo ¡°Um...¡± ire is still hesitating. Juan takes a straight turn. ¡°Don¡¯t hesitate,¡± he says affirmatively, ¡°I have confidence in your ability. How can a famous designer who has made a great impact in France be so unsure of herself? I¡¯ll take you directly to the interview now. With the interview, you can take it with ease.¡± ¡°I...¡± ire grits her teeth and finally chooses to ept Juan¡¯s offer. She says, ¡°well, thank you, Juan.¡± In fact, ire is more concerned about that she owes Juan another favor. She always makes trouble for Juan, but she can¡¯t give him anything. That¡¯s what ire cares about most. Juan doesn¡¯t know ire¡¯s inner thoughts. He just wants to be nice to ire and make her like him. ... Juan takes ire to thepany he talks about. As soon as they enter thepany, someonees out to meet them. Juan says he wants ire to interview for a position as a designer. That man is Juan¡¯s friend. He seems a little ttered. ording to his attitude, he may want to please Juan. Even though he seems calm and happy that Juan is here, his expression betrays him. When Juan finishes, he takes ire to the office. He asks her a few symbolic questions. When he knows ire¡¯s brilliant work history in France, he finds that he has got a talent. He makes ire the design director without hesitation. He asks pleasantly, ¡°when do you want to work? You can work whenever you are free!¡± ire usually stays away from her boss at work, which makes her feel independent. Although the boss is Juan¡¯s friend, she is not used to his enthusiasm. Juanforts her, ¡°Michael¡¯s very easy to get along with. If you have doubts, you can ask him directly.¡± ¡°Well, I see.¡± ire smiles a little grudgingly. Juan appeases ire and says a few words to his friend before leaving. ire decides to start work today. Her boss takes her to observe theyout of the wholepany and acts as a guide to exin it to her. Although ire doesn¡¯t adapt to his enthusiasm, she looks at thepany¡¯s employees and environment and thinks it is good. It deserves to be a designpany. Some of the decorations are very exquisite and have a sense of design. After they get to know about thepany, the boss takes ire to the office where she works. ire is the design director so she should have an independent office. She was used to the environment when she was in France, so she soon gets used to it. She asks the boss a few questions and soon gets to work. ire has almost mastered it, so the boss is even more ecstatic. He starts his own business and hopes to recruit a talent. Hispany is not a small one and he¡¯s met people like ire. But ire is different. She is introduced by Juan! He has to please her anyway! The boss leaves ire his personal phone number before he leaves. ire breaths a sigh of relief after the boss leaves. For the first time, she is treated like this by a boss, so she can¡¯t ept it for a while. ire is alone in the office to learn about several projects thepany has been working on recently. She finds a big project that thepany is working on recently, but no one is able to do it. ire goes out and calls for the assistant the boss just rmended to her. When the assistant hears ire call her, she walks in carefully and asks politely, ¡°Miss Bet, what can I do for you?¡± Is she so afraid of leadership? ire raises her eyebrows and smiles. She says in a rxed voice, ¡°what¡¯s your name?¡± ¡°Alice¡­¡± Alice looks nervous. She doesn¡¯t even dare look at ire. Seeing this, ire chuckles. Shees to Alice and says with a smile, ¡°my name is ire. You are younger than me. You can call me ire. You don¡¯t need to be afraid of me. I¡¯m very easygoing. In the future, I need your help in thepany.¡± Why is she more like a threat? Sure enough, hearing ire¡¯s words, the assistant named Alice shakes slightly. She looks down and says, ¡°no, I¡¯ll call you Miss Bet. Miss Bet, what can I do for you?¡± Alice is really a timid girl. ire doesn¡¯t force her. Hearing her, ire thinks of the business. ire coughs and goes back to her seat to take out the documents she has just seen. She looks at Alice and asks, ¡°isn¡¯t ourpany going to do a project called Howard Avenue? Why hasn¡¯t a specific n been decided yet? Now even the basic n has not been formed.¡± ¡°Ah, that one.¡± When Alice hears that ire is going to talk to her about the work, her tight body gradually rxes. She breaths a sigh of relief and walks up to ire and exins to her, ¡°that project was decided not long ago. We need to maintain a long-term cooperative rtionship with a listed company. Now we¡¯re going to create an ad design that will satisfy them.¡± ¡°Because it was decided a few days ago, it¡¯s not yet in shape. And thest design director went home to have a baby, so the design department suddenly has no one toe up with an idea...¡± ire understands Alice. She nods and goes into work mode. She says seriously, ¡°I see. What kind of company is the other party? What products does it focus on?¡± ¡°Miss Bet, wait a minute. I¡¯ll go out and find you some information!¡± When ites to work, Alice is not so afraid. She turns around and runs out of the office. After a while, shees in with a pile of information. Alice puts a file in front of ire and says respectfully, ¡°Miss Bet, this is the information about the company we want to cooperate with and some market research we have done. There is also a n to attract the attention of thatpany. If you think something is wrong, you can modify it again.¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ire nods. She looks down at the information carefully. But the more she reads about thepany, the more she frowns. Why is the introduction of thispany so familiar and even a bit like Leo¡¯spany? Chapter 275 Conan plays tricks again Chapter 275 Conan ys tricks again As Leo¡¯s former Secretary, ire is familiar with Howard Group¡¯s operations and general development direction. ire is more confused. Atst ire can¡¯t bear the conjecture that gradually appears in her heart. She goes straight back to the first page and sees that the title is Howard Group! God! It¡¯s Leo¡¯spany! ire is as stiff as if struck by lightning. How could this happen? She ns not to have anything to do with Leo in the future. Now why does she suddenly meet him again? The factes out of the blue. ire is stunned before she even finishes reading the document. ¡°Miss Bet?¡± Alice sees her new boss looks dull and her eyes doesn¡¯t have any focus. She can¡¯t help asking her. It takes ire a long time to regain consciousness. She sees Alice looking at her worried. She knows that she is acting abnormally. She coughs to cover up her embarrassment. ¡°I¡¯m fine. I¡¯m a little surprised that ourpany has cooperated with Howard Group. As far as I know, Howard Group is a bigpany. Will he agree to build a long-term cooperative rtionship with us?¡± Property ? N?velDrama.Org. When Alice hears ire¡¯s words, she smiles and says modestly, ¡°it¡¯s because of this that our boss recruited. Miss Bet, you just happens to be here. I¡¯m sure we¡¯ll get the cooperation sooner orter.¡± Is she going to do it alone? ire feels a little stressed. She has several years of working experience but she can¡¯t guarantee it. What¡¯s more, she just starts to work. But she was Leo¡¯s secretary for so long. She knows something about hispany¡¯s direction and future development. She knows how to think from Howard Group¡¯s perspective. In other words, she knows how to make advertisements that cater to their tastes. It¡¯s not difficult for her to lead the whole team to create a work. The only thing that makes her feel embarrassed is what if she identally meets Leo? This is a question worth pondering. ire asks Alice to go back to work first. She sits in her seat and ns how to carry out the cooperative project. She thinks about it all afternoon and has a discussion with the boss about the project before she leaves work. After hearing this, the boss looks at ire excitedly and says happily, ¡°great! ording to your idea, we are sure to get this project! I was worried about our sess. Now with you, I¡¯m confident!¡± The boss then says, ¡°it¡¯s a great honor for ourpany to have talents like you! Thank you very much, Mr. Juan! ire, as long as we get this opportunity to cooperate, I will definitely give you a promotion again. Don¡¯t be modest. I believe in your ability!¡± ire smiles awkwardly. She says, ¡°I don¡¯t care about my position. It¡¯s my honor to be here. I will ask my colleagues to work out a satisfactory n and set the theme as soon as possible in these days. Then we¡¯ll take the next step...¡± ire discusses her ideas with the boss. Whatever she says, the boss nods. After ire finishes, he looks at ire happily and says, ¡°you are the most dedicated person I have ever met. I didn¡¯t expect you to work well on your first day. I agree with you. Just do what you say. I¡¯ll get all our colleagues to cooperate with you. You can do it safely!¡± ire¡¯s mouth moves. Facing the boss¡¯s enthusiasm, she is still not used to it. She tries to put it mildly, ¡°I know you trust me. I¡¯m very happy. But it¡¯s about the whole department or the wholepany. I don¡¯t have the final say. We have to cooperate with each other. Anyway, thank you for your attention. I will work hard.¡± ¡°Ha ha. You¡¯re right.¡± The bossughs. He¡¯s in his thirties and doesn¡¯t have a generation gap with ire. He finally knows why Juan brought this woman to hispany. He thought Juan just wanted to help her. To his surprise, he picks up a treasure. He remembers that Juan asked him to develop a long-term partnership with Leo¡¯spany a few days ago. He was confused. Now he knows what Juan thinks. He even gets talent for him. The boss has a chat with ire. ire says she is going back to work. The boss volunteers to take her to the design department to exin the situation. With the presence of the boss, although some people in the design department are not satisfied with the new ire, they keep their mouths shut. With a clear goal and a busy job, ire is very motivated every day. Atst she is able to do the work she likes. What can be more pleasant? When ire returns to Juan¡¯s vi, Conan immediately greets her and asks about her work at Leo¡¯s company. ire perfunctorizes him every time and doesn¡¯t answer Conan¡¯s questions directly. Conan thinks something¡¯s wrong. He checks his mommy¡¯s work. The result surprises him a little and is a little predictable. He knows ire will not listen to him or go to work for Daddy¡¯spany. She seems to be trying to hide it from him. Conan chuckles in his heart. Mommy, since you dare to hide something from me, I dare to hide something from you. ... As time goes by, ire is busy nning and designing products. She doesn¡¯t pay attention to what Conan is doing. It takes her a week to finish the work sessfully. The boss takes the work and says happily to ire, ¡°ire, thank you so much! Thank you so much! Without you, this cooperation project would not have been so sessful. I think this work is great! I will send it to the manager of Howard Group to show them our sincerity.¡± ¡°Thank you!¡± ire rarely smiles happily. This sense of achievement has not appeared for a long time. Chapter 276 I’m her boyfriend Chapter 276 I¡¯m her boyfriend She spends a lot of energy leading a team to create a work. After they talk, ire turns around and wants to tell her colleagues the happy news. But the boss stops her, ¡°ire, Mr. Juan called me just now. He said he would take you outter, so you can leave work early today.¡± ¡°Oh, me?¡± ire points at herself, puzzled. Why does Juan ask her out at work? Juan shouldn¡¯t have done that. ¡°He may be here soon. You can prepare it.¡± The boss nods with a smile. With that, he happily contacts people from Howard Group. ire is confused but she holds back. Forget it. She is happy that her work has been approved by the boss. Now nothing can stop her good mood. ire goes back to the design department and tells everyone that the work is praised by the boss. The crowd cheer at once. In order to make this work in a short time, they suffer for many days. They work hard to make it. Several people in the design department are not satisfied because ire is the design director. This time they see ire¡¯s efforts and her abilities. They are deeply impressed by her. No one in the design department is unhappy with ire now. Everyone thinks of ire as their design director. She can lead their design department to sess! They are very happy. A few momentster, someone proposes to celebrate in the evening. As soon as someone mentions it, someone agrees, and someone else says, ¡°have you forgotten Miss Bet? Miss Bet has been in thepany for so long, but we don¡¯t wee her seriously! We can celebrate tonight!¡± ¡°Ah! You¡¯re right. I didn¡¯t think of it!¡± ¡°Miss Bet, you must attend the celebration tonight. You don¡¯t need to spend money. Our treat!¡± ¡°Yes...¡± After a while, more than ten people discuss. They don¡¯t give ire a chance to refuse. ire feels helpless, but she is happy. She likes this kind of living and working environment best. Everyone gets along well and works together and meets asionally. But a man suddenly speaks. ¡°No, Miss Bet has an appointment today.¡± A maic voice sounds behind ire. The next second, a hand rests on ire¡¯s shoulder. ire takes a strange look. She finds Juan at the door of the design department. He is now standing by her and putting a hand around her shoulder. ¡°Juan¡­¡± ire can not help shouting in a low voice. Juan smiles at her. His smile is as sunny as the spring breeze. Seeing this, people in the design department who are dissatisfied with Juan¡¯s words can¡¯t help eximing. Of course, except for some male colleagues. Even men can¡¯t help admiring Juan. Women like him very much. It¡¯s mainly because Juan is handsome and tall. Now he¡¯s standing next to ire with a charming smile. He catches the eye of the crowd at once. Someone can¡¯t help whispering to ire, ¡°Miss Bet, is he your boyfriend? He is so handsome...¡± ¡°He...¡± ire looks at the colleague and is about to exin when Juan interrupts her. ¡°I¡¯m her boyfriend.¡± Juan smiles. ire is shocked to hear Juan¡¯s words. She can¡¯t help but stare at Juan and me him in a whisper, ¡°Juan!¡± Juan smiles and shakes his head. He indicates that he will exin to her. Seeing this, ire has to bite her teeth and endure. But people think their eyes are ambiguous and they flirt in public. ire and Juan look very well matched. Juan is handsome and ire is beautiful! A bold man can¡¯t help saying, ¡°Miss Bet! Just date your boyfriend! We can celebrate another day. Dating matters!¡± ¡°Yes, we don¡¯t want to disturb you. What if we upset your boyfriend? Go and y!¡± ¡°Yes, don¡¯t forget to send us an invitation when you get married...¡± They have beenmenting. ire is very angry. Usually they don¡¯t nag. She¡¯s not in that rtionship with Juan at all! ire can¡¯t help but stop them. ¡°All right, stop talking. Get back to work!¡± ¡°Miss Bet, you¡¯re shy...¡±N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. They thinks ire is angry because she is shy. ire is helpless but she can¡¯t say it. Then Juan helps her, ¡°Okay, I¡¯m going to borrow your design director. See you next time.¡± With that, he and ire turn and leave. ire can not helpining in the car, ¡°how can you say you are my boyfriend in front of my colleagues? Do you know it embarrasses me? Conan, why are you here?¡± ire sits in the back seat because she is angry. She gets in the car andins about it. Then she finds her son sitting in the passenger seat. Conan hears ire call him. He looks back at her with a smile and says, ¡°Hey, Mommy, I haven¡¯t seen you for a long time.¡± They met in the morning. ire nces at Conan and asks, ¡°Why are you here? What are we going to do?¡± ¡°Guess,¡± Conanughs. ire nces at Juan, who is wearing a seat belt, and says angrily, ¡°Juan, you haven¡¯t exined to me why you pretended to be my boyfriend. How can I exin to my colleagues...¡± ire isining but Juan is calm. He smiles confidently and says, ¡°if I don¡¯t pretend to be your boyfriend, do you think you can escape today¡¯s celebration? If you go, you will surely be drunk at night.¡± Chapter 277 I miss Daddy Chapter 277 I miss Daddy Although Juan has a point, ire can¡¯t help but retort, ¡°but this is the result of our joint efforts. We should celebrate. It is inevitable. What¡¯s more, I¡¯m their boss.¡± ¡°You have to think from a different perspective,¡± Juan says casually as he starts the car. ¡°I can stop many men¡¯s pursuit for you by pretending to be your boyfriend. Isn¡¯t that a good thing? We did the same in France.¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°That¡¯s right,¡± Conan echoes. ¡°Godfather has a point. You can only be Daddy¡¯s.¡± ¡°...¡± When Conan finishes, ire and Juan are silent. Juan¡¯s face changes a little. His hands on the steering wheel clench slightly. He is immediately disappointed. Can he only be Conan¡¯s godfather? Can¡¯t he be his father? ire is silent because she is embarrassed. Conan is simple. He is still a child. But it¡¯s not Conan¡¯s fault. Even ire didn¡¯t realize Juan likes her. She and Conan both think Juan is just a very important rtive. But he can¡¯tpare with Conan¡¯s biological father. Suddenly the atmosphere is a little stiff. Conan, who was born with intelligence, smells a different smell and finds that ire and Juan are sensitive to such topics. But he pretends to be calm and naive and asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Am I wrong?¡± ¡°You are right.¡± Finally Juan eases the awkward atmosphere. He smiles naturally and says to Conan, ¡°your mommy can only belong to the person who will marry your mommyter. He¡¯s your daddy.¡± There is nothing wrong with what he said, but if you savor it carefully, you will find that there is something in it. Conan seems to have found something shocking. He raises a clear smile on the corner of his mouth, but he says with an innocent smile, ¡°godfather, you understand me!¡± ire in the back seat is impatient. She protests discontentedly, ¡°Conan, have you asked me for my opinion? I didn¡¯t say I am going to get married again. Have you decided for me? I¡¯ll spank you.¡± ¡°If you spank me, my godfather will help me!¡± Conan raises his little nose and says arrogantly. ¡°You!¡± ire stares at Conan angrily, but Juan begins tough. ¡°Juan! Conan is spoiled by you. He is my son! He listens to you but not to me!¡± ire says angrily. ¡°Ha ha. Men¡¯s world is only understood by men, Conan, do you think so?¡± Juanughs happily. He looks at Conan as he drives and asks him. Conan, of course, nods. ire is angry. If it isn¡¯t for Conan to be her son and she has watched him grow up, ire wonders if he is her own son! He even helps outsiders! He is too naughty. He is an asshole like his own father! But ire has to educate Conan. She can¡¯t let Conan get close to Leo, or he will be a inhuman bastard like Leo! ... Juan takes ire and Conan to a fancy restaurant for dinner. The restaurant is on the top floor of a tall building. In the evening, you can see the brightly lit city below when you eat. It¡¯s a pleasure to enjoy the evening breeze and savor the steak, red wine and dessert. But you need to book in advance and the meal is expensive. Ordinary people don¡¯t have the condition to enjoy a dinner here at all. Juan didn¡¯t want to order red wine. To celebrate ire¡¯s sess today, Juan takes Conan out to dinner and picks up ire at thepany and orders a bottle of red wine for dinner. Every woman wants to have a romantic and tasteful man, but ire is still indifferent. Conan likes ire better at dinner. In order to make Mommy not angry, he makes a magic trick for ire. ire is amused by Conan¡¯s rose. She notices that one rose on the vase on the table is missing. It should have been three, but now there are two left. But it¡¯s hard for Conan to be so considerate. ire embraces it. She pinches Conan¡¯s face and says happily, ¡°you are the most naughty.¡± ¡°Ha ha. Mommy, do you love me more?¡± Conan smiles mischievously. ¡°Um.¡± ire snorts in response. Her reaction makes Conan morecent. He eats chicken chops happily, but he thinks that if you know what I have done, you will not say that. Conan amuses her. ire thinks Conan and Leo are different. Although Conan has a bad personality and likes to y pranks, it is because he is a child. irepares him with Leo. She believes that her son must be of good nature. Conan is not as cold and cruel as Leo. They enjoy their dinner as usual. After dinner, Juan asks ire if she wants to go out to y. ire shakes her head. She works overtime for several days in a row so she is tired. Theye home. While sleeping, Conan murmurs in ire¡¯s arms, ¡°Mommy, I miss Daddy.¡± ¡°...¡± ire is a little upset to hear Conan. When they were in France, Conan didn¡¯t miss his father so much. Although he didn¡¯t know who his own father was at that time, he was happy and carefree. But now... ire can¡¯t help sighing. If she can, she would rather not let her heart soften and tell Conan the truth. However, the children need to be loved by their father. Maybe Leo is right. She can¡¯t let Conan grow up in a single parent family, which will cause some psychological damage to him. Chapter 278 Leo’s means Chapter 278 Leo¡¯s means Although he doesn¡¯t say it sometimes, he can¡¯t help being envious when he sees the children loved by their fathers. But what can she do? His biological father is Leo. If only it were someone else. ire can¡¯t help holding Conan and whispering, ¡°Conan, I¡¯m sorry, but I have difficulties...¡± A lot of times people can¡¯t help themselves. ire can¡¯t help herself, too. She can¡¯t let go of her hate for Leo. Conan raises his head from ire¡¯s arms. He looks at ire with eyes like Leo¡¯s and says seriously, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t worry. Conan will help you.¡± Help? How to help? Though ire knows it is impossible, the soft part of her heart is touched. Her eyes be moist. She holds Conan in her arms and says, ¡°Conan...¡± They fall asleep. ire goes to work the next day. Before she gets into the office, she is called by the boss. ire enters the boss¡¯s office. The boss looks embarrassed. He is quite different from yesterday¡¯s cheerful one. ire stands there and cautiously asks, ¡°boss, what¡¯s going on?¡± The boss is embarrassed. He looks at ire and points to the sofa and says, ¡°sit down first.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire sits on the sofa and sees the boss standing up. Hees to ire with a file bag in his hand. ire is familiar with this file bag. She gave it to the boss yesterday. It has the title ¡°Howard Avenue¡± on it. ire can¡¯t help frowning at the file bag. Hasn¡¯t it been sent to Howard Group? Didn¡¯t they start to talk about cooperation? Why is it here? The boss seems to have a problem. He sits opposite ire. ire can¡¯t help asking, ¡°boss, is something wrong?¡± ire asks. The boss sighs and says awkwardly, ¡°you¡¯re right. Something¡¯s wrong...¡± Sure enough! ire is nervous and quickly asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Are they not satisfied with this advertising n?¡± ¡°They are not dissatisfied...¡± The boss looks embarrassed. He has a strange look at ire. The boss is hesitating, so ire is worried. She asks anxiously, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? You can tell me. We can modify the n!¡± What makes ire even more nervous is that if it really fails, she can¡¯t face up to a dozen of her colleagues. She just came to thispany but something is wrong. She is to me. And she manages to get their approval. If this cooperation fails, she is embarrassed. It is a work created by all colleagues of the design department. ire knows they have a lot of hope for it. ire looks at the boss nervously and hopes that he will never say the uneptable news. The boss looks serious. After a while he says, ¡°actually, it¡¯s not because our n is not good. It¡¯s mainly because thatpany made a strange request...¡± ¡°What?¡± ire freezes. She looks at the boss in confusion and asks, ¡°what did they say?¡± Why is the boss in such a dilemma? The boss takes a look at ire and seems determined. He says. ¡°Thepany epted my advertisement, but they suddenly changed their mind. Their manager said that they would ept our cooperation only if you went to theirpany in person...¡± ¡°Me?¡± ire points doubtfully at herself. ¡°Yes.¡± The boss nods and says, ¡°they asked the person who created the work to go there and talk with them about the idea of the activity. I thought about it. Youpleted the n. Although our colleagues helped you, I know you are the greatest contributor, so I want you to go. Do you want to try it?¡± ire is in a dilemma. It¡¯s Howard Group! It¡¯s Leo¡¯spany! If she goes, she takes the initiative to enter the wolf house! ire is nervous. She hesitates and politely refuses, ¡°boss, can I let another colleague go? Alice helped me a lot in nning the event. She also understands the design process and ideas. We can let her do it!¡± ¡°But Alice is just an assistant. She¡¯s too timid...¡± The boss looks hesitant. ¡°It¡¯s OK! Boss, you have to believe me. She can do it!¡± ire says positively. ire trusts Alice, so the boss can only say, ¡°OK...¡± With that, he asks ire to go back and arrange for someone to go to Howard Group to discuss the cooperation project. In order to seed in the negotiation, ire also asks a colleague from the sales department to apany Alice. However... They set out in the morning. In the afternoon Alice and the colleague in the sales departmente back depressed. ire is worried and wants to ask them, but they look at ire strangely. They seem to have been treated horribly at Howard Group. Alice has a good rtionship with ire. As soon as she wants to tell ire about it in private, she is called by the boss. The colleague in the sales department, Alice and ire all appear in the boss¡¯s office. Apart from ire, the two of them look down and embarrassed. Seeing this, the boss asks them what happened. But they still look at ire with that strange look and says nothing. ire is watched by them so she is nervous. She wants to ask them, but the boss is there so she can¡¯t.Property ? N?velDrama.Org. Chapter 279 Let Claire come to me Chapter 279 Let iree to me ¡°What happened to you at Howard Group! Why do you look like this! Are you dumb?¡± Atst the boss raps angrily on the desk. The audacious colleague in the sales department starts to narrate what happened in Howard Group this morning. It turns out that when they got there, they were treated ceremoniously. When the receptionist heard that they were from the designpany, they were greeted upstairs. Their attitude was very respectful. Later Alice was called into an office as the only woman. The sales colleague thought they were going to negotiate the cooperation project, so he wanted to go in, but he was stopped outside. The colleague was surprised at first. Later he thought that maybe they just want to listen to the design concept, so he didn¡¯t care and stood outside and waited. But strange things began to happen at that time. The male colleague stops and doesn¡¯t go on. The boss says unhappily, ¡°go on. Why don¡¯t you say that?¡± The male colleague nces at Alice and says to the boss hesitantly, ¡°Alice will tell you what happened later.¡± Alice shivers a little when she hears him mention her name. She looks uneasily at the boss and then ire. When the boss is about to lose his temper, she falters, ¡°when I got into the office...¡± Alice¡¯s experience is more colorful. When Alice entered the office, she found that there was only one man in the office and that man¡¯s expression was terrible. He seemed to want to eat her. As soon as he saw Alice, he asked aloud who she was. Alice was pale with fear. She stammered out her purpose. As a result, the man was more terrible when he heard her name andpany. He angrily told Alice to get out and let her... ¡°What? Go on!¡± The boss is a little dissatisfied with Alice¡¯s timidity, and his tone is not good. Alice trembles at the boss¡¯s words. ire stands by and worries. She can¡¯t help but reach out and pat her on the shoulder and let her rx. Alice gives ire a grateful look. His eyes are still strange. Alice turns her head to look at the boss. After a long time she plucks up her courage and says, ¡°that man asked me to let iree to him in person!¡± ¡°...¡± Alice¡¯s words quiet the whole office. Not only ire is shocked, but also the boss. The most important thing is said, and there is nothing terrible behind it, but Alice is still embarrassed. The man yelled and told Alice to get out. Alice was scared. She came out of the office pale. Later, Alice tells ire in private that the man¡¯s eyes were like killing her. The air pressure and temperature in the office were too low. She felt creepy on this hot day. The male colleague felt strange, but before he asked, someone immediately asked them to leave. Their attitude was totally different from the previous respect. They seemed to drive them away deliberately. On the way back, the male colleague asked Alice what happened. When he heard Alice¡¯s description, he was also shocked. Even the boss and ire are shocked after hearing Alice¡¯s story. No one expected that things will develop in such a dramatic way. Now there are a few questions. Who is the man Alice saw? ording to Alice, he is definitely not a manager or leader. He is a man none of them can imagine. The second question is why he asked ire toe to him in person. Does he want to discuss business or personal matters with her? What is his rtionship with ire? All kinds of questionse to everyone¡¯s mind. The boss, Alice and the male colleague can¡¯t help looking at ire. They all seem to want to find out from ire. But no one asks her. Only ire knows all the answers. She knows who the man is and why he is looking for her. But she is in a veryplicated mood at the moment. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to find out that she is working in thispany. Meanwhile ire is thinking. She is guessing how he knows she works in thispany. If Leo finds her, how does he find her? He shouldn¡¯t know it by right! ire panics. Let alone the three of them. Even she has a bunch of questions waiting for others to answer for her! This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. Finally, the boss is the first to respond. He coughs and signals Alice and the male colleague to go out first. Although Alice and the male colleague have many questions and doubts about ire¡¯s rtionship with the seemingly powerful man, they can only restrain themselves in front of their boss. After they leave, only ire and the boss are left in the office. After a long silence, the boss says, ¡°ire, sit down first.¡± With that, he stands up and walks to ire. He pushes ire, who is meditating, onto the sofa. ire¡¯s back to consciousness. She sits on the sofa and gives the boss an awkward look. She says awkwardly, ¡°boss...¡± The boss raises his hand and interrupts ire. He sits down across from ire and says, ¡°I know everyone has their own past. It¡¯s not appropriate to discuss personal matters at work, but ire, have you offended someone in theirpany?¡± She does offend someone, but he is not a person. ire scolds him in her heart. She looks up at the boss and thinks for a while before she says, ¡°I do have a dispute with someone in Howard Group, but it¡¯s not a big deal. There¡¯s just some misunderstanding between us.¡± Compared with these, the boss is more worried about the sess of his cooperation project. Chapter 280 She is “eatenâ€� Chapter 280 She is ¡°eaten¡± He gives ire a meaningful look and says, ¡°I¡¯m afraid that man is not a simple person, is he?¡± He can arrange people to his own exclusive office at will. He must be a leader. If it¡¯s a small misunderstanding, it¡¯s easy to solve. If they are enemies, the cooperation project may fail. Now that ire knows the leader, why doesn¡¯t she say it earlier? She is rmended by Juan, but... ire nods in silence after the boss finishes. The boss is desperate. ¡°What¡¯s your rtionship with him? Will this cooperation project...¡± The boss doesn¡¯t go on, but his meaning is clear. ire¡¯s face changes. It¡¯s sad to be suspected. She shakes her head firmly and says, ¡°boss, don¡¯t worry. He is not the kind of person to hold a grudge¡­¡± ire doesn¡¯t go on. She remembers that Leo kicked the president in the crotch to keep him from touching her thigh. She remembered when they were in City B, Leo osted Fiona to get the cooperation project. It shows that Leo is the kind of person to hold a grudge. What¡¯s more, she suddenly disappeared before. Leo will not let her go easily. ording to Alice¡¯s description, she knows how angry he is now. Leo doesn¡¯t rush to the ce where she works directly to make trouble, which is his greatest endurance. ire doesn¡¯t go on so the boss can see that she isn¡¯t too sure about it. He sighs in disappointment and asks tentatively, ¡°why don¡¯t you go and see what¡¯s going on? I think he is very satisfied with our design. You know the design department stayed up more than a week to make this work. Now there is an opportunity. I hope you...¡± The boss looks at ire and is in a dilemma. Even he feels embarrassed. ire hears him. Although she is disappointed with the boss¡¯s attitude, she understands that an entrepreneur is not willing to give up such a good opportunity when he can achieve long-term cooperation with a listedpany. The boss is from the perspective of thepany. It is respectful of him to ask her so gently. Although ire doesn¡¯t know whether he respects Juan or her, she can understand. ire presses her lips. She ponders in her heart whether to grant the boss¡¯s request. If she goes, she will be in danger. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. But if she doesn¡¯t go, the chance of cooperation will surely fail. Thepany will lose a lot of human and financial resources. Even if ire doesn¡¯t go, Leo wille to her. Leo knows where she is. ire doesn¡¯t believe he won¡¯te to her. ire thinks for a moment. She can¡¯t escape Leo. She¡¯d better go. Maybe there¡¯s a chance. ire takes a deep breath and looks at the boss seriously and says, ¡°I see. I will go. I will win the contract for ourpany!¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, the boss shows a relieved smile. He looks at ire happily and says with a smile, ¡°I know you are a dedicated person. Don¡¯t worry. As long as you can get this cooperation project, I will never forget what I promised you!¡± ire just smiles and doesn¡¯t talk. She doesn¡¯t know if she cane back to work again. She wants to do something for her colleagues who have been with her for more than a week. She wants to thank them for making her happy. ... However, when ire stands downstairs of Howard Group, she can¡¯t help but want to escape. She thinks she can find another job directly, but Juan rmended her. If she resigns suddenly, she will disgrace Juan. ire thinks she owes Juan. She doesn¡¯t want to do anything to embarrass him. ire cheers herself up again. She plucks up her courage and walks into Howard Group. The receptionist knows her. She is greeted upstairs. The girl used to pass by the floor where she and Leo worked. She is a girl who likes tough. When she sees ire, she takes her to the elevator and says, ¡°ire, you¡¯re back. The president is very grumpy these days when you are away. I dare not even go upstairs to send information. Nobody but Mr. Luke dares to approach the president.¡± ire is no longer the secretary of Howard Group. She is still embarrassed when she meets her former colleagues. She tries to smile and responds, ¡°really?¡± ¡°Of course!¡± The girl nods in an exaggerated way, and then she looks around. She mysteriously leans over ire¡¯s ear and says, ¡°I advise you to be carefulter. Don¡¯t make him angry.¡± There are only two of them in the elevator. ire doesn¡¯t understand why she is so mysterious. She says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t worry.¡± On the way here, she has been fully prepared. The girl is a natural cheeky person. When ire was a secretary of thepany before, she experienced her passion. Seeing ire¡¯s indifference, she asks curiously in a low voice, ¡°ire, can I ask you something?¡± ire raises her eyebrows and nces at her. She says coldly, ¡°yes.¡± The girl looks around and says to ire, ¡°are you really the president¡¯s lover? Is the boy you brought that day the son of you and the president?¡± How dare she ask her this question! But when ire was scolded as a mistress, she also asked about her rtionship with Leo. She is a gossip girl. The day ire brought Conan, she had no chance to ask her. ire smiles and shakes her head. ¡°I have nothing to do with Leo. Don¡¯t think too much.¡± ¡°Then why...¡± The girl wants to keep asking, but then they get to Leo¡¯s floor. The elevator door opens. The girl has to shut up. Chapter 281 A domineering kiss Chapter 281 A domineering kiss The girl straightens up and solemnly reaches out a hand to ire and signals her to get out of the elevator. ire is amused and goes out. ire takes a special look over there as she passes the secretary¡¯s desk. All the equipment is normal and unchanged. It seems that after she left, Leo doesn¡¯t look for a second secretary. What about his work? As soon as the thought shes by, ire is amused by her own idea. Now she has to worry about herself. She doesn¡¯t know what Leo will do to herter. The whole floor is very quiet. This floor only has Leo¡¯s office and the secretary¡¯s desk outside. There is also arge and quiet reception room. The girl walks ahead. ire follows her in silence. She can not help but hold her breath and is uneasy. However, there is always an end to the road. After a while they get to the door of Leo¡¯s office. The girl takes a deep look at ire and whispers, ¡°ire, I can only send you here. Go in on your own.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ire responds softly. Then she takes a deep breath and puts her hand on the doorknob. The girl leaves in silence. She doesn¡¯t know what will happen next. She¡¯s curious, but she¡¯s more afraid of Leo. ire plucks up her courage to open the door after the girl leaves. However... To ire¡¯s surprise, she opens the door and sees the empty office. Leo is not in the office. ire is confused. Where did he go? Her doubtsts only two seconds. All of a sudden, her wrist is grabbed from the side and the door ms shut. She is assailed by bullying and rage. ire is hit on the wall and kissed. Leo bites ire¡¯s lips. His actions are so rough that he even tears off ire¡¯s clothes, revealing her shoulders. Leo is not eager to touch the skin he loves. He just chews ire¡¯s lips with anger and punishment. He puts his other big hand around her neck. He seems to be stroking her as hard as he can. If you look carefully, you can see the blood vessels on Leo¡¯s hand. He seems to be putting up with something on purpose. Atst Leo takes back his big hand. He bangs his hand against the wall next to ire¡¯s ear. The beast like kiss stops. Leo stares fiercely into ire¡¯s eyes. He says angrily, ¡°ire, are you finally willing toe back?¡± ire is in a state of bewilderment from the moment she was kissed by Leo. Now she¡¯s stared at by Leo and feels guilty. She doesn¡¯t dare look into Leo¡¯s eyes. She purses her lips. ¡°Speak!¡± Leo looks like he¡¯s going to eat ire. The blue veins on his forehead are obvious. He is putting up with something. ire looks away and says stubbornly, ¡°I have nothing to say to you.¡± ¡°Oh? Really?¡± Leo sneers and suddenly pulls ire onto the sofa. He stands by the sofa and takes off his coat. The look in his eyes at ire is terrifying and what he says is terrifying. ¡°If I rape you now, don¡¯t you have anything to say?¡± ire is pushed onto the sofa so her arm hurts. She sits up stubbornly and stares at Leo and says angrily, ¡°Leo! Why are you angry with me? I told you I would leave you. You don¡¯t believe it! Why do you vent your resentment on me?¡± Leo throws his coat aside and nods thoughtfully. He sneers and says, ¡°but I remember you promised me you wouldn¡¯t leave me. You have broken your promise.¡± When did she promise? ire gets rid of her guilt. She is annoyed by Leo¡¯s attitude. She quickly recalls what she had said in the days she was with Leo. She never promised Leo to stay with him. Apart from... That day Leo suddenly went back to her house and begged her to stay with him. ire was shocked by Leo¡¯s care. She couldn¡¯t bear to beat him, so she was silent. As a result, Leo mistakenly thought that she promised. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. It¡¯s ridiculous! ire is angry. She nces at Leo and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t promise! You¡¯re so smug! I remember I told you we can¡¯t be together. I will leave you!¡± While ire is talking, Leo has taken off his tie. When he hears ire, he sneers and throws his tie aside. He says coldly, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter if you don¡¯t admit it. I also said that no matter where you go, I will catch you back! Now you¡¯re back. I won the game!¡± ¡°So what?¡± ire isn¡¯t scared at all by Leo. She is very disdainful. ¡°I won. It shows...¡± Leo¡¯s eyes brighten. As he speaks, he quickly presses on ire¡¯s body. Leo says in a domineering way, ¡°I won so you¡¯re mine! You can¡¯t leave me in this life!¡± Leo¡¯s words are overbearing. ire doesn¡¯t care. She doesn¡¯t care that Leo is pressing her body. She says arrogantly, ¡°you may have been standing high for too long, so you think everything is yours. But you have nothing! Don¡¯t want me to stay with you! I can run away from you countless times!¡± ¡°Uh...¡± In the face of ire¡¯s arrogant attitude, Leo responds with a domineering kiss. A wet object slides strongly into her mouth, leaving ire¡¯s soft tongue nowhere to escape. ¡°Uh...¡± ire''s body is under Leo¡¯s pressure and his hard object is against her. She feels clearly what he is thinking at the moment. Chapter 282 The little wild cat? Chapter 282 The little wild cat? Leo wants to have sex with her here to show his sovereignty! ire doesn¡¯t give in easily. What¡¯s more, this is her first confrontation with Leo after escaping. She wants to kick Leo but she didn¡¯t expect Leo to anticipate her move. His feet press against ire¡¯s restless legs and she can¡¯t move. They have a lot of physical contact. Leo has known all of ire¡¯s resistant movements and her thoughts for a long time. ire is not willing to be forcibly upied by Leo. She struggles restlessly but she doesn¡¯t learn from it. She doesn¡¯t know that the more she struggles, the more Leo wants to possess her. When ire is struggling, she identally touches Leo¡¯s... Leo groans in pain. His eyes darken. He deepens the kiss by confining ire¡¯s hands to her head. This is where he is absolutely strong. As long as he wants to, ire can¡¯t refuse him whether it¡¯s sex or life. But ire has an advantage. No matter how many times he is strong, ire won¡¯t bow to defeat. She is stubborn enough! As long as she is firm, no one can force her! Her hands and legs are trapped by Leo? It doesn¡¯t matter. She has a head! ire grits her teeth. She doesn¡¯t care if they are kissing. ire ms her forehead into Leo. Because of their posture, ire bites Leo¡¯s tongue directly. The pain in his forehead and tongue force Leo to let go of ire. He says angrily, ¡°you little wild cat...¡± Little wild cat? ire is smug about her sess in stopping Leo. His words shock ire. Why does Leo remember that she is little wild cat? Does he think of something? ire is shocked but Leo is angry. ire ran away so he is furious. Now ire rebels, so Leo gets even angrier. But he doesn¡¯t hit women. He doesn¡¯t want to touch ire. He gets up angrily and sits next to ire without saying a word. ire is still shocked by Leo¡¯s words. She sits up dully and stares at Leo and asks, ¡°Leo, do you remember anything?¡± ¡°What can I remember?¡± Leo is in a bad mood. He isn¡¯t in the mood to think about what ire says. Leo gives ire an impatient look. When he sees ire¡¯s shoulders and swollen lips from his kiss, his eyes darken and the feeling just disappearedes back. Leo is a little excited. He stares at ire¡¯s lips but he doesn¡¯t move. ire is thinking about what Leo just said. She doesn¡¯t notice Leo¡¯s suddenly darkened eyes. ire bites her lips and falters, ¡°you lost your memory... Ah!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t listen to ire at all. When ire bites her lips subconsciously, his lost desirees back. He pounces on ire again. This time he reaches into ire¡¯s... ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. If he only kisses her, ire can keep her head, but... ... If the phone doesn¡¯t ring suddenly, Leo might have sex with ire in the office. At the beginning of the ring, Leo intends to ignore it, but the phone keeps ringing. He doesn¡¯t answer the phone but it rings again and again. Atst Leo looks up angrily. He mutters, ¡°Damn it!¡± With that, he gets up and picks up the phone. Leo hangs up impatiently as soon as he hears the voice. He even unplugs the phone line. ire looks at the ceiling of the office and breathes. It is a long time before she regains consciousness. When she realizes what she just did, she is so ashamed that she wants to find a hole to drill in. She didn¡¯t refuse! Leo almost made it! How can she let Leo do what he wants! She came here on her own, so she is weak. Now she doesn¡¯t turn Leo down. ire is too shy to live in this world! Leo kicks his desk. He takes a look at ire¡¯s direction. This time, instead of going to ire, he goes to the rest area of the office. There is a door in this huge office. It¡¯s a specially decorated lounge for Leo to workte and not want to go home and sleep in thepany. It¡¯s actually a spacious room with a toilet and a bed. Leo goes straight to the bathroom and takes a cold bath and solves his physical desires. When he finishes, he punches the wall hard and hates his soft heart. He doesn¡¯t want to use violence against ire. He thought that when he sees ire, he will abuse her and make her beg for mercy on the ground. He wants her never to leave him again. But when he really sees her, he doesn¡¯t want to do that to her. He can only resist his anger. Just now he could go on, but he remembered that he promised her so he stopped. Leo is aggressive but he keeps his word. He promised ire he will never touch her if she doesn¡¯t agree. He said it so he has to do it. But how dare that woman leave him! He can¡¯t bear to force her! Leo can¡¯t help but ask himself if he has changed after meeting ire. He admits that he likes ire, but he finds that ire has inadvertently changed him. This uneasiness upies Leo¡¯s whole mind. Chapter 283 I want to own you Chapter 283 I want to own you When hees out, he sees ire dressed and sitting in her seat and staring at something. Seeing this, Leo can¡¯t help smiling. It¡¯s good that she doesn¡¯t run away again. ¡°What are you thinking?¡± Leo¡¯s deep, hoarse voice rings above ire. ire looks back subconsciously. She finds Leo standing behind the sofa in his pajamas. ire freezes. Leo looks good. He looks easygoing without his domineering manner. ire shakes her head and says, ¡°nothing. I¡¯m wondering why you called me here.¡± In fact, ire is thinking about why Leo just stopped. He was angry and could vent his anger and desire on her, but he didn¡¯t. But of course she can¡¯t ask Leo. ire thinks quickly and says another question that she also cares about. Leo is calm and not as irascible and angry as he was when ire came in, but he is still in a bad mood and looks cold. Instead of answering ire, he goes to the mini fridge and takes out a bottle of red wine and two sses. Then he goes back to the sofa and raises a ss and asks ire, ¡°do you want to drink?¡± Leo used to drink during ire¡¯s disappearance. Now he is used to drinking at work. ire frowns and shakes her head. She has no habit of drinking in the daytime. After ire responds, Leo can¡¯t help sneering. He sits opposite ire and pours himself a ss of red wine. He shakes the ss and suddenly drinks it up. ire frowns. No one drinks red wine like that. Red wine needs to be tasted slowly, which is known to people withmon sense. However, Leo, who is at the top of the society, does not. The atmosphere is a bit subdued. Leo is cold and unwilling to talk. ire asks uneasily, ¡°Leo, did you call me to see you drink?¡± Leo pours himself another ss of red wine, but this time he doesn¡¯t drink it. Leo asks, ¡°ire, don¡¯t you want to tell me where you¡¯ve been these days?¡± Leo suspected that Bryce took ire away, but Luke confirmed that ire was not with Bryce. There is only one possibility. ire has another male friend that Leo and Luke don¡¯t know. Who is he? What is his rtionship with ire? This is Leo¡¯s biggest concern. ire hears Leo and moves her mouth. She doesn¡¯t seem to have to tell Leo where she has been. ire says casually, ¡°nothing. I just wanted to rx. Leo, if you don¡¯t tell me why you asked me to come here, I¡¯m leaving. I don¡¯t have so much time to talk with you.¡± ire¡¯s words arouse Leo¡¯s dissatisfaction. His eyes are cold and he sneers, ¡°do you think you can leave this time?¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ire can¡¯t help being wary of Leo¡¯s words. Does he want to keep her in his office all her life? Why? Leo sneers and doesn¡¯t look at ire. He shakes the red wine ss. His strong face is reflected in the ss. Leo says slowly, ¡°I¡¯m not afraid to tell you. From this moment on, you have no personal freedom. You must follow me. I have to watch your every move.¡± ire is a freedom loving person. Leo¡¯s words are undoubtedly challenging her bottom line. ire is furious when he finishes. ire stands up and stares at Leo angrily and says, ¡°why do you decide my life at will? As far as I know, I have nothing to do with you!¡± ¡°I can make up our rtionship.¡± Leo leans leisurely on the sofa. He holds the ss in one hand and supports his head with the other. He sneers. Leo says, ¡°I gave you freedom but you didn¡¯t cherish it. From now on, you are mine. You can¡¯t go anywhere. You have to stay with me all your life!¡± ¡°You!¡± ire is angry. ¡°You are unreasonable!¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯m unreasonable. So what?¡± Leo looks at ire coldly. ¡°...¡± ire is so angry that she can¡¯t speak. She refuses to listen to Leo and stay with him. Since he said she has to stay with him all her life, she is leaving now. ire wants to see what he can do to keep her! ire walks to the door at a speed that Leo can never catch up with. However, Leo calmly takes a sip of red wine. He looks sarcastically at ire¡¯s back. As soon as ire opens the door, she sees two bodyguards in ck suits standing at the door. When they see hering out, they immediately block the door and don¡¯t let her go out. ire is shocked to see this scene. She looks at the two tall and strong bodyguards at the door and at Leo on the sofa. He seems to be satirizing her. ¡°...¡± The two bodyguards are blocking the door. ire can¡¯t leave. She angrily closes the door and reluctantly walks back to the sofa. She stares at Leo and says, ¡°what do you mean? Do you want to kidnap me?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to kidnap you.¡± Leo sneers. He waves and says, ¡°I want to own you. I said you are mine.¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ¡°You¡¯re a pervert!¡± ire can¡¯t help swearing. In the face of ire¡¯s abuse, Leo takes a sip of red wine and suddenly stands up and kisses ire. He gives her the red wine in his mouth. ire chokes on red wine and keeps coughing. Leo¡¯s anger dissipates a little. He sneers and says, ¡°I will do what you scold meter. Today I just do a demonstration. You have to remember.¡± Chapter 284 The trap he sets Chapter 284 The trap he sets ire is almost out of breath. She looks at Leo angrily. She didn¡¯t expect that she just escaped once, but Leo reveals her nature. Leo is cruel and inhuman. Fortunately, ire is awake and not cheated by Leo¡¯s ttery. She knows Leo¡¯s approach. She doesn¡¯t believe that he will suddenly get better even if he lost his memory. ire calms down and straightens up. She says firmly, ¡°Leo, I won¡¯t let you seed. Absolutely not!¡± ¡°That¡¯s the best.¡± Leo is indifferent. He sits back on the sofa and pours himself another ss of wine. ire is annoyed by Leo¡¯s apathy. She takes a deep breath and convinces herself in her heart and calms herself down. ire calms down and sits opposite. She says solemnly, ¡°Leo, I know your means. Tell me what you want. I¡¯ll give it to you as long as you allow me to leave.¡± Leo nces at her and says arrogantly, ¡°as far as I know, you are begging me now. Is that how you beg me?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire is speechless. She stares at Leo for a moment and whispers, ¡°President Howard, please let me go. I¡¯ll give you whatever you want!¡± However, despite ire¡¯s begging, Leo doesn¡¯t ept it. He bursts outughing. Leo says leisurely, ¡°do you want to leave? Do you forget why you are here?¡± When Leo finishes, ire suddenly remembers that she is here to persuade Leo to cooperate with her company. It¡¯s Leo¡¯s fault. She asked him many times just now but he changed the subject. She forgot why she came here. ire looks at Leo seriously and asks, ¡°why did you call me here today? As far as I know, the project leader of yourpany originally agreed to the design work of ourpany. Why did you suddenly change your mind?¡± ¡°And,¡± ire stares at Leo and asks, ¡°how do you know I work in thatpany?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a secret...¡± Leo says mysteriously. The next second he returns to normal and says coldly, ¡°the reason I asked you toe here is very simple. I want to talk to you about personal matters! As for the design you said, I¡¯m not interested at all!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you want to know what I want? I call you here in the hope that you will stay with me. If you promise not to leave me, I will let yourpany¡¯s cooperation project pass, otherwise...¡± With that, Leo shows a proud expression. ire is cold at Leo¡¯s words. She looks at Leo coldly and says angrily, ¡°are you threatening me?¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯m threatening you.¡± Leo is outspoken. ¡°...¡± ire stares at Leo and is speechless. Leo is really threatening her, so what? Leo has the ability to threaten, but she has nothing. Now shees here to beg Leo to let herpany¡¯s cooperation project pass. From the beginning, Leo dug a trap for ire to jump. He tricked ire to hispany and doesn¡¯t let her go. Whether she agrees to Leo¡¯s terms or not, she can¡¯t leave here. He said first that he will not allow ire to leave him. Now he¡¯s threatening her directly with that coboration. His only purpose is to let ire stay! Leo is really treacherous. Although ire doesn¡¯t know how Leo knows she works for that designpany, now she has to convince Leo. She¡¯s going to take Leo a step back while protecting herself. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. So what should ire do? ire is in a dilemma. She looks at the indifferent Leo and tentatively says, ¡°Leo, can you change your request?¡± ¡°No way!¡± Leo interrupts ire. He says roughly, ¡°you have only two choices. Stay with me and I¡¯ll pass the cooperation project for yourpany. You leave immediately, but we will not use yourpany¡¯s works, and we willpletely cut off contact with yourpany.¡± He threatens ire with her soft heart! Leo knows that ire will not let the work she has designed for a long time fail because of herself. Leo knows ire will be reluctant. ire is different from Leo. She is a person who doesn¡¯t hurt others! But the offer is too tempting. As long as ire nods, their efforts will not be in vain. But he threatens her with thest thing she wants to do! ire spends a lot of energy escaping Leo. Now she has a chance. She doesn¡¯t want to listen to Leo¡¯s arrangement, which makes her feel very disrespectful! ire seems to be in a dilemma. Seeing ire¡¯s pain, Leo¡¯s anger these days haspletely dissipates. He finally gets his revenge. ire¡¯s IQ can¡¯t beat him! Leo suddenly smiles. For the first time in nearly half a month, Leo smiles happily. He says casually, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. I¡¯m not in a hurry for your answer. You can think about it before you tell me the answer.¡± She doesn¡¯t have much time to think about it! Before ire left, she assured her boss that she would give him an answer before she left work. It¡¯s almost time to get off work. If her boss doesn¡¯t hear from her... ire can¡¯t imagine. ire is worried, but Leo is not going to spend any more time with her. He puts down his ss and stands up to leave. ¡°Wait a minute!¡± Just as Leo is about to leave, ire stops him. She makes up her mind! Chapter 285 He breaks his promise Chapter 285 He breaks his promise No matter whether she agrees or not, Leo won¡¯t let her go easily. She¡¯d better agree to Leo¡¯s terms so that she won¡¯t feel sorry for her colleagues. ire nces at Leo and says difficultly, ¡°I promise you, but you must promise me that you will not regret again!¡± Anyway, she can run away again. She has run away twice. She¡¯s not afraid to run away again! Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo smiles. There is a gleam of treachery in his eyes. Leo walks slowly to his desk and picks up a document. Then hees back and puts a contract or something in front of ire and points to it and says, ¡°sign it.¡± ¡°What is this...¡± ire takes it up and looks at it doubtfully. When she sees clearly, her eyes suddenly widen. She flings down the contract and stares at Leo and roars, ¡°Leo! What do you mean!¡± He asks ire to sign to show her sincerity to Leo. He makes her promise not to leave him for the rest of her life. Here are a few examples. If ire betrays Leo or doesn¡¯t do what the contract says, she will have to pay liquidated damages or he will sue ire. And Conan¡¯s custody has to be transferred to him. Seeing this, ire is furious. Leo is bullying! ire had a hunch before she promised. Why does Leo have to make such a request when he can restrain her? ire thought that Leo just wanted to hear her promise, so she restrained her uneasiness and agreed to Leo. Sure enough, she guesses right.This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ire is angry but Leo iscent. He says, ¡°didn¡¯t you just agree to my terms? Now I want you to sign this contract to prevent you from breaking your promise in the future. This is a contract to protect us. Why do you react like this now?¡± Leo looks at ire meaningfully and says, ¡°did you just say that to perfunctory me?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t!¡± ire is guilty, but she has a high self-esteem, so she immediately contradicts Leo. She says seriously, ¡°you don¡¯t have to mock me. Leo, you¡¯ve nned everything for a long time. You prepared the contract. I didn¡¯t expect you to be such a person!¡± ¡°I¡¯m just careful.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t care about ire¡¯s rebuttal. ¡°After all, you¡¯ve done it once before. I can¡¯t believe you without any basis.¡± ¡°You...¡± ire stares at Leo angrily and wants to say something to contradict him. But she finds that she has no reason to contradict Leo. Leo is telling the truth. She did leave without permission, but it doesn¡¯t mean that her behavior is wrong! She and Leo are from two worlds. There is no advantage in their being together. Leo is domineering and overbearing. ire is upset. If she¡¯s going to fight Leo, she can¡¯t resist him. He will be more domineering. ire knows that. She sits down helplessly and says, ¡°even if what you said is right and I sign this contract, so what? Who can guarantee that we will be together forever? A couple will divorce, let alone we have nothing to do with each other! I think the contract needs to be changed.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you believe in my determination?¡± Leo leans forward and stares at ire. Leo has been staring at ire for a long time. They are silent. Then Leo smiles meaningfully. He leans back and says, ¡°OK, how do you want to change it?¡± Leo finally agrees. ire breaths a sigh of relief. She points to the date on the contract and says firmly, ¡°it should be changed here. It shouldn¡¯t be the second half of my life. It should be a month or a year.¡± ire can y with Leo for such a long time. Besides, no one can predict the future. Maybe she sign the contract today, and Leo gets tired of her the next day. ire doesn¡¯t want to get in touch with Leo, but she has to deal with Leo for her freedom and the project. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo suddenly smiles. He gets up and goes to ire and sits down. He looks meaningfully at her face. After a long time, Leo smiles and says, ¡°ire, do you think I¡¯m particrly like an idiot without a brain?¡± Yeah... ire says in her heart, but she can¡¯t answer Leo that way. ire says quickly, ¡°no, you think too much.¡± Leo sneers and scornfully says, ¡°ire, do you think I¡¯m an idiot? A month? A year? I know what you¡¯re thinking.¡± ¡°What?¡± ire is nervous but she asks calmly. Leo nces at her and pinches her chin and kisses her. Leo presses her nose and says, ¡°I don¡¯t agree with your suggestion. You want to leave me when the contract expires. Don¡¯t even think about it!¡± ¡°Leo, don¡¯t go too far!¡± ire is exposed and embarrassed. She can¡¯t help pushing him away and protesting loudly. ¡°Do you think you still have a stand against me?¡± Leo is pushed away by ire but he isn¡¯t angry. He sits back and watches ire. He says leisurely, ¡°ire, it¡¯s no use struggling. I advise you to surrender.¡± It¡¯s impossible! ire can¡¯t help but scold him in her heart. A trickes to her. Now that Leo wants to keep her, she can do something he hates and make him tired of her. Even if she signs the contract, Leo will take the initiative to drive her away. Chapter 286 Can you do it or not Chapter 286 Can you do it or not As soon as the idea appears, ire is overwhelmed by her wit. It¡¯s really a good way! She should beat him in a special way! Thinking of this, ire¡¯s face suddenly changes. She smiles and picks up the contract in front of her. She says without hesitation, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll sign it. Where can I sign it?¡± ire¡¯s suddenpliance surprises Leo. He raises his eyebrows. His surprise doesn¡¯tst long. Whatever ire is thinking, she can¡¯t escape. Leo smiles confidently, ¡°at the end of the contract.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire smiles at Leo and writes her name at the end of the contract. After she finishes writing, a storm caused by the contract stops. Despite their own thoughts, the contract that results from ire¡¯s escape and the project and that causes them to dispute is finally signed. Some things have changed in silence. ire sold herself. Although she doesn¡¯t admit it, she can¡¯t do many things at will. For example,... Leo puts her under him again after she signs the contract. This time, Leo is not so rude but gentle. ire also changes from stiff at the beginning to submissive. But Leo stops at the end. ire can¡¯t help making fun of him. ¡°President Howard, what¡¯s wrong with you? Every time you stop at a critical moment.¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Leo res at her and says, ¡°if you don¡¯t want to be eaten by me, you¡¯d better shut up. Otherwise, I¡¯ll let you see if I can do it!¡± ire is amused by Leo¡¯s reaction. Leo doesn¡¯t really touch her after they met again. Is he impotent after the ident? ire is amused at the thought of the possibility. But she can¡¯t show it. She can only hold it in her heart, which makes her face red. ire¡¯s reaction makes Leo angry. This little wild cat. If he is not a man who keeps his promise, he will have forgotten all his promises. But ire doubts his sexual ability, which deeply stimtes Leo¡¯s self-esteem. Leo suddenly reaches out and holds ire¡¯s hand. The next moment he pulls ire¡¯s hand to his crotch and makes her feel if he really can¡¯t! ire isughing in her heart. Leo¡¯s sudden move startles her. When ire touches the hot hard object in her hand, she unconsciously wants to take her hand back as if it is scalded. But Leo holds her hand tightly and doesn¡¯t let her move. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. The hard object in her hand is animated by her touch. ire¡¯s little hand is about to lose control of it. Her face is as red as a drop of blood. ire whispers, ¡°Leo...¡± Leo didn¡¯t expect ire¡¯s hand to be so small. His breath bes a little hasty. Leo approaches ire¡¯s ear and whispers to her, ¡°do you still doubt my sexuality?¡± ¡°No... I dare not...¡± ire¡¯s ears are tickling. She could hardly control herself. Her heart beats can¡¯t help speeding up and something is agitating in her body. In fact, ire is a little excited after being teased by him. She is a woman with normal sexual desire. She is teased but not satisfied. Sometimes she¡¯s going crazy! But she is reluctant to have sex with Leo. She can tolerate being kissed and touched by Leo. If she has sex with him, ire will never forgive herself! Luckily Leo doesn¡¯t force her. ire is relieved. Thinking about it, ire finds that she can¡¯t reallyugh at his sexuality anymore. ¡°I am wrong. Please let me go.¡± ire whispers. There is a weeping and begging tone in her voice. The hard object in her hand seems excited. Her fingers dare not move. She¡¯s afraid Leo can¡¯t control himself and forces her. Hearing ire¡¯s promise, Leo takes a look at her and kisses her on the lips. He stares into her eyes and says hoarsely, ¡°maybe you can help me...¡± ire¡¯s face is redder. What is Leo talking about? Does he want her to help him? She will never do such a shameful thing! Leo seems to guess what ire is thinking. His hot breath is sprayed on her face. Then he takes ire¡¯s little hand out and keeps a certain distance from her. Leo chuckles and says dejectedly, ¡°forget it. I know you won¡¯t do it.¡± With that, Leo gets up and leaves the sofa. His back looks a little depressed. Is he pretending? ire is shocked by the frustration in Leo¡¯s eyes. What does he mean? She does nothing wrong. He takes the initiative to y with fire but he mes her. ire is a little upset but when she sees his back, she can¡¯t help but want him to stay. ire gnaws her lips wrongly. She doesn¡¯t want to say that. What if Leo is pretending? She won¡¯t do that shameful thing. ire doesn¡¯t know what Leo is doing. She sits on the sofa for a long time. When shees back to her senses, she sees Leo sitting in his seat and looking at theputer. He seems to be working. ire thinks for a moment and straightens out her slightly messy clothes. Then she stands up and says to Leo. ¡°I have to go back to mypany. My boss is waiting for my news.¡± Chapter 287 You are not handsome enough Chapter 287 You are not handsome enough With that, ire walks to the door. Before she opens the door, Leo looks up and sneers, ¡°do you forget the contract you just signed?¡± ¡°Contract?¡± ire stops. She turns around in confusion and tells Leo what she thinks, ¡°the contract just says I can¡¯t leave you. It doesn¡¯t limit where I go.¡± ¡°You can¡¯t leave me.¡± Leo props his hands on the desk. He squints and looks at ire. ¡°Aren¡¯t you just leaving me now? Do you want to default?¡± ire is shocked to hear Leo. Does Leo mean she has to stay with him all the time and can¡¯t go anywhere? Even if she leaves for a while, she is breaking the contract? She has no freedom at all! ire understands Leo. She looks at him in shock and says angrily, ¡°you are too domineering. Can¡¯t I go to work?¡± ¡°Why do you go to work? Have I allowed you to resign?¡± Leo¡¯s face is cold. He stands up and says angrily, ¡°you left without permission, but I didn¡¯t me you. How dare you resist me? How dare you go to work in anotherpany? ire, you¡¯re too bold!¡± ¡°I... I...¡± ire is speechless. ire stares at Leo and says angrily, ¡°you¡¯re wrong, too. Would I have escaped if you hadn¡¯t always done something strange to me?¡± When ire finishes, Leo doesn¡¯t care. ¡°Since you care so much, why don¡¯t you answer my request earlier? No matter how you struggle, I won¡¯t change my mind.¡± ire stares at him and says angrily, ¡°Leo, I¡¯m a person, not your pet! Don¡¯t you feel ashamed to force me to stay with you?¡± ¡°So what?¡± Leo raises his eyebrows disdainfully. ¡°As long as you are willing to be with me, there won¡¯t be so much trouble. ire, why are you adamantly refusing me? Am I not good enough? Not rich enough? Not handsome enough?¡± He is so narcissistic! ire feels scornful in her heart. ire is not afraid to fight him. Anyway, her n is to disgust Leo. ire raises her chin and says firmly, ¡°you¡¯re right. In my eyes, you are not good enough, not rich enough, not handsome enough! So I advise you to give up. I won¡¯t like you in my whole life!¡± ire¡¯s words make Leough. He sneers. ¡°ire, don¡¯t be toocent. If one day you like me but I break up with you, you will cry.¡± ¡°I won¡¯t cry for you bastard!¡± ire quickly retorts. Leo chuckles scornfully. When ire finishes, he sits back and looks coldly at theputer. He seems to want to ignore ire. He has absolute confidence in himself. He can make ire fall in love with him. In fact, he is so attached to ire because he is angry. He has always been coddled and pursued. But no matter how hard he tries, ire is indifferent, which deeply stimtes Leo¡¯s self-esteem. Leo can¡¯t stand the frustration of being ignored by women. Leo decides to let ire fall in love with him and cry for him! ire doesn¡¯t know what Leo thinks. She opens the door angrily, but she finds that the two bodyguards are still standing there straight. When ire opens the door, they are facing ire and blocking her. Seeing this, ire angrily closes the door again. She res at Leo, who sits in front of theputer and is cold, and says angrily, ¡°Leo, I¡¯m going to the bathroom!¡± Leo points in the direction of the lounge and casually says, ¡°the toilet is inside. You can go in.¡± ire stares at Leo and walks reluctantly toward the lounge. ire goes into the bathroom. She washes her face first and hints that she has to calm down. She can¡¯t let Leo control her! ire gradually calms down. She takes out her cell phone and calls her boss. She tells him what happened. The boss answers the phone soon. ire immediately says, ¡°boss, I get that coboration. And I¡¯m going to quit.¡± ¡°What?¡± The boss seems to have been hit hard. He growls incredulously, ¡°you are going to quit?¡± ire takes the phone away and goes on, ¡°yes. I¡¯m going to resign for some special reasons. Thank you very much for your care and tolerance. Thank you.¡± ¡°No...¡± The boss can¡¯t ept the fact for a moment. He stammers, ¡°why do you quit? Now we have this cooperation and I want to give you a promotion. Why do you suddenly quit?¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°I¡¯m sorry,¡± ire says, lowering her head. ¡°I know it¡¯s too sudden, but I¡¯m helpless. Sorry, boss. I¡¯ll send the resignation letter to thepany some other day. I¡¯ll see youter.¡± ¡°No... ire...¡± The boss wants to say something more, but ire hangs up. ire leans against the wall in dismay. She feels reluctant and embarrassed. If Leo is not domineering, she can happily do the work she likes instead of being imprisoned like a prisoner. When can she break up with Leopletely? Chapter 288 Kissing her in public Chapter 288 Kissing her in public ire kicks the wall and reluctantly walks out of the toilet. She goes back to Leo¡¯s office and her eyes turn resentful. ¡°What am I going to do here?¡± ire asks him grudgingly. Hearing ire, Leo looks up. He¡¯s still wearing a housecoat, but he¡¯s sitting at a desk with a pile of papers and looks funny. Leo takes a look at ire and casually says, ¡°you keep doing what you have to do. I am thirsty. Make me a cup of coffee.¡± ¡°...¡± ire stares at Leo. She knows Leo¡¯s mind. She pouts and heads for the tea room. When she opens the door, the two bodyguards stop her. ire turns around unhappily and says to Leo, ¡°they don¡¯t let me out!¡± Leo nces coldly at the two bodyguards. They immediately go back and stand upright like two logs. ire doesn¡¯t like being watched and blocked everywhere. So when irees to the tea room to make coffee, she thinks of a n and smiles treacherously. ire goes back to the office and brings the coffee to Leo. Then she goes out of the office and sits in her ce of work. ireughs in her heart all the time. She imagines the expression of Leo when he drinks the coffee countless times. It must be funny. Leo finishes reading the first document in the office. He signs and shakes his neck. He picks up the coffee in front of him and drinks it. One, two, three... Leo takes a sip of coffee. He vomits it out when it isn¡¯t fully in his throat. At the same time, Leo¡¯s face turns livid. He yells, ¡°ire!¡± Leo ms his coffee on the desk. He wants to rush out and teach ire a lesson, but he can¡¯t. ire puts a lot of sugar in his coffee! Coffee is reced by sweetness! He should teach the naughty little wild cat a good lesson. He pissed her off today but she teased him. She is too bold. Leo stands up angrily. He goes to the lounge and dressed. Then he leaves the office and goes to dinner with ire. ire can¡¯t helpughing in her heart after Leoes out. Leo sees her expression and sneers, ¡°is it funny?¡± ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s funny...¡± ire begins to p the table andugh. The war between her and Leo began when she just poured a pile of sugar into his coffee. ire won¡¯t hurt herself any more! ire is outspoken. Leo¡¯s mouth moves. His face is livid. He picks up ire at the front desk and kisses ire in public. The two bodyguards turn their heads. Leo¡¯s mouth is full of sweetness. ire can¡¯t stand the sweetness. When she realizes that the bodyguards are there, she can¡¯t help pping Leo on the chest. Leo holds ire¡¯s hand and doesn¡¯t let her move. After a long time, Leo lets go of her. He looks into her eyes and asks, ¡°do you like the taste?¡± ire nces shyly in the direction of the two bodyguards. They aren¡¯t looking at them so she is relieved. She pats Leo and says angrily, ¡°Leo, we¡¯re in public!¡± Leo sneers. There is anger in his eyes. He says coldly, ¡°if you dare to tease me like this next time, I don¡¯t mind flirting with you in public.¡± ire gives Leo a disgruntled look. Leo punishes ire and is no longer angry. He takes ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°let¡¯s go home.¡± ¡°What? Who¡¯s home?¡± ire is worried about Leo¡¯s words. She asks hesitantly, ¡°have you deprived me of my right to go home?¡± Leo stops and looks back and smiles. He says happily, ¡°yes, we are going back to my home. I didn¡¯t expect that your IQ improves a lot.¡± ¡°You bastard!¡± ire is so angry that she throws Leo¡¯s hand away. She says angrily, ¡°my son is waiting for me to go home. You can¡¯t deprive me of my right to go home!¡± Leo does not mind and shrugs. He says casually, ¡°you can get your son to my house. You don¡¯t have to go back to your house. Is that friend your lover? Is he your son¡¯s father?¡± ¡°No!¡± ire retorts. She nces at Leo and says angrily, ¡°I¡¯m going back to see my son tonight. As for moving to your house, let me think about it first.¡± ¡°No way.¡± Leo refuses ire¡¯s request without hesitation. He squints and says coldly, ¡°will youe back again? Do you think I¡¯ll let you go? Stop daydreaming. Where does your son live? I¡¯ll have him picked up.¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Conan and Juan... Juan and Leo are enemies. ire shakes her head firmly and refuses, ¡°No. You can¡¯t go where my son lives.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ire¡¯s words puzzle Leo. He says unhappily, ¡°am I right? What is your rtionship with that friend of yours?¡± ¡°I said no!¡± ire retorts impatiently. She takes a look at Leo and says discontentedly, ¡°why do you always misunderstand me? It¡¯s not what you think!¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t you tell me the address?¡± ¡°That¡¯s because...¡± ire looks at Leo and almost blurs out that if you go, I¡¯ll be in big trouble. Fortunately, ire holds back. She turns around and says, ¡°you can¡¯t go anyway. I won¡¯t exin it to you.¡± Chapter 289 You can’t escape for life Chapter 289 You can¡¯t escape for life Leo squints at ire¡¯s words. He is angry. ire doesn¡¯t exin. It shows that she¡¯s guilty! They may have the kind of rtionship he imagines. If they¡¯re innocent, why doesn¡¯t ire tell him the truth? Leo¡¯s heart is cold. He snorts, ¡°in that case, you can¡¯t go back to your son. You will never see him again in your life.¡± ¡°Leo!¡± ire is angry and her eyes turn red. She whispers, ¡°can you let me go home and pick up my son? I will live with you.¡± ¡°No way!¡± Leo says firmly. He says coldly, ¡°you tell me the address and I¡¯ll pick up your son or you won¡¯t see him again. As long as I¡¯m alive, you can¡¯t leave me!¡± ¡°Leo, you¡¯re inhuman!¡± ire almost cries because of Leo. She doesn¡¯t want Leo to see her wet eyes, so she jumps into Leo¡¯s arms and bites him on the arm. She cleans her tears by the way. She doesn¡¯t give in suddenly. She is too reluctant. Leo is bullying her and depriving her of her freedom. Now he doesn¡¯t let her go home to see her son. To be honest, ire doesn¡¯t like being imprisoned, which makes her feel extremely depressed! ¡°...¡± Leo straightens up and lets ire bite his arm. After ire vents and lets go of him, Leo says, ¡°have you stopped being angry?¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ire turns and refuses to look at Leo. Leo sighs in his heart and takes ire¡¯s hand and walks to the elevator. ire wants to get rid of Leo¡¯s hand but Leo holds it tight. ire is even more upset. Leo takes ire to dinner. During the whole process, ire refuses to talk to Leo. She is cold and ignores him. Leo keeps calm all the time but he is a little helpless. If he doesn¡¯t, ire will run away immediately. Leo really doesn¡¯t want to experience losing ire again. He doesn¡¯t know where she is and how she is doing. He wants to see her. The feeling that things are not under his control is very unpleasant. They have dinner in silence. Leo takes ire to his vi. He can¡¯t help kissing ire, but ire is stiff and doesn¡¯t respond. Leo thinks it is boring, so he doesn¡¯t go on. ... It¡¯s time to get off work. ire is supposed to be home now, but when Juan and Conan are sitting at the dinner table, ire still hasn¡¯te back. Conan looks at Juan, who is looking at the door, and can¡¯t help but remind him, ¡°godfather, why don¡¯t you call Mommy and ask her why she hasn¡¯te back?¡± ire worked overtime the other day and came homete. Now ire has finished the design, but it¡¯s dark and she hasn¡¯te back. Juan is worried. When Conan finishes, he takes out his cell phone and calls ire. But no one answers! Juan frowns. He is worried about ire¡¯s safety. ire hasn¡¯te back yet. Does she have an ident? Juan immediately dials another number and asks about ire. He¡¯s ire¡¯s boss, the man who usually tries to please Juan. When the phone is connected, Juan simply and directly indicates his intention. When the boss hears Juan¡¯s words, he freezes and asks, ¡°hasn¡¯t ire told you that she has resigned?¡± ¡°What?¡± Juan raises his head in shock and Conan is startled. Juan thinks quickly. He remembers that ire warned him not to let Conan know that she is not at Howard Group. He smiles at Conan and stands up. He goes to the living room and asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? When did it happen? Why didn¡¯t you tell me she left?¡± Juan¡¯s questions stun the boss. He knows Juan is angry. The boss makes it clear to Juan. Juan angrily drops his cell phone on the sofa after listening. How dare he let ire go to Leo¡¯spany alone! She won¡¯te back! He didn¡¯t tell the boss, but he didn¡¯t expect the boss to dare ire to do such a thing! He¡¯s useless! Juan is so angry that he wants to kill. He managed to pull ire out of Leo¡¯s side, but now it¡¯s a failure! If the boss shows up in front of Juan, Juan will kick him to death! When Juan¡¯s person see him unhappy, he runs over and whispers, ¡°boss, what¡¯s the matter?¡± Juan looks at him coldly and says, ¡°investigate where ire went after she left thepany!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± The man leaves immediately and leaves Juan alone in the living room angry. Conan feels the atmosphere is wrong. He jumps off the table and runs to the living room. He asks Juan curiously, ¡°godfather, what happened to Mommy?¡± Juan is in a bad mood but when he sees Conan, his anger is half gone. He can¡¯t let Conan worry, so he has to smile reluctantly. He goes to Conan and squats down. He touches his head and says, ¡°Mommy is fine. She can¡¯te back tonight. Let¡¯s eat dinner first.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Conan pretends to believe Juan¡¯s words and nods naively. Juan pulls Conan back to the table. They know ire won¡¯t be back tonight, so they start to have dinner. ... They have their own worries, so they eat very quietly. ire¡¯s not at home, so Juan and Conan talk less. Chapter 290 I will take revenge on you Chapter 290 I will take revenge on you After dinner, Juan says he has something to do and will not apany Conan. Conan nods. After Juan leaves, he goes into his own room. Conan quickly turns on theputer and hacks into Howard Group¡¯s system and views the surveince video. Soon Conan sees his mommy on the surveince video. He learns that she did go to Howard Group today. Conan quickly types the code on the keyboard. The screen shes and the scene in Leo¡¯s vi appears. Conan looks at all the channels through which he can gather information and is relieved. When he sees ire and Leo getting along in Leo¡¯s vi, there is a satisfied smile on his lips. ire doesn¡¯t know that Conan told Leo where she was. Leo knew nothing about the designpany. Conan told Leo in time, so Leo used this opportunity to meet ire. Conan is relieved. Since his mom is so stubborn, he has to help her. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. If ire escapes all the time, some things will never be solved. Conan sings happily. What will happen next depends on his own father. ... Juan goes to his study immediately after supper. At the same time, his people collect the information he needs to know. When Juan knows what happened, he can¡¯t help punching the table. Leo! Damn! Juan asks coldly, ¡°Have you investigated what I asked you to investigate?¡± The man looks up at Juan and says respectfully, ¡°Yes. Leo had a car ident six years ago and has sequ. There is a blood clot in his brain. Hepletely forgot what happened to him and ire six years ago. If he forcibly recalls, the doctor says that the clot might grow and kill him.¡± Juan sneers after listening. He says coldly, ¡°really? God is helping me.¡± Juan looks ahead and ponders for a moment. He turns and orders, ¡°collect ire¡¯s full information and send it to Leo.¡± The man freezes at Juan¡¯s words. He looks at Juan in disbelief, ¡°boss...¡± Juan looks at him coldly so he shuts up. He nods and says, ¡°I see.¡± With that, the man leaves. Juan is the only one left in the study. His eyes are cold at the moment. There is a cruel sneer on the corner of his mouth. Leo, you live six years longer. Now God gives me a good chance. I won¡¯t let you go. You¡¯ve been between ire and me many times. Only when you¡¯re gone will ire want toe back to me. Leo, I will take revenge on you! ... The second day. ire sleepily opens her eyes and looks at the ceiling. She finds herself in a strange environment. It takes her a long time to wake up. ire turns over and sees an erged version of a sleeping face. ¡°...¡± The man is sleeping soundly. His nose is straight and his lips are sexy. His longshes lie quietly and look attractive. ire looks at him quietly. She can hear Leo breathing in the quiet room. Time seems to stop. She can¡¯t help but want to stay at this moment forever. After a long time, Leo suddenly reaches for ire and holds her in his arms. ire is too stiff to move. Leo holds her for a long time and opens her eyes slowly. He looks at ire in his arms and asks in a low, maic voice, ¡°are you awake?¡± ire is afraid that Leo knows that she just peeped at him. She looks down and says, ¡°yes.¡± ire lowers her head but Leo raises her chin and kisses her. He hugs the soft body in his arms and lets ire¡¯s body cling to him. After the kiss, Leo reluctantly lets go of her. He smiles and says, ¡°good morning.¡± "..." ire allows Leo to kiss her but she doesn¡¯t give in. ire doesn¡¯t answer. She breaks free from Leo¡¯s arms and gets out of bed and walks to the toilet. Leo looks at ire¡¯s back and knows she¡¯s still angry about what happened yesterday. She doesn¡¯t want to talk to him. He loves and hates ire¡¯s stubbornness. Leo yawns and gets up. He goes into the toilet to brush his teeth and wash his face. irees out of the toilet when she sees him. Leo gives a wry smile but he doesn¡¯t care. It doesn¡¯t matter. He has a lot of time for ire to give in. They get dressed and go to the first floor for breakfast together. They don¡¯t speak during the whole process. Finally, Leo says, ¡°are you really not going to tell me the address of Conan?¡± ire pouts and says coldly, ¡°yes.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo shrugs and doesn¡¯t care. Now that ire doesn¡¯t want to say it, he won¡¯t ask again. They¡¯re more free without Conan anyway. Before they finish breakfast, an unexpected guestes. The doorbell rings. Leo¡¯s temporary worker opens the door. As soon as the door opens, a woman asks, ¡°where¡¯s Leo?¡± The temporary worker whispers something and then the womanes happily to the dining room. As she walks, she shouts, ¡°Leo, where are you? I¡¯ming!¡± ire knows who she is. Sure enough, Tracy¡¯s tall figure appears in the dining room a few seconds later. She sees ire at first sight. She screams, ¡°ire! Why are you here?¡± This damned woman! ire is so annoying! Chapter 291 Did you have sex last night? Chapter 291 Did you have sexst night? After that, she looks sadly at Leo. As she walks towards him, she says sadly, ¡°Leo, why is this woman here? Did you twost night...¡± ¡°Tracy!¡± Before Tracy has finished speaking, Leo interrupts her. Leo puts down his cutlery and angrily says to Tracy, ¡°I said you can¡¯t enter my home without my permission. What are you doing here?¡± This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ¡°Leo, you haven¡¯te to me for several days. Can¡¯t Ie to see you myself because I¡¯m worried about you?¡± Tracy¡¯s voice is deeply aggrieved. When she sees ire, she is angry, ¡°Leo! I know you¡¯re interested in this woman. I don¡¯t care what happened when you went to City B. I put up with you taking your son to thepany. But you brought her home! Didn¡¯t you say that you don¡¯t like other women coming to your house!¡± ¡°It¡¯s none of your business who I bring home!¡± Leo¡¯s attitude is cold. It seems that he doesn¡¯t want to deal with Tracy at all. Seeing this, Tracy feels cold. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to dare to talk to her like this. He cheats in public but he is confident! Tracy hates it. She wants to fight with Leo and break up her engagement with him! She doesn¡¯t want to lose face! But if they break the engagement, all her efforts over the years will be in vain. Maybe Leo is just interested in ire for a while. If he doesn¡¯t like ire in the future, Tracy will regret it! Tracy is reluctant to give up such a good and rich man. She has tried other men¡¯s tastes, but their sexual ability is not as good as Leo¡¯s and their wealth and family background are not as good as Leo¡¯s! What¡¯s more, Leo is pursued by many women. When she tells her friends that Leo is her fiance, she attracts many surprised eyes. She is very proud. Being Leo¡¯s fiancee brings her a lot of vanity and benefits, which makes Tracy feel superior everywhere. She really doesn¡¯t want to give up such a man. She wants to fight with Leo, but if so, Leo is not afraid to fight with her at all. She is the only one who will suffer! Tracy won¡¯t be so stupid as to use such a bad way. Otherwise, with her arrogant character, she will have pped ire in the face at the first time when she sees her. Tracyes to Leo¡¯s vi today because the spy in thepany tells her ire is back! This shameless bitch. When Tracy learns that she has left thepany, she is very happy. After half a month, she dare to run back! What a shame! Tracy doesn¡¯t care if Leo gets angry. She runs to Leo¡¯s house early in the morning to check out the truth. She didn¡¯t expect that Leo left ire at home all night, which has never happened. Leo doesn¡¯t even leave her at his house all night. Usually even if she wants to enter the room, it depends on Leo¡¯s mood. Tracy is so mad at such differential treatment that she looks at ire with hatred. Tracyins to Leo, ¡°but Leo, I¡¯m your fiancee. You don¡¯t let me stay at your house all night, but you bring her in. Leo, tell me the truth, do you really like her? Or do you just y with her!¡± ¡°It¡¯s none of your business.¡± Leo is serious. He doesn¡¯t look at angry Tracy and says coldly, ¡°even if you are my fiancee, I think I told you that I don¡¯t like you. I don¡¯t care how you flirt outside. I turn a blind eye. But do you care too much about my private affairs?¡± ¡°Leo...¡± Tracy turns pale at Leo¡¯s words. It turns out that Leo already knows what she is doing secretly outside. If so, why doesn¡¯t he say it earlier? No Is it because she¡¯s cheating outside that Leo finds other women as punishment? Thinking of the possibility, Tracy panics. She can¡¯t help holding out her hand and holding Leo¡¯s arm. She begs, ¡°Leo, I know I¡¯m wrong! It happened a long time ago! I haven¡¯t been with anyone since I fell in love with you. Leo, you have to believe me!¡± Leo snorts. He shakes his arm and shakes Tracy¡¯s hand down. He says indifferently, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter whether I believe you or not. It¡¯s important that you don¡¯t show up in front of me in the future!¡± No! How can it be! If she really listens to Leo, it means that she really will lose Leo! Tracy can¡¯t do anything like that. All of a sudden, Tracy kneels down in front of Leo in fear. Her eyes are red, and her tears fall. Tracy looks at Leo pitifully and begs, ¡°no! Please don¡¯t drive me away! Leo, I really know I¡¯m wrong. Please don¡¯t despise me! Everyone has a bad past. Besides, we are unmarried couples for many years. You can¡¯t treat me like this...¡± Tracy weeps bitterly. ire listens to her cry and feels that she can¡¯t eat breakfast. She stands up with ack of interest. ire leaves the table and goes out alone. After ire leaves, Leo doesn¡¯t have the mood to deal with Tracy. He stands up impatiently and says coldly, ¡°OK, stop crying. I¡¯m going to work now. Let¡¯s talk about itter.¡± Leo¡¯s indifference stimtes Tracy. She is so angry that she can¡¯t stop! Now she¡¯s on her knees, but Leo has no sign of sympathizing with her. That bitch ire seduces Leo so much that he is so indifferent to her. Tracy knows she can¡¯t give up at the moment. She immediately grabs Leo¡¯s pants and shouts angrily to him, ¡°Leo, are you going to break the engagement with me?¡± Leo stops. He has his back to Tracy. Tracy can¡¯t see his face at all. Chapter 292 Dissolution of engagement Chapter 292 Dissolution of engagement Leo is silent for a long time before he says in a low voice, ¡°it depends on your personal performance whether I break the engagement with you.¡± With that, Leo steps forward and Tracy can¡¯t stop him from leaving. ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. ¡°...¡± Tracy¡¯s heart is broken and her face is full of tears. When Leo leaves, the expression on her face bes ferocious and her eyes are full of unwillingness. Leo means that if she also turns a blind eye to Leo¡¯s affairs, he may continue to be his fiance. But is it possible? If Tracy does what Leo says, will Leo have her ce in mind? ording to Leo¡¯s indifference today, his soul has been almost hooked by ire. She uses special means to make Leo so indifferent to her! What¡¯s more, ording to Tracy¡¯s character, how can she turn a blind eye to Leo¡¯s private affairs? She has never been treated so coldly! At home, her father treats her like the apple of his eye. Tracy can get everything she wants. Tracy asked so her father promised to help Leo and bring hispany back to life. Leo has been kind to her for a while. Later, even though Leo isn¡¯t as enthusiastic about her as ever, he respects her. Leo can give her everything she wants. But it¡¯s all changed since ire appeared! Leo doesn¡¯t listen to her anymore and doesn¡¯t treat her as well as he used to. Tracy can¡¯t stand it! She hates ire! She must get back at ire. As long as she finds a chance, she will never let ire go! Before Tracy can calm down, Leo drives her out of the vi. Leo and ire get on the car together, it seems that Tracy alone is miserable. Tracy hates ire even more. Her eyes are full of malice. If Leo isn¡¯t there, she will have rushed to tear ire¡¯s face! ... Leo and iree to thepany. It seems that they should do it and there¡¯s nothing wrong with it. But there is nothing wrong with it. ire has been working in Leo¡¯spany for at least a month. Besides looking for her son, it¡¯s her job toe to work every day. But going to work with Leo makes her a little ufortable. ire remembers Tracy kneeling and begging Leo. She feels she can¡¯t stand it. Leo is so cruel. He is so indifferent to his fiancee who has been with him for six years. He is an inhuman scum! ire¡¯s mind is more determined. She wants to stay away from Leo. His nature has beenpletely exposed. She is likely to return to six years ago. Leo will insult her without her consent. ire knows how cruel Leo is. On the way from home to thepany, ire still doesn¡¯t talk to Leo. Even if Leoes to talk to her personally, ire doesn¡¯t respond at all. The war between her and Leo is about to startpletely. ire doesn¡¯t pour Leo coffee at work. Sometimes Leo is busy at work. He subconsciously reaches for the cup and finds nothing in it. Looking at the empty cup, Leo is helpless. ire seems to have a total cold war with him. Leo said he wants ire to give in. He can¡¯t let her lose her temper. He picks up the internal phone and makes a call to ire, who is sitting outside. ire is working with her head down. When she hears the phone ring, she answers it subconsciously. When she hears Leo¡¯s voice, she can¡¯t help but froze. ¡°ire, you¡¯re my secretary. Give me a cup of coffee.¡± With that, Leo hangs up first. ¡°...¡± ire stares at the phone and freezes. She wants to hang up first, but Leo does it first. ire sneers. She has to say Leo is smart. So what? Does it mean she lost? Leo asks her to make coffee himself. It shows that he can¡¯t stand it. This is the best. He will soon hate her and let her go. ire gets up and goes to the tea room. She doesn¡¯t grind coffee carefully. Finally, ire makes Leo instant coffee and brings it to the office. ire puts it on Leo¡¯s desk as usual. Then she turns and leaves. But when ire wants to leave, Leo stops her. ¡°Wait a minute!¡± Leo says. Hearing this, ire turns around and looks at Leo without saying a word and sees what he has to say to her. Leo knows it. He just nces at ire and picks up the coffee ire has brought in. He takes a sip and frowns deeply. He felt funny and angry. ire¡¯s deration of war this time is even more outrageous. She even makes instant coffee for him directly. No wonder she is so fast. Leo thinks ire has already ground his coffee and waits for him to tell her. Unexpectedly, he looks down on ire. Leo frowns. He looks at ire unhappily and pushes the coffee in her direction. He orders, ¡°you help me to drink this coffee.¡± Leo looks cold. Instead of ming ire for her negligence, he lets her punish herself. ire looks at the coffee quietly. After a long time she says simply, ¡°why?¡± ¡°It tastes bad. You help me drink it. This is your boss¡¯s order.¡± Leo orders her. ¡°What if I don¡¯t drink it?¡± ire raises her eyebrows and says fearlessly. ¡°I will force you to drink it. But I¡¯m not sure which way I¡¯ll use.¡± Leo sneers and says confidently. ¡°...¡± ire is silent. She looks at the coffee quietly, and there are countless ways that Leo forces her to drink it. This damned man has a bad temper! Chapter 293 Tame the little wild cat Chapter 293 Tame the little wild cat For example, he will let someone control her. For example, Leo feeds her to drink it. ording to Leo¡¯s character, it¡¯s probably the second. ire thinks it may be another extreme way. The process isn¡¯t so good that ire doesn¡¯t want to think about it. She pouts and thinks it is just a cup of coffee. She just watched Leo drink it with her own eyes. There will be nothing unclean. In that case, she dare to drink it. ire raises her eyebrows and steps forward. She picks up the coffee and takes a sip. The coffee is a little hot so she can¡¯t finish it all at once. ire takes the coffee and says to Leo, ¡°I¡¯m going out.¡± ¡°No,¡± Leo declines ire¡¯s offer directly. He raises his chin and points to the sofa and says, ¡°you have to drink this coffee in my sight.¡± ¡°...¡± ire looks at the sofa. She is angry but she doesn¡¯t show it. ire thinks that she can take this opportunity to have a rest anyway. She can bezy. Why does she flinch? ire walks to the sofa with her coffee. She drinks coffee and asionally reads the newspaper on the tea table. ire ignores Leo. It seems that ire is the only one in the world who dare to be so reckless in front of the boss. Leo doesn¡¯t care when he sees ire like this. He continues to work but he looks at ire from time to time. ire finishes her coffee and stands up and walks straight to the door. Leo is aware of ire¡¯s intentions. He stops her. ¡°Wait a minute.¡± Hearing this, ire stops again. She looks at Leo in silence and wonders what he is going to do. Leo raises his head from the pile of papers without expression. He takes a look at ire and orders, ¡°make me another cup of coffee.¡± ire raises her eyebrows when she hears Leo. So that¡¯s why he calls her? After Leo finishes, he continues to lower his head and work. It seems that nothing just happened. ire turns and leaves. Before she gets to the door, Leo¡¯s low voice rings behind her. ¡°Listen, if this coffee is as bad as that one, you have to finish it alone.¡± ¡°...¡± ire stops. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Threat! This is absolutely a naked threat! Leo is criticizing her behavior in a roundabout way. If ire still does what she just did, she will have to finish her coffee. She may feel sick. If she doesn¡¯t drink it, Leo has thousands of ways to force her to drink it. ire realizes for the first time that she can¡¯t get angry with Leo. ire stands there and gets angry for a while. She soon calms down and walks out of the office. Before long, ire makes a new cup of coffee andes back. Leo takes a sip and praises it with satisfaction. Yes, it is the taste he likes. Meanwhile, Leo looks up at ire. She is so calm and straight that Leo can¡¯t helpughing. ire can be very angry. He should tame the little wild cat in this way! Leo waves to ire and says, e here.¡± ire raises her eyebrows when she hears Leo. Is this bastard going to trouble her? She makes coffee to the standard he wants. Isn¡¯t he satisfied? ire isn¡¯t happy but she goes over. But ire didn¡¯t expect that as soon as shees to Leo¡¯s side, she is suddenly caught. As she reacts, she sits on Leo¡¯sp. The light disappears little by little and is reced by Leo¡¯s erged face. ire has been kissed by Leo before she can push him away. Leo deepens the kiss by putting one hand around ire¡¯s waist and holding the back of her head with the other. ire knows she can¡¯t resist. She can only ask herself to try not to cooperate with Leo¡¯s seduction. He just kisses her so she won¡¯t get hurt. But Leo is not satisfied. His hand, which has been ced at ire¡¯s waist, slowly reaches under her clothes and strokes ire¡¯s skin from bottom to top. The atmosphere is a little warmer. ire quickly reaches out and stops Leo, but she didn¡¯t expect Leo to pick her up. ire¡¯s attack was in vain. Leo puts ire¡¯s upper body on the desk full of documents. During the period, his kiss never stops, and his hands still touch ire¡¯s smooth skin. He controls ire¡¯s hands with one hand and keeps ire from struggling. When Leo wants to continue with ire, the door suddenly opens without warning. When the visitor sees the scene in front of him, he can¡¯t help being stupefied. Then he says awkwardly, ¡°go on... Go on...¡± With that, Luke leaves and closes the door. ¡°...¡± Leo and ire are stunned. Their mood is interrupted so they don¡¯t want to continue. Leo releases ire and stands up. ire is embarrassed to tidy up her slightly messy clothes. She gives Leo an angry look and walks out of the office without saying a word. Luke, who is waiting outside, sees the door to the office open. irees out. He raises his hand awkwardly and subconsciously and says, ¡°Hi... ire, long time no see.¡± ¡°Long time no see.¡± ire nods awkwardly. She turns and doesn¡¯t dare look at Luke. She runs quickly to the toilet. Luke looks at ire¡¯s back. He calms down and smiles with satisfaction. They seem to get along well. It¡¯s not in vain that he worries for so many days. Luke can¡¯t see ire, and then he turns and walks into the office. Leo is sitting angrily. Luke can¡¯t help joking, ¡°it seems I don¡¯te at the right time.¡± Leo gives Luke a cold look. He snorts and doesn¡¯t respond. Chapter 294 The mysterious man Chapter 294 The mysterious man Seeing this, Luke smiles and goes to the sofa and sits down. He jokes, ¡°it seems I shouldn¡¯t worry. I regard you as my good friend. You found ire, but you didn¡¯t tell me immediately. I¡¯m still worried about you. You are merciless!¡± Leo nces at Luke and says unhappily, ¡°stop. Why are you here?¡± ¡°I¡¯m afraid you don¡¯t get along well, so Ie here to have a look!¡± Luke looks at Leo excitedly and says discontentedly, ¡°I shouldn¡¯t worry. I¡¯m despised by you. I should not be a peacemaker.¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± While Luke is talking, Leo goes to the fridge and takes out two bottles of wine. After Luke finishes, Leo throws a bottle on him and says impatiently. Luke immediately picks it up and continues to tease, ¡°I remember I had red winest time.¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t you bring it?¡± Leo nces at Luke and opens the can and drinks. Luke opens it and says, ¡°President Howard, you¡¯re so stingy. You don¡¯t even have a bottle of red wine.¡± ¡°If you keep talking nonsense, I¡¯ll throw you out of here!¡± Leo threatens him. ¡°No, I¡¯m not talking!¡± Luke immediately waves and surrenders. Seeing this, Leo doesn¡¯t want to continue to talk to him. ... Meanwhile, ire returns to her seat in a fretful mood. She is not satisfied that Luke saw what just happened. It¡¯s all Leo¡¯s fault. He did that to her in public. Luckily it¡¯s Luke. If it¡¯s someone in thepany, she can¡¯t exin. But does Luke think she¡¯s a flirtatious woman? If he tells Kate, Kate will kill her with a knife! ire is upset. A girles up from the elevator. She is the girl who took ire upstairs yesterday. She takes a package and says to ire, ¡°ire, this is the president¡¯s package. The courier specifically told me to deliver it to the president. Give it to himter.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ire is normal when she¡¯s facing someone else. She takes the package and puts it aside. ire doesn¡¯t go in. The girl can¡¯t help saying, ¡°ire, the courier said it has to be delivered to the president right away.¡± With that, the girl looks around. She approaches ire and whispers, ¡°by the way, ire, you haven¡¯t answered my question yesterday. Are you the old lover of the president? Is that boy your son? They look alike, but I want to hear you admit it.¡± ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. Hearing the girl¡¯s words, ire reluctantly picks up the package that has just been thrown aside and says angrily, ¡°didn¡¯t you just say that the package is urgent? I¡¯ll take it to the president first.¡± ¡°ire, I have something else to doter...¡± The girl hurriedly follows ire and advises her, but ire turns a deaf ear and goes straight to the office. At the door, the girl can¡¯t continue to ask, so she says to ire sadly, ¡°well, I¡¯ll ask you again next time. See youter, ire.¡± Then she leaves reluctantly. ire looks at her back and shakes her head helplessly. Even if what she says is true, ire can¡¯t admit it. If she says no, she¡¯s lying. She has to try to convince the girl. She doesn¡¯t even want to cheat a colleague now. She is very tired. She¡¯s going to lie countless times. She is too tired. ire stands at the door of the office. She knocks and then opens the door and walks in. Leo is talking to Luke. They stop when shees in. ire walks up to Leo and hands him the package. Then she leaves the office again without saying a word. After ire leaves the office, Luke teases Leo, ¡°you don¡¯t seem to get along well. Have you had a fight?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t hide it from Luke. He sighs helplessly and says wearily, ¡°she is angry that I have restricted her personal freedom. She mes me for not letting her go anywhere. Yesterday she wanted to go back to see Conan and I didn¡¯t approve it, so she quarreled with me.¡± Leo¡¯s tone is like that of a couple fighting. Luke wants tough. He says reproachfully, ¡°you are too selfish. ire is stubborn. If you want to control her, you might as well... No, I mean women are stubborn. After a while they will not be angry.¡± Luke wants to criticize Leo. When he sees his cold eyes, Luke immediately changes his words. And Luke says, ¡°even if you¡¯re right, you can get Conan to your house. Why is she so angry?¡± Hearing Luke¡¯s words, Leo shakes his head helplessly. He looks at Luke and says meaningfully, ¡°if only it is so easy. She doesn¡¯t tell me Conan¡¯s address.¡± They have been friends for more than ten years. As soon as Luke sees Leo¡¯s eyes, he knows what he wants to say. Luke ponders for a moment. He looks at Leo and says, ¡°you mean she¡¯s hiding something from us?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Leo nods lightly. Luke looks at Leo and asks, ¡°because of her mysterious friend?¡± Leo nods again. At the same time, he begins to worry. They investigate ire¡¯s mysterious friend through many ways and channels, but they can¡¯t know who ire¡¯s friend is. Whenever they have a little bit of a clue, it breaks somewhere. They don¡¯t know if it¡¯s a coincidence or if someone is behind it. Chapter 295 The truth six years ago Chapter 295 The truth six years ago If it¡¯s a coincidence, it¡¯s OK. If there is someone behind it, it can only show that this person can evade Leo¡¯s perspective and secretly act behind it, which means that this person has a lot of means. And probably he¡¯s as powerful as Leo, so Leo can¡¯t handle him. They hope they think too much. Few people in the United States can fight Leo. Those people are either abroad or not qualified. But ire doesn''t want to say it. Leo and Luke are both deeply helpless at the same time. As long as ire doesn¡¯t confess, they can¡¯t investigate that person. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Luke sighs. In order to ease the heavy atmosphere, he identally sees the package in Leo¡¯s hand. He asks curiously, ¡°what is this?¡± Leo is thinking. When Luke finishes, he immediately responds. He¡¯s been holding the package since ire handed it to him. Leo and Luke talk all the time and the package is light so he doesn¡¯t pay attention to it. Leo sees that the sender on the package is nk. There is no information on the paper except for Leo¡¯spany address and name. Leo wants to ignore it. When he sees this, he can¡¯t help opening the package. Apparently Luke notices it, too. Luke takes a look at Leo and signals him to continue. This package is actually a t file. When Leo opens it, he sees a file bag. Leo and Luke have a look at each other. Then he opens the file and takes out a thick stack of data. Luke looks at it calmly but when he sees a picture of ire, his face suddenly changes. Who sends this to Leo? ire has always been a bomb in Leo¡¯s head. Leo will be identally ignited. Leo sees the picture and frowns. He is confused, but ire¡¯s picture catches his attention. Here are a few more pictures about ire. Leo removes the first one and continues to see. But when Leo sees the second picture, there is a little doubt on his face. He doesn¡¯t understand the meaning of the erged jade. Leo doesn¡¯t understand, but Luke does! Almost at the same time, Luke is shocked. He stares at the jade in the picture and is too stiff to move. This jade belongs to the little wild cat six years ago! The little wild cat is ire. Luke swears it is ire¡¯s! In order to find the little wild cat, Luke has carefully looked at every inch of the stripes on the jade. He knows it anyway! But why does a thing six years ago be photographed and sent to Leo! Luke seems to have a sudden hunch that something bad is going to happen. He suddenly doubts whether the sender has an ulterior purpose. After all, there are few people who knows about it at that time! Luke suddenly wants to stop Leo from continuing! But if he stops him, it¡¯s weird and Leo wants to see it more. Luke can only calm down and keep watching. If this person¡¯s purpose is not simple, he will try his best to stop Leo! The second photo doesn¡¯t catch Leo¡¯s attention. He frowns and removes the second and looks at the third. The third is... Leo looks at the two people in the picture and is stunned. Luke is shocked, too. The third picture is a picture of Leo and ire! They are sideways and may have been secretly photographed, but Leo and Luke recognize the two people in the picture at a nce. Leo has the picture and his hands are a little shaky. He looks at Luke in shock and says, ¡°this is...¡± When did he and ire go to this ce? Why doesn¡¯t it appear in his memory? ire in the picture looks much younger and like a teenage girl. Leo ispletely shocked. He doesn¡¯t know how to react. He can only look at Luke expectantly and hope he can give him an answer. ¡°...¡± Luke is speechless. He even wants to rush over and grab Leo¡¯s thick stack of information. His hunch is getting stronger but he can¡¯t move at the moment. The information is not enough to prove anything. Luke doesn¡¯t speak and looks overwhelmed. Leo asks suspiciously, ¡°Luke? Are you okay? Is there something wrong with this picture?¡± Of course! But Luke can only shake his head and say firmly, ¡°No. You¡¯d better not watch it. Be careful of things of unknown origin.¡± Hearing Luke¡¯s words, Leo raises his eyebrows. He has been attracted by the people in the picture. It¡¯s a picture he doesn¡¯t remember and it seems to have been taken a few years ago. It¡¯s most likely a clue to ire. Leo always wonders if he saw ire before. Now this picture is enough to show a lot of things. It¡¯s like someone¡¯s pulling him and telling him the truth. So when Luke makes a suggestion, Leo is more curious. What does he dare not see? It¡¯s from nowhere, but what will happen when he sees it? Despite Luke¡¯s objections, Leo resolutely turns over the photo and continues to look at it. The fourth is a picture of Leo and ire. From the point of view, it is also secretly photographed. Leo frowns. He doesn¡¯t understand why someone purposely takes photos of others. What¡¯s the meaning of this? Leo is confused and keeps seeing. Here are almost all the photos of Leo and ire. There are pictures of ire herself. They are outside, they are in the hospital and they are inside... Chapter 296 Emergence of crisis Chapter 296 Emergence of crisis The faces of people in the photos are different. Sometimes they quarrel and sometimes they are ambiguous. Sometimes Leo is angry and sometimes he looks at ire tenderly. Some memories sh in Leo¡¯s mind, but they are too fast for Leo to see. Leo is flipping through photos faster and faster. He seems to want to grasp something or recall something. However, the photos are soon finished, but Leo still doesn¡¯t catch anything in his mind. It¡¯s a nk and leaves a lot of confusion. Why is ire in his memory? Why does he feel more and more familiar with ire? Why? Why? ? 2024 N?v/el/Dram/a.Org. A lot of questions in Leo¡¯s mind can¡¯t be solved. He takes the thick pile of information and concentrates on it. Then a big hand reaches out and is ced on the data. Luke says firmly, ¡°Leo, you can¡¯t go on!¡± He has seen Leo start to doubt ire. He can¡¯t know more, or his brain can¡¯t bear it. If he forcibly wants to recall, the consequences are unimaginable! Leo is like walking in the dark for a long time and finally finding the dawn of the exit. But then a man suddenly appears and stops him from going to the exit. Leo is domineering. He stares at Luke coldly and orders him, ¡°take your hand off!¡± ¡°No!¡± Luke doesn¡¯t give in at all. He looks into Leo¡¯s eyes and says seriously, ¡°Leo, listen to me. You really can¡¯t go on. The next thing is not what you should know and you can¡¯t investigate it!¡± ¡°Why?¡± Leo res angrily. He stares at Luke and asks, ¡°why can¡¯t I look at it? Luke, you really have something to hide from me!¡± ¡°I hide it from you for you. Believe me. If you really go on, you will die!¡± Luke almost roars. In the process of Leo¡¯s looking at the photos just now, Luke has basically convinced that the purpose of the person who sent this thing is not simple, and his purpose is to uncover the truth six years ago and present it in front of Leo! Luke can¡¯t help but wonder who this person is! Why does he do it! Does he know that Leo has a blood clot in his brain? If he knows it, what does he want to do? Does he want Leo to die? Luke has a lot of questions. He is thinking, but when he sees that Leo wants to keep looking at that pile of information, he has to stop him. Because he sees it is ire¡¯s profile since she was born! This fact makes Luke even more shocked. Why can this man easily find out what he can¡¯t? To Luke¡¯s knowledge, ire¡¯s information at home has beenpletely erased. Leo can see what Luke sees. He has seen that this information is rted to ire, and a lot of photos just now are revealing a message. ire¡¯s been with him before! And they have a good rtionship, but he has no memory of that time! The truth that Leo has been pursuing is right in front of him. How can he give up easily? He forcibly removes Luke¡¯s hand and says, ¡°don¡¯t scare me here! I know if I will die!¡± ¡°Leo!¡± Luke is emotional and calls Leo¡¯s full name. Leo doesn¡¯t listen to him, so Luke stands up and tries to rob Leo¡¯s information! But Leo expects it. When Luke¡¯s hand is about to meet the data, he dodges and lets Luke fail! He puts the information aside and looks at Luke coldly. He says seriously, ¡°Luke, I always think you are my good friend and trust you unconditionally. Now it seems that you really lied to me about ire! You want to stop me now and not let me know the truth! Do you admit it?¡± ¡°I am thinking about your life!¡± Luke gets angry when Leo questions him. He works hard for Leo and lies a lot. No matter how hard the process is, he never talks to Leo! They are good friends! He is considerate! But Leo doesn¡¯t know, so he nces at Luke coldly and says, ¡°why do you decide my own life? You are too kind! Are you interested in ire?¡± ¡°Leo!¡± Luke is angry with Leo. He can¡¯t believe Leo¡¯s belittling him! Although he knows Leo is bossy and can not say anything nice. ¡°Did you know ire six years ago?¡± Leo looks into Luke¡¯s eyes and forces him. Luke freezes for a moment. Then he nods firmly. ¡°In that case, why didn¡¯t you tell me? Why do you lie to me that my memory of six years ago doesn¡¯t matter at all?¡± Leo is bossy. His momentum holds Luke back. Hearing Leo, Luke is silent. If he admits it, he betrays himself, but if he doesn¡¯t admit it, the facts are obvious and he can¡¯t continue to make up lies! Leo stares at Luke coldly. In the end, Luke can¡¯t bear the pressure Leo puts on him. He says awkwardly, ¡°I¡¯ve said all I have to say. If you don¡¯t believe it, I can¡¯t help it.¡± ¡°You¡¯re making excuses!¡± Leo says grimly, ¡°you know my temper. If I know it, you know what the consequences are! I want to know why you kept it from me for ire! Do you have anything else to hide from me? What happened six years ago?¡± Chapter 297 He’s dying Chapter 297 He¡¯s dying What Leo can¡¯t stand most is the betrayal of others. It used to be ire, and now it¡¯s a good friend of his for many years. He can¡¯t stand it. The iprehension of the mystery six years ago makes Leo furious and can¡¯t help roaring at Luke. ¡°...¡± In the face of Leo¡¯sint, Luke shuts up and doesn¡¯t speak. He leads everything today. When he decided to hide it from Leo, he already thought of such a day. He should not retort. Leo is right. He¡¯s not qualified to decide Leo¡¯s life or death. However, if God gives him another chance, Luke will still choose to hide from Leo again. Compared with Leo¡¯s life, this misunderstanding is nothing! Luke is silent, but Leo doesn¡¯t care. He snorts coldly and puts the information on his leg and says, ¡°since you have nothing to say, shut up! Don¡¯t stop me!¡± ¡°Leo...¡± Seeing Leo insist, Luke can¡¯t help but stop him. ¡°Shut up! One more word and I¡¯ll get you out!¡± Leo nces at him coldly. His eyes are domineering and cold. ¡°...¡± Seeing this, Luke knows that it¡¯s no use stopping him. Leo can¡¯t easilypromise. He won¡¯t let go of any clues easily. Finally, Luke has to sit next to Leo and apany him to read the information. He keeps praying in his heart that the blood clot in Leo¡¯s brain is stable and will not threaten Leo¡¯s life. At least ording to the situation just now, Leo is in good shape. He¡¯s next to him so he won¡¯t have an ident. But it turns out Luke is naive. It happened once. How can it not happen a second time? So when Leo reads all ire¡¯s information, he frowns. He is shocked by the information. It turns out ire has so many things he doesn¡¯t know! When Leo sees that ire has married him and had a child, he can not help shaking his hands with the information. Leo looks at the data and recalls what happened, but there is nothing in his mind except the shing pictures. The fragments in his mind appear more and sh faster. Leo can¡¯t help but want to catch them and recall. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. However, the more he thinks about it, the more he feels his head hurt. He thinks that Luke has warned him countless times that he has a blood clot in his brain. He suddenly hesitates. But his hesitation is soon ovee by his curiosity. There are so many questions in his mind and the memories in his brain sh so fast that he can¡¯t see them at all. The more forcible Leo remembers, the more headache he has. Atst, Leo can¡¯t help roaring and slowly falling down to the sofa. ¡°Leo!¡± Luke, who has been watching Leo¡¯s movements, immediately turns pale. He grabs Leo¡¯s body and shouts, ¡°Leo! Are you OK? Is your head hurt! I¡¯ve warned you not to watch it! Why don¡¯t you listen!¡± Luke is worried, but it¡¯s no use ming Leo now. He sees Leo covering his head and looking miserable. He makes up his mind to take him to the hospital! Luke takes out his cell phone and makes an emergency call. He thinks of ire who is still out there. He quickly walks out and calls ire in as he calls. ire is concentrating on her work. The door of the office is suddenly opened. Luke says to her anxiously and quickly, ¡°ire! Go in and see Leo! He has a rpse!¡± The newses so suddenly that ire can¡¯t react for a moment. She is stunned for a while before she thinks about Leo¡¯s medical history. She thinks of the painful look when Leo had at homest time. She immediately stands up like a frightened rabbit. This time, without Luke¡¯s urging, she rushes into the office. When ire sees Leo curls up on the sofa with her head in her hands and her body in pain, she is immediately nervous. ire forgets her dissatisfaction and resentment towards Leo. She pounces on Leo. She speaks loudly and tries to get Leo¡¯s attention, ¡°Leo! Wake up! Can you hear me? I¡¯m ire!¡± This time, however, Leo seems to be in more pain thanst time. He keeps moaning in pain. ire is worried. She wants to help him share some pain immediately! Then Lukees back. He also sees Leo¡¯s pain. He immediately tells ire, ¡°ire! We don¡¯t wait for the ambnce toe. Help me. I¡¯ll take Leo downstairs. We¡¯ll take him to the hospital now!¡± ire panics when she sees Leo¡¯s pain. She nods and says incoherently, ¡°OK, how do you want me to help you?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s support him together.¡± At the same time, Luke reaches out his hand to carry Leo on his shoulder, and ire rushes to help. In the process, ire sees the information scattered on the sofa and the ground, including her and Leo¡¯s photos and slightly familiar words. Seeing these things, ire pauses. She stares at the information and seems to understand something for a moment. Luke feels resistance. He looks back and finds ire standing there and stunned. He looks over there and knows why she suddenly stops. But now is not the time to discuss these things. They can talk about that informationter, but Leo¡¯s life can''t wait! ¡°ire, let¡¯s go! Leo can¡¯t stand it!¡± Luke urges anxiously. ¡°Oh... I see!¡± ire is called back by Luke. She scolds herself for wandering at this time, and at the same time, she takes Leo¡¯s arm to her shoulder. Then she and Luke take Leo to the hospital quickly. Because they take the president¡¯s elevator and it goes straight to the underground parking lot, they don¡¯t disturb those colleagues. Chapter 298 She is kidnapped Chapter 298 She is kidnapped ire holds Leo in the car. She listens to Leo and Luke drives to the hospital. ... Since Leo and ire met again, this is the second time that Leo has been admitted to the hospital because of forced recollection. They are less than a month apart! Luke is waiting anxiously outside the operating room. He can¡¯t help ming himself. Why doesn¡¯t he think of it? If he has been tougher and stopped Leo, that will not have happened! It¡¯s all his fault! What if Leo¡¯s life is really in danger this time? The doctor who operates on Leo this time is the same person asst time. When he sees Leo being taken to the hospital again, he sighs and looks at Luke and ire thoughtfully. He shakes his head helplessly and goes in. The more Luke recalls the doctor¡¯s warning, the more he mes himself. Atst he can¡¯t sit. He keeps walking back and forth in the corridor. ire is sitting in her seat in a daze. She thinks of what she saw in the office, but Luke keeps walking in front of her. Atst ire is upset. She doesn¡¯t understand Luke was in the office, but why didn¡¯t he stop Leo? Even ire can see what it is at a nce. ire doesn¡¯t believe Luke didn¡¯t notice. Since thest time Leo got sick because of her, ire has been afraid to mention things that will remind Leo. It¡¯s less than a month from then. Leo goes to the hospital again. ire¡¯s afraid he¡¯ll die! ire can¡¯t stand the anxiety and Luke walking around. She says to Luke, ¡°Luke! Don¡¯t walk around! I¡¯m distracted!¡± After hearing ire¡¯ words, Luke, who mes himself, takes a look at her. Then he unwillingly walks up to ire and sits down. When ire sees Luke sitting down, she is in the mood to ask him about the situation. She nces at him and asks, ¡°tell me what happened to the information in the office. Why did you let Leo see that? Don¡¯t you know...¡± ¡°ire!¡± Luke interrupts ire with a little pain. He puts his fingers in his hair and lowers his head. He looks at the ground and says firmly, ¡°don¡¯t ask! I¡¯ll tell you about itter, but now I¡¯m not in the mood.¡± ¡°... All right.¡± ire wants to keep asking Luke, but he looks miserable. ire thinks it has a lot to do with him, so he¡¯s ming himself. In that case, she has to ask him next time. She¡¯s not in a hurry anyway. ire looks up and uneasily at the operating room. She keeps praying in her heart for Leo¡¯s safety. Luke keeps his head down and looks at the ground. No matter how ireforts him, it¡¯s no use. They wait outside the operating room until it is dark, but the lights in the operating room don¡¯t dim. The atmosphere bes more and more heavy. The long operation time indicates that the operation is difficult and the patient is very dangerous. asionally doctors and nursese in and out quickly. ire asks them, but they just let her wait. When they sees the door of the operating room closed again, they are desperate. At this moment, no one dares to make a sound. It seems that even breathing bes heavy and difficult. Their inner worry and uneasiness make them forget hunger. When ire remembers it, she knows that they haven¡¯t eaten all day. The light in the operating room still hasn¡¯t dimmed. ire knows she can¡¯t wait. She gets up and goes out to buy two loaves and two bottles of water. She turns and tries to walk back to the hospital, but she didn¡¯t expect the ident. There are few people near the hospital at night. When ire is walking on the side of the road, two people rush out of a ck car that has been parked on the side of the road. Before ire can scream, they cover her mouth and pull her into the car. ire keeps shouting. She wants to fight and kick, but she didn¡¯t expect her hands and feet to be tied as soon as she gets in the car. She can¡¯t move at all. The driver immediately starts the car and drives in a certain direction. ire stares at the two men in horror. Even though her hands and feet are tied, she keeps trying to struggle and interrogate them with her eyes. However, no matter how ire struggles, they ignore ire. They look straight ahead and sit upright and expressionless. This is ire¡¯s second kidnapping. She was kidnapped for the first time by the fake little wild cat. She almost died that time. Who is it this time? Tracy? ire shivers at the thought of the possibility. She thinks of Tracy¡¯s hate filled eyes in the morning. ire thinks it¡¯s probably her! As long as she is close to Leo, she will be hated by the women around him. She shouldn¡¯t havee back to Leo! She doesn¡¯t know what Tracy will do to her this time. ire is afraid all the way. It takes about half an hour to drive. As soon as the car stops, the two men get up and drag ire out of the car. ire struggles as they pull her out of the car. When she gets out of the car, ire is stunned by the environment. Isn¡¯t this Juan¡¯s vi? ire is stunned and distracted. She doesn¡¯t know what happened. Who kidnaps her? Tracy or Juan? If it¡¯s Juan, why does he do it? ire has a lot of questions. She is dragged into the vi. As soon as she enters, she sees Juan sitting in the living room. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Juan looks this way naturally. When he sees ire tied up and there is a ball of cloth in her mouth and her hands and feet are tied up. Juan gets angry. He raises his hand and drops the ss from the tea table at the foot of one of the bodyguards. Juan stands up and yells, ¡°who told you to tie her back like this? A bunch of trash! Untie her!¡± Chapter 299 Back to Leo? Chapter 299 Back to Leo? ¡°... Yes!¡± The two bodyguards tremble and realize that they do something wrong. They quickly untie ire and take out the cloth from her mouth. After that, they step back and wait for Leo¡¯s order. Juan walks up to ire and reaches out and takes her hand. He looks at the wrist with obvious marks and says softly, ¡°does it hurt?¡± ire¡¯s mouth is closed. She shakes her head and says nothing. Seeing this, Juan gets angry. He yells at the two bodyguards behind ire, ¡°get out!¡± ¡°Yes! Boss!¡± The two bodyguards turn quickly and walk out. Soon there are only ire and Juan left in the living room. After all the people leave, Juan gently leads ire to the sofa and sits down. He looks at ire and says softly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry to bring you back in this way. They are a group of rude people. They don¡¯t understand what I mean. Don¡¯t take it seriously.¡± At this moment, ire knows what happened. It turns out that Juan ordered people to look for her in order to bring her back. He didn¡¯t expect them to be rude and ire thinks she is kidnapped. ire takes a deep breath and shakes her head. She smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m fine. I don¡¯t mind.¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. If only Juan could bring her back when she was forcibly imprisoned by Leo, but now Leo is undergoing surgery in the hospital. If shees back at this time, it doesn¡¯t seem very good. Anyway, she has to make sure Leo is safe and then she cane back! Juan smiles at ire¡¯s words. He pats her hand and says, ¡°it¡¯s great that you don¡¯t mind. Are you hungry? Would you like to have a snack? Or would you like to take a bath first? It¡¯s toote. I¡¯ve sent Conan to bed.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not hungry...¡± ire shakes her head again. She pulls her hand out of Juan¡¯s and absently says, ¡°Juan, I want to go back to the hospital to see Leo. He was ill today and went to the hospital for surgery. I¡¯m worried about his safety...¡± Hearing ire mention Leo¡¯s name, Juan¡¯s face changes a little. He says in a slightly unhappy tone, ¡°why do you care so much about him?¡± ¡°I...¡± ire is speechless. He¡¯s right, but... ¡°Leo went to the hospital because of me. I can¡¯t ignore him. I will feel guilty.¡± When ire finishes, Juan¡¯s face rxes. He says casually, ¡°it¡¯s OK. You don¡¯t have to go to the hospital anymore. What¡¯s more, you¡¯ve been in the hospital all day. Now Leo has no news. You¡¯d better wait for the news at home. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll let you know as soon as there¡¯s something.¡± Hearing this, ire nods helplessly and says, ¡°OK.¡± ire stops talking about Leo. Juan smiles. Looking at ire¡¯s slightly haggard face, he can¡¯t help asking with concern, ¡°we haven¡¯t seen each other for a day, but you look haggard. You must not have had a good meal. I¡¯ve ordered the kitchen to have a midnight snack. Let¡¯s go. Eat with me.¡± With that, Juan takes ire and goes to the kitchen. ire is really hungry and doesn¡¯t resist. The bread she bought just now fell off because she was forcibly dragged into the car. Now she¡¯s hungry. After supper, ire goes back to the room to take a bath, and when she gets back to bed, she sees Conan sleeping soundly. As soon as ire lies down, she hears Conan murmuring sleepily, ¡°Mommy...¡± Hearing this voice, ire¡¯s tension and worry ease. She can¡¯t help smiling and reaches out and covers Conan. Then she turns sideways and lies down. However, as soon as ire closes her eyes, she will think of Leo¡¯s face full of pain. To tell you the truth, he is usually powerful but suddenly one day he is in pain in front of you. No one can ept such a change. ire keeps thinking about Leo¡¯s pain. She can¡¯t sleep at all. At the same time, she bes more and more restless and has difficulty breathing. Finally, ire can¡¯t sleep. She has to get up and walk to the balcony and blow. It¡¯s almost autumn and it¡¯s a bit cooler. ire suddenly wants to go back to the hospital. At least she can get information about Leo there as soon as possible. She has to wait here all the time. Leo is in the operating room for more than ten hours. She doesn¡¯t know if Leo is out. She doesn¡¯t know if he is out of danger and wille out safely. ire has a lot of suspicion. Atst she is upset. She might as well go straight to the hospital! But it¡¯ste and she can¡¯t go out. ire is upset. ¡°Mommy, you¡¯re back. Why don¡¯t you sleep?¡± Conan wakes up. He is standing behind ire and rubs his eyes. Hearing Conan¡¯s voice, ire¡¯s original impatient heart gradually calms down. She turns around and sees Conan in his pajamas and looks at her sleepily. ire walks over and takes Conan¡¯s hand. She whispers, ¡°Mommy has something to do and can¡¯t sleep for a while. Conan, get back to bed quickly.¡± With that, ire takes Conan back to bed and wants to cover him. ¡°Mommy,¡± Conan pulls his hand out of the quilt. He takes ire¡¯s hand and his eyes brighten. He stares at ire and says, ¡°Mommy, do you miss Daddy? You don¡¯t want toe back, do you?¡± What Conan says puzzles ire. She thinks he doesn¡¯t wake up. She can¡¯t help reaching out and rubbing his head. She chuckles and says, ¡°Conan, go to bed first. Let¡¯s talk tomorrow.¡± With that, ire puts Conan¡¯s hand back in the quilt. But Conan insists and does not let go. He says stubbornly, ¡°Mommy, you sleep with Conan.¡± ire stops and then she smiles, ¡°OK, Mommy will sleep with you.¡± With that, ire goes to bed and looks at Conan, speechless. Chapter 300 He’s not dead Chapter 300 He¡¯s not dead ire puts her hand on his back and coaxes Conan to sleep. Conan isfortable. He closes his eyes and sleeps for a while. He opens his eyes and says to ire, ¡°Mommy, if you miss Daddy, you can go back anytime.¡± ire asks him to close his eyes, but now he opens them and speaks to her. She gets angry and says, ¡°it¡¯s none of your business. Go to bed or you won¡¯t be able to sleep tonight!¡± Hearing ire¡¯s threat, Conan reluctantly closes his eyes. After a while he falls asleep. ire doesn¡¯t take back her hand until Conan falls asleep. She looks at the ceiling and smiles bitterly at the same time. Conan must not know that his daddy is lying in the hospital now. At this time he naively said that she can go back at any time. ire¡¯s heart aches at the thought of it. Is Leo really going to die? ... The next day, ire gets up early, and Conan is still sleeping. ire doesn¡¯t wake him up. She has to get up quietly and dress. She washes her face and brushes her teeth and goes downstairs. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. When ire sees Juan eating breakfast on the first floor, she can¡¯t help being curious. She goes over to ask about Leo. Juan didn¡¯t seem to have expected ire to get up so early. He freezes when he sees her. Then he raises his hand and lets the man who is reporting leave. Juan looks at ire and says with a smile, ¡°why don¡¯t you sleep a little longer? You slepttest night. You must be tired.¡± ire doesn¡¯t care so much. She sits down at the table and shakes her head at Juan. She says casually, ¡°I¡¯m fine. How¡¯s Leo? Do you have any news?¡± Juan picks up the toast. He is a little upset, but he says calmly on the surface, ¡°it¡¯s OK. Leo¡¯s operation is done. He won¡¯t die.¡± ¡°That¡¯s all?¡± ire looks at Juan in puzzle and asks, ¡°is there anything more specific, such as how is Leo¡¯s condition or will this disease affect his future life?¡± ire didn¡¯t sleep well all night because of thisst night, so she gets up so early this morning. Facing ire¡¯s question, Juan says coldly, ¡°how do I know? I¡¯m not his family. I just know he¡¯s not dead, I don¡¯t know the rest.¡± He is very disdainful. ire sighs in her heart. She knows the hatred between Juan and Leo, so she shouldn¡¯t criticize Juan¡¯s attitude. ire gets up uneasily and says to Juan, ¡°Juan, I¡¯d better go to the hospital to see him. If I don¡¯t see him with my own eyes, I can¡¯t rest assured!¡± With that, she wants to go to the door. ¡°Wait!¡± Seeing ire¡¯s move, Juan can¡¯t even eat breakfast. He stops her immediately, e back. I can tell you the details.¡± Hearing Juan, ire stops. She turns and asks incredulously, ¡°are you telling the truth?¡± ¡°Yes,¡± Juan says to ire, stoking his anger and solemnly, e back and have breakfast.¡± Hearing this, ire has to go back to the table. She picks up a toast and eats it. She takes a sip of milk and says to Juan, ¡°I¡¯ve finished. Please tell me.¡± Juan just finishes eating too, but when he sees ire only has a little, he is dissatisfied. ¡°You just had a little. Keep eating. As you eat, I¡¯ll tell you the truth.¡± ¡°... All right.¡± ire reluctantly picks up a piece of bread and spreads it with cheese and bites it. She says vaguely to Juan, ¡°now that I¡¯ve eaten it, hurry up.¡± ire cares about Leo. Juan is angry. He doesn¡¯t understand why Leo doesn¡¯t die directly this time. Doesn¡¯t it mean that the blood clot in his mind will threaten his life? Leo seems lucky. He had a car ident six years ago but he didn¡¯t die. Now his seque doesn¡¯t kill him! Should he be jealous or let him go? Juan restrains his discontent and coughs. He tells ire seriously, ¡°Leo was out of danger this morning and confirmed to be alive. Now he is resting in the ward. That¡¯s exactly what I just received. Are you relieved?¡± Hearing Juan¡¯s words, ire lets go of her tension. She has the strength to eat. ire smiles and says to Juan, ¡°I¡¯m relieved. If he dies because of me, even if he is my enemy, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s aboveboard.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Juan raises his eyebrows and jokes, ¡°you know he is your enemy of killing your father. I thought you¡¯d forgotten.¡± ire can hear Juanughing at her. She says seriously, ¡°I won¡¯t forget! If Leo is going to die, he has to die in a way that is worthy of my father. I can¡¯t kill him in a mean way.¡± Juanughs. He looks meaningfully at ire and seduces her. ¡°Aren¡¯t you really going to work with me? I have many ways to make him miserable. I¡¯m sure he will never die in this ordinary way.¡± Juan¡¯s words are cruel. ire feels cold behind her. She always knows that Juan hates Leo, but to be honest, she hasn¡¯t seen Juan be cruel. Juan is usually a gentleman and gentle. He has his own ideas and principles. asionally Juan reprimands his men. She sees only a moment of indifference. Juan is a boss but he¡¯s back to normal afterwards. ire once asks Juan if he is a Mafia. Juan shakes his head and denies. He says that no matter what he does, he will not threaten the lives of ire and Conan. He will protect both of them. At first, ire thinks Juan is a gangster, so she is always on guard against him. If Juan doesn¡¯t really help her mother and son a lot, and treat them as well as her family, ire will be on guard. Chapter 301 Leo has an accident Chapter 301 Leo has an ident Later, ire takes Juan as a close friend and doesn¡¯t care what he did or whether he is a gangster. ire won¡¯t forget his help and always be grateful. So when she hears Juan¡¯s suggestion, ire shakes her head firmly and refuses, ¡°no, I can¡¯t do this kind of thing. You know I don¡¯t like the underworld style. It¡¯s cruel. I don¡¯t like it.¡± ¡°Well,¡± Juan¡¯s persuasion is ineffective, so he has to give up the idea of having ire revenge with him. He says helplessly, ¡°since you don¡¯t like it, I won¡¯t force you. Let¡¯s have breakfast first.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire nods. Juan watches ire eat. There is depression and regret in his heart. He knows ire is gentle, but she can let go of her enemy who killed her father. He doesn¡¯t know whether to love or dislike it. In fact, it doesn¡¯t matter whether ire agrees or not. If she agrees, ire will owe him more and appreciate him better. So ire won¡¯t want to leave him. ... ire and Juan don¡¯t know that Conan is standing with a calm face at the corner of the stairs. The expression on his face is unpredictable and his real thoughts at the moment are not clear. There is shock, despair and pain and more cold. Conan didn¡¯t expect that his godfather wants to kill his own biological father! It seems that his godfather hates his father, but why? N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Conan believes in Juan, so he has never investigated his information or understood his past. He doesn¡¯t know that he hates his father so much that he even wants to kill him! Conan is shocked by the sudden news. He stands in the same ce for a long time and can¡¯t return to his mind. Conan goes back to the room in a daze. He falls on the bed and looks at the ceiling. What Juan just said echoes in his mind. After all, he is a child. He has not experienced the cruelty of the world and the struggle for the benefit. He doesn¡¯t see too much of the ugliness of human nature. Although Conan has this awareness for a long time, after all, he is only five years old. For five years, he is almost under the protection of ire and Juan. How could he have such an opportunity to see so many dark sides of the world. And his interest is onlyputer, let alone often go out to y. So Juan hits him hard this time. Juan is his most respected person. Without Leo, maybe he really treats Juan as his father! Why, why... Conan repeats this sentence in his mind. For a while, Conan still can¡¯t ept this fact. Conan is stunned for about ten minutes and suddenly calms down. He gets up and gets out of bed. He turns on theputer and hits the keyboard and looks for the answer he wants. The white light of the screen shines on his small face, which is particrly calm and cold. Conan is smart. He finally understands that it is no use escaping like a coward and asking and answering himself there. He had better find out the answer by himself and solve all the mysteries by his own power, which is the way of the real wise! ... ire and Juan are still having breakfast in the dining room on the first floor. To be exact, Juan watches ire eat. When ire finishes eating, Juan asks in surprise, ¡°why doesn¡¯t Conane downstairs with you?¡± ¡°Conan is sleeping. I woke him up when I came backst night, so I didn¡¯t wake him up just now. I want him to sleep more.¡± ire says quietly. ¡°Well,¡± juan nods, and then he stands up and picks up his coat and says to ire, ¡°I¡¯m going out to do something now. You can call me if you have something to do.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire nods and gets up to leave the table. ire watches Juan go out and turns around and goes up the stairs. When shees to the door of the room and opens it, she sees that Conan has got up. To ire¡¯s surprise, Conan has his back to her and is yingputer games. ire goes in and closes the door. She mes, ¡°Conan, why don¡¯t you go downstairs for breakfast when you get up? You yputer after you get up. It¡¯s not a good habit.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s voice, Conan turns and looks at ire. ire is turning on the light in the room, and when she sees Conan¡¯s serious and red eyes, she is shocked. ¡°Conan, what¡¯s the matter with you? What happened? Did you cry just now?¡± ire walks over and looks at her son with some sadness. ¡°Mommy...¡± As soon as Conan speaks, ire recognizes that his voice is choking. He seems to have been holding it for a long time. ire sees that his eyes are red. As soon as he opens his mouth, he tries to shed tears. That scares ire. ire hasn¡¯t seen her son crying. Even when he was born, he seldom cried. ire immediately walks over and holds him in her arms. She asks softly, ¡°Conan, tell me what happened!¡± Conan holds out his small hand and wipes the tears from the corner of his eyes. He holds back the tears and tries to restore calm, but his trembling voice shows his mood at the moment. Conan looks up at ire and says to ire in a choked voice, ¡°Mommy, hurry up to the hospital to see Daddy. He¡¯s going to die...¡± ¡°What?¡± When Conan finishes, ire thinks she mishears. When she had breakfast just now, Juan said Leo was out of danger. Is he going to die now? Does he have another ident? ire puts her hands on Conan¡¯s shoulders and asks anxiously, ¡°did you just say that your daddy is going to die? What¡¯s going on? Say it!¡± Conan¡¯s shoulder hurts. He frowns a little, but he can¡¯t care so much at the moment. He looks at ire anxiously and says, ¡°I just turned on theputer to check and found that Daddy¡¯s operation was not very sessful. He has been in aa since he came out of the operating room. The doctor said that it¡¯s better to inform his family to see him for thest time. Mommy, go to the hospital and see Daddy! Otherwise you will never see him in your life!¡± Chapter 302 Under Juan’s house arrest Chapter 302 Under Juan¡¯s house arrest Conan¡¯s tone is urgent. It seems that if ire doesn¡¯t go to see Leo immediately, Leo will die. Compared with Conan¡¯s anxiety, ire is stunned when she hears Conan¡¯s words! ire¡¯s mind is full of confusion. What¡¯s the matter? Why is Conan saying somethingpletely different from what Juan said? Who on earth cheats her? For a while, ire is a little confused about whose words are true and whose words are false. The only thing she can confirm is that one of them must be lying! The question is why does the liar lie to her. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ire looks at her son in a panic. She wants to see something in her son¡¯s face. Conan¡¯s voice is worried and he is going to cry. The sadness and worry on his face make ire unconsciously believe what he says. ire regrets in her heart. How could she doubt her son? Although Conan is used to mischievous in his daily life, he is definitely not the kind of person who makes fun of his daddy¡¯s life! Instead, Juan is suspicious. With his hatred for Leo, it is likely that he cheated her. She knows the reason. Juan must hate Leo. He doesn¡¯t want ire to visit him. He has to lie to her. With this in mind, ire is just about to rx. Suddenly she bes nervous. No If Conan is right, Leo is really dying! God! This news is more uneptable than who cheats her! Although ire thought about what she will do if he diesst night. Will she be d or will she feel relieved? No matter what it is, it¡¯s just a guess. Now the truth reallyes to her. ire is desperate! Her heart seems to be hollowed out. Her mind can¡¯t concentrate. ire has a premonition that she is going to be dead. No, she doesn¡¯t want this. She doesn¡¯t believe Leo will die! She doesn¡¯t want Leo to die like this! ¡°Mommy! If you don¡¯t go to see Leo for thest time, you will never see him again! Are you willing!¡± Conan¡¯s anxious voice rings in her ear, and ire¡¯s mind returns. She stares at Conan and her eyes are clear. She seems to have made up her mind. ire picks up Conan and says firmly, ¡°I see, Conan, let¡¯s go to the hospital now! You have to believe in your daddy. He won¡¯t die so easily!¡± ¡°Mommy, I also believe Daddy will not die. We just reunited. How can he leave us forever? Mummy, let¡¯s go to the hospital quickly. Maybe a miracle will happen!¡± Now Conan¡¯s eyes are strong and persistent without tears! He has the same tenacity as ire! ire holds Conan. She hurries out of the room and walks to the first floor without taking her cell phone. ire walks fast. She wants to grow a pair of wings immediately and fly from home to the hospital to see Leo now. From the moment Conan says Leo will die, ire is sad as if she is going to lose something. But when ire and Conan change their shoes and want to go out, they are stopped by two bodyguards standing outside. ire frowns at them and says discontentedly, ¡°what do you want to do? Get out of the way!¡± With that, she takes Conan in her arms and tries to walk between them. But the two bodyguards stand at the door and their arms are like iron. They do not give in at all and stand firmly in ce. One of them says to ire apologetically, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, miss. The boss told us that you can¡¯t go out. If you want to go out, you have to get his consent.¡± ¡°Why doesn''t he let me out?¡± ire is shocked and angry at the bodyguard. She is shocked by Juan¡¯s strange orders. She is angry that someone else tells her about it. If he has a special reason, why doesn¡¯t he take the initiative to tell her? The bodyguard who speaks to ire just shakes his head. But he says firmly, ¡°I don¡¯t know. I¡¯m just ordered. I don¡¯t know anything else.¡± ire is furious. She res and says angrily, ¡°I don¡¯t care what reason Juan has. Anyway, I have an emergency and I¡¯m going out. If you don¡¯t get out of the way, I¡¯ll be rude to you!¡± Juan wants to stop her with two bodyguards. What does he think she is? ire is worried about Leo and has no time to think about why Juan did it. As soon as ire finishes speaking, she tries to rush out regardless, but the two bodyguards start to push her inside. The man who just spoke says, ¡°we are just acting ording to orders. Please don¡¯t embarrass us any more, miss. If we let you go out like this, the boss will not let us go when hees back.¡± With that, his face softens. ¡°I know you¡¯re kind, miss,¡± he says, with a touch of humanity. ¡°For the sake that we still have family to support, don¡¯t embarrass us any more.¡± If ire still insists on going out, it means she doesn¡¯t care about others and she is a cruel woman. ire looks embarrassed. They have family to support, but they can find another job. But if Leo dies, who will pay her a Leo? Can they afford it? When ire wants to break out again, Conan, who has been held in ire¡¯s arms, speaks. He looks at ire and shakes his head and says, ¡°forget it, Mommy. If they don¡¯t let us out, we won¡¯t go out.¡± No! ire gives Conan a disgruntled look. She wants to me him for betraying at this time, but when ire looks at Conan, she freezes. Because she sees the cues in Conan¡¯s eyes and the little wiggle of his head. ire immediately understands what Conan means. He means he has other ways. Now she just needs to cooperate with him. Chapter 303 Escape and arrest Chapter 303 Escape and arrest They used to cheat Juan when they were in France. Receiving Conan¡¯s hint, ire suddenly understands. She looks at the two bodyguards angrily and says, ¡°OK, I know it¡¯s hard for you.¡± With that, ire goes back to the house and closes the door behind her. At the same time, shees quickly back to the room. Considering Leo¡¯s safety, ire puts Conan down and anxiously asks him, ¡°Conan, do you have any other way? Tell me quickly, and then we can go to visit your daddy earlier!¡± ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t worry,¡± at this moment, Conan recovers his usual calm. He says cleverly, ¡°we can¡¯t go out at the front door, but we can go out at the back door. I used to look at theyout of this house when I was bored at home.¡± Conan smiles smugly. ¡°The back door is next to the warehouse and very few people go there. We can get out of thereter. I promise we¡¯ll slip out ande back before Godfather finds out.¡± Hearing Conan¡¯s words, ire smiles happily. She looks at her son and says happily, ¡°Conan, good job! If I don¡¯t have you, I would have fought with those two just now!¡± ¡°Mommy, you¡¯re stupid...¡± Conan wants tough at ire. He suddenly realizes that he shouldn¡¯t say that now. He says gravely, ¡°let¡¯s get going. Time is running out!¡± ¡°OK!¡± Conan¡¯s n gives ire a lot of hope and strength. She quickly picks up Conan and opens the door again to go downstairs. When they get to the first floor, the living room is empty, but ire can¡¯t help walking quietly for fear of disturbing the two bodyguards standing outside. The other direction of the stairs is the way to the back door. ire is walking fast in the direction Conan points out. Everything is going so smoothly, but what ire and Conan never thinks of is... Halfway through ire¡¯s walk, the hall door suddenly opens. ire is seen by the man who opens the door before she can hide. All of a sudden, ire and Conan are flustered! Hearing the sound of opening the door, ire tries to speed up her pace and rushes to the back door, but her body is seen by the person who opens the door. When he sees ire running, he chases her. He chases and shouts, ¡°ire! Where are you going?¡± When ire hears the voice, she feels flustered! It¡¯s Juan who owns the voice! Why is he back? He said he would go out to do something before he went out. How could he have come back so early! It¡¯s less than half an hour! Hearing Juan¡¯s voice, ire knows she can¡¯t escape. She stands stiffly in ce and does not dare to look back at Juan. Juan soon catches up with her. He runs up to ire and gaspes. Looking at ire and Conan, he is a little confused and unhappy and asks, ¡°where do you two want to go?¡± ire¡¯s face is a little stiff. She says in an unnatural voice, ¡°we...¡± ire is like a thief who is caught by the owner of the house after entering the house and stealing. She is embarrassed. When ire hesitates to exin her behavior, her arm is suddenly pinched by Conan. ire looks at Conan in surprise. At the moment when her eyes touch Conan¡¯s eyes, she suddenly wakes up. Conan¡¯s eyes are firm and have a little bit of worry when they talked about Leo. ire suddenly understands when she sees Conan¡¯s eyes. Why does she act like a thief? Now she wants to go out, but Juan gives some strange orders and doesn¡¯t let her out. Now Juan is back, but he asks where she¡¯s going. ire shouldn¡¯t feel guilty. Why does she feel guilty? She should ask Juan why he doesn¡¯t allow her to go out and why he cheated her! But now it¡¯s an emergency. ire is in a hurry to see Leo at the hospital. She doesn¡¯t have time to ask Juan! ire immediately straightens up and says firmly, ¡°I¡¯m going out now. Please tell the two people outside that I¡¯m going out.¡± ¡°Where are you going?¡± Juan looks a little different. Although he tries to behave as usual, ire still sees something deliberately hidden in his eyes. Although she doesn¡¯t know what it is, her intuition tells her that Juan is hiding something from her. ire doesn¡¯t feel well. She is a little sad but she says, ¡°I¡¯m going to see Leo at the hospital now. Juan, I don¡¯t know why you lied to me. I don¡¯t know why you give such strange orders, but I don¡¯t have time to chat with you now. Juan, I¡¯m going out!¡± With that, ire resolutely turns around and holds Conan and wants to get out the front door. Now that Juan is back, there¡¯s no reason for her to go through the back door. ¡°No, ire...¡± When Juan sees ire wants to leave, he hurriedly steps forward to grab her. Juan blurts out his order, ¡°you can¡¯t go to see Leo!¡± ire is shocked to hear Juan. She looks back in shock at Juan and subconsciously asks, ¡°why can¡¯t I go to see Leo?¡± At the same time, ire puts down the Conan she has been holding in her arms. Now Juan grabs her. It seems that if she doesn¡¯t talk to him, she can¡¯t leave. ire wants to know how Juan will exin his orders and his deception. Seeing ire¡¯s action, Juan knows that it is time to confess with ire. Juan points to the direction of the living room and says to ire, ¡°it¡¯s a long story. Let¡¯s sit down and talk.¡± ¡°No,¡± ire refuses directly. She stands upright and refuses to give in. ¡°I¡¯ll stand and listen to you. What¡¯s the reason for you to do this?¡± ire thinks about Juan¡¯s reason for cheating her. He hates Leo so he doesn¡¯t let her visit him. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. In this way, even if Leo dies, he dies alone. Chapter 304 Conan’s actions Chapter 304 Conan¡¯s actions He has a good reason, but ire can¡¯t ept Juan¡¯s behavior. He is too insidious. She doesn¡¯t like Juan doing that. Why doesn¡¯t he just tell her? They are friends. He shouldn¡¯t be so stingy. Juan knows ire is obviously angry. He can not help sighing in his heart. His face changes. He leans against the wall and looks depressed. Juan looks at ire. Despite Conan¡¯s presence, he says, ¡°I know you¡¯re actually a little concerned about Leo. You say he is your enemy, but your actions tell me that you don¡¯t regard him as your enemy at all. You don¡¯t hate him as much as you think.¡± ire doesn¡¯t care about Juan¡¯s words, ¡°so what?¡± This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ¡°So I made a decision for you. Don¡¯t see himter. You are enemies. I never appear in front of him. I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t help killing him!¡± Juan¡¯s words are cruel. His expression bes a little grim. He looks at ire and says, ¡°that¡¯s what enemies mean! ire, you shouldn¡¯t keep hesitating. You should break up with Leo and never see him again until you get revenge!¡± ire is shocked to hear Juan. Does Juan always see her rtionship with Leo this way? She never knows that Juan has been dissatisfied with her indecision, but he is right to see her that way. Even ire sometimes hates herself. She gets involved with Leo and is ordered by him. ire has thought about what Juan says, but she has to stay with Leo for Conan. After finding Conan, she can¡¯t leave. As Juan says, she bes a little soft hearted. Maybe she doesn¡¯t hate Leo as much as she thinks. Jean¡¯s words make ire hesitate. She wonders if she should go to the hospital to see Leo. Conan is worried to see that his mommy is shaken by his godfather¡¯s words. Conan doesn¡¯t know how to deal with Juan. Today, Juan says this to ire regardless of his feelings, which shows that he is ready to do something. Emotionally, Conan is quite rational. Even if he decides that he has been cheated by his godfather and he is sad, he is calm on the surface. Even though he doesn¡¯t know until today that his godfather and his father are enemies. He didn¡¯t expect it. This blow teaches Conan, who has always been arrogant and conceited, a lesson. He won¡¯t trust anyone easily in the future. He should carefully investigate everyone who is close to him. After all, those people always have some hidden past. Maybe this man has a certain purpose to approach him. Of course, this is what Conan should do in the future. Now that Juan hates Leo, why is he close to ire? He knows about Leo¡¯s rtionship with ire. What¡¯s the reason he did it? Conan can¡¯t help but doubt Juan. Conan is worried that his mommy will be persuaded by Juan. He takes her hand and says sadly, ¡°Mommy, what are you thinking? Don¡¯t you go to the hospital to see Daddy?¡± With that, Conan looks at Juan sadly and says, ¡°godfather, I don¡¯t know what the rtionship between you and my daddy is. I don¡¯t understand what you just said. But I want my daddy. I don¡¯t want Mommy to hate Daddy, and I don¡¯t want Godfather to hate Daddy...¡± Conan begins to cry. When he finishes speaking, he cries like a child abandoned by his parents. When ire and Juan hear Conan¡¯s words, they realize that there is still a child here. They just didn¡¯t notice Conan who is standing beside ire and is small and silent. ire and Juan both realize that their conversation just now should not be heard by such a small child as Conan! They used to talk about Leo in Conan¡¯s absence. When they were in France, ire didn¡¯t want to mention Leo, so Juan didn¡¯t take the initiative to talk to ire about enemies, so Conan didn¡¯t know that they hate Leo at all. But now Conan knows everything, and it may hit him hard! For a while, ire and Juan are in a dilemma. Now his cry catches ire¡¯s attention. The impact of Juan¡¯s words on her just now disappears. ire looks down at her son who is standing by her feet and crying. She remembers what he said and Conan said that Leo is going to die. ire¡¯s heart is soft. She immediately squats down and holds the crying Conan in her arms. When she hears his cry, sheforts him, ¡°Conan, don¡¯t cry...¡± However, Conan doesn¡¯t seem to hear ire. He cries louder and louder. He shouts, ¡°Daddy! I want Daddy!¡± Conan pounds ire on the shoulder as if to vent his discontent and grievance. He always wants to be with Daddy, but his godfather and mommy lied to him. Can he not be sad? ire is so upset by such Conan. After all, Conan is a child. He must have been hit hard. He is acting normally now. But ire¡¯s heart still aches. She holds her son tightly and puts his head on her shoulder. She keeps saying, ¡°Conan, it¡¯s OK. Mommy gives you a daddy. Mommy will give you a daddy.¡± It seems that ire¡¯s words work. Conan gradually stops crying. When ire wants to let Conan go, something happens that she doesn¡¯t expect. Chapter 305 Juan is under anesthesia Chapter 305 Juan is under anesthesia Conan¡¯s hand on ire¡¯s waist suddenly pinches her. Conan says in a tone that only the two of them can hear, ¡°I¡¯ll drag Godfather. You take the chance to run away and see Daddy!¡± With that, Conanes out of ire¡¯s arms. He looks at her and says seriously, ¡°Mommy, you promise Conan. You must not regret.¡± With that, Conan reaches out and wants to hold ire¡¯s hand. ire is shocked by Conan¡¯s words. When she sees him smile and as if nothing has happened, she returns to her senses and subconsciously reaches out and holds Conan¡¯s hand. However, when everyone is unprepared, Conan¡¯s other hand quickly reaches out and presses the watch on his wrist. The needle on the watch goes in Juan¡¯s direction. Juan walks towards ire and Conan, so he doesn¡¯t expect Conan¡¯s movements. When he reacts, his neck hurts a little, and then Juan loses consciousness. Juan falls to the ground. He faints in a sh. It happens so suddenly that ire and Juan have no time to react. When ire sees Juan fall, she seems to be awakened. She looks at Conan and asks in shock, ¡°Conan! Do you know what you¡¯re doing!¡± ¡°Wait, Mommy.¡± Conan looks serious. After he finishes all this, he immediately steps out of ire¡¯s arms and runs to Juan to check his situation. When he sees that Juan is really unconscious, he is relieved. Conan looks up at ire and hurriedly says, ¡°Mommy, hurry up. I¡¯ll deal with it here. Go to the hospital and see Daddy!¡± It happens so suddenly. ire knows that Conan will not harm Juan and that the needles on his watch are not poisonous, but she can¡¯t help but ask anxiously, ¡°but your godfather...¡± ire is worried that Juan will wake up angry with Conan. ¡°He¡¯s OK! Hurry up! If you are seenter, it¡¯s toote!¡± Conan urges solemnly. He looks at ire and says, ¡°Mommy, Daddy is dying in the hospital now! If you don¡¯t see him for thest time, you¡¯ll never have a chance in the future!¡± ¡°... All right!¡± ire ponders for a moment, and finally she decides to listen to Conan. She walks towards the back door. In the middle of the way, she can¡¯t help looking back at Conan, who is standing next to Juan who fell to the ground. Her eyes are worried. At this moment, ire thinks her son is really handsome. Even if he is five years old and very young, his soul is different from ordinary people. He will be a very responsible man in the future! When Conan sees ire looking back at him, he raises his hand and signals her to go. ire runs back to Conan and says anxiously, ¡°you cane with me, or your godfather will be angry when he wakes up!¡± Conan shakes his head firmly. He says seriously, ¡°no, I can¡¯t go. It¡¯s more convenient for you to go alone. If you take me with you, I¡¯m a burden. What¡¯s more, I have something to do. If someonees in and sees Godfather lying on the ground, he will doubted. Then you will be caught again when you are not far away!¡± ¡°But don¡¯t you want to see your daddy for thest time?" ire asks. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter,¡± Conan takes a deep breath and pats ire on the shoulder like an adult and says firmly, ¡°I have many ways to see Daddy, but you must go to see Daddy, you know?¡± ¡°... OK.¡± ire is convinced by Conan. ire nods. Conan urges her, ¡°hurry up! Time is very important now. If you don¡¯t go now, you can¡¯t go!¡± ire can¡¯t take her son with her, so she has to say, ¡°be careful yourself!¡± Then she clenches her teeth and turns away! To prevent turning back, ire walks fast. She quickly goes to the back door that Conan said, and then she opens the door and steals out. After going out, ire knows why Conan says it is better not to take him, because ire has to climb over the fence. If she takes Conan, they will have difficulties. Juan, who has fallen to the ground, will be found. For the first time in her life, ire is deeply impressed by Conan¡¯sposure and wit. She has a wonderful son! ire struggles over the fence and walks towards the road. She stops a taxi and tells the driver to go to the hospital and the car leaves. Looking at the scenery outside the window, ire¡¯s mood isplicated. ire arrives at the hospital. She wants to call Luke and ask where Leo¡¯s ward is, but she finds that she doesn¡¯t bring her cell phone with her, and she immediately thinks she is stupid. ire has to go straight to the senior ward area. When she sees the ward with bodyguards, she consciously bypasses it. But ire searches for half an hour and doesn¡¯t see the name Leo written on the door of any ward. ire is worried and goes back to the door of the ward where the bodyguards are watching. She thinks if Leo is in there. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. These two bodyguards are strange. ire doesn¡¯t think they are Leo¡¯s people. She wants toe closer but they stares at her so she doesn¡¯t dare to step forward. ire has to stand in the corridor and look anxiously at the door, hoping that some acquaintance can come out of it. ire has been waiting outside for a long time. When she is anxious and helpless, the door is suddenly opened from inside, but the person who opens the door surprises ire. Tracy! Tracy¡¯s eyes are red. She seems to have cried a lot just now. When she sees ire, she immediately stares at her. Shees angrily to ire and shouts, ¡°you bitch! How dare youe to the hospital to see Leo! Do you deserve it?¡± Chapter 306 Fighting with Tracy Chapter 306 Fighting with Tracy With that, Tracy raises her hand angrily, trying to p ire. ire ducks quickly. She straightens up and confronts Tracy, ¡°Leo and I don¡¯t have the kind of rtionship you say. Don¡¯t frame us!¡± As she speaks, ire feels guilty. Tracy¡¯s eyes are red and she cried just now and the makeup on her face means that Leo¡¯s condition is very serious. How serious is a person¡¯s condition which makes people cry to this extent? ire is flustered to learn about this situation. How is Leo? Is he OK? ire has been upset since she learns that Leo will die. She seems to be losing something important. At this time, the conjecture is confirmed. When ire sees Tracy crying, she is flustered. So when Tracy scolds her, ire can only subconsciously retort. ¡°No? The evidence of your going to City B is solid. And I saw you spend the night at Leo¡¯s house! You¡¯re still arguing! You¡¯re shameless!¡± With that, Tracy raises her hand and tries to p ire. This time ire is worried so she doesn¡¯t respond. Her cheek is scratched by Tracy¡¯s fingernails, and a few drops of bloode out. ¡°...¡± ire shuts up and notices a pain in her face. She wipes the blood on her cheek and looks at it. She stares at Tracy without saying a word. Her eyes are cold. She suddenly regrets exining to Tracy. ire knows that Tracy hates her and wants to torture her. Now it¡¯s normal for her to scold her for Leo. How could Tracy listen to her exnation? Tracy is stared at by ire and ufortable. In order to pretend to be ufortable, she shouts angrily, ¡°how dare you bitch stare at me! Who gives you courage!¡± With that, Tracy raises her other hand and ns to hit ire. ire coolly backs away from Tracy¡¯s attack. She knows Tracy will not help her. She passes Tracy deadpan and wants to go straight into the ward to see Leo. ¡°Stop!¡± Being ignored, Tracy was very angry. She grabs ire¡¯s shoulder and tries to block her way. ire feels her shoulder being patted. She stoops slightly away from Tracy¡¯s hand. She turns and says to Tracy deadpan, ¡°I¡¯m going in to see Leo now. Don¡¯t stop me!¡± She¡¯s been blocked a lot today. Now she is in the hospital. Isn¡¯t Tracy going to let her in? ire is stubborn. The more people try to stop her, the more ire wants to do it. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Tracy snorts coldly and says, ¡°you? What qualifications do you have toe here to see Leo?¡± ¡°I know Leo¡¯s illness is caused by you! You bitch! Without you, will Leo lie still! Do you know you almost killed him! Get out of here! I won¡¯t allow you to go in and see him again!¡± Tracy frantically pushes ire out of the room. ire is unprepared for Tracy¡¯s sudden attack. She wants to step back, but Tracy follows her. She takes a step back, and Tracy takes a step forward. ire clenches her lower lip. Atst she can¡¯t stand it and she pushes Tracy. She can¡¯t resist Leo, but she can easily resist Tracy, who is also a woman! Tracy is in high heels and didn¡¯t expect ire to hit back. ire pushes her so she almost falls to the ground. ire¡¯s counterattack ignites the fuse. Tracy lets out a scream, and then suddenly she hits ire like a cow, shouting, ¡°you bitch! I¡¯m going to fight you!¡± ire had concerns just now. Now she sees Tracy pestering and doesn¡¯t want to let her go. ire is unhappy and wants to vent. She reaches out and stops Tracy¡¯s hand and hits her with her body. Soon they begin to fight. ire thinks she is really angry to lose her mind and fight Tracy. She doesn¡¯t actually hit Tracy. She just stops all Tracy¡¯s attacks and suppresses her with her body. The bodyguards at the door of the ward are indifferent to the fight between the two women. It seems that they are just ordered to stand there and not care about anything else. The noise outside disturbs Luke in the ward. When he gets out of the ward, he sees that ire and Tracy are fighting on the ground! Both women are in a mess. Tracy looks angry and keeps using her hands, feet, head, teeth, everything she can use to attack ire. ire is on her. She keeps resisting Tracy¡¯s attack. Atst, she can¡¯t stand it. She can¡¯t help but pping Tracy in the face to wake her up! Is this woman crazy! She is so desperate to hit her! So when Lukees out, he sees a scene like this. ire rides Tracy and ps Tracy in the face. That voice is clear and loud. ¡°Ah! You bitch! How dare you hit me in the face! I¡¯ll kill you!¡± When Tracy finds out that she is beaten, she screams like a pig. She kicks and beats ire and tries to kill her. At this point, Luke stops them immediately. But there¡¯s no reason for women¡¯s wars. Once they start, they can¡¯t stop. Luke fails and is hurt by both of them. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. At this time, the fighting here also disturbs some passing nurses. They stop them, but it doesn¡¯t work. Chapter 307 Is it a blessing or a curse? Chapter 307 Is it a blessing or a curse? Luke is hurt and embarrassed. He yells at the two bodyguards who are still standing at the door. ¡°Why are you two still standing there? Come quickly and stop them!¡± After Luke finishes speaking, the two bodyguards like icebergs begin to move. Theye quickly and separate the two women regardless of their fight and whether their faces are hurt by them. They are under control for the time being. Luke ignores Tracy¡¯s scream and immediately crouches in front of ire and asks, ¡°ire, are you ok? Why do you fight with her? It¡¯s not your style at all.¡± ire is hurt by Tracy and her hair is a little messy. She res angrily at Tracy and says, ¡°she provoked me! It¡¯s none of my business. She stopped me from going in to see Leo!¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Luke turns to look at the embarrassed Tracy. Her hair is messy and her makeup has changed because she cried. The clothes on her body are also torn to pieces. She turns into an awkward clown in a sh. Even if she is pulled, she wants to rush over and keep fighting with ire. She keeps shouting, ¡°let go of me! Do you know who I am? How dare you stop me! Let go! I¡¯m going to kill this bitch!¡± Seeing such Tracy, Luke even has an impulse tough. Only ire can drive people crazy to this extent. Luke shakes his head at the bodyguard who is holding ire. ire is let go. Luke helps ire stand up and says softly, ¡°I¡¯ll help you in and have a rest.¡± With that, he takes ire and goes to the ward. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Seeing this, Tracy, who ispletely ignored, screams even more discontentedly, ¡°ah! Luke! Who allows you to let her in to see Leo! Don¡¯t let her in! She¡¯s a bitch who almost killed Leo! Leo is in bed now and in aa because of her!¡± Luke takes care of Leo and stays up all night for two days. Now Tracy is shouting. Luke is impatient. He says impatiently to Tracy, ¡°this is the hospital, not your home! Don¡¯t make a noise here!¡± Then a nurse standing beside says, ¡°yes, miss, please don¡¯t disturb other patients. If you continue to do so, we have to ask the security guard toe over...¡± ¡°Shut up!¡± Tracy turns to scold them, but her hands are still under control. Tracy breaks free and swears, ¡°let go! What are you? How dare you say I¡¯m wrong! As long as I say a word, I can immediately shut down your hospital!¡± Tracy roars fiercely but stops talking. She stands up from the ground and looks at everyone coldly. It seems that she wants to remember everyone¡¯s appearance. When Tracy sees ire, her eyes be vicious and she will not let go of her. Finally, Tracy snorts arrogantly and turns away from here in what she thinks is the most arrogant gesture. She doesn¡¯t realize how ugly she is at the moment. After Tracy leaves, Luke sighs feebly. He looks at ire, who is injured, and asks with concern, ¡°are you ok?¡± ire shakes her head and doesn¡¯t look at Tracy. She doesn¡¯t care how Tracy looks at her and makes trouble. ire is most concerned about Leo in the ward. As she is led inside by Luke, ire asks anxiously, ¡°Luke, how is Leo? Is he in danger? Is he really going to die?¡± ¡°What? Is he going to die?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, Luke is stunned obviously. He says, ¡°Leo¡¯s situation is really serious, but he will not die. But ording to the current situation, he is almost dead.¡± Luke¡¯s words are ambiguous. ire is confused. She doesn¡¯t know the truth. She is even more anxious. ire grabs Luke¡¯s hand and asks in a hurry, ¡°what¡¯s going on! Tell me quickly!¡± In the face of ire¡¯s inquiry, Luke just sighs helplessly. He closes the door he is opening and helps ire sit in a chair outside the corridor. The onlookers leave after Tracy leaves. When Luke sits down with ire, he says to her regretfully, ¡°in fact, Leo¡¯s situation is not good.¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ire asks in a hurry, grabbing Luke¡¯s hand. Luke¡¯s attitude is unclear. He looks very sad. It seems that Leo is really dying. ire is more anxious to see Luke like this. If Luke doesn¡¯t stop her, she wants to rush into the ward immediately to see Leo. Looking at the anxious ire, Luke makes sure that ire really likes Leo. With this fact, Luke believes that everything he does is not in vain. He mes himself for two days and nights now he feelsforted. At least he knows that everything he has done is right. He keeps it from Leo so that Leo can really get ire and let ire return to Leo willingly. If he tells Leo everything and he tells ire that Conan is in his house, there will be no such situation. Of course, it¡¯s a double-edged sword. On the good side, he conceals it from Leo and lets ire show her true feelings for him. On the bad side, Leo can die. Now it turns out that Luke is right, but he pays the price. For example, Leo has been unconscious since the operation. Thinking of what the doctor said, Luke feels even more sad. He sighs and says to ire, ¡°Leo¡¯s situation isplicated. The operation is a sess. Although the blood clot in his brain will melt, it will disappear in a few days, but...¡± Chapter 308 Hes in vegetative state Chapter 308 He''s in vegetative state Luke stops and can¡¯t talk anymore. He looks miserable. He lowers his head and sighs again. Luke has sighed many times in a row today. He is in a bad mood. ¡°But what?¡± ire is worried. She can¡¯t help but hold Luke¡¯s shoulder and bow and ask him. ¡°The doctor said...¡± Luke looks at the ground and tries to say, ¡°the doctor said he may never wake up...¡± ¡°What! What does that mean?¡± ire is shocked by Luke¡¯s answer. Why is Luke¡¯s words different from Conan¡¯s? Conan said Leo is dying. Why is he unconscious now and will never wake up! What is Leo¡¯s situation now! ire is so worried that she is about to jump up. She can¡¯t help pushing Luke. Her voice bes flustered. ¡°Tell me! Is Leo alive or dead now? I have to go in and see him.¡± With that, ire gets up and wants to go to the ward. ¡°ire, wait...¡± When ire finishes, Luke looks up and tries to stop her. But ire can¡¯t stay calm and runs quickly to the door. Luke sighs helplessly and follows ire into the ward. ire stumbles almost all the way into the ward. She can¡¯t help crying when she sees Leo lying motionless and pale in the hospital bed. At the moment, Leo is not arrogant at all. He lies in bed quietly and is like a dead man. Seeing Leo, ire feels her heart hollowed out for a moment. It¡¯s empty. She feels a sharp chill when the wind blows. ire falls on Leo¡¯s bed and can¡¯t help reaching out and pulling his big hand. She murmurs, ¡°Leo, Leo, wake up! You shouldn¡¯t be in bed!¡± ire thought Leo was going to die, and she was in a panic all the way. She wanted to fly to the hospital to see him at once. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Now she knows that Leo won¡¯t die, but he may not wake up in his whole life. It¡¯s a bigger blow to ire. She can¡¯t ept the fact. Leo is lying in bed like a vegetable. What¡¯s the difference between him and the dead? ire looks at Leo and shakes her head in tears. ¡°Leo! Why are you so cruel? Do you think that if you pretend to be unconscious, I will forgive you and put down the hatred for you? No I won¡¯t forget you killed my father. I will never forgive you!¡± ire cries all the time, but she keeps scolding, ¡°you¡¯re lying in bed like a waste now! I look down on you! If you feel sorry for me! Then wake up! Beg me to forgive you, so you still have a chance! Do you know?¡± Now Luke enters the room. He sees ire pouncing on Leo¡¯s bed and venting her anger. He just stands and watches in silence. ire can realize what she wants and vent all her dissatisfaction with Leo. She¡¯d better wake Leo up in this way. ire keeps scolding Leo at the bedside. Luke keeps watching. When she is tired, he goes to pick her up andforts her. ¡°Don¡¯t be so sad. The doctor said whether he can wake up depends on his own will. If youe to talk to him often in the future, he may wake up one day.¡± ¡°Which day is it!¡± ire vents her anger at Leo to Luke. She says angrily, ¡°one monthter, or one year later, or ten yearster?¡± ire gets angry for no reason. It¡¯s strange. In fact, only she knows that, as Tracy said, Leo became like this because of her. If ire did not go abroad six years ago, Leo would not have a car ident and a fatal sequ! If she didn¡¯t get close to him, Leo wouldn¡¯t be curious about her. He wouldn¡¯t take the initiative to know her and be like this! He¡¯s in aa! He will be a vegetable! If ire can go back to six years ago, ire will go abroad without hesitation, because she is burdened with such a heavy task that she can not face Leo calmly. She wants to kill Leo almost every moment! If ire has another chance, she will still choose to approach Leo again to find her son. So ire doesn¡¯t regret what she has done, because it has happened and it can¡¯t be changed! But because of this, ire hates herself deeply! It is because of her that people around her are harmed like this! This kind of mood makes ire lose her temper, because she doesn¡¯t know that she has unconsciously fallen in love with Leo! That¡¯s why she feels so ambivalent at the moment. In the face of ire¡¯s roar, Luke is both happy and worried. ire¡¯s performance proves that she has Leo in her heart, but she is a little emotional. He is afraid that she will do something. And they¡¯re in the ward. Leo just had an operation. He can¡¯t rest in a noisy environment. Luke sighs helplessly. He can¡¯t help but reach out and hold ire¡¯s shoulder and touch her head with one hand. He whispers, ¡°well, stop crying, Leo will be OK. He survived. He will surely wake upter. Don¡¯t worry too much.¡± ire looks down and stands in front of Luke. She cries like a child for the first time. It suddenly urs to her that Leo said he must make her cry in front of him. Fortunately, Leo doesn¡¯t wake up, or he will laugh at her. Leo is a jerk. Since she met him, he has been bullying her and controlling everything. Chapter 309 Father vs Godfather Chapter 309 Father vs Godfather Now she¡¯s about to escape, but he may never wake up. Luke helps ire and watch her cry. He wants to hold her in his arms, but she is his friend¡¯s woman. His friend is in aa and lying aside. Luke doesn¡¯t dare to hug ire. ... In Juan¡¯s vi. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . When Juan wakes up, he finds himself lying on the sofa in the living room. His body is a bit numb. Juan moves and regains consciousness. Why is he lying here? Juan remembers what happened before he fell into aa. Conan shot the needle at him. All of a sudden, Juan suddenly stands up from the sofa. All he has in mind is to see if ire has gone to see Leo! However, when Juan stands up, he sees Conan sitting quietly on the other side of the sofa. He can not help but stop and call out, ¡°Conan...¡± Conan looks up at Juan calmly. He says, ¡°godfather, you wake up.¡± Seeing such Conan, Juan can¡¯t help frowning. This is the first time Conan doesn¡¯t smile when he sees him. Is Conan doing this because he heard what he said this morning, so he hates him who is hostile to his father? Juan looks at Conan uneasily. He hesitates and says, ¡°Conan, do you hate me?¡± ¡°Godfather, don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± ire is still calm. His eyes, which look like Leo¡¯s, are also in. He says lightly, ¡°you are my godfather. You¡¯re kind to me and Mommy. How can I hate you?¡± Conan is calm on the surface but his words are meaningful. Juan is a smart man, otherwise he will not have a group of loyal people. He immediately understands the meaning of Conan¡¯s words. He knows he is angry about this morning. But Juan doesn¡¯t know Conan has investigated his past. He knows exactly what happened six years ago, including his rtionship with Mommy and his hatred with Daddy. Conan even knows what happened six years ago. He used illegal means to learn about the rtionship between Godfather, Daddy and Mommy, as well as the past. Conan can do anything and he won¡¯t let anyone know. That¡¯s why he can sit here so rationally. Juan knows why Conan is angry so he can deal with him. Conan listens to him all the time. Juan believes that this time, as long as he talks to him more, he can get Conan to support him. After all, Conan just met Leo. He can never bepared to his godfather who apanies him for five years. Thinking of this, Juan smiles and goes to Conan and sits down. He sits him in hisp and asks with a smile, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I was so impulsive this morning. I said that in front of you. I know you are sensible. You should understand that I didn¡¯t tell you that I have a feud with your daddy because I don¡¯t want you to worry...¡± Juan¡¯s words can¡¯t shake Conan¡¯s heart. He nods quietly and says, ¡°I know. I can understand Godfather.¡± As for the past, it is his father who did wrong. But Juan doesn¡¯t believe it. Conan doesn¡¯t look happy but he says he understands. Juan reaches out and touches Conan¡¯s head. Heforts him, ¡°I know you can¡¯t ept it now, but I swear I only target your daddy. I¡¯m sincere to you and your mommy! I will not do anything to hurt you!¡± Conan turns and looks at Juan calmly. He asks softly, ¡°isn¡¯t it hurt that you want to keep Mommy at home?¡± Conan¡¯s words seem simple, but Juan is shocked and can¡¯t answer. Juan is stunned, then he shakes his head and smiles helplessly. ¡°Conan, some things are too complicated to exin. You¡¯ll understand when you grow up.¡± He can¡¯t say he doesn¡¯t want ire to get close to Leo. As he said to ire today, Leo is ire¡¯s enemy. The enemy should not have intimate movements and rtionships. He likes ire and doesn¡¯t want her to have too much contact with her former lover, let alone he is Conan¡¯s father, which gives Juan a strong sense of crisis. When Juan knew ire was with Leo, he was jealous. He heard that Leo didn¡¯t let iree back, so he had to force ire back! In order to prevent such a thing from happening again, Juan confines ire at home and refuses to let her go out to see Leo again. It is likely that she will nevere back once she goes! However, he can not tell Conan his concerns. Leo is his father. If he confesses like this, Conan will only be upset. But Juan underestimates Conan too much. He doesn¡¯t know that Conan is dissatisfied because he says he is young. Conan snorts and says unhappily, ¡°godfather, how can I understand if you don¡¯t tell me? You can tell me so I can know the truth.¡± It sounds like a kid¡¯s angry words. Juan doesn¡¯t care much more. He chuckles and simply says to Conan, ¡°anyway, we are a family. You just need to remember that no matter what happens, no matter what I do, it¡¯s for your good. Because I love you. I love you and your mommy.¡± Hearing Juan¡¯s words, Conan recognizes his feelings for ire. It turns out that his godfather always likes his mother. When he was a child, he joked to let him and mummy together, but he was still young, and he didn¡¯t know who his biological father was, so he made such a joke. When he grew up and learned that his own father was someone else, Conan stopped ying such jokes. Now it seems... Conan sighs in his heart. It seems that Juan is addicted to his life in France. He thinks the three of them are a family. However, he has only his daddy in mind, and he is quite satisfied with his daddy. Chapter 310 A family Chapter 310 A family Even if Conan respects Juan, their rtionship can¡¯t be disordered. To prevent the tragedy from continuing, Conan blinks at Juan and forgets his unhappiness. He pretends to be naive and says, ¡°but godfather, I, my mommy and my daddy are a family.¡± Conan says this to remind Juan that he had better give up Mommy. Mommy can only be Daddy¡¯s. He wants to leave a way for his most respected godfather. He can¡¯t go on making mistakes. Because Conan has learned that Juan did something behind Leo. But when Conan finishes, Juan¡¯s face changes. He stares at Conan and asks, ¡°Conan, aren¡¯t we a family?¡± Leo! Why him! ire has him in her heart. Even Conan has him in his heart! He works hard for many years. Why does one of his sperm deny all his efforts! Juan¡¯s unwillingness and hatred for Leo are more and more intense at the moment! ¡°Godfather, of course you are,¡± Conan is quite calm in the face of Juan¡¯s questioning. He pretends to be naive and says, ¡°I always treat you like a rtive, so Godfather is a rtive of Conan, but not a family of three.¡± When Conan finishes, Juan¡¯s face turns ck and he says, ¡°can¡¯t I be your daddy?¡± ¡°Daddy?¡± Conan shows a puzzled expression that only a child can have. He asks Juan in bewilderment, ¡°doesn¡¯t Conan have a daddy? One daddy is enough, not two.¡± Yes, only one daddy is enough, not two. This reminds Juan and gives him a strong desire. Only one person can live in the world between him and Leo. He and Leo can¡¯t live together, so Leo has to die! As long as Leo is dead, Conan will be willing to recognize him as his daddy! There¡¯s cunning in Juan¡¯s eyes. He sneers and holds Conan and gently touches his head. He whispers, ¡°Conan, you¡¯re right. I see what you mean.¡± Conan looks up at Juan and sees the expression on his face. He is a little proud. He doesn¡¯t know whether he really understands his meaning or misunderstands his meaning. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Conan shakes his head helplessly. How it ends depends on Juan. He¡¯s Leo¡¯s son. If Juan really wants to kill Leo, he can¡¯t ignore Leo. Even if he used to treat Mommy like that, it¡¯s understandable. ... ire calms down and sees Luke¡¯s dark circles under his eyes. She tells Luke to go back and have a rest. Luke doesn¡¯t sleep for two days. He¡¯s worried about Leo and he¡¯s in a tight mood, or he will have fallen down. irees to see Leo so Luke rxes. His fatiguees up suddenly. Luke would love to find a bed and fall down now. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll go back to sleep now.¡± ire keeps pushing so Luke agrees. He walks slowly to the door. One thinges to his mind half way through. Luke turns around and says seriously to ire, ¡°by the way, if you have something to do and you want to leave, give me a call. You left without telling mest night. I don¡¯t know where you went.¡± ire is focusing on Leo. When she hears Luke¡¯s words, she suddenly reacts. Last night she was kidnapped directly by Juan and had no chance to tell Luke. Leo is important or he suspects ire has been kidnapped. Today, when Luke mentions this, ire knows how dangerous it wasst night. If it wasn¡¯t Juan, maybe she is killed now and no one knows. Thinking of this, ire has sweat on her forehead. She turns her head awkwardly and says to Luke, ¡°sorry, I was wrongst night. I was too tired, so I left without telling you. You were absent-mindedst night, so I didn¡¯t disturb you... Ha ha...¡± ire makes all sorts of excuses for her leaving just to keep Luke from doubting. She can¡¯t tell Luke that she was taken away in a special way. And she can¡¯t expose Juan. If Luke knows Juan hates Leo, he will tell Leo about it. Juan is kind to her. ire can¡¯t do that. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Luke is relieved and nods. He feels sleepy. Without thinking, Luke turns around and leaves the room. After Luke leaves, ire is relieved. Fortunately, Luke doesn¡¯t notice anything. In order to cover up Juan¡¯s existence, she will not tell Luke and Leo. ire sees that her clothes are dirty and her hair is messy. She just had a fight with Tracy. She knows she¡¯s dirty now. She cried just now. ire doesn¡¯t know what Luke thinks of her. ire goes to the bathroom awkwardly and cleans herself up. She goes back to the hospital bed and looks at Leo who is still on the bed. Chapter 311 Disclosure of the truth Chapter 311 Disclosure of the truth The handsome facial features set off the pale face at the moment, which brings a soft temperament to the fierce Leo. ire is stunned unconsciously. When she sees Leo¡¯s slightly wrinkled brow, she can¡¯t help reaching out to smooth it. She thinks in her mind that this guy is dreaming of something unpleasant, or why does he frown? She remembers what Luke told her before he left. If she wants Leo to wake up earlier, she has to talk to him more. It¡¯s better to say something he cares about most. Thinking of this, ire can¡¯t help but smile bitterly. She looks at Leo and says softly, ¡°Leo, you scum and asshole. Why are you unconscious at this time? Do you want me to forgive you? Don¡¯t think I¡¯ll forget you¡¯ve imprisoned me by your side. I won¡¯t forget it and I won¡¯t forgive you!¡± ire says that angrily, but Leo in bed doesn¡¯t respond. Only the air responds to her in silence. ire stares at Leo quietly for a while. She sighs helplessly as if inpromise. ire lies on the bed and takes Leo¡¯s hand, which is not injected, and says in a childish tone, ¡°well, as long as you wake up, I forgive you for those things, but I only forgive you for imprisoning me! I won¡¯t forget you killed my father. The best I can do is to step back here. Leo, you must wake up quickly!¡± ¡°...¡± No one answers her. ire seems angry. She pats Leo¡¯s big hand and pretends to be angry. ¡°I won¡¯t forgive you if you don¡¯t wake up! Do you think you can avoid it by pretending to be dead! Your body is still here!¡± ¡°...¡± ¡°Hey! Leo, I¡¯m tired of talking like this!¡± ¡°...¡± ¡°Leo, if you don¡¯t pay attention to me, I won¡¯t talk to you! Hey...¡± ¡°...¡± ire talks to Leo from morning to afternoon. ire doesn¡¯t get out until Luke gets enough sleep and comes to the hospital. When Lukees, he brings ire dinner. He smiles and says to ire, ¡°you must be hungry. Have some dinner.¡± ire feels her stomach, and she is really hungry. She doesn¡¯t eat anything since she had a casual meal in the hospital at noon. Luke¡¯s dinner is in time. She doesn¡¯t refuse Luke¡¯s kindness. ire takes Luke¡¯s dinner and says gratefully, ¡°thank you.¡± This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ¡°Don¡¯t mention it,¡± Luke naturally sits down on the sofa for rest and watches ire get dinner and sit opposite him. ire is bending down to eat. Luke looks at her quietly. He suddenly says, ¡°ire, do you like Leo?¡± ire wants to swallow, but Luke¡¯s sudden words shock her. ire naturally chokes on the rice. When hearing Luke¡¯s words, ire¡¯s first reaction is to recall what she said to Leo today. She felt embarrassed when she said something. Fortunately, Leo is in aa state, otherwise she can¡¯t face Leo! At this moment, Luke suddenly talks about this topic. ire is like a frightened rabbit, and she is excited reflexively. Luke looks at ire who has a red face. He gets up and pours her a ss of water and then he goes back to his ce and looks at her. ire drinks the water from Luke, and her breath bes smoother. She takes a deep breath. When her breath is almost back to normal, Luke asks again, ¡°well, do you really like Leo?¡± ¡°Nonsense!¡± ire picks up something and throws it on Luke. She says angrily, ¡°don¡¯t you know I¡¯m eating! How can you ask such a question!¡± Luke reacts quickly and avoids ire¡¯s attack. He shrugs naively and says, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect you to be so emotional. If you don¡¯t feel guilty, how can you be frightened by my words?¡± ¡°Nonsense!¡± ire points angrily at Luke. Does he mean she¡¯s guilty? She¡¯s not guilty! ire admits that her attitude toward Leo does change a little, but Leo killed her father. ire won¡¯t like Leo in any way! If it¡¯s true, what is she! A bad daughter? A mistress? ire manages to calm down. She says scornfully, ¡°Luke, you think too much. How can I like Leo? You know my rtionship with him. Didn¡¯t you take any medicine today?¡± Faced with ire¡¯s questions, Luke says helplessly, ¡°I¡¯m not sick. I don¡¯t need to take medicine. Why don¡¯t you have anything to do with Leo? You¡¯re Conan¡¯s mommy and Leo is Conan¡¯s daddy. You say you two had nothing to do with each other?¡± ¡°It¡¯s illogical!¡± ire feels guilty about Luke¡¯s words. She tries not to show her guilt. She says scornfully, ¡°Leo just gave me a sperm, and he didn¡¯t give me anything else. Conan has nothing to do with him, OK?¡± ire is visibly angry. Seeing this, Luke knows that he can¡¯t hear ire admit that she likes Leo. It doesn¡¯t matter. He has confirmed it anyway. It doesn¡¯t matter if she doesn¡¯t say it. As long as she can tell Leo in person, it¡¯s also a good result. Luke smiles and says easily, ¡°OK, I¡¯m just kidding you. Why are you so excited? Some people will think you really like Leo.¡± ¡°Stop!¡± ire raises her chopsticks and res angrily, trying to throw them away. Luke shuts up immediately. Luke finally stops making fun of her, but ire is upset. Is she like someone who is bullied at will? ire looks at the food in the box. An ideaes to her suddenly. ire suddenly smiles. She looks up at Luke and says, ¡°how are you and Kate?¡± Chapter 312 The idea works Chapter 312 The idea works ¡°I think you two are a good match. Do you like my good friend of more than ten years?¡± When ire mentions Kate, Luke is stunned. This is the first time that ire has mentioned Kate to him. What¡¯s more, he doesn¡¯t think about it. Every time Kate saw him, they fought. Luke has to deal with her. Kate is ire¡¯s friend. Luke doesn¡¯t want to pursue her at all. Later they contact several times. Although he thought Kate is a lovely woman and he really liked Kate at that time, he didn¡¯t want to be her boyfriend. Later, because of Conan¡¯s exposure, he had a dispute with Kate. Their starting point is totally different, so Luke knows that Kate and he belong to two worlds. They have different ideas and can¡¯t understand each other¡¯s ideas. Of course, they can¡¯t continue tomunicate. At that time, Luke¡¯s little affection for Kate disappeared. Thinking of what happened to him and Kate, Luke shakes his head and smiles. He says helplessly, ¡°ire, don¡¯t make fun of me. I don¡¯t have that kind of rtionship with Kate.¡± ¡°Oh?¡± ire frowns disapprovingly, and she says, ¡°it¡¯s impossible. I see the way you look at each other and get along. You¡¯re a good match. Fighting can promote your feelings.¡± ire exins for Kate, ¡°she¡¯s usually domineering. In fact, her heart is gentle. She says she hates you, but she doesn¡¯t. She just hates Leo, so she¡¯s biased against you. She is careless but actually she is very careful and considerate. She is a rare good girl.¡± They are both her friends. Kate has been her best friend for more than ten years. Luke helps her a lot. ire knows they like each other so she can¡¯t help asking him. ire¡¯s words really surprise Luke. He knows Kate is an interesting woman and that she is just careless on the surface. He didn¡¯t expect Kate¡¯s heart to be tender. But even so, Luke doesn¡¯t think they¡¯re suitable for each other. Luke shakes his head helplessly. He looks at ire and says firmly, ¡°no, Kate and I can be friends. We can¡¯t be lovers. And I can¡¯t touch her. If I annoy her, you won¡¯t spare me.¡± In order to make the atmosphere less dull, Luke begins to joke. ire frowns when she hears Luke¡¯s words. It seems that Luke doesn¡¯t like Kate. If Luke doesn¡¯t like Kate, ire can¡¯t force it. But ire continues to listen. She can¡¯t help chuckling and saying, ¡°if you¡¯re just worried about this, I can guarantee that if you dare to make Kate angry, the first one who can¡¯t let you go is not me, but Kate herself.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯m more afraid to like Kate...¡± Luke immediately says with a smile. ¡°Are you afraid of a woman, Luke?¡± Luke¡¯s words make ire suspect that he likes Kate but he is afraid of Kate¡¯s temper. She can¡¯t help but raise her eyebrows and say, ¡°Kate has a bad temper, but she¡¯s not a savage. Luke, are you afraid of your wife?¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Thinking of this possibility, ire can¡¯t help chuckling. If it is true, it will be fun. Luke looks gentle and polite to anyone. He shouldn¡¯t be afraid of a woman. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Luke hears ire¡¯s ridicule and suspicion. He thinks his dignity as a man is being looked down upon. He just tells ire that joke just to make the atmosphere less awkward. Unexpectedly, she misunderstands. Luke coughs awkwardly. To preserve his dignity as a man, Luke says seriously, ¡°no, I mean Kate is a good woman but I don¡¯t deserve her. She should find a better man, so for Kate¡¯s happiness, of course, I can¡¯t pursue her.¡± ¡°You mean you like her but you dare not admit it?¡± Luke¡¯s words make ire think he is a man with low self-esteem. He thinks he doesn¡¯t deserve the woman he loves, so he chooses to give in. So when ire hears Luke, her eyes immediately brighten. She looks at Luke excitedly and says happily, ¡°don¡¯t worry! You are an excellent and good-natured man. Why don¡¯t you deserve Kate? If you don¡¯t deserve her, who else can? You two can fall in love. I support you!¡± She really misunderstands... Luke gets embarrassed. He¡¯s really not good at exining this. The more he exins, the more ire thinks he likes Kate... Forget it. He¡¯d better not exin! Luke realizes this and gets tough. He says seriously, ¡°I really don¡¯t like Kate! Don¡¯t talk nonsense. By the way, you took care of Leo in the hospital for a day. You should be tired. Hurry up and go back to rest.¡± Luke¡¯s tough attitude make ire think he is shy and angry. ire chuckles and doesn¡¯t intend to expose Luke. After all, men have high self-esteem. She can¡¯t embarrass him. ireughs and says, ¡°Okay, I won¡¯t make fun of you. Take care of Leo at the hospital tonight. Thank you for dinner.¡± With that, ire takes the lunch box and wipes the ce where she eats. She walks to the door with the garbage and turns to say goodbye to Luke. ¡°Goodbye. If you change your mind, you can tell me. I¡¯ll help you two create a chance to get along!¡± ¡°Stop,¡± Luke is speechless and stops her. He waves to ire and says, ¡°go back. Be careful on the way.¡± Chapter 313 Real kidnapping Chapter 313 Real kidnapping ¡°Goodbye.¡± ire manages to make fun of Luke. She happily leaves the ward and throws the garbage in the garbage can around the corner. When ire walks out of the hospital, she suddenly thinks of a serious problem. She escaped without telling Juan. She doesn¡¯t know what Conan has done at home and how Juan feels after knowing that she hase to see Leo. More importantly, what will she face when she goes back? Will Juan let her out again? Leo is now lying in bed and in aa. She doesn¡¯t know when he will wake up again. ire¡¯s rxed and happy mood suddenly falls to the bottom and bes heavy. ire can¡¯t go back to Juan¡¯s home for sure. Based on ire¡¯s understanding of Juan over the years, she knows that he is a person with strong principles. He doesn¡¯t allow things that he doesn¡¯t want to happen. He is stubborn. But what about Conan if ire doesn¡¯t go back? Where can she go? Juan just doesn¡¯t like her going to see Leo. He won¡¯t be angry with Conan. What¡¯s more, he¡¯s Conan¡¯s godfather. Conan won¡¯t have an ident at home. ire is worried. She walks on the side of the road and wonders where she should live. ire is thinking and doesn¡¯t notice a caring from behind. She is not at all prepared for the car that suddenlyes to her side and stops. When ire reacts, she is taken on by two men in ck who jump out of the car. Is she being kidnapped again? This is ire¡¯s first reaction. Her second reaction is that it is the way Juan forces her back. Last time, she was kidnapped by the same long ck car and two people in ck near the hospital at night. ire subconsciously suspects that this is Juan¡¯s n. But this is the second time. Why can¡¯t they take her back in a rtively gentle way? There are two bodyguards watching her anyway. She can¡¯t run away. ire is not a fool. She will not make useless resistance. He shouldn¡¯t take her back in this way. Moreover, this time, the people are more rude and merciless. ire¡¯s arm is scratched by the two men. They almost throw her into the car. As soon as she gets in the car, they stop her mouth and tie her hands and feet. After that, the two bodyguards cover her head with a ck cloth bag. ¡°...¡± ire can¡¯t see anything. She is speechless at the moment. This time her head is covered by a bag. Last time they didn¡¯t act professionally, so this time they act realistically? ire can¡¯t understand whether it is Juan¡¯s order or the bad taste of these people. What ire didn¡¯t expect, however, is that what she suspectedst time hase true this time. That is to say,st time she thought it was kidnapping, but it was not. It was just a way for Juan to take her back. This time ire doesn¡¯t think it is a kidnapping, but it is. On the other side, Juan¡¯s people are sitting in the car and waiting for ire toe out near the hospital. After irees out, they receive the news and keep looking there. What they didn¡¯t expect, however, is that before the car they park on the side of the road starts, another car that has been there a long time ago arrives at ire¡¯s side. Two people from the car quickly take ire to the car. They look professional. When Juan¡¯s people see this, they all know what is going on, but they don¡¯t panic. They immediately start the car and chase it. They try not to be noticed until they get Juan¡¯s next order. Another man takes the opportunity to call Juan. On the other side of the city, Juan¡¯s vi. ¡°What did you say? ire is kidnapped?¡± Juan answers the phone and hears the report. He gets up from his position and is angry. When Juan gets the positive answer again, his face turns ck. His expression is terrible. He begins to move restlessly back and forth in the study, and he asks in a rapid voice, ¡°do you know where she is now?¡± ¡°Yes, we are following the car now...¡± The man at the other end of the line says. Juan is a little relieved to hear that. He calms down and arranges calmly, ¡°well done. Now follow it quietly. Don¡¯t be noticed! Then you give me the address, and I¡¯ll get there now! Keep in touch by phone and report the news at any time!¡± ¡°Yes, boss!¡± The man replies. After all this, Juan picks up his coat and cell phone and hurries out. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. Conan hears the noise and pokes his head out of the room. His eyes look serious. He doesn¡¯t know what happened, but he will soon know. ... ire¡¯s head is covered and she can¡¯t see where she is. The car drives for about half an hour. It also takes half an hour to get to Juan¡¯s vi. Seeing this, ire is more convinced that this is what Juan arranged. So even though ire is roughly pushed away, she doesn¡¯t care much, because she knows that maybe it is just Juan¡¯s whim to y with her, so ire ispletely rxed. The two men in ck seem to take her into the elevator. At first, ire is puzzled. Doesn¡¯t she go back to Juan¡¯s vi? How could shee to a building with an elevator? ire is confused but she trusts Juan so she forces herself to calm down. Later, ire knows how naive she is at this moment. After waiting for about three minutes, the elevator finally arrives. As soon as the door opens, she is pushed and walks for a while. The road bes uneven. At first, ire almost falls to the ground. ire will fall if she isn¡¯t supported by someone next to her. Then there is a fierce, impatient voice, ¡°we¡¯re on the stairs. Be careful!¡± ire begins to resent. You didn¡¯t remind me! If her mouth isn¡¯t stopped, ire will scold him. Chapter 314 Terrace, push you down Chapter 314 Terrace, push you down At the same time, ire begins to wonder why Juan ys with her like this? He kidnaps her again. She is blindfolded. She goes into an elevator and took the stairs. At first ire can understand, butter she can¡¯t. Where are they going? At this time, ire doesn¡¯t realize that she is kidnapped. The previous coincidence and trust in Juan make her subconsciously think that Juan does it. Later, ire vows that she will never see things in a preconceived way. Of course, this is what happenedter. ire is dragged up about one flight of stairs, and then she seems to hear the door open, and then a strong wind sweeps over her. As soon as the door opens, ire is surprised by the strong wind. Where is this? Why is there such a gust of wind? What exactly does Juan want to do? ire soon gets the answer. She is pushed and pressed on a chair. The two men tie her hands around the back. Her hands and feet are tied tightly to the chair. They are afraid that she will escape. At the moment, ire¡¯s doubts grow deeper and deeper. She wonders if Juan has arranged the operation. If it¡¯s really Juan, there¡¯s no need for him to y with her like this. Although he will be unhappy about her going to see Leo, he doesn¡¯t need to do that. But if it¡¯s not Juan, who is it? As soon as the ideaes up, ire is afraid. She seems to realize something. The two men in ck who bring her here do all this before they take the bag off ire¡¯s head. When ire¡¯s eyes can see the scene, she feels that the whole world has changed. ire sees the dark sky and the lights and the tops of tall buildings elsewhere. If she looks down, she can see the city at a nce. The colorful city shows its beauty at night. However, ire doesn¡¯t appreciate them at the moment. No matter who appears on the terrace for no reason, they will be scared! ire is close to the railing so she can see the view so clearly. That¡¯s why ire feels the cold behind her. This is definitely not Juan¡¯s prank! Juan won¡¯t do this to her! He doesn¡¯t like abuse! But with the exception of Juan, ire doesn¡¯t know who will bring her here in this way. Leo¡¯s in the hospital. What about Juan? A burst of apuse rings out in the distance and gradually approaches ire. ire is attracted by the sound and the two men in ck who bring her leave. When irees back to her mind, there is only her and the pping from far to near on the empty terrace. ire looks at the source of the sound. She can vaguely see a slender figure. It¡¯s like the outline of a woman. The woman gets closer and closer. When she gets to where ire can see her face, ire¡¯s eyes widen. ire suddenly feels ridiculous. Tracy¡¯s unique shrill voice screeches, ¡°ire, you must have never thought that I brought you here.¡± You¡¯re kidnapping! ire didn¡¯t expect thest time she thought Tracy had kidnapped her, but it was Juan! This time she thinks Juan does it, but Tracy is the kidnapper! Is it destined or is ire too naive and unprepared? ire believes in thetter more than the former. ire is shocked, but when she faces Tracy, she doesn¡¯t show much obvious panic. Her shock turns into contempt. She quips, ¡°Tracy, why do you bring me here? Have supper?¡± When Tracy hears ire, she covers her face andughs as if she has heard a joke. Herughter is extremely harsh. ire can¡¯t stand it. Tracy suddenly stops. She looks at ire viciously and shrieks, ¡°you? Have supper? ire, are you still not clear about the situation? Today I dare to bring you here, and you can¡¯t leave here alive!¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ire is shocked by Tracy¡¯s words. She knows that Tracy will not take risks for no reason. When she first saw Tracy, she thought that Tracy just wanted to threaten her and let her leave Leo. She didn¡¯t expect Tracy to want to kill her! Doesn¡¯t she know it¡¯s illegal to kill? ¡°I mean...¡± Tracy smiles grimly as she approaches ire and says firmly and coldly, ¡°ire, you¡¯re dead today!¡± When people say that, they are threatening. But today Tracy says it. ire knows she¡¯s serious! ire knows Tracy¡¯s determination to kill her. Her fiance, who is supposed to be about to marry her, is seduced by a woman who suddenly appears and who repeatedly challenges her in front of her. She has a son with her fiance. Whoever it is will goN?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. mad! ire used to wonder why Tracy was so calm. She just thought she was stupid. Now it looks like she¡¯s just been putting up with it. ire can understand, but that doesn¡¯t mean she agrees with Tracy. She can¡¯t kill her at will! How could ire agree! ire¡¯s face remains calm. She pretends to be calm and says, ¡°if you kill me, aren¡¯t you afraid the police will find you? Aren¡¯t you afraid Leo won¡¯t let you go?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk to me about Leo! You don¡¯t deserve it!¡± ire¡¯s words anger Tracy. She yells angrily at ire, ¡°I know who you are! Leo fell in love with you six years ago! You don¡¯t stay in France. Now you go back to America and seduce my fiance! Do you have a little bit of a woman¡¯s shame?¡± Chapter 315 Killing in the middle of the night Chapter 315 Killing in the middle of the night Tracy says a lot to ire. Before ire can reply, she adds sarcastically, ¡°your son was born six years ago, right? You are so hateful. When your child grows up, you go back to America. I used to look down on you! I shouldn¡¯t be off guard. I didn¡¯t expect you to pretend you were ugly and cheat me and seduce my fiance. You... You!¡± ire is pped in the face. Tracy seems so angry that she can¡¯t say the whole thing. She starts pping ire in the face. She ps ire several times. ire is tied to a chair and can¡¯t move and can¡¯t avoid Tracy¡¯s attack. After a few ps, ire just feels dizzy. Her face is numb. In the eyes of outsiders, ire¡¯s face is red, swollen and bleeding. Tracy is satisfied and takes back her hands. She blows the pain in the palm of her hand. She looks down on ire with pride. She smiles smugly at the rhythm she has created. Tracy scoffs arrogantly, ¡°since you are going to die today, I will let you understand! Today, I will kill you first and then find your son and kill him! I¡¯ll let you know what it¡¯s like to offend me!¡± When Tracy finishes, ire feels that her shame disappears. She thought she was purposefully close to Leo and a little sorry for the woman. Now it seems she deserves it! What¡¯s more, ire never feels that she has done it wrong. Leo seduced her first. She didn¡¯t seduce him. Why should she be punished for Leo for nothing! ire gets angry when Tracy finishes. She looks at Tracy coldly and sneers, ¡°Miss Wilson, are you comining to me now? It¡¯s ridiculous. Who doesn¡¯t take care of her fiance and let him seduce other women everywhere?¡± ¡°He must not have told you that he seduced the daughter of the president of apany when we were in City B. Since you can get photos of Leo and me, it¡¯s not hard to get theirs.¡± ¡°Shut up, you bitch!¡± ire¡¯s words anger Tracy. She ps ire again. This time she tries her best. ire is knocked aside. Tracy is still not satisfied. If she didn¡¯t pped ire with her palm and now her hand hurts, Tracy will hit ire so hard that her son can¡¯t recognize her! ¡°You bitch are not qualified toment on me! You polluted Leo! He didn¡¯t do that before! Before, I was the only one in his eyes! He didn¡¯t look at other women! It¡¯s you! It¡¯s all about you!¡± Tracy roars hysterically, and then shees forward and shoves ire down. ire¡¯s head hits the ground. For a moment, ire has a headache and her face is grim. But ire says stubbornly, ¡°how do you know that¡¯s what he really is? Maybe he pretends to cheat you all these years! Do you know what his nature is?¡± ¡°Shut up! If you dare say one more word, I will kill you now!¡± Tracy seems to be pissed off by ire¡¯s words. Her face is grim and her eyes are red. They look terrible on the dark terrace. She¡¯s like a grumpy ghost! Tracy pounces on ire. She ps ire in the face and tears at her hair in spite of the pain of her hands! ire is tied to a chair and can¡¯t move at all. She has to bear Tracy¡¯s torment in silence. There is anger in her heart! She¡¯s been in this situation for several times because of Leo! She is insulted and beaten and she can¡¯t fight back! The stubborn ire doesn¡¯t give in to Tracy. She struggles and ignores the wounds she has caused by rubbing the floor. She backs away with her chair. ire suddenly has no way out. At this time, Tracy, who has lost her mind, pulls ire off the ground! Then she makes ire face the empty railings. Tracy pushes her body down and screams at ire, ¡°you scold me! Youugh at me! You look down on me! Believe it or not, I can push you down here and kill you now!¡± With that, Tracy takes a look at the remote street below and sneered, ¡°believe me. As long as you jump from here, no one will know that you are pushed down by others. All people know is that you ire is a mistress. You can¡¯t stand the usation and jump off the building andmit suicide! Ha-ha. Are you satisfied with my announcement?¡± ¡°Tracy¡­ You are a crazy woman...¡± ire¡¯s upper body is already half out, and they are now on the roof of a tall building. Tracy is pressing her against the railing outside the roof. With a little push, ire will fall from above and die in the street below. ire¡¯s whole body is cold at the moment, and there is no trace of warmth in her whole body. With the cool wind at night, ire can¡¯t help shivering. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ire never thinks that one day death is so close to her. As long as the person next to her pushes, she will die. ire has no doubt Tracy will push her down. When ire finishes, Tracy bursts outughing. Sheughs wildly! Herughter spreads in the dark sky. It¡¯s creepy and the people who hear it can¡¯t help shivering. Her laughter seems toe from the ghost of hell. Chapter 316 Who is the first? Chapter 316 Who is the first? It¡¯s sharp and scary. ire is shaking. If Tracy lets go, ire will really die. Who can help her? ire doesn¡¯t dare to look down the tiny street. She closes her eyes. The first figure in her mind is Leo! But Leo is in the hospital now and he can¡¯t help her. This bastard. He doesn¡¯t ept punishment and dare to lie on the bed and pretend to be sick! ire¡¯s brain is nk at the moment. She is terrified, but Tracy keepsughing. Tracy seems to think of something happy andugh louder. When ire thinks she is going to die laughing, Tracy suddenly stops. She turns and looks coldly at ire! ¡°I¡¯m a crazy woman, so what? ire, do you think I¡¯m going to let you die simply? Don¡¯t even think about it!¡± Tracy says it viciously. She leans over and approaches ire. She says viciously in her ear, ¡°I will make you suffer and die! I¡¯ll make you cry and beg my forgiveness. I want to see your worst side! For example, you lie under someone else...¡± Tracy¡¯s words hit ire deeply. Her eyes widen sharply. Suddenly ire seems to be back to six years ago. Emma also spoke to her in this hateful tone and tried to humiliate her in this way. Hearing Tracy, ire knows what she is going to do next. As ire expected, Tracy reaches out and ps after saying that. Then ire can see that the two men in ck who brought ire heree out of a corner. They may have waited a long time. When they hear Tracy¡¯s order, they move ande over with arrogance. ire is shaking. No one will save her at the moment. When she was taken away, it was a dark night. Not many people see her, let alone some acquaintancese to help her! What should she do? At this point, ire hopes Leo doesn¡¯t get sick and goes to the hospital. At least she won¡¯t be treated like that! ire sees Tracyughing and the two men in ck approaching. Their faces are obscene. ire is flustered! When they get closer, Tracy chuckles and orders, ¡°you can deal with this woman at will. Remember not to kill her, or I will punish you!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± The two men in ck reply respectfully in unison. Tracy orders and pushes ire to the ground. Then she ps the dirty things on her hands and smiles strangely, ¡°ire, I¡¯ll sit in the distance and watch you being insulted. Don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t let you die like this. I said I would torture you!¡± With that, Tracy turns around gracefully and walks to the other side. There are chairs and food and fruits ready for her. What¡¯s more, there is a camera! That is to say, ire is photographed by Tracy just now! She¡¯s going to take pictures of what¡¯s going to happen! Tracy is really well prepared! None of these ire knows. ire looks at the two men approaching her. Even though she is bruised all over, she suffers and bites her teeth and stands up. ire subconsciously wants to hide and even run! However, ire¡¯s feet were just stepped on by Tracy in high heels. She has no strength to escape. What¡¯s more, in a ce as small as a stadium, ire can¡¯t escape at all! ire runs a few steps and is caught by someone behind her. Their eyes are obscene and they look impatient. They untie the rope tied to the chair for ire after they seize her, which makes ire less miserable. But it doesn¡¯t mean anything. In the end, ire will be insulted. One of the men pushes her to the ground and wants to sit on her. ire resists nausea. She can¡¯t stand the smell of that man. She turns her head at once and is disgusted. The man who presses on ire turns ire¡¯s face and says indecently, ¡°little bitch, how dare you despise me. Do you believe I will rape you?¡± With that, he wants to touch ire. Before he touches ire, however, his hand is suddenly kicked away by one foot. A man growls discontentedly, ¡°what? Do you want to enjoy it alone?¡± They are going to have internal contradictions. The man on ireughs, ¡°I want to take turns enjoying it. It¡¯s not interesting for us to enjoy together...¡± ¡°Fuck you. I¡¯ll do it first! What are you?¡± The man standing by refuses. He reaches out and tries to pull the man off ire. The man in ck on ire is not happy either. They are of the same generation. Why does he enjoy it first? They disagree and begin to fight. Who wins, who enjoys first! The dy here discontents Tracy not far away. She shrieks, ¡°what are you two fighting about! If you keep fighting, I¡¯ll fire you! Many people want to work for me!¡± When she finishes, the two men in ck are dissatisfied but no one is willing to give in. However, ire is sure to seize this opportunity. She sees the two men in ck arguing fiercely and says, ¡°Hey, are you really willing to let him do first? You should know that if you give in, it means that you will always be humble to him. He will be your superior. How can you work together then?¡± Hearing ire¡¯s words, the two men in ck who just discussed the results are stunned. Then one of them stares at the other unwillingly. It seems that ire¡¯s words have an effect. In hesitation, the other one obviously wants to do first.ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Chapter 317 She won’t see the sun tomorrow Chapter 317 She won¡¯t see the sun tomorrow ¡°Don¡¯t fucking listen to this bitch! Don¡¯t you hear what I just said? One more word, and get out of here!¡± When Tracy sees that they don¡¯t act for a long time, shees up and yells, ¡°do you want me to teach you how to do it?¡± The irony in Tracy¡¯s words has something to do with the dignity of men. The two men in ck hesitate but can only do what is agreed. However, when the man in ck wants to take off his clothes and begin to insult ire, the door of the roof is suddenly kicked open. To everyone¡¯s surprise, a group of people suddenly appear at the gate of the roof. They stride and someone rushes first and subdues the two men in ck who have no time to react. ¡°Who are you?¡± Tracy is the first to respond. She screams at the group of bodyguards in ck suits. As Tracy screams, the two men in ck are overwhelmed. Tracy¡¯s hands are put behind her by two other ck bodyguards and she can¡¯ resist. No one answers Tracy. She can¡¯t ept it. She was in control but suddenly the situation reverses and a group of strangers take control. Tracy falls from heaven to hell in a sh. This twist is uneptable to Tracy! Even though she is subdued, Tracy still shouts, ¡°who are you? Who sent you? Do you know who I am?¡± ¡°...¡± No one answers her. Tracy is embarrassed. She resists even harder and keeps shouting. In the end, the man who presses her can¡¯t stand it and ps Tracy a few times. She no longer struggles. But Tracy is reluctant and looks around. Just then, a ck figurees from the gate of the roof. Tracy is shocked. She knows that the man is the boss of the group! Seeing this, Tracy begins to shout loudly again, ¡°Hey! You! Who are you? Do you know that you have to pay for meddling!¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Before Tracy finishes, her mouth is jammed into the cloth and she can¡¯t shout a word. At the same time, the ck figure is getting closer and closer. When hees to Tracy, Tracy finally sees the person¡¯s face. When Tracy sees Juan¡¯s face, she can¡¯t help but widen her eyes. Oh, my God. This man is so handsome. His features seem to have been carved with a knife. He has a straight nose and thin lips. Tracy first meets a handsome man like Leo! Tracy stares at him and even forgets her situation. Who is this man? She has never seen such a wonderful man in City A. His temperament shows that he is not an ordinary man. He can evenpete with Leo. But why is such a man here? Tracy¡¯s question is quickly answered because she sees Juan walking directly to ire on the ground and not looking at her. Such an arrogant Juan deeply stimtes Tracy¡¯s self-esteem. Is this wonderful man rted to ire? ¡°Why are you here...¡± ire asks, lying on the ground and looking weakly at Juan. When she thinks she is going to suffer humiliation, Juan appears to save her. When she sees Juan, ire¡¯s tense mood suddenly rxes, because she knows she is saved. At the same time, ire also knows that she owes Juan a debt that can¡¯t be paid back because of this incident! ire gradually rxes and clearly feels the pain all over her body. Her face is burning with pain. Her face seems to be cut off when she speaks. She is very painful and hard to breathe and almost tears... The pain in her face is the most unbearable, but her body is slightly hurt. ire tries to get up from the ground, but her foot hurts suddenly. ire shouts and slumps back to the ground. ¡°Be careful!¡± When ire is about to fall to the ground again, Juan, who is slow, suddenly steps up and runs to ire and holds her up before she falls! Juan looks closely at ire and finds her face swollen. If it isn¡¯t for the dress she was wearing when she went out this morning, Juan can¡¯t recognize ire! Juan¡¯s hand holding ire trembles a little. He seems frightened by ire¡¯s swollen face. In fact, he is angry and can not keep calm! Juan¡¯s eyes darken and quickly sh a grim light. He turns his head and nods to the men who are holding Tracy down. They quickly take Tracy to the outside of the railings. As soon as they let go, Tracy will fall from dozens of high buildings. ¡°No... Don¡¯t...¡± ire¡¯s face hurts before she speaks when she sees their actions. She looks at Juan firmly and shakes her head at him and says, ¡°don¡¯t kill her...¡± ¡°ire, she did this to you just now, and you still speak for her?¡± Juan looks at ire¡¯s face. He is sad and angry. He wants to avenge ire. ¡°No...¡± No matter how discontented Juan is, ire looks at him firmly and signals him not to do so. ire will have told Juan the reason for it if she hasn¡¯t hurt her face. ire stops Juan because she doesn¡¯t want him to repeat what he did six years ago. If Juan kills Tracy here and Leo wakes up, he will suspect that she killed Tracy as he did six years ago. At that time, ire, who can¡¯t defend herself, must be speechless! She doesn¡¯t want to go back to the days six years ago, which will affect more innocent people around her. ire has learned her lesson. She can¡¯t let Juan kill Tracy here! Juan looks at ire in silence for a moment. He seems to understand the meaning of her eyes. Chapter 318 Who is your boss Chapter 318 Who is your boss Finally, Juan chooses topromise and nods helplessly, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll listen to you.¡± Hearing this, ire looks at Juan gratefully. There is a gleam in her eyes. Seeing ire like this, Juan can¡¯t get angry. He bends gently and picks up ire. He tries to avoid touching her wound. He picks up ire and walks straight back. Now Juan is like a proud king. Hees and leaves confidently and arrogantly. No one can stop him. In this way, Juan holds ire and disappears into the public view. Tracy doesn¡¯t have time to be afraid of her situation. Her eyes follow Juan until his figure disappears. Then Tracy realizes that ire has a special rtionship with the mysterious man. The domineering man only shows a gentle look in the face of ire. His eyes on ire are very affectionate. Why are all good men seduced by ire? Tracy doesn¡¯t understand ire¡¯s strengths! There are so many women like her in the world! Tracy is not bad. She doesn¡¯t understand why the mysterious man never looks at her. The only thing Tracy doesn¡¯t have is ire¡¯s hidden mind. Is she so insidious that she can attract so many excellent men? Tracy is jealous. She hates that she didn¡¯t just push ire down here! In this way, ire will disappear in the world and she will lose an enemy! Tracy regrets it. She wants to catch up and kill ire now! But now Tracy¡¯s in custody and can¡¯t resist. After Juan leaves, the group let Tracy go. A leaderes up and says to Tracy, ¡°my boss asked me to tell you that if you dare to hurt ire again, he will revenge your family! If ire didn¡¯t pleaded for you,N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. you would have died!¡± The man¡¯s words anger Tracy. ire¡¯s pleading for her has nothing to do with her! She doesn¡¯t need a bitch to intercede for her! As for the mysterious man... Tracy is angry but she asks, ¡°can I know who your boss is? Otherwise, tell me a name!¡± ¡°You don¡¯t deserve to know who my boss is!¡± The man seems to despise Tracy. After saying that, he waves to his brothers around him and then turns away from the roof. Several people are beating the two men in ck. When they are ordered, they punch them and leave arrogantly. In less than a minute, everyone leaves. It takes Tracy a long time to realize that she and the two men in ck lying on the ground are left in the whole roof. Tracy stands on the roof for a long time in the evening wind. When she is awake, she sneers and raises her feet and leaves arrogantly. She doesn¡¯t look at the two men who are lying on the ground and are howling and looking at her back and holding out their hands. ... ire is carried back to the car by Juan. Heys her down lightly for fear of hurting her. ire¡¯s face hurts, but she says gently to Juan, ¡°thank you... Juan¡­¡± If Juan didn¡¯t arrive in time, she might not seen the sun tomorrow. Although she doesn¡¯t know why Juan knows that she is kidnapped by Tracy, ire believes in Juan¡¯s ability and thanks him for his efforts. But ire can¡¯t pay him back. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Juan smiles and says helplessly, ¡°every time I ask you not to be so polite. When can you get rid of this habit?¡± ¡°...¡± ire purses her lips and says nothing. Juan doesn¡¯t care. He sees ire¡¯s dirty clothes worn out. He immediately takes off his coat and puts it on ire. The car soon starts and heads for their home. ire sits awkwardly and wonders why Juan doesn¡¯t me her. If she didn¡¯t insist on going out to see Leo today, nothing would happen tonight. She is in trouble but Juan helps her out. Jean¡¯s tolerance and magnanimity make ire feel extremely ashamed. Along the way, Juan doesn¡¯t speak, as if nothing happened today. Soon they return home. Juan gets out of the car and goes to ire and ns to pick her up in person. ire wants to refuse, but Juan insists on holding her and says reproachfully, ¡°you¡¯ve been hurt like this. Do you want to be hurt more? Come on. Let me hold you.¡± ¡°...¡± Juan has a point. ire shuts up and never rejects Juan again. He carries her out of the car and into the house. ¡°Mommy!¡± As soon as Juan walks into the room with ire in his arms, he hears an anxious childish voice. ire and Juan look at the source of the voice at the same time. Unexpectedly, they see Conan running over with worried face. He looks up at ire and asks anxiously, ¡°Mommy? What¡¯s the matter with you? How are you?¡± At the same time, Conan sees ire¡¯s injured hands and feet under her coat and her red, swollen and bloody face. If Juan doesn¡¯t hold her, Conan can¡¯t recognize his mommy! Conan has cold light in his eyes. He remembers it. That damned woman dares to hurt his mother. He will never let her go! ire and Juan are surprised to hear Conan. His tone seems to suggest that he knows ire has been kidnapped. ire looks at Juan with puzzled eyes and asks him if he told Conan about it. Juan looks at ire and shakes his head to show that he didn¡¯t say it to Conan. Meanwhile, Juan looks at Conan and asks curiously, ¡°Conan, do you know what happened to Mommy just now?¡± Chapter 319 Exposure Chapter 319 Exposure Is he going to be exposed? Conan is shocked, but his innate intelligence calms him down immediately. Conan bes confused and naively asks, ¡°godfather, what are you talking about? I saw you holding Mommy downstairs just now. Isn¡¯t something wrong with Mommy? Otherwise why does Daddy hold Mommy?¡± ¡°Your mommy is fine.¡± In order not to let Conan worry, Juan conceals from him, ¡°your mommy just hurt her foot, so I hold her. Don¡¯t worry. Go to bed early.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to sleep!¡± Conan shakes his head firmly and says solemnly, ¡°Mommy has be a pig. I¡¯ll take care of her or I won¡¯t rest assured!¡± It¡¯s hard for Conan to be filial, but what he says makes Juanugh. ire¡¯s face changes with anger. She knows her face is swollen, but how can he call her a pig! Conan¡¯s words rx the heavy atmosphere. Juan finally stops smiling and says to Conan, ¡°OK, don¡¯t make fun of your mommy. Get out of the way quickly. I¡¯ll take your mommy to the sofa.¡± ¡°OK.¡± Conan makes way innocently. Looking at ire being held by Juan and unable to walk, his heart suddenly bes heavy. When Juan left, Conan returned to the room and turned on the recording channel of the monitor he had hidden in Juan¡¯s study. Then he heard Juan¡¯s conversation on the phone from the recording. Although the message was not obvious, Conan guessed what happened. Later, Conan used the monitor on Juan¡¯s car to monitor and notice which direction it was going. He heard the location from the monitor. Conan went straight to the ce Juan mentioned. Atst Conan learned the whole process of the incident. Since Conan found out that Juan was plotting some kind of plot against Leo, he ventured to put the monitor in the ce where Juan often discussed matters for the convenience and speed of information transmission. What¡¯s more, Conan uses thetest high technology. The monitor is very small. If it¡¯s not deliberately searched, it won¡¯t be found. Conan is a hacker and knows everything. There¡¯s no surveince video he can''t watch. And Conan has never seen his mommy so bullied. In that case, he must teach this person a lesson! Thinking about it, the doctor called by Juan to check ire¡¯s wound has arrived. After putting medicine on ire¡¯s hands and feet, the doctor applies anti swelling cream to ire¡¯s red and swollen face and tells her to apply it three times a day. When Juan¡¯s men see the doctor off, he sits on the sofa and looks serious. He looks at ire and Conan and says, ¡°sit down, you two. I have something to tell you.¡± Juan is suddenly serious. ire and Conan are stunned. Then Conan jumps up to Juan and pretends to be naive and asks, ¡°godfather, what do you want to tell us?¡± With that, he blinks and says he is innocent. Hepletely forgets what he did with ire this morning. ¡°Stop it. Be serious!¡± Juan criticizes him severely. Conan pouts and reluctantly nods and sits next to ire. ire can¡¯t speak because of the wound on her face, so she nods to Juan and motions for him to say it. Juan looks at ire and Conan but doesn¡¯t talk. He attracts their curiosity. The atmosphere suddenly bes quiet. After Juan¡¯s criticism just now, Conan doesn¡¯t dare to speak again, although he already knows what Juan wants to say. ire can¡¯t talk. She hopes Juan can say it earlier. When they are both impatient, Juan asks slowly, ¡°do you two know you did something wrong?¡± ¡°What?¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand. She speaks subconsciously. With that, ire¡¯s cheeks hurt and she can¡¯t help shouting. ire can¡¯t speak right now, so Juan doesn¡¯t embarrass her. This time, he mainly interrogates Conan. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Juan looks at Conan like a falcon and asks, ¡°Conan, do you know that you did something wrong this time?¡± ¡°What did I do wrong?¡± Conan tries to use one of his best skills, which is to y dumb. ¡°You¡¯re still pretending!¡± Juan grits his teeth and seems to want to punish Conan. He says angrily, ¡°what did you do this morning! Who taught you to deal with your godfather?¡± ¡°Godfather, why do you say the same thing to Mommy?¡± Conan seems to understand what is going on. He says fearlessly, ¡°Mommy taught me a lesson in this way after I stunned you with a needle! Godfather, don¡¯t nag! Mommy, do you think so?¡± Conan finishesining and looks expectantly at ire. ire doesn¡¯t like lying, but she loves her son. He is her family. Juan can¡¯tpare with him. What¡¯s more, Juan made a mistake this morning. Even if Conan did something to himter, it was understandable. In this morning¡¯s incident, ire agreed with Conan. So when Conan looks at her expectantly, ire nods approvingly. Originally, she wants to give Conan a positive smile, but when she thinks of the injury on her face, she gives up. With ire¡¯s approval, Conan smiles happily. He turns to Juan and says, ¡°look, godfather, even Mommy has taught me a lesson, so don¡¯t talk about it again!¡± In a word, Conan just wants to avoid this topic. ¡°Are you bullying your godfather?¡± Juan says angrily, ¡°anyway, your behavior this morning is not right! You will not be allowed to do it again!¡± ¡°... Yes.¡± Conan knows he did it wrong. He has to lower his head and say pitifully, ¡°but your behavior this morning is not right. Why don¡¯t you feel ashamed, godfather?¡± Chapter 320 House arrest Chapter 320 House arrest When Conan saw Juan¡¯s serious appearance before, he thought that he found someone was eavesdropping on him, and he was a little nervous, but what Juan says is what happened in the morning, so Conan bes naughty and jokes about his godfather. Juan¡¯s eyes are slightly cold, and he knocks Conan¡¯s small head,ughing, ¡°Oh? Do I have to confess in front of you?¡± Conan pouts and nods, ¡°of course. Godfather, you are a big man. You have to admit that you¡¯ve done something wrong, or you¡¯re not as good as me.¡± When Conan finishes, Juan turns around and looks at ire for help. ire ignores him. She turns her head quietly and touches Conan¡¯s head admiringly. She doesn¡¯t want to help Juan and is ready to watch. ire thinks Juan rarely admits he¡¯s wrong, so she can¡¯t miss it this time. ¡°After all, you are mother and son. You make fun of me together. Forget it. I¡¯m really reckless this morning, but I¡¯m worried about your mommy.¡± Juan smiles and says it quietly. Conan shakes his head and sighs, ¡°you¡¯re not confessing. It¡¯s like we wronged you.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire looks down and smiles. She forgets the wound on her face. Juan sits up straight and straightens his tie and stops smiling. The atmosphere suddenly bes serious. Conan also seems to have noticed that something is wrong. Sure enough, Juan says, ¡°I shouldn¡¯t have been reckless, but ire, if you keep doing thister, I¡¯ll still stop you in any way.¡± When Conan is about to speak, Juan doesn¡¯t even look at him. He just says, ¡°be quiet. I will not punish you for the time being, but if you don¡¯t correct, I will be angry.¡± Hearing Juan say that, Conan doesn¡¯t speak and his heart suddenly cools. Conan wonders if he is really aware of what he has done. ire can not help being serious when she sees the serious Juan. She pulls her hair away from her forehead and frowns, ¡°I know you are worried about me. But don¡¯t I have the freedom to meet someone?¡± Juan says coldly, ¡°of course you do, but it must not be Leo.¡± ire exins. ¡°It¡¯s different now, isn¡¯t it? He can¡¯t do anything to me now!¡± Juan frowns more and there is more pity in his eyes. He asks softly, ¡°look at you now. Are you ok?¡± ¡°You¡¯re not the ire of six years ago. No one can insult you like that.¡± ire is guilty and has to avoid Juan¡¯s eyes. She whispers, ¡°this time that woman hurt me. It has nothing to do with him. You know that.¡± Juan looks at ire and lies on the sofa and sighs helplessly. ire lowers her head and continues, ¡°and I think he¡¯s changed a lot these years.¡± ¡°He...¡± ¡°Stop.¡± Juan stops ire and closes his eyes. His long, clean fingers tap gently on the sofa as if he is making a decision. ire looks up at Juan whose eyes are closed. After a long silence, Juan suddenly opens his eyes and stares at ire and says, ¡°so you¡¯re going to see him?¡± ire¡¯s fingers are intertwined. She really doesn¡¯t know how to answer the question. She really wants to see him again. Leo is in a critical situation. He hurt her before, but when ire sees the weak Leo, she still feels bad. ire doesn¡¯t give a specific answer, but silence is a admission. Juan shakes his head and murmurs, ¡°because you used to be husband and wife? In that case... Ok...¡± When ire naively thinks Juan agrees, there is a slight sound of footsteps. Then two bodyguards stand respectfully behind ire. ire looks at Juan in disbelief and has a bad premonition. Juan doesn¡¯t exin. He just waves and says, ¡°take Miss Bet to the room. She is not allowed to step out of the room without my order.¡± Isn¡¯t this house arrest? Conan stands up and wants to contradict, but Juan¡¯s eyes stop him. Conan just swallows because he is worried about whether his hacking n is really exposed. Conan, who is always lively, suddenly bes listless. ire immediately stands up and frowns. She looks at the two people behind her and says, ¡°do you know that you are the same as Leo before?¡± But ire can¡¯t get angry. She¡¯s just upset about Juan¡¯s bullying. Juan seems to have no choice. He holds his forehead and sighs, ¡°I don¡¯t want to. But you¡¯d better be quiet for a few days. Don¡¯t embarrass me.¡± At this time, the two ck bodyguards behind ire bend down and say, ¡°Miss Bet, please.¡± Although it¡¯s house arrest, they can understand the situation. It¡¯s just Juan¡¯s protection for ire. Of course, they can¡¯t take ire back to the room. Luckily ire doesn¡¯t embarrass them. She just goes back to the room in anger. Juan watches ire¡¯s back disappear and turns to look at Conan without speaking. ¡°Godfather...¡± Conan can¡¯t stand the silence. He hesitates for a long time and says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Juan smiles and walks up to Conan. He touches Conan¡¯s head with his big hand and says, ¡°I¡¯m fine. You don¡¯t have to worry about your mommy. I just let her rest.¡± Conan is not a fool. He can see it is punishment, but for Juan, he is already very gentle with ire. Conan tiltes his head and squints and asks, ¡°I did the wrong thing in the morning. Godfather, will you punish me too?¡± ¡°As long as you are obedient and don¡¯t cause trouble, I won¡¯t punish you.¡± Meanwhile, Juan pinches Conan¡¯s plump face with his fingers. ¡°Now let¡¯s go.¡± Juan takes Conan out. ¡°But Mommy.¡± Conan stops. ¡°I¡¯ve arranged for someone to take care of her. She will be OK. And I think you¡¯d better not meet her recently.¡± Juan¡¯s soft voice suddenly bes serious. Chapter 321 Heavyweight information Chapter 321 Heavyweight information Naturally, Conan doesn¡¯t dare to say anything more. He has to be silent. But he thinks it is good to be around Juan. Although it¡¯s not convenient to eavesdrop, he can learn about Juan¡¯s action at the first time. Juan naturally doesn¡¯t notice that Conan seems to be thinking about something else. ... ire is alone in the dark room, and she is very ufortable. She¡¯s worried about Leo¡¯s condition and that Juan will hurt Tracy, which will only make things more difficult. ire doesn¡¯t sleep all night! ire is sleepy at dawn. The warm sunshine outside the window projects in from the balcony. Her weariness does not subside, but springs up. At this time, ire sees a ck thing appeared on the balcony, and she is shocked. But she is even more surprised when she sees the ck thing clearly, because it is a head. ire doesn¡¯t scream because she is so familiar with that little head. It¡¯s Conan. Before ire responds, Conan has cleverly turned over the balcony and breathed heavily. He stands there and smiles at ire. ire rushes up to Conan and raises her hand to fight him. Conan is still standing and not avoiding. He just smiles and calls out Mommy. ire looks at his harmless look and can¡¯t hit him in the face. She puts him in her arms and spanks him. ¡°I know Mommy won¡¯t hit me.¡± Conan pushes hard into ire¡¯s arms. ireins, ¡°this is the third floor. You climb up like this. What should I do if something happens to you?¡± Conan says, ¡°I know Mommy is worried, so I can¡¯t help bute and tell you something to make Mommy feel better.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire wonders what a child can know. But it isforting to hear Conan say that. So she hugs Conan. Conan breaks free of ire¡¯s arms. The smile on his face disappears. He frowns like a little old man. ¡°Mommy, Godfather didn¡¯t hurt the woman. Don¡¯t worry. And Godfather didn¡¯t do anything to Daddy.¡± ire naturally knows that Juan won¡¯t hurt a patient, but Leo¡¯spany has no head. Will Juan do something about it? Seeing ire¡¯s worries, Conan says confidently, ¡°Mommy, I won¡¯t let things get out of hand.¡± ¡°Everything is under my control.¡± Conan confidently raises the corners of his mouth and clenches his little fist. Although Conan doesn¡¯t say that he has eavesdropped, his confident mood reallyforts ire and dispels the haze in her heart. Then Conan says, ¡°I have to go. Godfather is about to find out that I have escaped. I can¡¯t let him know I¡¯m here.¡± Then he walks carefully to the balcony! It turns out that he has prepared the rope and skilfully slips down from it. ire is stunned by the scene and thinks that this little guy is always surprising like Leo. Seeing Conan leave safely, ire¡¯s stone hanging in her heart finally falls to the ground, which makes her feel relieved. Conan sneaks out of the yard. He is skillful and is not found by Juan¡¯s security staff. These are the routes that Conan finds after careful observation. He is a prudent person. Only when he is extremely familiar with his surroundings can he feel at ease. After leaving, Conan quickly returns to the ce where Juan lives. When he sneaks in through the open first floor window, he looks at the time carefully. It¡¯s only 7:15 now. Juan lives a regr life. If there is no major incident, he basically gets up at 7:30. Conan creeps into bed before taking a deep breath. Atst, Juan doesn¡¯t find him. But Conan¡¯s heart is still very ufortable, because he still hides a lot of important things from ire. With the news of Leo¡¯s illness, Juan has had more mysterious calls recently. Even though he never lets them know, Conan still knows. The windows of the room are closed tightly. Conan¡¯s dark eyes roll and shimmer in the dark. He is wondering if Juan is really aware of what he has done. If so, does he need to stop now? ¡°No, it¡¯s a critical time for Daddy. I can¡¯t let Godfather seize the opportunity.¡± Conan says to himself. Then he jumps out of the bed. He looks at the watch on his wrist. It is 7:20 in the morning. It¡¯s about ten minutes before Juan gets up. Conan quickly turns on theputer in the room and puts on the headphones. Then he inserts the U disk he carries with him. Because all the necessary tools are put in the U disk, even if he is not in the room where he lived, he can still receive the previous call records of Juan. Juan has been on the phone a lot in thest two days. With his experience and inspiration, Conan picks out several important call records and listens carefully. The screen is shining blue, but Conan¡¯s face is a little pale. Conan learns that Juan is the sender of the package Leo has received that has hit him. This is still what Conan expected, but then ire learns that Juan has hurt Howard Group with the designpany ire has worked for. If Juan seeds, it will have a very bad impact on Leo¡¯s company. To know the details, he needs to continue to filter other call records, but Conan has no time. At this time, the metal handle of the door suddenly rings, and Conan hurriedly switches the picture to the desktop and quickly opens the web page. ¡°You¡¯re sneaking online again. You really love ying withputers.¡± Juan, in his baggy pajamas, looks at the smiling Conan like his own child. Outsiders will really think that they are father and son, but in fact, Conan is wearing a mask to Juan. Conan also knows that what Juan shows may not be his true face. Conan yawns and says, ¡°it¡¯s kind of boring not being around Mommy, so I just y withputers.¡± Juan knows what the little guy is thinking. He is not deceived by him. He doesn¡¯t answer and just smiles, ¡°go out with me.¡± Chapter 322 Is it really him? Chapter 322 Is it really him? ¡°Go out?¡± Conan blinks his ck eyes and says, ¡°where are we going? Do you want me to work too?¡± Although Conan is dissatisfied, he is also curious. Juan is obviously busy dealing with Howard Group these days. Will he take him with him? Juan stares at Conan and looks at his desktop and says, ¡°go to mypany. If you want to y computer, you can y it enough. Do you want to be with me?¡± Conan¡¯s mind is inadvertently seen through by Juan, but on the surface he pretends to be calm. He shakes his head and pouts and says, ¡°I¡¯ve been yingputer all night. I don¡¯t want to go, and there¡¯s nothing interesting in yourpany. It¡¯s all grown-ups. I¡¯m afraid.¡± Then Conan jumps to the bed. He holds the quilt in both hands and stares at Juan with only two eyes. He seems to want to see something in Juan¡¯s tired face. Juan doesn¡¯t look at Conan at all. He turns and leaves and seems to acquiesce. Before Conan is happy, he says with a smile outside the door. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ¡°It¡¯s good to stay at home. Anyway, I¡¯ll let all the doormen in to protect you. Otherwise, it¡¯s too dangerous for you to be alone. If something happens to you, how can I exin it to ire?¡± Conan jumps up and shouts, ¡°Hey, you put Mommy under house arrest first, and then me? Godfather, don¡¯t be merciless.¡± ¡°Why are you excited? I forget to tell you that you can go out and y, but you have to be apanied.¡± Juan suddenly stands at the door and chuckles, ¡°of course, you can¡¯t see your mommy.¡± This leaves Conan speechless. Obviously, Conan has no choice but to nod his head, but he is still secretly happy. Conan was just acting before. He doesn¡¯t want to arouse Juan¡¯s suspicion. In fact, he doesn¡¯t care whether he can go out or not. As long as there is such aputer in the room, he can finish his work. Conan continues to pretend to sleep. When Juan finally leaves, he gets up. He opens the door and sees several ck bodyguards sitting in the living room not far away. They don¡¯t move like statues. Conan chuckles and scolds, ¡°stupid.¡± Then he closes the door and turns on theputer again. He solemnly puts the big earphone on his little head. In order not to make a particrly loud noise and pay attention to whether Juan has new call records that can be eavesdropped, Conan¡¯s progress is very slow, but he quickly gets Juan¡¯s specific action against Howard Group. Conan leans on theputer chair and takes a deep breath. He rubs his temples but his expression is rxed. Because in fact, Juan¡¯s n is very easy to crack. Of course, the premise is that Howard Group and Juan have equal information, which is crucial in the business war. Conan is in Howard Group¡¯s position, so naturally it¡¯s much easier to solve. Juan¡¯s n is simple. In fact, he wants to use ire¡¯s ad for Howard Group to damage its reputation. The specific way is to first disclose Michael¡¯spany¡¯s advertising n. He¡¯ll publish it in another way, and then the spy in Howard Group will advertise. In this way, Juan canin about the giarism of Howard Group. Obviously this is just Juan¡¯s first step. Maybe he¡¯ll have a stronger attackter. Conan says to himself, e on. I¡¯ll settle the matter in front of me first.¡± With that, he immediately hits the keyboard and quickly hacks into Howard Group¡¯s office system. In a few minutes, a reminder will pop up on each Howard Groupputer to watch out for uing ad ns. It doesn¡¯t matter if the spy sees it. Next Conan sends Luke the whole story through the Inte. Leo is now in the hospital. Although Luke does not have the management right of Howard Group, as a close friend, he certainly has influence on thepany. It¡¯s hard to believe that a hacker secretly helps Howard Group. But Conan doesn¡¯t care, because as a bigpany, it¡¯s absolutely impossible for managers to reuse thepany¡¯s advertising ns. At least they will investigate Michael¡¯spany. After that, Conan turns off theputer and goes to sleep with exhaustion and a smile on his face. At this time, Howard Group is already in a uproar. A hacker easily breaks into the security system and office system. Instead of sabotage, he leaves a friendly reminder. Thepany¡¯s leaders hold an emergency meeting and Luke specificallyes to thepany to provide relevant suggestions. The order of the investigation is quickly transmitted, and the advertising n for that project is put on hold. This loss is nothing to Howard Group at all, but if that kind reminder is true, the cause of this event is even more terrible. When Luke leaves thepany, he can¡¯t understand the identity of the hacker. If it¡¯s someone else, this message can even make him extort a lot of money from Howard Group. But the hacker obviously doesn¡¯t ask for a return. Who is it? Luke thinks of a person¡¯s face but then shakes his head. But the person behind it is the same as the one who posted the photost time. In this way, investigating the advertisingpany may pull him out of the background. It¡¯s not convenient for Howard Group to do these things, but Luke is already an expert in this field. It doesn¡¯t take long for his men to send messages. It has been confirmed that there is a problem with the advertisingpany, but the person behind it is not known. Obviously, that advertisingpany is nothing to that man. He could even use it to frame Howard Group. Luke frowns and shakes his head with a wry smile. He thinks to himself that Leo is in a tough situation. Juan also receives the news. He can see Howard Group¡¯s news in the near future, but it is stopped. Juan¡¯s anger fades after he storms and nearly destroys the entire office. A person appears in his mind. It is exactly the same as Luke¡¯s initial conjecture. Is it really him? Chapter 323 The identity of the hacker Chapter 323 The identity of the hacker When Juan thinks about it, he is jealous and unwilling but not very angry. If someone else did it, Juan will kill him. If it¡¯s him... Juan can¡¯t help but close her eyes and feel upset. However, in any case, he has to find out. If only it isn¡¯t him. Juan thinks maybe he just thinks too much. When Conan wakes up from his sweet sleep, his first reaction is to open the door and look at the bodyguards. It¡¯s reassuring to see them still sitting there. ¡°These fools are not terrible except for their fierce looks.¡± Conan gently closes the door and turns on theputer again. Then he hacks into Howard Group¡¯s security and office systems. After investigation, he confirms that Howard Group has stopped the suspicious ad scheme. Conan doesn¡¯t really calm down until now. After all, he promised ire that everything is under his control. He will never let more chaos happen. At this time, Conan¡¯s blueputer desktop suddenly flickers with red light. It reminds him that his bug hears a call. The blue and red light reflects on Conan¡¯s immature face, which makes his heart tense again. ¡°Did Godfather do anything else? The spy in Howard Group must have brought him the news.¡± Conan mumbles and enters a long list of instructions on the keyboard and connects to Juan¡¯s call. There is a lot of noise in the earphone. It may be an electric current. Conan thinks the devices are not as high-end as he has nned. Fortunately, on the whole, it is rtively clear. A maic male voice rings. It¡¯s Juan. ¡°There¡¯s a master who helps Leo in the dark. We must find out thoroughly.¡± Juan¡¯s tone is full of the anger Conan has expected. ¡°Boss, it¡¯s difficult. I arranged for people to investigate when this happened, but the hacker is very skilled and cunning. We can¡¯t find the original IP address at all.¡± When Conan hears this, he smiles smugly. He thinks scornfully that they fools can only y games. Theirputer technology is not up to his. Ha-ha! But then Conan isn¡¯t so proud. ¡°Now Leo is in bed. You arrange for someone to kill him quietly and pretend to be a medical ident. Even if Leo is powerful, he is weak in front of me now.¡± Juan says coldly, but even through headphones, Conan can feel Juan¡¯s chilling sense of killing. The man doesn¡¯t resist even when he hears such a difficult order. He just promises and hangs up. It seems that Juan really does what he says. His men does the same. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . At the thought of it, Conan drops the headset and pulls out the U disk. He wants to sneak out and save Daddy. But there are bodyguards outside and the windows of the room are locked. He can¡¯t get out even if he has a lot of ideas. He has to turn to Luke and keep it a secret from Mommy. She has no personal freedom now. She will be more anxious to know it. Conan continues to sit in front of theputer and gets connected to Luke¡¯s cell phone. Conan just sends out the most important thing Juan said. He prays in his heart that Luke must be ahead of Juan. Conan is going to the hospital himself. Although his actions will be exposed, he doesn¡¯t care for Daddy. Conan picks up theputer chair and smashes the locked window to pieces. But the bodyguards outside don¡¯t do anything. Are they asleep? ¡°Great!¡± Conan smiles and flips over the window. But when Conan stands on the ground, he finds himself in front of arge shadow. It seems that a cold wall stands in front of him. ¡°What?¡± Conan raises his head abruptly and sees Juan¡¯s expressionless face. ¡°Godfather, why are you here?¡± Conan looks at the man in front of him in surprise. Juan was on the phone at thepany two minutes ago. How does he get home in a sh? Conan thinks of all kinds of bad things. His heart beats faster and his ears burn like fire. Even if his mind is mature, after all, he is just a child. It takes time to master his emotions. But he still smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m bored. I want to go out, but...¡± ¡°Godfather, why don¡¯t you talk? Huh?¡± Conan touches Juan¡¯s cold hand. Juan still doesn¡¯t speak. He pokes his hand directly into Conan¡¯s trouser pocket and immediately gets the U disk. He smiles bitterly and walks into the room where Conan sleeps. Conan is stunned. His only thought is to run away quickly. But he has two ck bodyguards behind him. Conan also says with a wry smile, ¡°you fools do work at some time.¡± Then he has to follow Juan into the room. At that time, theputer is ying Juan¡¯s previous call. Juan doesn¡¯t need to talk and Conan doesn¡¯t need to exin. Everything is clear. When the silent Juan hears his terrible words, he suddenly smiles and says to the embarrassed and frightened Conan, ¡°Conan, how is Godfather¡¯s acting?¡± Conan shakes his head and sighs, ¡°no wonder there¡¯s such a noisy current. It¡¯s just a recording. It¡¯s really my fault this time. I admit I lost.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not your fault. It¡¯s a more critical point.¡± Juan stands up with his back to Conan. Conan can not see his expression and tone. The loser, Conan, has to ask sincerely, ¡°what else have I done wrong?¡± Conan has always been conceited. Even if he makes a mistake, it can only be one, not two. Chapter 324 You look down on me too much Chapter 324 You look down on me too much Conan thinks for a while and then looks up at Juan¡¯s back. He says seriously, ¡°no, there is absolutely no second mistake. I think I¡¯ve done it almost perfectly.¡± ¡°Another mistake you made is that you look down on me too much.¡± Juan turns and looks at Conan with almost empty eyes. Conan doesn¡¯t react at first, but then he realizes. Juan is a man with many ideas, but he doesn¡¯t corrupt his character. Juan and Leo have a deep feud, but because of ire, Juan not only wants to kill Leo, but also wants Leo to be defeated by him and let him fall down in front of his strength. He has to prove that he¡¯s the man who owns ire. So Juan will never kill Leo who is seriously ill and pretend to be a medical ident. If he does that, ire will look down on him even more. Even if it is believed that Leo dies of a serious illness, ire will doubted. If Conan doesn¡¯t look down on Juan so much and thinks he¡¯s a mean person, the call logs will never let him be exposed and caught. For the first time, Conan feels so ashamed. He doesn¡¯t underestimate the enemy, but he makes a bigger mistake. He is not sincere to Juan but insults his godfather. Conan lowers his head and is a little depressed. But Juan says, ¡°in fact, it¡¯s probably because you¡¯re around me. I can see that you¡¯re different, so I doubt you for a long time. Even if there is no today¡¯s event, you will be caught by me.¡± Conan is speechless.This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. Juan goes on, ¡°you¡¯re great, but you¡¯re too young. You want to save Howard Group, so you¡¯ve exposed your wiretapping n.¡± Suchments make Conan even more ufortable. What he is thinking now is not the technology he is proud of, but what Juan is thinking now. There is no anger in his tone. Conan can¡¯t stand it. He raises his head and asks in a trembling voice, ¡°godfather, are you not angry with me?¡± Juan sneers and says coldly, ¡°I¡¯m angry. Why am I not angry?¡± Sure enough, he is just used to hiding his emotions in front of me. Conan says to himself that he is wearing a mask of kindness just like me. ¡°I am more jealous and unwilling than angry.¡± Juan¡¯s words bomb Conan and make him more ashamed. But is he acting again? Or is it true? The previous scam makes Conan vow never to let go of any chance of doubt. He looks at Juan¡¯s almost colorless eyes boldly. Juan squats down and puts his hands on Conan¡¯s shoulder. He says like a machine, ¡°I really can¡¯t compare with your father, right? Even if he bullied ire, even if I am with you, I am a passer-by?¡± Juan frowns a little and has an expression. At this time, he is not furious, which shows that Juan values Conan and even regards him as his own son. ¡°You are not a passer-by. You are my godfather.¡± Conan blinks and says. Even he himself can not tell if this is true. ¡°Godfather...¡± ¡°I just like Daddy. I can¡¯t help it. I don¡¯t want to be a hypocrite and live in a mask. Do I have to lie to you that my favorite is you?¡± Conan spreads out his hands and says almost helplessly. Juan releases Conan¡¯s shoulders and looks at him with a slightly ironic look. He thinks the little guy has been wearing a mask all the time. He calls him Godfather on the surface but secretly bugs him. Juan suppresses his anger and he can¡¯t get too angry with the child after all. He waves and seems very tired. He doesn¡¯t seem to want to talk to Conan about Godfather and Daddy anymore. ¡°Lock him up with ire. Arrange for a few more people to watch them inside and outside the house.¡± He says softly, but the two bodyguards in ck have already moved. ire finally understands why Mommy didn¡¯t resist before. On the one hand, Juan won¡¯t hurt them. On the other hand, struggle is useless. Conan is smart. He lets the man in ck hold him like a teddy bear. But when he leaves, he can¡¯t help asking Juan, ¡°even if you don¡¯t hurt Daddy at this time, you will certainly hurt Howard Group.¡± Juan, who is so upset, just calms down. This concern about Leo makes him impatient again. He says coldly, ¡°it¡¯s none of your business.¡± Conan is awed by Juan¡¯s cold air and has to shut up. When Conan leaves, Juan smiles bitterly at theputer ying the recording. But his fists are tightly clenched together, and his knuckles are pale. It¡¯s like his heart at the moment. ... Conan meets Mommy. But to keep Mommy from worrying, Conan says nothing about what happened before. He even lies to ire that he offers to apany her. ire is naive. She looks at the smiling Conan and really believes it. Conan has a lot of things in mind. At this time, he is more worried about Leo. If Juan is going to do something to Howard Group next, he can¡¯t help. At the same time, Conan is extremely disappointed with Juan. Although he bugged Juan, he did hurt Howard group. Without his help, Howard Group is now being sued. Although Juan was really good to Conan before, Conan hopes that his father is still Leo. If Juan insists on fighting with Daddy, he will support Daddy and even fight with Juan. It seems that he can only hope that the leaders of Howard Group are not fools. Otherwise, when Daddy wakes up, it¡¯s not good to find that Howard Group is bankrupt. Then Daddy will be hit again. Chapter 325 Comfort and hope Chapter 325 Comfort and hope If that happens, I will never let Juan go. Whoever hurts Daddy, I will let him pay the price. Conan keeps making ire happy while he is thinking. Adults who let children think about these things are irresponsible. As a child, it¡¯s not dignified not to y happily. Conan spectes that he will worry about others all his life. When he turns his back on ire, he often sighs. But a few dayster ire finally discovers something wrong with Conan. It¡¯s not that the little guy can¡¯t help talking to ire. He hugs ire and calls Daddy when he sleeps at night. ire thinks Conan misses his dad the first night. But he does it two or three days in a row. ire finally can¡¯t help asking Conan if something bad happens to Leo. Conan can¡¯t stand Mommy¡¯s asking. He finally tells ire. ire doesn¡¯t even have time to be shocked that her son has so many skills. She¡¯s just worried about Leo. Moreover, ire feels a headache when she thinks about the grudge between Leo and Juan. She just smiles bitterly and shakes her head. ¡°Conan, don¡¯t be like them in the future. It¡¯s painful.¡± Conan agrees on the surface, but he disagrees on the inside. ire says to herself, ¡°if Leo wakes up this time, I¡¯m willing to let go of all the previous hatred and try my best to make Juan and Leo stop fighting needlessly.¡± How can you do it? Conan says in his heart. ire begins to me herself. She says with a wry smile, ¡°it¡¯s all my fault. Conan, it won¡¯t have been soplicated without me. Would you like to leave here with me and go to a ce that belongs only to us?¡± Of course Conan doesn¡¯t want to. What he wants to see is a family of three. Instead of answering directly, he says seriously to ire, ¡°Mommy, it¡¯s not a good habit to me yourself...¡± ¡°And, mommy, it¡¯s not right to run away. You should stay and bring this matter to an end.¡± Then you and Daddy can be together. Conan adds this sentence in his heart. ire seems to be reminded by Conan¡¯s serious look. She doesn¡¯t feel as responsible as a child. She is a little ashamed for a moment. Over the next day or two, ire loses her appetite and is preupied. Conan is worried about her mood, but he is secretly happy. ording to this situation, Mommy and Daddy will make up with each other sooner orter. ire sometimes grabs Conan and says, ¡°Howard Group doesn¡¯t have Leo or your help. It¡¯s critical now. What else can you do? Conan, I know you¡¯re always unexpected, aren¡¯t you?¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Instead of answering ire, Conan quips, ¡°does Mommy still have Daddy in your heart?¡± When Conan finishes, ireins about herself. No matter how hateful Leo is, she can¡¯t ignore him. It¡¯s a real hassle. ire blushes and says nothing. ¡°Is there no way?¡± ire is disappointed. She lets go of Conan¡¯s thin shoulders and goes to the window alone. Conan says behind her, ¡°it¡¯s a pity that mommy¡¯s cell phone was taken away by the bodyguard outside. If I have a cell phone, I can get out of here.¡± ire turns to the smiling Conan and says, ¡°do you really only need a cell phone?¡± Conan proudly raises his head and stresses, ¡°I don¡¯t even need a SIM card. I just need a cell phone.¡± ire sighs. ¡°It¡¯s simple.¡± They look at each other and smile. It should be easy to just take a cell phone and not a SIM card. The network in this room has been cut off. They can¡¯t get in touch without a SIM card. Those bodyguards will not refuse such a harmless request. Although ire is under house arrest, her status is clear. Conan then knocks on the door and tells the bodyguard in ck about his desire to y mobile games. At first, the bodyguards don¡¯t agree, but they say they can not use SIM card, so the bodyguards agree. Conan has a sinister smile when he gets the cell phone. ire says expectantly, ¡°what should we do next?¡± Conan sits in bed and says softly, ¡°of course we have to connect to the Inte, otherwise how can we get out?¡± ire frowns and says, ¡°thework here has been cut off by Juan. Even if we seed in surfing the Inte, how can we get out?¡± Conan¡¯s lovely little face begins to get serious. He doesn¡¯t answer Mommy. He flicks a button on his watch. The watch has a chip about the size of a SIM card. ¡°With this, we can not only surf the Inte but also make phone calls. Moreover, we can change the mobile number at will. It¡¯s real, not just fake.¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand, so she doesn¡¯t speak. She just looks at her son with a little surprise. After inserting the chip into the phone, Conan pulls out a ck cube like a yer from his underwear. ¡°There are many voices in it.¡± Conan raises the little ck box, and then ire¡¯s voicees out of the yer. ¡°Well, it¡¯s Mommy¡¯s and it¡¯s Daddy¡¯s.¡± Conan pushes the button, and a maic male voice sounds. It¡¯s really Leo¡¯s. ¡°These are useless. We¡¯re going to use Godfather¡¯s today.¡± Conan continues. The ck cube glows in rows of red. Then Conanughs, ¡°it¡¯s so easy!¡± ire looks at Conan in surprise. That¡¯s what happens in movies. She says in shock, ¡°your name was wrong at the beginning.¡± Conan pouts and says, ¡°I should be named Kudou, right? But I may be better than him.¡± He is just a child. ire makes fun of her son in her heart. Chapter 326 Escape Chapter 326 Escape Now ire really appreciates Conan. He first eavesdropped on Juan, and now he has a lot of high-tech that she doesn¡¯t understand. The point is that the little guy collects the voices of so many people around him. He is already ready. His mind is a little grisly. What is Conan¡¯s purpose? Where does his abilitye from? Conan¡¯s actions have made it difficult for others to treat him as an ignorant child. But ire still trusts Conan unconditionally. After all, he is her own son. He does it to help her. And, of course, Leo. ¡°So what are we going to do next?¡± ire wakes up from her thoughts, but she still feels incredible. How can a mobile phone let them leave here? Conan takes ire to the chair and points to the door and says, ¡°we¡¯ll let them open the door, of course, or how can we get out? We can¡¯t fly. Even if we can fly, we can¡¯t fly out of such a big courtyard.¡± ¡°Ha? Conan, do you have a fever?¡± ire puts her hand on Conan¡¯s forehead and thinks that sometimes genius is stupid. Conan shakes his head instead of refuting. Then he picks up the phone and presses it. ire only hears the sound of sessful invasion from the microphone. Then the sound of sessful loadinges from the ck cube. Next Conan calls. Surprisingly, the phone rings outside the door. N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Conan takes the ck cube to his lips and says to the cube, ¡°release Miss Bet and Conan from house arrest and arrange for a car.¡± ire¡¯s chin almost falls off, because Conan¡¯s voice is exactly the same as that of Juan, which seems to be the function of the ck box. ¡°Do we need to follow?¡± There is a dull voice of the bodyguard outside the door. Conan is even more proud of the sess of the trick and says to the ck cube, ¡°no one needs to follow. No driver.¡± Then Conan quickly hangs up and takes out the chip. He puts away the little ck cube. The door is knocked. A ck bodyguard stands respectfully at the door and nods to ire and says, ¡°Miss Bet, Mr. Juan informed me that your house arrest has been lifted and you can move freely. The vehicle is ready and you can leave at any time.¡± Conan smiles at ire and says, ¡°Mommy, I¡¯m right. If you want to leave, the door will open naturally.¡± ire nods and marvels at Conan¡¯s high-tech magic. But she calms down in a moment. She says quietly, ¡°because your godfather is good to us. Let¡¯s meet your godfather now.¡± Conan blinks and goes downstairs with ire. Before leaving, he throws his cell phone to the bodyguard in ck and thanks him respectfully. He turns and shows sarcasm. At this time, the bodyguard does not know that he is teased by Conan. He looks at the cell phone in his hand and ire¡¯s unnatural steps. He feels something is not right. But it was Mr. Juan who called just now. The bodyguard shakes his head and gives up thinking. They just need to execute orders. And he doesn¡¯t want to be at the door all the time. But he does not know that punishment wille soon. Only then does he know that he has been teased by a little boy. ire is a little worried about being found, so she walks quickly. But Conan swaggers. His confident eyes and sarcastic smile on the corners of his mouth make him look arrogant. The bodyguard downstairs is informed to park at the door and respectfully opens the door. Conan swaggers into the driver¡¯s seat and ire is surprised. ¡°Do you want to drive?¡± Conan turns the steering wheel and asks, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t you believe in my technology?¡± ire is speechless. Now ire doesn¡¯t know what Conan can¡¯t do. He can climb up the third floor and eavesdrop on Juan. He can easily solve Howard Group¡¯s crisis and escape Juan¡¯s house arrest. Conan has always been confident. What¡¯s more, he faces adults like Juan and Leo, which makes him even better. ¡°I don¡¯t doubt your ability, but Conan, can you see the way by your height? And it¡¯s not good to be seen by the traffic police.¡± ire still decides not to let Conan drive her. Conan pouts and says discontentedly, ¡°it¡¯s OK, mommy. You¡¯re injured so I should take care of you. And now Daddy¡¯s in danger. Let¡¯s not argue about these little things.¡± When ites to Leo, ire looks worried. She is silent and sits in the copilot¡¯s seat. Conan skillfully starts the car. He doesn¡¯t seem to be driving for the first time. He can distract and talk to ire from time to time. ire sees Conan¡¯s little arm turning the steering wheel skillfully so she doesn¡¯t worry anymore. She looks out of the window and murmurs, ¡°Conan, I think you know what happened to your daddy and me before.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Conan replies simply. He quickly turns the steering wheel and steps on the elerator and makes a beautiful drift. ¡°I don¡¯t understand. You should understand that your daddy used to be domineering and that you don¡¯t grow up with him. Why do you care so much about your daddy?¡± ire still doesn¡¯t look at Conan as if she¡¯s avoiding something. Conanughs and says, ¡°Mommy, you said Daddy used to be like that, right? Now Daddy is different. And I think I may have inherited you, so I feel very kind to Daddy.¡± ¡°I really want Daddy and Mommy to make up. This is my biggest wish.¡± Conan adds. There is a gentle smile in Conan¡¯s eyes. He¡¯s really like a kid at this time. ire seems to understand something. She looks at Conan¡¯s side face and says, ¡°are you doing it for this wish?¡± ¡°Well, it seems that Mommy is not too stupid. Isn¡¯t that obvious?¡± Conanughs at ire. ¡°Mommy doesn¡¯t say it, but you do it.¡± ire wants to deny it, but looking at Conan¡¯s expectant eyes, she has to keep silent and smile like comfort. , Of course, Conan can see that ire is still resisting, but he is not worried. Chapter 327 Threats Chapter 327 Threats He has a strong desire and a deeper insight than ordinary people. Although it seems that Daddy and Mommy are always at loggerheads, in fact they know each other better and integrate with each other. They think about their own concerns. When the hospital appears in the field of vision, they begin to worry. ire rarely sees such sincere anxiety in Conan¡¯s face, and she finds Conan frowning slightly and in a low mood. ire holds Conan in her arms and kisses him on the forehead. She asks softly, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Conan?¡± Conan forces a smile and shakes his head. ¡°Nothing. I may be a little tired. Driving is really something adults can do.¡± Although he says it verbally, he conceals his true thoughts. Conan has an ufortable premonition. ire doesn¡¯t care. She quickly walks to Leo¡¯s ward with Conan in her arms and is still sorting out her emotions. But when ire gets to the ward where Leo was, she finds that the ward is empty. Conan and ire are surprised at the same time. Does Juan really hurt Leo? ire seems to have been hit. She doesn¡¯t know what to say or do. Conan immediately rules out the possibility that Juan hurts Leo in his mind. Then he seems to think of something. Conan watches a nurse pass by. He hugs the nurse¡¯s leg and asks, ¡°has the patient in this room been transferred?¡± The nurse looks at Conan in surprise. She smiles and nods and says, ¡°yes, how do you know?¡± The nurse sees Conan is cute, so she can not help squatting down and tickling Conan. But when Conan gets the answer he wants, he ignores the nurse and pulls ire out of the hospital without looking back. ire immediately turns back and thanks her. They seem strange to outsiders. They return to the car. ire suddenly says, ¡°do you know anything? Conan?¡± Conan doesn¡¯t answer. He just raises his fingers and signals her to shut up. He looks in the rearview mirror and seems to be watching something. ire wants to turn around and look out of the car. Conan stops her immediately. ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t move and don¡¯t be nervous. There are some flies.¡± ¡°Flies?¡± ire is confused. ¡°In a word, our whereabouts are discovered by Godfather. Now he is following us.¡± Conan chuckles and says, ¡°I made another mistake. I shouldn¡¯t drive this car. There¡¯s a positioning system in this car.¡± ¡°Does what happened to your daddy have something to do with Juan?¡± ire gets nervous. Conan waves and starts the car. He smiles and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry. Daddy is not with Godfather and he is safe for the time being. After all...¡± Before he has finished speaking, several ck carse. Conan shouts, ¡°Mommy, sit tight.¡± Then ire thinks she is weightless but nothing happens. The vehicle is running fast on the road under the control of Conan. Soon they get rid of those people. They throw the car and take the subway. Eventually they arrive at Howard Group. When ire sees Howard Group¡¯s building, she instantly understands where Leo is. It must be Tracy who did it. But she hasn¡¯t officially married Leo, so she won¡¯t benefit from any danger of Leo. In a word, as Conan said, Leo is still safe at this time. But ire still doesn¡¯t want Leo to be around that vicious woman. At that moment, she even feels jealous. They both enter Howard Group. The hall is quiet and strange. Sure enough, when ire and Conan just enter, a group of ck bodyguardse out of the corner and block the way like a row of ck and cold walls. ire straightens up slightly and shouts, ¡°let me go upstairs. I need to know about Mr. Howard.¡± Silence. Soon, a ck bodyguard says coldly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, Miss Bet. Mr. Howard doesn¡¯t need your care. You¡¯d better go back.¡± ire frowns. She knows no one in thepany dares to do this to her, except the woman. ire grabs Conan and shouts, ¡°what rights do you have? I¡¯m Mr. Howard¡¯s secretary. I belong to Howard Group, so I¡¯m qualified to go upstairs.¡± The bodyguards in ck look at each other. Just when they don¡¯t know what to do, a man¡¯s voice comes. ¡°Excuse me, Miss Bet. You¡¯ve been fired. I¡¯m so sorry. Please go back where you came from. Otherwise, we will not be polite to those who break into Howard Group without permission.¡± Conan doesn¡¯t speak. He keeps looking at the man¡¯s chest and seems to be thinking about something. ire takes a deep breath and says, ¡°my position is from Mr. Howard. You say I am fired? What evidence do you have?¡± The man seems to have expected ire to say that for a long time, so he takes a piece of paper out of his pocket and shows it to ire. Heughs. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Mr. Howard is not here, but the directors had a special meeting to dismiss you. Although you have been dismissed, you do not lose face.¡± Then the man throws the letter at his feet and spreads out his hands and smiles. ire shivers with anger, but Conan still doesn¡¯t respond. He just frowns and looks at the man¡¯s chest. ire knows that Tracy¡¯s family owns a lot of shares in Howard Group. Although she doesn¡¯t normally have rights, Leo is seriously ill. As his fiancee, no one dares to disobey her. When ire doesn¡¯t know what to do, she suddenly remembers the private agreement she signed with Leo. She smiles. Although she doesn¡¯t want to, this thing might work. She takes out her agreement and shows it to the public. She says with a smile, ¡°although I am no longer a secretary, I have a personal agreement with Mr. Howard. He stipted that I should not leave him. If you break the rules, you can¡¯t exin it after Mr. Howard wakes up.¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ire says firmly. The man looks frightened for a moment. Chapter 328 Continuing to escape Chapter 328 Continuing to escape When ire thinks it works, the man¡¯s frightened face suddenly turns into a mocking smile, and then he bursts outughing. Maybe he sees the agreement clearly. Heughs and says to the crowd, ¡°look. What is this? She sold herself?¡± Othersugh derisively. It fits in with thepany¡¯s rumor that ire is Leo¡¯s mistress, so they start talking about ire. ire doesn¡¯t know what to do for a while. It¡¯s just too thoughtless to show the contract on such an asion. She is extremely ashamed. But ire can only pretend to be tough, ¡°no matter what it is, Mr. Howard signed it with me personally. If it¡¯s vited, you should know Mr. Howard¡¯s temper.¡± Others stopughing, but the man doesn¡¯t care. He tidies up his suit and walks up to ire and squints at her. He says, ¡°Miss Bet, Mr. Howard is now in aa. You suddenlye up with a contract that only you two know. We don¡¯t know if it¡¯s true or not.¡± ire frowns and says, ¡°you can see that this is Mr. Howard¡¯s handwriting and seal.¡± The man sneers and says, ¡°don¡¯t forget you¡¯re Mr. Howard¡¯s secretary. You can copy his handwriting and steal his seal easily. You¡¯d better get out of here quickly.¡± ¡°You...¡± When ire is about to lose her temper, she suddenly feels Conan pull her hand. He pulls ire behind him. Then people notice Conan and snigger. A mistress with her son flirts with Mr. Howard. Conan ignores the sarcastic eyes. He just stares at the man in front of him and says, ¡°if you bully Mommy, I¡¯ll be angry.¡± He squints and looks at the man¡¯s badge. The man doesn¡¯t seem to be a leader but a small manager. His badge says his job. Conan was silent before because he was identifying the man. Now he knows. The man smiles and says, ¡°Oh? Little boy, you are too bold.¡± ire is going to lose her temper, but she is pulled back by Conan who is indifferent. ¡°Sir, do you remember what happened at three ten yesterday afternoon? You must remember.¡± Conan suddenly asks with a grim smile. The man is stunned for a moment. He thinks about what happened then. Soon his face changes. Conan continues, ¡°Sir, you made a phone call yesterday afternoon, and I know the content of that call. Do you believe it?¡± Conan¡¯s voice is so small that only the man can hear him. Yes, this man is Juan¡¯s spy in Howard Group. Conan finally remembers the IP address that followed him when he invaded yesterday. Combined with the voice of the man¡¯s position and his voice, he is the spy. The situation is suddenly reversed. The man is pale and steps back a few steps. Conan looks around with a smile and then says to the man, ¡°so shouldn¡¯t you apologize for what you did before? Maybe I¡¯ll forget it. You can be ready, right? Otherwise...¡± The man shivers and immediately walks up to ire and bends down. ¡°You are not sincere enough!¡± Conan nces at him and says discontentedly. The man stoops again and whispers, ¡°Miss Bet, I apologize for what I did before.¡± Conanughs again and says, ¡°you don¡¯t have a loud voice. When you call someone, you¡¯re very confident.¡± The man looks at Conan viciously, but he bends down again and apologizes loudly. People are confused and feel inexplicable fear for the child with a in smile, and the aura makes them feel very familiar. He¡¯s like Leo, their president! The man looks down and says, ¡°Miss Bet, if you insist on going upstairs, be my guest.¡± ire doesn¡¯t speak. Conan just says coldly, ¡°no, you just need to tell us where Mr. Howard is and the relevant information.¡± The man sips his mouth and says, ¡°I really don¡¯t know that.¡± His tone is weak and humble. He is afraid of angering the little devil. And he secretly wonders if the little devil is the hacker Juan is looking for. Because Juan doesn¡¯t tell him about the hacker¡¯s arrest, he is now surprised and suspicious. Conan sighs. He doesn¡¯t embarrass the man any more. He is just a puppet. ire takes a step forward and says, ¡°so where is Tracy now? You know it.¡± The man shakes his head awkwardly and says, ¡°I¡¯m just a person in charge of security. How can I know so much?¡± ire and Conan look at each other and have to leave. Thinking about it, ire calls Luke and tells him about it. After hearing this, Luke is also very surprised. He doesn¡¯t know about Leo and Tracy. These days, Luke helps Howard Group investigate the man who frams Leo, so he doesn¡¯t have time to take care of Leo. So Tracy has a chance. When ites to it, Luke mes himself. His words are full of strong resentment against Tracy. ireforts Luke. ¡°Her goal is not to let me see Leo, so Leo is OK. What are you doing recently?¡± Luke thinks about it and doesn¡¯t say it. Besides, he has no clue. He makes a random excuse. ¡°But I¡¯m still worried. Can you help me find Leo? Although that woman is his fiancee, I always feel there is a hidden danger.¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. ire begins to blush. She feels that she ispeting with Tracy for a man, which makes ire feel very embarrassed. Luke on the other end of the lineughs, but he soon coughs and says seriously, ¡°I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll find him. Let¡¯s meet first.¡± ire is worried that Juan is still looking for her in the city. She agrees without thinking. After all, Luke is powerful. Juan can¡¯t hurt Luke at will. Chapter 329 I can’t understand you Chapter 329 I can¡¯t understand you While ire and Luke are on the phone, Conan is not idle. When he came out from home, he didn¡¯t forget to bring his own equipment. In fact, it is a small mobile phone, but he can make any electronic product omnipotent. Conan finally seeds in finding Tracy¡¯s information from Howard Group after a lot of efforts, and then he uses hacker technology to ess Tracy¡¯s mobile phone, so it is easy to get her information. But Conan finds that when he is about to do this, he suddenly hears another engine sound. He feels a little uneasy. When he looks back at the license te, he finds that they are Juan¡¯s people. ¡°Run, Mommy. They¡¯re here again.¡± Conan yells and pulls ire and runs to the ce where the car can¡¯t pass. Then they enter the busy shopping mall. But careful Conan still finds that Juan¡¯s people have followed. They dare not move and have to hide in the mall. At first Conan is scared, butter he finds that the people whoe after them are all idiots. The hackers who can locate his position are the real masters. In the end, Conan and ire shop together in the mall. By the way, he helps ire and himself choose some clean clothes. They¡¯ve been running since they escaped from Juan¡¯s house. When they put on their new clothes, they disguise themselves. Conan is wearing a suit and a bow on his chest. If he puts on his sses, he will look like Conan. As for ire, ording to Conan¡¯s idea, she puts on a light blue hat and a in long skirt. Her pink face makes her more energetic. After a while they leave the mall and avoid the people and reach Luke¡¯s house safely.N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. When Luke sees their costumes, he is surprised. He thinks for a long time and says to them, ¡°I think you¡¯re like some people. One is like little Conan and one is like Mouri.¡± ire exins awkwardly, ¡°we want to avoid others. Conan asked me to wear like this. I¡¯m an adult. I still feel a bit awkward.¡± ¡°Conan has a good taste. Why do you want to avoid others? Does Tracy want to give you any trouble?¡± Luke starts to get a little angry. ire exins, ¡°no, it¡¯s not good for her to see us meet. Then we will be more passive to find her.¡± Luke hesitates and says, ¡°well,e on in and have a rest.¡± With that, he picks Conan up and sits him on his shoulder. Conanughs and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, you must help me find Daddy.¡± ¡°Of course. Your father and I are close friends. You don¡¯t need to ask me.¡± Conan suddenly pretends to say casually, ¡°why doesn¡¯t Uncle Luke even know that Daddy has been transferred? You are too irresponsible.¡± ire frowns and shouts, ¡°Conan, you¡¯re so rude!¡± Luke smiles and doesn¡¯t care. He says thoughtfully, ¡°Howard Group has had some trouble recently. Someone tries to frame it, but another expert is helping Howard Group. I¡¯m investigating it, so...¡± Conan squints and smiles. There is light in his eyes. He tilts his head and asks seriously, ¡°Oh? Uncle Luke, are you investigating the master or the viin?¡± Luke freezes and exins, ¡°of course I¡¯m investigating both of them.¡± Then he and Conan look at each other. Conan does not avoid and says with a smile, ¡°it seems that both of them are experts, otherwise Uncle Luke will not be tired and have dark circles.¡± Luke¡¯s eyes are really dark. It seems that he hasn¡¯t had a good rest recently. ¡°Both of them must be powerful.¡± Conan feels a sense of pride. Luke is good at investigating someone. If he doesn¡¯t realize that Conan is the hacker, it is enough for Conan to enjoy himself for a while. Luke puts Conan on the sofa. He feels his head and says helplessly, ¡°yes, they are as smart as little Conan.¡± He pinches his apple red face with his hand. ¡°Which of them is more powerful? It¡¯s impossible that you haven¡¯t found out anything.¡± Conan continues to ask. He seems to want to beat Juan once. Luke doesn¡¯t answer. He just says, ¡°I can¡¯t say. Forget it. Go to bed. I¡¯ll talk to your mommy about something.¡± Conan wants to be alone, so he goes into a room before Luke tells him. Maybe he knows more about it than Luke. ire is scared when she hears them talking. She is afraid that Juan and Conan will be exposed. Although Conan and Luke are partners, if Juan is exposed, things will be moreplicated. This time, ire no longer wants to think about the past grievances, but to try to solve them and make everyone¡¯s life peaceful. ire forgets Luke¡¯s existence and is silent. Luke doesn¡¯t care. He¡¯s staring at ire. As his vision catches ire¡¯s attention, he slowly says, ¡°Conan is smart.¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand and nods. ¡°Are you with your mysterious friend when you aren¡¯t around Leo in recent days? When do you want to let me know him?¡± Luke seems to want to know. ire exins, ¡°he¡¯s not mysterious. He just doesn¡¯t like talking to other people.¡± Luke sighs instead of talking. ire asks with concern, ¡°are you having a bad rtionship with Kate or are you worried about Leo? Is it troublesome to investigate the two men?¡± Luke looks at ire and shakes his head. ¡°No, I sigh because of you.¡± ¡°Me?¡± ¡°Yes, you.¡± Luke says. ¡°Six years ago I thought I understood you, but this time I don¡¯t understand you.¡± Chapter 330 Hackers’ confrontation Chapter 330 Hackers¡¯ confrontation ¡°Why don¡¯t you understand me? Luke, you¡¯re weird today.¡± ire tries not to look too embarrassed. Luke doesn¡¯t talk but stares at ire for a long time. After a while he shakes his head and seems to deny his idea. ¡°So, Luke, are you doubting me?¡± ire is a little disappointed. She and Luke are friends and trust each other. Even Luke knows ire better than Leo in some ways. Luke sighs, ¡°No. Forget it. I just think you¡¯re hiding something from me, right?¡± That¡¯s true, but ire can¡¯t say it. It¡¯s not toote to tell him when everything is settled. Anyway, ire thinks she doesn¡¯t do anything sorry to others. ire says seriously, ¡°I do hide something from you, but there is a reason. I hope you don¡¯t ask again.¡± Luke shrugs and spreads his hand and says, ¡°I can¡¯t help it if you don¡¯t tell me. I have nothing to say. Go and have a rest. I¡¯ve got someone looking for Tracy.¡± Although the bad guy and the hacker who helped Howard Group can¡¯t be found, it shouldn¡¯t be too hard for Luke to find Tracy. ... At this time, in a room of Luke¡¯s house, aputer is shing a blue-green light at a high frequency. Sitting in front of theputer is Conan, the little hacker. His face is taut and solemn, and a thinyer of sweat is seeping from his forehead. His white fingers are beating fast on the keyboard. Although the sound is very light, it has a different rhythm. At this time Conan is nervous but at the same time his heart is full of excitement and joy. It¡¯s different from hacking in the past. Now his goal is not to break through a certain system and invade a certain person¡¯sputer, but to y games with another person. That person is, of course, Juan¡¯s hacker. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. No one is more eager to find Leo than Conan, but Juan has a hacker so Conan can¡¯t easily connect to thework and invade Tracy¡¯s information. Because the man is waiting for him at the entrance. As soon as he moves, his position will be exposed. What bothers Conan the most is that the hacker installs ayer of protection system for Tracy, which makes him invade for a longer time. Conan has a strategy. He installs an IP shielding system on Luke¡¯sputer. In other words, if the other party wants to find out where he is, he also needs to break a system. Now Conan is faced with the situation that both sides attack each other. Whoever breaks first will win. Conan hardly dares breathe. His hands press a long string of characters quickly. The other side has now invaded 45%, and he is 45%. As long as he¡¯s a little bit slow, he¡¯s bound to lose. Conan¡¯s potential is fully stimted. At thest moment, Conan¡¯s face gradually shows a smile, and his mouth corner also raises an increasing arc. The other side is 98%, and he is 99%. ... It only takes a second. ¡°Conan, you¡¯re not sleeping!¡± Suddenly the door is opened without warning, and Luke¡¯s voicees. Conan shuts down theputer almost instantaneously. The light on the screen and the keyboard goes out in turn and is silent. The room is very dark. Conan is panting a little. ¡°Uncle Luke, you scare me to death. I¡¯m watching horror movies...¡± Conan feels the sweat on his forehead. ¡°And, uncle Luke, you didn¡¯t knock.¡± ¡°Sorry, Conan. I am wrong. Rest early.¡± Then he closes the door. Conan¡¯s little body falls on the bed. He feels remorseful. ¡°I have seeded. Why...¡± Conan is too depressed to be sleepy. At the same time, he is shocked. Fortunately, he reacts fast enough, or he will be seen again. ¡°I have to be carefulter. But I can still win that guy next time.¡± Conan smiles smugly. It soon reaches Juan¡¯s ears. Although they are all puzzled why Conan stops the invasion at thest moment, Juan thinks it is necessary to arrange more hackers to deal with Conan. So he waves and orders. Conan¡¯s opponents have changed from one to three and are likely to increase at any time. More enemies! It¡¯s ruthless! It¡¯s unreasonable! If Conan knows it, he might be angry and call Juan shameless. ... The next day, as soon as Conan wakes up from his dream, he hears another woman¡¯s voice outside. He goes out in a daze and finds it is Kate. Kate hears that ire is staying at Luke¡¯s house, so shees to talk to her. They haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time, so they keep talking. Kate watches Conan weakly walk out of the room. She says in surprise, ¡°Conan, did you have a nightmare? Your eyes are red. Are you a night owl, too?¡± Conan looks up and yawns. ¡°I had a nightmare. I dreamed of Aunt Kate.¡± Conan says casually. He is grabbed by Kate and spanked hard as soon as he finishes. ¡°I¡¯m not as gentle as your mommy. Do you dare to tease meter?¡± Kate holds Conan and spanks him and pinches his face. When Conan meets Kate, he has to give in. ¡°You¡¯d better go back to sleep. I want to talk to your mommy.¡± Kate says seriously. ¡°Women have nothing important to talk about. Leave me alone. I want to close my eyes and rest here. By the way, I¡¯d like to hear the gossip.¡± Conan jumps onto the sofa and dozes off. Kate shakes her head helplessly and looks at ire. ¡°Talk quickly. You can hypnotize me...¡± Before Conan finishes speaking, he is hit by a pillow. He pillows and continues to sleep on the sofa. Both women are amused by Conan. After a while, Kate suddenly grabs ire¡¯s hand and whispers, ¡°if only Leo can be half as good as Conan.¡± Chapter 331 She blushes Chapter 331 She blushes ireughs in her heart when she hears that. Kate doesn¡¯t know Conan¡¯s IQ, so she says that. ire thinks Conan and Leo are really like each other. But fortunately, little Conan loves her very much. But Kate says it to belittle Leo. If Kate hates someone, you can tell from the tone of her voice. ¡°Yes, but if Leo is really that good, maybe we won¡¯t be the way we are today. After all, that¡¯s life.¡± ire also clenches Kate¡¯s hand, which makes her feel very relieved. Kate is still serious. She asks earnestly, ¡°ire, what do you mean now? I feel like you¡¯ve changed since Leo got sick.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know if you can feel it. When I went into the ward and saw Leo lying in bed, I was really worried about him. Even I can¡¯t cheat myself.¡± ire drops her head. Kate looks at ire as if she were looking at someone who was looking for her own death. She shakes her head and sighs helplessly, as if she is very sorry. She shakes ire¡¯s shoulder and says in a loud voice, ¡°Hey, he¡¯s a sick cat now, so it makes you less alert, isn¡¯t it? Is that why you decided to make up with him?¡± When Conan, who is pretending to sleep, hears this, his fingers move a little. If so, he will be happy to see it. But ire exins, ¡°no, you misunderstood. We won¡¯t make up. Maybe I worry about him just because I get along with him for a long time. After all, it¡¯s also a human life.¡± ¡°Sometimes it¡¯s really like that. You wake up at the critical moment. The so-called resentment has no meaning at all and only makes everyone feel uneasy and hateful. Even you have been implicated many times because of me.¡± ire looks at Kate gratefully. Kate waves and interrupts, ¡°don¡¯t mention me. So are you going to forgive him? And then?¡± ¡°And then? I don¡¯t know...¡± This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ire doesn¡¯t know what to do. Even if she lets go of her grudge, will Leo still pester her? Even if Leo doesn¡¯t pester her, the war between Juan and Leo will continue. Even Tracy will make trouble. Anyway, now ire feels like something will happen sooner orter. In fact, it¡¯s a mess now. ¡°Even if you forgive him, it won¡¯t help, because Leo is a bad man. He will still pester you. He¡¯s a sick cat now, but he¡¯s a hungry wolf when he¡¯s awake. So it¡¯s better to leave him alone. You¡¯re looking for him everywhere.¡± ¡°You¡¯re ying with fire!¡± Kate rarely says that. ire smiles bitterly and says, ¡°I can¡¯t just leave. It proved it six years ago. Revenge is not good for me. It¡¯s better for everyone to understand each other and live a better life in the future.¡± ¡°But you are the only one in the world who has such an idea. That is not enough.¡± Kate feels ire is possessed and wants to pull her back. ¡°Kate, your words won¡¯t change me. I¡¯ve decided on these things the other day. Many things start with me, so naturally they end with me.¡± ¡°Besides, I have such a lovely son now. I haven¡¯t lost anything. I¡¯m satisfied.¡± ire smiles, but her face is full of determination. ire is still ire, the kind and strong ire six years ago. Since ire says that and is tough, Kate knows she can¡¯t persuade her so she has to give up. But then they do not speak and the atmosphere in the room suddenly bes serious. Then suddenly Lukees over. He feels something wrong with the atmosphere. He knows they must have talked about Leo again. Who else has the magic to make the atmosphere awkward even when he¡¯s not there? Luke smiles bitterly. He says to Kate, ¡°it seems that you are not good atforting people. I guess you don¡¯t think the same about Leo. Leo is bad, but he doesn¡¯t deserve to die and he¡¯s good to ire.¡± Obviously he says it to Kate. Kate sneers and says, ¡°what? Did he not force ire to have an abortion and sell her?¡± Kate¡¯s sarcasm embarrasses Luke. After all, Leo is his best friend. He exins with a wry smile, ¡°that was six years ago. Now Leo is different from before. Although he is tough, he didn¡¯t do anything bad to ire.¡± Kate nces at Luke and says scornfully, ¡°you rich people just love wearing a mask. Leo is more cunning and worse than before.¡± Luke looks down andins, ¡°you are unreasonable.¡± But he didn¡¯t expect Kate to hear it. She opens her eyes and says to Luke, ¡°what? You¡¯re speaking for your friend.¡± Luke does speak for Leo, but he doesn¡¯t lie. He sees Kate a little angry and he says, ¡°I thought you are different from other girls, but...¡± ¡°Huh? Did I say I was different? You¡¯re too smug.¡± Kate turns her head and blushes with anger. Kate, who has always called herself a big sister, is not so shy. Luke is stunned and his eyes drift. Luke doesn¡¯t know why it makes Kate blush, but he doesn¡¯t want to fight Kate. He just says, ¡°I think we¡¯d better not talk about Leo. It¡¯s unnecessary to be unhappy. Come on, it¡¯s my fault. I¡¯ll apologize first.¡± ire, who is watching all this, seems to see something. Neither of them admits that they like each other, but Luke intentionally shows weakness and Kate blushes, which makes ire suspect that they are likely to fall in love. But Kate doesn¡¯t appreciate it. She sneers and says, ¡°you¡¯re still defending Leo, that bastard.¡± Then she turns to ire and says, ¡°he and the bastard are close friends. He must not be a good man.¡± Kate is very impolite. ire is embarrassed when she hears it. She doesn¡¯t know how to answer for a while. Kate is not sensitive. Even if she goes too far, she doesn¡¯t realize it. She even expects ire to agree. Chapter 332 Flirting Chapter 332 Flirting The atmosphere is more serious than before. ire looks at Luke carefully and finds that his expression is serious. Luke¡¯s face was white, but now it¡¯s a little red. He¡¯s different from Kate. He is slightly angry and breathing deeply. No one has ever seen Luke so angry. Maybe if Kate hasn¡¯t attacked Leo many times, he won¡¯t have been like this. Even Kate realizester, but she is stunned for a moment, and then she stares at Luke without any weakness. ¡°What? Am I wrong? It¡¯s the truth, so you¡¯re so excited. Are you scaring me...¡± Kate¡¯s face is red but she is arrogant. Actually, in ire¡¯s eyes, Kate is more fierce. Luke should have been a gentle man. He is silent. He finally contains his anger and coughs. ¡°Well, forget it. I don¡¯t want to fight with you, a woman with big breasts and no brains.¡± Luke says it casually but makes the point. Kate has heard that many times. Of course, she beat everyone who said that to her. Kate stands up straight in front of Luke and yells, ¡°who are you talking about? Bad ass!¡± After that, everyone is stunned for a few seconds and doesn¡¯t respond. When did he mention her breast? Luke bursts outughing and takes a look at Kate¡¯s chest. He thinks and says, ¡°I¡¯m talking about your chest. Huh? Is it made of silica?¡± Kate is too slow. She knows she has said the wrong thing and is teased. She blushes and is upset. She stamps her feet and points to Luke¡¯s nose, but she can¡¯t say a word. ire sniggers. She thinks they are a good match. The atmosphere is tense but they change it. Kate has a bad temper and often makes mistakes. Luke is reliable and restrained. Perfect! ¡°You are also a wolf! Don¡¯t look at me!¡± Luke takes his eyes back and smiles, ¡°you¡¯re like a woman now...¡± Kate stares and sits next to ire angrily. Does she give in? ording to ire¡¯s understanding of Kate, Kate is not shy and angry in front of others. Thinking of it, she looks at them. Conan is yawning. He looks up and says, ¡°Aunt Kate and Uncle Luke should not show affection in front of children.¡± N?velDrama.Org owns all ? content. Luke doesn¡¯t speak. Kate frowns and seems a little disappointed. She looks at Conan and her eyes are like knives. Conan immediately covers his face with a pillow andughs. ¡°You are flirting, but you can¡¯t hide it from me...¡± ¡°I think you want to be spanked.¡± Before she has finished speaking, Kate pulls up her sleeve andes to fight Conan with a red face. Conan yells and runs to Luke. He holds his legs and screams, ¡°it¡¯s terrible...¡± Kate looks at Conan and Luke and has to give up. She says scornfully, ¡°I¡¯ll spare you this time.¡± Conan shows his head behind Luke and says, ¡°yes, and I know one thing.¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°You like each other!¡± Luke taps Conan on the head and is expressionless. Kate pretends not to hear. But ire pulls Kate and says, ¡°I think Conan is right.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to talk to you anymore...¡± Kate nces at both of them. ire says, ¡°I think you¡¯re a good match. It¡¯s better for you to fall in love.¡± Conan raises his fist and shouts, ¡°fall in love.¡± He is too naughty. Luke shrugs and looks helpless. Kate nces sideways at Luke and says contemptuously, ¡°the best friend of an asshole is still an asshole. I don¡¯t like him.¡± Luke is not angry and sneers, ¡°thank you. To be honest, there are too many people who like me. If you like me, I¡¯m in trouble.¡± Luke is proud, but everyone here knows it¡¯s true. He is handsome and rich and has a good temper. This kind of man is rare. Kate wants to argue, but she thinks of something. She pouts and doesn¡¯t speak and she suddenly looks depressed. Maybe as ire guesses, Kate likes Luke, or she won¡¯t be disappointed. As for Luke, no one knows what he really thinks. Luke always has a smile in his eyes. Kate doesn¡¯t retort, so he sighs. ¡°Kate, you are a good girl, but you have a bad temper.¡± ¡°It¡¯s none of your business...¡± Luke smiles bitterly. Luke continues, ¡°we¡¯d better be friends. I shouldn¡¯t have quarreled with you just now. Please forgive me. After all, Leo is also my friend. Don¡¯t scold him in front of me. Moreover, Leo has be good enough, which is obvious to all. Don¡¯t be stubborn.¡± ¡°Well, you can chat privately in the future, but don¡¯t mention Leo in front of me.¡± He is gentle and reasonable, but Kate feels there is a distance between them. She blinks and doesn¡¯t speak or respond. It seems that it¡¯s over. ire can¡¯t force them. Then they are silent again. Conan turns his eyes and suddenly asks, ¡°Uncle Luke, have you found out where Daddy is?¡± Luke pats his head and says worriedly, ¡°I forgot to tell you. None of my people get the news. Now, Leo is still missing.¡± Conan is more anxious. If Juan hasn¡¯t hired a hacker, he will have been able to find out where Daddy is. In this way, Conan is more dissatisfied with Juan. Luke says apologetically, ¡°I¡¯ll keep investigating. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll find him sooner orter.¡± Then he leaves in a hurry. Chapter 333 Request Chapter 333 Request After Luke leaves, Kate bes more depressed. Although she tries to cover it up, ire, her good friend, sees it. ire wants tofort her, but she¡¯s upset now. She has to let Kate go home first. ire is going to talk about her and Luke one day. Kate leaves, but Luke still doesn¡¯t get any news, which makes ire more uneasy. ire decides she has to take the initiative. She wants Bryce¡¯s help. Luke is also investigating at the same time so it might be a little smoother. ire says to Conan, ¡°can you stay at home by yourself, Conan? Mommy is going to see an important person.¡± Conan immediately guesses ire¡¯s idea. Although he knows Bryce isn¡¯t a bad guy, he doesn¡¯t want Mommy to have too much contact with that man. ¡°Can¡¯t you not go?¡± Conan asks tentatively. ¡°I have to go, Conan.¡± ire touches his little face and whispers, ¡°because that man can help us find Daddy.¡± Conan seems to have to agree. He thinks it is not a bad thing. If everyone leaves, he will be able to compete with the hacker again. Conan nods and kisses ire on the cheek. He pretends to be helpless and says, ¡°Mommy, be careful. Don¡¯t get caught by Godfather.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry.¡± ire agrees. She kisses Conan and goes out. ire calls Bryce. Bryce is surprised. The two meet at a coffee shop. ire is the first to arrive. She has half the coffee, but Bryce hasn¡¯t arrived. What happened? ire is at the coffee table and a little tired. Bryce is always on time. Why doesn¡¯t hee today? Doesn¡¯t he want to see her? ¡°I¡¯m sorry, ire. Something happened, so I amte.¡± A faint smell of perfume appears with the owner of the voice. Then ire sees that Bryce has been seated with a smile. He seems a little different today. His dark ck suit sets the cor white. His face is white and handsome. His clean jaw and vicle make him particrly handsome. Although Bryce used to be very handsome, today he seems to be dressing up deliberately. ¡°Bryce, did you make up?¡± ire covers her mouth and chuckles. Bryce is fascinated by ire¡¯s smile. After a long time he says awkwardly, ¡°you¡¯re still smart.¡± Then he exins, ¡°because I¡¯ve been very busytely. Many things have to be decided by myself. I haven¡¯t had a good rest for days and nights. I looked in the mirror when I went out and found that I was like an old man. I can¡¯te to see you like that.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯m sorry, Bryce. You¡¯re so busy, but I told you toe out."This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. Bryce shakes his head and interrupts her, ¡°you¡¯ve be too polite since you came back from France. I¡¯ve always wanted to see you.¡± ¡°But I¡¯m afraid I¡¯ll make trouble for you, so I held back.¡± ire says, ¡°no, Bryce, you¡¯ve been taking care of me.¡± Maybe both of them recall the past. They are embarrassed and a little nostalgic. Bryce says, ¡°I wanted to disappear in Leo¡¯s eyes that year, because I realized that I would only make your situation more difficult. I¡¯m sorry...¡± ire smiles and says, ¡°no, I¡¯m happy when I know you¡¯re still alive. Why didn¡¯t you tell me that year?¡± ¡°I had been looking for you but I hadn¡¯t heard from you. I learned a long timeter that you had gone abroad. I¡¯ve been missing you for six years...¡± Bryce¡¯s eyes are gentle, but ire¡¯s heart is full of guilt. She doesn¡¯t want to talk to him but asks him for help. Bryce¡¯s affectionate eyes overwhelm her and prevent her from making a request. It¡¯s really unfair to Bryce. Bryce thinks ire is embarrassed by his enthusiasm, so he changes the subject, ¡°how are you doing these six years? How is your child?¡± ire speaks briefly about her experience. Both of them can not help sighing when they hear about each other¡¯s experience. ¡°So how are you doing? Are you involved with Leo again? You don¡¯te to me simply to reminisce about the past. You seem to have a lot to worry about.¡± ire breathes a sigh of relief. They finally get to the subject. In spite of her guilt, she tells the truth. ¡°Actually, I want to ask you for help.¡± Bryce just nods. So far, he hasn¡¯t refused ire¡¯s request. ¡°I want you to help me find Leo.¡± ire looks at Bryce seriously. With that, she rxes a lot. It¡¯s almost an unreasonable request. Everyone knows that Bryce is deeply in love with ire. He doesn¡¯t want to be her brother. Bryce¡¯s expression changes slightly, but he soon recovers. ¡°Isn¡¯t he seriously ill in hospital?¡± ¡°How do you know?¡± ¡°After all, he¡¯s mypetitor. I mean, business. So I know about it. Why are you looking for him?¡± ¡°Tracy¡¯s around Leo and I think it¡¯s too dangerous. And Conan wants to see Daddy.¡± ire says what she thinks in Bryce¡¯s surprise. It¡¯s the same thing she said to Kate. Bryce lights the cigarette and asks, ¡°ire, even if he¡¯s missing, it¡¯s none of your business. Why are you in charge of it?¡± Bryce looks miserable. He is restraining and his hand with the cigarette is shaking. ¡°Didn¡¯t I stress that? Bryce, I just forgive him and don¡¯t want to keep fighting.¡± ire says, ¡°It¡¯s impossible for me to have anything to do with him.¡± Bryce frowns and asks ire, ¡°are you still in love with that man?¡± Then he smiles bitterly and ire is heartbroken. ire doesn¡¯t know how to answer. She thinks of Leo¡¯sa, and her heart is burning with anxiety. Is Bryce telling the truth? ire bites her lips and is silent. Bryce shakes her head and looks at ire withplicated eyes. When ire thinks Bryce is going to refuse her request, Bryce takes a deep breath. ¡°I can¡¯t refuse any of your requests.¡± Chapter 334 Coercion Chapter 334 Coercion ¡°Remember, ire, no matter what happens, I¡¯ll always be by your side. You¡¯ll never be alone.¡± ire is shocked. Bryce raises his index finger and stresses again, ¡°forever.¡± Bryce doesn¡¯t smile, but his eyes are tender and resolute that ire can¡¯t bear. ire feels guilty that Bryce helps and loves her, but she knows that if she refuses Bryce, he will feel worse. It¡¯s aplicated feeling. ire lowers her head subconsciously and can¡¯t look directly at Bryce¡¯s affection. She has to duck for a while. Seeing ire¡¯s reaction, Bryce gives a wry smile. Over the years, Bryce has been single. It¡¯s enough to show his love for ire. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . In order to stay with ire and take care of her, they are brothers and sisters. ire regards Bryce as her brother, but Bryce is not satisfied with it. ¡°Thank you.¡± After a long silence, ire finally raises her head. Her bright eyes sparkle a little. Bryce¡¯s Adam¡¯s Apple moves and his expression is stiff. ire is a little embarrassed. She thinks Bryce doesn¡¯t hear it, so she goes on, ¡°thank you, Bryce.¡± Bryce puts out the smoke that is burning to his finger and stands up carelessly. He doesn¡¯t respond, and a warm smile gradually appears on his face. ¡°Anyway, ire, I won¡¯t give up on you. Over the years, I believe you have understood my mind, haven¡¯t you?¡± ire also stands up and holds her fingers and doesn¡¯t know how to respond to Bryce¡¯s direct question. What should she say? What a headache. Bryce doesn¡¯t wait for ire¡¯s answer. He pats ire on the shoulder and turns away. The faint smell of perfume finally disappears. ire, like a child who has done wrong, looks at Bryce¡¯s back and feels guilty. But she already knows that Bryce has actually agreed to her request. In this way, she can get the news of Leo soon. When she thinks about it, she feels relieved andins about her selfishness. ire walks out of the cafe and lowers the hat Conan has chosen for her yesterday to cover her face. She¡¯s out on her own. If Juan¡¯s people see her, she¡¯ll be arrested again and put under house arrest. ire thinks that the men around her are unreasonable and domineering. But for Luke and Bryce, she will have been crazy. After all, ire¡¯s biggest hobby is freedom. She was under house arrest and escaped. ire doesn¡¯t want to go straight back to Luke¡¯s house right now. She wanders aimlessly. When she goes to a shopping mall, she sees a familiar figure at the door. ire raises the brim of her hat and sees clearly that it was Tracy. There are several servants behind her and they have a lot of bags. She seems to have just shopped. ire rushes up to Tracy and asks, ¡°where is Leo now?¡± Tracy takes off her dark sunsses and looks at ire sarcastically and says, ¡°little bitch, why aren¡¯t you with the man who saved you? What are you doing here?¡± ire ignores her. She takes a deep breath and asks again, ¡°where¡¯s Leo?¡± Tracy bursts outughing and yells, ¡°why should I tell you where my fiance is?¡± ire is speechless. Tracy goes on shouting, ¡°look, this little bitch seduced my husband and shows off in front of me. Do you think it¡¯s funny?¡± She has a sharp voice. All of a sudden, arge group of people are attracted to watch the scene. They all point at ire and whisper. ire¡¯s white face turns red all of a sudden, but soon she recovers herposure. ire retorts, ¡°your fiance is ill, but are you in the mood to shop?¡± People are aiming at Tracy. ¡°This is my family business. It¡¯s none of your business.¡± ire thinks she can¡¯t give in to this woman. So she approaches Tracy and stares at her. Tracy takes a step back subconsciously and is obviously scared. ire shouts, ¡°you¡¯d better tell me where Leo is, or I¡¯ll torture you.¡± ire has always been timid in Tracy¡¯s mind, but now she is so arrogant. Why? ire¡¯s been helped. The more Tracy thinks about it, the more scared she is and she backs away in front of ire. ¡°If you piss me off, I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll ruin your reputation. If you don¡¯t believe it, you can try.¡± Now Juan and Bryce and her talented son are helping ire. How could she be afraid of Tracy? Tracy¡¯s face is pale and her lips tremble. But she doesn¡¯t want to lose to ire in front of the crowd. ¡°Don¡¯t forget that Leo is in my hands. If you go too far, you may never know his whereabouts.¡± Tracy straightens his chest and smiles viciously. She¡¯s threatening! ire finally can¡¯t contain her anger. She steps forward and ps Tracy in the face without hesitation. Tracy freezes. She moves the corners of her mouth and shriekes, ¡°you will pay for it...¡± Before she finishes, ire ps her face again and says in a cold voice, ¡°I didn¡¯t let that man kill you last time, but if you go too far, I might change my mind.¡± ire¡¯s like a different person. The onlookers all feel a little ufortable. At this time, Tracy, who is pped twice in a row, is stunned. Then she slowly raises her head and laughs. It turns out ire is just bluffing. When ire mentions the mysterious man, Tracy also remembers that before she moved Leo, a mysterious man offered her the plot. Now Tracy knows that the two mysterious people are the same person, the man who saved ire. He seems to want ire. Two men fight but I get the benefit. Tracy smiles smugly. Tracy suddenly sneers and says, ¡°ire, do you think that mysterious man will really help you find Leo? In fact, I wouldn¡¯t have thought of transferring Leo without his warning...¡± Chapter 335 Getting information Chapter 335 Getting information ire is shocked and thinks of something. It turns out that Juan is also involved in the incident. No wonder that even Luke, an intelligence expert, can¡¯t find out Leo¡¯s whereabouts. ire clenches her fists and says, ¡°I can make you suffer without him.¡± ire didn¡¯t expect the truth to be like this, but now it¡¯s not the time to be timid, so she has to keep on threatening Tracy. But Tracy is not a simple woman. She sees ire shake and knows she is right. That mysterious man is probably not ire¡¯s backer, at least not now. Tracy wants to win. She stares at ire and says, ¡°don¡¯t pretend in front of me.¡± ¡°Leo is in aa now. Your backer is not there. What do you think you are? Why are you fighting me?¡± ire clenches her teeth and her heart pounds. Yes, her talented son Conan can help her, but now Conan is not with her. Tracy taunts ire and viciouslyughs and approaches ire. When ire is stunned, she raises her hand and tries to p ire. She¡¯s going to beat ire in front of the crowd. But her hand doesn¡¯t go down because there is a man behind ire. He is not the mysterious person before, and she knows this person. It¡¯s Bryce. He is famous in the business world and as powerful as Leo. The point is that Bryce is now staring at Tracy. Although Bryce doesn¡¯t say a word, Tracy believes that if she ps ire, her fate will be worse than ire¡¯s. ¡°Bryce.¡± ire also notices the man behind her. He is always around ire when she needs him. Bryce nods and stands beside ire. ¡°Are you afraid to hit her?¡± Bryce sneers and looks at Tracy. Tracy¡¯s really embarrassed right now. If she gives up, she will lose face. If she doesn¡¯t give up, Bryce will make her more embarrassed. Tracy snorts and drops her hand. ¡°ire, you seem to be good at seducing men. Even President Bryce has be your lover.¡± ire blushes and is angry. And it¡¯s strange that Bryce doesn¡¯t retort, but smiles. Maybe he enjoys the misunderstanding. ire looks at Tracy coldly and says angrily, ¡°if you go on, I¡¯ll kill you, you know?¡± Bryce stops ire and says to Tracy, ¡°I don¡¯t have time to talk to you. I advise you to tell ire what she wants, or I don¡¯t mind beating you.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Tracy shivers with anger, but she doesn¡¯t dare to get angry under Bryce¡¯s threat. ire continues, ¡°if you continue to do bad things, I don¡¯t mind publishing what you do. You will be embarrassed then.¡± She means Tracy seduces men behind Leo and kidnaps ire and now hides Leo. Tracy thinks for a long time, but Bryce and ire don¡¯t give her a chance at all. Tracy thinks that so many people are watching. If ire does it, her reputation will be damaged. Tracy has no choice. Although she is reluctant, she can only choose to admit defeat. ¡°Say it!¡± ire asks her coldly and she is terrible. Tracy shivers and is afraid from the bottom of her heart. In the end, she can only tell ire where Leo is. She hides Leo in a private hospital. ire feels rxed and ns to see Leo soon. At this time, Tracy sneers, ¡°so what? Even if I haven¡¯t seen Leo for days. Luke can¡¯t find him. Do you think I did it?¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ire gets nervous again. ¡°What do I mean? Don¡¯t you understand? That man not only gave me advice. Later he even kicked me out of the hospital. ire, he¡¯s Leo¡¯s rival. Do you think he¡¯ll let Leo meet you?¡± As expected, it¡¯s Juan. ire has a headache. Bryce taps ire and tells her not to worry. He warns Tracy before he leaves. ¡°If you expose us, you can prepare a coffin for yourself.¡± Bryce doesn¡¯t say much and ignores Tracy¡¯s reaction because it doesn¡¯t matter at all. Tracy looks desperately at ire¡¯s back. Although she fails again, she is still unconvinced. ire¡¯s just a bitch who seduces men. But why can this bitch hook up with such powerful men? Bitch! Tracy can only curse and vent his anger. ... ire¡¯s confused. She wants to see Leo soon, but if she goes to that hospital now, she will be caught. Maybe Juan has been waiting for her for a long time. ¡°ire.¡± Bryce can¡¯t help interrupting ire. ¡°Who is that mysterious man Tracy said? What does he have to do with you?¡± ire doesn¡¯t notice that Juan is exposed, but her rtionship with Juan isplex and even more complicated than that of she and Leo that year. They are like enemies and friends. On the other hand, she promised Juan to keep his mystery, otherwise it will only cause more trouble. ¡°He¡¯s just a friend of mine, but we don¡¯t know each other very well.¡± ire falters. Bryce doesn¡¯t force ire and just says, ¡°I can help you. It doesn¡¯t matter.¡± Bryce says, pretending to be rxed. Maybe he wants ire to feel at ease. ire nods and says, ¡°it¡¯splicated. I¡¯m d you can help me.¡± Bryce says confidently, ¡°let¡¯s find Leo.¡± ire is shocked. Bryce doesn¡¯t know Juan¡¯s strength. If they go to the hospital now, something will happen. ¡°Actually Luke is investigating, too. We can meet first and discuss the solution.¡± In fact, ire would like to hear Conan¡¯s opinion. Chapter 336 Success of the plan Chapter 336 Sess of the n ire now doesn¡¯t simply see this little guy as her son, but as someone she can rely on. Bryce doesn¡¯t think it is necessary, but he doesn¡¯t refuse. They go back to Leo¡¯s house. Luke is very anxious. Conan sits on the sofa and is sweating and talking about something. It turns out that Conan and Juan¡¯s hackers had another fight not long ago. To his dismay, this time he fails, so he is unhappy. But if he knows that Juan has deployed five hackers to deal with him, he will not have thought so. When Bryce and iree back with the news, Luke and Conan are overjoyed. In particr, Conan forgets his worries and wants to fly to the private hospital to meet Daddy. But ire also outlines the situation. Of course, she doesn¡¯t tell people directly about Juan. She just says that Leo is now in the hands of Tracy¡¯s people and there are many people guarding him. Of course, Bryce knows ire is lying, but he doesn¡¯t expose her. He understands why ire has to come back here and discuss a solution. The mysterious man must be powerful, so they have to prepare well to meet Leo. After exining the situation, everyone is silent. They are thinking of a safe and good way to solve this problem! Conan naturally understands that the man who controls Leo is his godfather, but he doesn¡¯t disclose it andes up with a good n. Conan looks at Bryce and says, ¡°Uncle Bryce, only you can do it this time.¡± Bryce looks into Conan¡¯s eyes. He¡¯s really like ire and more like Leo, which makes him a little ufortable. But he loves children. ¡°Oh? Conan, can you tell me something?¡± Bryce smiles softly. Conan pauses and says seriously, ¡°in fact, it¡¯s very simple. Even if we can¡¯t bring Daddy back today, we can at least have a look at the situation.¡± This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ire frowns and says discontentedly, ¡°Conan, tell us your n.¡± Conanughs. ¡°It¡¯s very simple. Uncle Bryce can visit Daddy in the name of Howard Group¡¯s partner. You can see what¡¯s going on in the hospital by the way.¡± It¡¯s a simple n, but it¡¯s good and only Bryce can do it. Because he¡¯s not Leo¡¯s friend and won¡¯t make people suspect. If it¡¯s Luke, the result may be different. Conan continues, ¡°of course, you can pretend to be an investor in the hospital and know about Daddy¡¯s condition and visit him.¡± Conan finishes and blinks and looks at them. ¡°I think it will work.¡± Bryce agrees with the n and adds, ¡°before I go in, I can take a small camera and record the location and overall situation of those people in the hospital. Maybe it will work in the next rescue.¡± ¡°Uncle Bryce, I think you¡¯re great.¡± Conan seems to appreciate Bryce. ¡°Oh? Do you know me?¡± Bryce squints at Conan. Conan did investigate Bryce and trusts him. Although he really wants Mommy and Daddy to make up, it doesn¡¯t prevent him from trusting and appreciating Bryce. Conan exins, ¡°Mommy¡¯s brother is as smart and kind as Mommy.¡± This ttery is of no value. They don¡¯t care. Then Bryce quickly gets ready and sets off for the hospital. ire and others have to wait for Bryce in the room. ... Bryce has connections in this city. Soon he contacts the head of the private hospital and visits Leo in the name of the hospital investor. When Bryce steps into the hospital gate, Juan hears about him. ¡°Bryce seems to be an investor in the hospital, so he got the news about Leo.¡± Juan¡¯s subordinate exins and asks, ¡°do we have to stop him?¡± Juan first asks, ¡°investor? Have you investigated?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The man reconfirms. Juan is in an office at the hospital and looks at Bryce on the camera. There is a smile in his eyes and he murmurs, ¡°Bryce. If I remember correctly, there are irreconcble contradictions between him and Leo.¡± Juan says to his subordinates, ¡°don¡¯t worry. Let him meet Leo. Maybe he can help me get rid of Leo. He can help me get rid of a lot of troubles.¡± At this time, Juan¡¯s phone suddenly rings. ¡°Are you ready? OK, I¡¯ll be right here.¡± Juan simply speaks to the phone and walks out of the office. It seems that he has important ns to carry out. And 90 percent of the n is about Leo. Bryce is not blocked. When hees to the door of the ward, his cell phone suddenly rings. He takes out his cell phone and finds it is a text message from an unknown number. The text says that the people guarding Leo has left the hospital. It¡¯s simple but Bryce¡¯s heart is shaking. He looks around and finds that there are many fewer people in ck. If there are only a few people, he really has the ability to take Leo. Now... After thinking for a while, Bryce decides to text his men. Soon, Bryce¡¯s men take control of the hospital. Because Juan leaves, Bryce takes Leo away easily. Juan didn¡¯t expect one of Leo¡¯s enemies to save Leo, so he is furious when he learns about it. But Bryce, who takes Leo away, is confused. Who sends that message to him? Why does he know about the hospital? Why does he know he is going to rescue Leo? And most importantly, why is ire¡¯s mysterious friend targeting Leo? Bryce feels it is necessary to have a good talk with ire afterwards. It¡¯s definitely not simple. Now that he is involved, he must make it clear. Chapter 337 Performance Chapter 337 Performance Leo is still in aa, so Bryce asks the hospital for an ambnce and takes Leo and his bed away. Bryce looks at Leo¡¯s pale face and is in aplex mood. He doesn¡¯t understand the merits of the man. He hurts ire many times but ire still likes him. Things between men and women are really strange. Bryce shakes his head slightly and tells himself it is no use thinking about it. He can only stay with ire and expect to be with her one day. In addition, Bryce suspects that the anonymous message is probably from Luke. Maybe he knows it by some means. Bryce goes almost as fast as he can to Luke¡¯s house. When Leo really appears in front of everyone, everyone is surprised. ¡°You bring him back! Is no one there to guard him?¡± Luke is shocked. He thought Bryce would only know some details this time. Seeing Luke¡¯s surprise, Leo is also confused. He says in disbelief, ¡°isn¡¯t that message from you?¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°What? What does it have to do with Leo?¡± Luke is confused. Bryce looks at ire and Conan and they blink and look at him and wait for his exnation. So Bryce exins the specific situation. ¡°In a word, I can¡¯t have brought Leo out without the man telling me that the people in charge of Leo have left.¡± Bryce says, ¡°I thought it was you.¡± Luke listens to Bryce¡¯s exnation and understands. He murmurs, ¡°I see. It must be thest hacker. I didn¡¯t expect him to know us so well. Fortunately, he is our friend, otherwise we are in danger.¡± Bryce frowns and says, ¡°hacker? Do you know this man?¡± Luke walks up to Leo¡¯s bed and covers Leo. He shakes his head and says, ¡°no, actually I¡¯m investigating him but I don¡¯t get the information. Maybe he¡¯s Leo¡¯s friend. We¡¯ll know when he wakes up.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t tell Bryce about thest ad campaign. Bryce, after all, is a rival to Howard Group. But it¡¯s hard for Luke to stay calm and distance from Bryce. Bryce doesn¡¯t ask. He points to Leo in the hospital bed and says, ¡°anyway, I¡¯ve brought him here.¡± Now Conan is lying on the edge of the bed and staring at Leo. His hands hold Leo¡¯s hands and he ces them on his cheek and mumbles. ire is standing next to him. When Bryce sees ire¡¯s sad face, he is also very sad. ¡°Now we¡¯d better not send Leo to the hospital. If this happens again...¡± ire asks Luke for advice. Luke nods and says, ¡°he can live in my house. I¡¯ll let a lot of people protect him. I will inform the hospital and ask them to call all the best doctors they can find.¡± Bryce suddenly says, ¡°I¡¯ve thought about it. The doctor is on his way.¡± Luke takes a puzzled look at him, and Bryce exins, ¡°he is his former attending physician. Do you doubt me?¡± Luke feels his nose awkwardly but doesn¡¯t say anything. Bryce sneers, ¡°if I really want to hurt Leo, will I send him back?¡± Luke says, ¡°forget it. You let the doctore.¡± Bryce looks better when he hears that. Then Bryce leaves. When the doctor arrives, he talks to ire. Luke¡¯s back at Howard Group. Leo is back, but Luke is not relieved. It seems that something happened to thepany recently. ire and Conan are with Leo. At this time Conan suddenlyughs. ¡°Conan, why do youugh all of a sudden?¡± Conan is back to his senses. In fact, he isughing at Juan¡¯s negligence. Juan knows Conan¡¯s existence and arranges many hackers around him. He even sets up a bug screen on his cell phone. But Juan didn¡¯t expect Conan to invade the hospital¡¯s monitoring system directly and see the picture of him leaving from the monitoring system. Luke is right. The mystery man this time is the same as the mystery man who saved Howard Group last time. It¡¯s Conan. Conan is going to show off his great achievements to Mommy, but he looks at Leo and suddenly smiles and says, ¡°Iugh because I am happy.¡± ire says doubtfully, ¡°Leo, your daddy is still seriously ill. Don¡¯t you like him? Why are you happy?¡± Conan waves and exins, ¡°no, I¡¯m happy because we are finally reunited, even though Daddy is still in aa.¡± Conan puts his head on the bed and suddenly bes depressed. ire sighs and thinks there might not be that picture in her life. But she can¡¯t tell Conan. She just comforts him, ¡°don¡¯t worry. The doctor said before that although his blood clot is oppressing his brain nerves, it is relieved. I¡¯m sure he will wake up soon.¡± ¡°Why do I have so little talent? If I¡¯m a medical genius, I can make Daddy wake up quickly.¡± Conan is ming himself. Usually ire will definitely think he is narcissistic. ¡°If it isn¡¯t for you, your daddy¡¯spany will have been attacked and he will have been kidnapped, so you¡¯ve done a good job. Your daddy will surely praise you when he wakes up.¡± ire touches Conan¡¯s head and encourages him. ¡°Mommy, do you mean we can get together when Daddy wakes up? Can you let him know that I am his son?¡± The unhappiness on Conan¡¯s face disappears. He immediately puts on another face as if wearing a mask. It turns out that he is performing. ire looks at Conan helplessly and refuses, ¡°no, it will be more troublesome.¡± Chapter 338 Crisis Chapter 338 Crisis ire pokes Conan with her finger and says, ¡°are you performing in front of me? You have only one purpose.¡± Conan denies it, but the smile on his face has betrayed his real thoughts. ¡°You are too cunning. Do you really want to be like your daddy?¡± ire nces at him. Conan pouts helplessly and continues to hold Leo¡¯s hand. He turns around and stops paying attention to ire. Conan doesn¡¯t know what he is thinking. ... When Juan hears from his men that Leo has been rescued by Bryce, he first feels inconceivable, and then he bes furious. Because Bryce did it because ire asked Bryce for help. ¡°ire, well done. You let your suitor save your ex husband.¡± Juan sneers in the heart but appears calm. In fact, he¡¯s most angry with ire now. He can let it go, but this time she touches his bottom line. It¡¯s an absolute insult to Juan that she escapes from him many times. What¡¯s more, Juan knows that ire doesn¡¯t want toe back after this escape and is ready to really go back to Leo. That year Juan took ire away. She doesn¡¯t forget Leo for six years, which frustrates Juan. ¡°Call back all the people who are looking for ire and Conan.¡± In the spacious office, Juan¡¯s voice is more indifferent because of its emptiness. ¡°Yes, President Juan. Are we going to keep tracking that hacker?¡± The man lowers his head and doesn¡¯t dare to look at Juan. Juan seems to have a headache. Five hackers can fight that little guy. If they rx a little, they may be defeated. ¡°Yes, he can¡¯t be given the chance to act.¡± Juan makes a decision and asks, ¡°how are things going with the suppliers and designpanies?¡± This is what Juan is most concerned about. Since ire is stubborn, he doesn¡¯t mind destroying Leo and Howard Group together. He believes that Howard Group without Leo is a fortress made of paper in front of him. ¡°Everything is ready. We spent a lot of money recing suppliers and designpanies that worked with Howard Group.¡± Juan¡¯s men are puzzled by what he has done. ¡°We¡¯ve heard that Howard Group is not as chaotic as it used to be. It seems that Luke has stepped into Howard Group¡¯s business.¡± ¡°Luke, ha ha. Don¡¯t worry.¡± Juan is only worried about Leo in the hospital bed. Luke has guts but he¡¯s too kind. This is absolutely the biggest taboo in business. ¡°But this time we spent quite a lot of money. Is it really worth it?¡± Even if Juan now destroys Howard Group, he doesn¡¯t seem to get the benefit. ¡°Short sighted.¡± This is Juan¡¯sment. ¡°If I destroy Howard Group, do you think there are any rivals that canpete with me? I has the final say in the whole business. Besides, I must let Leo lose to me...¡± Juan almost crushes the ss of red wine in his hand, and his eyes are dark and cold. He issues the death edict to Howard Group like a devil. When his subordinate quits, Juan is in the dark, and ire¡¯s face appears in his mind. But his face is not gentle but sad. ... Luke sees Leo in a hurry that day and neveres back to the house. He seems to live in Howard Group. It seems that thepany is really not safe. A few dayster, when ire sees Luke again, she finds that he is like a different person. It¡¯s because Luke is pale and his chin is full of beard and his eyes are bloodshot. ¡°We haven¡¯t seen each other for a few days. Why do you be like this?¡± ire asks in surprise, ¡°what happened to thepany?¡± Luke smiles and replies in a hoarse voice, ¡°I want to sleep first. Let¡¯s talkter.¡± Then Luke goes into the room and doesn¡¯t get up until noon the next day. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. ¡°Thepany is in big trouble.¡± Luke has been smoking cigarettes since he got up in the morning. He says to ire with red eyes. He still looks very haggard. ¡°It¡¯s troublesome to run apany. I really admire Leo more and more now. I can¡¯t do it.¡± Luke smiles bitterly. ¡°Uncle Luke, what happened to thepany? Is there anyone who is interfering?¡± Conan goes straight to the subject. ¡°Yes, now thepany is basically in a state of non operation, which is too horrible for Howard Group, a bigpany.¡± Luke is hoarse and pats him on the forehead. ire and Conan look at each other and know that Juan is furious. ¡°What about the specific situation?¡± ire hands Luke a cup of hot tea. Luke waves and refuses. He takes out his cigarette and continues to smoke. ¡°Yes, about a third of Howard Group¡¯s projects are now under construction. But at this time suppliers and advertisingpanies all stop working with us.¡± ire jumps up and shouts, ¡°what? It is very serious. Have all the projects stopped?¡± Luke smiles bitterly and says, ¡°yes, if the opponent is only one person, it¡¯s too horrible.¡± Conan says, ¡°Uncle Luke, Howard Group is bound to receive liquidated damages. How can they stop working together?¡± Luke takes a deep breath and says seriously, ¡°this is the horror of the enemy.¡± ire gets it. Juan pays the liquidated damages directly. He is too rich. The point is that Juan won¡¯t get immediate benefits. Is Juan going too far? ire is puzzled and furious. Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°I can¡¯t think of anyone in this city who can have a feud with Leo and is so powerful.¡± Chapter 339 Adding fuel to the fire Chapter 339 Adding fuel to the fire ire certainly knows who that person is, but even if she tells Luke now, thepany¡¯s crisis will not disappear and it will be moreplicated. ire doesn¡¯t tell the truth. ¡°At present, thepany has not received liquidated damages but has to dy the construction period of all projects. In this way, we have to pay a lot of liquidated damages. After all, we can¡¯t find reliable suppliers in the short term. Advertising nning can not be done in the short term.¡± It¡¯s serious enough to destroy Howard Group. ¡°Now that Howard Group is in crisis, Wilson Group can¡¯t ignore it. After all, they are politically married.¡± Conan is ufortable with it, but it¡¯s true. And he thinks it happened after Leo lost his memory, so it doesn¡¯t count. Luke hears Conan and gets more upset. ¡°They stand by and even add fuel to the fire when thepany is in crisis.¡± Luke looks resentful. ¡°What? You mean...¡± N?velDrama.Org content. Luke nods and says, ¡°instead of helping, they took part of the money from Howard Group.¡± ¡°How can they do that? Does Wilson Group want to watch Howard Group fall? It¡¯s about their interests.¡± ire can¡¯t understand. Luke spreads out his hands and says helplessly, ¡°Tracy must have done it.¡± ire now regrets saying that to Tracy. If she encumbers Howard Group, she will only feel more guilty. ¡°What shall we do now?¡± Luke shakes his head. He can¡¯t think of a way. Before that, he tried to contact Wilson Group, but they don¡¯t agree to meet him. Then Luke¡¯s cell phone suddenly rings. When he takes out his cell phone and sees the name of the call, he frowns. Maybe something happens to thepany. Luke answers the phone and throws it on the table. He falls on the sofa with his head in his arms. ¡°I wish Leo can wake up right now. He will have a way.¡± It seems Luke is desperate. ¡°What happened?¡± ire asks anxiously. ¡°There are several projects that must be operated today, but after this incident, Party A of Howard Group has begun to urge. They didn¡¯t dare to do that when Leo was there.¡± Luke says angrily, ¡°they heard that Leo is seriously ill, so they begin to find fault. You know Leo¡¯s approach. He usually oppresses them, so they are venting now.¡± Luke tries to stand up and tidy up his suit. He perks up and says, ¡°I have to deal with these people anyway. Please take care of Leo.¡± Seeing Luke¡¯s almost unsteady figure disappear, ire is also in despair. She picks up her cell phone and calls Juan directly. Although she knows it is no use begging, she wants to try. Unfortunately, Juan doesn¡¯t even answer his phone. Since Juan starts attacking Howard Group, ire and Conan have be as depressed as Luke. Conan has beenpeting with the hackers and wants to know about Juan¡¯s ns. But even if he is gifted, he can¡¯t fight with five people. Besides, Juan has installed many security systems in thepany, and this time Conan really can¡¯t help. He can only stare at the shing computer screen with his red eyes. ... Luke is busy in Howard Group. Howard Group has lost a lot of money before the event has fully started. Without new funding, Howard Group will copse. ... At the board meeting. ¡°Mr. Luke, please ask Mr. Howard toe out and solve the problem quickly.¡± ¡°Now thepany is almost dead. On the surface, we just lost money, but in fact, 90% of the projects are on hold and losing money continuously.¡± ¡°If we don¡¯t get new sources of supply or funds, we can¡¯t solve it at all. But now it¡¯s said that Mr. Howard is ill. Even the big banks don¡¯t help us.¡± ¡°Mr. Luke, you say Mr. Leo is OK, but it¡¯s said that he¡¯s going to die. Is this true?¡± Those shareholders speak, but Luke sits in Leo¡¯s position and holds his forehead and is silent. ¡°I¡¯ve said many times that Leo is OK now, but he can¡¯t show up for special reasons. Don¡¯t believe the rumors.¡± Luke can only repeat this lie. If he really says Leo is seriously ill, Howard Group will really close down. Someone wants to keep asking, but Luke ps the table and says coldly, ¡°I did get the agency of the company. In other words, I¡¯m Leo here. If someone continues to say that, I don¡¯t mind firing him.¡± Everyone is silent. Luke is satisfied and looks at them and sneers, ¡°hasn¡¯t anyone from Wilson Group arrived?¡± The secretary reminds him, ¡°Wilson Group is ready to divest so it¡¯s no longer a member of the board.¡± Luke stands up and says to them, ¡°it¡¯s really hard for thepany right now, but you have to work together. After all, Howard Group is yours. If it can¡¯t be solved, you can only copse with this building.¡± ¡°Maybe we can choose to withdraw...¡± Someone retorts in a low voice. Luke sneers and says, ¡°Wilson Group has divested and now Howard Group has no money for you. In other words, we are now partners. I don¡¯t need to tell you what to do, do I?¡± Luke tries to imitate Leo¡¯s methods and style. Unexpectedly, it really works. These guys give in. What¡¯s more, even if it¡¯s stone, they can only choose to eat it. Chapter 340 Negotiation Chapter 340 Negotiation The board meeting that bothers Luke is finally over. After that, Luke sits in Leo¡¯s office and has two cups of coffee in a row and cheers up. Luke puts his hand on Leo¡¯s chair and moves it gently. He is imagining what Leo will do in the face of this situation. There seem to be only two ways. The first is to find out the man. Of course, Luke has been working on this before, but he gets nothing. The second and hardest way is to renegotiate with Wilson Group. Now only Wilson Group can save Howard Group. Thinking of this, Luke calls the secretary and says, ¡°in any case, get in touch with the people of Wilson Group. This is the most important work now. If you can¡¯t do it, you can leave tomorrow.¡± The secretary is scared pale by Luke¡¯s cold voice and almost runs out of the office. At this time, an employee of Howard Group is ready to leave thepany. He has a lot of documents in his hand and looks very conspicuous. But because thepany has been in a mess recently and the files and documents flow more frequently, few people pay attention to him. If Conan are here, he will find out that this man is the one who embarrassed irest time, and his other identity is Juan¡¯s spy in Howard Group. This is hisst undercover mission. He will take away all valuable information. ... Juan barely misses any documents that his subordinates have brought back. He reads them as if he were reading a joke. asionally heughs. Because Juan is ying a game with Leo now. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Howard Group is undoubtedly a bigpany, and every bigpany has some dirty money. But every fund and every project is documented. In order to hide people¡¯s eyes, they will make false ounts and so on. Juan is looking for Leo¡¯s record of breaking thew in recent years as if he was ying games. He¡¯s an expert in this area and even his ideas are the same as Leo¡¯s, so it¡¯s not hard for him. ¡°President Juan, you don¡¯t have to work so hard. You can make them do it.¡± His subordinates don¡¯t understand why he is so interested in these boring documents andughs. Juan nces at him and shakes his head. ¡°You don¡¯t understand. This is my war with someone.¡± The man asks, ¡°for a woman?¡± Juan stops and smashes the folder under the man¡¯s feet and says coldly, ¡°it¡¯s not a good habit to say too much, and don¡¯t think you know me.¡± Don¡¯t think you know Juan. Conan makes a mistake. ire makes the same mistake. They all think Juan won¡¯t go too far with Howard Group. But in fact, they are dueling. The man sees Juan angry but still respectfully picks up the document and hands it back. Juan waves and says, ¡°forget it. Let them do it quickly and sort out the records in a short time and show them to me.¡± Juan doesn¡¯t want to give Howard Group a break at all. He wants to send all the illegal records of Howard Group to the court at this critical moment. In the past, these small ws have posed no threat to Howard Group. It pays little at best. But now it¡¯s different. Howard Group is short of money and has a credibility crisis. Then Juan will sue it. Even with two Leo, it¡¯s bound to fail. Juanughs smugly. The war wille to an end soon, and the winner will be him. While Juan is working on the n, Luke is looking for a solution. What makes his inner darkness glow is that Wilson Group asks Luke to meet them in person. The secretary is a little uneasy in delivering the news. Because Luke now represents Leo and even Howard Group. However, they impolitely asks Luke to meet them. But Luke doesn¡¯t care. He just smiles helplessly. In any case, they would like to see him and it means they can negotiate. What they will lose depends on Wilson Group. Luke and Wilson Group meet in the office of apany of Wilson Group. Luke thinks he will face a group of people of Wilson Group alone next, but in fact, he only meets one person this time. Tracy. Unlike in the past, Tracy seems very happy today. To be exact, she is a bit carried away. ¡°Huh? Are you the only one? Leo¡¯s fiancee. Can I call you that?¡± Luke expresses his dissatisfaction as soon as he gets into the office. Tracy sneers and says, ¡°normally you don¡¯t think I¡¯m Leo¡¯s fiancee. You¡¯ve suffered so you think of my importance?¡± ¡°If you can represent Wilson Group.¡± Luke gets serious. He must not lose his temper now. Tracy touches her hair next to her cheek with her hand and smiles, ¡°unfortunately, I can. I agreed to the meeting.¡± ¡°Sure enough, you asked Wilson Group to divest. You¡¯re really good to Leo.¡± Luke takes a deep breath. ¡°You don¡¯t have to provoke me. I did it so that someone can understand that I am eligible to be with Leo. She¡¯s nothing.¡± Tracy¡¯s original delicate face bes extremely insidious in an instant. She is furious at the thought of ire. Luke is right. Tracy¡¯s goal is not Howard Group. She won¡¯t benefit. She wants to get rid of ire by Howard Group. Luke says, ¡°you shouldn¡¯t have done that. Sooner orter you will marry Leo. ire, of course, is nothing.¡± Although Luke doesn¡¯t think so, he can onlypliment Tracy. ttery is really a discontent. Chapter 341 Turning point Chapter 341 Turning point But Luke underestimates Tracy¡¯s ruthlessness. When she hears Luke¡¯s words, she pretends to smile. ¡°It¡¯s rare to see Mr. Luke say anything against his will, but it doesn¡¯t matter, because what I want is not your opinions, but your actions.¡± Tracy¡¯s eyesight is sharp, which makes Luke feel very uneasy. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ¡°Miss Wilson, don¡¯t say that. If you can help Howard Group out, Howard Group is willing to do something for Miss Wilson. Of course it can¡¯t be too much.¡± Luke responds with a wry smile, but Tracy immediately says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. It¡¯s really too much. Ha-ha. Even I think it¡¯s too much. But I really don¡¯t mind seeing that woman¡¯s misery.¡± Luke¡¯s face turns livid. His Adam¡¯s Apple moves and he asks directly, ¡°Miss Wilson, please make it clear.¡± Tracy chuckles and walks up to Luke and says, ¡°my request is very simple. I want Leo to promise me to break up with that womanter. And, of course, I¡¯m going to make ire pay for the two ps I¡¯ve had. That¡¯s not too much.¡± Luke wants to directly refuse such rude request, but he says politely, ¡°Leo is still in aa, so he can¡¯t respond to Miss Wilson¡¯s request. However, if Miss Wilson helps Howard Group this time, Leo will definitely exin to Miss Wilson.¡± It¡¯s true, but it¡¯s useless. Luke is embarrassed. Tracy puts an arm directly around Luke¡¯s neck and says softly, ¡°but Mr. Luke, you say you represent Leo now. Do you want to pass the buck now?¡± Luke pushes Tracy away and coughs and shakes his head. ¡°I just run thepany with his power. I can¡¯t make decisions about his private affairs.¡± Tracy sneers and says, ¡°it seems that Mr. Luke is not clear about the situation. Now, the decision I ask you to make determines the survival of Howard Group. Are you sure you want to refuse me? Uh huh? Tracy¡¯s voice is soft and she leans on Luke¡¯s shoulder. Instead of feeling ambiguous, Luke feels sick. He thinks to himself that this woman is very fickle. It¡¯s no wonder that Leo doesn¡¯t appreciate her, but hates her very much. Luke says coldly, ¡°Miss Wilson, I want to make sure. Is this really Wilson Group¡¯s attitude?¡± Luke finally gets a little angry. Tracyughs and says, ¡°yes, I can represent all the people in Wilson Group, and my request is true. If you can, Howard Group will survive this time. If not, I think Mr. Luke knows it.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t respond. He says goodbye in a hurry and then turns to leave. ¡°Mr. Luke, you don¡¯t have to respond now. You can hold on for a few more days. Maybe when Howard Group can¡¯t hold on, you¡¯lle back to me.¡± Tracy¡¯s smile is ufortable. Luke is a little depressed. No sooner he leaves Wilson Group¡¯spany than he gets worse news. ire calls to say Leo¡¯s condition is getting worse. He has now been taken to Bryce¡¯s hospital for rescue and his condition is very dangerous. Luke doesn¡¯t care about thepany. He goes straight to the hospital. By the time he arrives, the operation is over. Although Leo is not in danger for the time being, he does not wake up. Conan sits in front of the hospital bed and his eyes are red and he looks very pitiful. ire has no spirit at all, because she has to take care of Leo and the sad Conan at the same time. ire never feels that life can be so painful. ire feels at least relieved to see Luke show up. She asks him expectantly about Wilson Group¡¯s attitude. Luke doesn¡¯t tell her he went to see Tracy. He¡¯s just disappointed to say that Wilson Group still wants to stay on the sidelines. After hearing this, ire is even more gloomy. She looks at Luke and says with a wry smile, ¡°Luke, is it because of me?¡± Luke pats ire on the shoulder andforts her, ¡°don¡¯t think about it. Take good care of Leo. You don¡¯t have to worry about thepany in the future.¡± They spend the night in the hospital and take care of Leo all night. During that time Bryce visits them. He makes it clear that he is willing to help Howard Group and he says it is for ire. Even so, Luke refuses, because Bryce can¡¯t help much unless he can invest his entire assets in Howard Group, which is obviously impossible. Luke goes to thepany at dawn. On this day, the crisis of thepany bes more serious. Juan does something again. It is said that dozens ofpanies have jointly sued Howard Group, but the court¡¯s notice has not yet been issued. When Luke hears the news, he just feels desperate. It seems that Leo is bound to fail. Luke knows that things are beyond his control. And ire hears it. When she sees Luke at the hospital, she asks desperately, ¡°is there really no way?¡± Luke finally hears ire¡¯s question. He wants to tell ire, but he can¡¯t bear it. But his eyes betray him. ¡°What are you hiding from me, Luke?¡± ire asks him. Luke says helplessly, ¡°actually, I met Tracy. She stands by to ask us to meet one of her requirements, two to be exact.¡± Although ire knows she is involved, she says happily, ¡°what does she want?¡± Luke says, ¡°first, you break up with Leo and no longer contact him. Second, you have to pay for what you did to her.¡± ire thought Tracy just wants to get back at her. She didn¡¯t expect that she wants her to disappear. Luke looks at ire and says, ¡°it¡¯s OK. You don¡¯t have to force yourself. I¡¯m sure Leo doesn¡¯t want to see you agree to this vicious condition.¡± ire still hasn¡¯t responded. Because of her, Juanpetes with Howard Group and Tracy retaliates against Howard Group. She¡¯s really a jinx. ire is not unwilling now but mes herself. Chapter 342 Covering up Chapter 342 Covering up In fact, when Luke tells ire about it, he regrets it. He is worried that ire will really ept Tracy¡¯s request. Leo will me him when he wakes up. But ire doesn¡¯t say anything but is silent. ¡°Do you really want to promise her? I¡¯ll try harder. Even if Howard Group has no money, it can keep going. Don¡¯t be silly.¡± Luke keeps talking around ire, but ire keeps silent. ire knows that Luke isforting her. In fact, now Howard Group is really closing down. Dozens of projects have been shut down and the court is investigating Howard Group. At this critical time, once it is found that it has done something illegal, Howard Group will surely die. Luke is worried. ire shakes her head and smiles. ¡°That woman is a businesswoman after all. I don¡¯t believe she¡¯s too impulsive. Since Wilson Group won¡¯t help Howard Group, even if I make a sacrifice, it won¡¯t change anything. I¡¯m not so stupid.¡± But in fact, Tracy is just emotional. Luke, who has been in contact with her, should know this, but he is relieved to hear ire say so. ¡°Yes, you must not be cheated by that woman. Howard Group can be rebuilt. I believe Leo has this ability. But ire, you are the only one. You must take good care of yourself.¡± ire thinks Luke looks funny but she is moved. She nods and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry.¡± Luke nces at Conan who is sleeping on the edge of the hospital bed. He frowns and says, ¡°Conan will be ill before Leo wakes up. I want to have a good sleep. I¡¯ll take him back to rest.¡± ire is in a mixed mood. Of course, this is the best. So they agree that Lukees to the hospital tomorrow. Then Luke goes home with Conan on his back. After Luke leaves, ire¡¯s strong spirit suddenly breaks. She sits listlessly beside Leo¡¯s bed and her brain is buzzing. Leo is still here when Howard Group is about to be destroyed. She¡¯s actually responsible. She is an indirect killer in Leo¡¯s car ident. ire is in agony at the thought of it. She¡¯s taking care of Leo as if she¡¯s making atonement. Anyway, she has to wait until Leo wakes up and sees the whole Howard group. Otherwise, she can not clean her sins all her life. And ire has made up her mind. Once she has the chance, she will try her best to stop Juan¡¯s revenge on Leo. She wants everyone to let go of hatred. Hatred destroys the previous generation of Howard Family and Bet Family and passes on to the next generation like a virus. Even Juan, Luke and Tracy are involved. A senseless fight is of no value except to hurt everyone. Conan is getting involved so she¡¯s getting more anxious. ire remembers Tracy¡¯s request again. She perfunctorized Luke, but she wants to promise Tracy. Now ire can understand Tracy. She is Leo¡¯s fiancee and pays more for Leo, but she is hurt again and again because of ire. In this way, Tracy¡¯s request is not too much.This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. If ire can sacrifice herself to save Howard Group and let everyone forget about hatred, it¡¯s a good thing. ire doesn¡¯t know what Tracy¡¯s specific requests are. She may have to leave again and never let them see her again. ¡°I can go anywhere with Conan.¡± ire feels a lot relieved. She mumbles to herself and encourages herself. At this time, Leo¡¯s eyelids on the hospital bed suddenly tremble slightly. He seems to be struggling to wake up. But he soon stops moving. ire is thinking so she doesn¡¯t notice it. ¡°I have to meet Tracy.¡± ire takes a deep breath and takes out her cell phone. She¡¯s going to ask Luke for Tracy¡¯s phone number. But will Luke really tell her? The second day. Luke has a night off and looks energetic. He seems to have more confidence to deal with Howard Group¡¯s troubles. But as soon as he enters the ward, he sees ire, who has not slept all night, walking out. ¡°You should also have a good rest. I¡¯m here to take care of Leo. Go home and have a good sleep. You¡¯ve been working too hard these days.¡± Luke looks at ire¡¯s pale face and red eyes, and he is also very upset. ire wants to ask him about Tracy¡¯s phone number, but she doesn¡¯t know how to say it. Luke suddenly asks in surprise, ¡°where¡¯s Conan? Didn¡¯t hee to the hospital?¡± ire opens her eyes wide and says, ¡°Conan? Didn¡¯t hee home with you? He...¡± Luke immediately bes anxious and says, ¡°Conan and I went out this morning, but he suddenly disappeared at the hospital gate. I thought he went to the hospital before me. What can we do?¡± ire first thinks of Juan. Does Conan get taken by Juan¡¯s men again? But ire immediately denies it. Juan doesn¡¯t answer her phone now and seems to have lost patience and interest in them. How could he catch Conan again? Is it Tracy? ire still doesn¡¯t feel right. Tracy has enough chips on hand now. She doesn¡¯t need Conan to threaten her. She will only be more emotional. ire can¡¯te up with an answer, but she is somehow reassured. If it isn¡¯t for these two people to hurt Conan, there will be no danger for him to act alone. Many things in thest few days have proved that Conan is not a simple child. So tofort the anxious Luke, ire lies, ¡°Oh, I¡¯m in a trance these days. Conan was here before, but he left with Bryce. Don¡¯t worry.¡± Chapter 343 Atonement Chapter 343 Atonement Luke is relieved andins, ¡°I¡¯m afraid you¡¯ll be a fool if you go on like this. You don¡¯t care about your son.¡± ire smiles awkwardly and says, ¡°Luke, tell me Tracy¡¯s phone number.¡± Luke is confused and stares at ire¡¯s bloodshot eyes and asks, ¡°Miss Bet, are you really stupid enough to negotiate with Tracy?¡± ire pouts and nces at Luke and says discontentedly, ¡°do I really look like an idiot?¡± ¡°Idiot? Yes, you are a real idiot in dealing with everything about Leo.¡± Luke¡¯s eyes are blinking and seem to see through her. He makes such a remark arbitrarily. N?velDrama.Org content. ire shakes her head and says, ¡°you know I¡¯ve caused Leo¡¯s illness. If Howard Group fails this time, how can I deal with him in the future?¡± ¡°But you said you would not make up with him.¡± Lukeughs. ¡°Of course I don¡¯t have that n. Anyway, just tell me Tracy¡¯s phone number.¡± ire is stubborn. Luke sits in the chair and looks up at ire. He shakes his head and still refuses. ¡°I just want to talk to Tracy, not negotiate. I want to do what I can. Even if she doesn¡¯t agree, she just satirizes me. What can she do to me?¡± ire feels a little frustrated and tries to make her face look more sincere. Finally, ire keeps talking to Luke. Luke can¡¯t stand it and tells ire the phone number. He tells her again and again that she can¡¯t answer any of Tracy¡¯s demands. ire agrees on the surface, but she is ready for danger and sacrifice. This is her way of self salvation, which should bepleted in any case. Luke is still worried, but as ire says, even if he doesn¡¯t give ire the number, ire will still get it. Luke clearly remembers meeting Tracy that day. Although Tracy was talking to him, in fact, Tracy wanted him to convey her request to ire. Luke doesn¡¯t want ire in danger, so he doesn¡¯t want to tell ire. The only thing Luke can do now is to pray ire not to do stupid things. Otherwise, no matter what Howard Group will be, Leo will definitely scold him when he wakes up. Thinking of this, Luke looks at Leo¡¯s bloodless cheek on the hospital bed and sighs helplessly. ¡°It¡¯s not a bad thing to get sick. At least you can lie here and watch others do their work.¡± Luke puts his hand behind his neck and leans against the chair. He smiles helplessly. But things may be a little more terrifying than Luke thinks. Tracy doesn¡¯t just want ire to pay for what she did. Luke doesn¡¯t know about it. ... As soon as ire leaves the hospital, she adjusts her mood and calls Tracy. Tracy seems to be ready to take the call and immediately answers ire¡¯s. ire swallows and doesn¡¯t know how to tell the woman. She had the upper hand a few days ago but now they¡¯ve changed ces. Tracy doesn¡¯t talk and just snorts. ¡°I¡¯m ire...¡± ire feels the sweat on her hand holding her cell phone. She is not afraid, but has more difficult emotions than fear. Anyway, she is embarrassed. But for Leo, she has to put up with it. ire clenches her teeth and asks again, ¡°excuse me, are you Miss Wilson?¡± ¡°So you¡¯re the little bitch. Do you want to make sure I was killed by your mysterious friend?¡± Tracy finally speaks. She first mentions ire¡¯s threats that day. ire smiles bitterly and whispers, ¡°Miss Wilson, I don¡¯t want to fight with you, but...¡± ¡°Oh? You don¡¯t want to fight with me? Miss Bet, do you want to ask me for help? It¡¯s so rare...¡± ire finally realizes how ufortable it is for a woman to be mean. Even on the other end of the line, ire is angry. But in fact, she¡¯s entitled to be angry right now. She has to continue patiently, ¡°Miss Wilson, we did have a lot of misunderstandings before. I¡¯m calling you this time to eliminate these misunderstandings.¡± Tracy sneers. ire continues, ¡°to be honest, I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s useful to tell you that. In short, I think all things are due to unnecessary hatred recently. I want to ask Miss Wilson to be able to forget the unpleasant things.¡± ire doesn¡¯t talk directly to Tracy about the terms. Maybe Tracy will not embarrass ire when ire gives in. But not everyone is as willing to sacrifice as ire. ¡°I can forget hatred, but when people do something wrong, they have to pay a price. Little bitch, don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know what you think. You want to admit defeat for a while and revenge meter...¡± Tracy¡¯s voice is sharp and pierces ire¡¯s ear through the phone¡¯s earpiece like countless pins. Tracy finally doesn¡¯t want to talk to ire. The price she says is the request she wants to negotiate with ire this time. ire takes a deep breath and says, ¡°forget it. Miss Wilson, now that things have reached this point, I will not hide them.¡± ¡°Oh? What are you going to do?¡± Although ire can¡¯t see Tracy, she can guess how arrogant she is now. ¡°What does Miss Wilson want me to do? I heard it from Mr. Luke. Although I don¡¯t know what your request is, maybe I will agree.¡± ire still doesn¡¯t agree. Without knowing Tracy¡¯s intentions, she still waits. ¡°You seduced a lot of men. No wonder you understand quickly.¡± Chapter 344 Another contest Chapter 344 Another contest Tracy is bing more and more impolite, but ire can¡¯t argue. There¡¯s no point in arguing now. ire ignores Tracy¡¯s vitriolic curse and simply asks, ¡°I believe you are in a hurry to meet me now.¡± Although ire asks Tracy, ire knows that Tracy is a little more anxious than her. But this time Tracy doesn¡¯t argue. She smiles and says, ¡°you¡¯re smart. I won¡¯t make fun of you. I really want to see how frustrated you are now.¡± ire may not only be frustrated, but she hopes Tracy won¡¯t go too far. ire has a bad feeling again, but she doesn¡¯t change her mind. ¡°We can meet at that coffee shop near Howard Group if you don¡¯t have a problem.¡± ire directly says the ce. Tracy is actually afraid ire will change her mind, because it isn¡¯t as simple as it seems. If something is exposed, it¡¯s likely ire won¡¯t be in such a rush to negotiate. Now that ire wants to see her in person, Tracy certainly has no reason to let go. ¡°Don¡¯t be guilty, little bitch. I will wait for you...¡± Tracy hangs up. ire thinks about it and turns off her phone. Then she takes a taxi to the coffee shop. In this way, all things will be over. ire hopes there will be no more idents. Instead of being afraid, she bes more and more rxed, as if she can usher in the final relief immediately. Past sins and mistakes will all end today. Although ire¡¯s face is haggard, she still keeps a reserved smile. No matter what happens, she will not be depressed in front of that woman. Now ire thinks so. ... Conan is surrounded by vehicles in a dark environment. He hides behind one of the cars. Of course, these cars are stationary. Because this is a parking lot! Conan not only takes care of Leo for a few days after hispany¡¯s ident. Over the past few days, he has been thinking about ways to help Daddy¡¯s Howard Group through the difficulties. So now he looks more haggard than ire. Conan escaped from Luke and went to three different ces within an hour. One of them is Juan¡¯s home, and the second is an office in Howard Group. The third is the underground parking lot under Tracy¡¯s office building. After Luke brought Conan homest night, he didn¡¯t sleep, but spent the whole night building two robots. Of course, they are not ordinary robots but virtual robots. To put it inly, they are two programs manufactured by Conan. Juan use five hackers to prevent Conan from intruding and even Tracy is protected. But there are still loopholes. Because they can only defend passively. Conan¡¯s two hacking programs can automatically attack Juan¡¯s protection system. Of course, these two programs are notparable to Conan, but their offensive is still very powerful. The key is that they attack Juan and Tracy¡¯s cell phones at the same time. Juan must not have expected it. He can get help, but Conan can make something that can help him. Conan sneers in the corner of the parking lot. Then he takes out his cell phone and types a long string of characters. At the same time, Juan¡¯s five hackers are immediately attacked. But to their surprise, this time there is another person besides Conan. ¡°Did the child ask for help?¡± ¡°Well, maybe...¡± ¡°No, the invasion track and attack tactics are obviously different from those of the little guy. I don¡¯t feel right.¡± Five hackers casually press the driver key of the program while talking easily. Even if two people attack Juan¡¯s security system and Tracy¡¯s security system at the same time, their attack is weak, so there is no pressure on the five of them. ¡°But it¡¯s really not right. Shall we report to President Juan?¡± One of them is a little ufortable. If there is any ident, they can¡¯t afford it. Juan once said in person that although their task seems simple, it is crucial. If this link is broken, the consequences will be unimaginable. ¡°President Juan is not in thepany. Forget it. I think he is desperate, so he uses two virtual programs to attack.¡± One of them is surprised and says coldly, ¡°No. We can track it. Turn on the positioning system.¡± Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. They easily finds two addresses. One is at Howard Group¡¯s headquarter and the other is in theirpany. ¡°No, we have to tell President Juan that there¡¯s a big problem...¡± Although nothing has happened so far, the hackers are extremely upset and quickly report to Juan. Juan¡¯smand is simple. He sends people directly to find the location and catches Conan and his gang. It may be over, but it¡¯s just the beginning for Conan. While Juan¡¯s people go to catch the two nonexistent hackers, the attack of virtual hackers bes more fierce. And the way they invade is more and more like Conan¡¯s. At this time, Conan takes the initiative. He directly hacks into Tracy''s office building¡¯swork and is blocked by Juan¡¯s people when he hacks into Tracy¡¯s personal information. Three Conan are not afraid of the five hackers, but Conan quits the invasion immediately when he finishes. It¡¯s also confusing. Conan finally wins. He sessfully hacks and quits under the surveince of five hackers, but he once again hacks Tracy¡¯s cell phone through herpany¡¯swork. Conan sees the truth he doesn¡¯t want to face but has to face. Conan drops theputer in his hand and wipes the sweat on his forehead. He sneers and says, ¡°it¡¯s true.¡± ¡°Godfather, you are too insidious.¡± Chapter 345 Transaction Chapter 345 Transaction Conan takes out his cell phone and calls ire directly, but her cell phone is turned off. He rushes out of the parking lot and goes straight to the hospital. Luke is resting when Conan appears breathlessly in the ward. Luke is roughly woken up by Conan. ¡°Where is Mommy?¡± Conan pulls Luke¡¯s sleeve and is about to jump. Luke says, ¡°are you both stupid? At first your mommy looked for you. Aren¡¯t you with Bryce?¡± Conan says angrily, ¡°Luke, where is Mommy...¡± Luke is depressed and confused. Conan is as calm and wise as an adult, and he is usually polite. What happened? Luke doesn¡¯t dare to hide it. He truthfully tells Conan that ire has asked him for Tracy¡¯s phone number. Conan¡¯s eyes widen. He shouts, ¡°are you crazy? How can you let Mommy see that woman alone...¡± As expected, something happened! Luke wants to ask him, but Conan doesn¡¯t exin and gasps. He runs out like a calf. Luke stands and thinks about all the details. Then he suddenly frowns and shakes his head and says, ¡°am I still too gullible?¡± Although Luke also wants to catch up, he doesn¡¯t know where to go, and Leo needs to be taken care of. He can only stay in the ward and worry. ... Conan takes a taxi and immediately takes out his cell phone and presses it. A small red dot appears on the screen of his mobile phone, which is moving rapidly, and it is approaching Howard Group. Conan throws the phone directly at the driver. He points to the moving red dot and says, ¡°follow it. Hurry up.¡± The driver watches Conan in disbelief and thinks that the little guy has seen many movies and is following someone. When he wants to ask Conan and teach him a lesson, Conan says coldly, ¡°if you still want to live, you¡¯d better do as I say. If you dy, I will not let you go.¡± The driver didn¡¯t expect a child to threaten a man, but Conan¡¯s cold eyes really scare him. The driver is possessed. He doesn¡¯t understand why he is afraid of a child, but he shakes his hands and holds Conan¡¯s cell phone. He follows the red dot. It¡¯s a coffee shop. As they approach the coffee shop, Conan suddenly stops the driver. Because he sees a familiar vehicle. If Conan remembers correctly, it¡¯s Juan¡¯s private car. It¡¯s no coincidence that it¡¯s here. So Juan is here. ¡°I am right. Godfather, you¡¯ve gone too far this time.¡± Conan clenches his fist, disappointed and angry. ... ire enters a box in the coffee shop. Sure enough, Tracy has been waiting here for a long time. She is really an impatient woman. As soon as ire enters the room, she feels the cold air emanating from Tracy¡¯s body. It seems that there are countless needles that pierce her in the instant she opens the door. ¡°You are too bold. You really dare toe here. Are you not afraid that I will kill you?¡± Tracy stares coldly at ire and looks like a winner. ire sits opposite Tracy and calmly says, ¡°if you kill me, you¡¯ll be miserableter.¡± Tracy is cold. She really wants to kill ire directly, but the mysterious man, Bryce and Leo will not let her go easily. ¡°Maybe you want me to disappear like I did six years ago.¡± ire is not humble. Her bright eyes are fixed on Tracy¡¯s nose. And the most annoying thing for Tracy is ire¡¯s style. In her opinion, the only thing ire can do better than her is to pretend to be naive. Tracy sneers and says, ¡°you¡¯re right. Besides, you should know that you are begging me now. If you pretend to be calm in front of me, I may not be happy.¡± ire stops talking. Since Tracy wants to insult her, she doesn¡¯t care. ¡°I¡¯ve seen a lot of bitches like you, but you¡¯re the first one to seduce my fiance in a tant way.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense to apologize, does it? Please say what you want.¡± ire is motionless and calm. She just hopes to finish the atonement soon. Tracy grits her teeth angrily. She thought a lot of swearing before, but now she doesn¡¯t know how to say it in front of ire. Bang! A pile of US dors and an agreement fall to the ground. Tracy lets the US dors go all over the ce. Maybe she¡¯d like to see ire pick up the money in front of her. ire just picks up the agreement and smiles and raises it. ¡°Are these all your requirements?¡± Tracy smiles and says, ¡°ire, don¡¯t y dumb. The money is also part of the agreement. If you don¡¯t pick it up one by one, I won¡¯t admit it.¡± ire freezes and shakes her head helplessly. She squats down and picks up the money on the ground. ire endures humiliation and picks it up for a long time. But Tracyughs and says, ¡°little bitch, there are still some here.¡± It turns out Tracy¡¯s high heels are stepping on a bill. ire frowns and squats in front of her to pick it up. Tracy has beenughing all this time. She has never been so happy as she is today. The way ire picks up the money in front of her gives the woman some satisfaction. ire puts the money on the table and looks at the agreement carefully. As expected, it is no different from what she thinks. Although there are many conditions, the final point is that ire must go abroad and never appear in front of Leo. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . In exchange, Tracy will help Howard Group out this time. ¡°It¡¯s a good deal, isn¡¯t it?¡± Tracy looks up andughs wildly. Her tears are streaming from her eyshes. Chapter 346 Conspiracy Chapter 346 Conspiracy Now Tracy looks crazy. She¡¯s enjoying insulting ire. But ire does not feel angry at all. Instead, she feels very sorry for the woman in her heart. It¡¯s a kind of sadness that she can do this in order to get even with someone. ire remains calm and even smiles and says, ¡°it¡¯s really a good deal for me. In fact, I didn¡¯t want to stay with Leo at the beginning. Everything is just your conjecture.¡± ¡°Why are you not so arrogant now? Aren¡¯t you going to ruin my reputation? Ha ha...¡± Tracy continues to laugh and looks at the agreement. Only by watching ire sign her own name will she bepletely relieved. ire is not worried. She sits opposite Tracy and doesn¡¯t seem to have the consciousness to be a failure. She says calmly, ¡°it¡¯s a good deal for me, but is it really worth it? Even if you help Howard Group this time, you will lose. Besides, I¡¯m afraid Leo won¡¯t let you go when he wakes up.¡± This is not ire¡¯s threat. It¡¯s a fact. ¡°It¡¯s none of your business. As long as you¡¯re not here, Leo will be mine sooner orter. Howard Group will be mine in the end. I can afford the loss.¡± Tracy bes angry but she soon recovers. ¡°Are you regretting now? I know you¡¯re pretending.¡± Tracy continues to satirize. ire shakes her head and says, ¡°I¡¯d like to give you some more advice before signing.¡± Tracy looks at ire in disbelief. If ire isn¡¯t serious, she will really think she is crazy. ¡°Advice? You have nothing now. What qualifications do you have to give me advice?¡± Tracy crosses her legs and picks up the coffee. She is drinking her coffee slowly and looking at ire coldly. ¡°I thought about it recently. Actually, I should apologize to you. Leo, Bryce and my other friend have been hating and fighting each other.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense.¡± ire closes her eyes. She has a headache at the thought of these topics. ¡°I promise you this time because of Howard Group and I want it to end.¡± ire is sincere but Tracyughs. Then suddenly she stopsughing and shrieks, ¡°enough, ire, what do you think you are?¡± In Tracy¡¯s opinion, ire loses to her and wants to pretend to be kind. ire knows Tracy will have that attitude, so she isn¡¯t surprised. She picks up the pen on the table. She finishes what she should say. She will go abroad but she decides to see Juan before that. She doesn¡¯t want Juan to kill Leo after she leaves. ire wonders why they are fighting endlessly. When ire finally knows the truth, she finds that she is really naive. In fact, she is not only the fuse of these fights, but also an important chess piece. Tracy watches ire write and swallows subconsciously. Her n seeds in the end, and her heart is filled with joy. But ire feels rxed. She thinks writing her name is like erasing her past. It can bring her back to life. At this time, the door of the box is kicked open. A small figure appears at the door. ¡°Mommy, you can¡¯t sign it. They are lying to you.¡± A familiar voice. ire puts down her pen and looks back. She finds Conan standing there with his face red and the sweat on his forehead is still falling. ¡°Conan, why are you...¡± ¡°I¡¯ll tell youter. You must not sign. It¡¯s a conspiracy between Godfather and this woman. They want you to leavepletely.¡± Conan is gasping and blinking. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. ¡°Conan, what are you talking about? Now I¡¯m saving Howard Group and I can only do that.¡± ire still doesn¡¯t understand Conan. And how could Juan and Tracy get together? ire is still ready to sign, but Conan grabs the pen and smashes it to the ground. Conan grabs ire¡¯s hand and shouts, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t be fooled. Listen to me. I¡¯ve investigated before Ie here. It¡¯s really a conspiracy between Godfather and this woman.¡± ire crouches down and stares into Conan¡¯s eyes to see if he is lying. She knows Conan always wants to stay with Leo and wants them to get together. But ire can¡¯t do it. She admits that her feelings for Leo have be a little moreplicated over the past few days, but it¡¯s not total love. Conan must have lied to keep ire. Tracy is worried when she sees Conan who suddenly appears and knows the truth. It¡¯s easy to have an ident at this critical moment. And the most important thing is that Conan is telling the truth. But why does this little guy know it? Tracy is afraid ire will change her mind, so she says, ¡°if you regret now, Wilson Group won¡¯t just stand by. It may even add fuel to the fire.¡± Tracy knows ire and Conan are thinking about Howard Group now, so she threatens them. ire says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll do what I promised.¡± With that, she wants to sign andforts Conan, ¡°Conan, we can get out of here and live like before.¡± Conan is really worried and yells, ¡°I have evidence. Now Godfather is in this coffee shop.¡± Tracy panicks and ire is surprised and gives Tracy a questioning look. Tracy stares at Conan and says, ¡°don¡¯t talk nonsense!¡± Conan is not afraid at all. He just shouts, ¡°godfather,e out now. I have found the truth.¡± Miraculously, after Conan finishes speaking, there are footsteps outside the door. Juanes in, expressionless, as if to confirm Conan¡¯s statement. Juan doesn¡¯t look at ire and Tracy. He and Conan look at each other for a long time. Chapter 347 The deception is exposed Chapter 347 The deception is exposed Conan and Juan seem to forget the people around them. They look at each other for a long time, but finally Conan sneers and turns to ire and says, ¡°Mommy, do you believe that now?¡± ire suddenly feels empty. She looks at Juan incredulously and then she slowly shakes her head and says, ¡°I...¡± The atmosphere bes very silent. The air seems to be squeezing because of tension. ire doesn¡¯t know what to say for a moment. She was mentally prepared. In the end, she calmly made a choice between Howard Group and herself. She saw the deal as her own salvation, but it was just Juan¡¯s n. It¡¯s funny and sad! Juan is still a maniptive person after all. ire sits down and seems to be waiting for Juan to give her an exnation. Juan still doesn¡¯t look at ire. No one knows if he doesn¡¯t care or if he doesn¡¯t know how to deal with her. From entering the room, Juan stands like a ck sculpture. He doesn¡¯t talk and makes the atmosphere more depressing. Tracy knows that the n ispletely broken. She doesn¡¯t speak and just looks at them. Conan suddenly sneers and says to Tracy and Juan, ¡°godfather, can¡¯t you admit what you¡¯ve done?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t y dumb. Since no one says it, I¡¯ll do it.¡± Conan snorts. ¡°If I¡¯m not wrong, even if Mommy doesn¡¯t sign this time, Wilson Group will save Howard Group at the critical moment.¡± Conan continues, ¡°no, it just won¡¯t continue to intimidate Howard Group.¡± Juan takes a deep breath and doesn¡¯t retort. He acquiesces. Conan smiles and says, ¡°godfather, the hacker you invited is really powerful, but he is too stupid. I¡¯ve got all the conversation between you and Tracy.¡± In fact, Conan was confused on the day when Howard Group¡¯s difficulties broke out together. Howard Group is a huge machine. Its departments and subsidiaries operate exactly like many gears. Maybe there is a problem at one point and it hasn¡¯t been solved for a long time, so there is a crisis. But they broke out on the same day. Conan knows Juan¡¯s strength, but he doesn¡¯t believe he can get all the information of Howard Group and rece all the suppliers and advertisingpanies. If Juan can do that, he can easily get Howard Group. He doesn¡¯t need to do these troublesome things. Conan is analyzing. Because when the plot is exposed, Howard Group has in fact sessfully solved the crisis. Now Conan just needs to finish it perfectly. Just like Conan does in thest few minutes of the y. ¡°The only exnation is that there is a big betrayer. I can¡¯t think of any possibility other than Wilson Group.¡± Conan raises his index finger and raises his eyebrows. Now he is not angry. He¡¯s enjoying the process of tearing off these guys¡¯ masks in public. Conan¡¯s solid evidence and reasoning make ire more angry and disappointed with Juan. It¡¯s true that only Wilson Group can create Howard Group¡¯s crisis, because they have a lot of shares and a lot of money and control several projects. They are also familiar with Howard Group¡¯s operations. If Wilson Group and Juan work together, it¡¯s perfect. ¡°But godfather, you did it all. Tracy is just a tool for you. Of course, she can achieve her goal. Godfather, you want to take Mommy away.¡± This is Conan¡¯s final conclusion. It is so clear that even fools know it. Juan is still silent, but he is a little surprised. Juan ps and crouches in front of Conan. He smiles and says, ¡°Conan,st time I uncovered your wiretapping n. I thought you were ipetent, but I finally underestimated you.¡± Juan pats Conan¡¯s thin shoulder with admiration, but he is shaken away by Conan. ¡°You taught me. Last time I belittled the enemy, so I failed. This time it¡¯s you. It seems that you have to find a few more hackers, or you will still fail next time.¡± Conan has strong self-confidence in his thin body. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Juan nods and says, ¡°I really need to pay more attention to you in the future. But why should we be enemies in the future? I am your godfather, not your enemy.¡± Conan looks disgusted. When Juan house arrests them or looks for him and ire everywhere, Conan respects Juan. Although he can¡¯tpare with Leo, Juan has a ce in Conan¡¯s heart. Juan has been taking good care of them for six years in France, but all these good feelings have copsed in Juan¡¯s despicable n. Conan can¡¯t forgive anyone who wants to break up Mommy and Daddy, including Juan. ¡°I hate you now.¡± Conan looks at Juan coldly. Juan suddenly bes depressed. It seems that something in his heart is broken. He¡¯s a little upset now. But on the surface, he suddenly gets angry. He says coldly, ¡°I hope this time you are wearing a mask to say this.¡± Instead of talking to him, Conan jumps into ire¡¯s arms and holds ire by the waist. He seems to be comforting her or seekingfort from her. ¡°Mommy, do you understand now?¡± ire smiles bitterly and looks at Juan who is suddenly angry. Sheughs, ¡°Why are you angry now? It¡¯s me who should be angry.¡± Juan¡¯s face is cold, and his hands with long fingers are shaking. ire lived with Juan for many years after all. She knows his habits. It means that he is controlling his anger. But ire never sees Juan¡¯s hands shake like this. In fact, now Juan is angry at Conan for breaking his ns and disdaining him and he¡¯s disappointed. Juan may be more disappointed than ire. Chapter 348 Conclusion Chapter 348 Conclusion Juan has never been so frustrated. All he has nned is not only a plot, but also a gamble. And he¡¯s a loser no matter what the oue of the gamble is. There is probably no more unfair gamble in the world, so Juan is so angry at this time. ¡°In fact, I was plotting your so-called plot a long time ago. That time Tracy humiliated you on the roof. Do you know why I didn¡¯t kill her at that time?¡± ire always thought it was because of her persuasion that Juan let Tracy go. Now it doesn¡¯t seem like that. Juan knows what ire thinks. He calms down and says, ¡°you¡¯re not wrong. Although part of the reason is that your persuasion made my heart soft. Second, I found that this woman seems smart, but in fact she is incredibly stupid. It will be a pity if I don¡¯t use her.¡± Juan criticizes his partner Tracy, but Tracy can only tremble with anger and dare not speak. Juan is not ire. She can¡¯t annoy him. Juan smiles bitterly and says, ¡°we have lived in France for six years. I thought I had seeded in getting you and I had a good rtionship with Conan. But everything has changed since you returned to the United States.¡± ¡°When you lied to me together and you even went to see Leo who was seriously ill, I was already upset. I¡¯m afraid all my efforts over the years have been wasted.¡± ire is cold. She can¡¯t deny it. She has always understood Juan¡¯s mind, but she can¡¯t bear it. The debt she owes is still to be paid. Even if she doesn¡¯t pay the debt, he asks for it himself. ire is silent. Juan continues, ¡°don¡¯t you really understand? I want you to be with me. I can do anything for it.¡± Conan interrupts Juan. ¡°Mommy will be with Daddy sooner orter. Don¡¯t think about it.¡± Juan sits opposite them and lights a cigarette. He continues when he smokes, ¡°so I set up a bet. I used Tracy to threaten Howard Group and force you to sign this agreement. Maybe then I can take you back to France and nevere back again.¡± ire sneers. ¡°You¡¯re selfish. Howard Group makes a senseless sacrifice.¡± Juan looks up and asks ire in the smoke, "didn''t I make a sacrifice?" ¡°I bet if you will ept the agreement. If you ept it, it means that you are willing to pay all you have for Leo, so even if I take you away, your heart is still here. What I lose is the dignity of being a man.¡± Juan has never gambled with his dignity and has never been so frustrated. ¡°But if I can keep you, I can ept even such an ending. In another case, if you refuse this negotiation, you will still stay with Leo. So even if Howard Group really closes down, I still loses.¡± ¡°What¡¯s more, in the end, Howard Group will never close down because of Tracy.¡± Juan finally says everything he wants to say. He puts out the smoke and looks at ire quietly and says, ¡°I¡¯ll lose in the end anyway.¡± Conan is expressionless and says, ¡°you want what you don¡¯t deserve, so that¡¯s the end.¡± ire hugs Conan and signals him not to talk. Then she says to Juan, ¡°I don¡¯t know if I really have Leo in my heart, but I¡¯m sure I don¡¯t have you in my heart, Juan.¡± ¡°I know.¡± Juan is smiling. ¡°I owe you a lot. You even helped me start a new life six years ago.¡± ire closes her eyes and her eyes are moist. ¡°But I can¡¯t pay you back. You don¡¯tck anything and I can¡¯t give you what you want.¡± ire has tears in her eyes, but they nevere down. ¡°There is no way.¡± ire¡¯s voice bes a little hoarse. Juan says calmly, ¡°Oh? So, what are you going to do?¡± ire opens her eyes wide and says firmly, ¡°you¡¯ve gone too far this time. I can¡¯t forgive you.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to see you in the future. I¡¯m afraid we can¡¯t even be friends.¡± ire doesn¡¯t have any feelings in her words. She looks at Juan like a stranger. Juan looks numb and says, ¡°I guessed it.¡± ire says calmly, ¡°maybe this is thest time we meet. Of course, I hope so. I want you to promise me one thing before I leave.¡± Juan sneers and says, ¡°you want to owe me one more time?¡± ire ignores Juan¡¯s taunts and continues, ¡°do you know why I agree to this agreement this time? I don¡¯t just do it for Leo. I want all hatred to end here.¡± Juan looks at ire like he¡¯s looking at a joke. ¡°If you keeppeting, you won¡¯t get any benefits.¡± Juan lights the cigarette again and says scornfully, ¡°thank you for reminding me.¡± Juan seems to be cold on the surface because of ire¡¯s determination, but in fact he¡¯s upset. ¡°I was next door just now. I could almost take you away from Leo.¡± Juan gets angry again. His bloodshot eyes seem to kill Conan. If it wasn¡¯t for his sudden appearance, how could it be like this? In the face of Juan¡¯s angry eyes, Conan is still calm. Anyway, eyes can¡¯t kill. ire finds that Tracy and Juan are almost the same kind of people. They seem smart but they are stupid. Otherwise, why do they prefer to be so persistent when they are both defeated? She has nothing to say. ire doesn¡¯t look back and pulls Conan away. It¡¯s over. Tracy is worried and shrieks, ¡°are you going to let ire go? Previous ns and investment will be wasted!¡± N?velDrama.Org content. ¡°Catch up with them.¡± Tracy is going to call her men. Chapter 349 Loser Chapter 349 Loser Juan gives Tracy a terrible look and she¡¯s afraid to talk. The man in front of her is powerful and mysterious. Even though they work together for a long time, Tracy still doesn¡¯t know Juan¡¯s real identity, so she is extremely afraid of him. But Tracy doesn¡¯t want to let ire go. She asks tentatively, ¡°are you really willing? The n has already begun. Do we have to give up?¡± ¡°ire doesn¡¯t leave. We¡¯ve invested a lot of money to drag down Howard Group. We will lose money.¡± Tracy will get nothing and Wilson Group won¡¯t let her go. In that case, she will be really miserable. Tracy is worried, but Juan is not. He just says scornfully, ¡°that loss is nothing to me.¡± That¡¯s true, but it¡¯s just for Juan. Tracy can¡¯t afford it. She clenches her teeth and holds back her fear and continues to persuade, ¡°since you are trying to get ire, you can kidnap her and take her away now. Can¡¯t you catch a woman?¡± Juan doesn¡¯t seem to hear what she says. He is smoking and his eyes are empty. Of course, he has the ability to take ire away directly and keep her by his side for the rest of his life. But what¡¯s the point of that? He can buy a vase to make him happier. At least the vase can be used as a decoration, but ire only thinks about Leo in her mind. ¡°Can¡¯t Ipare with Leo no matter what I do?¡± Juan¡¯s cigarette is burning his finger, but he doesn¡¯t move. ¡°Hey, did you hear me? Are you a man?¡± Tracy is really worried and even offends Juan. And then Tracy regrets it. She presses her pale lips and her face is pale. She is afraid Juan will vent his discontent on her. When Juan hears Tracy¡¯s words, he turns his head slowly and warns again, ¡°if you really like to talk nonsense, I don¡¯t mind killing you.¡± Tracy believes that Juan will do what he says, so she has to quietly quit the room. Juan is alone in the box. Time seems to have stopped. He keeps smoking and his throat is dry and his eyes are tired, but his heart is gray. Juan wakes up after smoking all his cigarettes and walks out of the room slowly. He looks steady when he walks, but he is in a trance. If people who know Juan see him, they will feel that he is getting older today. Juan is sensible about feelings, but he did a lot of impulsive things for ire. For example, even if he will lose money, he will let Howard Group go bankrupt. This is something that never happened in Juan¡¯s business life. Even if Juan doesn¡¯t get anything now, he doesn¡¯t regret it. He is just unwilling, or in other words, it is probably the most painful time of his life. He has never doubted himself as much as he does now. Tracy is also a loser and just as frustrated as Juan. What¡¯s different is that her anger is more than her depression. From the beginning of the project, Tracy knows that she is just a tool for Juan. But to get Leo, she is willing to do it. In her heart, she wants ire to pay more than she gets Leo. On the other hand,pared with Juan, she is the real loser. Juan can continue to attack Howard Group after the n fails and he has no burden. He can make moneyter. And Tracy? Conan is right. No matter what happens, Wilson Group will eventually help Howard Group, because Leo will definitely marry her and Howard Group will belong to her. Why does she attack her property? The n is revealed and ire still stays with Leo, but Tracy pays a price. ¡°Why?¡± Tracy walks out of the cafe that changes the lives of several people. She seems to havee out of a dream. ¡°Why?¡± She asks herself again, ¡°why should I lose? No, even if I lose, I won¡¯t let ire win.¡± N?velDrama.Org content. Tracy looks terrible and talks to herself. Passers-by bypass her because of her terrible look. Tracy finallyes up with a solution. Then there is a smile on her angry face. But her smile is not clean. It¡¯s weird and insidious because of hatred. ... ire¡¯s mood doesn¡¯t recover as quickly as Tracy does. ire still thinks she¡¯s dreaming. Everything around her is foggy, which makes her feel very untrue. ¡°How could it be like this...¡± ire leans against the seat in the taxi. Her eyes are bright but listless. She has been staring out the window at thendscape that has been drawn into countless lines, so she turns a deaf ear to Conan¡¯s words. Conan knows his mommy is strong, but ire can¡¯t ept Leo¡¯sa and Juan¡¯s series of despicable behaviors. Conan holds ire¡¯s hand in his warm little hands and shakes it vigorously. ¡°Mummy, mummy, speak. I¡¯m worried about you.¡± But ire still doesn¡¯t respond. She blinks infrequently and hershes quiver. Conan¡¯s heart is once again filled with hatred and contempt for Juan. He clenches his fist and thinks that if Juan didn¡¯t take care of them for six years, he wouldn¡¯t just expose his deception. ¡°Mommy, this time I didn¡¯t protect you well. I am useless. But don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t let those guys have a chance in the future.¡± ¡°Mommy, mommy, cheer up!¡± Chapter 350 You can rely on me Chapter 350 You can rely on me ire is still in a negative mood. Conan is worried and is about to cry. He immediately cries and puts his head on ire¡¯sp. ire wakes up from what she thinks is a dream. She looks at the crying Conan and holds him in her arms. ¡°Conan, I¡¯m fine. You are a man. You can¡¯t cry.¡± ireforts Conan and wipes Conan¡¯s dirty face with her fingers. ¡°I thought Mommy ignored me..¡± Conan suddenly raises his head and his eyes are no longer wet. He smiles happily. ire is speechless. She is cheated by Conan again. She pinches Conan¡¯s nose and says angrily, ¡°I know you¡¯re not that vulnerable.¡± Conan proudly straightens his thin chest and looks like a gori. He says, ¡°of course, so Mommy can¡¯t be vulnerable. I was scared just now.¡± ¡°I was just thinking.¡± ire smiles reluctantly but her smile is bitter. ¡°Oh, I see. I thought Mommy was a fool!¡± Conan chuckles. Conan is rarely so childish. ire usually feels warm, but now she knows that Conan is justforting her. She does a lot of things wrong and is cheated by someone she trusts. Atst her own sonforts her. ire feels happy and sad. ire thinks of those things subconsciously again. Her mind is full of Juan¡¯s words and his anger after the n was revealed. His despicable behaviors make ire sick of him. What¡¯s more, she is betrayed. What happened in the past six years when they were in France appears intermittently in her mind. Juan¡¯s gentleness has be more illusory. N?velDrama.Org content. She thought Juan could be a good friend with her. ire¡¯s tears roll in her eyes. She used to hold on but now Juan is not in front of her so ire can¡¯t stand it. Conan¡¯s smile hardens. He stands in his seat and pats ire on the shoulder with his hand and says calmly, ¡°Mommy, cry if you want. Even if I¡¯m still young, you can rely on me.¡± ire bites her lips and restrains her tears. ¡°Daddy is not here now. Mommy can cry on my shoulder.¡± ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t hold back. Mommy...¡± Conan keeps saying. Something in ire¡¯s heart finally falls to the ground and she grabs Conan by the shoulder and cries. Conan holds ire¡¯s head in his hands and taps it like he¡¯s trying to coax a child. He looks calm and like an adult. He can really be relied on. ire sobs at first, but then she cries. The taxi driver thinks they are strange but he sees ire crying. They have reached their destination but he does not urge them but waits quietly for her. ... Luke is the most anxious at the moment. ire left and Conan said a lot of strange things and comined about him and then he ran away. Luke doesn¡¯t know what happened now. He vaguely guesses that ire might have lied to him. She wants to negotiate with Tracy and is ready to sacrifice herself to save Howard Group. Luke wants to follow them, but Tracy and ire and Conan don¡¯t answer his phone. He doesn¡¯t know where to find them, so he has to stay in the hospital. Luke is calm but he¡¯s worried right now. There seems to be a prehistoric beast in his chest and it¡¯s frantically tearing his insides with its ws. Of course, it¡¯s not just about ire. In the meantime, someonees to the hospital. Now she¡¯s sitting in a chair and blinking. She looks around and asionally looks scornfully at Leo¡¯s face. She asionally looks at the ceiling, the floor or her nails. Anyway, she looks at everything except Luke. It¡¯s Kate who bothers Luke. They talk when Katees in and then they are silent. Luke is thinking about ire and waiting anxiously. Kate is in a trance and Luke doesn¡¯t know what she is thinking. But what can a woman with a big chest and no brain think? Am I curious about her? No, I can¡¯t ask that. Luke vetoes the opening line. What should he say? ¡°Why are you here? Do you want to rest?¡± Luke slowly walks up to Kate and tilts his head and looks at Kate. At this point Kate looks at Luke¡¯s face but she looks disdainful. ¡°You¡¯re sick.¡± ¡°What? No, he¡¯s sick.¡± Leo points to Leo. It¡¯s a fact. Kate frowns and says, ¡°is that all you can say? You said that when I came in an hour ago.¡± Luke looks back and nods. ¡°But you didn¡¯t answer me.¡± Kate stops looking at Luke, so he sits in a chair and leans against the wall. He says slowly, ¡°you said you came to see ire, but I think you want to do something else.¡± Kate asks him, ¡°Why are you anxious? You are in a trance. I asked you, but you said nothing.¡± Luke rubs his temples with his fingers and says, ¡°I¡¯m waiting for ire. Something happened, but if I tell you, you will only worry.¡± Chapter 351 Strange silence Chapter 351 Strange silence ¡°That¡¯s right. I¡¯m waiting for ire, too. Are you talking to me when you ask a lot of useless questions?¡± Kate blushes, and then she turns her head. She looks like she is talking to an invisible person next to her. Luke is anxious but he is amused by Kate. He looks at Kate again with interest and touches his jaw with his hand. He says seriously, ¡°it¡¯s interesting, Kate. I haven¡¯t seen you for a few days. You learned to flirt?¡± ¡°What? You are so rude. You...¡± Kate wants to tease Luke. After all, Luke is gentle and decent. Maybe it will be fun to tease him. But apparently Kate is also a rookie. She is teased by Luke and bes incoherent for a while. ¡°Kate, where did you learn these flirting methods?¡± Luke doesn¡¯t seem to be going to let Kate go, because she¡¯s rarely that interesting. And if they keep silent with each other, Luke will die before ire gets back here. The cause of his death, of course, is suffocation. ¡°Asshole, you¡¯re a scum like Leo.¡± Kate is so angry that she stomps and stares at Luke. But when she thinks they are in a hospital, Kate is more restrained. ¡°Well, you¡¯re exposed. It¡¯s good. You¡¯re not as good at flirting as Tracy.¡± The tension makes Luke feel more rxed or normal. ¡°Tracy? That bitch who has embarrassed ire? No, that¡¯s not the point.¡± Kate stares as if she has found some secrets. ¡°How do you know that woman is good at it?¡± It¡¯s a strange concern, but it¡¯s easy to misunderstand. ¡°Because I had a conversation with her before. That kind of woman is lewd and wants to seduce every man she meets, especially the typical golden bachelor like me. Of course, I controlled myself.¡± Luke smiles smugly and is not embarrassed at all. ¡°You are cheeky. Why do you exin it to me? It has nothing to do with me.¡± Kate stands up and paces back and forth in the ward. Is that an exnation? Luke doesn¡¯t know if it counts, but it shouldn¡¯t. ¡°You¡¯re boring. Miss Kate, if you can¡¯t get married in the future, don¡¯t me me for not teaching you.¡± Luke curls his lips and legs. It¡¯s strange that Luke¡¯s anxiety eases a lot after his quarrel with Kate. It¡¯s a little weird. ¡°If I can¡¯t get married, I will pester you...¡± Kate¡¯s back to Luke and mumbles. She doesn¡¯t seem to want Luke to hear it at all, but she wants to say it. Like all women, Kate often hesitates. Girls who ride motorcycles and use knives to cut people also know euphemism or it¡¯s called embarrassment. Luke makes a confused sound. ¡°Have you begun to chant? Are you scolding me again?¡± Luke smiles quietly. Kate is standing in the sun so her back in front of the window looks like a picture. From this point of view, it¡¯s really beautiful. Even Luke who is a critical man can¡¯t deny it. ¡°I¡¯m scolding you. Do you have an opinion?¡± Kate suddenly turns her head and meets Luke¡¯s eyes for the first time. Luke¡¯s eyes are deep. Although they are dark, Kate feels that there is more than nothingness in them. It seems that there are many other deeper things. Anyway, Kate is attracted. N?velDrama.Org content. Is she really attracted? A second! Two seconds! Three seconds! Four seconds! ... Kate clocks in her mind but atst she can¡¯t hold on. She turns and continues to look out of the window and pretends to be watching when ire will return. Luke coughs twice and continues to smile at Kate¡¯s slender and beautiful back. It makes him feel comfortable. The atmosphere in the ward is silent again. However, it is quite different from the silence which is full of anxiety, helplessness and the unique smell of disinfection water in the hospital. There are some expectations and some warm intentions and palpitations in this silence. Their silence remains until ire¡¯s figure appears downstairs. ¡°Ah, she¡¯s back...¡± Kate turns around and stares into Luke¡¯s eyes and says. Luke nods. It seems that the atmosphere has be a bit disappointing. Perhaps some of them are thinking that if ire came backter, it would be nice to keep thefortable silence a little longer. ire¡¯s eyes are still red and listless after she cries. But Conan is relieved. He was anxious when he ran out of the hospital but now he looks more rxed. ¡°What happened? ire?¡± Kate¡¯s voice is as loud as ever. She looks at the haggard ire and says in shock. ¡°Did Tracy bully you again? Does that woman want to die?¡± Kate is particrly angry. Luke says helplessly, ¡°at least you should listen to ire first. Don¡¯t worry.¡± ire nods and says with a smile, ¡°I did go to Tracy, and Howard Group¡¯s problem has been solved.¡± Luke is shocked. He thinks ire¡¯s safe return means she didn¡¯t agree to Tracy¡¯s request. ¡°Do you really agree to Tracy?¡± Luke¡¯s face turns pale. ire shakes her head and thinks about it and decides not to tell Luke what happened. She just says calmly, ¡°of course I don¡¯t. I¡¯m not that stupid.¡± ¡°Then how did you solve it?¡± Luke insists. ¡°Anyway, I¡¯ll take care of Leo tomorrow. Go and deal with thepany¡¯s problems again. If there is no ident, Tracy will help Howard Group. After all, she¡¯s Leo¡¯s fiancee.¡± ire speaks weakly and looks very tired. Luke still has a lot of questions about how ire solved the problem and why she is so tired. But her current state shows that he can¡¯t get the answer, so he doesn¡¯t ask any more. Chapter 352 It’s no use worrying Chapter 352 It¡¯s no use worrying ire is in a trance now. Although Kate says a lot beside her, she doesn¡¯t notice her existence. Conan is surprised and says, ¡°Aunt Kate, why are you here?¡± Then ire takes a look at Kate and smiles bitterly, but she doesn¡¯t speak. Kate doesn¡¯t talk anymore and just looks at ire and worries about her. Kate was worried that ire would make fun of Luke and her before, but now she hopes ire will be in the mood to make fun of her. Kate sighs and says, ¡°well, I came to see you today. You are not in the mood. I¡¯d bettere another day.¡± ire nods, ¡°thank you, Kate.¡± Kate habitually pats ire on the shoulder and waves, ¡°I¡¯ll be ufortable if you¡¯re so polite.¡± Then she goes out. Whether it is about Howard Group or Leo, Kate either doesn¡¯t understand it or can¡¯t manage it. She might as well leave ire alone. Luke looks at Kate¡¯s back, which he has watched for a long time, and suddenly says, ¡°can I see you out?¡± Kate turns around and nces at Luke and says discontentedly, ¡°you¡¯re not sincere at all.¡± ¡°Why do you say that?¡± Luke regrets that he says it directly. He seems embarrassed. If Kate refuses, it will be even more embarrassing. Kate frowns and says, ¡°Hey, you yboys should know better about these things. Do you have to ask for my advice? The legendary gentlemanly demeanor is not like this.¡± Luke thinks he isn¡¯t domineering. What¡¯s more, gentlemanly manners are not what Kate says. But he doesn¡¯t want to fight Kate and walks out with her. He doesn¡¯t say a word when he sends Kate to the hospital gate as usual. They are really two weirdos. ire is sitting in the hospital bed when Lukees back. She looks at Leo sleeping and thinks. She smiles with relief and frowns. Luke is still confused. He doesn¡¯t know what happened to ire. Although ire said there was no ident and Howard Group¡¯s crisis was resolved, he is still upset. If ire has made an unknown sacrifice secretly, he will suffer if Leo knowster. So Luke aims at Conan. Hees up to Conan and touches his little head with his hand and asks softly, ¡°you were in a hurry. What¡¯s the matter? Why does iree back like this?¡± Conan is upset to see ire depressed. And he isn¡¯t happy with Luke telling ire Tracy¡¯s phone number. So he shakes his head and ignores Luke. Luke looks at the silent mother and son and feels anxious. He walks around the ward like an ant on a hot pot. Conan thinks to himself that Luke usually looks more stable and mature than Daddy, but he is not calm when something happens. Even though most of Howard Group¡¯s crises have been resolved, Conan is still worried about whether Luke canplete the ending. ¡°Uncle Luke, can you stop pacing? You¡¯ve worn the floor.¡± Conan murmurs discontentedly. Luke smiles and says, ¡°I thought you are dumb like ire. Tell me what happened today.¡± Conan says mercilessly, ¡°Uncle Luke, do you know how a cat died? A cat with nine lives.¡± It is killed by curiosity. Children all know the rumor. Luke tries to show the dignity of an adult. He frowns and says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t bullshit me, Conan.¡± Conan despises Luke¡¯s threats. He just nces at him and says impatiently, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll tell you tomorrow, OK? You will be surprised then.¡± Conan says positively. But Luke didn¡¯t expect anything to surprise him. Conan chuckles. In fact, he is going to tell Luke that he is the hacker. Of course, it¡¯s not because Conan doesn¡¯t intend to continue to hide his strength. No matter who hides his strength, it will always work wonders at the critical moment. But Conan has exposed Juan¡¯s deception and his strength has been exposed in front of Tracy in the conversation with Juan. Conan doesn¡¯t think he¡¯ll be able to hide it from Luke. He really wants to see Uncle Luke surprised, which is a pleasure for him. Conan closes his eyes and rests. If there is no ident, he will be very busy in the next few days. This time Juan almost paralyzes Howard Group, and he has a lot of spies. He has to find a way to help Luke. But so far, Conan and ire have not thought of another possibility. It will make them more headache. ... ire sits in front of Leo¡¯s bed and doesn¡¯t seem to want to leave. In Luke¡¯s opinion, she won¡¯t stand up until Leo wakes up. It¡¯s horrible for a woman to be stubborn. Luke says goodbye to ire and takes Conan home for a rest. Tomorrow morning he will go to the company to solve the rest. ire is not in a daze. In her mind, the past shes in her mind. She thinks of Leo¡¯s indifference and asional kindness and tenderness after she was sold to Leo by her stepmother, as well as their intimacy and countless quarrels. As these familiar and unfamiliar images continue to appear, ire feels a sense of mncholy from the past. Maybe since the moment she saw Leo, everything has changed into a mistake. Because of the hatred of the previous generation, they tortures and fights with each other. The meaningless hatred makes their life a mess of mud, in which everyone rolls like a walking corpse. Whether directly or indirectly, Leo is seriously injured in the brain, and Juan also changes his mind and does whatever he can. And Tracy¡¯s even crazy. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. It¡¯s all stupid. Chapter 353 Forgiveness Chapter 353 Forgiveness ire finds out for the first time that Leo is really like a child when he is sleeping. He¡¯s really like Conan. If Leo doesn¡¯t have hatred in his heart, he may be a naive and pure person. How good that will be. ire makes a decision in her heart, which is probably the most important decision in her life. If Leo really wakes up, she is willing to tell all the stories of the past for Leo. She will let Leo really remember the things that Leo forgot because of memory loss. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Then ire and he will forget the past hatred. For Conan, she would like to stay with Leo. If everything is pure, she is willing to start again. Like Conan, ire believes Leo is not a bad person. Maybe no one in the world is born evil. She also hopes that Conan will live in an environment full of goodwill and without hatred in the future. Although it¡¯s hard to make this decision, it¡¯s really a pleasant one. ire can¡¯t help but hold Leo¡¯s cold hand. She wants to convey her temperature and determination to the sleeping Leo. Wake up. ire puts her face on the bed and is very tired. She closes her eyes quietly and has a long lost sincere smile on her lips. ... Breakfast is so casual that Conan is upset. In front of Conan is a te with a sausage and a broken fried egg and a ss of unheated milk beside it. ¡°Uncle Luke, you¡¯re rich, but why don¡¯t you hire servants?¡± Conanins and looks for knives and forks, but he finds that there are no such two things on the table. Luke is too careless. Conan used to live in Luke¡¯s house, but he never had such a casual breakfast. Although Luke doesn¡¯t like to hire a maid, he can make breakfast. But today¡¯s breakfast is like this. Luke takes the knives and forks out of the kitchen but doesn¡¯t give them to Conan. He frowns and says, ¡°if you want to eat, let me know.¡± Conan wants to tell Luke, but he finds Luke¡¯s eagerness interesting, so he puts it off. ¡°I¡¯m hungry.¡± Conan protests, ¡°if I¡¯m full, I¡¯ll have the strength to talk.¡± Luke says coldly, ¡°No. Let¡¯s take a step back. You eat and you say it.¡± Conan grabs the knife and fork impatiently. He puts the sausage in his mouth first and then says vaguely, ¡°sit down. Don¡¯t fall downter.¡± Luke says, ¡°I¡¯m a gentleman. I¡¯ve seen...¡± Before he finishes, Conan swallows the bad sausage and casually says, ¡°I¡¯m the hacker you¡¯re looking for.¡± Fortunately, Luke is really seated, or he may have to fall. ¡°What are you talking about? Hacker? You mean the hacker who hacked into Howard Group¡¯s security system and helped us?¡± Luke frowns and doubts. ¡°You said a lot of rubbish. I said I am.¡± Conan¡¯s ready to attack the egg. ¡°It¡¯s outrageous of you to fry the eggs so badly.¡± Conanins, but he even licks the te clean. Luke takes a deep breath and exhales slowly. He suddenly smiles and says, ¡°sure enough.¡± ¡°Sure enough? what do you mean? Uncle Luke, don¡¯t pretend to know...¡± Conan doesn¡¯t believe that Luke has seen through the ws that Juan has found for a long time. Luke waves and says, ¡°no, but I doubted before. On the day of thepany ident, you were ying computer in the house. I was a little suspicious at that time.¡± Conan thinks of the day when he was really careless because he wanted to find Leo. He drinks up the milk and licks his lips and says, ¡°you have no doubt that I¡¯m lying. Shouldn¡¯t a child be spanked for saying these things?¡± Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°you¡¯ve always been talented, and there are many talents in the world. Why don¡¯t I believe it?¡± Conan thumbs up and praises, ¡°Uncle Luke, I won¡¯t tease you now. I¡¯ll tell you what happened yesterday.¡± Lukeins in his heart that Conan doesn¡¯t tell him because he wants to tease him. But he doesn¡¯t talk. Now Conan is the main character. Conan says, ¡°it¡¯s actually a plot that Tracy and my mommy¡¯s friend are working on. To be more precise, it¡¯s a hoax.¡± ¡°Wait, who are you talking about all the time?¡± Luke cares about this. He investigates it for a long time but he gets no news. It seems that Conan will tell him now. But to his disappointment, Conan is not going to say it. Conan understands ire¡¯s mind. If he exposes Juan now, Leo¡¯s car ident six years ago and this plot will make Leo continue to revenge after waking up. Then they will fight all the time. They might as well not say it. They want Juan to stop attacking. Conan lies. ¡°To be honest, I don¡¯t know who my mommy¡¯s mysterious friend is. Of course I¡¯ve seen him, but I don¡¯t know anything else, so don¡¯t ask.¡± Conan¡¯s expression suddenly bes serious, so Luke sighs. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll go on. It¡¯s a scam because Tracy is also involved in the conspiracy to arrange espionage, change suppliers and control designpanies.¡± ¡°Wilson Group owns part of Howard Group. What benefits will they get?¡± Luke doesn¡¯t understand at first, but atst he understands. ¡°Because of ire? They want to push thepany into a corner and pretend to save it at the expense of ire¡¯s departure. So she could stay with Leo and drive away ire. Kill two birds with one stone?¡± Luke says a lot and looks unhappy. Because she¡¯s really mean. Conan nods, ¡°yes, you¡¯re not too stupid.¡± ¡°But then I exposed the ns and stopped the whole thing from getting worse.¡± Chapter 354 You have to sit tight Chapter 354 You have to sit tight Conan is getting more and more proud. Luke has to interrupt, ¡°stop bragging. What¡¯s the good for your mommy¡¯s mysterious friend? He can only invest money and can¡¯t get a profit.¡± Conan shakes his head sadly and sighs, ¡°profit? My mommy is his profit.¡± It is clear that the man is also ire¡¯s follower. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. Luke says helplessly, ¡°Conan, your mommy is a disaster sometimes.¡± Conan says displeased, ¡°Uncle Luke, you¡¯ve be more and more casual recently. Is it because of Kate? You weren¡¯t like that before.¡± Luke is speechless. When ites to Kate, there is a strange emotion in his mind. He changes the subject. ¡°So now Tracy will help Howard Group. In this way, she will lose a lot.¡± Luke squints and smiles. But soon Luke¡¯s smile disappears, and he says to Conan, ¡°no, ording to my understanding of Tracy, she won¡¯t let her own interests be damaged until she has to.¡± Conan shakes his head and smiles. ¡°You mean she¡¯s going to ignore Howard Group? Then she¡¯ll really lose.¡± Luke murmurs, ¡°you¡¯re right, after all, Howard Group was saved by Wilson Group and they have shares. And it¡¯s impossible for Wilson Group to agree with Tracy.¡± It seems that Luke¡¯s worries are superfluous. Conan ps his belly and says to Luke, ¡°Okay, Uncle Luke, we need to get down to business.¡± Luke says, ¡°do you want to get involved in thepany?¡± In fact, Conan thought about it yesterday. He thinks Luke is not good at dealing with thepany, so he wants to help him. What¡¯s more, it¡¯s really a technical job to find those spies. Conan thinks he¡¯s the best at it. ¡°Are you not satisfied with inviting a hacker for free?¡± Conan is extremely proud, but he does have the right to be proud. Luke nods and says, ¡°OK, I¡¯ll arrange the best office for you. You can tell me anything you need.¡± Conan has imagined himself sitting in the office directing. ¡°It¡¯s a deal,¡± he says excitedly. Then they go to thepany. Bryce and ire take care of Leo so they don¡¯t worry. The whole thing just needs a perfect ending. ... When they get to thepany, Luke does arrange arge office for Conan. But unlike other offices, this office is basically full ofputers and other high-tech equipment. In addition, Conan even has two men he can dispatch. He is at the height of hiscency. Fortunately, he has not forgotten that his purpose is to find out Juan¡¯s spy in thispany. At first, people in thepany regard Conan as a child, so Conan needs to convince them. Luke wants to exercise Conan or embarrass Conan. He just gives a brief ount and goes to do something else. Conan has to rely on himself. The first thing Conan does is to hold a meeting and then scold the people in charge of the security system one by one. Of course, he criticizes that their system is not rigorous enough, or he will not have easily invaded. Thepany is shocked that the little boy is the hacker famous in Howard Group. Then Conanforts them not that they are too ipetent, but that he is too strong. Conan clearly points out the loopholes in thepany¡¯s security system. People are really convinced of him now. Regardless of age, genius is always easy to get ahead of others. Almost all the people in the wholework department have be Conan¡¯s personal fans. They listen to Conan. So under Conan¡¯s leadership, thework department quickly and easily finds out the spy. On the other hand, Conan arranges work and begins to investigate Juan¡¯s tracks. Although there are many devices and cutting-edge technologies, Conan has not heard from Juan. What he¡¯s got from the bug he installed in his study and the cell phone he hacked into Juan is an awkward silence. It¡¯s like Juan suddenly disappears from the world. When Conan is at a loss, he suddenly thinks of something. He uses the Inte to invade the surveince video of the coffee shop where he was on that day and looks for Juan¡¯s whereabouts after he left the coffee shop. The whole process is long and tedious. Juan left by car and Conan has to investigate every camera on every street. So at the end of the day Conan doesn¡¯t find a valuable clue. To Conan¡¯s relief, all the spies in thepany have been found out. Then the data is passed to Luke¡¯s hands and Luke is responsible for the follow-up. The Howard Group, which has been paralyzed, has regained the power of operation, and the huge mechanism is running in order driven by small parts. Howard Group will eventually wake up. Everyone has seen hope. Although the losses caused by this crisis are still unbearable, as long as Howard Group¡¯s foundation is there, everything will be OK. In the next few days, Conan finally manages to find Juan. But to his surprise, Juan doesn¡¯t do anything after that day. Is he ready to give up the n? Is it true? Conan uses various surveince videos on the street to find out that after the n was broken, Juan went back to his house. But Conan has been investigating surveince video at Juan¡¯s door. He finds that Juan hasn¡¯t been out of his room for five or six days since he came home that day. Conan¡¯s heart sinks when he learns about it. In his impression, Juan is rational and even cold. How could he have locked himself up? But it¡¯s true! Chapter 355 Guilt Chapter 355 Guilt It¡¯s always dark as a dream. Juan has been sitting in the dark for several days. In addition to smoking and drinking water and forcing himself to eat, Juan is like half asleep and half awake. There is more darkness in his heart than in his room. The buggers that Conan installed in his study have beenpletely dismantled. In fact, Juan hopes that the buggers haven¡¯t been removed. He wants ire to know what¡¯s going on. But ire probably doesn¡¯t care. Juan thinks he is ridiculous. He even wants to get sympathy after his failure. He doesn¡¯t allow himself to degenerate, so he tries to sit at his desk. He is like thest king of a broken Kingdom, trying to maintain his dignity. But even so, his dignity has been lost with the copse of the n. Juan thinks that if it has been before, he will have continued that n and let Howard Group fail miserably. But at the thought of ire¡¯s refusal, he is not in the mood to carry out the n of destroying Howard Group. Because it doesn¡¯t make sense anymore. It turns out that getting ire is more important than destroying Leo, but how can you get ire without destroying Leo? It can¡¯t be exined! For the first time, Juan feels that his logical ability is so terrible. He falls into a dilemma, which leads to his loss of interest and passion in everything. It¡¯s better for him to stay in this closed room and quietly immerse himself in ck. Juan has turned off all his mobile phones, but the antique turntable phone on his desk rings and breaks the closed world Juan creats. Juan seems to be fighting against himself. He is obviously tired of the ring but he doesn¡¯t hang up or answer. He just watches the phone vibrate and his ears are mercilessly stimted by the needle like sound. ... In the end he fails. Juan sighs and picks up the phone. Before that, he expects Conan or ire to call. It¡¯s obviously not. It¡¯s his goddamn men again. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. ¡°President Juan, all the ns you have arranged have beenpleted, but how toplete the following tasks?¡± The man who calls is afraid to annoy Juan. Because he made several calls before. Juan hung up and shut down. No one expects Juan to be a depressed man. ¡°...¡± Juan doesn¡¯t answer. Although he is holding the receiver, he is expressionless and seems to be thinking about other things. ¡°President Juan? What about the n?¡± Juan says coldly, ¡°if I don¡¯t have an order, don¡¯t act on it. If you call again, you can die directly.¡± The man knows that he is annoying Juan, so he doesn¡¯t dare speak again. He just hangs up quickly. Juan smashes the antique desk phone on the ground, and the room returns to peace. Juan leans against the chair and everything looks calm. But only Juan himself knows that his breathing is uneven. ... Juan is not in the mood to continue to destroy Howard Group, so he does not sue Howard Group and does not continue to attack, which not only gives Luke a chance to breathe, but also brings Howard Group back to life. The recovery process is very easy. The projects that were previously put on hold are restarted and spies are found out one by one. Luke seems rxed a lot. He¡¯s got a lot of energy in recent days. But Conan is always unhappy and has many things in mind. Conan¡¯sputer screen keeps showing what¡¯s going on outside Juan¡¯s house. It is the seventh day, but Juan still doesn¡¯te out of the room. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± Conan frowns and wonders if Juan is desperate. ¡°How is it possible? Godfather, oh no, Juan is so calm. How could he be frustrated by this little defeat? I think so much.¡± Conan shakes his head and rejects himself. ¡°No, maybe because what Mommy and I said that day is so heartless.¡± Conan frowns again. In fact, although Juan betrays ire, he has always protected ire. He just wants to destroy Howard Group. Howard Group has nothing to do with him. He does nothing wrong. And what Juan does is for Mommy. Conan¡¯s heart is a little sad. He does not allow ire to be with men other than Leo, but Juan can pursue ire. Even if what he has done this time is somewhat despicable, it¡¯s hard for him. But... It¡¯s understandable. When Conan knows that Juan has closed himself up, he regrets his recklessness. Juan is a proud and powerful man but he has a heart. It means he has a chance to be hurt. No one else can hurt Juan, but ire and Conan can. ¡°...¡± Conan can only sigh. In fact, when he learns that Juan¡¯s n haspletely stopped, he has a certain understanding of Juan¡¯s mood. ire won¡¯t go abroad with him again, so he stops carrying out the n. In other words, this series of ns is not for Howard Group but ire. ¡°Godfather, I didn¡¯t expect you to be so childish. Is Mommy so charming? The world of adults is really hard to understand...¡± Luke sees Conan click the mouse bored and depressed. ¡°You said you want to help but you arezy.¡± Luke pats Conan on the head. Conan hurriedly turns off the video of Juan¡¯s house on theputer screen, but it still seems to be seen by Luke. Luke doesn¡¯t care and goes on, ¡°in a few days, thepany will bepletely on the right track, and then you can have a good rest.¡± Conan pouts and says, ¡°these things are easier than ying games. And I gave some advice to people in thework department. I don¡¯t believe there will be any more spies in the future.¡± Chapter 356 Dilemma Chapter 356 Dilemma Although Conan is bragging, it¡¯s mostly true. Luke nods and says, ¡°let me tell you the good news. The court withdrew the summons against Howard Group. It seems that the intiff gives up.¡± This is expected and Conan is not very surprised, but he feels more guilty about Juan. Last time he didn¡¯t know Juan and suffered. Then he thought he understood Juanpletely, but he didn¡¯t expect that the man is still fickle. Conan smiles bitterly. ¡°Why are you unhappy?¡± Luke looks at Conan¡¯s reluctant smile and says, ¡°are you worried?¡± Conan doesn¡¯t answer and thinks of another thing. ¡°By the way, it¡¯s been a few days. Haven¡¯t Wilson Group returned?¡± Conan begins to worry about the spection. Luke says, ¡°now Wilson Group needs a reason toe back. After a while, there will be a shareholders¡¯ meeting. I¡¯m sure that people from Wilson Group will attend. Don¡¯t worry, Tracy is a mean woman. How could she really give up Howard Group?¡± Then Luke says, ¡°do you want to attend this shareholders¡¯ meeting?¡± Conan waves and refuses directly, ¡°no, if I go, I have no other function than to attract attention. But Uncle Luke, you really trust me.¡± Luke says, ¡°you have the ability. Don¡¯t try to look like a child all the time.¡± Conan says in his heart that he is a child, but he smiles on the surface. ... Conan works for a few days. After Luke leaves, he sleeps on the table and doesn¡¯t get up until his saliva stains the table. Conan rubs his bleary eyes and yawns. He opens his eyes and finds Luke hurrying in from the outside and pressing his hands on the desk. ¡°Uncle Luke? What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Conan feels as if something has happened. Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°you¡¯re right. People from Wilson Group didn¡¯te to this shareholders¡¯ meeting. They say they¡¯re not a shareholder in Howard Group so they don¡¯t want to be invitedter.¡± ¡°What does that woman want to do?¡± Conan squints and tries to think from Tracy¡¯s perspective. Maybe he can guess her motive. But Tracy is not Juan that Conan knows, and Conan is not a woman. So he can only conclude that the woman is mad. Tracy has paid a lot for the implementation of the n before, including the capital and reputation and credibility of Wilson Group. If Wilson Group returns this time, it will still lose money, but it is eptable. Tracy is now digging her own grave and wasting a lot of money. Is that woman really so willing? ¡°Has she made any other request?¡± Conan suspects that maybe Tracy wants to do something on his own. Luke coughs awkwardly and says, ¡°yes.¡± ¡°You look embarrassed. Did she ask you to apany her?¡± Conanughs. He knows Tracy is a slut, and that¡¯s why he says that. Luke says, expressionless. ¡°She asked me to meet and said it wasn¡¯t in the name of Howard Group and Wilson Group, it was personal.¡± Conan says, ¡°then you can refuse. Of course, I won¡¯t tell Aunt Kate if you want to go.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Luke ignores Conan and goes on, ¡°and she said maybe my decision could save Howard Group.¡± Conan says with a smile, ¡°how could shepletely defeat Howard Group without that mysterious man?¡± ¡°It¡¯s right but if she doesn¡¯t help, Howard Group will really lose a lot. It will be best if she can help.¡± Conan nods and says, ¡°OK, Uncle Luke, if you think it¡¯s necessary, you can go. Maybe it¡¯s a very simple request. In a word, you won¡¯t lose if you go.¡± Luke nods and says, ¡°yes, I think so. But there¡¯s something I need your help with.¡± ¡°Oh, when will you meet?¡± Conan asks curiously. Luke says awkwardly, ¡°at seven this evening. But Kate and I made an appointment to meet at seven, so...¡± Conan looks at Luke as if he has heard some big news. Half a month ago they quarreled a lot and Luke said he wasn¡¯t interested in Kate. Why do they do it all of a sudden? ¡°I...¡± Conan doesn¡¯t know what to say for a moment. ¡°What do you want to do? Just talk to Kate.¡± Luke says, ¡°you know Kate¡¯s temper. And she always hates Tracy. It¡¯s a big problem.¡± Conan doesn¡¯t remember Luke as an indecisive man. He can tell Kate directly that he is going to see Tracy. Luke seems to see Conan¡¯s idea. He says, ¡°I know what you¡¯re thinking, but what about Kate? I told her in advance that I am not busy recently. If I break my promise, will she be unhappy?¡± Conan smiles and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, didn¡¯t you say you weren¡¯t interested in Aunt Kate?¡± Luke says unhappily, e on. The reason why Ie here, of course, is to ask you to give me an idea.¡± Conan spreads his hands and says helplessly, ¡°you canmunicate with Kate that she is not unreasonable, although she is a bit silly.¡± Luke sighs and says, ¡°actually, I don¡¯t want to miss this opportunity. I¡¯m afraid I won¡¯t have a chance in the future.¡± Conanughs at him. ¡°You admit it.¡± Luke finds out that he might be too gentle with Conan recently, so Conan even takes teasing him as a hobby. No. Chapter 357 Women are troublesome Chapter 357 Women are troublesome Luke says seriously, ¡°I want you to give me an idea instead of making a silly joke.¡± Conan pouts and rubs his temples with his fingers and thinks. Luke¡¯s problem is not something that a hacker can solve. He can get an answer from anyone except Conan. Luke seems really anxious. Conan sighs and says, ¡°you¡¯re afraid you won¡¯t have a chance in the future. Why do you say that?¡± ¡°That day I took her to the door of the hospital and I made this request. She didn¡¯t agree at first, but she probably thought for a long time and texted me to agree. If I break my promise, I¡¯m afraid I won¡¯t have another chance.¡± Although Kate is careless, she is not sensitive to love. Even if she reacts, she is sometimes shy and totally different from her usual self. So Luke¡¯s concern is not unreasonable. ¡°Then you can postpone your meeting with Tracy.¡± Conan finally makes such a uselessment. ¡°I hope so, but Tracy made it clear that I had only one chance. Although I don¡¯t know what she¡¯s thinking, I have to try.¡± Luke is actually thinking that ire and Leo are divorced, but she can make sacrifices for Howard Group, so he, as an agent of Howard group, has to seize this opportunity. And unlike ire, Luke has no personal feud with Tracy. Conan feels that women are a super troublesome creature. It¡¯s harder to crack than a program set up by a top hacker. Conan thinks for a long time and shakes his head dejectedly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I don¡¯t know how to deal with this kind of thing. But I can rmend you one person.¡± Luke listens carefully. ¡°Of course it¡¯s my mommy. She knows Aunt Kate. Why don¡¯t you talk to Mommy?¡± Conan looks at Luke helplessly. He can¡¯t figure out why shrewd Luke has be so clumsy. Women know women, and ire is actually a person with delicate mind. Luke smiles and says, ¡°you¡¯re right, but...¡± ire seems to have been depressedtely. Will he disturb her? When indecisive Luke is still indecisive, Conan takes out his cell phone and calls ire. ¡°Hello, Mommy, this is Conan.¡± When Conan speaks to ire, his tone bes innocent. Conan seems to have a voice changer with him, which makes Luke feel very interesting. But Luke doesn¡¯t know Conan really has a voice changer with him. Conan simply tells ire the whole story of Luke¡¯s so-called trouble. ire, who is in a low mood,ughs on the phone. She has been trying to match Luke and Kate. She thinks it is impossible, but she didn¡¯t expect them to date. It¡¯s a destiny that can¡¯t be changed. When ire knows that her good friend Kate is going to be happy, she is very happy. But now she¡¯s going to let Kate not be disappointed if Luke cancels the date. ire and Luke are clear headed, so Luke must meet Tracy this time. Luke can¡¯t be in danger. ¡°But I¡¯m curious what Tracy wants to do.¡± ire, like the two of them, is baffled. Conan urges impatiently, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. You just need to tell Uncle Luke what to do now. As Aunt Kate¡¯s good sister, no one knows her better than you.¡± ire whispers, ¡°yes, if Luke cancels the date, Kate will be angry and may misunderstand that Luke is teasing her.¡± ¡°Mommy, do you want to say a lot today because you haven¡¯t spoken for several days? Hurry up, Uncle Luke is worried now.¡± Conan blinks at Luke who is waiting. But Luke thinks his smile is not cute but ironic. ¡°It¡¯s very simple. I can ask Kate to cancel the appointment.¡± ire can¡¯t helpughing on the other end of the phone. ¡°Kate values her friends.¡± ¡°You mean you¡¯re going to ask Aunt Kate out?¡± Conan¡¯s eyes widen. He thinks it¡¯s incredible and it makes sense. ¡°Yes, no, Mommy, will Aunt Kate meet you? Doesn¡¯t it mean she¡¯s going to dump Uncle Luke?¡± Conan falters. In fact, he wonders if Mommy is more important than Luke. ire says, ¡°Kate values her friends. I can lie that I¡¯m in a bad mood and ask her out for a drink. I don¡¯t believe she¡¯ll turn me down.¡± ireughs confidently and her pale face turns ruddy. She is no longer depressed. N?velDrama.Org content. ¡°Mommy, you are so bad...¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°But it¡¯s a good n. Let¡¯s make a happy decision. Mommy, you can call Aunt Kate now.¡± Then Conan hangs up and lies on the chair with a long sigh of relief. Luke says, bewildered, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? You decided for me without asking me . Conan, you¡¯re getting bolder and bolder now.¡± Conan doesn¡¯t care if Luke pretends to be cold. He squints at him and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, don¡¯t you want to solve it perfectly¡± Luke says helplessly, ¡°well, tell me what ire said.¡± Conan thinks it is interesting to see Luke, an intelligence expert, curious, so he doesn¡¯t talk. Conan picks up a cup of tea and sips it like an adult. But the taste of tea makes him sick. He frowns and says impatiently, ¡°anyway, you wait for the call.¡± Chapter 358 Freaks Chapter 358 Freaks ¡°Who is going to call me?¡± Luke unconsciously touches his cell phone. Conan doesn¡¯t speak andughs at Luke who¡¯s waiting. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Kate calls Luke a few minutester. Luke answers the phone almost immediately. It¡¯s Kate. Luke looks at Conan helplessly and doesn¡¯t know what to say, because Conan doesn¡¯t tell him how to solve the problem. Kate is silent, too. They are a perfect match! Luke coughs and wants to be honest, but Kate suddenly says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I can¡¯t keep my appointment tonight.¡± ¡°What?¡± Luke didn¡¯t expect it. Is the way Conan says it is to let Kate break the appointment? It seems so. ¡°...¡± Luke is happy but he pretends to sigh. Conan sees Luke¡¯s acting. He is indeed of the same rank as him. ¡°What a pity.¡± Luke expresses his disappointment and helplessness. He can get full marks. Conan gives Luke an objective evaluation of his performance. Kate on the other end of the line says coldly, ¡°you don¡¯t mind, do you? I don¡¯t really want to date you.¡± Kate seems to be rejecting something. Luke is confused. Is that one of ire¡¯s ideas? Luke reluctantly smiles and says, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. I¡¯m just on impulse. I didn¡¯t expect you to agree. It seems that we are both stupid.¡± Conan can hear Kate, too, and then he hears Luke¡¯s answer. He freezes. It¡¯s not nned at all. Conan¡¯s eyes widen. Kate and Luke are two freaks! Or they¡¯re freaks when they fight. They have fun hitting each other and denying themselves. They are abusing each other. The adults¡¯ world is really hard to understand. Kate on the other end of the phone is stunned for a second when she hears Luke¡¯s answer, and then she swears, ¡°only you are stupid. I am not stupid.¡± Then she hangs up. Luke is confused. He frowns and looks at Conan and asks in disbelief, ¡°Conan, did I fail in humor?¡± Conan sighs and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, you¡¯d better be a steady rich man. Sometimes you need to be serious.¡± Luke turns around and looks serious. He says aloud, ¡°so you and your lovely Mommy gave me a bad idea. Kate cancelled her appointment with me. By the way, she said I was stupid.¡± ¡°ire didn¡¯t do it right.¡± Luke is a little helpless. Conan waves and smiles and says, ¡°don¡¯t be angry. In fact, it¡¯s like this.¡± Then Conan tells Luke about ire¡¯s n. The n is close to Kate¡¯s character and is perfect. Kate won¡¯t be too angry. But Kate gets angry for no reason. And she said she didn¡¯t n to date Luke at first. ¡°Then why is it like this?¡± Luke can¡¯t figure it out. ¡°You don¡¯t seem to know much about Aunt Kate, and you don¡¯t seem to know yourself. Don¡¯t you find that you two are used to quarreling?¡± Luke does realize that. ¡°When ire introduced Kate to me, she was not like this. At that time, Kate was straightforward. How can she be so cunning now?¡± ¡°Women really...¡± Luke is speechless to the extreme. Conan sniggers and says, ¡°anyway, you meet Tracy easily, but remember to bring back good news.¡± Luke looks at his watch and finds it is almost 7 p.m., so he leaves Howard Group in a hurry. Conan turns on the surveince video again and Juan still hasn¡¯te out of the house. The smile on Conan¡¯s face disappears. He begins to recollect what happened before. He feels that he is merciless to Juan, but if time goes back, Conan will still choose this way. Because if he doesn¡¯t break the scam and beat Juan, Mommy and Daddy will suffer. Even if he doesn¡¯t want to, he can only do so. ¡°Don¡¯t hate me, Godfather.¡± Conan stares at the motionless surveince video and hopes Juan wille out of the door and remain calm, tactful and gentle. That¡¯s the godfather he knows. ... Tracy made an appointment to meet Luke in a box in a nightclub. It belongs to Wilson Group, so Luke is in some danger this time. Tracy is crazy and may do something extreme. Luke just wants him to be lucky. His people are assigned to Howard Group to help, so he can only rely on himself now. As soon as Luke gets to the door of the nightclub, Tracy¡¯s men see him and take him to the box. Tracy is sitting quietly on the sofa in the box. Colorful and soft light fall on her. This woman is really a little beautiful. Tracy, in particr, is wearing very little today. She is wearing a thin skirt and a thin, brightly colored blouse. Her long hair goes round her white neck. Although faced with a slut, Luke can¡¯t help but praise. But it¡¯s no surprise that she¡¯s beautiful. After all, she¡¯s Leo¡¯s fiancee. But they are not fit to talk business here. Luke thinks and sits opposite Tracy. Tracy seems to have dressed up for the night. Although she looks good, she has put on a lot of makeup and wears very little. Luke despises it, but he doesn¡¯t express it on the surface. Chapter 359 A private date Chapter 359 A private date Tracy is having a ss of red wine. She smiles as she gently shakes the liquid in the ss. ¡°I thought you won¡¯te. I¡¯m afraid my waiting will be in vain.¡± Luke smiles reluctantly and says, ¡°I¡¯m the spokesman of Howard Group now. How can I not meet you for such a big thing?¡± After Luke finishes, Tracy shakes her head and says, ¡°I said that the meeting tonight is not in the name of thepanys, but a personal one.¡± A private date? Luke doubts whether he has heard it wrong. Maybe the soft lyric music in the box makes him not adapt for a while. Tracy¡¯s dating him? Is she kidding? Tracy looks at Luke and says, ¡°I thought you will be surprised by our date.¡± It turns out she¡¯s really talking about dating. Tracy is really crazy. Luke says seriously, ¡°Miss Wilson, I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about. Even if it¡¯s in the name of private, we¡¯re just friends. We shouldn¡¯t be dating.¡± Tracy covers her mouth andughs. She gently ces the ss on the table and says with a smile, ¡°we¡¯ve known each other for a long time. Friends can date. Mr. Luke, what are you thinking?¡± Luke is speechless. This woman is teasing him! Luke asks directly, ¡°Miss Wilson, what do you want to talk to me about? Or what can I do to get you to help Howard Group?¡± Tracy frowns andins, ¡°have you been working too hard recently? You ask boring questions as soon as we meet. You¡¯re ruining the atmosphere.¡± Tracy¡¯s voice is particrly sharp, and Luke is disgusted by her deliberately charming expression. But he wants to ask her to do something so he can¡¯t express his dissatisfaction. Luke can¡¯t stand the woman¡¯s tone. ¡°Miss Wilson, the recent crisis in thepany has not beenpletely passed. My time is precious. Do you really want Howard Group to fall? You¡¯re Leo¡¯s fiancee. What benefits can you get?¡± Luke has tried to control his anger, but he is still a little excited. Tracy snorts and says, ¡°well, you¡¯ll know about thatter.¡± What does this woman want to do? Luke stands up and says, ¡°if you insist on wasting time, I don¡¯t think we should keep talking.¡± Tracy sighs and says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry you said that.¡± Tracy¡¯s long white legs look more attractive in the light. It¡¯s a pity Luke is not interested in this kind of woman. ¡°You can leave through the door where youe in.¡± Tracy raises her head smugly, but Luke doesn¡¯t know why she¡¯s so smug. Luke thinks Tracy is just trying to tease him, so she calls him here. Now it¡¯s time for him to leave. He goes to the door and opens it, but he finds a lot of people in ck standing outside. Though it¡¯s still that door, it¡¯s blocked by Tracy¡¯s men. Luke turns around and his eyes are cold. ¡°So, Tracy, what do you want to do? You shouldn¡¯t do that to me.¡± Although Luke is facing a group of people alone, he is not afraid at all. ¡°You can leave. No one will stop you.¡± Tracyughs like a maniac. Of course, no one will stop Luke, and no one dares to do anything to him, but those people just stand there. Luke can¡¯t do anything. Tracy stopsughing and ps. A man in ckes in and has several bottles of red wine in his tray. ¡°Mr. Luke, since you¡¯re here, I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll treat you well, or others willugh at me.¡± Tracy ys with her pinky fingernails and doesn¡¯t look at Luke. N?velDrama.Org content. But the steps have beenid. Luke looks at the bottles of red wine and says with a sneer, ¡°you just want me to drink?¡± It¡¯s funny and outrageous. Tracy ignores Luke¡¯s cold eyes. She pours red wine into two sses and says, ¡°of course not. I don¡¯t want you to drink, but to apany me.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t understand what she means. ¡°If you make me happy, you can leave safely and Howard Group can get help. Don¡¯t you want to do that?¡± Tracy gently shakes the ss and sips. Then she licks her lips with her tongue. This kind of action is verymon in nightclubs. It¡¯s the slut¡¯s way of seducing men. Luke is furious. ¡°Tracy, what do you think you are? Are you not afraid to offend me?¡± She asks Luke to drink with her. Is she crazy? Luke has never been so angry since he was born. At this time, the tendons on the back of his hand stand out. Tracy sneers and says, ¡°Why are you angry? You drink and Howard Group will be saved. I don¡¯t know why you think you are insulted. Don¡¯t you, as the head of Howard Group, care nothing about Leo¡¯s property?¡± Luke hesitates. If his ownpany is in crisis, even if it goes out of business, Luke will teach the bitch a lesson. But he¡¯s for Leo now. Luke is speechless and just stares at the ss on the table. Tracy says, ¡°I said you only have one chance. If you miss it, Howard Group has nothing to do with me in the future.¡± Tracy wants to go on, but Luke interrupts. ¡°How much do you want me to drink?¡± Tracy frowns and says, ¡°do you want water?¡± Luke stops talking and picks up the red wine on the table and pours it into his mouth. He finishes it. Tracy shakes her head and says to herself, ¡°it seems a little faster than the n.¡± But Luke doesn¡¯t hear that. ¡°So let¡¯s talk about Howard Group.¡± Luke puts the bottle on the table and looks at Tracy¡¯s face coldly. Tracy shrugs and casually says, ¡°of course, we can talk at any time, as long as you like.¡± Chapter 360 Being framed Chapter 360 Being framed Luke says, ¡°so you¡¯re going to help Howard Group?¡± Tracy nods and says, ¡°I said it¡¯s possible if you keep the appointment. I do what I say, but some bitches break their promises.¡± Tracy means ire didn¡¯t sign the deal at thest minute. It¡¯s ridiculous. She¡¯s mean but she wants people to keep their promises. But Luke is not going to argue with Tracy about it. He finds that Tracy says she may help Howard Group. ¡°Miss Wilson, can you exin it directly? Why do you refuse to return but now you say it¡¯s possible?¡± Luke finds it hard to control his emotions. There seems to be a weak torch in his heart slowly baking his viscera. Tracy smiles and suddenly stands up and sits next to Luke. She whispers, ¡°Mr. Luke, don¡¯t you understand? Because of you, of course.¡± Luke is trying to get angry, but he feels his body is a little different. He suddenly feels very hot. What¡¯s the matter with this feeling? N?velDrama.Org content. Luke clenches his fist and takes a deep breath. The only exnation is that Tracy put medicine in the wine! But now he can control himself. Luke represses that feeling and says, deadpan, ¡°Miss Wilson, don¡¯t be kidding. Although Leo is still in aa, you are still his fiancee.¡± Luke finally knows what the woman wants to do. She is trying to frame him! As for the deeper reason behind it, he does not understand it. The only thing Luke can do now is to draw a line with her and try to control himself. If he does something, he will suffer all his life. Tracy doesn¡¯t speak and leans on Luke¡¯s shoulder. Her fingers move slowly on Luke¡¯s knees. Luke¡¯s first reaction is to push the bitch away, but his body reacts. So he doesn¡¯t dare move. He bes a wooden man in a sh. But the wooden man is clenching his fist and breathing deeply. At this point, Luke tries to close his eyes. It isn¡¯t those nasty scenes in his mind but Kate¡¯s face. Maybe he will have less desire in his heart. ... Kate is really drinking with ire at this time. ire just wants to make an excuse, but she finds Kate wants to drink. Kate is better at drinking than the average girls, so ire doesn¡¯t care. They drink in a pub. At first, they talk about their recent situations, but when alcohol ys a role, they keep talking about their troubles to each other. ire says a lot, but Kate finds out that she keeps talking about Leo. She hates Leo, but if as ire says, everyone can let go of their inner hatred, it¡¯s good. Kate firstins about many troubles in her life, and finally they talk about Luke at ire¡¯s insistence. At first Kate doesn¡¯t talk, but ire insists, so she says it over a drink. ¡°Actually, I like Luke.¡± After drinking a lot, Kate demonstrates her feelings as if she is making a conclusion. Although ire already knows it, ire dares to use her own life to guarantee that it is shocking that Kate says it. Then Kate says, ¡°I was going out with Luke today, but you broke it. I value friendship.¡± ire says with a smile, ¡°there will be opportunities in the future.¡± Kate shakes her head and smiles bitterly. She takes a big sip of beer and ps the table and says angrily, ¡°no, I don¡¯t want to see that guy anymore.¡± ire blinks and wants to hear her exin. ¡°Just now he said he wanted to date me maybe because he was stupid, so it didn¡¯t count.¡± Kate bes extremely depressed and continues to drink. ire asks, ¡°why? No, it¡¯s not because of this...¡± Kate looks at ire suspiciously and says, ¡°ire, what do you mean?¡± ire shakes her head. Kate holds ire¡¯s red face directly and says, ¡°ire! Are you hiding something from me? Tell me quickly!¡± ire finally can¡¯t stand it and nods. Kate lets go of her face. Kate is really better at drinking than her and is still awake. ire tells Kate everything that happened before. She doesn¡¯t want to see Kate depressed. Kate should be domineering and rude. Kate is in a mixed mood after learning the truth, but she is not as angry as Luke is worried. On the one hand, Kate is happy to learn that Luke cares so much about her. On the other hand, she is worried about Luke¡¯s situation. He went to meet Tracy alone and in his own name. Tracy is mean. Luke must be in danger. Kate takes out her cell phone and calls Luke, but she can¡¯t get through. Kate says to ire, ¡°where is he now? I want to see if anything happens.¡± ire wants to say no. Luke isn¡¯t her. What can Tracy do to him? But ire rarely sees Kate care so much about a man so she can¡¯t turn her down. ire thinks about it and calls Conan. Conan easily gets Luke¡¯s exact location by hacking. Kate gets the address and leaves in a hurry. ire wants to give her some advice, but Kate has lived in the city for many years and certainly knows more than she does, so ire has to let her go. Kate has a hunch that something might happen to Luke, so she doesn¡¯t n to go there alone. She has to do some preparation first. Chapter 361 The person who interrupts them Chapter 361 The person who interrupts them Kate used to be the eldest sister of the motorcyclist party when she was at school. Even though she hasn¡¯t yed like before for a long time, her prestige is still there, and her former friends can still be contacted at any time. Kate drives the motorcycle she hasn¡¯t ridden for a long time and calls up her former men. They go straight to the Wilson Group¡¯s nightclub. She has been worried about Luke on the way, hoping that nothing will happen to him. ... Luke uses all his strength to contain the raging fire in his body. He clenches his fist, but his skin turns red like fire. His eyes are bloodshot with his excessive patience. Tracy gets closer to Luke and puts her head on his shoulder. She whispers in a seductive voice in Luke¡¯s ear, ¡°Mr. Luke, what are you thinking?¡± Luke hates this woman now, but his body feels the woman¡¯s body temperature and breath are tempting, especially when Tracy is whispering in his ear. Luke didn¡¯t expect Tracy to frame him. He is furious at the woman. She not only breaks his date with Kate, but also puts him in danger. He gets far less than he loses. Luke takes the longest breath of his life and temporarily controls his body. He quavers and says, ¡°Tracy, you dare to do this to me. Don¡¯t you want to live?¡± Tracy is scolded but she smiles. She puts her hands around Luke¡¯s neck and looks him in the eyes and slowly says, ¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about, but you don¡¯t seem to hate me.¡± Luke feels so sick. He finally understands the reason why Leo looked down on this woman before. This is the property of N?-velDrama.Org. Luke tries to make his voice more indifferent and says mechanically, ¡°Tracy, don¡¯t forget that you are Leo¡¯s fiancee. If he wakes up and I tell him what happened today, do you think you will have a good ending?¡± Tracy puts two fingers on Luke¡¯s lips and smiles, ¡°you say I am his fiancee. The engagement can be dissolved...¡± Luke is furious. His eyes look straight at Tracy like knives. ¡°What are you talking about? Are you crazy?¡± Luke almost roars. If Tracy and Leo break up their engagement at this time, Howard Group will suffer a lot even if it won¡¯t be destroyed. If Leo wakes up, what should he tell him? Tracy fingers Luke¡¯s side face. She seems to be extremely indifferent to her losses, or if she can see Howard Group suffer losses, she doesn¡¯t care about her losses. Tracy says scornfully, ¡°do you want Wilson Group¡¯s daughter to wait for a disabled person in bed? And even if Leo wakes up now, I¡¯m not interested.¡± Tracy is not uninterested in Leo, but really doesn¡¯t believe that Leo can wake up. And Leo just uses her and doesn¡¯t care about her at all. Tracy is not young. How could she wait for Leo who loves ire? Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°even if you break the engagement, you have to wait until Leo wakes up. Aren¡¯t you afraid that Leo wille to you to ask for the price when he wakes up?¡± Tracyughs in a sharp voice that can pierce the eardrum and says, ¡°he may not be able to wake up. Besides, even if Leo wakes up, what can Howard Group do to me now?¡± Luke is speechless for a moment. Tracy makes a lot of sense. After Leo wakes up, he doesn¡¯t have time to deal with the woman who betrays him. And the strength of Wilson Group should not be underestimated. Luke¡¯s Adam¡¯s Apple moves. Under the seduction of Tracy, his instinct prevents him from pushing Tracy away, but his rationality prevents him from doing too much. So they are stuck. Luke feels like he can do something wrong at any time. Luke warns Tracy, ¡°even if Leo lets you go, when I get back to my senses, do you think I¡¯ll let you go easily?¡± Tracy doesn¡¯t answer. She just spits her warm breath on Luke¡¯s face and says, ¡°this is the future. Don¡¯t force yourself.¡± But Luke is still restraining himself. Tracy puts her hands on Luke¡¯s shoulders and says with a smile, ¡°Mr. Luke?¡± Tracy has a smug smile on her face. Her sexy red lips are slightly raised. When Luke sees this, his body trembles and his lips unconsciously want to kiss her. There is a trace of treachery in Tracy¡¯s eyes. She¡¯s going to make it! Tracy looks up at the ceiling of the box. There are several cameras there. Everything that happens in this box will be recorded. Even if she gives her body to Luke and Luke is dissatisfied and wants to revenge her, the video will make Luke afraid. And she wants to really get close to Luke, or at least make up for the loss of thest n. But then the door of the box is knocked and there is a noise outside. Tracy has a bad premonition, and Luke pulls himself back from the confusion because of the noise. His mouth stops in mid air. At this time, the door of the box is finally opened. A bodyguard in ck looks at the scene in the room and feels that he is going to die. However, he says, ¡°Miss Wilson, there is a woman outside who insists oning in.¡± Tracy thinks it is ire, but now her n is about to seed. She waves and says, ¡°idiot. Can¡¯t so many of you stop a woman?¡± The bodyguard in ck shakes his head and says, ¡°the problem is that she has arge group of people and said that if we don¡¯t let her in, she will make trouble in the nightclub. They have more people than us.¡± Tracy thinks something¡¯s wrong. She wants to go out and have a look. Luke immediately feels saved. He sits on the sofa and rubs his hair and tries to stay awake. But now Luke is weak and unable to escape. Tracy is upset because she is disturbed. She goes out and finds two groups of people outside the box making trouble. Chapter 362 Kate’s temper Chapter 362 Kate¡¯s temper Tracy¡¯s men are tall and in dark suits. Another group of people are wearing racing suits. They¡¯re probably the gangsters in the motorcycle party. Tracy looks disdainful when she thinks about it. ¡°So who is going to trouble me?¡± Tracy looks at them viciously, surrounded by a group of bodyguards. A woman at the front suddenly walks forward. The woman has beautiful eyes and long hair, but she is very handsome. She doesn¡¯t look like ady but a gangster girl in the movie. She¡¯s Kate. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Tracyughs and says, ¡°who are you? Do you know where this is? How dare you make trouble here...¡± Before Tracy finishes, Kate nces at her coldly and says, ¡°I¡¯m not interested in you. I¡¯m here for Luke. Get out of my way.¡± Kate hates Tracy, but she doesn¡¯t n to fight with her. Instead of saying her name, she doesn¡¯t look at Tracy at all. She knows Tracy is a very conceited and despicable person, and the more she ignores her, the more unhappy she is. Sure enough, Tracy¡¯s face changes. She snorts and says, ¡°are you Mr. Luke¡¯s lover? Mr. Luke broke up with you and you want to trouble me?¡± Tracy taunts and her men agree. Their meaningful eyes all focuse on Kate. In fact, Kate¡¯s men are confused at this time. They never hear of Kate falling in love. And ording to Kate¡¯s temper, how could she be someone¡¯s lover? They also stare at Kate subconsciously. Kate is not afraid of such scenes, but when ites to her personal feelings, she is shy and blushes. She turns around and yells at her men, ¡°what are you thinking? Mr. Luke is my friend...¡± Everyone is speechless. This casual remark angers Kate. They don¡¯t know if Tracy is mean or Kate is vulnerable. Tracy sneers, ¡°I don¡¯t care who you are. Mr. Luke is my guest today.¡± Kate looks at the box door and thinks that if Luke hears her voice at this time, he wille out and have a look, but there is no response. Is something really wrong with him? Kate takes a step forward and says coldly, ¡°I want to see Luke. Get out of the way.¡± Kate finishes, and her people take a step forward in unison. The door of the box is narrow. So many people do the same action together and look powerful. Tracy looks at Kate and feels a little scared. But soon, Tracy seems to think of something. She bursts outughing and says, ¡°if I remember correctly, are you ire¡¯s good friend Kate?¡± Kate frowns and begins to pay attention to Tracy. Why does Tracy know her name? There are only two possibilities. Either Luke told her, or Tracy investigated. If it¡¯s thetter, Tracy is not an opponent to be underestimated. Kate is right. Tracy hates ire so she investigated everyone around ire. The only person she doesn¡¯t find out is Juan. She knows Kate. Looking at Kate¡¯s surprise, Tracy puts her hands on her chest and raises her head and looks arrogant. ¡°So what do you think you can do with a group of scum? You want to make trouble at Wilson Group. You...¡± Tracy¡¯s talking, but Kate doesn¡¯t want to listen at all. She interrupts Tracy, ¡°why do you talk so much, bitch? Do you think I¡¯m not ready? I want to see Luke.¡± Kate sneers and takes a step forward. The whole corridor is almost awed by the momentum of Kate¡¯s group. The bodyguards in ck look at Tracy and secretly hope that Tracy won¡¯t let them fight. After all, Kate has a little more people. If they¡¯re elsewhere, Tracy may run away or give up when there are many enemies. But at Wilson Group, she is embarrassed to do so. But what bothers Tracy is that because the nightclub is peaceful recently, there are not many people. Just now, more than half of the people have been mobilized to deal with Luke. It¡¯s not realistic to call people again. On the other hand, Kate said before that if she can¡¯t see Luke, they will make trouble in the nightclub. If Kate is determined to do it, she can¡¯t prevent it. Tracy avoids the subject and suddenly asks, ¡°is it ire the bitch who asked you toe?¡± Kate hears Tracy¡¯s insults and suddenly gets angry. She gives Tracy a straight p. ire is like his own sister. Emma was targeted by Kate because she bullied ire, but there are always people who don¡¯t learn. And Kate¡¯s dissatisfaction with Tracy has been building up for a long time. What happened to Luke this time makes her crazy. Tracy knows Kate is a grumpy person, but she didn¡¯t expect her to hit her directly. She doesn¡¯t react for a moment. She is angry and shouts, ¡°beat this crazy woman to death for me.¡± Her bodyguards can only rush forward. But when they move, all the members of the motorcycle party stand directly beside Kate. They are all gangsters. When they see someone trying to hit Kate, they stare and clench. Their arrogance scares Tracy¡¯s people and they finally gives up fighting Kate. Tracy is upset and stomps. ¡°You bastards. Beat her. Why don¡¯t you move?¡± Tracy keeps scolding, but her men just keep their heads down. They don¡¯t dare to contradict but don¡¯t obey her orders. Tracyughs and says, ¡°OK, you dare not do it, I dare!¡± ¡°You dare to fight here. You want to die, bitch?¡± Tracy is now out of her mind because of anger. She yells and rushes at Kate. Chapter 363 Compromise Chapter 363 Compromise At this time, Tracy looks like an enraged clown in the eyes of the public. Even her men watch as Tracy rushes toward Kate and mourn for her. Everyone knows Tracy can¡¯t beat Kate at all, but she doesn¡¯t know. Kate looks at Tracy¡¯s p and sneers scornfully. She just raises her head slightly to block Tracy¡¯s nd attack. When Tracy¡¯s hand is held tightly by Kate, she regrets it. And Kate¡¯s disdainful smile makes her heart tremble. If Kate wants to hit Tracy, Tracy may be half dead on the ground. In fact, Kate wants to kick this arrogant woman, but she considers and restrains her impulse. She¡¯s here because she¡¯s worried about Luke. Even if she¡¯s dominant now, it¡¯s Tracy¡¯s ce. She can¡¯t make trouble. Kate is afraid the woman will attack again, so she still holds her hand and says impatiently, ¡°I said it many times. I¡¯m not interested in troubling you. I just want to see Luke.¡± There¡¯s no difference between seeing Luke at this time and causing her trouble. Tracy¡¯s hand hurts, but she clenches her teeth and says, ¡°Kate, I¡¯m afraid you¡¯ve got something wrong. Mr. Luke is here as a guest. Why hasn¡¯t hee out to see what¡¯s going on outside yet?¡± Kate doesn¡¯t know what tricks the woman wants to y, but she shakes her head subconsciously to show that she doesn¡¯t know. Tracy smiles smugly and says, ¡°Mr. Luke said he doesn¡¯t want to see anyone, including you, because...¡± ¡°Because he wants to be alone with me...¡± Tracy slowly raises her eyes, which are full of amorous feelings. Kate is in a daze. She is thinking about why Luke doesn¡¯te out. Is Tracy telling the truth? Doesn¡¯t Luke want to see her? Kate is dazed and thinks of their conversation in the afternoon. Is Luke angry at her for breaking the appointment and seduced by Tracy? The more she thinks about it, the more terrible it is, but Kate can¡¯t help thinking about it. Her pride disappears. She looks a little depressed at the moment. Tracy takes the opportunity to pull back her hand and rub the wrist that Kate scratches, but there is sarcasm on her face. Because Tracy¡¯s words suddenly reverse the situation. Tracy thinks she is really right. It turns out Kate really likes Luke. Otherwise, if ire asks her toe, she will not have such an expression. ¡°You can¡¯t control your own man, but you can¡¯t me me. Luke said I¡¯m much better than you, including my body and my heart.¡± Tracy starts to show off, but this time she isn¡¯t trying to seduce men, she is trying to beat Kate. Kate is mocked by Tracy and in a worse mood. She shakes her head and says, ¡°even if what you said is true, I want to hear Luke tell me personally.¡± ¡°Is the dog abandoned by the owner entitled to ask to return to the owner? What do you think you are?¡± Tracy continues to jeer. Kate sneers and says, ¡°does your right face itch, too? I don¡¯t want to argue with you. I¡¯m here to see Luke.¡± Kate is firmer thanst time. Tracy has a hunch that Kate might hit her if she stops her again. Kate takes a deep breath and stabilizes her mood and says, ¡°I don¡¯t want to make trouble in your ce. I want you and your men to retreat in ten seconds.¡± ¡°You...¡± Tracy is really angry. Kate is so unreasonable. She gives Tracy ten seconds to think about it, but Tracy feels worse. If she retreats, she will lose face. Her ns will be broken and she may get revenge from Luke. If she doesn¡¯t, Kate may do something crazy. Tracy grits her teeth but in the end she thinks her life is the most important. She can not socialize with Leo in the future. Tracy finally chooses to give up her face and runs away with her men. Kate is relieved. She has her men at the door and she goes to the box. After entering, Kate finds Luke sitting on the sofa in a strange position. His suit is messy and his tie is loose. She can not help frowning. Is it true that Luke had sex with Tracy in the box? Sure enough, Leo¡¯s friends are not good people, including Luke. Kate gets angry but she wants to ask Luke herself. ... In fact, Luke knows that there is a fight outside, but his current consciousness is a little fuzzy due to the burning desire, so he doesn¡¯t know Kate is outside at all. He is very hot now, so he can¡¯t go out. So he sits on the sofa and holds his head and fights against the beast inside him. He clearly feels the desire to devour him. If he doesn¡¯t release it, he may explode. At this time he hears the soft footsteps. He looks up and sees that it is Kate. But now Kate is just a woman in Luke¡¯s eyes. He needs a woman now. Before Kate asks questions about Luke¡¯s nervous look, Luke grabs Kate directly into his arms. At the same time, his right hand has lifted Kate¡¯s coat, and his left hand is around Kate¡¯s back and presses on her thin shoulder. ¡°Luke... You...¡± Kate is speechless by the sudden change. The next moment, she feels herself pressed on the sofa by Luke, and her waist is roughly touched by Luke with his warm hands. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Luke really can¡¯t control his desire. His hands invade Kate¡¯s waist and he gasps and kisses Kate¡¯s reddish lips. Kate is stunned. Before Luke kisses her, the masculine breath makes her face itch. Chapter 364 Delicate kiss Chapter 364 Delicate kiss Although Kate denies that she wants it after this incident, the truth is that at some point, she really wants Luke to kiss her and ask for her. At this time, in Luke¡¯s eyes, Kate has never been so beautiful. He doesn¡¯t know whether it is because of the aphrodisiac or because Kate, who is always careless, has a coquettish look on her face. Kate¡¯s face and ears are as red as fire, and her body feels the pressure from Luke. Kate can¡¯t imagine that she will be under the pressure of a man. The point is that her body is invaded by Luke¡¯s big hands. Luke finally kisses Kate. She widens her eyes and looks incredibly into Luke¡¯s eyes. She unconsciously tries to push him away, but she feels that Luke¡¯s kiss makes her veryfortable. It¡¯s a tender kiss. Luke¡¯s beard tickles her even more when it touches her cheek. It¡¯s dirty! Kate feelsfortable, and at the same time she despises how dirty she is. So suddenly she pushes Luke away. Luke thinks he is leading, but Kate suddenly changes her face. He sees two bombs when he is about to attack again. They¡¯re not bombs, they¡¯re Kate''s eyes. Her eyes turn a little red at the moment. Her face is not red and now she is very angry. ¡°Luke, you¡¯re a real scum.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Kate¡¯s roar seems to work better than the antidote. Luke wakes up and looks at Kate. He exins, ¡°Kate, it¡¯s not like that, I.¡± Kate smoothes her clothes that Luke messed up. She looks at Luke coldly and says, ¡°it seems that disturbed you and that bitch. You think I¡¯m her.¡± When Kate finishes, she doesn¡¯t listen to Luke¡¯s exnation and goes out angrily. Her men at the door see their elder sister rush out angrily. They think they recognize the wrong person, so they look into the box and find a man sitting on the sofa in an untidy clothes. They look at each other and think of Kate¡¯s previous performance. They seem to think of something, but they don¡¯t despise or resent Luke. They think Luke is a real man. Because people who dare to do this to Kate are brave. Luke looks back at them and knows they are Kate¡¯s friends. He¡¯s more upset. He solves his physical problems in the bathroom and calms down. He doesn¡¯t know if he should talk to Kate at this time. But Kate has always been very taboo about this kind of thing, or because Kate is very contemptuous, she doesn¡¯t listen to his exnation. Luke doesn¡¯t know what to do. Howard Group¡¯s crisis is not resolved and he is framed by Tracy. He not only loses the chance to date Kate, but also makes her angry. At the thought of this, Luke is furious. He promises that if Tracy dares to stand in front of him now, he will kill her directly. ... Luke calls Kate a few times but doesn¡¯t get through. In the past, he would go to Leo to drink when he had such a headache, but now Leo is still in bed. Luke decides to talk to Conan about it. Conan is smart but he doesn¡¯t know love. Luke can¡¯t talk to Leo, but he can talk to his son. So Luke drives straight to thepany. Conan has to deal with thepany these days, so he lives and eats in thepany. It¡¯ste at night. When Luke walks into the office, he finds Conan staring at theputer screen. Seeing Luke enter the office, Conan turns off the surveince video, which is still Juan¡¯s house. Conan¡¯s been watching the surveince video and finds that Juan really doesn¡¯t go out. ¡°Do youe back sote because you were in trouble?¡± Conan rubs his eyes and his voice is dry. Luke is sitting opposite Conan. He lights a cigarette first and then says helplessly, ¡°I¡¯m in big trouble, and there¡¯s more than one.¡± ¡°What did Tracy say?¡± Conan sits up. ¡°That woman set me up. Thanks to Kate, otherwise my reputation will be damaged...¡± Luke tells Conan what happened, and then he says helplessly, ¡°isn¡¯t this a big problem?¡± Wilson Group no longer supports Howard Group and Kate is angry with Luke now. It¡¯s bad enough. Conan looks at Luke who is upset, but actually he cares more about why Tracy dares to frame Luke. After all, she is Leo¡¯s fiancee. Conan guesses, ¡°is Tracy going to break up with Daddy?¡± Luke nces at the little prophet and nods, ¡°yes, it seems that she doesn¡¯t want to associate with Leo in the future, so she did it.¡± If Tracy doesn¡¯t return to Howard Group, not only does she lose a lot of money, but Howard Group¡¯s recovery will be much more difficult. It is a very bad thing, but Conan is very happy. Because then ire and Leo can get married in the future. Tracy will regret itter. Luke looks at Conan¡¯s smile and knows that he¡¯s thinking about their reunion. He interrupts Conan¡¯s dream and says, ¡°Howard Group will be back up sooner orter. What about Kate?¡± Conanughs and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, you should have kept kissing Aunt Kate...¡± ¡°Stop! If I did, I¡¯m afraid I¡¯ll be more miserable.¡± Luke lights another cigarette. When he is in a bad mood, his addiction to cigarettes is more than ten timesrger than usual. Conan says, ¡°it¡¯s not what you did to Aunt Kate that matters, because you¡¯ve been given an aphrodisiac. The point is whether you¡¯ve done anything to Tracy.¡± Luke suddenly remembers that when Kate entered the box, he was not dressed properly, and that is Tracy¡¯s credit. ¡°I ask you to give me an advice. It¡¯s worse.¡± Luke is angry. Conan says seriously, ¡°well, I¡¯m not kidding. You don¡¯t have to worry. Aunt Kate is different from other women. She is not unreasonable, so you can tell her directly.¡± Chapter 365 Tracy’s credit Chapter 365 Tracy¡¯s credit Luke thinks about it and shakes his head and says, ¡°but she didn¡¯t see what happened in the box. Can she believe me?¡± This is really a problem. Conan thinks carefully with his hands on his chin. After a while, he suddenly ps the table and shouts, ¡°Tracy can help us. I didn¡¯t expect Tracy to make a contribution this time.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t know what Conan is talking about. Conan exins, ¡°Uncle Luke, this time Tracy just wants you to do something special to her, right?¡± He is making a deliberate mockery. Luke nods unhappily. Conan asks, ¡°if you two are in the box and you do that, but youter deny it, what can Tracy do to you?¡± Luke ponders Conan¡¯s words. He suddenly thinks of something and says happily, ¡°I know. There must be a camera in the box. Tracy is definitely going to film what¡¯s expected to happen. She¡¯s trying to ckmail me. Of course, if it does happen, she will only cut the most important part.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Conan smiles and says, ¡°so if you want to exin, you just need to get the surveince video.¡± ¡°A surveince video in a nightclub can¡¯t beat me.¡± Conan says and raises his head. He looks proud. Luke takes a sigh of relief and stares at Conan, ¡°so what are you waiting for? Bring me the video quickly.¡± Conan quickly bes a hacker whileining in his heart. It¡¯s really very simple. Conan only takes half an hour to get the video. When he clicks on it, he finds that the camera records clearly what happened in the box. ¡°Uncle Luke, you¡¯re really cool.¡± Conan has to praise him. Other people will definitely be seduced by Tracy and have sex with her. Few people are resistant to aphrodisiacs and Tracy is good at seducing men. Luke doesn¡¯t answer, but his expression seems to suggest that he should do like this. Conan says, ¡°although there is no sound, it can be roughly seen that you have been drugged so you are not dressed properly. Tracy¡¯s seducing you from the beginning to the end and you don¡¯t respond in any way.¡± Conan says, ¡°In this case, full marks can be given for this performance.¡± Luke pats him on the chest and is relieved. All he needs to do is show Kate the video and it¡¯s all over. ¡°Conan, you make a contribution this time. You saved Howard Group and now you¡¯ve helped me a lot. What reward do you want?¡± Now basically everything is over. Conan deserves a reward. Conan pouts and says, ¡°I don¡¯tck anything. I just want uncle Luke to push Mommy and Daddy to make up.¡± Luke opens his hand and says, ¡°this is what I should do. I¡¯m Leo¡¯s friend. I want ire to stay with him. If there¡¯s no hatred, they¡¯re really a good match.¡± ¡°If you insist on asking me to make a request, you can owe me. In the future, you have to do me a favor without hesitation and can¡¯t refuse.¡± Conanughs and seems to have an idea. Luke says, ¡°OK, as long as I don¡¯t vite my principles and don¡¯t do bad things and don¡¯t suffer losses, I can promise you.¡± Luke is not stupid. He won¡¯t be easily taken advantage of by Conan, so he puts forward many conditions. But Conan doesn¡¯t care. He holds out his finger and says, ¡°promise me...¡± Luke nces at him and says scornfully, ¡°children are childish.¡± With that, he stands up and says to Conan, ¡°let¡¯s go. Thepany¡¯s problems can be solved slowly. Tonight you and I will go home and have a rest. Tomorrow we will go to see your mommy.¡± Conan is said to be childish so he is unhappy. When he hears that he can meet Mommy tomorrow, his anger disappears. He is worried about Daddy and wants to take care of him himself. ... Conan is a genius and good at handling Howard Group, but he¡¯s a kid. He works for a few days and has a lot of worries, so he is overdrawing his strength. Conan goes to sleep after returning to Luke¡¯s house. He thinks he can sleep well, but Conan has a nightmare this night. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. It¡¯s not right to say it¡¯s a nightmare. It¡¯s a dream that makes him feel bad. In the dream, Conan first sees arge area of darkness. Then there is a light of fire in the dark. Conan looks at it. Although his vision is still blurred, he sees something clearly. It¡¯s a face that Conan is familiar with but feels strange. The owner of the face is Juan. The reason why Conan feels strange is that Conan has never seen such an expression on Juan''s face. Is he depressed or gloomy or expressionless at all? Conan has no words to describe this expression, but Conan can really feel that Juan seems to have changed. In Conan¡¯s dream, Juan is like a smoking robot. He keeps smoking and atst the whole closed room is filled with light. And Juan turns his head to look at Conan. What kind of eyes are they? Conan sees extreme disappointment in Juan¡¯s eyes. Conan is ufortable with the feeling that he is about to die. Conan sighs helplessly when he wakes up from his dream. He doesn¡¯t sweat or fear. He just feels like something is blocking up his heart and Juan¡¯s dead face is constantly appearing in his head. ¡°Does Godfather really shut himself up because of the failure of thest n?¡± Conan says to himself. He doesn¡¯t find himself calling Juan Godfather again. Conan said something merciless that day and hated Juan, but these days he learns that Juan closes himself, so his umted guilt finally breaks out tonight. Chapter 366 Crazy possessiveness Chapter 366 Crazy possessiveness Conan thinks more than ire. ire is just enraged by Juan¡¯s deception and betrayal, but as a half outsider, Conan can feel that Juan¡¯s love for ire has reached the point of possessiveness. Juan did those things for love. Conan smiles helplessly. Apart from feeling that Juan is unlucky, he can¡¯t do anything. Anyway, Juan made a mistakest time. Even if Conan feels guilty now, he doesn¡¯t regret his decision at that time. Because if he didn¡¯t hurt Juan, the victims would be ire and Leo. In that case, Conan will be not only guilty. Conan stays up all night thinking about these things. ... When they get to the hospital, ire sees Conan¡¯s ck eyes and asks anxiously, ¡°Conan, have you stayed upte ying with yourputer again?¡± Conan shakes his head and thinks of his dreamst night. He wants to exin but he restrains. It¡¯s not fair for Juan if Conan doesn¡¯t say it, but Juan and ire can¡¯t be together. They¡¯d better break up because of it. ¡°You are so cute.¡± ire looks at Conan and thinks he¡¯s cute, so she teases. N?velDrama.Org content. ¡°Mommy, I¡¯m a national treasure!¡± Conan rubs his eyes and makes a face. Luke smiles and says, ¡°I think you¡¯re both cute. By the way, has Kate ever been here?¡± ire doesn¡¯t know what happenedst night. When Luke mentions it, she covers her mouth and says with a smile, ¡°Luke, you react quickly. You are a perfect match. Neither of you takes the initiative. As a man, you should do something, right?¡± Luke is not a timid person, but Kate is different from the others. If it is another girl, Luke will have got her. Luke says with a wry smile, ¡°there are some troubles, but Conan helps me solve them halfway. I¡¯ll tell you moreter.¡± Conan nods and says, ¡°OK, but when Kate was drinkingst night, she admitted that she liked you. Don¡¯t let her down.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t retort this time, but smiles softly, ¡°don¡¯t worry.¡± After they finish, they look at Leo and sigh together. ire walks slowly to the hospital bed and says sadly, ¡°the doctor said the other day that although his condition did not get worse, there was no sign of improvement.¡± Leo can¡¯t eat because he is in aa and now he¡¯s full of tubes. Some of them are nutritious liquid and some are medicine. ¡°It¡¯s really painful that you look like this...¡± ire lowers her head and looks at Leo¡¯s thin face carefully. Conan goes over and takes ire¡¯s hand and says, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t worry. Daddy will surely wake up.¡± ire also clenches Conan¡¯s hand. They stand in front of Leo¡¯s bed in silence. Luke is moved when he sees this scene. Suddenly, there is a sound of footsteps outside the ward. Luke¡¯s heart tightens because he is familiar with the footsteps. It¡¯s Kate! Before Kate can enter, Luke goes straight out. Kate¡¯s eyes widen when she sees Luke rushing out. She is stunned for a second. Then she frowns and says, ¡°why can I see you scum everywhere?¡± ¡°Kate, I didn¡¯t mean to...¡± Lukees up and wants to pull Kate¡¯s hand. Kate blushes and throws it away and scolds, ¡°are you going to molest me during the day?¡± Kate runs out of the hospital in anger, but Luke doesn¡¯t want to let go this time. He chases her. ire in the ward is worried about the quarrel outside and wants to go out to have a look. But Conan stops ire and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry. As long as Uncle Luke makes it clear, it will be OK. There¡¯s a little misunderstanding between them. You should leave them alone, or they can¡¯t communicate.¡± ire touches Conan¡¯s nose and shakes her head and says, ¡°have you studied this?¡± Conan smiles helplessly. ¡°I want Mommy and Daddy to make up, so I have to learn from them.¡± ire suddenly bes depressed. This time, instead of not wanting to stay with Leo, she is worried about his situation. ¡°Love is troublesome. So when Daddy wakes up, Mommy and Daddy have to make up, otherwise I will have a headache.¡± Conan pretends to be an adult and seems to have done a lot for ire and Leo. ireins, ¡°you can¡¯t me me. You can¡¯t let me fall in love with aatose patient.¡± Conanughs. ire has an idea. She holds Conan in her arms and shouts to theatose Leo, ¡°Leo.¡± ¡°Leo, jerk, wake up quickly.¡± Conan also says, ¡°Daddy, wake up quickly, OK?¡± The two of them yell as if they arepeting, but Leo is still unconscious and unresponsive. ire may be tired or disappointed. She whispers, ¡°Leo, I¡¯ve really promised to forgive you. Wake up and I¡¯ll continue to be your wife.¡± Conan notices that ire¡¯s voice is trembling. He turns and finds that ire¡¯s eyes are wet, so he holds ire closer as if tofort her. ¡°You don¡¯t know Conan is our son. Conan likes Daddy very much. If you don¡¯t wake up, I¡¯ll find another Daddy for Conan.¡± ire has a yful smile on her face, but there are tears in her eyes. ire kisses ire and says, ¡°Yeah, if Daddy doesn¡¯t be my daddy, Mommy and I will find another Daddy. I want to know what you¡¯re going to do.¡± They both keep talking, but Leo still doesn¡¯t respond. They look at each other and sigh helplessly. But just then, Conan¡¯s eyes suddenly light up. Conan almost cries, because he sees Leo¡¯s fingers shaking a little. ire notices it, too. They look at each other and they have surprises in their eyes. Chapter 367 Leo wakes up. Chapter 367 Leo wakes up. ¡°I have to tell the doctor that he is awake...¡± ire runs out of the room in a hurry before she can observe. Conan has been staring at Leo¡¯s asionally shaking fingers and is very nervous. Especially Leo seems to be struggling. Even his eyshes vibrate slightly, which makes Conan even more happy. Leo¡¯s doctor in charge is still suspicious after ire informs about it, because the severity of Leo¡¯s illness is not what ire thinks. How could he move suddenly? The doctor thinks she misses her husband so much that she is wrong. But tofort ire, he still goes to the ward. But to his surprise, Leo really shows signs of waking up. After knowing this, the doctor can only tell himself that he has met with a miracle, and then he immediately makes preparations. It¡¯s not a small problem that brain nerves arepressed by blood clots. Even if Leo is going to wake up now, he has to ensure Leo¡¯s safety and take the opportunity to simply control his condition. Everything goes well, but when Leo wakes up, the doctor tells ire and Conan a bad thing. ¡°The patient is not in good mood or in good health, so he needs to be observed.¡± The doctor falters so ire feels a little weird. ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± Conan asks. His bright eyes are shining and his little body is shaking with tension. The doctor waves and exins, ¡°don¡¯t be too nervous. Leo is awake and his condition is under control, but he just needs to rest now.¡± ire says disappointedly, ¡°do you mean we can¡¯t see him now?¡± The doctor nods awkwardly and says, ¡°yes, it¡¯s for the patient¡¯s health. Patients who are recovering from a serious illness need a quiet environment, and we must make sure whether there is a risk of recurrence in the near future and make countermeasures.¡± Leo¡¯s disease is very difficult to be cured. To be exact, it is impossible to be cured, so there is no problem with the doctor¡¯s treatment. But ire and Conan want to see Leo soon, so they are disappointed. The doctor looks at them andforts them. ¡°I understand what you¡¯re thinking, but you just need to wait another day or two. It¡¯s hard for you to take care of him all the time. You can take advantage of these two days to have a good rest, and then you can get together.¡± ire has to nod. She and Conan have to leave the hospital temporarily and wait for the hospital¡¯s notice. But before she leaves, she suddenly turns to the doctor and asks, ¡°didn¡¯t he say anything when he woke up? Or is his memory restored?¡± The doctor looks unnatural. He fumbles as he touches his head with his hand, ¡°the patient didn¡¯t talk, so we need a diagnosis to know the result. Anyway, Miss Bet, don¡¯t worry.¡± ¡°He even survived the bad situation. Now that he¡¯s awake, what are you afraid of? But you have witnessed a miracle in person. In fact, our doctors think that Leo¡¯s chances of waking up are very small, but we haven¡¯t told you.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire chuckles and thinks this guy is really lucky. But ireins in her heart. No matter how Leo changes, his possessiveness is still so strong. When he hears that I am leaving with Conan, he really wakes up. Conan doesn¡¯t speak, but he looks at the doctor for a long time, because he thinks the doctor¡¯s expression is very unnatural. ¡°Can you tell me your telephone number, sir? I want to know about Daddy¡¯s condition at any time.¡± Conan blinks and looks up and asks naively. The doctor can¡¯t refuse such a filial child, so he gives Conan his phone number. Then ire takes Conan to Luke¡¯s house for a while. Luke doesn¡¯t go home at that time. He may have gone after Kate. Maybe they have cleared up the misunderstanding now. ire finally has a good sleep. She has been suffering almost every day for the past half month, and now she can breathe a sigh of relief. But Conan is not so rxed. He thinks that the doctor¡¯s performance is weird and abnormal. ire is so immersed in the joy of Leo¡¯s waking that she doesn¡¯t find out, but the calm Conan keeps her mind. But it¡¯s easy to know what the doctor is hiding. He just needs a simple investigation. Conan, the hacker, knows the doctor¡¯s phone number, so he simply hacks into his personal phone. As soon as he gets home, he puts on headphones and begins to monitor. But what Conan cares about is that Daddy¡¯s body is not abnormal at all. From the doctor¡¯s conversation, Leo does wake up and behave normally. That is to say, the doctor doesn¡¯t hide anything. Is the doctor¡¯s strange behavior just his mistake? Conan sighs and thinks he¡¯s been thinking too much about helping Luke with Howard Group recently. He sees the slightly abnormal things as conspiracy. He¡¯s too alert! Conan is relieved and falls into a dream. The next day ire and Conan get up early. They dress simply and set off for the hospital in high spirits. When they arrive at the hospital and inquire about Leo¡¯s current ward, the doctor reappears and gives Conan and ire a strange message. ¡°Mr. Howard discharged not long ago. You¡¯rete.¡± The doctor bends slightly and seems to have done something sorry to ire. ire doesn¡¯t respond. She reconfirms, ¡°you said Leo was discharged?¡± The doctor smiles apologetically again. ¡°No, why didn¡¯t you contact me when he was discharged?¡± ire always thinks something¡¯s wrong. When Leo wakes up, he should go to her whether he loves her or hates her. Chapter 368 Disappointment and anger Chapter 368 Disappointment and anger The doctor apologizes again. ¡°I¡¯m really sorry. I don¡¯t know what happened to you, but Mr. Howard made it clear that you didn¡¯t need to be informed. This is the patient¡¯s personal privacy, so we have to do it.¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand. If Leo doesn¡¯t recover her memory, she has been his secretary for a long time and has taken care of him for a long time, so he should meet her. How could he have arranged not to inform her? In addition, if Leo recovers his memory, does he want to get rid of the past and not want to see her? But Leo doesn¡¯t even want his own son? ire¡¯s joy turns into worry, doubt and disappointment for Leo. Conan knows ire¡¯s mind. He tiptoes and grabs ire¡¯s hand. He shakes ire¡¯s arm and says, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t think about it. I think there must be a reason why Daddy did it.¡± ire says coldly, ¡°do you want to speak for your daddy all the time?¡± In fact, Conan can see that ire is not really angry but disappointed. So he says with a smile, ¡°if Daddy doesn¡¯t want to see us, can¡¯t we go to find Daddy ourselves?¡± ire has to agree. After all, now she can¡¯t be angry with Leo. ire thinks about it and takes out her cell phone and calls Leo, but the phone keeps ringing and no one answers. ire gets angry and stomps and scolds, ¡°what does he really want to do? Does he want me to worry?¡± Conan is confused now. He says helplessly, ¡°Mommy, did Daddy wake up and find out about Howard Group and rush back to deal with it?¡± The exnation is far fetched. ire nces at Conan and says, ¡°Leo is lucky. He has a son who only speaks for him.¡± ¡°It turns out that women really like to be jealous,¡± Conan says. Conan shakes his head helplessly and looks like a little old man. ¡°Come on, let¡¯s go to thepany.¡± ire just wants to see Leo soon. She wants to know what he wants to do. ¡°I¡¯m very familiar with Howard Group now, and I have to go back to meet the people I trained before, ha ha...¡± Conan is afraid that ire doesn¡¯t know what he is capable of. He tries to raise his voice. However, Conan had a certain prestige in Howard group before, and people in thework department were obedient to him. It¡¯s not too much to say that he is the leader. ... Howard Group, downstairs. The receptionist looks at ire and Conan and says respectfully, ¡°Miss Bet, director Bet...¡± It turns out that when Conan was in thepany, Luke randomly assigned him a position of director. It¡¯s not good for a leader to be called Conan all the time. Conan nods in a pretentious way and says seriously, ¡°is Mr. Howard in thepany?¡± Conan thinks it is inappropriate to call Leo Daddy on this asion, so he calls him Mr. Howard. The receptionist is amused by Conan¡¯s appearance, but she says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Mr. Howard handled the company and went on a business trip. He¡¯s not in thepany right now.¡± ire is confused. He should be at thepany now. Why is he on business? Even if he has to, he can let his men solve it. This is a far fetched excuse. ire says unhappily, ¡°Leo made you say that, right?¡± The receptionist knows ire is Leo¡¯s secretary, but she is actually Leo¡¯s lover, so she isn¡¯t surprised that she calls Leo that. She just says awkwardly, ¡°Miss Bet, it¡¯s true. If you don¡¯t believe it, you can go to the office and have a look.¡± ¡°...¡± ¡°No one knows Mr. Howard¡¯s actions in Howard Group better than you. It¡¯s easy for you to find him.¡± The receptionist smiles softly. ire takes Conan directly to Leo¡¯s office and finds that it is empty. ire goes downstairs frustrated and keeps muttering. Conan has no time to be sad or confused. He says hello to Howard Group¡¯s staff who don¡¯t look at him as a child. They all respectfully call him director Bet. Conan is smug and wants to show off to ire, but he finds out that she has been haunted. ¡°Mommy, are you worried that Daddy will abandon you? Don¡¯t worry. Does he want to abandon me? I think Daddy really has a special reason. We can wait patiently...¡± Conan says positively, so ire squints and looks at him. Suddenly she says, ¡°Conan, do you know something but you keep it from me?¡± ¡°Mommy, what are you thinking? Is Conan the kind of person who can cheat women?¡± Conan points to his chest and says he¡¯s sincere. ¡°Then why are you so sure Leo has a special reason?¡± ire asks. Conan pouts and says, ¡°I don¡¯t understand. Does a son need a special reason to trust his father? Mommy, I think you¡¯ve been hurt by Tracy, so you¡¯re too nervous now!¡± Juan cheated Conan before and Conan thought that life was full of scams. Life is really hard! ¡°Why don¡¯t you ask Uncle Luke?¡± Conan reminds. ire picks up the phone and calls Luke. It is a long time before Luke answers the phone. ¡°Where¡¯s Leo?¡± ire asks directly. Luke says helplessly, ¡°even I have only met him once in thepany. Doesn¡¯t he want to see you?¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire doesn¡¯t believe Leo doesn¡¯t tell Luke. ¡°Have you colluded?¡± ire asks angrily, ¡°what are you going to do?¡± Luke says helplessly, ¡°ire, Leo appeared in thepany several times and then he disappeared. I¡¯m still dealing with thepany¡¯s troubles. Besides, I am too busy tomunicate with Kate. I¡¯m not in the mood to do anything.¡± He says sincerely. Even if ire doesn¡¯t believe it, Luke can¡¯t prove it. Chapter 369 Suffered for half a month Chapter 369 Suffered for half a month If ire was disappointed at first, now she¡¯s angry when she hears Luke¡¯s answer. ¡°Didn¡¯t he mention me when he woke up?¡± ire¡¯s voice suddenly turns cold. But that¡¯s understandable. ire tried to enlighten herself and wanted to forgive Leo. ire plucked up her courage and decided to stay with Conan. But when ire is about to act, Leo disappears and doesn¡¯t leave her a message. Yes, ire wants to forgive him and give up all hatred, but if Leo continues to make mistakes, she can choose to forget the hatred and leave Leo. Luke recognizes ire¡¯s discontent. Heforts her. ¡°He must have mentioned you. I told Leo everything that had happened before, and after listening, he asked me how are you now...¡± ¡°And then?¡± ire doesn¡¯t feel any better. Luke coughs and falters. ¡°To be honest, I think Leo¡¯s reaction is strange. He didn¡¯t say much to me. I promise you.¡± ire has such a headache that she doesn¡¯t know what to say. Luke is afraid ire will leave, so he says, ¡°don¡¯t think too much. Leo needs to calm down now. Wait patiently for a while. Maybe it will be clear when thepany¡¯s problems arepletely solved.¡± Although ire is angry, she also wants to know why Leo avoids her. ¡°If you can see Leo, tell him I¡¯ll wait for him for half a month at most. If he doesn¡¯t see me in half a month, I¡¯ll leave with Conan.¡± ire says calmly, but Luke can hear that she has made a serious decision. If Leo continues to avoid ire after half a month, the two of them will never be together for the rest of their lives. Luke agrees and adds, ¡°I¡¯m sure you don¡¯t know if Leo¡¯s memory is restored now, do you?¡± It¡¯s also ire¡¯s headache. She asks, ¡°don¡¯t you know?¡± Luke says, ¡°well, it¡¯s strange. I don¡¯t understand Leo now. I don¡¯t know what he¡¯s thinking.¡± ¡°...¡± After hanging up, ire has to take Conan to Luke¡¯s house again. For the next half month, Conan goes to Howard Group from time to time and says Luke asks her to help. ire asionally goes to Howard Group, and the information is nothing more than Leo¡¯s business trip. So ire has a harder time in half a month than when Leo was in aa. ire believes Luke has told Leo what she said, so she counts the days. The 15th day ising. ... In the evening, in a closed room, Conan habitually turns on theputer in the dark and easily taps the keyboard. A variety of surveince videos appear on theputer screen after a sh. Conan looks rxed. When he hits the keyboard with both hands, he bows his head and drinks a drink andughs happily from time to time. After a sh, theputer screen is finally located sessfully. The familiar house appears on the screen. It is Juan¡¯s house. In the past few days, Conan forgot to monitor Juan because Leo woke up. Today, he is in a good mood and wants to yputer games, but he subconsciously turns on the screen of monitoring Juan. Conan is enjoying his drink while returning to the previous surveince video. He thinks to himself that Godfather can not have been so depressed for so long. But to Conan¡¯s surprise, Juan really doesn¡¯t go out. asionally, his mene into his house to send him some necessities. No one else¡¯s actions are seen on the surveince video. ¡°Does Godfather really decide to live like this? It¡¯s hyperbolic.¡± Conan chews the straw of the drink with his teeth and keeps thinking. At this time, ire suddenly cries out, ¡°Conan,e out.¡± Conan turns off theputer in a hurry. Even if Juan is poor, he can¡¯t let ire know, or his kind- hearted mommy will me herself for it. Conan goes out and sees ire angry. He has a bad feeling. He thinks ire is finally impatient. ¡°Mommy? Why are you so angry?¡± Conan asks. ire solemnly orders, ¡°go pack your own things. Let¡¯s go now...¡± ¡°What? Mummy, don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± Conan is shocked. If anything happens at this critical moment, he can¡¯t afford it. ire says coldly, ¡°your daddy doesn¡¯t want to see me or his own son. I think he wants to abandon us. I don¡¯t want to stay. He¡¯d better leave us alone in the future.¡± Conan knows ire. It¡¯s obvious that she¡¯s not serious. She means Leo doesn¡¯t want to see us and I¡¯m sad now and I can¡¯t stand it. But Conan doesn¡¯t want to fight with angry women. He smiles and puts his hand in his pocket and presses his cell phone.C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°Mommy, why don¡¯t we take a night off and leave tomorrow?¡± Conan says. ire is about to teach ire who doesn¡¯t listen to her, when her cell phone suddenly rings. It¡¯s Luke! ire picks up the phone and frowns. ¡°Mommy? Who is it?¡± Conan looks curious. ¡°Uncle Luke,¡± ire says doubtfully, ¡°he asked me to meet. He said he will talk to me about something urgent.¡± What does Luke want to talk to her about? And it seems to be something urgent. Conan smiles and says, ¡°I know. Mommy, maybe he wants to tell you about Daddy. Don¡¯t you go?¡± ire is actually happy, but she still mutters, ¡°I have no reason not to go. Anyway, we¡¯re leaving. It¡¯s better to make it clear.¡± Conan ignores ire¡¯s muttering. He just pushes ire and says, ¡°Mommy, hurry up.¡± ire pretends to be reluctant, but she goes out. She gets on the car and arrives at the ce that Luke said before the appointed time. Chapter 370 Proposal Chapter 370 Proposal On the way to the ce, ire is anxious. Although Conan suspects it¡¯s about Leo, ire remembers Luke¡¯s anxious tone and feels ufortable. Does Leo have an ident? Or does Luke want to tell her that Leo didn¡¯t want to see her before because he lost his memory? The more ire thinks about it, the more upset she gets. Just then, the taxi arrives at the ce she has arranged with Luke. It¡¯s a western restaurant. ire is confused. Why does Luke meet her in the western restaurant? And this western restaurant is the best in the city. ire knows it¡¯s mainly for lovers. She and Luke are not lovers. ireins that Luke doesn¡¯t know the details. Is he really a rich kid? But maybe it¡¯s because Luke¡¯s not far away. ire can¡¯t wait to walk in. ire didn¡¯t eat in this western restaurant before, but she hears it is very popr. But ire feels weird the moment she walks in. Western restaurants should be quiet, but ire thinks it¡¯s too quiet. ire walks through the dark, long corridor and finds that there is no sound or light. It¡¯s very dark. These are nothing. The key is that there is no one in the restaurant. Is it closed? To be honest, ire still feels terrible now. Does she enter another dimension? ¡°Luke, are you there?¡± ire looks around the dark interior of the restaurant and hopes to see Luke, but she shouts several times without anyone answering her. ireins and takes out her cell phone and wants to call Luke. At this time, soft lights appears in the dim restaurant. The ce is rendered like a dream in the light. The feeling of horror and destion disappears and warmth reces them. When the light spilles over the restaurant, the soothing music begins to ring. It is gentle at first and it is like being blown by the wind. Slowly the sound begins to get a little louder, and the same tune starts in all directions at the same time. But ire feels familiar with the piece. ¡°ire!¡± When ire falls into this strange dream, a maic male voice calls her name. No, it¡¯s not Luke. What? Something in ire¡¯s heart suddenly wakes up. As soon as she turns her head, she sees Leo in a handsome suit slowlying out of the shadow. ire can see it¡¯s Leo, but she thinks it¡¯s incredible. Her eyes widen. Because Leo is not as cold as he used to be. He has a gentle smile like moonlight now. His eyes are full of affection. Leo has a bunch of red roses in his hand and a beautiful little box in his other. ire seems to have guessed what Leo is going to do. The music ying at this time is clearly the music yed in the TV series when proposing. ire feels like she can¡¯t breathe. She can¡¯t describe her mood. She feels like a wooden person. She doesn¡¯t seem to cry orugh and doesn¡¯t have to be angry. Especially when Leo¡¯s strange smilees into her mind, it is like a bomb blowing up the water. ire feels that why things in the world are always so unexpected. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . Leo walks slowly to ire. He kneels on one knee and presents the rose in his hand. At this time, the music bes more charming. The light is extremely bright. ire sees more people in the shadows around her, including Conan and Luke, as well as many senior executives in Howard Group. Is he going to propose? He is obviously going to propose. But ire asks herself in her heart. She just wants to distract herself. Sometimes good things are more confusing than bad things. ire doesn¡¯t pick up Leo¡¯s rose, but he isn¡¯t angry. He just smiles and exins, ¡°ire, I know you¡¯re angry with me. In fact, when I woke up, I remembered all the things that happened before. Luke told me everything you did for me.¡± ¡°...¡± ire purses her lips and doesn¡¯t respond. ¡°Do you think I don¡¯t want to see you? I want to see you every day for the past half month. I want to apologize to you. I want to start over with you. I know that you are my little wild cat. How can I give up on you?¡± ¡°...¡± Leo says the word directly in front of so many people. ire is embarrassed and blushes. But Leo is not embarrassed at all but happy. He gently holds ire¡¯s hand and continues, ¡°I didn¡¯t see you because I didn¡¯t know how to face you. In the past half a month, I¡¯ve managed to finish my work, so I¡¯m here now.¡± ire feels something is wrong. She snorts and says, ¡°work? Does work conflict with me? And do you think work is more important than me?¡± Everyone knows that ire is not angry but like a child. Although ire doesn¡¯t think so, Luke and Conan havee to a conclusion for her. Leo says, ¡°to some extent, work is more important than you.¡± Does he really want to propose? ire frowns and thinks the guy is still arrogant. ¡°Because if I don¡¯t solve thepany¡¯s problems, how can I marry you at ease? I don¡¯t want us to have no time for our honeymoon after we get married. That¡¯s mypensation for you.¡± ire pulls her hand out of Leo¡¯s, and she doesn¡¯t take the rose. Instead, she says proudly, ¡°so are you here to apologize or propose?¡± ¡°Even though you were in aa at that time, what I said counts. The hatred between you and me no longer exists. I am ready to let go. I think you think so, too.¡± ire¡¯s eyes wander. ¡°Now that you¡¯ve forgiven me, of course I¡¯m here to propose.¡± Leo has been kneeling on one knee since the beginning and everyone has seen his sincerity. How could ire not know? Chapter 371 Candlelight dinner Chapter 371 Candlelight dinner ¡°Now that you¡¯ve forgiven me, of course I¡¯m here to propose.¡± Leo has been kneeling on one knee from the beginning until now, and his sincerity is in the eyes of all people. How can ire not know? And Leo is never a gentleman. He proposes to ire like this, and many women at the scene envy her. ¡°ire, will you marry me?¡± Leo opens the box. Inside the box is a diamond ring as bright as a star. ire has to admit that it¡¯s really beautiful. She wants to ept it. Leo sees ire¡¯s eyes and is also happy. He thinks his proposal is sessful. And then the crowd start yelling and making ire ept Leo. But ire pouts and says, ¡°I ept your apology, but I don¡¯t ept the proposal!¡± The atmosphere at the scene cools for a moment. Everyone thinks it is incredible. The atmosphere is good and everyone thinks ire will agree this time. Conan, in particr, is shocked. In fact, today he knows Leo will show up. Leo couldn¡¯t face ire before, and Conan guessed it and found Leo himself. Father and son talked for a long time. Leo really didn¡¯t want to see ire again. He didn¡¯t want to abandon her. He thought he had been wicked and cruel and didn¡¯t deserve ire. Conan spent a lot of time and energy. He cried and threatened and preached. Atst, he persuaded Leo, and the two of them nned the unexpected proposal together. Conan thinks he knows ire. He knows ire likes Leo. ording to the script, ire should have epted it. ire¡¯s behavior surprises Conan. ¡°Mommy is so stubborn. Women are fickle...¡± Conan shakes his head helplessly. Luke agrees with Conan because of Kate. He also doesn¡¯t know what ire wants to do. She wanted to see Leo before, but now she refuses his proposal. She¡¯s so fickle! Leo doesn¡¯t respond specifically to this response. He just waits quietly for ire¡¯s exnation. ire smiles and says, ¡°do you think I¡¯m easy to get? It depends on your performance. It¡¯s too sudden. What do you think I am...¡± When they hear this, they rx again. It turns out that this is a joke between the couple. Leo doesn¡¯t insist. Because it means ire agrees to his proposal and it¡¯s just ack of ceremony. He stands up and smiles and nods and says, ¡°thank you for your help, but tonight is my date with ire. Please don¡¯t stay here.¡± Although he is polite, he is still domineering. All have to leave. N?velDrama.Org content. Conan¡¯s n is aplete sess this time. Before he leaves, he says to Leo, ¡°Daddy, I¡¯m lonely by myself. You need to hurry up.¡± Leo says unhappily, ¡°dating takes a long time. Come home.¡± Conan raises his index finger and says, ¡°no, I don¡¯t mean that. Daddy and Mommy, hurry up and give me a little sister...¡± ire listens to Leo and Conan¡¯s conversation and knows that Conan must have been involved in it, and when Leo didn¡¯t want to see her, Conan was definitely aware of it. Sheins that Conan kept it from her and made her sad for half a month. Now he says that. ire is angry and wants to teach Conan a lesson. Leo smiles and takes ire to his arms. They look at each other affectionately, and then Leo changes his face and res at Conan and Luke angrily and says, ¡°aren¡¯t you leaving yet?¡± Conan and Luke run out of the restaurant. At this time, only the couple are left in the huge restaurant. The light is still soft and the music is still ringing slowly. Leo picks ire up. ire turns shyly and mumbles, ¡°do you want to be here...¡± Leo pinches ire¡¯s waist and smiles, ¡°what do you want, my little wild cat? We¡¯ll have western food in the western restaurant. What would you like to eat?¡± ire knows she is wrong, so she is more shy. Leo puts ire in her seat and sits opposite her. Everything is nned. After the two sit down, the lights in the restaurant go out and the music is quieter. Then Leo lights the candles himself. His movements are gentle and slow. ire feels like she is watching an old movie of thest century. The waiter brings the wine and dishes and leaves quietly. Everything is hazy except for the bright candles. In particr, the light of the candles illuminates Leo¡¯s handsome face and makes it dreamy. ¡°We didn¡¯t seem to have enjoyed a candlelight dinner so quietly before. Don¡¯t you like the atmosphere?¡± ire is in a trance so Leo asks her with concern. ire shakes her head and says with a smile, ¡°actually, I think a lot about what happened in the past.¡± She stops and looks straight into Leo¡¯s eyes deeper than the ocean. After a long time she says, ¡°so the contrast between the present and the past makes me feel incredible.¡± ¡°I mean fate!¡± ire exins with a smile. Leo shrugs and shakes his head. ¡°If I knew you were the little wild cat, we wouldn¡¯t have suffered so much.¡± Leo pours the wine himself and they raise their sses. In the smile and love, the red wine cup sounds crisp. ire¡¯s heart pounds from the beginning until now. She¡¯d love to drink some red wine to calm down. But Leo suddenly stops her. ¡°ire, wait a minute.¡± ire wonders and blinks and asks, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Are you afraid I¡¯m drunk?¡± ire¡¯s eyes are like two curved moons and look more beautiful in the candlelight. Leo smiles and says, ¡°I know how much you can drink, and you¡¯d better get drunk tonight.¡± ¡°Then why do you stop me?¡± ire knows that Leo is referring to what happened in the nightclub. Leo made her drunk and she still remembers it. Sheins in her heart. Chapter 372 Clarifying misunderstandings Chapter 372 rifying misunderstandings Leo says softly, ¡°you shouldn¡¯t drink like this. We should drink cross-cupped wine tonight, shouldn¡¯t we?¡± ire pouts and pretends to be discontented. ¡°Nonsense. We are not married yet. How can we drink cross-cupped wine?¡± ire blushes before she drinks. Although they are close, they never treat each other so gently. In particr, Leo¡¯s warm and bright moonlight like smile and dark blue amber like eyes make ire feel like she is in first love. How can first love drink cross-cupped wine? So ire blushes, but the atmosphere isn¡¯t broken and the air is sweet. ¡°You are too much. Leo, you just begged for my forgiveness, but now you have exposed your nature.¡± ire says helplessly. Leo leans forward and tilts his head and wants to see ire¡¯s shyness. ¡°ire, if you refuse me, maybe my self-esteem will suffer a lot.¡± Leo raises his eyebrows and looks at her yfully. He¡¯s threatening her! ire thinks Leo¡¯s self-esteem can¡¯t be affected. But shepromises and raises the ss. She ducks Leo¡¯s smug eyes and impatiently says, ¡°hurry up. Drinking is not a problem.¡± Leo nods and they reach out and drink the red wine together. Leo watches ire all the time and finds her eyes closed tightly. ¡°Are you too shy to look at me?¡± Leo reaches out his napkin and carefully wipes the red wine on ire¡¯s mouth. ire still closes her eyes. Leo gently holds ire¡¯s hands and says, ¡°what¡¯s the matter? Are you sad?¡± ire opens her eyes and there are tears in her eyes. Leo thinks her tears are fascinating. ire¡¯s tears fall from her cheek. She says, ¡°I don¡¯t know. My eyes suddenly don¡¯t feel well.¡± Leo keeps silent for a while and looks up and says, ¡°there will be many opportunities like this in the future. Do you cry every time? You cry so much.¡± Leo shakes his head helplessly and sighs. ireins, ¡°you know me, and you used to bully and make me cry.¡± Leo remembers what happened before and feels sad. But the good news is that those things have disappeared over time. ¡°No matter what happened to us before, ire, now I really like you. I want to marry you.¡± ire says, ¡°do you want to propose twice a day? Are you pestering me?¡± Leo is amused by ire. ¡°You¡¯ve experienced my entanglement, so no matter how great my changes, my possessive desire for you has never changed,¡± he says triumphantly as he pours red wine. Leo goes on, ¡°you can¡¯t leave me even if we don¡¯t sign those inexplicable contracts.¡± ire smiles and says, ¡°sure enough, your character hasn¡¯t changed.¡± Leo reaches out and gently pulls ire¡¯s hair off her cheek. He says firmly, ¡°my love is more difficult to move than my nature.¡± ire says helplessly, ¡°enough. You say a lot after you woke up. I suspect you are another person.¡± Leo cuts the steak with a knife and fork and puts it in front of ire. He has a satisfied smile on his face. ¡°There are things that you have to go through before you really understand,¡± he said. ire agrees. She and Leo won¡¯t have been together without all that hate and fighting. They may have been strangers. But ire suddenly thinks of something else. She closes her mouth and looks unnatural. She looks at Leo and she is distracted. Leo notices ire¡¯s sudden exception. He puts down his knife and fork and says, ¡°ire, what¡¯s the matter? Do you have anything to say?¡± Now ire does have a question for Leo, but she doesn¡¯t know how to say it. ¡°In order to avoid that we always quarrel in the future, we should be honest. I¡¯m ready to spend my whole life with you.¡± Leo encourages ire, ¡°you can tell me.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ire is thinking about a question. This question has always been a problem for her when Leo was in a coma. It¡¯s about the little wild cat. ¡°Leo, if I¡¯m not the little wild cat, will you be so kind to me? If the little wild cat and I are both by your side, who will you choose?¡± ¡°...¡± Women are too unreasonable. Leo has a headache, but he answers ire¡¯s question patiently. ¡°I didn¡¯t know about the little wild cat when I lost my memory. At that time you pretended to be my secretary by my side, but I was still pursuing you.¡± ¡°So I always like you. Don¡¯t think about it. And most of all, you are the little wild cat. God wants us to love each other.¡± Leo is sincere. ire¡¯s trouble disappears in Leo¡¯s affection. ¡°Forget it. I can only trust you.¡± ire pretends not to care, but she is very happy. Leo nods and points to the dinner on the table and says, ¡°we should eat dinner. My first candlelight dinner with you can¡¯t be disturbed by those worries.¡± Leo seems to be humorous after he woke up . He is not as cold as he used to be. Of course, there¡¯s a good chance he¡¯s like this only in front of ire. ire is selfish when she thinks about it. She wishes Leo is only so gentle and funny to her. Chapter 373 Romance Chapter 373 Romance They chat and asionally look at each other affectionately. ire is even embarrassed. The bottle of red wine is slowly consumed. ire has always been a good drinker, but today it seems to be very intoxicating. The ambience and dreamlike candlelight makes ire dizzy. But ire likes the feeling of dizziness. It seems to make the dreamlike scene and feeling more real. ire looks at Leo¡¯s reassuring smile when she¡¯s slightly drunk. She realizes that is the happiness she has been pursuing. Bryce can¡¯t give it to her, and Juan can¡¯t either. Only Leo in the world can make her feel at ease. Their candlelight dinnersts until midnight. In fact, most of the time, they are both immerse in the subtle atmosphere. It iste at night after dinner. Leo takes ire¡¯s hand and walks out of the restaurant. The moon over the city is still bright and the moonlight makes their shadows long. ¡°Walk with me.¡± ire smiles and shakes Leo¡¯s hand like a teenage girl. In Leo¡¯s eyes, ire is more young and lovely than a teenage girl. ¡°OK.¡± Leo holds ire¡¯s hand. They strolls shoulder to shoulder on the empty road. There is no noise and bustle during the day. It seems that they are the only two people in the city at night. ire can feel Leo holding her hand. She seems to be the center of the world. The alcohol makes ire¡¯s coyness disappear. She smiles happily. There are two rows of tall street trees standing quietly at night. They are witnessing the aimless stroll of the two happiest people in the world. But it¡¯s been quiet. Neither ire nor Leo spakes. Most of the time they are thinking about each other. Sometimes they turn around suddenly and smile at each other. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. The night is getting deeper. The wind in the dark sky drives the clouds to cover the moonlight. The wind whistles past them. ¡°It¡¯s so cold.¡± ire unconsciously hugs her shoulders. ¡°And I seem a little sleepy.¡± Leo looks around. There is ake not far away. So he takes ire and runs to theke. They sit on the bank of theke. Leo takes off his clothes and puts them on ire, then he holds her tightly in his arms. At this time, the moon justes out of the dark cloud. The moon falls on theke and it is as bright as a mirror. When the wind blows, theke is sparkling and beautiful. ¡°It¡¯s good to live. I can see the beautiful world with you when I am alive.¡± Leo looks up and tells God about his happiness. At this time, Leo is like a person who haspleted a big business or a child who sees the sea for the first time. ire is in his arms listening to the sound of theke. She closes her eyes and smiles. ¡°Mr. Howard, is this how you feel when you are recovering from a serious illness?¡± Leo nods and smells ire¡¯s hair and is intoxicated. ¡°Yes, I know how precious some things are only when they are lost, such as you and life. I have felt that you and my life are as important.¡± ire covers her mouth and says incredulously, ¡°it¡¯s too serious.¡± Leo is not used to ire doing this. ire used to be bad tempered and stubborn like a calf. She¡¯s cute at best when she¡¯s in a good mood. Leo has surprises in his eyes. He pinches ire¡¯s little nose and says softly, ¡°yes, I just recovered, but I¡¯m lovesick now. I¡¯m in great pain.¡± ¡°You were not good to me before. You should suffer.¡± ire hugs Leo again and feels like she¡¯s hugging a world. ¡°Leo!¡± ire¡¯s voice seems a little tired. ¡°Huh?¡± Leo picks up ire¡¯s hair with her fingers and ys with it gently. ire murmurs, ¡°how about noting home tonight? I want to be here with you.¡± Leo smiles and says, ¡°then you can¡¯t sleep. What do I do if you fall asleep? Shall I watch the moon all night?¡± ire straightens up and begs, ¡°but I¡¯m tired...¡± ire doesn¡¯t have a chance to finish because when she just raises her head and opens her eyes, Leo kisses her lips. Leo bites ire¡¯s mouth and says, ¡°we should do this in the beautiful moonlight.¡± Then he gives ire a hot and tender kiss again. ire feels the heat on her lips. Her heart thumps, but she quickly closes her eyes again and holds Leo¡¯s broad shoulders tightly with her hands. Leo is addicted to the kiss and holds ire tightly in his arms, but the kiss is tender. The intense masculinity covers ire. She rxes and lets Leo kiss her gently. Leo keeps panting. When he sessfully enters ire¡¯s mouth, he hears ire¡¯s gasp. He can¡¯t contain the fire that is burning inside him. But after all, they are by theke. Even if there is no one, Leo dares not do too much. He just kept kissing ire like this. In this affectionate kiss, ire rxespletely. Leo expresses himself morepletely than before. After that, ire blushes and her heart beats. ire is excited. Leo smiles and looks at ire. ¡°Do you want to continue? We can be here if you want.¡± ire nces at him without retorting. Sheins, ¡°it¡¯s all your fault.¡± Leoughs. ¡°Don¡¯t you like it?¡± ire falls into Leo¡¯s arms and whispers, ¡°don¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± Then she falls asleep. Chapter 374 A good dream Chapter 374 A good dream ire can¡¯t remember how long she hasn¡¯t had afortable dream. Whether she was by Leo¡¯s side or six years after she left him in France, her dream was always dark and cold. She dreamed of Leo and her dead father. But ire has a peaceful and warm dreamst night that she doesn¡¯t want to wake up. In the dream, ire and Leo form a small family. And, of course, the lovely Conan. They are very happy. That¡¯s what ire has been expecting. So she smiles almost all night and seems to be happy. But Leo suffers. His coat is worn by ire so he is cold all night. He has to hold ire in his arms and not move. And he has to look at ire¡¯s inexplicable smile. Leo wonders why she smiles, but he doesn¡¯t wake ire up until dawn. ire is as beautiful as a quiet lotus when she is asleep. There are times when Leo wants to wake her up, but he can¡¯t. He can only wait gloomily. But finally, the sunes up and more and more people walk by theke. He can¡¯t hold ire here all the time. At this time, ire smiles again. Leo pinches ire¡¯s nose. ire can¡¯t breathe and finally opens her eyes and wakes up. ¡°Leo, what are you doing?¡± ire rubs her eyes and protests discontentedly, ¡°I had a good dream...¡± Leo helplessly points to the bright sun and says, ¡°Miss Bet, look at the time.¡± ire gets a stab in the eye from the sun. She squints and looks around. She finds a lot of people by theke so shees out of Leo¡¯s arms. She blows hard at the bangs on her forehead and says with a smile, ¡°I haven¡¯t slept sofortably in a long time.¡± ire stretches hard and looks at Leo carefully. She finds that he seems to be several years old overnight and has dark circles. ¡°Didn¡¯t you sleep all night?¡± ire is a little surprised. Leo sighs, ¡°you finally think of that. If you don¡¯t mention it, I can¡¯t tell you it as a man. I haven¡¯t slept all night and can¡¯t move for fear of disturbing your good dream. But you sleep well.¡± Instead offorting, ireughs, ¡°you deserve it.¡± Leo deserves it. After all, he kissed irest night, or he wouldn¡¯t be like this. There is no free dinner in the world! Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Leo shakes his head helplessly and says, ¡°the key is that you kept smiling. If I were young, I would have waked you up and asked what dreams you had.¡± ire is reminded and reminds ofst night¡¯s dream. She giggles and ignores Leo. ¡°What did you dream of?" Leo frowns and resents ire for ignoring him. ire is interrupted and says discontentedly, ¡°I won¡¯t tell you. You woke me up. I haven¡¯t finished my dream yet.¡± Leo chuckles and touches ire¡¯s nose with his finger and says, ¡°I see. You dreamed of me, didn¡¯t you?¡± ire is exposed. If she admits, she will lose face. She pretends to say casually, ¡°President Howard, you¡¯re cheeky and narcissistic. But you took care of me all night, so you can think of it that way.¡± Leo ignores ire¡¯s disguise. He nods directly and positively and says, ¡°well, it¡¯s time to go home now.¡± ire says in disbelief, ¡°don¡¯t you have to go to work?¡± Leo says, ¡°what do you think I¡¯ve been doing for the past half month? I¡¯ve finished my work so I can take you home. Howard Group is almost OK. I can take a good rest with you.¡± ire says, ¡°what? Am I going home with you?¡± Leo says, ¡°of course. Am I going home alone?¡± ire says, ¡°we are not married. You¡¯re going to take me straight home?¡± ¡°Do you want to stay with Luke all the time?¡± Leo looks at ire scornfully. ire says, ¡°can¡¯t I do that?¡± Leo suddenly smiles mysteriously, ¡°if you live in Luke¡¯s house, where does Kate live?¡± Sure enough, Luke told Leo about it. Leo directly denies ire¡¯s exnation. It seems ire has no choice. In other words, ire doesn¡¯t want to refuse what she deserves. Leo says, ¡°today you go home. Our pre marriage cohabitation begins. ire, are you ready?¡± Leo is too naive. ire looks around and whispers, ¡°I might be ready.¡± It¡¯s obvious that President Howard is not satisfied with this answer. ¡°ire, can you be serious? It¡¯s a big deal. Tell me loud. Are you ready?¡± Leo stares at ire seriously. ire has no choice. She looks up and closes her eyes and yells, ¡°yes, I¡¯m ready. Let¡¯s go home.¡± Leo nods contentedly and touches ire¡¯s hair with her hand. He seems to be rewarding her for her cleverness. ire pulls Leo away quickly because there are so many people staring at them. Everyone is wondering if it¡¯s unlucky to see a pair of neuropathy in the early morning. On the way back, Leo seems very energetic and not sleepless at all. Chapter 375 Three members of one family Chapter 375 Three members of one family The car stops outside Leo¡¯s vi. ire gets out of the car and looks up at the luxurious vi like a pce without speaking. Leo takes her hand and whispers, ¡°this is really your home from now on, if it used to be a cage for you.¡± Leo¡¯s tone is filled with guilt and joy of making up with ire. They walk through the garden together. The front door suddenly opens. Conan stands at the door and cries happily, ¡°Daddy, Mommy, wee home.¡± ire is shocked. It¡¯s not just because of Conan¡¯s sudden appearance here, but also because of Conan¡¯s dress. He is wearing a Christmas red hat and colorful clothes. He has two roses in one hand and a handful of petals in the other. As Conan speaks, he jumps up and throws the flowers in the sky. He looks a little funny, which doesn¡¯t match his identity as a genius. ire and Leo are both amused by Conan. ¡°Why are you here? Did you go over the wall?¡± ire says seriously. Conan doesn¡¯t exin. He and Leo look at each other andugh. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°I arranged Conan to move here. He was waiting for usst night, but you said you wanted to see the moon, so Conan was probably bored at home and dressed like this.¡± Conan pouts and says, ¡°I¡¯m not bored. I want Mommy to be happier when shees home. And it¡¯s my home now. Do I have to climb over the wall to get in?¡± It seems to make sense. ire pinches Conan¡¯s little face and says, ¡°you two are so close.¡± Leo picks up Conan. They are really like a couple of tacitbinations. Conan suddenly smiles and says, ¡°Mommy, did you and Daddy do something badst night?¡± ¡°Maybe Mommy did something bad to Daddy.¡± Leo answers Conan¡¯s question. ire ignores them and walks into the vi. It¡¯s a familiar scene. A huge sparkling crystalmp, beautiful printed floor to ceiling windows and spotless floor. But when shees here again, ire finally makes the ce her home. ire sighs. Leo whispers, ¡°I fired the maids, but the environment doesn¡¯t change. Maybe you¡¯ll get used to it.¡± ire does not answer Leo, but looks around quietly. Leo and she used to fight here. The shadows seem to remain in the air. But ire¡¯s mood is not affected at all. She just feels that fate is unpredictable. She walks slowly from the living room to the second floor. Every step she takes, she turns back and smiles at them. Leo and Conan follow her and act like two bodyguards behind the princess. ire goes to the second floor. She stands outside the door of her former room and opens it gently. The bedroom is no different than when she left. Leo exins, ¡°I actually lost my memory at that time and didn¡¯t know about it. I¡¯ve sorted it out by memory in the past half month. Do you think it¡¯s the same as when you left?¡± ire smiles and says, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. It¡¯s important that we are together.¡± The three of them enter the room together. Leo opens the door of the huge closet. There are many clothes ire used to wear. ¡°I kept them for you. If you¡¯re afraid of thinking about bad things, you can throw them away.¡± Leo consults ire. ire smiles and says, ¡°it¡¯s OK. They remind me of the bad things you¡¯ve done before. If you offend meter...¡± Leo smiles and says to Conan, ¡°your mommy is too bad.¡± ¡°Daddy, maybe you can¡¯t do anything wrong, or I¡¯m too embarrassed to help you,¡± Conan says. Leo smiles and nods, ¡°but these things can be put here. No one will live here after all.¡± ire says, ¡°won¡¯t I live here?¡± Leo frowns and says, "what? Of course you have to sleep in the same room as me. Are you going to run away? We haven¡¯t finishedst night.¡± ire and Leo used to sleep in different rooms, but that won¡¯t happen in the future. ire says discontentedly, ¡°you¡¯re a father. You can¡¯t say that in front of your son.¡± Leo nces at Conan casually and says, ¡°he¡¯s our son. Don¡¯t worry. Your mommy is too shy.¡± Conanughs and says, ¡°yes.¡± ... They loiter in the vi. Then the maid prepars the afternoon tea. They sit together and talk. Leo calls the maids and tells them that ire is the hostess and Conan is his son. The maids are surprised. They don¡¯t understand why Leo suddenly has a wife and son. ire had been here before, but at that time she didn¡¯t have such a noble status. The maids envy ire and leave. ire smiles and says, ¡°I finally be the hostess here. If that maid is still here, I must piss her off.¡± ire is joking. Leo takes a sip of coffee and says, ¡°although there are maids, I want to taste your cooking in the future. I want to have my wife¡¯s cooking at home.¡± ire nods and says, ¡°you¡¯re lucky. Conan only likes my cooking. I don¡¯t have time to cook to take care of you. Conan may not be full. I will cook these days.¡± Conan agrees, ¡°Mommy, you know me.¡± Leo hears Conan and suddenly remembers what he did for thepany and hisputer talent. So he asks, ¡°Conan, are you interested in work? Do you want me to arrange a position for you to y?¡± Chapter 376 Returning to the company Chapter 376 Returning to thepany Conan replies directly, e on. Daddy, you¡¯re employing childbor. It¡¯s against thew.¡± Conan has no other interest but to y now. Anyway, they have been reunited. He doesn¡¯t have to work. ire says, ¡°I think Conan is right. In fact, I never want Conan to be involved in adult affairs.¡± ire had to rely on Conan¡¯s talent because she was in a critical situation, but now the problem is solved. ire doesn¡¯t want Conan to be exposed to themercial war early. Leo also thinks it makes sense and says, ¡°in order not to waste your talent, I¡¯ll invite the best hacker to teach you. What do you think?¡± Conan is not happy, ¡°Daddy, please spare me. I want to y. After all, I¡¯m just a kid.¡± ¡°...¡± Because Conan showed his ability this time. Leo can¡¯t stand his sudden loveliness. ¡°Besides, there are few hackers better than me. Forget it.¡± Conan begins to be proud. Leo shakes his head and has to give up. ... Leo and ire stay together for the next few days. Though they are together most of the time, Conan feels depressed. Sometimes Leo and ire forget him because they are in love. Conan feels hurt and sighs. It turns out that when the three of them live together, the most tortured is himself. But the constion for Conan is that he can finally taste Mommy¡¯s cooking. During Leo¡¯s rest days at home, the maids are idle and have nothing to do. Because ire does most of the housework. Leo doesn¡¯t want her to, but ire insists. She says that¡¯s the atmosphere of home. It seems that ire is really integrated into the family. asionally Leo takes them out shopping or ying. They do a lot to make them happy. Leo makes it a career topensate ire and Conan, and he seeds. Conan says he finally has a good childhood near the end of his childhood. ire doesn¡¯t say it, but her intimacy with Leo reveals all her inner thoughts. Conan sees ire¡¯s happy smile and secretly makes up his mind to protect the hard-earned happiness with her daddy. But it¡¯s not good to be stuck together every day. Leo gets Luke¡¯s call and finally decides to go to work. Howard Group has survived the crisis, but there are still a lot of trivia. Leo doesn¡¯t really have nothing to do as he says. In fact, he asks Luke to deal with those things. ire and Conan first observe a moment of silence for Luke, and then they watch as Leo walks out. ... Luke looks at Leo in thepany and says angrily, ¡°you are happy, but these days are a disaster for me!¡± Leo says scornfully, ¡°you¡¯ve only dealt with a few projects. You are not so miserable.¡± Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°thepany just needs to be managed, but I don¡¯t have time to find Kate.¡± Leo suddenly realizes and asks, ¡°Tracy set you upst time. Doesn¡¯t Kate know the truth yet?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t even find her, and I don¡¯t have time to find her. I can¡¯t stand it so I told you to get back to the company quickly. I gave you Howard Group back.¡± Luke is relieved. ¡°Thank you.¡± Leo pats him on the shoulder. ¡°But what are you going to do with Tracy? You should make her suffer a lot.¡± Luke asks curiously. Leo sits back in his chair and turns and looks at the sky outside the building. He smiles and says, ¡°she lost a lot this time. Forget it. ire is right. What happened before is over. Hatred does us no good.¡± Lukeughs and says, ¡°Leo, only ire can change you. But recently there have been rumors in the company against ire. You¡¯d better take care of it.¡± Leo is a little confused and nods. They chat and then Luke leaves. While Leo is reading the business he hasn¡¯t done for a long time, the secretary knocks on the door and walks in. ¡°President Howard.¡± The secretary named Alyssa asks. Leo doesn¡¯t look up. He reads the material and says calmly, ¡°isn¡¯t thepany busy recently?¡± Alyssa takes a puzzled look at Leo and exins, ¡°because it¡¯s recovering, everyone¡¯s busy. I don¡¯t know what you mean.¡± Leo nods and muses and says, ¡°I heard there are many rumors in thepany recently, so I want you to check them for me. Because it doesn¡¯t belong to your work, I want to trouble you.¡± Alyssa didn¡¯t expect Leo to be so polite. She is more careful. She looks down and whispers, ¡°you¡¯re talking about Miss Bet.¡± Leo looks up and smiles. He looks at Alyssa and says, ¡°because you¡¯re rmended by Luke, I trust you. I¡¯m sorry to trouble you.¡± Alyssa understands Leo. She rxes and nods, ¡°please rest assured. If there¡¯s any news, I¡¯ll report it to you.¡± Alyssa wants to go out. Leo suddenly says, ¡°wait a minute. I have another thing to discuss with you.¡± Alyssa turns and looks at Leo nervously. She licks her lips and says, ¡°yes.¡± N?velDrama.Org content. Leo apologizes, ¡°maybe your position will change recently, but I will give you the same level of position. You just can¡¯t continue to be my secretary. Is it OK?¡± Alyssa freezes, but she reacts quickly. She says calmly, ¡°you have the right to change my position. You don¡¯t have to consult with me. Of course I follow thepany¡¯s instructions.¡± Chapter 377 Mommy, I don’t want it Chapter 377 Mommy, I don¡¯t want it Leo watches Alyssa leave the office and can¡¯t help but admire Luke¡¯s observation. Alyssa is beautiful and her short hair shows that she is very capable. ire quit when Leo was seriously ill. Luke¡¯s promotion of this woman in that difficult situation shows her ability. So Leo is relieved to leave it to her. He devotes himself to his work. ire and Leo y for several days. After Leo goes to work, she is not used to it. It¡¯s like she¡¯s facing a very serious separation. Conan is not like that. ording to him, he doesn¡¯t have to be ignored atst. So after Leo goes to work, he stays in his room and ysputer all day. Leo specially prepares a high-endputer for him, so Conan, the hacker, is deeply attracted by it. Conan is essentially an otaku. ire shakes Conan¡¯s shoulder every time he ysputer games or makes some interesting program. ¡°Conan, do you want to eat anything? Mommy will cook for you.¡± Conan doesn¡¯t look back and his eyes shine because they reflect the light from theputer screen. ¡°How about braised elbows?¡± ire tilts her head and looks at Conan expectantly. Conan quickly edits code that ire doesn¡¯t understand and responds to ire casually. ¡°No, Mommy, I don¡¯t want it.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to give up. Several new dishese to her mind and she chooses one of them. ire smiles tteringly. ¡°Conan, do you want to eat braised meatballs?¡± Conan is a little impatient. He frowns and says, ¡°Mommy, please.¡± ¡°Then boiled fish slices. I promise you will definitely like it...¡± ire is like andy who can¡¯t sell her dishes, but Conan, the customer, has no desire to eat. And the reason is simple. It¡¯s not because of ire¡¯s poor cooking, it¡¯s because... ¡°Mommy!¡± Conan nces at ire and raises his watch and says, ¡°dear mommy, we had lunch two hours ago. Do you think I¡¯m a pig?¡± ire looks at the watch incredulously and says in surprise, ¡°but I feel so long.¡± Conan shakes his head helplessly and says, ¡°Mommy, you¡¯re bored. Don¡¯t you want to go shopping or have some afternoon tea with Aunt Kate?¡± ire replies seriously, ¡°shopping? We have been shopping a lot these days. I can¡¯t disturb Kate these days.¡± ire has a sly smile on her face. ire wants Kate and Luke to be alone. ¡°But you can¡¯t disturb me.¡± Conan says angrily, ¡°I haven¡¯t seen such an dependent Mommy.¡± ire¡¯s been rejected. ire puts her head on Conan¡¯s shoulder. She says, ¡°hey, doesn¡¯t my son like me?¡± Conan doesn¡¯t care about ire¡¯s problems at all. He replies gravely, ¡°yes, I don¡¯t like you, Mommy.¡± Conan pouts andins, ¡°you had a good time with Daddy the other day and ignored me. Now you disturb me because Daddy¡¯s gone.¡± ¡°Women are really fickle.¡± Conan continues coding. ire hits Conan on the head and says, ¡°you wanted us to make up. Do you regret it now?¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°...¡± It makes sense. Conan thinks and says, ¡°you can go to thepany and find Daddy. I think you miss Daddy. Go ahead.¡± ire has this n in mind, but she can¡¯t tell her son. She asks tentatively, ¡°really? Can you stay at home by yourself?¡± Conan puts the big headphones on his little head. Without looking back, he says, ¡°I beg you to do so.¡± ire smiles and hits Conan in the head again. Then she goes back to the room and is ready to dress up. ire is going to thepany so she can¡¯t dress casually. She is wearing a white shirt and a ck skirt. She looks like she is working as a secretary. ire puts on light make-up, but she does it several times before she is satisfied. Then she goes straight to Howard Group. Last time Howard Group had a crisis, so many positions changed, but most people still know ire. Even if they don¡¯t know her before, they have a certain understanding of ire for some reason recently. ire feels a little unusual as soon as she enters thepany, because she finds that there are many people in the hall staring at her andughing at her from time to time. ire¡¯s a little upset. She thinks she just feels wrong, but when she goes to Leo¡¯s office, she sees someone whispering and even pointing at her not far away. ire doesn¡¯t know what those people say, but she can foretell that it¡¯s definitely not a good thing. ... ire sees a short haired woman on her way to Leo¡¯s office. The woman catches ire¡¯s attention because she looks smart and she seems to say ire¡¯s name when she speaks to others. ire thinks that the eyes of those people have made her a little nervous before, so she doesn¡¯t care. The short haired woman is talking to other staff. She looks serious. They may be talking about work. ire rxes and continues toward Leo¡¯s office. Then the short haired woman suddenly turns around and says to ire, ¡°Miss Bet? Are you looking for President Howard?¡± ire nods and thinks she used to work for thepany. She asks awkwardly, ¡°hello. Who are you?¡± The short haired woman smiles and says clearly, ¡°my name is Alyssa. I¡¯m President Howard¡¯s secretary for the time being.¡± For the time being? Chapter 378 Be my secretary Chapter 378 Be my secretary Luke promotd a new secretary when he ran thepany. She used to be an ordinary worker. Maybe it¡¯s Alyssa. ire heard from Luke that she is a very capable woman. ire is not with Leo, so he really needs a secretary who can help him with his problems. ire nods gratefully and says, ¡°does President Howard treat you well?¡± Alyssa says, ¡°I¡¯m just following his orders. I¡¯m not as good as you...¡± ire realizes what Alyssa is going to say. Her face changes slightly, but she restrains. Alyssa covers her mouth and says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. There are many rumors in thepany at present. I may have been brainwashed. But I don¡¯t think so. I heard you are a very capable woman.¡± Alyssa looks good when she smiles and looks like a little girl. ire¡¯s discontent vanishes in a sh. She says, ¡°it doesn¡¯t matter. Leo and I have known each other for a long time and have aplex rtionship, so it¡¯s normal to misunderstand.¡± ire thinks she isn¡¯t the secretary of thepany and is Leo¡¯s girlfriend. She doesn¡¯t have to care about the rumors at all. Alyssa sighs and says, ¡°ire, you are as kind as I have heard. But President Howard is angry because he knows there are many rumors in thepany recently. Just now he asked me to find out the people who spread the rumors.¡± ire nods. She didn¡¯t expect Leo to do such a thing. And the point is that he does it for ire, so she is a little moved. Alyssa sees ire distracted. She coughs and reminds, ¡°ire, what do you think? Who do you think is spreading these rumors in thepany?¡± Who is it? ire follows Alyssa¡¯s mind. She thinks of Tracy first, but now Tracy and Leo have no engagement. These rumors have no meaning. If it is a former employee, she won¡¯t be surprised that Leo proposes to her. If it is a newly promoted employee, how can they know so much? ire shakes her head honestly and says, ¡°I don¡¯t know. No one is so bored.¡± Alyssa hears ire and breathes a sigh of relief. She smiles and says, ¡°yes, ire, those people who don¡¯t know the truth made it up, but President Howard asked me to find those people, I...¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± ire looks at Alyssa¡¯s discontented look and wonders. ¡°I¡¯m just a secretary and I¡¯ve just been promoted. It¡¯s hard for me to do that.¡± Alyssa lowers her head. ire understands and says, ¡°so you want me to help convince President Howard to forget this?¡± Alyssa nods and says, ¡°yes, of course you are the real client, so your opinion is very important. If you think it¡¯s better to find out those people, I¡¯ll do it regardless of the consequences.¡± Alyssa clenches her fist as she speaks and looks very aggressive. She¡¯s a model for new people in the workce. ire thinks Alyssa is as confident as she was when she first worked in France. She says to Alyssa, ¡°I don¡¯t care. I¡¯ll talk to Leo. I think he will agree.¡± ¡°Thank you, ire. Please don¡¯t tell President Howard this is my request, OK?¡± Alyssa is more worried about this. ire nods and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry. I used to be a secretary. I know these little details.¡± Alyssa sighs and says, ¡°OK, I can work with you in a few days. I¡¯m really looking forward to...¡± ¡°What?¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand Alyssa. Alyssa exins, ¡°I¡¯m President Howard¡¯s secretary for the time being, but you will rece me in a few days. This is what President Howard himself said.¡± Alyssa looks increasingly depressed as she speaks. ire feels that she has deprived the girl of the fruits of her sess. This process only needs a word from Leo. It does seem a little unfair. ire even feels embarrassed. Sheforts, ¡°it¡¯s OK. I haven¡¯t agreed yet. Leo is too much. He made up his mind before you agreed.¡± Alyssa waves and says, ¡°ire, I don¡¯t mean that. Don¡¯t get me wrong. Anyway, don¡¯t mention me to President Howard.¡± With that, Alyssa turns and leaves. ire is puzzled. ... ¡°Leo...¡± ire rushes straight into Leo¡¯s office without knocking at the door. She wants to ask Leo directly about the change of secretary and the investigation of those rumors. But she remembers that she has promised Alyssa not to mention that she has met her, so she does not say. ¡°You are too careless. You¡¯re a mother, but I think you are a child.¡± Leo puts down the document he is reading and lies on the back of his chair and smiles at ire. ¡°I¡¯m so bored that Ie to y with you.¡± ire sits opposite Leo and puts her hands on the desk. She puts her head in her hand and looks at Leo innocently. Leo smiles and ys ire¡¯s hair with her hands. ¡°I guess you are bored, so I¡¯ve arranged your work.¡± Leo pretends to be the boss. ¡°Tomorrow youe to work. Don¡¯t bete, or you¡¯ll get a pay cut.¡± ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°I...¡± ¡°You know thepany¡¯s rules. You used to be my secretary, so it¡¯s easy for you. If you don¡¯t want to work, you just need to y with me. This is your real job.¡± Leo chuckles and stares at ire. ¡°Work and life should be separated.¡± ire frowns and says, ¡°you have a secretary now, and she was rmended by Luke.¡± Leo says discontentedly. ¡°So I put her in another position. Youe to work tomorrow.¡± Leo is as aggressive and unreasonable as ever. Chapter 379 Help in secret Chapter 379 Help in secret ire might agree if she didn¡¯t meet Alyssa, but now she doesn¡¯t want to rece another peron because of their personal rtionship. She shakes her head and says, ¡°it¡¯s boring to be a secretary. Let me try another position.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s answer, Leo reaches out and pulls the bangs on ire¡¯s forehead. He touches her white, smooth forehead with his hand and says, ¡°you don¡¯t have a fever. But what¡¯s in your mind?¡± ire mumbles and shakes her head quickly. She pushes Leo¡¯s hand away and says, ¡°don¡¯t make fun of me.¡± Leo says helplessly, ¡°do you think I really need a secretary or really want you to work?¡± ire says impatiently, ¡°you¡¯ve said it many times. President Howard, you are powerful, so I just need to be beautiful.¡± Leo fingers ire¡¯s eyebrows and smiles and says, ¡°yes, you¡¯re smart.¡± ¡°But I don¡¯t want to be a secretary all the time. It¡¯s too boring.¡± ire says discontentedly, ¡°and we stay together every day. Don¡¯t you feel bored?¡± Leo shrugs and makes it clear, ¡°No.¡± ¡°No one can make coffee like you. Only you can do it, so you have to be my secretary.¡± ire says dejectedly, ¡°I¡¯m a designer but I can only make you coffee.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°Don¡¯t you want to do that?¡± Leo looks sad. ¡°I do, but I can make you coffee at home. You can put me in charge of advertising in thepany.¡± ire says solemnly, ¡°thepany has suffered twice in advertising nning. If I take charge of it, there will be no problem.¡± Leo is almost convinced. He won¡¯t stop ire from doing what she wants, and ire has talent. If she can y this talent, she will have a lot of fun. ire continues, ¡°and I¡¯m in thepany anyway. I cane over and make you a cup of coffee from time to time.¡± Leo is really convinced. Hepromises and says, ¡°OK, but coffee is not enough.¡± ire thinks about those things. Her heart beats and she blushes. She immediately says seriously, ¡°no, this is thepany...¡± ire¡¯s voice is getting smaller and smaller, but Leo is not interested in listening. He leans over and blocks ire¡¯s mouth with a long, warm kiss. ire even chokes. The point is they¡¯re in the office so ire is shy. She pushes Leo away and wipes her mouth and says, ¡°you¡¯re a father. You are too frivolous.¡± Leo just smiles. They are silent for a moment. ire asks, ¡°I heard you are going to crack down on rumors about me?¡± Leo nods and says, ¡°yes, I don¡¯t want your reputation to be damaged. I can¡¯t make you cheeky, so I have to shut up those who spread the rumors.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to. It¡¯s troublesome.¡± ire advises him. ¡°No, I have to do it for you.¡± Leo pats the table. ire continues, ¡°I¡¯ll be your wife soon. Is what others say important? And when I was your secretary, we were easily misunderstood. Others don¡¯t know our previous rtionship. So it¡¯s normal for them to misunderstand.¡± Leo smiles and doesn¡¯t talk. ire is embarrassed and says, ¡°and thepany hasn¡¯t fully recovered. The staff are very busy. If you use these little things to make trouble.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not worth it!¡± ire tries to sound serious and reasonable. ¡°It makes sense.¡± Leo thinks so. ¡°But I don¡¯t want to reason. Whoever hurt you has to pay. I want to let go of hatred, but everyone has to pay for what he did.¡± Leo has a point, too. ire is his girlfriend. He can¡¯t be indifferent when his girlfriend is attacked. Leo sneers and says, ¡°and those rumors are not just about what happened when you were my secretary. Someone say you forced Tracy to leave and became my girlfriend with a conspiracy. Some even say Conan is the son of another mysterious man.¡± ire thinks the mysterious man might be Juan. She changes the subject. ¡°Is it about Tracy again?¡± Leo smiles and says, ¡°look, you¡¯re interested in it, too. I¡¯ve had the matter investigated. Soon we will know the result. You just need to stand quietly and watch.¡± ire has no reason to go on. She seeds in keeping Alyssa as Leo¡¯s secretary. She doesn¡¯t let her down, so she is rxed. Leo is thirsty and looks at ire. ¡°Didn¡¯t you say you were bored? I¡¯m just thirsty. Make me a cup of coffee.¡± ire refuses, ¡°President Howard, I¡¯m not your secretary. We have agreed.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t worry. He stands up and touches ire¡¯s chin with his hand and threatens, ¡°our kiss didn¡¯t last long. If you don¡¯t obey me, I...¡± ire panicks and widens her eyes and says, ¡°I¡¯ll do it. Leo, calm down.¡± There is a knock at the door. ire stares at Leo and says, ¡°let me go, Leo.¡± Leo lets go of ire and wants to know who is knocking. He shouts, e in.¡± It is Alyssa who knocks at the door. She smiles and says, ¡°President Howard, Miss Bet.¡± Alyssa doesn¡¯t call her ire in front of Leo. ire thinks Alyssa is a very smart girl. Chapter 380 Resignation Chapter 380 Resignation ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± Leo tries to express his dissatisfaction with Alyssa by making his tone as unpleasant as possible. Alyssa seems to realize something. She says awkwardly, ¡°I¡¯m sorry to bother you. President Howard, please take a look at this.¡± With that, Alyssa respectfully hands him some documents. Leo nces at the two documents and finds that they are two resignations. He says, puzzled, ¡°what is this?¡± These are two unimportant positions, but why do they suddenly submit their resignation? Alyssa still smiles and takes a look at Leo and slowly exins, ¡°before you asked me to investigate who spread rumors in thepany. This is the end result.¡± Leo frowns and looks suspiciously at Alyssa and says, ¡°you found them so quickly?¡± It¡¯s hard to find a rumor monger. Leo asked Alyssa to do it before, but he didn¡¯t expect to get results so soon. Leo believes Alyssa has the ability, but in a short time she finds several people hiding in the crowd. It¡¯s amazing. ¡°Alyssa, I appreciate you, but I just gave you the task an hour or two ago. Did you really find the rumor monger?¡± Leo takes a look at the two resignations. They are really just two ordinary employees. Even if they suddenly disappear in thepany, no one will notice. Leo ms the two resignations on the table and says coldly, ¡°give me an exnation.¡± Alyssa had little contact with Leo before. Two hours ago she thought Leo was a good-natured man because he discussed the change of position with her. Though it¡¯s not true, Leo¡¯s politeness means he¡¯s good tempered. But now Leo is angry. Alyssa¡¯s face is pale with fear and she is about to suffocate. ire suddenly has a little sympathy for Alyssa who got the job on her own. Alyssa is as strong as most girls without background, but she has to show her cowardice in front of Leo. ire taps Alyssa on the shoulder and signals her to rx. And then she says to Leo, ¡°thank goodness I¡¯m not your secretary. You are so terrible. She is a girl. You have to be gentle.¡± Leo nces at ire and thinks she is nosy, but he doesn¡¯t talk. He wants to hear Alyssa exin. Alyssa calms down and looks up and says, ¡°President Howard, I don¡¯t know if these two people are rumor mongers. I heard them chatting when you ordered, so I told them you wanted to see them.¡± ¡°And then?¡± Leo closes his eyes slightly. ¡°When I looked for them again, I only saw these two resignations. So I made it public. Although I didn¡¯t find the real rumor mongers, they were threatened...¡± Leo doesn¡¯t think it¡¯s right. He interrupts Alyssa, ¡°are you the president? I¡¯m not asking you to bring me two resignations.¡± Leo listens to ire and speaks as softly as he can, but in fact he is more angry now than before. Alyssa did not ask Leo forment. Now no one in thepany dares to spread rumors, but the real mongers can no longer be found. Leo thinks Alyssa is a troublemaker when he thinks about it. ire seems to be aware of Leo¡¯s thoughts. She speaks for Alyssa, ¡°Leo, since the expected effect has been achieved, no one dares to spread rumors in the future. You don¡¯t have to be so harsh.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t know why ire has been helping Alyssa. He sighs and says, ¡°ire? I don¡¯t want to see them insult you. Don¡¯t you understand?¡± ire frowns and says, e on. I think Alyssa did a good job. Don¡¯t be fussy. Not every secretary can be as good as me.¡± ire obviously wants to calm the atmosphere, but Alyssa listens to her and there is jealousy and disgust on her face. Leo and ire are arguing, so neither of them notices Alyssa¡¯s expression change. Then Leo suddenly says, ¡°ire, why do you know Alyssa¡¯s name?¡± ire freezes and says, ¡°I want to see if you and the secretary do anything wrong.¡± Leo smiles and says, ¡°you have to concentrate. I think Alyssa is beautiful. If she continues to be my secretary in the future and you don¡¯t often supervise me, anything can happen.¡± ire and Alyssa didn¡¯t expect Leo to make such a joke, so they both blush. But then Alyssa reacts. She stares at Leo and says, ¡°President Howard, can I continue to be your secretary?¡± Alyssa is a smart person, but when her big eyes show her embarrassment, she looks like a girl. Leo says deliberately and seriously, ¡°you have to thank her. But for ire¡¯s request, I won¡¯t keep you after you made today¡¯s mistake.¡± Alyssa nods and says, ¡°I won¡¯t do that in the future. I will follow your orders and won¡¯t act without permission.¡± Leo looks at the two resignation letters and sneers, ¡°send these two people¡¯s information to all companies rted to Howard Group. Don¡¯t give them the chance to re-enter.¡± Alyssa didn¡¯t expect Leo to do so. She doesn¡¯t know for a moment whether to take those two resignations. ire advises him, ¡°you don¡¯t have to be so ruthless.¡± Leo shakes his head and says, ¡°I¡¯m not ruthless. I¡¯m trying to intimidate others.¡± He looks at Alyssa and says, ¡°can¡¯t you do it? Are they your friends?¡±Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Chapter 381 Mystery Chapter 381 Mystery Alyssa rxes and takes the two resignations. She exins, ¡°of course not. I don¡¯t know them at all. I just thinks ire is happy. President Howard is very concerned about her.¡± Leo finally hears Alyssa say the right thing. He smiles and looks at ire. But Leo is disappointed to find that ire doesn¡¯t care what Leo says but looks at the two resignations. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°What¡¯s the matter, ire?¡± Leo feels weird. ire takes her eyes back from the resignations and says with a smile, ¡°nothing.¡± Leo coughs and says to Alyssa, ¡°you can deal with these two people. ire is going to make me coffee.¡± Alyssa knows she is disturbing them so she is embarrassed. She obeys and goes out of the office. After Alyssa walks out, Leo asks, ¡°what happened to you just now? What¡¯s wrong with those two resignations?¡± Yes, ire thinks something is wrong. Because Alyssa says she doesn¡¯t know the two people at all and they aren¡¯t friends. But before ire came into the office, she saw Alyssa talking to them. Did Alyssa lie? Or was Alyssa talking to them about quitting? ire is uncertain and admires Alyssa, so she doesn¡¯t want to tell Leo about it. She says perfunctorily, ¡°I¡¯m distracted. Don¡¯t ask. Would you like coffee?¡± It¡¯s a threat. Leo squints and says, ¡°OK, I¡¯m thirsty. Hurry up.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to, but she skillfully goes into the preparation room. Only ire in Howard Group can make President Howard¡¯s favorite coffee. This is one of her skills. After ire disappears, Leo falls into deep thought. He thinks about it and calls someone. ... ire spends the whole afternoon at Leo¡¯spany. They don¡¯t go home together until after work. Conan, who has previously refused to taste ire¡¯s cooking, is hungry. When he hears ire¡¯s footsteps, he runs to her. ¡°Mommy, braised elbows, stewed meatballs, boiled fish slices. I¡¯m so hungry.¡± Conan is starving. He holds ire¡¯s leg and refuses to let go. ire says triumphantly, ¡°are you hungry? Why do you think of me every time you eat?¡± Leo jokes, ¡°we should make Conan a delicious meal, especially you, because he can help us a lot today.¡± Conan prays and nods. But ire is confused. Conan doesn¡¯t seem to have done anything but yputer today. She says, puzzled, ¡°what did you do? Tell me.¡± Leo pinches ire¡¯s nose hard and says mysteriously, ¡°I will teach you a lesson, but in order to teach you a lesson, I will not tell you now.¡± ¡°Conan, tell Mommy.¡± ire puts her hands on her waist and thinks she can¡¯t teach Leo a lesson, but she can teach her son a lesson. Conan spreads his hand and says, ¡°I just helped. Actually, I don¡¯t know what happened. I¡¯m telling the truth. Because Mommy said I can¡¯t touch the world of adults too early.¡± Leo and Conan don¡¯t exin clearly. ire says discontentedly, ¡°I don¡¯t think you two want to eat.¡± Leo and Conan look at each other and immediately treat ire as a princess. They massage her but they don¡¯t say what happened. ire may not know the secret but she has to eat. In particr, they keep pleading with her, so ire finally pulls up her sleeves and puts on her apron and goes into the kitchen. Leo and Conan p for victory in the living room. ire is angry and cooks a lot of food. Conan eats so much that he can¡¯t walk. ... The next day, ire is finally ready for her uing work. But when she is tying Leo¡¯s tie, she is told she can¡¯t go to work today. ire angrily tightens Leo¡¯s tie and threatens him, ¡°do you want me to suffocate in this room?¡± Leo pleads, ¡°don¡¯t worry. You and Conan are going to mypany today. I need you to do something important.¡± ire says discontentedly, ¡°another secret?¡± Leo thinks for a moment and says, ¡°it¡¯s a surprise. I can make you less bored, OK?¡± ire is happy and spectes about the mysterious things Leo has been doing sincest night. The three of them go directly to Howard Group¡¯s office. Leo sits in the throne like swivel chair and doesn¡¯t speak. Conan ys with his cell phone. ire doesn¡¯t know what they¡¯re doing. When she is impatient and wants to ask, there is a knock at the door. It¡¯s Alyssa! Alyssa enters the office and says confusedly, ¡°President Howard, what can I do for you?¡± Instead of answering, Leo nods coldly to Conan. Conan presses his phone and it ys a conversation. It¡¯s terrible. The recording is a conversation between two women. One of the women pays the other woman, and the other is responsible for spreading rumors about ire at Howard Group. Conan investigates it. ¡°One is Tracy, and you are the one talking to Tracy.¡± Conan points to Alyssa and says coldly, ¡°it¡¯s unforgivable to do something to hurt my mommy for a little money.¡± When Conan finishes speaking, the recording just stops. The office quiets down. Alyssa begins to shiver and turns pale. The huge heartbeat makes her feel that her chest is about to burst. She is serious enough. Not only did she delete the call logs, but she also found two scapegoats when Leo was investigating. But why is she exposed? She didn¡¯t expect the child in front of her to be a hacker. Leo finds the recording with Conan¡¯s help. There is evidence and material evidence. The next step is a trial. Chapter 382 Envy Chapter 382 Envy Since the recording is yed by Conan, Alyssa has been looking down and afraid to look up and see Leo¡¯s cold eyes. ¡°You are so bold.¡± Leo speaks, but he seems to be telling amon thing. If Alyssa doesn¡¯t know Leo¡¯s character, she might really think Leo is just saying she is bold. But that¡¯s not the case. Leo is determined to investigate the people who spread the rumors about ire. From his serious attitude, how can he not be angry? ¡°I...¡± Alyssa has no excuse at all. The evidence is conclusive. Whatever she says is superfluous. The only thing she can do now is wait for Leo¡¯s trial. But Leo is not in a hurry to punish Alyssa. He smiles and looks at ire and says, ¡°I said I¡¯m going to teach you a lesson. Are you convinced now?¡± ire is convinced. Leo may want to teach her how to see through a person. ire is naive. She not only believed Alyssa, but also spoke for her in front of Leo and wanted to keep her position as secretary. ire is embarrassed, too. She keeps looking at Alyssa and frowning. Her eyes seem to ask Alyssa why. There is even sympathy in her eyes for Alyssa. If Alyssa epts Tracy¡¯s payment to do it, she may be short of money. ire is still looking for an excuse to forgive Alyssa. Or ire is afraid that Alyssa is so mean that ire will lose face. But Alyssa thinks her sympathetic eyes are mockery. Alyssa, who has been bowing, suddenly sneers. Her voice seems to carry the cold wind from the north pole, which makes the atmosphere of the whole office seem strange. Alyssa looks up and at ire with desperate, hateful eyes, and she shrieks, ¡°ire, don¡¯t pretend to be good.¡± She pretends to be good? ire feels innocent. What is Alyssa talking about? She never did anything bad to Alyssa. Even if Leo wanted to stop her being his secretary, ire stopped him. Alyssa scolds her instead of being grateful. ire is still holding her emotions. She frowns and says unhappily, ¡°what are you talking about? You did it wrong. Although I didn¡¯t want to punish you at first, the evidence is solid now. Do I have to think I didn¡¯t see it?¡± She can¡¯t do that. Alyssa sneers and there are countless tiny blood threads in her eyes. ¡°Leo¡¯s here so you¡¯re doing everything right. It seems that the rumor is right. You are really a bitch who is good at seducing men.¡± Alyssa says and stares at ire¡¯s body. Her eyes are ufortable. Alyssa, in particr, is now mad. It¡¯s disgusting. ire really didn¡¯t expect her attitude to change so fast. Before, Alyssa was smart and young. After being exposed, she is depressed and suddenly bes violent and vicious. She¡¯s crazy. ire is used to Tracy¡¯s abuse, but when she is pointed at the nose and scolded by a girl she has admired before, she feels ufortable. She is pale with anger. Conan hears Alyssa¡¯s abuse and doesn¡¯t speak. He just looks at Alyssa coldly. If he wants to make Alyssa miserable, he has countless ways. Leo thinks so, but he can¡¯t stand it. He says coldly, ¡°if you want to live in this world, you¡¯d better shut up.¡± His voice seems toe from hell and it is terrible, so Alyssa¡¯s madness disappears immediately. Her body trembles violently and she seems possessed. Leo looks at ire and sighs, ¡°you said at first that you didn¡¯t care. Now you¡¯re angry about it. Those rumors are too much. I¡¯m more angry than you.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to investigate, but Tracy has a plot and the rumors make her ufortable. What¡¯s more, the person she appreciates is proved by Leo to be a traitor of thepany. ire can¡¯t take care of it anyway. ¡±I¡¯ll listen to you.¡± ire finds the source of the rumors but she isn¡¯t happy. She is even disappointed. Sheins in her heart of her credulity. Especially when she saw yesterday that the two people who resigned were friends with Alyssa, she should expose her, but she always trusted her. If it isn¡¯t Leo, she might have been framed by Alyssa in the future. Leo hears ire and wants to deal with it. He smiles with satisfaction and says to Alyssa, ¡°do you admit you are wrong?¡± His tone is cold and no matter how Alyssa replies, she is afraid. Alyssa bites her lips and doesn¡¯t seem to want to admit the mistake. No one understands what she is thinking. She did something wrong. Shouldn¡¯t she obey Leo? But Leo knows. ¡°You¡¯re jealous of ire. You envy her for being beautiful and capable and being my girlfriend.¡± Alyssa is speechless and has no reason to contradict. Because Leo is right. Leo sneers and continues, ¡°you think you have everything, but you don¡¯t have much. You¡¯re not as kind and thoughtful as ire. In fact, you are nothing but envy.¡± He¡¯s hitting and even destroying Alyssa. Leo¡¯s tone is only sarcastic and not furious, but his words hit Alyssa¡¯s soft spot. For such a woman, Leo¡¯s punishment is even more painful than killing her. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Alyssa feels paralyzed. Under Leo¡¯s trample, she has no strength to hate ire. She says with a wry smile, ¡°yes, I¡¯m jealous, so I epted Tracy¡¯s reward.¡± That is to say, Alyssa is not just for money, which makes ire feel more angry. Chapter 383 Surprise Chapter 383 Surprise Conan looks at Alyssa coldly in the whole process, but his eyes don¡¯t seem to be aimed at Alyssa. He seems to be thinking of something more distant. ¡°Conan, what would you do if someone hurt your mommy?¡± Leo asks with a smile. Conan shakes his head in confusion, and then he says, ¡°I haven¡¯t thought about it yet, but Daddy should be better at it.¡± In fact, Conan thinks Alyssa has nothing to lose. For others who have hurt ire, he will deprive him of everything he has, including self-esteem, wealth and reputation. But Alyssa has gone mad, and she was just an unknown employee at first. She just works hard. Maybe that¡¯s why she¡¯s so jealous. But everyone¡¯s destiny is different. People who want to rece others and even destroy others¡¯ things are stupid. Conan thinks no one can destroy ire¡¯s possessions because he and Daddy will protect her. Conan doesn¡¯t want to look at Alyssa. He turns to Leo. ¡°Daddy, what are you going to do?¡± Conan tilts his head and asks. He looks innocent. Leo reaches out his finger and smiles and says, ¡°yesterday I said I was going to surprise ire, so today I have a party for ire.¡± Party? ire doesn¡¯t understand why there is a party at this time. What does it have to do with punishing Alyssa? Leo coughs and says, ¡°it¡¯s certainly not a normal party. To be exact, it is the staff meeting of the company, but every employee should attend it.¡± ire still doesn¡¯t understand, but Conan seems to have noticed something. He looks at Alyssa sympathetically. He isn¡¯t really sympathetic to her. He seems to be reading jokes. Leo ignores ire and raises his hand and looks at his watch. Then he asks Alyssa, ¡°I asked you to arrange the staff meeting. Of course you have to join us.¡± With that, Leo stands up. At this time, two bodyguards in ck juste in. ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t look at Alyssa and walks out of the office with ire and Conan. Alyssa is weak and pale. She is controlled by the two ck bodyguards and taken to the staff meeting. ... ire used to be an employee of Howard Group, but she didn¡¯t expect there are so many employees in Howard Group. When most of the staff and leaders are concentrated in that hall, ire really realizes that Howard Group is a fairlyrgepany. The venue is quiet and everyone is waiting for Leo to show up. They think Leo has this meeting for his recovery and the revitalization of thepany. But that¡¯s not the case. The curtain is lifted. Leo walks alone from the background to the rostrum. The spotlight at the top and people¡¯s eyes make him particrly dazzling. Leo has just recovered from a serious illness but he is still dignified. He looks around, so the atmosphere is quieter. ¡°There seems to be a lot of rumors about me in thepany recently, especially about ire.¡± Leo finishes and looks at the audience coldly. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. No one dares to answer. Everyone¡¯s heart beats faster, because almost all of them have discussed these rumors. After all, everyone likes gossip. ¡°Today I find the person who really spread the rumor. Maybe someone doesn¡¯t know her, so I have to introduce her to you today.¡± Leo sneers. The two bodyguards bring Alyssa up from under the stage. There is a lot of noise. Scorn and derisione from all directions. Alyssa is promoted quickly and from an ordinary worker to President Howard¡¯s secretary. The staff of thepany have a lot of bad rumors about her, so the gloatingughter and curses keep ringing in the meeting room. Alyssa is cheeky but can¡¯t stand being scolded by thousands of people. Her mouth twitches subconsciously and her eyes are listless. At this time she is a walking corpse. Leoughs and interrupts and says, ¡°Miss Bet is tolerant, so she decides not to punish Alyssa. I can let her go.¡± ¡°Alyssa, please step down now, but you can¡¯t leave. You can¡¯t leave in the future. You have to work at Howard Group until you die. Of course you can refuse, but I don¡¯t know what I will do then.¡± Leo smiles when he says these words, but people are scared. Punishment? It doesn¡¯t seem to be a punishment. Alyssa made a big mistake but he doesn¡¯t let her leave Howard Group where many people want to enter. But for Alyssa, whose crime has been published, it¡¯s not just punishment, it¡¯s trampling on her personality. She has to work at Howard Group all her life. Her pride will be trampled down by everyone for a lifetime. Alyssa is desperate. When she hears Leo¡¯s verdict, she is as expressionless as a puppet. Everything is illusory. The only real thing is the abuse and criticism. Actually, some of them are jealous of ire! Leo makes the noise a little longer this time. After a long time, he raises his hand and motions for silence. He goes on, ¡°today the meeting is not for an unimportant person. I have more important things.¡± People are expecting and wondering what Leo is going to say, but Leo disappears on the stage. After a while, Leo and Conan take ire¡¯s hands and they walk onto the stage. ire is the real protagonist of the rumor. ¡°I¡¯m here to say thest time to all of you. ire is my wife. Conan is our son.¡± When Leo says it, he looks at the crowd and continues, ¡°I know there are people who are envious, but if someone spreads rumors about ire again, you can ask Alyssa how she feels now.¡± He is tough, but ire is moved at the moment. Leo takes ire¡¯s hand and says with a smile, ¡°this is my surprise for you.¡± Chapter 384 Not revenge Chapter 384 Not revenge Women are emotional, including ire. The surprise Leo gives her not only satisfies her vanity, but also is a promise of Leo. Leo clearly announces their rtionship in front of the crowd and gives ire an identity. What this means to a woman is self-evident. ire almost forgets it is a staff meeting. She forgets that there are many people watching them. She and Leo seem to be the focus of the world, or both of them are the world. ire hugs Leo. Her tears keeps running down. Leo also holds ire gently. They seem to be eager to blend into each other¡¯s flesh and blood. But their son Conan isining. He is at a loss in the spotlight andins about his parents. At the beginning, the staff are shocked by Leo¡¯s deration for several seconds. It isn¡¯t until they hug that there is constant apuse. Some women are jealous of ire. Some men adore ire. Of course, more people worship Leo. But they can¡¯t do much at the moment other than as a foil. ... ire has been dizzy since shees on stage. She¡¯s just too happy. So she doesn¡¯t even know how she gets out of the hall. She makes three cups of coffee in the office. The three of them sit in the office and taste it slowly. ¡°Aren¡¯t you happy with the surprise?¡± Leo slowly picks up the coffee and sips it. He seems afraid to finish the treasure soon. Conan drinks more than half of it all at once. This coffee, hailed by Leo as the best in the world, doesn¡¯t seem special. He feels it is no different from other drinks. Before ire answers, Conan says, ¡°it¡¯s impossible. Mommy is so happy that she is sad.¡± Conan is soon beaten by ire and bares his teeth in pain. ¡°You can¡¯t just learnputers. Your eloquence is too bad. Even if you want to show off what you know, you can¡¯t talk nonsense.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ire teaches Conan seriously. ¡°You are too long winded. I just want to make a joke. How could I not know what you¡¯re thinking? Mommy, you can¡¯t say that to me.¡± ire looks at Conan angrily and says anxiously, ¡°of course I¡¯m happy.¡± But she doesn¡¯t look happy at all. Conan says in his heart, but he does not dare to speak again. ire is terrible when she gets angry. ¡°Leo, is it really OK for you to treat Alyssa like that?¡± ire holds the coffee cup in both hands and wants to drink it with her head down, but she puts it down anxiously. Leo says he won¡¯t punish Alyssa, but everyone knows it¡¯s worse than punishment. It¡¯s even crueler than killing Alyssa. Leo continues to drink coffee greedily and exhale. He smiles helplessly, ¡°you said you won¡¯t interfere.¡± ire says, ¡°she should have known she did it wrong.¡± ire doesn¡¯t even believe what she says. Leo takes a look at her and finishes his coffee. He wipes the corners of his mouth with a tissue and says, ¡°anything in the world can easily disappear except jealousy, especially when it develops into hatred.¡± He is like a philosopher who is reasoning. ire tries to hit Leo but she holds back. After all, she was moved not long ago. ¡°You¡¯re not sure. No one knows if she really knows she did it wrong.¡± ire still doesn¡¯t think he should do it. She wants to exin, but Leo interrupts, ¡°I don¡¯t really want to punish her. I want to threaten other people. If you don¡¯t want to be cheated in the future, you have to be cruel from the beginning.¡± He¡¯s right! ire sighs and thinks that Leo is notpletely impulsive. He thinks about it. If he lets her go easily this time, many people will be punished if Tracy does the same thing againter. ire suddenly remembers a key that she almost ignores. It¡¯s Tracy who starts it! ire pouts and asks, ¡°what do you want to do to Tracy?¡± Leo shakes his head helplessly and sighs, ¡°I guess you want me to let her go.¡± ire does think so, but Conan immediately objects, ¡°no, this woman is too dangerous. We have to get rid of her.¡± It is cruel. Leo praises him, ¡°good. I think so.¡± Conan smiles and says to ire, ¡°Mommy, this woman is yourpetitor. Do you think she just wants to ruin your reputation this time?¡± Can gossip kill a person? ire shakes her head and widens her eyes. ¡°She broke up her engagement with Daddy before, but now she hears that Daddy woke up and wants toe back to him. She is not ashamed.¡± It¡¯s not surprising that Conan knows these things. He can know almost everything he wants to know. ire frowns and says, ¡°I don¡¯t believe your daddy will be seduced by her. Am I right, Leo?¡± Leo doesn¡¯t cooperate with her at all. He crosses his legs and casually replies, ¡°I¡¯m not sure. In case I get drunk...¡± He¡¯s making fun of Luke. All three of them can not help chuckling. ¡°But I¡¯ll punish that woman even for Luke¡¯s sake. Tracy just wants to ruin your reputation this time. Next time she may threaten your personal safety.¡± Leo is serious and determined. Even if ire exins, it doesn¡¯t make sense. ¡°But we agreed to let go of the hatred.¡± ire is worried. She doesn¡¯t want her quiet life to be broken. But Leo holds her in her arms and says softly, ¡°I¡¯m defending our lives, not revenge. Trust me.¡± Chapter 385 Protecting Mommy Chapter 385 Protecting Mommy Leo¡¯s soft voice and affectionate eyes almost melt ire. How can she not believe Leo? Maybe Leo really just wants to protect the whole family. She can understand Leo¡¯s desire to protect her and Conan. ire nods and rests her head on Leo¡¯s chest. ¡°Daddy, Mommy, don¡¯t you think about your son at all?¡± Conan raises his eyebrows and looks helpless. Leo smiles and says, ¡°you have to protect Mommyter. Since Tracy bullied Mommy, you must revenge for Mommy.¡± Conan and Leo have discussed it, so he immediately pats his chest and promises, ¡°no problem. Mommy, Daddy, you don¡¯t have to do anything.¡± ire knows Conan¡¯s ability. Conan has nothing to do recently. Although she doesn¡¯t want Conan to interfere in these things too early, he is not an ordinary child after all. Since Leo agrees, she says nothing more. ¡°But ire, you can¡¯t go to the design department these days, because Alyssa definitely can¡¯t be my secretary. You must be my secretary.¡± Leo holds ire tight. It seems that if ire doesn¡¯t agree with him, he won¡¯t let go. ire has intended to be Leo¡¯s secretary again, but because of Alyssa, she refused. Now that it happened, ire has no reason to refuse. ¡°OK, I agree with you. No one but me can make the coffee you like.¡± ireughs happily and doesn¡¯t look reluctant at all. In fact, she¡¯d love to be with Leo every day. ... Then life bes peaceful. Conan works at home every day. ire and Leo go out early ande backte. Work, love, life and family. Everything is perfect. They are more and more in love. ire bes Leo¡¯s secretary again. In fact, she doesn¡¯t do what a secretary should do. Leo works and others do other things. Leo defines her basic responsibilities. Yes, she just needs to make coffee. So ire is not like President Howard¡¯s secretary but his barista. It¡¯s a dream job for many women, but ire is not happy at all because she spends most of her time staring at Leo except making coffee. What¡¯s more, Leo thinks it¡¯s a pleasure for ire to look at his handsome side face like this. This narcissistic remark makes ire think Leo has the talent to be a real vase. She is never used to this kind of work, so ire is very bored. For example, ire wants to make a cup of coffee for everyone whoes into the office. Even if he¡¯s just a passing clerk, ire wants to pull him in and let him taste her coffee. ire is bored. But it¡¯s a way of killing time. Making coffee for others can bring praise. But after ire does it several times, Leo stops her and gives her a new order. She can only make coffee for Leo alone. Others can only get a ss of boiled water. ¡°Leo, you¡¯re President Howard. You can¡¯t be so mean.¡± ire is so bored that she can¡¯t stand it and she protests loudly. ¡°I want to make coffee...¡± Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Leo puts down his pen and pushes the papers away and smiles softly, ¡°it¡¯s not about making coffee. You are my wife. How can you make coffee for others?¡± ¡°I¡¯m your secretary!¡± ire is so angry that her cheeks bulge. She is like an angry goldfish. ¡°Yes, they don¡¯t conflict,¡± Leo says. ¡°You can¡¯t do that.¡± ire stamps and shouts. She is visibly dissatisfied. Leo says helplessly, ¡°I won¡¯t stop you from making coffee. But my bodyguards can¡¯t stand it. He made it clear that he doesn¡¯t want to drink your coffee again.¡± It turns out ire harassed Leo¡¯s bodyguards. Because of Mrs. Howard¡¯s enthusiasm, he had four cups of coffee in a day and couldn¡¯t sleep at night. He is a victim indeed! ¡°He has no taste.¡± ire stands on tiptoe bored. Leo smiles and says, ¡°well, you can make coffee. I will drink it.¡± ire is like the owner of a bad coffee shop. When she sees the guests, she is warm, but she is afraid that her guests are joking. So she points to Leo¡¯s nose and says coldly, ¡°don¡¯t regret it.¡± Leo says angrily, ¡°do I have to swear?¡± ire snorts and goes to the prep room. She spends a long time making a cup of coffee and interviews Leo about how he feels after drinking it and watching him finish it. Leo is helpless because this is his third cup of coffee today. All in all, ire¡¯s secretarial career is boring. Thepany¡¯s employees all know that President Howard¡¯s secretary is leisurely, but no one dares to say anything, let alone despise ire. After all, she¡¯s President Howard¡¯s wife. Maybe even though ire is domineering in thepany, no one dares toment on her. Fortunately, ire doesn¡¯t have this habit. She just wants to make more coffee. Of course, ire doesn¡¯t really want to be a barista, so she spends a lot of time looking through documents or news or making rmendations for Howard Group¡¯s strategic approach. Leo just needs to be a good listener. As for whether it can be implemented... The decision team of thepany has the final say. One day, when no one wants coffee, ire sits on the sofa and reads the newspaper. She makes a noise on purpose. Maybe Leo, a workaholic, can talk to her a little more. But she sees a piece of news that shocks her. Chapter 386 Evil is rewarded with evil Chapter 386 Evil is rewarded with evil In ire¡¯s newspaper, there is almost a whole page about one thing. It¡¯s nothing else. It¡¯s about Tracy. ire widens her eyes and stares at Leo and the newspaper. After a long time, she says in surprise, ¡°Leo, is this a masterpiece of you and Conan?¡± Leo has been looking at the documents. He doesn¡¯t look up and just casually says, ¡°you look surprised. Do you mean Wilson Group?¡± ire nods in silence. Leo is still not surprised. He smiles and says, ¡°this news was reported this morning. I thought you¡¯d seen it.¡± ire frowns and still can¡¯t believe it. ¡°Did you and Conan really do it?¡± ¡°Otherwise?¡± Leo responds impatiently. Then he thinks about it carefully and says, ¡°I don¡¯t care about it at all. Conan did it. I just know the result.¡± ire reads the huge words in the newspaper again. Tracy, the daughter of Wilson Group, is suspected of fraud and has an affair with several men. ire knows it isn¡¯t surprising because Tracy has done a lot of bad things. Conan can easily find the evidence and submit it to the newspaper. But ire didn¡¯t expect Conan to bankrupt Tracy. She takes a deep breath and says, ¡°should we do this?¡± Leo says casually, ¡°don¡¯t be too kind. Her scandal was indeed exposed by Conan and sent anonymously to the newspaper. Conan has not left any ws from the beginning to the end.¡± ire is still worried. She thinks Conan has the ability to bankrupt Wilson Group. If people know about it, Conan will be the cruel little prince of business. He may cause a lot of troubleter. Leo seems to know ire¡¯s concerns. He stops working and says seriously, ¡°actually Conan and I just wanted to expose Tracy¡¯s scandal. This woman¡¯s scandal is too easy to find, because there are too many men who have an affair with her and it involves business and politics.¡± Leo adds, ¡°do you think the scandal can bankrupt Tracy?¡± Tracy must have done a lot of bad things, so that¡¯s why she has this ending. Leo continues, ¡°that¡¯s not the point. The point is that after it was exposed, the police stepped in and found that Wilson Group was in contact with the underworld and hadmitted smuggling. She is to me. It has nothing to do with us.¡± ire feels the same way. Wilson Group is a bigpany. Once it has a crisis, it will face many attacks. Everyone wants to benefit from the copsing building. Howard Group was also faced with that kind of fatal crisis. Fortunately, it survived. ire sighs and thinks business is crueler than war. Leo sees ire¡¯s worries andforts her, ¡°she deserves it. I just lit the fuse. Now a lot of people are going to punish her. We don¡¯t have to do anything.¡± ire nods and continues to read the newspaper. She finds Tracy miserable, too. Because when thepany was under police investigation, Tracy¡¯s scandal was exposed. At this time, many reporters are waiting for her outside her house and thepany. And the paper points out that Tracy might be summoned to the police station soon. If it¡¯s not tragic enough, there¡¯s something more tragic. ire reads the news in the newspaper several times. She turns to another page and finally understands that Tracy is really miserable. There are several statements on the back of the newspaper. The spokesperson is an elder of Wilson Group or a peer of Tracy. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Wilson Group is a bigpany. No one expected this to happen to Tracy. If this continues, it will be a disaster for Wilson Group. So almost everyone in Wilson Group makes the same decision, which is to break all ties with Tracy. Whether it¡¯s blood rtions orpany contacts, they¡¯re cut. Among them, even Tracy¡¯s biological parents abandon her and dere that they have nothing to do with what Tracy did. Tracy doesn¡¯t have family or friends right now. Most of the businessmen are selfish, but her rtives abandon her decisively. It shows that Tracy is usually disrespected. ire can feel that. After reading the whole page of the newspaper, ire shakes her head and sighs for a long time. Then she says to Leo, ¡°this is a bloody lesson. Leo, you can¡¯t be impulsive for Conan and me.¡± ¡°So hate is really not a good thing, and I would not do it if Tracy didn¡¯t frame me.¡± ire talks to herself. Leo nods and says, ¡°don¡¯t worry. For you and Conan, I¡¯ll be carefulter. I won¡¯t do too much, let alone break thew.¡± Hearing Leo¡¯s promise, ire smiles softly. ¡°Tracy deserves it, or she will harass us sooner orter. We can live in peace in the future.¡± ire looks up. Leo is a little attracted by her innocence. But Leo doesn¡¯t think they can live in peace. There is something different in his eyes. He always feels that there seems to be a hidden danger around him, but he can¡¯t think clearly for a moment. ¡°What¡¯s the matter with you?¡± ire shakes in front of Leo. Leo shakes his head and smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯m easily dazed when I¡¯m thirsty. Maybe I want to have coffee.¡± Because ire has been making coffee, Leo rarely asks for it. This time he wants coffee. ¡°OK, I will satisfy you.¡± ire hops to the preparation room, and Leo¡¯s face suddenly changes. He stares at a point in the air and desperately remembers and is serious. ... Chapter 387 Desperate Chapter 387 Desperate When ire reads Tracy¡¯s current misery in the paper, Conan, the person who did it, is eating snacks and drinking drinks in the room. He smiles and watches the story about Tracy by theputer. It¡¯s better than any cartoon to see the people who bullied his mommye to such an end. And Conan doesn¡¯t think he is doing anything wrong. He is not vicious, but if someone wants to destroy his family, he will never be merciful. So when he sees Tracy¡¯s panicked and haggard face on the screen, Conan can¡¯t help cheering. But Tracy¡¯s situation is actually worse than Conan and ire knows, because it¡¯s not in the news yet. ... Tracy now feels like the whole world is his enemy. She can¡¯t stay at home. Her parents abandon her and many reporters are waiting for her. The situation in thepany is simr. There are even employees making trouble. Tracy goes broke so many of her employees can¡¯t get paid. So the bodyguards who are supposed to protect her while the reporters are waiting for her bes her creditors. It¡¯s a headache for Tracy and a court hearing ising. All the bad things she has done before are likely to be discovered. Tracy can foresee her miserable life in prison. She wants to escape, so she slips out of herpany dressed as a dirty cleaner. No one has expected Tracy, who has always been arrogant, can be so mean. Now Tracy is in a shabby little hotel near the outskirts of the city. She sits in bed and stares at the environment that makes her sick and pale. Most people will probably confess what they have done before, but Tracy is cheeky and thinks ire has hurt her. At this time, she does not confess and is full of hatred, which makes her tremble and her eyes look like a devil. She seems to want to destroy the worldpletely with her eyes. ConTEent bel0ngs to N?v(e)lD/rama(.)Org . ¡°ire, I won¡¯t let you go, bitch, even if I¡¯m a ghost...¡± Tracy grits her teeth. It¡¯s a pity that she can¡¯t see ire now, let alone retaliate. She can only use hatred to sober herself up a little bit. No one knows who exposed Tracy¡¯s scandal, but Tracy knows a little. ire doesn¡¯t have the ability, but her son is a hacker. Tracy knows it. Herst n was also sabotaged by Conan. Tracy gets even angrier. She doesn¡¯t know why ire has a lot of great suitors and his son is so capable. It¡¯s not fair! Tracy has always been sessful. For the first time she feels seriously that God is unfair. But what¡¯s more unfair is still behind. Maybe God doesn¡¯t think Tracy is miserable enough, so he makes it worse. Tracy will really fail. When Tracy is hating and gnashing his teeth, the shabby door of the small hotel is suddenly kicked open. The broken wooden door falls down in Tracy¡¯s cry. There is dust in the house and Tracy keeps coughing. What appears at the door is a sinister face, and it is familiar. He is wearing sunsses and a ck suit. The tendons on his neck tremble with rage, which makes Tracy feel a little bit scary. The man who appears is Tracy¡¯s bodyguard leader. Of course, Tracy knows that he¡¯s here not to protect her, but to collect debts. Tracy used to like to bully people with violence. After being taught by Kate, in order to prevent others from hurting her, she paid a high price for a group of bodyguards. But less than a monthter Tracy goes broke. This time, the bodyguard leader is her creditor, so he looks not respectful but ironic and contemptuous. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± Tracy tries to hide her fear and speaks to the bodyguard almost in a yelling manner. The bodyguard leader seems to see funny things andughs. His strong body rests on the door. He slowly lights a cigarette and sneers, ¡°bitch, do you think you¡¯re still Wilson Group¡¯s daughter?¡± He¡¯s not a fool and won¡¯t be cheated by Tracy. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± Tracy repeats it, but this time her tone is not dignified. Her voice trembles with fear. The bodyguard leader smokes and says with a smile, ¡°a lot of people are outside. Our goal is simple. You just need to pay us.¡± It¡¯s true, but now Tracy doesn¡¯t have the money to pay them. Tracy swallows and retreats. She says in horror, ¡°you know I¡¯m broke now, so I can¡¯t pay you. But I¡¯m sure I¡¯ll be rich again. If you can protect me all the time, I will treat you well in the future.¡± The bodyguard leader hears Tracy tempting him with money and feels that she is stupid, so he looks at Tracy as if he were looking at an idiot. ¡°I know you¡¯re broke, so I don¡¯te here to ask for money.¡± The bodyguard leader sneers and puts out the smoke. At the same time, he takes off his sunsses and smiles indecently. Tracy is relieved. Fortunately, they don¡¯te to ask for money. Tracy realizes that the bodyguard leader is looking at her indecently, but she doesn¡¯t care. If this is a way to solve the problem, it is not too bad. Tracy is not a self respecting woman. She knows herself. Chapter 388 Tragedy Chapter 388 Tragedy But Tracy didn¡¯t expect the bodyguard leader doesn¡¯t have that n. He doesn¡¯t even touch Tracy. When the bodyguard leader sees Tracy looking at him with charming eyes instead of being anxious and rebellious, his dirty eyes suddenly turn into contempt and disdain. Tracy feels something is wrong. What is the strong man doing in front of her? There is a strong unease in Tracy¡¯s heart. The bodyguard leader sneers and ps. Then four or five bodyguardses in. Of course, they are all Tracy¡¯s former bodyguards, but now they have be Tracy¡¯s nightmare. ¡°Are you going to kill me? It¡¯s not good for you.¡± Tracy curls up at the corner. Her back is against the cold wall and her heart feels freezing. The bodyguard leader sneers, ¡°otherwise you give us money?¡± Tracy is speechless. She doesn¡¯t even have a cent, but to dy, she says, ¡°mypany is broke, but my family has money. After all, I¡¯m the daughter of Wilson Group. It¡¯s impossible for Wilson Group to ignore me.¡± The bodyguard leaderughs. After all, this kind of joke can¡¯t be heard every day. The next moment the bodyguard leader looks at Tracy seriously and coldly, ¡°do you think we are fools? Everyone in the Wilson Group has broken with you. Tracy, do you think you¡¯re rich now? To tell you the truth, you have nothing now.¡± Tracy¡¯s body shakes violently, but even if she has nothing, she doesn¡¯t want to be killed. She hasn¡¯t got revenge yet. She hasn¡¯t seen ire¡¯s pain. She can¡¯t die. The bodyguard leader says, ¡°no, you are beautiful after all.¡± Tracy¡¯s desperate heart zes with fire. If she can sell her body to save herself, she doesn¡¯t care. The bodyguard leader seems to see through Tracy¡¯s dirty ideas. He says, ¡°you think too much. Since you have no identity, we have to sell you.¡± A bodyguard behind says, ¡°yes, this woman has nothing now, but after all, she used to be ady. If we sell her to a brothel, ha ha, there are many people who want to taste her.¡± The bodyguard leader nods and continues to stare at Tracy and says, ¡°you¡¯re right. Maybe she can be sold at a high price.¡± Maybe the bodyguard leader really wanted to kill Tracy at first, but since he can sell her, he won¡¯t refuse. Tracy realizes what she is going to face. Her face turns pale. She has never been to that asion, but she knows that the men in that ce have strange tastes. They have many means. Her soft skin can¡¯t stand that kind of damage. Tracy wants to fight, but she is too scared to speak, let alone escape from the narrow room. The bodyguard leader immediately waves and four or five bodyguardse around. Tracy¡¯s mind is buzzing and nk. She is tied up, and then a piece of smelly cloth is put into her mouth. She wants to vomit but she can¡¯t vomit at all. Her internal organs are writhing in an exaggerated way. Tracy feels that she will die at any time. Then Tracy¡¯s eyes are blindfolded. She is shoved directly into a cloth bag by the bodyguards and dragged downstairs and roughly stuffed into the trunk of the car. ¡°You have to be careful. If she has one more wound, maybe we will get less money.¡± ¡°No, you don¡¯t know. Maybe someone likes a woman with a lot of wounds.¡± ¡°Does anyone have that taste?¡± ¡°The men there... Ha ha...¡± Tracy vaguely hears their conversation and feels desperate. Then their hateful conversation stops. Tracy is in the dark. She even hopes that she will not wake up again, because at that time she is really in hell. ... Tracy has a sense of self-knowledge. She knows she will wake up in a hell. Tracy is sessfully sold to a brothel. In a narrow, ustrophobic room, she is naked and her hands and feet are chained by thick, cold iron chains. Only the yellow chandelier is slowly shaking in the dark room. The room is quiet but smelly. It takes Tracy a long time to regain consciousness. At this time she clearly hears a noise outside. It seems to be a casino. The noisy crowd is shouting gambling terms, but it is like a pub, because she hears the sound of punching and getting drunk. There are even voices of men and women flirting with each other. Tracy is really sold to what she thinks is hell. Tracy can¡¯t move and can only desperately open her eyes and look at the chandelier overhead. She is awake on and off. After a while, Tracy hears a conversation at the door. ¡°Can you charge less? Although she used to be a public figure and beautiful, now she¡¯s nothing.¡± Tracy hears a rude drunk voice. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. ¡°A thousand dors is too little. The woman is worth 2500 dors. You¡¯re going to enjoy Wilson Group¡¯s daughter. You didn¡¯t have the chance before.¡± The rude voice says nothing and they seem to have made a deal. Tracy finally has a nightmare. She clenches her teeth and closes her eyes. When she is insulted, she is thinking about how to make ire die. An hourter... ¡°Hey, you¡¯re an interesting woman. Why do you call another woman¡¯s name?¡± The man dresses and sneers and looks at Wilson Group¡¯s daughter. Tracy now feels like a corpse, but when the man asks her, she sneers and says, ¡°she¡¯s a bitch.¡± The man frowns and thinks. He is surprised and says, ¡°I¡¯ve heard the name. Are you talking about Mrs. Howard of Howard Group?¡± Mrs. Howard. Tracy is furious at the name. Chapter 389 Peacemaker Chapter 389 Peacemaker It should belong to her, but it is snatched by ire. Tracy¡¯s face goes crazy. Her eyes are red and she looks at the rude man in front of her and smiles and says, ¡°if you can help me kill her, I can stay with you forever.¡± The man smiles and takes out his cell phone and shows Tracy today¡¯s newspaper. It turns out that this newspaper interviewed Leo and ire. ¡°Who do you think you are? You want to beat Leo¡¯s wife? It only costs $2500 to have sex with you. What are you?¡± Faced with such insults, Tracy¡¯s burning anger die out. Her eyes are listless and she feels like she is really in hell. Tracy is desperate and knows that she will always be treated like this. ... Tracy¡¯s n is broken again. But ire¡¯s happy life is just beginning. Of course, most people think ire and Leo are happy. Leo is a president and handsome, gentle and rich. His wife is his secretary. They stay together in work and life and are sweet. They must be happy. But ire is not rxed. She is happy, but ire¡¯s work is really boring to the extreme. She is hardworking and talented in design, but she has been doing nothing in the office. She only makes a cup of coffee once in a while. Such a life is also hard for ire. On an ordinary day, Leo keeps looking down at the documents. ire sits on the sofa like a doll and swings her calves. ire feels like she is kicking the sofa like a pendulum. ¡°Hey, Leo...¡± ire is so bored that she wants to fight Leo. But Leo doesn¡¯t listen to her. He smiles but does not look up. He just responds, ¡°are you bored? If you want to make coffee, go ahead, though I¡¯m full.¡± Leo is full of coffee. We can imagine what kind of torture he suffered, but it is not easy for him to smile at this time. ire sighs and says, ¡°I¡¯m bored but I don¡¯t want to make coffee. I feel like I¡¯m going to die.¡± ire tilts her head and sticks out her tongue and mimics a dead body. But no one appreciates Mrs. Howard¡¯s vivacity, including Leo. ¡°Leo, thepany is operating normally. You don¡¯t have so much to do. Can you stop being a workaholic?¡± ire wanders around the room and ps the desk. Leo looks up and rubs his temples. He smiles helplessly. ¡°Don¡¯t you think I want to y with you? I want to have a good time.¡± ire says pleasantly, ¡°do you mean you want to finish your work and go out with me as before?¡± Leo shrugs. ire jumps up happily. Leo ignores ire¡¯s cheers and shakes his head. Then he goes on working. Leo thinks of something. He puts down his pen and says, ¡°although you¡¯re still working, you can go shopping or talk to Kate.¡± Hearing this, ire pouts helplessly and says, ¡°she seems to be upset recently. She is listless when we talk on the phone. She¡¯s really changed.¡± Leo smiles and says, ¡°maybe it¡¯s because of Luke.¡± Tracy framed Luke a long time ago. ire says in surprise, ¡°didn¡¯t Conan help him with it?¡± ire¡¯s eyes widen. Luke went to Kate after Leo took over thepany. It¡¯s been a long time. Hasn¡¯t he cleared up that simple misunderstanding yet? Leo points to ire and says, ¡°you¡¯re an irresponsible friend. Kate doesn¡¯t answer Luke¡¯s phone at all, let alone meet. He can¡¯t exin it to her.¡± It turns out Luke and Kate are ying hide and seek. Leo looks at ire and says, ¡°do you think you have something to do? If you¡¯re bored, you can think of it as a career. After all, I think Kate and Luke match. As his friend, I hope he can find the girl he likes.¡± ¡°Leo, you were in conflict with Kate. Why do you suddenly think Kate is good?¡± ire makes fun of Leo. ¡°Don¡¯t mention the past. I¡¯m embarrassed. I know Kate always hates me, but it¡¯s because I used to be bad. I can¡¯t me her. But I can¡¯t influence her and Luke¡¯s happiness...¡± ire nods and says, ¡°yes, it seems I have to arrange for them to meet. Why didn¡¯t Luke ask me for help when he couldn¡¯t see Kate?¡± Leo nods and says, ¡°I think so, but Luke said he didn¡¯t want to disturb us. He thinks he can be patient and exin it to Kate.¡± He is really stubborn. ire sighs. ¡°He must have never thought I am just a barista here. It¡¯s sad.¡± Leo smiles and says, ¡°stopining. Hurry up, or I¡¯ll let you make coffee when I¡¯m thirsty.¡± ire goes to the prep room and makes a n and calls Kate. ¡°What do you want to do?¡± Kate answers the phone and says it directly. ire says, ¡°what do you want to do? Have you drunk any gas? Why are you so angry?¡± ¡°Sorry. I thought it was Luke.¡± Kate¡¯s voice seems very angry. N?velDrama.Org content. ire wants to persuade them directly, but she doesn¡¯t mention it for the time being. She smiles and says, ¡°I¡¯ve been bored recently. Do you want to go out?¡± Chapter 390 Don’t lie to me Chapter 390 Don¡¯t lie to me Kate hears ire¡¯s offer and seems interested. She thinks for a moment and says, ¡°yes, I have a lot to tell you.¡± ire sniggers and says casually, ¡°it must be about Luke.¡± Kate doesn¡¯t speak. After a long time, she says, ¡°are you going to cheat me again this time? I already know thatst time you helped Luke cheat me.¡± Maybe Luke told Kate that night. ire says decisively, ¡°no, I haven¡¯t seen you for a long time, so I miss you.¡± Kate seems to think something¡¯s wrong. She questions, ¡°you should be with Leo recently. What happened to you and Leo? What is your rtionship now?¡± Kate is a real idiot. She doesn¡¯t pay any attention to social news. Everyone has seen an interview with Howard Group¡¯s President Howard and ire, but Kate doesn¡¯t know anything. But ire thinks it¡¯s good. So she lies, ¡°I¡¯m in trouble, so I want to talk to you...¡± Kate smiles and says, ¡°do you want to drink with me again?¡± ire¡¯s eyes roll. It¡¯s a good choice to call Kate and Luke to a pub with an ambiguous atmosphere. So she says, ¡°what about the pub we metst time?¡± Kate says, ¡°OK, we¡¯ll meet there in an hour. I will be angry if you lie to me again this time.¡± ire smiles awkwardly and says, ¡°I won¡¯t cheat you twice. Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll be on time.¡± ire is afraid of exposure, so she hangs up quickly and takes a breath of relief. ¡°Kate bes smart after meeting Luke. She wouldn¡¯t think I was going to cheat her before.¡± ire says to herself. In fact, ire has to cheat Kate this time, otherwise how can Luke meet her? They can¡¯t y hide and seek all the time. Although Kate said she will be angry if she lies to her again, she is careless. What¡¯s more, she likes Luke. They have a little misunderstanding. ire wants to show Kate the video that night, but it might be better for Luke to exin it to her in person. ire makes up her mind and calls Luke. Luke answers the phone, but ire finds his voice weak and he seems to have just got up. ¡°Hello, Luke? I heard that you are ying hide and seek with Kate recently.¡± ire snickers and sounds like she¡¯s joking. Luke says helplessly, ¡°you and Leo have been together. You can¡¯t like gossip. After all, you are now the famous Mrs. Howard.¡± ire has no time toin about the pain of being a barista. She says directly, ¡°I have a chance to let you meet Kate.¡± Luke immediately tters and says softly, ¡°really? Do you have a way?¡± It seems that Luke¡¯s lethargy is really because he can¡¯t see Kate. When he hears that there is a solution, he is reborn. ire tells Luke in detail about her conversation with Kate and says, ¡°so you have to date Kate instead of me.¡± ¡°What do you think?¡± ire is smug. But it¡¯s no different from thest n. Does it count as a n? But there is no other solution. ¡°You are a good cat.¡± Lukements. ire asks, ¡°what?¡± N?velDrama.Org content. Luke smiles and says, ¡°I mean you¡¯re smart.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to hang up and wants to talk more, but Luke asks for the address and immediately hangs up. He wants to go to the appointment instead of ire. ire hangs up and gets bored again. To kill time, she continues to make coffee. ... Luke takes the video from Conan and dresses up. He buys a bunch of roses on the way. In fact, Luke hesitates to buy these roses. Should he buy carnations or white roses or really red roses? Luke makes up his mind, so he chooses the red rose. ire and Kate have an appointment to meet in a small box in a pub. It¡¯s narrow, but it¡¯s not oppressive. Gentle light and soft music make people feel an ambiguous atmosphere. Maybe it¡¯s a coincidence. Maybe ire did it on purpose, but this ce is really suitable for dating. In order to prevent Kate from turning around and leaving when she sees Luke after entering the door, instead of waiting in the box, Luke puts the rose on the tea table. He puts the video and yer in a prominent position on the table. Then he walks out of the box and hid in the corner and waits for Kate to enter. Luke is eager, so hees more than half an hour earlier than the appointed time. For more than half an hour, Luke has been feeling sick. He imagines Kate¡¯s expression or reaction after seeing the video and the scene he exins to her face to face at the box door. But anyway, Luke always thinks of Kate¡¯s bright but disgusted face. Luke hasn¡¯t had many girlfriends, but as a rich man, he has experienced many women and each one is of high quality. Luke has never been coy or unsure about a woman¡¯s reaction. It just shows that Kate is too important to him. Although Luke has not really expressed his love for Kate, he has to admit to himself that he loves Kate. It¡¯s probably because he saw Kate¡¯s back in the hospital that day, or everything that happened before, but he doesn¡¯t find out. Chapter 391 Forgive me Chapter 391 Forgive me When Kate appears in the tavern, Luke admits that he is indeed nervous at a certain moment. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Especially when Kate opens the curtain and enters the room, Luke even feels that the palms of his hands are permeating with a fine film of sweat. But Luke doesn¡¯t rush into the room. He wants to exin to Kate after she finishes watching the video tape. He thinks things may go much easier by doing like this. Kate actually wonders if she goes into a wrong room after she enters. But when she goes out and reconfirm, she realizes it is the room that she make the appointment with ire. Kate is very curious when she sees the video tape and roses on the table, so she calls ire, but what makes she really depressed is ire doesn¡¯t answer her call at all. When Kate seats in the room, she looks at the DV on the table and finally opens it. Maybe ire wants to tell her something through this DV, so that is why she makes an appointment with her here. Kate sees Luke¡¯s figure at the beginning of the video, but because it is a surveince video, there is no voice recording. Kate can only guess what happens to Luke in the room. Kate can see clearly from the video that Luke seems not to want to meet with Tracy, and he is about to leave halfway, but he is stopped by someone. Then Luke drinks the red wine like he is coerced or by other reasons. Luke seems like a different person, and Tracy starts to hook up Luke proactively. Kate breathes deeply. Although she is simple-minded and always doing things informally, but this doesn¡¯t mean she is foolish. If that is the case, she would not be able to gather arge group of brothers of the street racer. The information revealed on this video is very simple. Luke has been set up by Tracy at that night. The wine he drinks has drugs in it. But Luke keeps to restrain himself very hard, nothing excessive happens even in the very end. Kate doesn¡¯t expect such a result. The video continues to ying, during which Tracy once walks out of the private room. It should be the moment when Kate go to the outside of room and confronts with Tracy. Throughout this period Luke keep maintaining a decent image, and while looking painful, he is not hysterically losing control. To be honest, Kate admires what Luke behaved in the video, which even makes her feel at ease. However, she is embarrassed by the feeling. After all, she and Luke are not in a rtionship. Even if Luke does anything to Tracy, she doesn¡¯t have the right to say anything. Then Kate sees her figure appears on the video again, and when she remembers of what would happen next, Kate blushes. She just wants to turn off the video directly. After all, she is the one who knows the specific situation. But she doesn¡¯t want to close the video like this. In her subconscious, it seems like she wants to reappear the situation at that time again. When Kate struggles with herself, she hears a coughing like a remindering from her side. Kate is shocked and immediately closes the video. There is a man standing in front of the door. It isn¡¯t anyone else but the other one in the video - Luke. it seems Luke stands there for a long time, but since Kate watches the video attentively, she doesn¡¯t notice it. Kate is embarrassed and speechless. She wants to be angry as usual, but the misunderstanding of Luke on that day had actually been eliminated by this video, and she is too unreasonable to be angry again. Kate freezes there for a moment. her face blushes like fire, and she mumbles. Luke notices Kate¡¯s embarrassment, and he feels a little embarrassed himself, he whispers, ¡°Sorry...¡± Kate breathes a sigh as a relief and says with displeasure, ¡°Are you a ghost? How long have you been here? Honestly.¡± Luke watches Kate¡¯s reaction for a long time actually, but he answers in an untruthful way, ¡°I just came here, and saw you look so absorbed so I didn¡¯t interrupt you.¡± Kate finally remembers the point. She looks at Luke and frowns, ¡°Why are you here, ire lies to me again.¡± Although Kate says something angrily, Luke knows that Kate is still calm now, so he smiles and seats in front of her and says, ¡°Sorry, ire and I have no intention to fool you, but I have no choice, I have to do this since you have been hiding from us.¡± ¡°¡­¡± Kate doesn¡¯t know what to say, and she just stares at the wall behind Luke. ¡°After all, it¡¯s not good to continue this misunderstanding. You should know the reason why I did that day after you watched the video. I ¡¯m sorry, although I was been drugged, it is also difficult to forgive after I did such an excessive thing to a girl.¡± Luke nods with apology. Kate gets distracted by hearing this, but she doesn¡¯t know why, she is a little disappointed when she watched the video moment ago. It turns out that Luke did it just because of the drug effect, but not because of her. Luke sees Kate¡¯s zed eyes, and he asks, ¡°Kate, you¡­still not going to forgive me?¡± Kate keeps her poker face, but she nods her head, and then quickly shakes it, ¡°It¡¯s not your fault, of course I will forgive you.¡± Kate is still in the mood of disappointment. She even imagines what would happen if she didn¡¯t stop Luke? She wants to ask Luke, but it would be embarrassed if she ask. So she can only stop her shameless imagination. Luke doesn¡¯t know why Kate is still unhappy after she already forgives him. He continues to say, ¡°Of course, maybe also because you are very beautiful... I...¡± ¡°What?¡± Kate swears that this is the first time in my life I have heard someone say that she is beautiful. Usually such words are used on ire, and it doesn¡¯t seem to have anything to do with a girl like her. So Kate¡¯s first reaction is that she hears it wrongly. Luke continues with a smile, ¡°Actually, when I see you standing in front of the window in the hospital, I think you are very beautiful, which makes me reluctant to look away and even want to possess you.¡± ¡°Well, enough¡­¡± Kate doesn¡¯t expect Luke to describe it in such a detailed way, and her face almost burns up. ¡°Sorry.¡± ¡°That¡¯s really¡­disgusting.¡± Kate turns away to avoid the scorching sight from Luke. Chapter 392 Attacked Chapter 392 Attacked Luke says these things involuntarily, and he is interrupted by Kate by saying he is disgusting. He is also very depressed andins that he talks too much. ¡°Sorry.¡± Luke cannot find any other words to respond except this. Kate doesn¡¯t respond to Luke¡¯s apology either, and they fall into awkward silence. Before this, Luke feels that the ambiguous and proper light just make the atmosphere more anxious. They seem to be in the same situation. There are a lot of words stuck in their throats, but there is no way to speak out frankly. Although they are close, the distance between their hearts is actually as far away as the two ends of the earth. Luke doesn¡¯t know how long the silencests, and he thinks he cannot let things go like this, so he wants to say something. ¡°Sorry.¡± After he thinks over and over again, Luke still repeats this sentence. Kate seems to be amused by Luke¡¯s embarrassment. Of course, her smile onlysts for a second, and then she says directly, ¡°You have apologized for countless times, and I already said I forgive you.¡± But Luke doesn¡¯t think that Kate really forgives him. But he still nods and smiles awkwardly. ¡°Oh well, I bring you this.¡± Luke pushes arge bouquet of roses on the table. ¡°Huh? I think it is the decoration. You bring it for me?¡± It seems that she finally finds something to talk about, and her tone seems a little lighter, but when she sees that flower is red rose, she is hesitant to take it. Even Kate is not an exquisite girl, she stammers for a long while. She looks up at Luke who is also embarrassed and says, ¡°Hey, why do you pick red roses?¡± Sure enough, she asks about this. But even for Luke who brings this bunch of flowers cannot exin why he does this, or he doesn¡¯t want to exin it too clearly. ¡°This kind of flower should not be given indiscriminately. Although I don¡¯t know much about it, I still havemon sense.¡± Kate¡¯s face swells because of shyness, but nobody can know that she is angry or she is shy. At this moment, they fall into silence again. They are both unclear existence to each other. Even a sentence or an action, one of them wants to understand its true meaning urgently, but often the other one can¡¯t answer it. In a way, they really fit each other to the extreme. But such constant silence cannotst forever. Luke is about to lie, so he smiles and says, ¡°Oh, I don¡¯t remember it. Maybe other flowers in the shop are sold out.¡± What a stupid lie. How can there only be red roses left in a flower shop? The far-fetched exnation is not convincing at all. But Kate believes it miraculously, she nods and says, ¡°Okay...¡± Maybe Kate doesn¡¯t think much about it, or maybe Kate thinks that red roses are indeed a good choice. As for the reason, it may be good for what red roses really stand for. Then they begin silent again. Kate sighs awkwardly, ¡°I was going to have a drink with ire. Now that we are done for our own matters, I¡¯ll take a step first.¡± Luke is a little bit reluctant, and even if he suffers so silently, he prefers to stay like this, but Kate¡¯s words are justified and there is no reason to refuse. ¡°Okay, please remember to contact me and ire. We can hang out more.¡± Luke also relieves. ¡°I will.¡± Kate goes out of the room like she escapes from it. When Kate leaves, Luke finds that the roses he brings for her are still on the table and not been taken away. He thinks about it now. Red rose as an apology gift is not appropriate. Luke is ufortable, but he convinces himself not to care about it. Anyway, Kate forgives him already. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. When Luke is in a daze, there is a loud noise outside the room. He thinks it may be Kate who turns back to get the forgotten rose. Luke hurriedly walks out of the room to see, but he finds that there are only pub waiters in the hallway, probably where the voicees from. But Luke feels a little uneasy. When he walks out of the pub after checking out, he still feels it. Luke parks the car on the side of the road and looks at his watch. He wants to go to Howard Group to talk to Leo. It is better if he could ask him out for a drink. It¡¯s just that Leo who recovers from his illness and suddenly bes a good, family-oriented man may refuse him. When Luke¡¯s hand just touches the handle, a ck rod-shaped object suddenly attacks behind him with a noise like whistling wind. Luke¡¯s neck feels cold, and his uneasy premonition agitates. Actually he is alert when the shadow behind him reflects from the window of the car. Bang£¡ There is a baseball bat hit from the air, with great strength and speed, which shatters the window ss directly. Luke, who is the target of the attack, dodges to the side. Luke looks back and sees a man in a racing suit and a baseball cap who carries a baseball bat in his hand. And that man just looks at him with red eyes. Luke sees many young street hooks like him before, but no one has the courage to challenge him. ¡°Do you want to die?¡± Luke squints and doesn¡¯t fear of the weapon in the youth¡¯s hands at all. The young man sneers and his eyes are cold. He says sternly, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that a rich man like you can respond well, but you would regret if you look down on others.¡± The youth does not want to talk to Luke anymore. He lifts the baseball bat and hit Luke¡¯s jaw. Luke steps back involuntarily, but bumps into the car immediately. The baseball bat brings a strong airflow which makes Luke¡¯s face pricking. His mind is empty, and he tries to tilt his head towards back. Hoop£¡ A gust of wind brushes Luke¡¯s head like a knife, but it just failed to hurt him. It is time for Luke to fight back. Before the youth take the baseball bat back, he rushes to the youth at a very fast speed and punches his lower abdomen. The youth is in pain but he stubbornly does not make any painful cry. Luke pushes the youth away, and then he kicks violently towards the young man¡¯s abdomen where just been attacked. But Luke never expects that this little bastard really has some skills, he deflects his body to avoid Luke¡¯s kick, and then he hits out baseball bat to smash Luke immediately. Chapter 393 Assassination man Chapter 393 Assassination man Luke is not in panic, and he avoids the baseball bat again easily, but the hit directly smashes the car window again. Although Luke doesn¡¯t care the money, but he is so angry with the bastard¡¯s arrogant. He sneers and thinks this guy is not his opponent without a baseball bat, so he rushes to him again. The young man looks at Luke who rushes over without panic, even with a sneer on his face, and his bloodshot eyes are full of conspiracy. Luke also notices that something goes wrong, because when he close to the youth, the youth sneers and a sharp knife lights lit up his wrist. It¡¯s a dagger! Luke stops and steps back, and the scene suddenly been reversed. Luke retreats from the previous attack, while the youth assassinates Luke with anger and hatred. At first Luke thinks this young man just wants his money, butter he knows more clearly that this guy has a hatred for him. But Luke doesn¡¯t remember who he has offended before. When he is about to be assassinated, Luke still thinks about these inexplicable things; nevertheless, he still avoids the youth¡¯s first hit with a dagger. The youth seems really annoyed, and after being distanced, the second shot quickly stabs towards Luke¡¯s lower abdomen. Just then, a roar of motor noise suddenly appears on the side of the road. A cool motorcycle jumps directly from the road to the sidewalk and honks the horn sharply. It orbits around Luke and the youth quickly. The sound of tire and road friction sounds harsh and thorny. Luke and the youth are stunned by the sudden appearance of the motor knight, and they do not know what happened. The rider on the motorcycle is in a thick helmet and a heavy racing suit. So people can¡¯t tell the rider¡¯s body and face. But Luke still feels very familiar with this rider, his eyes keeps turn around with the motorcycle. The young man also keeps turn his eyes around the motorcycle, but he is not as doubts as Luke, with a little fear and anxiety instead. The motorcycle keeps spinning, and the rider doesn¡¯t say anything. However, it seems that the young man knows the motorcycle rider, and finally he cannot stand it. He throws away the dagger, and then the motorcycle stops slowly. The young man swallows a spit, and his throat twitches violently. He nces at Luke with inexplicable hatred, and then he jumps into the back seat of the motorcycle. The roaring motor sounds again, and the two go away. Luke looks at his smashed window and the back of the two on the motorcycle reluctantly, and he frowns. Although the two don¡¯t say a word about their identity from the beginning to the end, it is clear that they are a group, and in this costume and riding motorcycle, they are street racers for sure. More importantly, Kate is the head of street racer. Luke feels ufortable about it. He clenches his fists, and he is unpleasant. ¡­ The motorcycle stops in a narrow alley. After the motorcycle rider gets off the car, she takes off the heavy helmet, hangs it on the front of the motorcycle, and then she looks at the young man coldly. If the youth feels angry before, what he feels now is fear. After the motorcycle stops, he doesn¡¯t say a word, and he just looks down at his tiptoe. He is afraid to look up and face with a cold gaze of the woman in front of him. The woman who takes off the helmet is Kate, the head of the street racer. Now the man who standing in front of Kate is a member of the street racer, named Duke. In Kate¡¯s previous impressions, Duke is always a peaceful and self-serving person. He has no hobbies other than motor-riding and such things like fighting has nothing to do with him. But today he is been found by Kate to assassinates Luke. In fact, Kate left already, but suddenly she remember that she doesn¡¯t know how ire is doing, so she wants toe back and ask Luke about ire¡¯s situation. If it is not necessary, Kate would not see Leo at all because he is a scum. Regardless of how ire and Luke exculpate him, things she affirms are difficult to change. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Because of this, Kate rescues Luke by coincidence. ¡°Oh? You don¡¯t want to exin it to me, do you? You need me to ask?¡± Kate looks at the member of the street racer with a cold tone without feeling. ¡°I¡­¡± Duke really cannot exin such a thing. ¡°What? I haven¡¯t heard of any contradiction between you and Luke. Tell me what is going on? Otherwise, you will know the result.¡± Kate is not bluffing. It is an unwritten theorem in the street racer; you will get punishment for doing something wrong. And Kate has that courage and strength to do so. Duke seems to realize the consequences of Kate¡¯s anger, and stammers, ¡°I don¡¯t have a conflict with that guy, but Kate, you do, don¡¯t you?¡± ¡°¡­¡± ¡°I go to the nightclub at Wilson¡¯s house as well. Actually, I don¡¯t like to be involved in these things; I go there because of you. But I am not expecting you go there to save a man. And then, you even harassed by him.¡± The racer brothers outside the door saw what happened at that time. Some of them admired Luke, and of course some hated Luke. One of them was Duke. ¡°Is it interesting to you? But it¡¯s my own business, I didn¡¯t ask you to help. You steps in too much. Or I should let you to manage the street racer?¡± Kate holds her arms, and she is a little angry. Duke shivers, then sighs and smiles bitterly, ¡°Yes, it is really not my business. But if I have to say I am rted, then probably because I like you, Kate. I don¡¯t want to see other man bullying you.¡± After hearing Duke¡¯s words, Kate is at a loss at first, and then she cannot get angry anymore. She frowns and says embarrassingly, ¡°Duke, it is nonsense.¡± Duke is encouraged and pats his chest, ¡°Kate, I really... admire you, maybe, it is love¡­¡± Speaking such words to the boss requires the unimaginable courage. Kate frowns and she feels bad and regretful, so she just says coldly, ¡°I don¡¯t want to hear such words again.¡± Chapter 394 Expose Chapter 394 Expose Of course Duke knows that it is impossible to express his love to Kate, but he already assassinates Luke today, so he decides to just leave it out, he will leave the street racer at the worst. Duke smiles bitterly, ¡°I know, Kate, you just like that Luke, don¡¯t you?¡± Kate doesn¡¯t expect Duke say it out directly like this. The coldness on her face suddenly disappears, and her expression gets more serious, but some shyness also appears on her face. When she realizes that her face turns red, Kate calms down and says, ¡°I think you may not talk nonsense anymore.¡± Duke is rejected by Kate, and gets her scold because of Luke, now he looks hysterical. He no longer buries his head, but sneers in the eyes of Kate, ¡°Kate, who do you think you can hide it for? There are so many people in street racer, who doesn¡¯t know you fancy that Luke?¡± Is it so obvious? Kate thinks it is a secret, and she only says a few words in front of ire, and the words are vague. Kate looks at Duke stunningly. She wants to say something, but she doesn¡¯t know what to say. Sure enough, Luke appears in her mind at this moment again, especially when Luke seats in the small private room and smiles to her. Duke continues, ¡°Although you look disgusted aftering out of the private room that day, you are in a daze for several days. At first we thought you hated Luke, andter everyone understand Kate you obviously fall in love with Luke.¡± This might be the truth, a fact buried deeply in Kate¡¯s heart. But Kate is still shocked when such a fact been told by someone else. She actually falls in love with Luke. Kate looks like that she is been told the incredible truth, and her body shakes because of excitement, and countless emotions shes through her big eyes. Kate doesn¡¯t answer Duke¡¯s question. She is going to scold Duke, but now it seems that she is the one who been questioned. Well, Kate always behaves liked a boy. When encountering emotional issues between man and woman, she only feels headache and fears because of the unknown things. The unknown fear prevents her from acknowledging the fact that she is in love with Luke. ¡°Don¡¯t you have anything to say? Kate? ¡± Duke¡¯s expression looks like he is using Kate. Inside the street racer, there are many men who admire Kate. They never dare to express their love because of the prestige Kate has established for a long time. They don¡¯t want Kate to have a rtionship with anyone inside the street racer, not to mention Luke who is outside the street racer. Therefore, many people have jealousy and hatred towards Luke. Among them who have most serious emotions is Duke. ¡°Kate, do you really think I¡¯m revenging for you? I know that you don¡¯t care about what happened in the private roomst time, but I still use this to persuade me to attack Luke, do you know why?¡± Duke¡¯s voice softens suddenly, and he smiles miserably. Regardless, he cannot lift his head in front of Kate which has nothing to do with whether he did something wrong. Admiring a person always lowers himself to the dust. Kate shakes her head ignorantly and says she doesn¡¯t know. At this time, her performance is no longer like the head of the street racer. Instead, she looks like a young girl who is just beginning to fall in love. Duke sighs, ¡°Because I¡¯m jealous and since you like Luke, I want to destroy him.¡± Kate is really surprised, but she bits her lip and remains silent for a long time then she says, ¡°You may leave. I don¡¯t see what happened today, and I hope you don¡¯t show up in front of me and Luke ever again.¡± Duke regains his former dejected look. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. ¡°Kate, I¡¯m sorry, I should know that hurting Luke is hurting you, but I still did it.¡± Since Duke tells Kate that he likes her, Kate cannot simply treat him as a younger member, and emotional matters always makes Kate a wayward child. ¡°Don¡¯t say anymore... It¡¯s annoying.¡± Kate leans against the wall and looks up at the moon in the sky, but Luke¡¯s face runs out and turns around her mind even at this time. Duke already said everything he should say, and from now on he has nothing to do with Kate who he admires. Duke doesn¡¯t feel painful for himself, but suffers for watching Kate¡¯s hesitation in front of love. Duke walks to the alley. When he faces away from Kate, he shouts, ¡°Hey, Kate, if you like him, you need to tell him. I envy Luke, just because he is really a very good man.¡± Yes, only such good man can make him jealous as crazy. ¡°I think he also likes you. I eavesdropped your conversation in the pub before. Luke definitely likes you too, so¡­¡± ¡°I told you to shut up.¡± Kate frowns and looks at Duke¡¯s back. She doesn¡¯t like others to keep telling her about her rtionship problems, which will give her more headaches. Duke sighs again intentionally, and then says, ¡°Anyway, you will admit it sooner orter.¡± After Duke walks away for a long time, Kate still stands there against the wall. She looks at the moon in the sky. She thinks about many things, and they are all about Luke. She thinks that she really likes Luke. But it seems that Luke doesn¡¯t into her very much. Kate keeps guessing what Luke would think like a teenage girl, but how such a thing can have a result, they only lead to more doubts and worries. A ck figure stands next to her motorcycle when Kate is intrigued. Kate is shocked to scare because that person turns out to be Luke. ¡°It really is you.¡± Luke¡¯s tone is very different from before, with a mocking smile; while he is talking, he takes up the helmet on the motorcycle and watches it carefully. Luke pats the helmet with a sneer, ¡°You are a worthy head of street racer.¡± Kate realizes something is wrong, but she doesn¡¯t ask, but pretends to be indifferent, ¡°You didn¡¯t get hurt, did you?¡± ¡°Sorry, I have no injuries at all. Why? Are you disappointed?¡± Disappointed? Why should she be disappointed? Kate tries to use her eyes to express her doubts. She is afraid that she would argue with Luke as soon as she opens her mouth. ¡°If you really don¡¯t want to meet or contact me, just tell me directly, you don¡¯t have to pretend to ept an apology and then let that guy attack me.¡± Chapter 396 Enlighten, Insinuation Chapter 396 Enlighten, Insinuation ire doesn¡¯t expect Luke so cooperative. She thinks out a lot of ways to let Luke talk. Now it seems unnecessary. ¡°So what do you think now? About Kate.¡± ire tilts her head, looks like a kid asking questions, and her big eyes flickers. Luke touches his own hair in a depressed mood, and says softly, ¡°There are some minor misunderstandings between us in the earlier time. I mean that some minor problems urred after we resolved the misunderstanding of Tracy.¡± ¡°Did you fix it?¡± ire frowns, and what she gets in Luke¡¯s words seems like their problem is really a small one. Luke holds the coffee in his hand and wants to take a sip, but after thinking for a while, he puts the cup on the table again, and then lights a cigarette. N?velDrama.Org content. ¡°Misunderstandings are solved, but my rtionship with Kate is very subtle.¡± Luke says with some depression, ¡°Honestly, I still don¡¯t know Kate very well, so even if I want to get closer, it is difficult.¡± Is this why Luke looks so upset in the past few days? ire looks at Luke. Although she always thinks that Luke is good man, but she doesn¡¯t know that he is also a normal young man, who acts no difference with others when facing emotional problems. ire secretly thinks in her heart that if Luke is Leo, Kate may already builds up a rtionship with him. But people are different after all. While ire thinks of these inexplicable things, Luke interrupts, ¡°I thought you could find a way to enlighten me, but it¡¯s just a simple gossip chat?¡± Luke looks at ire with expectant eyes. If a man wants to try to capture a girl¡¯s heart, the advice from her girlfriends seems to be a good choice. ire seats upright on the sofa and she says seriously, ¡°Of course you have to understand the situation first. Just look at your depressed looking now, you must don¡¯t know how Kate is going recently.¡± ¡°Of course I don¡¯t.¡± Luke said impatiently, ¡°That¡¯s why Ie over to you.¡± ¡°Hmm, you are really changing as soon as I talk about Kate. Now Kate is like you too, and she gets panic when she mentions your name.¡± ire stares directly at Luke, and says, ¡°So you don¡¯t know if Kate has a feeling for you, and you haven¡¯t express your love, you just insinuates all the time.¡± When ire mentions this, Luke seems a little awkward and he smiles bitterly, and then nods. ¡°Hey, you know that I am right, you are a man, Luke.¡± ire shakes her head helplessly. ¡°Actually, Kate has a feeling for you too. I have told you before, haven¡¯t I?¡± ¡°But I really cannot feel it from her.¡± Luke says glumly. ¡°Huh, after all, you¡¯re just afraid of being rejected, right?¡± ire speaks out the truth of the facts. ¡°Sure enough, the rich guy is actually the most afraid of failure, especially when ites to someone like Kate who is tough and holds her attitude.¡± ire keeps scorning her eyes at Luke, but Luke is unable to refute it. ire indeed tells the truth. Kate is very different from ordinary girls, and she is very ignorant about emotion. She is not good at understanding and expressing it; and Kate is also a very tough person. Girls like her always escape and disguise as indifference when they face a sudden rtionship subconsciously. Kate is typical, which makes difficult for Luke to grasp, so he always stays away from her. ¡°Although youugh at me and make me ufortable, but you are right. Actually such feelings of mine just urred for Kate, unlike other girl, I don¡¯t need to pursue them, I can own them as long as I say I want them.¡± It seems Luke defends for himself. ire sighs. ¡°So you admit that you love Kate.¡± ¡°Hey, you don¡¯t need to repeat that with so many times. I do fall in love with Kate. But I will feel embarrassed if you keep saying that.¡± Luke deliberately says seriously. ire sees his expression of embarrassment and anxiety mixed together, it¡¯s very funny, and she covers her mouth and smiles, ¡°Hey, OK, then there is no problem between you and Kate at all. I tell you explicitly, Kate is falling in love with you, and it seems that she is been poisoned deeply.¡± ¡°Although you and Kate are girlfriends, is it ok for you speak it so clearly? Kate won¡¯t say such explicit words to you I think.¡± Luke is dissatisfied, ¡°Put yourself into your kid¡¯s shoes. In case she actually resists me, I will be embarrassed.¡± ire is a little angry when she sees Luke is still tangled, and she exims, ¡°Luke, are you still a man?¡± ireughs a moment ago, and she suddenly bes angry now, Luke is not prepared and he stares at ire. ¡°You can treat this as gambling. If you bet right, you and Kate will get happiness. If you bet wrong, you and Kate can be relieved. You would be bothered every day if you are so entangled like this.¡± ¡°You are just acting like a girl, such a fuss.¡± ire feels ufortable and then adds the sentence again. Luke hears that ire scolds him in front of him, but he thinks ire is right. After a long silence, it seems Luke makes a decision. ¡°All right.¡± ire looks up at Luke calmly, ¡°Not need to protect your self-respect anymore?¡± Luke smiles bitterly, ¡°This is not rted to self-respect at all, hey, and do you think I am a master of love? In fact, I don¡¯t understand the rtionship just like Kate and I am sad to be scolded by you.¡± ireughs, ¡°Well, I¡¯m angry because you don¡¯t fight for your own happiness. I really know Kate. She has never been disheartened by a man before. Even in the face of Leo who she hates, she is still very strong.¡± Luke nods and says, ¡°I see. You don¡¯t need to worry about what happens next. I¡¯ll make a decision with Kate no matter what happens.¡± ¡°How can it be so serious? Just talk to her. Kate is not that kind of girl who is particrly troublesome. And she would be really happy if someone says he likes her, and from the one who she really like.¡± It seems Luke releases his burden. He shrugs his shoulders and says, ¡°Well. All thanks to your lucky words.¡± Chapter 397 lookers-on see more than the players Chapter 397 lookers-on see more than the yers Luke finishes his coffee with a tragic expression, just like a hero who drinks a bowl of wine before he leaves. It is really like making a tragic decision. ¡°Well, thank you for your coffee. It¡¯s worthy of drinking coffee made by Mrs. President.¡± Luke stands up with a smile, wrinkles his suit and changes his tragic smile into a rx smile. ¡°Has it been decided? Do you need me to help you cheat Kate again? ¡±ire seems to be afraid that Luke will change his decision. Luke nces at ire scornfully and raises his eyebrows. ¡°Anyway, I¡¯m an intelligence expert. I know the news of Kate, but I had a heart knot before, so I doesn¡¯t know how to face her.¡± ire is not very skeptical about this, and she says with a smile, ¡°then you have to perform well. Although it¡¯s a pity that I can¡¯t be a witness of your happiness, I don¡¯t think you can say a word if I¡¯m here.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Luke looks at the watch on his wrist and says, ¡°I will leave now.¡± ire is also relieved to see Luke leave. She has done her duty as a matchmaker. As for the result, ire as spectator is very clear that Kate will finally get the love of her life. When Luke is still thinking about his words, ire is already imagining the scene of Luke and Kate in the future. ... Just out of the building of Howard Group, Luke feels a cool feeling as soon as he looks up. It turns out that in the evening, there is a drizzling rain over the city and it brings a humid feeling all over the world. Luke used to hate the rain, but today he thinks it¡¯s OK to have a little rain. He can¡¯t say it¡¯s too much for the asion. After all, this kind of light rain can make people¡¯s mood more sensitive, but it is more quiet than before. In the novel, this kind of weather is really suitable for expressing love. Luke is walking slowly in the rain. He is not going to take a car. He seems to want to integrate himself into the poetic scene first. Moreover, if he walks, he can consider it moreprehensively. After all, Luke is the first time to express his love. It¡¯s not the same as attracting women directly with charm. This time, he has to show his true love to Kate, so he should be well prepared for how to express his love. So Luke walks alone in the rain, but in his mind, he is imagining the scene of expresses his love to Kate. To his surprise, his heart jumps up because of the imaginary scenes. It¡¯s just incredible, and Luke realizes that he really likes the feeling of heartbeat. Luke has been obtained the address of Kate for a long time. It will take more than 40 minutes to walk from Howard Group to destination and it should be near evening when he gets there. Kate should be at home. Kate lives in a single apartment near the suburb. When Luke arrives, Luke takes out his mobile phone to call Kate, but puts it back. Luke looks at Kate¡¯s room and then prepares to walk upstairs. At this time, in the intermittent rain, Luke hears the light and gentle voice like the rain. ¡°Why are you here?¡± Luke¡¯s heart tightens and he realizes that the woman behind him is Kate. He quickly turns around. When he sees Kate, he stuns in the rain. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Kate doesn¡¯t wear a racing suit today. Instead, she wears a soft pink vest with a zen-like white gauze thin coat and light blue soft-textured jeans. The dress and pure white umbre makes Luke feel that the world is more dreamy because of her. Rain still indefatigable falls which gently falls on the umbre. It is just like the back of Kate in the hospitalst time. This time Luke is also amazed by Kate, so he doesn¡¯t answer Kate¡¯s question for a long time. ¡°Hey, why are you here?¡± The tone of Kate changes a little and seems to be mixed with someints. However, the umbre on her shoulder covers half of her face, only revealing a quiet corner of her mouth. Luke does not know how Kate looks at this time. ¡°Oh, of course, Ie to see you.¡± It¡¯s a boring conversation, so Luke wants to make some changes. He looks at the half face under the umbre of Kate carefully and says slowly, ¡°You are so beautiful.¡± Kate lowers the umbre and her hand holding the handle moves in a panic. However, Luke still sees that Kate slightly smiles, if he doesn¡¯t take it seriously, he couldn¡¯t realize it. ¡°Er... Well, thank you.¡± Luke smiles and nods when he looks at Kate¡¯s red face and enjoys the beautiful scenery. They are standing in the rain. The rain is not heavy and just makes the scene unreal. Luke wants to verify whether it is his dream. ¡°Eh... Are you juste here to tell me that?¡± Kate gently turns the handle of the umbre and the raindrops whirl around. Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°it¡¯s not an exaggeration toe here and tell you how beautiful you are today.¡± In Luke¡¯s mind, it¡¯s really not an exaggeration because Kate is so beautiful today. He doesn¡¯t expect that Kate would have such a gentle and light look. Although it is a very old analogy, Luke still wants to tell Kate that she is like a fairying out of the painting. Kate breaths a long breath, then says expressionless, ¡°you don¡¯t have an umbre. If you continue like this, you will catch a cold. Let¡¯s go upstairs and talk.¡± Without waiting for Luke to answer, Kate walks past Luke which seems to escape. Luke follows her. ¡°Won¡¯t it be inconvenient?¡± Luke asks such a question unnecessarily, probably in order to avoid embarrassment. ¡°Well, I think so, so you should go back now?¡± Kate collects the umbre under the eaves of the building. After the handle of the umbre makes a clear sound, she seems to ¡°hum¡± again. Is she angry or dissatisfied with Luke¡¯s unexpected guest, or because of Luke¡¯s superfluous question. Luke guesses Kate¡¯s mean like guesses a riddle and follows Kate¡¯s steps and goes upstairs. Even if he is hated by Kate today, he also will speak his words clearly. Chapter 398 Luke’s love Chapter 398 Luke¡¯s love Kate opens the door and leans the umbre on the door. She turns her back to Luke and says, ¡°Enjoy yourself, it can¡¯tpare with your vi.¡± Luke enters the door and finds Kate¡¯s room very clean and everything is in order, which makes Luke feel like an illegal intruder. The rain is still falling¡­ Kate doesn¡¯t turn on the light, but pulls all the curtains of the French windows open and then opens two windows. The cool wind outside sneaks in quietly, with some rain. Kate sits on the sofa by the window and looks at Luke, who is a little cramped. She says calmly, ¡°Eh? Why are you so restraint? It¡¯s me who should be worried. I let a man enter my room in the almost evening.¡± But in fact, Luke is no such worry in this part. It seems that Kate is to ease the atmosphere, so Luke sits opposite to Kate and looks at Kate. Luke feels that Kate¡¯s eyes are shing all the time. She looks forward to something. Her eyes are very different from the usual Kate. ¡°What the hell is going on?¡± When Kate says this, she finds Luke¡¯s shoulder wet by the drizzle and then says, ¡°It¡¯s unnecessary if you want to remind that night. It¡¯s true that you and me both do something wrong. I doesn¡¯t take care of my people, and your mood is not very stable.¡± Luke says, ¡°I really should apologize to you that night. Anyone with normal mind would say what I said.¡± Because Luke feels embarrassed, he directly generalizes the matter that misunderstands Kate to send a person to attack him. Kate shrugs her shoulders and says, ¡°There¡¯s no need to apologize. After all You are the victim.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t seem to want to continue this topic. He nods and says, ¡°I doesn¡¯te here today for this.¡± Luke sits up straight and tries to focus his eyes on Kate, just as he wants to catch the whole person with his eyes. Kate notices something that moves her from Luke¡¯s eyes, but she avoids it habitually. But this time Luke¡¯s eyes are very firm, no matter how Kate dodges, she is caught by Luke¡¯s eyesight. So Kate has to give up, so she looks at Luke. So there only their heart-beat in the room. ¡°Oh, what is it?¡± Kate asks and sips her lips. Luke continues to look into Kate¡¯s eyes, then he takes a deep breath and says, ¡°Kate, I want to tell you that I love you...¡± It¡¯s what Luke wants to say. After all, Luke can¡¯t y any word games. But in words also mean power. Kate is the ¡°victim¡± of Luke¡¯s powerful words. She widens her eyes and her reddish lips open slightly in shock. At the moment, Kate¡¯s emotion is moreplicated. If she wants to use metaphors, at that moment, she feels like she has been hit by a sudden heavy object, such as a meteorite falling on her head; then she feels like she has fallen into a pile of cotton, which makes her feel that it is not true; then she hears her huge heartbeat and her body looks like it is sinking into the deep blue sea. And the sea suffocates her. Luke¡¯s words makes her tinnitus. Although Kate¡¯s emotion isplicated, Kate is just a kind of expression from the beginning to the end in Luke¡¯s eyes which is the expression of surprise. Luke doesn¡¯t know if Kate has any joy or agreement at this time. He urgently knows the answer. ¡°Kate, what I said is true. I doesn¡¯t dare to admit it before but now I want to tell you.¡± Kate feels that has experienced a long century, and she nods her head and tightens her lips. Kate seems to be beaten back to the original shape by Luke¡¯s words at this time and she bes a little girl who is at a loss in the face of a huge beast. Her appearance makes Luke feels that she is lovely. ¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m here!¡± It¡¯s an obvious conclusion. Luke has nned to say a lot beforeing, and what kind ofnguage should be used to respond to different reactions of Kate. But when ites to the scene, Luke can¡¯t think of anything more. Kate¡¯s body trembles, then she raises her head slowly. She strokes her long hair with her hand and murmurs, ¡°Are... are you serious?¡± Luke nods, ¡°yes.¡± ¡°Well, thank you very much.¡± Thank you? Does that mean rejection? Luke doesn¡¯t know. ¡°Kate, I make a decision before I tell you. To be honest, I am afraid of being rejected. But after that day I have been thinking that I can¡¯t escape and I want to face my real heart. Kate, please don¡¯t escape.¡± If you don¡¯t know, you will think Luke is talking business with Kate, because his expression is really rigid and serious. Kate seems to feel very upset. She ys with her fingers and seems to rejects to respond to Luke¡¯s words. ¡°Kate, it doesn¡¯t matter how the result is, but I want to know your inner thoughts. It has troubled me for a long time. Even if the truth is cruel, please let me know.¡± ¡°¡­¡± ¡°If you and I have the same idea, that means you like me. Then, if you don¡¯t like me, as long as you tell me personally, I will leave at once. ¡± Luke quietly sits on the sofa and never says a word. All he could do is to wait for the response from Kate. ¡°Well, Luke, actually I have an answer for a long time, but I don¡¯t know how to tell you.¡± Kate seems to have recovered atst. Although her face is still red, she has not stuttered and has be the careless girl. ¡°Please tell me, it doesn¡¯t matter. The love things can¡¯t be forced.¡± It seems that Luke is still holding the pessimistic idea. ¡°But I don¡¯t know how to tell you, so, can you leave first? I will tell you the answer after you leave.¡± Luke looks at Kate doubtfully and asks, ¡°Are you still shy? No matter how strong you are, you are still a girl.¡± Kate looks at Luke and says softly, ¡°I just don¡¯t know how to tell you, eh? Can you do it?¡± Luke stands up silently and leaves the room dejectedly. He thinks that maybe Kate really wants to refuse him, but she doesn¡¯t want to refuse him face to face.Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Chapter 399 The answer Chapter 399 The answer Looking at Luke¡¯s lonely back, Kate feels very bad. Of course, it is not the first time that someone says he likes her. Because Duke says that several days ago, and many people in the motorbike gangs are admiring her. Although Kate is stupid, she still feels it. It¡¯s just that she intentionally or unintentionally ignores them. Therefore, Luke¡¯s words to her still makes she feels a little untrue, which is not a question of doubting Luke¡¯s sincerity. Kate fully believes that Luke¡¯s love is real, even if there is no evidence, she still believes him. What she feels untrue is probably that her inner fluctuation was too strong. Because Kate also likes Luke, which she has admitted it in her heart, and she is just afraid to speak. All the time, Kate is a person who is not in love, which has a lot to do with her character. Kate is advertised by Luke, which let she be ttered. At the same time, she is also a person who treats her feelings very harshly and doesn¡¯t allow herself to reply in the case of impulse. After Luke leaves, Kate calms down. She already has an answer. But the answer needs to be confirmed. If Luke is here, her heart will not be quiet. Kate smiles because of happiness and the blush on her face reappears. If Luke sees the expression of Kate at this time, he would know the answer of Kate. ... It¡¯s still raining outside. Luke stops under the eaves of the first floor and looks at the rain. What does Kate mean? Is she trying to turn me down? Or is it because she is shy and dare not agree face to face, so let me leave first? Luke looks at the rain from the north to the south. His eyes are nk, but the picture in his mind is shing wildly. What is the answer? At this time, the phone rings, because Luke has been ready to answer Kate¡¯s phone, so he has been holding the mobile phone in his hand. He unlocks the screen almost as soon as the phone vibrated. It¡¯s not a call but a short message. ¡°Thank you, Luke. I love you, too.¡± Luke is extremely depressed in such a short sentence on the text message. He really wants to run up and ask Kate that she agrees or epts it. Just when he is upset, the next messagees. ¡°I wanna be with you.¡± That¡¯s what the text says! Is it true that Kate can¡¯t say it in person because she is shy? What a strange girl. But now that he has learned the answer, whether Kate is shy or not is not the point. Luke feels for the first time that being recognized by a woman makes him so excited that his breath is tight. Luke doesn¡¯t reply to the message but goes upstairs to knock on Kate¡¯s door. Kate in the room is shocked. She thinks Luke has been away for a long time, but this guy is waiting for her reply downstairs. So she is surprised and happy. ¡°Kate, I know. I know. Open the door. I want to see you.¡± Luke roars excitedly and his voice is all over the lonely corridor. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. It turns out that Luke and Kate have each other in heart, but they are always ambiguous because of their fear and escape. At this moment, the truth is finally revealed between them. It seems that the haze in Luke¡¯s heart has been dispelled. No wonder Luke is so excited at this time, it is like finding that what he has lost has always been around him. ¡°Hey, keep your voice down. Other people will hear you...¡± Kate doesn¡¯t seem to open the door. She leans back against the door and whispers across the door. Then she raises her head slightly and with a shy smile on her face. ¡°I¡¯m so rude, but I¡¯m really d that you love me too.¡± Kate chuckles and says, ¡°we are really like two children.¡± Yes, they are just like teenagers and girls in their first love. They are full of courage to dig mutual hearts, but at the same time they are shy that protect themselves from being hurt. ¡°Kate, you are smiling. I want to see how you smile.¡± Luke also leans back against the door and says softly with his eyes closed. Kate shakes her head, only to find that Luke can¡¯t see her. So she says again, ¡°Oh no, I¡¯m blushing now.¡± It¡¯s strange! As the head of the motorbike gangs, will she even be shy? Luke says, ¡°Hey, shouldn¡¯t I witness such a historic moment? I waited for a long time, and finally...¡± Luke finds that he is also speechless. Kate says with a smile across the door, ¡°Oh, I can¡¯t let you see today. Luke, what¡¯s your mood now? I feel like I¡¯m going to fly.¡± It''s a naive metaphor. Luke nods and agrees, ¡°me too, I feel weak...¡± ¡°It''s not Tracy''s poison.¡± Kate ridicule him. This sentence reminds them of what happened in the balcony at the same time. Luke coughs and says,¡°in fact, on that day, if it wasn''t for you, I would not have done anything. Although I''m sorry, I would have done that again if I had a chance ,and I would have done it to the end. You can''t refuse.¡± Luke murmurs. There is no obscene meaning in his eyes, but the warm in his eyes is enough to melt the warmth of ice and snow. Kate puffs up her mouth and says gloomily, ¡°I just promised you that you would say such an excessive thing. Are you going to do more things in the future?¡± She seems to be unhappy, but she is still happy in her heart. On that day, she even regrets that Luke has been drugged. Now Luke inadvertently makes up for her regret. ¡°Because I think you are really beautiful. Whether you are wearing a racing suit or the figure that makes me unforgettable in my whole life in the hospital, or before you were holding an umbre in the rain like a fairy, it is very beautiful.¡± ¡°Maybe I can''t help but do that again. Hey, Will you refuse me?¡± Luke seems to be discussing a very serious matter. Kate has to answer. ¡°It depends on the mood. Hey, stop talking about it. What do you want me to say. And no matter what, I don''t want to see you today.¡± Kate has just epted such an important love in her life. Naturally, she needs to adjust herself well, so she doesn¡¯t want to meet Luke. Chapter 400 Wonderful feeling Chapter 400 Wonderful feeling Luke also doesn¡¯t her force and still leans on the door, ¡°alright, maybe it¡¯s really hard to calm down for a while. I am so good after all.¡± Luke, who was a suitor just now, suddenly starts touting himself. Kate thinks that she would dy the answer for a long time and teach this guy a lesson. Kate says, ¡°ah, although you are very narcissistic, I really want to think about it. After all, I don¡¯t have much experience with love. I need to think about our future.¡± After getting the answer of Kate, Luke is naturally happy. Luke must be treated seriously in Kate¡¯s mind. Kate, a person who is hard on emotion, naturally needs to think about their future. Kate is really a different girl from others. ¡°Well, let¡¯s talk through the door like this. I suddenly feel that it seems very good.¡± Luke closes his eyes and feels the breath of Kate behind the door as he speaks. Kate sighs, ¡°Hey, won¡¯t it catch cold? It¡¯s still raining outside...¡± Luke looks at the lingering rain outside through the corridor and says softly, ¡°it¡¯s better to rain. This atmosphere is very rare. Although we can¡¯t see each other, we can hear mutual words and the sound of rain together.¡± So they quiet down and listen carefully to the sound of rain falling. Although the rain is noisy, it makes the atmosphere peaceful. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. This is different from the awkward silence between the two people in the past. Now this kind of silence is more like themunication between the two people''s hearts. No one knows how long it took, and Kate says in the door, ¡°Luke, you can go home and have a rest. Besides, you have to think about how to face meter. You know I''m very strange.¡± Luke says with a smile, ¡°I know more about this than anyone else. You won¡¯t let me see you when I express my love. You are really strange.¡± ¡°Well, you¡¯vee home now. Don¡¯t catch a cold.¡± Kate shyly says her concern and Luke also responds to her. Then he goes downstairs into the rain again. When he goes home, Luke is walking slowly in the rain. Still the way he came and still the rain, but now Luke¡¯s mood is very different from before. When he came, he was worried and uneasy, but now Luke is full of peace and joy, so he feels extremely pleased at the tedious and annoying rain. ... Just when Luke arrives home, ire¡¯s phone call follows. Luke just wants to find someone to talk about his inner joy, so he begins to talk with ire. ire learns that Luke and Kate finally express their love as expect and she is every happy for them. But after a brief congrattion to Luke, ire begins to warn Luke. ¡°If I find you bullying Kateter, I won¡¯t forgive you and Leo also says that he will teach you a lesson if you do that.¡± Luke is shocked and says with a smile, ¡°bullying? I think you should pay more attention to me in this respect. If there is no ident, I think it¡¯s a bully. ¡± ire thinks about Luke¡¯s calm character and then associated with Kate¡¯s careless personality. She has to admit that Luke is right. ire says again, ¡°then you should be bulled. You deserve to have Kate waiting for you for so long.¡± Luke smiles bitterly and then says, ¡°Did Leo tell that to Kate? If I remember correctly, the two of them are enemies.¡± Kate always thinks that Leo is always a scum and Leo doesn¡¯t like Kate¡¯s almost unreasonable stubbornness. That¡¯s why they¡¯re the enemy. ¡°But how long has it been? How can Leo and my best friend still have a bad rtionship now? But it¡¯s true that Kate still hates him strongly.¡± ¡°In that case, do you encourage me and Kate to have the selfish desire to let Leo and Kate also eliminate conflicts?¡± ire says with a smile, ¡°Of course, it¡¯s still your happiness. As for what you say, it¡¯s the best way to solve the problem.¡± Luke nods his head, ¡°Although Kate epted me, we haven¡¯t officially been together yet. I will go to see her tomorrow. We wille out and get together sometimeter, so even if Kate wants to avoid Leo again, it¡¯s impossible.¡± ¡°That¡¯s exactly what I mean. Since you get together, we must celebrate it. After hearing this, Conan already says that he wants to eat wedding candy.¡± Luke has foreseen the scene of Conan¡¯s teasing him and says gloomily, ¡°This little guy is not busy. So he¡¯s staring at us all day.¡± ireughs for a while and then asks curiously, ¡°If you go out with Kate tomorrow, where are you going and how to y?¡± ¡°Why are you so gossipy? You never went out with Leo before?¡± Luke is thinking about how to arrange the date, which is really a problem. ¡°Am I not going to give you advice? Kate is different from other girls.¡± ire doesn¡¯t have a good way of saying, ¡°If you don¡¯t like to listen then forget it, I don¡¯t force you.¡± ¡°Wait a minute. I¡¯m really in trouble. If I take Kate to a cafe or a quiet ce, she won¡¯t like it.¡± Although the two have already revealed their hearts to each other, Luke is not sure about Luke¡¯s preferences. It takes time to get to know more about it. In this case, it¡¯s a a good idea to ask ire for advice. Tomorrow is Luke¡¯s first date with Kate. He wants to make memories that can be remembered. It is of great significance. ¡°Nonsense, our Kate is not a fair maiden. Don¡¯t see that she is shy in front of you these days, but she is still a very wild person in her heart.¡± ire confidentlyments on her friends. ¡°So what do you think about the date?¡± Luke asks modestly and waits for the response. ¡°You have to think about it yourself. What I can tell you is that Kate is a lively person and enjoys more passionate entertainment activities. Of course it¡¯s not the sex passion, you don¡¯t want to crook.¡± ¡°It¡¯s you who think it¡¯s crooked. Am I so mean?¡± ¡°That¡¯s not true. You have been impulsive, ha ha...¡± It is inevitable that Tracy event will be involved again. Luke can¡¯t help crying andughing. Chapter 401 Dating plan Chapter 401 Dating n The next morning Luke gets up early. Since it is a date, he couldn''t wear casually, so he dresses up carefully. However, no matter how the men dress, it''s just like that. Luke is quite satisfied with his image when he wears a ck suit with a light blue tie in peacetime. Last night, Luke thought about it the whole night after he talked to ire, so he has an idea in his heart. Since Kate likes to be busy and crazy, it''s better to go crazy with her. Luke walks directly to the phone to call her. At that time Kate seems to wake up and she soones downstairs after receiving the phone. Beingte is amon problem for many women, especially when they are waiting for someone to be late for a long time. The reason is that they need to dress up and so on. It''s obvious that Kate doesn''t have this kind of problem, but it doesn''t mean that Kate does not dress up. When seeing Kate goes downstairs, Luke is amazed by her again. Kate is wearing a in skirt that is close to her ankles. In the upper part of the body, she is wearing thin long sleeves, which looks very clean andfortable Luke thinks that Kate is still shy when she first go out for a date today. Unexpectedly, her performance is as generous as that of her friends before. It can be imagined that Kate has made a lot of psychological preparations for herself yesterday. ¡°How is it? Do I look good? ¡± Kate raises her skirt and looks down at it. ¡°Good£¡And I''m almost stuns. But you''ve changed for a while. How should I put it? It''s too sudden.¡± Luke looks at Kate carefully. The white wrists under the long skirt look very cute. Kate shrugs and says, ¡°Well, I have to try. Today is our first date anyway. It''s not too much to dress up.¡± Luke suddenly grabs Kate''s soft hand and says, ¡°Well, You can dress up as you like.¡± Kate spits out her tongue and then says, ¡°I''ve never dated before. What should we do? You''re a veteran.¡± Luke says awkwardly, ¡°What veteran? Do you think I am Leo? In fact, I seldom y with girls, so I thought for a long timest night without any clue that really shame.¡± Kate shakes her head and says, ¡°It doesn''t matter. It''s also good to go shopping like this.¡± Kate even takes the initiative to lean her head on Luke''s shoulder. Luke is a little suspicious because of her gentle dependence. Luke pretends to be scared and says, "Hey, Kate, I think you''ll be better at ordinary times. How can I feel a little strange?" Kateughs, ¡°You are so strange. Aren''t lovers all like this? Or do you like to be scolded by me? It''s not good to be cruel to you on the first date. If you like me to be cruel to you, then I will do as you wish.¡± Luke thinks to himself that it would be better to forget about it. She is better used to the way gentle dependence. They stand downstairs and Luke says, ¡°In fact, I came up with a good ideast night and I do not know whether you would agree.¡± Kate does not think much of it directly, ¡°You has the final say.¡± Luke says, ¡°You don''t like the ce where the coffee shop ys sentiment and it''s too boring to watch movies. So I have a good idea, let''s go for a ride.¡± Kate rolls her eyes at Luke,¡°That''s not a good idea. Are you serious?¡± Luke smiles unfathomably. He flicks Kate''s cheek and says, ¡°I''m not talking about driving a car for a ride. It''s so boring.¡± Kate''s eyes are brighten and shees close to Luke. She is surprised and says, ¡°Do you want to go racing with me?¡± Luke scratches his head sheepishly and says, ¡°I can ride motorcycles, but I''m not as good as you. Racing is impossible.¡± ¡°It''s so boring, it''s better to ride a bicycle.¡± says Kate, with her mouth curls. Luke interrupts, ¡°What I said is to let you take me to speed the car. You can drive but I can''t speed the car. I''m an expert in driving.¡± Kate looks at Luke like an idiot and says, ¡°Would you better let the girl take you.¡± Luke disdains, ¡°You said that, I''m not trying to please you, am I? You like racing. Now take your husband to racing on the first date. Do you think it will be an unforgettable memories in your life?¡± Kate didn''t have the long string that Luke said. Instead, she focuses on ¡°husband¡±. She pinches Luke''s waist and raises her eyebrows. ¡°How can you be my husband so soon? Who do you think I am? ¡± ¡°There''s no difference between boyfriend and husband. Well, that''s not the point. What do you think of my proposal? Anyway, I thought of itst night and praises my intelligence for a long time.¡± Luke says triumphantly. Kate doesn''t expect Luke to have a fight with Leo in these aspects. Maybe it''s the bad habit from Leo. ¡°You are really narcissism. I don''t care. I can still drive fast with you. But are you sure you can abandon vanity? ¡± Kate confirms Luke''s idea. Luke nods, ¡°I forgets to say that it would be a good idea to race with your motorbike gangs.¡± When Kate hears this, she bes nervous, ¡°Hey, Luke, what do you want to do?¡± Luke spreads out his hands innocently and says, ¡°I don''t want to do anything, just show them something such as their boss is my woman now.¡± Kate presses her lips tightly and shakes her head desperately. Luke says, ¡°No, you have to listen to me.¡± Luke holds Kate''s hand tightly, ¡°I want to join your circle.¡± N?velDrama.Org content. Kate sighs, ¡°Do you forget about the attack that night? Are you'' not afraid that some of the members of motorbike gangs will trouble you? To be honest, some of them don''t want me to fall in love. ¡± Luke nods and says, ¡°I know what you mean, but it''s just because of this that I want to let them know clearly that you are my woman now.¡± Luke looks at Kate affectionately and kisses on Kate¡¯s forehead. Kate is surprised, but she closes her eyes with a smile. After the kiss, she opens her eyes slowly and says, ¡°OK, I will listen to you.¡± After that, Kate looks at her dress and says with regret, ¡°I wanted to try different styles , but it seems that I have to change clothes. It''s all your fault.¡± In the face of the grumbling eyes of Kate, Luke''s heart is full of happiness. Chapter 402 Full of sexy Chapter 402 Full of sexy Although Kate feels very regretful, she finally makes a big determination to dress up herself like this, but now she must change to a racing suit because of Luke¡¯s proposal. On the first date, she switches to a racing suit in ordance with the requirements of the other party. In addition to feeling weird, Kate also feels that Luke is really centered on her. If Kate''s character and living habits is not taken into ount, how could Luke think of these aspects. But Luke also underestimates Kate''s determination to make sacrifices for him. Even today, Luke invites Kate to participate in the prom of high society, Kate will not hesitate to put on a dress she has always hated. When Kate''s red and ck racing suit appeared in front of Luke, Luke still felt that Kate was beautiful at this time. Kate pushes the exaggerated motorcycle in front of Luke, and throws a helmet for Luke. While looking down for any small problems with the motorcycle, she says to Luke that, ¡°Don''t be scared to scream.¡± Kate exins that the heartbeat of a first-time motorcyclist is always exaggerated, and he always thinks that the car would fall when turning. Luke doesn''t hear what Kate is saying, and he just mps his helmet around his waist and looks at Kate''s gloved hands checking the condition on various parts of the motorcycle. ¡°Huh, if it''s all right, let''s go.¡± Kate ps her hands and looks at Luke, who has an abstracted look. Kate subconsciously looks at her face with a rear-view mirror and find nothing dirty. ¡°Hello, aren''t you afraid? This hasn''t started yet...¡± Kate shakes her hand in front of Luke a few times, which awakens Luke from meditation. ¡°Oh... I think you''re even more beautiful when you''re in a racing suit, and you''re sexy...¡± ¡°What''s sexy, I''m gentle, okay!¡± After speaking, Kate patted Luke on the shoulder rudely. Luke continues with a smile ¡°It''s the first time I''ve seen you so focused. When you check a motorcycle, you have to be more focused than me. Is it means that the motorcycle is more important than me, and I''m a little worried about that.¡± Luke deliberately makes a bitter gourd face, like a child who wants to beforted ¡°That is enough, anyway, you are a grown man...¡± Unfortunately, Kate doesn''t seem to realize this. She grabs the helmet directly from Luke and put it directly on his head. It seems that she doesn''t want to see the bitter gourd face. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. Luke feels wronged. Kate changed her clothes as if she has changed a person. He has some doubts about which Kate is in love with him. The one with a shy smile in a long skirt, or the one with a brash and brutal attitude in a racing suit. Haven''t waited for Luke to think about this problem, Kate has sat on the motorcycle and roared loudly, ¡°Hey, get in the car now!¡± Luke smiles bitterly and sits down in the back seat of the motorcycle. Kate takes out her mobile phone and calls the people in the speeding party. ¡°Let''s meet in Autumn Mountain immediately¡± Kate speaks to the mobile phone. After saying a sentence, she hangs up the phone. It can also be seen that Kate''s prestige in the speeding party is very high. But Luke is more concerned about ... Autumn Mountain! ¡°Autumn Mountain. This mountain doesn''t exist here.¡± Kate is wearing a helmet, but she stops for a while, and looks at him with a disdainful look, ¡°Have you seen the initial D? This is just a name, a name ...¡± When Luke sees Kate''s sharp eyes, he swallows the words, and nods, seemingly understand. Kate then says ¡°Well, hold on tight.¡± Luke looks at Kate''s back with a smile, and puts his hands on Kate''s waist. ¡°Yes ... you can be tighter ... the car will be fast.¡± Kate stammers. Of course, Luke holds Kate''s waist tightly, and their bodies naturally leans together. Kate''s waist is very thin, but before Luke carefully ys with it, with a roar, the motorcycle is driving away from the ce as quickly as an off-string arrow. Although wearing a closed helmet, Luke can still hear a world-wide wind messes up because of speed, and ms on the helmet to scream. Through the helmet, Luke can see the surrounding scenery receding rapidly, divides into thousands of sharp lines by the crazy speed. Although Luke is a man and he thinks he is definitely not timid, this is his first experience of such speed, and he feels dangerous. It turns out that this kind of crazy excitement and passion is what Kate loves. In this world, Kate is confident and powerful. Kate''s Autumn Mountain is certainly not the Autumn Mountain in the movie, but a mountain locates near the suburb. It is connected by a long highway to the top and the foot of the mountain. The mountain is sparsely popted and there are few passing vehicles, so it has be a speeding party. A holy shrine is in the hearts of members. Because Kate is extremely fast, she has already reached the foot of the mountain without waiting for Luke to adapt to this crazy speed. Luke gets out of the car and takes off the helmet. Although his face is sweating because of the helmet, his hands and feet are extremely cold. On the other hand, Kate is an ustomed look. At the foot of the mountain, more than a dozen racing motorcycles are parked, and members of the Speeding Party have already arrived, all leaning on the side of the car to smoke. Everyone is surprised to see Kate because there are actually a people whoe with her. In addition to Kate, there is Luke who they have seen in the boxst time. Kate also understands their surprise. After all, her motorcycle has never carried anyone, and even her rtives, such as ire, had never sat on her motorcycle. Everyone sees Kateing along with Luke, they first bows their head and calls out the elder sister, and then sets their eyes on Luke. Luke¡¯s temper and heart are really good. He is looked up and down by more than a dozen people and doesn''t seem to be very restrained. He walks in a casual manner and smiles, saying hello. One of the speeding party''s boys puts down their cigarettes and asks with a smile, ¡°I don''t know what wind is blowing the big sister today. The big sister has not been with us for more than a month. Come on.¡± This sentence seems to be nd, but it is hidden, because more than a month ago, Kate and Luke began to contact, andter shied away from the speed party activities for various reasons, sometimes because she can see Luke, sometimes it is because Luke is in a bad mood, and these people are actually watching. However, after more than a month, Kate appears again at the Speeding Party activities with Luke, which is self-evident. The questioning brother is also jealous, so he asks such a knowing question. Kate doesn''t care. She looks around the crowd and found that Duke really isn''t there. She sighs. Chapter 403 Announce love Chapter 403 Announce love ¡°Boss must be looking for Duke, however, after he makes boss angry, the boy knew he can¡¯t stay in the motor club anymore, so he quit the club earlier.¡±Although the follower is talking to Kate, he keeps looking in the direction of Luke. Kate doesn¡¯t except that this matter would be known to people within the club so quickly. It makes her a little embarrassed, but she still says calmly, ¡°What Duke did in these days is too serious actually, and l hope you gays do not make any trouble in the future, or l will be angry. You all know that it will be horrible.¡± All the minions of the Motor club are all in silence. In fact, they also want to ask what the rtionship between Kate and Luke is now, but they don''t dare to ask. This is not because they afraid of Kate, but because Kate has never been in love, and they have never seen a man has a good rtionship with her. But now Kate and Luke are appear in one car at the same time, and Kate''s waist is held by Luke. Anyway, they feel that this scene is too unreal, so they moving their eyes back and forth between Luke and Kate. They try to find some stories between them. In fact, Kate also wants to announce her rtionship with Luke, but she is the leader of the Motor Robbers, and she has always been a very serious person. When she thought the image of she announce her first love with Luke in front of everyone, it makes her awkward. So she chose to remain silent. N?velDrama.Org content. Luke has been in the business for so many years. He knows what these people and Kate are thinking, so he holds Kate''s hand directly. This is the first time they¡¯ve held hands, and they actually performed it in front of the people in the Motor Robbers. Kate couldn''t help holding his breath and want to get rid of Luke''s hand. But Luke just looking at her with a smile, his warm hands clenches Kate tightly, without any intention of letting her go. It is false to say that Kate doesn''t like this feeling, but she feels a little embarrassed, so she bows her head shyly. This scene can show their rtionship, and everyone can¡¯t believe Kate has a moment of shame, which really refreshing their worldview. Luke clears his throat slightly, and then says calmly to everyone, ¡°I know you think it is a bit uneptable now.¡± Luke raises Kate''s hand while talking. Kate is ashamed to let people see it, but Luke is afraid that these people would not see. ¡°I know that in your Motor Robbers, Kate is irreceable, and she is also your spiritual leader. Many of you have an admiration for Kate, and would rather see her as a single person than in love.¡± Luke says this with a kind of insightful eyes at the Motor Robbers. Have to say that these words are a true portrayal of the members of the Motor Robbers. ¡°I think my rtionship with Kate is very clear. Yesterday she agreed to my confession. We are now a couple.¡± Luke finally says this most important sentence, which makes Kate embarrassed. She lowers her head deeply. Now she ispletely different from the time she was on the motorcycle gang. It is only Kate who knows that it isn''t just the coyness, but the sweet smile that appears on her lowered head. Especially when she feels the temperature of Luke''s palm, listening to his maic voice, and saying her name to announce the love. Everyone from the Motor Robbers is in a mass. More than a dozen people looking at each other, and none of them speaks any more, just looking at Kate and Luke, who is smiling. Some people grit their teeth, some have a sour smile, and some are simply expressionless. Luke continues ¡°I know that some of you are jealous, and some bless me and Kate. More people think it is inconceivable. But no matter what, I hope those who still admires your boss can keep that admiration in their heart.¡± ¡°Because your boss Kate is my woman now!¡± After Luke said that, he immediately takes Kate to his arms and sniffs Kate''s fragrance in front of everyone. Kate feels both angry and funny that she tries to push Luke away, but she doesn¡¯t have enough strength to do it. So she gives up. The members of the Motor Robbers have never seen Kate with such a gentle look like other girls, so they could not help looking at her a few more times. At first they were still silent, but finally a person stands up and says to the other side ¡°Oh, boss, He has finished what you may say. We don¡¯t know it is true or false. You have to take a stand, or who knows whether you are kidnapped.¡± This is a funny joke, and everyoneughs. Even Luke nods ¡°I think you are right and Kate must nod, otherwise I will not be innocent.¡± Kate nces helplessly, trying hard to make her expression and tone as tough as before. She says loudly, ¡°Everything Luke said is true. Are you satisfied now?¡± Everyone doesn''t feel the majesty of Kate''s sentence, but are amused by her stubborn appearance. One people starts apuding, and then the apuse be louder and louder. Just apuse is good, but someone in the crowd shouts ¡°Kiss ~ kiss~~¡± It was as noisy as the scene of they¡¯re married. Having heard what the shouting is, Kate shouts in a loud voice ¡°If anyone heckles me again, l will get angry¡± Everyone stop their voices, watching Kate''s face turning out to be angry because she is so shy. People all know Kate''s power, so they don¡¯t speak again. But there is one who is not afraid of Kate''s temper here, and that is Luke. When he sees Kate getting angry, he kisses Kate''s face directly. The noise suddenly calms down, everyone thinks that Kate would be angry. But Kate just reaches out to hit Luke slightly, and say a word ¡°Bad¡± gently. Everyone feels that the world has be untrustworthy. Kate doesn''t want to make so much noise anymore, so she says ¡°Don''t forget that today''s theme is a car ride and don''t make any more fuss.¡± After Kate¡¯s words, many people react and push all the motorcycles on the road in a row. Kate rides on the motorcycle again and smiles at everyone, ¡°Follow the old rules about going around the mountain. And the first one will win.¡± One of people says ¡°Hey, we don''t n to win. When you are not the number one? We, not only are abused as single, but also have to be used as the backing of your car in front of your boyfriend. We are really diligence.¡± Chapter 404 Dont underestimate me Chapter 404 Don''t underestimate me After speaking, everyoneughs aloud. And before they finishughing, some people found out that Luke is not riding a bicycle and says, ¡°Will big sister take Luke with us for a ride?¡± ¡°Do you have any questions?¡± Kate asks helplessly. ¡°Well, Brother Luke really pulls his face down and is carried by a woman. Otherwise, let Brother Luke carries you today, or let us win a game.¡± Lukeughs ¡°I really can¡¯t drive motorcycles, but it¡¯s nothing when carried by a woman. This is what Kate likes. Although I can¡¯t, I can apany her. I will apany her with whatever she wants to do in the future.¡± In this way, everyone can¡¯t say anything. But Kate understands the true thoughts of Luke and she is moved. Kate pulls down her helmet and put her face in it. Luke also learns how Kate does, but his movement is awkward. Although he is sitting behind Kate, Luke can clearly feel that Kate''s temperament changes suddenly at the moment she starts the motorcycle. He can clearly feel that he is not holding the coy girl, and is a strong and brave girl. The Highway in Autumn Mountain is a bit more exaggerated than Luke thought before. Because many highways are built on the cliff side, so it looks very dangerous. But the scenery on both sides is so beautiful. From a distance, the motorcycle is like driving in the clouds. From the time when the car match was announced before, Kate''s car drove out first, and has been in the first ce. At the end, it is at least thirty seconds away from the second one. This gap is really huge. Even if Luke is in the back seat, Kate''s speed is also fast, and she returns to the starting position after more than forty minutes. Kate is still the number one. Her position in the Speeding Party is indeed won by her own strength, which is really admired by Luke. After Kate arrived, more than a dozen motorcycles in the back also sessively reaches the end. They have counted each time the ranking of the car is in the mind. Anyway, who can surpass Kate hasn¡¯t appeared. Everyone originally wanted to host a party for Kate and Luke. This proposal is very happy, and Luke also wants to integrate into the speeding party. But Kate rejects the proposal. In the end, Luke takes Kate for lunch. Because Luke asks Kate to choose a location, Kate takes Luke to a street food stall without hesitation. ¡°Are you surprised?¡± Kate sits on the street stall and asks Luke with a smile, ¡°You may never have come to this ce as a rich child.¡± N?velDrama.Org content. Luke shakes his head and says, ¡°You look down on me too much.¡± ¡°No, this environment is not suitable for you.¡± Kate looks at the food stalls and the messy furnishings that are yellowed by oil smoke. Luke opens a can of beer and drinks it, then smiles and says, ¡°Do you know what I am best at?¡± Luke suddenly asks such an inexplicable question, but Kate knows the answer. She once heard ire said that the investigation information shows that Luke is a middle-level expert, so he has a lot of business information from the Leo. Kate nods, then she says in doubt, ¡°It just has nothing to do with the food stall.¡± Luke gurgles and sips a lot of beer, enjoys it, and then says, ¡°Because I actually secretly investigated you before, such as your preferences or lifestyle habits, and like to drink if you are in a bad mood, There are a lot of parts like this, and most of them showed that you oftene to parties with the Speedy party.¡± Kate nods silently, these are indeed facts, but she just does not expect that Luke would investigate her. Luke holds Kate''s hand and says, ¡°What? Are you unhappy because you were investigated?¡± Kate shakes her head with a smile and says, ¡°That''s not true. Because I know that you also want to know about me, so I''m still very happy. But I haven''t even noticed it, and I don''t understand it like you know me. I think I did a bad job about this.¡± Luke is very happy to get such an answer. He says softly, ¡°I don''t need this. I want to know about you. I will take the initiative to ask you. I want to ept the speeding party to hold a party, and the reason is to fully integrate into your circle.¡± Kate doesn¡¯t think about this, she says embarrassedly, ¡°Because I think this is our first date, I think it''s better for us to get on alone. Integrating into the circle of friends is not necessary.¡± Luke nods. As long as Kate is happy, it doesn''t matter what he do. The owner of the shop has delivered the food when they are talking. When he smells the fragrance, Kate glows with two eyes, and she eats and drinks without any restraint. Luke is also attracted by Kate, then eats and drinks like her. The two guys are seems really hungry for a month before they eats a meal. They eat with their mouths full of oil. asionally, they look at each other andugh at each other. ¡°After knowing you, I found that life can be like this. It is much happier than living in the so-called high society.¡± Luke feels quite. Kate doesn''t take it for granted, ¡°It''s just that you feel fresh. No matter what level of life there are, there always have good and bad parts.¡± The two do not discuss this issue in depth, but Luke thinks about it and asks Kate ¡°How about taking you to the electric station after eating?¡± When Kate hears Luke¡¯s proposal, the meat caught in her mouth has forgotten to enter in. She stares at Luke up and down, watching like a monster. Luke frowns, ¡°Hey, why do you react like this? You don''t like video games?¡± Kate pats her chopsticks and says, ¡°You really look like a monster. Yes, I like video games, but that''s all... well, probably about high school, and I had never yed with them againter.¡± Luke nods. He knows the situation. ¡°So are you a monster? You even investigated that I was in high school, my God ...¡± Kate looks at Luke with amusement and says, ¡°Will you be cleared out of my elementary school?¡± Luke is embarrassed to say, ¡°There are too few girls like you now, so I am very interested. I identally investigated there.¡± Chapter 405 You are my first Love Chapter 405 You are my first Love Kate asks carefully, ¡°Will you know all those things in my high school era?¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Although Luke doesn''t want to admit it, he nods his head and says, ¡°You said that you hit the boy who pursued you half-dead?¡± Luke narrows his eyes with a smile, and says, ¡°So I have concerns in this respect when I pursue you, ha-ha.¡± Kate is depressed, ¡°I''ve been known to you. It''s terrifying. I''ll have to investigate you the next day.¡± Luke quips, ¡°I have never beaten women who pursued me, and I generally choose to ept them.¡± Kate shouts, ¡°Dirty.¡± Luke says, ¡°But I have never pursued a woman. You are the first, so you are my first love.¡± Although this reason is far-fetched, Kate also feels reasonable, so she feels beautiful. Before speaking of taking Kate to y video games, Luke also makes a little preparation. The so-called preparation is to understand the video game on the Inte. Luke has never yed electric games, so Kateughs at the fact that he doesn''t even enter the door. Although it is said that the two go to y video games together, Luke watches Kate ys alone from the beginning to the end. He can¡¯t y it, and he doesn¡¯t understand the games yed by Kate. He can''t understand Kate''s irritated smashing of the keyboard, and sometimes she is so happy that she jumps to the sky. But even this does not prevent Luke from watching Kate''s interest. For him, if he can see Kate happy, this date is more than half sessful. After Luke being an audience the in video game hall, the two guys walk out of the video game city to find a cafe to take a break. Only then does Kate reply from the passion of the game, and says sorry to Luke, ¡°I''m so sorry, because I''ve forgotten you when I was having too much fun. Wouldn''t you feel bored?¡± Luke shakes his head with a smile and says, ¡°I am taken to see you happy, and I am happy if you are happy.¡± Kate says rudely, ¡°That''s right, it''s all you asked for. But after all, today is a very happy day. I can still y video games that I haven''t yed in years, thanks to you.¡± ¡°If you like it, I''ll bring you here next time.¡± Luke feels Kate''s expression is like a yful child. He reaches out and gently touches Kate''s cheek. ¡°y as you want.¡± Kate says with a lip, ¡°Forget it, I can''t always put you aside, but this first date is really unforgettable. At first, I was worried that it is really lifeless to watch a movie together. That''s boring.¡± Because Luke has already expected it, he did not conduct that popr dating activity. It can also be seen that he really has a lot of thoughts on this date. ¡°In short, thank you so much.¡± Kate smiles softly, looking really dreamy under the gentle light of the coffee shop. Luke suddenly put his hand on the back of Kate, then stands up and kisses Kate across the table. Perhaps the atmosphere is right, maybe Kate''s smile is too touching. In short time, Luke couldn''t restrain himself, and the hot kiss falls on Kate''s pale red lips. Kate doesn''t refuse this time, but just stands still, leaving Luke''s hot kiss on her lips. She also opens her mouth slightly and tries to respond to Luke. Both of them close their eyes tacitly, and the tender kiss bes more and more warm and affectionate due to the continuous heating. Many times during this period, Kate feels that she is about to die from suffocation, but she has to admit that it really makes her feel veryfortable. Unconsciously, Kate grabs Luke''s wide and strong back with both hands. They can feel each others body temperature, and disorders breathing and violent heartbeat also rise up in the room. This is Kate''s first kiss, and the first time it is so long that Kate feels suffocated. So Kate can''t even look at Luke again, and the blush on her cheek doesn''t dissipate all night. After leaving the coffee shop, Luke and Kate take a walk on the street, but there is not muchnguage between the two, and anynguage is superfluous in that gentle atmosphere. It isn''t until Luke sends Kate downstairs that Kate wakes up and whispers to Luke, ¡°Thank you, thank you for giving me my first date. I don''t think I will ever forget today, very Happy, really.¡± Kate is still wearing the racing suit, but at this time she is not the eldest sister of the speed party, nor is she a rude and wayward girl, but a lover that makes Luke wants to give everything to protect. Moonlight is as light as breathing, because the gentle words Kate says are rippling lightly. Luke likes this feeling, especially when the moonlight is gently falling on Kate''s dark long hair. Luke doesn''t speak. He walks to Kate''s side, gently brushed Kate''s long hair, and then gently strokes Kate''s cheeks that be hot and red because of her shame, and says softly, ¡°I also want to thank you for being in my life.¡± The next thing is the silence that the two are ustomed to, but this silence is quickly broken. Kate covers his mouth and smiles softly, ¡°I also said that I am numb, and I don''t expect you to be numb.¡± Luke grabs Kate''s small chin with his hand, and then bows his head again with a kiss on her lips, mixes with a warm and heavy breath. Luke says with a husky voice, ¡°I want to stay like this. Kate, although I have already said, but I still want to say, I really love you.¡± This moonlight is probably more difficult to extricate than the aphrodisiac. The eyes of Luke turn into a deep sea enough to silence the world at the moment of speaking. Kate is drowned by it, and she feels weightless and irresistible. Kate feels that she is going to sink, so she climbs Luke''s shoulders again with both hands. She tiptoes and kisses Luke¡¯s lips. The taste of Luke makes her feel more intoxicating than wine. She hugs Luke tightly, and the feeling of possession makes her want to continue. Luke also holds Kate in the same posture, buries his head on Kate''s thin shoulders, and feels the intoxicating fragrance of Kate''s body temperature and hair. Chapter 406 Falling asleep in Your Arms Chapter 406 Falling asleep in Your Arms When the couple raise their heads from each other''s arms again, the night is alreadyte, and the moon, which is sprinkled with gentle moonlight, is gradually moving to the west. ¡°Go back and take a rest. You must be very tired.¡± Luke flip Kate''s hair gently. ¡°Yeah, I almost fall asleep in your arms.¡± Kate put her hands behind her back, raising her forehead, smiling with curved eyes. ¡­ Luke returns home with a sense of slightly drunk, of course, even in this case he doesn¡¯t forget the promise with ire. When ire helps Luke arrange the date, he agrees that he will report to ire afterwards. As soon as he calls ire, the phone is put through. And Luke wonder that this guy is either too busy as a barista or she has been waiting for his phone call. ¡°Well, you finally give me a call. I am thinking you and Kate wouldn''t go home tonight.¡± ire''s hearty but dirtyughtere over the phone. Luke rubs his forehead helplessly, and impatiently says to the other end of the phone, ¡°Come on, you¡¯re Kate''s best friend, and also the wife of president. How could you keep on gossiping like a child.¡± ¡°Hum hum, Mr. Luke has been serious since he fell in love with Ms. Kate. Hold it for a sec, we go way too far. Now, tell me about today''s date.¡± The curious mood of Bet is conveyed unabashedly. Helplessly, Luke has to tell ire all the activities of the whole day. ire is overjoyed, and enviously says, ¡°You two are much cuter than me and Leo. That guy is crazy and he works all day long. I am boring to dead! Kate is really happy.¡± Luke boastfully says, ¡°No kidding, you can¡¯t find any guy better than me...¡± Come on, don''t blow your trumpet, there''s one more thing to discuss with you, ¡°ire says seriously and solemnly. ¡°It''s about Kate and Leo.¡± Luke wonders, ¡°The two of them are ipatible. What can we do about them?¡± ire yells on the other side of the phone, ¡°You idiot! Their bad rtionship is exactly why we need to help them solve it. Anyway, you''re dating with Kate now. No matter how awkward, you have to invite me for dinner as a matchmaker, then Leo has toe with me, so we can take the opportunity and solve the troubles between them. Luke now realizes what ire means. He and Leo are heart to heart friends. Now Kate is also part of Luke''s family. If she is still in conflict with Leo, everyone will be embarrassed when they hang out with each other, and it is better to solve it once for all. ¡°So, I need you to talk to Kate. Now Kate is expected to forgive Leo for the sake of you. What do you think about it?¡± Luke thinks for a while, ¡°I also think that make sense. Tomorrow, I will go and discuss it with Kate. But Howard has always had no opinion of Kate, what do we goanna do about him? Have you negotiated it with him?¡± ireughs, ¡°It seems you don''t know yet. Leo has been much gentler since he woke up. He also knows that he has done wrong to hurt Kate before, and always wanted to have the opportunity to apologize to her face to face, but Kate has been hiding from him, so He have never had a chance.¡± Lukeughs, ¡°It seems that you''ve managed Howard quite well, I don''t think Kate will reject our kindness. we¡¯ll see tomorrow.¡± Bet smiles, ¡°Okay, Conan said that he would like to see you and Kate in a rtionship. By the way, he said he also contributed to your happiness.¡± Conan definitely means the incident about Tracy. If it is not for him, Luke will definitely be responsible for that. ¡°Of course, I need to appreciate you two.¡± Luke then hang up the phone and calls Kate directly instead of waiting until tomorrow. Kate doesn''t sleep because she is in the bed thinking about what happened that day. Luke doesn''t beat around the bush, and directly conveys what Bet mean to Kate. Kate is still very resistant after hearing it, not because of anything else, but because the fact that Leo is a total scum is already rooted in her mind. Not to mention anything else, what Leo did to ire and her in the past is really ¡°extremely hideous¡±, ire could choose to forgive and forget what he did because of their rtionship, but Kate feels that she can''t do that in any case. ¡°Kate, let''s leave the fact that Lie is scum behind. Now, you need to remember that you are part of Luke''s family. Leo and Luke''s family have always been friends, and Bet is now the wife of Leo. If you have been in conflict with Leo, we will all be very awkward.¡± Luke exins to her patiently, in fact she understands Kate''s thoughts very well. Kate thinks about it and says, ¡°I¡¯ve thought about these things before, but...¡± ¡°Besides, Howard has really changed a lot. Maybe what Bet tells you makes you feel that love has blinded her mind, but I can tell you seriously that Howard is really a gentle and kind person. Bet said that he has always want to apologize to you, but he never has that opportunity.¡± Kate is surprised, ¡°For Christ sake, Leo? Apologize? How strange is it to see these words together?¡± ¡°Hey, at least you need to trust me. If Leo dares to do anything threaten you in the future, let alone you, I will take him down first. Come on, forgive him for once.¡± Luke is actually begging Kate. It would be useless even if Luke kneel down and begged her for forgiveness ording to Kate''s previous personality, but now Kate is shaken when she heard Luke begging. ¡°Okay, fine, I promise you. Anyway, I haven''t seen Bet and Conan for a long time, I miss them.¡± Kate says as if she isforting Luke. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Okay, that''s the deal. Tomorrow I will arrange the dinner and everyone will hang out together at that time. On one hand, it is to solve our misunderstanding. On the other hand, we gonna thank them for helping with our rtionship.¡± Kate knows that ire and Don Conan have been helping with their rtionship. Although she used to think that they are troublesome, but now it seems that she will have to take a lot of detours with Luke based on her personality if it hadn¡¯t been their pairing. After the two say good night to each other, Luke tells ire the good news. ire is rather happy. Since she stays at thepany and make coffee every day, she can n to hang out with Leo under the name of this for a long time. Chapter 407 The family of three Chapter 407 The family of three In fact, the party ire and Luke ns arepletely temporary incident, and Conan be the biggest driving force for the party. It''s probably because that Conan is extremely bored if you want to know why. Since ire and Leo are sticking together all day long, the family of three which he is desperately pursuing has made him the biggest victim. Although Conan feels bored, he doesn''t want to disturb Daddy and Mummy''s happiness because of his own sake, so he just ying theputer in silence. Conan''s life can now be roughly divided into two kinds. First is continue to monitor Juan''s movements. Because how long Juan will stay in that room has made Tang Conan more curious than worried. Second is search for Tracy when he is avable. Only to find out that this woman is living an inhuman life now. Although he is not taking others'' painfulness as happiness, but Conan is very happy to see the retribution of the guy who bully his mother. Checking out news about Tracy is as attractive as watching a TV drama. But when both of these entertainments got boring, Conan starts to thinking about fooling the people around him, especially when he knew from the words of ire that Luke and Kate has been in a rtionship. He persuades Bet to hold this party. ire knows that it¡¯s okay for Luke to persuade Kate, but he is thinking if he goes to Leo to discuss it after he settled the matter, would it be too disrespectful? However, it turns out that ire''s concerns arepletely meaningless. Leo praises ire instead of being particrly angry or surprised after he knows it. It''s just those words about that ire is empathetic, and has a model of the wife of Leo''s family. At first, ire is thinking that Leo is talking about irony, but Leo exined seriously afterwards: ¡°I think I will at least be a good person for you. I know I will make up for my mistakes. Kate has prejudices against me, but I deserve it. And I should have apologized to her.¡± This decent remark made ire snorted, and she couldn''t say anything else. ¡°That simple?¡± ire wants to probe Leo''s forehead with his hand to see if the guy had a fever and start to have a confused mind. Although Leo had said something simr after he woke up, but it is all a tiny touch on the topic. Now he seems to be genuine. Leo realize what ire''s thinking and exins, ¡°Of course, some of the reason is because Kate is your best girlfriend. I don''t want to make you rusty because of me. Since there is a chance to solve it, why not? Otherwise Luke will have a hard time with me.¡± That¡¯s Leo sure enough, he has thought what Bet had thought. Even if ire doesn''t organize this party Leo will act sooner orter. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. All in all, the party is settled. As the evening of the next day approaches, ire is already dressed up. Although it obsolete for some time, it is actually putting on a simple makeup, wearing a purple half-step skirt andce sleeveless pale pink top. It seems a little bit too formal, but also quite intellectually mature. And Leo is still wearing a dark ck stiff suit that hasn¡¯t changed centuries. He changed the tie to a blue checkered style at the request of Conan. Conan says that it would look more rxed, otherwise people who don¡¯t know what happened may think that Leo is negotiating business. Conan''s dress is exactly the same as Leo, AKA a reduced version of Leo. Not only do they have the same costumes, but their eyes and temperament are also very simr. At first ire thinks that Don Conan, who has been pursuing group photos, will refuse thiszy look, but he is happy to look like his dad. It will be ridiculous for Bet not to be jealous about this, so she ps the bottom of Conan with two hard hits when wearing pants, and Don Conan cries for daddy to help him. However, Leo just watched the farce between these two, even with the mood of enjoyment and sess. This made Bet feel very depressed. The family of three is having a good time as they march towards their destination, while Howard driving. The location of the party isn¡¯t in a high-end Western restaurant but in a Chinese restaurant. This is also the suggestion of Conan. This is not because he loves the fancy taste of Chinese food, but because the atmosphere of Chinese food is much better than that of Western food. After all, this is a party about friendships, and it would be wired if they choose a romantic ce to hold the party. When ire arrives at the restaurant, she finds that Luke and Kate have already arrived. Kate is wearing a dress today. When she lowers her head and talks to Luke, her long hair makes her gentler and more elegant, which surprise ire. Seeing that Leo and his fellowse in, Kate, who is talking andughing with Luke, stop her motion, and her smile be awkward. Everyone knows that this stale smile isn¡¯t mean to embarrass Leo. But Kate also does not know how to face this scumbag that she has scolded countless times. ire doesn¡¯t realize these subtle changes and shout out, ¡°Hey, Kate, I can¡¯t believe my eyes! You''re wearing a skirt. A dress technically, it''s incredible.¡± Leo now realize what has happened. The family of three stare at Kate and feel that their worldview has been seriously crushed. Kate knows that ire will be surprised, but she doesn''t expect the guy to be too surprised. Indeed, ire''s open mouth is open enough to swallow a giant egg. ncing at ire with aplex look on her face, Kate rubs her hair and says, ¡°Please don¡¯t behave like this, I''m afraid I don¡¯t dare to try it next time.¡± Luke also says, ¡°Come on Bet, Kate is just wearing a dress, you don¡¯t need to be so surprised. If I can only watch Kate in a racing suit ever since, you are the first person to me on.¡± ire grins, Leo and Don Conan are also smirking, they can''t help tough out loud. Especially Conan, whose little mouths turns red because ofpressing her smile, it seems that they might explode like balloons at any time. It¡¯s a fact that the situation of this family is really worrying. Kate find that there are other people are smiling besides ire. Leo and his fatherugh even more exaggeratedly. what makes Kate feel even more angry is that the two guys are dressed exactly like Russian matryoshka. Chapter 408 Solving misunderstandings Chapter 408 Solving misunderstandings ¡°So, you guys done yet? It''s really annoying!¡± Kate is pissed, ring at the smiling father and son. Leo and Conan don¡¯t expect that Kate is that shy. They look at each other, then slowly hold their smile. Luke finds that Kate''s anger face particrly cute, but Luke doesn''t dare to tease her anymore, so he says, ¡°Come on, take a seat first. You guys want to keep standing and give us a show or what?¡± The three then seat around in turn. Conan is seating by the side of Kate and Luke, poking out a little head slightly higher than the table, and looking around. ¡°What are you looking at? I haven''t seen your little naughty kid for a few days and you be more annoying? You trying to get your ass beaten again?¡± Kate stares with her eyes wide open, even his nose flickered. Conan squints and nods again and again, ¡°Yeah, Aunt Kate knows how to get dressed up. To be honest, it¡¯s quite beautiful.¡± Thanks to his words, now everyone notice that Kate not only wore a dress, but also put on light makeup. At this moment, everyone''s eyes float back to Kate again, which makes her blushing face reappear again with a state of coyness. Luke coughs and interrupts everyone''s notices, ¡°Well, you guys see my girlfriend enough yet? Kate is now my girlfriend. Is it so weird to dress up? You crackers!¡± Conan grins andughs, ¡°It''s only been a few days since you and Kate start dating, and now you are partial to her. Well¡­my uncle has be¡­¡± Luke finally realize that the purpose of this family of three today is probably to tease him and Kate. He can only shake his head helplessly, ¡°I should have seen thising.¡± Leo then says, ¡°It''s such a happy event after all. Won¡¯t it be a pity if we don¡¯t tease you guys now? I have never seen Luke fall in love with a woman like this.¡± Bet is also trying to take the opportunity and coax, but Kate squints and scorns at this moment: ¡°What? You look down on women? Now you tell me why women are worse than men?¡± At a moment the air get tense, Luke and ire look at each other, then stare at Leo, both of whom are afraid that Leo will have a fight with Kate now. In that case, the significance of the party ispletely lost. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. But Leo slightly smiles when he heard Kate''s words. He takes a sip of tea first and then slowly says, ¡°Ms. Kate is a specialdy and can''tpare with other women. I can prove I am not flirting. Please forgive me for speak these words without thinking.¡± After hearing Leo''s answer, the first thought thate to Kate''s mind is, ¡°Is this still Leo? Will Leo, who had never been so good before, apologize for this? It''s incredible. Kate is a little surprised. Luke shakes her hand lightly, and then Kate sits down with a little bit confused. Leo estimate that the emotion has not yet there, so he doesn¡¯t mention the apology stuff. He just says to everyone, ¡°I think the most important thing today is to congratte Kate and Luke on their rtionship.¡± Then Leo takes the lead in raising the ss and tells everyone, ¡°You guys can''t be too depressed. This is also a great thing after all.¡± It''s rare that Leo can act as the party''s rhythm promoter. So, everyone including Conan all do him a favor and raise their wine sses. Lukeughs, ¡°It''s also thanks to everyone''s pairing. Otherwise out personalities would make it really hard for us to get together.¡± ire joyfully says, ¡°All in all, I wish you be together for the rest of your life.¡± ¡°Look forward to hearing the patter of tiny feet.¡± Conan suddenlye up with this sentence. Although it¡¯s thinking too far, it¡¯s a blessing anyway. So, neither Luke''s scorn nor Kate''s intimidate. Then she giggles again. Conan''s look amuses everyone, and everyone drinks the first ss of the party in augh. After three rounds of drinking, Kate is finally rxed, and truly engages with the party. Her pretty face also has a drunk and shy crimson. Leo feels that now is the right time to announce important things. Leo refills Kate¡¯s ss with wine, and everyone be silent. ¡°Kate, this ss of wine is my apology to you.¡± Leo drinks a ss of wine directly, then looks at Kate seriously, ¡°When I bullied Bet before, you thought I is scum, and have shed with me because of Bet. Too many mistakes I have made, which I must admit.¡± Kate is speechless. She doesn''t know what to say, but just purse her lips slightly. ¡°But what I want to say is that I hope you can change your view on me in the future.¡± ¡°Since I healed from this illness, I have noticed a lot of things that I could not realize before. I also regret my previous stupidity and recklessness.¡± ¡°Whether it is to Bet or you, I want topensate you with my sincerity. I am definitely not the Leo I used to be...¡± After listening to these words, ire have to say that she gets really touched. That¡¯s the President Leo. Even if he volunteers to admit his mistake, it is really surprising that he can do it. Kate has the same idea as ire, and she even wonders if she has heard it wrong. But seeing Leo''s sincere smile, she has to believe it anyway. But she still doesn''t know how to respond to this. Leo find Kate is frozen without responding, he smiles, ¡°Actually, I can understand you. You can refuse my apology or ept it. This is up to you. I will not feel upset or thinking painful because of your idea.¡± Luke stands behind Kate at no time. He takes her hands, and whispers something gently. It¡¯ll be really awkward for Kate to give no response since Leo have gone this far. Kate breathes out, then said nkly, ¡°Forget it, you''ve done this. It would be too shameless to keep embarrassing you.¡± Although Kate still had a nk face, everyone knows that she has forgiven Leo. Kate is the kind of person who has a kind heart but with a cold face, especially on this asion. It is difficult to reveal his true heart. Everyone here is ustomed with it. Chapter 409 Honeymoon plan Chapter 409 Honeymoon n Leo smiles even more when he hears Kate epts his apology. He doesn''t seem to want to lower the ss, he then refills Luke¡¯s ss with wine, ¡°To be honest, I have other purpose foring to the party this time.¡± Luke looks at Leo in puzzle, ¡°If I am right, you want me to do you a favor, I always have this hunch...¡± Leoughed, ¡°We have to admit your premonition is very correct.¡± Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. ire and Kate feel a little inexplicable and don''t know what they are talking about. Leo pats Luke''s shoulder and says, ¡°You''ve already been very familiar with what I am going to ask...¡± Luke looks at Leo''s expression, and his unease feeling became stronger. ¡°Hey, Leo. Don¡¯t tell me that you are asking me to help you run the Leo group again. If that''s the case, I''ll reject you first.¡± Leo is looking for Luke to do this indeed, but he is not anxious after hearing Luke''s refusal, he just asks, ¡°It is indeed what you think, but have you thought about why I want to let you help me run the company? I''m not sick right now.¡± Luke groans for a while, then stare at Bet for help, but ire also don¡¯t know what happened. Luke shakes his head. Leo looks around, ¡°Because I want to spend my honeymoon with Bet. I can¡¯t take care of the company''s affairs in that case. otherwise how can I give the authority of running mypany to anyone except me.¡± With all that said, Luke can''t find a loophole to fight back. He just asks ire in puzzlement, ¡°I know that you haven¡¯t epted Howard¡¯s proposal. Why suddenly skip to honeymoon now?¡± In fact, not only Luke, everyone at present, including ire, is very confused. When did Bet promise this guy to have a honeymoon with him? Bet yank Leo''s sleeves with a puzzled look, and then frowns, ¡°Hey, Leo, how can you don¡¯t ask me for permission?¡± Leo shrugs, ¡°Because I''m confident, I don''t think you will reject me! Right?¡± Now it be Bet¡¯s problem. But now, if it is the previous Leo, ire would definitely reject him without hesitation. But now it is the gentle Leo, and ire cannot reject it anyway. ire stands up but she can¡¯t say a word. She can just nce at Leo. Leo gently held ire in his arms, and said to Luke, ¡°What do you think? It¡¯s a honeymoon indeed, Bet didn''t deny it.¡± ¡°¡­¡± Luke get choked. ¡°Hey, this is an important incident in my life. It will be really mean for you to be my bro if you don''t help me with this.¡± Leo is afraid that Luke won''t agree, so he has to use friendship to force him. Although it is a little bit unkind to do this, Leo doesn¡¯t mean it. Luke says bitterly£¬ ¡°Come on, man. I do want to help you. But you have witnessed it yourself. Last time, you ask me for help, what have I done to yourpany almost make it bankrupt. How can you still be so reckless? you still want me to run thepany in this way? Are you still okay?¡± Leo smiles, says indifferently, ¡°Even if you did fail thest time, but I will inevitably make mistakes, so this is probably not your fault.¡± Luke still urges, ¡°Just cut it. You know that I don''t have the talent to run thepany... Although it is attacked by someonest time, but the way I deal with it are not even as good as Conan. You might as well give it to Conan.¡± Conan thinks Leo''s so-called honeymoon is to bring her with him. Hearing what Luke said, she refutes hurriedly, ¡°How is that possible? Shouldn''t I go for honeymoon? Uncle Luke is even better at running thepany, so don''t be humble.¡± Realized what Conan thought, Leoughs, ¡°It is true that Conan has nothing to do with honeymoon. It is a trip between me and Bet. But Conan just knows a little aboutputers, and it is definitely not as good as dealing with business rtionship. You have to help me do this.¡± Luke put on a bitter face, feeling that he is very unlucky. ¡°Look at you, Luke, let me tell you something, I have been a workaholic since I woke up. All the projects of the Leo Group basically have begun to operate. You don¡¯t need to make any important decision to run thepany. All you have to do is to supervise the operation of those projects. If you still find such an easy job difficult, then you are fooling around me way too far...¡± Leo try everything he got to beg Luke. Luke has to help him this time. Luke wants to refuse but he can''t find any excuses, he can justin, ¡°what¡¯s all about this? You go for a honeymoon and I have to run thepany when I just start dating Kate? That¡¯s too ridiculous!¡± At the moment Luke frowns, looking at Kate beside him with a little unwillingness, as if he is a sorrowful wife of the king. ¡°Hah? Then you¡¯d better propose to Kate soon, and then you can go on a trip. But you¡¯ll have to wait until Leo and I are back. Please take good care of thepany these days.¡± Bet is very happy, and does not seem to be forced to spend a honeymoon with Leo. Sure enough, she is already attracted by Leo''s gentle and domineering. Conan looks at the two couples in the room, thinking that he is the only single one, and feels that the whole world is abusing him, a single man. He can only eat the food on the table angrily, without saying a word. ire smiles when he sees the bulging expression on Conan face, ¡°Well, Conan will stay at home for a few days. Although I may be worried about other kids, but I can let Conan stay at home alone, right?¡± Conan only regrets having shown them too much of his abilities before, otherwise he won''t receive so little care now, which is really pathetic. He continues to grab the food with chopsticks, chewing the food in his mouth, and shakes his head and sighs, ¡°Fine, Fine, you guys can all go out to y, and the job of guarding the house can only leave to the single just like me.¡± Everyone is amused by his cute look. ire smiles and says to Don Conan, ¡°No matter how Mommy has been working as a boring barista for such a long time, can¡¯t you let mom to go for travel? Don¡¯t me yourself there,e on¡­¡± Chapter 410 PDA(Public Display of Affection) Chapter 410 PDA(Public Disy of Affection) Conan nces at ire and Leo speechlessly, pouting with a little angry, ¡°What is all about this? You still want to do public disy of affection at this time? Please give me a break.¡± Conan pokes the food in the bowl with chopsticks boringly. It seems that he has no interest in eating at all. He pokes for a while and then click the bowl with chopsticks. Anyway, it looks like he is unhappy and want some hugging. Kate looks at Conan and say, ¡°Your little guy has such a hard time, you really deserve it.¡± Conan res at Kate, ¡°You and Uncle Luke are so ridiculous, you two yells at each other and then actually turn hatred into love? Now you two even turn into sweet couple? I''m always being alone.¡± Leo and ire nces at each other, and then ire says, ¡°It seems Conan is really unhappy, don''t you always want me make up with your father?¡± Then ire asks Leo with a crying face, ¡°Please take Conan with us, can we? It will be really pitiful to leave Conan alone.¡± Leo ponders for a while, and then says, ¡°Sorry but no, Conan can be staying at Luke''s house if he feels lonely and unhappy. He is familiar with it anyway. Will that be OK?¡± Luke has no problem of cause, but Conanughs and says, ¡°That''s a good chance to disturb Aunt Kate and Uncle Luke, is that okay?¡± Kate doesn''t expect that Conan is such a naughty kid, and he y jokes on her at all times. She ns to hit Conan, but he run away from it lightly. Kate points at Conan and says, ¡°Well, no wonder your dad and mommy don''t take you out, your words are too sharp. we will know whether you will grow mature in the future.¡± Don Conan sighs as if he is an adult, and said, ¡°Since you have all decided, I can''t say anything about it, it''s OK to live in Uncle Luke''s house, but I have a request, as long as you promise me, I can do anything.¡± Conan says, raising his fingers, his narrowed eyes glowing with dazzling light. It seems like there is a trick. ¡°Well, you are really like your dad. you are making request for it. You are born to cheat on others.¡± Luke jokes. Everyone else is looking at Don Conan, but he wants to see what amazing words this little ghost had. ¡°You guys are all couples. It''s a huge problem for me to keep being alone. Maybe I will get depression or something because of you. In order to solve this problem, at least you guys give me a brother and sister.¡± Conan grins, staring at Tang Conan and Leo like a tricky conspirator. Bet rolls her eyes and says, ¡°How do we talk about this kind of thing, you might as well ask Uncle Luke and Aunt Kate, maybe they will be faster.¡± Bet points his finger at Kate. Kate rolls his eyes at Bet, and then shrugs her head away. He murmurs quietly, ¡°How annoying is your family. Come on¡­¡± Luke pats Kate on the shoulder with a smile, but smiles in the opposite way of Kate, "Of course we will try to do it. Conan, you can be rxed about that.¡± ¡°Hey, try to do what? who wants to do that kind of thing with you, it just...¡± Kate''s voice is getting quieter, so quiet that she can''t hear what she is talking about. When everyone looks at Kate in curious and amusement. Kate stomps on Luke''s foot in anxiety. Luke grins in pain and his face turns into red, but he is still grinning. Conan shake his head helplessly, no matter how Kate and Luke behave, in his eyes they are showing off their affection. ¡­ It¡¯s a happy dinner¡­ No, for the four people, it is indeed a happy dinner, which not only resolve the previous grudges, but also n the sweet honeymoon in the future. Of course, it is happy. But for Conan, it is a dinner announcing that he is the only one that remain single, and it will be a wonder to be happy. Anyway, Leo and ire are definitely going for honeymoon, and they start preparing for it tonight. So, Conan is taken directly by Luke after the dinner. Even if he doesn''t agree, there is no other way, and now Conan regrets it. He has previously made a request that ask them give birth to a younger brother and sister to apany him earlier. Butter, he thinks about this request, it is no different than mentioning it. It is better to ask a more realistic question. Sure enough, when people are angry, their reason is rtivelycking. Conan decide to change this bad habit in the future. On the other side, ire is excited when she learned that Leo is taking her to the honeymoon at dinner, and she doesn''t calm down even when she returns home. ¡°Why don''t you tell me earlier? I have been a barista for so long andins every day. It turned out that you are nning this¡­¡± Bet doesn''t know whether she is coquettish orining, she is happy anyway.C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Leo hugs ire, and the two falls on the bed hugging together. Leo presses ire''s shoulders and leans over and say to her gently, ¡°I don''t want your life to be boring forever, I want to surprise you whenever we are together. This kind of thing of cause cannot tell you in advance, otherwise you will lose patience after waiting so long.¡± Leo used to interact with woman with a stubborn attitude in the past, just like animals. Bet now knows that Leo has be much gentler, but she doesn¡¯t expect that Leo would use these romantic ways so well. Leo kisses ire''s forehead and says, ¡°I''m just thinking right now, we might really need to take action faster.¡± ¡°Huh? Take action?¡± Bet closes her eyes and feels Leo''s kiss on his forehead, and vaguely responds. ¡°Conan is a little bit too lonely. We need to hurry up and create a baby for Conan. I don''t want my own son to have any depression, hum, hum¡­¡± Leo keeps on kissing ire''s cheek, his voice hoarse. It turns out that a man''s voice can also be so sexy. At this time, Bet smiles in her heart, thinking that she is also very blessed. Bet says, ¡°It''s up to you. I can''t do this alone.¡± Bet blinks mischievously, Leo freezes for a moment, and he is telling whether it is ire seducing or acting cute. hum, of course, no matter what it is, the result is the same. Howard smirks and turns off the bedsidemp. Chapter 411 Kidnapping Chapter 411 Kidnapping After a night of sex, Leo and ire goes to the airport early in the morning to prepare to fly abroad. We have to say that the young man''s physical strength is really amazing. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. On the other hand, Luke and Kate also seem to live together in a roomst night, which makes Conan unhappy. Especially the breakfast made by Luke most makes Conan angry. There was a time before when Conan had a breakfast made by Luke, but if it could be called food, Conan must be hungry. So Conan always thought Luke¡¯s cooking skills were very bad. But what makes Conan most dissatisfied is that Luke¡¯s cooking skills are not only bad, but also master- level. In Conan''s eyes, his cooking skills could probablypete with his mother. So when Conan eat this delicious breakfast, he is very dissatisfied, especially when he sees Luke and Kate are flirting at breakfast, it is ... utterly devoid of conscience. Conan is boring and banging on the te with a fork. We do not know if he wants to disturb Luke and Kate spirit or wants to attract their attention. But he knocks for a long time before Luke notices him, Luke smiles and asks, ¡°why are you unhappy? This breakfast is better thanst time. why don¡¯t you eat more? You, a single man, needs to be nice to yourself.¡± Even Luke makes fun of Conan, which makes Conan almost unbearable. Nobody will imagine that Conan is not happy because this breakfast is too delicious to eat, and he sneers, ¡°I rememberst time I had a broken egg for breakfast. This time, it is also entrusted to Aunt Kate''s blessing ah, otherwise I would not have the opportunity to taste uncle Luke¡¯s delicious breakfast.¡± Luke finally understands the meaning of Conan, so he helplessly shakes his head and smiles, ¡°Oh, I thought Conan was a generous guy before and different from other children, now it seems like there are no differences at all.¡± Conan is silent and unhappy. His food on the te also just is taken a little bit. This is not Conan¡¯s style. Kate smiles. ¡°After all, he is still angry with his parents. You just happened to be a innocent guy. But then again, it is pretty cute when this guy gets angry.¡± At that time, Conan do not mind whether he was cute or not, he pushes the te off the table and walks towards the bedroom with slipper. ¡°Hey, what are you...¡± Luke is worried to see Conan¡¯s thin and lonely back. ¡°I didn¡¯t sleep well, so I am going to go to bed, and you two keep going and just leave me alone.¡± Conan¡¯s tone is full of discontent, and the childish voice sounds even more funny. Kate helplessly shakes his head and says, ¡°Forget it, leave him alone, he will feel betterter.¡± Luke says, ¡°This child¡­ but it is not a bad thing to see him have the same feelings and emotions with other children at the same age. It is worrying if he always looks like an adult.¡± Kate nods. ¡°So do I. Let him be home today. I will have to leaveter. We will take him out on the weekend...¡± ¡°Oh? With a loving witness?¡± Luke says withugh. ¡°Fuck you. I do not mind if we do not go out.¡± ¡°No, no, no...¡± In short, even breakfast time is spent in flirting. Conan in the room can hear clearly, even if he covers himself with a quilt. Conan is boring and even lost interest in theputer. He is so dazed in the dark. After a while, he hears Luke and Kate go out, and after a while he feels faint and falls into sleep. In his sleep, Conan has a nightmare which is actually no different from what happened in reality. And in his dream, Leo and ire left him. One dreams at night what one thinks in the day After a fitful sleep, Conan is finally woken up by the sound of the doorbell. He looks at his wristwatch and sees that it has run out of power. Then he takes out his cell phone and finds himself sleeping until noon, and now he is hungry. Slowly, Conan reaches the door. ¡°Who?¡± ¡°Takeout.¡± The man outside answers. Conan thinks maybe it is Luke who ordered his lunch, but even so Conan also opens the surveince screen to look, finding that is indeed take-out, so he puts down the guard. After opening the door, the delivery boy smiles and says, ¡°Yoh? You little child are at home alone?¡± Conan turns his eyes twice, then says, ¡°My daddy''s in the kitchen. What is it?¡± The delivery manughs, then crouches down to open the delivery box. Just then he raises his head and stares at Conan. ¡°You are smart, but I know this is not your home. Why is your daddy here?¡± Conan suddenly feels bad, just as he foresees the danger and wants to close the door, the delivery man has caught his arm. Conan is smart, but he is still a child''s body. How can he bepared to an adult? So, the delivery soon controls him. This is kidnapping! Conan only feels the buzzing of his brain. It is the first time he has ever encountered such a dangerous thing. He cannot remember what to do now. Resist? There is no way. Call for help? Thinking of it this way, the delivery man has put his hand in Conan''s mouth. ¡°Boy, you¡¯d better behave yourself if you want to live. I won¡¯t do anything to you, okay?¡± The man says furiously. Conan has to nod his head. There is no way to resist. At this time, Conan suddenly thinks of a solution. He tries to resist, and then he throws the cell phone that he has just used to watch the time far away, which seems to fall on the ground carelessly, so that the delivery man does not care too much. ¡°Don¡¯t move.¡± The man roars, and quickly ropes down Conan''s knot. Conan has done all he could do. He looks at the phone and thinks, now he has no choice but submits to the will of God. Chapter 412 Clue Chapter 412 Clue Conan does not like to put his hopes on others, but now there is no way. Conan gives up his struggle. And then the man ties him with a rope and covers his eyes with a ck cloth. ¡°Sir, you do not have to do this if you want money. Oh, my daddy is rich. You can get what you want with just one phone call. Do not bother so much.¡± Conan makes his voice sound soft and lovely. He could use his own cute voice. However the kidnappers are indifferent, just says two words coldly. ¡°Shut up!¡± Conan¡¯s body is out of his control, but at least he has a mouth. If he doesn''t say more, who knows if he will have a chance to say itter. ¡°You cannot dislike money. Hey, if you are afraid of my daddy, I have my own private money. Well, after all, I am a child of a rich family, and the private money is not a small amount. You can think about it, what¡¯s more, it is no need to break thew...¡± ¡°How about that? Uncle?¡± The kidnapper still does not respond, just puts Conan on his shoulder and walks out. ¡°Hey, did you ever listen to me?¡± Conan raises his voice on purpose. And he hopes someone would hear him, or leaves a clue or a witness. But his minds are quickly found by the kidnapper, who soon throws Conan in the car and a bunch of cloth directly into his mouth. Conan can''t do anything about it. He can''t see it or speak. Even if he has more clever ideas in his mind, it''s useless. ¡°Well, it really only depends on life. Fortunately, I didn''t do too many bad things ......¡± Conan thinks helplessly in his heart. Soon after, Conan hears the door of the car is opened, he is stuffed in, and then the car starts. At this time, Conan is still thinking of identifying the approximate path through his auditory. But even that idea is quickly snuffed out by the kidnapper. Conan feels someone approaching him. Then he hears the voice of another kidnapper. ¡°Just let him faint directly, and do not bother with the boy, and tell you that he is as tricky as a ghost, and do not be fooled by his pathetic appearance.¡± Conan''s heart is cold. How can the kidnappers know him so well? He doesn¡¯t expect that the previous shows were all in vain, and his hard work was just a joke in their eyes. It is unbearable. Conan is beginning to despair. Then the cloth in his mouth is pulled out and a damp cloth covers his nose and mouth as he breathed heavily. Shit! Conan feels bad because the pungent smell of the cloth was overwhelming as he breathed. It''s a drug! Conan feels as if his body is getting heavier and heavier and his head is as heavy as iron, heavy and buzzing. ¡°That is all right. Keep an eye out for this guy...¡± Conan feels that the dialogue between the kidnappers around him is getting weaker and weaker, as if a dream has gone away and falls into another dream. Conan could not resist the lethargy caused by the drug and finally lost consciousness. And... In the evening, Luke goes to pick up Kate after work from the Eastern Group. They buy some Conan¡¯s favorite food in the market and are going to make up for the little boy abandoned by his parents in the evening, so that he would not sulk all day. Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. ¡°Although you are so fierce to Conan on weekdays, you still like him very much..¡± To buy Conan¡¯s favorite food is the idea of Kate. Luke holds Kate''s hand and talks while walking. Kate says, ¡°Nonsense, Can I really abuse him? I''m just teasing him.¡± Luke hooks Kate''s nose and smiles, ¡°oh, I know my Kate is the gentlest.¡± Kate shyly turns her head. And Luke goes around to see her. They walks to the door, and Luke finds there is a take-out box in front of the door. He smiles and says to Kate, ¡°how about it? I will say that this guy will not treat himself badly if he treats anyone badly. If he is hungry, he must know what to do. You are worried about his hunger. You need to know that guy betterter.¡± Luke says significantly, originally, he wants to tell Kate the truth about the hackers under Conan''s loveliness. But he thinks about it again, and it would be more interesting for Kate to discover it by herself. Luke opens the door, and he finds the entrance floor is very messy, and a lot of mud. ¡°This guy is hrious. I am going to be gone for a few days . I think he can tear down the room for me.¡± Luke helplessly shakes his head, then he goes to the room to shout, ¡°Conan, don''t youe out to pick up?¡± There is no response. Kate and Luke look at each other and feel that something is wrong. ¡°Are you sleeping?¡± Kate says as she hurries to the bedroom but finds that the quilt in the bedroom is very messy, but she cannot find Conan. ¡°Honey. He does not seem to be here. Is he out?¡± Kate is a little uneasy, so she does not realize that she calls Luke such a kind name. ¡°No, he has been living with me for a long time before, and if he wants to go out, he will talk to me.¡± So says Luke. And he looks around therge room, and his eyes falls on the new shoes of Conan. He finds that Conan does not wear shoes, if nothing unexpected happened, the guy should be in the room. ¡°He must have been too idle to y hide-and-seek with us.¡± Although Luke is not sure if Conan really has this hobby, but he insists that. So, Luke and Kate both begin to look for Conan. At this time, the disadvantage of the vi is toorge. Luke and Kate have looked for the whole vi, but they did not see Conan. ¡°I think there is a problem... Call him directly...¡± Luke quickly dials Conan¡¯s phone, but there is no other sound except busy tone! ¡°No answer?¡± Luke is a bit depressed. Kate suddenly says, ¡°I heard Conan¡¯s bell. It seems to be in the room.¡± Then they follow the sound and then find Conan''s phone, which seems to have been thrown before, it looks very dirty. But the screen is still clean and tidy. Nobody knows what special material Conan used to make this phone. Chapter 413 Speculation Chapter 413 Spection After getting the mobile phone, Luke and Kate look at each other and do not know what to say for a while. They are all very upset. ¡°Something must have happened.¡± Combined with the mess at the door, Luke finally gets this correct conclusion. ¡°What should we do?¡± Kate is so anxious that her face is white that all her blood falls to freezing point. Luke takes Conan¡¯s phone from Kate''s hands and consoles her. ¡°Do not worry so much, Conan is smarter than you think. He always takes care of himself.¡± Kate does not know what to say but just looks at Conan¡¯s phone. Luke opens Conan¡¯s phone, but finds a password lock! The password is entered twice without a match. Then there is a warning on the screen that another typo would destroy the program. Kate frowns and says, ¡°Call the police quickly?¡± Luke thinks about it and decides to call Leo to let him decide. Conan is only a child after all. Although he has a head of strange ideas, he has no status and property. No one can want to deal with him. If he is really robbed, then the purpose must be Leo, there is no other possibility. Thinking of this, Luke directly dials the phone of Leo. Instead of procrastinating, he tells Leo the original story of what happened. At first Leo and ire also wonder if it is Conan¡¯s joke, but when Luke mentions that there is only one chance to unlock the phone, on the other side of the phone ire suddenly cries out. She knows that Conan would carry his versatile ck cell phone wherever he goes. That is to say, Conan definitely meets the gangster. ire is in a foreign hotel with her beloved Leo, drinking red winefortably, but now all the good mood before has been swept away. ire cannot wait to fly home immediately. Though she is consoled, she is in fact confused and even begins to regret not having taken him on the trip. Otherwise, it could not happen. Leo and ire try hard to sober up from their anxiety, and immediately order the return flight. The honeymoon trip goes off without question. While waiting for the ne, Leo and ire finally know what is the real suffering. After a tiring sleepless night, the next evening ire and Leo finallyes back. Luke, who picks up the ne, feels extremely ashamed when he sees the haggard Leo and ire. He doesn¡¯t finish the work Leo gave himst time, but this time he lost Leo''s own son directly. His feels that he has failed to do so to the extreme, so he is also sad. ¡°Conan is smart, you have to have faith in him...¡± In turn, Leo is consoling him. Kate holds ire''s shoulder and gives Conan¡¯s ck mobile phone to ire. ¡°Maybe there is a clue in there, but there is only one chance to enter the password, I do not know if you know his password.¡± ire holds the phone and thinks, if she is Conan how to determine the password. There is only one chance, so ire is very cautious, otherwise there is no clue if the phone is destroyed. ire thinks that Conan would have guessed that she would know the password, otherwise he would not leave such an important thing. ire has the result in her mind. ¡°Have you tried my birthday?¡± ire asks Luke and Kate. Both shake their heads to show they have not tried. ire takes a breath and says calmly, ¡°Well, maybe I already know it.¡± ire also does not hesitate too much, enters her birthday on the phone. Then the phone is turned on and everyone is very happy. When the phone is turned on, one word appears on the screen. ¡°Locate!¡± Such a simple word conveys what Conan wants; Find him by locating. Kate does not understand the way, ¡°No, his mobile phone is here and how to locate?¡± Luke and the Leo also express doubts about this and look ire curiously. After all, Conan''s mind is strange, but as the mother of Conan, she can still get it. ire also tries to think, finally, she relieves, ¡°I know, Conan wristwatch can also be connected to the network, that is to say, it can locate his wristwatch!¡± Luke frowns, ¡°But there are no wristwatch rted data ah, how to locate?¡± ire looks at the phone and says, ¡°Maybe there will be data on the phone.¡± At this time, Kate asks, ¡°Why does Conan know so much about everything? It feels like a high-tech thing. So does this phone, and even a self-destruct program?¡± At this time no one cares about this question, just answers it briefly. ¡°Talk about itter. Now it is better to find a hacker to help us, or we can''t understand Conan¡¯s mobile phone!¡± Luke says it! First he finds aputer expert, and then he uses his informationwork, trying to find out what happened around the day. After a while, a man brings the surveince video that happened near the vi and the door that day. As expected, Conan is kidnapped. The kidnapper is wearing a cap and his head is lowered. His face is not recorded. He is very skilled and seems to be a recidivist. There are plenty of other videos out there, but there are no important clues to be found. It still looks like they will have to wait for aputer expert to use a new wristwatch to locate it. They fall back into a state of anxiety. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°It is all my fault, Leo. You can punish me no matter what.¡± Leo stares at Luke and says, ¡°If something really happened, what can you do? Now it is time to find Conan, don¡¯t talk it anymore.¡± Luke says, ¡°I am sorry...¡± Leo sighs and says, ¡°When you get into trouble, you mess up. Where is your calmness? You just think about that who is their real aim though they got Conan?¡± Luke suddenly looks at Leo and says, ¡°You mean your enemy? But who?¡± Leo frowns, ¡°I just really do not think anyone would oppose me, although I did offend a lot of people before, but... that was a long time ago.¡± Chapter 414 Kidnappers and Hostages Chapter 414 Kidnappers and Hostages What is more, Leo does not think who is qualified to be his opponent in the city. ¡°What do you think?¡± Leo looks at Luke doubtfully, because he feels his expression is a bit unnatural. Luke quietly looks at ire, and then shakes his head and denies, ¡°No, nothing.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. When he sees that Leo is still wondering, he changes the subject and says, ¡°You mean the kidnappers will contact you definitely? Because it is your decision that counts.¡± Leo nods furiously and lights a cigarette. He rubs his temples and says slowly, ¡°Even so, the investigation still requires the greatest efforts. Knowing the news of the kidnappers is crucial.¡± Leo soon finishes smoking a cigarette. He looks at ire who is sad in silence. He clenches his hands into fists, and seems to be very angry with green tendons on the back of his hands. Although Leo''s spections are close to the heart of the incident, the kidnappers have not called yet. The situation is even worse, and Leo even wants to kill the kidnappers of the whole world. ... Conan''s body is rtively thin. After being tied up for so long, he has been hit by drugs, and his body begins to tremble with weakness. If it has not been for the cold temperature on the floor, Conan would be sleeping like this all the time. When he wakes up in the cold, Conan finds himself unbound and the ck cloth in his mouth and eyes is removed, but he still could not see anything. Long after his eyes has adapted to the darkness, Conan finds himself imprisoned in an empty room. The room has no windows, but only a closed door, Conan is in front of the door and looks around, and then hees to a discouraging conclusion. He would never get out of this room unless he could use the kidnappers ¡°help¡±. He tries to calm down and looks at his wristwatch. After looking at it, he finds his wristwatch had run out of power, and now his only hope is to use it as a signaling tool to locate it through the ck phone he left behind. Conan does not doubt the ability of such people, so he holds strong hope for his rescue. Conan thinks of yesterday''s conversations in the car, so he quickly takes off his wristwatch, pulls out the most important chip inside, and then puts the wristwatch into the trouser pocket. Then Conan approaches the corner and ces the chip in a dark corner so that even if the room lights are turned on, they could not be found soon. After doing this, Conan faces one of the scariest problems. He is hungry. He does not know the time here, but when he thinks of thest meal made by Luke, he considers it is very far away. If he can know what will happen, Conan absolutely eats up the food. No way. Conanes to the door kicking and screaming. Atst the iron gate is opened by a small window, and a kidnapper says impatiently, ¡°What? If you can be a hostage in peace and quiet so that the chances of survival are a little higher.¡± Conan does not know why this guy could say that, and he just begs ¡°Uncle kidnapper, I am hungry!¡± The kidnapper says impatiently, ¡°Okay, what do you want to eat?¡± Conan''s eyes lights up and he thinks he could order food? ¡°What? Anything I want?¡± Conan asks, with his eyes sparkling and expectant. He wonders if he still has a five-star treatment after being abducted? The kidnapper looks through his smile and says, ¡°Well, there is only one chance every day. Do not worry about it. And we are not paying for it.¡± Conan feels a little pity and strange. ¡°Who is paying?¡± he frowns. Originally, Conan wants to get his master out of the kidnapper''s mouth in this way. Sometimes people speak out and say something in a hurry. The kidnapper just wants to answer him, but when he speaks, he suddenly holds his breath, then stares at Conan fiercely, and then changes his words, ¡°Of course, it is Leo who will pay the bill." He asks depressed, ¡°How much money are you going to ckmail my dad? " The man''s face suddenly turns cold. ¡°You had better shut up, or you will suffer.¡± Maybe the kidnapper thinks he has said too much to Conan, so he says impatiently, ¡°Tell me what you want to eat quickly.¡± Conan has no idea what he could do with his food, so he orders some snacks. But he is also wondering why the leader of the kidnapper is good for the hostages, and it is no different to be a hostage in general than to be in jail. Perhaps it is for a good price, Conan makes a hasty conclusion. It does not take long for the kidnappers to bring Conan''s food. Although he is caught in a trap, he also has to take good care of himself. Conan gulps down the food and then falls on the cold floor, he feels less dangerous but bored to the extreme. If there is electricity on his wristwatch, he might be able to do something because he is the web-savvy guy who has 100 ways to get out of here if he gets something to connect to thework. But not only did the wristwatch lose power, but the phone was left behind as a clue. When Conan looks around the room, he finds that there is not a single electric light in the room, all the dim lighting in through a few small holes in the window. Bored to the extreme, Conan also wants to see outside through the hole, but the window is just out of reach and there is no wiring in the room. Conan has a bad idea in his mind that the room is like a cell for him especially. He never has a chance to go out. He recalls thest time he has been ced under house arrest by Juan and was able to go out because of the guard''s negligence. He wants to do the trick again. Although there is not much hope, it is better to try than sit here and wait for death. Conan ponders for a moment, then runs to the iron gate, shouting loudly, and kicks the iron gate frantically. Chapter 415 The consequences of pissing me off Chapter 415 The consequences of pissing me off The kidnapper opens a small window on the iron gate impatiently, barely revealing half his face. ¡°Do not you want to die? You have never been a hostage. You have always seen a movie. After all, it has not never happened. Do you really want to try?¡± In the face of the robber''s threats, Conan only smiles and he disdains, ¡°You have already investigated my situation? My daddy is president of Howard Group, and I am so valuable that I do not believe you can kill me.¡± The kidnapper is speechless, Conan is right, but he does not want to bow down, so he says in the cold voice, ¡°Even if I cannot kill you, it is not a problem to beat you to the skin, you are not afraid?¡± Conan still dismisses, ¡°Since you are willing to give me food, I really do not believe you can hit me. Look at you. You are not the boss, your boss must have told you to treat me well...¡± The kidnapper opens his eyes wide, and he feels that this guy could look into his inner world and he feels a little scared. Probably he does not want to talk more with this dangerous little guy, the kidnapper asks hurriedly, ¡°You say what do you want to eat?¡± Conan pats his puffy belly and shakes his head, ¡°I have had enough to eat. Thank you for the food, but I want to y games when I am full.¡± The kidnapper chuckles, ¡°Game? Do you remember that you are a hostage now, and you really think you are the boss?¡± Conan says helplessly, ¡°What is wrong with ying a game?¡± The kidnapperughs, as if he has seen through Conan¡¯s mind, and he says without any disguise, ¡°Your business is not known to others, but I do know, I do not think it is a smart decision to hand the phone to a hacker.¡± Conan pretends to be regret, ¡°ah, so it is, but if you are still worried about this, you can remove the phone card, thework also is closed.¡± The kidnapper smiles and looks at Conan for a while, just when Conan does not think it is going to work, the kidnapper actually promises, and he says, ¡°ok, you wait for me, don¡¯t bother.¡± ¡°Thank you, sir.¡± Conan innocently blinks his eyes, then waits until the door is closed and sneers, " It is easy to fall for the trap, stupid. " Soon the small hole in the iron gate is opened again, and a mobile phone slips in from the small hole. The kidnapperughs. ¡°You will have fun. This is the best for kids.¡± When he has finished, he closes the door and leaves, and Conan hears a faintugh. He does not know whether he has heard it wrong or what. Conan is excited to hold the phone, as long as he has a mobile phone, he can ess thework, and then he just needs to tell daddy and mommy to wait for help. Everything is under control. But when Conan opens the phone, his face is ck, with a screen light, a children''s song actually sounds from the phone. Conan takes a serious look at the phone andes to an astonishing conclusion that it is a toy phone. In other words, this thing has nothing to do with the Inte, and naturally it cannot be used to escape. Conan is so angry that he smashes the toy phone to the ground. He is not angry that he could not escape, but that he is being tricked by the kidnappers. The man who has kidnapped him seems to know him well, and he wants to mock him in this way. Conan looks at the closed iron gate, and if he could look in the mirror, he would probably find his face ck. Conan is so angry that he walks around in the darkened house that he could not stop, and from time to time he tramples on the debris of his broken cell phone. He does not knock on the door to annoy the kidnapper, but then the kidnapper opens the door to annoy Conan. ¡°Hey, kid, how is the cell phone?¡± The kidnapper''s obscene voice is filled with a sardonic smile. Conan stares at him and sits on the floor angrily. He could not say a word. ¡°Well, do children like to y with this phone? You broke it? Does it hurt? So, there is no fun?¡± The kidnapper mocks Conan. N?velDrama.Org content. Conan still does not speak, and he simply closes his eyes and sits on the floor with a angry face. Since childhood, when has he been so mocked intellectually by others? Unforgivable! The kidnapper says for a long time. Probably he also feels bored, andughs, ¡°Are you regretting falling off the phone? It does not matter. It can be bought all over the street. Do you want me to buy you one?¡± Conan is impatient so he picks up the phone and smashes it into the door. Fuck off! Conan pedals angrily. When the kidnapper sees that he has seeded in teasing Conan, he closes the door with satisfaction, then whistles and retreats. Conan continues to sink into the darkness and wonders who had kidnapped him. He always feels that the person behind it knows him. If that is the case, it would be too many people. Juan, Tracy, or the rest of the Wilson¡¯s family, Luke. These people know his background, regardless of what, Conan thinks that their abductors must be in these people. Conan determines the scope of the list and then eliminates the name one by one. First of all, Conan monitors Juan for a month after the Howard Group incident, and Juan really does not take a step in the room a month, even yesterday Conan did not find anything unusual, and in the Howard Group after the incident, Juan let Conan feel that some of his body has changed, perhaps he is really rethinking. Although Juan has ability to do this, but it does not seem to fit, so he temporarily excludes Juan. Next one is Tracy, a woman who has be famous for her ruthlessness. But she will not treat the hostages so well. Therefore, it is definitely not Tracy. She is definitely excluded. It''s impossible for the rest of Wilson¡¯s family. The next is Luke. Chapter 416 Conan’s means Chapter 416 Conan¡¯s means Conan is already very familiar with Luke. First, he analyzes who has the ability tomit such crime. Luke has the ability to do this. His intelligencework isn¡¯t of no value. Secondly, he knows Conan''s tricks well. In terms of the style of this crime, Luke also seems to be suitable, because he will meet the hostage requirements to the greatest extent, and asionally mocks Conan. The more Conan thinks about it and the more he thinks that Luke is the real one. His heart trembles, but he soon feels that his reason is not right. Let alone that Luke has no motivations at all. This man has done everything for Leo, why would he kidnap Conan? If it''s not Luke, it means Conan has excluded the real one. An idea suddenly strikes Conan. Juan''s gloomy and resolute face appears in his mind. Is it really my godfather? Conan is so upset that he paces around the room. He doesn¡¯t want to think that Juan is the kidnapper as much as possible. He has felt sorry for Juan before and really hopes that Juan could live a good life. If the kidnapper is him, Conan thinks the rtionship between the Howard Family and Juan would be really troublesome. But on the other hand, Conan feels a little angry, because Juan''s unrepentant behaviors have already broken his bottom line. Maybe it¡¯s not him? Conan hesitates. In the end, he decides to set aside this unknown truth. Conan take a look at the chip in the corner. It has been there for more than ten hours, but still no one come to rescue him. Although Conan''s mobile phone is difficult to operate, Leo can definitely find aputer expert. If everything goes well, Leo is now in front of Conan. But it hasn¡¯t been shown that there¡¯s something wrong with this ce. If Conan is right the phone signal here is shut down. Conan''s only hope is cut off. He just wants to see the guy who kidnapped him and find out the truth of all this. Anyway, he really can''t do anything now, he can only let the fate decide what¡¯s going to happen. N?velDrama.Org content. Perhaps the God hears Conan''sint, and when he feels like he is going to be trapped in the darkness, the heavy iron door suddenly squeaks and opens. This time it isn''t a small hole that open, but the main gate ispletely open. The light from the outside surge and make Conan''s eyes immerse since he has been in the darkness for a long time. Conan covers his eyes. Through the gap between his fingers, he sees a familiar figure appearing in the backlight. The moment he sees the familiar figure, Conan finally knows that the spection he is unwilling to believe is actually true. The long, straight figure standing at the door is Juan. ¡°It really is you, asshole.¡± Conan clenches his fists, and he wants to rush up and give a punch to Juan''s face. But he is weak, and he couldn''t do anything fierce to his previous godfather. ¡°Well, that''s right.¡± Juan says indifferently, which seems that he is just simply stating a certain fact without any emotion in it. Maybe this is frosty. The temperament emanating from Juan makes Conan feel that the Juan he is facing now is not the same Juan before. Gloomy, cold and heartless! ¡°Are you qualified to be my godfather, huh ...¡± Conan is not only angry at the moment, but even is a little sympathetic. Conan is annoyed that Juan have done this far because he can''t get ire to be his girlfriend. ¡°I don''t care whether I can be your godfather or not. After that incident happened, I figure it out. All I want is Bet.¡± Juan stands motionlessly in the backlight. The white light outside makes him look like a devil from hell. ¡°My mum won''t fall in love with a guy who doesn''t know how to repent. You can just give it up. Even if you kidnap me, my dad will protect my mummy and rescue me. You don''t need to n all this since your gonna fail anyway.¡± Conan''s eyes flushes, and he feels breathless. ¡°Oh? It''s a long time ago that I want to get Bet to be my girlfriend. I have been in the darkness for more than a month now. I am now thinking more than how to get ire to be my girlfriend. I know what I want now.¡± Juan''s tone bes colder and colder, and Conan feels that the air has changed somehow because of his words. In short, Conan is even a little creepy. After a month of living in pain, Juan now really is like a demon. Conan licks his lips and asks loudly, ¡°What the hell do you want to do? You will embarrass yourself in the end.¡± Juan sneers, ¡°Are you sure you are able to tell me like this? I''ve gotten all of your details, but you, you can''t even understand what I¡¯m doing, you are destined to be defeated by me.¡± Conan remembers the toy phone, and the anger in his heart is boiling. It must have been deliberately used by Juan to stimte him and insult him. Conan sighs and says listlessly, ¡°So what do you gonna do?¡± Juan takes a step forward, which makes Conan feels that the air in the room is heavier, and what Juan sayster makes him feel choked. ¡°I have no interest in your mother or you. Of course, what I want now is money and power. Maybe that¡¯s the only thing in the world that can give me happiness.¡± Juan sneers, ¡°And you, as the heir of the Howard Group, I think it is an excellent tool for me.¡± ¡°Tool? Manipted by you? I think you want to threaten my dad with me. There is the most boring way to do this. Juan, you are really disgusting.¡± Conan taunts Juan as more as he can, showing no mercy. In the past, Juan is already pissed, but after listening to Conan''s curse, Juan don¡¯t care about it, and just calmly replies, ¡°Disgusting? Oh, whatever you think, eventually, I gonna beat it all, I will be the man who holds the powers and gives power.¡± Juan stands in front of Conan while he is talking, and gently touches his head with his hand, and murmurs, ¡°So you are now my cash cow now, nice.¡± There is a smile on Juan''s cold face. Conan knows that people who doesn''t get angry are the most terrifying people in the world, and now Juan is no doubt that kind of person. He seems to truly abandon everything he shouldn''t have, and all he has now is the desire for power and money. Is it true? Conan couldn''t believe that there will be such kind of person in the world. He tries to control his inner fear, looks up and faces Juan''s eyes. Chapter 417 Juan calls Chapter 417 Juan calls Conan feels that Juan has no emotions now, but at the same time he still has a little hope for him. He would rather Juan still do it for ire than believes that Juan is degenerate for power and desire. Although there is not much difference between these, at least it can prove that Juan has notpletely fallen into a dead end. In fact, that¡¯s the real situation. He is unwilling to admit that he has fallen because of a woman, but he knows that it is all for ire, just more unscrupulous. ¡°Looks like you will never let me go?¡± Conan sits on the cold floor, looking up at Juan with a cold look. ¡°You are the heir of the Howard Group, so I will of cause make good use of it.¡± After saying that, Juan stops talking and slowly walks out of the room. Conan begins to worry about Leo, who thinks that Juan would use himself to do something worse to the Howard Group. But Juan wouldn''t do that. Because there are other ways to deal with Leo, and Conan, a high-quality hostage, would be double-edged to exchange for ire. Juan smiles gloomily with his back to Conan. During this month, he is not idle. No matter what happens this time, Leo must be defeated by him. ¡­ Leo asks several hacker experts for help. Although he unlocks Conan''splicated phone, he still can''t locate it. He is telling that all signals where Conan is imprisoned have been blocked, and there is no way to crack it. In Luke''s vi, Leo and Luke are both in an anxious atmosphere. ire and Kate are also anxious. She lets the members of the Speeding Party spread out to look for it, but there is still no news. Luke finally couldn''t stand this anymore, he tells Leo, ¡°The person who kidnaps Conan is probably the person who sent you the photost time, and the person who caused the car ident that year.¡± ire''s face turns pale, and she is afraid that Leo will misunderstand this, she has spent six years abroad with that man after all. Leo smiles bitterly, ¡°Do you think I''m a fool? I have investigated all these things clearly before.¡± Everyone is a bit surprised, and Leo can bear it after knowing the truth. ire wants to say something but is interrupt by Leo, ¡°The past is over. You should have left me at that time, and I know you and him have always been friends. Don''t worry about it.¡± Leo smiles gently, and touches ire''s head again. ire can just sp her lips. ¡°But I investigate a long time, and still know nothing about the person''s background. Apart from knowing that his name is Juan and he is the real boss behind manypanies, we have almost no other information.¡± Luke says as she looks at Leo, hoping that Leo would know something she doesn¡¯t know. Leo sighs, ¡°I also know almost nothing about him, and I really hope that he doesn¡¯t kidnap Conan, or it is really troublesome. But why haven¡¯t he contacted me?¡± The hostages should be asked forpensation after being abducted, but the kidnappers did not contact them. ... It''s not that Juan doesn¡¯t call them, but that Juan chose to contact ire instead of Leo. The call finallyes. It is Juan. ire hangs up the phone without anyone noticing it, then goes to the bathroom with an excuse and calls Juan. ¡°Where''s Conan?¡± As soon as ire speaks, she finds herself crying. ¡°It doesn''t do me any good to hurt him.¡± Juan''s voice is extremely cold, but it seems to be slightly abnormal because he is controlling his emotions. ¡°What the hell do you want to do? Haven''t you had enough trouble thest time? I have told you, I don''t want to have anything to do with you anymore, please let my son and me go.¡± ire whispers because she is afraid that her voice would be too loud to be perceived by Leo. ¡°Why do you always pretend that you don¡¯t know what I want. But even if people around the world don''t know what I want, you must know.¡± ¡°You are running away.¡± Juan sneers on the phone. ire certainly knows Juan''s purpose in her heart, and she says firmly, ¡°Anyway, as long as you hurt Leo and Conan, I will make you pay for it.¡± Juan chuckles. ¡°Oh? Then you''re really heartless.¡± ire doesn¡¯t know how to convince Juan to let go of his hatred. Extremely upset, she suddenly asks, ¡°Can you really forget what happened in the past six years in the United States? And you really don¡¯t have the slightest rtionship with Conan? I don''t believe it!¡± Juan seems to remember the past. He hesitates and then says, ¡°You don''t have to stimte me. This time I will definitely win in the end.¡± Belongs to (N)?vel/Drama.Org. When ire is silent, Juan smiles coldly, ¡°Leo has a good influence on the underworld. He is the underworld god, huh. I don''t know what kind of response will be caused by the announcement of this information, I really look forward to it.¡± Juan says this unexpectedly, and ire just feel like the world is spinning. If it isn''t for Juan''s remind, ire would have forgotten Leo''s hidden identity. ire''s hand holding the phone gets a cold sweat. She barely knows that Leo is the underworld god. The truth that Leo''s hiding his identity can prove that this information is profound and it is enough to show its importance. If Juan really exposes this, the consequences are really disastrous. ire''s tough tone suddenly softens. She trembles and asks, ¡°Juan, can you stop go too far?¡± Juan still just sneers. ¡°Since I''m calling you, you should know what I mean.¡± Juan pauses. Seeing ire doesn¡¯t respond, he continues, ¡°I don''t have much time to talk to you, you have to remember Conan is still in my hand now. ¡° ¡°I don''t believe you would hurt Conan. He is your godson, after all.¡± ire still have a little hope for Juan. Juan says calmly, ¡°You''re right, I am not so inhuman that I n to hurt Conan, but I can make him nevere back to you again, so does it matter to you?¡± ire closes her eyes in despair. This time she can¡¯t turn around and leave like thisst time. She also seems to ept conditions that Juan haven''t say. ¡°Where are you? I''lle over.¡± ire smiles bitterly. Juan needs to speak out loud himself. ¡°Youe here by yourself, just find a chance and go out, and someone wille to pick you up.¡± After talking, Juan hangs up. Chapter 418 Trading Chapter 418 Trading ire is extremely upset while hearing the constant sound on the phone. She puts a pool of cold water and immerses her face in the water. She wants to clear her mind and thinks about if there is any other way. She wants to tell Leo all these things. Handling all this alone makes her feel like she is about to suffocate. But if she really tells Leo, Juan can do anything out of anger. Although Juan says he wouldn''t do anything to Conan, it is only when there are no emergencies. There is no other way, and ire smiles wryly and walks out of the room. Leo sees ire walking out of the bathroom with tears, thinking she is irritated. He never expects that Juan has contacted ire. ¡°ire, I''m sorry, there is no clues of Conan yet.¡± Leo holds ire in his arms, and the words of concern are more me for himself. In fact, the most me now is ire. She wants to tell Leo that all the mess is because of her, but when she thinks of Conan''s safety, she has to keep the secret to herself. ¡°It''s okay, Conan is so smart, and it''s definitely going to be okay. And if it''s Juan, he''s also Conan''s godfather, and he won''t do anything to him ...¡± ire is still lying to Leo. Leo certainly knows that Juan is Conan''s godfather. He thinks that Juan is here to deal with him, but Juan doesn¡¯t call him to negotiate, which makes him wonder if the kidnapper is Juan. Even Leo couldn''t know more about Juan. It can prove how powerful Juan is in the entire business community. Leo nods and says, ¡°I hope so, I will send more staff, and I will find Conan at all cost.¡± ire touches Leo''s cheek with love, then smiles bitterly and nods. ¡°Go to rest, Bet, or else you''re going to copse before we find Conan.¡± Leo looks at ire''s unhappy face bitterly. It happens that ire is looking for a chance to sneak out alone, so she agrees, and says to Leo, ¡°I''m going home first, you can just stay here tonight in Luke¡¯s ce, so that he can take care of you.¡± Kate notices that ire ns to go home, and she wants to follow up, ¡°Bet, let me go with you, I''m worried of your safety in this case.¡± ire refuses her, ¡°I want to calm myself down. You must tell me if you have any news.¡± After that, she walks out of the door in a panic. Although ire''s behavior seems wired, they now all concentrate in finding Conan, so they don¡¯t care too much. ire walks out of Luke''s vi and looks around. She notices a ck car driving on the road not far away. The car stops in front of her, and a bald-headed sunsses man driving the car says nkly, ¡°Ms. Bet, please get in the car. The boss wants to see you.¡± It must be Juan. ire think that Juan have already converged a lot after thest incident of the Howard Group, but does not expect him to be so rampant, even he arranges for his men to ambush near Luke Vi. The bald head seems to read the mind of ire, and says coldly, ¡°Let alone the home of the Howard and Luke. The whole city is under Juan¡¯s control. I ¡¯m afraid that you guys who want to fight the boss will probably fail.¡± This bald man seems very different from those guys who work for Juan in the past. He has no respect for ire and is much ruder. ire ignores his mockery and just gets on the car quietly. The bald head looks at ire from the mirror in the car, and then sneers, ¡°Ms. Bet, I have been with my boss for so many years, and I have never seen him so interested in any woman. This is your blessing, I suggest you to cherish this chance, otherwise ...¡± ire interrupts coldly before the bald head finishes, ¡°Does Juan pay your sry to talk nonsense? You¡¯d better shut your mouth up.¡± The bald head doesn¡¯t expect ire to be so bossy with gentle appearance. He squints his eyes slightly, scratches his bald head, and dismisses his mouth disdainfully. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°It''s really a stubborn woman.¡± The bald man says that again. ire nces at his bald head, thinking that he might be important to Juan, otherwise he would not dare to speak to her like this. Even if Juan treats her cruelly, he will not allow others to insult ire. The car drives in silence, and eventually reaches a vi. Juan has many vis in the city. But ire has never been to this one. ire is taken to the huge living room of the vi. At that time Juan is sitting on the huge sofa in the middle of the living room, like an ancient emperor, looking down at ire. ¡°I know there would be such a day sooner orter.¡± After a long silence, they seem topete who is going to speakter. But in the end, Juan says the first sentence. ire doesn¡¯t know if it is a victory. ire sits in the opposite of Juan, looking away. Her eyes avoids Juan and falls on the wall behind him, and calmly says, ¡°Yeah, your plot has seeded, happy now?¡± Juan doesn¡¯t know if he hasn¡¯t heard the anger in ire''s sentence or he wants to stimte ire deliberately, he nods, ¡°Of course I¡¯m happy, you know, my happiest thing is to get you, get everything from you.¡± ire shudders. She wants to tell Juan clearly that she has no emotion of love to Juan, but ire has said this for more than six years, and it doesn¡¯t make a difference anymore. It is clear that he wants to get ire to be her girlfriend unreasonably. ire knows that her thinks don¡¯t matter at all, what is important is her choice. ¡°What do I need to do if I want Conan toe back to me, the situation is now under your control anyway, you have the final call, what else can I do.¡± ire says in despair, but Juan responds lightly, ¡°Oh? I want you to be voluntary, I don''t want to force you, so you¡¯d better make your own decision, but don''t say I force you to make this decision. ¡° Despicable! When Juan do this, he will not forget to suppress ire mentally. ire wants to get angry, but she just suppresses the anger. She says with a tremble tone, ¡°Okay, I''ll stay. You let Conan go. He''s still young and shouldn''t be involved.¡± Chapter 419 I havent forced you Chapter 419 I haven''t forced you ire finally says such words ¡°voluntarily.¡± A smile appears on Juan''s expressionless face after receiving a satisfactory reply, but ire feels panicked though the smile. Juan just lights a cigarette slowly without saying anything, and then slowly inhales, as if thinking about something. ire stares closely at him while he is smoking the cigarette. During this period, both of them are thinking numerous ideas, but they doesn¡¯t say anything. Juan annihtes the cigarette butt and sits next to ire, looking at ire as if she is an artwork. Juan feels his breath tightening, and he reaches out a slightly pale hand, which raises ire''s delicate jaw. ¡°That''s all you words. I don¡¯t force you.¡± Juan''s hand is gentle, and he pinches ire''s chin lightly. Surprisingly, ire doesn¡¯t feel any obscenity, and Juan''s eyes are pure, even the cold purity. Even so, ire still feels very ufortable. She waves Juan''s hand and says coldly, ¡°I¡¯ve done what I should do, should you fulfill your promise?¡± Juan is pushed away, but he is still expressionless and he is not angry. He just asks calmly, ¡°You just don''t trust me? Am I so mean in your mind?¡± This is already the truth. ire doesn¡¯t know how Juan have the courage to ask such questions. Does he still think that what he has done is right? ire sneers, ¡°It doesn''t matter what I think of you in my mind. I want to see Conan.¡± Juan stares at ire for a long time, then stands up and ps his hands gently. Then the bald man who stands beside him and watching all of this coldly nods, enters a room, and soon, Conan is carried out by him. Conan seems to have fallen asleep. He sleeps in the arms of the bald man. But when he opens his eyes and sees ire and Juan, he understands why he is released from the room. Conan struggles to run out of the bald man''s arms and walks in front of ire. He is surprised, ¡°Mum¡­¡± ire doesn¡¯t know how to face Conan. He has just realized the dream of a family of three, and have been tore down by Juan within a month. Since she can¡¯t give the child a happy childhood, looking at Conan''s eyes makes her feel that she is extremely ipetent. ¡°Mum, tell me, tell me what is going on.¡± Conan shakes ire''s knee anxiously, and then shakes her hand hard. ire sighs. She holds Conan''s face and smiles bitterly, ¡°Conan, Mummy is alsopelled. I don''t want to see anything happen to you, so I think I should stay.¡± Conan gets the answer he expected. His eyes shes red, and rushes to Juan with yelling. Looking at Conan, who is rushing over, Juan doesn¡¯t even move, but there are ripples in his eyes that are invisible to the naked eye. Conan feels that he has never been so angry. All the guilt, respect and bitter feelings of Juan in the past are all buried by Juan himself. Conan, who has always been terrifyingly sensible, also lost his reason now. If he has a knife in his hand, he even wants to stab the de into Juan''s heart. It is Juan who ruins his happy life, which is hard toe by, and Juan destroys the rtionship of his dad and mummy. As Conan is about to rush into Juan''s presence, a huge ck shadowes to him. the bald man looks like a desperate, dark wall against Conan. Conan feels a pain in his body. He just hits his legs and feels that his bones are about to break, and his tears flows, but he still clenches his teeth. The bald man sneers and directly raises Conan''s small body, then smiles disdainfully, ¡°Kid, show you respect to your godfather.¡± Conan takes a sip of the bald man. The bald man has been lingering in the gang for more than ten years, and even Juan wouldn''t p him. When is he insulted by a small hairy head, big p is about to fall on Conan''s face. N?velDrama.Org content. Conan is fearless, and ire rushes to protect Conan. ¡°Stop!¡± Juan''s cold voice appears. Instead of looking at the bold head, he just looks at ire''s panicked expression. When the bald man hears Juan''s decree, he reluctantly stops his p, and then ces Conan on the ground roughly. He turns to Juan and says, ¡°Boss, this mother and son are both unsavory bitches. Why do we waste our time for them. Wouldn¡¯t it be better that we just take care of Howard and his group together?¡± Juan still doesn¡¯t look at the bald man more, and he stares at ire, but says slowly, ¡°Being so nice to you makes you forget who is the boss, right? I don''t want to repeat my words, and you¡¯s better take care of yourself.¡± The bald man frowns slightly, not expecting Juan to be so rude to him. He is his best helper bought by Juan with a lot of money, and he has been Juan''s confidant for many years. This is the first time he is so scolded by Juan. He is inevitably ufortable. But Juan has already said that. Although he is dissatisfied with the bald head, he doesn¡¯t dare to confront Juan. He has to stand down, ming the dissatisfaction on ire and Conan. ire hugs Conan and touches his head. ¡°Conan, listen to Mommy, please go home quickly, and stay with your dad.¡± Conan shakes his head desperately, ¡°I don''t allow Mommy to stay with this man. Mommy is Daddy''s wife, always.¡± Conan res at Juan and rejects ire''s offer. ire''s tears bursts out of her eyes, and she kisses Conan''s little head, and says softly, ¡°Mummy can''t help it. If you stay here, the sacrifice Mummy made will be in vain.¡± ¡°But, Mommy...¡± Conan¡¯s heart is broken when he sees ire crying. ire shakes her head and interrupts Conan''s words. She then says, ¡°Daddy is in a bad situation right now. You are so smart that you will be able to help him. Mummy is still waiting for you to bring Mummy back. If you are here, you can''t do these things.¡± Hearing ire¡¯s begging, Conan is in silence. Chapter 420 Good and bad Chapter 420 Good and bad Conan nestles in ire''s arms, and seems reluctant to leave ire''s warm embrace. ire feels her chest is getting warmer, and thinks that Conan couldn''t bear to parting and even she has tears. In the memory of ire, Conan rarely cries. After a while, Conan looks up and rubs his eyes with his tender little hand. He turns to Juan and says, ¡°Now that your n has sess, I have a request.¡± Juan is surprised that Conan is making a request, but he calmly says, ¡°You do say that, but I can¡¯t promise that I will help you do it.¡± Juan doesn¡¯t leave any ws at all, and Conan says, ¡°I know that I won¡¯t see my mum for a long time. I want to talk to her.¡± Juan nods and agrees. Conan shakes his head and says, ¡°I want to talk to Mommy in private, I can''t say anything at all here.¡± Juan knows that Conan is actually a shy person, and rarely voluntarily reveals his heart, so he doesn¡¯t pay much attention. Then he nods, and then leads the bald man out of the room. The bald man originally wants to persuade Juan not to give the mother and the child a chance to be alone, otherwise they could try to escape or do something awful. But because of being scolded before, the bald man is afraid to say that, so he has to retreat with Juan. After seeing Juan and the bald man go out, Conan breathes a sigh of relief, and the sly light suddenly shes in his listless eyes. This is the real Conan. ire wonders, ¡°Conan, do you have something important to tell Mummy? You can give up if you want to run away with me, this vi is full of people inside and out. We can¡¯t get out of here on our own. And the signals are blocked here, so there is no way to contact the outside world.¡± Conan shakes his head. ¡°Mum, keep your voice down. Of course, I don¡¯t n to run away with you, I''m not that stupid.¡± ire looks at Conan, ¡°What do you want to say?¡± Conan looks around for a while, then quietly takes the watch out of his trouser pocket and puts it on ire''s palm, whispering, ¡°Mum, I don''t know if I can contact you this time, this watch is multifunctional and easy to operate. If you have time to learn how to use it, do it quietly and don''t get caught by him.¡± He is referring to Juan, of course, and Conan hasn''t thought Juan as a godfather. ire holds the watch tightly, then nods, ¡°I see. I will definitely contact you if I have the chance. After you go back, pleasefort your father and tell him that I am forced to be here. I always love him.¡± Conan smiles bitterly and nods, ¡°Mum, rest assured. Daddy will definitely knows it. Daddy and I will definitely find a way to bring you out. No one can stop our family of three being together.¡± ire is so moved that she holds Conan into her arms, and it takes a long time to let him go. ¡°Mummy, staying like this is not a good idea. Daddy must have found you missing. He must be very worried. I''m going to hurry back soon. Mommy, take care.¡± Conan has done everything he needs to do, and he won''t be stupid enough to stay here. He also wants to stay with ire, but this can¡¯t make a difference. Except for Conan''s impulse just once, every decision after that is made after a rational analysis. ire could only watch Conan''s thin back disappear at the door. She feels lost on the sofa until Juan comes in and sits beside her for a long time. Juan doesn¡¯t touch ire''s body, but just looks at ire calmly, ¡°I seed ...¡± ire looks at Juan sympathetically and sneers, ¡°Yeah, you seed, you should be happy.¡± Juan is surprised, is he really happy? He should be happy because ire is staying with him. But he doesn¡¯t feel happy anymore, because all he gets is ire. ire''s heart is all on Leo. To get ire truly andpletely, Juan still has a lot to do, and he has to kill Leo thoroughly to make him disappear in this world. Maybe ire will hate him in doing so, or ire still misses Leo, but this at least means that Juan has a chance to get ire as aplete person rather than her body. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Juan''s heart is agitated, and he couldn''t wait for someone to kill Leo immediately. Thinking of this, he couldn''t help trembling, his eyes are full of jealousy and hatred. ... Conan is taken to the outside of Luke''s vi by the bald man. When he opens the door and walks into the vi, everyone looks at Conan in surprise. Leo hurriedly picks up the phone and calls ire to inform her of the good news, but is blocked by Conan. ¡°Daddy, Mommy go to Juan to exchange me.¡± Conan utters this sentence with shame, only to see Leo''s hand shake, and the phone falls to the ground with a stun, and looks at Conan inconceivably. He wishes it have been Conan''s prank from the beginning, and hopes that Conan is back, and ire is still there. But thinking of ire''s behavior just now, everything seems to make sense again. Looking at Leo in shock, Conan whispers, ¡°Daddy, I''m sorry, it''s all my fault. I make Mommy leave you.¡± Leo doesn¡¯t want to express his emotions too much in front of his son. He shakes his head and says, ¡°It''s not your fault Conan, you don''t have to me yourself. It''s a good thing toe back anyway.¡± ¡°But what about Mommy, Daddy?¡± ¡°Bet will be fine. Although Juan has done something horrible, he should not have hurt Bet. But Bet is not free. I must find a way to rescue her.¡± Leo feels a little tired, grabbing his forehead and lies on the sofa, as if he is getting older the moment he learns about ire''s condition, which makes Conan feel a great heartache. ¡°Also, Daddy, Juan''s purpose should be more than just getting mommy under his control. You should also pay attention to your identity ...¡± Conan has always known the identity of Leo''s underworld god, but he has been careful not to say. ¡°My identity?¡± Leo is puzzled. Conan nods, ¡°Juan has known you are the god of the underworld. This is what Mommy tells me. He wants you to be careful. He will probably expose this to attack you.¡± Leo feels his heart tighten. In order to protect the peaceful life of ire and Conan, he has always been careful not to expose his identity, but he never expects to be discovered. Chapter 421 The Beginning of the conspiracy Chapter 421 The Beginning of the conspiracy Leo, after hearing the news from Conan, falls into thinking on the sofa. Luke and Kate watches him silently, waiting for Leo to make a decision. ¡°Daddy? What are you going to do? I can do my best to help you.¡± Conan is eager to try, and he now wants to give Leo a hand. But Leo waves his hand, ¡°Conan, this is getting more and moreplicated, and it will be very dangerous if it involves the underworld. You¡¯d better stay away from this.¡± After that, he turns to look at Luke and says, ¡°The intelligence personnel have been assigned, you and Kate to take care of Conan, I may be busy at this time.¡± Luke busily says, ¡°Kate can take care of Conan, I want to help you.¡± Leo refuses, ¡°I get my own way to do it.¡± Luke worriedly says, ¡°Howard, you don''t want to expose yourself directly, do you? if you initiate so many underworld people, it will have a bad impact on thepany.¡± Leo sighs and smiles bitterly, ¡°This is no longer a concern, even if sooner orter my identity will be exposed. So, you also deal with thepany''s public rtions affairs, I will send everyone to find Bet.¡± Leo no longer shows his previous anxiety. Instead, he is determined and confident. At this moment, his body seems to exude reassuring power. Conan clenches his fists and says, ¡°Daddy, I believe you can do well.¡± Leo nods, and finally gets up his breath after smoking a cigarette. He stands up, tidies up his suit, and walks out of the room with everyone watching. Leo sits in the car and turns on the phone. ¡°Ten minutes, inform all the leaders toe to see me.¡± It is just a simple order, and Leo hangs up the phone and drives the car to a nightclub in the city. This nightclub is a property of the Howard Group. There is a huge conference room on the fifth floor of the nightclub. Whenever Leoes to this meeting room, he represents himself as the underworld god. The meeting room is very simple, with white lighting and no other decoration. It only has simple conference tables and chairs. When Leo walks slowly into the room, all the people from the underworld who have already arrived stand up and bow to Leo. These underworld leaders are all dressed in neat ck suits. If they are not observed carefully, they would think that these people are the elite of the business sector. Leo takes a seat, and the dozen underworld leaders sit down neatly again. There is no dialogue during this period, and you can see how scary Leo''s management of his subordinate is. After Leo sits down, he looks around them first and then says directly, ¡°I want to find ire with all our power at all costs.¡± Simple and violent orders, no transitions, no extra words. ¡°Mr. Howard, don''t we need to worry about revealing your identity?¡± One of the well-dressed young men stands up and asks respectfully. His hands are shaking as he speaks.C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Leo gives him a sideways nce, then says a little impatiently, ¡°At all costs, I don''t want to repeat my words.¡± ¡°Yes!¡± More than a dozen people respond neatly, then they stand up like a robot and walk out of the conference room. Next, they will spread all their people, and turn the city upside down to find ire. Leo trains all his man for today. Even he has to search the entire world, so Leo believes that ire would be found. He promises to protect ire, even if he has to exposes himself. Even if the Howard Group would face pressure from public opinion and legal sanctions, he would spare no expense. However, Leo''s situation now is that the enemy is in the dark and he is in the bright side. So he can be detected by his enemy. So, when Leo convenes a meeting and then dispatches his own staff, Juan have already gotten urate news. Leo couldn''t get any news from Juan, but Juan could easily get Leo''s every move in secret. This is completely a war of unequal information. The winner now seems to be Juan. Of course, he thinks so too. When Juan hears the news from the bald man, he finally can''t help butugh out loud. Heughs for a long time, and seems to have foreseen how Leo die in his hands. ¡°Boss, what do we do now?¡± The bald dares to ask this question after Juanughs. He also wants to get rid of Leo now. The underworld god in this city will be him rather than Leo after this. It doesn¡¯t matter whether he is Juan¡¯s toy. Juan holds the wine ss in one hand and taps the desk gently with the other. He closes his eyes and says, ¡°What I want is that their subordinate all spread out. Leo is a good boy.¡± With his bald eyes brighten, he asks tentatively, ¡°What do you mean?¡± Juan spills the wine from the ss slowly to the ground, as if toasting Leo, who is about to die. He says coldly, ¡°Their men are just good for us to break them down. Even though he is the underworld god. We are in the dark, we just need to constantly consume their power.¡± ¡°Great! Boss!¡± Juan doesn¡¯t bother with this powerless farting, and he analyzes again, ¡°I''m afraid that the Howard Group will soon face countlesswsuits and public pressure. You don''t need to worry about this. The only thing you need to do is to take down everyone he sends out to find ire.¡± Leo, who has no staff at that time, is nothing but coward. The bald man adds, ¡°And we can pretend to release some news about ire to seduce those people into our trap, which will make it easier.¡± Juan nods. ¡°You can handle these things yourself.¡± The bald wonders, ¡°Aren¡¯t you going to take care of this yourself?¡± Juan sneers and looks at him, and then says, ¡°I try so hard to get ire, and I should have been with hertely. I don''t believe I''m worse than Leo.¡± The bald smiles and he tters, ¡°Come on.¡± Then he is given a cold expression by Juan. Chapter 422 Unknown Chapter 422 Unknown The underground emperor of this city is Leo, but that does not mean that Leo has full control of all the underworld in this city. Leo is indeed understated, but Juan is more understated than Leo. To be precise, Juan has been consciously hiding his true strength. He is the second strongest in the business territory and underworld. But he is always in the dark. Even if he is slightly inferior to Leo, as long as heunches an attack unexpectedly, even Leo could not restrict it. Moreover, in order to find ire, Leo disperses his power, which is a God-given opportunity for Juan. With bald man leading the forces of Juan''s subordinate, Leo''s forces are quickly hit.. Firstly, the leaders of Leo''s forces do not expect that someone would dare to start an attack to them. Secondly, there are always more people on Juan''s side than they are, and even if they are guarded, it would not help. In just a few days, the night of the city is chaotic, and the battle soon begins. After the sword, Leo always suffers more casualty. The most terrible thing is that dozens of night clubs controlled by Leo have already fallen into Juan¡¯s control in the first two or three day of the battle, and the losses are enormous. And Juan''s nightclub is exposed on the stage. This time Juan''s blow to Leo is all-round, not even the economic squeeze. Leo not only does not find ire, not even finds Juan who attacked him. In the box of one of thergest nightclubs in the city, Leo who is sitting on the sofa closes his eyes tightly, and clicks his fingers on his knees. There is no music in the box, only a few small leaders kneeling in front of Leo and the oppressive smell of cigarettes. ¡°Mr. Howard, our subordinate suffers heavy casualties and all the nightclub is forced to close.¡± One of the little leaders reports the situation in horror. When he talks about the disastrous consequence, he licks his lips. Seeing that Leo is still silent, he doesn¡¯t dare to say anything. He just looks at the floor and doesn¡¯t dare to move. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only ¡°Huh, Go on.¡± Leo''s voice sounds very husky. It seems like that he has been worrying too much recently, or he is too tired. ¡°There are a lot of people to provoke in some of our nightclubs. Our subordinate sh with those people, and then the policee and arrest our fallows.¡± The little boss affirms, ¡°It is clear that the other party has inform the police. Yeah, we have trouble dealing with it easily.¡± The little boss finishes, and the box falls into an extremely quiet silence. After a long time, Leo takes a long sigh and then straightens up, ¡°If you can''t maintain the operation, we will suspend business. If all this keeps going, we will have more casualties.¡± Leo haven¡¯t realized that Juan had already grown so powerful. He could use the underworld and the government party as tools. This makes him have to avoid Juan''s attack temporarily. For the first time in many years, Leo encounters such a fatal enemy, and it is also the first time to convince himself to make a concession. All of them look at Leo in surprise, as if they know their boss for the first time. One of the other middle-aged leaders hesitates for a long time and says, ¡°Mr. Howard, in my humble opinion, we can still fight them if we gather all of our power together now. After all, the subordinates that you has cultivated for so many years are not easy to defeat. Please believe in our capabilities.¡± Leo finally looks up at the talking man, and then ticks his fingers to signal that they can stand up. The bosses stand up with an emotion of uncertainty. Working for Leo, they are real portraits of the old saying ¡°apanying an emperor is like apanying a tiger¡±, and they could not be careless for a moment. Leo says hoarsely, ¡°The goal now is to find ire. Concession about the business of the nightclub can be made, they can be closed if it doesn''t help.¡± He adds, ¡°I can still afford this loss, and the injured subordinate should be treated with kindness. In addition, I emphasize that ire is more important than my life. I don''t want to hear those words ever.¡± The leaders who have just stand up suddenly kneel down again. Although Leo is not furious, he seems calm because of his weakness. In other words, the man who spoke just take a walk at death¡¯s door. All the leaders are sweaty and don¡¯t dare to speak again. Leo feels rather upset, and waves his hands. Then he tells those leaders to get out of the room. Leo presses his temples and tries to stop his headache, but ire''s voice and smile keeps appearing in his mind which makes him feel irritable. Anyway, he has to get ire back. Leo is not a fool. Of course, he knows that searching the whole town in this way is almost useless, but he cannot allow himself to quit. The same is true for Conan. Conan tries every methods he knows to hack in various intelligence systems but he still couldn¡¯t find anything about Bet, and he is so anxious that he couldn¡¯t even eat anything. This makes Leo very worried and guilty for being such a useless father. Under such pressure, Leo feels extravagant to take a break. While Leo is thinking about this, the box knocks open, and Lukees in. It is only Luke who has the courage to enter the room without asking for permission. ¡°Howard, you really need to rest, you gonna die if you go on like this.¡± Looking at Leo''s pale and scarlet face, Luke is so worried and anxious that he even wants to stun Leo home directly. ¡°You must have news about Bet. Tell me something.¡± There is hope in Leo''s dim eyes, and Luke wouldn''t have been in such a hurry without any news. Luke looks at Leo helplessly, and eventually nods, ¡°There¡¯s news indeed, but it''s weird. Juan seems to want to y games with you.¡± ¡°y games?¡± ¡°That''s it. I get news about Bet in total. First, she will attend a celebration conference for a company tomorrow night. Secondly, she is recently spotted in a hotel. Thirdly, she will attend a business conference with Juan.¡± ¡°Are there any photos?¡± Leo also notices something wrong, obviously there is absolutely false news in this information. Luke shakes his head and replies, ¡°There are no photos, I have conformed those with our subordinate, they all say that it is true. Although I think these information is probably wrong, I decide to tell you anyway.¡± Leo is lost in thinking. Luke is right, and there must be something wrong. There is only one ire, and it is impossible for her to be traced everywhere, it must be Juan who set all this up. Chapter 423 Captivity Chapter 423 Captivity Juan''s purpose is also very clear. That is, to let Leo send someone to capture ire, and Juan can set up a trap first, and he just waits for Leo toe and bite the hook. This is not the most horrible thing. The most horrible thing is that the three known messages do not necessarily have real news among them. It is likely that all three are fake. This is not difficult for Juan. Juan doesn¡¯t want to y a game with Leo. it''s better to say that Juan invites Leo to a gamble. And this gamble is absolutely unfair. Will Leo participate? Luke also looks nervously at Leo. He persuades, ¡°Howard, I think it''s better not to believe this news that are deliberately released. Juan is not so stupid as to leak Bet''s location.¡± Leo smiles bitterly, ¡°Since you know this information can be fake, you shouldn''t have brought this news to me. Now that I know it, it is impossible for me to ignore its existence.¡± Luke only sighs again. He knows that once Leo decides, it would be impossible to change him. ¡°Juan wants to gamble. If I am not in, I would have already lost. I am the man of Bet. I cannot lose.¡± Leo seems to be intrigued, which makes Luke think his decision is now dangerous. Luke would like to say that this is a must-lose gamble, but he also knows that Leo knows this better than he does ¡°So, what do you want to do?¡± Luke looks expectantly at Leo, hoping he could suddenlye up with an unexpected strategy. But Leo sneers, ¡°Send our subordinate to all three ces.¡± Reminding of the recent attack, Luke reminds Howard, ¡°It is necessary to investigate before dispatching personnel, otherwise our subordinate will die for nothing.¡± Leo nods tiredly. ... There is a vi on the outskirts of the city, but it seems a bit wrong to call it a vi, because no matter how it looks from the retro walls or the towering spires, it is a castle. This castle is a private property of Juan, a magnificent ce where many women dream of living in. But for ire, this is nothing more than a stern prison. Even its size and depth make the prison look deste and lonely. The bed which is designed ording to the medieval style is about the size of two ordinary beds. The thin golden bed tent envelops this huge bed. Above the bed, the crystalmp emits soft and light. ire is lying on the bed with her ck hair spreading like a gloomy cloud on the soft quilt. She keeps blinking her eyes, and stretches out her hands as if trying to catch the light, but the result must be empty. She puts down her hands and sits by the bed, and then falls to the bed with her eyes covered angrily. Repeating these boring actions, ire feels like she is dying little by little. Juan is also in the castle, and these days he will deliver meals and talks to ire. But ire never responds to him. Even ire is extremely boring, she doesn''t want to say a word to Juan. How will you deal with a person who imprisons yourself? When ire is cursing Juan in her heart, the door is suddenly opened, and Juan walks in expressionlessly, and doesn¡¯t smile until hees to ire. But ire doesn¡¯t think it is a kind smile, because ire feels that only when people admires a vase of their own, they will use that look. Maybe ire is wrong, but all in all, the more ire sees Juan the more ufortable she gets. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only ¡°Bet, aren''t you bored these days?¡± Juan sits beside the bed, too, but he doesn¡¯t touch ire. ire closes her eyes, and closes her ears in her mind, as if Juan does not exist. Getting no reply after a long time, Juan is used to it, but says quietly, ¡°You don''t want to stay here forever, right? How about letting you out?¡± Bet, like a powerless robot, is suddenly powered on, and suddenly sits up from the bed, staring at Juan with her eyes wide open. She wants to talk, but she thinks something is wrong, and she looks at Juan in a deliberate way. Juan tries so hard to imprison ire. How could he easily let her go? There must be another conspiracy, so ire is determined to keep silent. Juan still looks cold, and he calmly says, ¡°I hope you will apany me to a party tomorrow.¡± ire snorts, showing her attitude. Juan softly touches her shoulder. ¡°I don''t want to threaten you, but don''t force me to kidnap Conan again.¡± ire realizes Juan''s hypocrisy more and more. This ispletely a threat, but he still acts as if he is the one who is threatened. That is almost shameless. ire snores angrily, and she exims, ¡°I have no obligation to travel with you, and I have kept my promise to stay with you ...¡± As soon as ire has spoken, she knows that she has said something wrong and regrets it. Juan smiles and says, ¡°Yes, you have to stay with me. I''m going to a party. It''s against the rules if you stay here.¡± ire is full of powerless and hatred, and she can only say, ¡°No, Conan is protected by Howard. Do you think you can kidnap him again? And no one knows Conan''s mind better than you.¡± Juan looks at ire sympathetically, and then says, ¡°You don''t seem to understand the situation well yet, don''t you know that Leo can¡¯t even take care of himself?¡± ¡°Yeah, how could you know that the loser Leo is being fooled around by me all day ... huh, huh...¡± When Juan talks about Leo, his eyes quickly reveals his evilness. ire certainly doesn¡¯t know what happened to Leo, but she gets anxious when she hears that Howard is fooled by Juan, and wonders if Juan is lying to her. Juan doesn¡¯t want to exin any more, but just stands up and walks out the door, leaving some words that ire can¡¯t refuse. ¡°I''lle back to you tomorrow. You¡¯d better get prepared, at least you have to consider the safety of Conan.¡± ire smashes everything that could be smashes on the bed to the door where Juan''s figure disappears, then she scratches her head hysterically. Then she realizes that she has to agree to Juan''s merciless request. However, ire is also a person who is good atforting herself, thinking that it is okay to go out and take a walk. As for the rumors, Leo and Conan won¡¯t care them as long as they trust her. By the way, she might also find out information about Leo. She still thinks what Juan tell her is a lie. Chapter 424 Playing the game on their track Chapter 424 ying the game on their track So what ire has to do is to protect her innocence. And she doesn''t want to let Leo and Conan get in any danger because of her. Leo has his own ns on the these news about ire brought by Luke. He''s not a fool, so he can''t directly send someone to grab ire. That night, Leo first sends a few subordinates to investigate the three locations. It turns out that two of them are fake, and one of them is true. ire appears at arge reception, and his subordinate brings messages to him. Leo immediately sends arge number of people to the reception to prepare to recapture ire. However, Leo still feels a little uneasy. Luke realizes what Leo is worried about and asks, ¡°No photos?¡± Leo nods and says, ¡°No, our subordinate said it¡¯s just a brief ten-second appearance because of the body guard.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Luke shakes his head. ¡°I always feel something wrong.¡± Leo says, ¡°This time I will go in person. I don''t believe they can do anything.¡± As an underworld god, he has to charge forward, which is the most irrational move. Luke says, ¡°The news headlines is all about you these days, but the police have not gotten any concrete evidence of your involvement in the crime, if you are so publicized ...¡± Leo thinks deeply, ¡°I think they just want to use Bet to attract me out. Even if they can''t crush me completely, the police can find the evidence and give me a fatal blow.¡± Luke is relieved to see Leo finally calm down. ... At the same time, at thepany''s reception, the sighted Juan and ire just disappear after a brief appearance. In the room behind the reception, a woman is sitting respectfully opposite the bald man, while a man in a tuxedo is pouring wine on the bald. The bald man enjoys this feeling. Even if he couldn''t be treated by real Juan, it feels good to be served by a fake one looking like Juan. The woman sitting opposite him looks like ire. These two are the bait for Leo. In order to prove his capability, the bald head wants to kill Leo for Juan directly. To get more attention from Juan. In fact, some time ago, he has done a great job, defeating Leo''s forces. Juan doesn¡¯t step in, not even apliment. Juan always cluttered with ire in the vi all day. This makes the bald man very angry. That''s why hees up with the n and wants to kill Leo. The bald man doesn¡¯t believe he could sit still when Leo sees ire appear at the conference. When the fake Juan pours the third ss of wine on the bald man, the bald man is already flushed. At this point the phone rings and his subordinate inform that arge number of vehicles are approaching the reception. He doesn''t even think about it, and he knows it must be Leo. The bald man orders directly, ¡°Siege and find Leo. I need him alive¡± After talking on the phone, the bald man drinks arge ss of red wine and then prepares for eptance of Leo, who is about to be captured. But when he slowly walks downstairs, he finds that the red and blue lights of the police car are shining everywhere. But today there is no joint police force to kill Leo directly. He sees a police in casual clothes standing with Luke. What''s more serious is that all his men are handcuffed and be prisoners. He wonders, shouldn''t it be Leo? What happens to his own people? ... When the bald man is trying to figure out what happened, a pair of handcuffs also control him. Luke stares at the bald man and smiles. There is no doubt that the n of the bald man is recognized and Leo set a trap instead. It turns out that when Howard suspects that ire¡¯s appearance is fraudulent, Luke proposed such a n. He invited a police chief toe to the reception together, and then secretly asks arge number of vehicles to follow, using this to confuse the enemy. Let the bold man mistakenly believe that Leo is here. Sure enough, Luke is attacked by the bald man, and of course he also takes the police chief, and then the ambush policemen rush out to control the situation cleanly. It makes Juan suffer a big loss, and also pulls back a game for Leo¡¯s forces. At least it is a gaining momentum. And consumption is just a favor of the Luke¡¯s family. The bald man looks at Luke fiercely. There are tons of ferry in his chest, but he could only be taken back by the director. Thanks to the police, Luke finds that Juan and ire are both faked, and then he drives to the nightclub alone to inform Leo of the good news. As soon as Luke enters the box, he sees Luke''s almost furious face, because he is worried, ¡°It''s done, and they suffer a big loss. ire''s information is also false. But what about you? What happened?¡± Howard is silent, still staring at the photos on the desktop. Luke picks up the picture and looks at it, and it turns out that it is ire and Juan shopping in the mall. Although ire is unwilling, Juan is pampered, and holding ire''s arm. The man beside ire should have been Leo. Lukeforts, ¡°Howard ... It''s clear Bet is being coerced, please don¡¯t¡­¡­¡± Leo shakes his head. ¡°I''m not saying this, I believe in Bet, but I can''t stand not being with her.¡± Luke says, ¡°This cannot be rushed. The more we hurry to get her out, the more likely we fail; the police have controlled some men of Juan. Although many will be released soon, they promised that they would give me the information they have.¡± ¡°Thanks, bro.¡± There is no morenguage between them. Luke looks at the photo and asks, ¡°How long since this happened?¡± ¡°This afternoon, so I guess they will have activities at night, but our attention has been diverted by fake news, and now I am afraid I have no chance to find them.¡± Luke nods, ¡°Yah, so don''t think about it for a while. You haven''t taken a good rest for a few days. You live here every day and you will get sick sooner orter.¡± Leo remains still. Luke frowns. ¡°What about Conan? Don''t you care?¡± Chapter 425 Schedule Tonight Chapter 425 Schedule Tonight As a matter of fact, Juan also knows about the n for this time, so he arranges to attend the party tonight. It would be much safer. Juan is certainly not afraid of Leo, but he will be very passive when Howardes to grab him. When Juan gets the news of the bald man is arrested, he is drinking wine with someone at a charity party, holding ire in his right hand, and proposing to others that this is his woman. After receiving the news, Juan''s face suddenly changes. He doesn¡¯t expect that the bald man is so useless. He is defeated by Luke alone. Because of anger, his fingers holding the wine ss turn pale due to the force. If it is not for the reception, he might have smashed the ss directly. ire, who sees Juan''s anomaly, guesses that Juan has suffered losses because of Howard. she turns happy, and her nose is slightly tilted. Juan inadvertently sees ire''s fascinating smile, and his bad mood disappears. Juan gives ire a closer hug, andughs, ¡°I think you would never smile again, and it''s really pleased to see you smile.¡± Juan''s voice is gentle, and he has the power to prate even at a noisy party. Some bystanders notice Juan and ire, and all look enviously at this talented couple. Of course, many people cast disdainful expression; the reason is also very simple. Some time ago, ire is still the wife of Leo, and this is even made headlines for newspapers. ire feels the eyes of everyone, and bows her head coldly, ¡°I only smile when I see you get angry. Now that you be happy I don''t have to smile.¡± An embarrassing exnation, but Juan doesn¡¯t care much about it, as long as he could see ire smiling, he feels very satisfied. ¡°Then I''ll be angrier in the future, of course not angry at you.¡± Juan whispers to her slightly. In other angles it looks like he is kissing ire''s cheek. And ire bows her head, looking like she is shy because of the kiss. This makes everyone at the party notice the difference. Even at this charity party, many reporters abandon their main task, and the camera shoots at Juan and ire wildly. The shes flicker uninterruptedly, which makes them look like they are standing under the spotlight. Obviously, it is a charity evening, but in the end, it bes a party for public disy of affection. This has something to do with the public opinion about ire, but it also has something to do with the influence of Juan, who has just present himself in the business world. All in all, ire will make headlines again for this charity evening. ire must be aware of this, and even she has a hunch. These are Juan''s set up. He wants to use the pressure of public opinion to let ire give up the opinion of returning to Leo. But ire couldn¡¯t do anything if she notices it, she couldn''t do anything, and she has to cooperate with Juan. This makes ire extremely upset. That is the time, the bright lights at the party suddenly bes dim and soft, and then the jazz dance sounds at the right time. The scattered men and women are called by the music to dance at the party. With a gentle smile on his face, Juan bents down slightly, inviting ire to dance in a very gentleman''s motion. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only ire just looks at Juan coldly, without any reaction. But Juan pretends not to see ire''s response. He directly holds ire''s hand and then gently pulls it. ire suddenly loses weight and falls into Juan''s arms. Just as she gets up to push Juan, Juan pulls the hair around her ears and exhale in her ears, ¡°Don''t forget our deal. Even if you pretend it, you can''t refuse me here.¡± ire gets stiff, and Juan could hit her back with a word. She has to calm down and keep her eyes on the floor. Juan notices that ire no longer resists, so his hand is sp with ire''s fingers, and ire''s slippery touch makes him feelfortable. Then Juan gently puts the other hand on ire''s waist. ire just feels like she ispletely under control, flushed, and is so angry that she can only bite her own lips with her teeth. Juan doesn¡¯t even care about ire''s disrespectful gesture. It seems that it is enough for him to hold ire in her arms, so he smiles happily. The sound of music progresses, and the lighting is bing more and more ambiguous. Juan hooks his hands and takes ire to the dance floor. As soon as they enter the dance floor, they catch everyone''s attention. In addition to automatically disperse to the couple be the center of the dance floor, the spotlights also rotate with them, and the camera bursts again. ire now feels more miserable than the vase, at least the vase will not be tossed like this. She is now like a pet who must make her owner happy. her heart is in sour and pain. ¡°These are all deliberately arranged by me. I don''t like high-profile, but I am willing to do it for you. I want everyone to know that you are my woman.¡± Juan says in a very low voice. When ire looks up, she realizes that Juan''s smile is terrifying, and she couldn''t help but her heartbeat elerates. ¡°I can give you what Leo can give you, and I can give what he can''t, ire, why do you still love him?¡± Juan suddenly utters such a sentence, staring sadly at ire. ire wouldn''t answer this stupid question, so she just snorts. Juan continues the dance while he continues, ¡°Leo used to treat you so cruelly as before, how can you still change your mind? No matter what I will do, I won''t treat you like he used to. I want you to be mine.¡± Juan''s voice grows louder, probably because of excitement. ire looks around and replies impatiently, ¡°Even if I don''t like Howard, I won''t like such a mean guy like you. Using your own godson to threaten me, and you want me to love you?¡± Juan stops the dance and strokes ire''s hair in pity, ¡°I can''t do these things, I won''t threaten you, as long as you genuinely...¡± ire interrupts mercilessly when Juan is still talking, ¡°No way.¡± This makes Juan''s hand clenching ire''s waist suddenly tense, and Juan says abruptly, ¡°I know, I must defeat Leo ... I must destroy this loser.¡± Chapter 426 Father and Son Chapter 426 Father and Son ire watches Juan sympathetically who is angry, even struggling to refute him. Whenever Juan talks about Leo, the jealousy in his eyes makes ire feel terrified. Leo¡¯s eyes also turn red, but it is not because of hatred that he hasn¡¯t rested for days. Leo looks weak who is sitting in the front passenger seat, and Luke turns back to look at him from time to time, and then says, ¡°I''m afraid you have forgotten Conan if I don¡¯t mention it. Now that Bet is away, you should care more about him.¡± Leo sighs, ¡°Of course I know, but I''m just too worried about Bet. Is Conan okay?¡± ¡°He is fine, but he is in a crazy situation which makes me worried. Conan really looks like you. There¡¯s nothing you care about after you decide what to do.¡± Luke seems to beining about Leo. Leo goes silent, rubs his hair in shame. ¡°Kate has been taking care of Conan these days, but this little guy has been staring at theputer trying to find Juan''s ws. But it is obvious that Juan is prepared for it and Conan has been working on nothing tirelessly.¡± Luke continues, ¡°He wouldn¡¯t follow my advice. He has invadedputers of many companies in a row. Now the businessmunity is really messed up, and some people threaten to capture Conan. I don¡¯t worry about Conan''s ability, but it is also very dangerous to joined forces to hunt the hackers.¡± In a breath, he says a long list. Although Leo doesn¡¯t seem to respond, he bes tense. ¡°I''ll talk to him.¡± It is a long time before Leo says this. By the time they reach Luke¡¯s Vi, it¡¯s alreadyte in night, and Kate sits anxiously on the sofa. She is relieved when she sees Luke and Leoing back, thinking that she finally gets some help to talk to Conan. ¡°Come and see Conan, I can''t control him anymore.¡± Kate also looks very tired. When she spoke, she could not help touching the sweaty hair on her forehead, and her face is pale. Luke watches her pitifully as he lifts her to the sofa, and smiles softly, ¡°You can just rest and leave Conan to Howard and me. It looks like you haven''t slept for a long time.¡± For ire, each of these people is worried. Leo simply thanks Kate and goes straight to Conan''sputer room. The room is dim and there is a depressing atmosphere. Conan crouches on the chair and looks up at the threeputers on the desktop. The threeputers have different functions, but they are used very frequently, so he can see Conan typing the three keyboards at an exaggerated speed, and rubbing his red and swollen eyes from time to time. There is only a buzz from theputer host and uninterrupted keyboard sounds. Conan''s small body is shrouded in the various lights emitted by theputer, with a concentrated expression, and he even has never noticed Leo is standing at the door. Leo doesn¡¯t bother Conan first, but stands quietly at the door and looks at him, and his eyes are a little wet. Leo knows that the wetness is not a sign of his weakness, but he is moved by Conan. This little guy is supposed to be the age that enjoys his childhood, but because of his parents he has to bear the responsibility beyond his age. For ire, Conan is willing to do so. But such behavior is too dangerous, and Conan may pass suddenly at any time. The strength of his body is not proportional to the strength of his mind at all. Leo slowly walks to Conan, reaches out and holds down Conan''s small hand that is typing fast. That hand is so cold that makes Leo¡¯s heart broken. ¡°What? I say I don''t eat ...¡± Conan gets angry, and judging from hisnguage that he has hardly ate or slept. When Conan waves Leo''s hand and is ready to keep on typing again, Leo says, ¡°Conan, it''s me, Daddy!¡± Conan freezes, and he turns around from theputer slowly, staring at Leo for a long time, and then licks his chapped lips and says, ¡°Daddy, Daddy ... are you here?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Leo touches Conan''s head kindly, then squats down and says to Conan, ¡°You''ll break down like this.¡± Conan grits his lips and says, ¡°No, I''m not afraid. I want to help Daddy.¡± Leo looks at Conan''s swollen eyes and trembling little arm in pain, and says, ¡°You will only make Daddy worry more about you. If you look at your eyes, they will soon get hurt.¡± Conan mumbles, ¡°But Daddy is also having a very hard time, and I want to get my mum back soon.¡± Leo sees that Conan is very weak now. If he continues to do so, something worse will happen to Conan. He would try his best to keep his face cold and says solemnly, ¡°If you don''t go and get some rest, don''t me me for being angry.¡± This is the first time that Leo gets mad at Conan. He thinks that his own majesty could convince Conan, but he does not expect that Conan replies angrily, ¡°Daddy is working in this way. Why do you bother me?¡± It turns out that Conan also notices that Leo isck of sleep and he gets thin. Leo couldn''t hold it anymore. He frowns, and says helplessly, ¡°So, you and Daddy will take a rest together, OK?¡± Conan looks at theputer screen and seems to be hesitant. Leo pats gently along his small shoulder, ¡°Come on, get some rest so that you can continue to work hard to save mommy.¡± Conan nods silently. Looking at the scene at the door, Luke finally rxes. At this time Kate alsoes over and says to Leo, ¡°I cook noodles for you and Conan, let¡¯s eat something first, how about it?¡± Leo is grateful for Kate''s caring, and says to her, ¡°thank you for all this these days.¡± Kate says heartily, ¡°Don¡¯t we agree that we are all friendsst time? Don¡¯t say such words, or I will be unhappy.¡± Leo knows that Kate is a straight forward person, so he nods with a smile. Then Leo and Conan gobbles up two bowls of egg noodles. As soon as they finish eating, Conan falls asleep on Leo''s knee. Leo carefully takes Conan back to the room to rest, and he feels calm atst. Although ire has not been found today, he makes Juan pay a little, dragging his spirits down, and capturing his group of men. After that, he sessfully convinces Conan to rest. In any case, this is considered to be the most pleasant day of all these days. Chapter 427 Solving the problem Chapter 427 Solving the problem After a night of rest, Leo finally recovers his spirits, and he seems to be better. But even so, he still has a lot of business to work on in the next few days. When Leo wakes up, Conan is still dozing off. It seems like that he wouldn''t wake up until he fully recovers from resent work. Leo walks quietly out of the bedroom and finds that Luke and Kate have prepared breakfast and waits for him. ¡°Howard,e here and have breakfast. You are going to be busy again.¡± Luke greets and sets the breakfast on the table. Leo watches Kate sitting next to Luke with a bit of envy. Some days before, his breakfast is prepared by ire. With a silent sigh, Leo forces himself to chew the breakfast. Although he has no appetite, he has to eat in order to deal with Juan. ¡°Conan is still sleeping?¡± Kate looks at the bedroom door, and says to Leo, ¡°I''m afraid he''ll work crazily just like before, it¡¯s really worrying.¡± Leo is grateful for Kate''s efforts these days, he smiles and says, ¡°Rx, I wille and visit often.¡± Luke is relieved to hear Leo say this, and he asks again, ¡°Juan stops after the incidentst night. What are you going to do now?¡± ¡°Stop? It is just temporary. The effect of arresting some of his men is not great. As for how I move next, it all depends on how Juan wants to y.¡± Leo smiles wryly. The only thing he can do now is to wait for Juan to make a move. He isn''t afraid of Juan''s inaction. To really get a woman, he will need to defeat another man. Leo understands Juan well, because they are very simr in this regard. Luke nods. ¡°If that¡¯s so, you can go back to thepany today.¡± ¡°What happen to thepany?¡± Leo looks at Luke anxiously. ¡°No, no, although there has been a lot of public opinion pressure on thepany recently because of your underworld identity, there is no substantial harm to thepany without conclusive evidence.¡± Luke drinks arge ss of milk after he finishes. Leo knows Luke hasn''t finished speaking and doesn¡¯t say a word. Luke adds, ¡°Actually, it is ire''s business. You know Juan appear in front of the media with a high profile of ire. Now everyone in thepany speaks evil about ire, and the headlines of today''s newspapers are also about ire. It¡¯s very bad.¡± Luke finishes and hands this morning''s newspaper to Leo. Leo just nces at it and knows what the newspaper is about. All that say is that ire is a woman who serves the second husband, and she has a dirty rtionship with Leo and then follows Juan and so on. The words are not kind. They portray ire as a slut. After Leo sees that, it¡¯s so untrue if he is not angry. The current media does have the ability and technique to create the fake truth and attract everyone¡¯s attention. They do not care about the facts at all and blindly renders superficial phenomena. Leo shuffles the newspaper into a ball and doesn¡¯t even want to eat breakfast. ¡°What are you going to do? Howard.¡± At the beginning, Luke doesn¡¯t n to tell this to Leo, but he also feels that the media have gone too far, so he also wants to deal with this problem. The public don¡¯t understand, but Howard and Luke know that ire is under duress at all. If this does not happen, it would be too unfair to ire. ¡°No matter where she is now, ire is my woman, and I definitely don''t allow anyone to insult her like that.¡± Leo stands up and says angrily, ¡°I''m going to thepany now.¡± He doesn¡¯t wait for Luke to go out after speaking, Luke tells Kate the key point of caring for Conan, and then hurries to follow up. The problem needs to be solved, but Luke doesn¡¯t want Leo to do anything excessive at this critical juncture. ... After the two arrive at thepany, Leo goes directly to the office, and sends some helpers to find a few people who make up the nonsense, and fire them. Of course, they don¡¯t know what will happen to these fired people after leaving thepany. The entirepany starts to panic. In fact, after thest secretary incident, people in thepany does not dare to speak about ire. But now ire betrays Leo. Leo himself hasn''te to thepany for several days, so everyone is rxed. They don¡¯t expect Leo could be angry for a woman who betrays him. At this moment they have two spections in their minds, either that Leo is too infatuated, or that ire''s technique to seduce a man has reach the top level. In any case, the rumors in thepany finally subsides, and Leo is not in the mood to exin more. How to deal with the media is what Luke is most worried about. ¡°The media is not our ownpany, and they are the most sensitive department. Howard, wouldn''t you solve it by means of the underworld?¡± Luke''s throat twitches. If they force the media to shut up, there will be more public opinion pressure, if there don¡¯t handle it well. Leo feels a headache, but after a brief thinking, he still feels that this is the only way. Luke says before Leo starts, ¡°Why don¡¯t we just pay some money to shut them up, which is much easier to handle.¡± If Luke''s approach to the problem is as soft as water, then Leo is as simple and rude as a me. Leo sneers, ¡°Money? They insult my woman and still want to take my money. I have shown mercy for them since I don¡¯t kill them all.¡± Luke knows that Leo is really pissed, and could not help but sympathize with the newspapers. ¡°Don''t go too far, it''s best to converge during this time.¡± Luke tries to convince Howard. Leo closes his eyes and whispers, ¡°It is them who provoked me first.¡± Luke sighs helplessly, knowing that Leo could no longer be convinced, so he just hopes Leo wouldn''t set himself up into the trap. Leo''s approach to handle this matter is also seemingly simple, and he just makes a call to his subordinate. He doesn¡¯t even tell them how to do it, just let them ¡°take good care of¡± the newspapers. So two hours after Leo hung up the phone, the newspapers that have insulted ire have an ident at the same time. Some of them are on fire, and some of them suddenly dere bankrupt ... Although the police are investigating, nothing is found. Even if they know it is Leo''s responsibility, they could only let it go. Leo''s means is also very effective, and soon newspapers on the market that has bad news about ire are recycled as quickly as possible. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. The old news is recycled, and no one dares to publish the news. Chapter 428 No appetite? I will eat you! Chapter 428 No appetite? I will eat you! ire feels like a prisoner, and she returns to the magnificent cage after a short rxst night. ire is ced in house as usual. Although Juan says that she could go anywhere in the castle, she couldn''t take a step out of the castle. It doesn¡¯t seem to be any different from tying ire up. At lunch, at therge vintage medieval dining table, ire knocks the te with a spoon, seemingly venting her dissatisfaction with Juan. And Juan is sitting opposite her with a smile on his face, and it is impossible for ire to provoke him since she can¡¯t even bare his disgusting face. ¡°These dishes are arranged by a chef I invited from abroad. What? No appetite?¡± Juan points to the assortment of dishes on the almost three-meter-long dining table. No appetite? ire is indeed in a bad mood, but she knows Leo is still working for her, and she has to live. Even if the mood is low, the fact of being hungry cannot be faked. The hell she has no appetite! But in protest of Juan and expressing dissatisfaction with him, ire hasn''t touched the food since sitting here. The golden and even slowly oily grilled meat, the hot soup with attractive smell, and the steaks that are already cut, are all attracting ire''s hungry stomach. If Juan hasn''t been here, she would have swallowed the whole table. ire counts herself, and she swallows at least thirty from beginning to now. It¡¯s impossible for her to lose appetite. But ire still gives Leo a cold nce, and then nces over the food, says unsatisfied, ¡°Who the hell wants to eat all those craps.¡± Juan freezes. This reaction is seen by ire, thinking she has caused Juan''s dissatisfaction sessfully. She really hopes that she would let Juan lose patience and then lose interest in her, otherwise it would not be a trouble for Juan to keep ¡°forgiving¡± her. But she fails to expect that Juan just have a look of sudden realization the next moment, and says softly, ¡°I know, when you are in the United States, you say you don¡¯t like these foods so much. If that so, forget about it.¡± After speaking, Juan ps his hands and arge group of maids walk out of the corner to empty the food on the table as quickly as possible. Although the food is gone, the fragrance is still permeating. ire really has the urge to let the maids stop. She thinks that she would eat a full meal before protesting to Juan. Just when ire is upset, Juan puts on an expression of ¡°I get it¡±. Then Juan ps her hands again, and a group of different maidse out silently. They also carry various dishes in their hands. Just different from before, these dishes are no longer Western dishes, but authentic Chinese dishes. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only If you wonder how ire knows it, she smells fish-vored eggnt, braised meat balls and even her favorite steamed fish ... ire''s eyes follow the maids, and she swallows a few times unknowingly. Juan looks at all this with a smile, and says, ¡°I can satisfy you no matter what you need, whether it''s Western or Eastern. As long as you want to eat dishes, among all the provinces in China, I can let you eat them at any time.¡± ire doesn¡¯t know what to say, especially when Juan finishes talking and a maid takes a bowl of hot white rice in front of her Juan sees ire not talking and thinks she is still dissatisfied, so he says, ¡°Change another batch.¡± After speaking, Juan is about to p his hands again to clear the table. ire quickly swallows a spit when she sees his movements, rushing to say, ¡°Forget it, although I don''t like it very much, but let it be, I don''t want to starve to death.¡± Juan doesn¡¯t speak, just stares at ire. ire grabs the chopsticks and finally couldn''t help but start eating and drinking. Juan says, ¡°I think you are on a hunger strike, so that''s fine, take it slowly, don¡¯t choke yourself.¡± ire sneers before eating, ¡°How could I be on a hunger strike, and I still have to return to Howard alive.¡± Juan twitches, but still says nothing else. ire stops paying attention to Juan and starts filling her stomach. At first, she pretends to be a little reluctant, but then she just gobbles up desperately. ire feels like she has eaten all the food she owes. Juan doesn¡¯t move, just watching ire eat from the beginning to the end. Even if ire is eating with an awkward expression. He still thinks she is cute and sometimes shows a gentle smile. After eating, ire res at Juan and says, ¡°Do you see enough?¡± Juan shakes her head honestly and ensures, ¡°No, it''s not enough.¡± ire shakes her head helplessly, and then says, ¡°Treating me worse by you will make me feel much better.¡± Juan says calmly, ¡°I love you, how can treat you badly.¡± ire doesn¡¯t believe this sentence. Juan''s so-called love is just a manifestation of possessiveness in her eyes. Juan has recently be a different person, being gentle in front of ire, but in front of Leo, he is like a bloodthirsty demon. So, she doesn¡¯t say anything. After eating, she put down her chopsticks, ¡°I''m finish.¡± which means leaving. Juan looks at her without hindrance and says, ¡°Okay.¡± As soon as he said that, the maid on the side takes ire back to the room. ... ire has thought she would be imprisoned like this forever. One day, Juan goes out because of something, and she finally has her own independent time ... To prevent Conan''s technology from infiltrating. There are not many electronic appliances in the castle, and all of the device are closely guarded, so ire doesn¡¯t think about using those things. ¡°Where''s Juan?¡± ire asks the maid casually. The maid looks at her with an awful attitude, ¡°I don''t know.¡± After all, ire has been maliciously hyped by the media because of Juan, and the maid is obsessed for Juan, she certainly has no good attitude towards people like ire. ire doesn¡¯t care, after all, that''s what she wants. If they care too much about her, it will definitely affect her ns. ire has visited this castle on the excuse these days. Although Juan hides her secretly, but because he is afraid that people will spread the news, and the electronic equipment cannot be used more frequently, the defense here is much worse than ordinary ces. Now that she has figured out the terrain, the chances of being able to escape are still high. At that time, she will be able to reunion with Howard and Conan again! Thinking of this, ire is a little excited. Chapter 429 Discovery Chapter 429 Discovery The maid notices ire''s smile, and she even despises the woman''s unscrupulous shame, and doesn¡¯t understand how this kind of woman could make Juan fall in love to her. At the same time as the maid secretly specte, ire is busy checking the situation, and her mind is moving fast, as if nning something. In the end, her eyes fall on the spacious open-air tform, and her eyes brighten. ¡°The air is a little stuffy here. I want to go out and breathe some fresh air. You don''t have toe along.¡± Then, ire goes out alone. The maid rolls her eyes and doesn''t bother ire and does her own work. Lifting the corner of the skirt, ire stands alone on the terrace, staring right down at the ground, taking out a pen and paper, and sketching the map at the table. On the terrace, you can enjoy the most beautiful scenery here. And at the same time, you can see the defense situation inside the castle. ire has nned toe here for a long time. she is not allowed to move freely before, she can only dream ofing up here. Now that she has the opportunity, she has to make time to draw a topographic map. As long as the topographic map is avable, she can choose the best escape route and wait for the opportunity. ¡°Done!¡± After finishing thest stroke, ire puts away the pen and paper, and she is a little excited. Just then, ire notices a strange red color. Raising her wrist, the watch above sh red light, which makes ire frowns. ¡°What''s wrong, isn''t it broken?¡± ire unfastens the watch and starts working on it. When ire doesn¡¯t know what happens, Conan, who has been staring at theputer screen, stands up suddenly, scream out with excitement ¡°Daddy, I found Mummy''s location!¡± Leo is discussing new measures with Luke. After hearing Conan''s words, he asks quickly, ¡°Where is she!?¡± Turning hisptop to Leo, Conan points to the little red dot jumping above him and say, ¡°Here, near the coast.¡± ¡°Coast?¡± Such an answer puzzles Luke, and says, ¡°We tries so many ways before, but I couldn''t find her location. Now how can you suddenly get a clue? It¡¯s not Juan who''s making trouble again, is it?¡± Luke''s words silence everyone. Conan ps his palms and exims, ¡°Since I can track down Mummy''s whereabouts, I can try to contact Mummy. In this way, I can determine if it is Mummy? Anyway, no matter it¡¯s true or false, it is good to have clues. ¡° ¡°Conan is right,¡± Leo stares at Conan, admonishing, ¡°Be careful, don''t let your mum get into trouble.¡± ¡°Do not worry.¡± Conan holds on to theputer and continues to fiddle. With a few taps on the keyboard with his fingertips, the red dot disappears. At the same time, the red light on ire''s watch disappears, and nothing happens. ¡°Wired, it''s just glowing. Why is it not responding now, should it bepletely scrapped?¡± ire beats with the watch, hoping to bring this quirky thing back to life. Out of anxiety, ire starts to hit with a little more force, and then hears a ¡°click¡± sound, and a piece of red bean grain roll down to the ground. ire takes a few steps, carefully picks up the part, and finds a figure standing in front of himself. His eyes move up a bit, and ire and Juan''s eyes are squarely aligned. ¡°What are you doing?¡± There is a slight smile on Juan''s face, but that smile doesn¡¯t from the bottom of his heart, which even makes people feel cold. ¡°Nothing.¡± ire pretends to be calm and shifts the topic. ¡°You''ve been very busytely, and I can''t always see you.¡± He nces at ire''s watch, and Juan says jokingly, ¡°What, miss me?¡± ire sneers, ¡°Don''t say such disgusting words.¡± ¡°You used to care about me like this.¡± ¡°But between us, we can never go back.¡± ire''s words make Juan chock. Indifferent and frozen heart hurt again. Though he has force himself not to be emotional for this woman anymore, but every time they meet, Juan will be sad or happy because of ire. The corners of his mouth twitch slightly, and Juan makes a smile, saying, ¡°To me, you are always cold- blooded.¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to be with Juan anymore, so she wraps her clothes and tilts her head and says, ¡°It''s a bit cold here, I''m going back to the room.¡± ire walks away as she speaks. But just as ire walks past Juan, Juan suddenly holds ire''s wrist and stares at her with trembling eyes. ¡°Don''t y with me, I don''t want to hurt you.¡± ire lets go of Juan''s hand severely, saying relentlessly, ¡°You have made me scaly and bruised. Do you still try to be a sweetheart? I think that even if we could not be friends, we could make each other a period of good memories. But you have be thest thing I want to see! ¡° ¡°What I¡¯ve be? Don¡¯t you realize what you¡¯ve done yourself? ire, are you satisfied with your masterpiece?¡± ¡°No, it''s you that really changes you, and I''m just an excuse for you to be crazy.¡± ire''s words stun Juan, and by the time hees back to reality, she has gone far. ire is walking quickly. The eyes that following her make her just want to run away. ¡°Damn, why am I so timid, it¡¯s just confronting Juan. Why am I so scared that my hands are shaking?¡± ire despises herself secretly. But the next moment, her footsteps hesitate for a moment, then she pulls her hand out of her pocket. Lying on the palm is the watch part she has just picked up, and it is beeping. Looking at this beeping little thing, ire couldn''t help pinching it. ¡°Mummy?¡± Conan''s voice!? ire''s eyes widen, and after looking around for a while, her eyes fall on the palm of her hand. Holding palms close to her ears, ire hears Conan''s voice again. ¡°Mum, I know you can hear my voice. Plug the mini headset into your ear and we can talk.¡± Pulling her hair down casually, ire shoves the headphones into her ears, lowers her head, covers her lips with her hands, and whispers, ¡°Conan, is it really you?¡± ¡°It''s me, it''s me!¡± Conan almost cries when he hears ire''s voice again. Although there is a bunch of words to say, but time is tight and his tasks are important. Conan can only be concise. ¡°Mummy please stay calm, Daddy already knows your location, and will rescue you soon. You follow my instructions now, and when I get the topographic map there, I will arrange the route and personnel.¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. ¡°Topographic map?¡± ire thinks of the contents in the other pocket with a nk face. ¡°I just drew a topographic map of the castle. I don''t know if it is what you want.¡± Chapter 430 The Storm is coming Chapter 430 The Storm ising ¡°Mummy, you''re so great, it''s the topographic map of the castle!¡± Conan flicks his finger and says cheerfully, ¡°Mummy, you should pass the topographic map to me!¡± ¡°Okay, I''ll pass it to you right back to the room.¡± ¡°I''m afraid not. This is a monitoring loophole. I can only catch your signal here.¡± ¡°Oh¡­¡­¡± ire looks at the nd watch and is a little bit embarrassed, asking, ¡°How do I take a picture, I don''t see any camera?¡± ¡°Just point your watch at the map, there is a hidden camera on it, I can see your every move there.¡± Such a normal and tiny thing, and it got so much functions. With shocking emotion, ire looks around to check if anyone is nearby. Then she takes out the map and sweeps it in front of the watch. ¡°Is it done?¡± ¡°OK, get it!¡± Conan takes a screenshot, prints it out immediately, and then looks at the map with his eyes burning, feeling victory in front of him. ire is not so easy to handle. She is still under Juan''s surveince, and she doesn¡¯t know if the weird behavior just now would make him doubts. ¡°Conan, it''s time for me to go back. Juan has been staring at me from behind. I''m afraid that he will be suspicious of me.¡± ¡°Okay, Mommy, you have to be careful, Daddy and I will get you out of there. By the way, I love you.¡± The touching words make ire''s eyes wet, and tears almost fall. ¡°Baby, Mommy loves you too.¡± After hanging up the call with Conan, ire walks straight forward. But even she doesn¡¯t look back, she could feel Juan''s hot eyes. That guy keeps looking in the direction of ire. Although ire feels that her actions are not that obvious, she doesn¡¯t know whether she could fool Juan''s eyes. Forget about it, Bet has gone this far. She has to go with the minority! Taking a deep breath, ire clenches his pink fist in her pocket and moves forward. As Juan looks at ire''s back, his pupils tighten slowly. ... Meeting room¡ª¡ª After arranging all of his subordinates, Leo dismiss everyone, leaving only Luke, then Howard frowns at the topographic map. ¡°Juan is really cunning. he arranges the hiding ce to such a remote area. No wonder we could not find him before.¡± Leo is calm, saying nkly, ¡°No matter how cunning Juan is, Bet must be rescued safe and sound this time.¡± ¡°That''s true.¡± ¡°Besides, prepare the cheetah.¡± Luke freezes and looks at Leo, saying, ¡°Howard, you are ...¡± Leo interrupts Luke impatiently with saying, ¡°If I can''t rescue Bet, what good will I do to save my strength?¡± ¡°It looks like you gonna give everything you have this time,¡± Luke smiles bitterly and says, ¡°I understand what you mean and will arrange it.¡± Luke wants to say something, but looking at Leo''s resolute face, he swallows those words back. ... Juan has been busy for the past two days and has been too busy to bother ire. Without Juan around, ire certainly enjoys it. But in the peace, there is a sense of suffocation, as if the wind and rain areing. With her hands on her chin, ire stares at a table of meals falling in a daze, not even realizing someonee up to her. ¡°Why don¡¯t eat the meal?¡± ire is startled and looks back in a hurry. Seeing Juan, ire scratches aplex look in her eyes, then turns her head and says coldly, ¡°I don¡¯t have any appetite.¡± Sitting in the opposite of ire, Juan stares greedily at ire, with a seemingly ridiculous smile, saying, ¡°I know that as long as someone are alive, your mind will wonder around and think of something unhappy. After, I take care of what I¡¯m busy with I will take you on vacation, which will definitely make you smile again.¡± Juan says the words as if it¡¯s something which is not important, but ire is heart-beating. With eyes looking down and long eyshes covering the panic in her eyes, ire pretends to be calm and says, ¡°Talking nonsense is really easy. With your power, there is no way to defeat Howard.¡± ¡°That''s too ignorant of you, oh, right, you can''t watch the news now. You don''t know how miserable Leo is now.¡± Juan''s inevitable confidence makes ire could not help looking up at him. ¡°What have you done to him?¡± Leaning forward slightly, Juan smiles like a demon and says, ¡°You will know the answer right away, and it will definitely surprise you.¡± ire purse her lips, eventually cursing, "Juan, you are a bastard!" ¡°Whatever you say, I won''t mind.¡± Juan stands up, raises his jaw, and clutches ire, saying in a compassionate tone, ¡°Oh, don''t forget to eat the meal, it won''t taste good when it gets cold." After speaking, Juan turnarounds and leaves the room. Immediately after Juan closes, ire sweeps all the dishes in front of her, then sits panting at the table. Her eyes are full of unwilling and angry. Hearing the sound of things being broken in the room, aplex expression of pain shes on Juan¡¯s face. But soon, the eyes turn into a calm deep pond without ripples. Worried about Leo''s situation, ire goes to the outdoor tform while unattended. This time, ire gets more careful, and she takes a book to the tform. After sitting down, she opens the book to cover her lips. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. But how can she contact Conan? ire thinks of thest time she hits the watch and hears Conan''s voice, so she decides to follow suit and continue working on the watch. Taking a deep breath, ire smashes the watch against the edge of the table, changing the angle from time to time, smashing in all directions. ¡°Mummy, don''t hit it again, my tracker will be broken by you.¡± Sure enough, this method works! Although the sound in the headphones sounds with aplex emotion, but to ire, it is the best sound of the time. Trying to cover up her excitement, ire lowers her voice and goes straight to the point. ¡°Conan, what''s wrong with your daddy recently, is he in any trouble?¡± Conan tries to talk about something else, ¡°It''s a bit of a hassle, but Daddy will take care of it on his own, Mommy, don''t worry.¡± ¡°No, I believe Juan is going to make a big movetely. You remind dad to be careful.¡± ¡°Okay, I will.¡± Frowning slightly, ire says, ¡°No, I''m still uncertain. Otherwise, I''ll talk to Juan.¡± ire¡¯s advice shocks Conan and he says, ¡°Mum, don''t do anything, Juan ispletely crazy now, you¡¯d better stay away from him.¡± Hearing the tension in Conan''s words, ire notices something strange and asks, ¡°What the hell has Juan done?¡± Reaching his hand and scratch his head, Conan says in a distance from the microphone, ¡°Oops, the signal has weakened again, Mommy, Mommy?¡± Chapter 431 The secret of Juan Chapter 431 The secret of Juan After an intermittent sound, the earphones are calm again. This kid is more and more cunning! Throwing the book aside, ire¡¯s eyes are solemn. She knows her son very well. It¡¯s obvious that Conan is just avoiding the topic. Although Conan wants to protect ire, the more he doesn¡¯t say, the more uneasy ire is. And she always feels that something important is going to happen. But she can¡¯t do anything now. She can only be a canary in a cage and watch the blood flow outside. ... The weather outside the window is gloomy and in the dead silence, there is a suffocating sense of oppression. In the room, Leo sits leisurely in front of the table. His fingers are beating on the table and his eyes are on the green nts on the windowsill, without focus. Compared with Leo¡¯s indifference, Luke seems a little impatient. He keepsmunicating with his guys and asionally makes a phone call. He loses his usual appearance of a noble child. The floor clock in the room makes a heavy sound, which attracts the sight of Leo and Luke. With a little breath, Leo stands up, picks up his suit and put on his coat. It is like he is going to participate in an ordinary business negotiation. ¡°Are you ready?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°OK, let¡¯s go.¡± Leo turns to go out, but Luke stops him. Although he knows the answer, Luke still wants to ask, ¡°Leo, have you really decided? Once decided, there is no turning back.¡± ¡°Do I have a way back now? Even if I want, Juan would not give me this opportunity.¡± With that, Leo pushes the door and goes out, while Luke sighs in the back. It seems that Leo is not easy to let go this time. It afraid that city A going to be a different look. ... This night, ire¡¯s sleep is not stable. She is drowsy and awakes when dreaming. In the early morning, there is a roar outside. Though it is through the window, it also makes people feel headache. Rubbing her temples, ire frowns and opens the quilt, murmuring, ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Why is it so noisy?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ire wants to ask the maid what¡¯s the matter. When she opens the door, she finds that there is no one outside. Although these servants have dissatisfaction on ire, they never dare to show and she never fail to find anyone. What¡¯s the matter now? ire has no tend to sleep at all. She walks down the corridor one by one, but no onees across her. This huge castle like a ghost house, let the outside make earth shaking noises, but it¡¯s very quiet inside. ¡°Bang bang¡ª¡± This is... st!? The sudden noise makes ire shrink her shoulders. Then she turns her head and looks out of the window and her pupils suddenly shrink. Dozens of helicopters are circling the castle at low altitude, dropping bombs on the ground from time to time, breaking up the guards who are hiding in the dark. The attack of the other side is very purposeful. The location of dropping bombs is important guard location. Soon, the defense in the castle is defeated. At the same time, snipers with heavy weapons rush in and breaks the scattered defense one by one. In a short time, Juan suffers heavy casualties. Even through the ss window, ire can smell the bloody smell outside. The scene of hell makes ire turns around and retches. ¡°Mommy, Mommy?¡± Conan¡¯s voice! ? ire raises her wrists and found that the wristwatch is shining red again. But this time she doesn¡¯t wear headphones. How could she hear Conan¡¯s voice? As if aware of ire¡¯s surprise, Conan exins, ¡°The signal interference system in the castle has been destroyed and we can contact freely now.¡± ire hase back to her senses and feels very nervous. Thinking of the terrible scene outside, she hurriedly says to her watch, ¡°You shouldn¡¯t be here, God, go to a safe ce!¡± ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t worry. I¡¯m in theputer room to contact you now. It¡¯s very safe. Now it¡¯s urgent. Mommy, follow my instructions.¡± Conan stares at the electronic topographic map and says calmly, ¡°Mommy, you go to the second floor and enter the first room on the left. There is a secret room that leads to the underground passage. Daddy¡¯s people are waiting for you there.¡± ¡°Are all Leo¡¯s people out there?¡± ¡°Well, in order to save Mommy, daddy does his best.¡± ¡°But I don¡¯t think it¡¯s that easy.¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± ire runs downstairs quickly and looks around, frowns and says, ¡°There is no one in the castle. I don¡¯t see Juan or even a servant.¡± Conan believes in Leo¡¯ s strength and says confidently, ¡°Maybe they are scared away by daddy¡¯s attack.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not that easy! With Juan¡¯s character, he would never leave without fighting. Especially in the face of Leo, I¡¯m afraid that he has other ns.¡± ¡°No matter what his n is, this time, daddy will surely makes him suffer.¡± ¡°What? Leo is here too?¡± ire¡¯s tone suddenly increases, which makes Conan panic and asks, ¡°Yes, Mommy, what¡¯s the problem?¡± There¡¯s a problem and it¡¯s a big one! ire can¡¯t help but stop and look around. Suddenly there is a kind of bone chilling. Today, everything is fine. Juan protected this ce as if it were solid as gold. Nobody couldn¡¯t arrive. How could he let himself leave without resistance this time? Even, it¡¯s a bit like letting her go on purpose... Juan, what is he thinking? ¡°Mommy, what are you doing?¡± ire opens her lips just to say something. She finds a familiar figure walks by in a sh. Juan? ¡°Conan, don¡¯t talk, keep quiet.¡± ¡°Mommy, what are you doing? No matter what you find, don¡¯t pay attention to it, just follow what I says first...¡± Before Conan finishes, ire unties the wristwatch and stuffs it into the innermost pocket of her clothes and then carefully follows Juan. After three or two turns, ire finds the study¡¯s door of Juan is opened. After tiptoeing to the door, ire sticks her ear to door and holds her breath. ¡°Boss, everything is ready, just wait for Leo to appear!¡± ire remembers this voice. It¡¯s Juan¡¯s Trusting people, a bald man. ¡°Very well, this time, Leo wille to a bad end!¡± As expected, Juan has another n! ire¡¯s hands and feet are cold and her hands trembles slightly. She leans forward for fear of missing something. Bald men are used to death, but when he thinks of the scene of purgatory outside, he can¡¯t help but pick up his eyebrows and says, ¡°It¡¯s not fair for us to let him die so easily. In order to kill him, We lost a lot of people this time.¡± Chapter 432 Let me guard you Chapter 432 Let me guard you ¡°Their sacrifice is also worth it. As long as Leo dies, I am the underground emperor here. I will control Mafia and government and nobody can defeat me.¡± These words are insipid, but let the bald man very excited. After such a long time of patience, doesn¡¯t he want to stand on the position of deputy? From now on, he will control more power and even expand his territory... Beep beep beep¡ª The bald man is thinking about it when his cell phone suddenly ring. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Looking the message, the bald man¡¯s eyes are brightened and says, ¡°Boss, Leo has appeared!¡± The corners of Juan¡¯s mouth are slightly raises and he says, ¡°Very well, let ire¡¯s substitute out and leads Leo to the east of the castle. As long as Leo arrives at the designated ce, he will be sted to the bone!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Bald man begins to deploy action. ire gently goes back and leaves the study. As expected, these are all the traps of Juan! She must tell Leo to leaves here as soon as possible! Back to the safety zone, ire immediately takes out her wristwatch and says anxiously, ¡°Hey, Conan, let Leo leave quickly. He is in ambush!¡± With voice going down, ire does not get any response. Surrounded by a dead silence and she can only hear her panic footsteps. ¡°Damn, the signal is blocked again!¡± Holding the wristwatch tightly, ire turns to look out of the window and finds that the terrace has been bombed. She afraid it¡¯s impossible to contacts Conan there. Now the only way is to find Conan first and let him finds a way to contacts Leo. ire squints and runs to the underpass ording to the instructions before Conan. But after opening the door, ire sees only one dead body. No need to say, it must be a masterpiece of Juan. Thest road is blocked and ire ispletely flustered. But Leo still needs ire. She can¡¯t wait and watch Leo go to the end. With eyes closed and breathing deep, ire orders herself to calm down. When she opens her eyes again, she has made a decision. ¡°Leo, you were protecting me before. This time, let me protect you!¡± Biting her red lips, ire turns around and runs back along the original road. ... There is a huge fountain on the east side of the castle, which usually sprays various kinds of fancy water columns. It is spectacr and beautiful. Now, the sound of gunfire around it is constant, the air is full of blood. But the fountain still keeps its gorgeous shape, which is very strange. The first round of attack is over. There are only a few people left on Juan¡¯s side. They are forced to the southwest of the castle to fight. ire seizes the opportunity and takes a short cut to the east of the castle. Far away, ire sees a thin woman standing in front, wearing a cape and a hat. And the brim of the hat is too low to see clearly. But the profile of this woman is very simr to that of ire. With the tense appearance of the surrounding guards, it¡¯s easy to mistake she is ire. At the same time, Leo appears in another direction. Obviously, he also finds the fake ire and hurries to there immediately. The anxious Leo doesn¡¯t think much about it. He thinks that the woman is ire. He asks his subordinates to get rid of the guards around the woman and prepare to rescue her. At the sight of Leo, ire knows that the fool has been trapped by Juan and shouts, ¡°Fool, that¡¯s not me. Come back quickly!¡± ire shouts loudly, but she is too far away from Leo and there are gunshots all around, drowning out ire¡¯s voice. ire knows that the way to make Leo clear is to let him see her own dignity, so all the schemes will be broken without attack. Since Leo can¡¯t hear her voice, she can only exins everything in front of him! ire¡¯s eyes are dignified and she decides to take a chance. Looking closer and closer to Leo, ire¡¯s eyes are bright and frightening. She is so eager for hope that she doesn¡¯t find a man approaching her. ¡°Miss Bet, why are you here? It¡¯s too dangerous!¡± A strange man stops ire and drags her to the corner to hide and looks around. What¡¯s the situation? ire looking at the man and asks, ¡°Who are you?¡± ¡°I¡¯m just an ordinary guard and still alive. Miss Bet, it¡¯s too dangerous here. Let me take you out of here.¡± The man in front of her is just a small guard. He is so humble that he won¡¯t know the n of Juan. Seeing that ire is in danger, he wants to take her to a safe ce and renders meritorious service in front of Juan. The guard doesn¡¯t find ire¡¯s difference. He looks around carefully and says, ¡°There are subordinates of Leo around here, but don¡¯t be afraid. Even if I die, I will send you to a safe ce.¡± The promise makes ire¡¯s mouth twitch and her voice murmured, ¡°OK, all right.¡± The guard takes ire for a few steps in the opposite direction and then hears ire groan. ¡°Ah!¡± ¡°How...¡± As soon as the guard is about to look around, he feels a pain in his forehead. Then he sees ire holding a stone in her hand and looking at him in shock. ¡°You...¡± No, it¡¯s not dizzy? Seeing the guard¡¯s eyes wide open, ire is very nervous and a little at a loss. After all, it was the first time she had hurt someone. Just when ire doesn¡¯t know what to do, a bunch of blood beads trickled down guard¡¯s brow and when his eyes closed, he falls back. As soon as the guard fainted, ire is relieved, then she picks up the other side¡¯s gun. She does not dare to dy for a moment and continues to run in the direction of Leo. Looking at Leo approaches to the woman, ire¡¯s heart is raises fiercely. she wishes she could grow wings and immediately flies to Leo¡¯s side to wake up the fool. But when ire is getting closer and closer to Leo, she is horrified to find that there is a man in ck behind Leo, who appears like a ghost and aims the swarthy gun at Leo. How can this happen? Doesn¡¯t Juan prepare a bomb? Why sends a surprise attack behind the killer? ire is upset. Although she feels strange, she can¡¯t think much. She runs and roars as if she is mad. But the sound around is so loud that Leo couldn¡¯t hear ire¡¯s voice at all. Juan sees this scene in the dark and raises his mouth coldly. He is to kill Leo in front of ire, so that she can total be disappointed with the man and let her know who is the strongest king. The man in ck pulls the trigger and his eyes burst with murder. But Leo hasn¡¯t found the crisis yet. He is ring at the fake ire. Chapter 433 Sworn protection Chapter 433 Sworn protection Just before the bullet leaves the chamber, another shot rings out unexpectedly. It turns out that ire fired at the critical moment. Although she fails to kill the man in ck, she also attracts the attention of Leo. Leo turns to look at ire¡¯s direction in shock. ire is relieves to see Leo finally discover her. But soon, her whole body¡¯s blood coagted again, because she sees Leo¡¯s back appears two people in ck! Hiding in the dark and looking at all, Juan¡¯s face is dark. He doesn¡¯t expect that ire would save Leo. But even if Leo is not dead for the time being, he is in the dead end and will not be allowed to go out alive! The people around Leo are solved by random guns. After Leo shoots and kills a man in ck, he hides behind the fountain and waits for the opportunity to move. But ire regardless of her own safety and continues to rush forward. ire can¡¯t use a gun at all. God knows how she just shoots it. And her only role at this time is to be a target to attract the attention of people in ck and then let Leo have a chance to run out. Seeing ire regardless of her own safety, Leo is angry and desperately yell at ire. He wants her to hide and not to run around. Juan is annoyed. He doesn¡¯t expect that ire could gives her life to Leo. Is he so important in her heart? As for ire, she is all in one shoot. No matter what conspiracy Juan has, she must let Leo live. She won¡¯t let him die! Seeing that the n ispletely disrupted, the bald man looks at Juan and says, ¡°Boss...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t hurt ire.¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°Can¡¯t you understand me?¡± The bald man¡¯s eyes are darkened and then makes a gesture to the person below. ire finds that those people in ck doesn¡¯t do anything to her. she thinks that Juan is still reluctant to hurt her. In this way, it¡¯s better to let her y the most role as a human shield. Between the gunfire, ire shows a charming smile, but let Leo shocked. Leo¡¯s eyes and heart are all ire,pletely forgetting that there is a fake behind him. And the neglected woman slowly reaches out a pistol from the cloak and aims at Leo. ¡°Be careful!¡± Bang¡ª Leo¡¯s body shakes fiercely and he feels a warm ring around him and blocks the fatal blow for him. ¡°ire!¡± ire wants Leo to run fast, but she can¡¯t make any sound. The pain spread from the back to the whole body, ire feels as if she is dying. But she doesn¡¯t want to die. She hasn¡¯t seen Leo leaves safely. Leo reaches out and stops ire¡¯s falling body. He takes her to a safe ce and whispers in ire¡¯s ear and says, ¡°ire, you will be OK!¡± ire stares at Leo closely and smiled happily. Then her head is askew and she fainted. Leo¡¯s hands are holding the gun with blue tendons and his eyes are red, like a beast on the verge of copse. Asshole, how dare he touches his woman! He will let them die without burial ce!! Leo moves quickly andmands to the earphone, ¡°Turn all the attack power over, and prepare the surgeon!¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Juan wants Leo to die, but he doesn¡¯t expect that ire would block deadly attack for Leo. Seeing ire falls down like a broken kite, Juan suddenly stands up with full of murderous spirit. ¡°Who allowed that woman to do it to ire?¡± ¡°Boss, that¡¯s idental injury...¡± ¡°My subordinates are not allow mistakes!¡± Juan clenches his fist, like a lion with angry hair and roars, ¡°Now kill that woman and take ire back! If ire dies, I¡¯ll let all of you die!¡± ¡°How to deal with Leo...¡± Juan¡¯ tone pauses for a moment and says insidiously, ¡°The chance to deal with him is too much. We should save ire first.¡± Bald man is not willing, but the expression of Juan is really terrible. He does not dare to say no, or he will be shot by Juan. Out of the room, the man is ready to contact subordinates. Putting mobile phone to the ear, the bald man has not yet time to make arrangements and sees a figure goes through fast. Juan? Bald man closely follows up. He is not sure and asks, ¡°Boss, where are you going?¡± ¡°My own woman, I¡¯ll get her back by myself!¡± ... As time goes by, the air bes more and more dignified. The two sides are locked in a stalemate, but no one breaks it. Until a man appears andmands, ¡°Hand over ire.¡± There was a murderous look on the bottom of the eye and the tone of Leo is grim, ¡°She is my woman.¡± ¡°But she is injured now and must be treated immediately.¡± ¡°Well, You hypocrite!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to talk with you. Do you want to see her die in front of you?¡± The words make Leo keep silent. ¡°If you keep pestering, it will only makes ire worse. Don¡¯t you love ire very much? Do you want to watch her be a corpse? Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m not in the mood to argue with you now. Give up ire and you can leave.¡± ¡°You want to let me go, but you don¡¯t think I¡¯ll let you go?¡± When the voice falls, a strong windes and makes a deafening sound. Subordinates guard Juan and look up at theing helicopter. But Juan does not put it in his eyes, just squints. The helicopter drops thedder. Luke shouts to Leo through the earphone, ¡°Leo, go!¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to take ire with me.¡± Luke doesn¡¯t know about ire¡¯s injury, so he sends several people down the ropedder to take Leo up by force. As a good friend for many years, Luke naturally understands Leo¡¯s temper. If he uses a tough approach, he will only makes Leo resent and do more crazy things. So Luke changes his tone and coaxes, ¡°I have sent some people down, they will help you.¡± ¡°Very good!¡± Leo doesn¡¯t doubt him. He leans down and picks up ire. As soon as the ropedder approaches, he takes ire away from the hiding ce. Juan perceives the intention of Leo and immediately orders, ¡°Shoot, don¡¯t let them take ire.¡± With the order of Juan, the two sidesunches a gunfight. When Leo¡¯s reinforcements arrives on the ground, only half of them are alive. ¡°You are in charge of the break and I takes ire up first.¡± Leo says and he is ready to carry ire out. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. But Leo¡¯s subordinates stops him and says, ¡°The attack is too intensive. We can only take you alone.¡± Chapter 434 Separation from life and death Chapter 434 Separation from life and death ¡°You mean to let me give up ire? Impossible! Even if giving up my own life, I¡¯ll take her out of here!¡± After hearing Leo¡¯s words, several people look at each other and then someone suddenly starts to tie Leo with a rope. Because Leo is holding ire, he couldn¡¯t dodge and he is tied up by several subordinates. Leo earns his body and says angrily, ¡°Bastard, what are you doing?¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but we want to protect you.¡± ¡°Who allow you to make your own decisions? I will definitely kill you!¡± Leo¡¯s threat has no effect, because their task is to protect Leo with their bodies, to be his human shield, to escort him back to the helicopter safely and without chance to face his wrath. Ignoring the threat of Leo, several people put ire in ce and then take Leo, who is bound to the ladder. As soon as a few peoplee out, the bulletse all over the ce. Leo¡¯s subordinates are fearless of life and death. They protect Leo with their bodies and let themselves be a sieve. When a bald man sees Leo, his voice is excited and he makes people increase their firepower. He wants him to die. But Juan just glimpses his eyes and says, ¡°Leave him alone and let the doctore!¡± The ropedder is put up a little bit. Leo is more and more far away from the ground and the fire attack is gradually weakened. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. But Leo does not have a trace of joy, eyes fixes on the ground, thin lips tight. ire, whose life and death were uncertain, is carried to a stretcher. A doctor is doing a simple examination for her. Then he says something to the people around him and hurriedly took her away. Looking at the thin figure, Leo feels for the first time that he is so ipetent that he could not protect his beloved woman. At this time, Leo is angry at destroying the sky and destroying the earth. He swears that he would make Juan pay for his blood! The dark eyes looked at ire, Juan is in aplicated mood. ¡°How is she?¡± ¡°Although the life has been saved, the patient has lost too much blood, so you must take good care of her, or she will have seque.¡± ¡°I see. You all get out.¡± After demobilizing the people, only Juan and ire are left in the room. The air is terrible. With his fingers gently sketching ire¡¯s pale face, Juan murmurs, ¡°You love him so much that you can even sacrifice your life for him. But what about him? Is he going to leave you alone? When can you understand that I am the one you can entrust for life?¡± When the voice falls, Juan smiles at himself and says, ¡°You will never find it in your life, because in your heart, no matter what Leo did, it is right. And I¡¯m just a self talking clown.¡± Slightly bent down, Juan is close to ire and changes his indifferent expression. ¡°But this clown will pester you all his life. Even if you die, I will tie you to me!¡± Juan¡¯s voice is cold, but his hand gently strokes ire¡¯s cheek. Dang dang- There is a knock on the door, which makes Juan takes back his finger and turns his head and he says, ¡°Come in.¡± The bald man hurriedly goes to Juan and says, ¡°Boss, Leo¡¯s men havee back!¡± ¡°And then?¡± ¡°In order to bring Leo into the trap, we have lost a lot of money and lost a lot of energy. This is Leo¡¯s territory. Now it gives him a chance to breathe, the situation is not good for us.¡± Juan¡¯s eyes still falls on ire¡¯s face and he says, ¡°So what.¡± So what? The bald man is stunned for a moment and then he roars, ¡°Leo is totally mad. He doesn¡¯t care how much he lost or how to y. That is to say, he has to fight hard to make our subordinates panic and lose every day!¡± Juan snorts, with a proud expression and says, ¡°His sweetheart is in my hand, of course, he will be mad.¡± Juan¡¯s attention makes the bald man crazy, but he doesn¡¯t dare to say it clearly, for fear of provoking Juan. The bald man stares at ire, who is in aa, with a vicious look on his eyes. Because of this woman! If it isn¡¯t for her, today¡¯s situation would have been, and it would have been Leo¡¯s turn to be so domineering!? It¡¯s just that such a disaster star, Juan is still a treasure. It¡¯s really annoying. If the woman dies... ¡°It¡¯s too noisy. I¡¯ll take ire to a quiet ce. You can arrange it now.¡± The bald man is thinking. When he hears the order of Juan, he is shocked. Seeing bald man to stay in ce, Juan¡¯voice is cold and he asks, ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Don¡¯t you hear what I say?¡± The bald man hurriedly hangs head and asks, ¡°But, but how to deal with Leo?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you say he¡¯s crazy? Let him be crazy alone. Anyway, I have the person he wants. At this point, he will never win me.¡± Looking at Juan¡¯s side face, the bald man¡¯s heart sinks. Leo is crazy, but Juan is not good. These two men are fascinated by the disaster star. It¡¯s funny to say that such a good person finally falls into a woman¡¯s hands. He has a fatal weakness since then. Feeling the look of the bald man, Juan slightly turns his head and looks at him with no expression. The eyes make the bald man¡¯s mind turn. The feeling is like walking on the line of life and death. Damn, how does he feels that Juan is weak? He can kill him with one look! At the same time, when the bald man is worried, Juan takes back his eyes and says, ¡°If you understand me, please arrange it quickly. If you dy ire¡¯s recovery, you can¡¯t afford the consequences.¡± Juan¡¯s tone is in, but the killing intention in his words makes people shudder. The bald man does not dare to stay for a long time. He takes the order and leaves immediately. After the superfluous person disappears, Juan restrains the evil spirit on the body and gently sits in ire¡¯s side softly. Juan wants to use ire to contain Leo, but he couldn¡¯t bear it. Especially when he sees ire¡¯s life hanging, he feels like he is going to die. Although he doesn¡¯t want to admit it, Juan knows that he has lost in front of ire. At the same time, on the other side¡ª Leo is sitting in front of the round table, with a grim face. Since Leo is rescued, he seems to have changed his personality. He is manic and tyrannical. If his subordinates say a little wrong, they will be punished terribly. Leo is like a sleepless machine. He always stares at the movement of Juan. His eyes are bleeding. In this case, it¡¯s really hard to report the work to Leo. Chapter 435 Leaving city A Chapter 435 Leaving city A Taking a deep breath, one of his subordinate bravely walks in and stands opposite Leo. ¡°Hasn¡¯t ite down yet?¡± ¡°It¡¯s only a matter of time before it¡¯s blown up.¡± ¡°Keep fighting. Within two days at most, the castle must be destroyed.¡± Two days... The subordinate swallows his saliva, knowing that the task is arduous. But he dare not say anything. However, there are special circumstances today that must be exined to Leo. ¡°Well, we¡¯ve made such a big move that the police can¡¯t hold it anymore. This time, the military is also rmed, and they are also investigating our details. Next we should...¡± Before the subordinate has finished speaking, Leo impatiently interrupts him and says, ¡°Let Luke handle this matter. Don¡¯t bother me with it.¡± His subordinates look at Luke in embarrassment. Luke waves to him and beckons him to leave first. If it is in the past, Luke would certainly persuade Leo to calm down, then analyze the advantages and disadvantages to him and lobby the stubborn man. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only But now Luke doesn¡¯t say anything, because today¡¯s situation is caused by him. Luke mes himself very much. He really doesn¡¯t know ire¡¯s situation at that time. But if he is given a chance to choose again, he would still do so. At that time, only one person could be rescued. ire falls into Juan¡¯s hands and is still alive. But if Leo falls into the hands of Juan, he will surely die. Of course, these reasons don¡¯t need to be exined to Leo. He won¡¯t listen to him. Frowning slightly, Luke stands up and says, ¡°I will deal with it from the military side.¡± Raising hand to rub eyebrow, Leo lightly reply¡°Er¡± . ¡°Leo, you should have a rest.¡± Looking at the tired look of Leo, Luke says anxiously. ¡°ire¡¯s safety are uncertain now. How can I rest?¡± Slowly opened his eyes, Leo says, ¡°As long as I recall that ire lying in my arms covered with blood, my heart is like being cut with a knife.¡± Luke¡¯s heartache is not less than that of the Leo. In addition, he has more remorse that can¡¯t be erased. ¡°Leo, I¡¯m sorry.¡± Leo knows that Luke is for him safety, but that ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter.¡± , he can¡¯t say it. Looking at the stiff figure of Leo, Luke clenches his fist and says, ¡°If ire really... Then I will apany you with my life!¡± With that, Luke gets up and leaves the room. He walks quickly to the door and leans weakly against the wall. After a while, Luke adjusts his mood and goes up the stairs without expression. In the moment of looking up, Luke sees Conan standing there, looking at himself against the light. At this time, Luke feels that he is a sinner, destroying the happiness of the family. ¡°Conan...¡± Luke opens his mouth and calls out, then he bes silent. At this time, anynguage is powerless, there is no way to change the reality, there is no way to smooth the pain in the other side¡¯s heart. ¡°Uncle Luke,¡± Conan opens his mouth first, the shadow covers his face and he asks coldly, ¡°Is there still no Mommy?¡± Luke shakes her head gently. ¡°Well,¡± says Conan after a brief silence, ¡°Then force Juan into the corner. In this way, he will naturally come out to negotiate with mommy.¡± Conan says, slowly walking down the stairs, the light on his small face suddenly bright or dark, reflecting the look of solemnity. Nearby, Luke sees Conan¡¯s eyes a little swollen. Needless to say, Luke also knows what the child has done after he closes the door. Looking at Conan painfully, Luke says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, Conan.¡± Turning around, Conan says, ¡°Don¡¯t say you¡¯re sorry. Today¡¯s situation is not caused by you alone. Instead ofpassion, it¡¯s better to turn anger into strength and rescue Mommy earlier.¡± ¡°Yes, you are right.¡± Luke breathes softly and says, ¡°At most two days, we will break through the defense line of Juan and then we will be able to rescue your mommy.¡± ¡°Well, I believe in daddy¡¯s strength.¡± ¡°You also advise your father to have a proper rest. Otherwise, I¡¯m afraid your mommy is okay, but your daddy is going to be hospitalized.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll try, but the effect may be very little.¡± With that, Conan nods to Luke and says, ¡°Uncle Luke, I¡¯m going to do my things.¡± ¡°Oh, yes.¡± Voice falls, Conan walks past Luke. Looking back at Conan¡¯s thin and stubborn back, Luke sighs deeply. ... These days, Juan has been apanying ire. Although she has been in aa, Juan is still apanying her. As for the big and small issues of fighting with Leo, Juan leaves them to his subordinates to deal with. It seems that winning or losing has be less important to him. Without Juan in charge, in the face of Leo¡¯s continuous attack, Juan¡¯s side is soon defeated and there is no room to fight back. More than that, Luke and Conan works together to dig out many important strongholds of Juan and destroys them one by one. In the face of this situation, Juan¡¯s subordinates don¡¯t think it makes sense to stick with it. But Juan¡¯s mind is all on ire¡¯s body and he has no time to think about it. His subordinates are burning with anxiety, but no one dares to mention it. In the end, the bald man summons up his courage and offers his words at the risk of death. ¡°Boss, let¡¯s leave the city for some time.¡± Squinting at the bald man, Juan asks, ¡°Leave? Do you want me to admit that I am defeated by Leo?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not about giving up, it¡¯s about preserving strength. The power of Leo is stronger than we think. Besides, you don¡¯t want to fight now...¡± The cold eyes are full of a sense of killing. As soon as his back shrinks, the bald man hurriedly exins, ¡°Although Miss Bet is in our hands, as long as we don¡¯t leave, Leo won¡¯t give up and keep asking for trouble. It¡¯s hard for us to restore strength.¡± ¡°Boss, where there is life, there is hope. We have lost a lot this time. If we want to defeat Leo, we must keep our strength up. Leaving is the best choice.¡± The bald man is right. Although Juan has arranged the quietest ce for ire to heal her wounds, he is not sure that he will be found by Leo¡¯s people one day. If you take ire away quietly, Leo cannot find ire¡¯s whereabouts, he will be crazy. Thinking of this, Juan raises his mouth and says, ¡°Let subordinates prepare to go to city B tomorrow.¡± Seeing that Juan looses his attitude, the bald man bes happy and says, ¡°Yes!¡± ... The fingers moves slightly and ire gradually wakes up. She feels that she has slept for a long time and has a long dream. Chapter 436 In prison Chapter 436 In prison In her dream, irees back home, she is tying the apron and going to prepare a meal for Conan. Although her cooking skill is average, Conan still eats very happily. Oh, Leo is also here too. He eats the food cooked by ire with a satisfied expression. ire smiles happily, thinking that it is the life she yearns for. But the beautiful scenery doesn¡¯tst too long. The scene suddenly changes. Leo and Conan are hanging over a sea of fire. It is a matter of life and death. That scene makes ire heartbroken. She tries to get close to them, but she is tied up and couldn''t move. The other end of the rope is held by Juan. He gently pulls ire to his side. At the same time, he orders that throw Leo and Conan into the sea of fire and let their bones die. ¡°No.¡± ire gives a cry with all her strength. Then she wakes up, opens her eyes and looks around nkly. This is... Where? This is a room full of sunshine. The bright light makes ire unable to open her eyes. The air is filled with the fragrance of lilies, wantonly attacking ire ''s smell. Although the room is very warm, but ire rejects here, and then she wants to leave. But once ire ''s body moves, she feels a sharp pain. ¡°If you don''t want the wound to crack, don''t move.¡± The indifferent voicees from the top of her head. ire follows the sound, right in the same cold eyes. Look at her wearing, she may be a maid. Maid... ire seems to remember something. She asks hoarsely, ¡°Where is it?¡± ¡°This is city B.¡± B city? How can I be here? The maid knows that ire has doubts, but she has no obligation to answer ire ''s questions. Her task is to take care of ire and don''t let her die. Licking her chapped lips, ire wants to ask something more, but the maid turns to leave the room. ¡°Wait a minute!¡± ¡°Why?¡± Looking at the impatient look of the maid, ire turns to the subject and said, ¡°I... have a sore wound.¡± This sentence makes the maid unable to avoid. She silently stares at ire and says, ¡°I''ll call the doctor.¡± When the maid leaves, ire closes her eyes and refreshes herself. It can be seen that the maid is hostile to her, and it''s hard to get words out of the maid''s mouth. In this case, she can only try to contact other people in order to find some clues. Now, ire needs to take good care of herself. Don''t faint again and waste precious time. Hearing someoneing in, ire immediately looks at him. But the person is not a doctor, it is Juan. Thest person ire wants to see. Seeing Juan, ire ''s heart sinks. The memory before theaes back. ire¡¯s face fades away into grey. Her body is shivering just like a fallen leaf in the autumn wind. ¡°What¡¯s wrong with you?¡± ¡°Where is Leo?¡± Juan doesn¡¯t expect that the first thing ire talks to him when she wakes up is about Leo. He could not help but pucker his lips and looks disappointed. Seeing Juan''s expression, ire is in a hurry and asks, ¡°If you dare to hurt Leo, I will never forgive you!¡± ¡°What would you do if I killed him?¡± Kill him¡­ ire stops. After a long time, she realizes what Juan means. Is it true or not that Leo was killed by Juan? Impossible. Leo has the help of Luke and Conan, he just won''t be defeated by Juan! In a short moment, ire thought a lot, and finally raised her head and met Juan with her burning eyes. ¡°You just assumed, that is to say. You have not been able to kill Leo.¡± ¡°Well, you are not sick yet.¡± Juan smiles coldly and says, ¡°But even I failed to kill Leo this time, he will die in my hands in the future.¡± ¡°Is it interesting to talk nonsense?¡± ire doesn''t hide her disdain on the surface and says, ¡°It''s you. Why did you bring me to B city? Did Leo beat you to pieces and make you a lost dog?¡± ¡°Even you are sick, you still show no mercy when you speak.¡± Juan fondles ire ''s cheek tenderly. ¡°Before you worry about others, you should consider yourself first.¡± ire would like to avoid the touch of Juan, but whenever she moves a little, the pain is severe. After all, Juan could not bear ire suffer. He has a lot of taunts to say but finally swallows them back. He stands up and looks down at ire. Juan says, ¡°If you want to leave me, you need to take good care of yourself. If you are half-dead, you can only be my canary forever.¡± ire endures the pain and says, ¡°Don''t worry, I will get better soon, and I wille back to Leo''s side!¡± ¡°Is that right? Let me see.¡± With that, Juan leaves the room. As soon as Juan left, ire lost all her strength and nearly fainted. When she is in aa, she feels someonee in, check her wound, give herself another shot, and then leave. After the medicine was pushed into the body, the pain gradually disappeared, and the sleepiness came. Before falling into a dream, ire was still worried about the Leo¡¯s situation. She thought that shot would kill her, but she survived. Although with broken body, as long as she is alive, there is still hope. Since she is not dead, she will go back to Leo with all her strength! Her eyes gradually closed. ire couldn''t resist the effect of the medicine and finally lost consciousness. ... Outside the window, the grass grows and the Orioles fly. It''s a scene of growing spring. But inside the window, it is dead. ire has been awake for four or five days. She can only lie in bed every day and watch the sunrise and sunset bored. These days, ire has no chance to see anyone except the doctor and the maid. Even the doctor and maide and go in a hurry. They don''t talk to ire much. After all, ire couldn''t hold her breath.£¬she asks, ¡°When can I get up and get out of bed?¡± ¡°It depends on Mr. Juan,¡± says the doctor. ¡°You are a doctor. You know the patient''s situation best. Why do you need to follow Juan¡¯s means?¡± ¡°Miss Be, you are wrong. You are now a prisoner. Life and death are entirely in the hands of Mr. Juan, instead of in yours.¡± ire bits her teeth and says angrily, ¡°Then let Juane to see me.¡± In the face of ire ''s unreasonable demands, the doctor ignores them. ¡°Excuse me, I''m talking to you. Can''t you hear me?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°I''m a doctor, not a microphone.¡± ¡°You...¡± Before ire finished, the doctor left with the medicine box. Looking at the doctor''s back angrily, ire is full of anger. Asshole, it''s worthy of being a member of Juan''s staff. It''s just as annoying as him! Chapter 437 It is better to call for yourself than others Chapter 437 It is better to call for yourself than others Since ire can''t rely on others, she¡¯d rely on herself. She has been keeping it for so many days. It''s OK to get out of bed and walk around. Open the quilt, ire grabs the corner of the table beside the bed and slowly sits up. It''s just a simple action, but ire uses all her strength and almost faints. ire knows that it is her limit. If she gets up reluctantly, she will surely fall down. The wound hasn''t grown well. ire is sure that she''ll stay in bed for another half month after this fall. Thinking of these, ire doesn¡¯t act rashly, just sat for a while and theny down again. As soon as shey down, she would go to sleep. But ire doesn''t rx at all. Actually, she resists falling asleep. Damn, she has slept enough. Why does the doctor need to inject her with tranquilizer? She would be a fool if she slept any longer. C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. At the time of confusion, ire suddenly remembered what the doctor said, and her brow couldn''t help wrinkling. It must be the meaning of Juan. In order to control her, he uses such shameless methods! Juan, you are waiting to take my wrath. Before ire finishes cursing, she falls asleep. There is silence in the room, and conversation outside. The guard outside the door raises his chin to the door and asks, ¡°Does she sleep again?¡± The doctor nods and says, ¡°Yes, she does.¡± The guard frowns andins with dissatisfaction, ¡°I don''t know what the boss thinks. Why do he keep this half dead woman? It''s said that we lost because of her.¡± ¡°Because of this woman, we''ve lost so many buddies. It''s really annoying that we not only can''t kill her to vent our anger, but also stand here in order to protect her.¡± The doctor pats the guard on the shoulder and says, ¡°Don''tin it, our boss considers her as his treasure however. All right, I''m going to work. ¡° ¡°Alright.¡± The doctor leaves, and the guard has to do his duty. Standing at the door bored, the guard murmurs, ¡°The woman is half dead and can''t run out. Why do boss need to let people watch her? It''s really unnecessary.¡± Comin isin. The guard has not dared to disobey the orders of Juan, so he can only stay outside. ... After several days of groping, ire finds that the shift between servants and the doctor was regr. If ire doesn''t ring the call bell, the servant will only deliver food at a fixed time of the day, and no one will be seen at any other time. As for the doctor, he checks ire in the morning and evening every day, and injects tranquilizer by the way, so that she can sleep softly. And this is also the most abhorrent of ire. As long as she is injected with tranquilizer, no matter what n ire has in mind, she can only realize it in her dream. But ire''s disadvantage is also her advantage. Because everyone thinks she has been injected with tranquilizer, they will be less cautious and make it convenient for her to escape. But, how can she get around the charm of tranquilizer? Taking advantage of the short time of lucidity, ire tries to deal with this problem, she continues to think about it, and finally has an idea. ... After another routine examination, the doctor takes out the injection again and prepares to inject it into ire ''s body. ¡°Always the same ce, the skin is swollen, please change another ce to inject.¡± ire''s critical tone makes the doctor frown slightly. ¡°Which ce in your skin would you like to pick?¡± ¡°There.¡± Impatiently, she stretches out her arm. When the doctor starts to inject, ire screams, ¡°Hey, be careful!¡± The doctor is helpless and says, ¡°I haven''t tied it yet.¡± ¡°I knew it would hurt before the injection. How do you be a doctor? Whether Juan is blind when he employed you£¿¡± The doctor is famous doctor in fact. In face of ire¡¯s spite, he is angry. He throws his sleeve and says angrily, ¡°Since you are not satisfied with me, I will let others serve you.¡± ¡°Well, that''s what I want!¡± The doctor stops talking and packs up. ire then raises the corner of the mouth, lies on the bed again. About a quarter of an hourter, another doctor appeared in ire ''s room. Tightly wrapped in the quilt, ire turns her back to the substitute doctor, motionless. ¡°Miss, we''re going to have an injection.¡± Impatiently waving her hand, ire says angrily, ¡°I''m so sleepy now, don''t disturb me.¡± ¡°Miss, Miss?¡± The doctor calls several times. ire doesn''t pay any attention to him. Her eyes were closed. Looking at ire''s state. She should have been sedated. The tranquilizer for ire is safe, it will not cause harm to her. But if it''s overdosed, it''s dangerous. The substitute doctor is not sure. He decides to go back and asks about it first. The guard is not familiar with the substitute doctor. When the doctor came out, he just nodded with him. Usually at this time, ire is sleeping. The guard would take the opportunity to have a break and sneak out to smoke. Today, he is addicted to cigarettes again. Thinking that the women inside would not y tricks, he goes out with a lighter. Hearing the sound of tiny footsteps, ire immediately opens her eyes. Quietly pushing open the door, ire can see that there is no one around, so she tiptoes out. It''s far smaller than the former castle, and the terrain is notplicated. It''s a three-story vi, which makes ire see the hope of escaping. Around the corner, two men are standing there and talking. One of them seems to nce something, and immediately turns to look at it. Another person asks, ¡°What''s the matter?¡± ¡°I think I saw Miss Bet.¡± ¡°You''re wrong. She''s just liked a loser now. How can she get out of the room?¡± ¡°That''s right. Ah, I don''t know what the boss admires about her. She¡¯s been hurt like this, and he still remains in his heart as a treasure.¡± ¡°I''m sure there''s any other intention for the boss to keep her. After all, she''s a woman of Leo. Maybe she wille into useter.¡± ¡°Well, that makes sense.¡± ire is furious at their rude conversation. Does she want to stay there? The culprit is Juan. Why should people put all the me on her? What¡¯s more, as a subordinate of Juan, they dared to gossip in such a loud voice?! Sooner orter, they will die in their words. ire leaves, but identally touches the decorative vase beside her, making a little voice. ¡°Who''s there!?¡± ire is stiff and stays where she is. Just when ire is at a loss, a little dog with a white patternes out and swaggers past her. The two also see the dog, and they be rxed. ¡°It turns out to be a puppy in kitchen.¡± ¡°Those guys in the kitchen are getting careless. They can''t even take care of a dog. If the dog is seen by the boss, they will be miserably killed.¡± Chapter 438 Escape Chapter 438 Escape Hum, you have the time to care about others. If Juan heard that your gossip, it would be you who were skinned. Secretly swear, ire leaves quietly. The front door of the vi must be guarded by the subordinates of Juan. So, ire decides to go around to the back to see the situation there. But, where''s the back door? T ire looks around in panic. Then, she sees a group of fluffy things passing by. It''s the puppy. ire ''s eyes suddenly brightens when she thinks of what the two men said. ¡°Little dog, my life is tied to you this time. Don''t run around. Go home quickly!¡± After that, ire is following the dog. She hopes the dog is tired of ying. In that it will go back to the kitchen to find food. The kitchen in the vi usually has a small door, which is convenient for the car to unload the food. If ire finds the kitchen, it means that she finds the back door of the vi. For some reason, Juan did not arrange too many people in the vi. This also gives ire great convenience, let her walk down the stairs unimpeded, and hears the sound of chopping. She makes it! ire is happy, then hides behind the pir, probes to check the situation in front. It''s just that ire ''s hiding ce is far away from the front. Some things can only be seen in a vague shadow, which is not true at all. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°What are you doing?¡± Just as ire is peering, a voice suddenly appears behind her, making her almost jump up. Looking back a little, ire sees a strong woman and this woman is looking up and down at her. ¡°I... I am...¡± ire looks down and doesn''t know how to answer each other''s questions. But no matter what ire said, the woman will not believe it. In this case, she should knock out the woman, then put on her clothes and sneak out. Just how to start? When finding ire¡¯s silence, she narrowed her eyes. As a cook, the woman is only responsible for cooking. Naturally, she has no chance to know ire. Now, seeing ire ''s uneasiness and has no idea of the world, she suddenly says, ¡°You must be the new helper?¡± Huh? The woman looks up and down at ire and says, ¡°Huh, you are really good-looking. Can you do this kind of rough work?¡± It turns out that the strong woman misunderstands her identity. ire wanders for a moment, then hurriedly nods her head and says, ¡°You can rest assured that I''m not afraid of being dirty and tired, and I''m very hardworking.¡± ¡°Well, let''s wash the dishes first.¡± The woman says, then points to the bowl chopsticks in front of a pool. ¡°Dish washing?¡± ¡°What? You feel aggrieved?¡± ¡°No, no, I don''t think so.¡± ¡°No matter what you think in your mind, since youe here to help, you should put away all your pride and work hard.¡± ¡°Yes, I see.¡± ¡°Come on. I''lle back in half an hour.¡± Half an hour? In a quarter of an hour, I''ll be gone! ire bows her head and bits her lips, her heart leaped with joy. After the woman left, ire goes to the back door and tries to sneak out. But ire underestimates Juan''s vignce. Someone is guarding the back door. What should she do now? ire is worried and impatient. Before ire finds a way to deal with it, someone reaches out and twisted ire ''s ear. ¡°What I just said to you, you''re not listening! Juste to bezy, be careful that I¡¯ll fire you!¡± ire is in pain and says pitifully, ¡°No, I just want to be familiar with the surrounding environment and worry about losing my way in the future and irritating the wrong people.¡± ¡°Then you are totally worry too much. As we are, we are at most busy in the kitchen, and don''t need to walk around.¡± Seeing the door not far behind, ire says, ¡°But I see there is a door over there. It''s close to the kitchen and guarded by others. Is it a forbidden area?¡± ¡°What do you think? It''s the back door. When it''s your turn to rest, it will let you leave there naturally.¡± ¡°Can''t I go out at ordinary times?¡± ¡°No, the kitchen buy things every three days. You can follow the car to the market.¡± With voice down, the woman heard the car engine, looks up and says, ¡°It''s really a coincidence, we just talked about it and the cares.¡± Looking back at the humble car, ire sees the hope. With a ttering smile her face, ire says, ¡°Let me go. I know a vegetable vendor who can give me a very cheap price, and the vegetables are very fresh.¡± The woman hesitates and says, ¡°Well¡­I will give you this chance. But if you can''t even do it well, you can package yourself and leave!¡± ¡°Okay, I will do it well.¡± ire rushes to the car and nods to the driver. As he sees a new one in charge of shopping today, the driver smiles at ire as a greeting, ire was anxious on the car. Until the car left the vi area, ire is relieved. ¡°Are you nervous?¡± The driver suddenly asks. ire raises her spirit, responds with a smile, ¡°Yes, it''s not easy to get such a good job. I don''t want to mess it up.¡± The driver smiles and says, ¡°Don''t be nervous, just do your own job well. Our boss is not bad. As long as we work hard, we will be well paid.¡± ¡°Well,¡± says ire, with a false smile, ¡°But I heard that our boss is very fierce. This time, he has caused a lot of trouble in city A.¡± ¡°I''ve heard a little about it. It''s really dangerous.¡± ¡°Is life or death the leader of the other side?¡± ¡°Do you mean Leo? He''s fine. He also attended the business reception two days ago. It looks very nice.¡± This makes ire smile, and the stone in his heart fell to the ground. Fortunately, Leo is OK. With a smile on her face, ire finds that the driver''s phone ranging. She sobers up and realizes that her situation is still very dangerous. She could not take it easy. ¡°Hello, I''m driving. What can I do for you? Oh, you say that new woman that just sit next to me. She...¡± Before the driver finishes speaking, ire reaches for the steering wheel. Because of holding the phone in one hand, the steering wheel is easily turned by ire. The car loses control and runs obliquely to the side of the road. The driver is shocked. He throws away his mobile phone, grasps the steering wheel with both hands, and steps on the brake hard at the same time. Just when the driver is in a shock, ire pushes the door open and runs out. ¡°Hey, are you crazy!¡± The driver roars at ire, only to find that ire runs faster. After a while, her figure disappeared in the thick grass. ire is sure. Juan must have found that her ran away. That phone call just now let the driver grapples her! Fortunately, ire is quick. It''s better to start first. Before the driver responds, he runs out first. Chapter 439 Refuge Chapter 439 Refuge Although she is granted short-term freedom, ire is still not safe. In fact, she could be grabbed back by Juan''s men at any time. In order to avoid the pursuit of Juan, ire runs hastily, but the surrounding scenery bes more and more deste. This can''t be a good way. Only a ce with many people can help her hide. Such a deste ce is easy to expose. ire stops and looks at the road ahead in a hurry. At this time, a bright yellow orange cartoon car ising, making ire''s eyes bright. She climbs onto the road on all fours. ire crosses over in front of the cartoon car, regardless of the safety of her life. Creak ¨C The driver in the car leans out and scolds ire, ¡°You must wanna die!¡± ire is dizzy. Then she runs to the door and ps the ss. she says, ¡°Little guys, I am chased by the wolf. Can you take me to a safe ce?¡± R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only It turns out that this is a kindergarten activity car, bringing the children back from the picking garden. The children chirps to the door of the car and says, ¡°How pitiful it is to be eaten by the wolf. Teacher, let here up.¡± The childcare worker looks at ire warily and refuses, ¡°No, she is not a member of our kindergarten. You can''t let her in.¡± ¡°But she has difficulties. Your also told us to help those who have difficulties. Right?¡± ¡°But...¡± ire, with a pleading face and hands folded, says to the young childcare worker, ¡°Please, I took an illegal taxi and my wallet fell on it. I can''t go back. Please do me a favor.¡± ire''s voice is sad, and her expression is sincere, which makes people feel sorry. Seeing that the childcare worker is hesitating, ire takes off the ring on her finger and puts it into the worker''s hand from the window. she whispers, ¡°This ring is your reward, please.¡± That ring is Tiffany''s new product. The worker just found it. It''s not cheap. Now, what she has been looking forward to for a long time is in the palm of her hand, which makes the caregiver very confused. ¡°Please...¡± With the bnce tilted and the eager eyes of the children, the caregiver finally nods and says, ¡°OK, you cane up.¡± ¡°Yeah-¡± In the cheers of the children, ire gets on. Tired to lean on the seat of the car, ire looks at the scene of rapid retreat outside, and feels that all this seemed so untrue. After the freshness, the children stop surrounding ire,ughing and chatting about something else. Looking at those lovely children, ire can''t help thinking of Conan. She really wants to contact Leo and the others, but ire also knows that it doesn''t help. This is Juan''s territory. If it doesn''t work well, she will not only lose Leo''s help, but expose herself. It seems that now she can only rely on herself to hide for two days and avoid the limelight. But ire has no friends in city B, who can she rely on? A man''s face suddenly appeared in ire''s head. It is him! As soon as her eyes brightened, ire turns to the front nurse and says, ¡°Well, can I borrow your cell phone?¡± ¡°Of course.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± Fortunately, ire has a good memory. After thinking for a while, she recalls the man''s phone number and dials it. The phone rings three times and is picked up. The other side politely says ¡°Hello¡±. ¡°Hello.¡± Holding the phone, ire is a little nervous. The person ire contacted is the Scout she met that day. She has only met that scout one time and She refused him at that time. Now she has the cheek to contact again. She always feels that there is little hope. But ire has no way to go. she takes a sip of his lower lip and says, ¡°My name is ire, the one you met in the street that day.¡± Hearing ire''s name, the scout recalls the woman, smiles and says, ¡°I remember you, if you are interested in my proposal?¡± Since his genial attitude, ire says with a slight sigh of relief, ¡°Yes, I want to try it. I don''t know if there is any chance now.¡± ¡°Of course, as I saidst time, you are a rare star of the future. After my polishing, you will surely be the superstar.¡± ire doesn''t want to be the superstar. It''s just a second way to deal with now situation. She just wants to spend these days in peace. ¡°If you have time,e to Mg building now. I''ll wait for you here.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± After hanging up, ire smiles softly. This short half hour is really breathtaking. She thought she was lost in the first moment, but finally wins. Even if Juan has the ability tomunicate with the heaven, he must not expect ire to be a star. At this time, Juan is carrying out an overwhelming search of ire. City B is the world of Juan. Even if ire has wings, she can''t fly out there. ire is very confident about this. What really worries him is ire ''s physical condition. Therefore, ire orders his subordinates that they have to find ire before dark. ... Seeing ire again, the Scout is surprised. ¡°You don''t look very well.¡± After stroking her cheek, ire smiles gloomily and says, ¡°It''s good that everything is over after some changes.¡± ¡°It''s over. From now on, you will face a new life. Let''s go and meet the boss with me.¡± ¡°See the boss?¡± ¡°Yes, I''m only responsible for discovering you. It depends on the boss if I can stay.¡± ire nods in ignorance, thinking that she thinks things simply. Whether she can stay or not is still unknown. Thinking of this, ire regrets not wearing a make-up. At this time, her face must be white like a ghost. As if aware of ire ''s scruples, the scout says with a smile, ¡°Don''t worry, although you are a little tired now, you are still very beautiful. Besides, the key of this interview is no-makeup, only so can find your position urately. ¡° While talking, the star scout takes ire to the 16th floor of thepany, walks to the door of an office, and knocks at the door gently. ¡°Come in.¡± ire follows the star scout into the office, looks up and sees a short haired and capable woman sitting at a table. The woman looks sharp, and she looks up and nces at ire. ¡°Boss, this is the new man I mentioned to you.¡± The woman nods and asks, ¡°Can you sing?¡± ire ''s an idiot in musicpletely, so she shakes her head in embarrassment. ¡°What about dancing?¡± ire ''s limbs are not in harmony, then she still shakes her head. Get such answers, the boss looks at the star scout with some helpless. Chapter 440 The future star Chapter 440 The future star Seeing the boss¡¯s dissatisfaction with her, ire says, ¡°But I have a good memory, learn things quickly, and I can imitate goris!¡± With that, ire wants to show her special ¡°talent¡±. Hurry to stop ire. The star scout is not happy. After appeasing ire, the Scout exins to the boss, ¡°ire''s eyes are full of spirit and have a spotless temperament. This is very rare in the entertainment circle. As long as it is polished a little, it will definitely be a unique female star in the entertainment circle.¡± ¡°What''s more, Paton Entertainmentpany has dug up a lot of new people in the past two years and robbed several of our international brands. It''s time for us to transform and cultivate different types of artists.¡± The female boss looks at ire again and finds that there is a kind of intellectual and gentle temperament in this woman. Thinking that there is no female artist of this type in her staff, the boss says, ¡°Well, since you highly rmend her, let her stay here, and be an intern first.¡± ¡°Thank you, boss.¡± ire bows and says, ¡°Thank you very much, boss.¡± ¡°Don''t be happy too early. You''re just an intern. Ourpany''s training mechanism is very cruel, few people can pass the training. If you can''t pass the exam, you''d better pack up and leave. ¡° ¡°Don''t worry, boss. I will do my best.¡± The female boss nods and says, ¡°Our trainee needs to eat and live in thepany. If you are ready, move to the trainee dormitory.¡± There''s a ce to live! ire is overjoyed and says, ¡°Without preparation, I can go now. My qualifications are limited. I want to seize the time and work hard from now on.¡± ¡°Your serious attitude is good. I hope you can keep it in the future training.¡± The female boss is coaxed by ire''s, and also shows a trace of smile to ire. After the experience of Howard Group, ire has practiced the skill of ttering to the first-ss. She is double-faced totally. But here, whether she can be stayed or not depends on her strength. ire needs to work harder. Coming out of the office, the Scout pats ire on the shoulder and says with a smile, ¡°You¡¯re smart. You did really well just now.¡± Gently tugging at the corners of her mouth, ire says, ¡°A few nice words mean nothing, but I still need improve my strength to stay here.¡± ¡°That''s true, but I have confidence in you. Although you started a littlete, you can definitely be an excellent artist as long as you are determined.¡± When the first met with the scout, ire didn''t take his words seriously. Even if shees here this time, ire is just considered it as a stopgap. But the man seems to have mysterious confidence in her. ire asks curiously, ¡°Why do you think so firmly that I will be famous?¡± The Scout points to his eyes and says, ¡°With my fiery eyes. I''ve discovered several big stars and I believe that you will be the future star.¡± ire doesn''t want to be well known. She just wants to spend these days safely. Then she tries to contact Leo and return to him. But the eyes of the star scout are too hot, and it is not a good manner for ire to be too cold. So, she takes the initiative to find a topic and asked, ¡°By the way, what did you just say about entertainment? It seems that I have heard it before.¡± ¡°Paton Entertainmentpany has a lot of connections with Mgpany,¡± exined the Scout. ¡°The boss of PEC, who used to be a director of ourpany, has a good rtionship with our boss. Later, they broke up without reason, then the boss of PEC left ourpany and set up his own business.¡± ¡°When he left, he also took a lot of famous artists from ourpany. In the past two years, he has been cultivating new talents and promoting them. Now he has be the biggestpetitor of Mg company.¡± ¡°For this reason, our boss has been annoyed for a long time. She has started to cultivate new people and is ready topete with PEC.¡± ¡°I see. It seems that the entertainment circle is full of bloodbath.¡± ¡°That''s true, but there''s morepetition and more opportunities. Let''s just say that you have a unique temperament, which can be made into the second Malina. ¡° ¡°Malina?¡± Looking at ire''s ignorant eyes, the star scout says with exaggerated expression, ¡°Isn¡¯t it. Malina is so hot and you don''t know her?¡± ¡°Well, I didn''t pay much attention to the entertainment industry before.¡± ¡°You are such a strange person that you haven''t even heard of the super star Malina. However, our boss will be very happy if she hears about you.¡± After joking for a while, the star scout exined, ¡°Malina is the most popr star for entertainment, she did a lot of endorsements and TV series. Have you seen the female model on the huge billboard over there? It''s Malina.¡± Looking in the direction pointed by the star scout, ire sees a pretty woman with bright eyes and white teeth on the billboard outside the window, showing a gentle and implicit smile. Well, it''s a real beauty. ¡°Come on, one day, you will be even hotter than Malina.¡± In this regard, ireughs and does not respond. ... The twoes to the trainee dormitory. The old woman who takes care of the dormitory smiles and says hello to the scout. ¡°Herees the new person again.¡± ¡°Yes, this is...¡± Before the star scout introduces her, ire opens her mouth first. ¡°Hello, my name is Leona.¡± Hearing ire change her name. The star scout can''t help looking back at her. ¡°The original name is a little rustic, this is my new name,¡± Bet exins. ¡°I think your original name is more lovely. However, let''s do something else first. When you need to make an announcement, I''ll help you get a good stage name.¡± For the scout¡¯s generosity, ire smiles gratefully. Although it''s safe for the time being, ire still hopes to wipe out everything she has, so as to reduce the risk of being discovered by Juan. The hostess takes out the key te and gives one of them to ire. She says, ¡°you are the first one to come. Other trainees wille tomorrow. You can go in and pick out the bed first.¡± ¡°Yes, thank you very much.¡± ¡°There are some necessities in it. If you need anything else, you can ask me.¡± ¡°That''s very kind of you, please.¡± ¡°Oh, you''re wee. You are all the stars of the future. If you are hot, please give me a signature.¡± The hostess''s smile is very bright, which involuntarily affects ire and makes her smile warm. ireughs, on the contrary, the hostess is stunned. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only She has worked here for several years and met many nice boys and girls. But ire is the first one with such a unique temperament. Chapter 441 Start of training Chapter 441 Start of training The Scout looks up, gestures to the room and said, ¡°OK, go to have a rest first. You startter than others, so you¡¯ll train a little earlier. From tomorrow, the training will officially start. Get ready.¡± ¡°Well, I know.¡± Push the door into the room, ire finds that theyout of the room is very simple, the furniture is also poor. There are two single beds in the room. One is at the door and the other is by the window. It looks like this is a double room. ire likes quiet, so she chooses the bed by the window. Next, ire goes to the bathroom again. Although the bathroom is small, there areundry and toiletries in the locker, which makes ire raises the eyebrow. It¡¯s so good. ire has been climbing all the way, sweating all over. She wants to take a shower and rx for a long time. She can¡¯t wait to take off her clothes, unscrews the shower. The warm water winds down ire¡¯s skin. In a short time, there is a curl of water vapor in the bathroom. Close her eyes gently, ire spectes about the situation of outside. She doesn¡¯t know what happen to Leo now. What should she does to gets in touch with Leo without exposing herself? And Conan must be worried about her. Ah, I am such a poor mother. Always worrying my son. ire pinches her fist. She is weak in the bottom of her heart. This night, ire sleeps heavily. ire thinks that she would not be able to sleep because of her delusion. But in fact, as soon as her head touches the pillow, she would go to sleep without a dream. The next morning, ire is sleeping in a daze and hears someone knocking at the door. Rubbing her swollen forehead, ire goes to the door and opens it. ¡°Who is it?¡± ¡°Who? Don¡¯t you know what time it is? Do you want to...¡± Standing outside the door at this time is a man in a suit with sses. Before he finishes speaking, he is stuns at the sight of ire and swallows the second half of his speech. The other side¡¯s strange expression makes ire¡¯s heart tightly clenched, wondering if this person would be the paw of Juan. When ire is thinking about whether to knock out the man and run, the man first extends a hand to ire with a ttering smile and says, ¡°Hello, I¡¯m manager Jacob, in charge of your training.¡± Although the man¡¯s smile is very friendly, ire doesn¡¯t like this guy at all, because there are too many calctions and greed in his eyes. With body slightly back half step, ire politely says, ¡°Hello.¡± ¡°Ha ha, did you livefortably yesterday?¡± ¡°Very good.¡± ¡°If you need anything, please let me know and I will try my best to meet you.¡± Manager Jacob¡¯s enthusiasm makes ire feels very ufortable. She just wants to get rid of this man as fast as possible, so she patiently says, ¡°Don¡¯t bother. Everything is very good, no need to bother you.¡± ¡°No trouble. It¡¯s my business.¡± Manager Jacob says, trying to get close to ire. ire takes another half step back and says with a smile, ¡°Well, I¡¯m just a neer, so I should keep a distance from manager Jacob so as not to be discussed.¡± ¡°What do you say? I¡¯m here, Who dares to gossip behind my back?¡± Manager Jacob says, looking around and seeing no one around. He raises his hand and puts it on ire¡¯s shoulder with an ambiguous tone. ¡°If you want to stay here, you must find a backer. It can not only protect you, but also create more conditions for you. You know, there are many girls who want to be famous. If you don¡¯t seize the opportunity, it will be taken away by others.¡± Even if ire can no longer stupid, she can also understands this man¡¯s implication. He is flirting with me!? ire, with a stiff smile, pretends not to understand manager Jacob¡¯s hint and says, ¡°Thank you manager Jacob for reminding me. I will try my best.¡± ¡°It¡¯s just that hard work is not enough. How do you think about my proposal. By the way, you¡¯d better to go to the training hall to practice at ten o¡¯clock. Today you don¡¯t know the situation, so I don¡¯t care. But in the future, you should get up at six o¡¯clock every day to do morning exercises. Don¡¯t forget.¡± ¡°Well, OK.¡± As soon as manager Jacob leaves, ire vertical middle finger to his back. Shit, what a scum! He wants to rule me when he meet to me! But this kind of viin can¡¯t be offended, especially ire, who is in a passive situation, should keep a low profile and avoid conflicts with others. So, even if ire hates that guy any more, she should try to be patient. After breakfast, ire goes to the training room on time. ire thinks she will learn something professional, but Only is told to practice standing posture, and it is a day! What the hell? They still practice standing posture. Are they doing military training? ire is really speechless, but she can only do it obediently and stick to the wall for half a day. At noon, ire feels as if her body has been hollowed out and her limbs are almost unconscious. No, I need to adjust my mood. Otherwise, standing for a few hours in the afternoon will drive people crazy. Takes a deep breath, ire goes to the top floor of the building, ready to breathe. However, ire is not the only one who wants to go to the top floor for venttion. A fashionable girl is holding a cup of coffee, leaning against the railing, squinting at the distance. Hearing the footsteps, the girl looks back and nods to ire. ire knows that girl. When she came to MG building yesterday, she met her. She is the front desk staff of the building. Looking at the girl¡¯s figure, ire has a ideal. Walking slowly to the girl, ire smiles and takes the initiative to talk. ¡°Come here to rx?¡± ¡°Yeah, every day when I see peopleing and going in thepany, I want to find a ce where nobody can rx.¡± ¡°It seems that I have disturbed your cleanness.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. It¡¯s not a private space.¡± After a brief conversation, they be familiar. Eyes on the girl¡¯s neck, ire smiles and says, ¡°Your ne is very beautiful, it¡¯s the new style of Issey Miyake¡¯s life?¡± ¡°Yes, it takes me more than three months¡¯ sry to buy it. The money is painfully spent.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a little expensive, but it¡¯s good for you. The designer of this ne only designs one ornament every year. His works can be met but not demanded. ¡± Seeing ire¡¯s right words, the girl looks at her and says, ¡°You seem to understand.¡± ¡°No, I just like these things.¡± The girl sighs and says, ¡°I like it, too. It¡¯s just that my sry is too small to bear. I am not like you, will be famous in the future. You can buy whatever you want.¡± With one hand on her chin, ire says, ¡°That¡¯s also a precondition. I need to be famous before I can do it. But now, it looks very remote.¡± R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only ¡°Why? you are in good condition and look beautiful. Someone is willing to push you. No problem.¡± Chapter 442 Unfriendly eyes Chapter 442 Unfriendly eyes ¡°But I¡¯m not very qualified. I¡¯ve been practicing all morning, just standing. If it¡¯s someone else, I¡¯m sure she won¡¯t practice such simple content.¡± ¡°No, this is what every new person will practice. Don¡¯t think about it.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°Really, I¡¯ve seen a lot of trainees in thepany and I won¡¯t cheat you.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll rest assured.¡± ... There is a lot of chatting. After a while, they talk from personal preference to gossip. The girl focuses on some of manager Jacob¡¯s ¡°Great achievements¡± . During the conversation, ire is asked to be careful about that insidious and cunning man. ire doesn¡¯t care about thepany. She talks to this girl for another purpose. ¡°By the way, are you from city B?¡± ¡°Yes, I grew up here.¡± ¡°Then you must know a lot about city B. I¡¯m new here, and I don¡¯t know what¡¯s interesting here.¡± ¡°There are many interesting ces in city B, but I advise you not to walk around recently.¡± ¡°Why do you say that?¡± The girl leans forward and says mysteriously, ¡°Because there is a big event in city B recently.¡± The girl¡¯s words made ire¡¯s eyes bright and asks, ¡°What¡¯s the big deal?¡± ¡°I have a friend who needs to travel a lot because of work. When he left city B for thest two times, he found that both the airport and the railway station were guarded and passengers were strictly inspected. And I also heard that the camera of B city hotel was hacked and the camera data was stolen.¡± ire frowns slightly, with a solemn expression. She can think of it with she toes, it must be Juan casting a to find someone. This guy, as expected, begin to act. The girl is talking about her interest, she doesn¡¯t find ire¡¯¡¯s difference. She is still reasoning on her own and says, ¡°I guess it must be some big guy on top. Oh, do you think it¡¯s a embezzler?¡± ire smiles and says, ¡°Ha ha, maybe. Well, I¡¯ll go back first. See youter.¡± The girl hasn¡¯t talk enough. Seeing ire wants to leaves. She asks, ¡°Where are you going?¡± ¡°It¡¯s time I goes back to practice.¡± ¡°It¡¯s still early. You can have a rest.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not qualified. So I have to work harder than others.¡± With that, ire turns and leaves. The girl at the front desk looks at ire¡¯s back and shrugs her shoulders. ¡°Although you are more beautiful than others, you work harder than others. You really don¡¯t want to leave a living for ordinary people.¡± ... Back to the practice room, ire stands by the wall in a standard posture, expressionless, but her mind turns. Fortunately, she doesn¡¯t act rashly, otherwise she would be caught by Juan. But Juan certainly doesn¡¯t expect that she is hide in the entertainmentpany. She still has some time. Just, how can she contact Leo? Juan¡¯s subordinates are also talented people, which can be seen from his ability to trap Conan. Therefore, Juan is likely to send people to lurk beside Leo. Once she contacts him, she will be known by Juan. In order not to expose herself, ire has to find apromise way to let Leo know her situation and not be discovered by Juan. But how do I do it? Time passes by, practice time is over, but ire is still immersed in her own world, frowning slightly. The training teacher looks at the clock, and then looks at ire, who has no sense of rest, and reminds, ¡°Today¡¯s training is over, you can go back.¡± ire has been back to her senses and finds that the training has ended for an hour. Moving her limbs, ire bows to the training teacher and says politely, ¡°Teacher, you has worked hard.¡± Stooping to pick up her training bag, ire leaves the training room stiffly. The training teacher doesn¡¯t know ire¡¯s mind. She thinks that the new student has worked hard and increased her practice time. She nods to ire¡¯s back. ... The next day¡ª Because of thinking about things, ire doesn¡¯t sleep well this night. When it is almost dawn, she just falls asleep for a while. irees to the training room with a pair of ck rim of eye and is shocked when she pushes the door. God, there are so many people today! It is dozens of eye-catching young men and women standing in the originally empty training room. They are rx and chatting with each other. When they hears the sound of pushing the door, they looks at the door. And this look, let these people all quiet down. Different from these standard Inte celebrity faces, the woman at the door is like a lotus, pure and not artificial, with a unique temperament. Innocent expression like a deer that strays into other people¡¯s territory, is at a loss, making people involuntarily want to protect. But, who is this woman? They haven¡¯t seen her at the selection meeting before. In the face of people¡¯s eyes, ire is ufortable, but she still smiles and greets them. ¡°Hi!¡± A girl with a baby face is near ire. Her eyes are full of curiosity. She asks, ¡°Sister, are you a trainee or a training teacher here?¡± ¡°Ha ha, I¡¯m a trainee.¡± When they hears this, they all looks alert in their eyes. MGpany carries out the selection system and the excellent trainees have the opportunity to make their debut first. And those at the end of the line will be swept out. Originally, everyone is at the same level, still able to maintain harmony and harmony. But now there is such an excellent alien, which makes everyone a little bit restless. ire may feels these people¡¯s attitude changes, but she doesn¡¯t mind. She doesn¡¯t want to be a star at all. If she can sessfully contact Leo, ire can leave at any time to give up her position. The girl with a baby face looks ire up and down and finally, her eyes fall on ire¡¯s shoes. ¡°Sister, why haven¡¯t you changed your shoes? You¡¯re about to start training. Our training teacher is very strict. If you are not prepared in advance, you will be scolded.¡± ¡°Thank you. I¡¯ll change my shoes now.¡± Seeing ire turns out a pair of white sneakers, the girl says, ¡°It¡¯s not this pair, you need to find dancing shoes.¡± ¡°Dancing shoes?¡± ¡°Yes, sister. Are you not prepared? If it¡¯s not ready, go back to prepare quickly. Maybe it¡¯s time.¡± Looking at the girl with serious expression and then ncing at the rubbernecker crowd beside her, ire snorts coldly. This girl has a good acting skill. If she had note to the training room yesterday, she would have believed her lies. Seeing ire staring at her and doesn¡¯t do anything. The girl couldn¡¯t help urging her, ¡°Why hasn¡¯t elder sister gone?¡± ire looks cold and says, ¡°If I go, I will not be able toe back at the opening time.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°But if you don¡¯t go, the teacher will scold you.¡± Chapter 443 Making enemies Chapter 443 Making enemies ¡°If I go, I will not only be scolded by the teacher for beingte, but also get a pair of shoes that I can¡¯t use at all.¡± ¡°You...¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to have an affair, so she doesn¡¯t care about the girl with a baby face any more. She turns around and goes to the corner of the room to change her shoes. ¡°What kind of person, I just to remind her, but also be my not.¡± Baby face girlins to the people around her, where on the face is there just that simple look? ¡°What are you talking about?¡± A delicately pretty voice interposes in, let several girls immediately smile. ¡°Ah, why are youe here sote?¡± Surrounded by all the girls, she is a doll like girl. The girl is very beautiful, especially her pair of eyes, as if washed by water. But the girl¡¯s eyes are very sharp, showing a proud. The girl with baby face who justins, after seeing Daisy, seems to see the back of the mountain, attaches to her ear and said something. After listening to each other¡¯s words, this doll like girles to ire with her arms in her hands, raises her chin and asks rudely, ¡°What¡¯s your name?¡± ¡°Leona.¡± And the people aroundughed, Daisy tone sarcastic, says, ¡°A local name, your parents really have no culture.¡± After changing her shoes, ire stands up and looks back at Daisy, saying, ¡°No matter how illiterate they are, they will not let their childrenment on other people¡¯s parents arbitrarily. By contrast, who do you think is more illiterate?¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Daisy doesn¡¯t expect ire to stand up taller than her, so she lost her momentum. Plus the ire¡¯s impolite attitude,pletely infuriated Daisy. ¡°Damn, what are you talking about?¡± Daisy rushes to teach ire a lesson. ire looks back at Daisy fearlessly and doesn¡¯t pay attention to her at all. ¡°What are you doing!¡± A stern voice, let everyone immediately convergence, stand in line. Seeing the training teacher, Daisy immediately turns into an innocent little sheep and takes the initiative. ¡°Teacher, Leona is rude! I am kind enough to tell her the rules in the practice room, but she scolds me and says I am nosy!¡± Looking at the Daisy with cold eyes, ire thinks that this woman¡¯s ability to beat ck and white is really extraordinary. Like her, what kind of training ss can she takes, she can directly Carries the Oscar. The training teacher turns to look at ire and asks, ¡°Is that so?¡± Compared with Daisy¡¯s tears, ire says calmly, ¡°No, she¡¯s lying.¡± ¡°Who is lying? you...¡± The teacher squints at the Daisy in her eyes and lets she shudder. Eyes from the crowd slowly nced over, practicing teacher¡¯s tone solemnly. ¡°You don¡¯te here to be a joke. You speak ill of the man today and you will join hands with another man tomorrow. I don¡¯t have time to judge you right or wrong. Remember, to be the star of tomorrow, you need to focus on the right things. Anyone who wants to make trouble in the future, get out of my way! Do you hear me!¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°All right, get ready and start training.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The crowd disperses and the baby face girl drags Daisy away. Before leaving, Daisy res at ire fiercely. It seems that she is on the wrong side with her. But ire doesn¡¯t see the threat of Daisy in her eyes at all. Compared with her former rivals, Daisy is nothing at all. Today¡¯s practice is the same as yesterday¡¯s, standing training. The young people who can stand here through selection are excellent. They think they would receive professional training here, but they doesn¡¯t expect to practice such simple and boring content on the first day. They could not helpining. Daisy, unwilling to waste time, says, ¡°Teacher, with our qualifications, do we need to practice that kind of low-level content?¡± The training teacher turns her head and looks at Daisy, then walks slowly to her face, with her eyes fixes on her. Daisy proudly raises her head, fearlessly looking back at the teacher. ¡°You think you¡¯re good?¡± ¡°That¡¯s nature.¡± ¡°Well, what a self righteous fellow!¡± The teacher drags Daisy to stand in front of the mirror and says mercilessly, ¡°Look at yourself, hunchback with chest and chin, where is a bit of noble and elegant temperament!? People have Swan necks and you have a pair of Unicorn arms! You don¡¯t practice hard and l shout at me. Where are you confident?¡± The teacher¡¯s mouth is really poisonous. ire picks the eyebrows and thinks that although the Daisy are a little bit bad heart, she is not as bad as the teacher says. She doesn¡¯t know whether the teacher is intimidating Daisy or demanding her. Look at the Daisy, just like a peacock, but she is almost crying now. Daisy bes a trainee with the best performance. She is belittled. Others are not brave to make mistakes. They stands there in a proper way and do not dare to talk nonsense. Walking slowly in front of the crowd, the training teacher scolds, ¡°No matter how excellent you were before, you are here to listen to my arrangement! Also, put your pride away for me. When youe here, it¡¯s all from scratch.¡± When shees to ire¡¯s there, the teacher pauses a little and says, ¡°You see Leona, she is better qualified than any of you, but she doesn¡¯t have any nonsense and she also takes the initiative to extend the training time. If you want to be popr, learn more from her.¡± How can ire not think of the most inferior herself bes the learning goal of others. Now, ire can think of other people¡®s eyes with her toes. She can¡®t help chuckling. ¡°Well, now you stick to the wall and stand for two hours!¡± With the teacher¡®s order, everyone scats and finds their ces. After just the storm, ire seems to have be a gue. No one is willing to approach her and deliberately iste her. Standing silently in the corner, ire closes her eyes and doesn¡¯t bother to pay attention to the various eyes of others. Standing opposite to ire, Daisy clenches her fist angrily. What a proud woman! You wait for me, soon, I¡¯ll let you get out of here!! ... ire thought she could get along with other trainees peacefully, but she didn¡¯t expect to build enemies on the first day and the enemy is the whole ss. It seems that her desire to be a low-key person has been broken. During the lunch break, ire could see that others gathers in twos or threes to have lunch together. They looks at her with the same eyes as a monster. She suddenly feels bored and doesn¡¯t have the appetite to eat, so she goes back to the dormitory. But after returning to the dormitory, ire finds that there is even one more person in the dormitory. Looking at that person¡®s back, ire is in a trance for a moment and murmurs, ¡°Kate?¡± From the back, that woman is really like Kate, as capable, as straightforward. Chapter 444 New roommates Chapter 444 New roommates Hearing the voice, the person sitting on the chair looks back. She looks at ire with her head askew and asks with a smile, ¡°Do you know me?¡± The girl¡¯s smile is very bright, but it is not Kate. Although the other side is not Kate, but also reminds ire of missing¡£ She looking at the girl¡¯s eyes are also soft. ¡°No, you¡¯re just like a friend of mine.¡± ¡°That¡¯s my pleasure.¡± The girl stands up, reaches out her hand to ire and says, ¡°Officially get to know each other. My name is Ashley and I am your roommate.¡± ¡°Are you a trainee, too?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ire doesn¡¯t expect there is a fish that miss the, so she asks curiously, ¡°Why didn¡¯t I see you when I practiced today?¡± ¡°I am recruited out of n. I am in a hurry and misses today¡¯s practice.¡± Looking up and down at ire, Ashley sees that she is weak and says, ¡°It seems that the practice here is very hard.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s not affordable for ordinary people.¡± ¡°Since it¡¯s so hard, let¡¯s rx.¡± Rx? ire¡¯s smile is stiff. She thinks that this woman is not tired. What kind of rest does she want? ire makesints about it when Ashley has already dragged away ire allowing no exnation. ¡°Hello, what are you doing?¡± ¡°I just says that. Let¡¯s go out and rx.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going. I¡¯m tired. I need to rest.¡± ¡°Oh, it¡¯s just going out for a meal. I won¡¯t be tired of you.¡± ¡°But I have no appetite.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll eat with you. We¡¯re roommates, Shouldn¡¯t we get along well?¡± ¡°But there are still exercises in the afternoon.¡± ¡°Oh, it¡¯s simple.¡± Finish saying, Ashley takes out mobile phone and dials a number, wait to connect, she changes tone immediately. ¡°Manager Jacob, tell you something. I have a stomachache and want to go to the hospital. But I¡¯m too tired to walk. I want to...¡± Thinking that she doesn¡¯t know ire¡¯s name, Ashley asks ire¡¯s name by mouth. ire is helpless. She whispers, ¡°Leona.¡± ¡°Oh, I want my roommate, Leona, to takes me to the hospital.¡± ¡°Well, you two girls should be careful. If you need help, please call me.¡± ¡°All right, thank you manager Jacob.¡± Hang up the phone, Ashley immediately clicks her fingers and smile, ¡°Easy task!¡± ire looks at Ashley speechlessly, thinking that all the people here are performing artists. Laughing and bumping ire¡¯s shoulder, Ashley says, ¡°I know you certainly don¡¯t like training. Now that you have no worries, you can go from me.¡± Reaching for ire¡¯s chin, Ashley smiles like a ruffian. Although the first time ire met Ashley, Ashley is careless, ire doesn¡¯t hate her. On the contrary, ire prefers the real Ashley to the charming young masters and girls in the training room. To be honest, ire is moved by Ashley¡¯s words. But leaving here, ire is threatened by Juan. She doesn¡¯t want to take risks. Think of these, ire wants to get rid of Ashley. But the woman¡¯s strength is so terrible that ire could not shake it at all, but is dragged by her to stagger. What does this woman grow up eating! ire is helpless. Seeing that she is about to drag herself out of the house, ire says, ¡°Look at what you look like now. What are you like a patient?¡± ¡°Ah, so it is.¡± Ashley stops, then bends over and presses half of her body on ire. Angrily, she says, ¡°Please take me out.¡± I¡¯m so impressed with this woman! ire was helpless and says, ¡°Wait, let me put on my hat first and then take a mask.¡± In fact, it¡¯s better to take the opportunity to go out and see what¡¯s going on outside. ¡°What do you want to wear a hat mask? It¡¯s hot outside. I don¡¯t need it.¡± ¡°Oh, we are future stars. It¡¯s always right to be careful.¡± ire covers herself tightly and asks Ashley, ¡°Do you want to dress up?¡± C0ntent ? 2024 (N/?)velDrama.Org. Ashley shanks her head and says, ¡°I don¡¯t want it!¡± ... After leaving MGpany, ire stares around like a radar for fear that someone from Juan would show up and take her back. Seeing ire cowering, Ashley says nothing and looks at ire thoughtfully. The dining ce is very close to MGpany. It¡¯s a Thai restaurant. Because it¡¯s past the meal time, there are not many people in the hotel, only a few sparse tables of guests, chatting while eating. Ashley looks around the hotel, then drags ire and walks to a table by the window. ¡°Youe very early!¡± Ashley sits at the table smiling and there is a man opposite her. The man is very tall and strong, with dark skin. Obviously, he is a fitness expert. Seeing Ashley, the man smiles kindly and says, ¡°I just arrive.¡± Seeing that there is stranger here, ire looks at he warily and asks Ashley, ¡°Who is he?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be afraid. I can¡¯t sell you.¡± Drag ire to her side. Ashley says with a smile, ¡°This is my boyfriend ck. You can get to know each other.¡± The answer makes ire raises her eyebrow and asks, ¡°Do you have a boyfriend?¡±¡°Yes.¡± ¡°But boyfriends are not allowed in the workbook.¡± Ashley and ck looks at each other and smiles, then Ashley raises her hand on ire¡¯s shoulder and says, ¡°Please, are you a primary school student? What do you listen to when the teacher says it?¡± ¡°I......¡± ¡°You are so simple that you are easily bullied by bad people. But you are lucky this time. As your roommate, I will teach you the right values and guarantee to subvert your life.¡± ireughs and says nothing. After ordering, Ashley chats with the ck, while ire looks around and sometimes stretches her ears to eavesdrop on the next door. ¡°Well, to tell us the truth, do you provoke your enemies here?¡± The quiet voice in her ear scares ire and almost jumps up from her chair. Covering her heart, ire says angrily, ¡°No.¡± ¡°Why don¡¯t you look guilty? Since we are roommates, please tell me if you are in trouble. I will help you.¡± With a short shoulder, ire shanks off Ashley¡¯s hand, thinking that if she moved out of Juan¡¯s name, I afraid that Ashley¡¯s tone would not be so rxed. The ck takes a sip of juice and asks curiously, ¡°Don¡¯t you eat? The food here is not bad.¡± Smelling the fragrant smell, ire is hungry. But she looks up at the camera in the hotel and swallows, ¡°I¡¯m not hungry.¡± Looking in the direction of ire, Ashley knows her scruples and asks, ¡°Hey, are you a wanted criminal?¡± Chapter 445 Hacker boyfriend Chapter 445 Hacker boyfriend ire takes a look at Ashley and says, ¡°I can¡¯t imagine how much I want to be. As a wanted man, I still want to expose myself on TV.¡± ¡°Then why are you afraid of the camera?¡± ¡°I... I don¡¯t have make-up when I go out, can¡¯t I!¡± ¡°Yes, but it¡¯s a pity that someone who doesn¡¯t have make-up can only look at it but can¡¯t eat it. What a pity.¡± Says that, Ashley also intentionally picks up a piece of chicken and shanks it in front of ire. This woman... ck looks at Ashley fondly, then takes out mobile phone to operate next. ¡°Now, there won¡¯t be any cameras for you.¡± Uh? ire looks up and finds that the camera just turns around. ¡°Wow, you are really capable?¡± Ashley proudly holds her head up and says, ¡°Of course, ck is a very powerful hacker. He is famous in their circle.¡± This makes ire¡¯s eyes bright, staring at the ck and asking, ¡°Are you really a hacker?¡± ¡°Yes, what¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°No problem, very good.¡± ire¡¯s eyes are bright and clear. She looks at the ck as if she is looking at the greasy beef on the iron te. It¡¯s almost drooling. ¡°Your eyes are strange.¡± Ashley looks at ire and says, ¡°Why? Are you interested in the ck? If you are really interested in him, we canpete fairly.¡± ck shanks his head helplessly. ire waves her hand and says, ¡°Don¡¯t talk nonsense, I just envy hackers and think it¡¯s a cool career.¡± After scratching her head with her fingers, ire is in a bit of a quandary and asks, ¡°Are you really powerful?¡± With a simple smile, ck says, ¡°Don¡¯t listen to Ashley¡¯s nonsense. I just like ying withputers.¡± ¡°Then can I ask you a favor?¡± ¡°You¡¯re wee, Please.¡± ¡°I have a number here. Can you see if it¡¯s monitored?¡± After receiving the number handed by ire, ck says, ¡°Easy to say¡± and begin to test. But a quarter of an hourter, the face of ck bes more and more solemn and his brow is still tightly wrinkled. ck¡¯s expression let Ashley put down her chopsticks and asks curiously, ¡°What¡¯s the problem?¡± ¡°This number is being monitored.¡± It¡¯s true. ire is a little nervous, leaning forward slightly and asks, ¡°Can you bypass this surveince and contact with each other?¡± ck shanks his head and says, ¡°No matter what he says, he would be bugged. Moreover, the encryption algorithm of the man is veryplex and I need a little time to crack it. As for how long it will take, it all depends on luck. It could be done in a day, or it could take a year.¡± She¡¯s a little lose, ire sighs and says, ¡°Ah.¡± ck feels sorry, but Ashley is surprised. ¡°ck doesn¡¯t let it go, what big man did you get in trouble with?¡± ire doesn¡¯t want to say much and exins vaguely, ¡°It¡¯s not a big guy, it¡¯s just a debt to the other side.¡± It¡¯s just a debt? I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s not that easy. Ashley looks at ire with interest and says with a smile, ¡°No wonder you against your will to be an trainee. you want to be famous, so that you can pay someone back.¡± Nodding casually, ire has no mind to deal with Ashley¡¯s curiosity. Holding her chin in one hand, Ashley looks into ire¡¯s eyes, full of exploration. ... Back in the dormitory, ire is in a bad state and the whole person is wilting. Although Ashley is careless, she has a delicate mind. Knowing that ire is in a bad mood, she doesn¡¯t bother her anymore. Afterbing and washing, irey down to rest. But instead of falling asleep, she turns to the window and thinking. The phone has been monitored and there must be risks in the way of contact such asputers. What should I do? Can¡¯t wait a year? s, if I stay in such a ce for a year, It can drive people crazy, not to mention the danger of being discovered by Juan, but to see the trainee with sinister thoughts. No, I can¡¯t. I can¡¯t wait that long. Let¡¯s find another way. There are so many contact ways, I don¡¯t believe that Juan has no mistakes. ¡°Hello, are you asleep?¡± In the ck, ire can hear the voice of Ashley. ¡°I know you haven¡¯t slept. Let¡¯s talk.¡± Ashley turns over and says, ¡°Although we only know each other for a short time, I know that you don¡¯t like the entertainment circle. Why do you want to join in?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you say I have to pay off my debts? Being a star can make a lot of money, so I¡¯m here,¡± ire says. ¡°Come on, you¡¯re not short of money. I have powerful eyes and can see it.¡± ¡°Then why do youe to be a trainee when you have strong eyes?¡± ire leads the topic to Ashley and asks, ¡°How can you be trapped in the entertainment circle if you love free?¡± ¡°I...¡± With her hands behind her head, Ashley says, ¡°Although I don¡¯t like this ce, I want to fulfill his long cherished wish for a person. So if I don¡¯t like it, be patient.¡± ¡°That man? Isn¡¯t it your ex-boyfriend?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t see that you¡¯re quite nosy. But you only guess half, we are not boyfriend or girlfriend, but I secretly love him. Since junior high school, I like him for many years, but we don¡¯t get together atst.¡± ire says casually, but unexpectedly guessed right. Moreover, she doesn¡¯t expect that Ashley would tell her this kind of inner story. She couldn¡¯t help but prick up her ears curiously. In the next hour, Ashley begin to tell her story of youth from junior high school. She even describes the ignorant girl¡¯s heart very carefully. ire is very interested at the beginning, but when she listens, she begin to yawn and finally falls asleep. Well, for the first time, she finds that listening to gossip has a hypnotic effect and makes people sleep soundly. In the early morning, the sunes in through the window and shine on ire¡¯s face. The sun is warm. The eyes blinks, ire opens her eyes and stretches herself. ¡°Did you sleep wellst night?¡± Looking at the Ashley who has just bathed, ire smiles awkwardly. It¡¯s very impolite to fall asleep when chatting, especially when Ashley tells she the girl¡¯s mind. Ashley doesn¡¯t think there is anything. She raises her hand to y with her slightly wet hair and says, ¡°It¡¯ste. Hurry up and clean up and go to the training room.¡± Ashley is very free and easy. ire is shame to wriggling. She nods and washes.Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. With Ashley talking andughing, she goes to the training room. ire pushes the door and walks in. Just two steps away, she stumbles and nearly falls. Fortunately, the Ashley around her has a quick eye and a quick hand. She raises her hand and stops ire, so that she can not fall down. People chuckles at ire¡¯s embarrassment. Chapter 446 Give her a hand Chapter 446 Give her a hand Among them, the girl with the baby face smiled the most happily, covering her lips, and talking with the people around her enigmatically, ¡°Oh, some people should go to see a doctor if their eyes are bad, and what else do they dream about? Let others make fun of MGpany?¡± The taunts make ire frown. ire didn''t want to make trouble, so she decides to calm down and ignore them. But the baby face girl doesn''t want to let ire go. She turns sideways and says,¡°Hey, those who are reasonable should leave MGpany by themselves. Don''t stay here to hinder other people.¡± ¡°Whether I can leave or not depends on the teacher''s evaluation. It has nothing to do with you.¡± ¡°Ha, you¡¯re so proud. Let me tell you, no matter how hard you try, you can''t stay. Because people like you don''t deserve to be here!¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. What a noisy woman! ire is bothered by the entanglement. She ns to fight back and let the woman shut up. But before ire can take action, someone has already helped her. Ashley reaches out and pushes the noisy woman. Her tone is outrageous, ¡°Who are you talking about?¡± The baby face falters and stares at Ashley, thinking that the woman is very discerning. Looking up and down at Ashley, baby face asks, ¡°What did I say? There is nothing to do with you.¡± ¡°ire is my friend. You say she can''t!¡± ¡°Who are you?¡± ¡°Just like you, an ordinary person!¡± With a snort on her face, the baby face carries her arms and says, ¡°It''s true that birds of a feather flock together. The countrified people can only be friends with barbarians.¡± Ashley smiles, but at the same time, she closes to the baby face. ¡°Barbarians? I''m not really savage, but since you judge me like this, I''m going to show you what is barbarism to satisfy you.¡± Seeing Ashley rolling her arms and sleeves, as if to fight with others, ire stops her and says, ¡°Ashley, don''t be impulsive!¡± ¡°But looking at such a charming beauty, I can''t help to be impulsive.¡± Ashley flexes her wrists and smiles fiercely. The baby face is frightened and keeps retreating. At the same time, she warned, ¡°Do you know who I am? If you dare to hurt me, you will note to a good end!¡± ¡°I''ll let you know what is the bad end first!¡± Saying that, Ashley reaches out to pull up the cor of the baby face. But before Ashley touches the baby face, someone stuck between them. Dora condenses Ashley, scolds, ¡°Do you know where it is? It is not your turn to be unbridled here!¡± ¡°Oh,ing a helper. Even if you all go together, I won''t take you seriously!¡± ¡°It''s true that you are a barbarian. You only deal with problems by violence. But can you afford to be impulsive?¡± Dora''s words let Ashley start to look at her. ¡°I haven''t seen you before. I think you are the Ashley who was specially recruited. It''s said that it took you a lot of effort to get in, but no matter how special you are, if you dare to do it, you will be fired!¡± Hearing this, ire hurriedly tugs at Ashley''s sleeve and whispers, ¡°Don''t be impulsive. Think about your reason foring here!¡± Ashley''s lips move. As soon as she is about to speak, she sees another man entering the door. ¡°What happened?¡± Seeing the training teachering, the onlookers immediately dispersed. The baby face is emotional. Her eyes are red, and she runs to the teacher toin. But as soon as the baby face¡¯s body moved, she was grabbed by the cor and dragged back. Smilingly hooks up the shoulder of baby''s face, Ashley says, ¡°We were talking cheerfully and humorously with ssmates, right? Or what else can we do; it is impossible to fight a group ah.¡± After saying this, Ashley turns her head and asks with warning, ¡°Little beauty, do you mean it?¡± Ashley''s eyes are a little cruel, it seems that if the baby face says no, she will be twisted on the spot. The teacher is used the fighting between girls and doesn''t care the little friction at all. He ps his hands and urges, ¡°It''s best to be OK, OK, everyone hurries up to prepare for ss.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ... After the training, the students go to the canteen in twos and threes. Ashley is holding the dinner te and finds that a person in the corner is staring at her with grim eyes. She can''t help but show a funny smile and is ready to go to fight with that person. Reach out to grab Ashley, ire says, ¡°Lunch break time is so short, don''t waste it on irrelevant people.¡± ¡°That''s right,¡± says Ashley, taking a piece of steamed bread and biting her mouth. ¡°Fill your stomach first and then y with those little girls.¡± Then Ashley casually finds a seat to sit down. ire sits beside Ashley and says, ¡°You are so impulsive today. If you really fight with her, everything will be over.¡± ¡°It doesn''t matter. Even if I''m fired, I can go to another entertainmentpanies, but those women are not so lucky,¡± says Ashley. ¡°Why did you say that?¡± ¡°With my temper, I will definitely interrupt their noses. Look at those women''s noses. They are 100% artificial. How can they be stars with crooked noses?¡± Looking back at the same noses of the women, ire couldn''t help butugh. When ire Snickers, someone stretches out her hand and pinches ire''s nose directly. ¡°Hey! What are you doing?¡± ¡°Observing if your nose is real,¡± says Ashley, half seriously and half-jokingly. ¡°Next time theye trouble you, you should make a pig nose that no one is your opponent.¡± p off Ashley''s hand, ireughs and says, ¡°Who wants to do such an ugly action, your childish ghost!¡± Although scolds Ashley, ire''s tone is very rxed, the smile is also very warm. In such a bad environment, it''s rare and precious for someone to worry about her and make her happy. ire is joking with Ashley here. The baby face there is going to be angry. Angrily stabbing at the food on the te, baby faceins to the women besides her, ¡°Dora, that woman is so arrogant! I just want to give her a lesson and let her be honest. Don''t always pretend to be a good girl in front of teachers. I don''t expect that she has found a helper during just one day''s work.¡± Dora¡¯s head is not raised, and her voice is contemptuous. ¡°What helper? She is just a fool and useless woman.¡± ¡°Even if she is fool, it will disturb us. Dora, what background does Ashley have? How can she be recruited with her savage nature?¡± ¡°I don''t know, but that woman is strange. Don''t provoke her in the future, or you will only provoke yourself.¡± ¡°Then she rides roughshod over us and we do nothing about it? And that Leona, who has already be the teacher''s favorite student, now gets a helper like this, isn''t she going to surpass you and be the first here?¡± Chapter 447 a white lotus flower Chapter 447 a white lotus flower Dora''s action is over, and she raises her head and stares at the baby face fiercely. Conscious of saying the wrong thing, the baby face drops her hand. ¡°Remember, I''m the best. No one can surpass me!¡± Then, Dora stands up and leaves with her lunch left. Looking at the back of Dora and then nces at ire, the baby face snorts coldly. Leaving the restaurant, Dora does not return to the dormitory, but go to the trainer''s office on the 10th floor. nging ¨C ¡°Come in.¡± As soon as she entered the door, Dora puts on a tearful expression and says, ¡°Jacob, I have something to say to you.¡± Seeing Dora, manager Davis hurriedly stands up and walks to her side, hugs her shoulder, holds her to the sofa, and asks with concern, ¡°Don''t cry, tell me, what''s wrong? You''re not feeling well?¡± Dora nods and says, ¡°well, my chest is stuffy, it makes me so ufortable.¡± With that, Dora holds manager Davis''s hand and puts it on her chest, just like a nobledy. The soft touch makes manager Davis feelfortable. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Since his status, there will always be female students to tter him for their private purpose. Davis has got used to it. Pretending to be honest, manager Davis says, ¡°Let¡¯s see the doctor.¡± ¡°I''m not sick, I''m angry.¡± Leaning on Davis''s shoulder, Dora says, ¡°Davis, I was bullied.¡± Although Davis wanna pretend to be dignified, Dora''s attitude is intriguing, which induces him, and his hands start to be dishonest. ¡°Who dares to bully you? I''ll stand for you.¡± The bottom of Dora¡¯s eyes crosses a grim look, and Dora says, ¡°It''s Leona!¡± Davis¡¯s eyebrows are picked, he unconsciously distances himself with Dora. ¡°Is it her?¡± ¡°Well, it''s her. On the surface, she is aloof from the rest of the world. However, many of us have been tricked by her secret tactics. Oh, and the new named Ashley, beating the female student behind the teacher''s back. These two guys are totally in cahoots!¡± Taking back his arm, manager Davis says in a t voice, ¡°I think there must be some misunderstanding in it.¡± ¡°No misunderstanding, it''s true!¡± Manager Davis shakes his fingers and says, ¡°with my understanding of Leona, she is not unreasonable. It must be yourmunication that has gone wrong, which has caused a misunderstanding. You are all good young people. Don''t let personal resentment affect the training. As for Ashley...¡± Manager Ashley, with a low voice, warns, ¡°Don''t provoke her. She is cared by the above. No matter what she does, you just turn a blind eye.¡± Seeing that Davis doesn''t believe her, Dora leans over again and hums, ¡°It seems that even Jacob has been blinded by Leona''s hypocritical face. Hum, that woman acts so well that I don''t think she needs to be an intern at all. She can y in movies directly.¡± Manager Davis goes away and his face turns cold, he asks, ¡°Are youining that I don''t know people clearly?¡± Dora clenches his hands, but her tone bes softer, as if it could squeeze out water. ¡°I didn¡¯t. I''m just stumbling and upset. I just want toe here andin to you to make me relieved, but I didn''t expect that you are not willing to help me.¡± With a pathetic expression, Dora looks really miserable. But manager Davis doesn¡¯t sympathize her at all. All he thought is Leona''s face. If it''s Leona who throws herself on him, it¡¯ll make Davis happier. Turning to look at the woman on the sofa, manager Davis suddenly feels very disgusted and his voice is cold. ¡°I''d say it''s just that the intensity of the training is not enough, so you still have time. Observing Leona, she neverins, but also takes the initiative to extend the training time, which is what the future star should look like.¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°Well, I''m busy. You go back.¡± With that, manager Davis sits at the desk and begins to look through the documents. Biting her lips, Dora drops her sights and turns to leave the office. As soon as the door was closed, Dora''s face sank, and her teeth were itching with hate. Damn, Leona must have seduced this lecherous, otherwise Davis would never be on her side! That woman pretends to be aloof from the rest of the world on the surface, but in the dark she does such a dirty thing. It seems that she''s not a simple person! Dora scolds ire in her heart but forgets that she just wanted to seduce manager Davis either. After returning to the dormitory, Dora is full of anger and speechless. Seeing that the baby face is smearing powder in front of the mirror, she cavils her aggressively. ¡°Do you intend to act as a ghost to go out and frighten people?¡± ¡°Is it ugly?¡± the baby face looks carefully at herself in the mirror and says, ¡°It seems that the eyeliner is thicker.¡± With that, she begins to erase it and repaint. See her serious appearance, Dora is curious and asks, ¡°We still need training this afternoon, why do you make up?¡± ¡°You don''t know yet, do you?¡± Baby face said excitedly, ¡°There will be a brand advertising. It needs models. The teacher rmended us female students to go.¡± ¡°It is just to make an advertisement and you don¡¯t need to be so happy. You are definitely rustic!¡± ¡°Well, it''s different. It''s an international first-line brand, and there are big stars working together.¡± ¡°Big star? Who?¡± ¡°He is the new movie king!¡± Her hands holding the heart, a fainting look, says, ¡°He is super handsome, and his eyes are definitely attractive, I''m really worried that I will be charmed by him!¡± That¡¯s really a good opportunity. No wonder this womanughs like an idiot. ¡°Don''t be dazzled. Make up quickly. Although there are make-up artistsing, they will definitely not draw carefully for us trainees. We¡¯d better prepare by our own.¡± ¡°I am a born beauty, even if I make up freely, I can be the most outstanding model.¡± Although that said, Dora still takes out the best cosmetics and begins to apply them carefully. When they are ready, they go to the shooting site to gather. After well-dressed Dora is extremely bright. Standing in the crowd, she immediately be the focus. The advertising staff find Dora and looks at her. They seem to be very interested in her. Holding up her chin, Dora is unmoved. She is proud and indifferent, which impressed people even more. But these special cares disappeared after ire appeared. ¡°Uh, is that girl also an intern here?¡± ¡°It seems so.¡± ¡°Her face is very photogenic. I think it will be very beautiful.¡± ¡°Such a rare beauty should be well taken.¡± Chapter 448 Rage Chapter 448 Rage Hearing the conversation of the staff, Dora is furious. At this time, another staff memberes over and says to several trainees, ¡°Well, you are all here, go to change your clothes now, and put on make-up if you have no make-up.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Dora has made up, so she goes to change clothes first. In the changing room, Dora''s face is gloomy and terrible. Baby face knows what Dora is thinking, so she adds, ¡°I wonder how the teacher''s aesthetic is so strange, that kind of native people does not deserve to take advertisements with you.¡± Dora puts on the short skirt indifferently, without response. ¡°Just now someone praised her for her good looks. I''ve beenughed at it. Is it fashionable to look native now? Then we may not be popr all our lives.¡± The banter on the baby''s face caused Dora''s dissatisfaction and gave her a sidelong look. Helplessly shrugs, baby face says, ¡°Dora, I know you don''t like to listen to these, but now the fact is that we are pressed by Leona and can''t lift our heads.¡± mming the door of the locker, Dora says in a somber voice, ¡°What can Leonapare with me? Those guys are blind!¡± Finish saying, Dora in other people''s surprised eyes, walks out of the dressing room. Dora is angry, but the baby face is very happy. She shakes the belt on her clothes and says with a smile, ¡°Oh, there''s going to be a nice show.¡± On the other side, ire is sitting in front of the makeup mirror, letting the makeup artist draw on her face. After makeup, ire nervously pulls Ashley aside and asks, ¡°Do you think I will be found if I hide in the crowd?¡± Ashley smiles and asks, ¡°What? Do you afraid to be recognized by your foe?¡± ¡°That''s right, probably.¡± ¡°Don''t worry, we are just a background board. It''s good to show your long legs. No one will care about your appearance. What''s more, the people who watch this advertisement are all aim to the movie king. Let''s rx.¡± ¡°Ok, fine.¡± Raising her hand and pulling ire''s explosive head, Ashley jokes, ¡°And with such an exaggerated shape, are you sure your enemy can recognize you?¡± After Ashley mentioned it, ire realizes that she is still wearing makeup and looks up at herself in the mirror. It''s just a look. She can''t help being scared by her shape. Is it advertising? And not the animal world? How did I be a lion? Looking around, ire admires the makeup artist''s ability. It is believed that she can''t even be recognize her mother. When all the trainees are ready, the staff begins to rank them. ncing at their faces, the staff goes to Dora. Dora confidently holds her chest out with a proud smile. ¡°You, stand on the side.¡± What!? Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Dora looks at the staff in surprise. ¡°What are you waiting for? Hurry up! And you,e here.¡± Reaching for ire, the staff points to the middle position. Although the middle position and the side position is just a little different, the significance is extraordinary, which represents the recognition of the quality of students. Dora thinks that she is the best one among them, but she doesn''t expect to bepared by ire. She is almost going to be mad. However, the honor in Dora''s eyes makes ire frightened. ire doesn''t want to be in the limelight. She''d better hide in the crowd so that no one can see her. However, contrary to her wishes, she is pushed to the middle position, and even nothing can hide her. ire is crying in her heart, and Dora over there is already thinking about her strategies. No, she can''t let this woman be arrogant anymore! ¡°Lights, all the people are in ce. Let''s go first.¡± With the director''s order, all the lights are turned on, all the machines are in ce, and preparations are made before shooting. Someone is exining the procedure to the trainees, by the way, telling them where to stop and where to turn. In fact, it is not a difficult work to walk with a good posture on twops. But girls are all wearing 15 cm high-heeled shoes and standing on the half-man-high tform. If they don''t pay attention, they may fall down. ording to the request, the girls line up and move in rhythm with the music. Turning a corner, Dora and ire walks side by side, Dora looks at ire ruthlessly. In an instant, Dora reaches out to push ire down. ¡°Ah -¡± ire''s center of gravity is not stable, and she is about to fall. Everyone is surprised, only Dora shows a proud smile. But the smile soon froze because at thest moment, ire held the railing, which could stabilize her body. Seeing the formation is disrupted, the director frowns and asks, ¡°What''s the matter?¡± ¡°Director, it''s Leona who nearly fell down for she sprained her foot.¡± The baby face takes the opportunity toin to insult Leona. ¡°What''s the matter? You can''t even walk well? If you can''t do it well, change another one to do it! Come again!¡± The director scolded angrily, and the baby face and Dora were both provocative, while ire''s face was expressionless. Everyone is back to their original position to start again, only ire stands in the same ce and looks coldly. ¡°You...¡± Before the director''s words were finished, ire took a step and went to Dora''s back. Enough, she''s fed up with this woman! Repeated forbearance will only make her worse. In that case, let her suffer! Reaching for Dora, ire raises her hand and ps her. Crack¨C The crisp sound makes everyone stunned. Dora covers her face and looks at ire with surprise. At this time, ire no longer disguises her majesty and stares at Dora and scolds, ¡°Don''t think I didn''t know it was you who just do it. I tell you that if you want to win, you can defeat me with your strength and don''t y dirty tricks!¡± ¡°I... You...¡± ire is with great momentum, and make Dora surprise and unable to say frequently. ¡°Who am I, who are you? You can''t say anything because of guilty? Dora, I tell you, if you dare to trouble me again, I will interrupt your nose!¡± With that, ire reaches out and pushes Dora''s nose. Dora screams and covers her nose, being afraid that her newly made nose will be pushed by ire. ¡°What''s the matter? If you two want to fight, go out. Don''t dy my advertising!¡± The director waved impatiently for them to leave. ¡°Director, I...¡± Before Dora finished, the deputy directores and let them out. Dora is about to cry. She doesn''t want to leave. She wants to find the director to demonstrate her innocence. ire is very natural and unrestrained. She leaves there without any hesitation. Chapter 449 Slander Chapter 449 nder Before leaving, ire looked at Ashley, but found that she gave her a white eye as if she saw an idiot. Such a nice trick! What does she dislike? It turns out that ire purposely performed the y to teach Dora a lesson, and at the same time, she is able to withdraw from the shooting naturally. It is a double kill! However, such a good nes at a cost. After the event, manager Davis called ire and Dora to talk. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only Because he was greedy for ire''s beauty, manager Davis talked perfunctorily and asked two people to . Dora is not willing. She was pped by that bitch. Why should she write a self-criticism? After leaving together with ire, Dora returns to manager Davis''s office to ask him to give her a justice. ¡°Manager Davis, as you can see today, it was Leona who beat me. ording to thepany''sw, shouldn''t she be fired?¡± Get rid of ire? How can manager Davis do? Although there is an ulterior purpose, manager Davis says solemnly, ¡°If you didn''t push Leona first and let her almost fall down, Leona wouldn¡¯t beat you. After all, it''s your problem. ¡° ¡°I didn''t push Leona. She used me!¡± ¡°Why did Leona frame you? What''s the good for her?¡± ¡°She... She is jealous of me!¡± Manager Davis smiles and says, ¡°What is she envious of? Are you more beautiful than her, or are you more talented than her?¡± Manager Davis''s words makes Dora angry. Her face gets red and says, ¡°I am younger than her!¡± ¡°I''m sorry, I haven''t seen it. I only see that Leona is more energetic and charming than you.¡± Seeing manager Davis is determined not to punish ire, Dora angrily says, ¡°You are so unfair, is there any rtionship between you and Leona? If you can''t give me the exnation, I''ll go to the boss!¡± Dora''s words annoy manager Davis. Slowly standing up, manager Davis stares at Dora, his tone is cold, ¡°You are an intern and you want to intimidate me! Look for the boss, hum, before you find the boss, you would get out of here first! No, I won''t let you go. You should stay in mgpany, but you''ll never be a star in your life!¡± Manager Davis shows an evil and cold smile and let Dora wake up. ¡°Manager Davis, I just got angry and confused. It is a joking. Don''t worry about it.¡± Dora wants to remedy it, but it''s toote. Manager Davis hates the disobedient subordinates most. In particr, she wants to sue him. In this way, if you want to block other people''s Dora, you will lose your future. ... Although it''s just a small advertisement, it''s taken the whole day. When Ashleyes back to her bedroom, she rushes to the bed firstly and lies on it in disorder. ¡°Well, it''s stillfortable to lie down.¡± Ashley groans feebly. It seems that she is really tired. However, it is reasonable to be exhausted after wearing such high-heeled shoes for a day. Looking at ire, Ashley says feebly, ¡°Iughed at your foolishness at that time. Now I find that you are the cleverest one. If I knew how tired it would be to shoot advertisements, I would find someone to p. Well, just p the director!¡± Looking at the magazine at will, ireughs and says, ¡°I was on impulse, or I wouldn''t be so violent.¡± ¡°What is the violence? I think you were mild enough. If it was me, I would have screw off the woman''s nose.¡± Ashley says with a stretch. ¡°But it''s scary to lose your temper because you just like a little sheep in peacetime. Your expression at that time was ferocious, and even I was afraid of it.¡± ¡°I will not attack unless I am attacked. If I don''t teach that woman a lesson, she will always trouble me. It''s better to think of a once and for all solution.¡± Ashley nods approvingly, and says, ¡°Well, you should have done this early. If you didn''t do this, I''ll stand out for you, too.¡± ¡°Well, you are so tired. Take a shower and go to bed early.¡± Ashley continues to lie on the bed, asking for ire. ¡°I''m toozy to take a bath. Oh, it is better if someone can help me take a bath.¡± ¡°I''ll call ck now, and I''m sure he''ll be happy to help you.¡± ¡°It''s far from hydrolyzing. I need to take a bath now.¡± Looking at ire with a smile, Ashley says, ¡°I think you are a good girl. Let you help me take a bath.¡± ire is amused. She pats Ashley''s ass by a magazine roll and says, ¡°Well, I won''t help you wash it. But I can press the massage for you.¡± ¡°Well, better than nothing.¡± Ashley says very reluctantly but turns around to snigger. ... Through the lesson ofst time, ire spectes that Dora will know her ce and be not as arrogant as before. But in fact, Dora disappeared for several days. The teacher exins that she had asked for leave. When the personal leave time is over, the teacher gives an amazing news directly. ¡°Dora, for personal reasons, will not practice with you from now on.¡± After hearing the news, everyone is in an uproar and looks at ire in mixed feelings. Two people were punished together, but one of them was kicked out. Needless to say, it must be ire who y tricks secretly. But ire is really innocent. She doesn¡¯t do anything. She even has no idea to ask for whom to do help. But even if ire exins it to others, no one will believe it. The baby face in the crowd has been hanging, neither participating in the discussion nor having eye contact with ire. Her performance is a little odd, too quiet, it is not like her at all. But people do not notice her. After a while, they begin today''s training. Through Dora¡¯s suffer, the students dare not provoke ire anymore. When they meet her, they just like meet a monster and walk around hurriedly. At the beginning, ire felt a little ufortable. But she thinks it''s good after she got used to it. At least, it''s quiet. But ire didn''t rx for a few days, because she had been struggling to contact Leo. Although MGpany is hidden, it is still city B. As long as she doesn¡¯t leave Juan''s territory one day, ire will be in danger. After thinking for a long time, ire decides to change her mind and start from herself without relying on others. Since she decides to rely on herself, she need to think about what advantages she has. But what are ire''s strengths? Now she''s just an intern. She''s also an intern who was cklisted by the director and wrote the self-criticism. Wait, director!? ire seems to have thought of something. Her expression is a daze, and then her smile slowly climbs up her cheek. Chapter 450 Self-save Chapter 450 Self-save At the end of the training, ire deliberately dawdles for a while, waiting for everyone to leave, and then goes to the training teacher. ¡°I''d like to ask you something, sir.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Well, does ourpany have any intention to cooperate withrge enterprises?¡± ¡°Working with bigpanies?¡± The teacher says with confusion. ¡°It''s about helpingpanies make promotional films or else.¡± Under ire''s ardent gaze, the teacher shakes his head and says, ¡°I don''t know. Manager Davis is in charge of thepany''s publicity. You can consult him.¡± Looking for him? Isn''t that what he wants? ire rejects this suggestion in her heart, but for her own purpose, ire hesitates and goes to manager Davis''s office. Seeing ire, manager Davis shows great enthusiasm and actively takes credit for her. ¡°I know Dora has wronged you, so I kicked her out of the trainee team. In the future, no one will bother you anymore.¡± Manager Davis says and takes the initiative to approach ire and puts his hand on her shoulder. ¡°I don''t quite understand what manager Davis is talking about. You are the person in charge of our training. It''s up to you to decide who you want to stay or not.¡± ire won''t ept it. She puts the me on manager Davis and avoids his touch while talking. ire has been in thepany for a while. Manager Davis has hinted at it many times, but ire hasn''t responded. But it is such alienation that makes manager Davis even more itchy. What interest does it have to be with an active woman? It is more challenging to conquer such a cool beauty! Looking at manager Davis''s disgusting eyes, ire really wants to take a ss of water and pour it on his head. But she still needs his help, don¡¯t be impulsive, don¡¯t be impulsive! Quietly calm down, ire Be says with sincere, ¡°I am not to ask you about trainees.¡± ¡°If you want to talk about something else, I''m also happy to apany you.¡± Manager Davis said, and he wants to close again. But before manager Davis could get close to ire, his face is blocked by a document. ¡°I have aplete n, and I have written a n. You see if it is feasible.¡± The n was written by ire herself. Everyone has his own writing habits, including ire. As long as she can let Leo see the official documents, he will surely find something from it. This is the n that ire saved herself. nning book? What a nning book need to be taken by an intern£¿£¡ Manager Davis feels puzzled, but he takes the nning book and nces at it in a pretentious way. But after a few eyes, manager Davis calmed down. Manager Davis just wants to wipe off ire. He doesn''t think that ire could have any other advantages except a face. But after reading the nning book, he sat up straight slowly. Seeing that manager Davis is interested in it, ire exins in time, ¡°Since the market is almost saturated, we can find another way to open up a new market. Cooperate withrge enterprises. It''s a feasible n to shoot a promotional film for it.¡± ¡°And after the cooperation, the two sides have a tacit understanding. We can get the trust of the enterprise and attract investment again. It''s a double win.¡± ire talks a lot. In order to persuade manager Davis, her mouth is almost frayed. After pondering for a moment, Davis asked, ¡°These are all things you havee up with?¡± ¡°Yes, the trainee''s study is very boring. When I am boring, I always wonder then have this idea gradually.¡± ¡°You are really different from ordinary people.¡± Although manager Davis is a bit lecherous, he is not stupid. Otherwise, he can''t get to the present position in the highlypetitive MGpany. When he read ire''s proposal, he knew it is a good suggestion. Moreover, the n isplete, and even he can''t find any fault. But ire is just a trainee. She is not good at singing and dancing, but she can write such a mature nning book? Manager Davis looks at ire''s eyes and is full of doubts inward. Seeing manager Davis''s doubts, ire quickly exins, ¡°I have worked as a secretary before, so it''s not difficult for me to write this. However, I am not professional. This nning book ispleted under the guidance of Davis. Davis has made great contributions.¡± He is surprised that ire to take the initiative to give up her credit. Then he looks at ire with a smile on his face and thinks that the woman is really good. This ire is not only beautiful but also smart and inspiring, which is even more unforgettable. Smiling at ire, manager Davis nods with satisfaction and says, ¡°Don''t worry, I will remember your merits. Even if the boss doesn''t reward you, I will reward you.¡± Who wants your reward? Please send the proposal to the boss, or I will break your leg! ire''s smile is stiff. ... An hour ago, manager Davis went out to deliver the report. But up to now, ire hasn''t seen the shadow of manager Davis, so she is anxious. She raises her arm to look at the time many times, ire frowns slightly. That guy, he''s not going to leak, is he? All the credit has been given to him, but he can still fail. That only means that the guy is too stupid to be cured. With an anxious look on her face, ire begins to pace back and forth in manager Davis''s office- Hearing the opening of the door, ire turns her head. This time, she finally sees manager Davis. ire holds his breath and waits for manager Davis''s answer. With a light breath, manager Davis sits on the sofa and says with relief, ¡°The boss epted your suggestion.¡± That is great! ire is so excited that she wanted to circle in the room. ¡°However, there are some changes in the n now, but it will not affect anything.¡± ire is shocked and asks, ¡°What''s the change?¡± ¡°The boss thinks this n is good and ns to carry it out. But as for the partners, it''s better to cooperate with the enterprises in city B rather than go to city A to look for Howard Group.¡± Hearing this, ire is in a hurry. If she can''t cooperate with Howard Group, the nning book that ire made the whole night has nothing effect! ire frowns and says, ¡°Howard Group has strong strength. Even if it is a little far away from here and has a little hard, but it can bring huge benefits to thepany!¡± With a helpless shrug, manager Davis says, ¡°I''ve persuaded, but the boss has her own considerations. She has decided, as if she is still in touch with the targetpany.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. What? ire sits on the chair in a daze. Chapter 451 Things against wishes Chapter 451 Things against wishes Seeing ire''s face so white, manager Jacob asks, ¡°Are you ok?¡± ¡°It''s OK. I stayed upte and didn''t sleep wellst night, I''ll be fine after a rest.¡± ¡°Oh, then you have a rest today. I''ll ask your teacher for leave.¡± ¡°OK, thank you.¡± ire doesn''t know how she got back to her bedroom. As soon as she entered the door, she fell into the bed and kept her posture until Ashley came back from training. ¡°What''s the matter with you?¡± ire closes her eyes and ignores Ashley. ¡°Did Manager Jacob bully you?¡± Ashley said angrily, ¡°I just thought it''s strange to see hime to ask for your leave today. No, I''m going to find that bastard now!¡± Ashley wants to leave. ire grabs her and says, ¡°I''m hungry.¡± ¡°Ah?¡± Looking up from the quilt, ire says seriously, ¡°I''m really hungry. I haven''t eaten since noon. No matter what happens, I have to fill my stomach first, right?¡± Ashley has no choice but to order takeout for ire first. After a meal, ire regains her strength and she is lively again. Touching her tumbling belly, ire is satisfied and murmurs, ¡°Hoo, I am alive again.¡± Sitting back in the chair, Ashley says, ¡°Now it''s time to talk about what happened before?¡± ¡°In fact, it''s nothing. I just cooperated with manager Jacob to seek mutual benefits.¡± Leaning forward slightly, Ashley asks, ¡°You use your body to seek benefits, can you?¡± ire reacts, just understand what Ashley is saying, can''t help but angrily pick up the pillow, smash hard to Ashley. ¡°Nonsense, it''s not what you think.¡± Catch the pillow, Ashley says, ¡°Clearly is your words let me misunderstand. If it''s not power and sex trading, what''s the reason you''re so overwhelmed?¡± Thinking of Leo, ire closes her lips. ¡°Well, you don''t want to talk about this, and I''m not forcing you. But you have to remember that no matter what happens, you still have me by your side.¡± Looking at Ashley gratefully, ireughs and says, Thank you.¡± ¡°No thank you, it is vulgar.¡± At a nce of ire, Ashley gets up and goes to watch TV series. Hearing the affectionate dialogue between the hero and the heroine, ire sighs deeply and lies back in bed. ... The boss of MGpany is also a fierce woman. In just two or three days, she has contacted her partners. The partner is very interested and soon sends a representative to MGpany to discuss cooperation. Only on the day of the appointment, MG''s workers find that it is not the representative whoes to talk about cooperation, but the boss of thatpany. This boss is no one else, just Juan. It''s said that there are some great peopleing to thepany. The trainees run to the window to watch during their break time. Looking at the Juan in ck, the female students are almost fainted. Their faces turn red and discuss with shame. ¡°God, that man is really handsome. He is more handsome even than the stars.¡± ¡°Yeah, yeah, he''s just the best.¡± ¡°If he can smile at me, I think I will die without regret!¡± The girls chat more and more excitedly, while ire, on the other side, is gloomy and silent. Keep a close eye on the man below. ire doesn''t know whether his arrival is a coincidence or an intentional one. But whatever the reason, it is extremely dangerous for ire. ¡°Well, don''t be crazy anymore,e back for training!¡± The teacher¡¯s roar let everyone immediately leaves and return their positions, dare not distract. In office¡ª The female boss doesn''t expect to meet the famous Juan. She is nervous. Although she is an elite of B city''s entertainment industry, in front of Juan, she dares not to say anything. However, even though she is nervous, the female boss know that this is a wonderful opportunity. If she could persuade Juan to finance herpany, she will not worry about the PEC will rob their business. Deeply breath, the female boss is ready to show him thepany''s ability and strength. But before the female boss speak, Juan interrupts her. ¡°Who made this proposal?¡± ¡°Yes... It''s one of my department managers.¡± ¡°Call him.¡± ¡°Oh, yes, just a moment, please.¡± Juan gives an order to the female boss. Instead of being unhappy, the female boss is willing to obey. Hearing someone knock at the door, Juan stares at it hopefully. Seeing a maning in by pushing the door, he squints. Manager Jacob bows to the people inside, looking like a dog. ¡°You did the nning?¡± ¡°That''s right.¡± ¡°Can you tell me the meaning of this sentence?¡± As he spoke, Juan drew a sentence with a pen. After reading, manager Jacob says with a smile, ¡°This is the literal meaning, annual interest rate month on month.¡± With his legs folded in front of him, Juan says without hesitation, ¡°The normal annual interest rate is a gross value, but your annual interest rate is a score of 12 months. More than that, each cost ounting is followed by an unnecessary exnation, which is redundant and cumbersome.¡± Manager Jacob has also read the proposal and doesn''t think it''s a problem. But since Juan is concerned, the manager could only exin, ¡°Well, it''s not for your convenience. I thought about it and made some improvements.¡± ¡°So, you don''t think I''m intelligent enough to understand such simple content?¡± ¡°No, no, you misunderstand me, I...¡± Impatiently interrupts manager Jacob, and Juan says in an irresistible voice, ¡°OK, call the person who wrote the proposal. I don''t have time to y games with you!¡± Manager Jacob''s face changes and he is at a loss. The female boss doesn''t know why, so she asks, ¡°Mr. Juan, what do you mean by that?¡± ¡°If you want to know what it means, ask your men.¡± The female boss pulls manager Jacob aside, lowers her voice, frowns and asks, ¡°Who wrote this?¡± Seeing that things can''t be concealed, manager Jacob says grimly, ¡°It''s a new trainee.¡± ¡°You... What have you done!¡± The female boss''s angry face turns white, and she says angrily, ¡°Hurry up and call the trainee. I will handle youter!¡± After exining, the female boss goes back to Juan with a smile and apologizes to him. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. As for manager Jacob, he is hopeless and goes to the training room in vain. At this time, the students are resting. During the rest, the students are discussing with each other about Juan and exchanging rumors about him. Manager Jacobes to the training room and asks the teacher to call ire out. Looking at manager Jacob''s face, the teacher says, ¡°She is not here.¡± ¡°As a student, she is not in the training room. Does she want to rebel?¡± Chapter 452 Substitute Chapter 452 Substitute In the face of a disaster, manager Jacob has no mind to covet beauty, and has no patience to be merciful. He just wants to find ire quickly and let her solve the problem. ¡°They are students, not prisoners. They can go where they want to go during the rest time,¡± said the teacher with arms folded. ¡°I don''t care, go and find her now!¡± ¡°Sorry, it''s not part of my job.¡± After that, the teacher goes back to the training room and leaves manager Jacob jumping in ce. Time is pressing. Manager Jacob doesn''t care about the teacher. He decides to go to the dormitory and try his luck to see if he can find ire there. As soon as manager Jacob left, ire poked her head out of the corner, looked at his back and tightly clenched her fist. ¡°What are you doing by hiding here?¡± The voice suddenly appeared behind her. ire almost jumps up. ¡°Shh, keep it down!¡± Hurriedly reaches out to cover Ashley''s mouth and nose, ire turns around, see manager Jacob didn''t hear their conversation, she just relieved. Take off ire''s hand. Ashley finds that the woman is full of worries. It seems that she has encountered something difficult. ¡°Leona, if you believe me, you can tell me what happened.¡± ire turns to look at Ashley, hesitates, and says, ¡°I really need your help. You are always curious. What happened between manager Jacob and me that day? I''ll tell you now.¡± Taking a deep breath, ire continues, ¡°I made the nning book in manager Jacob''s hand. Now the boss of the cooperationpany has arrived and asked me to show up.¡± Ashley doesn''t understand, and says, ¡°You''re talking about Juan? This is a good thing. What are you afraid of?¡± ¡°Fuck good thing, I will die!¡± ire is so angry that Ashley picks her eyebrow and suddenly realizes. ¡°Oh, it turns out that your creditor is Juan.¡± ¡°Don''t talk nonsense, rece me or not, it depends on you!¡± ¡°We''re friends, I will not leave you. Don''t worry. I''ll take care of it.¡± See Ashley agree, ire tells her own small habits of official documents to Ashley, and roughly describes the general meaning of the whole proposal. ¡°All remembered?¡± ¡°Well, I remember.¡± ire is still uneasy and says, ¡°You must keep in mind that Juan is clever and cunning. If you show some ws, he will find them.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°So smart? Then I will have a good meeting with him.¡± See Ashley joking it, ire says seriously, ¡°Ashley, this is not a game, do not get very dangerous!¡± ¡°I''m serious. I remember all you told me.¡± Ashley waves and says in a rxed voice, ¡°Oh, don''t be nervous, no matter how fierce Juan is, isn''t he an individual?¡± ire looks gloomy and says quietly, ¡°No, he is not a man, he is a devil.¡± This word let Ashley turns to see ire and be quite instantaneous. With a mncholy sigh, Ashley says, ¡°It seems that you are not a female ssmate without experience. Don''t worry, just fight fire with water. There is no barrier that can''t be crossed. Now, I''m going to see manager Jacob.¡± ¡°Be careful.¡± Ashley walks straight out without turning back. She waves to ire. After a hard hour¡ª Knowing that Ashley is asked by Juan, the female students are envious. Only ire is uneasy and regretted more. She really shouldn''t push Ashley out for her own safety. Even if Ashley is smart, she is just an ordinary girl. How can she deal with the treacherous old Juan? It''s been an hour. She hasn¡¯t seen Ashleye out yet. Could it be¡­ No, she can''t let Ashley go to the risk for her own sake. If not, she''ll go to see Juan! ire stands up and prepares to be generous. ¡°What expression do you have?¡± Eyes blinked, ire looks up at the woman standing on the opposite side, with a happy face. ¡°Ashley, are you ok?¡± ¡°Don''t worry, OK.¡± Looking around, ire is relieved to see that Ashley is not damaged. Ashley is amused by ire''s expression, and then ignores all kinds of people around her, takes ire''s hand and goes to the hiding ce. No one around, ire can''t wait to ask, ¡°What''s the matter? Did Juan embarrass you?¡± ¡°No, it''s all done.¡± ¡°It''s not true. Juan is not so easy to fool.¡± ¡°Don''t you believe me, or are you overestimating Juan?¡± ¡°I know that man well. He''s terribly cautious.¡± ¡°But my performance, perfect, absolutely let Juan find no ws.¡± Ashley¡¯s words let ire doubt. However, Ashley does not exaggerate. When she had a fight with Juan, she was so eloquent that he had nothing to say. But the perfect is questionable. And how can one person''s habits be so simr to another? Juan thinks it is impossible, so he asks someone to investigate Ashley. When investigating Ashley, there was a little problem. Although it took a little time, it was solved. Give the sorted data to Juan. The bald man says, ¡°Boss, this is Ashley''s personal data.¡± Pick up the information and turn it over. Juan can''t help but pick up his eyebrows and look surprisingly. ¡°No wonder.¡± The bald man couldn''t understand the meaning of Juan, so he asked politely, ¡°Well, do we need to monitor her?¡± ¡°No need. Get the men back.¡± Juan stands up, his face is cool, and says, ¡°I don''t want to conflict with the forces over there, and it''s not surprising that with the strength of this woman, she has performed well.¡± With that, Juan gets up and leaves, followed by the bald man. Out of the MG building, Juan looks back at this ce, eyes slowly squinting. Juan did not expect that ire has disappeared for such a long time in his own territory, and his mood changed from anger and shock to worry. Meanwhile, city A¡ª Leo Howard sits at the table and listens to the report of his subordinates without expression. ¡°Boss, Juan is moving today. He went to an entertainmentpany.¡± Fingers tapping the table, Leo¡¯s voice is indifference, he says, ¡°He is careless to do business, how can he go to the entertainmentpany?¡± ¡°I don''t know. Juan also talked with an intern for a long time, and both sides signed a cooperation contract.¡± ¡°Trainee?¡± The movement on the hand stops slightly, Leo asks with something in his eyes, ¡°Is there any information about her?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Said, hand the information to Leo. After reading the data carefully, Leo tries to find the clues rted to ire. But unfortunately, nothing has been achieved. ¡°Ashley...¡± Chapter 453 Go in person Chapter 453 Go in person Whispering the name, Leo made a decision. ¡°It seems that I need to go to city B.¡± Luke listened and asked, ¡°Do you think ire is in city B?¡± ¡°Juan has tried his best to monitor me. He must have lost ire and didn''t know where she is. Now suddenly there is a new movement, which is bound to have something to do with ire ''s whereabouts. I can''t let go of any possibility. This time, I have to go.¡± ¡°Then I''ll go with you.¡± ¡°No, you stay and watch thepany, lest Juan ys tricks.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Luke could not resist Leo, so he had to agree. ¡°Dad, let me go to city B with you.¡± Conan volunteered. Before Leo speak, Luke says, ¡°I think it''s a good idea. If you have a new idea, you won''t be so impulsive. You can have some scruples.¡± ¡°And I found something interesting. Someone was monitoring dad''s cell phone and Inte information.¡± ¡°Didn''t you know that before?¡± ¡°No, I mean, except that person, someone else is monitoring. And these are two forces, both of which want to encroach on each other''s strength.¡± Conan seems to have found an equal opponent and is eager to try, ¡°It is said that the enemy of the enemy is our friend. Maybe we can find the hidden force and use them for us.¡± Seeing Conan''s interest, Leo nods and says, ¡°Since you want to y, let''s go together. Let''s go to city B and get your mother back.¡± ¡°Well, good.¡± Luke looks at the father and son, and says uneasily, ¡°Be careful, don''t be impulsive. Call me whenever you need help.¡± ¡°Oh, I see. Uncle Luke, you are getting more and more verbose.¡± ¡°I''ve lost your mother, and I don''t want to lose you.¡± Although Leo and Conan are relieved, Luke still can''t forgive himself. If they can get ire back this time, it''s best. If anything happens¡­ Bah bah, what can happen? It is sure that ire will be brought back, and their family will reunite! Seeing Luke''s face changing, Leo walks over, pats him on the shoulder and said, ¡°Don''t think about it, it''s all over.¡± Bitter smile, Luke nods. ¡°By the way, we can get rid of all the people who have left Juan by my side.¡± Looking up at Leo, Luke asks, ¡°All of them?¡± ¡°Yes, all!¡± In order to find ire''s whereabouts, Leo has been forbearing. Now, none of this is needed. ... Although the training is very hard, every half month, MGpany will give trainees a day off. Boring days be hopeful because of this day off. Like Ashley, she loves the bustle, and also counts the days and looks forward to it. She draws a fork on the calendar board. Ashley''s eyes are crooked, showing a strange look. Looking back at ire, Ashley asks, ¡°It''s going to be the rest day soon. How do you n to arrange it?¡± How does ire dare to have any arrangement? Of course, she only wants to stay in the dormitory and not go anywhere. After listening to ire''s decision, Ashley feels incredible. ¡°Aren''t you? You have to stay in the dormitory to get moldy after a hard day''s rest? Take advantage of the good days, we should go out together!¡± ¡°I''m afraid that I can go out but have no chance to return.¡± Eyes turns a circle, Ashley asks, ¡°Are you worried about meeting Juan?¡± ire nods in silence. ¡°Last time, Juan doesn''t find any ws. Don''t worry.¡± Turning to look at Ashley, ire asks, ¡°Why are you so determined?¡± ¡°Because I have this confidence.¡± In the face of Ashley''s confidence, ire turns a blind eye. ¡°Well, seriously,¡± said Ashley, sitting next to ire, ¡°You need to rx now. Don''t you feel that you are in a tense state all the time? Let¡¯s rx, then you can clear your head and know how to go in the future.¡± Ashley''s words make sense. ire is really tired. ¡°I have a good ce. It''s quiet and secret. It''s not far from ourpany. I promise you''ll like it.¡± ire¡¯ mind shakes and asks, ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Tea.¡± ¡°Tea?¡± ire says with a smile, ¡°You don''t look like a guy who likes tea.¡± ¡°That''s because you don''t know me well enough. In fact, I''m a very gentle and quiet woman.¡± ¡°Come on,¡± ire saidughingly, ¡°It''s not easy to have a day off. Don''t you date ck?¡± ¡°He''s a busy man. When he has a task, he''s very busy.¡± ire is puzzled, asks, ¡°Hacker also has a task?¡± ¡°Of course, he is hired and assigned tasks.¡± ire thinks of Conan and nods clearly. ¡°Well, are you going or not? My friend, I did so many things for you and ask you to apany me to have a cup of tea. Do you have to hesitate?¡± Can''t stand Ashley''s words, irepromises, ¡°Well, I will go with you.¡± ¡°It would be very nice!¡± On the rest day, Ashley urges ire to get up early and asks her to prepare for her departure. Usually training is regr to get up early. But today is a rest. Why can''t she sleep in? Looking at Ashley with her eyes draw straws, ire says, ¡°When can we go for tea? Can I sleep for another half an hour?¡± ¡°No!¡± Ashley says firmly, ¡°That tea house will airlift good tea every day. The tea in the morning is the freshest. In the afternoon, it will not taste as good as morning.¡± ¡°It''s just tea. What''s the difference between earlier andter?¡± ¡°It''s a big difference. Hey, don''t sleep any more. Get up quickly!¡± Ashley can''t help but drag ire and push her to the bathroom. As for physicalpetition, ire has never been Ashley''s opponent. She is easily pushed to the bathroom. In ire''s impression, the tea house should be antique, with the sound of guqin, a paradise. But today''s tea housepletely subverts ire''s idea. ¡°How about the environment?¡± Looking up at the splendid tea house, ire says, ¡°The consumption here should be very expensive.¡± ¡°You don''t need to worry about the money, because someone is paying.¡± ¡°Someone''s paying?¡± Proudly blinking at ire, Ashley says, ¡°We are here to drink today. Someone has covered the whole venue.¡± ¡°Do you know that person?¡± Ashley shakes her head honestly and says, ¡°I don''t know.¡± ¡°Why do you stay?¡± ire can''t help but drag Ashley. ¡°Oh, why are you in a hurry? People are big people. They don''t mind the small money. Besides, I''m here today with a mission.¡± Ashley said, shaking her bag. Chapter 454 Experiencing life Chapter 454 Experiencing life ire couldn''t really understand Ashley''s intention. She frowns and asks, ¡°Ashley, what the hell are you doing?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°You don''t need to talk or ask, just listen to my arrangementter.¡± Saying that, Ashley drags ire to walk forward. To be honest, it''s also a technical job to eat and drink without paying, which requires a cheeky and shameless heart. Fortunately, Ashley has unique conditions in this respect. She tells a lie to the waiter with her face not red and heart not jumping. ire is stunned. ¡°This is your work clothes. Please change them. Today, a distinguished guest wille here. You should be smart and not make mistakes.¡± ¡°Yes, we will do it well.¡± After seeing off the waiter, ire raises the clothes in front of her and asks, ¡°You''d better exin to me what it means!¡± ¡°Ha-ha¡± smiled twice, and Ashley exins, ¡°As an actor, you also need to experience life. I will bring you to experience life today.¡± ¡°But you said clearly that we are here to drink tea. How can we turn into servants?¡± ¡°Without money, it''s the same.¡± ¡°The shit same!¡± ire is going to go mad, and Ashleyughs with her with a good temper. Although she is angry, now that has been so, she can only continue to apany Ashley acting, by the way to see what she is ying. After changing the work clothes, some old employees exin the work essentials to them, and then take them to the back kitchen, and give them a very important task - washing teacups. s, if ire knew that before, she would rather stay in the bedroom! Here, ire sighs and sighs, while the Ashley eyes over there are moving, and nobody knows what she is nning. ¡°That''s not good...¡± ¡°Why not?¡± Ashley doesn''t answer ire''s question. She looks at the waiters who ising in and out of the next room and squints. Put the teacup down, Ashley wipes her hands, and go straight out. Seeing Ashley''s natural and unrestrained walk, ire frowns and calls out, ¡°Where are you going? Are you going to bezy? If you dare to leave all this to me, I will break up with you!¡± Before ire finished threatening, she sees Ashley walking behind a waitress and suddenly push her while no one is watching. The waitress screams. She loses her bnce and falls to the ground. The teacups in her hands falls to the ground and breaks into pieces. The manager of the tea house hears the noise andes to check it. After seeing the scene in front of him, he frowns at once. The culprit pretends to be very concerned and asks, ¡°Are you OK?¡± ¡°My hand is hurt.¡± ¡°God, what should I do? Do you need to see a doctor?¡± ¡°See the doctor? Do you know there has big problems?¡± The manager impatiently interrupts the two women with an impatient expression. There are not enough people in the tea house. Now someone is injured. The manager is not in a hurry. Looking at the new man who looks smart in front of his eyes, the manager thinks about it and says, ¡°You can rece her and send this pot of tea to him. Remember, don''t look or talk. Put down the teapot ande out.¡± Ashley nods hurriedly and says, ¡°Yes, I will do it well.¡± ¡°All right. Don''t get together here. What should you do?¡± The crowd disperses, and Ashley turns around to give ire a proud smile. With her lip trembling, ire didn''t find that Ashley is also very good at acting before. ... When ire finishes washing the 50 teacups, Ashley hurriedlyes back. ¡°You...¡± As soon as ire is about to speak, she sees Ashley taking off her work clothes quickly. ¡°Let''s go. Today''s experience is over. Let¡¯s eat delicious food!¡± It''s over. What just happened? ire is forced to take off her clothes and asks unwittingly, ¡°Can we just go like this?¡± ¡°If you linger any longer, you won''t be able to do it!¡± Finish saying, Ashley throws clothes and drags ire to slip out of the back door. Outside, ck is sitting in the car. Seeing Ashley and ire, he immediately waves to them. Three or two steps, Ashley sits in the car seat, a long sigh of relief. Looks at Ashley and ck, ire''s full of questions. ¡°Ashley, didn''t you say that ck is busy today and can''te out?¡± ire''s tone is serious, and it seems like she will have an interrogation. ¡°When he finished, he came to us.¡± Ashley says as she takes an instrument out of her bag and throws it to ck. ck checks it, and then puts an earplug in the ear. ¡°There''s a voice?¡± ¡°Well, it''s clear.¡± Get such answer, Ashley is easy to lean on the back of the chair, says, ¡°It seems that today¡¯s hard work is not in vain.¡± Saying that, Ashley finds someone looking at her, turns her head, smiles and asks, ¡°Why do you look at me like that?¡± As soon as ire saw what Ashley has given to ck, she knew it was an eavesdropping device. ¡°Is your part-time job a private detective?¡± She shrugs her shoulders lightly, Ashley didn''t avoid the problem, saying, ¡°No, but it''s almost the same.¡± ¡°It seems that your secret is no less than mine.¡± ¡°It''s all the people with secrets. I believe you can understand me.¡± ¡°In this way, being an intern is just a cover for you?¡± ¡°You can say that.¡± ¡°Then you...¡± Seeing ire''s eloquence, Ashley interrupts her and says, ¡°Let''s talk while eating. Now I''m hungry. We didn''t eat in the morning. Aren''t you hungry?¡± ¡°Well, you know we didn''t eat from the morning!¡± Thinking about it, ire feels very depressed. What kind of rest, it is clearly to be abor? It is estimated that Ashley has already made preparations and sent application materials to the tea house. Only in this way can they sessfully enter the tea house today. Ah, I''m so stupid that I think I''m here to enjoy today. ire is resentful, while ck stares at a woman around the corner, frowns and asks, ¡°Ashley, do you know the woman in front of you?¡± Looking up, Ashley looks surprised and says, ¡°Yes, it''s Daisy, the trainee who was expelled.¡± ¡°Do you have problems with her? She seems to have found you. Her eyes are fierce.¡± ¡°It''s not Ashley who has conflict with her, it''s me.¡± ire also sees Daisy and exins in a low voice. This made ck look worried and he says, ¡°It''s troublesome. It''s easy to expose when it''s found by familiar people.¡± ¡°It''s my personal grudge with Daisy. I''ll warn her.¡± Saying that, ire is about to get off. But Ashley stops ire and says indifferently, ¡°Don''t worry about that woman, I won''t believe that I will be defeated by such a kind of idiot.¡± Compared with Ashley''s indifference, ck is not so easy, says, ¡°I saw she just got off Mr. Li''s car, we''d better be careful.¡± Chapter 455 Revenge of Daisy Chapter 455 Revenge of Daisy Listen to this, Ashley bes silent. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Although ire doesn''t know what mysterious identities these two guys have, since they have been involved in this, and it''s up to her, she can''t stand by. Reaching out to open the door, ire tries to get out of the car and says, ¡°Let me go.¡± ¡°Are you not afraid to be exposed? There are all dignitaries in it, and Juan is inextricably rted. ¡°Ashley anxiously pushes the door and says, ¡°No matter what, I''ll handle it. Now go to eat!¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°No but, ck, drive!¡± Seeing ire from the reversing mirror, ck starts the car and says, ¡°When Ashley is hungry, she will be very grumpy. Let''s listen to her.¡± Say, ck drives to leave, carrying the helpless of ire. As for Daisy, she stares at the car with a wrong eye and clenches her fist tightly. ¡°Before I thought about how to get revenge on you, now I''ll send it to you!¡± Seeing Daisy standing at the door, a man in a ck suites up and asks, ¡°Daisy, what are you doing here? Mr. ire has arrived.¡± Weak and boneless near the man, Daisy says, ¡°Mabon, I told youst time that someone bullied me. I met her today.¡± ¡°Oh?¡± ¡°You said that, as long as I listen to you, you will help me teach that bitch a lesson. She''s here today. It''s a rare opportunity. It depends on your performance.¡± ¡°Just pick up a woman and give it to me.¡± Get Mabon¡¯s promise, Daisy says with a smile, ¡°Do you see the ck car in front of you, the woman is on it. Oh, there¡¯s her good friend with her. She¡¯s not a good person. You can just teach them a lesson.¡± ¡°Don''t worry, I''ll tell my people to do it now. You go in quickly. Don''t dy our business.¡± ¡°Well, I''ll go ahead and wait for your good news.¡± The other side¡ª¡ª ire looks out of the window quietly as if she is thinking something. Raising her hand on ire''s shoulder, Ashley breaks the silence and says, ¡°OK, it''s all over. Don''t think about it. Today, thanks to your cover, I have sessfullypleted my task. In order to thank you, I will invite you to have a big meal.¡± ¡°Forget it. I''m afraid I''ll be dragged to an unknown ce again. If I''m sold, I need to help count the money.¡± ¡°Look at what you said. How can I give up such a beauty as you?¡± Saying that, Ashley reaches out to touch ire''s chin roguishly. But ire is indifferent and says, ¡°I will not go, and I am tired, I want to return to have a rest.¡± ¡°Why, are you angry?¡± ire is not angry, but she is a little confused. She doesn''t pay attention to Ashley for a while. ¡°It seems that you are really angry, Leona. Do you know how Ifort the angry people? Let you know now!¡± Then Ashley reaches for ire''s waist. ire is ticklish and dodges from left to right. But the space in the car is so small, and where can she hide? Soon, ire is lost and gasps for breath. ¡°So, are you still angry?¡± Huddled in the corner, ire is breathless and says, ¡°No, I am not angry.¡± ¡°Well, that''s about it.¡± Take back her hands, Ashley looks proud. t under the breath, ire sits up straight body,ins, ¡°Ashley, you just like a female bandit, maybe it is also you force ck to be with you.¡± ¡°You''re wrong. It was the ck man who was so obsessed with me that I reluctantly agreed to him.¡± ¡°Then you are also moved, or you would beaten ck strongly.¡± ¡°You two, make a scene, and why you talk about me?¡± ire sees that ck''s ears are red in the reversing mirror, and she could not help bending the corners of his mouth identally. She doesn''t expect that the man is very innocent. She just joked and blushed. And Ashley is a careless woman. Then how ck will be teased when these two people get along. ire is wandering. She doesn''t find a car suddenly appeared and hit their car obliquely. Bang ¨C So huge impact force that the car loses control and directly hit the roadside. ire only feels that the sky is spinning, and then the car hit hard, ire''s head hit the ss, making a dull sound. ¡°What a pain!¡± ire grins and feels that the whole person is not good. But this is not the worst situation. A few fat people break into and look at ire and others with grim eyes. ¡°Throw the man down the river and the catch the women to the nightclub.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± The man just wants to move, but they hear a woman''s cold snort. ¡°Shouting in front of me, you are not qualified!¡± ¡°Not qualified? Then I will let you know what the qualification is!¡± The male hands out with an amatory look and wants to rape Ashley. But before his hand touches Ashley, he makes a scream. ¡°Ah -¡± With a cry, the man kneels on the ground and hangs his arm in a strange way. It seems that it should be a fracture. Others see it, full of anger, facing Ashley is about to start. But the next moment, several people are frozen, while hands on the side of the head to surrender. Look at Ashley again, she is holding a short gun and her eyes are cold and cruel. ¡°Say, who asked you to calcte us?¡± ¡°Yes... It''s Mabon.¡± ¡°Mabon?¡± Ashley thinks about it and says, ¡°I don''t know him.¡± ¡°Mabon doesn''t know you either. This time he''s going to stand for Daisy.¡± It''s her! Ashley sneers and murmurs, ¡°It seems that this woman really can''t be stayed!¡± A few men don¡¯t expect that Ashley has a gun and extraordinarybat skill. She is definitely not ordinary people, so they beg, ¡°Madam, we are also obedient. Please let us go!¡± ¡°Sure, even if I want to get even, I need to find the woman who dares to calcte me,¡± Ashley raises her chin and asks, ¡°Where does Daisy live now?¡± ¡°The single apartment in the west of the city which was given to Daisy by Mabon.¡± ¡°She''s good at it. She just left MG and found a way to stay. All right, you get out of here!¡± Get this, several people rolling away. Looking at the car that had been knocked out of service, ck is full of pain and says to himself, ¡°My newly assembled car has been driving for less than a week.¡± ¡°Don''t worry, I will ask Daisy topensate it.¡± Ashley nces at ire beside her and sees ire¡¯s look is full of exploration and alert. Chapter 456 The other side of Ashley Chapter 456 The other side of Ashley ¡°Hey, woman, are you scared?¡± ¡°How could you have a gun?¡± Ashley shrugs her shoulders and says, ¡°Because I want to protect you. And I predictedst night that you would have some difficulties, so I prepared it specially.¡± This woman, even if she makes up a lie, doesn¡¯t chooses a skilled one. ¡°Oh, don''t worry. I''m on the right track. And I won''t hurt you.¡± ¡°I''m sure you won''t hurt me, but I''m afraid you will hurt yourself.¡± ire''s words make Ashley surprise. In the next moment, she says with an exaggerated smile, ¡°Ha-ha, I''m not a youngdy. The one who can hurt me has not been born.¡± ¡°Anyway, thanks to you today, we have not been calcted by Daisy. Otherwise...¡± Otherwise, if she is sent to the nightclub, it will be surely known by Juan. ¡°If you want to thank me, please apany me to eat something. I''m hungrier now. I can even pack a whole cow! ¡° Ashley doesn''t exaggerate it. At the moment, she is really hungry. When she arrives at the hotel, she orders a table of food to eat. The speed of eating makes ire dumbfounded. ¡°Can you be filled by seeing food? You can eat it.¡± ¡°Ah, oh.¡± ire chews the food mechanically and wonders if she would call an ambnce first in a moment, lest Ashley burst her stomach. After drinking the juice, Ashley asks ck, ¡°By the way, how about the things you decryptedst time?¡± ¡°There is something already.¡± ¡°I believe in your strength and please speed up.¡± ¡°Well, whether I''m your boyfriend or yourbor, it''s a trouble to always leave me such a difficult task.¡± ¡°Don''t be long winded. Some people will appreciate you when it''s done.¡± Saying it, Ashley hits ire with the arm, ¡°Isn¡¯t it? ire.¡± ire shakes her head honestly and says, ¡°I don''t know what you are talking about. It''s like ying a riddle.¡± ¡°We are still helping you. It''s so hard. Then you were still hesitating when I took you out.¡± ¡°Help me?¡± ¡°Yes, don''t you want to contact that number? ck has been cracking the monitoring barrier these days. I said that you are not a simple woman. You have something to do with not only Juan, but also Leo.¡± Hearing this, ire''s cup falls to the ground and sshes water all over the ce. Ashley is very calm, bites chicken wings and says, ¡°Look at you, if I want to betray you, I''ll go to Juan to ask for a bonus, and why I still need to sit here with you.¡± ¡°I... I''m afraid it''s going to hurt you. He''s not a good man.¡± ¡°It doesn''t matter whether he is a good man or not. I just want to protect my friends. With me, no one is allowed to bully you.¡± Ashley words let ire eyes slightly wet, she says, ¡°Ashley, it''s a great nice to meet you.¡± ¡°Since you are so moved, why not drink this wine.¡± ire is moving as she sees a ss of beer filled by Ashley. ¡°Ah, it is too much.¡± ¡°People in the circle do have a lot of pride. Don''t be a fuss. Drink it!¡± With that, Ashley holds ire''s hand and pours the wine into ire¡¯s mouth. After drinking, ire can''t stand the power of drinking. She lies on the table. At the time of confusion, ire wanders inward, if this woman''s real identity is a big boss of the underworld? Looking at ire''s sleeping face, Ashley''s smile slowly disappeared. After a sip of beer, ck asks, ¡°It really doesn¡¯t matter?¡± ¡°Don''t worry, I''m in the right ce.¡± Knowing that Ashley would not change her mind, ck shakes his head. ... Just after arriving in city B, Leo receives a call. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Seeing that number, Leo''s face is heavy. Pick up the phone, Leo¡¯s voice is indifference, he asks, ¡°Where is she?¡± ¡°Don''t worry, she''s safe now.¡± ¡°When will you send her?¡± Leo¡¯s voice is full of murderous spirit, but the other side doesn''t pay attention to it but says with no fear, ¡°Give me what I want, I will naturally give you people.¡± ¡°It takes time.¡± The other side shrugs his shoulders and says, ¡°No problem, but if Juan finds out her whereabouts one step ahead of you, then you''ll get nothing.¡± ¡°Are you threatening me?¡± ¡°No, I am reminding you. I also hope she cane back to you safely. After all, she is also my friend.¡± Hearing this, Leo snorts coldly. ¡°Well, I''ll wait for your news. I hope you won''t let me down.¡± Finish saying, the other side hangs up the phone firstly. That makes Leo sulk. Holding the mobile phone tightly, Leo''s eyes are filled with rage. No matter who you are, no one can threaten me! Conan, holding the location tracker,es out from the side with a serious expression. ¡°Any information about the party?¡± ¡°Almost.¡± Conan looks upset, and says, ¡°It seems that this party has cut off the phone just before I was tracking.¡± It feels like being teased, which makes Conan unhappy. But at this time, the woman on the other end of the phone feels very good. Under the activity wrist, Ashley smiles and murmurs, ¡°This one has been solved, the next one should be solvedter!¡± ... In the middle of the night, Daisy suddenly feels thirsty, so she gets up and pours a ss of water downstairs. Take a drink of the water, when Daisy turns around, she suddenly sees a ck shadow. ¡°Who is it?¡± Daisy exims and looks at it warily. The manes out slowly from the dark and stares at the Daisy. After seeing her face, Daisy frowns and asks qualitatively, ¡°How did youe in? Tell you, this is a high-endmunity. I can catch you and throw you out with one phone call!¡± ¡°You are arrogant recently,¡± Ashley says, ignoring Daisy''s threat, holding her arm and ncing sideways at her, ¡°And dare to beat Leona and me. Do you know what the price will be?¡± ¡°You are the one who should pay. Haven''t you suffered enough? Those men of Mabon must have taught you a lesson.¡± Daisy doesn''t know that Ashley has solved Mr. Li''s people, and is still shouting with Ashley. Ashley likes to see this woman''s ignorance and arrogance. She looks stupid and funny. ¡°You should change it. It is me that taught them a lesson. Otherwise, how do I know you live here?¡± Yes, Ashley is undamaged and in a good mood. It really doesn''t look like being frightened. Is it...? Go back a step, Daisy turns around and wants to get the cell phone. But Ashley is more quickly to raise the hand to fall on the ground, and a foot trample. The action of Ashley is fast, scary and savage, which makes Bai Daisy feel uneasy. Chapter 457 Planting stolen goods and setting up Chapter 457 nting stolen goods and setting up See Ashley is close to himself; Daisy is step by step going back, and says, ¡°You, don¡¯t move!¡± ¡°We''re ssmates, anyway. Let''s have a chat and deal with some contradiction between us!¡± Ashley''s face is cold, and she raises her hand and catches Daisy. Turning her body hard, Daisy does not forget to intimidate her, ¡°I''m Mr. Juan¡¯s woman now. Dare you move me!¡± ¡°Mr. Juan is nothing. In a short time, he will fall down. Whoever has a rtionship with him will be unlucky. So now I''m going to teach you a lesson and help you.¡± ¡°You woman is crazy, what are you talking about?¡± ¡°Do I have any nonsense? You''ll know sooner orter. But now, you need to pay for your stupidity!¡± ¡°You...¡± Before Daisy finishes speaking, she is in the dark and faints. Put on the gloves expressionless, Ashley leans down, lifts Daisy, and put her into a huge box. ... After that day, ire may obviously feel that Ashley has changed. Although she also talks andughs, Ashley is more impatient with everything. ire also takes the initiative to chat with Ashley, hoping to make her happy. But Ashley says she''s OK and thinks ire was thinking too much about it. Think much? Not right. At the end of this day''s training, Ashley and ire go back to their bedroom for a shower. Because only one person can take a shower at a time, Ashley asks ire to wash first, and then goes in after she has finished washing. Wash off a sweat and fatigue, Ashley wearing a bathrobees out, but finds that ire disappeared. ¡°Isn''t it to eat after taking a bath? Where has the woman gone?¡± Ashley wipes her hair and goes to the window to look down. At this point, she finds two familiar shadows. It''s manager Jacob and ire. ¡°This scum, even dare to pester ire!¡± Ashley¡¯s eyes squint, she throws off bath towel, then walks out of the room. Downstairs ¨C Manager Jacob has been thinking about ire for a long time. Seeing the woman in front of him is like a lotus in the water, he can''t help itching. ire is disgusted by his naked look. She asks impatiently, ¡°What''s the matter with you? Why do you look for me?¡± ¡°Don''t be so cold. I was scolded by the boss for you, and I was deducted for half a year. It''s a shame in my career that I haven''t been punished like this for so many years.¡± ¡°However, although I was wronged, I didn''t betray you. I also cooperated with Ashley to y a y to protect you. How, you should be able to see my friendship with you!¡± With that, manager Jacob looks at ire expectantly and waits for her to give him a hug. After that day, manager Jacob has been waiting for ire to thank himself. But after so many waiting days, he didn''t get anything. Atst, he has to take the initiative and goes there himself to see what ire means. But in fact, manager Jacob¡¯s wait is repaid by ire''s indifference. ire''s silence makes manager Jacob feel embarrassed, his expression changes, and threatened, ¡°Do you think I am reluctant to do you? I just tolerated you a little and then you be so arrogant and ruleless? Tell you, under my hand must be obedient, otherwise, you are the next Daisy!¡± ¡°What does that manager mean?¡± ¡°You are so clever, and you must know.¡± With a sneer, ire says, ¡°You overestimate me. I really don''t know how to do. Otherwise, could you give me some advice?¡± Take a room card out of his pocket and give it to ire. Manager Jacob says, ¡°I''ve asked for a leave for you. Youe here this afternoon to find me.¡± Manager Jacob''s lustful smile disgusts ire. If she had a ss of water in her hand, she would not hesitate to pour it on his face. In the moment of the two people''s standoff, a slender hand stretches out horizontally and takes the room card. Looking at the address above, Ashley whistled and says, ¡°I heard that the environment here is good, but the price is not cheap. It seems that manager Jacob cost heavily.¡± Looking at Ashley angrily, manager Jacob looks blue. ¡°Return it to me.¡± ¡°Isn''t that what you want for Leona? I''ll keep it for her.¡± ¡°It''s about her and me. You don''t need to meddle!¡± With that, manager Jacob reaches out to grab it. But his speed is far less than that of Ashley. He rushes through with all his strength, but he pours into the air and nearly falls to the ground. Turning back and giggling, Ashley says, ¡°Manager Jacob, if you have time to flirt with female students, it''s better to exercise well, so as not to overwork and die in bed that day!¡± With that, Ashley drags ire away and ignores manager Jacob, who turns into a red face. Damn, why is this woman so arrogant in front of him! Manager Jacob is furious. No matter what he has been ordered by the boss, he just wants to let Ashley disappear and stop destroying his good deeds. ... After a day''s training, Ashley returns to her bedroom and is ready to rest. Seeing that Ashley is not happy, ire wants to make her happy, and she knows that she liked drinking, so she goes to the shop downstairs to buy two bottles of beer. nging ¨C Hearing the knock, Ashley thinks it is ire. When she opens the door, she wonders why ire doesn''t open the door herself because she has a key. ¡°I said, did you forget to take the key...¡± Before Ashley finishes speaking, she sees several people rushing in and find them. Frown tightly, Ashley looks at these rude persons, quality asks, ¡°Hey, what are you doing!¡± The other side don''t pay attention to Ashley. After searching for a while, she hears a man shouting, ¡°I got it!¡± Saying that, the man takes a small bag and gives it to the leader. ¡°Ashley, you''d better exin why there are these things in your room.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Ashley seems to know what these people are going to do. Arm ring chest, Ashley is not angry because of being framed, still calm and says, ¡°That is not my thing, I don''t even know what that is.¡± ¡°Ha, I got all the stolen goods. Do you want to pretend to be stupid? It''s a drug. Once you get it, you do never want to work in MG!¡± ¡°What stolen goods, you rush in without saying a word and turn around. I think it''s you who nted the stolen goods on purpose.¡± ¡°You are really stubborn. You did something wrong but are not regret and frames someone else. You are not qualified to stay as an intern!¡± ¡°Then if you turn ck and white, you are entitled to stay?¡± Ashley snorted scornfully and said, ¡°I know, someone told you to do this, right! That man gives you a promise that you can act on, right! Just do things without conscience, don''t you really feel guilty!¡± Ashley''s attitude was awe inspiring. She asked several people to step back, and her morale was much weaker. Chapter 458 Lesson Chapter 458 Lesson But now that they have done it, they are not innocent. They can only do it to the end. ¡°No matter how much you deny it, you can''t change the facts. Just wait for your dismissal!¡± Say, a few people take ¡°guilty evidence¡±, turn around and want to leave. ire is carrying a beer and sees her bedroom surrounded by people, she is uneasy. Quickly walked to the door, ire happens to see a few people who were searching for evidence wanna leave, so she stops them and asks, ¡°What happened?¡± Ashley opened a mouth first, way: ¡°It''s OK, just bitten by a group of mad dogs.¡± ¡°Ashley, you...¡± ¡°Am I wrong? Even if you frame it up, find a suitable reason. If I take drugs or not, I''ll know by blood test.¡± ¡°Well, it''s not necessarily to use. It may also be drug trafficking. All in all, you are dead this time!¡± Gloomy in her face, Ashley is suffused with murderous intention, her tone is low, ¡°In order to drive away me, he really takes great pains.¡± ¡°You continue to talk. We''d like to have a look. You will cry atst!¡± Finish saying, a few people leaves Ashley''s bedroom. ire is in a hurry. She closes the door, blocks the people who are watching the activity outside, turns around and holds Ashley''s hand, and asks, ¡°What''s the matter? How is it rted to drugs?¡± ¡°To be exact, I''ve got a rtionship with some asshole, and I''m going to make such a ridiculous thing.¡± Looking at Ashley, ire suddenly says, ¡°Is it manager Jacob?¡± ¡°It must be the bastard. He dares not fright with me face to face and wants to use this kind of contemptible means! I will not let him seed!¡± Seeing that Ashley is about to storm away, ire takes her hand and tries to make her calm down. ¡°Ashley, in the practice students, manager Jacob can be said to the biggest boss. If you offend him, you will be really driven away. Don''t youe to MGpany for one person? You can''t be driven away like this, so we must not be impulsive. Do you know?¡± Eyes light slightly sh, Ashley raises her chin, says, ¡°Of course I will not go, to go, let that scum roll out!¡± Although Ashley is full of momentum, she is very passive now. If you don''t have worries about your future, you can make a fool of yourself with manager Jacob. But Ashley has unfinished wishes. ire doesn''t want to implicate Ashley because of her. Her eyes wandered around, and ire has an idea. ... Looking at the woman sitting opposite to him, manager Jacob smiled proudly. ¡°I knew you woulde to me. Come, have some tea first.¡± Ignoring manager Jacob''s ttery, ire says, ¡°Let''s get to the point, manager Jacob. Can you stop troublesome Ashley?¡± ¡°How can this be a trouble for her? I got stolen goods and didn''t send Ashley to the Public Security Bureau. I''m already thinking for her.¡± ¡°I believe that Ashley will not do such a thing. I also know what Jacob Jing wants, I...¡± It seems that ire''s face is embarrassed and coquettish as she holds his clothes by her hands. Seeing ire like this, manager Jacob''s eyes brightened and hurriedly asks, ¡°What do you want?¡± Taking a deep breath, ire seems to muster up courage and says, ¡°As long as manager Jacob can let Ashley go, I''d like to listen to you!¡± Finally, he got ire''s promise, and manager Jacob isfortable. Leaning on the sofa, manager Jacob narrows his eyes, looking sophisticated. ¡°It''s better for you to be obedient then I would not to do so many things. But I like your stubbornness, which makes people itch.¡± ¡°Manager Jacob, I know I was wrong. Ashley and I have no power. We can''t fight you at all. We didn''t understand it before and contradicted you again and again. I hope manager Jacob is forgiving enough to forgive it, and also let Ashley go. Don''t target her anymore.¡± ¡°I don''t want to bother to deal with that stinky girl. As long as she knows better, don''t always stay in the middle of us. Naturally, I don''t care about her. In the future, if you follow me, you will not be treated badly.¡± Manager Jacob says, quietly near ire, with desire in his voice. ¡°Tonight, go to my home.¡± ¡°Why, talk about the script?¡± ¡°Silly girl, you understand.¡± ire shakes her head and looks down. ¡°I don''t understand.¡± ¡°It''s what men and women do. It''s ok if you don''t understand. Your dear, I, will teach youter.¡± Manager Jacob says and he is going to catch ire''s hands. ¡°Dear? you look like her grandpa.¡± The taunt falls, and the door is broken up. Manager Jacob is startled. He turns around and says with a blue face, ¡°Who let you in?¡± Ashley casually walks into the room, she looks around, says, ¡°But no one is not allowed toe in ah.¡± ¡°You''re unreasonable! Get out of here, now get out of here!¡± ¡°I''m toozy to stay in such a disgusting ce. Take away what belongs to me, and I''ll go at once.¡± ¡°You are kidding. What belongs to you here?¡± ¡°You will soon know.¡± Ashley says, then she takes out a monitor from ire''s pocket andins, ¡°You are so careless, how can you take my bug with you. Although it''s small, it''s useful. You just talked to manager Jacob, and it''s all recorded.¡± This made manager Jacob''s face green. He points to the two women in front of him and says, ¡°You and you¡± for a long time, but he couldn''t say anything else. Looking back at manager Jacob, Ashley says with an evil smile, ¡°I am sorry to disturb manager Jacob, you just have a good restter.¡± ¡°Stop!¡± Manager Jacob stops Ashley and asks, ¡°What do you want? I''m warning you not to be naive. Do you still want to shake my position with this recording? Do you know the rtionship between me and the boss of thepany!¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Well, the boss can''t deal with you. Then we can sell the recording to paparazzi reporters or to PEC. I''m sure they will be very interested in it.¡± ¡°You, you are courting death!¡± ¡°Court death? What I am not afraid of is death! I am in a good mood today, which can let you feel the taste of death in advance!¡± With that, Ashley shakes her fist and smashes it at manager Jacob. Ashley moves fast and ruthlessly. With only three or five punches, she smashes manager Jacob''s face to pieces. Manager Jacob ispletely blindfolded. When he wants to beg for mercy, his face is almost disfigured. ire can''t see any more. She turns back and looks around. Looks at manager Jacob lying on the ground coldly. Ashley shakes her fist and asks, ¡°Dare you kick me out of MGpany now?¡± ¡°No, I dare not!¡± ¡°Dare you close to Leona again?¡± ¡°Never again.¡± Chapter 459 Time crunch Chapter 459 Time crunch ¡°It''s almost okay,¡± Ashley says, stepping on Manager Jacob''s shoulder and threatening, ¡°No matter what your rtionship with the boss is, you need to have life to enjoy it. If you dare to talk nonsense, I''ll send out this document to see who will die more mysteriously!¡± ¡°No, I won''t. don''t worry. I won''t dare to trouble you anymore.¡± Manager Jacob''s words are from the bottom of his heart. Ashley is such a terrible woman! She''s vicious and cunning. It''s even more manly than a man. ¡°Remember, you have just been turned into a pig''s head by your enemy. It has nothing to do with us.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Very well.¡± Wipe off the blood on her hand, Ashley says to ire, ¡°Manager Jacob was hurt by his enemy. It''s so tragic. Let''s go to buy some fruit tofort manager Jacob.¡± ¡°Well, okay.¡± ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± Leaving with ire, the smile on Ashley''s face gradually disappears. ire looks at Ashley from time to time, her mind is uneasy. ¡°Why do you look at me like this? Do I have money on my face?¡± Ashley turns around and looks in ire¡¯s eyes with a smile. ¡°Is it really OK for us to do so?¡± ¡°Of course, manager Jacob is in the wrong. We have evidence in hand. For the future, he can''t even say a word.¡± ¡°No, I mean, you beat manager Jacob like that, won''t he have any problems?¡± Ashley hums, ¡°To deal with that kind of people, I just don''t think it''s tough enough. It''s necessary to beat him so hard that he can have a lesson.¡± Slightly pursed her lips, ire hesitates and opens her mouth. ¡°Ashley, your means are bing more and more violent recently.¡± Ashley herself also realizes that during this period, she is bing impatient. Instead of violence, it is more straightforward. There is aplex light at the bottom of the eyes. Ashley lowers her voice and says, ¡°Because there is not much time left for me, I have to be more quickly.¡± ¡°What time is running out?¡± ¡°The time to send you home, since I know your secret, I will help you to the end, so that you can continue to be a happy woman.¡± ire knows that Ashley is perfunctory. Everyone has his own choice. ire has no right to talk about it. But this doesn''t affect ire''s worry about Ashley, a strong and arrogant woman like Ashley, will put everything in her heart, which is heartbreaking and helpless. With a sigh, ire says, ¡°No matter what you are doing, don''t force yourself.¡± Ashley patted her chest and said, ¡°Don''t worry about me. I''m Ashley. I''m a stronger woman than men. I know how to do it.¡± ¡°But no matter how strong you are, you are a woman after all.¡± ¡°What''s wrong with women? Should they be born weak?¡± ¡°No, women should protect themselves and not act rashly. Are you right?¡± Seeing ire changing her way to persuade her, Ashley smiles and rubs her hair. ¡°Don''t worry. I''ve been in the circle for many years and know how to protect myself. Don''t worry about me.¡± Ashley doesn''t want to continue this topic, and ire doesn''t insist on it, so she says, ¡°Just as I expected.¡± ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°You''re really a gannd boss.¡± Ashley is stunned, then pretends to be a fierce expression, asks, ¡°You already know my true identity, are you afraid?¡± ¡°Not afraid but subverted the impression of underworld in my heart.¡± ¡°Well, in the underworld, there are people who are passionate and righteous, aren''t there?¡± ire shakes her head bravely and says, ¡°No, it turns out that the female boss can also be stupid.¡± ¡°Who are you saying is stupid? I think you have forgotten my strength!¡± Ashley says, and reaches out to ire . ire dodges left and right and runs away screaming. But the Ashley in the back, herplexion is gloomy. ... With what Ashley needs, Leoes to city B. At this time, city B is the most beautiful time of the year. The streets are full of beautiful scenery. Roadside pedestrians either walk leisurely in the sea of flowers or take photos under the trees in front of the flowers, all show their happy faces. A ck car speed passes from the side of the road, sshing the fallen leaves on the ground, turning a corner, and soon disappears. Different from the beautiful scenery outside the car, the air pressure in the car is very low, so low that even flies dare not fly over. With his hands folding in front of him, Leo closes his eyes gently and is silent. Next to him, Conan presses his lips tightly and looks at the happy smile of the people in the street. He thinks it is dazzling. Tinkling bell¡ª The phone rings suddenly, like a knife, breaking the peace. Leo looks up at Conan and lightly nods his head. It is suggested that Conan hurriedly takes out the tracking device and makes an ¡°OK¡± gesture to Leo. ¡°Hello?¡± ¡°Dear Mr. Howard, how are things prepared?¡± ¡°It''s all ready.¡± ¡°Very well.¡± ¡°And how the people I want?¡± ¡°She''s safe. As long as you give me something, you''ll see the woman you''re thinking about.¡± ¡°Where to trade?¡± ¡°I''ll give you a contact address, and you let someone deliver it at the appointed time.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°That''s not good. What can I do if you repent and run away with the thing?¡± ¡°You are a famous man. Can you let me take advantage of you? Don''t worry. When I get something, I will give you information. It will definitely make you meet again.¡± ¡°I don''t believe you.¡± ¡°It''s a pity that even if you don''t believe me, you can only do what I say.¡± After speaking, the woman hangs up. ¡°How arrogant!¡± Leo Howard frowns, there is a kind of impulse to kill. Soon, Leo''s mobile phone received a text message with the time and address on it, indicating that only Leo is allowed to make an appointment, otherwise the cooperation will fail. Looking around at Conan, Leo asks, ¡°How is it going this time?¡± ¡°There already is something!¡± Although progress has been made, Conan does not have any rxed expression, but a little more chagrin. ¡°But I just searched a general address. This woman must be hiding in this area. If I could call again, I''d find this woman!¡± The eyes narrow and Leo says, ¡°Unfortunately, there is no next time. The other side asks us to make a deal now, and I need to go alone. ¡° Conan strongly opposed it, says, ¡°It''s too dangerous. We don''t know whether the other side is our enemy or friend. If this is the trap of Juan?¡± ¡°I don''t worry about the rtionship with Juan. I just want to know if ire is safe. I''m worried about her after she disappeared so long.¡± Speaking of this topic, Conan lowers his shoulders and says in a low voice, ¡°I miss my mother very much, too.¡± Chapter 460 New clues Chapter 460 New clues ¡°Isn''t there already a scope? We can always find out that person by sending more people.¡± He raises his hand and rubs Conan''s head. Leo says softly, ¡°This time, we will take your mother home with us.¡± ¡°Well, sure.¡± In the car, the father and son cheer each other up, showing the confidence that they are determined to get. But what awaits them is an uncertain future. ... As soon as Leo arrives in city B, he is found by the people of Juan. With such good news, the bareheaded man finds Juan and excitedly says, ¡°Boss, Leo hase to city B!¡± Surprised to pick up eyebrows, Juan asks, ¡°Himself?¡± ¡°No, together with his son,¡± says the bald man, looking very excited and fierce, ¡°City B is our territory. If Leoes here, he will be trapped by himself. This time, he must die without any burial ce.¡± ¡°Don''t do it first.¡± Hearing such an order, the bareheaded man is stunned and asks incredulously, ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Coming to city B for no reason must have something to do with ire. Before I hear from ire, I will save his life.¡± ire, it is for ire. Is not that woman one day does not die, the boss one day cannot restore normal? The bald man is angry. Seeing that his men doesn''t move or speak, just clubs in ce like that. Juan frowns and says in a cold voice, ¡°Didn''t you hear what I said?¡± With his head down, the bald man says, ¡°Yes, I got it.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Now that you hear that, then you should send someone to stare at Leo. Without my order, don''t start.¡± ¡°... Yes.¡± ¡°You can go now.¡± With the order, the bald man turns and leaves. Standing outside the door, the bald man could not help clenching his fist. He wonders what is good about ire. She even makes Juan lose his temper again and again and even give up the right in his hand. This woman is a disaster at all! Eyes narrow, the bald man murmurs, ¡°ire, you should not live in the world if you are such a disaster!¡± ... Leo is not stupid. He soon finds that someone is following him. Looking at the car behind, Leo asks, ¡°Whose people are behind?¡± He nces at the sign and says, ¡°Look at the sign. It''s like men of Juan.¡± ¡°Hum, Juan can''t sit still.¡± ¡°Take your seat, sir. I''ll get rid of all the guys in the back now!¡± Leo just wants to agree, Conan says, ¡°Daddy, why are you doing to get rid of them? y with them first.¡± ¡°y?¡± ¡°It''s clear that Juan is watching us. The reason why he doesn''t hurry is that he wants to get the news from us. In that case, give him some news.¡± Looking at Conan''s crafty face, Leo suddenly asks, ¡°Do you mean to give him some false information?¡± Nodding his head constantly, Conan says, ¡°That''s right. In this way, we can restrain the energy of Juan and prevent the new issue.¡± ¡°Then what do you want to do?¡± ¡°Didn''t I trace it to a general range, so I will give Juan the opposite hint and let him go in search of needles in the ocean.¡± ¡°Now that what you are going to do?¡± Leo doesn''t think about the details. Since Conan had ideas, he has better let him y with them. ... On the day of the appointment, Leo leaves on time with materials. Don''t want to be discovered by Juan''s people, Leo lets his double leave in a ck car, while he sits in an ordinary car with a low-key appearance. The address given by the woman is next to the seafood market. Peoplee and go around, and the smell of aquatic products is in the air. Lower the brim of the hat, Leo puts the kraft paper bag on a garbage can, and then pestles there, motionless, and never leave. Time has passed for a long time, until the people around begin to look at Leo curiously, he receives a call. If Leo doesn''t leave, Ashley can''t get the information, so she orders him by phone, ¡°You can leave.¡± ¡°What about the people I want?¡± ¡°It''s near you. When I get what I want, I''ll send her to meet you.¡± ¡°Don''t y tricks on me. I want to see her now!¡± ¡°Ah, you men are all acute. Well, I''ll give you a hint, or you won''t be at ease.¡± Then Ashley beckons to ire and ckie, who are choosing seafood over there, and says, ¡°Leona, have you chosen yet?¡± Carrying a bag of crayfish, irees over and says, ¡°I''ve picked a lot of crayfish, but ck thinks it is not enough. There are only three of us. We can''t eat too much, can we?¡± After a month, hearing ire''s voice again, Howard is excited and holds his hands tightly. ire... Looking at the bag of crayfish, Ashley shakes her head and says, ¡°No, it is even not enough for me to eat. You should go to choose some more.¡± See Ashley holding up the phone, as if she is still on the phone, ire asks curiously, ¡°Who are you on the phone with?¡± ¡°A friend.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± ire nods, turns around and leaves, and continues to choose with ck over there. Put the microphone close to her ear, Ashley asks smilingly, ¡°How are you? Are you relieved now? Mr. Howard!¡± ¡°I just heard the voice. Who knows if it was you who recorded it in advance? Send me a picture and I''ll leave now.¡± ¡°What a trouble!¡± Hang up, Ashley takes a picture of ire''s side face, and then transmits it to Leo. Seeing the photos, Howard is excited. But he doesn''t stay for a moment and calls Conan directly. ¡°Conan, they should be near the seafood market. We are pressed for time. You have only a few minutes.¡± ¡°That''s enough!¡± Conan is full of confidence, and his fingers are beating on the keyboard at full speed. ... Leo leaves the trash can and a beggar takes the envelope away. After three or two turns, he disappears at the intersection of the street. Take pictures of the data with his mobile phone, and passes it on to someone, then the beggar destroys all the data. Watching the mes devour thest corner of the data, the beggar turns around and leaves. But as soon as he turns around, three or five big men surrounds him, covers the beggar''s lips and drags him to the corner. ¡°Forgive me! please.¡± The beggar confesses in horror, trembling all over. But the other side is not hard for him, just from his body to find the cell phone he just used. After robbing the mobile phone, they turn it up and down, and find that all the contents in it are empty. ¡°Who did you just send it to?!¡± ¡°I don''t know. A woman gave me money and taught me how to use this cell phone. I don''t know anything else!¡± Chapter 461 Be discovered Chapter 461 Be discovered This mobile phone is processed. After the message is sent, it will automatically clear the content and contact person. It is also normal for several guys to find no clue. There is nothing find, these people can only take the beggar with them and give it to Leo for disposal. As for Ashley, it will be opened immediately after receiving the information. Just full of expectation eyes, but slowly dark. Finally, Ashley clenches the fist, murmurs, ¡°Leo Howard, indeed worthy of the name!¡± ck is still there with ire to choose crayfish. Suddenly, the tiny earphone in his ear gives out a warning sound, which makes his face change. Cannot help but say to drag ire, ck runs the direction of Ashley to quickly and say, ¡°Go quickly!¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± ire asks. Looking at the reaction of ck, Ashley understands what and her face bes more ugly. Taking a look at ck, Ashley says to ire, ¡°ck finds that Juan¡¯s people are nearby, we are very dangerous now.¡± ¡°Ah!?¡± ire bes nervous for a moment, looks around on guard and says with a bitter face, ¡°I says not toe to the seafood market. There are many people here and bad things will happen.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, since I brings you out, I will surely take you back safely.¡± Ashley looks around and says, ¡°No one is more familiar with the environment here than me. Come with me!¡± Although Ashley makes ire not have to worry, but her condensed face let ire know, this time is really trouble. On the other side, Conan sits in the car and suddenly makes a surprise sound. ¡°I find the hacker. It¡¯s near here!¡± Leo has just came back. Hearing the good news, his eyes are shining. ¡°It¡¯s not a coincidence that hees here with that woman. It should be a group. Find them all today!¡± ¡°But this is the seafood market. The terrain isplex, so there is no way to drive in.¡± ¡°Then let me run in and get the woman!¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Leo says, takes off his coat and goes to the car with a gloomy face. ¡°Wait, Daddy!¡± Conan stop Leo, throws him a headset and says, ¡°With this, we can keep in touch at any time.¡± At the same time¡ª Looking at the positioner on his hand, the face of ck bes more and more dignified. ¡°Ashley let¡¯s move separately. I will lead them away. You take Leona with you.¡± Ashley hesitates and says, ¡°Be careful.¡± Voice falls, Ashley with ire to another direction. ¡°Ashley, is there any danger for ck?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry. ck is good at tracking and anti tracking and won¡¯t be caught easily. He¡¯s dealing with each other now, to buy us time.¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say anything, just follow me!¡± Ashley interrupts ire and says, ¡°Do you see the road ahead? As long as we can take a taxi there and leave, we can get rid of each other.¡± Ashley¡¯s words encourages ire. She tries her best to run to the intersection. At that intersection, there is amon car and a little boy is sitting in it, staring at the screen. He is too focused and does not find the people in his mind behind him, even ire takes a taxi to leave, he does not realize. A quarter of an hourter, Conan finds that the little red dot he is tracking slows down the speed of running and is close to his own direction at a constant speed. He couldn¡¯t help but pick up the corner of his lips. Someone opens the door and pushes a man into the car. ¡°How about it? Daddy?¡± ¡°Leo¡¯s face is gloomy and say, ¡°Capture a small role only.¡± Listening to Leo, Conan knows that the action had failed. His eyes falls on ck. Conan looked at him up and down. Then he bends his lips and says with a smile, ¡°Daddy, this is not a small role! He is the other side¡¯s military division. If you catch him, you will find out the whereabouts of that woman sooner orter.¡± ck doesn¡¯t pay attention to the guy in front of him start. After listen to his words and sees some of the equipment in front of Conan, the face of ck slowly bes unbelievable. ¡°Are you the one who fights with me?¡±¡¢ ¡°Yes, it¡¯s me.¡± ck smiles helplessly and says, ¡°There are so many talented people in the world. You have to admit that you are old and not as good as you used to be.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not bad either. You¡¯ve been fighting for so long and now you¡¯re out,¡± Conan says with a sincere expression. ¡°I really appreciate your skills. As long as you hand over my Mommy, I¡¯ll let my dad take it easy on you.¡± ¡°You should know my identity. Do you think I will bow to you?¡± ¡°So, won¡¯t you let it go?¡± ck smiles and nods. Conan sighs and then says to Leo, ¡°It seems that it¡¯s up to Daddy to do it. But Daddy, can you keep his life? He¡¯s a talent.¡± Leo¡¯s face is gloomy and terrible and says, ¡°It depends on whether he is fit or not.¡± ... It¡¯s dark, Ashley is calling ck again and again, but she hasn¡¯t been connected. Damn! Ashley frowns ruefully and turns back to the bedroom. Looking at Ashley¡¯s solemn expression, ire asks, ¡°Is there still no news of ck?¡± Ashley shanks her head. ¡°Is he to be caught?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take care of it. Go to bed first.¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t think about it. Be obedient.¡± Seeing Ashley don¡¯t want to say any more, ire can only put all worries in mind. Lying on the bed, ire stares at the ceiling, confused. Although Ashley doesn¡¯t say it, ire always feels that the identity of her and ck is not just that of a hacker. And the reason why they y together with her should not be so simple. A person goes downstairs, Ashley sinks face and dials that person¡¯s number again. There are two beeps and the phone is picked up soon. ¡°Hello?¡± Ashley lowers her voice and says angrily, ¡°If Mr. Howard is so dishonest, our cooperation will be terminated.¡± Leo asks fearlessly, ¡°Are you sure you don¡¯t want the information I have?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t have to cooperate with you. On the same terms, Juan can agree. I choose you because she wants toe back to you. But since you are not sincere, I will consider others.¡± With a scornful snort, Leo says, ¡°If you really think about her, you will not utilize her. You say it¡¯s her friend, but do you think ire will forgive you when she knows what you¡¯ve done?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t need anyone¡¯s forgiveness, just have a clear conscience.¡± This makes Leough, as if he heard a funny joke. ¡°A clear conscience? Hum, do you have a clear conscience for your partner? Now he is in my hand. It¡¯s up to you to decide whether he will survive.¡± Chapter 462 Reveals Chapter 462 Reveals Asshole, he does catches ck! Seeing that Ashley doesn¡¯t speak, Leo says in a bewitching voice, ¡°In exchange for ire, it¡¯s a fair deal.¡± ¡°Is it fair? You get the people you want, but me, it¡¯s just nothing.¡± ¡°If you can show your sincerity, I am willing to exchange with you real information. But you always hide your head and tail, like a mouse, how can I rest assured?¡± ¡°Well, you are the same as Juan. How can I know if you will cheat?¡± ¡°It seems that you misunderstands me deeply,¡± Leo sighs and says, ¡°ire is very simple. You are good to her and she will definitely regard you as a friend. She never refuses what a friend asks her to do. So, you can ask ire toe to me. Aren¡¯t you able to get the information you want?¡± Ashley has to say that Leo¡¯s words makes she moves. Through these days of contact, Ashley knows that ire is a kind-hearted woman, who can help her friends. But at the same time, she is also jealous of evil. If ire knows that she is just utilizing her, would ire still regard she as a friend? Looking up at the bedroom window, Ashley falls into confusion. ¡°Miss?¡± Biting her lower lip, Ashley says, ¡°It¡¯s really a businessman. The demagogues are first-ss.¡± ¡°I¡¯m just going to tell you the truth and let you make a wise choice. Hand over ire, you can not only find your partner, but also get the information you need, which is a very cost-effective thing. Even if you don¡¯t believe me, you should believe ire, right?¡± Taking advantage of the moment when the other side is silent, Leo puts forward attractive conditions. ¡°To show my sincerity, I will pass half of the information to you now. This time, it¡¯s really. You can see it at a nce.¡± ¡°Really?¡± ¡°It¡¯s true or false, You can¡¯t tell when you see the picture. Oh, remember to turn on WiFi, or you won¡¯t receive the picture.¡± With that, Leo hangs up first. Ashley holds her mobile phone, thinks about it for a while and turns on WiFi with suspicion. As soon as WiFi is turns on over there, Conan¡¯s tracker has a disy. Looking at the red dots jumping on it, Leo slowly raises his mouth. ¡°How strange!¡± Conan looks at the map and says with his head asks, ¡°Daddy, the coordinates of she are actually in MGpany.¡± MGpany... He is very familiar with ire... That proposal... Suddenly, Leo seems to have figures everything out. ¡°The woman I contacted was Ashley!¡± ¡°Ah, the woman who had been investigated before dad?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. I¡¯ve been fooled by her for so long. It¡¯s worthy of...¡± In the middle of the conversation, Leo turns around to look at ck who is tied up, smiles and says, ¡°It¡¯s not easy to see your partner exposed a little.¡± At this time, the bottom of ck¡¯s eyes, is worries about the situation of Ashley. Leo does not dy any more and immediately set out with subordinates under his hand. ¡°Are you worried about her?¡± ck smiles bitterly and answers Conan¡¯s question. ¡°She is passive without me.¡± Conan moves a chair and sits opposite to ck. He says earnestly, ¡°My father is not a bad man. As long as you don¡¯t fight against him, he won¡¯t embarrass you.¡± ¡°Are you sure he won¡¯t settle ounts after autumn? The Leo we investigated is not a man of faith.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t that me? I¡¯ll plead for you.¡± Looking up at Conan, ck says, ¡°we only know each other just now. Why help me?¡± ¡°Because I appreciate you very much and I want to fight with you.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ck shakes his head andughs. He thinks that Conan is still a child who love to y games. ... Because of something on her mind, Ashley couldn¡¯t sleep at all. In the second half of the night, she is still staring at the ceiling. Just because she doesn¡¯t sleep, she listens to there is something strange outside. The sound of the engine!? Get up and walk to the window. Ashley frowns at the downstairs and finds that there are several ck cars parked there. The door opens and a few people in ck came down from the top. Their faces were bleak. Not good! The sixth sense tells Ashley that these people must havee for her and ire. At the moment, she picks up the sleeping ire and open the door and run. ¡°What¡¯s the matter, is there an earthquake?¡± ire looks at Ashley vaguely and he hasn¡¯t been back to her senses. ¡°Let¡¯s go. Someone¡¯sing!¡± Only this sentence lets ire sleepless. ¡°Is it the man of Juan? Has he finds me?¡± In this regard, Ashley is unknown. ire is so shocked that she doesn¡¯t find anything different from Ashley. She just thinks about how she could escape safely. ¡°This way!¡± Ashley drags ire, runs down the stairs to the underpass, smashes a car and sits on it. To this, ire is stunned. ¡°What are you waiting for? Come on up!¡± ording to Ashley, sitting on the car, ire watches Ashley catches fire with a wire, steps on the elerator deeply, and drives out of the underpass at full speed. The streets at night are very quiet with few pedestrians and vehicles. All of a sudden, a car engine roars, flying across the street and soon disappeared. This is ire¡¯s first time driving in Ashley, but she also hopes it will be thest time. She really don¡¯t see people driving so recklessly. Insert two wings, this car can fly! But ire also knows that there are pursuers behind them. If they don¡¯t hurry up, they will be caught by Juan¡¯s subordinates. Holding the handrail tightly, ire¡¯s nervous voice trembles and asks, ¡°Are we safe now?¡± ¡°There is a path in front of us. If we can drive smoothly, we will be safe for the time being.¡± Ashley has always been fearless, but this time, she tights lips, expression dignified. Seeing her like this, ire bes more and more nervous. When the car turns a corner again, ire says, ¡°Ashley, let me go by myself. It has nothing to do with you. You don¡¯t need to go to the insurance for me.¡± ¡°You¡¯re wrong. There¡¯s a lot of rtionship between us.¡± Ashley holds the steering wheel tightly and says, ¡°You are my most important trump card now, everything depends on you.¡± Turning to look at Ashley, ire feels that she is implies something. ¡°I... Is there any misunderstanding?¡± ¡°No, you doesn¡¯t get me wrong. The life of me and ck is tied to you.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t understand you.¡± ¡°Soon you will understand.¡± The car drives to the path as expected, but before Ashley is relieved, she sees a beam of lighting after her from the reversing mirror. ¡°Damn, how do they find this way!¡± Ashley frowns tightly and raises her hand to hit the steering wheel. Chapter 463 Pursuit Chapter 463 Pursuit ire looks back and murmurs, ¡°It¡¯s as if they know our escape route.¡± This reminds Ashley. She is shocked and takes out her mobile phone from her pocket. Wring her eyebrows, Ashley throws her mobile phone out of the window without hesitation and curses ¡°The sly fox¡± . ire is totally confused. She feels that her IQ is not enough. Although she doesn¡¯t understand the meaning of Ashley¡¯s move, the car behind is slowly thrown away and the two people could rx for a while. The car drive all the way to the end of the path to a county below city B. Stop the car at the side of the road, Ashley jumps down and says to ire, ¡°Get off, let¡¯s walk.¡± The county is no better than the city. After dark, there is little light outside and no cars passing by. It¡¯s dark around, which makes ire a little afraid. Near Ashley, ire asks, ¡°Ashley, where are we going next?¡± ¡°I have a friend here. Find him first and hide from him.¡± ¡°Will it cause trouble for your friends?¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, he is not afraid of trouble.¡± Listen to Ashley. ire doesn¡¯t speak any more. They run to a hotel in the west of the county and Ashley walks in with ire. ¡°Hey, doesn¡¯t you say you are going to find your friend? Whye to the hotel? I don¡¯t have my ID card. We can¡¯t get in.¡± ¡°He doesn¡¯t need your ID card. The boss here is my friend. We can live as we like.¡± Ashley¡¯s words let ire breathe. ... Raising her hand and ringing the doorbell. A Bruce opens the door. He is stunned at the moment when he sees Ashley. ¡°Why are you here?!¡± In the eyes of Bruce, the existence of Ashley is like a myth and there is no need for him to help. Ashley quickly closes the door and looks out of the window, says, ¡°Of course, the situation is critical, or I will note here.¡± ¡°And who is she?¡± The Bruce¡¯s sight falls on ire¡¯s body, with surprise on his face. ¡°A friend.¡± ¡°Friend?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Ashley whispers in Bruce¡¯s ear, making Bruce looks at ire, eyes full of exploration. Both of them behaves strangely. ire could not help being on guard. ¡°Yes... Any questions?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t see ck. He is worried.¡± Ashley mentions ck again, which makes ire¡¯s face dark. Bruce finds a room, settles down ire and Ashley and sends them to have a midnight snack. ire and Ashley have no appetite. They don¡¯t want to eat at all. But they also know what they have to face. They don¡¯t have enough to eat means they have no strength to escape. As a result, ire and Ashley chew mechanically, without knowing what to eat. At dawn, they lie down and take a nap. When ire is in a daze, she heard a sound. Looking up at the past, she can see that Ashley has been dressed and packed. ire wakes up, grabs her clothes and asks, ¡°Why don¡¯t you wake me up when you are about to leave?¡± ¡°I want you to sleep a little longer before I¡¯m in a hurry.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to sleep. I want to wake up.¡± In order to keep her mind clear, ire washes her face with cold water. Cold water across the skin caused a shudder. The mirror in the bathroom is very small. ire looks at herself and feels that everything is so unreal, like a dream.Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Ah, if it¡¯s a dream, I can see my son and husband as soon as I open my eyes. ¡°Leona, are you ready?¡± Thoughts float back to reality, ire can wipes her face at will with a towel and says, ¡°OK, I wille out.¡± At this time, Ashley is sitting at the table waiting for ire. Seeing hering out, she pushes the front of the table forward and says, ¡°Hurry up, we will start when we are full.¡± ¡°Have you eaten, Ashley?¡± ¡°I¡¯ve already had it.¡± ¡°Oh.¡± Picking up chopsticks, ire takes a bite and thinks that the taste of this noodles is really ordinary. After eating for a while, ire looks up and finds that Ashley is staring at herself with aplicated look. ¡°Ashley, what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Ashley bit her lips lightly, hesitates for a moment and asks, ¡°Leona, if, I mean, if, you find that I lied to you, will you forgive me?¡± ¡°It depends on what it is.¡± ¡°For example, your family.¡± ¡°That¡¯s the bottom line that can¡¯t be touched.¡± ¡°That is to say, no discussion.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ire puzzled, asks, ¡°well, why do you want to ask me this question?¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing to do, just chatting.¡± Fingers tapping on the table, Ashley turns her eyes. ire has no idea of eating. She puts down her chopsticks and asks, ¡°Ashley, are you hiding something from me?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Ashley¡¯s answer is straightforward, ire doesn¡¯t know how to take it. ¡°Well, can you talk to me about it? I can help you with my advice.¡± ¡°I¡¯m afraid that if I tell you, we¡¯ll never be friends again.¡± So serious... ire¡¯s heart hangs up and looks at Ashley at a loss. ¡°Well, don¡¯t look at me. The noodles is going to be cold.¡± Reaching for ire¡¯s hand, Ashley says, ¡°In a word, you remember, I won¡¯t hurt you.¡± Using chopsticks to pick noodles, ire says, ¡°In fact, we can go separately.¡± Ashley¡¯s eyebrows suddenly bes fierce and asks, ¡°Can¡¯t you believe me?¡± ¡°No, no, I¡¯m thinking. If it aren¡¯t for me, ck wouldn¡¯t be in trouble and you wouldn¡¯t be in a mess. I¡¯m sorry.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not you who take ck away. What¡¯s the point of your remorse?¡± ¡°Though not my master, you will not be in such danger if you do not meet me.¡± Speaking of this, ire hesitates for a moment, then, as if she has made a great resolution, says, ¡°If not, let me go to find Juan. I can¡¯t watch you suffer.¡± ¡°If you go, you can¡¯t solve my problem. So don¡¯t worry about it. I¡¯ll deal with everything.¡± ¡°It¡¯s up to me, but I can¡¯t do anything. I can only watch you go to insurance. It¡¯s a terrible feeling.¡± ¡°But your participation will not solve the problem, by contraries, you will make it moreplicated. So, do you have to step in?¡± Ashley¡¯s words annoyed ire. She frowns and asks, ¡°Am I really that bad?¡± Smiling and rubbing ire¡¯s hair, Ashley says, ¡°It¡¯s not a matter of poor strength, you are not suitable to think about it at all. Eat noodles now, we¡¯re going to set out soon.¡± Chapter 464 Reunion Chapter 464 Reunion ¡°Where are you going this time?¡± ¡°Get out of here and go to city D. It¡¯s a beautiful environment and it¡¯s close to the sea. Let¡¯s rx there.¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°But what?¡± At the end of the conversation, ire changes the subject again and says, ¡°Juan will monitor the whole B city. It¡¯s very difficult for us to leave.¡± ¡°You also says that Juan monitors City B, but you are still safe under his eyes. So, sess is up to people, not to be so pessimistic about things.¡± ire can¡¯t speak of Ashley, so she has to eat noodles in silence, thinking about something else. Ashley¡¯s performance is really strange. What she just said is even more strange. Now she has to take me to city D, I... Can I believe her? But anyway, with Ashley, it must be safer than Juan. Besides, if I leave here, I can contact with Leo. Leo wille to find me. Thinking of these, ire is relieved and elerates the speed of eating. She ns to start soon. ... Looking at subordinate¡¯s frightened look, Leo presses his lips tightly. ¡°Not catching up?¡± ¡°The tracking signal is broken, but they won¡¯t be far away. I find their car.¡± ¡°Where does it stop?¡± ¡°Right ahead.¡± ¡°Go and have a look.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± He takes Leo to the side of the road, reaches for the car abandoned by Ashley and says, ¡°That¡¯s one.¡± At this time, it is already dawn. Someone pass by on the street in twos and threes. Seeing Leo and others, they all looks curiously. Leo ignores all kinds of eyes, looks around and says, ¡°They must be near here, not far away. We will send more people to guard the county¡¯s exits and when we see people, we will immediately stop them.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Remember, that woman has a gun. Don¡¯t let her hurt ire.¡± ¡°I see.¡± ¡°Go down.¡± As soon as themand is arranged, Leo¡¯s mobile phone rings. It¡¯s from Conan. Leo immediately picks it up and then he hears Conan¡¯s urgent voice. ¡°Daddy, I find another important clue!¡± Leo¡¯eyes bright, hurriedly asks, ¡°What clue?¡± ¡°Ashley has an aplice in the county, who is responsible for information exchange at ordinary times. I guess it¡¯s quite possible that she¡¯sing to her aplice.¡± ¡°Give me the information about that buddy.¡± ¡°It¡¯s already on Daddy¡¯s cell phone.¡± ¡°Very good!¡± Hang up the phone, Leo looks up the information, then calls his subordinates and orders, ¡°Call all the people back and go to this little hotel.¡± ire in the hotel doesn¡¯t know that the people he is thinking about is in the county and is getting closer to her. Packs up, ire goes downstairs to meet with Ashley. Ashley gets another SUV and is carrying two ck boxes on it. Curiously, ire looks up and down and asks, ¡°What is it? It looks very heavy.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a life-saving thing when critical moment.¡± Put the box on the back seat, Ashley ps her hands and asks, ¡°Are you all ready?¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s ready.¡± ¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡± With that, Ashley waves to Bruce again and says, ¡°Thanks a lot this time. Please write down the things on the ount and I will supply you next time.¡± Bruce gives Ashley one white eye and says, ¡°You do not have the opportunity to supply me, unlucky!¡± Ashley smiles, doesn¡¯t speak again, sits in the car and throws the car door casually. ¡°Hey, be careful on the way.¡± The arm stretches out from the window, waves to the Bruce and Ashley drives away slowly. As the car drifts away, Bruce sighs and says, ¡°I hope to see you in the headquarters.¡± ... The county in the daytime is more lively than the county in the evening. The pedestrians walk slowly on the street, with a rxed appearance. But ire can¡¯t rx, lying on the window, her head is faint. ¡°Why don¡¯t you talk?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t sleep wellst night. I am a little sleepy.¡± ¡°Then close your eyes and have a rest. When we get to the ce, I¡¯ll call you.¡± ire shanks her head and says, ¡°No, I can¡¯t sleep. I don¡¯t know if Juan¡¯s people will suddenly appear. I want to stay awake.¡± Ashley smiles and says, ¡°Even if you stay awake, what can you do?¡± ire doesn¡¯t like to hear this. She crosses her waist and says, ¡°Even though I¡¯m not as good as you, but I¡¯ve got more hands, I can still give you something.¡± ¡°This... I really don¡¯t need it.¡± This guy,why can¡¯t take care of other people¡¯s mood!Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Finding that ire doesn¡¯t speak again, Ashley nces at her sideways and says with a smile, ¡°Why, Are you angry?¡± ire doesn¡¯t care about Ashley. She just feels her head hurt more. ¡°Well, don¡¯t be angry. Listen to me and have a good rest. Only by keeping your strength up can you have a chance to help.¡± ¡°Hum, who needs help? I don¡¯t want to be med...¡± ire doesn¡¯t finish, because she seems to see a familiar figure. Rubbing her eyes, ire put her head out of the window and opens her eyesrger. On the car in the nextne, there is a man with a deep brow, like a sculpture. Men with a natural king of gas, just a look, can make people bow to minister. And this man is no other, is Leo. The smile on her face grows bigger and bigger. ire murmurs, ¡°I¡¯m not dreaming, is that man really Leo?¡± ire says, reaching out and pinching herself. ¡°What a pain!¡± Although it hurt, ireughs even more brightly. ¡°This is not a dream, he is really!¡± Turning to look at Ashley, ire says excitedly, ¡°My husband has come, he hase to pick me up! Ashley, stop now. I¡¯m going to find Leo!¡± ire says loudly, but Ashley doesn¡¯t seem to hear her and drives the car faster. ¡°Ashley, what¡¯s the matter with you? Can¡¯t you hear what I¡¯m talking about?¡± Of course, Ashley hears that. That¡¯s why she wants to drive faster and get rid of Leo! Just when ire is at a loss, Leo sees her. The beloved is right in front of him, but Leo dare not press too hard. He is afraid that Ashley will do something crazy under anger. ¡°ire...¡± It seems to hear the low voice of Leo. ire turns to look at him and their eyes meet in the air. Seeing Leo again several dayster, ire is so excited that she wants to cry. Seeing Leo safe and sound, ire smiles happily. She wants to say something to Leo. Her lips moves, but she finds that she could not make a sound. What¡¯s the matter? Why do I feel so tired and sleepy? But I can¡¯t sleep now. Leo is here. I will go home with him. Struggling to open her eyes, ire leans against the car window and finally falls asleep. Damn, what¡¯s the matter with ire! Chapter 465 Joint cooperation Chapter 465 Joint cooperation Leo clenches his fist and orders his men to try their best to stop Ashley¡¯s car. But before Leo takes action, another car is inserts obliquely, blocking his way. At this moment, Ashley is given a chance to escape from Leo, turns a corner and drives away at full speed. Before leaving, Ashley looks at the inexplicable vehicles through the reversing mirror and her heart sinks. At this moment, Ashley suddenly thinks of a story - the wolfes. In two days, she always says that Juan hase, Juan hase. She doesn¡¯t expect that Juan himself hase! The car that just appear is the one that Juan himself drives. Facing a big devil at a time, it¡¯s enough to make Ashley headache. Now it¡¯s double difficulty, it¡¯s just to y the rhythm of the dead! However, the worst situation may be the most favorable one. Leo and Juan were originally hostile to each other. Maybe she can takes advantage of this opportunity to let them restrain each other, so that she can takes ire and escape far away. Think of these, Ashley¡¯s eyes narrows down, at the same time deeply step on the elerator, the car is drove fast. On the other side, Leo met with Juan and his eyes shes murderous. He doesn¡¯t expect to meet again so soon. Fate really takes care of them and gives them another chance to have a duel. But Leo has no love for war. He wants to find ire more than to defeat Juan. ¡°Boss, this is a great chance to kill Leo. Do you want to...¡± ¡°Take care of Leo¡¯s business and leave it to others. Go after ire first.¡± The tone of Juan can¡¯t be refused. Even though the bald man wants to stay and clean up Leo himself, he can only obey his orders. It¡¯s just a very gloomy expression on the bald man face at the moment. Without Juan, the people under him are not Leo¡¯s opponents at all and they are soon solved by Leo. Seeing Leo¡¯s car getting closer and closer, the bald man asks, ¡°Boss, Leo is catching up again. Or shall we get rid of him first and then go to find ire?¡± Voice falls, the bale man does not get answer of the Juan, cannot help but ask again, ¡°Boss?¡± ¡°Leo drives over and doesn¡¯t seem to fight with us.¡± The bald man does not understand what Juan meant by saying this and says inexplicably, ¡°Yes.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Giving up the attack and pursue with Leo.¡± The bald man is shocked and asks, ¡°What do you mean, boss?¡± ¡°It¡¯s under ire¡¯s safety topete with Leo for ire. Now she¡¯s in someone else¡¯s hands. What can I do to fight him? Find ire first and talk about other things.¡± ¡°Boss, you... you want to cooperate with Leo!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not cooperation. It¡¯s not mutual interference at most. After I make sure ire¡¯s safe and then have a duel with him.¡± Juan says the right words, but the bald man doesn¡¯t understand it. ire lets Juan back step by step. Where else should a hero have the bearing? For a woman, he bes so crazy and stupid. Is this Juan worth he to followed! ? ... Seeing that Juan is no longer entangles with he, Leo smiles and murmurs, ¡°This guy is not stupid.¡± Giving up the fight, the two quickly finds the whereabouts of Ashley, one after another to follow Ashley¡¯s car. They don¡¯t seem to be in a hurry to deal with Ashley and only follow her not far or near. Ashley drives desperately, trying to get rid of them, but finds that no matter how hard she tries, the two guys are all following her. Damn, she thinks two men would fight each other. Unexpectedly, theyes up together. It seems that they are going to cooperate with each other and encircle her. It seems that ire¡¯s position in their hearts is not low, but this is not what Ashley likes to see. Under normal circumstances, it¡¯s very difficult for Ashley to deal with one person alone. Now both of them are here and it¡¯s hard to escape. If she can¡¯t, she has to give up ire, push her down and go first. But in this way, all the previous efforts are in vain and even exposes herself and ck. Looking at ire, Ashley is not willing. She bites her teeth and decides to fight. No matter what, she will take ire out with her! Seeing Ashley¡¯s speed getting faster and faster, Leo narrows his eyes and says, ¡°It seems that the woman is not going to admit defeat.¡± ¡°What shall we do now and keep on chasing?¡± ¡°Of course not,¡± says Leo, looking down at Juan¡¯s car. ¡°Drive close to Juan¡¯s car.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± After side by side with Juan, Leo makes a gesture to Juan to signal them to stop Ashley. With a nce, Juan understands the meaning of Leo. Take eyes back and Juan speeds up. Then he turns and goes around the other street. Ashley has been looking at the back of the car from the reversing mirror. When she finds that there is one car disappears, she immediately gets nervous. What are they doing? In a trance, Juan drives out from the front, then steps on the brake and the rear of the cares across. This is a narrow road, only one car can pass. When Juan stops there, it means that Ashley must stop, otherwise, the car will be destroyed. There are wolves before, tigers after. If Ashley really stops, the game will be over. But Ashley doesn¡¯t mean to slow down. Her eyes are red and she steps on the elerator to the maximum. ¡°This crazy woman...¡± Bang - Huge impact force let Juan¡¯s car hit the wall, the car head has changed shape. Ashley is also very embarrassed here. Although the car has been refitted, it is strong and resistant to falling. The car is still concave and the ss is shattered. At the moment of collision, Juan does not consider his own situation, but clenches the steering wheel and swears, ¡°shit!¡± Because ofa, ire doesn¡¯t dodge. She lets the ss pieces fall all over her head and face. Juan doesn¡¯t know if she is hurt. Juan is very worried about ire¡¯s situation. He wants to drive there, but finds that his car can no longer move. On the other side of Ashley, after a brief pause, she tries to restart the car. There are two muffled noises and ck smokees out from the rear of the car. At the same time, the car body moves slowly and then the speed bes faster and faster, driving past Juan. "Boss, are you ok?" Juan does not care about his own situation and orders with a gloomy face, ¡°Let subordinates drive another car, now!¡± ¡°Yes.¡± When the bald man contacts his subordinates, Leo¡¯s car drives by. The roar of the engine is extremely harsh, which also makes Juan close his lips tightly. The Bald men are afraid that the world is not disordered, stimting the sensitive nerves of Juan. ¡°Boss, will this be Leo¡¯s strategy? He deliberately asks you to be a shield to weaken your strength, while he keep on pursuing without any damage. This kind of hateful guy should not trust him at all. It¡¯s better to get rid of him earlier.¡± Chapter 466 Stalemate Chapter 466 Stalemate ¡°Shut up, where is the car? Go and find it!¡± Juan is as proud as an angry lion. The bald man does not dare to say more and says cautiously, ¡°This... It takes a little time.¡± ¡°Wait any longer, it¡¯s toote!¡± Juan no longer hesitates, kicks the door and walks to the street corner, he picks a car casually, raises his hand and smashes the car ss. Seeing Juan to go, the bald man also want to sit in the car. But Juan stops the bald man¡¯s action. Puzzled to see to Juan, the bald man asks, ¡°Boss, why?¡± ¡°You¡¯re too noisy. It¡¯s annoying to have you in the car.¡± ¡°But...¡± Before the bald man finished speaking, Juan has already driven away. Because of the ident just now, Juan is far away. At this time, Ashley is about to leave the county. Although she gets rid of a strong enemy, Leo behind her is also very difficult to deal with. And just after the impact, Ashley¡¯s car can only barely go on the road, she doesn¡¯t know when it will bepletely scrapped. Seeing more and more ck smokeing from Ashley¡¯s car, Leo frowns intensely. This woman is crazy. If she drives, the car will explode easily! Ashley is alive or death. Leo doesn¡¯t care. He is worried about ire. Since he has found her, then, he must never let her go wrong again! Taking out the pistol from the bosom, Leo aims at the front, pulls the trigger against the Ashley ¡®s tire. With the sound of gunfire, Ashley¡¯s car lost control, swings left and right and finally hit the wall. This time, the car ispletely abandoned. Regardless of the injury, Ashley pulls ire out and squats behind the door to cover. Leo stops his car not far away and shouts to her, ¡°Give up ire and you can have a life!¡± Ashley sneers and takes out the pistol at the same time, says, ¡°At this time, do you think I still care about life and death? If you really want ire to be safe, let¡¯s leave.¡± ¡°Impossible!¡± Leo says firmly, ¡°No one can take away ire, including you!¡± ¡°Then attack with fire and beat the car into a hive and your beloved woman into a blood sieve!¡± Ashley is relying on ire in the car, Leo dare not attack, then stimte Leo with words. ¡°I don¡¯t have to fire to make you give in.¡± Leo¡¯s voice indifference, says, ¡°Don¡¯t forget, you still have the aplice in my hand. If you refuse to let ire go, I will torture your aplice until you agree.¡± Bad ass... ¡°Ashley, you¡¯ve lost. Give up resistance.¡± Ashley is excited and shouts, ¡°You don¡¯t know what I¡¯ve paid for it. Even if I die, I will never give up!¡± Compared with Ashley¡¯s excitement, Leo¡¯s tone is nd, with a demagogue tone, saying, ¡°Why stick to one road and walk to the dark? As long as you are still alive, you will always have a way to achieve what you want. If you hurt ire, you will surely die and have no chance to fulfill your wish.¡± With a sneer, Ashley says, ¡°Do you think I haven¡¯t investigated you? You are the people who are afraid of both ck and white will not allow such a small person as me to y havoc on your head. I dare say that as long as I hand over ire, I will be killed immediately.¡± This woman knows herself very well. The corner of the mouth gently raises and Leo asks, ¡°what do you want?¡± ¡°I said, let me take ire away.¡± ¡°You take her with you, just want that information. I can give you what you want now, but only if you let go of ire.¡± ¡°Hum, if ire is released, can I still have a life!¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll give you the information now and you¡¯ll send it back to headquarters immediately. Without worries, can ire be released?¡± Leo¡¯s suggestion moves Ashley and makes her hesitate. ¡°If you are moved, make a decision quickly. When Juanes, things will beplicated.¡± Biting lip, Ashley says, ¡°OK, but you don¡¯t y tricks, otherwise, ire is in danger.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t make fun of her life.¡± With that, Leo opens the door. ¡°Sir...¡± Leo¡¯s subordinates want to stop Leo, but Leo stops them. Holding the data in his hand, Leo walks forward step by step. When he reaches a stone pir, he stops. ¡°Shall I send it to you, or shall you take it yourself?¡± ¡°You bring it here, put it down and go!¡± Leo walks to Ashley¡¯s side and then sees that Ashley holds the gun against ire¡¯s temple and looks at Leo warily. At this time, ire is still in aa, because of the traffic ident, her body and face are all covered with red, exuding blood. Seeing that Leo¡¯s face bes dark, Ashley snorts coldly and orders, ¡°She is still alive. Now put things down and leave quickly!¡± Leo purses his lips and steps back slowly. Waiting for Leo to return to his original ce, Ashley immediately looks through the materials and her eyes are full of joy. ¡°That¡¯s it!¡± Ashley flips the page and uses her mobile phone to capture the content and immediately send it back to her headquarters. At the end of thest stop, Ashley leans against the door and closes her eyes. Atst, it is over. Her mission has beenpleted. Even if she dies now, she will not have regrets. ¡°How are you, all right?¡± Slowly opens her eyes, Ashley says, ¡°You also count to keep promise,e to pick up your woman to go home.¡± Voice down, Ashley side looks at the sleeping ire, says, ¡°I also calcte to fulfill the promise, send you back to his side.¡± With permission, Leo can¡¯t wait to run there. But just as Leo is getting closer to ire, Juanes from the back and takes out his gun with gloomy eyes. Bang - Juan takes aim at Leo. Because Leo¡¯s subordinates find Juan at the first time, when Juan shoots, they give a prompt to let Leo avoid the fatal blow. At the same time, Leo finds a hidden ce to hide and attack Juan from the dark. Reaching for ire, Ashley shrinks back and mumbles, ¡°It seems that I haven¡¯t finished the task yet.¡± Looking back at ire, Ashley smiles and says, ¡°It¡¯s a pity that you are sleepy now. You can¡¯t see your elder sister valiant and heroic in bearing. Maybe you won¡¯t have a chance in your life.¡± Sipping her lip, Ashley no longer hesitates and gets up to take out the two boxes from the back of the car.Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. When she opens it, there are ck guns lying in the box. Picking up a charge gun frame in the window, Ashley squints, aims at the direction of Juan. Because of Ashley, the situation is very bad for the Juan side. Soon, he is beaten back and forth without any power to fight back. Chapter 467 Deceived again Chapter 467 Deceived again However, with the appearance of Juan reinforcements, the scene changes dramatically. Another minion has been solved. Ashley is a little upset. It¡¯s not the way to fight like this. Sooner or later, she and Leo will run out of bullets and then they can only be caught. Ashley thinks about it and takes out some grenades from the box. She ns to solve Juan first and then let Leo takes ire to leave. She is responsible for the ending. At this time, Ashley has never think of leaving here alive. Her mission has beenpleted. There is no difference between life and death. But when Ashley is holding the grenade and is ready to start, Juan suddenly makes a sound. ¡°Do you really think Leo is helping you? He is just using you. What information hasn¡¯t been sent back to the headquarters.¡± What!? ¡°Thework here is limited. The documents you send are actually sent to the mobile garbage station and they are written off cleanly.¡± Ashley looks ugly and Leo has a ck face. What Juan says is right, but he choose to announce the truth at this time. He clearly wants to stimte Ashley to fight to the end. Ashley calls back to the headquarters and the answer from the other side makes her hold her fist tightly. ¡°Leo, you are the only one who teases me twice. It seems that you don¡¯t want to be reunited with ire!¡± Chest full of anger, Ashley wants to kills Leo now. Because she believes in viins, she doesn¡¯t have much ammunition and weapons left in my hands. She is not the opponent of these men at all. But these things are enough to destroy two women - her and ire. Since everyone is insincere and she can¡¯t live to leave, it¡¯s time to kill! The bottom of the eye across a touch of hate, Ashley holding the grenade, will pull open the pull ring. ¡°Don¡¯t be impulsive!¡± Looking at Leo proudly, Ashley says, ¡°Leo, don¡¯t you think you can calcte everything, so the current situation is also in your calction?¡± Juan doesn¡¯t expect that the woman is so furious and chooses to perish together. He is shocked. ¡°If you can¡¯t believe Leo, you can cooperate with me. I will never deceive you. I can give everything you want with both hands!¡± ¡°Well, do you think I will still believe you? You are the same as Leo. No one is clean! I feel sad for ire. She loved by people like you, as if live in nightmares all her life!¡± It¡¯s strange that someone is shouting my name. ire in aa moves her fingertips and frowns slightly. Just now she has a sleep. She feels noisy outside. Her ears are shaking off. And just now quiet and she hears her name again. Ah, what kind of dream is it. ire is confused. At the same time, Leo and Juan are trying their best to persuade Ashley not to be impulsive. But Ashley has makes up her mind that she can¡¯t aplish the task. Naturally, there will be companions to continue. Unfortunately, she can¡¯t bring Mr. Bet to justice by herself. She fails to fulfill her promise after all and is ashamed of that person. Lightly breathes, Ashley decides let all dust settle. Bang - This time, it is not an explosion, but a shoot. In a hurry, Ashley lowers her head, looks at her chest and feels that the temperature of her body is running away. Just now, in order to save ire, Leo aims at Ashley and shoots her in the chest. Juan wants to repair another shoot, but he changes his mind when he sees a figure. Sharp voice lets ire wakes up and then looks up, seeing a scene of terror. Ashley, who is always broad, leaning on the door feebly, with blood on her chest and a strange smile on her mouth. ¡°Are you awake?¡± ¡°Ashley, Ashley, what¡¯s the matter with you?¡± Ashley smiles, chest ups and downs, tone weak says, ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I utilize you.¡± As soon as Ashley speaks, blood flows out of her mouth and slides down her white chin. ire is at a loss and says in a trembling voice, ¡°Don¡¯t talk, tell me quickly, what can I do to save you?¡± ¡°I¡¯m afraid I can¡¯t live, but I¡¯m very happy to know you in thest days of my life. However, I still failed to fulfill my promise. You and Leo... Cough-¡± Before Ashley finishes speaking, she coughs up a lot of blood, which is shocking. ire is about to cry. She wants to ask for help from the people around her. But when she looks around, she finds that Leo and Juan are all there. All around, there are countless dead bodies. Seeing this scene, ire first froze, then slowly bes cold. ¡°Who hurt Ashley?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°ire, you...¡± As soon as Juan leans over, he sees ire bends over and picks up a pistol and aims it at the man on the opposite side. ¡°ire, put down the gun quickly and don¡¯t hurt yourself!¡± Leo is anxious, also wants to walk past, but equally be scolded live. ¡°No one of you!¡± ¡°But not go there, how can I save Ashley?¡± Leo gentlyforts ire and says, ¡°She is suffering from a very serious injury now. She must be treated immediately or she will die.¡± Side head sees the Ashley that the eye fainted, ire tightly purses the lip. ¡°So, you put down the gun first, let¡¯s go to the doctor, shall we?¡± ¡°I...¡± As soon as ire is about to speak, they listen to the voice of Juan. ¡°Leo, you can really pretend to be a good man. Didn¡¯t you just shoot to kill Ashley? Now you have to pretend to save people. Do you think everyone else is a fool?¡± Juan¡¯s words makes ire¡¯s gun rise again. She couldn¡¯t believe it. She asks, ¡°Leo, do you hurt Ashley?¡± Leo nces at ire and do not speak. And his silence has answered ire, which makes her cold. ¡°Why do you have to deal with Ashley? She is my friend!¡± ¡°What friend, she just wants to utilize you!¡± ¡°You don¡¯t know Ashley at all, but I¡¯m the one who gets along with her day and night. Do you know her better than I do?¡± ¡°You know her? Do you know the real identity of Ashley? It¡¯s perfectly purposeful for her to approach you, and even if she dies, you don¡¯t have to feel guilty.¡± ¡°But she never wanted to hurt me!¡± ire¡¯s eyes are red, like a wound rabbit. She roars, ¡°Everyone has his own ineffable difficulties. Can we wipe out others¡¯ kindness to me because of this? Leo, you are too much!¡± Looking at ire¡¯s confrontation with Leo, Juan takes the opportunity to open his mouth. ¡°ire, I know you are angry, but it¡¯s more important to save Ashley now. Youe to me. I¡¯ll go to the doctor now, OK?¡± Chapter 468 Claire’s choice Chapter 468 ire¡¯s choice Juan says, trying to get close to ire. ¡°Stop, don¡¯te!¡± Pointing at Juan with a gun, ire controble says, ¡°You don¡¯t have to pretend to be a good man, even if you don¡¯t hurt Ashley, your means are not clean!¡± ¡°You are right. None of the people here is clean. So what should we do now, watching the Ashley die?¡± With her lips clenches, ire seems to be fighting psychologically. Finally, ire looks in the direction of Leo and says, ¡°Leo, now I will find the best doctor. If Ashley died, I will never forgive you in my life!¡± After hearing ire¡¯s words, Leo is sad and happy. Looking back at Juan, he doesn¡¯t have much emotion and looks at ire calmly picks up Ashley and going to Leo. In the process, Juan does not find a chance to start and watches them leave. When the bald man sees this scene, he is very worried and asks, ¡°Boss, do you want them to leave like this?¡± It¡¯s such a good meeting. Leo is right in front of him. It¡¯s easy to kill him. But Juan doesn¡¯t seem to be eager for his life. His eyes narrows and says, ¡°Even if Leo takes ire away, there is a gap between them. Misunderstanding is their greatest enemy.¡± Just now, Juan figures out one thing. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. No matter how hard he tried and tried his best to break them up, it would not change ire¡¯s deep love for Leo, only because of various external forces, their feelings would be more indestructible. But if he lets themselves question this feeling, they will destroy their love fundamentally. And this Ashley is a great opportunity. At the moment, Juan is not in a hurry. He still has a lifetime to give ire happiness. Now, he just needs to wait quietly, waiting for ire to be a bitter couple with Leo and he can easily drag ire to his side. Thinking of these, Juan¡¯s face is smiling again. ... Seeing ire again, Conan is very happy. Can not wait for him to rush over with ire to act coquettish, see ire wind and fire ran in the past. ¡°Mommy?¡± Conan catches up with her and finds that ire still has bloodstains on her face. ¡°Mommy, what¡¯s wrong with you? Are you hurt?¡± ¡°Honey, Mommy doesn¡¯t have time to exin it to you now. Wait a minute!¡± With that, ire opens a room, looks inside and says to herself, ¡°It¡¯s not bad here.¡± ¡°What¡¯s good?¡± ire doesn¡¯t answer Conan¡¯s question, she turns around and runs out. After a while, someonees running in with a man covered in blood and goes straight to the room just chose. Alonges the doctor. He drives the irrelevant people out of the door and takes the nurse to start the emergency treatment. Conan has just catch a glimpse of Ashley. He is stuns and mumbles, ¡°She is... Ashley! ?¡± At this time, ire is waiting anxiously outside the door. ¡°Mommy, how does she get so hurt?¡± ¡°It¡¯s about to ask your good dad!¡± ire mentions Leo and expresses anger, which makes Conan even more confused. Doesn¡¯t Daddy go to save people? Why does Mommy be so weird when shees back? Conan is puzzled, but ire¡¯s mind is all on Ashley and she doesn¡¯t notice the change of Conan at all. After rescue, Ashley finally picks up a life, but the person is very weak, so she has to take good care of it. ire is relieved. If Ashley is really dead, ire doesn¡¯t know how to deal with Leo. The rtionship between them may never be restored. ... After Ashley turns the corner, ire doesn¡¯t see Leo for two days. She doesn¡¯t know whether the man is guilty faces her, or he is tired of coping with Juan and has no time to spare. But no matter which one, ire thinks that they should calm down. When Leo reappears, ire makes an amazing decision. ¡°Are you sure you want to take Ashley with you?¡± ire is adamant and says, ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Ashley is seriously injured and needs to be taken care of. What¡¯s more, if I leave her here, who knows if you will find her to settle ounts, for safety I will take her with me.¡± ¡°Can¡¯t you trust me like that?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± And the face of Leo is darkened and he says, ¡°Well, that¡¯s what you want.¡± With that, Leo turns and leaves, his eyes still tired. ire naturally sees Leo¡¯s hard work, but she doesn¡¯t give a voice tofort him. She just looks at Leo¡¯s back silently and disappeared slowly. Without Leo, ire does not hide the yearning in her eyes, as well as her deep helplessness. But her facial expression changes, all saw by Conan. With a deep sigh, Conan says, ¡°Mommy, don¡¯t talk to Daddy like this. He ate a lot of hard work to save you.¡± ¡°I know.¡± ¡°Then why treat Daddy that way? I can see he is sad.¡± ire is silent for a moment and says, ¡°You are still young, don¡¯t understand these things.¡± ¡°If you don¡¯t tell me, how do I know I don¡¯t understand?¡± Conan is curiously says, ¡°I don¡¯t understand that you adults are obviously very concerned about each other, but you are always unhappy for various reasons. Is love really soplicated?¡± Poking Conan¡¯s head, ire says, ¡°Don¡¯t study love at a young age. Go back to have a rest. It shouldn¡¯t be long that we can go home.¡± Go home... It is a very warm thing, but ire does not feel any happiness, instead, she is depressed and dignified. It¡¯s strange that she should be happy to have a family reunion. Why does things bes like this? ... When Ashley opens her eyes again, she finds herself in a strange environment. Roomyout is very simple, but the taste is not low, in which, the people will rx involuntarily. The body moves, Ashley hard to sit up, reaches out to feel under the pillow. It¡¯s empty, which makes Ashley a little flustered. ¡°Ah, why are you sitting up!¡± ire goes out to pour water andes back to see that Ashley hase to life. It is amazing. Ashley looks around vaguely and asks, ¡°Where am I?¡± ¡°You¡¯re in the house of Howard.¡± ¡°Howard¡± lets Ashley instantly wake up, before the injury happened scene, also recall. Theplexion slowly cool down, Ashley asks, ¡°That is to say, I am imprisoned?¡± ire sits beside Ashley and says, ¡°Howe? You are just here for a while to heal. When you are well, you can leave.¡± Chapter 469 Forgiveness Chapter 469 Forgiveness ¡°It¡¯s impossible, isn¡¯t Leo going to make trouble for me?¡± ¡°With me, he doesn¡¯t dare to do anything to you. You just need to take care of yourself.¡± With Ashley¡¯s physical condition, it¡¯s impossible to escape. She can only temporarilymit herself here and wait for the opportunity to act. But ire¡¯s attitude to her surprised Ashley. Since she is in Howard family, ire is finally taken away by Leo. ire is sure to know the whole story from Leo, so as to break up her friendship. But in reality, why does ire still care about her as if nothing happened? With a little doubt, Ashley says, ¡°Leo can make such a concession, surely because you mediate in it, thank you.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t thank me. Aren¡¯t we friends?¡± Friend? This name makes Ashley stupefied and then she says with a wry smile, ¡°I think we would never be friends in our life. After all, I cheated you and even utilized you.¡± ¡°I know your identity,¡± ire says with a sympathetic smile. ¡°You are an undercover policeman. It¡¯s really powerful.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you me me?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a good thing to collect evidence, overthrow evil forces and eliminate harm for the people. As for you utilizing me...¡± ire¡¯s expression isplicated and says, ¡°If Leo can do what he says, there will be noter disturbance. After all, it is he who doesn¡¯t believe you that hurt you.¡± ¡°ire, you are so kind.¡± ¡°That also wants you to be a good person, I can be kind to show you.¡± ire smiles again and says, ¡°But your identity is not the same as I expected.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t you really think I¡¯m the elder sister of the underworld?¡± ¡°Once I thought so.¡± ire¡¯s seriousness makes Ashleyugh. ¡°Well, you don¡¯t need to worry about anything now. You just need to take good care of yourself here. As for the evidence, I will persuade him to give it to you.¡± Ashley shanks her head and says, ¡°I dare not have extravagant thoughts, as long as I can keep my life. Leo is a terrible man, I don¡¯t want to deal with him any more.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I won¡¯t let him bully you again. You used to protect me. Now, I¡¯ll protect you.¡± ire¡¯s words moves Ashley and says, ¡°ire, it¡¯s really my luck to know you.¡± ¡°I¡¯m d to know you, too. Oh, when you¡¯re in a better state of mind, I¡¯ll introduce a friend to you. Her character is very simr to yours. I believe you will be good friends.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m looking forward to that.¡± Seeing that Ashley has starts yawning, ire stands up and says, ¡°You¡¯d better have a rest earlier, after all, you just woke up. The doctor says that you have a good foundation, but you should also take care of yourself, or you will leave the root of the disease.¡± ¡°I see, you are still so wordy.¡± Although she makesints, but Ashleyys down on the bed again obediently. Helping Ashley to tuck in the quilt corner. ire leaves the room easily. As soon as the door closed, Ashley opens her eyes. Staring at the ceiling, Ashley¡¯s face is expressionless, recalling all kinds of things in this period of time. Leo, since I doesn¡¯t die, I will let you taste the taste of failure! It¡¯s just... The only one she will be sorry is ire. ... Since ire came back to the house of Howard, she has been busy taking care of Ashley every day, even her baby son has been neglected. In this regard, Conan feels very aggrieve andins to Leo. But Leo lets Conan understand ire and even let Conan help ire take care of Ashley. Such an answer makes Conan feels very creepy. If it¡¯s someone else, it¡¯s enough to be considerate, but that person is Leo. He is jealous of evil. He doesn¡¯t poison Ashley secretly and lets Conan help ire take care of Ashley.It unbelievable! Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Conan doesn¡¯t understand, so he goes to Luke to ask for the answer. After hearing Conan¡¯s questions, Luke is silent for a long time. ¡°Well, uncle Luke thinks it¡¯s incredible, isn¡¯t it?¡± With his finger on his cheek, Conan murmurs, ¡°Do you think Daddy so busy that stupid recently and has some abnormal thoughts? Or, get him a psychologist?¡± ¡°Your father is normal. He is trying to mend his rtionship with ire.¡± ¡°Ah! ?¡± Conan is very smart, but he doesn¡¯t understand what Luke means. Luke raises his hand and touches Conan¡¯s hair top, exins, ¡°Your Mommy is upset because your father hurt Ashley. Although Ashley¡¯s life is saved, they has a knot. Your father wants you to spend more time with your mother and make her happy. By the way, you can let your Mommy be more kind to your father.¡± Conan suddenly understands, ¡°It¡¯s true, Daddy is really diligent.¡± ¡°So, y your part and apany ire well, by the way...¡± Luke pauses and says, ¡°Don¡¯t let that Ashley have another chance.¡± ¡°I understand,¡± Conan nods, ¡°Ashley is not a simple character. Even if she is injured, her tusks are still there. Besides, if she has a feud with Daddy, she will inevitably take the opportunity to stir up the rtionship between Daddy and Mommy.¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s what I mean.¡± ¡°Then leave this task to me and I make sure it¡¯s done!¡± ... After breakfast, Conan waits in the living room. When the clock points to ten o¡¯clock, Conan sees the person he wants to see. Jumping off the sofa, Conan run to ire¡¯s side and asks with a smile, ¡°Mommy, what are you going to do?¡± ire is holds the soup bowl, says, ¡°I¡¯ve just cooked the medicine soup in the kitchen. I¡¯ll send it to Ashley.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll go with Mommy.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not busy?¡± ¡°Whatever I can do? I want to help Mommy.¡± Conan says and takes the soup bowl, smiling. ¡°What¡¯s your idea, little smart boy?¡± ¡°Look at what Mommy said. I really want to help Mommy. Mommy has been busy taking care of aunt Ashley recently. I don¡¯t want to disturb her, so I can only join Mommy and spend more time with you.¡± Conan¡¯s thoughtful and sensible appearance makes ire feel very sad. She did neglect my baby son, but she has nothing to do. Here, she doesn¡¯t believe that others can take good care of Ashley. In order to protect her and make her recover quickly, ire does everything by herself. Although it¡¯s a little hard, it can make she feel at ease and make sure that Ashley is safe. As for Conan... When Ashley recovers, she will make up for it. ¡°Mommy, what are you thinking? Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Oh, yes.¡± Chapter 470 Relaxation Chapter 470 Rxation Pushing the door into Ashley¡¯s room, ire finds that she has sits up and is looking out of the window. ¡°Awake?¡± ¡°Um.¡± ¡°Come and have a bowl of soup.¡± ¡°Soup again?¡± Ashley is afraid of the appearance, says, ¡°I eat or sleep every day, will be a sow. When I get back to headquarters, I don¡¯t think they will recognize me.¡± ¡°You are seriously injured and should take good care of yourself. It¡¯s nothing to be fat at all. It¡¯s good that ck doesn¡¯t dislike you.¡± When ites to ck, ire can¡¯t help looking at the people behind her. Seeing ire staring at himself, Conan smiles gracefully. Ashley looks like nothing. She smiles and greets Conan. ¡°Are you Conan? It¡¯s the first time we¡¯ve met.¡± ¡°In fact, I have seen you, but at that time you were seriously injured and passed out.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a pity that I doesn¡¯t remember my first meeting with you.¡± Conan thinks this is a bit awkward, but on the surface, he doesn¡¯t pay attention to it. He smiles and says, ¡°Actually, I haven¡¯t had a chance to thank aunt Ashley. When Mommy was in MGpany, she was always under the care of aunt Ashley.¡± ¡°You¡¯re wee. Your Mommy is a very good woman. She deserves to be treated by others.¡± Seeing these people start talking about herself, ire interrupts them and says, ¡°Hey, you are not wee. I don¡¯t like it.¡± ¡°We are praise you, please don''t be upset.¡± ¡°That is, Mommy, you can have such a good friend as Auntie Ashley and it can improve Mommy¡¯s intelligence.¡± Although she is teased, ire¡¯s smile is warm when he sees that Conan has a harmonious rtionship with Ashley. ¡°I¡¯m d you get along well.¡± ¡°Why can¡¯t we get along?¡± ¡°Because...¡± The words does not finish, ire then stops and silent. What else? It¡¯s because Conan imprisons ck. Seeing ire¡¯s eyes twinkling, Conan says clearly, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, ck is very good now, we are just exchange technology, we are like-minded friends.¡± ¡°Since you are friend, why can¡¯t he contact the outside world?¡± ¡°I let him go, but he doesn¡¯t want to go. ck says that he wants to crack the code I set and he work hard all day. He doesn¡¯t see anyone yet, he says there needs to be a quiet environment to concentrate on thinking.¡± Conan¡¯s expression is sincere. Even if it¡¯s a lie off, it seems to be true. To this, Ashley smiles, does not care to go on. ¡°Well, stop talking, have soup, have soup.¡± From Ashley, ire grabs Conan and asks, ¡°Conan, tell Mommy the truth, is it ck who doesn¡¯t want to go or you don¡¯t let him go?¡± ¡°We won¡¯t let him go.¡± Conan is frank and says, ¡°But this is to protect him. Mommy, you think, if ck falls on Juan¡¯s hand, Juan can threaten Ashley and make her obedient. Ashley is a patient now, so it¡¯s not appropriate to think about it. So we should consider these things.¡± Squinting at Conan, ire asks, ¡°Is it so simple?¡± ¡°It¡¯s so simple. Why else? Mommy, you¡¯re back now. We don¡¯t have to deal with Ashley and ck. It¡¯s not good for us. Are you think it right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± ire¡¯s nerves have been breaking up recently. She will think about some things. It¡¯s very possible that she really misunderstands Conan. Rubbing her temples, ire says, ¡°Sometimes Mommy doesn¡¯t think about it. Thanks for your help.¡± This makes Conan feel guilty and says with a smile, ¡°I¡¯m your son. Of course, I have to help Mommy share your worries.¡± Bending over Conan¡¯s forehead and giving a kiss, ire says, ¡°You are really Mommy¡¯s good son.¡± Conan¡¯s smile is cute, but where ire can¡¯t see it, the smile disappears a little bit. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. The next day, ire goes to visit Ashley again. They sit by the window. ire cuts the fruit for her. Leaning on the back of the chair, Ashley s wrapped in a nket and lookszy. ¡°ire, let¡¯s discuss something with you.¡± ¡°You say.¡± ¡°I¡¯m much better and you don¡¯t need to apany me every day. Let¡¯s have a look. Don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know. The kid is actually trying to spend more time with you. The child¡¯s pitiful little eyes are pitiful to me. I don¡¯t know why you can neglect it.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not as exaggerated as you says, but it¡¯s true that I¡¯m ignoring Conan. If I¡¯m not so busy for a few days, I¡¯ll take Conan out for a walk and rx.¡± ¡°You are not busy now. You can go now.¡± ¡°No, I can¡¯t. I need to take care of you here.¡± Reaching for an apple, Ashley says, ¡°I know what you are worried about. After what happened before, Leo will not dare to calcte me again, so you can put your heart into your stomach.¡± ¡°But...¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say anymore, do you have the heart to see Conan unhappy? Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯m almost recovered. I can walk by myself.¡± Although Ashley makes a guarantee, ire still felt insecure. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m a policeman, don¡¯t treat me as amb,¡± said Ashley, frowning at ire¡¯s hesitation. ¡°It¡¯s settled. If you don¡¯t listen, I¡¯ll hunger strike until you promise!¡± Saying, Ashley put Apple back, looks serious. ¡°Well, I¡¯ll go back and think about what I can do recently.¡± "Considering what, the cherry blossoms are blooming outside. It¡¯s best to step on the green. Don¡¯t perfunctory me, you must act quickly, you know?¡± ¡°Oh, I see. I¡¯ll make a feasible n when I go back and then I¡¯ll show it to you. How about that?¡± ¡°You¡¯ll have to be quiet.¡± The two women look at each other and smile, but they thought about their own affairs. ... Although Ashley has her n, she is right. ire really needs to take some time to go out with Conan. Now that she has an idea, ire doesn¡¯t n to dy her time either. Shees out of Ashley and goes to Conan directly. ¡°Conan, are you busy recently?¡± Conan is making a model of drum. Seeing ire, he has no choice but to smile. ¡°Mommy, I should ask you that. It seems that Mommy is busier than me.¡± Embarrassed smile, ire says, ¡°Mommy has time these two days, I want to ask you that if you want to go out to y.¡± ¡°Really, Mommy, are you kidding?¡± ¡°There¡¯s nothing to be joking about, of course, it¡¯s true.¡± ¡°Yeah, great!¡± Chapter 471 Inexplicable Chapter 471 Inexplicable Conan puts down the model and jumps happily in the room. Seeing the child happy because of such a simple thing, ire feels that she really owes the child. With a smile, she rubs Conan¡¯s hair and asks, ¡°Now think about where we are going to y.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll talk to Daddy first to see if he has any good suggestions.¡± The smile solidifies. ire says, ¡°Well, I¡¯m not going to take your Dad with me this time.¡± Conan looks surprised. He doesn¡¯t seem to understand the meaning of ire¡¯s words. ¡°I mean, your father is too busy these days to spend time with us. Let¡¯s wait for another chance.¡± Next time? When is the next time, it¡¯s hard to say. The smile disappears slowly. Conan says withck of interest, ¡°If Daddy doesn¡¯t go, it¡¯s not a family activity.¡± ¡°There will be opportunities in the future. This time it will be our mother and son¡¯s leisure time. Oh, if you feel bored, you can call uncle Luke and aunt Kate.¡± ¡°Come on, don¡¯t disturb the sweet time of lovers.¡± ¡°Then you can choose where you want to go.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ... Although ire hints that she doesn¡¯t want Leo to go with her, how could Conan be obedient as a good assistant? After getting the news, Conan finds Leo at the first time. ¡°Daddy.¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± Showing his white teeth, Conan says, ¡°It¡¯s really something. Mommy says she would take me to y tomorrow! Although you are busy with something, Dad, you can spare half a day. Mummy says that cherry blossoms are blooming very well recently. She wants to go to the park to enjoy them. It¡¯s so big in the park, maybe we¡¯ll meet something. As long as Daddy...¡± Conan is helping Leo to make suggestions, but interrupted by Leo. ¡°I¡¯m really busy recently. I¡¯m afraid I don¡¯t have time to apany your mother and you. You and ire have fun. Next time Daddy will go with you.¡± Conan is stunned and asks incredulously, ¡°No, Daddy, you really don¡¯t go?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Leo¡¯s tone is light, not angry or the elements of gambling in. Looking at Leo, Conan feels puzzled. It¡¯s strange that this is not Leo¡¯s style at all. In the past, he heard that ire was going to leave him and go out to y. Leo would be bound to die. No matter what method he used, he would keep up with her. But this time, why don¡¯t you fight for yourself and give up? Maybe he is really angry with mummy. Thinking of this, Conan grabs his forehead and exins, ¡°Daddy, in fact, Mommy takes care of aunt Ashley because she has a sense of justice, not really ming Daddy.¡± ¡°I know better than you what your Mommy thinks.¡± The cold and calm words of Leo stops the chatter of Conan. With a light shrug, Conan says, ¡°It¡¯s the same, so I don¡¯t need to say anything to cover up contradictions. But Daddy, you let Mommy continue to misunderstand you and your rtionship is more and more cold. Going out to y is a good opportunity. Why does Daddy give up?¡± Conan can¡¯t stand these two people. It¡¯s clear that they have such a good rtionship, but they still have a cold war. When will they be reconciled? ¡°I didn¡¯t give up, just to calm your Mommy a little. And at this time, I do nothing can ease our rtionship and do not give people with ulterior motives a chance to start.¡± ¡°I know that Daddy still cares about Aunt Ashley, but she ispletely controlled by you. What else can she do? Will Daddy worry more?¡± When ites to Ashley, Leo squints and says, ¡°That woman¡¯s mind is quite deep and she has means, so I have to defend.¡± Thinking of the contradiction between them, Conan asks, ¡°The contradiction between aunt Ashley and Daddy is that she wants to get Mr. Bet¡¯s criminal information from you. You can just give it to her. Anyway, it will not affect our Howard Group. Solving this contradiction, you and auntie Ashley shake hands and make peace, Mommy will not me you any more. Will it not be settled?¡± Is it really done? If things were that simple, Leo would not have a cold war with ire. Seeing that Leo doesn¡¯t speak, Conan lowers his head powerlessly and says, ¡°Well, let yourself have a headache about your adult business.¡± With that, Conan turns around and leaves the room. He has a headache. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Putting down the pen, Leo¡¯s hands are fold on his chin and he looks into the distance. ... Although she wants to go out for rxation, ire¡¯s mind is not on this. When they are going to leave home, she hasn¡¯t make any preparations. She just grabs a hat and goes out. But Conan is different. He will pack his back one day in advance. Before leaving, ire sees Conan¡¯s huge backpack. She is surprised and asks, ¡°What do you bring with? How do you pack it with bulging bags?¡± ¡°Eat, drink and y. Oh, It¡¯s Mommy¡¯s sunscreen.¡± Reaching out and pointing out of the window, Conan exins, ¡°It¡¯s sunny outside today. Don¡¯t get sunburn.¡± The kid¡¯s so intimate answer makes ire blush. This is all she should do, but she let the children worry about it. She really failed. Reaching for the backpack on Conan¡¯s shoulder, ire perks up and says with a smile, ¡°Although it¡¯s a little bit sunny, the weather is still very good. We¡¯ll have a good day today!¡± ¡°OK, I need to take beautiful pictures for Mommy.¡± The mother and son walks outughing and talking. When they pass the garden, ire nces up and looks at Leo on the second floor. Leo stands in front of the window, hands in his pants pocket, quietly looking at ire downstairs. ire is stunned and looks away, and then she leaves quickly with Conan. ¡°Well, Daddy is there, Mommy you...¡± ¡°Conan, let¡¯s go quickly.¡± Before Conan finished, ire drags him away. Looking up at Leo, Conan is helpless. And Leo follows ire until she disappears. Drooping his eyes, he is silent for a moment and then he takes a step, walks across the corridor to a room. Hearing the sound of opening the door, Ashley looks up. When she sees Leo, Ashley¡¯s expression is very calm, as if she has known he woulde. ¡°You¡¯re calmer than I thought. You haven¡¯te to me until now.¡± Leo looks down at her, expressionless. At this moment, as long as Leo wants, he can easily take Ashley¡¯s life. But Ashley does not have any worries, instead, she looks at Leo provocatively, because she firmly believes that the man does not dare to move her, at least not now. Chapter 472 Confidence without fear Chapter 472 Confidence without fear Leo asks indifferently, ¡°Are you confident?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right,¡± Ashley says, looking at Leo with a smile. ¡°It¡¯s a great achievement that I can make Leo helpless to me.¡± Leo snorts softly and turns to look elsewhere and says, ¡°Today, I¡¯m warning you to be honest. Don¡¯t forget that you still have an aplice in my hand.¡± Ashley doesn¡¯t care Leo¡¯s words at all. Instead, she sneers and says, ¡°To be honest, because your wife is in my hand.¡± ¡°That is to say, do you have any thoughts now?¡± ¡°What does it mean to have, what does it mean not to have?¡± Ashley looks directly at Leo and says, ¡°My identity makes me do what I should do, and I won¡¯t change because of words from you.¡± ¡°As I know, you won¡¯t let go easily.¡± ¡°Why should I let go? How can I let go of the promise that Leo gave me before I get it?¡± Raising her chin, Ashley squints and says quietly, ¡°Leo, the contest between us is just beginning.¡± Looking directly at the Ashley¡¯s eyes, Leo leans down slowly, with murderous spirit in his eyes. ¡°Those who dare to provoke m will not live in this world!¡± ¡°Is that right? I¡¯m honored to be the first.¡± ¡°Very good!¡± Leo¡¯s fierce tone is gloomy, showing murderous spirit warning, ¡°You don¡¯t want to use ire, and I will never allow you to hurt her.¡± ¡°She is my friend and my life preserver. How can I sacrifice to hurt her. It¡¯s better to care about yourself than others.¡± Ashley is not afraid of the warning from Leo. She looks back at him with a smile. She has the same murderous spirit in her eyes. Leo¡¯sing today is to beat Ashley, to make her behave herself and not to have any thoughts. But aftermunication, he finds that Ashley has never given up. He is afraid she is nning a bigger situation in her mind. It¡¯s unwise to leave such a woman beside ire. Seeing Leo eyes sh murderous, Ashley showscent smile. ... The negotiation breaks up unhappily. Leo leaves Ashley¡¯s room and is ready to start work and wipe out Ashley without trace. It¡¯s so easy to let a person die quietly by means of Leo. But if something happened to Ashley. The first people ire suspected will be Leo. In order not to aggravate the contradiction between them, Leo must make a good n to kill Ashley and make ire not doubt him. Here, Leo ns, but Ashley has begun to implement the n. ... After a day¡¯s y, ire goes to Ashley¡¯s room with a blush on her face. ¡°Ashley, I¡¯m back. It¡¯s a nice day outside today. You should go shopping, too. I think your injury is better. I¡¯ll take you for a walk in two days.¡± ire says as she puts the fresh flowers in the vase. The voice falls and the room is quiet. No one responds to ire. Turning around doubtfully, ire looks at the Ashley on the bed and asks, ¡°Ashley, are you asleep?¡± Ashley still doesn¡¯t respond. ¡°Why don''t you cover the quilt, what if you catch a cold.¡± ire murmurs, pulling the quilt for Ashley. But when ire reaches for the quilt, her pupils widens instantly. She sees Ashley lying pale on the bed. Her body curls up slightly, and her clothes on her chest are red with blood. she seems to die. ¡°God!¡± ire turns around and runs out of the room. She calls the doctor. After emergency treatment, Ashley is not life-threatening. But the wound splits again, so the difficulty of recovery increases. Looking at the sleepy Ashley on the bed, ire frowns and asks, ¡°Well done, how could the wound crack?¡± ¡°It should have been hit, causing the wound to rupture.¡± Hit? Although Ashley hasn¡¯t recoveredpletely, but she can already take care of herself, staying in the room, how can she hit the wound? Unless... It seems that ire thinks about something. Biting her lips, ire suddenly turns around and runs out of the room. R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only At that time, Leo is discussing the details of the n with his subordinates. When he is talking about the key point, he suddenly hears the voice of opening the door. Looking up at the past, he sees ire standing there panting, looking at himself badly. Although he doesn¡¯t know what happened, he can see the situation from ire¡¯s expression. ¡°End the meeting first.¡± The subordinates pack up their papers and leave. Only ire and Leo are left in the room. ¡°Do you have a good time today?¡± ¡°Happy?¡± ire snorts and says, ¡°How can I be happy when this happens at home?¡± ¡°What happened?¡± ¡°Leo, I only ask one question.¡± ire doesn¡¯t answer Leo¡¯s question, but asks, ¡°Have you looked for Ashley today?¡± Sure enough, it¡¯s about that woman. Leo¡¯s eyes sh, and he nods to say, ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°It¡¯s you!¡± ire¡¯s disappointed look hurts Leo¡¯s heart and makes him hold his fist involuntarily. ¡°Before you convict me, do you want to tell me what happened?¡± ¡°What are you pretending to be!¡± ire growls angrily, ¡°I know you hate Ashley, but can¡¯t you just let her go for my sake? She almost died in your hand once. Don¡¯t you have to kill her to get angry!¡± Leo holds back his anger and asks, ¡°Ashley, what¡¯s wrong with her!¡± ¡°Her wound cracked and almost died of bleeding! Are you disappointed to know that she is not dead?¡± ¡°So, are you suspecting that I¡¯ve done something?¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it?¡± Leo raises his mouth, but his smile is bleak. Seeing his appearance, ire feels a little pain in the bottom of her heart. But thinking of Ashley¡¯s dying appearance, ire says again. ¡°Leo, how can you let the Ashley go?¡± ¡°The trust between us is so fragile that an outsider can destroy it?¡± In the face of Leo¡¯s questions, ire drops her eyes. ¡°I would like to believe you, too, but what you have done is not enough for me to believe.¡± The smile on his lips deepens. Leo shakes his head and says, ¡°I only know today that I am such a terrible person in your heart.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to hear what you say, and I just want to see what you do.¡± With his hands in his pants pocket, Leo looks free and easy, but his eyes are full of wounds. He says, ¡°Yes, I am not a good man. It¡¯s normal for you to think of me like this.¡± Chapter 473 Don’t hurt her again Chapter 473 Don¡¯t hurt her again ¡°You...¡± After interrupting ire¡¯s words, Leo says, ¡°You are tired after ying all day. Go back to have a rest. If you don¡¯t want toe down for dinner, I¡¯ll let someone to send it to your room.¡± Leo¡¯s tone is peaceful, but it lets ire more uneasy. Seeing that Leo is leaving, ire hurriedly calls him and asks, ¡°Can you stop hurting Ashley?¡± The footsteps stops slightly, and the voice of Leo is low and he says, ¡°You just said that you didn¡¯t listen to what I said, only to see what I did. In this case, what I said is of no use.¡± ¡°Oh, so it is.¡± The body is stiff for a moment and Leo leaves. With her shoulders hanging weakly, ire leans against the wall and closes her eyes gently. Why are they like this? After so many things, why can¡¯t they be happy? It¡¯s really confusing... When ire is thinking about it, a servant finds her and says that Ashley is awake. Getting the news, ire goes straight to Ashley¡¯s room without any dy. ... ¡°How are you? Do you feel better now?¡± Inexplicably looking at ire, Ashley asks, ¡°I¡¯m in great pain. What¡¯s the matter?¡± ¡°The doctor said that your wound is cracked again, but don¡¯t worry, it will recover slowly.¡± ire says, licking her lower lip involuntarily, ¡°Ashley, can you tell me how you got hurt?¡± Ashley¡¯s expression bes some stiff, but she smiles and says, ¡°Oh, It mes myself for carelessness. It was too hot at noon. I wanted to take a shower, but I fell down. I thought it was just a small thing and didn¡¯t expect it would crack the wound.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s just a fall, it won¡¯t make the wound so serious.¡± ire stares at Ashley and says, ¡°Ashley, there are only two of us here. You don¡¯t have to worry about it. You can say whatever you want.¡± With a self mocking smile, Ashley says, ¡°I can have what scruples, I can live up to now is enough.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say that. No one can control you. When you are well, I will see you off in person.¡± Although ire¡¯s tone is sincere, but Ashley doesn¡¯t hold any hope. She shakes her head and says, ¡°Now, let¡¯s not talk about it first, let¡¯s settle down and get sick.¡± Ashley, who is a perverse person, even has a time of peace, which shows how much she cares about the founder. But ire is also very guilty. After all, she once promised Ashley that she would protect her well, but she still hurt Ashley. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡± Ashley is stunned for a moment, then shakes her head and says with a smile, ¡°It¡¯s nothing to do with you. You¡¯ve done a good job. I can¡¯t let you divorce Leo for me.¡± Ashley finishes saying this, then tightly stares at ire, find her eyes to stay for a moment. The hand under the quilt slowly pinches tightly. Ashley changes the topic and asks, ¡°By the way, do you have a good time today?¡± ire also pretends to be OK and says, ¡°Of course, I¡¯m happy. I want to take you with me. But now it seems that the n will be dyed.¡± Ashley is also very sorry and she murmurs, ¡°Nest in the room for so long, I¡¯m almost hairy. Seriously, I really want to go out for a walk.¡± ¡°Then you can get better quickly. There are many interesting ces in city A. I will be your guide and take you to have fun.¡± ¡°Well, OK.¡± Reaching out to cover Ashley, ire says, ¡°Take a rest now. The doctor said you should have a rest. Don¡¯t think about it.¡± ¡°But I just woke up. I can¡¯t sleep now.¡± ¡°Then close your eyes and let¡¯s have a chat.¡± Ashley obediently closes her eyes, but her problems are cruel. ¡°ire, can I leave here alive?¡± ¡°Of course, I promise you!¡± ire¡¯s tone is high, which seems to answer Ashley and herself. ¡°I don¡¯t want to die yet, not because I¡¯m afraid of death. Because I have unfinished desires.¡±Ashley pauses for a moment and asks, ¡°Did I tell you why I want to stay in MGpany?¡± ire nods and says, ¡°You said that you want to realize someone¡¯s wishes.¡± ¡°But I must not have said what his wish was.¡± Recalling the past, Ashley says with a shallow smile, ¡°That man is my ssmate, my colleague and myrade in arms. We have known each other for many years. I know that he is a workaholic and how much he has paid to catch Mr. Bet.¡± ¡°In fact, at first, it was him who carried out the undercover task, but in a pursuit operation, he was exposed and pushed into the sea by Mr. Bet¡¯s people and his whereabouts are still unknown.¡± It¡¯s been a long time, but now when ites to it, Ashley still feels pain in her heart. It¡¯s sweet and painful. ording to Ashley¡¯s description of that person¡¯s tone, ire knows what that person means to Ashley. Taking a deep breath, Ashley continues, ¡°That¡¯s why I must arrest Mr. Bet. Only by bringing Mr. Bet to justice can Ifort his dead.¡± ¡°I see. No wonder you work so hard.¡± ¡°You have your lover, I think you can give me understanding. But I don¡¯t understand why Leo refused to give me the criminal evidence of Mr. Bet. It¡¯s his choice. I can¡¯t make it. However, since he refuses to give it, I can find it by my own way. I¡¯m not well now. When I get well, I must go back to city B and find evidence.¡± ire is surprised and says, ¡°No, your identity has been exposed. It will be very dangerous to go back. The job of catching bad people is not for you. You can also retreat to the second tier and do auxiliary work.¡± R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only Ashley shakes her head and says, ¡°No one knows Mr. Bet¡¯s temperament and habits better than me. If I withdraw at this time, all my previous efforts will be in vain. New people need time to adapt. And in this period of time, enough to miss a lot of opportunities. I have no chips. I have to catch Mr. Bet.¡± ¡°What about you? What about your safety?¡± Ashley smiles, and says indifferently, ¡°I¡¯m OK, I have been dead once, so I don¡¯t afraid of anything.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say that. It¡¯ll make me me myself. After all, you¡¯re here because of me.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t me yourself. It¡¯s all my choice. No wonder others. Really, I don¡¯t me you, nor Leo. I only me my ability is not enough.¡± ¡°I...¡± After patting ire on the back of her hand, Ashley yawns and says, ¡°Well, I¡¯m a little sleepy now that I don¡¯t talk about it.¡± Knowing that this is Ashley¡¯s excuse, ire is helpless. Taking a deep breath, ire says, ¡°Then you have a good rest. I¡¯ll go first and see you tomorrow.¡± ¡°Well, good.¡± When ire leaves slowly, Ashley opens her eyes. And there is nothing in her eyes. Chapter 474 Kate goes into action Chapter 474 Kate goes into action Today is the weekend and the weather is good outside. ire still remembers that Ashley saidst time that she would be moldy if she stayed in the room for too long, so she decides to take her to the garden downstairs for a stroll in such a fine weather today. Although it¡¯s just from the room to the garden, it¡¯s enough to make Ashley happy and make preparations early. ire is preparing to make peace with Ashley, but is stopped by Conan. ¡°Where is Mommy going?¡± ¡°Oh, while the weather is fine, Mommy will take Aunt Ashley to the garden to have a sun.¡± ¡°Well, then Mummy will goter.¡± ¡°Why?¡± ¡°Because Ie to see you today!¡± Before Conan could speak, there is a crisp voice to answer ire¡¯s question. Following the voice, ire looks surprised and says, ¡°Kate!¡± Walking to ire, Kate raises her hand and beats ire¡¯s shoulder. She says angrily, ¡°You don¡¯t mean enough, youe back so long, but don¡¯t contact me. If I don¡¯te to you, are you always invisible?¡± ¡°No, I just recently A little busy.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve heard about you, ire. You are used to taking responsibility for your own problems. When can you change it?¡± ire shakes her head and says, ¡°You don¡¯t understand. This time, it¡¯s really because of me. I can¡¯t wait and ignore it. You all think I have too much control, but I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve done enough.¡± Hey, isn¡¯t it still about taking responsibility for yourself? This girl, it¡¯s not easy! ire raises her smile again, holding Kate¡¯s hand and says, ¡°I¡¯d like to introduce you to Ashley, who is straightforward. I think you will be very good friends.¡± Kate¡¯s expression resists, and she says, ¡°This... not necessarily, I am not so virgin.¡± ¡°what?¡± Conan touches the hand of Kate, who is helpless. She changes her tone and says, ¡°Don¡¯t tell me to meet new friends? let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Oh, I¡¯ll see if Ashley wakes up. Wait for me first.¡± With that, ire turns around and walks away. Looking at ire¡¯s back, Kateins, ¡°To me, this girl has never been so patient!¡± ¡°Well, aunt Kate, this is not the time to worry about it. Do you remember what I told you?¡± ¡°I know. By the way, let your Mommy doesn¡¯t believe Ashley blindly.¡± Kate waves and says, ¡°You¡¯ve said that more than five times today. I remember that.¡± ¡°And, to...¡± ¡°To enlighten your Mommy and get her and your Daddy back together, right?¡± Kate¡¯s expression is helpless. She thinks that is she like a forgetful person? She can make Conan repeat these words again and again. Conan is not worried about Kate, but about Ashley. He also hears that Ashley is injured again. Conan doesn¡¯t believe that Daddy would frame Ashley so tantly and doesn¡¯t believe the bad excuse of falling down and being injured. Then the rest of the possibility is that this woman is making trouble. How can he let such people with ulterior motives around Mommy? He can¡¯t rest assured. Conan thinks about it and decides to let Kate go. Kate is ire¡¯s best friend. Maybe her words will have some weight. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ... ire gently pushes open the door. She smiles at the woman inside and says, ¡°Ashley, we are going to come in.¡± Turning to look at the two peopleing in at the door, Ashley smiles at them kindly. As soon as Katees in, she begins to look at Ashley. Seeing Kate is looking at herself and her eyes are sharp. Ashley doesn¡¯t have any unhappy expression, but she looks back calmly. This woman is really a powerful role! Kate picks a eyebrow and ire next to her is still trying to introduce two people. ¡°Ashley, this is Kate, I always mentioned to you, my best friend.¡± Ashley nods to her, smiles and says, ¡°Hello, my name is Ashley.¡± Kate says softly, ¡°Hello.¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I¡¯ll talk to you in bed the first time I see you.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. You¡¯re in a special situation.¡± ¡°It¡¯s going to be a long time. I will have a good chat with you if I have a chance.¡± Theing days would be long. This word is worth pondering. With eye contact, two women look at each other and smile. But that smile does not reach the bottom of the eye. ¡°Well, you are obviously careless people. Don¡¯t pretend to bedies and say something about literature. Kate, let¡¯s sit down and talk.¡± ire says. She takes a chair and asks Kate to sit down on her shoulder. Leaning down on the chair, Kate says boldly, ¡°Seriously, I didn¡¯t expect that ire would be an intern in an entertainmentpany. How could she not be eliminated for her iplete pentatonic and uncoordinated limbs?¡± Reaching out to push Kate, ire frowns, ¡°Do you have a friend like this? You even disparage me to nothing.¡± ¡°I know you, so I won¡¯t exaggerate you. Do you know that the higher you fly, the heavier you fall?¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing.¡± ire doesn¡¯t understand, but Ashley does. Looking at Kate with burning eyes, Ashley opens her mouth and says, ¡°In fact, ire is very excellent. She has a rare temperament and learns things very quickly.¡± ¡°Listen and see how she praises me.¡± This silly woman! Ashley just praises her. Does she take it seriously? Secretly turns a white eye, Kate says, ¡°Seriously,ire and I have known each other for so many years, but I have never found that she has such a quality. I don¡¯t know if she¡¯s hiding deep or if my eyes are not good.¡± ¡°Or, she doesn¡¯t think it¡¯s necessary to show it in front of you.¡± Kate catches the cold meaning in Ashley¡¯s eyes. The cold eyes are fleeting. If Kate doesn¡¯t look real just now, she will think she is dazzled. What is this, provocation? Very good! Kate is unexpectedly that she has such courage. If she does not offer to apany to the end, it seems to be afraid of her! Kate holds her chin high, and when she is just about to fight back, she is dragged up by ire. ¡°Well, Ashley can¡¯t talk for long. She needs a rest. Let¡¯s go first.¡± Kate is full of strength. Before she can make a move, she is forced toe back. Kate wants to spit blood. ¡°Hello? Do you want to protect her like this? I think Ashley is in good shape.¡± ¡°She is pretends, that it¡¯s not a good thing.¡± ire looks at Ashley with warning and asks her not to force. Showing a helpless expression, Ashley says, ¡°OK, you are right, I will be obedient.¡± ¡°That¡¯s about it.¡± Chapter 475 Failure to succeed Chapter 475 Failure to seed They look at each other with a smile, but it seems that Kate is redundant. Kate thinks her chest is stuffy. She frowns and interrupts the two women, saying, ¡°I won¡¯t be in the way here. Let¡¯s go.¡± After saying that, Kate also does not wait for ire and she walks out first. Looking at the back of Kate, Ashley says, ¡°You friend, don¡¯t seem to like me very much.¡± ¡°How can it be? You are too sensitive. Kate is that character. You will know it after you have known each other for a long time.¡± In this regard, Ashley just bends her lips and does not ask if she could. ... Luke is sitting in his study reading the documents. He hears the sound of an engine and bends his mouth. Luke sees Kate in her racing suit and helmet. She is gloomy. ¡°Racing?¡± ¡°Um.¡± ¡°Lost?¡± ¡°Just kidding, when did I lose.¡± ¡°Then why not be happy?¡± Siting on sofa, Kate has a ck face, and she says, ¡°Today I goes to Howard home to look for ire.¡± ¡°It should be a pleasure for old friends to meet again.¡± ¡°If it¡¯s just me and ire, it¡¯s really worth having fun. But...¡± Thinking of the sick woman, Kate says with a dark face, ¡°But if you see someone you don¡¯t want to see, are you still happy?¡± ¡°See the people you don¡¯t want to see,¡± Luke says after a moment¡¯s meditation. ¡°It seems that you have seen the legendary miss Ashley.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s not a simple role.¡± Kate¡¯s eyes narrows and says, ¡°ire is silly disposition, certainly by that woman control.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t say it¡¯s ire. Even Leo can¡¯t help her. So don¡¯t be angry. Ashley is a tough enemy. You can¡¯t take her, which is expected.¡± This words let Kate stare round eyes, and she asks, ¡°Are you kidding? Leo can¡¯t deal with a woman!¡± ¡°It¡¯s possible for anyone to get involved with ire.¡± Kate still feels difficult to understand. Her brow is twisted like a twist. Patting Kate¡¯s shoulder, Luke says, ¡°Don¡¯t think about it, their problems can only be solved by themselves, others can¡¯t interfere.¡± ¡°But I can¡¯t let others calcte my good friend!¡± Kate looks dignified and says, ¡°I met Ashley for the first time, knowing that the woman is not simple. ire has been in contact with her for so long, how can we not see it?¡± ¡°How do you know ire can¡¯t see it?¡± This words let Kate feel strange so she looks at Luke. Reaching out to point Kate¡¯s nose, Luke hugs Kate and says, ¡°She is not a fool. What you can see, she will also notice. But her inner remorse will make her blind to these things. As long as Ashley doesn¡¯t recover, ire can¡¯t get out of her own mind.¡± With her fingers on her chin, Kate seems to be meditating. ¡°And what are you thinking?¡± Kate tilts his head and says, ¡°Isn¡¯t Ashley hurt a little? It shouldn¡¯t be difficult to recover. At most, it¡¯s almost recovered in one month.¡± ¡°Are you sure it¡¯s only one month?¡± Thinking of Ashley¡¯s injury again, Kate is silent. ¡°Well, take a bath. These intrigues are not for you.¡± Luke says, pushing Kate to the bathroom. When Kate takes a bath, Luke¡¯s mobile phone suddenly rings. It¡¯s Leo. He calls at this time. Isn¡¯t there something urgent? Luke immediately answers the phone. ¡°Hello, you...¡± ¡°Come out for a drink. See you at the old ce.¡± Then Leo hangs up. Luke is stunned for a moment, then smiles and shakes his head. When Luke hurries to the bar, Leo has drunk a bottle of wine alone. Just when Leo is about to open another bottle, Luke reaches out and stops him. ¡°Do you want to die for drinking?¡± Pushing Luke aside, Leo looks calm and says, ¡°My life is so worthless, a bottle of wine can be done?¡± ¡°I doesn¡¯t mean that.¡± ¡°Well, don¡¯t talk nonsense. Sit down and drink.¡± With that, Leo pours Luke a ss of wine. Looking at the ss in front of him, Luke says, ¡°If you want to drink, why don¡¯t you go there? I remember you didn¡¯t like bars.¡± Leo takes a sip of wine without expression and says, ¡°Just because I don¡¯t like it, I can keep my head clear and won¡¯t fall.¡± ¡°I think you mean another.¡± Squinting at Luke, Leo asks, ¡°What do you want to say?¡± Luke shrugs his shoulders and says, ¡°Nothing, just be happy.¡± ¡°If you want to make me happy, drink quickly and don¡¯t dawdle.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll give my life to apany you today, OK?¡± After saying that, Luke drinks it all. Finally, he turns the empty quilt upside down and signals to Leo. ncing at Luke lightly, Leo doesn¡¯t speak and pours wine for Luke. ording to Leo¡¯s drinking method, it¡¯s estimate that Luke will be drunk and unconscious soon. In order not to be carried home, Luke decides to enlighten this guy. Lifting his hand on Leo¡¯s shoulder, Luke looks like a confidant elder sister and says, ¡°Tell me, is there another conflict with ire?¡± ¡°I wish she could fight with me, but it¡¯s a pity...¡± With a smile of self mockery, Leo takes another sip of wine. ¡°Sure enough, only ire has the ability to let Leo go to the bar and drink wine to relieve his worries.¡± ¡°There¡¯s so much bullshit. Do you think there¡¯s not enough to drink?¡± Leo says, putting the wine bottle in front of Luke, ¡°Do it yourself.¡± God, this kind of drinking will kill people! Luke smiles bitterly and thinks that he could not open the topic. Does he get angry? ¡°What are you doing? Drink!¡± Pouring a ss of the wine, Luke is just holding it, no n to drink. ¡°If you want me to say that, tell ire the reason. She will understand you.¡± Leo wryly smiles and asks, ¡°Will she understand me, or will she do anything for her friends?¡± ¡°Aren¡¯t you so insecure about your feelings?¡± In response, Leo is silent and does not speak. ¡°Don¡¯t question your feelings for an outsider. It¡¯s not worth it. You and ire have gone through so much, they should know each other very well.¡± ¡°It¡¯s because I know her that I know more about her choice.¡± Arm around chest, Leo leans on the table, eyes narrowed slightly, ¡°It won¡¯t hurt me to hand over the evidence, but it can help Ashley fulfill her long cherished wish. Who do you think ire will choose?¡± This is really hard to say.R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only Chapter 476 The plot of Juan Chapter 476 The plot of Juan Luke scratches his head and asks, ¡°Since you all know that Ashley will affect your feelings, why keep her? Try to find a solution quickly.¡± ¡°As long as Ashley is a little aggrieved, ire will doubt me and then find me to settle ounts. What else do you think I can do?¡± If I kill her, I¡¯m afraid ire will ignore me for the rest of her life. Yes, it¡¯s a real headache. With his fingers rubbing his eyebrows, Luke closes his eyes slightly and says, ¡°Maybe this is the plot of Juan.¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± Luke sits up straight and says, ¡°These days, I have been thinking about a problem. You and ire were in city B at that time. It was not good for you. How could Juan watch you leave without doing anything? Now it depends on the state of you and ire. I see.¡± ¡°Understand what?¡± ¡°Juan changes a way to destroy your feelings and this time, the effect is remarkable.¡± Luke¡¯s words make Leo squint his eyes. ¡°So, you and ire must be good. Don¡¯t fall into the trap of Juan.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Silently, Leo lowers his eyshes and says in a t tone, ¡°If I and ire may trust each other, we will not give Juan a chance to start.¡± ¡°Trust each other? How can she trust you if you don¡¯t tell she the truth? Leo, I think you are trapped in a strange circle now. You should believe in ire and the feelings between you.¡± In the face of Luke¡¯s painstaking efforts, Leo says nothing but drinks in silence. ¡°Hey, why don¡¯t you talk? I...¡± ¡°Say what, I let youe, is to apany me to drink, not to say something useless wordily.¡± With that, Leo pours Luke with wine again. It seems that I will be drunk today. Luke sighs helplessly, then looks up and drinks up the wine in the cup. ... ire hears that Leo had drunk a lotst night. He came home drunk and still hasn¡¯t got up. ire is worried about him, so she goes to the kitchen to make a wake-up soup. When she hears that Leo wakes up, she is ready to ask someone to carry him. ¡°Wait a minute!¡± The servant is about to leave with hangover soup, but he is called by ire. The servant is waiting for her next order. But after waiting for a long time, she doesn¡¯t see her talking. ¡°Madame?¡± Gently biting her lips, ire says, ¡°Let me send it.¡± With that, ire takes the wake-up drink and goes to Leo¡¯s room. Taking a deep breath, ire raises her hand and knocks on the door. ¡°Come in.¡± Leo, in his pajamas, leans on the bed to read the documents. Hearing the footsteps, he looks up at his eyes at will and then he is stunned. ¡°Why are you here?¡± Although the tone is stiff, but Leo¡¯s eyes are thick and tender. Unfortunately, ire lowers her head and does not have eye contact with Leo, so she does not see Leo¡¯s gentle eyes. Put the hangover soup on the small table next to Leo. ire says, ¡°I hears that you had too muchst night. So I makes the hangover Soup for you.¡± Suddenly care lets Leo raise a warm smile and say, ¡°You haven¡¯t cooked soup for me for a long time.¡± ¡°I¡¯ve been busy recently. How would you like to taste it first?¡± Leo tastes it with a spoon and nods and says, ¡°Well, it¡¯s good to drink.¡± ¡°I say, how can you drink so much wine? Did you have a partyst night?¡± The action pauses for a moment, Leo smiles, says, ¡°I have no social intercourse, it is the wine that drinks together with Luke.¡± ¡°Since it¡¯s drinking with friends, why do you drink so fiercely? It¡¯s not good for your health.¡± Looking up at ire, Leo asks, ¡°Do you know that you care about me?¡± ¡°I... I always care about you!¡± ire unconsciously raises her voice, but she is short of breath. Leo smiles and shakes his head. He lowers his head and continues to drink soup. ire leans over and sits beside Leo. She looks at him wrongly. She put her hands on her chin and looks hesitant. ¡°If you have anything to say, just say it.¡± Embarrassed to smile, ire asks, ¡°Is my performance so obvious?¡± ¡°Almost on my face.¡± ¡°Then, I say.¡± ire sits up, takes a deep breath and asks, ¡°Leo, can I ask you something?¡± ¡°You say.¡± ¡°Give the evidence of Mr. Bet¡¯s crime to Ashley.¡± ¡°Ah, it is for this.¡± Leo¡¯s smile is full of bitterness, which lets ire feels dazzling. ¡°I don¡¯t understand. Why don¡¯t you give the evidence to Ashley? Can you bring the bad guys to justice? Or, you just want to be angry with me, so you have to fight with Ashley? Please, let¡¯s not be so childish!¡± ¡°It¡¯s not about the evidence, it¡¯s about my ce in your heart.¡± ire looks speechless and says, ¡°It¡¯s not soplicated. You give the evidence to Ashley, she completes the task and there won¡¯t be any conflict between us. Do you think it¡¯s normal for us to be in this state every day?¡± ¡°It turns out you know that we are not in a normal state.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t talk so grimly, I¡¯m trying to solve the problem!¡± ¡°You are trying to solve the problem for Ashley.¡± ¡°You...¡± ire asks, ¡°In a word, you are not going to hand over the evidence, are you?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Unexpectedly, Leo is so direct that ire is shocked. ¡°Well, then give me a reason why you won¡¯t give it.¡± ¡°Ashley is more important than me in your heart, which makes me mind very much.¡± Such an answer makes ireugh. ¡°Leo, don¡¯t be like a child. Conan won¡¯t say such childish words.¡± ¡°If the beloved baby is robbed by someone, no matter it¡¯s adults or children, they will not wait for death. If Conan encounter with the same situation as me, I¡¯m afraid he won¡¯t be merciful.¡± Really, I can¡¯tmunicate with this guy! ire stands up angrily and says, ¡°You won¡¯t give up and I won¡¯t give up, so we should depend on our own ability to see who can let the other side give in.¡± ¡°Are you going to fight against me?¡± ¡°You can understand that.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll take your challenge.¡± Looking at Leo¡¯s smile, ire clenches her fist. ... Putting the flowers and branches in the vase, ire arranges the flowers and leaves at will, with a casual expression on her face. Ah... With another sigh, ire tilts her head and frowns slightly. ¡°ire.¡± Hearing Ashley calling her, ire looks back at her and asks, ¡°What¡¯s up?¡± ¡°These flowers and nts are not against you, are they?¡± ¡°No revenge, why do you ask?¡± Ashley looks up and signals ire to see the flowers in her hand. ire looks down and finds that a good flower has been destroyed by her. It is almost be Polished rod. Chapter 477 Serious problems Chapter 477 Serious problems After two dryughs, ire takes out the flowers and throws them into the garbage can and says, ¡°I¡¯ll send you some fresh flowerster.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. I don¡¯t have the habit of enjoying flowers anyway.¡± With one hand around the knee, Ashley asks, ¡°Do you have something on your mind?¡± ¡°It¡¯s nothing to worry about, that is to say, what I promised you has been missing all the time. I feel very embarrassed.¡± ¡°Things are not going well?¡± ire nods. ¡°ire, I¡¯m very grateful to you for helping me in your capacity. Even if you can¡¯t do it, it doesn¡¯t matter. After all, that man is Leo. It¡¯s normal that you can¡¯t do anything.¡± ¡°It has nothing to do with who the other party is. I will try my best to do what I promised you.¡± ire swears, ¡°I¡¯ve get a new way. Give me some more time.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t force yourself. I can handle it myself.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not a big deal. I just haven¡¯t figured out why Leo is so persistent. It has nothing to do with him. It¡¯s so nice to get the evidence out early and be happy.¡± Ashley¡¯s eyes sh and she says, ¡°Maybe Leo is angry with you.¡± ¡°I think so too. I can think of no other reason than this.¡± ire is so angry that she says, ¡°It¡¯s true that there is a mistake ahead of him. He doesn¡¯t realize his mistake, but intensified it. It¡¯s too much.¡± Looking up at ire, Ashley says, ¡°ire, don¡¯t affect your rtionship because of my business.¡± ¡°No, I have to let Leo realize his mistake and not go on willfully.¡± ire also insisted, ¡°The world doesn¡¯t always revolve around him. If he doesn¡¯t realize the problem, there will be conflicts between us.¡± ¡°I see. You have different values, don¡¯t you?¡± ire scratches her head and hesitates, ¡°I think so.¡± ¡°If so, the problem is serious. Two people can have different living habits and personal preferences, but different values can easily lead to conflicts.¡± This makes ire nervous and asks busily, ¡°Why do you say that?¡± ¡°For example. I am a policeman. My duty is to catch the bad people, stop them from doing evil and threaten the society. So, I will never make friends with bad people or even live together.¡± ¡°But I¡¯m not a policeman and Leo is not a bad guy.¡± ¡°I¡¯m just giving you an example. You don¡¯t have to take the right seat.¡± With her eyes fixes on ire, Ashley says, ¡°In fact, you should have been aware of the values. For example, you think some people are innocent, but Leo thinks it¡¯s heinous and even kills them.¡± ire nods in approval of the sentence. Ashley sighs, looks at ire sympathetically and says, ¡°You, the bitter days are still behind you.¡± ire¡¯s face is tense and asks, ¡°Why do you say that?¡± ¡°The more time you have, the more conflicts you have, the more you will suffer. How deep feeling, can not help such torture. In the end, lovers bes a resentful couple and strangers.¡± ¡°So horrible?¡± Ashley nods first, then shanks her head and says, ¡°Oh, look what I¡¯ve said, as if I¡¯m provoking your rtionship. Well, don¡¯t worry about it, just think I¡¯m talking nonsense.¡± pping the hand of Ashley, ireughs to say, ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter, you just give me proposal, whether listen to,pletely depend on me.¡± ¡°You... Don¡¯t you think more?¡± Don¡¯t care to shake her head, ire says, ¡°No, there is a contradiction between me and Leo, but it¡¯s not as serious as you say. I¡¯ll just listen to it.¡± Ashley breathed with relief and says, ¡°That¡¯s good.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll go to the garden and fold some fresh flowers.¡± ¡°OK.¡± ire walks out of the room with a smile. Just after a turn, the smile on her face gradually disappears. Leaning against the wall, ire frowns and wonders if there is such a serious problem between her and Leo? ... Conan fiddles with the model on his hands and looks out of the door from time to time. Five£¬four£¬three£¬tow£¬one... Counting down to five, there is a figure at the door. Seeing Conan, she smiles brilliantly. ¡°Conan, are you thirsty or not? Mummy has just cooked ck plum soup. Would you like some?¡± ¡°Well, good.¡± As soon as the voice fell, a cup of ck plum soup is put in Conan¡¯s hand. ¡°Are you hungry or not? Can Mommy bake you some biscuits? What would you like, chocte or strawberry? Well, let¡¯s have some of each.¡± ire says, turning around and going out. Conan says, ¡°Mommy, are you free today? Howe you run to here every twenty minutes?¡± ¡°Well, Mommy is afraid you¡¯re hungry.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not hungry now, it¡¯s going tost. Mummy, what¡¯s the matter with you? Let¡¯s be frank.¡± Gently purses the lower lip, ire says, ¡°Conan, Can Mommy please you something?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Hearing ire¡¯s words, Conan is relieved, leans back in his chair and says, ¡°Look at what Mommy says, as long as you give me amand, I will do everything for Mommy, even picking the stars in the sky.¡± ¡°Little devil, you mouth is sweet.¡± ire is ridiculous and says, ¡°Actually, it¡¯s not too difficult. Just help me check something and it¡¯s better to copy it.¡± Conan¡¯s eyes narrows and asks, ¡°Mommy, would you like me to help you get Mr. Bet¡¯s crime certificate?¡± ire shakes her finger and says with a smile, ¡°My son, you are smart!¡± ¡°I¡¯m afraid not, Mommy.¡± Smile a congealing, ire discontented with the geological question, ¡°You just said that you can help me pick stars, now change your mind?¡± ¡°I pick the stars, it doesn¡¯t conflict with Daddy¡¯s interests.¡± ¡°There is no conflict of interest between copying the criminal certificate and him.¡± Conan shakes his head and says, ¡°That¡¯s not necessarily true. I know Mommy wants to help Auntie Ashley, but you think if Daddy can give it to you, he will not hide it and let alone drag it until now, causing you to have a cold war.¡± ¡°This is the ce where I am angry,¡± says ire angrily. ¡°He thinks I pay more attention to Ashley than him, so he deliberately fight against us. It¡¯s really hateful to be childish than a child!¡± Looking at ire, Conan asks, ¡°Does Mommy really think that?¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°This...¡± ¡°Well, don¡¯t give me sses. In a word, do you want to help Mommy or your Daddy?¡± Conan scratches his head in embarrassment and says, ¡°I don¡¯t want to choose.¡± Chapter 478 No choice Chapter 478 No choice ¡°But you have to choose.¡± ¡°Must it be so?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Then I......¡± Before Conan announces the answer, ire leans forward slightly and says, ¡°Don¡¯t forget that I was the one who gave birth to you and raised you, and I pulled you to such a big size alone. If you don¡¯t choose Mommy, I will be sad.¡± ire says so. Conan has no choice at all. With his shoulders down feebly, Conan says, ¡°Well, I know what to do.¡± ¡°Well, that¡¯s my good son.¡± Reaching out and patting Conan¡¯s head, ire is satisfied with her smile. ... For Conan, it¡¯s easy to find Mr. Bet¡¯s criminal information. But after finding it, how to face Leo? This is a traitor¡¯s behavior. Even if he is Leo¡¯s son, he will be condemned by his conscience. Can not do this and can not exin to ire, it is also a headache. Hey, what should I do? Conan feels that his head is as big as two now. ¡°What are you doing?¡± Hearing the voice behind him, Conan immediately sits up straight, put on a lovely smile and turns around. ¡°Ah, nothing. I¡¯m... I¡¯m ying games.¡± Lightly ncing at Conan¡¯sputer, Leo says, ¡°y less, it¡¯s not good for your eyes.¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°I see.¡± ¡°If you have time to y games, it¡¯s better to spend more time with your Mommy.¡± Well, what Mommy needs is a crime certificate. It¡¯s not hispany. Conan sighs at the bottom of hie heart. Conan nods and pretends to listen carefully. ¡°Oh, what¡¯s the matter with Daddying to me?¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. I suddenly think that the firewall of thepany needs to be upgraded. Can you help me?¡± ¡°Small case, just give it to me and I make sure the task ispleted sessfully.¡± Leo skims him, looks at Conan¡¯sputer again and turns to walk out of the room. Although Leo doesn¡¯t say anything, Conan always feels that Daddy seems to know something. Maybe his guilty conscience always fears danger. Looking up and rubbing his forehead, Conan makes a decision and says, ¡°Extending my head is a knife, shrinking my head is a knife, whatever!¡± With that, Conan turns to face theputer, enters the password, opens the file and copies it to the USB sh drive. ¡°OK!¡± Deep breath, Conan hands pillow in the back of the head, slightly closes his eyes, cover the restlessness of the eyes. ... Ashley doesn¡¯t like flowers and grass and doesn¡¯t like the taste of flowers and grass, so she never raises flowers in her room. But in Howard¡¯s home, Ashley has no right to object. She can only watch her bedroom decorated with flowers and asionally sends out a faint fragrance. ire, who doesn¡¯t know it, is still borately arranging. She hopes these flowers can make Ashley feel better. Trimming thest flower branch, ire ps her palm, turns around and smiles at Ashley. ¡°It¡¯s OK!¡± Lightly nces a circle, Ashley says with distraction, ¡°Very beautiful.¡± ¡°Ha ha, just you like it.¡± Sitting beside Ashley, ire says with a smile, ¡°I feel that you have recovered well recently and your face is also ruddy.¡± ¡°Well, the doctor also says that I would recover at a high speed and continue to develop ording to this condition. I will be able to recover soon.¡± ¡°It¡¯s a great thing to be happy with, but remember that the faster you recover, the more you can¡¯t take it lightly so that you don¡¯t fall short.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Last time I doesn¡¯t...¡± The expression on the face suddenly became a little embarrassed, Ashley smiles reluctantly, says, ¡°Oh,st time because of my carelessness, just extended the healing time.¡± To this, ire hooks the lip angle, does not say anything. ire reaches out and fiddles with the flowers. She tilts her head and looks far away, ¡°Ashley, please get better soon. When you get better, I will give you a big gift.¡± ¡°Big ceremony? How big is it?¡± ¡°A gift that will absolutely dazzle you.¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯m really looking forward to that.¡± Moving her limbs and wrists, Ashley says, half seriously and half jokingly,¡°Even in order to see the gift earlier, I will try to recover.¡± The drooping eyes bes confused. ire murmurs with a smile, ¡°Yes, we must work hard to prepare gifts for you.¡± ire¡¯s state is a little strange. She is happy for a while and disappointed for a while. It seems that she has something to worry about. Although Ashley sees that ire is wrong, she doesn¡¯t ask, but silently observes ire and spectes. Dang- With a knock on the door, a small figure peeps out of the door. ¡°Mommy,e here and I want to talk to you.¡± ¡°Oh, yes.¡± ire turns to Ashley and smiles apologetically, then stands up and goes out with Conan. Standing at the door, Conan looks around on guard, then takes out a USB sh disk and shakes it in front of ire. ¡°Mommy, here you are.¡± ¡°What are you doing? What¡¯s in it?¡± ¡°Mommy, do you forget to exin to me what task?¡± ire hesitates, then opens her eyes for a moment and asks, ¡°Sessful?¡± Conan nods to ire in silence and then put the USB sh disk in her hand. Holding the USB sh drive, ire can¡¯t help smiling. ¡°You are mummy¡¯s baby. It¡¯s efficiency. Thanks!¡± ire says, turning around and leaving. But Conan stops her and looks worried. ¡°Mommy, give it away and it won¡¯te back.¡± ¡°Not as serious as you say.¡± ¡°Why not.¡± ¡°Then tell me, what are the serious consequences?¡± ¡°Um... That is...¡± Conan frowns and thinks. He finds that he doesn¡¯t have any suitable excuse to persuade ire. He rubs his forehead impatiently and says, ¡°Oh, I don¡¯t know. I feel uneasy anyway.¡± ¡°That¡¯s because you¡¯re thinking.¡± Rubbing Conan¡¯s hair, ire swears, ¡°Don¡¯t worry, it will be OK. Even if there is something, I will carry it.¡± ¡°Mommy...¡± ¡°Well, let¡¯s not talk. I¡¯ll go first. You¡¯ve done a good job. Mommy will be rewarded afterwards.¡± With that, ire turns and leaves. Looking at ire¡¯s back, Conan is helpless and sighs deeply. ¡°I don¡¯t want any rewards. I just want everyone to be safe.¡± Seeing ire go back, Ashley nced up. ¡°What happened? Why are you so happy?¡± ¡°It¡¯s really fun,¡± ire asks excitedly, holding the USB sh drive in her hand. ¡°What do you think it is?¡± Ashley is full of inexplicable, asks, ¡°What?¡± ¡°Just open it and see.¡± With that, ire plugs the USB drive into theputer, taps a folder on it and then turns theputer to Ashley. Chapter 479 The truth Chapter 479 The truth At one nce, Ashley is shocks and murmurs, ¡°This is... This is...¡± ¡°This is Mr. Bet¡¯s criminal information!¡± ¡°ire, are you going to give me all these materials?¡± ¡°Of course, what¡¯s the use of these things for me?¡± After patting Ashley on the shoulder, ire says, ¡°You deserve all these things. You have paid so much for these materials. It should belong to you. Originally, I wanted to give it to you when you are well injured. Since I get it in advance, I will give it to you now.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not dreaming, ire. How did you do it?¡± ire dodges and says, ¡°Of course I have my way. You don¡¯t need to worry about it. Now send these materials to the headquarters and you havepleted a wish.¡± ¡°Leo is very cunning. I¡¯m afraid these materials won¡¯t be transmitted back at all.¡± Remembering that time was teased by Leo, Ashley turns cold. ¡°No, thework here is not regted. You can transmit as much as you can. After the delivery, you can also call to confirm, to ensure that there is no loss.¡± Ashley is moved by ire¡¯s words, holding the USB sh disk, no longer dying time, turning around and plugging it into theputer, fingers crackling on the keyboard. As the percentage on the progress bar gradually increases, Ashley¡¯s eyes are getting hotter and hotter. When the finish button appears on the screen, Ashley almost screams. ¡°I worked hard for so long and finally I seeded!¡± ¡°Well, Mr. Bet will be brought to justice.¡± There is a strange light in her eyes. Ashley says quietly, ¡°It¡¯s not just Mr. Bet who has been brought to justice.¡± ire is stunned, then nods and says, ¡°Also, Mr. Bet is not the only one of the criminal gangs. This time, There will kill all those bastards.¡± ¡°Certainly.¡± ¡°By the way, I just call the doctor and ask about you. He says that your injury has basically healed. In two days, the medicine for injury can also be stopped. At that time, I will arrange to take you home.¡± ¡°Can Leo agree?¡± ire pats her chest confidently and says, ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it. I will arrange it.¡± Looking at ire sincerely, Ashley says, ¡°ire, for me, you really paid a lot, thank you.¡± ¡°You are wee. That¡¯s what I should have done. Besides, if it were not for the fierce interference, you would have won the prize for your work and needn¡¯t to recuperate here.¡± When ites to Leo, ire doesn¡¯t have a good tone. ¡°Anyway, I¡¯d like to thank you and I¡¯m d to meet a friend like you.¡± ¡°Friend? In your dictionary, does a friend mean betrayal?¡± Suddenlyes the voice, let ire and Ashley are stuns. They turn to look at the door and see Leo¡¯s hands in his pants pocket, his face as heavy as water. At the moment of seeing Leo, Ashley knows that things would change. But fortunately, she has sent important information back to the headquarters. No matter what these guys do to make up for it, they are not in a hurry. Holding up his chin, ire is dissatisfied and asks, ¡°What do you mean by that?¡± ¡°You should ask Miss Ashley. She is very clear.¡± Turning her head to one side, Ashley says without expression, ¡°I don¡¯t know what you¡¯re talking about.¡± ¡°The evidence has been obtained. Do you want to act? ire has no use value. Why should she wear the mask of hypocrisy in front of her?¡± ire frowns and says, ¡°Leo, can you say something directly? Don¡¯t y riddles!¡± ¡°Since your friend is embarrassed to say it, let me say it.¡± Dark eyes staring at Ashley, Leo says, ¡°What you want is not Mr. Bet¡¯s criminal evidence, but mine, right?¡± In the face of Leo¡¯s query, Ashley doesn¡¯t speak. Looking at Leo in surprise, ire asks, ¡°What does this have to do with you? It¡¯s clear that Mr. Bet killed Ashley¡¯s friend and had a deep blood feud with her.¡± ¡°Yes, her friend¡¯s death is really rted to Mr. Bet. But do you know that Mr. Bet is the one under my control?¡± What!? ¡°I was the one who assigned the task. It can be said that I was also the one who caused her friend¡¯s death. Therefore, Ashley really wants to defeat is me!¡± Leo¡¯s words, let ire back two steps and then looks at Ashley stupidly, asks, ¡°Ashley, is this true?¡± Ashley is still silent, nothing says. ¡°The evidence is solid. Do you want to ask her? When those documents are exposed, Mr. Bet will die and I will suffer. I think that¡¯s the ultimate goal of Ashley. As for you, Ashley is using you all the time and doesn¡¯t regard you as a friend at all.¡± Leo¡¯s words are like knives. It sticks in ire¡¯s heart. Action stiff ground looks at Ashley, ire is interrogating, ¡°Tell me quickly, what Leo says is true!¡± ¡°Haven¡¯t you all heard that? Why do you ask me?¡± ¡°It¡¯s all true...¡± ¡°Now that you¡¯ve torn your face, there¡¯s no need to pretend anymore.¡± Ashley raises her chin and snorts coldly, ¡°Leo, you think you¡¯ve done it very secretly. No one knows your trick, but in fact, our police have been looking at you for a long time! Sooner orter, you will be brought to justice!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be so righteous. You are so desperate. It¡¯s not for the people, it¡¯s just for your selfish desire. And you use the people who care about you the most to get the job done.¡± Exclusive ? content by N(?)ve/l/Drama.Org. With that, Leo¡¯s eyes falls on ire. Her eyes twinkles and Ashley says, ¡°In order to seed, sacrifice is inevitable.¡± ¡°You see, this is your so-called friend. She sacrifices you without hesitation, kills your husband by the way and tries to destroy your family. Do you have to listen to the truth to be willing?¡± With her lips tightly presses, ire¡¯s eyes are red. She looks at Ashley. But from the beginning to the end, Ashley doesn¡¯t look at ire. Maybe it¡¯s guilt, maybe it doesn¡¯t matter. Angry eyes turn pale a little and finally, the bottom of the eyes is dead. ¡°Let her go.¡± This not only surprised Leo, but also raises Ashley¡¯s head. ¡°So far, do you still treat her as a friend?¡± ire shakes her head expressionless and says, ¡°No, I will not tolerate other people¡¯s betrayal. It¡¯s just that you did harm her friends. Those evidences are not fabricated. Even if there is no Ashley, the truth can¡¯t be erased. One day, someone will expose all this.¡± ¡°You¡¯re right. Let her go. Come on, get a car and take her away.¡± Ashley nced at ire and immediately takes back her eyes and says coldly, ¡°In fact, you have arranged the killer for a long time!¡± Chapter 480 One blow after another Chapter 480 One blow after another ¡°There¡¯s no need. The people of Juan will take care of you.¡± These words, let Ashley breathe a smothering, also let ire double fist clench tightly. ¡°You still have contact with Juan?¡± ¡°... Yes.¡± ¡°Oh, Ashley, I¡¯ve been kept in the dark by you.¡± ire¡¯s smile is cold and ironic, while Ashley is biting her lips, saying nothing. ¡°What are you waiting for? Send Miss Ashley away.¡± Soon, subordinatees in and takes Ashley away. Only Leo and ire are left in the room. Although he is angry in his heart, seeing ire¡¯s desperate appearance, Leo couldn¡¯t bear it. He comes to her and raises his hand to touch her shoulder. But as soon as he touches it, ire shakes off his hand. ¡°You know it from beginning to end, don¡¯t you?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°You know the information will cause you trouble. Why don¡¯t you stop me?¡± ¡°I just want to see what position I have in your heart. I am Fanciful before you hands over the offer, but it turns out...¡± Slightly drooping eyes, the Leo tone is t, but a dead silence. With a bleak smile, ire asks, ¡°Are you satisfied with the result? It¡¯s nice to watch me make the wrong decision and then criticize me on the high ground?¡± ¡°If you told me the truth earlier, I would not give Ashley the information, let alone take her to Howard¡¯s home, or let our rtionship be like this!¡± Standing on the opposite side of ire, Leo is only an arm away from her, but feels that their hearts are so far away. ¡°You are disappointed because Ashley cheats you and even joins hands with Juan, not because she wants you to give her the information, right?¡± ire wants to deny Leo¡¯s words, but her lips move. ire doesn¡¯t make any sound. ¡°ire, do you think I¡¯m immortal? Can I deal with those blows and setbacks at all?¡± Raising her hand, ire turns her head and says, ¡°I don¡¯t think so.¡± ¡°I hope you can know that I am just an ordinary person who will fail, be framed, and even Death, I am not omnipotent.¡± With that, Leo leaves the room, while ire sits on the sofa powerless and closes her eyes painfully. ... Conan has been staring at the door of the room and finds that ire hase out, and immediately runs past. ¡°Mommy?¡± Looking at Conan calmly, ire asks, ¡°What¡¯s up?¡± Reaching out to his ear, Conan says solemnly, ¡°I have made a statement in advance that I don¡¯t know what Daddy is going to do. Everything is Daddy¡¯s own idea. I¡¯m also innocent.¡± ¡°You are Leo¡¯s son. It¡¯s normal to help him.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not normal. It¡¯s not normal at all. I don¡¯t help Daddy. Mommy, you have to believe me!¡± ¡°Well, I believe you.¡± ire¡¯s light tone is not convincing at all. Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Well, you don¡¯t want to be involved in adult affairs. Don¡¯t you say that there are activities in school recently. Prepare well.¡± ¡°Can you join Daddy in the parent-child sports meeting?¡± ire shakes her head and says, ¡°Mommy is a little tired recently. I want to have a good rest and you are better find someone else to rece me.¡± ¡°Mommy, take a rest. The sports meeting won¡¯t be held until half a monthter. Other children are all parents. I don¡¯t want to be a stranger.¡± ¡°Then, wait and see.¡± With that, ire turns around and leaves, leaving Conan with a worried face. ¡°Ah, it¡¯s clear that Ashley has been solved. How can I feel that things are getting worse?¡± ... Luke calls Kate and asks her toe to Howard¡¯s home for a meeting. Arriving at Howard¡¯s home at the appointed time, Kate finds that Luke and Conan are not the only ones waiting for her. ¡°Here you are, aunt Kate. Come and sit down.¡± Warmly greet Kate. Conan personally pours water for tea. His attitude is very good. What¡¯s the matter with this son of this guy? Kate sits down in disbelief, and at the same time looks at Luke and asks, ¡°What¡¯s the matter with this child?¡± Luke shrugs helplessly, says, ¡°Of course, there is a request for you.¡± Sure enough, what can I do to help Conan? Looking at Conan, Kate asks with a smile, ¡°Let me guess. Do you want to learn how to drive?¡± ¡°Of course not, aunt Kate. Don¡¯t you think the atmosphere here is a little strange?¡± Weird? Kate looks around, then Strokes her arm and murmurs, ¡°I haven¡¯t felt it yet, but it seems strange that you say so. Oh, by the way, what about ire? Why don¡¯t I see her?¡± ¡°Mommy is in the room.¡± ¡°Tell her I¡¯m here. Let her pick me up.¡± ¡°I¡¯m afraid not, Mommy... She...¡± ¡°She is ill?¡± Conan shakes his head and says, ¡°No, Mommy is very good, but she and Daddy...¡± Conan doesn¡¯t finish, but Kate understands what he meant. ¡°No, these two guys are still in the cold war?¡± Conan nods busily and says, ¡°Yes, there is no sign of easing at all.¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll talk to ire and enlighten her by the way.¡± Hearing Kate¡¯s words, Conan hurriedly clenches his fist and cheers for her, saying, ¡°Come on, you are shouldering the arduous task now. The happiness of the three of us depends on you.¡± Kate looks at Conan suspiciously and asks, ¡°Your happiness is understandable. But what does it have to do with Luke and me?¡± ¡°Daddy is not happy, uncle Luke has no good life, which also affects your happiness index. So, Daddy''s mood affects the three of us.¡± ¡°That makes sense. Well, I¡¯ll try. It shouldn¡¯t be a problem.¡± Kate confidently goes upstairs and Conan watches her figure leave below, murmuring, ¡°I hope aunt Kate can really help Mommy.¡± After rubbing Conan¡¯s hair, Luke gives him a warm smile. Upstairs-- Reaching out and knocking at the door, Kate goes into the room and lowers her voice and asks, ¡°Madam, do you need tea now?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t...¡± Looking back, ire sees Kate and put down the book and says, ¡°It¡¯s you, when did you come?¡± ¡°Just now,¡± when shees to ire¡¯s side, Kate picks up ire¡¯s book and turns it over. She says, ¡°It¡¯s boring to read alone. Go out and have a look with me.¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s too hot outside. It¡¯s cooler in the room.¡± ¡°Although it¡¯s a little hot, the flowers in the garden are blooming. They¡¯re very beautiful. Shall we pick some petals to make the sugar stained flowers?¡± ¡°No interest. Go on your own.¡± ¡°Hey, don¡¯t be so lifeless. It¡¯s not a big deal. In our whole life, we¡¯ll meet some bad friends. Let''s not socialize with them. Why let they affect your life?¡± Chapter 481 men should take the initiative Chapter 481 men should take the initiative Hearing the words of Kate, ire purses her lips and shakes her head. ¡°It''s not about friends, it''s about yourself.¡± Kate nods and says, ¡°Well, you don''t know people clearly. It''s really your problem.¡± ¡°No, no, it is the question between me and Leo.¡± Seeing ire''s serious expression, Kate pulls a chair and sits beside her and asks, ¡°Then tell me, what''s the problem between you and Leo?¡± ¡°The question of values.¡± ¡°Ah?¡± Turning to look at Kate, ire asks, ¡°Does Luke despise you for racing?¡± Kate clenches her fist and says, ¡°hum, how does he dare!¡± ¡°But Leo dare. He thinks my efforts to my friends are ridiculous. He divides people into different sses. He rejects them if they are not in the same ss as him, no matter what happened to them or what their difficulties are.¡± ¡°But you said, everyone has his own involuntarily, can we deny everything because of his helplessness?¡± With a stiff smile, Kate says, ¡°In fact, things are not soplicated. It is more important that you and Leo just like each other.¡± ire shakes her head and says, ¡°No, it''s not simple. If we can''t identify with each other, it will be very painful when getting along.¡± ¡°Oh, it''s not so exaggerated. Don''t scare yourself.¡± Kate wants to say something else, but she grabs her hair and doesn''t know how to start. ¡°All in all, it''s all because of the blue snow. Why does she stir up the rtionship between you and Leo?¡± Kate frowns and says, ¡°It''s really a disaster that we still are influenced by her even she has left.¡± ¡°It has nothing to do with Ashley. If there is no problem between I and Leo, she would have no chance to intervene. After all, there are still problems between us.¡± ¡°What does Leo think? Does he agree with what you said?¡± Thinking of that man, ire lowers her head slightly and says, ¡°What does he think? I don''t know.¡± ¡°He''s your man, how can you not know?¡± Kate bes more and more upset when she chats. She also finds that things are so difficult that even Conan who is very clever, has no idea. ¡°Does Leo just watch you be weird, but do nothing?¡± ¡°I don''t know.¡± I don''t know, again¡­ Kate slumps in her chair and murmurs, ¡°It''s really the cold war.¡± ¡°Now that we''re here, let''s go after lunch,¡± said ire, standing up. ¡°I''ll let the kit cook something you like.¡± Kate, unable to wave her hand, says, ¡°I''m sorry for the organization''s hope for me, how do I have the mind to eat?¡± Put the book in ire''s hand, Kate stands up and says, ¡°Keep reading, I go first.¡± ... Seeing Kate go downstairs, Conan immediately greets her and asks expectantly, ¡°How about it, aunt Kate?¡± Kate shakes her head and sighs, ¡°Ah, the problem is serious.¡± ¡°What do you mean by that? What did Mommy tell you?¡± Recalling the conversation just now, Kate sighs deeply. ¡°I can''t help it. I need your father''s efforts.¡± ¡°But the key is...¡± Conan rubs his hair in chagrin and says, ¡°I''m annoyed that neither of these two guys is willing to handle it.¡± Luke also sighs and says, ¡°It''s so difficult.¡± ¡°It''s hard to say whether it is difficult to make it. I''m not sure when the two guys will suddenlye to terms and get back together. It''s just that there isn''t a right moment, and don''t worry too much.¡± Kate is always positive. She tends to think everything in a positive way. But Conan knows his father and mother too well. When the so-called opportunityes, everything is over. No, he can''t let the atmosphere at home be so weird. Since Mommy doesn''t work, just go to Daddy. Originally, it''s also one of men''s responsibilities to make women happy. Daddy has the obligation to take the initiative. ... Knowing that Leo is busy today, Conan goes to thepany to find him and ns to have a good talk with him. The pointer slides from morning to noon. Leo doesn''te out of the office. Conan is hungry. Oh, does daddy need to work so hard. Kneading his stomach, Conan ns to eat some food first to ease his stomach, so he has the strength to persuade Leo. With his small hand stretches out to the dessert te, Conan just opens his mouth and sees Leo''s employeesing out of his office. Hurriedly jumping out of the chair, Conan walks over quickly and asks, ¡°Is the meeting over?¡± ¡°Yes, do you need to pass it on for you?¡± ¡°No, I''ll just go in myself.¡± Taking a deep breath, Conan knocks on the door and enters the office. ¡°Daddy, are you still busy?¡± ¡°Not busy, what are you doing?¡± ¡°Well, there is something.¡± Take theputer and walk to Leo. Conan looks serious and businesslike. He says, ¡°This is the newly developed firewall test data. Daddy, take a look.¡± Leo nces back and says, ¡°It depends on yourself if it is ok. After all, you are an expert in this field.¡±Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Well, I''ll arrange technicians to carry it out.¡± Put theputer away, Conan looks at Leo and asks, ¡°Daddy, thepany is not busy with anything important recently, is it?¡± ¡°All right.¡± ¡°Can youe to the parent-child sports meeting next week?¡± The expression congealed, Leo says, ¡°This kind of activity, just find someone else to participate.¡± Conan''s expression is helpless and says, ¡°Daddy, do you know what a parent-child sports meeting is? It must be attended by parents together. Do you want others to think that I am a child without father or mother?¡± ¡°With Conan''s eloquence, will you give others a chance to misunderstand you? Even if your mommy and I don''t show up, you have the ability to stop other people''s mouths.¡± Well, Leo is right. With Conan''s social skills, he won''t give others the chance to gossip. But today''s situation is special. Conan must break his image of invincibility and persuade Leo. ¡°Daddy, I can''t help it. Which child is willing to deal with the mess left by his parents? You can''t ignore the fact that I''m also a child and don''t care about my feelings because I''m capable!¡± When Conan says this, he looks very aggrieved, which makes Leo have to stop and look up at him. Slightly raises his chin, Conan asks angrily, ¡°You just talk to me whether you want to attend the sports meeting in person.¡± ¡°But your mommy...¡± ¡°Mommy, I''ll try my best. You just tell me whether you agree or not.¡± Leo hesitates for a moment, nods and says, ¡°OK, I agree.¡± The answer makes Conan shake his fingers, and his face cheered. Chapter 482 a new plot of Conan Chapter 482 a new plot of Conan ¡°That''s yours answer. You should remember it, no regrets. I''ll go to Mommy now to confirm it.¡± With his hands folded in front of her, Leo asks, ¡°Will your mommy agree to participate?¡± ¡°Don''t worry. I''ll take care of it. Wait for my good news.¡± With that, Conan turns around and leaves, while Leo puts the materials aside and falls into deep thought. ... Holding the vase and walking slowly downstairs, ire finds Conan at a nce and is sitting on the sofa with a frown. ¡°Conan, what''s the matter with you?¡± Hearing ire''s voice, Conan gets up and looks like crying sadly. ¡°Mommy, I''m so sad.¡± Put down the vase, ire walks quickly to Conan, puts her arm around his shoulder and asks, ¡°What''s the matter?¡± ¡°I''m rejected by other children. They don''t like ying with me.¡± With that, Conan''s shoulders begin to tremble, as if crying very sad. ¡°How could it be that you are not very popr among your friends? Are you in conflict with them?¡± Conan nods busily and says, ¡°Yes, I am isted by them. As you know, little children always engage in small groups and reject different children.¡± ¡°But you are not a stranger.¡± ¡°Not before, but now.¡± Conan looks up, his eyes are red, and says, ¡°Recently, neither daddy nor Mommy will pick me up from school. This is a strange thing. They all said behind my back that I am a child no one wanted. They also said that my Daddy will marry a new mommy, I would be homeless. It is so pitiful.¡± Such an answer makes ireugh and cry. He asks, ¡°Would you also believe those rumors?¡± ¡°Why don''t you believe it? It seems that it is a truth,¡± Conan wrongs and says, ¡°Although I''m very strong, I''m also a child. You can''t ignore my inner growth by virtue of my high IQ, which is easy to distort my mind!¡± ¡°Is it so exaggerated?¡± ¡°Hum, when the tragedy is caused, you will know whether it is so exaggerated!¡± ire looks helpless and says, ¡°OK, then Mommy will pick you up from school tomorrow and block other people''s mouths with practical actions, OK?¡± ¡°Well, that''s about it.¡± ¡°In a better mood?¡± ¡°It''s just a little better, but I still need to eat something delicious tofort my injured soul.¡± ¡°Then what would you like to eat?¡± Conan thinks about it and says, ¡°Cookies.¡± ¡°OK, Mommy will do it now.¡± Saying that, ire takes Conan''s hand with helpless expression. ... When school is over, parentse to pick up their children at the school gate. They are bustling and bustling. ording to Conan''s instruction, ire stands in the ce with the most people with dressed appropriately, smiled and waited for Conan to finish school. But in the end, instead of waiting for Conan himself, ire waits for her phone call. ¡°Mommy, there''s a sudden activity here. Maybe it''s going to bete for school.¡± ¡°And when?¡± ¡°About an hour, you need to find a ce to rest for a while. When my side is over, you can find you again.¡± ¡°Ok.¡± Hung up the phone, ire lips, do not know what to do this hour. Looking around, ire finds a coffee shop and ns to go in to kill time. But as soon as he entered, ire sees a familiar person. Leo!? Obviously, Leo also sees ire. After a moment''s surprise, his expression returned to normal. ire turns around and wants to leave but thinks that she didn''t do anything wrong. Why does she hide from him like a thief? Take a deep breath, ire turns around and walks to Leo with cold face. ¡°You...¡± ¡°Sit down first.¡± Before ire finishes saying, Leo asks ire to sit down, then he takes the menu and asks her what she wanted to drink. ¡°Atte.¡± ¡°I can''t sleep in the evening if I drink coffee now. It''s better to drink juice.¡± Looking around the menu, Leo orders a cup of apple juice for ire. Although Leo is out of kindness, ire doesn''t ept it. She murmurs, ¡°Why do you need to ask me for my opinion? You are always arrogant.¡± ¡°What are you talking about?¡± R¨ºAdt??St chapters at Novel(D)ra/ma.Org Only ¡°It''s nothing,¡± said ire, her face is taut. Looking at ire, Leo clenches his fist slightly. They definitely are a couple and live together, but they have to meet and talk in this way. It''s really annoying. Observing Leo¡¯s silence, ire looks up at him. At this point, she falls into a deep pool of water. The eyes of Leo are domineering and affectionate. ire almost forgets the time. ¡°ire, we...¡± The voice of the Leo makes iree back to her senses and hurriedly lowers her head and interrupts him. ¡°You''re here to pick up Conan, too?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Recently, we really don''t care a lot about Conan. He doesn''t feel very happy.¡± ¡°It''s not us, it''s you. I''ve been focusing on Conan¡¯s grade.¡± ire smiles scornfully and says, ¡°As you say, I still care about Conan¡¯s life and living.¡±. Learning and life are two different things. Don''t confuse them.¡± ¡°Then tell me, what are we going to do?¡± Leo leaves the problem to ire, who is stunned and begins to think hard. ¡°Well, of course, we should spend more time with him and have a chat with him. Conan is a very sensitive child; the adult''s mood change may let him think boundlessly.¡± ¡°If we can concentrate our energy topany Conan, it''s certainly the best. But if we are casual and careless, it''s better not to apany him.¡± This guy, how can he always challenge ire today! ire frowns and looks at Leo and says in a bad tone, ¡°Since Mr. Howard is so insightful, it''s up to you to solve the mess, and save the trouble that you direct at others!¡± ¡°I''m just saying my suggestion, not aiming at you.¡± ire pats the table and says angrily, ¡°Not against me? You almost point to the nose and say I''m not! Leo, you can use me in other aspects, but in Conan¡¯s education, you are not qualified to talk, because it is me who has apanied Conan for so many years!¡± Looking at ire, Leo doesn''t speak for a long time. The atmosphere downstairs is very stiff, which makes the two guys in a corner upstairs nervous. Frowning tightly, Conan murmurs, ¡°How do you feel? Their expressions are very serious.¡± ¡°It''s not very optimistic.¡± Luke pats Conan on the shoulder and says, ¡°Conan, you can go downstairs first. I''m afraid that if they continue to talk about it, they will break up.¡± After sipping his lips, Conan gets up and slips out the back door. Chapter 483 parting in discord Chapter 483 parting in discord Just as ire is about to get up and leave, Conan runs in breathlessly. ¡°Oh, you are here. It''s so hard for me to find you.¡± He raises his hand and wipes his forehead. Conan sees ire holding her handbag and asks in surprise, ¡°Mommy, where are you going?¡± ire says calmly, ¡°Since your father is here, I will go back first.¡± ¡°Ah, here we are now. Let''s go after dinner,¡± said Conan, holding on to ire. ¡°I''ve been busy for a long time, and I''m hungry. Let''s go to have dinner first. I know there is a restaurant near here that tastes good.¡± ¡°Let''s go home. The kit is ready for dinner.¡± ¡°But I''m hungry now. I''m during the period of growth. It''s not good for me to be so hungry.¡± ¡°But...¡± ncing at Leo, ire tight lips. Receiving ire''s eyesight, Leo stands up and says, ¡°You two eat first. I''ll go back to thepany.¡± Ah, I''m really angry. I just pacified this one, and that one is in a state of affairs again! What''s more, why can''t daddy be a little cheeky? When Mommy be angry, he flinches automatically. It''s not liked his style at all! Sighing inward hopelessly, Conan reaches out and grabs Leo. Meanwhile, he smiles to him. ¡°Oh, daddy, it doesn''t matter to handle thepany''s businesster. It''s less important than have a dinner together.¡± Take a deep look at ire, Leo says, ¡°With me, your mommy may not be able to eat well.¡± ire doesn''t like to hear this. Obviously, this guy doesn''t want to see her, too. Why should she be a shield? As soon as ire picks her eyebrows and is about to refute. ¡°Oh, are you going to fight in front of me?¡± To avoid the situation bing worse, Conan threatens, ¡°Tell you, the proportion of children''s character distortion is more than 30% because the family is not harmonious. Especially for talents with high intelligence like me, it is easier to form anti-social personality! If you think it doesn''t matter, keep fighting!¡± Staring at Leo, ire exins, ¡°We are not arguing, just talking.¡± ¡°Is the talk over now?¡± ¡°Well, it''s over.¡± ¡°Then let''s go to dinner!¡± Voice down, Conan cannot help but drag ire and Leo, excitedly goes to the restaurant next door. Conan changes his face a little fast, which makes ire confused in her heart. Although she is skeptical, it is about the growth of her children. ire still suppresses the doubt and follows Conan into the hotel withoutint. Maybe it''s really hungry. Conan orders a table of delicious food. But before he begins to eat, he covers his stomach, and the expression on his face is painful. ¡°Are you ok?¡± ¡°Well, I have a stomachache. I want to go to the bathroom first.¡± ¡°Do you want to take some medicine?¡± ¡°No, no!¡± Conan says, and runs away. Exclusive ? content by N(?)ve/l/Drama.Org. ¡°Isn''t he having a bad stomach?¡± ire mumbles to herself but doesn''t find Leo looking at her all the time. Looking back, once again meet Leo¡¯s eyesight, ire freezes, then hurriedly lowers her head. ¡°Well, let''s calm down first. At least, we should maintain a harmonious appearance in front of the children.¡± ¡°Such a hypocritical peace, are you sure of Conan need?¡± Leo says cid, which easily angers ire. She frowns and scolds, ¡°How do you know he doesn''t need it? Conan is a child after all. For children, family harmony means everything.¡± ¡°But Conan is not an ordinary child.¡± ¡°So, you won''t cooperate with the acting?¡± ¡°Of course, I can''t act.¡± ire looks at Leo angrily, like an angry rabbit. Very good, even if she is not Leo''s opponent, but the rabbit will bite if it is in a hurry! When ire thinks about how to start, Leo says again. ¡°I hope there is true love between us.¡± The expression on his face is stunned. ire lowers her head and looks away. Leo is looking at ire, hopefully, but ire does not raise her head, which makes his eyes dim. Then, neither of them speaks until Conanes back. ¡°I''m back. The food hase up. Why don''t mom and Dad eat it?¡± Pull out a stiff smile, ire says, ¡°You eat first, mom and dad are not hungry.¡± ¡°I...¡± ¡°Thepany has a meeting. Take your time.¡± Bend over and pick up the suit. Leo is going to leave. What? How can daddy go again! Conan has no choice but to hint Leo with his eyes, and says, ¡°What will be so important? Don''t leave until you have finished eating.¡± ¡°Some customerse from Europe and will leave tonight, so we need to meet. I may go back very late today. You can have a rest earlier and don''t y games, OK?¡± Conan shrunken his mouth, says, ¡°Oh, I see.¡± Leo leaves and Conan is very disappointed, but ire looks indifferent. Reaching for Conan''s soup, ire says, ¡°Don''t worry about him, let''s eat ours.¡± ¡°Mommy. Is daddy angry?¡± ¡°How do I know? That guy is always moody.¡± ¡°But I haven''t had dinner with daddy for a long time.¡± ¡°Isn''t it enough to have Mommy with you? Or... ¡°ire¡¯s face darkens and says, if you think Mommy is more than enough, then Mommy will help you call Daddy back.¡± He quickly stops ire. Conan, with a ttering look, says, ¡°No, I can''t. How can Mommy be redundant? It''s enough to have Mommy.¡± ¡°Then hurry up, aren''t you hungry.¡± ¡°Mm-hmm.¡± Conan drinks the soup unconsciously, and his heart is howling. A good meal, how can it inexplicable be lost? What is the problem!!! ... As Leo says, hees back veryte today. Hees back to his room in the early morning. But after a shower, he goes to his study, tuns on hisputer, and is ready to go on with his work. nging¨C ¡°Come in.¡± A small heades in and smiles at the East. Looking at Conaning to him, Leo puts down his work and asks, ¡°Why don¡¯t you sleep? If your mommy knows that and you must be punished again.¡± Holding up the tray on his hand, Conan says with a smile, ¡°Daddy must not have supper. I am bringing you the night snack.¡± ¡°Put it on there.¡± Put the food on Leo''s table. Conan, holding the tray, stands aside and smiles at Leo. ¡°Why don''t you leave? What''s the matter?¡± Conan hurriedly nods his head, then sits opposite Leo and says, ¡°Daddy, do you want to go on like this with Mommy? We have ovee so many obstacles so that we can get together. Why you waste our time and get angry with each other?¡± Chapter 484 Sulk Chapter 484 Sulk His eyes dim. Leo says, ¡°I also want to have a happy family, but your mother...¡± ¡°Oh, Mommy is a woman. It''s normal that she splits hairs. It need daddy to take the initiative to help Mommy open her heart. How can you be confused with Mommy?¡± Open her heart? Leo chuckles and says, ¡°Your mommy doesn''t need me to open her heart. She can do it well by herself.¡± Leo has always been calm, but his tone at the moment is full of gambling elements. Leaning back in his chair, Conan shakes his head and says, ¡°Hey, I''m still angry. That blue snow is so powerful. Even she leaves, she still influences us.¡± ¡°Blue snow is just a fuse. She hasn''t changed anything yet.¡± ¡°Well, no matter what the problem is between you and Mommy, there must be a solution. Daddy, what do you want to do with this?¡± Leo says with fixed attention, ¡°Let me and your mommy calm down first, think about how the way go in the future.¡± This answer lets Conan speechless. ¡°Isn''t it enough to be calm for so long? If we dy, we will be able to cross the New Year! ¡° ¡°Have you been very freetely?¡± Leo throws a document to Conan. He says, ¡°Thepany''s system needs to be upgraded and engineers are dragging. I think I should leave it to you.¡± ¡°But I.....¡± ncing at him, Leo asks coldly, ¡°What is the problem?¡± ¡°No, no problem.¡± ¡°Then go back and prepare for it.¡± With his shoulders down, Conan leaves the room with a bitter face. Woo woo. I was kind enough to help them solve the problem, but I was threatened finally. The same is to be a good son, others are the treasure in the palm of my hand. And I, have not only to help solve the contradiction between parents, but also to be despised by daddy, it''s really unreasonable. Although he was despised, Conan is a model who has the more setbacks and will be more bravery. After meeting Luke and Kate, he holds an internal seminar to study new tactics. Finally, the three decides that let Kate do it again to match ire and Leo and make a romantic date for them. Unfortunately, Kate finds a surprising news before she makes it. ¡°What is this?¡± Holding up the things on her hands, Kate is very angry. ire is afraid that Kate will tear the things on her hand in virtue of over excitement and hurriedly grabs and stuffs them into the drawer, saying, ¡°Air tickets, don¡¯t you have seen them before.¡± Kate''s tone is impatient. She approaches ire and asks qualitatively, ¡°I know it''s a ticket. OK, why do you buy a ticket? Where are you going?¡± ¡°Why are you so excited? I just want to go out and rx, by the way...¡± ¡°By the way?¡± ire raises her face again and says with full vigor, ¡°By the way, find a school to study. This period of time I really feel bad. It''s time to adjust myself and start again.¡± Looking at ire find the direction to effort; Kate should have been happy for her. But now, Kate feels irritable. ¡°ire, what are you going to do?!¡± ¡°What''s the matter? I just want to improve myself. Can''t I study hard?¡± ¡°But you are clearly avoiding Leo!¡± ire shakes her head and says, ¡°It''s not escape. Staying at home all day, you''ll be confused. It''s better to go to a new environment. If you are busy, you will not live like a resentful woman.¡± ¡°What about your husband and son, does it no matter?¡± ¡°Conan has grown up; he will take care of himself even if I am not around him. Besides, I will not stay there for very long time and Conan can go to see me and I cane back to see him. As for Leo...¡± ire pauses for a moment and says, He is a workaholic. He may live more natural without me.¡± ¡°Nonsense! ire, this is the avoiding behavior. Escaping can''t solve the problem.¡± Kate is going crazy, and her tone is getting more and more manic. ire is calm, ps Kate on her shoulder, and says, ¡°Ms. Kate, there is something wrong with your mind. How can women''s striving be an escape problem? I want to be an elite. What''s wrong?¡± ¡°You can pursue your dreams, but you can''t leave a mess to go. Don''t say something else anymore, you know what I want to say!¡± Slightly lowers her eyshes, ire says, ¡°Some problems, the more you want to solve, the more you confused. It''s better to put it there first. After a long time, everything will be solved.¡± Such a negative attitude is not like ire''s way of doing things. ¡°In a word, you won''t change your mind?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Lean in her chair hopelessly, Kate looks up at the ceiling and murmurs, ¡°If Leo knew about this, he would be crazy.¡± Crazy? Not necessarily. Finishing the clothes on her hands, ire smiles faintly. ... Soon, ire''s going abroad is widely spread, and Leo naturally hears the news. Conan feels betrayed. He thinks Leo must have the same feelings as him, but he is embarrassed to say it. Conan takes the initiative to find Leo and discuss the countermeasures with him. ¡°Daddy, I think we can hide mommy''s passport secretly. She can''t go abroad without her passport.¡± ¡°Naive.¡± ¡°Well, I also think Mommy is naive.¡± ¡°I mean you, Conan.¡± Well, me? Conan is stupefied, looks up at Leo, and decides whether he has just overheard. Exclusive ? content by N(?)ve/l/Drama.Org. However, from Leo''s disdainful eyes, Conan knows that he has not heard it wrong. It''s depressing. It''s a kind help. How can it be rejected? However, will Leo ept it in his heart? His eyes turn around, and Conan approaches Leo with a smile and says, ¡°Daddy, I know you must be angry. There are only our father and son here. You don''t have to hide them.¡± Put the documents aside and Leo says without expression, ¡°I don''t know what you are talking about.¡± ¡°Oh, anger is anger. You wife leave without talking, it really makes people angry.¡± ¡°But do you think I look angry?¡± As he said this, Leo looks up to Conan and he looks as usual. Looking into the eyes of Leo carefully, Conan does not see the slightest anger. If daddy really doesn¡¯t mind it? Thinking of this possibility, Conan feels that things have be very creepy. ¡°Daddy, do you really not mind? It''s not like you.¡± ¡°You don''t have to meddle in this, leave it alone.¡± Chapter 485 Respect for her choice Chapter 485 Respect for her choice ¡°No matter what? Then watch Mommy go abroad and leave us alone?¡± Conan says and bes more and more angrily, his little face bes red. ¡°If it''s her will, I respect her choice.¡± What a choice, it clearly is to escape! Mommy escapes while daddy lets it go. Is there any way to solve this problem!? At the same time, Conan looks at Leo pitifully and says, ¡°The children without Mommy are pitiful. I want mommy to stay.¡± ¡°Then tell your mommy to see if you can make her change her mind.¡± Well, things are changing! Although Leo''s expression is very serious, Conan hears a trace of expectation from his words. It seems that Leo is not as cold as he shows. The so-called duplicity is about him. With a smile on the corner of his mouth, Conan tilts his head, leans over and says, ¡°Daddy, you look generous on the surface, but in fact, you also want mommy to stay, don''t you?¡± ¡°You are really wordy. I have a meeting now. If you have nothing else to do, go back first.¡± Before Conan finishes speaking, he is driven out of the office by Leo. ¡°Hello, daddy, I haven''t finished talking. Don''t...¡± Bang¨C Fortunately, Conan hides quickly, or his little butt would be caught by the door. Turning around and staring at the doorte angrily, Conan clenches his small fist and thinks to himself that what''s wrong with Daddy! ¡°Driven out by Liege?¡± Hearing the sound, Conan turns around and sees Luke with a pleasant face. With a sigh, Conan is helpless. ¡°Come on, don''t be angry. You''re not the first one to be kicked out anyway.¡± With that, Luke tilts his head and hint at Conan to look to the lounge. A woman sitting in the lounge with the same expression as Conan. It''s Kate. Quickly walk to the rest room, Conan sits next to Kate, drinks water first, and then asks, ¡°Aunt Kate, have youe to find daddy?¡± Her body copses on the chair, and Kate says without any image, ¡°Yes, but I really regret this decision now!¡± ¡°Don''t be angry, don''t be angry. I understand your feelings very well. Although we are booted out now, daddy and Mommy will be grateful one day.¡± ¡°I''m afraid I''ll be pissed off before that day! They do not worry but we are too worried. We are all hurry now. On the contrary, those two people think we are meddling. It''s depressing!¡± To this end, Conan thought deeply. ¡°Stop being depressed. I have a good idea.¡± Different from the two-balsam pear faces over there, Luke''s tone is light. ¡°What idea? Haven''t we thought about all the ideas? These two guys are too passive. I''m going to be crazy.¡± ¡°In fact, things are not so difficult to deal with. Let''s let ire go abroad to study, change an environment, and let her sort out her mind.¡± This let Kate very dissatisfied, frowns and says, ¡°Why do you have the same attitude as Leo? Are you help or making peace?¡± ¡°Help, of course.¡± ¡°Ha, push people far away, even if it''s help. They have a knot in their hearts. Well, they are so far apart that they can''t even see each other, how can they solve the problem?¡± ¡°It''s because he can''t see his face that things will just be solved.¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ¡°There must be something in Leo''s heart. Now the cold war is also because he has something in his heart and hasn''t been relieved. But with the passage of time, the contradiction will be thinner and thinner, and the yearning will be more and more thick. Atst, Leo cannot stand the yearning from the bottom of his heart, and he will personally bring his wife back.¡± ¡°With the help of someone, we can certainly make it. Leo is a very stubborn person. Unless he wants to, all of us will not yield even if we force him with guns. So, what we have to do now is let nature take its course.¡± Twist eyebrows to think next, Conan and Kate both show the expression of relief. ¡°Well, the old man is a fount of wisdom. Uncle Luke, you really have experience.¡± As soon as Conan finishes speaking, Kate stares at her. Seeing this, Luke hurriedly exins, ¡°I''m just talking about the matter. What''s the experience? Don''t talk about it carelessly!¡± ¡°Don''t intimidate Conan, it makes you look guilty.¡± Exclusive ? content by N(?)ve/l/Drama.Org. ¡°I don''t have a guilty mind, just tell this child not to gossip.¡± Luke stands beside Kate and says, ¡°Kate, don''t worry. No matter in the past or in the future, you are the only woman in my heart.¡± Sweet confession let Kate turn anger into smile, and also show a coquettish little expression. These two guys, please see the situation when you show love! Conan has no choice but to reach out and knock on the table, implying Luke and Kate to restrain themselves. Realizing that there is still a child in the room, Kate hurriedly restrains his smile and says seriously, ¡°Hum, ire is such an excellent woman. Once she goes abroad, there will be many pursuers. If she had moved her heart to someone, Leo would have no choice at all.¡± ¡°That''s a tough problem. Since he can let ire go, he may have spected all possible consequences. Let''s not worry about it.¡± ¡°Ah, it''s a fake to say we don''t worry. ire goes so far alone, if...¡± During talking, Kate suddenly thinks of something. Her eyes were bright and frightening. ¡°Luke, I suddenly have an idea.¡± Before Kate finished, Luke firmly refuses, ¡°No way!¡± ¡°I haven''t said what it is, why do you refuse me?¡± ¡°I know you so well. Look at your smile and I will know what you want.¡± Reaching for Luke''s arm, Kate is rarely coquettish, and says, ¡°Oh, I''m for my friends. Besides, if I stare at her, you can rest assured, can''t you?¡± Looking at Kate and Luke, Conan says he doesn''t understand anything. ¡°What are you talking about?¡± Turning around and looking at Conan excitedly, Kate says, ¡°I''ve decided to go abroad with your mommy and take care of her myself.¡± ¡°Good!¡± ¡°No!¡± Two diametrically opposite answers appear at the same time. Luke and Conan look at each other and see persistence in each other''s eyes. ¡°That''s a good idea,¡± Conan says to Luke, turning around. ¡°Uncle Luke, I know you have a strong rtionship with aunt Kate, and you won''t let her go. Bu it''s an emergency. Our family needs Mrs. Kate!¡± Kate also urges that, ¡°Luke, don''t be so stingy. Aren''t you Leo''s good friend? In order to be a good friend, you should sacrifice something, and I won''t be in any danger. Seriously, I haven''t been abroad yet. It''s a right time to take this opportunity to go out and enjoy myself.¡± Chapter 486 Love you forever Chapter 486 Love you forever Luke helplessly looks at Kate, he feels like he gets a headache. Luke, who is hard to choose, never thinks that he would dig a hole for himself. ... ire is an activist. Since she decides to leave, she contacts the school and hands in the application. After the application was passed, ire packs her bags and prepares to leave. Just before leaving, do I need to tell Leo? But they are in the cold war. Even if she tells Leo, he will be cold. Biting her lips, ire hesitates, but finally decides to find Leo and talk to him. It is strange that since ire is ready to talk with Leo, the guy has been busy. He leaves early and returnste every day. Although they live together, ire has no chance to meet him. Atst, ire could not hold her breath. She decides to wait for the rabbit, thinking that she would stop this guy even if she waits for the whole night. The hour hand circle ground revolves, ire sits on the sofa in the living room, the eyelid is more and more heavy. Hiding her face and yawning, ire looks up at the clock and murmurs, ¡°It¡¯s 12 o''clock. Can hee back tonight?¡± She can''t stand it. ire dozes on the sofa, thinking that she just sleeps for a while, and will surely wake up when she hears Leo¡¯s footsteps. But ire is too sleepy, so she sleeps heavily. Don''t talk about the footsteps, even the thunder outside can''t wake her up. Her red lips are slightly open, making even breathing sound. A figure slowly approaches ire and bends down to pick her up. When ire fell asleep, she didn''t cover the quilt, so she''s a little cold now. But all of a sudden, a warmthes close to her, let her immediately close to it, and finds a comfortable position to nest. How warm it is! ire''s face shows a satisfied smile, just like azy cat. And her appearance makes Leo smile. This woman is so sleepy. Why don''t she go back to her room to sleep? Put ire gently on the bed. Leo covers her up and turns around to leave. ire is sleeping sweet. Suddenly, she feels cold all over his body. Then she slowly pulls away the warmth ¡°Don''t go!¡± Out of instinct to grasp forward, ire greedy for that wipe temperature, hope to retain it. And finally, she grabs Leo''s palm. After a pause, Leo looks back at ire and finds that she doesn''t wake up. ¡°Well, I won''t go.¡± The voice of Leo is surprisingly gentle. He sits back carefully and looks at ire. Only when ire can''t see it, Leo will show such a warm look. He is still deeply in love with ire, but he also knows that there is something wrong with their rtionship. If he continues to be affectionate, it will definitely cause pressure on ire. Leo knows that ire needs space, so he is willing to let her go. But this doesn''t mean that he wants to give up ire. On the contrary, the current rxation is for the sake of the future. One day, ire will figure out what she wants. He bends over and pecked at ire''s red lips. In the fierce voice of Leo, he says, ¡°ire, I love you, and I will always love you.¡± ... When she woke up, ire feels rxed. With a stretch, ire''s eyes narrow slightly, and her mouth is still hanging with a rxed smile. Well, it''s a good day. When she got up and opens the quilt, ire''s eyes fall beside her, wondering why a chair appeared in that position. However, she doesn''t care about the details. Take out the ticket from the drawer, ire''s is a bit of unhappy. Today is her departure day. Everything is ready. She can go to the airport when she is ready. However, ire still doesn''t see Leo. What she wants to say to him could only be put in her heart in silence. Thinking of Leo, ire''s good mood is covered with a mist, which makes her a little breathless. ¡°Mommy, are you awake?¡± After carefully collecting the tickets, ire says, ¡°Oh, yes,e in.¡± Conan opens the door and walks in, smilingly says, ¡°Mommy, please clean up and have breakfast. I prepare it for you by myself today.¡± ¡°You prepared it?¡± ire is ttered. ¡°What day is it today? It''s really rare that you can cook in person.¡± ¡°Mommy, it''s not the day you''re going to leave. I specially prepared delicious food to make Mommy full and ready to go on the road.¡± Well, that sounds strange. ire, with a stiff smile, says, ¡°I''ll go down after washing well.¡± ¡°Well, I go downstairs to wait mummy first.¡± Don''t look down on Conan because his young, he is very smart. After reading the recipe twice, he can prepare a table of rich breakfast. This breakfast of Chinese and Westernbination makes ire have a good appetite. Swallowing her saliva, ire sits at the table and says, ¡°What time did you get up and get these things?¡± ¡°It didn¡¯t take too much time, and I had a hand. Ah, no, I have made preparations in advance. Many things are semi-finished products. Just heat them up.¡± Conan secretly watching ire''s reaction. It is a relief to see that her attention is all on food and she doesn''t seem to find anything. ¡°I''ll start first.¡± ire stretches out her chopsticks, put a dough in his mouth, and shows her satisfaction. ¡°Well, it''s delicious. You''re so talented at cooking.¡± ¡°Hey, Mommy, then just enjoy yourself.¡± Conan says, ncing at some ce, his face is a little cramped. ¡°After breakfast, I''ll go to the airport myself.¡± Taking back his sight, Conan insists, ¡°How can I do that? I''ll take mummy to the airport myself.¡± ¡°But it''s a long way from the airport. It''s a waste of time and will dy your ss.¡± ¡°Then take a day off. I don''t care. Anyway, I''ll take mommy to the airport.¡± As he said, Conan begins to y coquettish, with a posture of never giving up until his goal is achieved. ¡°Well, alright.¡± ¡°Mommy is so nice!¡± With that, Conan kisses ire on her cheek, then sits beside her and enjoys breakfast together. Well, these things taste good. No wonder Mommy eats so much. Conan gobbles, almost forgetting that he still has a task. ... The airport is full of people in a hurry. There are differences and reunions, just like life. After changing the boarding pass, ire turns around and looks at Conan and Luke behind him, showing a warm smile. Eyes in the crowd behind a circle, ire asks, ¡°Kate does note?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°Well, she has other ns. Maybe she can''t make it.¡± Chapter 487 Unexpected companions Chapter 487 Unexpectedpanions Any other arrangement is clearly the guy''s excuse. With a sigh, ire says with bitterness in her voice, ¡°Ah, she should still be angry.¡± ¡°Don''t worry, I''llfort her.¡± ¡°Then, you take good care of Kate and enlighten her, I will send her a postcard.¡± ¡°Well, I''ll tell her.¡± Turning around, her eyes falls on Conan. ire pats his head and says, ¡°Conan, take good care of yourself.¡± ¡°Don''t worry, Mommy. Don''t be too yful outside. If you miss daddy and me,e back and see us.¡± ¡°Well, I will.¡± Looking around, ire seems to be searching for someone''s figure. ¡°Don''t look for him. Daddy is going to meet a very important partner today. He doesn''t have time to come to the airport.¡± ¡°I, I didn''t want to see him,¡± ire says with a slightly uneasy expression, carrying her bag. ¡°Then, I''m in.¡± ¡°Be careful.¡± Reach out and wave to two people, ire turns around and leaves. Looking at ire''s back, Lukees to Conan''s ear and asks, ¡°Is your daddy here or not?¡± ¡°I haven''t seen him for days. I don''t know.¡± ¡°Let''s make a bet. The bet is your new robot. If you win, I''ll raise money for you. If you lose, give me the robot.¡± ¡°Good!¡± Conan said without hesitation, ¡°I guess daddy must be in a corner of the airport.¡± ¡°That''s what I want to say. How could you take the lead?¡± ¡°It''s called starting first. Hey, uncle Luke, do you admit defeat?¡± Luke shakes his head and says with emotion, ¡°I really lost to you and your father.¡± ¡°It''s because you''ve been interested in my robot for a long time that youe up with such a way to finance it.¡± ¡°Now if financing has be so stateless, do I still need to beg someone?¡± They chat and walk outside, while someone in the corner keeps staring at the front for a long time. ... Put the luggage away. ire sits in her seat and takes out a book to read. ¡°Excuse me?¡± ire''s head sent a crisp voice, which made her shake her head andugh. What''s the matter? Did I have a hallucination? I can hear the voice of Kate here. Just when ire thought of when Kate could be relieved, someone reaches out and pats her on the shoulder. ¡°Pretty girl, please let me in. My seat is in it.¡± This tone, this touch, doesn''t look like a dream! Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. Looking up, ire looks at the familiar smile and raises her voice abruptly. ¡°Kate, why are you here?¡± It''s this woman. What the hell is she doing! Gently shrugged her shoulders, Kate looks indifferent and says, ¡°This ne is not contracted by you, why can''t I sit?¡± ¡°Don''t change the subject, you know what I mean!¡± ¡°Let''s not talk about that. Stand up and Let me sit down for a while.¡± ire is pushed away. Kate sits on the seat and reaches for the wind. ire straightens Kate''s body, forces her to look at her face, frowns and asks, ¡°Kate, what do you mean, hurry up and make it clear!¡± ¡°It''s not interesting. I''m tired of staying here. I want to go abroad to y.¡± ¡°y? I see that you want to watch me! You traitor!¡± ¡°I don''t like to hear that. What is surveince? When we travel together, is it not good to have a companion? Don''t be too narrow-minded, ire. It''s not good for you.¡± ¡°I...¡± ¡°Ah, you have a tour guide here. Let me have a look. Where can I go after getting off the ne?¡± With that, Kate snatches ire''s book and read it with interest. This woman¡­ ire bites his teeth, turns around and pulls out his cell phone, dials Luke. ¡°Hello, Luke, take your woman back quickly!¡± ¡°I''m sorry, Kate has made a decision, and I can''t persuade her.¡± ¡°You don''t have to persuade her, just get her off the ne. What''s wrong with you, are you really willing to let your girlfriend go thousands of miles away.¡± ¡°What, what did you say?¡± ¡°Don''t pretend to be a bad signal. You must have heard it. Hurry up...¡± ¡°Excuse me, miss. The ne is about to take off. Please turn off your cell phone.¡± Before ire says anything, the other side has hanged up. Asshole, these guys must have worked it out! ire looks at Kate badly, and Kate looks innocent. She points to ire''s mobile phone and says, ¡°Why do you look at me? Turn off your mobile phone.¡± ¡°Kate, don''t y tricks with me!¡± ¡°You''re such a narcissistic woman. I''m just going on a trip, OK?¡± ¡°Then get off the ne, and we''ll go our separate ways!¡± Partpany each going his own way. How can it be? Who is Kate? Given her a chance, she will definitely stick on it. ire, you can''t run away! ... After more than ten hours flight, the ne arrives at Mn International Airport. Pushing two suitcases, ire walks out of the airport and meets her driver outside. With each other a simple hello, ire is moving her luggage into the car. While helping, the driver nces at ire and asks, ¡°Mrs. Howard, is this your friend?¡± ire looks back and sees Kate pestle behind her. She is about to put her luggage in the trunk. Reaching out to stop Kate, ire asks coldly, ¡°I said that go separate ways when we get off the ne. What are you doing now?¡± ¡°Ha-ha¡± sheughs and says, ¡°You can''t be so cruel. I''m alone in a strange ce, and I''m still penniless. Don¡¯t I stay with you?¡± With that, Kate takes out her wallet and shows it to ire that it is empty. ¡°Kate, you cross the line!¡± ¡°It''s also your fault. I was so worried when I went out that I forgot to prepare my money.¡± Forgot? this woman clearly is intentional! ire is in a hurry, but she has no choice. At the moment of seeing Kate, ire had a bad premonition. With this woman here, I''m sure my way to study will be Wonderful! Seeing that the two women are stuck, the driver asks, ¡°What can we do now, Mrs. Howard?¡± ¡°Throw that woman''s luggage in the car, too!¡± Seeing ire agrees to go with her. Kate cheers. Then she bypasses ire and sits on the car first. ¡°Hey, why are you still here? Get in quickly. It''s sunny outside. Be careful to be tanned.¡± ire takes a look at Kate, then sits in the passenger seat, keeping a distance with her. Kate does not care ire¡¯s bad emotion. She turns to look out of the window and is in a good mood. After the car started, Kate also chats with the driver and knows ire''s destination by the way. ire has booked an apartment right next to the University of Mn. The environment is good, and the transportation is convenient. Standing at the bottom of the apartment, Kate looks around with satisfaction and says, ¡°It''s a good ce. Let''s go upstairs quickly, put down our luggage and go around.¡± Chapter 488 A New beginning Chapter 488 A New beginning ire reaches out to stop Kate and says without expression, ¡°I only booked a room, without your share.¡± ¡°One room is enough. We can sleep together. When we used to live in dormitories, we only had one room.¡± ¡°There is only one bed in the room.¡± ¡°Oh,¡± said Kate, pausing for a moment, and then excitedly, ¡°I can sleep on the floor, it doesn''t matter.¡± ¡°I think it matters¡± ire is shouting, ¡°Don''t be fool, I know what you''re thinking. You''d better book a ticket back now and stop messing around!¡± ire is angry, but Kate is still not calm. She says, ¡°I''m just messing around. What can you do to me?¡± As she says this, Kate walks past ire andes to the front desk. She reports ire''s name and gets the room key. Turning to look at ire, Kate shakes the key on her hand and urges, ¡°Come here quickly, let¡¯s go to the room.¡± This time, ire is really helpless. After a simple cleaning up, ire goes to school with the materials to report. And Kate is just hanging around the school. The formalities are handled smoothly. Tomorrow, ire can attend ss normally. Holding learning materials, ire goes downstairs and finds Kate missing. Where''s the woman? Although angry, ire is still worried about Kate, afraid that she will get lost or be abducted by bad people. Standing at the intersection, ire is going to call Kate. Someone behind her is patting her shoulder. As soon as ire looks back, she sees Kate looking at her with a red face and saying excitedly, ¡°Wow, the Italian man is so handsome. Just now there was a male student talking to me and asked me to be his model.¡± All the worries are in vain. ire narrows her eyes and says, ¡°Let you be an undercover. Luke will regret it sooner orter.¡± ¡°What does he regret? He should be d to have a teammate like me. ire, is there a canteen? I''m hungry. Shall we go for dinner? Hey, don''t walk so fast. Wait for me.¡± ... ire has had the desire to study fashion design for a long time. To study in this famous school in Italy has always been her dream. Now that the dreames true, ire always has a sense of unreality in her heart, and a sense of helplessness. Looking at Kate, ire frowns. Different from domestic universities, Italian schools allow students to sit in, so Kate sits beside ire in a daze, turns outic books and reads them attentively. ire knocks on the table and whispers, ¡°Kate, can you keep a low profile?¡± ¡°I''m very low-key. I just wanted tough and didn''t make a sound.¡± After stroking the forehead, ire decides to give upmunication with Kate, because it is senseless. At the end of a ss, ire packs up and is ready to leave the ssroom. But a tall boy with blonde hair and blue eyes calls ire, and his face is still young and shy. ¡°Hi, that. I think you take notes seriously in ss. Can I borrow your notes?¡± ¡°Yes, sure.¡± ire generously gives her notes to him and shows a friendly look. After taking ire''s notes, the boy smiles happily and even the little freckles on his face bes actively. ¡°Thank you. Well, I''ll return it back tomorrow.¡± ¡°Well, no problem.¡± Say goodbye to him, ire leaves with her schoolbag on her back. But when she walks, Kate goes together with the gossip. ¡°I guess, next, this male student will take the opportunity to invite you to dinner, thank you for your lending him notes. Then invite you to study in the library and get along with each other day and night. Finally, he may bare his heart to you that he likes you and wants you to be his girlfriend!¡± ire turns her eyes and says, ¡°You''ve seen a lot of girlics, you na?ve.¡± ¡°Huh, I''m naive? I think you are the naivest one. If you don''t believe it, let''s make a bet to see if the male ssmate will ask you out.¡± ¡°I don''t have so much free time to y with you. Now I want to go to the study room. You go back to the dormitory first.¡± ¡°Go to the study room? I''ll go too!¡± Kate is about to follow, but ire stops her. ¡°What are you going to do, keep readingics? Please, I don''t want to be a stranger in school. Would you please let me go?¡± Content ? N?velDrama.Org 2024. ¡°How can I let you mutate? Having such a lively and lovely girl beside you will make you more attractive.¡± ¡°Then I thank you, don''t give me this chance to add my beauty, please!¡± With that, ire turns around and runs quickly. ¡°Ah you...¡± Raising her hand to ire, then she powerlessly put it down. Kate murmurs discontentedly, ¡°What a woman who doesn''t know how to be grateful!¡± Back in the dormitory, Kate turns on theputer and begins to surf the Inte. After watching it for a while, Kate thinks it is boring, so she starts to open social software and double- click a certain avatar. After a pleasant music, someone goes online. Against a pair of ck eyes, Conan looks at Kate in the screen discontentedly and says, ¡°Aunt Kate, it''s still early in the morning here. I''m growing up now. Not enough sleep will affect my growth and development!¡± Arm propped on the table, Kate says with a smile, ¡°Your growth and development has exceeded that of your peers, and it doesn''t matter at all. Besides, don''t you want to know about your mommy?¡± ¡°What''s new?¡± Lightened her voice, Kate tries her best to make it up, and says, ¡°As I said, your mommy is very popr in Italy. Those male students, like flies around her, we can''t drive away.¡± ¡°What about Mommy? Did she move?¡± ¡°She didn¡¯t now, but the enemy is too strong. Who knows if she will disarm and surrender in the future? Just as the so-called random flowers are bing more and more attractive, there all kinds of handsome men...¡± Bang¨C Before Kate finishes speaking, she hears the strange voice from Conan. ¡°What''s going on?¡± ¡°Well, it''s like the sound of a vase breaking.¡± After that, Conan is secretlyughing. The strange voice, coupled with the strange smile, makes Kate frown tightly and asks, ¡°Who broke the vase in the big evening?¡± ¡°Haha, you guess.¡± Eyes turns a circle, and Kate pats the forehead, then reluctantly shakes her head, says, ¡°Hey, these two awkward guys, clearly both of them care about each other, but also pretend to be indifferent.¡± ¡°However, we are here. With the help of us, they will reunite.¡± ¡°Well, of course. If it''s OK, let''s do it first.¡± ¡°Why are you in a hurry?¡± ¡°The scenery here is good, and there are many handsome men. Who wants to stay in the room all the time? Naturally, they go out to have fun.¡± ¡°Aunt Kate don''t patronize ying. Remember that you have a task.¡± The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and continue reading tomorrow, everyone!